Products and Projects Status Report _______________________________________________________________________________ Title: IEEE VuSpec: 2007 Electronic Design Automation Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Aug 01, 2006 Abstract: If you are an electronic design automation engineer, architect, verification engineer, or you are responsible for managing a design team or conducting research, then this IEEE Standards VuSpec CD is for you. And, because of its value-driven price and wide range of easy-to-use features, the new 2007 IEEE Design Automation VuSpec also is a must have item for embedded software developers, analysts, marketing & sales professionals, and students who want to get up to speed on the full library or international EDA Standards. VuSpec starts automatically and runs inside your familiar web browser with Adobe Acrobat. VuSpec is your very own EDA web portal on a portable CD you can use anywhere. Semiconductors, wired or wireless communication systems, electronics, medical test equipment, and the entire EDA software industry itself rely on these recognized standards covering Logic, Design, Simulation, RTL & Formal Verification, IP/Cores, ALF, ASIC, IC, PSL, Verilog, and VHDL. VuSpec even covers new methods and best practices for the functional verification language 'e' as well as SystemC and SystemVerilog. IEEE VuSpec searches through all these standards, leading you where you need to be, instantly! Also includes an easy point-and- click navigator, glossary of over 600 official EDA terms with citations back to their referenced standards, bonus links, and a convenient index of nearly 300 keywords to guide you to the proper source. Key Words: 93/217/RVD, 93/218/RVD, ABV, Accellera Property Specification Language, Accellera PSL, Air Force Rome Laboratory, Air Force Wright Patterson Laboratory, ALF, ALF libraries, ALF-based ASIC, Application- specific, Army, Asia-Pacific, ASIC, ASIC Council, ASIC macrocell, ASIC Modeling Specification, Assertion-based, Axis System, behavioral, BIT, block, Block-diagrams, BOOLEAN, British Ministry of Defense, Brunel University, CAD, Cadence, Cadence Design Systems, cell, Cisco, Concurrency, COTS, Customer Service, Cygwin, DASC, Datatype, DCL, Defense, Department of Defense, DEPARTMENT OF DEFENSE HANDBOOK, derate, Design Automation, DIDs, DoD, DPCS, DPI, DSM, E-based IP, EDA, Eiffel, electrical, Electronic Design Automation, Esterel, European CAD Standardization Initiative, European ESPRIT Project 8370 ESIP, F30602-93-C-0209, F33615-96-C-1908, FDIS 93/212/FDIS Report, FDIS 93/213/FDIS Report, Feedback Form, File- manipulation, FireFox, Floorplanners, Fluidic, format, functional, Functional Verification Language, Gate Ensemble to Verilog-XL, gate-level, GDA Technologies, Government, Hardware simulation, HDL, HILO-2, I/O, IBM, IBM Corporation, IC, IEC 62142, IEC/IEEE 61691-1-1, IEC/PAS 62050, IEEE, IEEE 1076, IEEE 1076.4 TAG, IEEE Standard VHDL Language Reference Manual, IEEE Standard VHDL Mathematical Packages, IEEE Standard VHDL Synthesis Packages, IEEE Std 1076, IEEE Std 1076.1-1999, IEEE Std 1076.2-1996, IEEE Std 1076.3-1997, IEEE Std 1076.6-1999, IEEE Std 1076.6-2004, IEEE Std 1076- 1993, IEEE Std 1076-2002, IEEE Std 1164-1993, IEEE Std 1364-1995, IEEE Std 1364-2001, IEEE Std 1364-2005, IEEE Std 1603-2003, IEEE VHDL93, IEEE VuSpec, Infrastructure, integrated circuit, Intel, Internet Explorer, Interoperability, Interval Temporal Logic, Java, JEITA, language, Language Reference Manual, layout, library, LICENSE AGREEMENT, Lockheed Martin, LRM, LSI Logic VHDL behavioral, LTL, Machine-readable, Macrocell, Maintainability, MATH_COMPLEX, MATH_REAL, Mentor Graphics Memory Table Model, Metalogical, Methodology, Microelectronics, MIL-HDBK-454, Mixed- language, modeling, Modula, Multi-language, Nonsynthesizable VHDL, OMF, OMI, OMI-compliant, Open Model Forum, Open Model Interface, Open SystemC Initiative, Open Verilog International, Orthogonality, OSCI, OVI, OVI/VI, Pascal, PATHPULSE, PDEF, PDF, Perl, Personal VGUI, physical, Physical Design Exchange Format, PLI, PLI/VPI, power, Power Calculation System, Programming Language Interface, Prototyping, PSL, PS-TSC, Rambus, Rapid Prototyping of Application-Specific Signal Processors, RASSP, Rational Rose, RFPs, ROMs, RTC, RTL, SDF, SDF 1497, Self-extensibility, SI2, Signal, signal integrity, SIGNED, Silicon Integration Initiative, Simulation, Simulator/model interoperability, SKEW, Specifications, SPEF, SPF, SSIG, ST Microelectronics, Standard Delay Format, Standard Parasitic Exchange Format, Standard Parasitic Format, Standardized ASIC, Standards, STARC, Synopsys, Synthesis, Synthesizability, Synthesizable, Synthesizable register-transfer, Synthesizable RTL, SystemC, System-on-chip, SystemVerilog, SystemVerilog 3.1a, SystemVerilog®, technology, Testbench, Testbench language, Texas Instruments, Time-to-market, timing, Trademark, Tutorial/help, UML, Unified Hardware Design, UNSIGNED, US Army Industrial Engineering Activity, US Army Materiel Command’s Engineering Design Handbook Program, User-definable, V&V, Vendor-independent API, Verification Language, Verilog, Verilog 1364, Verilog compiler/simulator, Verilog HDL, Verilog language, Verilog PLI, Verilog Procedural Interface, Verilog®, Verilog® Hardware Description Language, Verilog® HDL-based RTL, Verisity, Veritime, Versatile Graphical User Interface, VGUI, VGUI tool, Vgui.exe tool, Vgui.ini, VGUI-2, Vguimspc.exe, Vguitut.htm, VHDL, VHDL DID, VHDL language, VHDL library, VHDL Register Transfer Level, VHDL register-transfer, VHDL RTL, VHDL Synthesis Interoperability Working Group, VHDL tool, VHDL®, VHDL-AMS, VHPI, VHSIC, VHSIC Hardware Description Language, VITAL, VITAL ASIC, VITAL_Memory, VLSI, VPI, VSIA, VuSpec, VuSpec Series, Waveform, Waveform file formats, WAVES, Well-structured language, Workgroups, Working, XML, XML-based file format, Y2K, Year 2000 Test Methods, Yoav Hollander Title: Americal National Standard for Portable Radiation Detection Instrumentation for Homeland Security Status: Approved Publication of IEEE History: BD APP: Aug 28, 2006 Title: IEEE VuSpec: Local, Metropolitan, and Wireless Area Networks Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: May 02, 2005 **Supercedes 2004 version, SE95082. Publication type: Collection Title: IEEE VuSpec: Electronic Design Automation Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: May 05, 2005 Publication type: Collection Title: IEEE VuSpec: Medical Device Communications Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Apr 01, 2005 Publication type: Collection Title: IEEE VuSpec: Power Transmission and Distribution Standards Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: May 05, 2005 Publication type: Collection Title: IEEE VuSpec: Power Distribution and Regulating Transformers Standards Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: May 05, 2005 Publication type: Collection Title: IEEE Wireless Dictionary Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Dec 20, 2005 Technical Contact: Jennifer Longman, Phone:732-562-6355, Email:j.longman@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. Project Purpose: Part of the IEEE Standards Wireless Series, this is a quick- access, pocket guide of commonly used wireless terms. Title: The IEEE Color Books: Complete Standards Series (VuSpec Series) Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Sep 01, 2004 Publication type: Collection Sponsor: Accredited Standards Committee C2/National Electrical Safety Code Title: National Electrical Safety Code (NESC): The Archives (1914-1972) Limited Edition VuSpec CD-ROM -- Single-User Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: May 28, 2004 Publication type: Collection Title: IEEE Standards Collection: Electric Machinery (VuSpec Series) Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Oct 15, 2004 Publication type: Collection Title: IEEE Wireless LAN: 2004 Value Pack (VuSpec Series) Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Oct 01, 2003 Publication type: Collection Title: IEEE Low-Voltage Surge Protective Devices Standards Collection (VuSpec Series) Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Apr 21, 2004 Publication type: Collection Title: IEEE High-Voltage Surge Protective Devices Standards Collection (VuSpec Series) Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Apr 22, 2004 Publication type: Collection Title: IEEE Surge Protective Devices Standards Collection (VuSpec Series) Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Apr 24, 2004 Publication type: Collection Title: Handbook to IEEE Standard 45: A Guide to Electrical Installations on Shipboard Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Aug 25, 2004 Title: IEEE Wireless Communication Standards: A Study of 802.11, 802.15, and 802.16 Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Aug 25, 2004 Title: IEEE Standards Collection: Stationary Batteries (VuSpec Series) Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Dec 01, 2004 Publication type: Collection Title: National Electrical Safety Code (NESC): The Archives (1914-1972) Limited Edition VuSpec CD-ROM -- Multi-User Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: May 28, 2004 Publication type: Collection Title: IEEE Power Systems Relaying Collection, Special Edition Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jul 17, 2003 Publication type: Special Publication Title: IEEE Software Engineering Collection, Special Condition Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Aug 29, 2003 Publication type: Special Publication Title: IEEE Standards Collection: Power Substation-- Special Edition Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: May 05, 2003 Publication type: Special Publication Title: IEEE Standards Collection: Power Switchgear, Circuit Breakers and Fuses- - Special Edition Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: May 05, 2003 Publication type: Special Publication Title: IEEE Standards Collection Set: Power Substations and Power Switchgear, Circuit Breakers and Fuses-- Special Edition Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: May 05, 2003 Publication type: Special Publication Title: National Electrical Safety Code® (NESC) Handbook Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Aug 01, 2001 Title: IEEE 100, The Authoritative Dictionary of IEEE Standards Terms, Seventh Edition Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Dec 11, 2000 Publication type: Special Publication Title: Handbook to IEEE/EIA Std 12207.0 Status: Approved Publication of IEEE Title: Eighth Interim Collection of the National Electrical Safety Code® Interpretations 1997-1999 (PDF ONLY) Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Feb 18, 2000 Publication type: Special Publication Title: An IEEE Guide—How to Find What You Need in the Bluetooth™ Spec Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Nov 01, 2000 Title: Implementing the IEEE Software Engineering Standards Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Oct 01, 2000 Title: Portable Operating Systems (POSIX) Standards Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jan 01, 1999 Publication type: Electronic Product Title: IEEE Software Engineering Standards, 1999 Edition—Volume One: Customer and Terminology Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Apr 05, 1999 Publication type: Special Publication Title: IEEE Software Engineering Standards, 1999 Edition—Volume Two: Processes Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Apr 05, 1999 Publication type: Special Publication Title: IEEE Software Engineering Standards, 1999 Edition—Volume Three: Products Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Apr 05, 1999 Publication type: Special Publication Title: IEEE Software Engineering Standards, 1999 Edition—Volume Four: Resources and Techniques Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Apr 05, 1999 Publication type: Special Publication Title: ISO/IEC 15068-2 : 1999 (1387.2-1995), Information technology—Portable Operating System Interface (POSIX®) system administration—Part 2: Software administration Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Feb 26, 1999 Publication type: Special Publication Title: VHDL Tutorial Status: Approved Publication of IEEE Title: IEEE 802.11 Handbook—A Designer's Companion Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Dec 31, 1999 Publication type: Standards Press Title: National Electrical Safety Code (NESC) Preprint- 1999 Proposals Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Sep 01, 1999 Publication type: Special Publication Title: Switchgear Standards Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Oct 14, 1998 Publication type: Electronic Product Title: Test Technology Standards Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Dec 31, 1998 Publication type: Electronic Product Title: Power Generation Standards Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Dec 02, 1998 Publication type: Electronic Product Title: IEEE Standards Software Engineering Collection Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Apr 25, 1997 Publication type: Collection Title: IEEE Standards 1997 Operations Manual Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jan 22, 1997 Publication type: Special Publication Title: Electric Machinery Collection Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jul 15, 1997 Publication type: Collection Title: Local and Metropolitan Area Network Standards Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jul 01, 1997 Publication type: Electronic Product History: (Ref. Std.: 802) Title: Collection of NESC® Interpretations (1943 through 1997) Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Oct 03, 1997 Publication type: Special Publication Title: IEEE Standards Style Manual Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Oct 25, 1996 **Published and distributed in October 1996. Revision of IEEE Standards Style Manual, August 1992. Publication type: Special Publication Abstract: Preferred editorial style for the preparation of proposed IEEE Standards is established. Many of the frequently asked questions about writing drafts are answered. The optional and required contents of drafts are described, and instructions on submitting drafts for IEEE Standards Board approval and publication are provided. This manual is not intended to be a guide to the procedural development of standards. Key Words: style Title: PASC WWW Interpretations Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Aug 26, 1996 **These interpretations can be found online at the following address: http://stdsbbs.ieee.org/products/interp/index.html#available Publication type: Special Publication Title: IEEE Standards Electrical and Electronics Graphic & Letter Symbols and Reference Designations Collection - 1996 Edition Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Nov 20, 1996 Publication type: Collection Title: Fast Ethernet: Dawn of a New Network Status: Approved Publication of IEEE **By Howard W. Johnson. Product number is SP1095. Publication type: Standards Press Abstract: Fast Ethernet is the newest and fastest addition to the IEEE Ethernet family of local area network (LAN) standards. An extension to Ethernet, Fast Ethernet provides interoperable service at both 10 Mb/s and 100 Mb/s. With the growing popularity of Fast Ethernet, users need a resource that specifically addresses Fast Ethernet product architectures and products and where the technology is headed--Fast Ethernet: Dawn of a New Network is that resource. A Prentice-Hall publication, this book goes beyond an overview of Fast Ethernet, it equips you with the information you need to query vendors about their products so you can avoid costly installation mistakes. It helps you with your strategic planning by providing details about future developments of the technology. What's more, the point-by-point network comparisons will show you which networks fit which applications. Title: IEEE Standards Board Bylaws - 1996 Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jan 22, 1997 Publication type: Special Publication Title: IEEE Standards Electromagnetic Compatibility Collection - 1996 Edition Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Feb 29, 1996 Publication type: Collection Abstract: Interest in electromagnetic compatibility (EMC) design and measurement has been rapidly increasing over the past several years. Meeting mandatory and voluntary EMC requirements has become an important consideration in planning of new products and in the early stages of product design. IEEE EMC standards give designers and manufacturers, procuring agencies and regulating agencies guidance in selection and development of appropriate requirements. Containing 32 industry recognized EMC standards, this collection addresses measurement techniques, methods of test-site characterization and specifications for instrumentation. Title: NESC® Handbook, Fourth Edition A Discussion of the National Electrical Safety Code® Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Aug 01, 1996 Publication type: Special Publication Abstract: A Discussion of the Grounding Rules, General Rules, and Parts 1, 2, 3, and 4 of the 3rd (1920) through 1997 Editions of the National Electrical Safety Code, American National Standard C2. Title: Network Systems Tutorial for IEEE Std 802.3: Repeater Functions and System Design Topology Considerations for Carrier Sense Multiple Access with Collision Detection (CSMA/CD) Local Area Networks (LANs) Status: Approved Publication of IEEE **Prepared by The IEEE 802.3 System Topology Technical Advisory Group of the LAN/MAN Standards Committee of the IEEE Computer Society. Product number is SP100. Publication type: Standards Press Abstract: An indispensable resource for system installers and subsystem component developers, IEEE's Network Systems Tutorial for IEEE Std 802.3 provides essential background material required to understand the basic functioning of the CSMA/CD (Carrier Sense Multiple Access with Collision Detection) packet network. With an exclusive focus on the ISO/IEC (International Organization of Standardization and the International Electrotechnical Commission) 8802-3 10 Mb/s CSMA/CD network, this informative tutorial addresses two vital parameters that determine the constraints on network timing-network acquisition time and maximum framelength. It explains the role of the repeater and its significance in the definition of maximum network size. Moreover, it includes a propagation budget table together with an example of all elements that delay the propagation of a transmitted signal in a CSMA/CD network. Key Words: 802.3 tutorial Title: IEEE Standards Companion - 1995 Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Aug 26, 1995 Publication type: Special Publication Title: IEEE Standards Circuit Breakers, Switchgear, Substations, and Fuses Standards Collection (C37) - 1995 Edition Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Apr 11, 1995 Publication type: Collection Abstract: This all-inclusive volume is the single source of IEEE and ANSI switchgear and substation standards covering circuit breakers, switchgear assemblies, switches, fuses, reclosures and sectionalizers and related substation aspects of equipment. The 99 standards contained in this thorough collection provide for the safe and reliable application of electrical systems' switchgear and substation operation and maintenance. Key Words: C37 collection Title: IEEE Standards Surge Protection Collection - 1995 Edition Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: May 25, 1995 Publication type: Collection Technical Contact: John Sheppard **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. Abstract: This collection offers a complete volume of 21 IEEE standards for surge protective devices. These industry accepted standards cover product testing, product classification and application guides. It is the single source of standards related to the implementation and testing of surge protective devices. What's more, it contains extensive information on neutral grounding. Key Words: surge protection Title: IEEE Standards Distribution, Power, and Regulating Transformers Collection(C57) - 1995 Edition Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jun 26, 1995 Publication type: Collection Abstract: The 1995 edition of this popular collection contains 64 of the most current IEEE and ANSI standards on power distribution and regulating transformers. These ensure safe and reliable electric power service to consumers worldwide. Topics covered include Class 1E transformers, oil-immersed transformers, overhead-type distribution transformers, underground type three-phase distribution transformers and sealed dry-type transformers. Key Words: C57 collection Title: IEEE Standards Protective Relaying Systems Collection - 1995 Edition Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: May 25, 1995 Publication type: Collection Abstract: This edition contains 21 of the latest standards and guides for protective relaying systems. Topics covered include relays and relay systems with electric apparatus, protective relaying for utility-consumer interconnections, ground protection, network transformers, field testing and more. Key Words: protective, relaying systems Title: Tentative Interim Amendments 93-1,93-2, and Errata to the National Electrical Safety Code (NESC) Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Mar 31, 1994 Publication type: Special Publication Title: IEEE Standards Power Capacitor Standards Collection - 1994 Edition Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jul 22, 1994 Publication type: Special Publication Abstract: The continuing growth of electrical power systems has increased the need for and use of power capacitors in transmission and distribution systems. This compilation of two bibliographies and five of the most current guides and standards provides a valuable reference tool for those involved in the design, manufacturer, testing and application of power capacitors. Title: IEEE Standards Pole Line Hardware Collection - 1995 Edition Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Mar 23, 1995 Publication type: Collection Abstract: Covering requirements for ground rods, lag screws, crossarm braces and cable racks, this collection contains 14 of the most current standards used in overhead and underground line construction today. Key Words: pole line, hardware Title: IEEE Standards Roadway Lighting Equipment Collection (C136) - 1994 Edition Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: May 24, 1994 Publication type: Collection Abstract: This collection is comprised of 17 essential standards for roadway lighting used throughout industry today. They cover specifications for performance and interchangeability of roadway lighting system equipment, specifically luminaries, photoelectric controls, support brackets and poles. Key Words: roadway lighting Title: Open Systems Handbook: A Guide to Building Open Systems Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Sep 30, 1994 **By James Isaak, Kevin Lewis, Kate Thompson, and Richard Straub The product number is SP117 Publication type: Standards Press Abstract: This publication focuses on the information and processes needed to make strategic decisions about open systems, while providing a thorough overview of open systems and the work being done to achieve them. What's more, this handbook provides expert guidance on how to apply IT standards and specifications for application portability and interoperability. This publication takes an objective, standards-oriented perspective, concentrating on functionality to obtain business objectives rather than product approaches. Moreover, it offers the most current status of international accepted industry IT standards and specifications for open systems and contains a detailed glossary of OS and standards-related terminology. Title: IEEE Standards Transmission Line Construction Collection - 1994 Edition Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jul 22, 1994 Publication type: Collection Abstract: Containing 5 of the most current IEEE standards guides for assembly and installation of transmission line structures used throughout the power industry today, this collection addresses the different phases of line construction from the installation of foundations through the stringing of overhead conductors. Key Words: transmission line, construction Title: High-Performance I/O Bus Architecture: A Handbook for IEEE Futurebus+ Profile B Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Sep 30, 1994 **Product number (book alone) is SP109. Also available with IEEE Stds 892.2 and 896.2a - SP1093. Publication type: Standards Press Abstract: This handbook is a design guide for developers of the IEEE Futurebus+ modules as specified by the following IEEE Futurebus+ standards: •IEEE Std 896.1-1991 •IEEE Std 896.2-1991 •IEEE Std 896.3-1993 The purpose of this handbook is to provide a reference to many of the concepts, rules, and guidelines that are necessary to understand and to follow so that interoperability of Futurebus+ systems and modules is ensured. Included are engineering details about system architecture, hardware interface, and board layout. Module designers, system intergrators, and original equipment manufacturers should find this handbook useful. Key Words: 896.2, 896.2a, futurebus+, high-performance, I/O Architecture, Profile B Title: Fifth Interim Collection of the National Electrical Safety Code®, 1993- 1995 Interpretations Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Dec 21, 1994 **Available only by purchasing National Electrical Safety Code® (NESC®) Interpretations Collection, 1943-1997 Inclusive 1200 pages, Product number SH94550 Publication type: Special Publication Abstract: This edition includes official interpretations of the National Electrical Safety Code as made by the Interpretations Subcommittee of the National Electrical Safety Code Committee, ASC C2. Key Words: electric supply station, overhead electric supply, communication lines, underground electric supply, clearances to electric supply, strength requirement for electric supply, communication structures Title: IEEE Standards Stationary Battery Collection - 1993 Edition Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Sep 24, 1993 Publication type: Collection Abstract: Because stationary batteries play such a vital role of providing reliable backup and emergency power, their design, installation and maintenance must be reliable and sound. The best way to make sound design decisions and to maximize service expected from an installed battery system is to comply with the most current standards used throughout industry today, IEEE stationary battery standards. Containing 10 standards, this collection includes the complete set of lead-acid and nickel-cadmium battery standards used in the planning, design and maintenance of today's battery installations. Title: Fourth Interim Collection of the National Electrical Safety Code® Interpretations, 1991-1993 Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jul 20, 1993 **Available only by purchasing National Electrical Safety Code® (NESC®) Interpretations Collection, 1943-1997 Inclusive 1200 pages, Product number SH94550 Abstract: This edition includes official interpretations of the National Electrical Safety Code as made by the Interpretations Subcommittee of the National Electrical Safety Code Committee, ASC C2. Key Words: electric supply stations, overhead electric supply lines, overhead communication lines, underground electric supply lines, underground communication lines, clearances to electric supply, clearances to communication lines, strength Title: Sourcebook on Lead-Acid Batteries Status: Approved Publication of IEEE **Product number is SP75. Publication type: Standards Press Abstract: This highly useful sourcebook contains a wealth of information on lead-acid batteries in one complete volume, including: Leading-edge IEEE transactions papers, informative IEEE conference papers and detailed abstracts of IEEE Lead-Acid Stationary Battery standards. Title: IEEE Standards Electricity Metering Collection (C12) - 1993 Edition Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Oct 22, 1993 Publication type: Collection Abstract: IEEE's electricity metering standards provide today's utilities, manufacturers and regulatory bodies worldwide with specific on-the-job information needed to install, measure and test electricity meters. This collection contains 14 current standards on watt-hour meters, demand meters, demand registers, pulse devices, instrument transformers, auxiliary devices and much more. Title: IEEE Standards Engineering in Safety, Maintenance and Operation of Lines Collection (ESMOL) - 1993 Edition Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Oct 29, 1993 Publication type: Collection Abstract: This edition contains 9 standards and guides for engineering in safety, maintenance and operation of lines. Topics addressed include energized power lines, transmission line conductors, in-service maintenance and electrical testing of live-line tools and the protective grounding of power lines. Key Words: ESMOL, safety, maintenance Title: Atlas Training Manual: A Handbook to IEEE C/Atlas Std 716 Status: Approved Publication of IEEE Abstract: The ATLAS Training Manual provides a detailed perspective on IEEE Std 716-1989 (C/ATLAS). This training manual is only specific to IEEE Std 716-1989, not to IEEE Std 716-1995. It conveys a simplified building block approach to the standard, so that the knowledgeable user and novice alike can confidently implement the language's various test applications. Title: IEEE Standards Petroleum and Chemical Applications Collection - 1992 Edition Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Sep 18, 1992 Publication type: Collection Abstract: This collection offers a complete volume of 10 standards and recommended practices for the petroleum and chemical industry. Topics covered include induction and auxiliary motors, electric submersible and insulated cables and safety practices. Title: IEEE Standards Nuclear Science Collection - 1991 Edition Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Aug 02, 1991 Publication type: Collection Abstract: This volume is a collection of 24 IEEE and ANSI standards on nuclear science. These standards cover test procedures, specifications, calibration and utilization for nuclear instruments and detectors used in industrial and laboratory applications. Key Words: nuclear science Title: IEEE Standards Nuclear Power Collection - 1990 edition Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jun 29, 1990 Publication type: Collection Abstract: This collection contains 61 IEEE and ANSI standards used throughout the nuclear industry. Topics covered include criteria and requirements for the electrical systems of nuclear power generating stations, methods and procedures of reliability engineering, recommended practices for designing and installing electric pipe heating control, recommended practices for the application of software configuration plans to nuclear power generating stations and much more. Title: IEEE Standards Nuclear Power Archive Collection - 1990 Editon Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Oct 15, 1990 Publication type: Collection Abstract: In the nuclear industry archival documents have a unique significance. They are often referred to in day-to-day activities, primarily because each nuclear power generating station owner has committed to a specific issue of a document in its license application. To meet this industry need, IEEE developed the Nuclear Power Archive Standards Collection. This volume contains 51 archive or historical nuclear power standards still referred to in the nuclear industry today. The standards included in this collection are not available as single documents. Key Words: nuclear power, archive Title: A Practical Introduction to the New Logic Symbols - Second Edition by Ian Kampel Status: Approved Publication of IEEE **Product number is SP1094. Publication type: Standards Press Abstract: This publication offers guidance on the preparation of logic diagrams and their interpretation. Title: NESC® (National Electrical Safety Code®) Interpretations Collection, 1943-1990 Inclusive Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jun 10, 1993 Publication type: Special Publication Key Words: NESC interpretations Title: IEEE 802.3 Systems Networking Guide: How to Optimize Your Network Using the ISO/IEC 8802-3 Carrier Sense Multiple Access with Collision Detection (CSMA/CD) Standard Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jun 28, 1995 Publication type: Standards Press Title: Standard Multivalue Logic System for VHDL Model Interoperability (Std_logic_1164) Status: Approved Publication of IEEE Publication type: Special Publication Title: CE Mark: The New European Legislation for Products: Featuring EMC, Low Voltage & Machinery Directives Status: Approved Publication of IEEE **This is a subscription product that includes the CE Mark Book, 6 newsletters & one supplement book (Sept/Oct). Publication type: Standards Press Title: VHDL Interactive Tutorial: A CD-ROM Learning Tool for IEEE Std 1076 VHDL Status: Approved Publication of IEEE **This product is available for use in Microsoft Windows® (3.1 and '95), Macintosh®, Sun® OS and Sun Solaris® environments. Publication type: Standards Press Abstract: Aiding in the comprehension and use of IEEE VHDL, this unigue product offers a comprehensive & reliable tutorial on VHDL - not available anywhere else. An enhancement to IEEE Std 1076-1993, the interactive tutorial is organized into four modules designed to incrementally add to the user's understanding of VHDL and it's applications. This hands-on tutorial shows clear links between the many levels and layers of VHDL and provides actual examples of VHDL implementation, making it an indispensible tool for VHDL product development and users. Key Words: VHDL, interactive, tutorial, CD ROM Title: Electric Metering Collection Status: Approved Publication of IEEE Title: Software Engineering Standards Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Mar 16, 1998 Publication type: Electronic Product Title: Power Transmission and Distribution Standards Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jan 02, 1998 Publication type: Electronic Product Title: Substations Collection-1998 Edition Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Apr 23, 1998 Publication type: Special Publication Title: Switchgear Collection-1998 Edition Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Apr 23, 1998 Publication type: Special Publication Title: Distribution, Power and Regulating Transformers Collection, 1998 Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jul 20, 1998 Publication type: Special Publication Title: Substations Standards Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Sep 21, 1998 Publication type: Electronic Product Title: On-Line IEEE Standards (OLIS)—IEEE Recommended Practice for Electronic Power Distribution for Industrial Plants (IEEE Red Book) Status: Approved Publication of IEEE Title: Bus Architecture and Microcomputer & Microprocessor Standards Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Oct 30, 1998 Publication type: Electronic Product Title: Electromagnetic Standards Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Dec 15, 1998 Publication type: Electronic Product Title: Power Distribution and Regulating Transformers Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Dec 31, 1998 Publication type: Electronic Product Title: Petroleum and Chemical Standards Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Dec 15, 1998 Publication type: Electronic Product Title: Communications Standards Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Dec 31, 1998 Publication type: Electronic Product Title: Abbreviated Test Language for All Systems (ATLAS) Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Dec 31, 1998 Publication type: Electronic Product Title: Design Automation Standards Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Dec 31, 1998 Publication type: Electronic Product Title: Medical Devices Standards Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Dec 15, 1998 Publication type: Electronic Product Title: Power Electronics Standards Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Dec 15, 1998 Publication type: Electronic Product Title: Insulation Coordination Standards Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Dec 15, 1998 Publication type: Electronic Product Title: Antennas and Propagation Standards Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Dec 15, 1998 Publication type: Electronic Product Title: Electron Devices Standards Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Dec 15, 1998 Publication type: Electronic Product Title: Magnetics Standards Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Dec 15, 1998 Publication type: Electronic Product Title: Static Power Converters Standards Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Dec 31, 1998 Publication type: Electronic Product Title: Ultrasonics, Ferroelectrics and Frequency Control Standards Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Dec 31, 1998 Publication type: Electronic Product Title: Circuits and Systems Standards Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Dec 15, 1998 Publication type: Electronic Product Title: Cement Industry Standards Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Dec 15, 1998 Publication type: Electronic Product Title: Protective Relaying Standards Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Dec 31, 1998 Publication type: Electronic Product Title: Surge Protective Devices Standards Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Dec 31, 1998 Publication type: Electronic Product Title: Graphic Symbols and Designations Standards Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jan 01, 1999 Publication type: Electronic Product Title: Electric Machinery Standards Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Dec 31, 1998 Publication type: Electronic Product Title: Electricity Metering Standards Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Dec 31, 1998 Publication type: Electronic Product Title: Insulated Conductors Standards Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Dec 31, 1998 Publication type: Electronic Product Title: Power Dielectrics and Insulation Standards Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Dec 31, 1998 Publication type: Electronic Product Title: Electrical Insulation Standards Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Dec 31, 1998 Publication type: Electronic Product Title: Aerospace Electronics Standards Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Dec 31, 1998 Publication type: Electronic Product Title: Instrumentation and Measurement Standards Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Dec 31, 1998 Publication type: Electronic Product Title: Pole Line Hardware Standards Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Dec 31, 1998 Publication type: Electronic Product Title: Roadway Lighting Standards Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Dec 31, 1998 Publication type: Electronic Product Title: Nuclear Engineering Standards Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Dec 31, 1998 Publication type: Electronic Product Title: Full Set of IEEE Standards Status: Approved Publication of IEEE Title: Lan/Man Security Package Status: Approved Publication of IEEE Title: Token Ring Access Package Status: Approved Publication of IEEE Title: Token-Passing Bus Access Status: Approved Publication of IEEE Title: NEC Set 1996 Status: Approved Publication of IEEE Title: NEC 1996 Status: Approved Publication of IEEE Title: IEC Multilingual Dictionary of Electricity, Electronics and Telecommunications 1992 Edition Status: Approved Publication of IEEE **This volume is the North American version of Volume 2 which is distributed in the United States and Canada by the IEEE. Publication type: Special Publication Abstract: Terms and definitions in English with equivalent terms in French, Russian, German, Spanish, Italian, Dutch, Polish and Swedish. International reference that defines over 15,000 terms. Key Words: IEC, multilingual, dictionary Designation: Subscription876 Title: Switchgear Standards Subscription Status: Approved Publication of IEEE Designation: Subscription875 Title: Surge Protective Devices Standards Subscription Status: Approved Publication of IEEE Designation: Subscription858 Title: Electro-Magnetic Compatibility Standards Subscription Status: Approved Publication of IEEE Designation: Subscription872 Title: Transmission and Distribution Standards Subscription Status: Approved Publication of IEEE Designation: Subscription856 Title: All-Inclusive Information Technology Standards Status: Approved Publication of IEEE Designation: Subscription755 Title: All-Inclusive Telecommunications Standards Status: Approved Publication of IEEE Designation: Subscription874 Title: Substations Standards Subscription Status: Approved Publication of IEEE Designation: Subscription873 Title: Protective Relaying Standards Subscription Status: Approved Publication of IEEE Designation: Subscription871 Title: Energy Development/Power Generation Standards Subscription Status: Approved Publication of IEEE Designation: Subscription869 Title: Insulated Conductors Standards Subscription Status: Approved Publication of IEEE Designation: Subscription868 Title: Electric Machinery Standards Subscription Status: Approved Publication of IEEE Designation: Subscription866 Title: Portable Applications (POSIX) Standards Subscriptions Status: Approved Publication of IEEE Designation: Subscription864 Title: Design Automation Standards Subscription Status: Approved Publication of IEEE Designation: Subscription863 Title: Communications Standards Subscription Status: Approved Publication of IEEE Designation: Subscription862 Title: Bus Architecture Standards Subscription Status: Approved Publication of IEEE Designation: Subscription857 Title: All-Inclusive Power and Energy Standards Status: Approved Publication of IEEE Designation: Subscription865 Title: LAN/MAN Plus Drafts Standards Subscription Status: Approved Publication of IEEE Designation: Subscription867 Title: Software Engineering Standards Subscription Status: Approved Publication of IEEE Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Insulated Conductors Title: IEEE Power Cable Ampacity Software with IEEE Std 835-1994 (R2006) on CD- Rom Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Mar 07, 2007 **Includes the 3,176 page 90 MB complete original PDF of IEEE Std 835-1994 (R2006) Abstract: Many factors influence the amount of current a given cable can transfer. For example, insulation, temperature, and the number of bundled wires. These tables help you determine the cable's ampacity, or simply, the ability of the cable, in varying conditions, to carry amps (current) before it fails or overheaats. Key Words: ampacity, cable, conductors, dielectric, extruded, insulation, laminar, power, software Title: 2007 Stationary Batteries VuSpec Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Sep 09, 2006 **Replaces SE135 Includes 19 active and 3 withdrawn IEEE standards in the Stationary Batteries family Project Scope: A complete reference with standards, essential papers, and convenient tools wrapped inside an easy-to-use interface that runs inside your web browser. You need this product CD if you are designing, manufacturing, sizing, selecting, installing, maintaining, testing, or operating storage batteries used in stationary and portable applications, including generating stations, substations, energy storage, industrial control, emergency/standby generator sets, emergency lighting, telecommunications, portable computing, and uninterruptible power supplies. Covers rechargeable lead-acid, nickel-cadmium, lithium-ion, and other types of batteries. Key Words: abuse, ac/dc, acceptance, acceptance test, active authentication, active charger, adapter, ampacity, amphere-hours (Ah) charge efficiency, applications, array-to-load ratio, Assessment of Lead-Acid Battery State, authentication, autonomy, available capacity, BattCon, batteries for photovoltaic, Batteries for Stationary Standby, battery conditioning, battery duty cycle, battery monitoring equipment, battery/battery pack, Building Codes, burr, c/x charge/discharge rate, calculated photovoltaic (PV) array amphere-hours (Ah) to load Ah ratio (A:L), Calculation of Capacity, capacity test, Carosella, cause-and-effect (Fishbone) diagram, cell, cell core, cell leakage, Cellular Phones, charge amphere-hours (Ah) to load Ah ratio (C:L), charge controller, charger, Charging, charging algorithm, Class 1E, commissioning, communication materials, communications interfaces, conception, connection resistance measurements, containment, continuous-float operations, counterfeit batteries, Coup de Fouet, critical, cycle, cycle life, Cycling, cycling, dc/dc, deficit charge, depth of discharge, Design, design analysis, discharge, discharge rate, documentation, dryout, electrochemical, electrochemical electrodes electrochemistry, electrochemistry, electrolyte, electrostatic discharge (ESD), emergency, end-of-discharge voltage (EODV), energy capacity, Environmental Regulations, equalizing voltage, equipment, equipment applicability, establishing specifications, failure mode, failure mode and effects analysis (FMEA), fault, Feder, Feedback Form, fiber-plate nickel- cadmium, Float, float charge, float operation, float service, float-service, Floyd, full float (constant potential) operation:, full-float, gelled electrolyte, generating equipment, Generating Stations, grid-connected, hazard, high-rate charge, host (host device), hour rate, immobilized electrolyte, immobilized-electrolyte, incompatible batteries, inspection, installation, instrument, instrumentation, INTELEC, intended use, internal ohmic value, inverter, Lead-Acid, lead-acid batteries, Li-ion, lithium-ion, Livium, low-voltage disconnect (LVD), low-voltage reconnect (LVR), Maintenance, management standards, manufacturer/supplier, may, McCluer, McDowall, measurements, measuring, midpoint voltage, monitoring equipment, Monitoring Float Charging Current, monitoring techniques, Ni-Cd, nickel- cadmium, nickel-cadmium batteries, Nickel-Cadmium Batteries for Photovoltaic, Nuclear Power Generating Stations, O&M requirements, observations, ohmic value, open circuit voltage (cell or battery pack) (VOC), Operating Issues, operation, operational procedures, opportunity charging, overcharge, overcurrent, overdischarge, overvoltage, oxygen recombination, packaging technologies, parameters for lead-acid batteries, passive authentication, passive charger, Pb-acid secondary batteries, Pb- acid, Pb-acid secondary batteries, performance, performance test, period, Photovoltaic, Plante, polarisation, polarization, Portable Computing, positive temperature coefficient resistor (PTC), precautions, premature capacity loss, procedures, process control, product life, product lifetime, Protection, PV, Qualification, Rate Adjustment Method, Rate-Adjusted Method, rated capacity, rated capacity (C), rated capacity (nickel-cadmium cell), reasonable and foreseeable misuse, Rechargeable, rechargeable Li-Ion, Reference Electrode Measurements, regulated lead-acid batteries, regulation reconnect voltage (Vrr), regulation voltage, Regulations, reliability of rechargeable Li-Ion, Replacement, requirements, requirements/codes, resistance, Safety, Safety Codes, schedules, Selection, Selection Criteria, self discharge, self-discharge rate, semiportable equipment, service test, shall, shelf life, should, Sizing, Sokolski, solar insolation, solar/photovoltaic applications, standard test conditions (STC), standby operation (battery), Stationary Cycling Applications, Stationary Ni-Cd Batteries, Stationary Reserve Battery Plants, Storage, string, Substations, subsystem, subsystem interface, subsystems, sulfation, excessive or “hard”, sustaining charge, system, Telecommunications, telephone applications, temperature-compensated charging, termination voltage, Terrestrial, terrestrial photovoltaic, test-discharge, Testing, Testing Standards, thermal runaway, undervoltage, Uniformity, Uninterruptible Power Supply Systems, UPS (Uninterruptible Power Supply), Use of Battery Monitoring Equipment, Valve Regulated Lead-Acid Batteries, valve-regulated, valve- regulated lead-acid (VRLA) cell, vented battery, vented cell, vented lead- acid (VLA) cell, Vented Lead-Acid Batteries for Stationary Applications, Vented Nickel-Cadmium Batteries for Stationary Applications, ventilation, Ventilation Requirements for VRLA Batteries, vision system, Voltage, VRLA batteries, VuSpec interface abuse, ac/dc, acceptance, acceptance test, active authentication, active charger, adapter, ampacity, amphere-hours (Ah) charge efficiency, applications, array-to-load ratio, Assessment of Lead- Acid Battery State, authentication, autonomy, available capacity, BattCon, batteries for photovoltaic, Batteries for Stationary Standby, battery conditioning, battery duty cycle, battery monitoring equipment, battery/battery pack, Building Codes, burr, c/x charge/discharge rate, calculated photovoltaic (PV) array amphere-hours (Ah) to load Ah ratio (A:L), Calculation of Capacity, capacity test, Carosella, cause-and-effect (Fishbone) diagram, cell, cell core, cell leakage, Cellular Phones, charge amphere-hours (Ah) to load Ah ratio (C:L), charge controller, charger, Charging, charging algorithm, Class 1E, commissioning, communication materials, communications interfaces, conception, connection resistance measurements, containment, continuous-float operations, counterfeit batteries, Coup de Fouet, critical, cycle, cycle life, Cycling, cycling, dc/dc, deficit charge, depth of discharge, Design, design analysis, discharge, discharge rate, documentation, dryout, electrochemical, electrochemical electrodes electrochemistry, electrochemistry, electrolyte, electrostatic discharge (ESD), emergency, end-of-discharge voltage (EODV), energy capacity, Environmental Regulations, equalizing voltage, equipment, equipment applicability, establishing specifications, failure mode, failure mode and effects analysis (FMEA), fault, Feder, Feedback Form, fiber-plate nickel-cadmium, Float, float charge, float operation, float service, float-service, Floyd, full float (constant potential) operation:, full-float, gelled electrolyte, generating equipment, Generating Stations, grid-connected, hazard, high-rate charge, host (host device), hour rate, immobilized electrolyte, immobilized-electrolyte, incompatible batteries, inspection, installation, instrument, instrumentation, INTELEC, intended use, internal ohmic value, inverter, Lead-Acid, lead-acid batteries, Li-ion, lithium-ion, Livium, low-voltage disconnect (LVD), low-voltage reconnect (LVR), Maintenance, management standards, manufacturer/supplier, may, McCluer, McDowall, measurements, measuring, midpoint voltage, monitoring equipment, Monitoring Float Charging Current, monitoring techniques, Ni-Cd, nickel-cadmium, nickel-cadmium batteries, Nickel-Cadmium Batteries for Photovoltaic, Nuclear Power Generating Stations, O&M requirements, observations, ohmic value, open circuit voltage (cell or battery pack) (VOC), Operating Issues, operation, operational procedures, opportunity charging, overcharge, overcurrent, overdischarge, overvoltage, oxygen recombination, packaging technologies, parameters for lead-acid batteries, passive authentication, passive charger, Pb-acid secondary batteries, Pb-acid, Pb-acid secondary batteries, performance, performance test, period, Photovoltaic, Plante, polarisation, polarization, Portable Computing, positive temperature coefficient resistor (PTC), precautions, premature capacity loss, procedures, process control, product life, product lifetime, Protection, PV, Qualification, Rate Adjustment Method, Rate-Adjusted Method, rated capacity, rated capacity (C), rated capacity (nickel-cadmium cell), reasonable and foreseeable misuse, Rechargeable, rechargeable Li-Ion, Reference Electrode Measurements, regulated lead-acid batteries, regulation reconnect voltage (Vrr), regulation voltage, Regulations, reliability of rechargeable Li-Ion, Replacement, requirements, requirements/codes, resistance, Safety, Safety Codes, schedules, Selection, Selection Criteria, self discharge, self- discharge rate, semiportable equipment, service test, shall, shelf life, should, Sizing, Sokolski, solar insolation, solar/photovoltaic applications, standard test conditions (STC), standby operation (battery), Stationary Cycling Applications, Stationary Ni-Cd Batteries, Stationary Reserve Battery Plants, Storage, string, Substations, subsystem, subsystem interface, subsystems, sulfation, excessive or “hard”, sustaining charge, system, Telecommunications, telephone applications, temperature-compensated charging, termination voltage, Terrestrial, terrestrial photovoltaic, test- discharge, Testing, Testing Standards, thermal runaway, undervoltage, Uniformity, Uninterruptible Power Supply Systems, UPS (Uninterruptible Power Supply), Use of Battery Monitoring Equipment, Valve Regulated Lead-Acid Batteries, valve-regulated, valve-regulated lead-acid (VRLA) cell, vented battery, vented cell, vented lead-acid (VLA) cell, Vented Lead-Acid Batteries for Stationary Applications, Vented Nickel-Cadmium Batteries for Stationary Applications, ventilation, Ventilation Requirements for VRLA Batteries, vision system, Voltage, VRLA batteries, VuSpec interface Title: Low-Rate Wireless Personal Area Networks: Enabling Wireless Sensors with IEEE 802.15.4 Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Nov 01, 2003 Title: Wireless Media: A Guide to the IEEE 802.15.3 Standard Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Apr 05, 2004 Project Scope: Wireless Multimedia covers three main areas: Applications: Typical applications that would benefit from using 802.15.3 devices for wireless connectivity, including specific examples of how the unique properties of 802.15.3 compliant devices enable new applications. Implementation: Summary of the 802.15.3 standard, highlighting special areas that are key to a successful implementation. Examples are included for implementers who are developing compliant devices. -Justification: Discussion and reasoning that went into developing the standard, including background information that details what types of implementations were anticipated when the standard was developed and key details for those deciding what architectures are ideal for developing 802.15.3 products. Title: Implementation Guide to 1512's Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: May 05, 2004 Title: Preprint Proposal for Revision of the 2002 Edition of the National Electrical Safety Code® Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Sep 01, 2004 Publication type: Special Publication Title: National Electric Safety Code (NESC) CD Plus Pack Featuring the NESC + Preprint Proposals for the 2007 Edition of the National Electrical Safety Code (VuSpec Series) Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Sep 15, 2004 Publication type: Collection Title: IEEE 802.11 Handbook: A Designer's Companion, Second Edition Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Mar 14, 2005 Title: 802.3 Ethernet & the First Mile Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Mar 30, 2006 Abstract: On September 7, 2004, the Ethernet in the First Mile (EFM) standard, formally known as IEEE Std 802.3ah-2004, was published to the world. The publication of the standard marked the culmination of four years of effort by industry leaders and innovators to address the broadband subscriber access network market and its challenges. More importantly, the publication of EFM introduced a suite of native Ethernet broadband technology, which as a set marked yet another successful extension of Ethernet into a new market and definitively answered the ques¬tion of “what broadband technology best suites my needs” with a set of Ethernet technologies that mirrored their sister traditional Ethernet technologies in price, simplicity and profitability. The IEEE Std 802.3ah-2004 document is an outstanding resource for someone who wants to build equipment that is compatible with the EFM standard. Ethernet in the First Mile: Access for Everyone brings the standard to life. The authors explain the basic principles behind the standard, presenting the trade-offs that led to the standardization of the specific technologies, and providing a guide to help readers navigate through the formal prose. The authors of this book led the 802.3ah project and now present the evolution of the standard along with thier perspective on the various technologies. This book starts by introducing the Ethernet standards committee, its long and successful history, its language and nomenclature, along with its structure and decision making process. The authors then re-enact the business and technol¬ogy evolution that set the stage for a successful launch of EFM by introducing readers to the preceding and competing technologies that failed to capture the hearts of the consumer and the backing of the industry leaders. Next the EFM standard is introduced by giving an overview of its massive scope and various technology tracks, after which each chapter explains the technical, economic and marketing aspects of the choices made in the EFM Task Force and written into the IEEE Std 802.3ah-2004 document. The technology discussion is complimented with a practical introduction and discussion of interoperability and testing: things that providers, consumers, builders and suppliers of EFM should be acutely aware of. Finally, a few chapters are devoted to the business cases and considerations associated with deploying EFM. Insights are presented of the leading proponents who helped define the standard along with the parameters and issues that will guide readers to the EFM technology that is best suited to address their needs. Title: How to Protect Your House and Its Contents From Lightning: IEEE Guide for Surge Protection of Equipment Connected to AC Power and Communication Circuits Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: May 05, 2005 Abstract: This guide is intended to provide useful information about the proper specification and application of surge protectors, to protect houses and their contents from lightning and other electrical surges. Title: WirelessMAN: Inside the IEEE 802.16 Standard for Wirelss Metropolitan Area Networks Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: May 05, 2006 Abstract: The objective of this book is to provide a detailed overview of the IEEE 802.16 standard for fixed broadband wireless and to include detailed descriptions of the 802.16 Medium Access Control (MAC) and Physical Layer (PHY) operation, with emphasis on the design and the technology behind the standards. This book explains why certain design choices were made and how the recent technological developments, realworld experience and the lessons learned from previous projects were used throughout the 802.16 standards development process to make critical trade-offs. In addition, the chronological development of 802.16 MAC and PHY amendments to the standards and the rationale behind those projects are explained. This book also provides a summary of ongoing projects, related standards, and possible future extensions to IEEE 802.16. The optional and mandatory parts of the 802.16 Standards are clearly indentified and explained thoughout the book wherever applicable. Title: 2007 National Electrical Safety Code VuSpec CD-ROM Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Aug 01, 2006 Key Words: communications industry safety; construction of communication lines; construction of electric supply lines; electrical safety; electric supply stations; electric utility stations; high-voltage safety; operation of communications sys­tems; operation of electric supply systems; power station equipment; power station safety; public utility safety; safety work rules; underground communication line safety; underground electric line safety. Title: 2007 National Electrical Safety Code Handbook Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Aug 01, 2006 Project Scope: This IEEE product is part of the family on NESCs. The NESC Handbook is a powerful tool that pulls together facts, figures, and explanations that help you effectively implement the Code. Authored by Allen L. Clapp, the NESC Handbook covers NESC various requirements up to 2007, detailing important work rules and a historical perspective of the Code. Designation: Subscription879 Title: All-Inclusive IEEE Standards Online Status: Approved Publication of IEEE Designation: Subscription851 Title: Health Informatics/Medical Device Communications Subscription Status: Approved Publication of IEEE Designation: Subscription860 Title: Nuclear Engineering Standards Subscription Status: Approved Publication of IEEE Designation: Subscription861 Title: Industrial and Commercial Facilities Standards Subscription Status: Approved Publication of IEEE Designation: Subscription854 Title: Vehicular Technology Standards Subscription Status: Approved Publication of IEEE Designation: Subscription859 Title: Testing, Instrumentation & Measurements and Metric Practice Status: Approved Publication of IEEE Designation: Subscription870 Title: Power Transformers (Distribution and Regulating) Standards Subscription Status: Approved Publication of IEEE Title: IEEE Power System Relay Standards (PDF on CD-ROM) Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Mar 13, 2007 Abstract: These standard cover all types of relays, including protective, regulating, monitoring, reclosing, synch-check, syncronizing and auxiliary. Specific topics include: -Applications -Design -Construction -Operation -Transmission -Generation -Distribution -Utilization Key Words: power, relays Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Power System Communications Title: IEEE Power Substation Standards (PDF on CD-ROM) Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Mar 07, 2007 Abstract: These standards cover all types of substations, including switching stations, transformer stations, and generating station switchyards. Specific topics include: - Automatic/supervisory control systems; - Data acquired within substations; - Single line wiring diagrams; - Insulation coordination; - Gas-insulated and open bus designs; - Structural arrangements; - D.C. stations; - Environmental and Safety Concerns; - Clearances; - Substation Grounding; - Substation Capacitor Banks; - Substation Seismic Design. Key Words: power, substations Title: IEEE Power Switchgear, Substation, and Relay Standards, VuSpec Edition (formerly known as ANSI C37) VuSpec Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Feb 06, 2007 Abstract: New for 2007-2008. Imagine having immediate access to, and easily searching through, all 140 standards. For the first time on VuSpec CD, IEEE offers you this complete collection of all Power Switchgear, Substation, and Relay standards. Search by titles, keywords, abstracts, extended descriptions, HTML tags, or on the full text of the standards themselves. - Over 140 IEEE Standards. A Complete Collection of all IEEE Power Switchgear, Circuit Breaker, Fuse, Substation, and Relay Standards. Includes 70 Switchgear standards, 35 Substation standards, 30 Relaying standards, and a handful of key referenced standards from other areas. -Powerful New and Improved IEEE VuSpec Interface with integrated Search, Links, and Navigation Features -New Power Switchgear, Substation, and Relay Online Glossary of nearly 1,400 terms derived from the official standards. -Portable VuSpec CD-ROM for Microsoft Windows (limited PDF-only access for MacOS, Linux, UNIX, and others) -Includes related bonus material on disc, including select historic ANSI/NEMA standards, key reference standards, and exclusive linked abstracts, keywords, and extended standard descriptions. -Ships in your own CD Storage case. Key Words: assemblies, C37, circuit, circuits, circuit breakers, fuses, power, relay systems, relaying, relays, substations, switchgear, vuspec Designation: C57.12.001 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transformers Title: Standard General Requirements for Liquid Immersed Distribution, Power and Regulating Transformers, Section 8 Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: James H Harlow, Phone:256-643-3934, Email:j.h.harlow@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: May 31, 1990 Designation: C57.12.21 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transformers Title: Standard for Transformers—Pad-Mounted, Campartmental-Type, Self-Cooled, Single-Phase Distribution Transformers With High-Voltage Bushings: High Voltage (34 500 GrdY/19 920 V and Below) and Low Voltage (240/120 V, 167 kVA and Smaller) Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Ali A Ghafourian, Phone:731-285-9121, Email:aghafourian@ermco-eci.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jun 27, 1991, ANSI APP: Jan 03, 1995 Title: IEEE Standards Operations Manual Status: Superseded Publication type: Special Publication Title: IEEE Standards Board Bylaws - 1996 Status: Superseded Publication type: Special Publication Title: Sixth Interim Collection of the National Electrical Safety Code®, 1994- 1996 Interpretations Status: Superseded **Available only by purchasing National Electrical Safety Code® (NESC®) Interpretations Collection, 1943-1997 Inclusive 1200 pages, Product number SH94550 Publication type: Special Publication Abstract: This edition includes official interpretations of the National Electrical Safety Code® as made by the Interpretations Subcommittee of the National Electrical Safety Code Committee, ASC C2 Key Words: electric supply, supply stations, overhead electric, electric supply, communication lines, supply lines, undergroun electric, underground lines, clearances, strength requirement Title: IEEE Operations Manual - 1995 Status: Superseded Publication type: Special Publication Title: IEEE Standards Board Bylaws - 1995 Status: Superseded Title: IEEE Standards Electric Machinery Collection - 1995 Edition Status: Superseded Publication type: Collection Abstract: IEEE electric machinery standards provide manufacturers and designers with the specifications they need to know on-the- job, while providing tests and diagnosis for various types of electric machines. This collection contains 24 current standards and recommended practices used worldwide pertinent to the generation of electric energy and its conversion into other forms of electric or mechanical energy. Key Words: electric machinery Title: IEEE Standards Board Bylaws - 1994 Status: Superseded Publication type: Special Publication Title: IEEE Standards Operations Manual - 1994 Status: Superseded Publication type: Special Publication Title: IEEE Standards Style Manual - 1994 Status: Superseded Publication type: Special Publication Key Words: stye Title: National Electrical Safety Code® Preprint 1997 Proposals Status: Superseded Publication type: Special Publication Title: IEEE Standards Software Engineering Collection - 1994 Edition Status: Superseded Publication type: Collection Abstract: With the rising costs associated with software development and maintenance today, reduced costs and increased efficiency have become two key factors for programmers and engineers developing software solutions. The best way to maximize software development investments is to comply with the most current software engineering standards mandated by industry today, IEEE software engineering standards. Now, all the widely used IEEE software engineering standards are included in the 1994 edition of the Software Engineering Standards Collection. This edition contains 26 of the most up-to-date standards, covering software terminology, software design descriptions, user documentation and software maintenance. Title: Electric Machinery Collection Status: Superseded Publication type: Collection Title: Supplement to IEEE Standards Collection Circuit Breakers, Switchgear, Substations, and Fuses C37 1993 Edition Status: Superseded Publication type: Collection Title: IEEE Standards Software Engineering Collection 1993 Edition Status: Superseded Publication type: Collection Title: IEEE Standards Collection C37 1993 Edition-Circuit Breakers, Switchgear, Substations, and Fuses Status: Superseded Publication type: Collection Title: Style Manual Status: Superseded Publication type: Special Publication Title: IEEE Standards Board ByLaws - 1992 Status: Superseded Publication type: Special Publication Title: Third Interim Collection of the National Electrical Safety Code®,1991- 1993 Interpretations Status: Superseded **Available only by purchasing National Electrical Safety Code® (NESC®) Interpretations Collection, 1943-1997 Inclusive 1200 pages, Product number SH94550 Publication type: Special Publication Abstract: This edition includes official interpretations of the National Electrical Safety Code as made by the Interpretations Subcommittee of the National Electrical Safety Code Committee, ASC C2. Key Words: electric, supply, stations, overhead, communication, lines, underground, clearances Title: IEEE Standards Electrical and Electronics Graphic and Letter Symbols and Reference Designation Collection — 1992 Edition Status: Superseded Publication type: Collection Key Words: graphic, letter, symbol Title: IEEE Standards Electromagnetic Compatability Collection -1992 Edition Status: Superseded Publication type: Collection Key Words: electromagnetic, compatibility Title: IEEE Standard Board Operations Manual - 1992 Status: Superseded Publication type: Special Publication Title: IEEE Standards Manual Status: Superseded Publication type: Special Publication Title: Second Interim Collection of the National Electrical Safety Code® Interpretations, 1991-1993 Status: Superseded **Available only by purchasing National Electrical Safety Code® (NESC®) Interpretations Collection, 1943-1997 Inclusive 1200 pages, Product number SH94550 Publication type: Special Publication Abstract: This edition includes official interpretations of the National Electrical Safety Code as made by the Interpretations Subcommittee of the National Electrical Safety Code Committee, ASC C2. Key Words: electric supply, overhead, communication lines, underground, clearances, strength, requirements Title: First Interim Collection of the National Electrical Safety Code®, 1991- 1993 Interpretations Status: Superseded **Available only by purchasing National Electrical Safety Code® (NESC®) Interpretations Collection, 1943-1997 Inclusive 1200 pages, Product number SH94550 Publication type: Special Publication Technical Contact: Vince Condello, Phone:201-836-3214 **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. Abstract: This edition includes official interpretations of the National Electrical Safety Code as made by the Interpretations Subcommittee of the National Electrical Safety Code Committee, ASC C2. Title: IEEE Style Manual - 1991 Status: Superseded Publication type: Special Publication Title: IEEE Stationary Battery Standards Collection, Summer 1991 Edition Status: Superseded Publication type: Collection Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Surge Protective Devices/Low Voltage Title: C62 Complete 1990 Edition: Guides and Standards for Surge Protection Status: Superseded Publication type: Collection Title: IEEE Standards Manual - 1990 Status: Superseded Publication type: Special Publication Title: 1990 Annual Activities Report Status: Superseded Publication type: Special Publication Title: IEEE Guides and Standards for Protective Relaying Systems - Complete1989 Edition Status: Superseded Publication type: Collection Title: IEEE Guides and Standards for Safety, Maintenance, and Operation of Lines (ESMOL): Fall 1990 Edition Status: Superseded Publication type: Collection Title: Second Interim Collection of the National Electrical Safety Code Interpretations, 1988-1990 Inclusive Status: Superseded **Available only by purchasing National Electrical Safety Code® (NESC®) Interpretations Collection, 1943-1997 Inclusive 1200 pages, Product number SH94550 Abstract: This edition includes official interpretations of the National Electrical Safety Code as made by the Interpretations Subcommittee of the National Electrical Safety Code Committee, ASC C2. Title: IEEE Software Engineering Standards Collection, Spring 1991 Edition Status: Superseded Publication type: Collection Title: Abstracts/Index Status: Superseded Publication type: Special Publication Title: 1989 Annual Activities Report Status: Superseded Publication type: Special Publication Title: Posix International Style Guide Status: Superseded Publication type: Special Publication Title: First Interim Collection of the National Electrical Safety Code Interpretations, 1988-1990 Inclusive Status: Superseded **Available only by purchasing National Electrical Safety Code® (NESC®) Interpretations Collection, 1943-1997 Inclusive 1200 pages, Product number SH94550 Abstract: This edition includes official interpretations of the National Electrical Safety Code as made by the Interpretations Subcommittee of the National Electrical Safety Code Committee, ASC C2. Title: National Electric Safety Code Interpretations, 1984-1987 Inclusive Status: Superseded Publication type: Special Publication Title: National Electric Safety Code Interpretations, 1981-1984 Inclusive Status: Superseded Publication type: Special Publication Title: National Electric Safety Code Interpretations, 1978-1980 Inclusive Status: Superseded Publication type: Special Publication Title: National Electric Safety Code Interpretations, 1961-1977 Inclusive Status: Superseded Publication type: Special Publication Title: IEEE-IPCEA Power Cable Ampacities Status: Superseded **Revised as IEEE Std 835 Publication type: Special Publication Title: Logic Symbols and Diagrams Status: Superseded Publication type: Collection Title: Electrical and Electronics Graphic Symbols and Reference Designations Status: Superseded Publication type: Collection Title: National Electric Safety Code Interpretations 1988-1990, Inclusive Status: Superseded **A companion to NESC Interpretations 1961-1977, 1978-1980, 1981-1984, and 1984-1987 inclusive Publication type: Special Publication Key Words: elec supply stations, overhd elec supply, communications lines, undergd elec supply, clearances , strength requiremts Title: IEEE Stationary Battery Standards Collection, Fall 1990 Edition Status: Superseded Publication type: Collection Title: CAMAC Instrumentation and Interface Standards Status: Superseded Publication type: Collection Title: National Electrical Safety Code Preprint 1993 Proposals Status: Superseded Publication type: Special Publication Title: NESC Handbook: Discussion of the National Electrical Safety Code—Second Edition Status: Superseded Publication type: Standards Press Title: IEEE Guides and Standards for Protective Relaying Systems, Spring 1991 Edition Status: Superseded Publication type: Collection Title: NESC Interpretation - 5th edition Status: Superseded Publication type: Special Publication Title: IEEE VuSpec: Safety & Security Standards Series, Volume II: Computers & Networks Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Nov 15, 2005 Title: IEEE VuSpec: Safety & Security Standards Series, Volume I: Critical Infrastructure Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Nov 15, 2005 Title: IEEE VuSpec: The IEEE Color Books Industrial Power Pack Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Dec 09, 2005 Title: IEEE VuSpec™: Incident and Traffic Management Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Sep 21, 2005 Title: IEEE VuSpec™: Nuclear Power Engineering Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Aug 15, 2005 Title: IEEE VuSpec™: Nuclear Power Engineering and Technology Standards Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Aug 15, 2005 Title: IEEE VuSpec™: Intelligent Transportation Systems Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Aug 02, 2005 Title: IEEE VuSpec™: IEEE Defense Standards CD Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Sep 19, 2005 Title: IEEE VuSpec™: IEEE Energy Standards CD Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Sep 19, 2005 Designation: - Title: NESC Archives 1973-2000 Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Apr 21, 2006 Abstract: Containing all editions of the National Electrical Safety Code® in effect from 1973 to 2000, NESC®: The Archives (1973- 2000) is an invaluable authoritative resource on safety requirements for power, communications, telephone, cable TV, and railroad signal systems. Offered together for the first time on this Limited Edition user-friendly VuSpec™ CD-ROM, NESC®: The Archives (1973-2000) embodies the expertise and hard work of the engineers who revised each edition. Key Words: communications industry safety; construction of communication lines; construction of electric supply lines; electric supply stations, electric utility stations; electrical safety; high-voltage safety; operation of communications systems; operation of electric supply systems; power station equipment; power station safety; public utility safety; safety work rules; underground communication line safety; underground electric line safety Designation: 1-2000 Sponsor: SASB/SCC04-Electrical Insulation Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2005 Title: IEEE Recommended Practice - General Principles for Temperature Limits in the Rating of Electrical Equipment and for the Evaluation of Electrical Insulation Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Apr 30, 2001 **Supersedes 1-1986 (R1992). Technical Contact: Paulette Payne Powell, Phone:202-388-2335, Email:papayne@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Sep 16, 1997, BD APP: Dec 07, 2000, ANSI APP: May 03, 2001 Project Scope: Change title to a recommended practice, revise table 1, add a table to part IV, coordinate the revisions of IEEE 1, 98, and 99 for consistency, review terms and definitions for harmonization with IEC85 and IEC 505-1, revise Foreward. Project Purpose: To make the title consistent with the text. To include all temperature indexes for materials and temperature classes for insulation systems. To harmonize with IEC 85 and 505-1. Abstract: " This recommended practice is intended to serve in the preparation of standards that areprincipally concerned with the thermal endurance of EIM and simple combinations of suchmaterials, with the establishment of limiting temperatures of EIS, and with the provision of generalprinciples for thermal classification of EIS. " Designation: 1-1986 Sponsor: SASB/SCC04-Electrical Insulation Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1992 Title: IEEE Standard General Principles for Temperature Limits in the Rating of Electric Equipment and for the Evaluation of Electrical Insulation Status: Superseded **Superseded by 1-2000. History: BD APP: Mar 13, 1986, ANSI APP: Aug 07, 1986 Designation: 2-1929 Sponsor: SASB/SCC10-Terms and Definitions Title: A.I.E.E. Standards Report on Standard Definitions and Symbols Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **AIEE-2 (1929) (C42) Designation: 3-1982 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Power System Instrumentation and Measurements Title: IEEE Recommended Practice in the Selection of Reference Ambient Conditions for Test Measurements of Electrical Apparatus Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Mar 21, 1991. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **ANSI withdrawn 3/31/94. History: BD APP: May 21, 1981, ANSI APP: Apr 29, 1983 Designation: 4-1995 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Power System Instrumentation and Measurements Title: IEEE Standard Techniques for High-Voltage Testing Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Oct 12, 1995 **Revision of IEEE Std 4-1978. History: PAR APP: Feb 02, 1989, BD APP: Mar 16, 1995, ANSI APP: Aug 24, 1995 Project Scope: Defines test procedures, equipment requirements and analysis aids for testing hardware and apparatus used for electric power distribution, by all electric utilities. Project Purpose: To define terms of general applicability; to present general requirements regarding test objects and test procedure. Abstract: This standard establishes standard methods to measure high-voltage and basic testing techniques, so far as they are generally applicable, to all types of apparatus for alternating voltages, direct voltages, lightning impulse voltags, switching impulse voltages, and impulse currents. This revision implements many new procedures to improve accuracy, provide greater flexibility, and address practical problems associated with high-voltage measurements. Key Words: high-voltage testing, testing Designation: 4 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Power System Instrumentation and Measurements Title: Standard for High Voltage Test Techniques Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: William E. Larzelere, Phone:518-523-9795, Email:evergreen@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 08, 1998 Project Scope: The proposal is to add an appendix to the existing standard. The appendix will contain information on Atmospheric Correction factors used in high voltage tests according to the scope of the Standard. The proposed appendix contains information taken exactly from the previous version of this Standard. Project Purpose: The Switchgear and Transformer committees of PES still use this older version of correction factors and are asking for it to be added back to the Standard. Currently certain apparatus committees with Standards that refer to IEEE-4 1978, cannot be updated to reference IEEE-4 1995 because the old atmospheric correction factors, that they use daily, had been eliminated from the newer version. Designation: P4 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Power System Instrumentation and Measurements Title: Standard for High Voltage Test Techniques Status: Revision Project Technical Contact: William E. Larzelere, Phone:518-523-9795, Email:evergreen@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Nov 01, 2001 Project Scope: The proposed revision will update the current standard, add several new techniques and methods and align more completely with IEC sister standards. Project Purpose: The purpose of the standard is to make high voltage measurements more consistent. The revision will continue this evolution. Designation: 4-1978 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Power System Instrumentation and Measurements Title: IEEE Standard Techniques for High Voltage Testing Status: Superseded History: PAR APP: Jan 05, 1977, BD APP: Jan 01, 1978, ANSI APP: Apr 29, 1982 Abstract: Standard methods of measurement of high voltage and basic techniques for dielectrics, so far as they are generally applicable to all types of apparatus, for alternating voltages, direct voltages, lightning impulse voltages, switching impulse voltages, and impulse currents are established. General definitions and test requirements are provided, and test procedures and measuring devices are described. A measuring devices application guide and recommendations for voltage measurements by means of sphere gaps are included. The contents are based on and adhere very closely to IEC high-voltage test techniques documents. Key Words: high, voltage, testing, techniques Designation: 4a-2001 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Power System Instrumentation and Measurements Title: Standard for IEEE Amendment to High Voltage Test Techniques Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Mar 21, 2001 Technical Contact: William E. Larzelere, Phone:518-523-9795, Email:evergreen@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: May 16, 2000, BD APP: Mar 17, 2001, ANSI APP: Aug 02, 2001 Project Scope: The proposal is to add an Appendix to the existing standard. The appendix will contain information on Atmospheric Correction factors used in high voltage tests according to the scope of the Standard. The proposed appendix contains information taken exactly from the previous version of this Standard. Project Purpose: The Switchgear and Transformer committees of PES still use this older version of correction factors and are asking for it to be added back to the Standard. Currently certain apparatus committees with Standards that refer to IEEE-4 1978, cannot be updated to reference IEEE-4 1995 because the old atmospheric correction factors, that they use daily, have been eliminated from the newer version. Abstract: This amendment sets forth a number of clarifications and corrections to IEEE Standard Techniques for High-Voltage Testing. Key Words: "atmospheric correction factors, high-voltage testing, testing" Designation: P7-4.3.2 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Nuclear Power Engineering Title: Standard Criteria for Digital Computers in Safety Systems of Nuclear Power Generating Stations Status: Revision Project Technical Contact: Charles Roslund, Phone:412-374-6613, Email:rosluncj@notes.westinghouse.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. Project Scope: This standard serves to amplify criteria in IEEE Std 603-1998, IEEE Standard Criteria for Safety Systems for Nuclear Power Generating Stations, to address the use of computers as part of safety systems in nuclear power generating stations. The criteria contained herein, in conjunction with criteria in IEEE Std 603-1998, establish minimum functional and design requirements for computers used as components of a safety system. Project Purpose: The purpose is to establish minimum functional and design requirements for computers used as components of safety systems. Designation: 7-4.3.2-2003 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Nuclear Power Engineering Title: Standard Criteria for Digital Computers in Safety Systems of Nuclear Power Generating Stations Status: Superseded **Supersedes 7-4.3.2-1993. Technical Contact: Charles Roslund, Phone:412-374-6613, Email:rosluncj@notes.westinghouse.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Feb 14, 2002, BD APP: Sep 11, 2003, ANSI APP: Jan 29, 2004 Project Scope: The original scope will be clarified as follows: The standard serves to amplify criteria in IEEE Std 603 for computers used as components of safety systems in nuclear power generating stations. Note: The existing scope unnecessarily includes a definition of computers. Project Purpose: The purpose is to establish minimum functional and design requirements for computers used as components of safety systems. The purpose of this revision is to improve the usability of this standard and to address industry comments. The proposed project will clarify existing commercial grade item dedication requirements and guidelines; make the existing verification and validation requirements consistent with the requirements in IEEE Std 1012; add requirements for self-diagnostic and fault detection; and, overall, improve the usability of this standard and its consistency with IEEE Std 603. Abstract: Additional computer specific requirements to supplement the criteria and requirements of IEEE Std 603™-1998 are specified. Within the context of this standard, the term computer is a system that includes computer hardware, software, firmware, and interfaces. The criteria contained herein, in conjunction with criteria in IEEE Std 603-1998, establish minimum functional and design requirements for computers used as components of a safety system. Key Words: "commercial grade item, diversity, safety systems, software, software tools, software verification and validation" Designation: 7-4.3.2-1993 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Nuclear Power Engineering Title: IEEE Standard Criteria for Digital Computers in Safety Systems of Nuclear Power Generating Stations Status: Superseded **Was ANSI C68.1. Revision of ANSI/IEEE-ANS-7-4.3.2-1982. Superseded by 7- 4.3.2-2003. History: PAR APP: Jun 01, 1989, BD APP: Sep 15, 1993, ANSI APP: Feb 24, 1994 (Ref. Std.: 7432) Abstract: Additional computer specific requirements to supplement the criteria and requirements of IEEE Std 603-1991 are specified. Within the context of this standard, the term computer is a system that includes computer hardware, software, firmware, and interfaces. The criteria contained herein, in conjunction with criteria in IEEE Std 603-1991, establish minimum functional and design requirements for computers used as components of a safety system. Key Words: commercial grade , diversity, safety systems, software tools Designation: 7-4.3.2-1982 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Nuclear Power Engineering Title: American National Standard Application Criteria for Programmable Digital Computer Systems in Safety Systems of Nuclear Power Generating Stations Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Dec 05, 1991. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. History: PAR APP: Jun 01, 1981, BD APP: May 21, 1981, ANSI APP: Jul 06, 1982 (Ref. Std.: IEEE742) Key Words: *7432 Designation: 11-2000 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Electric Machinery Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2006 Title: IEEE Standard for Rotating Electric Machinery for Rail and Road Vehicles Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jul 31, 2000 **This standard supersedes 11-1980 (R1992). History: PAR APP: Sep 16, 1997, BD APP: Jan 30, 2000, ANSI APP: Jun 07, 2000 Project Scope: To revise and update the standard and to consider inclusion of inverter driven AC induction motors in this standard. To reconcile with other existing international standards, e.g. IEC 349. Project Purpose: To bring this standard up to date by addressing specific issues submitted as comments during the reaffirmaton ballot. Abstract: This standard applies to rotating electric machinery which forms part of the propulsionand major auxiliary equipment on internally and externally powered electrically propelled rail androad vehicles and similar large transport and haulage vehicles and their trailers where specified inthe contract. Designation: 11-1980 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Electric Machinery Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1992 Title: IEEE Standard for Rotating Electric Machinery for Rail and Road Vehicles Status: Superseded **Revision of IEEE Std 11-1962. This standard was superseded by 11-2000. History: BD APP: Mar 13, 1980, ANSI APP: Mar 26, 1982 Designation: 15-1928 Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society Title: A.I.E.E. Standards Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. Designation: 16-2004 Sponsor: IEEE Vehicular Technology Society/Rail Transit Title: IEEE Standard for Electrical and Electronic Control Apparatus on Rail Vehicles Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Mar 25, 2005 Technical Contact: Jim Dietz, Phone:215-641-8876, Email:jdietz@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Mar 30, 2000, BD APP: Sep 23, 2004, ANSI APP: Feb 02, 2005 Project Scope: This standard prescribes design, application, and test requirements for electrical and electronic control apparatus on rail vehicles. Project Purpose: This standard is intended to provide a set of uniform design, application, and test requirements for electrical and electronic control apparatus on rail vehicles. These requirements are the minimum necessary to ensure suitability for use in a rail vehicle environment. Use of this should lead to enhanced levels of reliability, and lower acquisition and maintenance costs. Abstract: This standard is intended to provide a set of uniform design, application, and test requirements for electrical and electronic control apparatus on rail vehicles. Key Words: apparatus, control, design, electrical, electrohydraulic, electronic, electropneumatic, rail, routine test, test, transit, type test Designation: 16 Sponsor: IEEE Vehicular Technology Society/Land Transportation Title: Electric Control Apparatus for Land Transportation Vehicles Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Rudy A Van Eck, Phone:213-617-3448 **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 11, 1986 Designation: 16-1955 Sponsor: IEEE Vehicular Technology Society/Land Transportation Title: IEEE Standard for Electric Control Apparatus for Land Transportation Vehicles Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **Supersedes C48-1931 and AIEE 16A-1951. History: BD APP: Oct 27, 1955 Designation: 17 Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. Designation: 18-2002 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transmission and Distribution Title: IEEE Standard for Shunt Power Capacitors Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Oct 14, 2002 **Supersedes 18-1992. Technical Contact: Ignacio Ares, Phone:(305) 485-6517, Email:ignacio_ares@fpl.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Sep 19, 1996, BD APP: Mar 21, 2002, ANSI APP: Jul 27, 2002 Project Scope: This standard applies to capacitors rated 216V or higher, 2.5 kvar or more, and designed for shunt connection to alternating current transmission and distribution systems operating at a nominal frequency of 50 or 60 Hz. Project Purpose: To revise std 18 as appropriate to better coincide with other national and international standards. The main areas that the group will concentrate on will include the evaluation of several unit ratings covered by std 18 to coincide with NEMA stds, evaluation of internal discharge device to coincide with IEC stds, and the evaluation of various portions of the section covering application and operation of shunt power capacitors to coordinate with IEEE std. 1036. Abstract: " Capacitors rated 216 V or higher, 2.5 kvar or more, and designed for shunt connection toalternating-current transmission and distribution systems operating at a nominal frequency of 50 Hzor 60 Hz, within the guidelines of IEEE Std 1036-1992, are considered. " Key Words: "capacitors, shunt connection, transmission and distribution systems" Designation: 18-1992 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transmission and Distribution Title: IEEE Standard for Shunt Power Capacitors Status: Superseded **Revision of IEEE Std 18-1990. Was ANSI C55.1. Superseded by 18-2002. History: PAR APP: Nov 09, 1989, BD APP: Sep 17, 1992, ANSI APP: May 26, 1993 Abstract: Capacitors rated 216 V or higher, 2.5 kvar or more, and designed for shunt connection to alternating-current transmission and distribution systems operating at a nominal frequency of 50 or 60 Hz are considered. Service conditions, ratings, manufacturing, and testing are covered. A guide to application and operation of power capacitors is included. Key Words: capacitors, shunt, connection, transmission, distribution, systems, C55.1, shunt power, Transmission and distribution , Shunt connection Designation: 18-1980 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transmission and Distribution Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1991 Title: IEEE Standard for Shunt Power Capacitors Status: Superseded History: BD APP: Mar 15, 1979, ANSI APP: Nov 07, 1980 Designation: 19 Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. Designation: 21-1976 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transformers Title: IEEE General Requirements and Test Procedure for Outdoor Apparatus Bushings Status: Superseded **Redesignated IEEE Std C57.19.00 History: BD APP: Jun 03, 1976, ANSI APP: Jul 23, 1976 (Ref. Std.: C57.19.00) Designation: 22A-1962 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Switchgear Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1977 Title: IEEE Guide for the Application of Interrupter Switches to Switch Capacitance Loads Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Dec 05, 1991. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. History: PAR APP: Nov 28, 1983, ANSI APP: Dec 31, 1963 Abstract: 8/90: In process of being rewritten as C37.36 Key Words: 22A Designation: 24-1984 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transformers Title: IEEE Standard Performance Characteristics and Dimensions for Outdoor Apparatus Bushings Status: Superseded **Same as C57.19.01 History: BD APP: Dec 17, 1981, ANSI APP: Aug 05, 1983 (Ref. Std.: C57.19.01) Key Words: bushings, apparatus, outdoor Designation: 30 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Insulated Conductors Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. Designation: 31 Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. Designation: 32-1972 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transformers Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1997 Title: IEEE Standard Requirements, Terminology, and Test Procedures for Neutral Grounding Devices Status: Approved Publication of IEEE **Dec2002: Sponsor change from PE/SPD to PE/TR. Being revised by PC57.32. History: BD APP: Mar 21, 1972, ANSI APP: Feb 27, 1991 Project Scope: To review and update requirements and tests for equipment used for neutral grounding devices, and the terminology presently used. Abstract: "ANSI/IEEE Std 32-1972 (Reaffirmed 1990) IEEE Standard Requirements, Terminology, and Test Procedure for Neutral Grounding Devices" Key Words: "IEEE Std 32-1972 (Reaff 1990) IEEE Standard Requirements, Terminology, and Test Procedures for Neutral Grounding Devices. This standard applies to devices - other than surge arresters - used for the purpose of controlling the ground current or the pote" Designation: 34 Sponsor: IEEE Communications Society Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. Designation: 37 Sponsor: SASB/SCC10-Terms and Definitions Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. Designation: 38 Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. Designation: 39 Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. Designation: 43-2000 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Electric Machinery Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2006 Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Testing Insulation Resistance of Rotating Machinery Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Mar 23, 2000 Technical Contact: Vicki Warren, Phone:931-670-7829, Email:VTWARREN@MSN.COM **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Mar 21, 1996, BD APP: Mar 06, 2000, ANSI APP: Oct 12, 2000 Project Scope: Revise and update the Recommended Practice to reflect the characteristics of newer insulating materials and resistance measurement methods. The revision will address problems that have been encountered in recent years with the application of Polarization Indexes on extremely high resistance insulation systems. Project Purpose: The project will provide an up-to-date Recommended Practice for meausrement of electrical insulation resistance for windings used in rotating machinery rated 1hp, 1KW or greater. Abstract: " This document describes the recommended procedure for measuring insulation resis-tance of armature and field windings in rotating machines rated 1 hp, 750 W or greater. It appliesto synchronous machines, induction machines, dc machines, and synchronous condensers. Con-tained within this document is the general theory of insulation resistance (IR) and polarization index(P.I.), as well as factors affecting the results, test procedures, methods of interpretation, test limita-tions, and recommended minimum values. " Key Words: "absorption current,conductoin current,discharge current,geometric capacitive current,insulation resistance,polarization index, surface leakage current" Designation: 43-1974 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Electric Machinery Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1991 Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Testing Insulation Resistance of Rotating Machinery Status: Superseded **Revision of IEEE Std 43-1961. Was ANSI C50.22. Superseded by 43-2000. History: BD APP: May 30, 1974, ANSI APP: Apr 20, 1992 Abstract: Insulation resistance characteristics of rotating-machine windings and the manner in which these characteristics may serve to indicate the condition of the winding are described. The recommended procedure for the measurement of insulation resistance of windings of rotating machines rated 1 hp, 1 kW or greater is presented. The recommended minimum value of insulation resistance of alternating-current and direct-current rotating-machine windings is given. Synchronous machines, induction machines, direct- current machines, and synchronous converters are covered, as well as armature windings and field windings. Fractional-horsepower machines are not included. Key Words: insulation, resistance, rotating, motors, generators, Rotating- machine insulation testing Designation: 45-2002 Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Petroleum & Chemical Industry Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Electric Installations on Shipboard Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Oct 09, 2002 **Supersedes 45-1998. Publication type: Special Publication Technical Contact: H.R Stewart, Phone:281-444-8117, Email:hrsc@earthlink.net **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Jan 30, 2000, BD APP: Sep 12, 2002, ANSI APP: Jan 22, 2003 Project Scope: This recommended practice will serve as a guide for the selection and installation of electrical equipment for lighting, signaling, communications, power and propulsion in marine applications. Project Purpose: The main purpose of this standard is to provide a consensus of recommended practices in the unique field of marine electrical engineering as applied specifically to ships, shipboard systems, and equipment. Abstract: " Recommendations for the design, selection, and installation of equipment on merchantvessels with electrical apparatus for lighting, signaling, communication, power, and propulsion areprovided." Key Words: "marine electrical engineering, marine vessels, shipboard systems, ships" Designation: P45 Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Petroleum & Chemical Industry Title: Recommended Practice for Electrical Installations on Shipboard Status: Revision Project Technical Contact: H.R Stewart, Phone:281-444-8117, Email:hrsc@earthlink.net **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jun 09, 2005 Project Scope: These recommendations establish the minimally acceptable guidelines for the design, selection, and installation of systems and equipment aboard marine vessels applying electrical apparatus for power, propulsion, steering, automation, navigation, lighting, and communications. These recommendations describe present-day acceptable electrical engineering methods and practices. It is recognized that changes and improvements in shipboard requirements may develop that are not specifically covered herein; such changes, if incorporated in the design, should be equal to the safety and reliability levels established herein and generally in accord with the intent of these standards. In developing these recommendations, consideration was given to the electrical and engineering requirements promulgated by various regulatory agencies, classification societies, and by the International Maritime Organization.s International Convention for the Safety of Life at Sea (IMO SOLAS), as amended. This recommended practice was developed by a voluntary consensus body to provide assistance and guidance to regulatory agencies governing electrical engineering requirements. Project Purpose: The main purpose of this recommended practice is to provide a consensus of recommended practices in the unique field of marine electrical engineering as applied specifically to ships, shipboard systems, and equipment. Designation: 45-1998 Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Petroleum & Chemical Industry Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Electric Installations on Shipboard Status: Superseded **Revision of IEEE Std 45-1983. Superseded by 45-2002. History: PAR APP: Jun 25, 1998, BD APP: Sep 16, 1998 Project Scope: Provide marine recommendations intended for selection and installation of equipment on vessels with electric apparatus. Project Purpose: Recommendations to define present-day engineering practices with reference to safety of personnel and of the ship itself. Attention is directed to other standards and requlations for electric installations on shipboard such as those promulgated by Government Regulartory Agencies and Intergovernmental Maritime Organizations. Abstract: " Recommendations for the selection and installation of equipment on merchant vesselswith electric apparatus for lighting, signaling, communication, power, and propulsion are provided. " Key Words: "marine electrical engineering, marine vessels, shipboard systems, ships" Designation: 45-1983 Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Petroleum & Chemical Industry Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1988 Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Electrical Installations on Shipboard Status: Superseded History: BD APP: Oct 20, 1988, ANSI APP: Apr 26, 1989 Designation: 46 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Insulated Conductors Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. Designation: 47 Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. Designation: 48-1996 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Insulated Conductors Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2003 Title: IEEE Standard Test Procedures and Requirements for Alternating-Current Cable Terminations 2.5 kV Through 765 kV Status: Approved Publication of IEEE **Revision of Std 48-1990. History: PAR APP: Sep 26, 1991, BD APP: May 02, 1996, ANSI APP: Sep 23, 1996 Project Scope: This standard covers all indoor and outdoor cable terminators used on alternating-current cables having laminated or extruded insulation rated 2.5 kV through 765 kV, except separable insulated connectors, which are covered by IEEE Std. 386-1995, IEEE Standard for Separable Insulated Connectors System for Power Distribution Systems above 600 V. Project Purpose: This standard shall provide standard test procedures and requirements for high voltage alternating current cable terminations. Abstract: All indoor and outdoor cable terminations used on alternating-current cables having laminated or extruded insulation rated 2.5 kV through 765 kV are covered, except for separable insulated connectors, which are covered by IEEE Std 386-1995. Key Words: alternating currents, cable terminations, accelerated , contamination test, correction factors, dielectric field , environmental, exposure, nonstandard, service conditions, rating, solar radiation, test requirements, ultraviolet light Designation: P48 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Insulated Conductors Title: Standard Test Procedures and Requirements for Alternating Current Cable Terminations Used on Shielded Cables Having Laminated Insulation Rated 2.5 kV through 765 kV or Extruded Insulation Rated 2.5 kV through 500 kV Status: Revision Project Technical Contact: Jim Braun, Phone:763-323-2802, Email:jimbr@connexusenergy.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 22, 2005 Project Scope: This standard covers all indoor and outdoor cable terminations used on alternating-current shielded cables having laminated insulation rated 2.5 kV through 765 kV and extruded insulation rated 2.5 kV through 500 kV, except separable insulated connectors, which are covered by IEEE Std. 386-1995, IEEE Standard for Separable insulated Conductor Systems for Power Distribution Systems Above 600 V. Project Purpose: The purpose is to make minor revisions and up-date the document. In addition, IEEE 48 (Termination Standard) will be coordinated with IEEE 404-2000 (IEEE Standard for Extruded and Laminated Dielectric Shielded Cable Joints Rated 2500 to 500 000 V) to accommodate the testing of both cable accessories simultaneously. Designation: 48-1990 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Insulated Conductors Title: IEEE Standard Test Procedures and Requirements for High-Voltage Alternating-Current Cable Terminations Status: Superseded **Revision of IEEE Std 48-1975. History: BD APP: Jan 25, 1990, ANSI APP: Jun 06, 1990 Abstract: This standard applies to all indoor and outdoor cable terminations used on ac cables having laminated or extruded insulation rated 2.5 kV through 500 kV except separable insulated connectors. Key Words: high-voltage, cable terminators, alternating currents Designation: 48-1975 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Insulated Conductors Title: IEEE Standard Test Procedures and Requirements for High-Voltage Alternating-Current Cable Terminations Status: Superseded **Revision of 48-1962. Superseded by 48-1990 History: BD APP: Dec 20, 1974 Designation: 49 Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. Designation: 51 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Power System Instrumentation and Measurements Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. Designation: 52 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Power System Instrumentation and Measurements Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. Designation: 54-1955 Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society Title: IEEE Standard, Test Code, and Recommended Practice for Induction and Dielectric Heating Equipment Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. Designation: 55-1953 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Insulated Conductors Title: IEEE Guide for Temperature Correlation in the Connection of Insulated Wire and Cables to Electronic Equipment Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Dec 06, 1990. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. Designation: P56 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Electric Machinery Title: Guide for Insulation Maintenance of Electric Machines Rated 1 MVA and Higher Status: Revision Project History: PAR APP: Dec 07, 2005 Project Scope: This insulation maintenance guide is applicable to rotating electric machines rated from 1 MVA and higher. The procedures detailed herein may also be useful for insulation maintenance of other types of machines. Project Purpose: The purpose of this guide is to present information necessary to permit an effective evaluation of the insulation systems of rotating electrical machines. Such an evaluation can serve as a guide to the degree of maintenance or replacement which might be deemed necessary, and also offer some indication of the future service reliability of the equipment under consideration. Designation: 56-1977 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Electric Machinery Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1991 Title: IEEE Guide for Insulation Maintenance of Large Alternating-Current Rotating Machinery (10,000 kVA and Larger) Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 16, 2004. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **Revision of IEEE Std 56-1958. 16-Jan-04: Administratively withdrawn. Technical Contact: Bal K Gupta, Phone:416-621-6035, Email:bal.gupta@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: BD APP: Jun 03, 1976, ANSI APP: Apr 20, 1992 Abstract: Information necessary to permit an effective evaluation of the insulation systems of alternating-current rotating electrical machines rated at 10,000 kVA or more, and operating at voltages of 6000 V and above is presented. The significance of maintenance, severe conditions reducing insulation life, and insulation systems in general use are discussed. Visual inspection methods, cleaning procedures, and maintenance tests are described. Key Words: insulation, maintenance, rotating, AC, motors, Rotating-machine insulation testing, Rotating-machine insulation, Power system maintenance, AC machines Designation: 57-1959 Sponsor: IEEE Dielectrics and Electrical Insulation Society Title: IEEE Thermal Stability of Enameled Wire in Air Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Dec 05, 1991. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. Designation: 58-1978 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Electric Machinery Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1983 Title: IEEE Standard Induction Motor Letter Symbols Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Dec 05, 1991. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. Technical Contact: M. Harry Hesse **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: BD APP: Mar 11, 1976, ANSI APP: Sep 25, 1986 Key Words: symbols, letter, motor, induction Designation: 59 Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. Designation: 60 Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. Designation: 62-1995 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transformers Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2005 Title: IEEE Guide for Diagnostic Field Testing of Electric Power Apparatus - Part 1: Oil Filled Power Transformers, Regulators, and Reactors Status: Approved Publication of IEEE **Revision of IEEE Std 62-1978. History: PAR APP: Mar 17, 1994, BD APP: Mar 16, 1995, ANSI APP: Aug 24, 1995 Abstract: Diagnostic tests and measurements that are performed in the field on oil-immersed power transformers and regulators are described. Whenever possible, shunt reactors are treated in a similar manner to transformers. Tests are presented systematically in categories depending on the subsystem of the unit being examined. A diagnostic chart is included as an aid to identify the various subsystems. Additional information is provided regarding specialized test and measuring techniques. Key Words: oil filled transformer, regulators, reactors, diagnostic evaluation, off-line testing, field testing, windings, bushings, insulating fluids, tapchangers, core, tanks, safety, diagnostic field, power apparatus, diagnostic evaluation, Oil filled transformers Designation: 62-1978 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Power System Instrumentation and Measurements Title: IEEE Guide for Field Testing Power Apparatus Insulation Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. Key Words: insulation, apparatus, testing, field, power Designation: 62.2-2004 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Electric Machinery Title: IEEE Guide for Diagnostic Field Testing of Electric Power Apparatus - Electrical Machinery Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jun 08, 2005 **This project is jointly sponsored by PE/EM and PE/I&M Technical Contact: Thomas R Wait, Phone:415-973-3864, Email:trw1@pge.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Jun 26, 1997, BD APP: Dec 08, 2004 Project Scope: This is a guide for determining applicable tests and inspection techniques for various types of large rotating electric machines. It provides short discussions relating to the capabilities and limitations of each test, typical test procedures and in some cases, how to interpret the expected range of results. This is to be a companion document to P62 Part 1-1995. Project Purpose: This guide is intended to assist maintenance personnel in determining what diagnostic tests should be planned for their rotating electrical machines, what should be expected of the tests and in general, how to perform the tests. This guide brings together all commonly performed appropriate tests for electrical machines in one document and references other individual standards so more detailed information may be attained. Abstract: This is a guide for determining applicable tests and inspection techniques for various types of large rotating electric machines. It provides short discussions relating to the capabilities and limitations of each test, typical test procedures and in some cases, how to interpret the expected range of results. This is to be a companion document to P62 Part 1-1995. Key Words: brushless machine, commutator, damper winding, partial discharge, stator core, stator winding, thermocouple Designation: 66 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Electric Machinery Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. Designation: 67-2005 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Electric Machinery Title: IEEE Guide for Operation and Maintenance of Turbine Generators Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: May 08, 2006 Technical Contact: Geoffrey S Klempner, Phone:416-592-5651, Email:geoff.klempner@nuclearsafetysolutions.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Mar 21, 2002, BD APP: Nov 29, 2005, ANSI APP: Apr 17, 2006 Project Scope: This guide covers general recommendations for the operation, loading, and maintenance of turbine-driven synchronous generators, termed turbine generators, having cylindrical rotors. It does not apply to generators having salient pole rotors. The generators covered by this guide are to have rated outputs of 10 MVA and above. Cylindrical-rotor, two- pole and four-pole generators below this rating are generally covered by NEMA MG 1.1 This guide is not intended to supplant specific or general instructions contained in the manufacturer’s instruction book or in any contractual agreement between a manufacturer and a purchaser of a given machine. Because of the rapid development in generator design and because of the ingenuity of individual generator designers, many variations are incorporated in existing machines. Therefore, it is not possible in this guide to assign specific values or fixed methods. The most that this guide can accomplish is to offer accepted and tried values and methods and give warning where hazards might be encountered. The user should keep in mind that this guide is written to cover the turbine generator. This guide is not intended to apply in any manner to the prime mover. Project Purpose: This standard is for the use of the users (power utilites) and manufacturers of turbine generators. The reason for the revision is that it has been ten years since it was previously revised and it needs updating due to the changes in the operating regimes of utilities today. The standard needs to include such things as two-shifting operation information and to consider the advances in machine designs. Abstract: This guide covers general recommendations for the operation, loading, and maintenance of turbine-driven synchronous generators that have cylindrical rotors. Key Words: cylindrical rotors, operation and maintenance of turbine generators, reactive capability, rotor windings, stator windings, turbine-driven synchronous generators Designation: 67-1990 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Electric Machinery Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1995 Title: IEEE Guide for Operation and Maintenance of Turbine Generators Status: Superseded **Revision of IEEE Std 67-1972. History: PAR APP: Jun 28, 1985, BD APP: Feb 15, 1990, ANSI APP: Jul 19, 1990 Abstract: General recommendations for the operation, loading, and maintenance of turbine-driven synchronous generators having cylindrical rotors are provided. The manufacturer's and user's responsibility is discussed, and the classification of generators and the basis on which they are rated are covered. Mechanical considerations are also addressed. Key Words: cylindrical rotors, operation, Maintenance, turbine generators, turbine driven, synchronous , reactive capability, rotor windings, stator windings, Turbine-driven synchronous generator Designation: 67-1972 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Electric Machinery Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1980 Title: IEEE Guide for Operation and Maintenance of Turbine Generators Status: Superseded **ANSI(R81). History: BD APP: Sep 16, 1971, ANSI APP: Nov 10, 1972 Key Words: turbiine, generators, operation, maintenance Designation: 69 Sponsor: IEEE Magnetics Society Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. Designation: 70 Sponsor: IEEE Magnetics Society Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. Designation: 71 Sponsor: IEEE Magnetics Society Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. Designation: 72 Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. Designation: 73 Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. Designation: 74-1958 Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1974 Title: IEEE Standard Test Code for Industrial Control (600 Volts or Less) Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Dec 05, 1991. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. Designation: 75 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Power System Instrumentation and Measurements Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. Designation: 76 Sponsor: Accredited Standards Committee on Transformers Title: Transformer Askarel in Equipment, Guide for Acceptance and Maintenance of (SH10769) Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. Designation: 79 Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. Designation: 80-2000 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Substations Title: IEEE Guide for Safety in AC Substation Grounding Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Aug 04, 2000 **This guide supersedes 80-1986 (R1991). History: PAR APP: Jun 14, 1994, BD APP: Jan 30, 2000, ANSI APP: Jul 18, 2000 Project Scope: This guide is primarily concerned with outdoor ac substations, either conventional or gas-insulated. Distribution, transmission, and generating plant substations are included. With proper caution, the methods described herein are also applicable to indoor portions of such substations, or to substations that are wholly indoors.1 No attempt is made to cover the grounding problems peculiar to dc substations. A quantitative analysis of the effects of lightning surges is also beyond the scope of this guide. Project Purpose: The intent of this guide is to provide guidance and information pertinent to safe grounding practices in ac substation design. The specific purposes of this guide are to a) Establish, as a basis for design, the safe limits of potential differences that can exist in a substation under fault conditions between points that can be contacted by the human body. b) Review substation grounding practices with special reference to safety, and develop criteria for a safe design. c) Provide a procedure for the design of practical grounding systems, based on these criteria. d) Develop analytical methods as an aid in the understanding and solution of typical gradient problems. The concept and use of safety criteria are described in Clause 1 through Clause 8, practical aspects of designing a grounding system are covered in Clause 9 through Clause 13, and procedures and evaluation techniques for the grounding system assessment (in terms of safety criteria) are described in Clause 14 through Clause 20. Supporting material is organized in Annex A through Annex G. This guide is primarily concerned with safe grounding practices for power frequencies in the range of 50–60 Hz. The problems peculiar to dc substations and the effects of lightning surges are beyond the scope of this guide. A grounding system designed as described herein will, nonetheless, provide some degree of protection against steep wave front surges entering the substation and passing to earth through its ground electrodes.2 Other references should be consulted for more information about these subjects. Abstract: " Outdoor ac substations, either conventional or gas-insulated, are covered in this guide.Distribution, transmission, and generating plant substations are also included. With proper caution,the methods described herein are also applicable to indoor portions of such substations, or to sub-stations that are wholly indoors. No attempt is made to cover the grounding problems peculiar todc substations. A quantitative analysis of the effects of lightning surges is also beyond the scope ofthis guide. " Key Words: "ground grids, grounding, substation design, substation grounding" Designation: P80 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Substations Title: Guide for Safety in AC Substation Grounding Status: Revision Project Technical Contact: Richard P Keil, Phone:937-416-3324, Email:rpkeil@cai-engr.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. Project Scope: This guide is primarily concerned with outdoor AC substations, either conventional or gas-insulated. These include distribution, transmission, and generating plant substations. With proper caution, the methods described herein are also applicable to indoor portions of such substations, or to substations that are wholly indoors. No attempt is made to cover the grounding problems peculiar to DC substations. A quantitative analysis of the effects of lightning surges is also beyond the scope of this guide. Project Purpose: The intent of this guide is to provide guidance and information pertinent to safe grounding practices in AC substation design. The specific purposes of this guide are: a) To establish, as a basis for design, the safe limits of potential differences that can exist in a substation under fault conditions between points that can be contacted by the human body; b) To review substation grounding practices with special reference to safety, and develop criteria for a safe design; c) To provide a procedure for the design of practical grounding systems, based on these criteria; d) To develop analytical methods as an aid in the understanding a ns solution of typical gradient problems; e) To provide benchmark cases using various commercial software programs. This guide is primarily concerned with safe grounding practices for power frequencies in the range of 50-60 Hz. The problems peculiar to DC substations and the effects of lightning surges are beyond the scope of this guide. Designation: 80-1986 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Substations Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1991 Title: IEEE Guide for Safety in AC Substation Grounding Status: Superseded **Revision of IEEE Std 80-1976. This guide was superseded by 80-2000. History: BD APP: Mar 21, 1985, ANSI APP: Dec 18, 1991 Designation: 81-1983 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Substations Title: IEEE Guide for Measuring Earth Resistivity, Ground Impedance, and Earth Surface Potentials of a Ground System Part 1: Normal Measurements Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Mar 11, 1983 **This is part 1 of the standard; part 2 is 81.2; ANSI withdrawn 2/13/95. Revision of IEEE STd 81-1962. Oct2003: Ownership transfer from PE/PSIM to PE/SUB. History: BD APP: Sep 17, 1981, ANSI APP: Sep 04, 1984 Abstract: The present state of the technique of measuring ground resistance and impedance, earth resistivity, and potential gradients from currents in the earth, and the prediction of the magnitude of ground resistance and potential gradients from scale-model tests are described and discussed. Factors influencing the choice of instruments and the techniques for various types of measurements are covered. These include the purpose of the measurement, the accuracy required, the type of instruments available, possible sources of error, and the nature of the ground or grounding system under test. The intent is to assist the engineer or technician in obtaining and interpreting accurate, reliable data. The test procedures described promote the safety of personnel and property and prevent interference with the operation of neighboring facilities. Key Words: resistivity, earth, ground, impedance, potentials Designation: P81 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Substations Title: Guide for Measuring Earth Resistivity, Ground Impedance, and Earth Surface Potentials of a Grounding System Status: Revision Project Technical Contact: Donald N Laird, Phone:626-302-8616, Email:donald.laird@sce.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 04, 2005 Project Scope: This project will provide a single document with practical solutions for various testing methods and interpretation of results for measurements used in the design of new and evaluation of existing grounding systems. Project Purpose: IEEE Std 81-1983 Guide for Measuring Earth Resistivity, Ground Impedance, and Earth Surface Potentials of a Ground System Part 1: Normal Measurements and IEEE 81.2 - 1991 Guide for Measurement of Impedance and Safety Characteristics of Large, Extended or Interconnected Grounding Systems have not been reviewed/revised for more than 14 years. The purpose of the new standard is to combine both documents and update content for new technologies and testing methods. Designation: 81.2-1991 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Substations Title: IEEE Guide for Measurement of Impedance and Safety Characteristics of Large, Extended or Interconnected Grounding Systems Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jun 25, 1992 **This is part 2 of the standard; part 1 is std. 81-1983. Oct2003: Ownership transfer from PE/PSIM to PE/SUB. History: PAR APP: Mar 21, 1991, BD APP: Dec 05, 1991, ANSI APP: Jun 15, 1992 Abstract: This recommended practice provides a single source of nuclear power plant system descriptions that, along with related recommended practices concerning unique identification principles and definitions, component function identifiers, and implementation instructions, provide a basis for uniquely identifying systems, structures, and components of light water nuclear power plant projects (electric power generating stations) and related facilities. The system descriptions concentrate on system function and include such internal details as are necessary to clearly support the system function description. They are not intended to serve as design input. Fossil, hydro, and other types of power plants are not included. This standard is part of a series of recommended practices, entitled the Energy Industry Identification System (EIIS), the purpose of which is to present a common language of communication that will permit a user to correlate a system, structure, or component with that of another organization for the purposes of reporting, comparison, or general communication. A significant feature of this concept is that the unique identification code identifies the function at the component level and not the hardware itself. Key Words: grounding, systems, impedance, safety Designation: 82-2002 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Insulated Conductors Title: IEEE Standard Test Procedure for Impulse Voltage Tests on Insulated Conductors Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Mar 03, 2003 Technical Contact: Vern L Buchholz, Phone:604-298-2279, Email:vern.buchholz@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Jun 14, 2001, BD APP: Dec 11, 2002, ANSI APP: Mar 31, 2003 Project Scope: This test procedure applies to both switching impulse and lightning impulse tests on cables or cable systems incorporating laminated or extruded insulations. The term laminated cable, as used in this procedure, includes: high-pressure pipe cable, low-pressure gas-filled cable, self-contained liquid-filled cable, solid-paper cable, and other taped cable designs. A cable system is a cable with one or more accessories attached. This test procedure is not intended to replace any existing or future standards covering cable or cable accessories, impulse generators, impulse testing, or voltage measurements. It is intended to supplement such standards by indicating specific procedures for a specific type of cable system or cable system component. This test procedure does not apply to cables or cable systems that utilize gas or gas spacers as the sole insulating medium. This test procedure applies to individual cable accessories only when referenced by the specific accessory standard. Project Purpose: This test procedure is intended as a guide for impulse testing of insulated conductors (cables) and cables with accessories installed (cable systems). It can be used as a design or qualification test for cables or cable systems. The purpose of this revision is to change to metric measurements. We will also clarify and update the test and reporting procedures based on lab research and user experience since the previous publication. Abstract: " A test procedure for impulse testing of insulated conductors (cables) and cables withaccessories installed (cable systems) is provided in this standard. This procedure can be used asa design or qualification test for cables or for cable systems. This test procedure is not intended toreplace any existing or future standards covering cable or cable accessories, impulse generators,impulse testing, or voltage measurements. It is intended to supplement such standards by providingspecific procedures for impulse testing on specific type of cables, accessories, or cable systems." Key Words: "BIL testing, cable, cable systems, impulse testing, insulated conductors" Designation: 82-1994 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Insulated Conductors Title: IEEE Standard Test Procedure for Impulse Voltage Tests on Insulated Conductors Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 15, 2001. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **administratively withdrawn on 15-Jan-2001. History: PAR APP: Sep 10, 1987, BD APP: Jun 14, 1994 Abstract: A test procedure for impulse testing of insulated conductors (cables) and cables with accessories installed (cable systems) is provided. This procedure can be used as a design or qualification test for cables or for cable systems. This test procedure is not intended to replace any existing or future standards covering cable or cable accessories, impulse generators, impulse testing or voltage measurements. It is intended to supplement such standards by indicating specific procedures for a specific type of cable system or cable system component. Key Words: cable, cable systems, impulse voltage, insulated conductors Designation: 82-1963 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Insulated Conductors Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1971 Title: IEEE Test Procedure for Impulse Voltage Tests on Insulated Conductors Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Dec 05, 1991. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. Key Words: conductors, insulated, impulse, test, voltage Designation: 83 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Insulated Conductors Title: Recommended Practice for Test Procedure for Radial Power Factor Test on Insulating Tapes in Laminar Insulated Power Cables Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: James A Moran, Phone:518/371-4796, Email:JAMJOR@aol.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jun 27, 1991 Project Scope: Provide a test method for determining radial power factor to any form of laminar insulation. Project Purpose: Provide a recommended practice to test various laminar insulated power cables. Designation: 83-1963 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Insulated Conductors Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1991 Title: Test Procedure for Radial Power Factor Tests on Insulating Tapes in Paper-Insulated Power Cable Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Mar 06, 2000. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. History: BD APP: Nov 20, 1963, ANSI APP: Sep 06, 1991 Abstract: This method of test covers the procedure for determining the radial power factor of insulating tapes in power cable. Key Words: power, factor, radial, cables, testing, paper insulated, insulating tapes, factor tests Designation: 84 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Insulated Conductors Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. Designation: 85 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Electric Machinery Title: Test Procedure for Airborne Noise Measurements on Rotating Electric Machinery Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: R. G Bartheld, Phone:404-998-3872 **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 27, 1979 Designation: 85-1973 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Electric Machinery Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1986 Title: IEEE Test Procedure for Airborne Sound Measurements on Rotating Electric Machinery Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Aug 05, 1996. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **Rev of IEEE Std 85-1965. Technical Contact: R. G Bartheld, Phone:404-998-3872 **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: BD APP: Dec 12, 1972 Abstract: Approved methods for conducting tests and reporting results to effect the uniform determination of rotating-electric- machine sound under steady-state conditions with an accuracy of ý  3  dB are defined. Three acoustical environments are considered: free field, reverberant field, and semireverberant field. Installation and operation of the machine is discussed. The test procedure assumes the presence of pure tones or the predominance of discrete frequencies in the sound spectrum. Key Words: airborne, sound, measurement, rotating, motors Designation: 86-1987 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Electric Machinery Title: IEEE Recommended Practice: Definitions of Basic Per-Unit Quantities for AC Rotating Machines Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Dec 03, 1992. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. Technical Contact: Bal K Gupta, Phone:416-621-6035, Email:bal.gupta@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: BD APP: Jun 19, 1986, ANSI APP: Jan 01, 1989 Key Words: basic, per-unit, quantities, rotating, AC Designation: 87 Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. Designation: 88 Sponsor: IEEE Communications Society Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. Designation: 89 Sponsor: IEEE Communications Society Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. Designation: 90 Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. Designation: 91-1984 Sponsor: IEEE-SA Standards Board Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1994 Title: IEEE Standard Graphic Symbols for Logic Functions Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jul 13, 1984 **This standard is published with 91A. History: BD APP: Sep 17, 1981, ANSI APP: Oct 26, 1982 Abstract: " Graphic symbols for representing logic functions or physical devices capable of carrying out logicfunctions are presented. Descriptions of logic functions, the graphic representation of these functions, andexamples of their applications are provided. The symbols are presented in the context of electricalapplications, but most may also be applied to nonelectrical systems (for example, pneumatic, hydraulic, ormechanical). The supplement provided additional internationally approved graphic symbols and madecorrections as needed to IEEE Std 91-1984." Key Words: symbols, graphic, logic, functions Designation: 91a/91-1991 Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1994 Title: IEEE Graphic Symbols for Logic Functions (Includes IEEE Std 91a-1991 Supplement, and IEEE Std 91-1984) Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Dec 31, 1991 History: PAR APP: Jan 28, 1988, BD APP: Jun 27, 1991 Abstract: An international language by which it is possible to determine the functional behavior of a logic or circuit diagram with minimal reference to supporting documentation is defined; as such, it is designed to allow a single concept to be expressed in one of several different ways, according to the demands of a particular situation. Consequently, this standard does not attempt, nor intend, to establish single correct symbols for particular devices. The symbols for representing logic functions or devices enable users to understand the logic characteristics of these functions or devices without specific knowledge of their internal characteristics. Definitions and an explanation of symbol construction are provided. Information is presented on: qualifying symbols associated with inputs, outputs, and other connections; dependency notation; combinational and sequential elements; and symbols for highly complex functions. The symbols and representation techniques are compatible with IEC Pub. 617, Part 12.Supplement Abstract: Graphic symbols for representing logic functions or physical devices capable of carrying out logic functions are presented. Descriptions of logic functions, the graphic representation of these functions, and examples of their applications are given. The symbols are presented in the center of electrical applications, but most may also be applied to nonelectrical systems (for example, pneumatic, hydraulic, or mechanical). This supplement provides additional internationally approved graphic symbols and makes corrections as needed to IEEE Std 91-1984. Key Words: graphic, symbols, logic, functions Designation: 92 Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. Designation: 94-1991 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society Title: IEEE Recommended Definitions of Terms for Automatic Generation Control on Electric Power Systems Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 17, 1997. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **Revision of IEEE Std 94-1970. History: PAR APP: Sep 28, 1990, BD APP: Sep 26, 1991, ANSI APP: May 13, 1992 Abstract: Commonly used terminology in the field of automatic generation control is defined for reference purposes. Control terms not specific to automatic generation control are not included. Key Words: terminology, definitions, control, electric, power, systems, automatic, Power generation control, Electric power systems Designation: 94-1970 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society Title: IEEE Standard Definitions of Terms for Automatic Generation Control on Electric Power Systems Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Mar 10, 1988. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. Designation: 95-2002 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Electric Machinery Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Insulation Testing of AC Electric Machinery (2300 V and Above) with High Direct Voltage Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Apr 12, 2002 **Supersedes 95-1977 (R1991). Technical Contact: Nils E Nilsson, Phone:330-384-5624, Email:nilssonn@cboss.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Jun 14, 2001, BD APP: Mar 21, 2002, ANSI APP: Aug 01, 2002 Project Scope: This project will present uniform methods for testing insulation with direct voltages. It applies to AC electric machines. It covers acceptance testing of new equipment in the factory or in the field after erection and routine maintenance testing of machines that have been in service. Project Purpose: The purpose of this project is to bring IEEE Std 95 up to the state of the art since it has been in use for more than five years. Abstract: This recommended practice provides information on the use of high direct voltage forproof tests and for periodic diagnostic tests on the groundwall insulation of stator (armature) wind-ings in ac electric machines. Key Words: "electric machine windings, electrical insulation, high direct voltage" Designation: 95-1977 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Electric Machinery Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1991 Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Insulation Testing of Large AC Rotating Machinery with High Direct Voltage Status: Superseded **Revision of IEEE Std 95-1962. Superseded by 95-2002. History: BD APP: Sep 05, 1974, ANSI APP: Apr 20, 1992 Abstract: Recommendations are made to aid in the selection of metric units, so as to promote uniformity in the use of metric units and to limit the number of different metric units that will be used in electrical and electronics science and technology. The recommendations can cover units for space and time, periodic and related phenomena, mechanics, heat, electricity and magnetism, light and related electromagnetic radiations, and acoustics. This document does not cover how metric units are to be used nor does it offer guidance concerning correct metric practice. Key Words: installation, large, rotating, testing, AC, high direct, AC rotating, insulation testing Designation: 95 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Electric Machinery Title: Recommended Practice for Insulation Testing of Large AC Rotating Machinery (2300 V and Above) With High Direct Voltage Status: Superseded Technical Contact: Nils E Nilsson, Phone:330-384-5624, Email:nilssonn@cboss.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 20, 1997 Project Scope: This project will present uniform methods for testing insulation with direct voltages higher than 5000 V. It applies to large AC rotating machines rated at 10,000 kVA or greater and rated at 6000 V or higher. It covers acceptance testing of new equipment in the factory or in the field after erection, and routine maintenance testing of machines that have been in service. The current standard (whether active or withdrawn) will be brought up to date. Project Purpose: The purpose of this project is to provide uniform procedures for performing high direct voltage acceptance test and routine maintenance tests on the main ground insulation of windings of large AC machines, to provide uniform procedures for analyzing the variations in measured current so that any possible relationship of the condition of the insulation can be more effectively studied, and to define terms which have a specific meaning. Designation: 96-1969 Sponsor: SASB/SCC04-Electrical Insulation Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1992 Title: IEEE General Principles for Rating Electric Apparatus for Short-Term, Intermittent, or Varying Duty Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Mar 19, 1998. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **Revision of AIEE No 1A-1941. Abstract: General principles for rating electric apparatus for short-time, intermittent, or varying duty are established. Four methods of rating are presented: continuous rating, continuous plus short-time overload or nominal rating, short-time rating, and periodic rating. The factors to be considered in selecting the method of rating for any particular case are indicated. Key Words: rating, apparatus, electric Designation: 96 Sponsor: SASB/SCC04-Electrical Insulation Title: General Principles for Rating Electric Apparatus for Short-Term, Intermittent, or Varying Duty Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Mar 19, 1998. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. History: PAR APP: Sep 18, 1980 Designation: 97 Sponsor: SASB/SCC04-Electrical Insulation Title: Standard for Specifying Service Conditions in Electrical Standards Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Richard F Weddleton, Phone:407-281-2420, Email:dick_weddleton@swpc.siemens.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 12, 1985 Project Scope: This is a revision of IEEE Std 97-1969 to update the standard and to include data on service conditions being left out of a revision of IEEE Std 1. Designation: 97-1969 Sponsor: SASB/SCC04-Electrical Insulation Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Specifying Service Conditions in Electrical Standards Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Mar 18, 1993. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. History: ANSI APP: Jan 01, 1970 Key Words: service, conditions, electric, standards Designation: 98-2002 Sponsor: SASB/SCC04-Electrical Insulation Title: IEEE Standard for the Preparation of Test Procedures for the Thermal Evaluation of Solid Electrical Insulating Materials Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: May 27, 2002 **Supersedes 98-1984 (R1993). Technical Contact: Paulette Payne Powell, Phone:202-388-2335, Email:papayne@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Mar 30, 2000, BD APP: May 13, 2002 Project Scope: Update reference standards, technical review for consistency with IEEE 1 (work in progress), change "temperature class" to "temperature index", change "systems tests" to "materials test", and revise in accordance with IEEE Style. Project Purpose: To maintain technical consistency with reference standards and insulation material standards development. Abstract: Principles for the development of test procedures to evaluate the thermal endurance ofsolid electrical insulating materials in air are given in this standard. Key Words: "diagnostic test, relative temperature index, temerature idndex, thermal capability, thermal endurance" Designation: 98-1984 Sponsor: SASB/SCC04-Electrical Insulation Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1993 Title: IEEE Standard for the Preparation of Test Procedures for the Thermal Evaluation of Solid Electrical Insulating Materials Status: Superseded **Revision of IEEE Std 98-1972. Superseded by 98-2002. History: BD APP: Jun 10, 1982, ANSI APP: Mar 29, 1985 Abstract: Principles are given for the development of test procedures to evaluate the thermal endurance of solid electrical insulating materials and simple combinations of such materials. The results of accelerated thermal endurance tests, which are conducted according to prescribed procedures, may be used to establish temperature indexes for insulating materials. The test procedures apply to materials before they are fabricated into insulating structures identified with specific parts of electric equipment. Tests for specific insulating materials are not covered. The procedures may or may not apply to the aging characteristics of dielectric fluids or of porous materials impregnated with dielectric fluids. Key Words: thermal, evaluation, insulating, materials, Insulation thermal factors, Insulation testing Designation: 99-1980 Sponsor: SASB/SCC04-Electrical Insulation Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2000 Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for the Preparation of Test Procedures for the Thermal Evaluation of Insulation Systems for Electric Equipment Status: Approved Publication of IEEE **Revision of IEEE Std 99-1980. History: BD APP: Dec 14, 1978, ANSI APP: Apr 29, 1983 Abstract: A general form is provided for the preparation of test procedures. Points to be considered by technical committees in the preparation of specific instructions for the thermal evaluation of insulation systems for electric equipment are suggested. The test procedures involve accelerated thermal aging of insulation systems and specify tests that the committees deem pertinent, based on conditions of use. The objective of the procedures is to provide for the functional evaluation, by test, of insulation systems electric equipment. Key Words: thermal, evaluation, insulating, equipment Designation: P99 Sponsor: SASB/SCC04-Electrical Insulation Title: Recommended Practice for the Preparation of Test Procedures for the Thermal Evaluation of Insulation Systems for Electrical Equipment Status: Revision Project Technical Contact: Paulette Payne Powell, Phone:202-388-2335, Email:papayne@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 30, 2006 Project Scope: This recommended practice provides criteria for the preparation of test procedures for accelerated thermal aging of insulation systems and for the specification of tests based on conditions of use. The objective of these test procedures is to provide for the functional evaluation, by test, of insulation systems for electrical equpment. The evaluation of insulating materials and simple combinations thereof is provided for by a separate material test guide, IEEE 98-2002 IEEE Standard for the Preparation of Test Procedures for the Thermal Evaluation of Solid Electrical Insulating Materials. Project Purpose: This recommended practice provides a general form for the preparation of test procedures and suggests the points to be considered by technical committees in the preparation of specific instructions for the thermal evaluation of insulation systems for equipment. Designation: 100 Sponsor: SASB/SCC10-Terms and Definitions Title: IEEE Standards Reference InfoBase on CD-Rom Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Oct 23, 1997 **An enhanced version of the IEEE Standard Dictionary of Electrical and Electronics Terms. Publication type: Electronic Product Designation: 100-1996 Sponsor: SASB/SCC10-Terms and Definitions Title: The IEEE Standard Dictionary of Electrical and Electronics Terms Sixth Edition Status: Superseded **This standard is one of a number of information technology dictionaries being developed by standards organizations accredited by the American National Standards Institute. This dictionary was developed under the sponsorship of voluntary standards organizations, using a consensus-based process. History: PAR APP: Mar 16, 1995, BD APP: Dec 10, 1996 Project Scope: Terms defined in the approved IEEE standards issued by all IEEE standards-generating bodies and accredited standards committees. Additional technical terms already present in the current edition of the dictionary. Acronyms and abbreviations deemed useful to IEEE members. Abstracts of IEEE standards. Project Purpose: To collect the definitions, acronyms, and abbreviations from IEEE standards and combine them into one authoritative document. Designation: 100-1992 Sponsor: SASB/SCC10-Terms and Definitions Title: The New IEEE Standards Dictionary of Electrical and Electronics Terms Status: Superseded History: PAR APP: Dec 06, 1990, BD APP: Sep 17, 1992, ANSI APP: Jun 28, 1993 Abstract: Over 30,000 terms and definitions that have been standardized by IEEE are included. Over 10,000 new and revised terms have been added since 1988. New edition includes abstracts of IEEE standards. Includes extensive acronym and abbreviation section. Key Words: dictionary, electrical, electronics, terms, Terminology Designation: 100-1988 Sponsor: SASB/SCC10-Terms and Definitions Title: Standard Dictionary of Electrical and Electronics Terms - Fourth Edition Status: Superseded History: BD APP: Oct 20, 1988, ANSI APP: Jul 08, 1988 Designation: 101-1987 Sponsor: IEEE Dielectrics and Electrical Insulation Society Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2004 Title: IEEE Guide for the Statistical Analysis of Thermal Life Test Data Status: Approved Publication of IEEE History: BD APP: Sep 10, 1987, ANSI APP: Jan 12, 1996 Abstract: Statistical analyses of data from thermally accelerated aging tests are described. The basis and use of statistical calculations are explained. Data analysis, estimation of the relationship between life and temperature, and the comparison between two sets of data are covered. Key Words: statistical, analysis, thermal, life, test Designation: 101A-1974 Sponsor: SASB/SCC04-Electrical Insulation Title: Calculation of Regression Line Status: Superseded **incorporated into IEEE 101-1987 Key Words: 101A Designation: 103 Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. Designation: 104 Sponsor: IEEE Magnetics Society Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. Designation: 105 Sponsor: IEEE Magnetics Society Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. Designation: 106 Sponsor: IEEE Magnetics Society Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. Designation: 107-1964 Sponsor: IEEE Magnetics Society Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1979 Title: Standard for Rating and Testing Magnetic Amplifiers Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Dec 06, 1990. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. Designation: 108-1955 Sponsor: IEEE Instrumentation and Measurement Society Title: Trial-Use Recommended Guide for Specification of Electronic Voltmeters Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Dec 06, 1990. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. Designation: 109 Title: Signal Generators Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: G.U Sorger **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 20, 1972 Designation: 109-1955 Title: Signal Generators Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **To be w/drawn (AIEE451). New PAR filed in 1972 but no action taken. Not on list of withdrawn standards, not on stds listing. Key Words: signal, generators Designation: 110 Sponsor: IEEE Instrumentation and Measurement Society Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. Designation: 111-2000 Sponsor: IEEE Power Electronics Society/Electronic Transformers Title: IEEE Standard for Wide-Band (Greater Than 1 Decade) Transformers Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Sep 28, 2001 History: PAR APP: Jun 25, 1998, BD APP: Mar 08, 2000, ANSI APP: Jun 12, 2000 Project Scope: This standard pertains to electronics wide-band transformers transmitting power within a wide band of frequencies covering typically at least one decade in the frequency spectrum. It is not intended to apply to transformers optimized to operate within a narrow band of frequencies. Transformers used in or in conjunction with wire line communication facilities serving power stations are excluded due to the special protection requirements involved. Project Purpose: Update Standard 111 to include material on hybrid transformers. Abstract: Electronics wide-band transformers transmitting power within a wide band of frequenciescovering typically at least one decade in the frequency spectrum are covered in this standard. Key Words: "Balance test,balun,communication transformer,data transformer,harmonic distortion,impedance,insertion loss,matching transformers,return loss,transformer,video transformer,wideband" Designation: 111 Sponsor: IEEE Power Electronics Society/Electronic Transformers Title: Standard for Wide Band (Greater Than 1 Decade) Transformers Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. **Revision of IEEE Std 111-1984. Technical Contact: Matthew Wilkowski, Phone:908-575-7550, Email:wilkowski@enpirion.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 02, 1993 Project Scope: This standard pertains to electronics wide band transformers transmitting power within a wide band of frequencies covering typically at least one decade in the frequency spectrum. It is not intended to apply to transformers optimized to operate within a narrow band of frequencies. Transformers used in or in conjunction with wire line communications facilities serving electric power stations are excluded due to the special protection requirements involved. Provision is made for including data for use in design of feedback amplifiers and control networks or other circuits in which the knowledge of the transformer amplitude and phase-frequency response is needed by the system designer. These transformers are required to transform voltage within specified tolerances of amplitude and phase when operating between specified impedances. Guides to application and test procedures are included. The Appendices contain certain precautions and recommended practices. This standard also pertians to hybrid transformers, primarily used in the telecommunication industry. The hybrid transformer is a wideband transformer used in a manner which makes it part of a capacitance, resistance, and or inductance network and it must have characteristics which permit it to match the network for proper overall performance. Project Purpose: To update Std 111 and to include material on hybrid transformers. Key Words: wide band, transformer Designation: 111-1984 Sponsor: IEEE Power Electronics Society/Electronic Transformers Title: IEEE Standard for Wide-Band Transformers Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Dec 05, 1991. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **Transferred from Magnetic Society to Power Electronics Society; ANSI withdrawn 6/29/92 History: ANSI APP: Jan 01, 1985 Designation: 112-2004 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Electric Machinery Title: IEEE Standard Test Procedure for Polyphase Induction Motors and Generators Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Nov 04, 2004 **Supersedes 112-1996. Technical Contact: Franklin H Grooms, Phone:513-931-1243, Email:fhgrooms@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Sep 16, 1999, BD APP: Feb 09, 2004, ANSI APP: May 12, 2004 Project Scope: Revise Sections 6.5 through 6.9 to include current industry practice and experience. Change other sections including Sections 7, 8 and 9 as necessary to support these revisions and to make the test procedure easier to understand and easier to use. Make the resulting procedures harmonize with international standards where feasible. Project Purpose: The existing standard has not kept pace in its entirety with the needs of the industry and newly available technological advances such as described in other standards will be considered for use. The project will assure that this standard maintains its prominent position in the industry. Abstract: Instructions for conducting and reporting the more generally applicable and acceptable tests of polyphase induction motors and generators are covered. Key Words: acceptance and performance testing, generators, induction, machines, motors, polyphase Designation: 112-1996 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Electric Machinery Title: IEEE Standard Test Procedure for Polyphase Induction Motors and Generators Status: Superseded **Revision of IEEE Std 112-1991. Superseded by 112-2004. History: PAR APP: Jun 14, 1995, BD APP: Sep 19, 1996, ANSI APP: Feb 27, 1997 Project Scope: Revisions of Section 6.4 Determination of Efficiency Test Method B - Input-Output With Loss Segregation - Instrumentation Accuracy Requirements - Testing Sequence Required - Temperature correction Procedure - Additional Explanation of Terms Project Purpose: IEEE Std 112-1991 has been adopted by DOE for use in enforcing the US Energy Policy Act of 1992 (HR 2451) requiring manufacturers to be certified through an independent testing or certification program. NIST has developed such a program called NVLAP (National Voluntary Laboratory Accredidation Program). The revision will clarify the procedures under Std 112 to conform to NVLAP requirements and harmonize with CSA Std C3 90. Abstract: Instructions are given for conducting and reporting the more generally applicable and acceptable tests to determine the performance characteristics of polyphase induction motors and generators. Electrical measurements, performance testing, temperature tests, and miscellaneous tests are covered. Key Words: generators, motors, tests Designation: 112-1991 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Electric Machinery Title: IEEE Standard Test Procedure for Polyphase Induction Motors and Generators Status: Superseded **Revision of IEEE Std 112-1984. History: PAR APP: Jun 19, 1986, BD APP: Dec 05, 1991, ANSI APP: Jun 15, 1992 Abstract: Instructions are given for conducting and recording the more generally applicable and acceptable tests to determine the performance characteristics of polyphase induction motors and generators. Electrical measurements, performance testing, temperature tests, and miscellaneous tests are covered. Key Words: generators, motors, tests Designation: 112-1984 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Electric Machinery Title: IEEE Standard Test Procedure for Polyphase Induction Motors and Generators Status: Superseded History: BD APP: Dec 09, 1982, ANSI APP: Jun 26, 1985 Key Words: polyphase, induction, motors, generators Designation: 113-1985 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Electric Machinery Title: IEEE Guide: Test Procedures for Direct-Current Machines Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Sep 15, 1995. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **Revision of IEEE Std 113-1973. Technical Contact: Nabeel A Demerdash, Phone:414 288 6820 **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: BD APP: Sep 22, 1983, ANSI APP: Dec 02, 1987 Abstract: Recommendations are made for conducting and reporting generally acceptable tests to determine the performance characteristics of conventional dc machines. Two categories of test are provided: tests of dc motors and generators designed for essentially ripple-free operation, and tests of dc motors designed for use with rectifier power supplies. Electrical measurements and power sources for all test procedures are described. Preliminary tests, performance tests, temperature tests, and miscellaneous tests are covered. Key Words: test, dc, machines Designation: 114 Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Electric Machines Title: Standard Test Procedure for Single-Phase Induction Motors Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Ahmed Elantably, Phone:317-915-2721, Email:aelantaby@atd.gmeds.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 10, 1996 Project Scope: To review the procedure for testing single-phase induction motors to include all changes in measurement technology and manufacturing developments in the revised testing procedure. Project Purpose: Guide to test procedures for single-phase induction motors. Designation: 114-2001 Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Electric Machines Title: IEEE Standard Test Procedure for Single-Phase Induction Motors Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 18, 2007. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. Technical Contact: Kenneth L Stricklett, Phone:301-975-3955, Email:stricklett@nist.gov **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jun 14, 2001, BD APP: Dec 06, 2001, ANSI APP: May 02, 2002 Project Scope: This standard covers instructions for conducting and reporting the more generally applicable and acceptable tests to determine the performance characteristics of single-phase induction motors, including non- excited synchronous motors. It is not intended that this standard shall cover all possible tests used in production or tests of a research nature. The standard shall not be interpreted as requiring the making of any or all of the tests described herein in any given transaction. Project Purpose: The proposed standard is intended to satisfy the following objectives: 1) Promote consistency between electric motor manufacturers regarding the performance evaluation of single-phase induction motors. 2) Provide useful practices on evaluating performance during the design of electric motors. 3) Provide useful practices on evaluating and qualifying manufacturer capabilities to meet user requirements. 4) Provide useful practices for evaluating and qualifying manufactured electric motors. 5) Assist individuals or organizations judging the quality of single-phase induction motors delivered to end users. Abstract: " Instructions are given for conducting and reporting the more generally applicable andacceptable tests to determine the performance characteristics of single phase induction motors.Electrical measurements, performance testing, temperature tests, and miscellaneous tests arecovered. " Key Words: Instructions are given for conducting and reporting the more generally applicble and acceptable tests to determine the performance characteristics of single pahse induction motors Designation: 114-1982 Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Industrial Drives Title: IEEE Standard Test Procedure for Single-Phase Induction Motors Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Mar 19, 1992. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **ANSI withdrawn 3/31/94. Technical Contact: Ahmed Elantably, Phone:317-915-2721, Email:aelantaby@atd.gmeds.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: BD APP: Sep 17, 1981, ANSI APP: Jan 01, 1983 Designation: 115-1995 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Electric Machinery Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2002 Title: IEEE Guide: Test Procedures for Synchronous Machines Part I-Acceptance and Performance Testing Part II-Test Procedures and Parameter Determination for Dynamic Analysis Status: Approved Publication of IEEE **Revision of IEEE Stds 115-1983 and 115A-1987. History: PAR APP: Jun 18, 1992, BD APP: Dec 12, 1995, ANSI APP: Jul 16, 1996 Abstract: " Instructions for conducting the more generally applicable and accepted tests to determine theperformance characteristics of synchronous machines are contained in this guide. Although the testsdescribed are applicable in general to synchronous generators, synchronous motors (larger than fractionalhorsepower), synchronous condensers, and synchronous frequency changers, the descriptions makereference primarily to synchronous generators and synchronous motors. " Key Words: "acceptance and performance testing,dynamic analysis,parameter determination,synchronous machines" Designation: P115 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Electric Machinery Title: Standard for Test Procedures for Synchronous Machines Status: Revision Project Technical Contact: Haran C Karmaker, Phone:705-748-7734, Email:h.karmaker@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 04, 2005 Project Scope: The scope of the project is to: a) New test results published in IEEE (see attached) requires revision of section 7.3.6. b) In view of increased interest in vibration tests, a new section on vibration test procedures should be added. Project Purpose: The purpose of the project is to: a) Section 7.3.6 needs revision. b) A new section on vibration tests needs to be added. c) The 1995 draft needs to be updated to reflect state of the art. Designation: 115-1983 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Electric Machinery Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1991 Title: IEEE Guide: Test Procedures for Synchronous Machines Status: Superseded **Revision of IEEE Std 115-1965. History: BD APP: Mar 11, 1982, ANSI APP: Oct 03, 1991 Abstract: Instructions are given for conducting the more generally applicable and accepted tests to determine the performance characteristics of synchronous machines. Although the tests described are applicable in general to synchronous generators, synchronous motors (larger than fractional horsepower), synchronous condensers, and synchronous frequency changers, the descriptions make reference primarily to synchronous generators and synchronous motors. Alternative methods of making many of the tests covered in this guide are described and are suitable for different sizes and types of machines and different conditions. This guide covers miscellaneous tests; saturation curves, segregated losses, and efficiency; load excitation and voltage regulation; temperature tests; torque tests; and synchronous machine quantities and sudden short-circuit tests. Key Words: synchronous, machines, motor, Synchronous machines, Rotating-machine testing Designation: 115A-1987 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Electric Machinery Title: IEEE Standard Procedures for Obtaining Synchronous Machine Parameters by Standstill Frequency Response Testing Status: Superseded **incorporated into 115-1995 History: BD APP: Dec 11, 1986 Abstract: The application of standstill frequency response testing methods for obtaining direct- and quadrature-axis stability parameters is described. Measurable parameters at standstill are discussed, and the test method is described. This standard is a supplement to ANSI/IEEE Std 115-1983, IEEE Guide: Test Procedures for Synchronous Machines. Key Words: 115A Designation: 116-1975 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Electric Machinery Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1982 Title: IEEE Standard Test Procedures for Carbon Brushes Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Sep 15, 1995. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **Revision of IEEE Std 116-1958. ANSI withdrawn 2/13/95. Technical Contact: Bal K Gupta, Phone:416-621-6035, Email:bal.gupta@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: BD APP: May 30, 1974, ANSI APP: Jan 27, 1984 Abstract: A procedure for determining certain operating characteristics of carbon, carbon-graphite, electrographite, graphite, and metal-graphite brushes under prescribed test conditions is provided. The procedure applies to all types of rotating ac and dc motors and similar apparatus. The operating characteristics covered are voltage drop, coefficient of friction, wear ratio as affected by low humidity, and commutating ability. Key Words: brushes, carbon, test Designation: P117 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Electric Machinery Title: Standard Test Procedure for Thermal Evaluation of Systems of Insulating Materials for Random-Wound AC Electric Machinery Status: Revision Project Technical Contact: Nancy Frost, Phone:+1 518 344 7124, Email:nancy.frost@vonroll.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. Project Scope: This is a standard test procedure for the thermal evaluation and qualification of electrical insulation systems for Random-Wound AC Electric Machinery, where thermal degradation is the dominating aging factor. This procedure compares the relative thermal performance of a candidate Electrical Insulation System (EIS) to that of a reference Electrical Insulation System. This standard covers insulation systems for such machinery with input voltage of up to 1000 Volts at 50/60 Hertz. This standard provides a statistical method for establishing a relative life-temperature relationship for an insulation system. To have any significance, the reference insulation system must be supported with adequate field service data. This procedure is intended to evaluate insulation systems for use in air-cooled, random-wound AC electric machinery with “usual service conditions”. This procedure, on its own, does not cover insulation systems such as exposure to conducting contaminates, radiation, inverter applications, or operation in oils, refrigerants, or other media that potentially degrade insulating materials. For evaluation of sealed insulation systems, refer to the informative annex at the end of this document. Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard procedure is to classify insulation systems in accordance with their temperature limits by test, rather than by chemical composition. This test procedure has been prepared to outline useful methods for the evaluation of systems of insulation for random- wound stators of rotating electric machines. The motorette procedure described is used for the evaluation of electrical insulation systems. Designation: 117-1974 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Electric Machinery Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1991 Title: IEEE Standard Test Procedure for Evaluation of Systems of Insulating Materials for Random-Wound AC Electric Machinery Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 16, 2004. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **Revision of IEEE Std 117-1956. (aka ANSI C50.32-1976) See 275 for form- wound; see also 304. 16-Jan-04: Administratively withdrawn. Technical Contact: Bal K Gupta, Phone:416-621-6035, Email:bal.gupta@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: BD APP: May 24, 1973, ANSI APP: Sep 07, 1976 Project Scope: No Scope presented. Project Purpose: The chief purpose of this test procedure is to classify insulation systems in accordance with their temperature limits by test, rather than by chemical composition. The intention is, Þrst to classify according to the recognized thermal classiÞcation A, B, F, H, and above H categories as referenced in the Appendix. The motorette procedure is intended to be used as an Industry Standard for insulation systems in that data obtained in accordance with this standard can be correlated between testing laboratories. A wide variety of synthetic electrical insulation materials is available for application in electric machinery and apparatus. As there is a growing tendency either to rely solely on these materials as electrical insulation, or to employ them with the old familiar materials in novel combinations, there is a corresponding increase in the problems associated with the selection and evaluation of insulations. Consequently a complete insulation system must be evaluated rather than testing only individual insulating materials. Many of the specifications regulating the use of insulation materials were written before the advent of the newer synthetics and were based upon experience gained with the old materials over a long period of time. Difficulties arise, therefore, when an effort is made to classify these new materials or combinations for insulation purposes under IEEE Std 1-1969 General Principles for Temperature Limits in the Rating of Electric Machinery and supplementary documents IEEE Std 98-1972, Guide for the Preparation of Test Procedures for the Thermal Evaluation and Establishment of Temperature Indices of Solid Electric Insulating Materials, and IEEE Std 99-1970. Guide for the Preparation of Test Procedures for the Thermal Evaluation of Insulation Systems for Electric Equipment. A wide range of properties is available in current synthetic materials, so that it is not feasible to classify them on the basis of their chemical composition alone. Secondly, it is not desirable to wait and acquire the knowledge required to classify them solely on the basis of experience. In the third place, composite systems of insulation, in which materials of different temperature classes are used in different parts of the structure, may give satisfactory service at temperatures higher than normally permitted for the lowest temperature component; and, conversely, compatibility or other problems may arise whereby the highest temperature component is rendered unsuitable for use at its classified temperature.This test procedure has been prepared to outline useful methods for the evaluation of systems of insulation for randomwound stators of rotating electric machines. It is expected that the several insulating materials, or components, making up any insulation system to be tested will Þrst be screened in accordance with speciÞc test procedures for each type of material. Normally materials that have given acceptable performance in these separate screening tests would be included in the system evaluation tests outlined in this procedure. This procedure is intended to evaluate insulation systems for use in "usual service conditions" with air cooling. It has also been a useful tool for evaluating systems for special requirements where machines are enclosed in gas atmospheres, subjected to strong chemicals, to metal dusts, or submersion in liquids. However, these special requirements are beyond the scope of this test procedure. Abstract: Useful methods for the evaluation of systems of insulation for random-wound stators of rotating electric machines are given. The chief purpose is to classify insulation systems in accordance with their temperature limits by test, rather than by chemical composition. The procedure is intended to evaluate insulation systems for use in usual service conditions with air cooling. It has also been a useful tool for evaluating systems for special requirements where machines are enclosed in gas atmospheres, subjected to strong chemicals, metal dusts, or submersion in liquids, although these special requirements are beyond the scope of this test procedure. Key Words: insulating, materials, random, ac, machinery, C50.32 Designation: 118-1978 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Power System Instrumentation and Measurements Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1992 Title: IEEE Standard Test Code for Resistance Measurement Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 25, 2005. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **Revision of IEEE Std 118-1949. 11-Apr-2003: Withdrawn by ANSI as overage. Jan2005: Administratively withdrawn. History: BD APP: Sep 08, 1977, ANSI APP: Sep 22, 1992 Abstract: Methods of measuring electrical resistance that are commonly used to determine the characteristics of electric machinery and equipment are presented. The methods are limited to those using direct-current or commercial power frequencies of 60 Hz or below, and to those measurements required to determine performance characteristics. The choice of method in any given case depends on the degree of accuracy required and the nature of the circuit to be measured; a guide for selecting the appropriate method is given. Key Words: resistance, measurement Designation: 119-1974 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Power System Instrumentation and Measurements Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for General Principles of Temperature Measurement as Applied to Electrical Apparatus Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Mar 21, 1991. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. History: BD APP: Feb 22, 1973 Key Words: temperature, measurement, apparatus Designation: 120-1989 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Power System Instrumentation and Measurements Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1997 Title: IEEE Master Test Guide for Electrical Measurements in Power Circuits Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Nov 10, 1989 **Revision of IEEE Std 120-1955 and ASME PTC 19.6-1955. History: BD APP: May 22, 1989, ANSI APP: Oct 20, 1989 Project Scope: The methods given here relate to measurements, as made with either analog or digital indicating or integrating instruments, of power, energy, voltage and current, in direct-current or alternating-current rotating machines, transformers, induction apparatus, arc and resistance heating equipment, mercury arc, thermionic, or solid state rectifiers and inverters. Measurements made with supplementary instruments and devices were also included. This guide does not deal with measurements of resistance or temperature which are often included in determining the performance characteristics of electric machinery. Instruments for these latter measurements will be found in the specific publications dealing with the particular measurement. Abstract: Instructions are given for measuring electrical quantities that are commonly needed to determine the performance characteristics of electric machinery and equipment. Methods are given for measuring voltage, current, power, energy, power factor, frequency, impedance, and magnetic quantities, with either analog or digital indicating or integrating instruments, in DC or AC rotating machines, transformers, induction apparatus, arc and resistance heating equipment, mercury arc, thermionic, or solid-state rectifiers and inverters. Ancillary instruments and equipment are discussed. Computer-based techniques and the use of optical fibers in instrumentation are considered. Key Words: measurements, power circuits, master test guide, electrical , Voltage measurement, Rotating-machine testing, Reactive power, Power transformer testing, Power system measurements, Power measurement, Magnetic measurements, Impedance measurement, Frequency measurement, Energy measurement, DC machines, Current measurement, AC machines Designation: 120-1955 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Power System Instrumentation and Measurements Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1972 Title: Elec Msmts/Power Circuits Status: Superseded **Superseded by IEEE 120-1989 History: PAR APP: May 28, 1980 Key Words: measurements, power, circuits Designation: 121 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Electric Machinery Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. Designation: 122-1991 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Energy Development & Power Generation Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2003 Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Functional and Performance Characteristics of Control Systems for Steam Turbine-Generator Units Status: Approved Publication of IEEE **Revision of IEEE Std 122-1985. Technical Contact: Martin H Ewer, Phone:(215) 887-3039 **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: May 31, 1990, BD APP: Dec 05, 1991, ANSI APP: Jun 15, 1992 Abstract: Minimum functional and performance characteristics related to speed/load-control systems for steam turbine-generator units that may be interconnected on a power system are recommended. The recommendations apply to the following types of steam turbines, rated at 500 kW and larger, intended to drive electric generators at constant speed without initial steam-pressure control, exhaust steam-pressure control, or either: (1) condensing or noncondensing turbines without initial steam-pressure control, exhaust steam-pressure control, including turbines used with reheat, regenerative feedwater heaters, or both; (2) condensing or noncondensing turbines with initial and/or exhaust steam-pressure control, including turbines used with reheat, regenerative feedwater heaters, or both; (3) automatic extraction and/or induction and mixed-pressure turbines. Emergency governors, other overspeed control devices, and, in general, devices that are not responsive to speed, are not covered. Key Words: induction turbines, condensing turbines, mixed-pressure, noncondensing , steam turbine, generator units, Noncondensing turbines, Mixed-pressure turbines, Automatic induction turbines, Automatic extraction turbines Designation: 122-1985 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Energy Development & Power Generation Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Functional Performance Characteristics of Control Systems for Steam Turbine-Generator Units Status: Superseded History: BD APP: Sep 23, 1982, ANSI APP: Jan 01, 1986 Designation: 123 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Electric Machinery Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. Designation: 124 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Electric Machinery Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. Designation: 125-1988 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Energy Development & Power Generation Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1996 Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Preparation of Equipment Specifications for Speed-Governing of Hydraulic Turbines Intended to Drive Electric Generators Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Oct 31, 1988 Technical Contact: Jim H Gurney, Phone:604-699-7466, Email:jim.gurney@bctc.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Sep 28, 1982, BD APP: Mar 10, 1988, ANSI APP: Jan 06, 1997 Abstract: Terms, functions, and characteristics as commonly used in North America for preparing equipment specifications for speed- governing of hydraulic turbine-driven generators are defined. Specific components that may be included in a governor system are described. The performance characteristics of a good governor system and adjustments and tests to obtain and confirm the desired performance are delineated. Information to be provided by the manufacturer, so that the purchaser can be assured that the governor equipment will interface properly with other equipment, is specified. The intent is also to provide adequate information for maintenance purposes. The criteria for acceptance tests are given, and the data that will be furnished by the purchaser are listed. Key Words: hydraulic, govern, turbine Designation: P125 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Energy Development & Power Generation Title: Recommended Practice for Preparation of Equipment Specifications for Speed-Governing of Hydraulic Turbines Intended to Drive Electric Generators Status: Modified Revision Project Technical Contact: David Apps, Phone:604-528-2554, Email:david.apps@bchydro.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 11, 2002 Project Scope: The Standard will recommend performance characteristics and equipment for electric-hydraulic governors for all types of hydraulic turbines intended to drive electic geneartors. The standard is applicable to both new governors and rehabilitation of existing governors. Project Purpose: The standard will assist users to prepare procurement specifications for electric-hydraulic governors. Designation: 125 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Energy Development & Power Generation Title: Recommended Practice for Preparation of Equipment Specifications for Speed-Governing of Hydraulic Turbines Intended to Drive Electric Generators Status: Superseded Technical Contact: Jim H Gurney, Phone:604-699-7466, Email:jim.gurney@bctc.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 06, 2001 Project Scope: The Standard will recommend minimum performance characteristics and equipment for mechanical-hydraulic and electric-hydraulic governors for all types of hydraulic turbines intended to drive electric generators. Project Purpose: The original purpose of the standard was to recommend minimum performance characteristics and equipment relating to governors for controlling hydraulic turbines intended to drive electric generators and to aid in preparation of procurement specifications. This scope continues to be current and pertinent. The Standard will assist users to prepare procurement specifications for mechanical-hydraulic and electric-hydraulic governors. Designation: 126-1959 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Energy Development & Power Generation Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1983 Title: IEEE Recommended Specification for Speed Governing of Internal Combustion Engine-Generator Units Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Dec 05, 1991. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. Technical Contact: Charles A Lennon Jr, Phone:702-293-8817, Email:clennon@ibr8gw80.usbr.gov **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. Key Words: speed, govern, internal, engine, generator Designation: 127-1963 Sponsor: IEEE Aerospace and Electronic Systems Society/Electrical Power/Energy Systems Panel Title: Standard for Aerospace Equipment Voltage and Frequency Ratings Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Dec 06, 1990. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **Standard administratively withdrawn 12/6/90. Designation: 128-1976 Sponsor: IEEE Aerospace and Electronic Systems Society/Electrical Power/Energy Systems Panel Title: IEEE Guide for Aircraft Electric Systems Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Dec 06, 1990. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **Standard administratively withdrawn 12/6/90. History: BD APP: Dec 13, 1973 Key Words: aircraft, systems, electric Designation: 129 Sponsor: IEEE Aerospace and Electronic Systems Society Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. Designation: 130 Sponsor: IEEE Aerospace and Electronic Systems Society Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. Designation: 131 Sponsor: IEEE Aerospace and Electronic Systems Society Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. Designation: 132-1953 Sponsor: IEEE Aerospace and Electronic Systems Society/Electrical Power/Energy Systems Panel Title: Test Code for D-C Aircarft Rotating Machines Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Dec 06, 1990. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **Standard administratively withdrawn 12/6/90. Key Words: aircraft, rotating, machines, dc, test Designation: 133 Sponsor: IEEE Aerospace and Electronic Systems Society Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. Designation: 134-1955 Sponsor: IEEE Aerospace and Electronic Systems Society/Electrical Power/Energy Systems Panel Title: Trial-Use Test Code for Direct-Current Carbon-Pile Voltage Regulators for Aircraft Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Dec 06, 1990. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **Standard administratively withdrawn 12/6/90. Publication type: Trial-Use Key Words: regulator, voltage, carbon, dc Designation: 135-1969 Sponsor: IEEE Aerospace and Electronic Systems Society/Electrical Power/Energy Systems Panel Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Aircraft, Missile, and Space Equipment Electrical Insulation Tests Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Dec 06, 1990. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **Standard administratively withdrawn 12/6/90. Key Words: aircraft, missile, space, insulation, equipment Designation: 136-1959 Sponsor: IEEE Aerospace and Electronic Systems Society/Electrical Power/Energy Systems Panel Title: Trial-Use Test Procedure and Presentation of Aircraft Generator and Regulator Characteristics Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Dec 06, 1990. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **Standard administratively withdrawn 12/6/90. Publication type: Trial-Use Key Words: aircraft, generator, regulator, characteristics Designation: 137-1960 Sponsor: IEEE Aerospace and Electronic Systems Society/Electrical Power/Energy Systems Panel Title: IEEE Trial-Use Test Procedure for AC 400 Hz Aircraft Induction Motors Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Dec 06, 1990. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **Standard administratively withdrawn 12/6/90. Publication type: Trial-Use Key Words: aircraft, induction, motor Designation: 138-1960 Sponsor: IEEE Aerospace and Electronic Systems Society/Electrical Power/Energy Systems Panel Title: Trial-Use Test Procedure for Aircraft Alternating-Current Generators Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Dec 06, 1990. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **Standard administratively withdrawn 12/6/90. Publication type: Trial-Use Key Words: aircraft, generator, ac Designation: 139-1988 Sponsor: IEEE Electromagnetic Compatibility Society/Standards Development Committee Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2006 Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for the Measurement of Radio Frequency Emission from Industrial, Scientific, and Medical (ISM) Equipment Installed on User's Premises Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Dec 12, 1988 **Revision of IEEE Std 139-1952. History: PAR APP: Sep 28, 1984, BD APP: Jun 09, 1988, ANSI APP: Aug 11, 1988 Project Scope: This document describes equipment inspection and radio frequency (rf) electromagnetic field measurement procedures for evaluation of rf industrial, scientific, and medical (ISM) equipment installed in the user's facility. The term, “ISM equipment,” as used here, includes equipment that generates rf energy for purposes other than radio communications, to cause physical, chemical, or biological changes; for example, industrial heaters (dielectric and induction), medical diathermy, ultrasonic equipment, rf plasma devices, and rf stabilized welders. These procedures are designed to help ensure that the equipment does not interfere with radio communications, navigation, and other essential radio services. The engineer responsible for the measurements should take all reasonable precautions to ensure that the maximum emission from the ISM equipment under test (EUT) has been measured. Radio frequency field-strength measurements of installed ISM equipment may be required if any of the following conditions exist: 1) The emission from the EUT was not measured by the manufacturer. 2) Because of its size or special operating conditions, the EUT could not be tested before installation. 3) Installed ISM equipment is suspected of causing interference. 4) ISM equipment has been modified in a way that could affect its rf emissions. 5) As the equipment ages, there is a question about its continued compliance. 6) There is a question about the safety to nearby personnel because of the emissions from the equipment. Measurements should be made under the direction of an engineer skilled in making and interpreting rf field-strength measurements. These measurements are made after the equipment is installed and ready for use at its place of use, and after it has been inspected as described in 2.2. The measurement report should generally be kept on file for at least three years after new measurements are made or after the equipment is no longer in use. There are significant differences between the “open field” or anechoic chamber measurements common in electromagnetic compatibility (EMC) and electromagnetic interference (EMI) work and the on-site measurements of installed ISM equipment. Some of these differences are described below. 1) The measurement conditions are usually more difficult because of crowded measurement locations, reflections from surrounding walls and equipment, and signals from other sources. 2 2) It is reasonable to take advantage of the shielding provided by walls and other equipment located between the ISM Equipment Under Test (EUT) and the location at which field- strength information is required. While the effect of a single wall may be small, the total effect of other equipment and building structures may be significant. In any case, it is not necessary to make measurements in a way which eliminates the benefits of this shielding. Some equipment is designed to be operated in a shielded enclosure, either because of its own sensitivity to outside interference, or because of its emission characteristics. When measuring the emission from this equipment, take advantage of the attenuation of the enclosure by making the measurements outside the enclosure, with the equipment in its normal operating position. 3) Since the measurement equipment is disconnected, moved, and reconnected many times during a set of measurements, its calibration should be checked frequently. 4) ISM equipment may often be grouped for field- strength measurements, taking one set of measurements for the entire group. 5) Electromagnetic-emission measurements of installed ISM equipment are usually significantly less accurate than laboratory (open field or test chamber) measurements because of lack of control of the measurement environment. The engineer responsible for the measurements should ensure, to the extent practical, that significant inaccuracies do not creep into the measurements from controllable factors. The overall accuracy of the measurements should be taken into account when reporting the results. 6) On-site measurements of installed ISM equipment are usually unique to the particular site because of effects of local shielding. However, they may apply to the same piece of equipment or to identical equipment installed at other sites that provide equivalent shielding and grounding. 7) The emission measured from the ISM equipment is a function of the environment surrounding the equipment. In most industrial locations, the environment is likely to change. Therefore, when measuring emission, 1) make sure the environment is typical of its usual operating condition, and, 2) determine, to the extent possible, if probable environment changes will increase emission. If so, the user should be warned. When measuring emission because of suspected electromagnetic interference, the conditions existing at the time of the suspected interference should be duplicated as closely as possible. Designation: 140-1950 Sponsor: IEEE Electromagnetic Compatibility Society Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Minimization of Interference from Radio- Frequency Heating Equipment Status: Superseded Designation: 140-1990 Sponsor: IEEE Electromagnetic Compatibility Society/Standards Development Committee Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1995 Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Minimization of Interference from Radio- Frequency Heating Equipment Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 10, 2002. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **Revision of IEEE Std 140-1950. History: PAR APP: Sep 28, 1984, BD APP: May 31, 1990, ANSI APP: Oct 12, 1990 Abstract: Procedures that may be applied in the design and construction of radio-frequency heating equipment used for heating in industrial settings and for other purposes are described. These procedures are intended to reduce the levels of radio-frequency energy leaks, which can interfere with other equipment and broadcast services. They may also be used as remedial measures when harmful interference occurs. Applications in the field of telecommunication and information technology are excluded. Key Words: electromagnetic, interference, ISM equipment, radio-frequency, heating equipment, energy, minimize, Electromagnetic interference, Electromagnetic heating Designation: 141-1993 Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Power Systems Engineering Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1999 Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Electric Power Distribution for Industrial Plants Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Apr 29, 1994 **IEEE Red Book. Revision of IEEE Std 141-1986. Technical Contact: William J Moylan, Phone:313-565-5242, Email:w.j.moylan@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Oct 20, 1988, BD APP: Dec 02, 1993, ANSI APP: Jun 03, 1994 Abstract: A thorough analysis of basic electrical-systems considerations is presented. Guidance is provided in design, construction, and continuity of an overall system to achieve safety of life and preservation of property; reliability; simplicity of operation; voltage regulation in the utilization of equipment within the tolerance limits under all load conditions; care and maintenance; and flexibility to permit development and expansion. Recommendations are made regarding system planning; voltage considerations; surge voltage protection; system protective devices; fault calculations; grounding; power switching, transformation, and motor- control apparatus; instruments and meters; cable systems; busways; electrical energy conservation; and cost estimation. Key Words: redbook, electric power, distribution, energy management, grounding, power cables, power transformers, switches, wiring, Switches/switchgear, Power system measurements, Power distribution, Industrial power system protection, Industrial power system planning, Industrial power system economics Designation: 141 Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Power Systems Engineering Title: Recommended Practice for Electric Power Distribution for Industrial Plants Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: William J Moylan, Phone:313-565-5242, Email:w.j.moylan@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 16, 1998 Project Scope: Provide update of 1993 edition. No new chapters are anticipated. Revise existing material to include latest technologies. Project Purpose: Maintain current status of the Red Book as a publication reflecting current technology. Designation: P141 Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Power Systems Engineering Title: Recommended Practice for Electric Power Distribution for Industrial Plants Status: Revision Project Technical Contact: William J Moylan, Phone:313-565-5242, Email:w.j.moylan@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 20, 2005 Project Scope: This publication provides a recommended practice for the electrical design of industrial facilities; and distribution, control, and monitoring of electrical energy in industrial facilities. Project Purpose: This recommended practice is intended to be the reference source for the current and updated practices for electrical design of industrial facilities and power distribution in plants in order to increase electrical system reliability. It is likely to be of greatest value to the power-oriented engineer with limited industrial experience. It can also be an aid to all engineers responsible for the electrical design of the industrial facilities. Designation: 141-1986 Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Power Systems Engineering Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Electric Power Distribution for Industrial Plants (IEEE Red Book) Status: Superseded History: BD APP: Dec 12, 1985, ANSI APP: Jun 04, 1986 Designation: 142-1991 Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Power Systems Engineering Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Grounding of Industrial and Commercial Power Systems Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jun 22, 1992 **IEEE Green Book. Revision of IEEE Std 142-1982. Technical Contact: Lynn F Saunders, Phone:248-753-1861, Email:lynn.saunders@gm.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Dec 13, 1984, BD APP: Jun 27, 1991, ANSI APP: Dec 09, 1991 Abstract: The problems of system grounding, that is, connection to ground of neutral, of the corner of the delta, or of the midtap of one phase, are covered. The advantages and disadvantages of grounded versus ungrounded systems are discussed. Information is given on how to ground the system, where the system should be grounded, and how to select equipment for the grounding of the neutral circuits. Connecting the frames and enclosures of electric apparatus, such as motors, switchgear, transformers, buses, cables conduits, building frames, and portable equipment, to a ground system is addressed. The fundamentals of making the interconnection or ground-conductor system between electric equipment and the ground rods, water pipes, etc. are outlined. The problems of static electricity(how it is generated, what processes may produce it, how it is measured, and what should be done to prevent its generation or to drain the static charges to earth to prevent sparking(are treated. Methods of protecting structures against the effects of lightning are also covered. Obtaining a low-resistance connection to the earth, use of ground rods, connections to water pipes, etc, are discussed. A separate chapter on sensitive electronic equipment is included. Key Words: system, static, lightning protection, protection grounding, connection to earth, earth, sensitive, electronic equipment, green book, System grounding, Static and lightning protection, Sensitive electronic equipment, Equipment grounding Designation: 142 Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Power Systems Engineering Title: Recommended Practice for Grounding of Industrial and Commercial Power Systems Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. **Revison project for Green Book. Technical Contact: Lynn F Saunders, Phone:248-753-1861, Email:lynn.saunders@gm.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 13, 1994 Designation: P142 Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Power Systems Engineering Title: Recommended Practice for Grounding of Industrial and Commercial Power Systems Status: Revision Project Technical Contact: Lynn F Saunders, Phone:248-753-1861, Email:lynn.saunders@gm.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 10, 2003 Project Scope: The scope of this document is to provide concensus of the expertize on the subject of grounding of industrial and commercial power systems, equipemnt, lightning protection, connection to earth and computer system grounding. Project Purpose: As grounding systems technology advances, this recommended practice must be revised and updated to reflect these changes. Designation: 142-1982 Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Power Systems Engineering Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Grounding of Industrial and Commercial Power Systems (IEEE Green Book) Status: Superseded History: PAR APP: Dec 28, 1984, BD APP: Jun 10, 1982, ANSI APP: Feb 04, 1983 Key Words: grounding, industrial, commercial, power, systems Designation: 145-1993 Sponsor: IEEE Antennas and Propagation Society/Antennas Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2004 Title: IEEE Standard Definitions of Terms for Antennas Status: Approved Publication of IEEE **Revision of IEEE Std 145-1983. Mar04-Withdrawn by ANSI as overage. History: PAR APP: Mar 21, 1991, BD APP: Mar 18, 1993, ANSI APP: Sep 16, 1993 Abstract: Definitions of terms in the field of antennas are provided. Key Words: antennas, definitions, propagation, terminology Designation: 145 Sponsor: IEEE Antennas and Propagation Society/Antennas Title: Standard Definitions of Terms for Antennas Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: George Hagn, Phone:703-941-7663, Email:ghagn@erols.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jun 26, 1997 Project Scope: This project will update the antenna terms and definitions used in the current standard. The current standard was originally completed in 1983. Many new terms and concepts for antennas, especially active antennas, are not included. This working group will review the complete entire standard and update existing terms and include new terms that are in use but not in the standard. Project Purpose: This project will update the antenna terms and definitions used in the current standard. Designation: 145-1983 Sponsor: IEEE Antennas and Propagation Society/Antennas Title: IEEE Standard Definitions of Terms for Antennas Status: Superseded History: BD APP: Mar 11, 1982, ANSI APP: Dec 01, 1983 Designation: 146-1980 Sponsor: IEEE Microwave Theory and Techniques Society Title: IEEE Standard Definitions of Fundamental Waveguide Terms Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. History: BD APP: Mar 13, 1980, ANSI APP: Jan 01, 1983 Designation: 147-1979 Sponsor: IEEE Microwave Theory and Techniques Society Title: IEEE Standard Definitions of Terms for Waveguide Components Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: May 05, 1995. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. History: BD APP: Jun 16, 1978, ANSI APP: Jan 01, 1981 Abstract: Definitions of components for waveguide use are presented. The components are considered to be linear, passive, and reciprocal unless otherwise specified in the definitions. The definitions included were drawn from Institute of Radio Engineers and International Electrotechnical Commission (IEC) documents. Some definitions are included unchanged, some have been modified or deleted, and several new definitions have been added. Not all possible component varieties are included. Designation: 148 Sponsor: IEEE Microwave Theory and Techniques Society Title: Standard for Waveguide and Waveguide Component Measurements Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Arthur Blaisdell **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 10, 1987 Designation: 148-1959 Sponsor: IEEE Microwave Theory and Techniques Society Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1971 Title: IEEE Standard for Waveguide and Waveguide Component Measurements Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Dec 05, 1991. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. History: PAR APP: Dec 28, 1987 Key Words: waveguide, measurements, component Designation: 149-1977 Sponsor: IEEE Antennas and Propagation Society/Antennas Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2003 Title: IEEE Standard Test Procedures for Antennas Status: Approved Publication of IEEE **Revision of IEEE Std 149-1965. History: BD APP: Dec 15, 1977, ANSI APP: Oct 09, 2003 Designation: 149 Sponsor: IEEE Antennas and Propagation Society Title: Standard Test Procedures for Antennas Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. History: PAR APP: Jun 12, 1985 Designation: 149 Sponsor: IEEE Antennas and Propagation Society/Antennas Title: Standard Test Procedures for Antennas Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: A David Olver, Phone:44-171-975-5345, Email:a.d.olver@gmw.ac.uk **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 20, 1997 Project Scope: This project will update the Standard Test Procedure for Antennas. This standard was last updated in 1979. Many changes in antenna testing have occurred since then especially in the area of computer control and automation. Many new methods, test equipment, and test procedures are not included in the existing standard. This update will include all of these. Near field testing will now be included. Project Purpose: This standard is used throughout government, industry and academia in the area of antenna testing. It provides many of the procedures currently used by antenna test organization. However, the technology has passed the standard by in the areas and many areas and equipment are not included. This update will include these. Designation: 150 Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. Designation: 151-1965 Title: Standard Definitions of Terms for Audio and Electroacoustics Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. Designation: 152-1953 Sponsor: IEEE Broadcast Technology Society Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1971 Title: Recommended Practice for Volume Measurements of Electric Speech and Program Waves Status: Superseded Designation: 152-1991 Sponsor: IEEE Broadcast Technology Society/Audio and Visual Techniques Title: IEEE Standard for Audio Program Level Measurement Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Mar 06, 2000. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **Revision of IEEE Std 152-1953. History: PAR APP: Mar 13, 1986, BD APP: Dec 05, 1991, ANSI APP: May 21, 1992 Abstract: Two audio program level measuring devices, the peak-program meter and the standard volume indicator, are described. The peak-program meter is intended to indicate the peak level of audio signals that the transmission or recording medium must accommodate if audible distortion is to be avoided. The standard volume indicator is intended to provide a means to assign numerical values to the average magnitude of audio program signals. The dynamic response requirements specified in this standard for the peak-program meter are identical to the normal mode European Broadcasting Union standard peak-program meter. This standard does, however, allow more flexibility for the selection of the scale. Key Words: peak, meter, indicator, audio program, program level, Standard volume indicator, Peak-program meter Designation: 154 Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. Designation: 155-1960 Sponsor: IEEE Circuits and Systems Society Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1990 Title: IEEE Standards on Circuits: Definitions of Terms for Linear Signal Flow Graphs, 1960 Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Mar 06, 2000. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. Technical Contact: Ming-Ting Sun, Phone:206-616-8690, Email:sun@ee.washington.edu **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: BD APP: Jan 14, 1960, ANSI APP: Feb 27, 1991 Abstract: "IEEE Std 155-1960 IEEE Standards on Circuits: Definitions of Terms for Linear Signal Flow Graphs, 1960" Key Words: "IEEE Std 155-1960 IEEE Standards on Circuits: Definitions of Terms for Linear Signal Flow Graphs, 1960" Designation: 156-1960 Sponsor: IEEE Circuits and Systems Society Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1990 Title: IEEE Standards on Circuits: Definitions of Terms for Linear Passive Reciprocal Time Invariant Networks, 1960 Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Mar 06, 2000. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. Technical Contact: Ming-Ting Sun, Phone:206-616-8690, Email:sun@ee.washington.edu **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: BD APP: Jan 14, 1960, ANSI APP: Feb 27, 1991 Abstract: Terms that apply to linear, passive, reciprocal, time-invariant networks are defined. The terms apply to mathematical concepts that represent idealizations of physical phenomena. Thus, the definitions apply to idealized models that are useful in describing properties of physical networks. The question of whether or not a certain term is applicable to a particular physical situation is left to the user. Key Words: linear, reciprocal, time, invariant, Terminology, Passive circuits Designation: 157 Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. Designation: 158-1962 Sponsor: IEEE Electron Devices Society Title: Methods of Testing Electron Tubes Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. Designation: 161-1971 Sponsor: IEEE Electron Devices Society Title: Standard Definitions on Electron Tubes Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. Designation: 162-1963 Sponsor: IEEE Electron Devices Society Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1984 Title: IEEE Standard Definitions of Terms for Electronic Digital Computers Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jun 14, 1994. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. History: ANSI APP: Jan 01, 1985 Designation: 164-1962 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society Title: Methods of Testing Bobbin Cores for Electronic Computers Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. Designation: 165-1977 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessors and Microcomputers Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1984 Title: IEEE Standard Definitions of Terms for Analog Computers Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jun 14, 1994. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. History: BD APP: Jun 03, 1976, ANSI APP: May 03, 1985 Key Words: computer, analog, terms, glossary, definitions Designation: 166-1977 Sponsor: IEEE Electron Devices Society Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1984 Title: IEEE Standard Definitions of Terms for Hybrid Computer Linkage Components Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jun 14, 1994. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. History: BD APP: Jun 03, 1976, ANSI APP: May 03, 1985 Key Words: computer, hybrid, terms, linkage, component Designation: 167-1966 Sponsor: IEEE Communications Society Title: Test Procedure for Facsimile Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. Designation: 167A-1987 Sponsor: IEEE Communications Society Title: IEEE Standard Facsimile Test Charts (Revised as 167A.1) Status: Superseded **Reprinted. Being revised as 167A.1 Abstract: A chart for use in testing facsimile equipment is provided. A description of the patterns is included. Key Words: 167A, facsimile, test chart Designation: 167A.1-1995 Sponsor: IEEE Communications Society/Transmission Access & Optical Systems Title: IEEE Standard Facsimile Test Chart: Bi-level (Black & White) Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 15, 2001. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **Revision of 167A-1987. administratively withdrawn on 15-Jan-2001. History: PAR APP: Sep 21, 1995, BD APP: Sep 21, 1995, ANSI APP: Jul 16, 1996 Project Scope: Facsimile test chart for bi-level (black & white). Project Purpose: Provide a bi-level (black & white) facsimile test chart for use in determining the performance of facsimile equipment and systems Abstract: A facsimile test chart for assessing performance of document facsimile systems, including any compatible combination of facsimile equipment, computers, transmission facilities, and image storage, is provided. The chart is composed solely of high- resolution, high contrast black-and-white patterns. Although the chart is designed for Group 3 and Group 4 facsimile, it is also expected to be useful in testing other imaging systems. The received image may be recorded or displayed. This standard offers a means of assessing various technical quality parameters, detecting defects produced in received images, and evaluating the readability of text when the original is black and white. Key Words: facsimile, test chart, black , white, bi-level, imaging systems Designation: 167A.2-1996 Sponsor: IEEE Communications Society/Transmission Access & Optical Systems Title: IEEE Standard Facsimile Test Chart: High Contrast (Gray Scale) Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 16, 2004. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **16-Jan-04: Administratively withdrawn. History: PAR APP: Sep 21, 1995, BD APP: Sep 19, 1996, ANSI APP: Feb 06, 1997 Project Scope: Facsimile Test Chart for high contrast (gray scale). Project Purpose: Provide a high contrast (gray scale) facsimile test chart for use in determining the performance of facsimile equipment and systems. Abstract: A means of assessing performance of document facsimile systems, including any compatible combination of facsimile equipment, computers, transmission facilities, and image storage, is provided. Key Words: facsimile, imaging systems, test charts Designation: 167A.3-1997 Sponsor: IEEE Communications Society/Transmission Access & Optical Systems Title: IEEE Standard Facsimile Test Chart - Color Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 16, 2004. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **16-Jan-04: Administratively withdrawn. History: PAR APP: Sep 21, 1995, BD APP: Sep 16, 1997 Project Scope: Facsimile Test Chart for color. Project Purpose: Provide a color facsimile test chart for use in determining the performance of facsimile equipment and systems. Abstract: " A facsimile test chart for assessing performance of document facsimile systems, includ-ing any compatible combination of facsimile equipment, computers, transmission facilities, and im-age storage, is provided. " Key Words: "facsimile, imaging systems, test charts" Designation: 168-1956 Sponsor: IEEE Communications Society Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1971 Title: IEEE Standard Definitions of Terms for Facsimile Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Dec 06, 1990. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **ANSI withdrawal 3/2/89. Standard administratively withdrawn 12/6/90. Designation: 169 Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. Designation: 170-1964 Sponsor: SASB/SCC10-Terms and Definitions Title: Standard Definitions of Terms for Modulation Systems Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. Designation: 171-1958 Sponsor: SASB/SCC10-Terms and Definitions Title: Standard Definitions of Terms for Information Theory Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. Designation: 172-1983 Sponsor: IEEE Aerospace and Electronic Systems Society/Guidance & Control Systems Panel Title: IEEE Standard Definitions of Navigation Aid Terms Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jun 17, 1993. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **ANSI withdrawn 6/29/92. History: BD APP: Jun 10, 1982, ANSI APP: Jan 01, 1984 Designation: 173-1959 Sponsor: IEEE Aerospace and Electronic Systems Society/Guidance & Control Systems Panel Title: IEEE Standards on Navigation Aids: Direction Finder Measurements, 1959 Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jun 17, 1993. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **ANSI wdn. Technical Contact: Bud Wimber, Phone:(818) 719-7920, Email:wimber@littongcs.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: BD APP: Apr 10, 1958 Key Words: direction, finder, measurement Designation: 174 Sponsor: IEEE Aerospace and Electronic Systems Society Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. Designation: 175 Sponsor: Nuclear and Plasma Sciences Society/Nuclear Instruments and Detectors Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. Designation: 176 Sponsor: IEEE Ultrasonics, Ferroelectrics and Frequency Control Society Title: Standard on Piezooelectricity Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Thrygve R Meeker, Phone:610-437-3310 **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 13, 1994 Designation: 176-1987 Sponsor: IEEE Ultrasonics, Ferroelectrics and Frequency Control Society Title: IEEE Standard on Piezoelectricity Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Mar 06, 2000. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **Revision of IEEE Std 176-1949. History: BD APP: Mar 12, 1987, ANSI APP: Sep 07, 1987 Abstract: 176_1987.bk Key Words: 176_1987.bk Designation: 177 Sponsor: IEEE Ultrasonics, Ferroelectrics and Frequency Control Society Title: Standard Definitions and Methods of Measurement for Piezoelectric Vibrators Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Thrygve R Meeker, Phone:610-437-3310 **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 28, 1990 Project Scope: A modest revision of the (177-1966) standard will include corrections, improvements, and section additions on bridge, scattering parameter, and improved Pi-network techniques for more accurate measurements of the electrical parameters of higher frequency piezoelectric resonators with higher electromechanical coupling. The revised std should be useful for measurements on both crystalline (quartz) and ceramic(lead zirconia titanate) resonators. Project Purpose: Since the present std (177-1966) was issued, considerable worldwide work on piezoelectric resonator electrical measurement techniques has been reported. This work has led to more accurate measurements of the electrical parameters of piezoelelectric resonators at higher frequencies and at higher electromechanical coupling, including a more comprehensive understanding of the dependence of measured crystal parameters on the measurement fixture and on the measurement conditions. Three of these measurement tchniques (the bridge technique, the improved Pi-network technique, and the scattering parameter technique) are so useful that they should be discussed in the IEEE standard. Including discussion on all three measurement techniques will considerably increase the value of the standard to technical workers in the field. Designation: 177-1966 Sponsor: IEEE Ultrasonics, Ferroelectrics and Frequency Control Society Title: Standard Definitions and Methods of Measurements for Piezoelectric Vibrators Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jun 14, 1994. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **aka ANSI C83.17-1970 History: BD APP: May 23, 1966 Abstract: The equivalent electric circuit of a piezoelectric vibrator and its parameters are reviewed. The determination of these parameters by the transmission method is described. The method is suitable for frequencies up to about 30 MHz for the commonly encountered ranges of the capacitance ratio r and the figure of merit M, provided that errors due to instrumentation are taken into account. The equations presented in this standard have been formulated to correct these errors. Key Words: piezoelectricity, vibrator Designation: 178 Sponsor: IEEE Ultrasonics, Ferroelectrics and Frequency Control Society Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. Designation: 179 Sponsor: IEEE Ultrasonics, Ferroelectrics and Frequency Control Society Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. Designation: 180-1986 Sponsor: IEEE Ultrasonics, Ferroelectrics and Frequency Control Society Title: IEEE Standard Definitions of Primary Ferroelectric Terms Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: May 05, 1995. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **ANSI withdrawn 6/29/92. History: BD APP: Jun 13, 1985, ANSI APP: Nov 05, 1985 Abstract: Terms applying primarily to ferroelectric materials, including single crystals, polycrystalline ceramics, and semicrystalline polymers, are defined. Because of the coupling that exists between ferroelectric and ferroelastic behavior in some crystalline materials, ferroelastic terms are also defined. When particular terms are related to experimental measurements, the basic measuring techniques are briefly described. Key Words: ferro, ferroelectric, terms, primary, glossary Designation: 181-2003 Sponsor: IEEE Instrumentation and Measurement Society/TC10-Waveform Measurement and Analysis Title: IEEE Standard on Transitions, Pulses, and Related Waveforms Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jul 11, 2003 Technical Contact: Nick Paulter, Phone:301-975-2405, Email:nicholas.paulter@nist.gov **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Feb 13, 2003, BD APP: Mar 20, 2003, ANSI APP: Jun 19, 2003 Project Scope: The scope of this revised PAR is limited to revising the title of P181. See item 18 for additional explanatory notes. The scope of the previous PAR is: 'Revise and combine IEEE standards 181-1977 and 194-1977 into a single standard which define terms pertaining to transitions, pulses and related signals and defines procedures for estimating their parameters.' Project Purpose: The purpose of this revised PAR is to change the title (see Item 18). The purpose of the previous PAR is: 'IEEE Standards 181-1977 and 194-1977 have been withdrawn. Manufacturers and users of pulse generators, waveform recorders, and high-speed digital circuits require clear concise terms for effective communication.' Abstract: "IEEE Std 181-2003, IEEE Standard on Transitions, Pulses, and Related Waveforms" Key Words: "aberration, algorithms, compound waveform, histogram, levels, pulse, pulse amplitude, pulse definitions, pulse measurement, states, state boundaries, state levels, transients" Designation: 181 Sponsor: IEEE Instrumentation and Measurement Society/TC10-Waveform Measurement and Analysis Title: Standard on Pulse Measurement and Analysis by Objective Techniques Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Otis M Solomon, Phone:(505) 844-2320, Email:omsolom@sandia.gov **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jun 10, 1982 Abstract: Revision in progress, expected completion in 1992. Designation: 181 Sponsor: IEEE Instrumentation and Measurement Society/TC10-Waveform Measurement and Analysis Title: Standard on Transitions, Pulses, and Related Signals Status: Superseded Technical Contact: Nick Paulter, Phone:301-975-2405, Email:nicholas.paulter@nist.gov **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 10, 1996 Project Scope: Revise and combine IEEE standards 181-1977 and 194-1977 into a single standard which define terms pertaining to transitions, pulses and related signals and defines procedures for estimating their parameters. Project Purpose: IEEE Standards 181-1977 and 194-1977 have been withdrawn. Manufacturers and users of pulse generators, waveform recorders, and high- speed digital circuits require clear concise terms for effective communication. Designation: 181-1977 Sponsor: IEEE Instrumentation and Measurement Society/TC10-Waveform Measurement and Analysis Title: IEEE Standard on Pulse Measurement and Analysis by Objective Techniques Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Sep 15, 1993. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **ANSI withdrawal date 4/9/90. History: BD APP: Sep 04, 1975, ANSI APP: Aug 29, 1979 Designation: 182-1961 Sponsor: IEEE Broadcast Technology Society Title: IEEE Standards on Radio Transmitters: Definitions of Terms Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Dec 06, 1990. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **Incorporated in 182A. Archive only. Standard administratively withdrawn 12/6/90. Key Words: radio, transmitters, terms, glossary Designation: 182A-1964 Sponsor: IEEE Broadcast Technology Society Title: IEEE Standard Definitions of Terms for Radio Transmitters Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Dec 06, 1990. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **Includes IEEE l82. Key Words: 182A Designation: 183-1958 Sponsor: IEEE Broadcast Technology Society Title: IEEE Technical Committee Report: Methods for Testing Radiotelegraph Transmitters (Below 50 MC) Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Dec 06, 1990. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **Standard administratively withdrawn 12/6/90. Key Words: radio, telegraph, radiotelegraph, transmitter, test Designation: 184-1969 Title: Test Procedure for Frequency-Modulated Mobile Communications Receivers Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. Designation: 185-1975 Sponsor: IEEE Broadcast Technology Society Title: Standard Methods of Testing Frequency Modulation Broadcast Receivers Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. Designation: 186-1948 Sponsor: IEEE Consumer Electronics Society Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1972 Title: IEEE Standard Methods of Testing Amplitude-Modulated Broadcast Receivers Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Dec 06, 1990. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **Standard administratively withdrawn 12/6/90. ANSI withdrawn 6/29/92. Technical Contact: Linda Sue Boehmer, Phone:412-653-1082, Email:LSBTEC@AOL.COM **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: ANSI APP: Dec 12, 1972 Designation: 187-2003 Sponsor: IEEE Electromagnetic Compatibility Society/Standards Development Committee Title: IEEE Standard Measurement Methods of Emissions from FM and Television Broadcast Receivers in the Frequency Range of 9kHz to 40GHz Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: May 07, 2004 **Supersedes 187-1990 (R1995). Technical Contact: Edward F Hare, Phone:860 594 0318, Email:ehare@arrl.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Dec 11, 2002, BD APP: Dec 10, 2003, ANSI APP: Mar 31, 2004 Project Scope: To add new Advanced Televsion System Committee (ATSC) television standards to the present standards and clarify areas in conflict with current US Federal Communication Commission (FCC) requirements. This will include investigation of new TV recievers already being sold in the USA, including National Televsion System Committee (NTSC), ATSC and Digital Satellite System (DSS) and various combinations of these transmission methods. Finally, to expand the current standard which only applies to Table Top TV measurement setups, to include Set Top Box (STB) recievers and Rear Projection TV receivers. Project Purpose: This standard is needed to assure common measurement procedures for RF emissions in present and new technology products during the transition of NTSC analog TV to ATSC and DSS digital TV products in the USA and to ensure FCC accepts this industry need. Abstract: Spurious radiation from sound and television broadcast receivers of the superheterodyne type are possible sources of interference with other radio services. This standard describes the potential sources of spurious radiation from receivers intended for the reception of sound and television broadcast, and the measurement methods for them. Key Words: antenna radiation, conducted emissions, FM sound broadcast receivers, radiated emissions, spurious emissions, television broadcast receivers Designation: 187-1990 Sponsor: IEEE Electromagnetic Compatibility Society/Standards Development Committee Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1995 Title: IEEE Standard on Radio Receivers: Open Field Method of Measurement of Spurious Radiation from FM and Television Broadcast Receivers Status: Superseded **Revision of IEEE Std 187-1951. Superseded by 187-2003. History: BD APP: Aug 15, 1990, ANSI APP: Dec 27, 1990 Abstract: The potential sources of spurious radiation from frequency modulation (FM) and television broadcast receivers and sets up methods of measurement are described. Possible sources of spurious radiation and ways to measure them are set forth. This standard is not intended to apply to equipment other than FM and television broadcast receivers. Key Words: field strength, meter, frequency modulation, open field measure, spurious radiaiton, television broadcast, broadcast receivers, FM, radio receivers, VHF radio receivers, TV receivers, FM receivers, Electromagnetic measurements, Electromagnetic interference Designation: 187-1951 Sponsor: IEEE Electromagnetic Compatibility Society/Standards Development Committee Title: IEEE Standards on Radio Receivers: Open Field Method of Measurement of Spurious Radiation from Frequency Modulation and Television Broadcast Receivers Status: Superseded Key Words: receivers, broadcast, fm, tv, spurious Designation: 187 Sponsor: IEEE Electromagnetic Compatibility Society/Standards Development Committee Title: Standard Method of Measurement of Emissions from Television Receivers Status: Superseded Technical Contact: David L Traver, Phone:719-538-4624, Email:davidtraver@adelphia.net **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Nov 08, 2000 Project Scope: To add new Advanced Television System Committee (ATSC) television standards to the present standards and clarify areas in conflict with current US Federal Communications Commission (FCC) requirements. This will include the investigation of new TV receivers already being sold in the USA, including National Television System Committee (NTSC), ATSC and Digital Satellite System (DSS), and various combinations of these transmission methods. Finally, to expand the current standard which only applies to Table Top TV measurement setups, to include Set Top Box (STB)TV receivers and Rear Projection TV receivers. Project Purpose: This standard is needed to assure common measurement procedures for RF emissions in present and new technology products during the transition of NTSC analog TV to ATSC and DSS digital TV products in the USA and to ensure that the FCC accepts this industry need. Designation: 188 Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. Designation: 189-1955 Sponsor: IEEE Consumer Electronics Society Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1972 Title: IEEE Standard Method of Testing Receivers Employing Ferrite Core Loop Antennas Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Dec 06, 1990. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **Standard administratively withdrawn 12/6/90. ANSI withdrawn 6/29/92. Technical Contact: Linda Sue Boehmer, Phone:412-653-1082, Email:LSBTEC@AOL.COM **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: ANSI APP: Dec 30, 1976 Key Words: antennas, ferrite, loop, core Designation: 190-1960 Sponsor: IEEE Broadcast Technology Society Title: Standard Methods of Testing Monochrome Television Broadcast Receivers Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. Designation: 191 Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. Designation: 192-1958 Title: Methods of Calibration of Mechanically Recorded Lateral Frequency Records Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. Designation: 193-1971 Title: Method for Measurement of Weighted Peak Flutter of Sound Recording and Reproducing Equipment Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. Designation: 194 Sponsor: IEEE Instrumentation and Measurement Society/TC10-Waveform Measurement and Analysis Title: Standard Pulse Terms and Definitions Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Otis M Solomon, Phone:(505) 844-2320, Email:omsolom@sandia.gov **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jun 10, 1982 Abstract: Revision in progress, expected completion in 1992. Designation: 194-1977 Sponsor: IEEE Instrumentation and Measurement Society/TC10-Waveform Measurement and Analysis Title: IEEE Standard Pulse Terms and Definitions Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Sep 15, 1993. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. History: BD APP: Feb 17, 1975 Key Words: pulse, terms, glossary Designation: 195 Sponsor: SASB/SCC10-Terms and Definitions Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. Designation: 196-1951 Sponsor: SASB/SCC10-Terms and Definitions Title: Standard Definitions of Terms for Transducers Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. Designation: 197 Sponsor: IEEE Instrumentation and Measurement Society Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. Designation: 198 Sponsor: SASB/SCC14-Quantities Units and Letter Symbols Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. Designation: 199 Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. Designation: 200 Sponsor: IEEE-SA Standards Board Title: Reference Designations for Parts and Equipment Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Conrad R Muller **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Nov 09, 1989 Designation: 200-1975 Sponsor: IEEE-SA Standards Board Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1988 Title: IEEE Standard Reference Designations for Electrical and Electronics Parts and Equipments Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 17, 1997. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. History: BD APP: Oct 31, 1975, ANSI APP: Oct 01, 1975 Abstract: The formulation and application of reference designations for electrical and electronics parts and equipment are covered. The reference designations of this standard are intended for uniquely identifying and locating discrete items on diagrams and in a set, as well as for correlating items in a set, graphic symbols on diagrams, and items in parts lists, circuit descriptions, and instructions. Three methods are given for forming and applying reference designations: the unit number method, the location numbering method, and the location coding method. A complete reference designation may incorporate reference designations formed by the use of any of these methods at any level from basic parts to complete units. Key Words: reference, designations, parts, equipment, Symbols Designation: 201-1979 Sponsor: IEEE Broadcast Technology Society/Audio and Visual Techniques Title: Standard Definitions of Terms Relating to Television Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. **Standard administratively withdrawn 12/6/90. History: PAR APP: Sep 17, 1981, BD APP: Jun 16, 1978, ANSI APP: Dec 30, 1981 Designation: 201 Sponsor: IEEE Broadcast Technology Society/Audio and Visual Techniques Title: Standard Definitions of Terms Relating to Analog Television Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. History: PAR APP: Sep 19, 1996 Project Scope: This project will update a withdrawn standard, and add the word "analog" to the title to indicate that the terms and definitions relate to analog television, sometimes called conventional definition television. The project proposes to include terms in general use by broadcasters and others involved in the production, distribution, and display of broadcast-quality television programs, employing the system currently in use in the USA and some other countries. The system is that developed by the National Television Systems Committee, and generally referred to as the NTSC system. Project Purpose: This standard is intended to be used a s a general reference for engineers and other technical personnel involved in broadcast-quality television engineering and operations, particularly for newcomers just learning the technology. Designation: 202-1954 Sponsor: IEEE Broadcast Technology Society Title: Television: Methods of Measurement of Aspect Ratio and Geometric Distortion Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. Designation: 205 Sponsor: IEEE Broadcast Technology Society/Audio and Visual Techniques Title: Standard for Measurement of Luminance Signal Levels Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: James M Defilippis **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: May 31, 1990 Designation: 205-2001 Sponsor: IEEE Broadcast Technology Society/Audio and Visual Techniques Title: IEEE Standard on Television: Measurement of Luminance Signal Levels Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 18, 2007. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. Technical Contact: James R Redford, Phone:212-664-5222, Email:rick.redford@juno.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jun 20, 1996, BD APP: Mar 17, 2001, ANSI APP: Aug 02, 2001 Project Scope: Revise IEEE Std 205 to specify its application to composite NTSC signals only, define voltage levels associated with IRE units, redraw the roll-off characteristic for IRE filter response, revise circuit examples to substitute solid-state components for vacuum tybes, update text to S.I. units and abbreviations, and revise procedures for use with modern oscilloscopes. Project Purpose: Std 205 is long overdue for updating due to its dated language and methods. Nevertheless, it is a fundamental document in the definition of ITU-R System M waveform levels as used in most of North and South American, Japan, Rep. of Korea, Taiwan and the Phillipines. Abstract: " A method of measuring the amplitude levels of an SMPTE 170M-1994; NTSC color ormonochrome television video signal is described. It is concerned with luminance measurements atvarious points in transmission systems where the signals are at video frequencies. The methodsdescribed are limited to the use of waveform monitors, software video processing for amplitudeassessment, or suitable oscilloscopes, and are primarily directed to specifying means of measuringtelevision signal levels for operating purposes." Key Words: "chrominance, filter, luminance, luminance measurement filter, NTSC, SMPTE 170M,video, waveform monitor" Designation: 205-1958 Sponsor: IEEE Broadcast Technology Society/Audio and Visual Techniques Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1972 Title: IEEE Standards on Television: Measurement of Luminance Signal Levels Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Dec 06, 1990. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **Standard administratively withdrawn 12/6/90. Key Words: measure, luminance, signal, levels Designation: 206 Sponsor: IEEE Broadcast Technology Society/Audio and Visual Techniques Title: Standard on Measurement of Differential Gain and Differential Phase Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: James R Redford, Phone:212-664-5222, Email:rick.redford@juno.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Nov 08, 2000 Project Scope: This project will review and up-date the current scope of applications of the IEEE Std. 206 1960/1978. The primary application (scope) of the current Standard is intended to be in the field routine operational and maintenance tests of pure composite analog systems only, where rapid interpretation and communication of test results is necessary or desirable. The basic techniques described in the current standard are also applicable to laboratory measurements, proof-of-performance tests, and detailed maintenance procedures. The scope of the proposed project includes these measurements but will be revised to widened the scope to include hybrid systems (combining analog and digital signal processing) where the current scope does not apply. Project Purpose: The primary application of the current Standard is intended to be in the field routine operational and maintenance tests of pure composite analog systems only, where rapid interpretation and communication of test results is necessary or desirable. When measuring performance of hybrid systems (combining analog and digital signal processing), the method described in this document must not be used as significant errors are introduced in Differential Gain and Phase measurements. IEEE STD 746-1984 Measurements of A/D and D/A Converters for PCM Television Video Circuits and international recommendation ITU-R BT.1204 also define methods to measure Differential Gain and Differential Phase in hybrid digital/analog systems. The purpose of this project is to revise Std 206-1960/1978 to include specific Differential Gain and Phase measurement methods similar, if not identical, to those included in these standards. Designation: 206 Sponsor: IEEE Broadcast Technology Society/Audio and Visual Techniques Title: Standard Methods of Measuring Differential Phase and Gain in Video Transmission Facilities Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: James M Defilippis **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: May 31, 1990 Designation: 206-1960 Sponsor: IEEE Broadcast Technology Society/Audio and Visual Techniques Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1978 Title: IEEE Standards on Television: Measurement of Differential Gain and Differential Phase Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **Standard administratively withdrawn 12/6/90. History: BD APP: Jun 11, 1959, ANSI APP: Dec 04, 1961 Key Words: measure, tv, differential, gain, phase Designation: 208-1995 Sponsor: IEEE Broadcast Technology Society/Audio and Visual Techniques Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2005 Title: IEEE Standard on Video Techniques: Measurement of Resolution of Camera Systems, 1993 Techniques Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: May 24, 1995 **Revision of IEEE Std 208-1960. History: PAR APP: Mar 19, 1992, BD APP: Mar 16, 1995, ANSI APP: Aug 24, 1995 Abstract: The methods for measuring the resolution of camera systems are described. The primary application is for users and manufacturers to quantify the limit where fine detail contained in the original image is no longer reproduced by the camera system. The techniques described may also be used for laboratory measurements and for proof-of-performance specifications for a camera. Key Words: camera systems, video, resolution, video techniques Designation: 208-1960 Sponsor: IEEE Broadcast Technology Society/Audio and Visual Techniques Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1978 Title: IEEE Standards on Video Techniques: Measurement of Resolution of Camera Systems, 1961 Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jun 17, 1993. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **(R78) C16.34 . ANSI withdrawal date 4/9/90. History: BD APP: Sep 08, 1960 Key Words: measure, video, differential, gain, phase Designation: 210 Sponsor: IEEE Microwave Theory and Techniques Society Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. Designation: 211-1997 Sponsor: IEEE Antennas and Propagation Society/Propagation Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2003 Title: IEEE Standard Definitions of Terms for Radio Wave Propagation Status: Approved Publication of IEEE History: PAR APP: Dec 12, 1995, BD APP: Dec 09, 1997, ANSI APP: Feb 04, 1999 Project Scope: Delete some obsolete terms, add new terms, refine language in some existing terms. Project Purpose: Keep this standard updated. Abstract: " Terms and definitions used in the context of electromagnetic wave propagation relatingto the fields of telecommunications, remote sensing, radio astronomy, optical waves, plasmawaves, the ionosphere, the magnetosphere, and magnetohydrodynamic, acoustic, and electrostaticwaves are supplied. " Key Words: "electromagnetic wave propagation, terminology" Designation: 211-1990 Sponsor: IEEE Antennas and Propagation Society Title: IEEE Standard Definitions of Terms for Radio Wave Propagation Status: Superseded **Revision of Std 211-1977. History: PAR APP: Jun 28, 1987, BD APP: Dec 26, 1990, ANSI APP: May 21, 1991 Abstract: Terminology pertinent to electromagnetic wave propagation is defined. The fields covered include radio astronomy; optical waves; gravity waves; plasma waves; the ionosphere; the magnetosphere; and magnetohydrodynamic, acoustic, and electrostatic waves. Key Words: glossary, terminology, definitions, dictionary, Radio Wave Propagation Designation: 211-1977 Sponsor: IEEE Antennas and Propagation Society Title: IEEE Standard Definitions of Terms for Radio Wave Propagation Status: Superseded **ANSI withdrawal 4/9/90. History: BD APP: Jun 02, 1976, ANSI APP: Nov 30, 1979 Key Words: radio, wave, propagation, definition, terms Designation: 212 Sponsor: IEEE Consumer Electronics Society Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. Designation: 213-1987 Sponsor: IEEE Electromagnetic Compatibility Society/Standards Development Committee Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1998 Title: IEEE Standard Procedure for Measuring Conducted Emissions in the Range of 300 kHz to 25 MHz from Television and FM Broadcast Receivers to Power Lines Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 16, 2004. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **Revision of IEEE 213-1961 and incorporates (Construction drawings) IEEE 214-1961. 16-Jan-04: Administratively withdrawn. History: BD APP: Dec 10, 1987, ANSI APP: Jul 28, 1988 Abstract: Procedures for testing television and FM broadcast receivers are included. The user is cautioned that this method might not be appropriate for conducted emissions testing of systems or products other than televisions or FM receivers. Other more general methods exist and it is suggested that they be used for review. These include, but are not limited to, ANSI C63.4-1981, American National Standard Methods of Measurement of Radio Noise Emissions from Low-Voltage Electrical and Electronic Equipment in the Range of 10 kHz to 1 GHz. A method for measuring the emissions conducted by the power line from these receivers in the frequency range of 300 kHz to 25 MHz is defined. Standard input signals, the equipment setup, and measurement techniques are described. Key Words: conducted emmission, emissions, broadcast, emmission, broadcast receivers, power lines, FM broadcast, television, TV receivers, Power transmission lines, Power distribution lines, FM receivers, Electromagnetic interference Designation: 214 Sponsor: IEEE Electromagnetic Compatibility Society/Standards Development Committee Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1993 Title: IEEE Standard Construction Drawings of Line Impededance Network Required for Measurement of Conducted Interference to the Power Line from FM and Television Broadcast Receivers in the Range of 300 kHz to 25 MHz as Specified in IEEE Std 213-1961. Status: Superseded **(R85) Included in std 213. Key Words: Construction, drawings, 213 Designation: 216-1960 Sponsor: IEEE Electron Devices Society Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1980 Title: IEEE Standards on Solid-State Devices: Definitions of Semiconductor Terms Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Dec 05, 1991. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. History: BD APP: Dec 10, 1959 Designation: 218-1956 Sponsor: IEEE Electron Devices Society Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1980 Title: IEEE Standard Methods of Testing Transistors Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Dec 05, 1991. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. Key Words: transistor, testing, methods Designation: 219 Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. Designation: 223 Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. Designation: 224 Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. Designation: 238 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transformers Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. Designation: 241-1990 Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Power Systems Engineering Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1997 Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Electric Power Systems in Commercial Buildings Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Sep 18, 1991 **IEEE Gray Book. Revision of IEEE Std 241-1983. Technical Contact: Tom Sparling, Phone:206-321-6548 **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Oct 20, 1988, BD APP: Dec 06, 1990, ANSI APP: May 17, 1991 Abstract: A guide and general reference on electrical design for commercial buildings is provided. It covers load characteristics; voltage considerations; power sources and distribution systems; power distribution apparatus; controllers; services, vaults, and electrical equipment rooms; wiring systems; systems protection and coordination; lighting; electric space conditioning; transportation; communication systems planning; facility automation; expansion, modernization, and rehabilitation; special requirements by occupancy; and electrical energy management. Although directed to the power oriented engineer with limited commercial building experience, it can be an aid to all engineers responsible for the electrical design of commercial buildings. This recommended practice is not intended to be a complete handbook; however, it can direct the engineer to texts, periodicals, and references for commercial buildings and act as a guide through the myriad of codes, standards, and practices published by the IEEE, other professional associations, and governmental bodies. Key Words: commercial, buildings, electric power, load, characteristics, gray book, Wiring, Wire communication, Space heating/cooling, Power supplies, Power distribution, Power cables, Load characteristics, Lighting, Industrial power system planning, Industrial power system control, Elevators, Electric power systems, Commercial buildings Designation: 241 Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Power Systems Engineering Title: Recommended Practice for Electrical Systems in Commercial Buildings Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: R Gerald Irvine, Phone:845-357-6156, Email:r.g.irvine@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 12, 2002 Project Scope: The IEEE Std 241, IEEE Recommended Practice for Electrical systems in Commercial Buildings,known as the 'Gray Book', is for designers working on the complexity of integrated systems within commercial buildings. It includes power, telecommunication, HVAC, lighting, and transportation practices in addition to electrical power and distribution. Project Purpose: The revision to the Gray Book is to replace obsolete information and include new practices due to advances in technology, lessons learned, new materials and equipment, and improve commercial buildings fire resistance, security, and the safety of employees, particularly since September 11, 2001. Designation: P241 Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Power Systems Engineering Title: Recommended Practice for Electrical Systems in Commercial Buildings Status: Revision Project Technical Contact: R Gerald Irvine, Phone:845-357-6156, Email:r.g.irvine@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 25, 2004 Project Scope: The Gray Book is intended to cover the design of commercial buildings systems for power sources and distribution, lighting, telecommunications, automation, electrical space conditioning and auxiliary heating, energy management, special considerations for specific building types, and reconstruction and modernization. Project Purpose: The Gray Book is intended to be a resource for the design professional. The book will explain and illustrate recommended practices for design and calculations, provide guidance on navigating design issues, and direct users to other publications and electronic resources, including those of the IEEE, other organizations and government agencies, where needed. Designation: 241-1983 Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Power Systems Engineering Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Electric Power Systems in Commercial Buildings (IEEE Gray Book) Status: Superseded History: BD APP: Sep 17, 1981, ANSI APP: Jul 08, 1983 Key Words: electric, power, systems, commercial, buildings Designation: 241 Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Power Systems Engineering Title: Recommended Practice for Electrical Power Systems in Commercial Buildings Status: Superseded History: PAR APP: Sep 21, 1995 Project Scope: Recommended engineering principles and practices for electrical power systems in commercial buildings. Project Purpose: Ballot to reaffirm existing standards. Discussions in Denver indicated that there are no serious issues that would likely hinder a reaffirmation vote. Designation: 242-2001 Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Power Systems Protection Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Protection and Coordination of Industrial and Commercial Power Systems (IEEE Buff Book) Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Dec 17, 2001 **Supersedes 242-1986 (R1991). Technical Contact: Carey J Cook, Phone:773 338-1000 x2502, Email:ccook@sandc.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Mar 18, 1993, BD APP: Jun 14, 2001, ANSI APP: Oct 25, 2001 Project Scope: The proper selection, application, and coordination of the components which constitute system protection for industrial plants and commerical buildings. Project Purpose: IEEE Std 242-1986 is being reviewed and revised to bring it up to date with respect to present protection considerations and practices. A new chapter on the effects of harmonics on protective devices is being added. The chapter covering fuses is being divided into two separate chapters; one for low-voltage fuses and one for medium- and high-voltage fuse. Abstract: " The principles of system protection and the proper selection, application, andcoordination of components that may be required to protect industrial and commercial powersystems against abnormalities that could reasonably be expected to occur in the course ofsystem operation are presented in a in a simple, yet comprehensive, format. The principlespresented apply to both new electrical system design and to the changing, upgrading, orexpansion of an existing electrical distribution system. " Key Words: "bus protection,cable protection,calibration,conductor protection,coordinatingtime intervals,current transformers,current-limiting fuses,fuse coordination,fuse selectivity,generator grounding,generator protection,high-voltage fuses," Designation: 242-1986 Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Power Systems Protection Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1991 Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Protection and Coordination of Industrial and Commercial Power Systems Status: Superseded **IEEE Buff Book. Revision of IEEE Std 242-1975. Superseded by 242-2001. History: PAR APP: Dec 09, 1982, BD APP: Sep 19, 1985, ANSI APP: Dec 09, 1991 Abstract: IEEE Std 242-1986 (Revision of IEEE Std 242-1975) IEEE Recommended Practice for Protection and Coordination of Industrial and Commercial Power Systems Key Words: "This publication presents a step-by-step, simplified, yet comprehensive, form the principles of system protection and the proper application and coordination of those components that may be required to protect industrial and commercial power systems again" Designation: 251-1984 Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Industrial Drives Title: IEEE Standard Test Procedures for Direct-Current Tachometer Generators Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jun 14, 1994. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **ANSI withdrawn 3/31/94. Technical Contact: Walter A Maslowski, Phone:(414) 242-8266, Email:wamaslowski@meql.ra.rockwell.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: BD APP: Jun 10, 1982, ANSI APP: Dec 16, 1983 Key Words: test, procedures, tachometer, generators Designation: 252-1995 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Electric Machinery Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2002 Title: IEEE Standard Test Procedure for Polyphase Induction Motors Having Liquid in the Magnetic Gap Status: Approved Publication of IEEE **Revision of IEEE Std 252-1977. Technical Contact: Bal K Gupta, Phone:416-621-6035, Email:bal.gupta@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Jun 17, 1993, BD APP: Sep 21, 1995, ANSI APP: Apr 08, 1996 Project Scope: Instructions for conducting and reporting the more generally applicable and acceptable tests to determine the performance characteristics of polyphase induction motors having liquid in the magnetic gap. Project Purpose: Std 252-1977 has out of date references. The purpose of this project is to update the references and make any other revisions that might be necessary. Abstract: Instructions for conducting and reporting the more generally applicable and acceptable tests to determine the performance characteristics of polyphase induction motors having liquid in the magnetic gap are given. Constants in several equations and forms apply to three-phase motors only and require modification for application to motors having another number of phases. It is not intended that the procedure cover all possible tests or tests of a research nature. The procedure shall not be interpreted as requiring the making of any or all the tests described herein in any given transaction. Key Words: liquid , magnetic gap, polyphase induction, induction motor, test procedures, three phase motor Designation: 252 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Electric Machinery Title: Standard Test Procedure for Polyphase Induction Motors Having Liquid in the Magnetic Gap Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Nils E Nilsson, Phone:330-384-5624, Email:nilssonn@cboss.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 17, 2001 Project Scope: Instructions for conducting and reporting the more generally applicable and acceptable tests to determine the performance characteristics of polyphase induction motors having liquid in the magnetic gap. Project Purpose: The purpose is to revise the standard because it is at the end of its 5 year period of validity. The IEEE Test Procedure for Polyphase Induction Motors Having Liquid in the Gap has out of date references. The purpose of this project is to update the references and make any other revisions that might be necessary. Designation: 252-1977 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Electric Machinery Title: IEEE Test Procedure for Polyphase Induction Motors Having Liquid in the Magnetic Gap Status: Superseded History: BD APP: Jun 03, 1976 Abstract: Instructions are provided for conducting and reporting the more generally applicable and acceptable tests to determine the performance characteristics of polyphase induction motors having liquid in the magnetic gap. Constants in several equations and forms apply to three-phase motors only and require modification for application to motors having another number of phases. No attempt is made to cover all possible tests or tests of a research nature. Included are electrical measurements, tests for determining performance, a temperature test, and a number of miscellaneous tests. Key Words: polyphase, induction, motors, magnetic, liquid Designation: 255-1963 Sponsor: SASB/SCC14-Quantities Units and Letter Symbols Title: IEEE Standard Letter Symbols for Semiconductor Devices Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Dec 06, 1990. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **Standard administratively withdrawn 12/6/90. Designation: 257-1964 Title: Recommended Practices for Burst Measurements in the Time Domain Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. Designation: 258-1965 Title: Test Procedure for Close-Talking Pressure-Type Microphones Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. Designation: 259-1999 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transformers Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2004 Title: IEEE Standard Test Procedure for Evaluation of Systems of Insulation for Dry-Type Specialty and General-Purpose Transformers Status: Approved Publication of IEEE History: PAR APP: Mar 21, 1996, BD APP: Jun 26, 1999, ANSI APP: Oct 26, 1999 Project Scope: To establish a uniform method for preparing samples, conducting tests, and analyzing results for establishing a comparative thermal life of insulation systems intended for use in dry-type transformers described in NEMA St 1-1988 and NEMA st 20-1992. Project Purpose: To revise the title of this standard to match the scope as stated above. It is also the intent of the WG to make revisions based on recommendations and comments received during balloting so that it will be acceptable as the basis for an international standard. Abstract: A uniform method by which the thermal endurance of electrical insulation systems fordry-type specialty and general- purpose transformers can be compared is established. Covered areinsulation systems intended for use in the types of transformers described in NEMA ST 1-1988 andNEMA ST 20-1992. Key Words: "aging,evaluation,dry-type,insulation system,thermal,transformers" Designation: 259-1994 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transformers Title: IEEE Standard Test Procedure for Evaluation of Systems of Insulation for Specialty Transformers Status: Superseded **Revision of IEEE Std 259-1974. History: PAR APP: Sep 26, 1991, BD APP: Sep 22, 1994, ANSI APP: Mar 21, 1995 Abstract: A uniform method by which the thermal endurance of electrical insulation systems for dry-type specialty and general- purpose transformers can be compared is established. These insulation systems are intended for use in the types of transformers described in NEMA ST 1-1988 and NEMA ST 20-1992. Key Words: dry type , specialty , transformers, insulation system, temperature aging, test specimens, insulation Designation: 259-1974 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transformers Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1980 Title: IEEE Standard Test Procedure for Evaluation of Systems of Insulation for Specialty Transformers Status: Superseded History: BD APP: Jun 22, 1972, ANSI APP: Mar 21, 1995 Abstract: A uniform method by which the life of specialty transformer insulation systems can be compared is established. Thermal degradation is the major environmental effect considered, but other environmental factors, such as vibration, thermal shock, and moisture, have been included to simulate operating conditions. Guidance is provided on preparing test samples, conducting tests, and analyzing results. The procedure is intended to be an evaluation test and not a production inspection or acceptance test. Key Words: insulation, specialty, transformers, evaluation, test Designation: 260-1978 Sponsor: SASB/SCC14-Quantities Units and Letter Symbols Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1991 Title: IEEE Standard Letter Symbols for Units of Measurement (SI Units, Customary Inch-Pound Units, and Certain Other Units) Status: Superseded **revised as IEEE 260.1 History: BD APP: Jun 16, 1978, ANSI APP: May 06, 1992 Key Words: letter, symbols, units, measurement Designation: 260.1-2004 Sponsor: SASB/SCC14-Quantities Units and Letter Symbols Title: IEEE Standard Letter Symbols for Units of Measurement (SI Customary Inch-Pound Units, and Certain Other Units) Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Sep 24, 2004 Technical Contact: Bruce Barrow, Phone:301-493-4374, Email:b.barrow@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Dec 08, 1998, BD APP: Mar 25, 2004, ANSI APP: Jul 22, 2004 Project Scope: The standard covers letter symbols for units of measurement. The symbols given are intended for all applications, including use in text and equations, in graphs and diagrams, and on panels, labels, and nameplates. Project Purpose: The existing standard on unit symbols will be updated to conform to recent international recommendations, and the section on limited- character sets will be revised to include recommendations that are applicable for email. Abstract: Letter symbols for units of measurement are covered in this standard. It does not include abbreviations for technical terms, nor does it cover symbols for physical quantities. Key Words: letter symbols, limited typography, metric, quantities, SI, units of measurement Designation: 260.1-1993 Sponsor: SASB/SCC14-Quantities Units and Letter Symbols Title: American National Standard Letter Symbols for Units of Measurement (SI Units, Customary Inch-Pound Units, and Certain Other Units) Status: Superseded **Revision and redesignation of IEEE 260-1978. Mar04-Withdrawn by ANSI as overage. Superseded by 260.1-2004. History: PAR APP: Jun 18, 1992, BD APP: Jun 17, 1993, ANSI APP: Nov 24, 1993 (Ref. Std.: 260) Abstract: General principles of letter symbol standardization are discussed. Symbols are given for general use and for use with limited character sets. The symbols given are intended for all applications, including use in text and equations; in graphs and diagrams; and on panels, labels, and nameplates. Key Words: abbreviations, letter symbols, measurement, SI, units Designation: 260.2 Sponsor: SASB/SCC14-Quantities Units and Letter Symbols Title: Standard Letter Symbols for Quantities Used in Electrical Science and Electrical Engineering (Revision of IEEE Std 280-1985) Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. **Revision and redesignation of IEEE Std 280-1985. Technical Contact: Bruce Barrow, Phone:301-493-4374, Email:b.barrow@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jun 17, 1993 (Ref. Std.: 280-1985) Project Scope: Revision of Standard 280. No change in the scope of the present standard, which is explicit in the title. Project Purpose: Revision of Std 280. Designation: 260.3-1993 Sponsor: SASB/SCC14-Quantities Units and Letter Symbols Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2006 Title: American National Standard Mathematical Signs and Symbols for Use in Physical Sciences and Technology Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Dec 02, 1993 **Revision of ANSI Y10.20-1975. Revision formally known as PY10.20 and P1324. History: BD APP: Mar 18, 1993, ANSI APP: Aug 30, 1993 (Ref. Std.: P1324) Abstract: Signs and symbols used in writing mathematical text are defined. Special symbols peculiar to certain branches of mathematics, such as non-Euclidean Geometries, Abstract Algebras, Topology, and Mathematics of Finance, which are not ordinarily applied to the physical sciences and engineering, are omitted. Key Words: letter symbol, mathematical sign, symbols, operation symbol, quantity symbol, unit symbol, physical sciences, Y10.20, P1324, Mathematical symbol, Mathematical notation Designation: 260.4-1996 Sponsor: SASB/SCC14-Quantities Units and Letter Symbols Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2002 Title: American National Standard Letter Symbols and Abbreviations for Quantities Used in Acoustics Status: Approved Publication of IEEE **Revision and redesignation of ANSI/ASME Y10.11-1984. History: PAR APP: Dec 03, 1992, BD APP: Mar 21, 1996, ANSI APP: Oct 03, 1996 (Ref. Std.: Y10.11) Project Scope: To establish a standard set of letter symbols for quantities used in the science and technology of acoustics: also to establish standard abbreviations for a number of acoustical levels and related measures that are in common use. The science and technology of acoustics include sound, ultrasound, and infrasound in all media: gases, especially air; liquids, especially water; and solids are examples of media with which acoustics is concerned. There are many specialties in acoustics, a few of which are: speech, hearing, music, noise control, vibration, shock, and sonar. Project Purpose: To clarify the technical literature of acoustics by providing a standard set of letter symbols for use in mathematical formulations, and a standard set of abbreviations for use in text, especially in tabulations and on graphs; also to encourage the treatment of levels according to the standard rules for all quantities and units; and also to clarify the basic differences among quantity symbols, unit symbols, and abbreviations. This project is a revision of ANSI/IEEE Y10.11(1984). Abstract: Letter symbols for physical quantities used in the science and technology of acoustics are covered. Abbreviations for a number of acoustical levels and related measures that are in common use are also given. The symbols given in this standard are intended for all applications. Key Words: abbreviations, acoustical levels, acoustics, infrasound, letter symbols, physical quantities, sound, sound levels, symbols, ultrasound, units, vibration Designation: 261-1965 Sponsor: SASB/SCC14-Quantities Units and Letter Symbols Title: Thermoelectric Devices/Letter Symbols Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **See C37.34e Key Words: letter, symbols, thermoelectric, devices Designation: 263-1965 Sponsor: IEEE Electromagnetic Compatibility Society Title: Standard for Measurement of Radio Noise Generated by Motor Vehicles and Affecting Mobile Communications Receivers in the Frequency Range 25-1000 megahertz Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. Designation: 264 Sponsor: IEEE Magnetics Society Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **Incorporated into IEEE 111. ANSI withdrawn 3/1/91 Designation: 265-1966 Title: Recommended Practices for Burst Measurements in the Frequency Domain Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. Designation: 266-1969 Sponsor: IEEE Magnetics Society Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1981 Title: IEEE Test Procedure for Evaluation of Insulation Systems for Electronics Power Transformers Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Dec 05, 1991. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. Key Words: insulation, evaluation, elrctronics, transformers, test Designation: 267-1966 Sponsor: IEEE-SA Standards Board Title: IEEE Trial-Use Recommended Practice for the Preparation and Use of Symbols Status: Approved Publication of IEEE Publication type: Trial-Use Abstract: Guidelines to be used in developing and applying those symbols that are employed in the electrical and electronics fields are provided. These include abbreviations, functional designations, graphic symbols, letter combinations, mathematical symbols, reference designations, symbols for quantities, and symbols for units. The guidelines should be useful to any committee engaged in developing standards publications in the areas mentioned. Key Words: preparation, use, symbols Designation: 267 Sponsor: IEEE-SA Standards Board Title: Recommended Practice for the Preparation and Use of Symbols Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Conrad R Muller **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 26, 1991 Project Scope: Guidelines to be used in developing and applying symbols used in the electrical and electronics fields. Project Purpose: To clarify distinctions between abbreviations, various designations and various symbols as used in the electrical and electronics fields. This is to be an updating of the existing Std 267-1966, primarily to reflect changes in the IEEE Committee structure, the reference documents, and IEC terminology. Abstract: Revision of IEEE Std 267-1966. Designation: 268-1992 Sponsor: SASB/SCC14-Quantities Units and Letter Symbols Title: American National Standard for Metric Practice Status: Superseded **Revision of ANSI/IEEE Std 268-1982. Redesignated as SI 10-1997 History: PAR APP: Mar 10, 1988, BD APP: Mar 19, 1992, ANSI APP: Sep 15, 1992 Abstract: Guidance for application of the modernized metric system in the United States is given. Known as the International System of Units (abbreviated SI), the system is intended as a basis for worldwide standardization of measurement units. Included are information on SI, a limited list of non-SI units recognized for use with SI units, a list of conversion factors from non-SI to SI units, together with general guidance on proper style and usage. Key Words: conversion, factors, rounding, SI, Metric system, Metric practice, International System of Units, Conversion factors Designation: 268-1982 Sponsor: SASB/SCC14-Quantities Units and Letter Symbols Title: Metric Practice, American National Standard Status: Superseded History: BD APP: Dec 17, 1981, ANSI APP: Sep 07, 1982 Key Words: metric, practice Designation: 268A-1987 Sponsor: SASB/SCC14-Quantities Units and Letter Symbols Title: International System of Units Conversion Factors Card Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Mar 18, 1993. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **A wallet-size Card. Sold in packs of 10. Abstract: . Designation: 269-2002 Sponsor: IEEE Communications Society/Transmission Access & Optical Systems Title: IEEE Standard Methods for Measuring Transmission Performance of Analog and Digital Telephone Sets, Handsets, and Headsets Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Apr 25, 2003 **Supersedes 269-1992 and 1206-1994. Technical Contact: John Bareham, Phone:734-665-4224, Email:jbareham@mich.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Jan 30, 2000, BD APP: Nov 11, 2002, ANSI APP: Feb 05, 2003 Project Scope: Define objective test methods for determining the transmission characteristics of analog and digital telephone sets, handsets and headsets. Project Purpose: To provide practical methods for making laboratory measurements of the transmission characteristics of analog and digital telephone sets so that their performance may be evaluated on a standardized basis. Revision is necessary to cover applications to types of telephone sets not in common use and to measurements not required at the 1992 pulbication of the current standard. It also incorporates the content of IEEE 1206-1994 relative to handsets and headsets. Abstract: "Practical methods for making laboratory measurements of electroacoustic character-istics of analog and digital telephones, handsets, and headsets are provided in this revisedstandard. The methods may also be applicable to a wide variety of other communicationsequipment, including cordless, wireless, and mobile communications devices. Measurement resultsmay be used to evaluate these devices on a standardized basis. Application is in the frequencyrange 100­8500 Hz." Key Words: "analog telephones, digital telephones, electroacoustic measurements on telephones, handsets, headsets, telephony, voice transmission performance" Designation: 269-1992 Sponsor: IEEE Communications Society/Transmission Systems Title: IEEE Standard Methods for Measuring Transmission Performance of Analog and Digital Telephone Sets Status: Superseded **Revision of IEEE Std 269-1983. Superseded by 269-2002. History: PAR APP: Feb 02, 1989, BD APP: Jun 18, 1992, ANSI APP: Aug 30, 1993 Abstract: Practical methods for measuring the transmission characteristics of both digital and conventional to-wire analog telephone sets by means of objective measurements on a test connection are described. The test results thus obtained may be used as a means of evaluating or specifying the transmission performance of a telephone set on a standardized basis. The measurements are applicable to telephone sets incorporating carbon or linear transmitters. Measurements are over the frequency range most useful for speech: 100-5000 Hz. The test methods are not intended to be applicable to special devices, such as noise-exclusion transmitters, distant-talking transmitters, insert-type receivers, or noise-exclusion receivers equipped with large ear pads. Key Words: performance, analog, telephone, sets, digital, voice, transmission, Voice transmission performance, Telephony Designation: 269-1983 Sponsor: IEEE Communications Society/Transmission Systems Title: IEEE Standard Method for Measuring Transmission Performance of Telephone Sets Status: Superseded **ANSI withdrawn 6/29/92. History: BD APP: Dec 17, 1981, ANSI APP: Jul 01, 1984 Designation: 269a-2007 Sponsor: IEEE Communications Society/Transmission Access & Optical Systems Title: IEEE Standard Methods for Measuring Transmission Performance of Analog and Digital Telephone Sets, Handsets, and Headsets Amendment 1 Status: Approved Publication of IEEE Technical Contact: John Bareham, Phone:734-665-4224, Email:jbareham@mich.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: May 13, 2004, BD APP: Mar 08, 2007 Project Scope: The scope of this project is objective test methods for determining the transmission characteristics of analog and digital telephone sets, handsets and headsets. (Original scope -- not changed) Project Purpose: The purpose is to provide practical methods for making laboratory measurements of the transmission characteristics of analog and digital telephone sets so that their performance may be evaluated on a standardized basis. Revision is necessary to cover application to types of telephone sets not in common use and to measurements not required at the 1992 publication of the current standard. It also incorporates the content of IEEE 1206-1994 relative to handsets and headsets. (Original purpose -- not changed.) Designation: 270-2006 Sponsor: SASB/SCC14-Quantities Units and Letter Symbols Title: IEEE Standard Definitions for Selected Quantities, Units, and Related Terms, with Special Attention to the International System of Units (SI) Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Sep 29, 2006 Technical Contact: Theodore Wildi, Phone:418-527-8285, Email:wildi@wildi-theo.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Sep 12, 2002, BD APP: Mar 30, 2006, ANSI APP: Sep 05, 2006 Project Scope: This standard includes definitions for physical quantities and units commonly used in applied science and technology, and related terms that concern systems of measurement. Particular emphasis is placed on the International System of Units (SI). Project Purpose: IEEE Std 270-1966 attempted to cover not only quantities and units, but also the much broader area implied in its title, “General (Fundamental and Derived) Electrical and Electronics Terms.” This scope proved to be far too broad, and the standard could not be maintained. The purpose of this revision is to present authoritative definitions of physical quantities and units and other terms relating to measurement systems, with particular emphasis on the vocabulary used in IEEE/ASTM SI 10. Abstract: The definitions for physical quantities and units commonly used in applied science and technology, and for related terms that concern systems of measurement, are included in this standard. Particular emphasis is placed on the International System of Units (Le Système International d’Unités, SI). Key Words: International System of Units, measurement, metric, quantities, SI, units Designation: 270 Sponsor: SASB/SCC10-Terms and Definitions Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. Designation: 271-1966 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Switchgear Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1977 Title: Technical Report on Switching Surge Testing of Extra-High-Voltage Switches Status: Superseded **TU. Being revised as C37.34e Designation: 272-1970 Sponsor: IEEE Magnetics Society Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1976 Title: IEEE Standard for Computer-Type (Square-Loop) Pulse Transformers Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Mar 21, 1991. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. History: BD APP: Sep 11, 1969 Key Words: cmputer, pulse, transformers, square, loop Designation: 274-1966 Sponsor: IEEE Electron Devices Society Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1980 Title: Standard Definitions of Terms for Integrated Electronics Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Dec 05, 1991. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. Key Words: definitions, terms, electronics, inteegrated, dictionary Designation: 275 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Electric Machinery Title: Recommended Practice for Thermal Evaluation of Insulation Systems for Alternating-Current Electric Machinery Employing Form-Wound Pre-insulated Stator Coils for Machines Rated 6900 V and Below Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Charles A Wilson, Phone:+1-512-869-8451, Email:229@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Aug 11, 2005 Project Scope: This standard outlines a test procedure for comparing two or more insulation systems in accordance with their expected life at rated temperature. The procedure is limited to insulation systems for ac electric machines using form-wound preinsulated stator coils and rated 6900 V and below. It is the intent of this procedure to evaluate insulation systems for use in usual service conditions with air cooling. It does not cover such special requirements as machines that are enclosed in gas atmospheres, or that are subjected to strong chemicals, to metal dusts, or to submersion in liquids, etc. The procedure includes instructions for testing candidate systems in comparison with known systems having a proven record of service experience and interpretation of the results. Project Purpose: The purpose of this procedure is to classify insulation systems for the machinery within the scope of this standard in accordance with their temperature limits by test, rather than by chemical composition. Data from such tests may be used to establish the temperature classifcation of new insulation systems before they are service proven. Service-proven systems shall also be tested according to this test procedure. Designation: 275-1981 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Electric Machinery Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Thermal Evaluation of Insulation Systems for AC Electric Machinery Employing Form-Wound Pre-Insulated Stator Coils, Machines Rated 6900 V and Below Status: Superseded History: PAR APP: Feb 28, 1988, BD APP: Dec 18, 1980, ANSI APP: Mar 30, 1982 Key Words: thermal, evaluation, insulation, systems, electric Designation: 275-1992 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Electric Machinery Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1998 Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Thermal Evaluation of Insulation Systems for Alternating-Current Electric Machinery Employing Form-Wound Preinsulated Stator Coils for Machines Rated 6900 V and Below Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 16, 2004. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **Revision of IEEE Std 275-1981. 16-Jan-04: Administratively withdrawn. History: PAR APP: Jun 09, 1988, BD APP: Jun 18, 1992, ANSI APP: Jan 04, 1993 Abstract: A test procedure for comparing two or more insulation systems in accordance with their expected life at rated temperature is described. The procedure is limited to insulation systems for ac electric machines using form-wound preinsulated stator coils and rated 6900 V and below. This procedure is intended to evaluate insulation systems for use in usual service conditions with air cooling. It does not cover such special requirements as machines that are enclosed in gas atmospheres, or that are subjected to strong chemicals, to metal dust, or to submersion in liquids, etc. The procedure includes instructions for testing candidate systems in comparison with known systems having a proven record of service experience and interpretation of the results. Key Words: electric, machinery, ac, form, wound, preinsulated, stator, coils, insulation, systems, Insulation systems, Form-wound preinsulated stator Designation: 277-1994 Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Cement Industry Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Cement Plant Power Distribution Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Dec 30, 1994 **Revision of IEEE Std 277-1983. Dec2005: Withdrawn by ANSI As overage. Technical Contact: Michael W Jasberg, Phone:(714) 466-5900 **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Jun 09, 1988, BD APP: Sep 22, 1994, ANSI APP: Mar 21, 1995 Abstract: Electrical distribution systems in cement plants that would result in satisfactory equipment utilization, reliability, performance, safety, and low maintenance--all at a reasonable cost are recommended. Key Words: alternate power , power source, power distribution, primary distribution, distribution voltage, quarry distribution, secondary unit, unit substation, surge arresters, cement plant, secondary-unit substation, primary distribution voltage, alternate power source Designation: P277 Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Cement Industry Title: Recommended Practice for Cement Plant Power Distribution Status: Modified Revision Project Technical Contact: Jean Paul Morel, Phone:610-837-3338, Email:jmorel@essroc.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. Project Scope: This document has been developed as a recommended practice for electrical distribution systems in cement plants with the objective of satisfactory equipment utilization, reliability, performance, safety, and low maintenance—all at a reasonable cost. Project Purpose: The purpose of this recommended practice is to provide guidance in established practices, for the design, application, installation, and protection of electrical distribution systems. It is hoped that this recommended practice will be used to augment some of the principles outlined, as they apply particularly to cement plants. Designation: 277 Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Cement Industry Title: Recommended Practice for Cement Plant Power Distribution Status: Superseded Technical Contact: Mark A Huber, Phone:+1 518 756 5109, Email:Mark.Huber@lafarge-na.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 17, 2001 Project Scope: The basic content of the 277-1994 Standard is very sound and complete. The scope of this revision project includes several wording changes, initiated by technological advances in the past few years. In addition to changes in references to other standards, there are several grammatical and punctuation revisions needed. Some tables and figures will also be updated to reflect contemporary cost estimates, etc. Project Purpose: The standard is being revised so that the end users will have an up-to-date tool to help them evaluate power distribution systems. The committee considered a simple reaffirmation, but determined that the standard was outdated enough to merit a revision. Designation: 277-1983 Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Cement Industry Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Cement Plant Power Distribution Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Dec 05, 1991. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **ANSI withdrawn 6/29/92. Technical Contact: Michael W Jasberg, Phone:(714) 466-5900 **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Feb 28, 1988, ANSI APP: Apr 13, 1984 Designation: 278 Sponsor: Nuclear and Plasma Sciences Society/Nuclear Instruments and Detectors Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. Designation: 279-1971 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Nuclear Power Engineering Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1978 Title: IEEE Standard: Criteria for Protection Systems for Nuclear Power Generating Stations Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jun 14, 1984. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. History: BD APP: Jun 03, 1971, ANSI APP: Apr 05, 1972 Designation: 280-1982 Sponsor: SASB/SCC14-Quantities Units and Letter Symbols Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2003 Title: IEEE Standard Letter Symbols for Quantities Used in Electrical Science and Electrical Engineering Status: Approved Publication of IEEE **Std 280-1985 (R1997) being revised as 260.2. Previously reaffirmed 9/26/91 Revision of IEEE Std 280-1968 and ANSI Y10.5-1968. P2602. was withdrawn. History: BD APP: Sep 23, 1982, ANSI APP: May 06, 1992 Abstract: Letter symbols used to represent physical quantities in the field of electrical science and electrical engineering are defined. The symbols are independent of the units employed or special values assigned. Also included are selected symbols for mathematics and for physical constants. Key Words: letter, symbols, quantities, science, Electrical engineering Designation: 281-1984 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Power System Communications Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1994 Title: IEEE Standard Service Conditions for Power System Communication Equipment Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Mar 06, 2000. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **Revision of IEEE Std 281-1968. History: BD APP: Mar 17, 1983, ANSI APP: Mar 29, 1985 Abstract: IEEE Std 281-1984 Revision of IEEE Std 281-1968 IEEE Standard Service Conditions for Power System Communication Equipment Key Words: IEEE Std 281-1984 Revision of IEEE Std 281-1968 IEEE Standard Service Conditions for Power System Communication Equipment Designation: 282 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Energy Development & Power Generation Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. Designation: 284-1968 Sponsor: IEEE Instrumentation and Measurement Society Title: IEEE Standards Report on State-of-the-Art of Measuring Field Strength, Continuous Wave, Sinusoidal Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Dec 06, 1990. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **Standard administratively withdrawn 12/6/90. Key Words: field, strength, continuous, wave, sinusoidal Designation: 285 Sponsor: IEEE Instrumentation and Measurement Society Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. Designation: 286-2000 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Electric Machinery Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2006 Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Measurement of Power Factor Tip-Up of Electric Machinery Stator Coil Insulation Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Mar 01, 2000 Technical Contact: Franklin T Emery, Phone:256-845-9601x6007, Email:franklin.emery@siemens.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: BD APP: Mar 30, 2000, ANSI APP: Oct 30, 2000 Project Scope: Update the withdrawn standard to reflectg new test methods and add necessary theory of test. Update and improve terminology. Project Purpose: Improve the theory of test and expand area of test coverage, update terminology. Intended users: equipment manufacturers, utilities, machine designers, specification authors. Benefits: Better explanation of test procedure and testing. Abstract: The power factor tip-up testing of stator coils and bars for use in large electric machineryis covered in this recommended practice. Key Words: "cell capacitance, electric generators, power factor, stator bar, stator winding, tan delta" Designation: 286 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Electric Machinery Title: Recommended Practice for Measurement of Power-Factor Tip-Up of Rotating Machinery Stator Coil Insulation Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. **Revision of IEEE Std 286-1975. Technical Contact: RAY SCHULTZ **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 23, 1982 Designation: 286-1975 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Electric Machinery Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1981 Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Measurement of Power-Factor Tip-Up of Rotating Machinery Stator Coil Insulation Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Dec 05, 1991. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **ANSI withdrawn 2/13/95. Technical Contact: RAY SCHULTZ **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 28, 1982, BD APP: Dec 19, 1974, ANSI APP: Jan 27, 1984 Key Words: power factor, tip-up, rotatting, insulation, coil Designation: 287-2007 Sponsor: IEEE Instrumentation and Measurement Society/TC5 - Connectors Title: Standard for Precision Coaxial Connectors (DC to 110 GHz) Status: Approved Publication of IEEE Technical Contact: Harmon Banning, Phone:302-738-6608, Email:hbanning@wlgore.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Sep 27, 2001, BD APP: Mar 22, 2007 Project Scope: Coaxial Connectors for precision electrical measurements to 110 GHz. The frequency range of the standard is increased from 65 GHz to 110 GHz since there exists in the market a 1mm coaxial connector with a rated upper minimum operating frequency of 110 GHz. The members of the subcommittee felt in view of this, the scope of the project should be changed to incorporate this advantage. Project Purpose: This document will include: definitions, requirements, mechanical and electrical specifications, and recommended test methods. Designation: 287 Sponsor: IEEE Instrumentation and Measurement Society Title: Standard for Precision Coaxial Connectors (DC-110 GHz) Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. **Revision of IEEE Std 287-1968. Technical Contact: Harmon Banning, Phone:302-738-6608, Email:hbanning@wlgore.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jun 10, 1987 Project Scope: Coaxial connectors for precision electrical measurements above 18 GHz. Project Purpose: This document will include definitions, requirements, mechanical and electrical specifications and recommended test methods. Key Words: precision coaxial, connectors Designation: 287-1968 Sponsor: IEEE Instrumentation and Measurement Society Title: Precision Coaxial Connectors Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. Designation: 289 Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. Designation: 290-1980 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Electric Machinery Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1986 Title: IEEE Standard for Electric Couplings; Part I - General, Rating, Performance Characteristics; Part II - Test Procedures Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: May 05, 1995. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **ANSI extension to 6/95. Technical Contact: Bal K Gupta, Phone:416-621-6035, Email:bal.gupta@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: BD APP: Dec 04, 1975, ANSI APP: Nov 29, 1988 Abstract: The more generally applicable characteristics and conducting and reporting of the tests for determining them are covered. Service conditions, rating, temperature and temperature rise, torque characteristics, speed, losses, and markings are discussed. Methods for electrical measurements, preliminary tests, performance determination, temperature tests, high-potential tests, and miscellaneous tests are given. Key Words: test, electric, couplings Designation: 291 Sponsor: IEEE Antennas and Propagation Society/Propagation Title: Standard Methods for Measuring Electromagnetic Field Strength of Sinusoidal Continuous Waves, 30 Hz to 30 GHz Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: George Hagn, Phone:703-941-7663, Email:ghagn@erols.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 10, 1996 Project Scope: Typographical corrections, clarifications as required, addition of some material on near-field measurements, addition of material on probes for measuring field strength. Project Purpose: This standard is being used extensively in industry. This project will keep it available, improve it, and make needed additions, which are minor in scale but very useful. Designation: 291-1969 Sponsor: IEEE Antennas and Propagation Society/Propagation Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1981 Title: IEEE Standards Report on Measuring Field Strength in Radio Wave Propagation Status: Superseded **incl 302&284 in rev . Key Words: electromagnetic, fields, measuring Designation: 291-1991 Sponsor: IEEE Antennas and Propagation Society/Propagation Title: IEEE Standard Methods for Measuring Electromagnetic Field Strength of Sinusoidal Continuous Waves, 30 Hz to 30 GHz Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 16, 2004. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **Revision of IEEE Std 291-1969, revision and redesignation of IEEE Stds 284-1968 and 302-1969. 16-Jan-04: Administratively withdrawn. History: PAR APP: Sep 28, 1987, BD APP: Apr 02, 1991, ANSI APP: Sep 06, 1991 (Ref. Std.: 284/302) Abstract: Two standard methods for field-strength measurement are described. The standard-antenna method consists of measuring the received power or open-circuit voltage developed in a standard receiving antenna by the field to be measured and computing the field strength from the measured voltage and the dimensions and form of the standard antenna. The standard-field method consists of comparing voltages produced in an antenna by the field to be measured and by a standard field, the magnitude of which is computed from the dimensions of the transmitting antenna, its current distribution, the distance of separation, and effect of the ground. The measurement procedures are outlined, including calibration of commercial field strength and extension of the methods to microwave frequencies. Methods for measuring power radiated from an antenna under several different conditions are briefly presented, and the important considerations for securing useful and accurate measurements are described. Key Words: field strength, receiving antenna, Transmitting antenna Designation: 292-1969 Sponsor: IEEE Aerospace and Electronic Systems Society/Gyro Accelerometer Panel Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2005 Title: IEEE Specification Format for Single-Degree-of-Freedom Spring-Restrained Rate Gyros Status: Approved Publication of IEEE Technical Contact: Michael E Ash, Phone:617-258-2884, Email:mash@draper.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: ANSI APP: Nov 17, 1986 Abstract: "IEEE Std 292-1969, IEEE Specification Format for Single-Degree-of-Freedom Spring-Restrained Rate Gyros" Key Words: "This specification defines the requirements for a single-degree-of- freedom spring-restrained rate gyro for [aircraft, missile, spacecraft, ...] applications. The rate gyro shall be capable of providing [(dc, ac) voltage outputs proportional to regular rat" Designation: 293-1969 Sponsor: IEEE Aerospace and Electronic Systems Society/Gyro Accelerometer Panel Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2005 Title: IEEE Test Procedure for Single-Degree-of-Freedom Spring-Restrained Rate Gyros Status: Approved Publication of IEEE Technical Contact: Michael E Ash, Phone:617-258-2884, Email:mash@draper.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: ANSI APP: Nov 17, 1986 Abstract: Recommended rate gyro test procedures derived from those currently in use, including test conditions to be considered, are compiled. In some cases alternate methods for measuring a performance characteristic have been included. This standard is intended to be a guide in the preparation of Section 4 of a specification that follows the format of IEEE Std 292, Specification Format for Single-Degree-of-Freedom Spring-Restrained Rate Gyros. Key Words: gyros, restrained, rate, degree, freedom, Testing, Gyroscopes Designation: 294 Sponsor: IEEE Instrumentation and Measurement Society Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. Designation: 295-1969 Sponsor: IEEE Power Electronics Society/Electronic Transformers Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2000 Title: IEEE Standard for Electronics Power Transformers Status: Approved Publication of IEEE History: PAR APP: Dec 28, 1981, ANSI APP: Jun 02, 1994 Abstract: Application guidance and test procedures are given for power transformers and inductors that are used in electronic equipment and supplied by power lines or generators of essentially sine-wave or polyphase voltage. Provision is made for relating the characteristics of transformers to the associated rectifiers and circuits. This standard includes, but is not limited to, the following transformers and inductors: rectifier supply transformers for either high- or low-voltage supplies, filament and cathode heater transformers, transformers for alternating-current resonant charging circuits, inductors used in rectifier filters, and autotransformers with fixed taps. Key Words: electronics, power, transformers Designation: 296-1969 Sponsor: IEEE Magnetics Society Title: IEEE Standard Definitions of Terms, Letter Symbols, and Color Code for Hall Effect Devices Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Dec 06, 1990. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **Standard administratively withdrawn 12/6/90. Key Words: hall effect, letter, symbols, terms, color Designation: 297 Title: Recommended Practice for Speech Quality Measurements Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. Designation: 299-2006 Sponsor: IEEE Electromagnetic Compatibility Society/Standards Development Committee Title: Standard Method for Measuring the Effectiveness of Electromagnetic Shielding Enclosures Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Feb 28, 2007 **Supersedes 299-1997. Technical Contact: Dale Svetanoff, Phone:319-295-4928, Email:dgsvetan@rockwellcollins. com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Dec 07, 2000, BD APP: Sep 15, 2006, ANSI APP: Dec 29, 2006 Project Scope: This standard provides uniform measurement procedures for determining the effectiveness of electromagnetic (EM) shielding enclosures at frequencies from 9 kHz to 18 GHz (extendable down to 50 Hz and up to 100 GHz). The owner of the shielding enclosure shall provide the frequencies at which the shield will be tested, and the shielding effectiveness (SE) limits for pass/fail. This standard suggests a range of test frequencies that would provide very high confidence in the effectiveness of the shield. This standard dose not define SE limits for pass or fail. Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to provide the following: a) A standard procedure for the measurement of the effectiveness of shielded enclosures, in a broad range of radio frequencies (RFs), including a minimum set of recommended frequencies b) Identical procedures applicable to frequencies other than the standard set c) An optional measurement technique to detect the nonlinear behavior of high-permeability ferromagnetic enclosures (see Annex C) Abstract: Uniform measurement procedures and techniques are provided for determining the effectiveness of electromagnetic shielding enclosures at frequencies from 9 kHz to 18 GHz (extendable to 50 Hz and 100 GHz, respectively) for enclosures having all dimension greater than or equal to 2.0 m. The types of enclosures covered include, but are not limited to, single-shield or double-shield structures of various construction, such as bolted demountable, welded, or integral with a building; and made of materials such as steel plate, copper or aluminum sheet, screening, hardware cloth, metal foil, or shielding fabrics. Key Words: electromagnetic shielding, screened rooms, shielded enclosures, shielded rooms, shielding, shielding effectiveness Designation: 299-1997 Sponsor: IEEE Electromagnetic Compatibility Society/Standards Development Committee Title: IEEE Standard Method for Measuring the Effectiveness of Electromagnetic Shielding Enclosures Status: Superseded **Superseded by 299-2006. History: PAR APP: Dec 10, 1996, BD APP: Dec 09, 1997, ANSI APP: Mar 24, 1999 Project Scope: This project will add cost effective test methods by minimizing the number of measurements, provide test procedures in the frequency range 20 to 300 MHz, and establish the size of the shielded enclosure for which the standard applies. Project Purpose: Presently, there is a need to reduce the number of measurements needed to show the shielding effectiveness. The standard also does not cover the frequency range between 20 and 300 MHz which is needed to present the shielding effectiveness in the frequency range for which the most common shielded rooms self resonate. In addition, there is a need to modify certain procedures presently in the standard. Finally, there is no stated minimum size of the shielded room for which the standard c an be applied. All of these items need to be addressed in the revision of this standard. Abstract: " Uniform measurement procedures and techniques are provided for determining the ef-fectiveness of electromagnetic shielding enclosures at frequencies from 9 kHz to 18 GHz (extend-able to 50 Hz and 100 GHz, respectively) for enclosures having no dimension less than 2.0 m. Thetypes of enclosures covered include, but are not limited to, single-shield or double-shield structuresof various construction, such as bolted demountable, welded, or integral with a building; and madeof materials such as steel plate, copper or aluminum sheet, screening, hardware cloth, metal foil,or shielding fabrics. " Key Words: "electromagnetic shielding, screened rooms, shielded enclosures, shielded rooms, shielding, shielding effectiveness" Designation: 299-1991 Sponsor: IEEE Electromagnetic Compatibility Society/Standards Development Committee Title: IEEE Standard for Measuring the Effectiveness of Electromagnetic Shielding Enclosures Status: Superseded **Revision of IEEE Std 299-1969. History: PAR APP: Sep 13, 1984, BD APP: Mar 11, 1991 Abstract: Uniform measurement procedures and techniques are provided for determining the effectiveness of room-sized, high- performance electromagnetic shielding enclosures at frequencies from 14 kHz to 18 GHz (extendable to 50 Hz and 100 GHz, respectively). The types of enclosures covered include single-shield or double-shield structures of various constructions such as bolted demountable, welded, or integral with building, and made of materials such as steel plate, copper or aluminum sheet, screening hardware cloth, or metal foil. The intent is to reflect current practice and to provide a common reference for suppliers and users on the performance of shielding enclosures. Key Words: double-shield, electromagnetic , shielding enclosures, room-sized enclosure, screened rooms, shielded room, Single shield enclosures, Shielding effectiveness, Electromagnetic shielding encl, Double shield enclosures Designation: 299-1969 Sponsor: IEEE Electromagnetic Compatibility Society/Standards Development Committee Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Measurement of Shielding Effectiveness of High-Performance Shielding Enclosures Status: Superseded **Trial Use. Update draft for LB Replace MIL STD 285 History: PAR APP: Sep 28, 1984 Key Words: shielding, enclosures, effectiveness, performance, measurement Designation: P299.1 Sponsor: IEEE Electromagnetic Compatibility Society/Standards Development Committee Title: Standard method for measuring the Shielding Effectiveness of enclosures and boxes having all dimensions between 0.1 m and 2 m Status: New Standard Project Technical Contact: Maria Sabrina Sarto, Phone:39-06-44585-542, Email:mariasabrina.sarto@uniroma1.it **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. Project Scope: This project will develop an IEEE standard defining shielding effectiveness test procedures for small enclosures and boxes having linear dimensions between 0.1 m and 2 m, in the radio-frequency frequency range. Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to provide a standard test procedure for the measurement of the effectiveness of shielded enclosures and boxes having all dimensions between 0.1 m and 2 m in the radio-frequency range. Designation: 300-1988 Sponsor: Nuclear and Plasma Sciences Society/Nuclear Instruments and Detectors Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2006 Title: IEEE Standard Test Procedures for Semiconductor Charged-Particle Detectors Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Dec 29, 1988 **Revision of ANSI/IEEE Std 300-1982. History: PAR APP: Dec 28, 1987, BD APP: Jun 09, 1988, ANSI APP: Feb 07, 1989 Abstract: IEEE Std 300-1988 Revision of ANSI/IEEE Std 300-1982 IEEE Standard Test Procedures for Semiconductor Charged-Particle Detectors Key Words: IEEE Std 300-1988 Revision of ANSI/IEEE Std 300-1982 IEEE Standard Test Procedures for Semiconductor Charged-Particle Detectors Designation: 301-1988 Sponsor: Nuclear and Plasma Sciences Society/Nuclear Instruments and Detectors Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2006 Title: IEEE Standard Test Procedures for Amplifiers and Preamplifiers used with Detectors of Ionizing Radiation Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: May 10, 1989 **Revision of IEEE Std 301-1976. ERRATA dated: 18 June 1993, amended 12 August 1993 included. Technical Contact: Louis Costrell, Phone:301-975-5608, Email:louis.costrell@nist.gov **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: BD APP: Oct 20, 1988, ANSI APP: Jun 21, 1989 Abstract: Procedures are given for testing amplifier and preamplifier systems with linear pulse-shaping networks for use with semiconductor, scintillation, and proportional detectors in the spectroscopy of ionizing radiation. The object is to provide a common language and methodology for users and manufacturers of pulse-amplifier systems. The emphasis in the methods of measurement is to enhance sensitivity and improve accuracy by working around the limitations of the test instruments, particularly oscilloscopes that have only a visual display for readout. A null technique is used where possible, thereby reducing basic errors to the inaccuracy of precision resistors. Key Words: amplifiers, preamplifiers, detectors , ionizing radiation, Testing, Semiconductor detectors, Scintillation detectors, Pulse amplifiers, Proportional counters Designation: 301-1976 Sponsor: Nuclear and Plasma Sciences Society/Nuclear Instruments and Detectors Title: IEEE Standard Test Procedures for Amplifiers and Preamplifiers for Semi- Conductor Radiation Detectors for Ionizing Radiation Status: Superseded **Revision published 5/10/89 (IEEE Std 301-1988). History: PAR APP: Apr 28, 1988 Designation: 301 Sponsor: Nuclear and Plasma Sciences Society/Nuclear Instruments and Detectors Title: ERRATA - IEEE Standard Test Procedures for Amplifiers and Preamplifiers used with Detectors of Ionizing Radiation Dated: 18 June 1993, amended 12 August 1993. Status: Superseded Designation: 302-1969 Sponsor: IEEE Antennas and Propagation Society Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1981 Title: IEEE Standard Methods for Measuring Electromagnetic Field Strength for Frequencies Below 1000 MHz in Radio Wave Propagation Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Dec 06, 1990. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **Standard administratively withdrawn 12/6/90. Key Words: electromagnetic, field, strength, radio wave, propagation Designation: 303-2004 Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Petroleum & Chemical Industry Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Auxiliary Devices for Rotating Electrical Machines in Class I, Division 2 and Zone 2 Locations Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Dec 17, 2004 Technical Contact: John Travis Griffith, Phone:281-373-5969, Email:t.griffith@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Dec 11, 2002, BD APP: Jun 24, 2004, ANSI APP: Dec 16, 2004 Project Scope: This recommended practice is limited to auxiliary devices associated with rotating electrical machines operating in Division 2 or Zone 2 areas, classified as Class I under the practice of ANSI/NFPA 70 or Zone 2 areas classified under the practice of IEC/CENELEC EN60079-10:1996. Project Purpose: The following information is intended to bring together a brief description of basic electrical practices in regard to the application and installation of auxiliary devices to rotating electrical machines operating in Division 2 or Zone 2 locations using ANSI/NFPA 70, CEC C22.1-02 (2002), or Zone 2 locations using IEC/CENELEC EN60079-14:1997. Abstract: This recommended practice applies to the application and installation procedures of auxiliary devices in or on electric rotating machines that are employed in hazardous locations. Key Words: auxiliary devices, Class 1 Division 2, Class 1 Zone 2, arcing/sparking component, rotating electrical machine Designation: 303-1991 Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Petroleum & Chemical Industry Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1996 Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Auxilary Devices for Motors in Class I, Groups A,B,C, and D, Division 2 Locations Status: Superseded **Revision of IEEE Std 303-1984. Superseded by 303-2004. History: PAR APP: Feb 02, 1989, BD APP: Jun 27, 1991, ANSI APP: Dec 18, 1991 Abstract: Installation procedures and wiring methods and materials are recommended. Termination housings, motor surge protection, and power-factor-correction capacitors are discussed. The aim is to promote consistent application of the devices covered. Key Words: auxiliary, devices, motors, wiring, methods, surge, protection, Motor surge protection Designation: 303-1984 Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Petroleum & Chemical Industry Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Auxiliary Devices for Motors in Class 1 - Groups A, B, C, and D, Division 2 Locations Status: Superseded History: BD APP: Dec 22, 1983, ANSI APP: Dec 17, 1984 Designation: 303 Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Petroleum & Chemical Industry Title: Recommended Practice for Auxiliary Devices for Motors in Class I, Group A, B, C, and D, Division 2 Locations Status: Superseded Technical Contact: John Travis Griffith, Phone:281-373-5969, Email:t.griffith@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 21, 2000 Project Scope: This update of IEEE-303 is to; incorporate recent changes in US electrical code relating to Class I Division 2 changes; incorporate Canadian electrical code requirements for Division 2 areas; and investigate the possibility to expand practices to Zone 2 classified areas. From the 1991 (reaffirmed) document: "This recommended practice is limited to auxiliary devices associated with motors operating in Division 2 areas, classified as Class I, Groups A, B, C, and D locations. This recommended practice is not an attempt to rewrite or otherwise supersede application sections of ANSI./NFPA 70-1990, or any other codes or ordinances. Rather, it is intended to serve as a supplement to existing codes that in this area are not sufficiently specific to serve as a guide to good engineering practice. The guidance contained herein, therefore, is in addition to the ANSI/NFPA 70-1990 requirements for wiring systems for hazardous (classified) locations." Project Purpose: The purpose of the project is to keep the standard up to date with US practices, and coordinate Canadian requirements to yield a North American document. From the 1991 (reaffirmed) document: "The following information is intended to bring together a brief description of basic electrical practices in regard to the application and installation of auxiliary devices to motors operating in Class I, Groups A, B, C, and D, Division 2 locations. It should be understood that this information is only a guide to promote consistent application of such devices and must be used with sound engineering judgement." Designation: 304 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Electric Machinery Title: Standard for Evaluation and Classification of Insulation Systems for Direct-Current Machines Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Bal K Gupta, Phone:416-621-6035, Email:bal.gupta@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 23, 1993 Project Scope: IEC Part 2-1, Thermal Evaluation of Wire-Wound Windings, was recently updated by USNC IEC SC2J. Some of the update would be of value for Std 304-1977. Std 304-1977 will therefore be revised to include applicable value features of the IEC standard. Project Purpose: Update to conform and be compatible with IEC standards. Designation: 304-1977 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Electric Machinery Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1991 Title: IEEE Test Procedure for Evaluation and Classification of Insulation Systems for Direct-Current Machines Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 16, 2004. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **Revision of IEEE Std 301-1969. See Stds 117; 275 . 16-Jan-04: Administratively withdrawn. Technical Contact: Roy L Balke, Phone:(814) 866-6683 **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jun 17, 1993, BD APP: Sep 09, 1976, ANSI APP: May 06, 1992 Abstract: Insulation systems for direct-current machines are classified in accordance with their limiting temperatures as determined by test rather than by chemical composition. The intention is to classify according to the recognized A, B, F, and H categories by determining thermal capability in accordance with machine temperature-rise standards. This test procedure has been prepared to indicate accepted tests. It is applicable to insulation systems for use in usual service conditions. This standard does not cover special requirements such as for machines in gas atmospheres being subjected to strong chemicals, metal dusts, or submersion in liquids. Key Words: insulation, dc, evaluation, classification, test Designation: 306-1969 Sponsor: IEEE Magnetics Society Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1981 Title: IEEE Test Procedure for Charging Inductors Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jun 27, 1991. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **Withdrawn at 6/91 StdsBd mtg. Abstract: 3/27/91-do not send S. Erlich any correspondence on this standard/deCourcelle Key Words: inductors, charging, test, procedure Designation: 307-1969 Sponsor: IEEE Aerospace and Electronic Systems Society/Space Systems Panel Title: IEEE Standard Definitions of Terms For Solar Cells Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Dec 06, 1990. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **Standard administratively withdrawn 12/6/90. Designation: 308-2001 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Nuclear Power Engineering Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2007 Title: IEEE Standard Criteria for Class 1E Power Systems for Nuclear Power Generating Stations Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Mar 01, 2002 **Supersedes 308-1991. Technical Contact: James E Stoner, Phone:704-382-4760, Email:j.e.stoner@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Jan 30, 2000, BD APP: Dec 06, 2001, ANSI APP: Aug 01, 2002 Project Scope: The scope for IEEE 308-XXXX is EXACTLY the same as the scope of IEEE 308-1991, and is as follows: This standard applies to the Class 1E portions of the following systems and equipment in single unit and multiunit nuclear power generating stations: (1) Alternating current power systems; (2) Direct current power systems; (3) Instrumentation and control power systems. Those systems listed in Table 1. This standard does not apply to the preferred power supply; the unit generator(s) and their buses; generator breaker; step-up, auxiliary, and start-up transformers; connections to the station switchyard; switchyard; transmission lines; and the transmission network (see Fig. 1). Project Purpose: The purpose of IEEE 308-XXXX is the same as the purpose of IEEE 308-1991 EXCEPT for Section (4) below, which will be added in this revision: The purpose of this standard is to provide the following: (1) The principal design criteria and the design features of the Class 1E power systems that enable the systems to meet their functional requirements under the conditions produced by the applicable design basis; (2) The requirements for tests and surveillance of the Class 1E power systems; (3) The criteria for sharing Class 1E power systems in multiunit; (4) The requirements for documentation of the Class 1E power systems. The purpose of this revision to IEEE 308-1991 is to: (a) Incorporate information on degraded grid; (b) Consider additional criteria on the required level of detail in documentation; (c) Investigate whether additional guidance on GDC-17, as it applies to single failure criteria is necessary; (d) Address comments received from previous reviews of the standard since the last revision was published; (e) Generally update the references and typographical errors, and review the impact of later revisions of other standards. Abstract: " Class 1E portions of alternating current and direct current power systems andinstrumentation and control power systems in single-unit and multiunit nuclear power generatingstations are covered. Not included are the preferred power supply; unit generator(s) and theirbuses; generator breaker; step-up, auxiliary, and start-up transformers; connections to the stationswitchyard; switchyard; transmission lines; and the transmission network. The intent is to providecriteria for the determination of Class 1E power system design features, criteria for sharing Class1E power systems in multiunit stations, the requirements for their testing and surveillance, and therequirements for documentation of the Class 1E power system." Key Words: "Class 1E power systems, nuclear power station design, nuclear safety" Designation: 308 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Nuclear Power Engineering Title: Standard Criteria for Class 1E Power Systems for Nuclear Power Generating Stations Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Herbert A Robinson, Phone:201/316-7563, Email:hrobin3@entergy.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 13, 1994 Project Scope: This standard applies to the Class 1E portions of the following systems and equipment in single unit and multi-unit nuclear generations: 1. Alternating current power systems 2. Direct current power systems 3. Instrumentation and control power systems Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to provide the following: 1. The principal design criteria and the design features of the Class 1E power systems that enable the systems to meet their functional requirements under the conditions produced by the applicable design basis events. 2. The requirements for tests and surveillance of the Class 1E power systems. 3. The criteria for sharing Class 1E power systems in multiunit stations. The purpose of this revision to the standard is: 1. Incorporate information on degraded grid. 2. Consider additional criteria on the required level of detail in documentation. 3. Investigate whether additional guidance on GDC- 17, as it applies to single failure criteria, is necessary. 4. Address comments received from previous reviews of the standard since the last revision was published. 5. General update to correct references and typographical errors, and review the impact of later revisions of other standards. Designation: 308-1991 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Nuclear Power Engineering Title: IEEE Standard Criteria for Class 1E Power Systems for Nuclear Power Generating Stations Status: Superseded **Revision of IEEE Std 308-1980. Superseded by 308-2001. History: PAR APP: Sep 23, 1983, BD APP: Dec 05, 1991, ANSI APP: Oct 01, 1992 Abstract: Class 1E portions of ac and dc power systems and instrumentation and control power systems in single-unit and multiunit nuclear power generating stations are covered. Not included are the preferred power supply; unit generator(s) and their buses; generator breaker; step-up, auxiliary, and start-up transformers; connections to the station switchyard; switchyard; transmission lines; and the transmission network. The intent is to provide criteria for the determination of Class 1E power system design features, criteria for sharing Class 1E power systems in multiunit stations, and the requirements for their testing and surveillance. Key Words: systems, nuclear, safety, station, design, Nuclear safety, Nuclear power station design, Class 1E power systems Designation: 308-1980 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Nuclear Power Engineering Title: IEEE Standard Criteria for Class 1E Power Systems for Nuclear Power Generating Stations Status: Superseded History: BD APP: Mar 13, 1980, ANSI APP: Aug 19, 1982 Designation: 309-1970 Sponsor: Nuclear and Plasma Sciences Society/Nuclear Instruments and Detectors Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1990 Title: IEEE Standard Test Procedure for Geiger-Müller Counters Status: Superseded History: BD APP: May 28, 1969, ANSI APP: Feb 27, 1991 Abstract: Test conditions are discussed, covering radiation background, ambient temperature, radiation sources, and Geiger-Mueller (G-M) counter test circuits. G-M counter parameters are defined, and methods for measuring them are presented. Requirements for the test equipment used for the measurements are set forth. Key Words: geiger, mueller, counters, radiation, nuclear Designation: 309/N42.3-1999 Sponsor: Nuclear and Plasma Sciences Society/Nuclear Instruments and Detectors Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2006 Title: IEEE Standard Test Procedures and Bases for Geiger-Mueller Counters Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jun 04, 1999 Technical Contact: Louis Costrell, Phone:301-975-5608, Email:louis.costrell@nist.gov **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Dec 09, 1997, BD APP: Mar 18, 1999, ANSI APP: May 12, 1999 Project Scope: Presents test procedures and standard bases for Geiger-Mueller counters so that test results will have the same meaning to all manufacturersd and users. The inclusion of standard bases provides guidance and uniformity. Project Purpose: This is to be a revision of ANSI N42.3/IEEE 309 and will include within it also the material now in ANSI N42.5 on standard bases. The inclusion of the N42.5 material is the reason for including "Standard Bases" in that revised title. Upon issuance of this revised N42.5 should be withdrawn and that is the intent. The stnadard is nearly 30 years old and is in need of updating. Geiger-Mueller counters continue to be produced and used in quanityt. Designation: 310-1969 Sponsor: IEEE Instrumentation and Measurement Society Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1975 Title: IEEE Standard for Reference-Standard Electrical Resistors Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Dec 06, 1990. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **Standard administratively withdrawn 12/6/90. History: ANSI APP: May 09, 1975 Key Words: reference, standard, electrical, resistors Designation: 311-1970 Sponsor: IEEE Instrumentation and Measurement Society Title: IEEE Standard Specification of General-Purpose Laboratory Cathode-Ray Oscilloscopes Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Dec 06, 1990. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **Standard administratively withdrawn 12/6/90. Key Words: oscilloscopes, laboratory, general, purpose, cathode-ray Designation: 312-1977 Sponsor: IEEE Communications Society Title: IEEE Standard Definitions of Terms for Communication Switching Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Dec 06, 1990. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **Standard administratively withdrawn 12/6/90. ANSI withdrawal date 4/9/90. History: BD APP: Jun 03, 1976, ANSI APP: Dec 19, 1979 Key Words: communication, switching, terms, definitions, glossary Designation: 314-1971 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transmission and Distribution Title: IEEE Standards Report on State of the Art of Measuring Unbalanced Transmission-Line Impedance Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Dec 06, 1990. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **Standard administratively withdrawn 12/6/90. History: BD APP: Sep 15, 1970 Designation: 315-1975 Sponsor: IEEE-SA Standards Board Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1993 Title: Graphic Symbols for Electrical and Electronics Diagrams (Including Reference Designation Letters) Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Dec 29, 1975 **Revision of IEEE Std 315-1971, ANSI Y32.1-1972 and CSA Z99-1972. (aka ANSI Y32.2-1975 and CSA Z99-1975) History: BD APP: Sep 04, 1975, ANSI APP: Oct 31, 1975 (Ref. Std.: Y32.2) Abstract: A list of graphic symbols and class designation letters for use on electrical and electronics diagrams is provided. All of the symbols are designed so that their connection points fall on a modular grid, to help those who use a grid basis for the preparation of diagrams. A substantial effort has been made to make this standard compatible with approved International Electrotechnical Commission (IEC) Recommendations (IEC Publication 117, in various parts). Key Words: graphic, symbols, diagrams, electrical, electronics, Y32.1, Y32.2, Z99 Designation: 315A-1986 Sponsor: IEEE-SA Standards Board Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1993 Title: Supplement to Graphic Symbols for Electrical and Electronics Diagrams Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Sep 12, 1986 **Supplement to IEEE Std 315-1975 and ANSI Y32.2-1975. Feb2005- Withdrawn by ANSI as overage. History: BD APP: Sep 19, 1985, ANSI APP: Nov 15, 1985 Abstract: Symbols approved by the International Electrotechnical Commission since 1975, or for which there is now a greater need in the US arising from international commerce, are provided. Besides the addition of new symbols, some updating of the information in IEEE Std 315-1975 has been undertaken. Key Words: 315A, graphic symbols, electrical, electronic, diagrams, Y32.1, Y32.2, Z99 Designation: 316-1971 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Power System Instrumentation and Measurements Title: IEEE Standard Requirements for Direct Current Instrument Shunts Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Mar 21, 1991. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **Incorporated into IEEE 120 . History: BD APP: Apr 16, 1968 Key Words: dc, instrument, shunts Designation: 317-1983 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Nuclear Power Engineering Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2003 Title: IEEE Standard for Electric Penetration Assemblies in Containment Structures for Nuclear Power Generating Stations Status: Approved Publication of IEEE **Revision of IEEE Std 317-1976. History: BD APP: Sep 23, 1982, ANSI APP: Jul 19, 1989 Abstract: Requirements for the design, construction, qualification, testing, and installation of electric penetration assemblies in nuclear containment structures for stationary nuclear power generating stations are presented. Quality control and quality assurance requirements, and requirements for purchaser's specification are included. The requirements for external circuits that connect to penetration assemblies and for operation, maintenance, or periodic testing after installation are not covered. Key Words: penetration, containment, structures, generating, Power generation testing, Nuclear power generation protection Designation: 319-1971 Sponsor: IEEE Ultrasonics, Ferroelectrics and Frequency Control Society Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1978 Title: IEEE Standard on Magnetostrictive Materials: Piezomagnetic Nomenclature Status: Superseded History: BD APP: Dec 03, 1970 Key Words: piezomagnetic, nomenclature, terms, definitions, glossary Designation: 319-1990 Sponsor: IEEE Ultrasonics, Ferroelectrics and Frequency Control Society Title: IEEE Standard on Magnetostrictive Materials: Piezomagnetic Nomenclature Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Oct 25, 1996. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **Administratively withdrawn by Stds Bd 10/25/96. History: PAR APP: Jun 01, 1989, BD APP: Dec 06, 1990, ANSI APP: May 21, 1991 Abstract: Piezomagnetic and magnetostrictive effects are discussed, and the piezomagnetic relations, symbols, and units are presented. The intent is to make possible the comparison of the relative merits of magnetostrictive, electromagnetic, piezoelectric, and electrostrictive transducers on a simple and straightforward basis. The standard applies generally to magnetostrictive materials, except for some uncommon cases. Key Words: electromagnetic, electrostrictive, magnetostrictive, nonmenclature, piezoelectric, transducers, Symbols, Piezomagnetic materials/device, Measurement units Designation: 323-2003 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Nuclear Power Engineering Title: IEEE Standard for Qualifying Class 1E Equipment for Nuclear Power Generating Stations Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jan 23, 2004 **Supersedes 323-1983 (R1996). Technical Contact: James F Gleason, Phone:256-881-9868, Email:jim@glseq.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Mar 20, 1997, BD APP: Sep 11, 2003, ANSI APP: Feb 03, 2004 Project Scope: This standard describes the basic requirements for qualifying Class 1E equipment and interfaces that are to be used in nuclear power generating stations. The principles, methods and procedures described are intended to be used for qualifying equipment, maintaining and extending qualification, and updating qualification, as required, if the equipment is modified. Meeting the qualification requirements demonstrates and documents the ability of equipment to perform safety function(s) under applicable service conditions including design basis events, thereby minimizing the risk of common-cause equipment failure. This standard does not provide environmental stress levels and performance requirements. Project Purpose: Reaffirmation ballot resulted in recommendations for improvement of the standard. NPEC directed SC-2 to "revisit qualified life" in a document revision. WG is attempting to clarify issues which were confusing in previous versions and incorporate lessons learned and current practices. Abstract: "IEEE Std 323-2003, IEEE Standard for Qualifying Class 1E Equipment for Nuclear Power Generating Stations" Key Words: "age conditioning, aging, condition monitoring, design basis events, equipment qualification, harsh environment, margin, mild environment, qualification method, qualified life, radiation, safety related function, significant aging mechanism, test plan" Designation: 323-1983 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Nuclear Power Engineering Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1996 Title: IEEE Standard for Qualifying Class 1E Equipment for Nuclear Power Generating Stations Status: Superseded **Superseded by 323-2003. History: PAR APP: Nov 12, 1975, BD APP: Jun 23, 1983, ANSI APP: Aug 01, 1991 Abstract: The basic requirements for qualifying Class 1E equipment with interfaces that are to be used in nuclear power generating stations are described. The principles, procedures, and methods of qualification are covered. These qualification requirements, when met, will confirm the adequacy of the equipment design under normal, abnormal, design-basis-event, post-design-basis-event, and in-service test conditions for the performance of safety functions. The methods are to be used for qualifying equipment, extending qualification, and updating qualification if the equipment is modified. Key Words: class 1E, qualifing, equipment, generating, Nuclear power generation protection Designation: 325-1996 Sponsor: Nuclear and Plasma Sciences Society/Nuclear Instruments and Detectors Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2002 Title: IEEE Standard Test Procedures for Germanium Gamma-Ray Detectors Status: Approved Publication of IEEE **Revision of IEEE Std 325-1986. History: PAR APP: Dec 03, 1992, BD APP: Oct 18, 1996, ANSI APP: Jan 06, 1997 Project Scope: Same as for 325-1986. Following is the abstract for 325-1986: The basic requirements for qualifying Class 1E equipment with interfaces that are to be used in nuclear power generating stations are described. The principles, procedures, and methods of qualification are covered. These qualification requirements, when met, will confirm the adequacy of the equipment design under normal, abnormal, design basis event, post design basis event, and in-service test conditions for the performance of safety functions. The methods are to be used for qualifying equipment, extending qualification, and updating qualification if the equipment is modified. Project Purpose: To revise Std 325 to bring it current with today's practice and technology. Abstract: Terminology and standard test procedures are established for germanium gamma-ray detectors that are used for the detection and high-resolution spectrometry of gamma rays, X rays, and charged particles that produce hole-electron pairs in the crystal lattice so that these items have the same meaning to both manufacturers and users. Key Words: gamma rays, germanium radiation detectors, X rays Designation: P325 Sponsor: Nuclear and Plasma Sciences Society/Nuclear Instruments and Detectors Title: Standard Test Procedures for Germanium Gamma-Ray Detectors Used in Analog and Digital Signal Processing Systems Status: Revision Project Technical Contact: Ronald M Keyser, Phone:865-483-2146, Email:Ron.Keyser@ortec-online.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 23, 2004 Project Scope: The scope of this project is to update 325-1996 for modern electronics and add new source-detection geometries. Project Purpose: The purpose of this project is to update the standard because of improved technology and procedures. This is necessary because of the pulse processing changes from using Digital Signal Processor (DSP). The different geometries are needed to meet the needs of a more diverse group of users than covered in the original standard. Designation: 325-1986 Sponsor: Nuclear and Plasma Sciences Society/Nuclear Instruments and Detectors Title: IEEE Standard Test Procedures for Germanium Gamma-Ray Detectors Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: May 05, 1995. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **Revision of IEEE Std 325-1971. History: BD APP: Jun 19, 1986, ANSI APP: Aug 13, 1986 Abstract: Germanium radiation detectors that are primarily used for detection and high-resolution spectroscopy of gamma radiation are covered. Measurement of detector system performance characteristics using techniques that are readily available to manufacturers and users is addressed. The intent is to establish standard test procedures so that measurements have the same meaning to all manufacturers and users. The detectors covered are also to be used for X-ray spectroscopy and occasionally for charged-particle spectroscopy. Key Words: germanium, gamma, ray, detectors, test Designation: 327 Sponsor: Accredited Standards Committee on Power Switchgear Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. Designation: 328 Sponsor: Accredited Standards Committee on Power Switchgear Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. Designation: 332 Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. Designation: 333-1980 Title: IEEE Standard for Electrical Installation of Packaging Machinery and Associated Equipment Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Dec 06, 1990. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **Standard administratively withdrawn 12/6/90. ANSI withdrawn 6/29/92. History: BD APP: Jun 07, 1979, ANSI APP: Apr 29, 1983 Designation: 334-2006 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Nuclear Power Engineering Title: IEEE Standard for Qualifying Continuous Duty Class 1E Motors for Nuclear Power Generating Stations Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jan 31, 2007 Technical Contact: Bill Newell, Phone:203-562-5811, Email:wgnewell@worldnet.att.net **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Jun 08, 2006, BD APP: Sep 15, 2006, ANSI APP: Dec 29, 2006 Project Scope: This standard establishes criteria for qualification of continuous duty Class 1E motors, located in mild and harsh environments in nuclear power generating stations in order to demonstrate their ability to perform their intended safety functions under all required conditions. This standard does not apply to motors used in valve actuators (see IEEE Std 382™-1996 [B2]1). Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to provide direction for the implementation of the requirements of IEEE Std 323™-20032 as they apply to the specific features of continuous duty safety-related electric motor qualification. This standard also provides guidance for qualification of refurbished motors and insulation systems for motor rewinds. Abstract: It is required that Class 1E motors, with their interfaces, meet or exceed the specified performance requirements throughout their service life. This is accomplished through a program that includes, but is not limited to, design, qualification, production quality control, shipping, storage, installation, operation, maintenance, periodic testing, and surveillance. This standard addresses the qualification portion of the program. It discusses the requirement for maintenance, repair, and surveillance of motors to maintain qualification of motors throughout their installed life but does not provide detailed guidance about how these programmatic items must be implemented and maintained. The qualification requirements of this standard, when met, demonstrate and document the ability of the motor and/or insulation system to perform its safety function(s) under specified service conditions. Key Words: age conditioning, age sensitive, aging, condition monitoring, design basis event, formette, harsh environment, insulation, insulation system, interfaces, margin, mild environment, motor, motor qualification, motorette, qualification, qualified life, radiation, safety-related function, significant aging mechanism, test plan, test sequence, type testing Designation: 334-1994 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Nuclear Power Engineering Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1999 Title: IEEE Standard for Qualifying Continuous Duty Class 1E Motors for Nuclear Power Generating Stations Status: Superseded History: PAR APP: Jun 17, 1993, BD APP: Mar 28, 1994, ANSI APP: Sep 02, 1994 Abstract: Methods and requirements for qualifying continuous duty Class 1E motors for use in nuclear power generating stations are provided. The methods are used for qualifying motors, extending the qualification, and updating the qualification if the motor's design or specified service conditions are modified. The requirements include the principles, procedures, and methods of qualification as they relate to continuous duty Class 1E polyphase squirrel cage ac motors. Key Words: Class 1E motors, harsh environment, mild environment, qualification, seismic, Nuclear power generating station Designation: 334-1974 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Nuclear Power Engineering Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1980 Title: IEEE Standard for Type Tests of Continuous Duty Class 1E Motors for Nuclear Power Generating Stations Status: Superseded History: PAR APP: Dec 28, 1978, BD APP: May 30, 1974, ANSI APP: Nov 24, 1976 Key Words: nuclear, class 1E, motors, continuous duty, test Designation: 334 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Nuclear Power Engineering Title: Standard for Qualifying Continuous Duty Class 1E Motors Status: Superseded Technical Contact: Bill Newell, Phone:203-562-5811, Email:wgnewell@worldnet.att.net **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 10, 2003 Project Scope: The standard establishes criteria for qualification of continuous duty Class 1E Electric Motors, located in mild and harsh environments,in Nuclear Power Generating Stations in order to demonstrate their ability to perform their intended safety functions under all required conditions. This standard does not apply to motors used in valve actuators. Project Purpose: This revision would update the document to the latest revisions of the referenced standards (specifically, IEEE Std 323-2004) and aligns it with the material in these revisions. It adds guidance for qualification of refurbished motors and insulation systems for motor rewinds. Designation: 335 Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. Designation: 336-2005 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Nuclear Power Engineering Title: IEEE Guide for Installation, Inspection, and Testing for Class 1E Power, Instrumentation, and Control Equipment at Nuclear Facilities Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Feb 23, 2006 Technical Contact: George Ballassi, Phone:860-433-3389, Email:gballass@ebmail.gdeb.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Jun 14, 2001, BD APP: Sep 22, 2005, ANSI APP: Jan 26, 2006 Project Scope: This guide provides considerations for the pre-installation, installation, inspection, and testing of Class 1E power, instrumentation, and control equipment and systems of a nuclear facility while in the process of installing, inspecting, and testing during new construction, modification, and maintenance. This guidance is applicable to initial construction, modification (backfit), and maintenance activities. This guide does not apply to periodic testing. Project Purpose: The purpose of this guide is to identify the activities, instructions, and attributes that may be considered in the process of installing, inspecting, and testing during new construction, modification, and maintenance for Class 1E power, instrumentation, and control equipment at nuclear power stations.Changes to this guide are intended to ⎯ Review and consider “lessons learned” from industry (in particular, for post-modification and postmaintenance testing). ⎯ Provide a more comprehensive, organized “user-friendly” format. ⎯ Review and consider any other related user feedback. Abstract: This guide provides considerations for the pre-installation, installation, inspection, and testing of Class 1E power, instrumentation, and control equipment and systems of a nuclear facility. This guidance is applicable to initial construction, modification (backfit), and maintenance activities. This guide does not apply to periodic testing. Key Words: Class 1E, configuration management, constructability reviews, functional testing, inspection procedures,, multi-unit, nuclear facilities, plant design bases, pre-construction inspection, pre-construction testing, pre-installation inspection, pre-installation testing, post-installation inspection, pos-maintenance testing, post-modification testing, test plans, test procedures Designation: 336-1985 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Nuclear Power Engineering Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1991 Title: IEEE Standard Installation, Inspection and Testing Requirements for Power, Instrumentation, and Control Equipment at Nuclear Facilities Status: Superseded **Revision of IEEE Std 336-1980. History: PAR APP: Jun 21, 1983, BD APP: Dec 13, 1984, ANSI APP: Dec 18, 1991 Abstract: Requirements for installation, inspection, and testing of power, instrumentation, and control equipment and systems during the construction phase of a nuclear facility are set forth. These requirements also cover modifications and those operating phase activities that are comparable in nature and extent to related initial construction activities of the facility. The intent is to establish requirements for safety systems equipment. However, this standard may also be applied to nonsafety systems equipment. Key Words: installation, inspection, instrumentation, control, nuclear, Nuclear power generation protection Designation: 337-1972 Sponsor: IEEE Aerospace and Electronic Systems Society/Gyro Accelerometer Panel Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1992 Title: IEEE Standard Specification Format Guide and Test Procedure for Linear, Single-Axis, Pendulous, Analog Torque Balance Accelerometer Status: Superseded **Superseded by IEEE 1293-1998. History: BD APP: Dec 02, 1971, ANSI APP: Jan 04, 1993 Abstract: A format guide for the preparation of an accelerometer specification that provides a common meeting ground of terminology and practice for manufacturers and users is given. It covers performance; mechanical, electrical, and environmental requirements; quality assurance; preparation for delivery, and use of notes. A compilation of recommended procedures for testing an accelerometer is presented. These procedures, including test conditions to be considered, are derived from those currently in use. Not all tests outlined in this document need be included, nor are additional tests precluded. In some cases, alternative methods for measuring performance characteristics have been included or indicated. The torque balance electronics are not considered to be part of the instrument. Key Words: accelerometer, single-axis, analog, torque, balance, Acceleration measurement Designation: 338-2006 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Nuclear Power Engineering Title: Standard Criteria for the Periodic Surveillance Testing of Nuclear Power Generating Station Safety Systems Status: Approved Publication of IEEE Technical Contact: George Ballassi, Phone:860-433-3389, Email:gballass@ebmail.gdeb.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Jun 14, 2001, BD APP: Dec 06, 2006 Project Scope: Original Scope: The standard provides design and operational criteria for the performance of periodic testing as part of the surveillance program of nuclear power generating station safety systems. The scope of periodic testing consists of functional tests and checks, calibration verification and time response measurements, as required, to verify that the safety system performs its defined safety function. The system status, associated system documentation, test intervals, and test procedures during operation are also addressed. Maintenance is not covered by this document. This standard amplifies the periodic surveillance testing requirements of ANSI/IEEE Std 603-1980 [4] and ANSI/IEEE Std 308-1980 [3]. Scope of revised standard: The standard provides criteria for the performance of periodic testing of nuclear power generating station safety systems. The scope of periodic surveillance testing consists of functional tests and checks, calibration verification, and time response measurements, as required, to verify that the safety system performs its defined safety function. Post-maintenance and post modification testing are not covered by this document. This standard amplifies the periodic testing requirements of other nuclear safety-related IEEE standards. Project Purpose: Original Purpose: None. Proposed New Purpose: This standard is intended to aid the user not only for designing a periodic test capability but also for defining and optimizing the primary elements of an effective periodic test program (including planning, performance/acceptance criteria, procedures, test intervals, and documentation). Purpose of proposed revision: The revised standard is intended to: a. Develop and provide guidance on optimizing periodic test intervals based on reliability, availability, and risk-informed approaches, b. Review and consider "lessons learned" from implementation of risk-informed approaches in other standards, regulatory activities, and use of digital technology. c. Review and consider any other feedback obtained from performers of periodic testing and users of IEEE 338-1987 and related documents. Designation: 338-1987 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Nuclear Power Engineering Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2000 Title: IEEE Standard Criteria for the Periodic Surveillance Testing of Nuclear Power Generating Station Safety Systems Status: Superseded History: BD APP: Sep 10, 1987, ANSI APP: Mar 03, 1988 Abstract: Design and operational criteria are provided for the performance of periodic testing as part of the surveillance program of nuclear power generating station safety systems. Such testing consists of functional tests and checks, calibration verification, and time-response measurements, as required, to verify that the safety system performs to meet its defined safety function. The system status, associated system documentation, test intervals, and test procedures during operation are also addressed. Key Words: surveillance, testing, safety, periodic, Power generation testing, Nuclear power generation protection Designation: 338 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Nuclear Power Engineering Title: Standard for Criteria for the Periodic Surveillance Testing of Nuclear Power Generating Station Safety Systems Status: Superseded Technical Contact: Brij M Bharteey, Phone:518-382-0056, Email:spectrum@spectrumtechnologies.net **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 16, 1998 Project Scope: This standard provides design and operational criteria for performance of periodic testing as part of the surveillance program of nuclear power generating station safety systems. The scope of periodic testing consists of functional tests and checks, calibration verification and time response measurements, as required, to verify that the safety system performs to meet its defined safety function. The system status, associated system documentation, test intervals, and test procedures during operation are also addressed. Maintenance is not covered by this document. This standard amplifies the periodic surveillance testing requirements of IEEE Std 603 and 308. Project Purpose: Incorporate user experience; address methods to optimize the surveillance test frequency; provie guidelines for prioritizing surveillance using risk based importance ranking. Designation: 339 Sponsor: Accredited Standards Committee on Power Switchgear Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. Designation: 340 Sponsor: Accredited Standards Committee on Power Switchgear Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. Designation: 341 Sponsor: Accredited Standards Committee on Power Switchgear Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. Designation: 342 Sponsor: Accredited Standards Committee on Power Switchgear Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. Designation: 342a Sponsor: Accredited Standards Committee on Power Switchgear Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. Designation: 343 Sponsor: Accredited Standards Committee on Power Switchgear Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. Designation: 344-2004 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Nuclear Power Engineering Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Seismic Qualification of Class 1E Equipment for Nuclear Power Generating Stations Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jun 08, 2005 Technical Contact: James Parello, Phone:724-722-5545, Email:parellj@westinghouse.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Dec 08, 2004, BD APP: Dec 08, 2004, ANSI APP: May 12, 2005 Project Scope: There is no change to the scope. P344 will remain as "Recommended Practice." The scope is as follows: The scope of this project will be to review and evaluate the recommendations prepared by the ASME-QME/IEEE-NPEC special working group on standardization of experience based seismic qualification and incorporating into the standard their recommendations as deemed appropriate by the committee. The scope given in section 1.1 of IEEE-344 will be revised to reflect the changes made to the standard related to experience data. With changes to the experience data section (Section 9.0) it is anticipated that the scope will state the following in the revised standard with the words in italics being new. Scope. This document provides standard methods that will yield data, which verify that the Class 1E equipment can meet its performance requirements during and following one safe shutdown earthquake (SSE) preceded by a number of operating basis earthquakes (OBE). This standard may be used to establish tests or analyses that will yield data to evaluate and verify performance of representative devices and assemblies as part of an overall qualification effort. It also provides an option for using experienced based seismic qualification processes. Project Purpose: There is no change to the purpose. The purpose is as follows: The revision to the standard will be developed by the committee pertaining to procedures, practices, guidance, and criteria for the use of experience data benefiting the users (those responsible for seismic qualification). A purpose will be added to the standard (currently IEEE-344 does not have one). The purpose is anticipated to state the following: Purpose. Seismic qualification methods are given that may be used to establish tests or analyses that will yield data to evaluate and verify performance of representative devices and assemblies as part of an overall qualification effort. Also, experience based seismic qualification procedures, methodology, guidance, and criteria are included as an option for use in a qualification program. Abstract: Recommended practices are provided for establishing procedures that will yield data to demonstrate that the Class 1E equipment can meet its performance requirements during and/or following one safe shutdown earthquake event preceded by a number of operating basis earthquake events. This recommended practice may be used to establish tests, analyses, or experienced based evaluations that will yield data to demonstrate Class 1E equipment performance claims or to evaluate and verify performance of devices and assemblies as part of an overall qualification effort. Common methods currently in use for seismic qualification by test are presented. Two approaches to seismic analysis are described, one based on dynamic analysis and the other on static coefficient analysis. Two approaches to experienced-based seismic evaluation are described, one based on earthquake experience and the other based on test experience. Key Words: Class 1E, earthquake, earthquake experience, equipment qualification, inclusion rules,nuclear, operating basis earthquake, prohibited features, qualification methods, required response spectrum, response spectra, safe shutdown earthquake, safety function, seismic, seismic analysis, test response spectrum, test experience, type testing Designation: 344-1987 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Nuclear Power Engineering Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1993 Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Seismic Qualification of Class 1E Equipment for Nuclear Power Generating Stations Status: Superseded **Revision of ANSI/IEEE Std 344-1975. June2004: Withdrawn by ANSI as overage. History: PAR APP: Mar 30, 1977, BD APP: Jun 11, 1987, ANSI APP: Feb 28, 1988 Abstract: Recommended practices for establishing procedures that will yield data that verify that the Class 1E equipment can meet its performance requirements during and following one safe shutdown earthquake preceded by a number of operating-basis earthquakes are provided. This recommended practice may be used to establish tests or analyses that will yield data to substantiate performance claims or to evaluate and verify performance of representative devices and assemblies as part of an overall qualification effort. Two approaches to seismic analysis are described, one based on dynamic analysis and the other on static coefficient analysis. Common methods currently in use for seismic qualification by test are presented. Key Words: seismic, qualification, class 1E, nuclear, equipment, Seismic factors, Power generation testing, Nuclear power generation protection Designation: 344 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Nuclear Power Engineering Title: Standard for Seismic Qualification of Class 1E Equipment for Nuclear Power Generating Stations Status: Superseded Technical Contact: James Parello, Phone:724-722-5545, Email:parellj@westinghouse.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jun 21, 2000 Project Scope: The scope of this project will be to review and evaluate the recommendations prepared by the ASME-QME/IEEE-NPEC special working group on standardization of experience based seismic qualification and incorporating into the standard their recommendations as deemed appropriate by the committee. The scope given in section 1.1 of IEEE-344 will be revised to reflect the changes made to the standard related to experience data. With changes to the experience data section (Section 9.0) it is anticipated that the scope will state the following in the revised standard with the words in italics being new. Scope. This document provides standard methods that will yield data, which verify that the Class 1E equipment can meet its performance requirements during and following one safe shutdown earthquake (SSE) preceded by a number of operating basis earthquakes (OBE). This standard may be used to establish tests or analyses that will yield data to evaluate and verify performance of representative devices and assemblies as part of an overall qualification effort. It also provides an option for using experienced based seismic qualification processes. Project Purpose: Revision to the standard will be developed by the committee pertaining to procedures, practices, guidance, and criteria for the use of experience data benefiting the users (those responsible for seismic qualification). A purpose will be added to the standard (currently IEEE-344 does not have one). The purpose is anticipated to state the following: Purpose. Seismic qualification methods are given that may be used to establish tests or analyses that will yield data to evaluate and verify performance of representative devices and assemblies as part of an overall qualification effort. Also, experience based seismic qualification procedures, methodology, guidance, and criteria are included as an option for use in a qualification program. Designation: 346-1973 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society Title: Std. Defins. in Power Operations Terminology Incl. terms for Reporting&Analyzing Outages of Electrical Transmission and Distribution Facilities and Interruptions to Customer Svce. Facilitiesandard Definitions in Power Operations Terminology Inc;luding Terms for Reporting and Analyzing Outages of Electrical Transmission Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **SS by Std. 858 and 859 Designation: 347-1972 Title: Standard Method of Measuring Recorded Flux of Magnetic Sound Records at Medium Wavelengths Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. Designation: 348 Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. Designation: 352-1987 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Nuclear Power Engineering Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2004 Title: IEEE Guide for General Principles of Reliability Analysis of Nuclear Power Generating Station Safety Systems Status: Approved Publication of IEEE **ERRATA dated: 4 APR 94 included. History: BD APP: Jun 13, 1985, ANSI APP: Nov 21, 1985 Abstract: The basic principles that are needed to conduct a reliability analysis of safety systems are provided for designers and operators of nuclear power plant safety systems and the concerned regulatory groups. By applying the principles given, systems may be analyzed, results may be compared with reliability objectives, and the basis for decisions may be suitably documented. The quantitative principles are applicable to the analysis of the effects of component failures on safety system reliability. Although they have their greatest value during the design phase, the principles are applicable during any phase of the system's lifetime. They may also be applied during the preoperational phase or at any time during the normal lifetime of a system. Key Words: reliability, nuclear, safety, analysis, generating Designation: 352 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Nuclear Power Engineering Title: ERRATA - IEEE Guide for General Principles of Reliability Analysis of Nuclear Power Generating Station Safety Systems Status: Superseded Publication type: Special Publication Designation: 353 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. Designation: 354 Sponsor: IEEE Antennas and Propagation Society Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. Designation: 355 Sponsor: IEEE Antennas and Propagation Society Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. Designation: 356-2001 Sponsor: IEEE Antennas and Propagation Society/Propagation Title: IEEE Guide for Measurements of Electromagnetic Properties of Earth Media Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jun 03, 2002 Technical Contact: David Thiel, Phone:+61 7 3735 7192, Email:d.thiel@griffith.edu.au **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Jan 30, 2000, BD APP: Dec 06, 2001, ANSI APP: May 02, 2002 Project Scope: The purpose of this guide is to describe the measurement principles of the electrical properties of naturally occurring solid materials, although it will also serve as a guide for the measurement of any solid material. Project Purpose: Document needed for ground plane assessment for locating antennas; formation mapping to obtain geological information; assessment of ore-grade quality, moisture content, salinity; propagation prediction and studies; aquifer studies for water search, nuclear waste disposal, dam location; ground-penetrating radar research; prospectin. Abstract: " The electromagnetic properties of the earth play an important role in the design and implementationof radio communications systems, geophysical prospecting instruments, and subsurface mapping techniques.Measurement techniques include dc resistivity, surface impedance, propagation studies, wave tilt methods,probe impedance methods, mutual impedance methods, transient methods, time domain reflectometry, groundprobing radar, laboratory-based techniques, and free-space reflection measurements. The separation distancebetween the probes and the wavelength of the radiation both affect the volume of earth material measured.This guide provides a summary of current measurement techniques and, where appropriate, inversion methodsfor determining the conductivity and the relative permittivity of the volume under investigation." Key Words: "dc resistivity, earth permittivity measurements, electromagnetic geophysics, ground conductivity measurements, ice, inversion, radio communications, radio reflection, surface impedance, time domain reflectometry" Designation: 356 Sponsor: IEEE Antennas and Propagation Society/Propagation Title: Recommended Practice for Radio Methods of Measurement of Earth Macroscopic Electromagnetic Properties Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: George Hagn, Phone:703-941-7663, Email:ghagn@erols.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 28, 1990 Designation: P356 Sponsor: IEEE Antennas and Propagation Society/Propagation Title: Guide for Measurements of Electromagnetic Properties of Earth Media Status: Revision Project Technical Contact: David Thiel, Phone:+61 7 3735 7192, Email:d.thiel@griffith.edu.au **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. Project Scope: The scope of the project is to cover measurements of the electrical properties of naturally occurring solids. Not covered are methods which rely on mapping earth structure anomalies unless directly related to electrical properties. Limited coverage of numerical methods for forward/inverse modeling. Project Purpose: This document is needed for ground plane assessment for locating antennas; formation mapping to obtain geological information; assessment of ore-grade quality, moisture content, salinity; propagation prediction and studies; aquifer studies for water search, nuclear waste disposal, dam location; ground-penetrating radar research; prospecting. Designation: 356-1974 Sponsor: IEEE Antennas and Propagation Society/Propagation Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1981 Title: IEEE Guide for Radio Methods for Measuring Earth Conductivity Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Sep 15, 1995. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. History: BD APP: May 24, 1973 Abstract: This guide is the result of a survey of radio techniques employed for measuring the conductivity of the earth. Results are applicable to the design of communication channels that are influenced by the electrical characteristics of the earth. Emphasized are those techniques used at frequencies where the loss tangent is large. The techniques are classed broadly into those that make use of drill holes into the earth and those that do not. Also, a distinction is made between active and passive methods. Comments and critiques on the various techniques are included. Theoretical and practical details underlying some of the methods are given in the appendixes. Key Words: radio, earth, conductivity, measuring, methods Designation: 358 Sponsor: IEEE Antennas and Propagation Society Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. Designation: 360 Sponsor: IEEE Antennas and Propagation Society Title: Standard Radar Cross-Section Test - Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. **See P1502 Technical Contact: Eric K Walton, Phone:614-292-5051, Email:walton.1@osu.edu **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jun 28, 1985 Project Scope: This project will write a standard practices guide for the measurement of radar cross section. This guide will discuss RCS measurement practices as they relate to indoor and outdoor measurements in an established range. It will not discuss measurement of foliage, natural events, etc. It will also not discuss near field measurement and other specialty measurements. Project Purpose: This standard will be used by government, industrial, and academic organizations that measure radar cross sections of targets. Currently, there are no written standards on this type of measurement. Many mistakes are being made that are critical to the performance of contracts and studies. Conclusions are being reached with data that is incorrectly measured, misunderstood or processed incorrectly. Additionally, perfectly good measurement practices are being rejected because of the lack of understanding of uses and procedures. This standard seeks to instill an understanding of RCS measurements, how they should be done, and how to manipulate measured results for accurate data collection and processing. Key Words: radar, cross, section Designation: 361 Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. Designation: 362 Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. Designation: 363 Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. Technical Contact: Robert J Davidson Jr, Phone:631-271-6200x22367, Email:robert.j.davidson.jr@us.ul.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. Designation: 364 Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. Designation: 365 Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. Designation: 366 Sponsor: IEEE Communications Society Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. Designation: 367-1996 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Power System Communications Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2002 Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Determining the Electric Power Station Ground Potential Rise and Induced Voltage from a Power Fault Status: Approved Publication of IEEE **Jointly sponsored with COM/T&A. Revision of IEEE Std 367-1987. History: PAR APP: Dec 03, 1992, BD APP: Sep 16, 1996, ANSI APP: Feb 06, 1997 Project Scope: This std provides quidance for the calculation of power station ground potential rise (GPR) and longitudinal induction (LI) voltages and guidance for their appropriate reduction from worst-case values for use in metallic telecommunication protection design. Information is also included for the determination of: 1. The fault current and earth return current levels; their probability, wave-form, and duration; and the impedance to remote earthing points used in these GPR and LI calculations as well as the effective X/P ratio. 2. The zone of influence of the power station GPR. 3. The calculation of th inducing currents, the mutual impedance between power and metallic telecommunciation facilities, and shield factors. 4. The channel time requirements for metallic telecommunication facilities where non-interruptible channels are required for protective relaying, etc. Project Purpose: To review and update existing standard 367-1987 as required. Abstract: Guidance for the calculation of power station ground potential rise (GPR) and longitudinal induction (LI) voltages is provided, as well as guidance for their appropriate reduction from worst-case values, for use in metallic telecommunication protection design. Key Words: electric power stations, ground potential rise, induced voltage, longitudinal induction voltages, power faults, power stations, telecommunication protection design, telecommunications Designation: 367-1987 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Power System Communications Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Determining the Electric Power Station Ground Potential Rise and Induced Voltage from a Power Fault Status: Superseded **Revision of IEEE Std 367-1979. History: BD APP: Jun 11, 1987, ANSI APP: Mar 10, 1988 Abstract: Guidance is provided for the calculation of interfering voltages and their appropriate reduction from worst-case values for use in wire-line telecommunication protection design. Information is also included for the determination of the fault current and earth-return current levels; their probability, waveform, and duration; and the impedance to remote earthing points used in these ground potential rise (GPR) and longitudinally induced voltage calculations. The zone of influence of the power station GPR; the calculation of the inducing currents; the mutual impedance between power and wire-line telecommunication facilities and shield factors; and the channel time requirements for wire-line telecommunication facilities where noninterruptible channels are required for protective relaying and other purposes are covered. Key Words: ground, potential, induced, fault, rise, Wire communication, Voltage measurement, Power system faults Designation: 368-1977 Sponsor: IEEE Communications Society/Transmission Systems Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Measurement of Electrical Noise and Harmonic Filter Performance of High-Voltage Direct-Current Systems Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Dec 05, 1991. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **ANSI withdrawal 4/9/90. History: BD APP: Jun 02, 1977 Key Words: noise, harmonic, dc, performance, filter Designation: 369 Sponsor: IEEE Antennas and Propagation Society Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. Designation: 370 Sponsor: IEEE Communications Society Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. Designation: 376-1975 Sponsor: IEEE Electromagnetic Compatibility Society/Standards Development Committee Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1998 Title: IEEE Standard for the Measurement of Impulse Strength and Impulse Bandwidth Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 16, 2004. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **16-Jan-04: Administratively withdrawn. History: BD APP: May 30, 1974, ANSI APP: Dec 30, 1977 Abstract: The use of the impulse generator for calibration purposes in electromagnetic compatibility measurements is addressed. In particular, basic information relating to the use of this device is provided, and interpretation of measurements made using instruments based on it is considered. Two methods of measurement of spectrum amplitude and impulse bandwidth are described in detail. The first method uses a video pulse technique. The second uses a substitution method in which the reference is a pulse- modulated sine-wave generator whose parameters are measured. Both techniques are capable of about equal accuracy. Key Words: strength, bandwith, Impulse measurements, Electromagnetic compatibility Designation: 377-1980 Sponsor: IEEE Electromagnetic Compatibility Society/Standards Development Committee Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2005 Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Measurement of Spurious Emission from Land-Mobile Communication Transmitters Status: Approved Publication of IEEE History: BD APP: Mar 15, 1979, ANSI APP: May 06, 1992 Abstract: Controlled test conditions, test apparatus, test methods and data presentation, all of which form the basis for establishing the energy levels of spurious emissions of mobile communication transmitters designed to generate FM signals in the frequency range of 25 to 1000 MHz are covered. The purpose is to enable design and system engineers engaged in a variety of development projects to achieve uniform results in recognizing sources and nature of RF spurious emissions emanating from vehicular communications transmitters. Procedures for measuring both broadband and narrowband spectra are provided for both conducted and radiated emissions. Specified limits are not included. However, reference values that are not limited by the state of the art are provided. Transmitter test conditions, apparatus and method are based on standard instrumentation and measuring techniques and do not require any special apparatus other than necessary terminal simulators. The procedures do not cover the associated antenna and transmission lines. Key Words: spurious, emissions, communication, Land mobile radio transmitters, Land mobile radio interference Designation: 378 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transmission and Distribution Title: Standard for Scattering Coefficient Measurement Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. **Revision of IEEE Stds 314-1971 and 378-1986. Technical Contact: William Oldfield, Phone:(408) 778-2000 **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 22, 1994 (Ref. Std.: 314/378) Project Scope: One-port and two-port impedance standards and measurement techniques in the frequency range 100 kHz to 110 GHz. Limited to linear passive devices. Techniques to include at least bridges, slotted lines, reflectometers, network analyzers, six-ports, resonance techniques, time and pulse domain, and vector meters. Standards to include requirements for national standards, transfer standards, and calibration standards. Project Purpose: Standards 314 and 387 are obsolete and limited in scope and frequency range. Agreement is needed on methods of determination, use, and uncertainty statement of transmission line standards and measurement techniques. Agreement is needed on the derivation, use and uncertainties in high frequency resistance, capacitance, inductance, and impedance standards and measurement techniques. Requirements on NIST need definition. Key Words: scattering, coefficient, measurement Designation: 378-1986 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transmission and Distribution Title: IEEE Standard on Network Analyzers (100 kHz to 18 GHz) Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Mar 19, 1992. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **ANSI withdrawn 6/29/92. History: BD APP: Mar 22, 1984, ANSI APP: Oct 12, 1984 Key Words: network, analyzers Designation: 379-2000 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Nuclear Power Engineering Title: IEEE Standard Application of the Single-Failure Criterion to Nuclear Power Generating Station Safety Systems Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Mar 09, 2001 **Supersedes 379-1994. Technical Contact: David J Zaprazny, Phone:570-542-1837, Email:djzaprazny@pplweb.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Mar 20, 1997, BD APP: Sep 21, 2000, ANSI APP: Jan 08, 2001 Project Scope: This document covers the application of the single-failure criterion to the electrical power, instrumentation, and control portions of nuclear power generating station safety systems. Project Purpose: The purpose of this document is to interpret and provide guidance in the application of single-failure criterion, discuss the failures, and present an acceptable method of single-failure analysis. Abstract: " Application of the single-failure criterion to the electrical power, instrumentation, and con-trol portions of nuclear power generating safety systems is covered in this standard." Key Words: "actuator, cascaded failure, common-cause failure, design basis event, detectable failure, effects analysis, safety system, single-failure criterion, system actuation, system logic" Designation: 379-1994 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Nuclear Power Engineering Title: IEEE Standard Application of the Single-Failure Criterion to Nuclear Power Generating Station Safety Systems Status: Superseded **Revision of IEEE Std 379-1988. Superseded by 379-2000. History: PAR APP: Sep 15, 1993, BD APP: Sep 22, 1994, ANSI APP: Mar 21, 1995 Abstract: The application of the single-failure criterion to the electrical power, instrumentaion, and control portions of nuclear power generating station safety systems is covered. Conformance with the requirements of IEEE Std 603-1991 and the single-failure criterion as stated in that document is established. Interpretation and guidance in the application of the single-failure criterion, a discussion of the failures, and an acceptable method of single-failure analysis are presented. Key Words: generating station, safety systems, single failure, criterion, single-failure criterion, Nuclear power generating station Designation: 379-1988 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Nuclear Power Engineering Title: IEEE Standard Application of the Single-Failure Criterion to Nuclear Power Generating Station Safety Systems Status: Superseded History: BD APP: Mar 10, 1988, ANSI APP: Feb 16, 1988 Abstract: This standard describes the manner in which the single-failure criterion should be applied to shared systems. The application of the criterion to the electrical power, instrumentation, and control portions of nuclear power generating station safety systems is covered. The purpose is to interpret and provide guidance in the application of the criterion, discuss failures, and present an acceptable method of single-failure analysis. Key Words: failure, criterion, nuclear, single, reliability Designation: 380 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Nuclear Power Engineering Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. Designation: 381 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Nuclear Power Engineering Title: Standard for Qualification of Class 1E Modules for Nuclear Power Generating Stations Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: G. J Toman, Phone:(215) 654-1620 **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 22, 1984 Designation: 381-1977 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Nuclear Power Engineering Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1984 Title: IEEE Standard Criteria for Type Tests of Class 1E Modules Used in Nuclear Power Generating Stations Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jun 14, 1994. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **ANSI withdrawn 3/20/91. History: BD APP: Dec 09, 1976, ANSI APP: Mar 20, 1980 Abstract: The basic requirements of a type test program with the objective of verifying that a module used as a Class 1E equipment in a nuclear power generating station meets or exceeds its design specifications are described. This standard is limited to Class 1E modules from and including the sensor through the logic circuitry of the final actuation devices. Except for those that are part of a module, switchgear, cables, connections, motors, valve actuators, station batteries, and penetrations are not included and are covered by other IEEE documents. Key Words: type, tests, clas 1E, nuclear, modules Designation: 382-2006 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Nuclear Power Engineering Title: IEEE Standard for Qualification of Safety-Related Actuators for Nuclear Power Generating Stations Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Mar 15, 2007 Technical Contact: William F. Sadowski, Phone:256-716-4154, Email:bill.sadowski@wylelabs.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Sep 15, 2006, BD APP: Dec 06, 2006 Project Scope: This standard establishes criteria for qualification of safety- related actuators, and actuator components, in Nuclear Power Generating Stations in order to demonstrate their ability to perform their intended safety functions. Project Purpose: This standard establishes criteria for qualification of safety-related actuators, and actuator components, in Nuclear Power Generating Stations in order to demonstrate their ability to perform their intended safety functions. Abstract: Direction for the implementation of the requirements of IEEE Std 323™-2003 as they apply to the specific features of safety-related actuator qualification are provided. This standard establishes criteria for qualification of safety-related actuators, and actuator components, in Nuclear Power Generating Stations in order to demonstrate their ability to perform their intended safety functions under all required conditions. Key Words: actuator components, AOV, HOV, MOV, nuclear power generating stations, safety-related actuators, SOV Designation: 382-1996 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Nuclear Power Engineering Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2004 Title: IEEE Standard for Qualification of Actuators for Power-Operated Valve Assemblies With Safety-Related Functions for Nuclear Power Plants Status: Superseded **Revision of Std 382-1985. History: PAR APP: Mar 21, 1991, BD APP: Mar 21, 1996, ANSI APP: Sep 11, 1996 Project Scope: This standard describes the qualification of all types of power- driven valve actuators, including damper actuators, for safety-related functions in nuclear power generating stations. This standard may also be used to separately qualify actuator components. Project Purpose: This standard establishes the minimum requirements for, and guidance regarding, the methods and procedures for qualification of power- driven valve actuators with safety-related functions. Abstract: The qualification of all types of power-driven valve actuators, including damper actuators, for safety-related functions in nuclear power generating stations, is described. This standard may also be used to separately qualify actuator components. The minimum requirements for, and guidance regarding, the methods and procedures for qualification of power-driven valve actuators with safety-related functions are provided. Key Words: class 1E safety equipment, nuclear power plants, qualification Designation: 382-1985 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Nuclear Power Engineering Title: IEEE Standard for Qualification of Actuators for Power Operated Valve Assemblies with Safety-Related Functions for Nuclear Power Plants Status: Superseded **Revision of IEEE Std 382-1980. History: PAR APP: Jul 31, 1982, BD APP: Jun 14, 1984, ANSI APP: Mar 31, 1986 Abstract: Minimum requirements for, and guidance regarding, the methods and procedures for qualification of power-driven valve actuators with safety-related functions are established. The qualification of all types of power-driven valve actuators, including damper actuators, is covered. The standard qualification cases and their environmental parameters for the usual locations of safety-related equipment in a nuclear generating station are described. Test procedures are presented. Key Words: qualification, valves, safety, nuclear, actuators Designation: 382 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Nuclear Power Engineering Title: Standard for Qualification of Actuators for Safety-Related Power- Operated Valve Assemblies for Nuclear Power Plants Status: Superseded Technical Contact: P G McQuillan, Phone:434-528-4400x9714, Email:pmcquillan@flowserve.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jun 09, 2005 Project Scope: This standard describes the qualification of all types of actuators, including damper actuators, for Safety-Related Power-Operated Valve Assemblies for nuclear power plants. This standard may also be used to separately qualify actuator components. Project Purpose: The standard establishes the minimum requirements for qualification of safety-related power driven valve actuators. Designation: 383-2003 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Nuclear Power Engineering Title: IEEE Standard for Qualifying Class 1E Electric Cables and Field Splices for Nuclear Power Generating Stations Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jun 10, 2004 **Supersedes 383-1974 (R1992). Technical Contact: John L White Jr., Phone:254-897-6674, Email:j.l.white@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Sep 22, 1994, BD APP: Dec 10, 2003 Project Scope: This standard provides requirements for qualifying electric cables and field splices for service in Class 1E systems in nuclear power generating stations. Basic requirements for qualifiction are given in IEEE Standard 323 (Standard for Qualifying Class 1E Equipment in Nuclear Power Generating Stations). Categories of cables covered are those used for power, control, and instrumentation services including signal and communication cables. This standard does not address qualification of cables used in services that include high neutron doses such as the mineral insulated cables in certain nuclear instrumentation applications. Project Purpose: The purpose of the project is to incorporate updated information, techniques and experience. Abstract: This standard provides general requirements, direction, and methods for qualifyingClass1E electric cables, field splices, factory splices, and factory rework for service in nuclear power generating stations. Categories of cables covered are those used for power, control, andinstrumentation services, including signal and communication cables. Field cables, wires, and splic-es are within the scope of this standard. Cables, wires, and splices within or integral to other devices(e.g., instruments, panels, motors, etc.) should be qualified using the requirements in the applicabledevice standard or IEEE Std 323TM-1983, as appropriate. However, this standard's requirementsmay be applied to the wire and cable within these devices. Key Words: class 1E electric cables, factory rework, factory splices, field splices, qualified life, rep-resentative cable, representative splices Designation: 383-1974 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Nuclear Power Engineering Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1992 Title: IEEE Standard for Type Test of Class 1E Electric Cables, Field Splices, and Connections for Nuclear Power Generating Stations Status: Superseded **Superseded by 383-2003. History: BD APP: Feb 28, 1974, ANSI APP: Apr 30, 1975 Abstract: Directions for establishing type tests that may be used in qualifying Class 1E electric cables, field splices, and other connections for service in nuclear power generating stations are provided. Though intended primarily for cable for field installation, this guide may also be used for the qualification of internal wiring of manufactured devices. It does not cover cables for service within the reactor vessel. Key Words: type, class 1E, nuclear, cables, splices Designation: 384-1992 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Nuclear Power Engineering Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1998 Title: IEEE Standard Criteria for Independence of Class 1E Equipment and Circuits Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Dec 01, 1992 **Revision of IEEE Std 384-1981. History: PAR APP: Mar 19, 1992, BD APP: Jun 18, 1992, ANSI APP: Dec 31, 1992 Project Scope: This standard describes the independence requirements of the circuits and equipment comprising or associated with Class 1E systems. It sets forth criteria for the independence that can be acheived by physical separation and electrical isolation of circuits and equipment that are redundant, but does not address the determination of what is to be considered redundant. Project Purpose: This standard establishes the criteria for implementation of the independence requirements of IEEE Std 603-1991 and IEEE Std 308-1991. Abstract: The independence requirements of the circuits and equipment comprising or associated with Class 1E systems are described. Criteria for the independence that can be achieved by physical separation and electrical isolation of circuits and equipment that are redundant are set forth. The determination of what is to be considered redundant is not addressed. Key Words: associated, circuit, barrier, Class 1E, independance, isolation device, device, raceway, separation Designation: P384 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Nuclear Power Engineering Title: Standard Criteria for Independence of Class 1E Equipment and Circuits Status: Revision Project Technical Contact: Paul L. Yanosy, Phone:412-374-6402, Email:paul.l.yanosy@us.westinghouse.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 17, 2001 Project Scope: There is no change to the Scope of the standard which reads: This standard describes the independence requirements of the circuits and equipment comprising or associated with Class 1E systems. It sets forth criteria for the independence that can be achieved by physical separation and electrical isolation of circuits and equipment that are redundant, but does not address the determination of what is to be considered redundant. Project Purpose: There is no change to the Purpose of the standard, which reads: This standard establishes the criteria for implementation of the independence requirements of IEEE Std 603-1998 and IEEE Std 308-1991. The purpose of this change is to address: 1) The independence requirements in plant Hazard areas in relationship to existing industry standards, guidelines and NRC approved practice. 2) The application of independence requirements for fiber optic cabling 3) The effect of EMI/RFI on independence requirements 4) Incorporate user feedback 5) References as listed in this standard Designation: 384-1981 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Nuclear Power Engineering Title: IEEE Standard Criteria for Independence of Class 1E Equipment and Circuits Status: Superseded History: BD APP: Sep 18, 1980, ANSI APP: Jan 20, 1983 Key Words: independence, nuclear, class 1E, circuits, equipment Designation: 385 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Nuclear Power Engineering Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. Designation: 386-2006 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Insulated Conductors Title: Standard for Separable Insulated Connector Systems for Power Distribution Systems above 600 V Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Mar 01, 2007 Technical Contact: Frank Stepniak, Phone:973-919-4552, Email:fstepniak62@comcast.net **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: May 09, 2002, BD APP: Sep 15, 2006, ANSI APP: Jan 26, 2007 Project Scope: This standard establishes definitions, service conditions, ratings, interchangeable construction features, and tests for loadbreak and deadbreak separable insulated connector systems rated above 600 V, 600 A or less, for use on power distribution systems. Project Purpose: Revision to the standard are needed to provide the user with stacking dimensions of assembled 200 A and 600 A medium voltage insulated deadbreak connectors. New test procedures will improve reliability and provide repeatable results for both user and manufacturer evaluations. Abstract: Definitions, service conditions, ratings, interchangeable construction features, and tests are established for loadbreak and deadbreak separable insulated connector systems rated above 600 V and, 600 A or less, for use on power distribution systems. Key Words: deadbreak connector, elbow connector, loadbreak connector, power distribution systems, separable conductor, separable insulated connector systems Designation: 386-1995 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Insulated Conductors Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2001 Title: IEEE Standard for Separable Insulated Connector Systems for Power Distribution Systems above 600 V Status: Superseded **Revision of IEEE Std 386-1985. History: PAR APP: Dec 06, 1990, BD APP: Mar 16, 1995, ANSI APP: Oct 06, 1995 Abstract: Definitions, service conditions, ratings, interchangeable construction features, and tests are established for load-break and dead-break separable insulated connector systems rated 601 V and above, 600A or less, for use on power distribution systems. Key Words: dead break, connector, elbow connector, load break, power distribution, separable conductor, separable insulated, connector systems Designation: 386-1985 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transmission and Distribution Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1991 Title: IEEE Standard for Separable Insulated Connector Systems for Power Distribution Systems Above 600 V Status: Superseded History: BD APP: Sep 22, 1983, ANSI APP: Mar 22, 1985 (Ref. Std.: 1) Abstract: Service conditions, ratings, interchangeable construction features, and tests for load-break and dead-break separable insulated connector systems rated 601 V and above, 600 A or less, for use on power distribution systems, are established. Included are: corona voltage-level tests, dielectric tests, short-time current test, switching test, fault-closure test, current- cycling tests, accelerated sealing-life test, cable pull-out test, operating-force test, operating-eye test, test-point cap test, test-point tests, and shielding test. Key Words: separable, insulated, connectors, distribution, power, dead-break connector, elbow connector, load-break connector, separable conductor, connector systems Designation: 387-1995 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Nuclear Power Engineering Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2001 Title: IEEE Standard Criteria for Diesel-Generator Units Applied as Standby Power Supplies for Nuclear Power Generating Stations Status: Approved Publication of IEEE **Revision of IEEE Std 387-1984. History: PAR APP: Aug 17, 1989, BD APP: Dec 12, 1995, ANSI APP: Aug 01, 1996 Project Scope: Criteria for the application and testing of D/G units as Class 1E standby power supplies in nuclear power generating stations. Abstract: The criteria for the application and testing of diesel-generator units as Class 1E standby power supplies in nuclear power generating stations is described. Key Words: aging classification, auxiliary equipment, capability, controls, design criteria, design features, load profile, modifications, operation, periodic testing, engine, generator, pre-operational test, production testing, protection, rating, records, reliability program, seismic qualification, site testing, test parameters, type testing Designation: 387-1984 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Nuclear Power Engineering Title: IEEE Standard Criteria for Diesel-Generator Units Applied as Standby Power Supplies for Nuclear Power Generating Stations Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Dec 05, 1991. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **ANSI withdrawn 3/17/93. History: BD APP: Mar 11, 1982, ANSI APP: Nov 21, 1984 Abstract: 8/90: rev in progress Designation: 388-1992 Sponsor: IEEE Power Electronics Society/Electronic Transformers Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1998 Title: IEEE Standard for Transformers and Inductors in Electronic Power Conversion Equipment Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jul 09, 1992 History: PAR APP: Dec 12, 1985, BD APP: Mar 19, 1992, ANSI APP: Dec 15, 1992 Project Scope: This standard pertains to transformers and inductors of both the saturating and nonsaturating type that are used in electronic power conversion equipment. Power conversion equipment includes items known as inverters, converters, power conditioners, switching power supplies, switched mode power supplies, and the like. These items are mostly devices used to change dc power from one voltage to another, to change dc power to ac, and to change ac power of one frequency to another frequency. This equipment is best described as utilizing transistors, silicon controlled rectifiers (SCRs), or other similar devices that switch power on and off at a high rate in order to achieve the power conversion or regulation desired. Therefore, this standard covers the various transformers and inductors that are used in any of tyhe above mentioned equipment or devices, except for transformers operated directly from the mains. Abstract: Transformers and inductors of both the saturating and nonsaturating type are covered. The power transfer capability of the transformers and inductors covered ranges from less than 1 W to the multikilowatt level. The purpose is to provide a common basis between the engineers designing power conversion circuits and the engineers designing the transformers and inductors used in those circuits. Apparatus used in equipment for high-voltage power conversion for distribution by electric utilities is not covered. Key Words: inductors, electronic, power, equipment, transformer, inductor, Converter Designation: 388 Sponsor: IEEE Power Electronics Society/Electronic Transformers Title: Standard for Transformers and Inductors in Electronic Power Conversion Equipment Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Matthew Wilkowski, Phone:908-575-7550, Email:wilkowski@enpirion.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 02, 1993 Designation: 389-1996 Sponsor: IEEE Power Electronics Society/Electronic Transformers Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Testing Electronics Transformers and Inductors Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Apr 22, 1997 **Revision of IEEE Std 389-1990. History: PAR APP: Mar 21, 1991, BD APP: Jun 20, 1996, ANSI APP: Jan 06, 1997 Project Scope: This recommended practice presents a number of tests for use in determining the significant parameters and performance characteristics of electronics transformers and inductors. These tests are designed primarily for transformers and inductors used in all types of electronic applications, but they may apply to the other types of transformers of large apparent- power rating used in the electric power utility industry. Some of the tests described are intended for qualifying a product for a specific application, while others are test practices used widely for manufacturing and customer acceptance testing. Section 3 is intended to serve as a guide for particular application categories. The tests described in this recommended practice include those most commonly used in the electronic transformer industry: electric strength, resistance, power loss, inductance, impedance, balance, ratio of transformation, and many others used less frequently. Project Purpose: This recommended practice has been prepared to serve as a guide in the design, testing, and specifying of electronic transformers and inductors. The publication contains many tests and experimental methods for evaluating almost every aspect of electronic transformers performance, including a number of tests for determining transformer environmental charactreristics such as audible-niose generation. The tests and specifications included are aimed primarily at the testing and evaluation of transformers of relatively low apparent-power rating, such as those used in communications, instrumentation, control, small appliance, and computer applications. However, most of these tests are perfectly applicable to transformers of any rating. Abstract: A number of tests are presented for use in determining the significant parameters and performance characteristics of electronics transformers and inductors. These tests are designed primarily for transformers and inductors used in all types of electronics applications, but they may apply to the other types of transformers of large apparent-power rating used in the electric power utility industry. Key Words: common-mode rejection tests, corona tests, current transformer tests, electronic inductors, electronic power transformers, inductance measurements, inrush-current evaluation, insulation tests, large rectifiers, noise tests, product rating, pulse transformers, quality factor, resistance tests, self-resonance, temperature rise tests, terminated impedance measurements, transformer capacitance, voltage-time shielding Designation: 389-1990 Sponsor: IEEE Power Electronics Society/Electronic Transformers Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Testing Electronic Transformers and Inductors Status: Superseded **Revision of IEEE Std 389-1979. History: BD APP: May 03, 1990, ANSI APP: Aug 24, 1990 Abstract: Tests for use in determining the significant parameters and performance characteristics of electronic transformers and inductors are presented. They include those most commonly used in the electronic transformer industry, i.e., electric strength, resistance, power loss, inductance, impedance, balance, and ratio of transformation, as well as others used less frequently. The tests are designed primarily for transformers and inductors used in all types of electronic applications, but they may apply to the other types of transformers of large apparent-power rating used in the electric power utility industry. Some of the tests are intended for qualifying a product for a specific application, while others are test practices used widely for manufacturing and customer acceptance testing. A guide for particular application categories is included. Key Words: common mode, rejection tests, corona tests, current transformer , electronic inductors, power transformers, inductance , inrush current, insulation tests, large rectifiers, noise tests, product rating, pulse transformers, quality factors, resistance tests, self resonance, temperature rise, terminated rise test, voltage time, time shielding, Voltage-time shielding, Transformer capacitance, Temperature rise tests, Self-resonance, Quality factor, Inductance measurements, Electronic power transformers, Current transformer tests, Common-mode rejection tests Designation: 389-1979 Sponsor: IEEE Magnetics Society Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Testing Electronics Transformers and Inductors Status: Superseded History: PAR APP: Dec 28, 1981, BD APP: Mar 09, 1978 Key Words: testing, electronics, transformers, inductors Designation: 390-1987 Sponsor: IEEE Power Electronics Society/Electronic Transformers Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1998 Title: IEEE Standard for Pulse Transformers Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Oct 14, 1987 **Revision of ANSI/IEEE Std 390-1975 and IEEE Std 391-1976. Transferred from Magnetics Society to Power Electronics Society. History: BD APP: Dec 11, 1986, ANSI APP: May 18, 1987 Abstract: Pulse transformers for use in electronic equipment are considered. This standard applies to the following transformer types: power output (drivers), impedance matching, interstage coupling, current sensing, and blocking-oscillator transformers. For these transformers, the peak power transmitted ranges from a few milliwatts to many kilowatts, and the peak voltage transmitted ranges from a few volts to many kilovolts. Symbols, performance tests, equivalent circuits, preferred test methods, marking, and service conditions are covered. Key Words: pulse, transformers Designation: 390 Sponsor: IEEE Power Electronics Society/Electronic Transformers Title: Standard for Pulse Transformers Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Charles J Elliott, Phone:631-432-2337, Email:cjelliott@on.aibn.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 18, 1999 Project Scope: This standard pertains to pulse transformers for use in electronic equipment. For the various types of these transformers, the peak power transmitted ranges from a few milliwatts to kilowatts; and the peak voltage transmitted ranges from a few volts to many kolovolts. These transformers are required to transmit unipolar or bipolar pulses of voltage or current within specified tolerances of amplitude and time when operated between specified impedances. They are typically used as coupling devices in electronic circuits. In blocking oscillators, they are connected to provide positive feedback in the circuit. In radar or similar use, they are used to couple the modulator to a magnetron, a klystron, a traveling-wave tube or a cross-field amplifier load. Project Purpose: Update the pulse transformer standard by updating applications, definitions and test methods. Designation: 391-1976 Sponsor: IEEE Magnetics Society Title: Hi-Power (>300W, peak) Pulse Transformers Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **Withdrawn 3/9/89. Replaced by IEEE Std 390. Key Words: transformer, pulse Designation: 392-1976 Sponsor: IEEE Magnetics Society Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1982 Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Achieving High Reliability in Electronics Transformers and Inductors Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Dec 05, 1991. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **ANSI (R85). ANSI withdrawn 6/29/92. History: BD APP: Sep 04, 1975, ANSI APP: Jun 09, 1977 Key Words: reliability, electronice, transformers, inductors Designation: 393-1991 Sponsor: IEEE Power Electronics Society Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1998 Title: IEEE Standard for Test Procedures for Magnetic Cores Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Mar 10, 1992 **Revision of IEEE Std 393-1977. Transferred from Magnetics Society to Power Electronics Society. Publication type: Special Publication History: PAR APP: Dec 17, 1981, BD APP: Jun 26, 1991, ANSI APP: Dec 09, 1991 Project Scope: This standard specifies applicable tests to describe the significant properties of magnetic cores used in electronic applications. It is primarily concerned with magnetic cores of the type used in electronics transformers, magnetic amplifiers, inductors, and related devices. However, many of the tests specified herein are general in scope and adaptable to magnetic cores used in many other applications. Standards covered by this publication include tests for specifying or measuring, or both, permeability, core loss, apparent core, induction, hysteresis, thermal characteristics, and other properties of all commonly used typoes of magnetic cores. Abstract: IEEE standard for test procedures for magnetic cores - IEEE Std 393-1991 Key Words: Author: IEEE Designation: 393-1977 Sponsor: IEEE Magnetics Society Title: IEEE Test Procedures for Magnetic Cores Status: Superseded History: BD APP: Jun 26, 1991, ANSI APP: Dec 09, 1991 Key Words: test, procedures, magnetic, cores Designation: 394 Sponsor: IEEE Microwave Theory and Techniques Society Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. Designation: 395 Sponsor: IEEE Microwave Theory and Techniques Society Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. Designation: 396 Sponsor: IEEE Microwave Theory and Techniques Society Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. Designation: 397 Sponsor: IEEE Microwave Theory and Techniques Society Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. Designation: 398-1972 Sponsor: Nuclear and Plasma Sciences Society/Nuclear Instruments and Detectors Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2006 Title: IEEE Standard Test Procedures for Photomultipliers for Scintillation Counting and Glossary for Scintillation Counting Field Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Sep 20, 1972 **aka ANSI N42.9-1972. History: BD APP: Mar 21, 1972, ANSI APP: Apr 28, 1972 Abstract: Tests for measuring the pulse-height, spurious-pulse, and pulse-timing characteristics of photomultipliers used in scintillation and Cerenkov counters are presented. Five different measurement techniques are described. They are rise-time measurements, fall-time measurements, photocathode transit-time difference measurements, and transit-time spread measurements. Key Words: photo, multipliers, scintillation, counting, test Designation: 399-1997 Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Power Systems Engineering Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Industrial and Commercial Power Systems Analysis (Brown Book) Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Aug 31, 1998 Technical Contact: L. Guy Jackson, Phone:251-626-6890, Email:gjackson@powerplot.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Jun 14, 1994, BD APP: Sep 16, 1997 Project Scope: Analytical Principle and Recommended Techniques most often employed in the Design, Operation and Trouble-Shooting of Electric Power Systems for Industrial Facilities and Commerical Buildings. Covers Basic Principles and Specific Techniques for Short-Circuit, Load Flow, Transient Stability, Coordination and other Types of Analysis. Project Purpose: Basic Tutorial Guide and Reference Source on Power System Analysis for Electrical Engineers who Design and Operate Industrial Plant and Commercial Building Power Systems. Abstract: " This Recommended Practice is a reference source for engineers involved inindustrial and commercial power systems analysis. It contains a thorough analysis of the powersystem data required, and the techniques most commonly used in computer- aided analysis, inorder to perform specific power system studies of the following" Key Words: "cable ampacity,dc power system studies,ground mat studies,harmonic analysis,load flow studies,motor-starting studies,power system analysis,power system modeling, power system studies,protective coordination studies,reliability studies,short-circuit studie" Designation: P399 Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Power Systems Engineering Title: Recommended Practice for Industrial and Commercial Power Systems Analysis Status: Revision Project Technical Contact: Gene A Poletto, Phone:630-842-2304, Email:gpoletto@worldnet.att.net **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 27, 2001 Project Scope: This Recommended Practice, commonly known as the IEEE Brown Book, is published by the Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers, Inc. (IEEE) as a reference source to give plant engineers a better understanding of the purpose for and techniques involved in power system studies. The IEEE Brown Book can also be a helpful reference source for system and data acquisition for engineering consultants performing necessary studies prior to designing a new system or expanding an existing power system. This Recommended Practice will help ensure high standards of power system reliability and maximize the utilization of capital investment. The IEEE Brown Book emphasizes up-to-date techniques in system studies that are Most applicable to industrial and commercial power systems. It complements the other IEEE Color Books, and is intended to be used in conjunction with, not as a replacement for, the many excellent texts available in this field. Project Purpose: While the 1997 edition had many changes; this edition will concentrate on updating and improving the presentation of those chapters. Also, two chapters are outdated, due to computer technology enhancements, and need a complete rewrite. Designation: 399-1990 Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Power Systems Engineering Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Industrial and Commercial Power System Analysis Status: Superseded **IEEE Brown Book. Revision of IEEE Std 399-1980. Superseded by 399-1997 History: PAR APP: Oct 20, 1988, BD APP: May 31, 1990, ANSI APP: Oct 12, 1990 Abstract: This Recommended Practice is intended as a practical, general treatise for engineers on power system analysis theory and as a reference work on the analytical techniques that are most commonly applied to the computer-aided analysis of electric power systems in industrial plants and commercial buildings. It covers applications of power system analysis, analytical procedures, system modeling, computer solutions and systems, load flow, short circuits, stability, motor starting, harmonic analysis, switching transients, reliability, cable ampacity, ground mats, and protective-device coordination. Key Words: brown book, industrial power, commercial power, power systems, analysis theory, Power system studies, Power system stability, Power system analysis theory, Power cables, Load flow analysis, harmonics, Grounding Designation: 399-1980 Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Power Systems Engineering Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Power System Analysis (IEEE Brown Book) Status: Superseded History: BD APP: Dec 20, 1979, ANSI APP: Jun 28, 1982 Key Words: power, system, analysis, brown Designation: 400-2001 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Insulated Conductors Title: IEEE Guide for Field Testing and Evaluation of the Insulation of Shielded Power Cable Systems Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jan 29, 2002 **Supersedes 400-1991. Technical Contact: William A Thue, Phone:202-244-3240, Email:wthue@aol.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Jun 26, 1997, BD APP: Dec 06, 2001, ANSI APP: Apr 29, 2002 Project Scope: This Guide lists the various field test methods that are presently available or under development to perform field tests on insulated, shielded power cable systems rated 5 kV through 500 kV. A summary of advantages and disadvantages of the methods will be included. Users should avail themselves of th technical papers that are included as References and in the Bibliography before deciding whether to perform a test and which test to utilize. In making such decisions, consideration should be given to the performance of the entire cable system, including joints, terminations, and associated equipment. Project Purpose: The purpose of this revision is to replace the present IEEE 400 with a Guide presenting an overview of the various tests presently available for evaluating the insulation of cable systems in the field. This will be the umbrella document for a series of Guides that cover each individual test method. These test methods that have been sufficiently developed to become approved Guides will become subdocuments. The content of the present IEEE 400 will be revised and will become the first subdocument. Abstract: " This Guide lists the various field test methods that are currently available or underdevelopment with guidance on HOW to perform each test. The Guide covers shielded, insulatedpower cable systems rated 5 kV through 500 kV unless these voltages are modified by the specific""point"" document." Key Words: "alternating-polarity dc-biased ac voltage, dissipation factor testing, field test, high-voltage dc testing" Designation: 400-1991 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Insulated Conductors Title: IEEE Guide for Making High-Direct-Voltage Tests on Power Cable Systems in the Field Status: Superseded **Revision of IEEE Std 400-1980. Superseded by 400-2001 and 400.1-2007. History: PAR APP: Sep 10, 1987, BD APP: Feb 28, 1991, ANSI APP: Jul 17, 1991 Abstract: Procedures and recommended test voltage values for acceptance and maintenance high-direct-voltage testing of shielded power cable systems are set forth. They apply to all types of shielded, insulated power cable. The aim is to provide uniform test procedures and guidelines for evaluation of the test results. This guide is not intended to apply to unshielded power cables, communication cables, control cables, high-frequency cables, or other special-purpose cables, nor does it purport to require that testing be performed, either at the time of installation or maintenance. Key Words: cable installation, cable maintenance, cable tests, insulated cable, test procedures, Shielded power cable systems, High direct voltage tests Designation: 400-1980 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Insulated Conductors Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1987 Title: IEEE Guide for Making High-Direct-Voltage Tests on Power Cable Systems in the Field Status: Superseded History: BD APP: Dec 14, 1978, ANSI APP: Sep 08, 1988 Key Words: dc, tests, field, cable, high voltage Designation: 400.1-2007 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Insulated Conductors Title: Guide for Field Testing of Laminated Dielectric, Shielded Power Cable Systems Rated 5 kV and Above with High Direct Current Voltage Status: Approved Publication of IEEE Technical Contact: Vern L Buchholz, Phone:604-298-2279, Email:vern.buchholz@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Aug 14, 2003, BD APP: Mar 22, 2007 Project Scope: This Guide presents the recommended practices and procedures for acceptance and maintenance testing of shielded, laminated dielectric insulated power cable systems 5kV and above. It applies to all types of laminated power cable systems such as paper-insulated, lead covered, pipe- type, and pressurized cables that are intended for the transmission or distribution of electric power. The tabulated test levels assume that the cable systems have the usual effectively grounded neutral system or a grounded metallic shield. Project Purpose: The purpose of this guide is to provide uniform practices and procedures for performing direct-voltage acceptance and maintenance tests on shielded, laminated power cable systems in the field and to provide guidelines for evaluation of the test results. The purpose of the revision is to remove information on obsolete cable designs, add information on new cable designs and update information on materials and applications. Designation: 400.1 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Insulated Conductors Title: Guide for Making High-Direct-Voltage Tests on Shielded Power Cable Systems in the Field Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: William A Thue, Phone:202-244-3240, Email:wthue@aol.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jun 26, 1997 Project Scope: Provide uniform procedures for performing high-direct-voltage acceptance test and maintenance tests on shield power cable systems in the field. Provide guidelines for evaluation of the test results. Project Purpose: The purpose of this project is to revise the content of the present IEEE 400 document to bring it up to date with current industry practices. Designation: 400.2-2004 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Insulated Conductors Title: IEEE Guide for Field Testing of Shielded Power Cable Systems Using Very Low Frequency (VLF) Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Mar 08, 2005 Technical Contact: Hans R Gnerlich, Phone:610-865-3432, Email:hgnerlich@aol.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Jan 30, 2000, BD APP: Sep 23, 2004, ANSI APP: Feb 02, 2005 Project Scope: This guide describes very low frequency (VLF) withstand and diagnostic tests and the measurements that are performed in the field on service-aged shielded medium voltage cables with extruded and laminated dielectric insulation. VLF test methods utilize ac signals at frequencies less than 1 Hz. The most commonly used, commerically available, VLF test frequency is 0.1 Hz. Whenever possible, cable systems are treated in a similar manner to individual cables. Charts are included as an aid in identifying the effectiveness of the VLF test for various cable insulation problems. Project Purpose: The introduction of cables with extruded dielectric insulation has imposed new standards and restrictions on field testing of shielded medium voltage systems. DC testing of shielded medium voltage cable systems frequently causes service-aged cables with solid dielectric insulation to fail after they are returned to service. This guide is intended to provide troubleshooting and testing personnel with information to test shielded medium voltage cable systems using very low frequency techniques. Abstract: This guide describes very low frequency (VLF) withstand and diagnostic tests and the measurements that are performed in the field on shielded power cable systems. Whenever possible, cable systems are treated in a similar manner to individual cables. Tables are included as an aid to indentifying the effectiveness of the VLF test for v arious cable system insulation problems. Key Words: cable fault locating, cable system testing, cable testing, dielectric spectroscopy, grounding, hipot testing, partial discharge testing, proof testing, safety, tan delta testing, very low frequency (VLF testing Designation: 400.3-2006 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Insulated Conductors Title: IEEE Guide for Partial Discharge Testing of Shielded Power Cable Systems in a Field Environment Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Feb 05, 2007 Technical Contact: Matthew S Mashikian, Phone:860-427-7621, Email:m.s.mashikian@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Jan 30, 2000, BD APP: Sep 15, 2006, ANSI APP: Feb 01, 2007 Project Scope: This guide covers the diagnostic testing of new or service-aged installed shielded power cable systems, which include cable, joints, and terminations, using PD detection, measurement, and location. Partial discharge testing, which is a useful indicator of insulation degradation, may be carried out on-line or by means of an external voltage source. This guide does not include the testing of compressed gas insulated systems or continuous on-line monitoring at normal service voltage. Project Purpose: This guide describes diagnostic methods capable of detecting and locating partial discharges from defects and damage in installed shielded power cable systems. The results of PD tests are used to assess the condition of cables and accessories. Abstract: This guide covers the diagnostic testing of new or service-aged installed shielded power cable systems, which include cable, joints, and terminations, using partial discharge (PD)detection, measurement, and location. Partial discharge testing, which is a useful indicator of insulation degradation, may be carried out on-line or off-line by means of an external voltage source. This guide does not include the testing of compressed gas insulated systems or continuous on-line monitoring at normal service voltage. Key Words: cable system testing, cable testing, diagnostic testing, off-line partial discharge testing, on-line partial discharge testing, partial discharge testing Designation: 401 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Insulated Conductors Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. Designation: 402-1974 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Insulated Conductors Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1982 Title: IEEE Guide for Measuring Resistivity of Cable-Insulation Materials at High Direct Voltages Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Dec 05, 1991. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. History: BD APP: Sep 06, 1973 Abstract: 1/92 memo from S. Vogel - Reaff in progress. Submittal expected June 1992 Key Words: resistivity, cable, insulation, direct, voltages Designation: 403 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Insulated Conductors Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. Designation: 404-2006 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Insulated Conductors Title: IEEE Standard for Extruded and Laminated Dielectric Shielded Cable Joints Rated 2 500v to 500 000v Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Mar 15, 2007 Technical Contact: Glenn J Luzzi, Phone:973-371-1771x407, Email:g.luzzi@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Jun 13, 2002, BD APP: Dec 06, 2006 Project Scope: This standard establishes electrical ratings and test requirements of cable joints used with extruded and laminated dielectric shielded cables rated in preferred voltage steps from 2500 V to 500 000 V. In addition, it defines test requirements for cable jacket and cable shield restoration devices. This standard also defines a variety of common joint constructions. Joints that connect more than two cables or connect cables with two different conductor sizes are not covered by this standard. However, manufacturers and users are encouraged to use appropriate parts of this standard to evaluate these joints. Project Purpose: The original standard provided manufacturers and users with a consistent set of guidelines for cable joints. This revision is needed to insure cable joint designs are consistent and appropriate for the latest industry-accepted cable designs and also to add qualification guidelines not fully addressed in the current standard. Purpose from Previous PAR - To provide a standard for the qualification and production testing of high voltage joints. This standard will specify uniform testing procedures, levels and requirements that can be used by both manufacturers and users to design and specify underground cable joints which will perform safely and reliably in service. The latest proposed revision of the standard would provide harmonization to appropriate international standards and also extend requirements to those voltage classes not presently covered by any standards. Abstract: Electrical ratings and test requirements of cable joints used with extruded and laminated dielectric shielded cable rated in preferred voltage steps from 2500 V to 500 000 V are established in this standard. In addition, test requirements for cable jacket and cable shield restoration devices are defined. A variety of common joint constructions are also defined. This standard has been designed to provide uniform testing procedures that can be used by manufacturers and users to evaluate the ability of underground power cable joints, and associated cable shield and cable jacket restoration components, to perform reliably in service. Key Words: cable joints, dielectric integrity tests, extruded dielectric cable, impulse withstand voltage (BIL), laminated dielectric cable, sheath/shield sectionalizers, transition joints, withstand voltage Designation: 404-2000 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Insulated Conductors Title: Standard for Extruded and Laminated Dielectric Shielded Cable Joints Rated 2500-500 000V Status: Superseded **Supersedes 404-1993. Technical Contact: Glenn J Luzzi, Phone:973-371-1771x407, Email:g.luzzi@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jun 25, 1998, BD APP: Sep 21, 2000, ANSI APP: Jan 08, 2001 Project Scope: Revision of IEEE 404-1993 to incorporate: 1) general comments resulting from the 1997 reaffirmation balloting attempt; 2) address "usual service conditions" for qualification purposes; 3) provide consistency with international standards IEC 60502-4 and IEC 60840 where appropriate; 4) expand extruded dielectric cable joints requirements to 500kV; and 5) modify the title appropriately. Project Purpose: To provide a standard for the qualification and production testing of high voltage joints. This standard will specify uniform testing procedures, levels and requirements that can be used by both manufacturers and users to design and specify underground cable joints which will perform safely and reliably in service. The latest proposed revision of the standard would provide harmonization to appropriate international standards and also extend requirements to those voltage classes not presently covered by any standards. Abstract: This standard establishes electrical ratings and test requirements of cable joints usedwith extruded and laminated dielectric shielded cable rated in preferred voltage steps from 2500 Vto 500 000 V. It also defines a variety of common joint constructions. This standard is designed toprovide uniform testing procedures that can be used by manufacturers and users to evaluate theability of underground power cable joints to perform reliably in service. Key Words: "cable joints, dielectric integrity tests, extruded dielectric cable, impulse withstandvoltage (BIL), laminated dielectric cable, sheath/shield sectionalizers, transition joints, withstandvoltage" Designation: 404-1993 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Insulated Conductors Title: IEEE Standard for Cable Joints for Use With Extruded Dielectric Cable Rated 5000-138 000 V and Cable Joints for Use With Laminated Dielectric Cable Rated 2500-500 000 V Status: Superseded **Revision of IEEE Std 404-1986. Superseded by 404-2000. History: PAR APP: Jun 01, 1989, BD APP: Dec 02, 1993, ANSI APP: Aug 04, 1994 Abstract: This standard establishes electrical ratings and test requirements for cable joints for use with extruded dielectric shielded cable rated in preferred voltage steps from 5000--138 000 V and cable joints for use with laminated dielectric cable rated in preferred voltage steps from 2500--500 000 V. It also defines a variety of common joint constructions. This standard is designed to provide uniform testing procedures that can be used by manufacturers and users to evaluate the ability of underground power cable joints to perform reliably in service. Key Words: cable joints, BIL, transition joints, withstand voltage, Sheath/shield sectionalizers, Laminated dielectric cable, Impulse withstand voltage , Extruded dielectric cable, Dielectric integrity tests Designation: 404-1986 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Insulated Conductors Title: IEEE Standard for Cable Joints for Use with Extruded Dielectric Cable Rated 5000 V through 46 000 V and Cable Joints for Use with Laminated Dielectric Cable Rated 2500 V Through 500 000 V Status: Superseded History: BD APP: Dec 13, 1984, ANSI APP: Jul 30, 1985 Key Words: power, cable, joints Designation: 405 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Insulated Conductors Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. Designation: 407 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Switchgear Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. Designation: 409 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Switchgear Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. Designation: 415-1986 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Nuclear Power Engineering Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1992 Title: IEEE Guide for Planning of Preoperational Testing Programs for Class 1E Power Systems for Nuclear Power Generating Stations Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Mar 19, 1998. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **Revision of IEEE Std 415-1976. History: BD APP: May 02, 1985, ANSI APP: Jul 26, 1985 Abstract: Directions for establishing an acceptable pre-operational testing program for Class 1E power systems in nuclear power generating stations are provided. The pre-operational tests are performed after the appropriate construction tests have been completed. Their purpose is to verify that the Class 1E power systems perform their required function as designed. The power systems are considered to include the ac and dc power supplies, but do not include the equipment that utilizes the power. Key Words: preoperational, test, 1E, power, systems Designation: 416-1984 Sponsor: SASB/SCC20-Test and Diagnosis for Electric Systems Title: IEEE Standard ATLAS Test Language Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Mar 18, 1993. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. History: BD APP: Dec 22, 1983, ANSI APP: Apr 30, 1985 Designation: 420-2001 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Nuclear Power Engineering Title: IEEE Standard for the Design and Qualification of Class 1E Control Boards, Panels, and Racks Used in Nuclear Power Generating Stations Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Feb 08, 2002 **Revision project for IEEE Std 420-1982. Supersedes 420-1982. Technical Contact: Paul L. Yanosy, Phone:412-374-6402, Email:paul.l.yanosy@us.westinghouse.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Mar 16, 1995, BD APP: Oct 10, 2001, ANSI APP: Jan 30, 2002 Project Scope: This standard applies to the design and qualification of Class 1E control boards, panels, and racks. It does not apply to: individual components, modules, and external field run cables except as they may affect the design and qualification of Class 1E control boards, panels, and racks. Project Purpose: Independence requirements as related to the independence requirements in IEEE 384-1992. Qualification requirements regarding commercial grade dedication. References as listed in IEEE 420-1982. The purpose of the standard will remain as is in the IEEE 420-1982, which is as follows: the purpose of this standard is to specify the design requirements for Class 1E control boards, panels, and racks and to establish the methods to verify that these requirements have been satisfied. Abstract: " This standard specifies the design requirements for new and/or modified Class 1E control boards,panels, and racks and establishes the methods to verify that these requirements have been satisfied. Methodsfor meeting the separation criteria contained in ANSI/IEEE Std 384-1992 are addressed. Qualification is alsoincluded to address the overall requirements of ANSI/IEEE Std 323-1983 and ANSI/IEEE Std 344-1987." Key Words: "cabling, control boards, independence, isolation, nuclear, panels, qualification, racks, safety, separation, wiring" Designation: 420-1982 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Nuclear Power Engineering Title: IEEE Standard for the Design and Qualification of Class 1E Control Boards, Panels, and Racks Used in Nuclear Power Generating Stations Status: Superseded **Superseded by 420-2001. History: BD APP: Dec 17, 1981, ANSI APP: Apr 29, 1983 Abstract: Design requirements that are unique to Class 1E control boards, panels, and racks are specified. Standards for qualification tests to verify that these design requirements have been satisfied are provided. This standard is not intended to define the selection, design, or qualification of piping, modules, or other equipment mounted on the Class 1E control boards, panels, or racks. It is concerned, however, with the effect such mounted equipment has on the design and qualifications. Qualification and testing of individual Class 1E control board components and modules and external field-run cables are not covered. Key Words: qualifications, 1E, control, panels, racks Designation: 421.1-2007 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Energy Development & Power Generation Title: Standard Definitions for Excitation Systems for Synchronous Machines Status: Approved Publication of IEEE Technical Contact: Alexander Murdoch, Phone:518-385-9384, Email:alexander.murdoch@ge.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Dec 08, 1998, BD APP: Mar 08, 2007 Project Scope: Review and update the definitions of excitation systems terminology, and the supporting bibliography and figures of typical excitation system configurations Project Purpose: This standard provides a common base for terminology in common usage related to excitation control systems. The definitions given in this standard are an adjunct to IEEE Std 100 dictionary in describing terms specifically related to excitation systems. With the advent of new excitation systems and changes in common terminology and usage there are revisions required to keep this standard relevant. Designation: 421.1 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Energy Development & Power Generation Title: Standard Definitions for Excitation Systems for Synchronous Machines Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. History: PAR APP: Dec 06, 1990 Project Scope: This standard defines elements and commonly used components in excitation control systems and contains definitions for excitation systems as applied to synchronous machines. The primary purpose is to provide a vocabulary for (1) Writing excitation systems specifications (2) Evaluating excitation system performance (3) Specifying methods for excitation system tests (4) Preparing excitation system standards (5) Serving as an educational means for those becoming acquainted with excitation systems. Project Purpose: This effort is to review and revise the existing standard (Std 421.1-1986) which is one of five of the 421 series standards for excitation systems for synchronous machines. Designation: 421.1-1986 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Energy Development & Power Generation Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1996 Title: IEEE Standard Definitions for Excitation Systems for Synchronous Machines Status: Superseded **Revision of IEEE Std 421-1972. Superseded by 421.1-2007. History: BD APP: Jun 13, 1985, ANSI APP: Nov 21, 1985 Abstract: Elements and commonly used components in excitation control systems and for excitation systems as applied to synchronous machines are defined. The primary purpose of the standard is to provide a vocabulary for writing excitation systems specifications, evaluating excitation system performance, specifying methods for excitation system tests, and preparing excitation system standards. It is also intended to serve as an educational aid for those becoming acquainted with excitation systems. Key Words: excitation system, synchronous machines Designation: 421.2-1990 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Energy Development & Power Generation Title: IEEE Guide for Identification, Testing, and Evaluation of the Dynamic Performance of Excitation Control Systems Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Aug 07, 1990 **This is a revision of IEEE 421A-1978. History: PAR APP: Jun 23, 1983, BD APP: May 31, 1990, ANSI APP: Oct 12, 1990 (Ref. Std.: 421A) Abstract: This standard presents dynamic performance criteria, definitions, and test objectives for excitation control systems as applied by electric utilities. It should be specifically noted that the term "excitation control system" refers to the entire control system including the synchronous machine and power system as well as the excitation system. Key Words: Small signal disturbances, Large signal disturbances, Excitation system specification, Excitation control systems, Closed loop performance Designation: P421.2 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Energy Development & Power Generation Title: Guide for Identification, Testing, and Evaluation of the Dynamic Performance of Excitation Control Systems Status: Revision Project Technical Contact: Jay C Agee, Phone:303-445-2309, Email:jagee@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jun 20, 1996 Project Scope: The working group plans to update the standard in the following areas: references, update all sections, add a subsection on excitation limiters, add new, modern test methods, reduce the size of Appendix B, update all figures and check definitions with new Std 421.1, add testing and explanation of PF/Var Regulators and Controllers. Project Purpose: This project is being done to reflect changes in excitation systems (to digital controllers) and testing methods that have occurred in the past 5 years. Designation: 421.3-1997 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Energy Development & Power Generation Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2004 Title: IEEE Standard for High-Potential Test Requirements for Excitation Systems for Synchronous Machines Status: Approved Publication of IEEE **Revision project for Std 421B-1979. Technical Contact: Robert E Howell, Phone:704-849-9285, Email:RHowell4@Carolina.rr.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Dec 06, 1990, BD APP: Dec 09, 1997, ANSI APP: Feb 04, 1999 (Ref. Std.: 421B) Project Scope: This standard applies to high-potential testing of complete excitation systems and their components for synchronous machines. The components of the excitation system are described in IEEE Std 421-1972, Criteria and Definitions for Excitation Systems for Synchronous Machines. Also included are auxiliary devices that are exposed to excitation system stresses. Examples of such auxiliary devices are temperature indicators, transducers, meters, etc. This standard does not cover the synchronous- machine field winding or field circuit breaker and discharge resistor. Project Purpose: This effort is to review the existing standard (IEEE Std 421B- 1979) which is one of 5 standards in the 421 series on Excitation Systems for Synchronous Machines. Abstract: High-potential test voltages for excitation systems used with synchronous machines areestablished. Test voltages are established based on whether equipment is connected to the exciterpower circuit or is electrically isolated from the exciter power circuit. Key Words: "dielectric testing,excitation systems,test voltages" Designation: 421.4-2004 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Energy Development & Power Generation Title: IEEE Guide for the Preparation of Excitation System Specifications Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Dec 20, 2004 **Supersedes 421.4-1990. Technical Contact: Richard C Schaefer, Phone:618-654-2341x757, Email:richschaefer@basler.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Jun 20, 1996, BD APP: Jun 24, 2004, ANSI APP: Dec 16, 2004 Project Scope: Application information is being provided to help specify excitation systems. Scope includes review of this document and revisions/additions based on updated information and equipment. Project Purpose: The application information is being incorporated to give the user the guidelines and background data required to specify excitation systems. Updates based on modern equipment will be provided. The benefit it properly specified equipment that meets user needs. Abstract: This guide is intended to provide to the specification writer the information to prepare a specification for the purchase of an excitation system. This guide is presented in narrative form with descriptions of functions typical of excitation systems. Narrative is provided describing types of excitation systems and information required for sizing the excitation system. Key Words: communications, compound exciters, digital, excitation guide, exciter types, potential,integral, derivative (PID), potential source exciters, power system stabilizers, redundant controllers, rotating exciters Designation: 421.4-1990 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Energy Development & Power Generation Title: IEEE Guide for the Preparation of Excitation System Specifications Status: Superseded **Superseded by 421.4-2004. History: PAR APP: Jun 28, 1979, BD APP: May 31, 1990, ANSI APP: Oct 12, 1990 Abstract: This guide is intended to be a narrative description of items and functions that should be considered in the preparation of excitation system specifications. This guide applies to excitation systems for synchronous machines rated at 5000 kVA or larger. Key Words: 421.4, exciter, machine regulators, Synchronous machine regulators, Excitation system specification, Excitation control systems Designation: 421.5-2005 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Energy Development & Power Generation Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Excitation System Models for Power System Stability Studies Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Apr 21, 2006 Technical Contact: Les Hajagos, Phone:905-272-2191, Email:les@kestrelpower.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Dec 09, 1997, BD APP: Oct 25, 2005, ANSI APP: Dec 29, 2005 Project Scope: When the behavior of synchronous machines is to be simulated accurately in power system stability studies,it is essential that the excitation systems of the synchronous machines be modeled in sufficient detail (see Byerly and Kimbark [B7]1). The desired models must be suitable for representing the actual excitation equipment performance for large, severe disturbances as well as for small perturbations. A 1968 IEEE Committee Report (see [B18]) provided initial excitation system reference models. It established a common nomenclature, presented mathematical models for excitation systems then in common use, and defined parameters for those models. A 1981 report (see IEEE Committee Report [B20]) extended that work. It provided models for newer types of excitation equipment not covered previously as well as improved models for older equipment. This document, based heavily on the 1981 report, is intended to again update the models, provide models for additional control features, and formalize those models in a recommended practice. To some extent, the model structures presented in this document are intended to facilitate the use of field test data as a means of obtaining model parameters. The models are, however, reduced order models, and they do not represent all of the control loops on any particular system. In some cases, the model used may represent a substantial reduction, resulting in large differences between the structure of the model and the physical system. The excitation system models themselves do not allow for regulator modulation as a function of system frequency, an inherent characteristic of some older excitation systems. The models are valid for frequency deviations of ±5% from rated frequency and oscillation frequencies up to about 3 Hz. These models would not normally be adequate for use in studies of subsynchronous resonance or other shaft torsional interaction problems. Delayed protective and control functions that may come into play in long-term dynamic performance studies are not represented. See additional information in Annex F. Where possible, the supplied models are referenced to commercial equipment and vendor names shown in Annex I. This information is given for the convenience of users of this recommended practice and does not constitute an endorsement by the IEEE of these products. The models thus referenced may be appropriate for equivalent excitation systems supplied by other manufacturers. A sample set of data (not necessarily typical) for each of the models, for at least one particular application, is provided in Annex H. A suffix “A” is used for the designation of models introduced or modified in IEEE Std 421.5-1992, and a suffix “B” is used for models introduced or modified in this latest recommended practice,IEEE Std 421.5-2005. Modeling work outside of the IEEE is documented in IEC 60034-16:1991 [B17]. Additional background is found in IEEE Committee Report [B19]. Project Purpose: Many of those who perform power system simulations require the complete and accurate representation of the particular excitation systems which are being applied. This document will provide standardized models such that a free and understandable exchange of data can occur and model programmers can include all excitation systems within the standardized models. Abstract: Excitation system models suitable for use in large-scale system stability studies are presented. Important limiters and supplementary controls are also included. The model structures presented are intended to facilitate the use of field test data as a means of obtaining model parameters. The models are, however, reduced order models and do not represent all of the control loops on any particular system. The models are valid for frequency deviations of ±5% from rated frequency and oscillation frequencies up to 3 Hz. These models would not normally be adequate for use in studies of subsynchronous resonance or other shaft torsional interaction problems. Delayed protective and control features that may come into play in long term dynamic performance studies are not represented. A sample set of data for each of the models, for at least one particular application, is provided. Key Words: excitation limiters, excitation systems, power system stability Designation: 421.5-1992 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Energy Development & Power Generation Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Excitation System Models for Power System Stability Studies Status: Superseded History: PAR APP: Sep 28, 1982, BD APP: Mar 19, 1992, ANSI APP: Sep 22, 1992 Abstract: Excitation system models suitable for use in large scale system stability studies are presented. With these models, most of the excitation systems currently in widespread use on large, system-connected synchronous machines in North America can be represented. They include updates of models published in the IEEE Transactions on Power Apparatus and Systems in 1981 as well as models for additional control features such as discontinuous excitation controls. Key Words: excitation systems, power system stability Designation: 421A-1978 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Energy Development & Power Generation Title: IEEE Guide for Identification, Testing, and Evaluation of the Dynamic Performance of Excitation Control Systems Status: Superseded **Superseded by 421.2-1990 History: BD APP: Dec 09, 1976, ANSI APP: Jul 17, 1981 (Ref. Std.: 421.2) Key Words: 421.2 Designation: 421B-1979 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Energy Development & Power Generation Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1984 Title: IEEE Standard for High-Potential-Test Requirements for Excitation Systems for Synchronous Machines Status: Superseded **Being revised as 421.3 History: BD APP: Dec 15, 1977, ANSI APP: Jul 21, 1981 Key Words: 421B Designation: 422-1986 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Energy Development & Power Generation Title: IEEE Guide for the Design and Installation of Cable Systems in Power Generating Stations Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Mar 17, 1994. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. Technical Contact: Steve LaPidus, Phone:(201) 886-7821 **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: BD APP: Mar 21, 1985, ANSI APP: Jul 26, 1985 Key Words: Cable, systems, design, installation, pgs Designation: 425 Sponsor: IEEE Ultrasonics, Ferroelectrics and Frequency Control Society Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. Designation: 426 Sponsor: IEEE Ultrasonics, Ferroelectrics and Frequency Control Society Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. Designation: 427 Sponsor: IEEE Ultrasonics, Ferroelectrics and Frequency Control Society Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. Designation: 428 Title: Standard Definitions and Requirements for Thyristor AC Power Controllers Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Allan Ludbrook, Phone:905-628-0024, Email:a.ludbrook@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 10, 1987 Designation: 428-1981 Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Industrial Power Converter Title: IEEE Standard Definitions and Requirements for Thyristor AC Power Controllers Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jun 14, 1994. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **ANSI withdrawn 3/31/94. Technical Contact: Allan Ludbrook, Phone:905-628-0024, Email:a.ludbrook@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: BD APP: Mar 05, 1981, ANSI APP: May 05, 1983 Designation: 429 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Electric Machinery Title: Recommended Practice for Thermal Evaluation of Sealed Insulation Systems for AC Electric Machinery Employing Form-Wound Pre-insulated Stator Coils for Machines Rated 6900 V and Below Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Charles A Wilson, Phone:+1-512-869-8451, Email:229@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 07, 2005 Project Scope: This recommended practice outlines a test procedure for comparing two or more sealed insulation systems in accordance with their expected life at rated temperature. The procedure is limited to insulation systems for ac electrical machines using form-wound preinsulated stator coils rated 6900 V and below. The intent of this test procedure is to evaluate insulation systems for use with air cooling under severe environmental conditions, where the insulation is exposed to conducting contaminants. This procedure does not cover special requirements, such as those for machines enclosed in gas atmospheres or machines subjected to strong chemicals or submersion in liquid, etc. The procedure includes instructions for testing candidate systems in comparison with known systems having a proven record of service experience and interpreting the results of these tests. Project Purpose: The purpose of this procedure is to classify sealed insulation systems for the machinery used in severe environmental conditions (and falling within the scope of this recommended practice) in accordance with their temperature capabilities by test, rather than by chemical composition. Data from such tests may be used to establish the temperature classification of new insulation systems before they are service-proven. In order to provide data from which a base of reference for temperature classification can be established, service-proven sealed systems should also be tested according to this test procedure. Designation: 429-1994 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Electric Machinery Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Thermal Evaluation of Sealed Insulation Systems for AC Electric Machinery Employing Form-Wound Preinsulated Stator Coils for Machines Rated 6900 V and Below Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 16, 2004. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **Revision of IEEE Std 429-1972. 16-Jan-04: Administratively withdrawn. Technical Contact: Charles A Wilson, Phone:+1-512-869-8451, Email:229@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 28, 1990, BD APP: Sep 22, 1994, ANSI APP: Apr 17, 1995 Abstract: A test procedure for comparing two or more sealed insulation systems in accordance with their expected life at rated temperature is outlined. The procedure is limited to insulation systems for alternating-current (ac) electrical machines using form-wound preinsulated stator coils rated 6900 V and below. Key Words: insulation system, stator coils, thermal evaluation, ac electric machinery Designation: 429 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Electric Machinery Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. Designation: 430 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transmission and Distribution Title: Standard Procedures for the Measurement of Radio Noise from Overhead Power Lines and Substations Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Thomas J McDermott, Phone:(914) 681-6454 **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 05, 1991 Designation: 430-1986 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transmission and Distribution Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1991 Title: IEEE Standard Procedures for the Measurement of Radio Noise from Overhead Power Lines and Substations Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 17, 1997. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **Administratively withdrawn 17 January 1997. History: BD APP: Sep 19, 1985, ANSI APP: Jun 15, 1992 Abstract: Uniform procedures are established for the measurement of radio noise generated by corona from overhead power lines with meters that conform to ANSI C63.2-1980. The measurement procedures are also valid for other power-line noise sources such as gaps and harmonics; however, most of the precautionary information, analys is, and data plotting techniques were written and developed primarily for corona discharges. The procedures are not valid for measuring transient radio noise sources that occur during breaker or disconnect switching operations. Procedures are suggested for measurements in and near substations. This standard is applicable to both AC and DC transmission lines and substations. Key Words: radio, noise, overhead, lines, Substation measurements, Power transmission electromagnetic, Power system measurements, Electromagnetic interference Designation: 431 Sponsor: IEEE Components, Hybrids and Manufacturing Technology Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. Designation: 432-1976 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Electric Machinery Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1982 Title: IEEE Guide for Insulation Maintenance for Rotating Electrical Machinery (5 hp to less than 10 000 hp) Status: Superseded History: BD APP: Sep 04, 1975, ANSI APP: Nov 28, 1977 Key Words: insulation, maintenance, rotating, electrical, machinery Designation: 432-1992 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Electric Machinery Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1998 Title: IEEE Guide for Insulation Maintenance for Rotating Electric Machinery (5 hp to less than 10 000 hp) Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 16, 2004. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **Revision of IEEE Std 432-1976. 16-Jan-04: Administratively withdrawn. Technical Contact: Roy L Balke, Phone:(814) 866-6683 **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 23, 1982, BD APP: Jun 18, 1992, ANSI APP: Jan 04, 1993 Abstract: Information necessary to permit an effective evaluation of the insulation systems of medium and small rotating electrical machines is presented. The guide is intended to apply in general to industrial air-cooled machines rated from 5 hp to 10 000 hp. However, the procedures may be found useful for other types of machines. Key Words: Rotating machine insulation, Power system maintenance, Industrial power system maintenance Designation: P433 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Electric Machinery Title: Recommended Practice for Insulation Testing of AC Electric Machinery with High Voltage at Very Low Frequency Status: Revision Project Technical Contact: Howard Sedding, Phone:416-207-6000 Et 6172, Email:howard.sedding@kinectrics.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 07, 2005 Project Scope: This document describes very low frequency (VLF) testing of ac electric machines. It covers acceptance testing of new machines in the factory or on-site after erection. Also covered is the routine maintenance testing of machines that have been in service. In order to facilitate communication and comparison among investigators, this document recommends that the very low frequency used be 0.1 Hz. Project Purpose: The purposes of this recommended practice are: (1) To provide a uniform procedure for testing the stator (armature) insulation of ac electric machines with VLF voltage, in order to obtain consistent results. (2)To recommend constants for relating VLF tests to power-frequency and direct-voltage tests to obtain equally effective test levels. (3)To describe VLF-test equipment and wave shape. (4)To define terms which have specific meaning in VLF testing. Designation: 433-1974 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Electric Machinery Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1991 Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Insulation Testing of Large AC Rotating Machinery with High Voltage at Very Low Frequency Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 16, 2004. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **16-Jan-04: Administratively withdrawn. Technical Contact: Bal K Gupta, Phone:416-621-6035, Email:bal.gupta@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: BD APP: Dec 13, 1973, ANSI APP: May 06, 1992 Abstract: Terms that have a specific meaning in VLF testing are defined, and VLF test equipment and wave shape are described. A uniform procedure for testing the armature insulation of large AC machines with VLF voltage is provided. Constants for relating VLF tests to power-frequency and direct-voltage tests to obtain equally effective test levels are recommended. Key Words: testing, machinery, voltage, frequency, Rotating machine insulation testing, AC machines Designation: 434-2006 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Electric Machinery Title: IEEE Guide for Functional Evaluation of Insulation Systems for AC Electric Machines Rated 2300 V and Above Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Mar 15, 2007 Technical Contact: Lori Rux, Phone:503-808-4221, Email:Lori.Rux@usace.army.mil **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Nov 18, 2004, BD APP: Dec 06, 2006, ANSI APP: Apr 26, 2007 Project Scope: This guide describes a procedure that may be used to evaluate and compare insulation systems used, or proposed for use, in large ac electric machines. The tests outlined herein are applicable to the groundwall insulation systems applied to form-wound, pre-insulated armature (stator) winding coils and/or bars of generators, motors, and synchronous condensers rated 2300 V or higher. The basic component of these insulation systems is usually mica combined with reinforcing, bonding, and impregnating materials. This guide is based on the experience of the industry with mica- based systems; any evaluation of other insulation systems should, however, consider the requirements of this guide. This document is not intended for use as a manufacturer’s quality assurance test plan. Nor should it be used for specifying or procuring armature winding coils/bars. Project Purpose: During operation, an insulation system is subjected to electrical, thermal, mechanical, and environmental stresses that act and interact to cause irreversible changes in the properties of the insulation. The applied stresses initiate aging mechanisms that eventually lead to failure. The purpose of this guide is to provide winding manufacturers a means of evaluation in which an insulation system is exposed to influencing factors that simulate or are characteristic of actual service conditions. This guide establishes the basis for evaluating the aging of the electrical insulation system as a result of these influences. Abstract: A procedure that may be used to evaluate and compare insulation systems used, or proposed for use, in large ac electric machines is described in this guide. Key Words: ac, accelerated aging, armature winding, electric machine, electrical insulation, electromechanical, functional evaluation, stator winding, thermal endurance, thermal expansion, thermomechanical, voltage endurance Designation: 434-1973 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Electric Machinery Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1991 Title: IEEE Guide for Functional Evaluation of Insulation Systems for Large High-Voltage Machines Status: Superseded History: BD APP: May 24, 1973, ANSI APP: May 06, 1992 Abstract: Classification test methods that may be used to compare insulation systems in use, or proposed for use, in large high- voltage rotating machines are described. Thermal aging, voltage endurance, thermomechanical forces, and electromechanical forces are addressed. Key Words: evaluation, high voltage, machines, Rotating machine insulation testing, Insulation life Designation: 434 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Electric Machinery Title: Guide for Functional Evaluation of Insulation Systems for AC Electric Machines Status: Superseded Technical Contact: Lori Rux, Phone:503-808-4221, Email:Lori.Rux@usace.army.mil **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 31, 2002 Project Scope: This guide describes a procedure which may be used to evaluate and compare insulation systems used, or proposed for use, in large ac electric machines. The tests outlined herein are applicable to the groundwall insulation systems applied to form-wound, insulated stator (armature) winding coils and/or bars of generators, motors, and synchronous condensers rated 6000 V or higher. The basic ingredient of these insulation systems is usually mica combined with reinforcing, bonding, and impregnating materials. This guide is based on the experience of the industry with micaceous systems; any evaluation of nonmicaceous systems should, however, consider the requirements of this guide. This document is not intended for use as a manufacturer's Quality Assurance Test Plan. Nor should it be used for specifying or procuring armature winding coils/bars. Project Purpose: During operation, an insulation system is subjected to electrical, thermal, mechanical, and environmental stresses which may act and interact to cause irreversible changes in the properties of the insulation. The applied stresses initiate aging mechanisms that eventually lead to failure. The purpose of this guide is to provide a means of evaluation in which an insulation system is exposed to influencing factors that simulate or are characteristic of actual service conditions. This guide establishes the basis for evaluating the aging of the electrical insulation system as a result of these influences. This standard is being revised because the working group feels that more definitions are need to be added to the document to further clarify the information presented in the standard. Also, more specific test detail will be added to the document. Designation: 435 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Electric Machinery Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. Designation: 436-1991 Sponsor: IEEE Power Electronics Society/Electronic Transformers Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1998 Title: IEEE Guide for Making Corona (Partial Discharge) Measurements on Electronics Transformers Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: May 07, 1991 Publication type: Special Publication History: PAR APP: Mar 10, 1988, BD APP: Feb 11, 1991, ANSI APP: Jun 28, 1991 Project Scope: This guide covers the detection of corona (partial discharge) and the measurement of its magnitude in electronics transformers. Test conditions, test apparatus, and test requirements are included. Project Purpose: Corona (partial discharge) is an ionization phenomenon that can cause deterioration in certain insulation systems. Its presence in electronic equipment can be harmful through its manifestation as circuit noise, spurious voltage or current pulses, or other undesirable effects that lead to circuit malfunctions. Transformers and inductors used in electronic circuits at high voltages can be locations where this harmful phenomenon originates. Even in instances where discharges are not of concern in circuit performance, they be of concern because of their adverse effect on component life. It is, therefore, essential that the insulation system be free of corona discharges at operating voltage stresses. The magnitude or intensity of these discharges is usually of such a low level that very sensitive electronic measuring apparatus and techniques are required to detect them. This guide presents a uniform procedure for making corona (partial discharge) measurements by electrical means on electronics transformers. Methods of applying voltage stress, the use of sine-wave voltage to simulate dc and ac combinations, the types and limitations of voltage stresses encountered, and the acceptable limits of discharge pulse energy are included. Recommended test conditions and the need for negotiation of special tests are discussed. Abstract: A uniform procedure for making corona (partial discharge) measurements by electrical means on electronic transformers is presented. Methods of applying voltage stress, the use of a sine-wave voltage to simulated dc and ac combinations, the types and limitations of voltage stresses encountered, and the acceptable limits of discharge pulse energy are included. Recommended test conditions and the need for negotiation of special tests are discussed. Test apparatus and calibration are described. The aim is to establish a common ground of understanding between transformer and systems design engineers and transformer manufacturers in the development of service and performance requirements. Key Words: corona, partial discharge, insulation breakdown, Transformer insulation Designation: 436-1977 Sponsor: IEEE Magnetics Society/Electronic Transformers Title: IEEE Guide for Making Corona (Partial Discharge) Measurements on Electronics Transformers Status: Superseded History: BD APP: Sep 09, 1976 Designation: 438 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Switchgear Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. Designation: 442-1981 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Insulated Conductors Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2003 Title: IEEE Guide for Soil Thermal Resistivity Measurements Status: Approved Publication of IEEE History: BD APP: Mar 05, 1981, ANSI APP: May 15, 1997 Abstract: A method for measurement of soil thermal resistivity that is based on the theory that the rate of temperature rise of a line heat source is dependent upon the thermal constants of the medium in which it is placed is given. This information will enable the user to properly install and load underground cables. The aim is to provide sufficient information to enable the user to select useful commercial test equipment, or to manufacture equipment that is not readily available on the market, and to make meaningful resistivity measurements with this equipment, in the field or on soil samples in the laboratory. Designs for both laboratory and field thermal needles are described. Key Words: soil, resistivity, Soil measurements, Power transmission lines, Power cable thermal factors, Power cable installation Designation: 444 Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Industrial Power Converter Title: Standard Practices and Requirements for Thyristor Converters for Motor Drives; Part 1 - Converters DC Motor Armature Supplies Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: A. C Stevenson, Phone:540-387-8471, Email:Stevenson-Ac@salem.ge.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 10, 1987 Designation: 444-1973 Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Industrial Power Converter Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1992 Title: IEEE Standard Practices and Requirements for Thyristor Converters for Motor Drives Part 1- Converters for DC Motor Armature Supplies Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Mar 06, 2000. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. Technical Contact: A. C Stevenson, Phone:540-387-8471, Email:Stevenson-Ac@salem.ge.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: BD APP: Dec 02, 1971, ANSI APP: Feb 23, 1993 Abstract: This standard applies to all types of line-commutated semiconductor power converters employing monocrystalline semiconductor thyristors or diodes, as used in industrial motor-drive applications requiring adjustable direct voltage for dc motor armature or field, or adjustable voltage and frequency in the case of ac motor drives (cycloconverter). It covers thyristor converter circuits, general requirements, test procedures, general recommendations for loading and operating converter units, and thyristor converter transformers. Although written primarily around the requirements of motor drives needing sufficient power to utilize multiphase power converters, this standard is applicable with reasonable interpretation to all line-commutated power converters used in industrial motor-drive applications. Key Words: requirements, thyristor, converters, motor drives, DC motor drives Designation: 446-1995 Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Power Systems Engineering Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2000 Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Emergency and Standby Power Systems for Industrial and Commercial Applications Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jul 03, 1996 **Revision of Std 446-1987. History: PAR APP: Jun 18, 1992, BD APP: Dec 12, 1995, ANSI APP: Aug 01, 1996 Project Scope: As presently stated in IEEE Std 446-1987. Project Purpose: To update IEEE Std 446-1987 by incorporating references to current codes and standards and by including new technology and practices. Abstract: This Recommended Practice addresses the uses, power sources, design, and maintenance of emergency and standby power systems. Chapter 3 is a general discussion of needs for and the configuration of emergency and standby systems. Chapter 9 lists the power needs for specific industries. Chapters 4 and 5 deal with the selection of power sources. Chapter 6 provides recommendations for protecting both power sources and switching equipment during fault conditions. Chapter 7 provides recommendations for design of system grounding, and Chapter 10 provides recommendations for designing to reliability objectives. Chapter 8 provides recommended maintenance practices. Key Words: batteries, emergency generators, emergency power, emergency systems, system design, engine generators, standby power, standby system, stored energy, transfer switch, uninterruptible , power supplies, UPS, UPS batteries Designation: 446 Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Power Systems Engineering Title: Recommended Practice for Emergency and Standby Power systems for Industrial and Commercial Applications Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: James M Daley, Phone:610 866 3673, Email:jmdaley@rcn.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Feb 14, 2002 Project Scope: As presently stated in 446-87. This standard presents recommended engineering principles, practices and guidelines for the selection, design, installation, application, operation and maintenance of emergency and standby power systems. This information is primarily presented from a user's viewpoint; however, managing the effects of power system disturbances requires close cooperation between users, electric utilities and equipment manufacturers. This standard addresses the following questions: Is an emergency or standby power system (or both) needed, and what will it accomplish?; What types of systems are available, and which can best meet users' needs?; How should the most suitable system be designed and applied to the existing power system?; What are the maintenance and operating requirements for maintaining system reliability?; Where can additional information be obtained?; What are the design considerations for maintaining system reliability? The following industries and fields are considered specialized and beyond the scope of inclusion and direct address buy this standard: transport, government, military and utility. Project Purpose: To update 446-87 by including new technology and practices. Significant advances in equipment and applications have occurred over the recent past. Their collective impact on the design options available to a user should be made visible so that the designer can implement an appropriate design for the application. This revision to the standard incorporates appropriate advances. Designation: 446 Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Power Systems Engineering Title: Recommended Practice for Emergency and Standby Power Systems for Industrial and Commercial Applications Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Charles D Hughes, Phone:803-208-2953, Email:cdhughes@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 16, 1997 Project Scope: This standard presents recommended engineering principles, practices, and guidelines for the selection, design, installation, application, operation, and maintenance of emergency and standby power systems. This information is primarily presented from a user's viewpoint; however, managing the effects of power system disturbances requires close cooperation between users, electric utilities, and equipment manufacturers. Project Purpose: To update Std 446-1995 by incorporating references to current codes and standards, and by including new technology and practices. Designation: 446-1987 Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Power Systems Engineering Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Emergency and Standby Power Systems for Industrial and Commerical Applications Status: Superseded **(IEEE Orange Book) Revision of ANSI/IEEE Std 446-1980. History: BD APP: Jun 19, 1986, ANSI APP: Nov 17, 1986 Abstract: Recommended engineering principles, practices, and guidelines for the selection and application of emergency and standby power systems are presented. Industrial and commercial users' needs are outlined and discussed, and the material is primarily presented from a user's viewpoint. General requirements, protection, grounding, applications by specific industry, and maintenance guidelines are included. Key Words: emergency, standby, power, system, orange book Designation: 447 Sponsor: IEEE Magnetics Society Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. Designation: 448 Sponsor: IEEE Instrumentation and Measurement Society Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. Designation: 449-1998 Sponsor: IEEE Power Electronics Society/Electronic Transformers Title: IEEE Standard for Ferroresonant Voltage Regulators Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jun 10, 1999 **Revision of IEEE Std 449-1990. History: PAR APP: Dec 02, 1993, BD APP: Dec 08, 1998, ANSI APP: May 24, 1999 Project Scope: This standard pertains to ferroresonant voltage regulators which operate at relatively constant frequencies and provide substantially constant output voltages in spite of relatively large changes of input voltage, and to controlled ferroresonant regulators which maintain substantially constant output voltage regardless of variations, within limits, of input voltage, temperature, frequency and output load. Guides to application and test procedures are included. Provision is made for relating the rectifiers and circuits. Definitions pertaining to ferroresonance and ferroresonant regulators which have not been found elsewhere are included with an appropriate discussion. This standard includes, but is not limited to, the following types of ferroresonant regulators 1) Series ferroresonant regulators 2) Series-parallel ferroresonant regulars(electrically connected) 3) Ferroresonant transformer regulars(magnetically connected) 4) Controlled ferroresonant regulators Project Purpose: Add new voltage regulator topologies to ferroresonant voltage regulator scheme. New Topology improves overload, stability, size and efficiency over current technology. Abstract: Ferroresonant transformers used as regulators in electronic power supplies and in otherequipment are covered. Guides to application and test procedures are included. Key Words: "controlled ferroresonant regulators,ferroresonant transformer regulators,series feroresonant regulators,series-parallel ferroresonant regulators" Designation: 449-1984 Sponsor: IEEE Magnetics Society/Electronic Transformers Title: IEEE Standard for Ferroresonant Voltage Regulators Status: Superseded Abstract: This standard pertains to ferroresonant transformers used as regulators in electronic power supplies and in other equipment. Guides to application and test procedures are included. Key Words: standard, ferroresonant, voltage, regulators Designation: 449-1990 Sponsor: IEEE Power Electronics Society/Electronic Transformers Title: IEEE Standard for Ferroresonant Voltage Regulators Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Dec 09, 1997. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **Revision of IEEE Std 449-1984. History: PAR APP: Jun 01, 1989, BD APP: Feb 15, 1990, ANSI APP: Jul 19, 1990 Abstract: Requirements are provided for ferroresonant voltage regulators that operate at relatively constant frequencies and provide substantially constant output voltages in spite of relatively large changes of input voltage. Requirements for controlled ferroresonant regulators that maintain substantially constant output voltages regardless of variations, within limits, of input voltage, temperature, frequency, and output load are also included. The requirements cover definitions, symbols, and circuit schematics; service conditions; ratings; nameplate and other markings; testing; application; and maintenance. Provision is made for relating the characteristics of ferroresonant regulators to associated rectifiers and circuits. Key Words: regulators Designation: 450-2002 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Stationary Batteries Committee Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Maintenance, Testing , and Replacement of Vented Lead-Acid Batteries for Stationary Applications Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Apr 03, 2003 **Sep-02: Sponsor changed from SCC29 to PE/SB. Supersedes 450-1995. Technical Contact: Tim Bolgeo, Phone:423-751-8399, Email:rtbolgeo@tva.gov **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Dec 12, 1995, BD APP: Dec 11, 2002, ANSI APP: Apr 18, 2003 Project Scope: General revision of contents of the standard with no change in the existing scope of the standard. Project Purpose: General revision to standard to incorporate lessons learned from the industry, incorporate recent developments from the industry, and explanation of new testing recommendations from the 1995 version of the standard. Abstract: " Maintenance, test schedules, and testing procedures that can be used to optimize thelife and performance of permanently installed, vented lead-acid storage batteries used for standbypower applications are provided. This recommended practice also provides guidance to determinewhen batteries should be replaced. This recommended practice is applicable to full-float stationaryapplications where a charger maintains the battery fully charged and supplies the dc loads. " Key Words: "acceptance test, battery capacity, battery installation, battery maintenance, battery replacement criteria, battery service test, battery terminal voltage, connection resistance measurements, electrolyte level, equalize charge, float voltage" Designation: P450 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Stationary Batteries Committee Title: Recommended Practice for Maintenance, Testing, and Replacement of Vented Lead-Acid Batteries for Stationary Applications Status: Revision Project Technical Contact: Mark S. Clark, Phone:361-972-8234, Email:sclark@stpegs.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 22, 2005 Project Scope: This document provides recommended maintenance, test schedules, and testing procedures that can be used to optimize the life and performance of permanently-installed, vented lead-acid storage batteries used for standby power applications. It also provides guidance to determine when batteries should be replaced. This recommended practice is applicable to full-float stationary applications where a battery charger normally maintains the battery fully charged and provides the dc loads. However, specific applications, such as emergency lighting units and semi-portable equipment, may have other appropriate practices that are beyond the scope of this recommended practice. Sizing, installation, qualification, other battery types, and application are also beyond the scope of this recommended practice. The maintenance and testing programs described in this recommended practice represent the best program based on the information available at the time this document was developed. The user should evaluate these practices against their operating experience, operating conditions, manufacturers recommendations, resources, and needs in developing a maintenance program for a given application. These maintenance and testing recommendations were developed without consideration of economics, availability of testing equipment and personnel, or relative importance of the application. Development of a maintenance and testing program for a specific application requires consideration of all issues, not just the technical issues considered in this document. This recommended practice does not include any other component of the dc system, or inspection and testing of the dc system, even though the battery is part of that system. Pre-operational and periodic dc system tests of chargers and other dc components may require that the battery be connected to the system. Details for these tests depend on the requirements of the dc system and are beyond the scope of this recommended practice. Project Purpose: The purpose of this recommended practice is to provide the user with information and recommendations concerning the maintenance, testing, and replacement of vented lead-acid batteries used in stationary applications. Incorporate errata sheet. Designation: 450-1995 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Stationary Batteries Committee Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Maintenance, Testing, and Replacement of Vented Lead-Acid Batteries for Stationary Applications Status: Superseded **Revision of IEEE Std 450-1987. Sep-02: Sponsor changed from SCC29 to PE/SB. Superseded by 450-2002. History: PAR APP: Dec 02, 1993, BD APP: Jan 24, 1995, ANSI APP: Aug 02, 1995 Abstract: Maintenance, test schedules, and testing procedures that can be used to optimize the life and performance of permanently installed, vented lead-acid storage batteries used for standby power applications are provided. This recommended practice also provides guidance to determine when batteries should be replaced. This recommended practice is applicable to all stationary applications. However, specific applications, such as emergency lighting units and semiportable equipment, may have other appropriate practices and are beyond the scope of this recommended practice. Key Words: acceptance test, capacity, maintenance, replacement, battery service test, battery terminal voltage, connection resistance, electrolyte level, equalize charge, float voltage, modified performance, performance test, specific gravity, standby power applic, state of charge, test discharge rate, vented lead-acid batteries, standby power applications, modified performance test, connection resistance readings, battery terminal voltage, battery replacement criteria, Battery installation Designation: 450-1987 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Energy Development & Power Generation Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Maintenance,Testing, and Replacement of Large Lead Batteries for Generating Stations and Substations Status: Superseded History: BD APP: Jun 19, 1986, ANSI APP: Nov 17, 1986 Abstract: Maintenance practices, test schedules, and testing procedures that can be used to optimize the life and performance of large lead storage batteries are recommended. Guidance in determining when batteries should be replaced is provided. The methods described are applicable to all installations and battery sizes. The installations considered are designed for full-float operation with a battery charger serving to maintain the battery in a charged condition as well as to supply the normal dc load. Key Words: maintenance, lead, storage, batteries, stations Designation: 451 Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. Designation: 452 Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. Designation: 454-1973 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Power System Instrumentation and Measurements Title: Recommended Practice for the Detection and Measurement of Partial Discharges (Corona) During Dielectric Tests Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. Designation: 455-1985 Sponsor: IEEE Communications Society/Transmission Systems Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1992 Title: IEEE Standard Test Procedure for Measuring Longitudinal Balance of Telephone Equipment Operating in the Voice Band Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Mar 06, 2000. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **Revision of IEEE Std 455-1976. History: BD APP: Dec 13, 1984, ANSI APP: Apr 30, 1985 Abstract: The basic requirements for a test circuit that can be used to measure longitudinal balance are defined. Resistive elements are specified because they are generally considered easy to duplicate and balance. Standard test conditions and procedures are established. Key Words: measuring, longitudinal, balance, telephone, equipment, Communication system testing Designation: 456 Sponsor: IEEE Microwave Theory and Techniques Society Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. Designation: 457-1982 Sponsor: IEEE Microwave Theory and Techniques Society Title: IEEE Standard Definitions of Terms for Nonlinear, Active, and Nonreciprocal Waveguide Components Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jun 14, 1994. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **ANSI withdrawn 3/31/94. History: BD APP: Mar 11, 1982, ANSI APP: Apr 29, 1983 Key Words: terms, non-linear, active, waveguide, measurements Designation: 458 Sponsor: SASB/SCC10-Terms and Definitions Title: Electrical & Electronics Engineering Abbreviations Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. History: PAR APP: Feb 28, 1971 Key Words: electrical, electronic, engineering, abbreviations Designation: 460-1988 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Power System Instrumentation and Measurements Title: IEEE Standard for Electrical Measuring Transducer for Converting AC Electrical Quantities into DC Electrical Quantities Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Dec 02, 1993. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. History: BD APP: Mar 12, 1987, ANSI APP: Sep 07, 1987 Key Words: electrical, transducers, converting, ac, dc Designation: 463-2006 Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Petroleum & Chemical Industry Title: Standard for Electrical Safety Practices in Electrolytic Cell Line Working Zones Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Feb 28, 2007 Technical Contact: Kenneth P White, Phone:716-278-6414, Email:KPWhite@olin.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Jun 24, 2004, BD APP: Dec 06, 2006 Project Scope: This standard covers means of improved safeguarding of personnel while operating or maintaining equipment located in electrolytic cell line working zones. Included are related requirements for equipment and electrical conductor installations. The general types of electrolytic cells covered include, but are not limited to, the direct current (dc) cells used in the production of aluminum, cadmium, sodium chlorate, chlorine, copper, fluorine, hydrogen peroxide, magnesium, sodium and zinc. This standard does not cover the following: a) Any electrical equipment that is neither part of the electrolytic process equipment nor installed or used in the cell line working zone b) Electroplating and anodizing facilities c) AC cells or furnaces d) Electrothermal process furnaces e) Arc furnaces f) Melting or heat treating facilities g) Cells for hydrogen production h) Cells used as a source of electric energy Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to provide methods for practical improved safeguarding of personnel operating or maintaining equipment in electrolytic cell line working zones from electrical hazards. The cell line working zone is defined in Clause 5. Abstract: Means for improved safeguarding of personnel while operating or maintaining equipment located in electrolytic cell line working zones are provided. Included are related requirements for equipment and electrical conductor installations. The general types of electrolytic cells covered include, but are not limited to, the direct current cells used in the production of aluminum, cadmium, sodium chlorate, chlorine, copper, fluorine, hydrogen peroxide, magnesium, sodium, and zinc. Key Words: cell line working zone, electrical conductor installations, electrical safety, electrolytic cell line Designation: 463-1977 Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Petroleum & Chemical Industry Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1987 Title: IEEE Standard for Electrical Safety Practices in Electrolytic Cell Line Working Zones Status: Superseded History: BD APP: Jun 03, 1976, ANSI APP: Feb 19, 1988 Key Words: electrical, safety, electrolytic, cell, zones Designation: 463-1993 Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Petroleum & Chemical Industry Title: IEEE Standard for Electrical Safety Practices in Electrolytic Cell Line Working Zones Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 16, 1999. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **Revision of IEEE Std 463-1977. Technical Contact: Clay L Pittman, Phone:423 984 2322 **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jun 27, 1991, BD APP: Dec 02, 1993, ANSI APP: Jun 03, 1994 Abstract: Means of safeguarding personnel while operating or maintaining equipment located in electrolytic cell line working zones are provided. Included are related requirements for equipment and electrical conductor installations. The general types of electrolytic cells covered include, but are not limited to, the dc cells used in the production of aluminum, cadmium, chlorate, chlorine, copper, fluorine, hydrogen peroxide, magnesium, sodium, and zinc. Key Words: electrical safety, Electrolytic cell line, Electrical conductor installation, Cell line working zone Designation: 464-1981 Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Petroleum & Chemical Industry Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Grounded 830 V Three-Phase Electrical System for Oil Field Service Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Dec 05, 1991. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **ANSI withdrawn 3/31/94. Technical Contact: Clark R Lockerd, Phone:713 840 4234 **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: BD APP: Sep 27, 1979, ANSI APP: May 05, 1983 Key Words: grounded, 830V, oil, field, service Designation: 466 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Nuclear Power Engineering Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. Designation: 467-1980 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Nuclear Power Engineering Title: Standard Quality Assurance Program Requirements for the Design and Manufacture of Class 1E Instrumentation and Electric Equipment for Nuclear Power Generating Stations Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. History: BD APP: Jun 07, 1979 Designation: 469-1988 Sponsor: IEEE Communications Society/Transmission Systems Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1994 Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Voice-Frequency Electrical-Noise Tests of Distribution Transformers Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Mar 06, 2000. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **Revision of IEEE Std 469-1977. History: PAR APP: Dec 28, 1979, BD APP: Jun 09, 1988, ANSI APP: Sep 26, 1988 Abstract: Instruction for the testing of distribution transformers as sources of voice-frequency noise for communication circuits is provided. The tests measure the degree to which a transformer may contribute to electrical noise in communication circuits that are physically paralleling the power-supply circuits feeding the transformer. They provide a standard method for use by the transformer manufacturer, user, and others in the industry for the purpose of better evaluating the design choices that are available and moving toward industry objectives with regard to levels of harmonic exciting current. Key Words: electrical, noise, distribution, transformers, Wire communication, Power transformer testing, Electromagnetic interference Designation: 470-1972 Sponsor: IEEE Instrumentation and Measurement Society Title: IEEE Standard Application Guide for Bolometric Power Meters Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Dec 06, 1990. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **Standard administratively withdrawn 12/6/90. History: BD APP: Jun 22, 1972 Key Words: application, guife, bolometric, power, meters Designation: 473 Sponsor: IEEE Electromagnetic Compatibility Society/Standards Development Committee Title: Recommended Practice for an Electromagnetic Site Survey (10 kHz to 10 GHz) Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Elya Joffe, Phone:972-976-57065, Email:eb.joffe@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: May 30, 2001 Project Scope: The Standard requires revision, in several areas: a) Revision/extension of the standard from 10 GHz to 40 GHz; b) Updating the Standard to incorporate references to modern test and measurement equipment; c) Modifying the Standard to include time domain characteristics of time- variable waveforms. Project Purpose: This standard which has served a very useful purpose is now dated and in need of revision. The purpose of this revision is to make the standard reflective of current test instrumentation, measurement techniques and measurement environments. Designation: 473-1985 Sponsor: IEEE Electromagnetic Compatibility Society/Standards Development Committee Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1997 Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for an Electromagnetic Site Survey (10 kHz to 10 GHz) Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Feb 06, 2006. This historical standard is available for sale in electronic format (PDF) through the IEEE Online Store at www.shop.ieee.org. You may also order by calling +1 800 678 IEEE (in the US) or +1 732 981 0060 (outside of the US). History: BD APP: Dec 17, 1981, ANSI APP: May 06, 1992 Abstract: Guidelines for the systematic, documented investigation of the amplitudes of RF electromagnetic fields found at one or more locations with respect to frequency, time, and position are provided. Periodic and random radiated electric and magnetic fields and conducted interference within the frequency range of 10 kHz to 10 GHz are considered. Although several aspects of radio-emission investigation are not addressed directly, including signal identification and discrimination; field emissions from regularly occurring, low-frequency, pulsed sources; and test enclosure fields, much information pertinent to these areas is provided. Key Words: electromagnetic, site, survey Designation: 474 Title: Standard Specifications and Test Methods for Fixed and Variable Attenuators, DC-40 GHz Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. History: PAR APP: Aug 17, 1989 Designation: 474-1973 Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1982 Title: IEEE Standard Specifications and Test Methods for FIxed and Variable Attenuators, DC-40 GHz Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Dec 05, 1991. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **ANSI withdrawn 3/8/93. Technical Contact: Bruno O Weinschel, Phone:301-948-8342 **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: BD APP: Dec 12, 1972 Abstract: 7/90: rev in progress - expect to complete early 1991. Key Words: test, methods, fixed, variable, attenuators Designation: 475-2000 Sponsor: IEEE Electromagnetic Compatibility Society/Standards Development Committee Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2006 Title: IEEE Standard Measurement Procedure for Field Disturbance Sensors 300 MHz to 40 GHz Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: May 31, 2000 Technical Contact: Edward F Hare, Phone:860 594 0318, Email:ehare@arrl.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Jun 26, 1999, BD APP: Mar 30, 2000, ANSI APP: Jan 22, 2001 Project Scope: This standard sets forth a test procedure for measurement of radio frequency (RF) emissions from intrusion-alarm field disturbance sensors in the frequency range 300 MHz to 40 GHz. Project Purpose: This project is being proposed in order to update the existing standard to the current state of the art. Abstract: " Test procedures for microwave field disturbance sensors to measure radio frequency(RF) radiated field strength of the fundamental frequency, harmonic frequencies, near field powerflux density, and nonharmonic spurious emissions of sensors operating within the frequency rangeof 300 MHz to 40 GHz are defined. " Key Words: "field disturbance sensors, field strength measurements, measurement instrumentation,spurious emissions, test sites, test reports" Designation: 475 Sponsor: IEEE Electromagnetic Compatibility Society/Standards Development Committee Title: Standard Measurement Procedure for Field Disturbance Sensors, 300 MHz to 40 GHz Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Hugh W Denny, Phone:404-633-9363, Email:hugh.denny@gtri.gatech.edu **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Aug 17, 2001 Project Scope: This standard sets forth a test procedure for measurement of radio frequency (RF) emissions from miscrowave type intrusion-alarm field disturbance sensors in the frequency range of 300 MHz to 40 GHz {See additional comment at item 16} Project Purpose: This project is being proposed in order to update the existing standard to the current state-of-the-art. {See additional comment at item 16} Designation: 475 Sponsor: IEEE Electromagnetic Compatibility Society/Standards Development Committee Title: Standard Measurement Procedure for Field-Disturbance Sensors Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: David L Traver, Phone:719-538-4624, Email:davidtraver@adelphia.net **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jun 18, 1992 Designation: 475-1983 Sponsor: IEEE Electromagnetic Compatibility Society/Standards Development Committee Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1994 Title: IEEE Standard Measurement Procedure for Field-Disturbance Sensors (rf Intrusion Alarms) Status: Superseded **Superseded by 475-2000. History: BD APP: May 21, 1981, ANSI APP: Jul 20, 1983 Abstract: A test procedure for field-disturbance sensors to measure radiated field strength of the fundamental frequency, including second and third harmonics, and of any nonharmonic spurious emission within the frequency range from 0.3 GHz to 40.0 GHz is defined. Power line measurement of electromagnetic emission within the frequency range from 30 MHz to 300 MHz is specified. The intent is to assist manufacturers, standards laboratories, and test engineers in determining compliance with established technical specifications. Perimeter protection systems that employ a balanced transmission line around the property being protected are not covered. Key Words: field, disturbance, sensors, intrusion, alarm, Site security monitoring Designation: 477 Sponsor: IEEE Communications Society Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. Designation: 479 Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. Designation: 481 Sponsor: IEEE Reliability Society Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. Designation: 482 Sponsor: IEEE Electromagnetic Compatibility Society/Standards Development Committee Title: Recommended Practice for Testing of Cable, Cable Assemblies and Connector Shielding Properties in the Frequency Range from DC to 40 GHz Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Lothar O Hoeft, Phone:505-298-2065, Email:bud.hoeft@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 02, 1993 Project Scope: This recommended practice will cover the measurement of shielding properties of coaxial and multi-conductor cables, connectors, and cable assemblies. The frequency range will be DC to 40 GHz. Project Purpose: Provide recommendations in selecting among the various existing and potential alternative test methods and procedures. Key Words: cable, shield, transfer, impedance Designation: 483 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transmission and Distribution Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. Designation: 484-2002 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Stationary Batteries Committee Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Installation Design and Installation of Vented Lead-Acid Batteries for Stationary Applications Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Feb 12, 2003 **Supersedes 484-1996. Sep-02: Sponsor changed from SCC29 to PE/SB. Technical Contact: John K Coyle, Phone:610-765-5691, Email:john.coyle@exeloncorp.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Feb 21, 2001, BD APP: Sep 12, 2002, ANSI APP: Jan 22, 2003 Project Scope: This recommended practice provides recommended design practices and procedures for storage, location, mounting, ventilation, instrumentation, preassembly, assembly, and charging of vented lead-acid batteries. Required safety practices are also included. This recommended practice applies to all stationary applications. However, specific applications, such as emergency lighting units and semiportable equipment, and alternate energy applications, may have other appropriate practices and are beyond the scope of this recommended practice. The portions of this recommended practice that specifically relate to personnel safety are mandatory instructions and are designated by the word shall; all other portions are recommended practices and are designated by the word should. Sizing, maintenance, capacity testing, charging equipment, dry charged cells, and consideration of other types of batteries are beyond the scope of this recommended practice. Project Purpose: As part of its 5-year life cycle, the Recommended Practice should be updated to be consistent with similar Recommended Practices. Recent industry practices and developments are to be incorporated. Abstract: " Recommended design practices and procedures for storage, location, mounting, ventilation, instrumentation, preassembly, assembly, and charging of vented lead-acid batteries are provided."">IEEE Std 484TM-2002(Revision of IEEE Std 484-1996)IEEE Standards484TMIEEE Recommended Practice forInstallation Design and Installation of Vented Lead-Acid Batteries for Stationary ApplicationsPublished by The Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers, Inc.3 Park Avenue, New York, NY 10016-5997, USA12 February 2003IEEE Power Engineering SocietySponsored by theStationary Battery CommitteeIEEE StandardsPrint" Key Words: "alarms, assembly, data collection, float operation, flooded cells, freshening charge, installation design criteria, installation procedures, instrumentation, internal ohmic measurements, mounting, precautions," Designation: 484-1996 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Stationary Batteries Committee Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Installation Design and Installation of Vented Lead-Acid Batteries for Stationary Applications Status: Superseded **Revision of IEEE Std 484-1987. Superseded by 484-2002. Sep-02: Sponsor changed from SCC29 to PE/SB. History: PAR APP: Jun 14, 1995, BD APP: Apr 10, 1996, ANSI APP: Sep 11, 1996 Project Scope: Expand the scope of the present standard from Generating Stations and Substations to all Stationary applications. Project Purpose: This recommended practice provides recommended design practices and procedures for storage, location, mounting, ventilation, instrumentation, preassembly, assembly and charging of vented lead-acid batteries. Abstract: Recommended design practices and procedures for storage, location, mounting, ventilation, instrumentation, preassembly, assembly, and charging of vented lead-acid batteries are provided. Required safety practices are also included. These recommended practices are applicable to all stationary applications. However, specific applications, such as emergency lighting units and semiportable equipment, and alternate energy applications, may have other appropriate practices and are beyond the scope of this recommended practice. Key Words: alarms, assembly, data collection, float operation, flooded cells, freshening charge, installation design, instrumentation, internal ohmic, ohmic measurements, mounting, precautions, protective equipment, resistance readings, seismic Designation: 484-1987 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Energy Development & Power Generation Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Installation Design and Installation of Large Lead Storage Batteries for Generating Stations and Substations Status: Superseded **Revision of IEEE Std 484-1981 and includes Supplement IEEE Std 484a-1984. History: BD APP: Dec 11, 1986, ANSI APP: May 18, 1987 Abstract: Recommended design practices and procedures for storage, location, mounting, ventilation, instrumentation, preassembly, assembly, and charging of large lead storage batteries are provided. Required safety practices are also included. This standard applies particularly to installations at generating stations, including nuclear, and large substations. Portions of this recommended practice that speci fically relate to personnel and nuclear plant safety are mandatory and are designated by the word shall; all other portions are recommended practices and are designated by the word should. Key Words: installation, lead, storage, batteries Designation: 485-1997 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Stationary Batteries Committee Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2003 Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Sizing Lead-Acid Batteries for Stationary Applications Status: Approved Publication of IEEE **Revision of IEEE Std 485-1983. Sep-02: Sponsor changed from SCC29 to PE/SB. History: PAR APP: Jun 14, 1995, BD APP: Mar 20, 1997, ANSI APP: Aug 20, 1997 Project Scope: Expand the scope of the present standard from generating stations to all stationary applications, except for UPS applications which are covered by Std 1184. Project Purpose: This document describes methods for sizing lead-acid batteries for stationary applications. The batteries for these applications are maintained in a fully charged condition known as full float operation. Abstract: Methods for defining the dc load and for sizing a lead-acid battery to supply that load for stationary battery applications in full float operations are described. Some factors relating to cell selection are provided for consideration. Installation, maintenance, qualification, testing procedures, and consideration of battery types other than lead-acid are beyond the scope of this recommended practice. Design of the dc system and sizing of the battery charger(s) are also beyond the scope of this recommended practice. Key Words: battery duty cycle, cell selection, dc load, full float operation, lead acid batteries, rated capacity, sizing, stationary applications, valve regulated lead acid (VRLA) cell, vented battery Designation: P485 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Stationary Batteries Committee Title: Recommended Practice for Sizing Lead-Acid Batteries for Stationary Applications Status: Revision Project Technical Contact: Robert J Fletcher, Phone:847-838-6475, Email:r.j.fletcher@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 25, 2004 Project Scope: Methods for defining the dc load and for sizing a lead-acid battery to supply that load for stationary battery applications in full float operations are described. Some factors relating to cell selection are provided for consideration. Installation, maintenance, qualification, testing procedures, and consideration of battery types other than lead-acid are beyond the scope of this recommended practice. Design of the dc system and sizing of the battery charger(s) are also beyond the scope of this recommended practice. Project Purpose: This recommended practice describes methods for defining the dc load and for sizing a lead-acid battery to supply that load for stationary battery applications in full float operations. Some factors relating to cell selection are provided for consideration. Revision will provide additional guidance on sizing with respect to various applications, additional information on load types, and address items of impact due to revision of related documents. Designation: 485-1983 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Energy Development & Power Generation Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Sizing Large Lead Storage Batteries for Generating Stations and Substations Status: Superseded History: BD APP: Jun 23, 1983, ANSI APP: Jul 24, 1984 Abstract: Methods for defining the dc load in a generating station or a substation and for sizing a lead storage battery to supply that load are described. Some factors relating to cell selection are provided for consideration. This standard is based on commonly accepted methods used to define the load and to ensure adequate battery capacity and is applicable to all installations and battery sizes. The installations considered are designed for full-float operation with a battery charger serving to maintain the battery in a charged condition as well as to supply the normal dc load. Key Words: sizing, large, lead, storage, batteries, Substations Designation: 487-2000 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Power System Communications Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for the Protection of Wire-Line Communication Facilities Serving Electric Supply Locations Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Aug 17, 2001 **Project to revise IEEE Std 487-1992. Supersedes 487-1992. Technical Contact: Percy E Pool, Phone:972-418-0341, Email:pepool@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Mar 20, 1997, BD APP: Sep 21, 2000, ANSI APP: Jan 30, 2001 Project Scope: This project will provide recommended engineering design practices for special high-voltage protection systems intended to protect wire-line telecommunication facilities servind electric supply locations such as power stations and power line supporting structures. Project Purpose: To review and update existing standard 487-1992. Abstract: Workable methods for protecting wire-line communication circuits entering electric supplylocations are presented. This document covers Key Words: "electric supply locations, high-voltage tower, power stations, protection, wire-linecommunication" Designation: P487 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Power System Communications Title: Recommended Practice for the Protection of Wire-Line Communication Facilities Serving Electric Supply Locations Status: Revision Project Technical Contact: Percy E Pool, Phone:972-418-0341, Email:pepool@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Aug 12, 2004 Project Scope: This recommended practice presents engineering design practices for special high-voltage protection systems intended to protect wire-line telecommunication facilities serving electric supply locations. The following topics are included in this document: a) A description of the electric supply locations environment, i.e., ground potential rise (GPR), induced voltages, lightning, and switching transients; b)A discussion of special high-voltage protection devices; c)Definitions of service types and service performance objectives for electric supply locations telecommunication services; d)Special protection theory and philosophy; e)Special protection system design guidelines; f)Personnel safety considerations; g)Grounding; h)Cables with metallic members. Other telecommunication alternatives such as radio and optica fiber systems are excluded from this document. Project Purpose: This recommended practice presents workable methods for the protection of wire-line telecommunication facilities serving electric supply locations. In general, special protective measures, handling procedures, and administrative procedures are necessary to provide for personnel safety, protection against damage to telecommunication facilities and terminal equipment, and reliability of service. Disturbances may arise from a number of causes,including the following: a)Ground (earth)potential rise; b)Longitudinal induction into the serving telecommunication facilities; c)Electrical contact between power and telecommunication conductors; d)Lightning surges and switching transients induced into the telecommunication system. Divided and differing opinions exist between and within the various administrations and users regarding the merits of any one protection method, voltage limits, and equipment design characteristics. This standard is not intended to supplant specific or general instructions contained in the practices of any utility, or in any agreement between a telecommunication and a power utility. Readers of this standard should evaluate all alternative procedures, methods, voltage limits, and equipment characteristics for their own use. Different administrations and users will use either peak or rms for specifying voltage levels. In the case of leased facilities, mutually agreeable methods for the design and installation of protective equipment that may be owned by either party are recommended. Designation: 487-1992 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Power System Communications Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for the Protection of Wire-Line Communication Facilities Serving Electric Power Stations Status: Superseded **Revision of IEEE Std 487-1980. Superseded by 487-2000. History: PAR APP: Dec 05, 1991, BD APP: Mar 19, 1992, ANSI APP: Dec 15, 1992 Abstract: Workable methods for protecting wire-line communication circuits entering power stations are presented. This document covers: the electric power station environment; protection apparatus; service types, reliability, service performance objective classifications, and transmission considerations; protection theory and philosophy; protection configurations; installation and inspection; and safety. Key Words: wire, line, communication, protection Designation: 487-1980 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Power System Communications Title: IEEE Guide for the Protection of Wire-Line Communication Facilities Serving Electric Power Stations Status: Superseded History: BD APP: Jun 07, 1979, ANSI APP: Apr 20, 1981 Key Words: protection, wire, line, communications Designation: 487a Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Power System Communications Title: Supplement to IEEE Recommended Practice for Protction of Wire-Line Communication Facilities Serving Electric Power Stations Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Daniel C Jendek, Phone:416/592-8423 **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 02, 1993 Designation: 488.1-2003 Sponsor: IEEE Instrumentation and Measurement Society/TC8-Automated Instrumentation Title: IEEE Standard For Higher Performance Protocol for the Standard Digital Interface for Programmable Instrumentation Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Dec 12, 2003 **Supersedes 488.1-1987 (R1994). Technical Contact: Robert W Canik, Phone:(512)-683-8519, Email:robert.canik@ni.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Jun 14, 1995, BD APP: Jun 12, 2003, ANSI APP: Oct 20, 2003 Project Scope: This standard will build on the interface functions defined in IEEE Std. 488.1-1987 to define a set of interface functions that will enable higher transfer rates between devices adhering to this specification while still maintaining the ability for these devices to communicate with existing IEEE Std. 488.1 devices. Topics within the scope of this standard include: Extensions to the interface functions defined in IEEE Std. 488.1; Definition of new interface functions; Possible extensions to the remote message codes defined in IEEE Std. 488.1; Guidelines for calculating delays required to implement the new protocol at different distances. Project Purpose: The purpose is to develop an extension of the IEEE Std. 488.1 that provides a means for achieving significantly higher data transfer rates (3-10 MB/sec) than the current standard while maintaining compatibility with existing devices. Abstract: IEEE Std 488.1-2003 IEEE Standard for Higher Performance Protocol for the Standard Digital Interface for Programmable Instrumentation Key Words: "GPIB, HPIB, HS488, non-interlocked handshake, three-wire handshake " Designation: 488.1-1987 Sponsor: IEEE Instrumentation and Measurement Society/TC8-Automated Instrumentation Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1994 Title: IEEE Standard Digital Interface for Programmable Instrumentation Status: Superseded **Revision of Std 488-1978. Now sold together with Std 488.2-1992. Superseded by 488.1-2003. History: BD APP: Jun 11, 1987, ANSI APP: Feb 02, 1988 Abstract: Interface systems used to interconnect both programmable and nonprogrammable electronic measuring apparatus with other apparatus and accessories necessary to assemble instrumentation systems are considered. The standard applies to the interface of instrumentation systems, or portions of them, in which the: data exchanged among the interconnected apparatus is digital, the number of devices that may be interconnected by one contiguous bus does not exceed 15, total transmission path lengths over the interconnecting cables do not exceed 20 m, and the data rate across the interface on any signal line does not exceed 1 Mb/s. The basic functional specifications of this standard may also be used in digital interface applications that require longer distances, more devices, increased noise immunity, or combinations of these. Key Words: 488.1, programmable, system data, digital interface, instrumentation, Measurement system Designation: 488.2-1992 Sponsor: IEEE Instrumentation and Measurement Society/TC8-Automated Instrumentation Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2004 Title: IEEE Standard Codes, Formats, Protocols, and Common Commands for Use With IEEE Std 488.1-1987, IEEE Standard Digital Interface for Programmable Instrumentation Status: Approved Publication of IEEE History: PAR APP: Aug 17, 1989, BD APP: Jun 18, 1992, ANSI APP: Jan 04, 1993 Project Scope: This standard specifies a set of codes and formats to be used by devices connected via the IEEE 488.1 bus. This standard also defines communication protocols necessary to effect application independent device- dependent message exchanges and further defines common commands and characteristics useful in instrument system applications. This standard is intended to apply directly to small-scale to medium-scale instrument systems. It applies to systems comprised mainly of measurement, stimulus, and interconnect devices with an instrumentation controller. The standard may also apply to certain devices outside the scope of the instrument system environment. As well aas defining a variety of device-dependent messages, this standard extends and further interprets certain interface functions contained in IEEE Std 488.1 while remaining compatible with that standard. Abstract: A set of codes and formats to be used by devices connected via the IEEE 488.1 bus is specified. This standard also defines communication protocols that are necessary to effect application-independent and device-dependent message exchanges, and further defines common commands and characteristics useful in instrument system applications. It is intended to apply to small-scale to medium-scale instrument systems comprised mainly of measurement, stimulus, and interconnect devices with an instrumentation controller. The standard may also apply to certain devices outside the scope of the instrument system environment. IEEE 488.1 subsets, standard message-handling protocols including error handling, unambiguous program and response-message syntactic structures, common commands useful in a wide range of instrument system applications, standard status reporting structures, and system configuration and synchronization protocols are covered. Key Words: controller, device, System interface, System bus Designation: 488.2-1987 Sponsor: IEEE Instrumentation and Measurement Society/TC8-Automated Instrumentation Title: IEEE Standard Codes, Formats, Protocols, and Common Commands for use with ANSI/IEEE Std 488.1-1987 IEEE Standard Digital Interface for Programmable Instrumentation Status: Superseded **formerly IEEE 728. History: PAR APP: Mar 28, 1986, BD APP: Jun 18, 1992, ANSI APP: Feb 02, 1988 Key Words: 488.2 Designation: 489 Sponsor: IEEE Instrumentation and Measurement Society Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. Designation: 491 Sponsor: SASB/SCC14-Quantities Units and Letter Symbols Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. Designation: 492-1999 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Electric Machinery Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2005 Title: IEEE Guide for Operation and Maintenance of Hydro-Generators Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Feb 19, 1999 History: PAR APP: Jun 25, 1998, BD APP: Jan 28, 1999, ANSI APP: May 12, 1999 Project Scope: This guide covers general recommendations for the operation, loading and maintenance of Hydro-Generators and generator/motors having salient pole rotors and conventional cooling systems. Project Purpose: Various areas of the withdrawn standard will be updated and revised to current practice. Abstract: " General recommendations for the operation, loading, and maintenance of synchronoushydro-generators and generator/motors are covered. This guide does not apply to synchronousmachines having cylindrical rotors. In this guide, the term hydro-generator is used to describe asynchronous machine coupled to a hydraulic turbine or pump-turbine. This guide is not intended toapply in any way to the prime mover. " Key Words: "generator,generator/motor,horizontal hydro-generator,hydro- generator,loading,maintenance,operation,pumped-storage system,synchronous hydro-generator,vertical hydro-generator" Designation: 492 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Electric Machinery Title: Guide for Operation and Maintenance of Hydro-Generators Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Bal K Gupta, Phone:416-621-6035, Email:bal.gupta@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 05, 1981 Designation: 492-1974 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Electric Machinery Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1986 Title: IEEE Guide for Operation and Maintenance of Hydro-Generators Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Aug 05, 1996. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. Technical Contact: Bal K Gupta, Phone:416-621-6035, Email:bal.gupta@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: BD APP: Sep 17, 1981, ANSI APP: Feb 07, 1989 Abstract: General recommendations are provided for the operation, loading, and maintenance of hydro-generators and generator/motors (pump/turbines), having salient pole rotors and conventional cooling systems (as distinct from conductor cooling systems). The term hydro-generator refers to a generator driven by a hydraulic turbine or waterwheel. Types of units and bases of rating are included. Generators with cylindrical rotors are not covered. Key Words: guide, operation, maintenance, hydro, generators Designation: 493-2007 Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Power Systems Engineering Title: Recommended Practice for the Design of Reliable Industrial and Commercial Power Systems Status: Approved Publication of IEEE Technical Contact: Don O Koval, Phone:780-464-0968, Email:donkoval@shaw.ca **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Dec 11, 2002, BD APP: Feb 12, 2007 Project Scope: This project will present the fundamentals of reliability analysis that should be used in planning, designing and operating reliable industrial and commercial power systems. The reliability fundamentals would include: probability and computer based methodologies, power system and utility maintenance and equipment reliability data, cost of power interruptions, emergency and standby power, electrical preventive maintenance, 24 x 7 facilities, mission critical facilities, and methodologies for estimating the frequency of power and process interruptions caused by voltage sags based on facility equipment susceptibility characteristics and utility network feeder voltage sag characteristics. Project Purpose: The Gold Book is the only standard dedicated solely to the reliability analysis of industrial and commercial power systems. The present comprehensive equipment reliability surveyed data in the Gold Book will be updated by the Power Reliability Enhancement Program (PREP) sponsored database and will be the only database available publicly in the world for reliability analysis of industrial and commercial power systems. Each chapter in this standard will be updated to reflect current practices necessary for reliable operation of today's computer environments and mission critical facilities including voltage sag analysis based on equipment susceptibility characteristics and utility network feeder voltage sag characteristics. Designation: 493-1997 Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Power Systems Engineering Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for the Design of Reliable Industrial and Commercial Power Systems (Gold Book) Status: Superseded History: PAR APP: Dec 02, 1993, BD APP: Sep 16, 1997 Project Scope: Present the fundamentals of reliability analysis (i.e., probability methods, cost of interruptions, emergency and standby power, testing to demonstrate the reliability of emergency and standby power, electrical preventive maintenance, equipment reliability data, methods of evaluating and improving the reliability of existing plant facilities and the methodologies for assessing the frequency of interruptions to industrial and commercial power systems caused by voltage sags) that should be used in planning and designing reliable industrial and commercial power systems. Project Purpose: The degradation of industrial and commercial power system reliability caused by voltage sags and the testing methodologies required to demonstrate the reliability of emergency and standby power systems are not currently covered by recommended practices. The emergency and standby power chapter in IEEE Std 493-1990 requires an update to reflect current practices. An update of the existing chapter references in this standard is required to reflect new knowledge pertaining to the planning and design of reliable industrial and commercial power systems. Abstract: " The fundamentals of reliability analysis as it applies to the planning and design ofindustrial and commercial electric power distribution systems are presented. Included are basicconcepts of reliability analysis by probability methods, fundamentals of power system reliabilityevaluation, economic evaluation of reliability, cost of power outage data, equipment reliabilitydata, examples of reliability analysis. Emergency and standby power, electrical preventivemaintenance, and evaluating and improving reliability of the existing plant are also addressed.The presentation is self-contained and should enable trade-off studies during the design of in-dustrial and commercial power systems design, installation, and maintenance practices forelectrical power and grounding (including both power-related and signal-related noise control)of sensitive electronic processing equipment used in commercial and industrial applications arepresented. " Key Words: The fundamentals of reliability analysis to the planning and design of industrial and commercial electric ower distribution systems are presented Designation: 493-1990 Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Power Systems Engineering Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for the Design of Reliable Industrial and Commercial Power Systems Status: Superseded **IEEE Gold Book. Revision of std 493-1980. History: PAR APP: Sep 13, 1984, BD APP: Sep 28, 1990, ANSI APP: Feb 27, 1991 Abstract: The fundamentals of reliability analysis as it applies to the planning and design of industrial and commercial electric power distribution systems are presented. Included are basic concepts of reliability analysis by probability methods, fundamentals of power system reliability evaluation, economic evaluation of reliability, cost of power outage data, equipment reliability data, and examples of reliability analysis. Emergency and standby power, electrical preventive maintenance, and evaluating and improving reliability of the existing plant are also addressed. The presentation is self-contained and should enable trade-off studies during the design of industrial and commercial power systems. Key Words: designing reliable, industrial power, commercial power, industrial analysis, commercial analysis, reliability analysis, Equipment reliability data Designation: 493-1980 Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Power Systems Engineering Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for the Design of Reliable Industrial and Commercial Power Systems (IEEE Gold Book) Status: Superseded History: BD APP: Dec 20, 1979, ANSI APP: Jun 28, 1982 Key Words: design, reliable, industrial, commercial, power Designation: 494 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Nuclear Power Engineering Title: Standard Method for Identification of Documents Related to Class 1E Equipment and Systems for Nuclear Power Generating Stations Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. History: PAR APP: Sep 18, 1980 Project Scope: To establish criteria for uniform identification of documents significant to design, construction, testing, operation and maintenance of Class 1E equipment and systems for nuclear power generating stations. Designation: 494-1974 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Nuclear Power Engineering Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1990 Title: IEEE Standard Method for Identification of Documents Related to Class 1E Equipment and Systems for Nuclear Power Generating Stations Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Apr 28, 1997. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **Administratively withdrawn by Stds Bd 28 April 97. aka ANSI N41.28-1976. History: BD APP: May 30, 1974, ANSI APP: Oct 15, 1990 Abstract: Criteria for the uniform identification of documents significant to design, construction, testing, operation, and maintenance of Class 1E equipment and systems for nuclear power generating stations are established. Recommendations for identification of specific parts of these documents are included. Criteria are also established for identification on documents of redundant portions of Class 1E equipment and systems. Designation: P495 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Insulated Conductors Title: Guide for Testing Faulted Circuit Indicators Status: Revision Project Technical Contact: David Donovan, Phone:781-910-7724, Email:dave.donovan@joslynhv.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: May 16, 2000 Project Scope: The test code established definitions, service conditions, test procedures, and conditions for faulted circuit indicators (FCI) for use on power distribution systems. The guide will be brough up-to-date. Project Purpose: Faulted circuit indicators are commonly used by electric utilities to aid in service restoration. The purpose of the guide is to identify the various tests and test conditions that faulted circuit indicators must meet to validate their performance. The objective of the PAR is to revise Std 495 which had been withdrawn. There is already an application guide (P1216) being balloted on these devices which requires this standard as a source document. Designation: 495-1986 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transmission and Distribution Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1991 Title: IEEE Guide for Testing Faulted Circuit Indicators Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 17, 1997. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **Administratively withdrawn by Stds Bd 17 January 1997. History: BD APP: Sep 19, 1985, ANSI APP: Jun 15, 1992 Abstract: Service conditions, test procedures, and conditions for faulted circuit indicators for use on power distribution systems are established. Both design and production tests are covered. Key Words: guide, testing, faulted, circuit, indicators, Power distribution faults Designation: 497-2002 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Nuclear Power Engineering Title: IEEE Standard Criteria for Accident Monitoring Instrumentation for Nuclear Power Generating Stations Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Sep 30, 2002 Technical Contact: Glenn Lang, Phone:724-733-6403, Email:LangGE@westinghouse.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: May 30, 2001, BD APP: May 13, 2002, ANSI APP: Mar 07, 2003 Project Scope: This standard contains the functional and design requirements for accident monitoring instrumentation for nuclear power generating stations. This standard is intended for new plant designs (i.e., advanced reactor designs). The guidance provided in this standard may also prove useful for operating nuclear power generating stations desiring to perform design modifications or design basis evaluations. Scope of change: The proposed revision will integrate and incorporate applicable requirements from IEEE Std. 497-1981, ANS Std. 4.5-1980, Regulatory Guide 1.97 (current revision), present digital design techniques for post-accident monitoring displays, and user feedback from review and use of these documents. Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to direct the user in (1) selecting and categorizing post-accident monitoring variables, (2) establishing design requirements, and (3) establishing performance requirements. This standard also provides guidance on use of portable instrumentation and various display alternatives for accident monitoring instrumentation. Purpose of change The purpose of this revision is to provide a consolidated source of post-accident monitoring requirements and bases for the requirements for new advanced nuclear plant designs. This revision will hence also contain guidance and allow a basis for making changes to such systems in older plants. Abstract: " Criteria for variable selection, performance, design, and qualification of accidentmonitoring instrumentation are established in this standard. Included requirements for displayalternatives for accident monitoring instrumentation, documentation of design bases, and use ofportable instrumentation. " Key Words: "accident monitoring, display criteria, selection criteria, type variables" Designation: 497 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Nuclear Power Engineering Title: Standard Criteria for Accident Monitoring Instrumentation for Nuclear Power Generating Stations Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Peter M Kelly, Phone:516/420-3200, Email:PKelly54@aol.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jun 11, 1987 Designation: 497-1981 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Nuclear Power Engineering Title: IEEE Standard Criteria for Accident Monitoring Instrumentation for Nuclear Power Generating Stations Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jun 14, 1994. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **ANSI withdrawn 3/17/93. History: BD APP: Mar 05, 1981, ANSI APP: Jan 20, 1983 Key Words: post, accident, monitoring, instrumentation, nuclear Designation: P497-2002/Cor 1 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Nuclear Power Engineering Title: IEEE Standard Criteria for Accident Monitoring Instrumentation for Nuclear Power Generating Stations - Corrigendum 1: Incorporation of User Feedback through 2005 Status: Corrigenda of Standard Technical Contact: Daryl Harmon, Phone:860-731-6174, Email:daryl.l.harmon@US.WESTINGHOUSE.COM **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 22, 2005 Project Scope: The scope of Corrigendum 1 is the resolution of a small set of feedback issues identified by end users during application of the standard . Corrigendum 1 will also incorporate Errata issued since the release of the standard. Project Purpose: The purpose of Corrigendum 1 is to correct a small set of technical issues identified through user feedback in order to make the standard more useable. Designation: 498-1985 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Nuclear Power Engineering Title: IEEE Standard Requirements for the Calibration and Control of Measuring and Test Equipment Used in Nuclear Facilities Status: Superseded History: PAR APP: Oct 31, 1988, BD APP: Dec 13, 1984, ANSI APP: May 03, 1985 Key Words: measuring, test, equipment, nuclear, facilities Designation: 498-1990 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Nuclear Power Engineering Title: IEEE Standard Requirements for the Calibration and Control of Measuring and Test Equipment Used in Nuclear Facilities Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jun 14, 1995. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **Revision of Std 498-1985 History: PAR APP: Oct 20, 1988, BD APP: Dec 06, 1990, ANSI APP: Aug 01, 1991 Abstract: This standard sets forth the requirements for a calibration program to control and verify the accuracy of measuring and test equipment used to ensure that safety systems of a nuclear facility are in conformance with prescribed technical requirements and that data provided by testing, inspection, or maintenance are valid. These requirements also cover modifications and those activities occurring during the operating phase that are comparable in nature and extent to related activities occurring during the initial construction of the facility. Key Words: calibration, records, traceability, measuring, test equipment, nuclear Designation: 499-1997 Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Cement Industry Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Cement Plant Electric Drives and Related Electrical Equipment Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Dec 03, 1997 **Revision of IEEE Std 499-1989. History: PAR APP: Dec 13, 1994, BD APP: Sep 19, 1997, ANSI APP: Apr 27, 1998 Project Scope: Electric drives, motor control and control wiring associated with machinery or equipment commonly used in the manufacturing areas of portland cement plants. Project Purpose: To serve as a guide to engineers designing and/or selecting drive systems or related products in the cement industry. Abstract: All electric drives, including motors and control wiring associated with machinery or equipment commonly used in the manufacturing areas of cement plants are covered. Recommendations are not intended to apply to power distribution circuits. These recommendations apply to electrical equipment having a supply voltage of 13 800 V or less. Key Words: cement plant, electrical drives, practices Designation: 499 Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Cement Industry Title: Recommended Practice for Cement Plant Electric Drives and Related Equipment Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Reinhold A Errath, Phone:41-56-486-8624, Email:reinhold.errath@ch.abb.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 12, 2002 Project Scope: The basic content of 499-1997 standard is very sound and complete. The scope of the revision includes changes initiated by technological advances in the past few years. Project Purpose: The standard is being revised so that the end users will have an up-to-date tool to help them evaulated electric drives and related equipment. Designation: 499-1989 Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Cement Industry Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Cement Plant Electric Drives and Related Electrical Equipment Status: Superseded History: PAR APP: Feb 28, 1988, BD APP: Apr 14, 1989, ANSI APP: Sep 13, 1989 Abstract: A recommended practice for electric drives and related electrical equipment for installation in the cement industry is set forth. The recommendations apply to all electric drives and include motors, controls, and control wiring associated with machinery or equipment commonly used in the manufacturing areas of cement plants, but they do not apply to power distribution circuits. The intent is to promote safety for personnel and equipment, maximum reliability with minimum loss of production, reduced maintenance and increased life of equipment, clarification of needs and conditions to reduce special engineering and chance of error in specification, and overall economy. Key Words: electric drives, cement plant, Motor drives, Generators, Cement industry Designation: 499-1983 Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Cement Industry Title: Recommended Practices for Cement Plant Electric Drives and Related Electric Equipment Status: Superseded **ANSI Apvd 9/4/84 Key Words: cement, plant, electric, drives Designation: 500 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Nuclear Power Engineering Title: Guide to the Collection and Presentation of Electrical, Electronic, Sensing Component and Mechanical Equipment Reliability Data for Nuclear Power Generating Stations Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. **Project to revise IEEE Std 500-1984. Technical Contact: Joseph R Fragola, Phone:516-764-5218, Email:Fragola@prodigy.net **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jun 01, 1989 Project Scope: Develop a statement to be added to the current published version of IEEE Std 500-1984 to indicate that the users of the document should be cautioned that the data included in the document is over ten years old and therefore might be in some cases obsolete or outdated. Project Purpose: To provide a caution to users of information contained in the standard that some of the data might be obsolete or outdated. Designation: 500-1984 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Nuclear Power Engineering Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1991 Title: IEEE Guide To The Collection And Presentation Of Electrical, Electronic, Sensing Component, And Mechanical Equipment Reliability Data for Nuclear- Power Generating Stations Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Dec 09, 1997. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. History: BD APP: Jun 23, 1983, ANSI APP: May 06, 1992 Abstract: A method of collecting and presenting reliability data for use in nuclear power generating station reliability calculations is established. It applies to reliability data for electric, electronic, sensing component, and mechanical equipment. The objectives of the calculations are: (1) to determine system adequacy; (2)  to evaluate system design alternatives; (3)  to evaluate, or contribute to, the development of system test intervals, maintenance programs, or operating procedures, or all three; and (4) to contribute to probabilistic risk-assessment studies. Key Words: reliability, data, pumps, drivers, valves Designation: 500 P&V-1984 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Nuclear Power Engineering Title: IEEE Standard Reliability Data for Pumps and Drivers, Valve Actuators, and Valves Excerpted from ANSI/IEEE Std 500-1984 Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Mar 06, 2000. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. Technical Contact: Aris S Candris, Phone:(412) 374-5509 **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: BD APP: Jun 23, 1983, ANSI APP: Jun 28, 1984 Abstract: A method of collecting and presenting reliability data for use in nuclear power generating station reliability calculations is established. It applies to reliability data for electrical, electronic, sensing component, and mechanical equipment. The objectives of the calculations are: (1) to determine system adequacy; (2) to evaluate system design alternatives; (3) to evaluate, or contribute to, the development of system test intervals, maintenance programs, or operating procedures, or all three; and (4) to contribute to probabilistic risk-assessment studies. Designation: 502-1985 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Energy Development & Power Generation Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1998 Title: IEEE Guide for Protection, Interlocking, and Control of Fossil-Fueled Unit-Connected Steam Stations Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jun 10, 1985 History: BD APP: Sep 22, 1983, ANSI APP: Nov 01, 1985 Project Scope: This guide presents information regarding the essential subsystems that make up a fossil-feuled unit-connected boiler-turbine- generator (BTG) station and describes typical interlocking, control, and protection for operating them in a coordinated order to ensure proper start- up and safe shutdown. The primary purpose of this guide is to provide a basis for (1) Qualitative evaluating of overall design of a unit-connected fossil fuel plant (2) Writing general operating guides of an educational nature, thereby serving to aid in acquainting personnel with boiler-turbine- generator systems. Every new fossil plant will have its own special operating sequence due to the type of equipment installed and its operating company's practices. However, this guide purports to include in one document a description of various cycles in a power plant, their sequence of operation, and protection procedures. The information contained in this guide should be coordinated with manufacturers' recommendations to establish individual plant designs. Abstract: Information regarding the essential subsystems that make up a fossil-fueled unit-connected boiler-turbine-generator (BTG) station is presented. Typical interlocking, control, and protection for operating the subsystems in a coordinated order to ensure proper startup and safe shutdown are described. The primary purpose is to provide a basis for qualitative evaluation of overall design of a unit-connected fossil-fuel plant, and for writing general operating guides of an educational nature to aid in acquainting personnel with boiler-turbine-generator systems. Key Words: protection, interlocking, fossil fuel, unit connected, stations, Power generation Designation: 503-1978 Title: IEEE Standard for Measurement and Characterization of Diode-Type Camera Tubes Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Dec 05, 1991. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. History: BD APP: Mar 03, 1977 Key Words: measurement, diode, type, camera, tubes Designation: 505-1977 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Energy Development & Power Generation Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2001 Title: IEEE Standard Nomenclature for Generating Station Electric Power Systems Status: Approved Publication of IEEE History: BD APP: Mar 11, 1976, ANSI APP: May 06, 1992 Abstract: Electric power systems in stationary generating stations that provide electric power to the power system are covered. Nomenclature is included for the following interrelated systems: generating unit power system, generating unit auxiliaries power system, station auxiliaries power system, generating unit dc auxiliaries power system, and station dc auxiliaries power system. Nomenclature for instrumentation, controls, or auxiliaries is not included. Key Words: nomenclature, generating, electric, power, systems Designation: 505 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Energy Development & Power Generation Title: Standard Nomenclature for Generating Station Electric Power Systems Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Robert E Howell, Phone:704-849-9285, Email:RHowell4@Carolina.rr.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 23, 1982 Designation: 510-1983 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Power System Instrumentation and Measurements Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1992 Title: IEEE Recommended Practices for Safety in High-Voltage and High-Power Testing Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 25, 2005. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **Jan2005: Administratively withdrawn. History: BD APP: Sep 17, 1981, ANSI APP: Sep 22, 1992 Abstract: Safety practices for those who are involved with making measurements on high-voltage sources or with high-power sources of various types, including power-system lines, 60-Hz test transformers, direct-voltage supplies, lightning-impulse generators, and switching-impulse generators are recommended. Electrical hazards involved in temporary measurements, as opposed to metering, relaying, or routine line work, are considered. Safety is considered in connection with testing in laboratories, in the field, in substations, and on lines, and with the test equipment utilized. Cable-fault location, large-capacitance-load testing, high- current testing, and direct connection to power lines are treated separately. Key Words: voltage, high, Power cable testing, Electric variables measurement Designation: 511 Sponsor: IEEE Broadcast Technology Society/Audio and Visual Techniques Title: Standard on Video Signal Transmission Measurement of Linear Waveform Distortion Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: James R Redford, Phone:212-664-5222, Email:rick.redford@juno.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jun 21, 2000 Project Scope: The scope of the original STD 511 is for the rapid interpretation of linear (amplitude independent) distortions caused by non ideal (imperfect frequency response and group delay) transmission of primarily, but not limited to, analog composite NTSC (system M) video signals. The results are useful to qualify signals to established proof-of- performance limits and are useful to indicate problems during operational and maintenance tests. Even with the more frequent conversion to digital component form, these measurements may, at least in part, be still valid when the video components are represented as digital data. In particular some of the digital/analog conversion and digital signal processing anomalies manifest themselves as the same linear distortions targeted by this measurement standard. Therefore, the scope of the proposed project is to ammend STD 511's scope and related language within the document to more clearly and specifically cover the affects of analog/digital composite/component video processing on these linear measurements and to include component as well as composite NTSC video. Project Purpose: Although many video signals today are represented as component digital data from content to final production, distribution is still largely analog composite NTSC. NTSC is not expected to be completely replaced as a video distribution format for at least the next 15 years and will likely exist as an interface format for some time after that. The standard has served well in the largely analog video content of the past but with the many current and future conversions from compressed, component digital video to composite analog NTSC form, certain minor revisions are necessary to avoid ambiguities in test signal definition and interpretation of results caused by the constraints and non-linear effects of the component digital signal formats and composite conversion. The purpose is to revise and update the STD 511 linear waveform distortion measurement standard in use today to test conformance of composite NTSC and component linear-signal distortion to established performance limits. As an example, the committee may find it desirable to add a reference to international recommendation ITU-R BT.1204 with regard to the addition of dither for measuring linear distortions on analog/digital video processing. Designation: 511-1979 Sponsor: IEEE Broadcast Technology Society Title: IEEE Standard on Video Signal Transmission Measurement of Linear Waveform Distortion Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Mar 19, 1992. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. History: BD APP: Dec 14, 1978, ANSI APP: Aug 15, 1980 Key Words: video, signal, transmission, waveform, distortion Designation: 512 Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **Withdrawn by IEEE. Same as ANSI Z244. Designation: 513 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transformers Title: Seismic Guide for Power Transformers and Reactors Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Samuel K Oklu, Phone:213-481-4823 **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 28, 1973 Key Words: seismic, guide, power, transformers, reactors Designation: 515-2004 Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Petroleum & Chemical Industry Title: IEEE Standard for the Testing, Design, Installation, and Maintenance of Electrical Resistance Heat Tracing for Industrial Applications Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: May 14, 2004 **Supersedes 515-1997. Technical Contact: David O Brown, Phone:918-641-7221, Email:dbrown@ionet.net **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Jun 21, 2000, BD APP: Feb 09, 2004, ANSI APP: Jun 04, 2004 Project Scope: The scope includes specific test requirements for qualifying electrical resistance heating cables and heating devices for use in industrial applications, as well as a basis for electrical and thermal design. Applications include unclassified, and both North American Division and Zone classified areas. Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to provide industry with the basic mechanical and electrical requirements for a reliable heating system and to also provide information and requirements for design, installation and maintenance. The standard is being revised for closer harmonization to IEC standards and updated per the 5-year review cycle. Abstract: "IEEE 515-2004 IEEE Standard for the Testing, Design, Installation, and Maintenance of Electrical Resistance Heat Tracing for Industrial Applications" Key Words: "constant wattage heaters,electrical design,heating cable,heat loss,heat tracing,parallel heating cables,pipelines,series heating cables, self-regulating heating cables,surface heating devices,thermal design,vessel heater" Designation: 515-1997 Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Petroleum & Chemical Industry Title: IEEE Standard for the Testing, Design, Installation and Maintenance of Electrical Resistance Heat Tracing for Industrial Applications Status: Superseded **Revision of IEEE Std 515-1989. Superseded by 515-2004. History: PAR APP: Jun 17, 1993, BD APP: Mar 20, 1997, ANSI APP: Aug 20, 1997 Project Scope: Provide specific test requirements for qualifying electrical resistance heating cable for industrial applications, and provide a basis for electrical and thermal design. Applications include unclassified, Class I, Class II and Division I and Division 2 areas. Project Purpose: 1. Revise standard per five year review cycle and 2. Revise style to conform to new style manual and international requirements with the intent of submitting as an international standard. Abstract: The specific test requirements for qualifying electrical resistance heating cables for industrial service are provided, as well as the basis for electrical and thermal design. Heating device characteristics are addressed, and installation and maintenance requirements are detailed. Heating cable and surface heating device application recommendations and requirements are made for ordinary (unclassified) and hazardous (classified) potentially flammable atmospheres and locations. Key Words: electrical design, heat tracing, pipelines, series heating cables, surface heating devices, thermal design Designation: 515-1989 Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Petroleum & Chemical Industry Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for the Testing, Design, Installation, and Maintenance of Electrical Resistance Heat Tracing for Industrial Applications Status: Superseded **Revision of IEEE Std 515-1983. History: BD APP: Aug 30, 1989, ANSI APP: Jan 25, 1990 Abstract: This standard provides the specific test requirements for qualifying electrical resistance heating cables for industrial service, and provides the basis for electrical and thermal design. Heater characteristics are addressed, and installation and maintenance requirements are detailed. Recommendations and requirements are made for unclassed, Class I, Division 2, and Class I, Division 1 heating cable applications. Key Words: electrical resistance, heat tracing, industrial , maintenance, Process heating, Cables Designation: 515-1983 Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Petroleum & Chemical Industry Title: Recommended Practice for Electrical Resistance Heat Tracing Status: Superseded History: PAR APP: Dec 28, 1984 Key Words: electrical, resistance, heat, tracing Designation: 515.1-2005 Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Petroleum & Chemical Industry Title: Standard for the Testing, Design, Installation, and Maintenance of Electrical Resistance Heat Tracing for Commercial Applications Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: May 08, 2006 Technical Contact: Wayne Williams, Phone:650-474-7964, Email:wwilliams@tycothermal.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Jun 26, 1999, BD APP: Nov 08, 2005, ANSI APP: Mar 16, 2006 Project Scope: This standard provides test criteria to determine the suitability of heating devices and fittings that are used for commercial applications. The standard also includes detailed recommendations for the design,installation, and maintenance of electrical resistance heat tracing in these applications. Commercial applications include installations both inside and outside commercial business buildings, such as office buildings, hospitals, and airports. Typical applications include freeze protection of water pipes; temperature maintenance of hot water piping and other lines and tubing; protection of sprinkler systems; roof, gutter, and pavement deicing; and other applications as shown in Table 1 in 4.1. Commercial applications involving hazardous (classified) locations shall also meet the relevant hazardous location requirements in IEEE Std 515 as well as any other applicable codes and standards. Project Purpose: The provisions of this standard should ensure that adequate material temperatures are maintained and that electrical, thermal, mechanical, and water-exclusion durability are provided to the heat tracing system. In addition, it should provide that under normal use, the products will exhibit long-term performance reliability without damage to the user or surroundings. This standard is a supplement to those provisions outlined in National Electrical Code® (NEC®) (NFPA 70), Articles 426 and 427. Abstract: Specific test requirements for qualifying electrical resistance heat tracing for commercial service. A basis for electrical and thermal design is included. Heating device characteristics are addressed, and installation and maintenance requirements are detailed. Recommendations and requirements for unclassified heating device applications are provided. Key Words: deicing, design, electrical resistance, floor warming, freeze protection, frost heave, heat tracing, heater, heating cable, heating device, installation, maintenance, snow melting, testing Designation: 515.1-1995 Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Petroleum & Chemical Industry Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for the Testing, Design, Installation, and Maintenance of Electrical Resistance Heat Tracing for Commercial Applications Status: Superseded History: PAR APP: Sep 17, 1992, BD APP: Jun 14, 1995, ANSI APP: Oct 03, 1996 Abstract: Specific test requirements for qualifying electrical resistance heating cables for commercial service and a basis for electrical and thermal design are provided. Heater characteristics are addressed and installation and maintenance requirements are detailed. Recommendations and requirements for unclassified heating cable applications are provided. Key Words: design, electrical resistance, heater, heating cable, heat tracing, installation, maintenance, testing Designation: 516-2003 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transmission and Distribution Title: IEEE Guide for Maintenance Methods on Energized Power Lines Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jul 29, 2003 **Supersedes 516-1995. Technical Contact: Charles W Grose, Phone:727-773-9076, Email:cwgrose@att.net **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Mar 18, 1999, BD APP: Jan 29, 2003, ANSI APP: Apr 22, 2003 Project Scope: This document provides general recommendations for performing maintenance work on energized power lines. Project Purpose: The purpose of this Guide is to present details of some of the methods presently in use to enable the safe performance of energized line maintenance. It will provide guidance for establishing a safe work area, taking into consideration the physical effects on personnel. Abstract: IEEE Std 516 -2003 IEEE Guide for Maintenance Methods on Energized Power Lines Key Words: "energized, equipment, maintenance, power lines, tools" Designation: P516 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transmission and Distribution Title: Guide for Maintenance Methods on Energized Power Lines Status: Revision Project Technical Contact: Charles W Grose, Phone:727-773-9076, Email:cwgrose@att.net **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 22, 2005 Project Scope: This guide provides the general recommendations for performing maintenance work on energized power lines. It is not intended to include all of the proven practical methods and procedures, however, these selected comprehensive recommendations are based on sound engineering principles, engineering safety considerations, and field experience by many utilities. Included are technical explanations as required to cover certain laboratory testing of tools and equipment, in-service inspection, maintenance and care of tools and equipment, and work methods of the maintenance of energized lines for persons working in vicinity of power lines. Project Purpose: The purpose of this guide is to a) Present, in one guide, sufficient details of some the methods and equipment presently in use to enable the performance of safe, energized line maintenance. b)Direct attention to appropriate standards and other documents for the acquisition of knowledge on the inspection, care, and use of required tools and equipment. c) Provide guidance for establishing a safe work area, taking into consideration the physical effects of the work area on personnel. It is not intended that this guide should replace present proven utility practices or imply that these recommendations are superior to existing practices and, therefore, should be universally adopted as utility standards. This compilation of many accepted practices is presented specifically in the form of a guide to be used by those electric utilities and agencies that are seeking guidance in establishing methods and procedures for maintenance of energized power lines. Designation: 516-1995 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transmission and Distribution Title: IEEE Guide for Maintenance Methods on Energized Power Lines Status: Superseded **Revision of IEEE Std 516-1987. Superseded by 516-2003. History: PAR APP: Sep 28, 1990, BD APP: Mar 16, 1995, ANSI APP: Aug 24, 1995 Abstract: General recommendations for performing maintenance work on energized power lines are provided. Technical explanations as required to cover certain laboratory testing of tools and equipment, field maintenance and care of tools and equipment, and work methods for the maintenance of energized lines and for persons working in the vicinity of energized lines are included. Key Words: energized, equipment, maintenance, power lines, tools Designation: 516-1987 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transmission and Distribution Title: IEEE Guide for Maintenance Methods on Energized Power-Lines Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Dec 02, 1993. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. History: BD APP: Dec 10, 1987, ANSI APP: Aug 18, 1988 Key Words: maintenance, methods, energized, power, lines Designation: 517-1974 Sponsor: IEEE Aerospace and Electronic Systems Society/Gyro Accelerometer Panel Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2005 Title: IEEE Standard Specification Format Guide and Test Procedure for Single- Degree-of-Freedom Rate-Integrating Gyros Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Oct 17, 1974 **IEEE Std 529-1980 is a supplement to this std. History: BD APP: Dec 13, 1973, ANSI APP: May 30, 1983 Abstract: A specification format guide for the preparation of a rate-integrating gyro specification that provides a common meeting ground of terminology and practice for manufacturers and users is presented. A compilation of recommended procedures for testing a rate-integrating gyro is given. Key Words: single, degree, freedom, intergrating, gyros, Gyroscopes Designation: 518 Title: Guide for the Installation of Electrical Equipment to Minimize Electrical Noise Inputs to Controllers from External Sources Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. History: PAR APP: Dec 05, 1991 Designation: 518-1982 Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Industrial Automation & Control Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1996 Title: IEEE Guide for the Installation of Electrical Equipment to Minimize Electrical Noise Inputs to Controllers from External Sources Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 10, 2002. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **Revision of IEEE Std 518-1977. Technical Contact: Steven A Larson, Phone:865-574-3201, Email:s.larson@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: BD APP: Dec 17, 1981, ANSI APP: Oct 22, 1990 Abstract: Techniques for the installation and operation of industrial controllers, so as to minimize the disturbing effects of electrical noise on these controllers, are addressed. The identification of noise in control circuits and the classification of noise are discussed. A systems approach to noise reduction is presented. Installation recommendations and wiring practices are covered. Key Words: electrical, equipment, minimize, noise, inputs, Wiring, Electromagnetic interference, Control systems Designation: 519-1992 Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Industrial Power Converter Title: IEEE Recommended Practices and Requirements for Harmonic Control in Electrical Power Systems Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Apr 09, 1993 **Mar04-Withdrawn by ANSI as overage. Technical Contact: Allan Ludbrook, Phone:905-628-0024, Email:a.ludbrook@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Mar 13, 1986, BD APP: Jun 18, 1992, ANSI APP: Jan 04, 1993 Abstract: This guide applies to all types of static power converters used in industrial and commercial power systems. The problems involved in the harmonic control and reactive compensation of such converters are addressed, and an application guide is provided. Limits of disturbances to the ac power distribution system that affect other equipment and communications are recommended. This guide is not intended to cover the effect of radio frequency interference. Key Words: Reactive power compensation, Harmonics, Harmonic control Designation: 519 Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Industrial Power Converter Title: Recommended Practices and Requirements for Harmonic Control in Electrical Power Systems Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Mark S Halpin, Phone:334-844-1824, Email:halpin@eng.auburn.edu **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 16, 1997 Project Scope: This standard will establish limits for the steady state and transient harmonic content of a) current drawn from a utility by a user, b) voltage supplied to a user by a utility, c) voltage on the user's busses, d) current drawn by individual items of equipment on a stand-alone basis, e) limits for voltage notching and ringing on user and utility busses. It will recommend a) methods for calculating harmonic spectra of common loads. It will provide a) application advice for the use of passive and active harmonic filters. It will provide information on: harmonic analysis methods, the effects of harmonics on equipment, system response characteristics, and on definitions and letter symbols. Project Purpose: The work is being done because of deficiencies in the existing standard, especially in relation to limits to notches and converters with pulse numbers greater than 6. Designation: P519 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transmission and Distribution, Joint Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Industrial Power Converter Title: Recommended Practices and Requirements for Harmonic Control in Electric Power Systems Status: Revision Project Technical Contact: Mark S Halpin, Phone:334-844-1824, Email:halpin@eng.auburn.edu **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 08, 2004 Project Scope: This recommended practice establishes goals for the design of electrical systems that include both linear and nonlinear loads. The voltage and current waveforms that may exist throughout the system are summarized and waveform distortion goals for the system designer are established. The interface between sources and loads is described as the point of common coupling; and observance of the design goals will minimize interference between electrical equipment. This recommended practice addresses steady- state limitation. Transient conditions exceeding these limitations may be encountered. This document sets the quality of power that is to be provided at the point of common coupling and is not intended for application to individual pieces of electrical equipment. This document does not cover the effects of radio-frequency interference; however, it does include electromagnetic interference with communication systems. Project Purpose: This revision includes the significant experience gained in the last 15 years with regard to power system harmoncs, their effects on power equipment, and how they should be limited. In addition, this document contains certain material dedicated to the harmonization of IEEE and other international standards where possible. IEEE Industry Applications Society/Industrial Power Converter Designation: 519-1981 Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Industrial Power Converter Title: IEEE Guide for Harmonic Control and Reactive Compensation of Static Power Convertors Status: Superseded History: BD APP: Dec 20, 1979, ANSI APP: Apr 29, 1983 Designation: P519.1 Sponsor: SASB/SCC22-Power Quality Title: Guide for Applying Harmonic Limits on Power Systems Status: New Standard Project Technical Contact: Mark F McGranaghan, Phone:865-218-8029, Email:mmcgranaghan@epri-peac.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 10, 2003 Project Scope: IEEE Standard 519-1992, IEEE Recommended Practices and Requirements for Harmonic Control in Electrical Power Systems, provides procedures for controlling harmonics on the power system along with recommended limits for customer harmonic injection and overall power system harmonic levels. This document provides example applications of the procedures and limits in IEEE 519-1992. Project Purpose: This guide will provide examples and suggestions for developing and implementing harmonic limits throughout the electric power system. This assists utilities and building owners. Designation: 519.1 Sponsor: SASB/SCC22-Power Quality Title: Guide for Applying Harmonic Limits on Power Systems Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Mark F McGranaghan, Phone:865-218-8029, Email:mmcgranaghan@epri-peac.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 17, 1994 Project Scope: The lastest revision of IEEE Std 519 addresses the need for harmonic control on the power system. Important sources of harmonics are described along with methods to analyze system response characteristics. Harmonic limits are proposed for both the electricity supplier and the electricity customer. The limits for the comsumer are in the form of harmonic current generation limits at the point of common coupling. The electricity supplier limits are in the form of voltage distortion limits. This document will use the proposed limits in IEEE 519 as a starting point and describe methodologies for implementing these limits. Specifically, the document will accomplish the following objectives: 1. Identify methods for measuring harmonic generation by specific nonlinear loads. Provide typical harmonic characteristics and important factors affecting the harmonic generation. 2. Provide methods for evaluating harmonic levels at the point of common coupling (PCC). The concepts of the PPC, direction of harmonic current flow, the maximum demand load current, the short circuit ration (SCR), and the total demand distortion (TDD) will all be described and defined. Measurement procedures for evaluating both the harmonic currents and voltage distortion at the PCC will be described in particular. Statistical procedures for evaluating these harmonic levels will be presented. 3. Provide methods for evaluating expected harmonic levels at new customers. Methods to estimate harmonic currents for combinations of loads will be presented and procedures for evaluating these currents with respect to the harmonic limits will be described. 4. Describe methods for harmonic control at individual customers and on the overall system. Filter design procedures for individual customers, taking into account concerns for interaction with the power system, will be presented. Alternative methods for controlling harmonics in a customer facility will also by described. Filter design for harmonic voltage control on the overall power system will also be described. 5. Describe methods for ongoing harmonic performance monitoring and evaluations. This will include statistical procedures for characterizing harmonic levels and the role of simulations in assessing system performance. 6. Provide example of IEEE-519 application for a range of different customer types and system characteristics. Project Purpose: Provide guidelines for implementation of harmonic limits for individual customers and for the overall power system. Designation: 519a Sponsor: SASB/SCC22-Power Quality Title: Guide for Applying Harmonic Limits on Power Systems Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. History: PAR APP: Mar 17, 1994 Project Scope: The lastest revision of IEEE Std 519 addresses the need for harmonic control on the power system. Important sources of harmonics are described along with methods to analyze system response characteristics. Harmonic limits are proposed for both the electricity supplier and the electricity customer. The limits for the comsumer are in the form of harmonic current generation limits at the point of common coupling. The electricity supplier limits are in the form of voltage distortion limits. This document will use the proposed limits in IEEE 519 as a starting point and describe methodologies for implementing these limits. Specifically, the document will accomplish the following objectives: 1. Identify methods for measuring harmonic generation by specific nonlinear loads. Provide typical harmonic characteristics and important factors affecting the harmonic generation. 2. Provide methods for evaluating harmonic levels at the point of common coupling (PCC). The concepts of the PPC, direction of harmonic current flow, the maximum demand load current, the short circuit ration (SCR), and the total demand distortion (TDD) will all be described and defined. Measurement procedures for evaluating both the harmonic currents and voltage distortion at the PCC will be described in particular. Statistical procedures for evaluating these harmonic levels will be presented. 3. Provide methods for evaluating expected harmonic levels at new customers. Methods to estimate harmonic currents for combinations of loads will be presented and procedures for evaluating these currents with respect to the harmonic limits will be described. 4. Describe methods for harmonic control at individual customers and on the overall system. Filter design procedures for individual customers, taking into account concerns for interaction with the power system, will be presented. Alternative methods for controlling harmonics in a customer facility will also by described. Filter design for harmonic voltage control on the overall power system will also be described. 5. Describe methods for ongoing harmonic performance monitoring and evaluations. This will include statistical procedures for characterizing harmonic levels and the role of simulations in assessing system performance. 6. Provide example of IEEE-519 application for a range of different customer types and system characteristics. Project Purpose: Provide guidelines for implementation of harmonic limits for individual customers and for the overall power system. Designation: 521-2002 Sponsor: IEEE Aerospace and Electronic Systems Society/Radar Systems Panel Title: IEEE Standard Letter Designations for Radar-Frequency Bands Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jan 08, 2003 **Supersedes 521-1984 (R1989). Technical Contact: Joseph Bruder, Phone:770-528-7745, Email:joe.bruder@gtri.gatech.edu **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Jan 30, 2000, BD APP: Sep 12, 2002, ANSI APP: Jan 21, 2003 Project Scope: Radar systems operate in frequency bands that since World War II have been identified by letter designations. To recognize and preserve accepted usage, the proposed revision would re-affirm the letter designations for radar, revising the current standard to update it regarding current International Telecommunication Union (ITU) radar band allocations and comments. No change in scope from the current standard is anticipated. Project Purpose: The purpose of the proposed project is to reaffirm the use of letter band designations for radar-frequency bands, and to update and correct the notes referring to the letter band designations in this standard. Because of recent changes in the ITU regulations, some of the notes need to be updated, and changed to correctly reflect the current frequency allocations. No change in purpose from the current standard is anticipated. Abstract: " The Standard Letter Designations for Radar-Frequency Bands was first issued in 1976and was written to remove the confusion that developed from the misapplication to radar of letterband designations of other microwave frequency users. This standard relates the letter terms incommon usage to the frequency ranges that they represent. The 1984 revision defined the applica-tion V and W to a portion of the millimeter wave region while retaining the previous letter designatorsfor frequencies. The current (2002) revision keeps the same letter band designations, includes achange in the definition of millimeter wave frequencies to conform to the ITU designation, and re-vises the notes to Table 1. Table 1 has been modified for international applications by including Re-gions 1 and 3 in addition to Region 2." Key Words: "frequency, letter band, radar" Designation: 521-1984 Sponsor: IEEE Aerospace and Electronic Systems Society/Radar Systems Panel Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1989 Title: IEEE Standard Letter Designations for Radar-Frequency Bands Status: Superseded **Revision of IEEE Std 521-1976. Superseded by 521-2002. History: PAR APP: Mar 05, 1981, BD APP: Mar 22, 1984, ANSI APP: Feb 19, 1985 Abstract: IEEE Std 521-1984 (Revision of IEEE Std 521-1976) IEEE Standard Letter Designations for Radar-Frequency Bands Key Words: "Since World War II, radar systems engineers have used letter designations as a short notation for describing the frequency band of operation. This usage has continued throughout the years and is now an accepted practice of radar engineers. Radar-frequency" Designation: 522-2004 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Electric Machinery Title: IEEE Guide for Testing Turn Insulation of Form-Wound Stator Coils for Alternating-Current Electric Machines Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Aug 09, 2004 **Supersedes 522-1992 (R1998). Technical Contact: Charles A Wilson, Phone:+1-512-869-8451, Email:229@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Dec 06, 2001, BD APP: Feb 09, 2004, ANSI APP: May 12, 2004 Project Scope: The purpose of this guide is to make suggestions on testing the dielectric strength of the insulation separating the various turns from each other within multiturn form-wound coils to determine the acceptability of the coils. Typical ratings of machines employing such coils normally lie within the range of 200 kW to 100 MW. Test voltage levels described herein do not evaluate the ability of the turn insulation to withstand abnormal voltage surges, as contrasted to surges associated with normal operation. These suggestions apply to: (1) Individual stator coils after manufacture (2) Coils in completely wound stators of original manufacture (3) Coils and windings for rewinds of used machinery (4) Windings of machines in service to determine their suitability for further service (preventive- maintenance testing) The repetitive voltage surges (spikes) associated with Variable Frequency Drives (VFD's) are also not addressed here. Project Purpose: The purpose of this publication is to: (1) Define surge / impulse testing as applied to the windings of an electric machine; (2) Review the service conditions which affect or change voltage levels in a coil; (3) Recommend devices suitable for measuring surges, with precautions to avoid erroneous results; (4) Describe various points at which surge testing should be performed; (5) Present suggested surge test levels for various types of electric machines. Abstract: Suggestions are made for testing the dielectric strength of the insulation separating the various turns from each other within multiturn form-wound coils to determine their acceptability. Typical ratings of machines employing such coils normally lie within the range of 200 kW to 100 mW (270 hp to 135 000 hp). The test levels described do not evaluate the ability of the turn insulation to withstand abnormal voltage surges, only surges associated with normal operation. The suggestions apply to: (1) individual stator coils after manufacture; (2) coils in completely wound stators; (3) coils and windings for rewinds of used machinery; and (4) windings of machines in service to determine their suitability for further service (preventive- maintenance testing). Coil service conditions, test devices, and test sequence are discussed. Key Words: ac machines, impulses, surges, testing turn insulation, transients Designation: 522-1992 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Electric Machinery Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1998 Title: IEEE Guide for Testing Turn-to-Turn Insulation on Form-Wound Stator Coils for Alternating-Current Rotating Electric Machines Status: Superseded **Revision of IEEE Std 522-1977. Superseded by 522-2004. History: PAR APP: Jun 28, 1979, BD APP: Jun 18, 1992, ANSI APP: Jan 04, 1993 Abstract: Suggestions are made for testing the dielectric strength of the insulation separating the various turns from each other within multiturn form-wound coils to determine their acceptability. Typical ratings of machines employing such coils normally lie within the range of 200 kW to 100 MW. The test voltage levels described do not evaluate the ability of the turn insulation to withstand abnormal voltage surges, as contrasted to surges associated with normal operation. The suggestions apply to: (1) individual stator coils after manufacture; (2) coils in completely wound stators of original manufacture; (3) coils and windings for rewinds of used machinery; and (4) windings of machines in service to determine their suitability for further service (preventive-maintenance testing). Coil service conditions, test devices, and test sequence are discussed. High-frequency test levels for new coils during winding, and for applying surge tests to complete windings, are given. Key Words: ac machines, rotating machine, insulation testing, Power system transients Designation: 522-1977 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Electric Machinery Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1981 Title: IEEE Guide for Testing Turn-to-Turn Insulation on Form-Wound Stator Coils for Alternating-Current Rotating Electric Machines - For Trial Use Status: Superseded **Correlate w/792 History: BD APP: Jun 03, 1976 Key Words: testing, turn, insulation, electric, machines Designation: 523 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transformers Title: Control of Transformer Sound See Status: Superseded **See C57.112 History: PAR APP: Dec 28, 1973 Key Words: control, transformer, sound Designation: 524-2003 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transmission and Distribution Title: IEEE Guide to the Installation of Overhead Transmission Line Conductors Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Mar 11, 2004 **Supersedes 524-1992 (R1997) and 524a-1993 (R1998). Technical Contact: Frank Ferracane, Phone:217 362 6322, Email:frank_ferracane@illinoispower.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Sep 21, 2000, BD APP: Oct 17, 2003, ANSI APP: Dec 29, 2003 Project Scope: This guide provides general recommendations for the selection of methods, equipment, and tools that have been found to be practical for the stringing and grounding of overhead transmission line conductors, overhead groundwires and fiber optic cables. The guide also includes a comprehensive list of definitions for equipment and tools used in stringing and for stringing terms commonly employed. This guide does not address special conductors such as those used for river and canyon crossing. These conductors may be custom designed and may often require special considerations. Installation of overhead conductors for distributions circuits generally involves similar conditions; however, the specific recommendations of this guide have not been developed to include all situations encountered at distribution voltages. Project Purpose: The purpose of this guide is to present in one document sufficient details of present day methods, materials, and equipment to outline the basic considerations necessary for maintaining safe and adequate control and grounding of conductors during stringing operations. References are given for those desiring more detailed information. Because the terminology used for many hardware items and for many stringing terms varies from place to place, a list of definitions is included to provide correlation and clarification of the terms most commonly employed. Abstract: IEEE Std 524-2003 IEEE Guide to the Installation of Overhead Transmission Line Conductors Key Words: "overhead transmission line conductors, overhead groundwires" Designation: 524-1992 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transmission and Distribution Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1997 Title: IEEE Guide to the Installation of Overhead Transmission Line Conductors Status: Superseded **Revision of IEEE Std 524-1980. Superseded by 524-2003. History: PAR APP: Sep 18, 1986, BD APP: Jun 18, 1992, ANSI APP: Jan 04, 1993 Project Scope: This guide provides general recommendations for the selection of methods, equipment and tools that have been found practical for the stringing of overhead groundwires. The guide also includes a comprehensive list of definitions for equipment and tools used in stringing and for stringing terms commonly employed. Abstract: General recommendations for the selection of methods, equipment, and tools that have been found to be practical for the stringing of overhead transmission line conductors and overhead groundwires are provided. The aim is to present in one document sufficient details of present day methods, materials, and equipment to outline the basic considerations necessary to maintain safe and adequate control of conductors during stringing operations. Key Words: guide, overhead, conductors, Terminology, Power transmission lines, Power cable installation, Grounding Designation: 524-1980 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transmission and Distribution Title: IEEE Guide to the Installation of Overhead Transmission Line Conductors Status: Superseded History: BD APP: Dec 14, 1978, ANSI APP: Apr 29, 1983 Key Words: installation, transmission, line, conductors Designation: 524a-1993 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transmission and Distribution Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1998 Title: IEEE Guide to Grounding During the Installation of Overhead Transmission Line Conductors Status: Superseded **Supplement to IEEE Std 524-1992. Superseded by 524-2003. History: PAR APP: Jun 27, 1991, BD APP: Dec 02, 1993, ANSI APP: Jun 03, 1994 Abstract: The design, installation, and protection of wire and cable systems in substations are considered, with the objective of minimizing failures and their consequences. The purpose is to give direction to the substation engineer in established practices for the application and installation of metallic cables in electric power transmission and distribution substations. This guide emphasizes reliable electrical service during the design life of the substation. It does not apply to wire and cable systems in generating stations. Key Words: conductor stringing, grounding equipment, grounding practices, overhead transmision, line conductors, protective grounding Designation: 525-2007 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Substations Title: Guide for the Design and Installation of Cable Systems in Substations Status: Approved Publication of IEEE Technical Contact: Hanna E Abdallah, Phone:602-371-6524, Email:HannaEssa.Abdallah@aps.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Aug 17, 2001, BD APP: Mar 08, 2007 Project Scope: This document is a guide for the design, installation , and protection of wire and cable systems in substations with the objective of minimizing cable failures and their consequences Project Purpose: To improve the useability of the guide and to make it more current. Designation: 525-1992 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Substations Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1999 Title: IEEE Guide for the Design and Installation of Cable Systems in Substations Status: Superseded **Revision of IEEE Std 525-1987. Technical Contact: Alan E Kollar, Phone:330-384-5552, Email:kollara@firstenergycorp.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 26, 1991, BD APP: Sep 17, 1992, ANSI APP: Feb 23, 1993 Abstract: Guidance for the design, installation, and protection of wire and cable systems in substations with the objective of minimizing cable failures and their consequences is provided. The design of wire and cable systems in generating stations is not covered. Key Words: cable, installation, testing, fire protection, raceway, substations, wire cable shield Designation: 525-1987 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Substations Title: IEEE Guide for the Design and Installation of Cable Systems in Substations Status: Superseded History: BD APP: Sep 10, 1987, ANSI APP: Feb 09, 1988 Key Words: design, installation, cable, systems, substations Designation: 526 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Power System Relaying Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. Designation: 528-2001 Sponsor: IEEE Aerospace and Electronic Systems Society/Gyro Accelerometer Panel Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2007 Title: IEEE Standard for Inertial Sensor Terminology Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Nov 29, 2001 **Supersedes 528-1994. Technical Contact: Michael E Ash, Phone:617-258-2884, Email:mash@draper.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Dec 08, 1998, BD APP: Aug 07, 2001, ANSI APP: Jan 02, 2002 Project Scope: To review all of the definitions included in the standard and to revise them as required. New terminology will be added to bring the document up to date with current technology. Project Purpose: This revision is part of the 5 year review cycle for IEEE Standards. Since the last publication of this standard, three major revisions of, or new, inertial sensor standards have been published by the IEEE AESS Gyro and Accelerometer panel. In addition, sigificant advances have been made in related technology for which new standards are being developed. Abstract: Terms and definitions relating to inertial sensors are presented in this standard. Usage asunderstood by the inertial sensor community is given preference over general technical usage of theterms herein. The criterion for inclusion of a term and its definition in this standard is usefulness asrelated to inertial sensor technology. Key Words: "inertial sensor technology, inertial sensor terminology" Designation: 528-1994 Sponsor: IEEE Aerospace and Electronic Systems Society/Gyro Accelerometer Panel Title: IEEE Standard for Inertial Sensor Terminology Status: Superseded **Revision of IEEE Std 528-1984. Superseded by 528-2001. History: PAR APP: Jun 27, 1991, BD APP: May 04, 1994, ANSI APP: Dec 08, 1994 Abstract: Terms and definitions relating to inertial sensors are presented. Usage as understood by the inertial sensor community is given preference over general technical usage of the terms herein. The criterion for inclusion of a term and its definition in this document is usefulness as related to inertial sensor technology. Key Words: Inertial sensor terminology, Inertial sensor technology Designation: 528-1984 Sponsor: IEEE Aerospace and Electronic Systems Society/Gyro Accelerometer Panel Title: IEEE Standard Inertial Sensor Terminology Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Dec 05, 1991. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. History: BD APP: Jun 23, 1983, ANSI APP: Jan 01, 1985 Abstract: 8/90: Will vote to reaffirm/revise by 12/90. Key Words: inertial, sensor, terminology Designation: 529-1980 Sponsor: IEEE Aerospace and Electronic Systems Society/Gyro Accelerometer Panel Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2005 Title: Supplement for Strapdown Applications to IEEE Standard Specification Format Guide and Test Procedure for Single-Degree-of-Freedom Rate- Integrating Gyros Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jan 29, 1981 **Supplement to IEEE Std 517-1974. Technical Contact: Michael E Ash, Phone:617-258-2884, Email:mash@draper.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: BD APP: Sep 27, 1979, ANSI APP: May 05, 1983 Abstract: A specification format guide for the preparation of a rate-integrating gyroscope specification is presented. Recommended procedures for testing a rate-integrating gyroscope are compiled. This standard, when combined with IEEE Std 517-1974 (R1980), defines the requirements and test procedures in terms of characteristics unique to the gyroscope or those applications in which the dynamic angular inputs are significantly greater than the limitations identified in IEEE Std 517. Key Words: strapdown, single degree, rate integrating , integrating gyro, Testing, Gyroscopes Designation: 530-1978 Sponsor: IEEE Aerospace and Electronic Systems Society/Gyro Accelerometer Panel Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1992 Title: IEEE Standard Specification Format Guide and Test Procedure for Linear, Single-Axis, Digital, Torque-Balance Accelerometer Status: Superseded **Under revision with Std 337; combined revisions will be designated IEEE 1293. Superseded by IEEE 1293-1998. History: BD APP: Mar 09, 1978, ANSI APP: Aug 15, 1980 Abstract: A guide for the preparation of a digital accelerometer specification and test procedure is provided. It is intended to provide common terminology and practice for manufacturers and users. The accelerometer considered utilizes a linear, single-axis, nongyroscopic accelerometer sensor with a permanent magnet torquer. The torquing electronics are considered part of the accelerometer. General design, performance, environmental, and reliability requirements are covered. Information on classification of tests, acceptance tests, qualification tests, reliability tests, standard test conditions, test equipment, test methods, and data submittal is given. Key Words: linear, single axis, digital, torque, accelerometer, Torque measurement, Acceleration measurement Designation: 532-1993 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Insulated Conductors Title: IEEE Guide for Selecting and Testing Jackets for Underground Cables Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Mar 10, 1994 **Revision of IEEE Std 532-1982. Mar04-Withdrawn by ANSI as overage. History: PAR APP: Jun 17, 1993, BD APP: Jun 17, 1993, ANSI APP: Nov 24, 1993 Abstract: This guide covers corrosion protection, properties of commonly used jackets, electrical characteristics of jackets, physical requirements for jackets referenced in industry standards, and selection and testing of jackets. It is written for those responsible for optimizing underground cable installations. The purpose is to present a reasonably complete picture of the role of jackets so that the subject can be approached in an orderly and organized manner. An effort has been made to shun the highly technical language and theory commonly used by electrical engineers, corrosion engineers, and chemists to discuss the more detailed application of jackets. Key Words: cables, jackets, testing, underground cable Designation: 532 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Insulated Conductors Title: Guide for Selecting and Testing Jackets for Underground Cables Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Kenneth E Bow, Phone:+1 989 695 4659, Email:kblecnslt@consultant.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jan 30, 2000 Project Scope: Revise the guide which covers the use of jackets and other protective coverings for power cables in underground installations. Project Purpose: Provide cable users guidance in the selection of jackets and protective covers for the purpose of optimizing underground cable installations. A secondary purpose is to present a reasonably complete picture of the types and rules of jackets so that the user can approach the subject in an orderly and logical manner. Designation: P532 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Insulated Conductors Title: Guide for Selecting and Testing Jackets for Power, Instrumentation and Control Cables Status: Revision Project Technical Contact: Paul Caronia, Phone:732-271-7954, Email:caronipj@dow.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jun 13, 2002 Project Scope: Revise the guide std 532-1993 to cover the selection and testing of jackets and other protective coverings for power, instrumentation and control cables. Project Purpose: Provide cable users guidance in the selection of jackets and protective covers for the purpose of optimizing cable installations. A secondary purpose is to present a reasonably complete picture of the types and rules of jackets so that the user can approach the subject in an orderly and logical manner. Designation: 532-1982 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Insulated Conductors Title: IEEE Guide for Selecting and Testing Jackets for Cables Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Dec 05, 1991. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. History: BD APP: Dec 18, 1980, ANSI APP: Apr 29, 1983 Key Words: selecting, testing, jackets, cables Designation: 534 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transmission and Distribution Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. Designation: 535-2006 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Stationary Batteries Committee Title: Standard for Qualification of Class 1E Lead Storage Batteries for Nuclear Power Generating Stations Status: Approved Publication of IEEE **Sep-02: Sponsor changed from SCC29 to PE/SB. Technical Contact: Robert R Beavers, Phone:815-416-3812, Email:robert.beavers@exeloncorp.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Sep 16, 1999, BD APP: Dec 06, 2006 Project Scope: This document describes qualification methods for Class 1E lead storage batteries and racks to be used in nuclear power generating stations outside of primary containment. Qualification required in IEEE Std. 308- 1991 can be demonstrated by using the procedures provided in this standard in accordance with IEEE Std. 323-1983 (R1996). Project Purpose: The revision will address issues raised on the testing process, provide clarified guidance on battery qualification and revise references from the 1986 issue of the standard. Designation: 535-1986 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Stationary Batteries Committee Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1994 Title: IEEE Standard for Qualification of Class 1E Lead Storage Batteries for Nuclear Power Generating Stations Status: Superseded **Revision of IEEE Std 535-1979. History: BD APP: Sep 19, 1985, ANSI APP: Feb 28, 1986 Abstract: Qualification methods for Class 1E lead storage batteries and racks to be used in nuclear power generating stations outside of primary containment are described. Principles and methods of qualification, qualification information, qualification by type testing, type tests and analysis procedures, and documentation are covered. Battery sizing, maintenance, capacity testing, installation, charging equipment, and other types of batteries that are beyond the scope of this standard are not considered. Key Words: qualifications, 1E, lead, storage, batteries, Nuclear power generation protection Designation: 539-2005 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transmission and Distribution Title: IEEE Standard Definitions of Terms Relating to Corona and Field Effects of Overhead Power Lines Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Sep 16, 2005 **Revision project for IEEE Std 539-1990. Technical Contact: Dave Phillips, Phone:619-553-3057, Email:dave.phillips@navy.mil **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Jun 14, 1995, BD APP: Mar 20, 2005, ANSI APP: Jul 25, 2005 Project Scope: The document defines terms related to the areas of corona and the electromagnetic environment of overhead power lines. Its scope is to define the most widely used terms specific to or associated with overhead power-line corona and fields. This includes terms used in electric and magnetic fields, ions, radio frequency propagation, electromagnetic signals and noise, audible noise, coupled voltages and currents, shock and perception, weather and related statistical terms, and measurements and measuring devices. Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to achieve uniformity in the use of terms relating to the areas of corona and the electromagnetic environment of power lines. The standard defines the most widely used terms specific to or associated with overhead power line corona and fields. Abstract: The scope of this standard is to define the most widely used tems specific to or associated with overhead power-line corona and field effects. Key Words: audible noise, corona, electric field, electric field meter, fair weather, field effects, foul weather, freezing rain, magnetic field, perturbed field, radio noise, rain, snow, Trichel streamers, uniform field, wet snow, Designation: 539-1990 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transmission and Distribution Title: IEEE Standard Definitions of Terms Relating to Corona and Field Effects of Overhead Power Lines Status: Superseded **Revision of IEEE Std 539-1979. (IEEE Std 539A-1981 was included in revision.) History: PAR APP: Sep 13, 1984, BD APP: Nov 14, 1990, ANSI APP: Mar 29, 1991 Abstract: This standard defines terms related to the areas of corona and the electromagnetic environment of overhead power lines. Its scope is to define the most widely used terms specific to or associated with overhead power-line corona and fields. This includes terms used in electric and magnetic fields, ions, radio frequency propagation, electromagnetic signals and noise, audible noise, coupled voltages and current, shock and perception, weather and related statistical terms, and measurements and measuring devices. Key Words: audible noise, electric field, magnetic field, radio noise, Electromagnetic interference Designation: 539-1979 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transmission and Distribution Title: IEEE Standard Definitions of Terms Relating to Overhead-Power-Line Corona and Radio Noise Status: Superseded **Superseded by IEEE 539-1990 History: BD APP: Dec 17, 1981, ANSI APP: Dec 15, 1981 Key Words: overhead, power, lines, radio, noise Designation: 539A-1984 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transmission and Distribution Title: Supplement to 539 Status: Superseded History: BD APP: Dec 17, 1981, ANSI APP: Dec 15, 1981 Key Words: 539A Designation: 541 Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. Designation: 544-1975 Sponsor: IEEE Instrumentation and Measurement Society Title: IEEE Standard for Electrothermic Power Meters Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Dec 06, 1990. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **Standard administratively withdrawn 12/6/90. History: BD APP: May 30, 1974 Key Words: standard, electrothermic, power, meters Designation: 545 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transformers Title: Partial Discharge Corona Tst/Xfrmrs Trial Use Status: Superseded **Approved as IEEE Std C57.113. History: PAR APP: May 28, 1974 (Ref. Std.: C57.113) Key Words: partial, discharge, corona, test, transformers Designation: 548-1984 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Energy Development & Power Generation Title: IEEE Standard Criteria and Guidelines for the Laboratory Measurement and Reporting of Fly Ash Resistivity Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 17, 1997. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **Administratively withdrawn by Stds Bd 17 January 1997. Technical Contact: Marco W Migliaro, Phone:561-691-1946, Email:m.migliaro@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: BD APP: Dec 08, 1983, ANSI APP: Jul 26, 1985 Abstract: Uniform criteria and guidelines for laboratory measurement and reporting of fly ash resistivity data obtained in the laboratory are presented. Fly ashes produced from the burning of any rank of coal are covered. Methods for ashing core bore samples of coal that have not been burned previously in a full-scale boiler are considered. Key Words: Resistivity measurement, Power generation, Air Pollution Designation: 551-2006 Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Power Systems Engineering Title: Recommended Practice for Calculating AC Short-Circuit Currents in Industrial and Commercial Power Systems Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Nov 17, 2006 Technical Contact: Jason M MacDowell, Phone:(86 10) 65611166x576, Email:jason.macdowell@ps.ge.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Sep 12, 2002, BD APP: May 09, 2006, ANSI APP: Oct 02, 2006 Project Scope: Electric power systems in industrial plants and commercial and institutional buildings are designed to serve loads in a safe and reliable manner. One of the major considerations in the design of a power system is adequate control of short circuits or faults as they are commonly called. Uncontrolled short-circuits can cause service outage with accompanying production downtime and associated inconvenience, interruption of essential facilities or vital services, extensive equipment damage, personnel injury or fatality, and possible fire damage. Short-circuits are caused by faults in the insulation of a circuit, and in many cases an arc ensues at the point of the fault. Such an arc may be destructive and may constitute a fire hazard. Prolonged duration of arcs, in addition to the heat released, may result in transient overvoltages that may endanger the insulation of equipment in other parts of the system. Clearly, the fault must be quickly removed from the power system, and this is the job of the circuit protective devices—the circuit breakers and fusible switches. A short-circuit current generates heat that is proportional to the square of the current magnitude, I2R. The large amount of heat generated by a short-circuit current may damage the insulation of rotating machinery and apparatus that is connected into the faulted system, including cables, transformers, switches, and circuit breakers. The most immediate danger involved in the heat generated by short-circuit currents is permanent destruction of insulation. This may be followed by actual fusion of the conducting circuit, with resultant additional arcing faults. The heat that is generated by high short-circuit currents tends not only to impair insulating materials to the point of permanent destruction, but also exerts harmful effects upon the contact members in interrupting devices. The small area common between two contact members that are in engagement depends mainly upon the hardness of the contact material and upon the amount of pressure by which they are kept in engagement. Owing to the concentration of the flow of current at the points of contact engagement, the temperatures of these points reached at the times of peak current are very high. As a result of these high spot temperatures, the material of which the contact members are made may soften. If, however, the contact material is caused to melt by excessive I2R losses, there is an imminent danger of welding the contacts together rendering it impossible to separate the contact members when the switch or circuit breaker is called upon to open the circuit. Since it requires very little time to establish thermal equilibrium at the small points of contact engagement, the temperature at these points depends more upon the peak current than upon the rms current. If the peak current is sufficient to cause the contact material to melt, resolidification may occur immediately upon decrease of the current from its peak value. Other important effects of short-circuit currents are the strong electromagnetic forces of attraction and repulsion to which the conductors are subjected when short-circuit currents are present. These forces are proportional to the square of the current and may subject any rotating machinery, transmission, and switching equipment to severe mechanical stresses and strains. The strong electromagnetic forces that high short-circuit currents exert upon equipment can cause deformation in rotational machines, transformer windings, and equipment bus bars, which may fail at a future time. Deformation in breakers and switches will cause alignment and interruption difficulties. Modern interconnected systems involve the operation in parallel of large numbers of synchronous machines, and the stability of such an interconnected system may be greatly impaired if a short-circuit in any part of the system is allowed to prevail. The stability of a system requires short fault clearing times and can be more limiting than the longer time considerations imposed by thermal or mechanical effects on the equipment. Project Purpose: The purpose is to provide information that will facilitate the proper design of electric power circuits such that the equipment is adequately rated and/or protected with respect to short circuit or fault currents, since uncontrolled short circuits can cause a service outage. Abstract: This recommended practice provides short-circuit current information including calculated short-circuit current duties for the application in industrial plants and commercial buildings, at all power system voltages, of power system equipment that senses, carries, or interrupts short-circuit currents. Equipment coverage includes, but should not be limited to, protective device sensors such as series trips and relays, passive equipment that may carry short-circuit current such as bus, cable, reactors and transformers as well as interrupters such as circuit breakers and fuses. Key Words: available fault current, circuit breaker, circuit breaker applications, fuse, power system voltage, reactors, short-circuit applications guides, shortcircuit duties Designation: 551 Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Power Systems Engineering Title: Recommended Practice for Calculating Short Circuit Currents in Industrial and Commercial Power Systems Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: L. Guy Jackson, Phone:251-626-6890, Email:gjackson@powerplot.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 28, 1981 Project Scope: This recommended practice provides short-circuit current information including calculated short-circuit current duties for the application in industrial plants and commercial buildings, at all power system voltages or power system equipment that senses, carries, or interrupts short circuit currents. Project Purpose: To provide adequate control of short-circuits or faults, as uncontrolled short-circuits can cause service outage with accompanying production downtime and associated inconvenience, interruption of essential facilities or vital services, extensive equipment damage, personnel injury or fatality and possible fire damage. Designation: 562 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Switchgear Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. Designation: 563-1978 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transmission and Distribution Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2002 Title: IEEE Guide on Conductor Self-Damping Measurements Status: Approved Publication of IEEE History: BD APP: Mar 03, 1977, ANSI APP: May 21, 1991 Abstract: Methods for measuring the inherent vibration damping characteristics of overhead conductors are presented. The intent is to obtain information in a compatible and consistent form that will provide a reliable basis for studying the vibration and damping of conductors in the future, and for comparing data of various investigators. The methods and procedures recommended are not intended for quality-control test purposes. Key Words: Power system measurements, Power cable mechanical factors Designation: 564 Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. Designation: 566-1977 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Nuclear Power Engineering Title: Recommended Practice For the Design of Display and Control Facilities for Central Control Rooms of Nuclear Power Generating Stations Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **Withdrawn by Stds Board 3/22/84 Designation: 567-1980 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Nuclear Power Engineering Title: IEEE Trial-Use Standard Criteria for the Design of the Control Room Complex for a Nuclear Power Generating Station Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jun 17, 1993. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **issued for trial use 10/80 Publication type: Trial-Use History: PAR APP: Sep 28, 1980, BD APP: Dec 20, 1979 Key Words: design, control, room, complex, NPGS Designation: 567 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Nuclear Power Engineering Title: IEEE Trial-Use Standard Criteria for the Design of the Control Room Complex for a Nuclear Power Generating Station Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. History: PAR APP: Oct 20, 1988 Designation: 570 Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Power Systems Engineering Title: System Voltage Nomenclature Table Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **Not pub. Incorporated in 141;100;C84 Key Words: system, voltage, nomenclature, table Designation: 571 Sponsor: IEEE Instrumentation and Measurement Society Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. Designation: 572-2006 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Nuclear Power Engineering Title: Standard for Qualification of Class 1E Connection Assemblies for Nuclear Power Generating Stations Status: Approved Publication of IEEE Technical Contact: William L Hadovski, Phone:860-731-6942, Email:william.l.hadovski@us.westinghouse.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Oct 30, 2003, BD APP: Dec 06, 2006 Project Scope: This standard provides criteria for qualification of commonly- used Class 1E connection assemblies for service in nuclear power generating stations. The proposed revision will address (1) current qualification methodology and technologies, (2) digital technology effects on connector qualification, (3) EMI/RFI environmental factors, and (4) consistency with IEEE Std 323-2004. Project Purpose: The revision will reflect current methodologies and technologies including the use of digital and fiber optic equipment for new designs, upgrades and plant-life extension. Designation: 572-1985 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Nuclear Power Engineering Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2004 Title: IEEE Standard for Qualification of Class 1E Connection Assemblies for Nuclear Power Generating Stations Status: Superseded History: PAR APP: Jun 30, 1982, BD APP: Dec 13, 1984, ANSI APP: Aug 07, 1985 Abstract: General requirements, direction, and methods for qualifying Class 1E connection assemblies for service in nuclear power generating stations are provided. Connectors, terminations, and environmental seals in combination with related cables or wires as assemblies are covered. Emphasis is placed on multipin, quick, disconnect-type connection assemblies primarily utilized for instrumentation, control, and power. This standard does not apply to containment electric penetrations, fire stops, in-line splices, or components for service within the reactor vessel. Key Words: NPGS, Seals, Power cable connecting, Connectors Designation: 573 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Nuclear Power Engineering Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. Designation: 575-1988 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Insulated Conductors Title: IEEE Guide for Application of Sheath-Bonding Methods for Single- Conductor Cables and the Calculation of Induced Voltages and Currents in Cable Sheaths Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Oct 25, 1996. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **Administratively withdrawn by StdB 10/25/96. Questions should be directed to Mike Buckweitz, mbuckweitz@generalcable.com History: BD APP: Mar 13, 1986, ANSI APP: Aug 07, 1986 Abstract: The most common sheath-bonding systems now in use, and the methods of calculating sheath voltages and currents, are described. The concern is particularly with three-phase systems operating at 60 kV and above, with the neutral grounded directly or through an impedance. Bonding methods and sheath voltage limiters are covered. Effects on parallel telephone and control cables are considered. Key Words: sheath, bonding, methods, cables, Wire communication cables, Power cable protective coverin, Electromagnetic interference, , Control cables Designation: 576-2000 Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Petroleum & Chemical Industry Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Installation, Termination, and Testing of Insulated Power Cable as Used in Industrial and Commercial Applications Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Apr 30, 2001 **Supersedes 576-1989. Technical Contact: H.R Stewart, Phone:281-444-8117, Email:hrsc@earthlink.net **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Sep 21, 1995, BD APP: Sep 21, 2000, ANSI APP: Jan 08, 2001 Project Scope: This recommended practice provides a guide for installation, splicing, terminating and field proof testing of cable systems as used in industrial and commercial applications. It is not intended to be a design document. Although many of the problems of installation can be avoided by designing cable layouts with the installation limits of this recommended practice. Project Purpose: To revise and update the existing standard 576. To expand the use of this standared for all industrial and commercial applications. The installation practices recommended for the petrochemical industry can also be applied to other industrial and commercial applications. Abstract: " A guide for installing, splicing, terminating, and field proof testing of cable systems inindustrial and commercial applications is provided. It is not intended to be a design document,although many of the problems of installation can be avoided by designing cable layouts within theinstallation limits of this recommended practice." Key Words: "jamming, minimum bending radius, pulling lubricants, pulling tensions, sidewall pressure, splicing" Designation: 576-1989 Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Petroleum & Chemical Industry Title: IEEE Recommended Practice Installation, Termination, and Testing of Insulated Power Cable as Used in the Petroleum and Chemical Industry Status: Superseded **Superseded by 576-2000. History: PAR APP: Mar 28, 1979, BD APP: Jan 24, 1989, ANSI APP: Jun 12, 1989 Abstract: A guide to installation, splicing, termination, and field-proof testing of cable systems is provided. The aim is to avoid premature cable failure due to improper installation and mechanical damage during installation, and to provide a reference that can be specified for cable installations. This standard is not intended to be a design document; many of the problems of installation can be avoided by designing cable layouts with the installation limits of this recommended practice. Key Words: voltage, insulated, cable, test Designation: 577-2004 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Nuclear Power Engineering Title: IEEE Standard Requirements for Reliability Analysis in the Design and Operation of Safety Systems for Nuclear Facilities Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Aug 30, 2004 Technical Contact: G.W Hannaman, Phone:858-826-4964, Email:hannamang@ds-s.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: May 09, 2002, BD APP: May 12, 2004, ANSI APP: Aug 09, 2004 Project Scope: This standard sets forth the minimum acceptable requirements for the performance of reliability analyses for safety-related systems when used to address the reliability considerations discussed in IEEE Stds 308, 338, 379, and 603. The methods of this standard may also be applied to other systems including the interactions, if any, between safety-related and non- safety-related systems. The requirements should be applied during the phases of design, fabrication, testing, maintenance, and repair of systems and components in nuclear facilities. The timing of the analysis depends upon the purpose for which the analysis is performed. This standard applies to the facility owner and other organizations responsible for the activities stated above. Project Purpose: The purpose of this revision is to remove the references from the scope section and place them in their own section. The standard will be updated to address the current revisions of the reference documents. The purpose of this standard is to provide uniform, minimum acceptable requirements for the performance of reliability analyses for safety-related systems found in nuclear facilities, but not to define the need for an analysis. The need for reliability analysis has been identified in other standards which expand the requirements of regulations (e.g., IEEE Std 379- 2000, "IEEE Standard Application of the Single-Failure Criterion to Nuclear Power Generating Station Safety Systems," which describes the application of the single-failure criterion). IEEE Std 352-1999, "IEEE Guide for General Principles of Reliability Analysis of Nuclear Power Generating Station Safety Systems," provides guidance in the application and use of reliability techniques referred to in this standard. Abstract: "IEEE Std 577-2004, IEEE Standard Requirements for Reliability Analysis in the Design and Operation of Safety Systems for Nuclear Facilities" Key Words: "nuclear facilities, reliability analysis, safety systems" Designation: 577-1976 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Nuclear Power Engineering Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2001 Title: IEEE Standard Requirements for Reliability Analysis in the Design and Operation of Safety Systems for Nuclear Power Generating Stations Status: Superseded **Superseded by 577-2004. History: BD APP: Jun 03, 1976, ANSI APP: Nov 28, 1977 Abstract: Uniform minimum acceptable requirements for the performance of reliability analyses for safety-related systems found in nuclear power generating stations are provided. The requirements can be applied during design, fabrication, testing, maintenance, and repair of systems and components in nuclear power plants. The timing of the analysis depends upon the purpose for which it is performed. Key Words: reliability, protection Designation: 580 Sponsor: IEEE Circuits and Systems Society Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. Designation: 581-1978 Sponsor: IEEE Electron Devices Society Title: IEEE Standard Definitions, Symbols, and Characterization of Metal- Nitrite-Oxide Field-Effect Transistors Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Dec 05, 1991. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. History: BD APP: Sep 09, 1976 Abstract: 7/90: Referenced in 641-1988 and 1005-1991. Never been revised or reaffirmed. Key Words: metal, nitrite-oxide, field-effect, transistors Designation: 583-1982 Sponsor: Nuclear and Plasma Sciences Society/Nuclear Instruments and Detectors Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2006 Title: IEEE Standard Modular Instrumentation and Digital Interface System (CAMAC) (Computer Automated Measurement and Control) Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Feb 26, 1982 **Revision of IEEE Std 583-1975. History: BD APP: Sep 17, 1981, ANSI APP: Dec 15, 1981 Abstract: This standard is intended to serve as a basis for a range of modular instrumentation capable of interfacing transducers and other devices to digital controllers for data and control. It consists of mechanical standards and signal standards that are sufficient to ensure physical and operational compatibility between units regardless of source. The standard fully specifies a data bus (Dataway) by means of which instruments and other functional modules can communicate with each other, with peripherals, with computers, and with other external controllers. Key Words: CAMAC Designation: 583a Sponsor: Nuclear and Plasma Sciences Society/Nuclear Instruments and Detectors Title: Supplement to Standard Modular Instrumentation and Digital Interface System (CAMAC) Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Louis Costrell, Phone:301-975-5608, Email:louis.costrell@nist.gov **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 28, 1990 Project Scope: Standard currently specifies fuses in power supply. This supplement proposal permits circuit breakers optionally. Designation: 585 Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. Designation: 586-1980 Sponsor: IEEE Lasers and Electro-Optics Society Title: IEEE Standard Definitions of Laser-Maser Terms Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Dec 06, 1990. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **ANSI withdrawn 3/31/94. History: BD APP: Sep 09, 1976 Designation: 587 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Surge Protective Devices/Low Voltage Title: See C62.41 Status: Superseded Designation: 589 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Insulated Conductors Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. Designation: 590-1977 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transmission and Distribution Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1991 Title: IEEE Cable Plowing Guide Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 17, 1997. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **Administratively withdrawn by Stds Bd 17 January 1997. History: BD APP: Sep 09, 1976, ANSI APP: Jun 15, 1992 Abstract: This guide is intended to promote improved communication between manufacturers and users in clarifying terminology and identifying user objectives. It attempts to provide the user with a means for determining whether plowing is a feasible method for a specific application, what plow type is best suited for the intended application or types of applications, and those techniques and practices most likely to maximize performance. Key Words: plowing, guide, Power cable installation Designation: P592 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Insulated Conductors Title: Standard for Exposed Semiconducting Shields on High Voltage Cable Joints and Separable Connectors. Status: Revision Project Technical Contact: Michael Malia, Phone:908-813-2036, Email:michael_malia@tnb.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 04, 2005 Project Scope: It is expected that the Withdrawn standard will be reviewed and revised as necessary to ensure that all references are current. The original scope will not change. The Scope in IEEE-592-1990 is: "This standard covers design tests for shield resisitance and a simulated fault initiation for exposed semiconducting shields used on cable accessories, specifically insulated connectors rated 15 kV through 35 kV". Project Purpose: The project will provide a Standard for exposed Semiconducting Shields on High-Voltage Cable Joints ad Separable Connectors by documenting design tests for shield resistance and a simulated fault-current initiation for exposed semiconducting shields used on cable accessories, specifically joints and separable insulated connectors joints rated 15 kV through 35 kV. Designation: 592-1977 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Insulated Conductors Title: IEEE Standard for Exposed Semiconducting Shields on Premolded High Voltage Cable Joints and Separable Insulated Connectors Status: Superseded History: BD APP: Dec 09, 1976 Key Words: semiconducting, shields, HVgh, cable, joints Designation: 592-1990 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Insulated Conductors Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1996 Title: IEEE Standard for Exposed Semiconducting Shields on High-Voltage Cable Joints and Separable Insulated Connectors Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Feb 07, 2003. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **Revision of Std 592-1977. History: PAR APP: Dec 06, 1990, BD APP: Dec 06, 1990, ANSI APP: May 21, 1991 Abstract: This standard provides design tests for shield resistance and a simulated fault-current initiation for exposed semiconducting shields used on cable accessories, specifically joints and separable insulated connectors rated 15 kV through 35 kV. Key Words: shield resistance, Fault current initiation Designation: 595-1982 Sponsor: Nuclear and Plasma Sciences Society/Nuclear Instruments and Detectors Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2006 Title: IEEE Standard Serial Highway Interface System (CAMAC) (Computer Automated Measurement and Control) Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Feb 26, 1982 History: BD APP: Sep 17, 1981, ANSI APP: Dec 15, 1981 Abstract: A serial highway (SH) system using byte-organized messages and configured as a unidirectional loop, to which are connected a system controller and up to sixty-two CAMAC crate assemblies, is defined. In the primary application, the controlled devices are CAMAC crate assemblies with serial crate controllers that conform to a defined message structure. In other applications, some or all of the controlled devices connected to the SH can be equipment that conforms to a subset of the full specification and is not necessarily constructed in CAMAC format or controlled by CAMAC commands. Key Words: serial, highway, interface, system, CAMAC Designation: 596-1982 Sponsor: Nuclear and Plasma Sciences Society/Nuclear Instruments and Detectors Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2006 Title: IEEE Standard Parallel Highway Interface System (CAMAC) (Computer Automated Measurement and Control) Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Feb 26, 1982 **Revision of IEEE Std 596-1976. History: BD APP: Sep 17, 1981, ANSI APP: Dec 15, 1981 Abstract: The CAMAC parallel highway interface system for interconnecting up to seven CAMAC crates (or other devices) and a system controller is defined. In particular, the signals, timing, and logical organization of the connections from crate controllers and parallel highway drivers to the parallel highway through a standard connector are defined. The internal structures of crate controllers and parallel highway drivers, and the physical construction of the parallel highway system, are defined only as they affect compatibility between parts of the system. Key Words: parallel, highway, interface, system, CAMAC Designation: 597 Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Industrial Drives Title: Standard Practices & Requirements for General Purpose Thyristor DC Drives Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: A. C Stevenson, Phone:540-387-8471, Email:Stevenson-Ac@salem.ge.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jun 27, 1991 Designation: 597-1983 Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Industrial Drives Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1992 Title: IEEE Standard Practices and Requirements for General Purpose Thyristor DC Drives Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Mar 06, 2000. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. Technical Contact: A. C Stevenson, Phone:540-387-8471, Email:Stevenson-Ac@salem.ge.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: BD APP: Dec 17, 1981, ANSI APP: May 01, 1984 Abstract: Line-commutated semiconductor power converters for general-purpose industrial dc motor drives powered from three-phase or single-phase ac supplies are considered. The objectives are to provide a common vocabulary, common methods of test and specification, and a recommended code of practice. Service conditions, operating characteristics, circuits, ratings, and regulators are covered. Key Words: general, purpose, Thyristor motor drives, DC motor drives Designation: 598 Sponsor: Accredited Standards Committee on Power Switchgear Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. Designation: 599-1985 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Power System Communications Title: IEEE Standard Definitions of Power Systems Data Transmission and Related Channel Terminology Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jun 27, 1991. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **Withdrawn at 6/91 StdsBd mtg History: BD APP: Jun 23, 1983, ANSI APP: Jan 03, 1986 Key Words: power, system, data, transmission Designation: 600 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Nuclear Power Engineering Title: Standard Requirements for Organizations That Conduct Qualification Testing of Safety Systems Equipment for Use in Nuclear Power Generating Stations Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Nissen M Burstein, Phone:434-832-2501, Email:nissen.burstein@framatome-anp.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 12, 1985 Designation: 600-1983 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Nuclear Power Engineering Title: IEEE Trial-Use Standard Requirements for Organizations that Conduct Qualification Testing of Safety Systems Equipment for Use in Nuclear Power Generating Stations Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Dec 06, 1990. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **Standard administratively withdrawn 12/6/90. Publication type: Trial-Use History: BD APP: Jun 10, 1982 Key Words: qualification, testing, safety, equipment, NPGS Designation: 601 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Switchgear Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. Designation: 602-2007 Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Power Systems Engineering Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Electric Systems in Health Care Facilities Status: Approved Publication of IEEE Technical Contact: Hugh O Nash, Phone:615-329-4460, Email:hnash@nlbengineering.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Jan 30, 2000, BD APP: Mar 26, 2007 Project Scope: To provide a recommended practice for the design and operation of electric systems in health care facilities. The term "health care facility," as used here, encompasses buildings or parts of buildings that contain hospitals, nursing homes, residential custodial care facilities, clinics, and medical and dental offices. Buildings or parts of buildings within an industrial or commercial complex, used as medical facilities, logically fall within the scope of this recommended practice. Project Purpose: Update existing text which serves as a reference book for electrical design engineers, contractors, hospital operating personnel, hospital architects, and hospital equipment manufacturers and service providers. Designation: 602-1996 Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Power Systems Engineering Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Electric Systems in Health Care Facilities Status: Superseded **IEEE White Book. Technical Contact: Hugh O Nash, Phone:615-329-4460, Email:hnash@nlbengineering.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 10, 1987, BD APP: Mar 21, 1996 Abstract: A recommended practice for the design and operation of electric systems in health care facilities is provided. The term "health care facility," as used here, encompasses buildings or parts of buildings that contain hospitals, nursing homes, residential custodial care facilities, clinics, ambulatory health care centers, and medical and dental offices. Buildings or parts of buildings within an industrial or commercial complex, used as medical facilities, logically fall within the scope of this book. Key Words: anaesthetizing, clinical, critical branch, emergency system, equipment system, essential electrical system, examination, fire alarm, ground fault circuit interrupter, ground fault protection, grounding, life safety branch, medical, nurse call, patient care, recovery, safety, standby generator, surgical , transfer switch, treatment, wet location Designation: 602-1986 Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Power Systems Engineering Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Electric Systems in Health Care Facilities Status: Superseded **IEEE White Book History: BD APP: Mar 21, 1985, ANSI APP: Jul 26, 1985 Abstract: These recommended practices will aid electrical systems designers in achieving safety of life and preservation of property through operational considerations to reduce electrical failures; to allow maintenance with a minimum need for specialized services; to present design considerations that recognize the flexibility of electrical systems in terms of layout and placement while fulfilling the requirements for proper electrical installation; and to promote coordination of design with professional associates. Key Words: electric, systems, health, care, facilities Designation: 603-1998 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Nuclear Power Engineering Title: IEEE Standard Criteria for Safety Systems for Nuclear Power Generating Stations Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Nov 20, 1998 History: PAR APP: Mar 16, 1995, BD APP: Jul 01, 1998 Project Scope: The criteria contained in this standard establish minimum functional and design requirements for the power, instrumentation, and control portions of safety systems for nuclear power generating stations. (No change from existing revision). Project Purpose: The safety system criteria established herein are to be applied to those systems required to protect the public health and safety by functioning to prevent or mitigate the consequences of design basis events. (No change from existing revision). The standard will be revised to clarify the application to computer based safety systems and to advanced nuclear power generating station designs. Clarification will also be considered in the use of the term "Class 1E" and in the treatment of EMI/RFI. Consideration will be given to IEEE documents issued or revised since issuance of Standard 603-1991. Abstract: " Minimum functional and design criteria for the power, instrumentation, and control por-tions of nuclear power generating station safety systems are established. The criteria are to be ap-plied to those systems required to protect the public health and safety by functioning to mitigate theconsequences of design basis events. The intent is to promote safe practices for design and eval-uation of safety system performance and reliability. Although the standard is limited to safety sys-tems, many of the principles may have applicability to equipment provided for safe shutdown, post-accident monitoring display instrumentation, preventative interlock features, or any other systems,structures, or equipment related to safety. " Key Words: "actuated equipment,associated circuits,Class 1E,design,failure maintenance bypass,operating bypass,safety function,sense and command features,sensor" Designation: P603 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Nuclear Power Engineering Title: Standard Criteria for Safety Systems for Nuclear Power Generating Stations Status: Revision Project Technical Contact: Michael H Miller, Phone:864-885-4411, Email:mhmiller@duke-energy.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 10, 2003 Project Scope: This project reviews the existing standard for areas to be revised as contained in the forward and through user feedback. This project will also review other (IEC, etc.) standards organizations for harmonization with associated international standards. The scope from the 1995 project is as follows: The criteria contained in this standard establish minimum functional and design requirements for the power, instrumentation, and control portions of safety systems for nuclear power generating stations. Project Purpose: This project revises the existing document to: 1) Reflect current industry practices, 2) Align the document for compatibility with related IEEE Standards, 3) Review associated international standards for harmonization opportunities, 4) Review forward of 1998 version for items requiring potential additions or revisions. Designation: 603-1991 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Nuclear Power Engineering Title: IEEE Standard Criteria for Safety Systems for Nuclear Power Generating Stations Status: Superseded History: PAR APP: Dec 12, 1985, BD APP: Jun 27, 1991, ANSI APP: Dec 12, 1991 Abstract: Establishes minimum functional design criteria for the power, instrumentation, and control portions of nuclear power generating station safety systems. The criteria are to be applied to those systems required to protect the public health and safety by functioning to mitigate the consequences of design basis events. The intent is to promote safe practices for design and evaluation of safety system performance and reliability. Although the standard is limited to safety systems, many of the principles may have applicability to equipment provided for safe shutdown, post-accident monitoring display instrumentation, preventive interlock features, or any other systems, structures, or equipment related to safety. Key Words: Sensor, Sense and command features, Safety function, Protection, Operating bypass, Maintenance bypass, Failures, Design, Class 1E, Associated circuits, Actuated equipment Designation: 603-1980 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Nuclear Power Engineering Title: IEEE Standard Criteria for Safety Systems for Nuclear Power Generating Systems Status: Superseded History: PAR APP: Dec 28, 1985, BD APP: Mar 13, 1980, ANSI APP: Aug 30, 1985 Key Words: criteria, safety, systems, nuclear, power Designation: 605-1998 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Substations Title: IEEE Guide for the Design of Substation Rigid-Bus Structures Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Apr 09, 1999 Technical Contact: Aung Thaik, Phone:610-395-4445 **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Dec 12, 1995, BD APP: Aug 07, 1998 Project Scope: Design criteria and analysis of rigid bus structures for outdoor and indoor, air insulated, alternating current substations for determination of ampacity, radio influence, vibration, forces due to gravity and wind and short circuit current, thermal expansion, and the effects of same. Project Purpose: Expand and improve on the guidance given in the withdrawn standard. Abstract: " Rigid-bus structures for outdoor and indoor, air-insulated, and alternating-current substa-tions are covered. Portions of this guide are also applicable to strain-bus structures or direct-currentsubstations, or both. Ampacity, radio inßuence, vibration, and forces due to gravity, wind, fault cur-rent, and thermal expansion are considered. Design criteria for conductor and insulator strengthcalculations are included. " Key Words: "ampacity,bus support,mounting structure,rigid-bus structures,strain-bus structure" Designation: P605 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Substations Title: Guide for Bus Design in Air Insulated Substations Status: Revision Project Technical Contact: Hanna E Abdallah, Phone:602-371-6524, Email:HannaEssa.Abdallah@aps.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Aug 17, 2001 Project Scope: The information in this guide is applicable to rigid and strain bus structures for outdoor and indoor, air-insulated, and alternating- current substations. Ampacity, radio influence, vibration, and forces due to gravity, wind, fault current, and thermal expansion are considered. Design criteria for bus arrangements and for conductor and insulator strength calculations are included. Project Purpose: Substation rigid and strain bus structure design involves electrical, mechanical, and structural considerations. It is the purpose of this guide to integrate these considerations into one document. Special consideration is given to fault current-force calculations. Factors considered include the decrement of the fault current, the flexibility of supports, and the natural frequency of the bus. These factors are mentioned in ANSI C37.32-1996, but are not taken into consideration in the equations presented in that standard., including intended users and benefits to users. Designation: 605-1987 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Substations Title: IEEE Guide for Design of Substation Rigid-Bus Structures Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Dec 02, 1993. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. Technical Contact: Lenard N Ferguson, Phone:704-382-6570 **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: BD APP: Jun 14, 1984, ANSI APP: Nov 15, 1985 Abstract: 9/92: Should complete rev by 5/93. Key Words: design, substations, rigid, bus, structure Designation: 605-1998/Cor 1-200x Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Substations Title: Guide for Draft Guide for the Design of Substation Rigid-Bus Structures- --Corrigendum 1: Bus Design in Air Insulated Substations Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Kenneth D White, Phone:770-270-7585, Email:kenneth.white@gatrans.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 06, 2001 Project Scope: The scope of this corrigendum is to correct formulas in the existing standard 605. Project Purpose: To provide correct formulas in the existing standard. Designation: 606 Sponsor: IEEE Broadcast Technology Society Title: Measurement of Colorimetry and Transfer Characteristics (Gamma) in TV Camera Systems Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. **. Technical Contact: LJ Thorpe **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 28, 1982 Key Words: measurement, colorimetry, transfer, characteristics, tv Designation: 610 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee Title: Standard Dictionary of Computing Terminology Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Anne Keller Geraci, Phone:716 393-6936, Email:a.geraci@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 19, 1996 Project Scope: This project will consolidate all the definitions from the existing P610 glossaries into a single full-use standard dictionary, arranged in pure-alphabetical order. Project Purpose: To establish a single, consolidated dictionary of terminology related to computers and computing. By combining all the glossaries into one dictionary, we can provide a valuable lexicographic resource to all IEEE members and working groups. Designation: 610-1990 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee Title: IEEE Standard Computer Dictionary: Compilation of IEEE Standard Computer Glossaries Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Apr 20, 2001. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **Compilation of IEEE Stds 1084, 610.2, 610.3, 610.4, 610.5 and 610.12. Publication type: Collection History: PAR APP: May 28, 1980, BD APP: Sep 28, 1990 Abstract: This dictionary is a compilation of IEEE standard glossaries covering the fields of mathematics of computing, computer applications, modeling and simulation, image processing and pattern recognition, data management, and software engineering. Every effort has been made to include all terms within the designated subject areas. Terms were excluded if they were considered to be parochial to one group or organization; company-proprietary or trademarked; multiword terms whose meaning could be inferred from the definitions of the component words; or terms whose meaning in the computer field could be directly inferred from their standard English meaning. Key Words: terminology, computer, applications, glossary, definitions, dictionary, 610 Designation: 610.1 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee Title: Standard for Glossary of Mathematics of Computing Terminology Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. **Project to revise Std 1084. Technical Contact: Hugh L Porteous, Phone:+44 114 253 3292 **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 28, 1990 (Ref. Std.: 1084) Project Scope: To define terms which are in general use in mathematics of computing. Project Purpose: To define mathematics of computing terminology. Designation: 610.2-1987 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee Title: IEEE Standard Glossary of Computer Applications Terminology Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Apr 20, 2001. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. History: BD APP: Dec 11, 1986, ANSI APP: May 18, 1987 (Ref. Std.: IEEE 1085) Abstract: Terms currently in use in the computer field are identified, and standard definitions are established for them. Topics covered include automated language processing, automatic indexing, business data processing, character recognition, computer- aided design and manufacturing, computer-assisted instruction, control systems, critical path method, library automation, medical applications, micrographics, office automation, operations research, personal computing, scientific and engineering applications, telecommunications applications, and word processing. The terms included in this glossary are intended for users of computer systems. Terms were excluded if they were considered to be parochial to one group or organization; company-proprietary or trademarked; multiword terms whose meaning could be inferred from the definitions of the component words; or terms whose meaning in the computer field could be directly inferred from their standard English meaning. Key Words: glossary, terminology, applications, computer Designation: 610.3-1989 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee Title: IEEE Standard Glossary of Modeling and Simulation Terminology Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Mar 06, 2000. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. History: PAR APP: Sep 28, 1987, BD APP: Jan 01, 1989, ANSI APP: Jun 19, 1989 Abstract: Terms currently in use in the computer field are identified, and standard definitions are established for them. Terms were excluded if they were considered to be parochial to one group or organization, company-proprietary or trademarked, multiword terms whose meaning could be inferred from the definitions of the component words, or terms whose meaning in the computer field could be directly inferred from their standard English meaning. Key Words: glossary, modeling, simulation, terminology, dictionary Designation: 610.4-1990 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee Title: IEEE Standard Glossary of Image Processing and Pattern Recognition Terminology Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Mar 06, 2000. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. History: PAR APP: Sep 28, 1987, BD APP: Feb 15, 1990, ANSI APP: Jul 24, 1990 Abstract: Identifies terms currently in use in the field of Image Processing and Pattern Recognition. Standard definitions for those terms are established. Key Words: glossary, terminology, dictionary, Pattern recognition, Image processing Designation: 610.5-1990 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee Title: IEEE Standard Glossary of Data Management Terminology Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Mar 06, 2000. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. History: PAR APP: Sep 28, 1987, BD APP: May 31, 1990, ANSI APP: Oct 12, 1990 Abstract: Identifies terms currently in use in the field of Data Management. Standard definitions of those terms are established. Key Words: glossary, terminology, dictionary, definitions, Data management Designation: 610.6-1991 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee Title: IEEE Standard Glossary of Computer Graphics Terminology Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Mar 06, 2000. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. History: PAR APP: Sep 28, 1990, BD APP: Dec 05, 1991, ANSI APP: Jun 15, 1992 Abstract: Terms in the field of computer graphics are defined. Topics covered include general computer graphics concepts, computer graphics hardware and hardware concepts, primitives and attributes, input devices, image concepts and techniques, display techniques, visual effects, windows and viewports, CRT terminology, and three-dimensional technology. Terms considered to be parochial to one group or organization; company proprietary or trademarked, multiword terms whose meaning could be inferred from the definitions of the component words, and terms whose meaning in the computer field could be directly inferred from their standard English meaning are excluded. Key Words: glossary, terminology, dictionary, Definitions, Computer graphics Designation: 610.7-1995 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee Title: IEEE Standard Glossary of Computer Networking Terminology Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Apr 20, 2001. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. History: PAR APP: Sep 28, 1990, BD APP: Jun 14, 1995, ANSI APP: Aug 02, 1995 Abstract: Terms that pertain to data communications and networking, from the following areas, are defined: Data transmission, general communications, general networks, local area networks, network communications security, network errors, networking hardware, network management, network nodes, network signaling, open system architecture, packet, protocols, standards and standards organizations, telephony. The glossary is primarily a compilation of terms defined in individual IEEE standards, but also includes a number of common terms. Key Words: glossary, computer, networking, terminology Designation: 610.8 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee Title: Glossary of Artificial Intelligence and Robotics Applications Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Leonard L Tripp, Phone:206-662-4437, Email:L.TRIPP@COMPUTER.ORG **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 28, 1990 Project Scope: To define terms which apply to artifical intelligence and robotics applications. Project Purpose: To define artifical intelligence and robotics terms. Key Words: glossary, artificial, intelligence, terminology, dictionary Designation: 610.9 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee Title: Glossary of Computer Security & Privacy Terminology Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Leonard L Tripp, Phone:206-662-4437, Email:L.TRIPP@COMPUTER.ORG **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 28, 1990 (Ref. Std.: 1088) Project Scope: To define terms which apply to computer security and privacy applications. Project Purpose: To define computer security and privacy terms. Key Words: glossary, security, privacy, terminology, dictionary Designation: 610.10-1994 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee Title: IEEE Standard Glossary of Computer Hardware Terminology Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Mar 06, 2000. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. History: PAR APP: Sep 28, 1990, BD APP: Jun 14, 1994, ANSI APP: Jun 06, 1996 (Ref. Std.: 1087) Abstract: Terms pertaining to computer hardware are defined. Terms falling under the categories of computer architecture, computer storage, general hardware concepts, peripherals, and processors and components are included. Key Words: glossary, hardware, technology, computer, terminology, definition Designation: 610.11 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee Title: Standard for Glossary of Theory of Computation Terminology Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Leonard L Tripp, Phone:206-662-4437, Email:L.TRIPP@COMPUTER.ORG **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 28, 1990 (Ref. Std.: 1086) Project Scope: To define terms which apply to Theory of Computation Project Purpose: To define theory of computation terms. Key Words: glossary, theory, computation, terminology, dictionary Designation: 610.12-1990 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2002 Title: IEEE Standard Glossary of Software Engineering Terminology Status: Approved Publication of IEEE **Revision and Redesignation of IEEE Std 729-1983. History: PAR APP: Jun 09, 1988, BD APP: Sep 28, 1990, ANSI APP: Jan 31, 2003 (Ref. Std.: 729) Abstract: This standard identifies terms currently in use in the field of Software Engineering. Standard definitions for those terms are established. Key Words: glossary, terminology, dictionary, Software engineering, Definitions Designation: 610.12 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee Title: Standard Glossary for Software Engineering Terminology Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. **This project is being withdrawn and replaced with P729 History: PAR APP: Dec 12, 1995 Project Scope: To define terms used in software engineering. Project Purpose: To provide basis for effective communication among software engineers. Designation: 610.12 (H)-1990 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee Title: IEEE Standard Glossary of Software Engineering Terminology (HyperCard Stack) Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Feb 15, 1991 **This is an electronic version of Std 610.12-1990 Publication type: Special Publication History: ANSI APP: Feb 26, 1991 Abstract: This standard identifies terms currently in use in the field of Software Engineering. Standard definitions for those terms are established. Key Words: Software, glossary, terminology, definitions, dictionary Designation: 610.13-1993 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee Title: IEEE Standard Glossary of Computer Languages Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Mar 06, 2000. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. History: PAR APP: Sep 28, 1990, BD APP: Mar 18, 1993, ANSI APP: Oct 18, 1993 Abstract: This glossary defines terms that pertain to computer languages. It includes types of computer languages, such as page description languages, and names of computer languages. The languages included are those that are standard languages, languages of historical significance, and those in wide usage at the time this standard was developed. Key Words: glossary, programming, dictionary, Computer terminology, Computer languages, Computer glossary Designation: 618-1984 Sponsor: IEEE Broadcast Technology Society Title: IEEE Standard Measurement of Luminance Signal-to-Noise Ratio in Video Magnetic-Tape Recording Systems Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Dec 06, 1990. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **Standard administratively withdrawn 12/6/90. History: BD APP: Jun 10, 1982, ANSI APP: Mar 29, 1985 Key Words: luminance, signal, noise, ratio, video Designation: 619 Sponsor: IEEE Broadcast Technology Society Title: Measurement of Moire in Video Magnetic Tape Recording Systems Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Alan Godber, Phone:(732) 846-4476, Email:agodber@earthlink.net **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jun 28, 1982 Project Scope: Scope and Purpose: The proposed standard specifies test equipment characteristics and test methods for measurement of spurious frequency components (moire), as well as the particular method to be used in each of several categories of applications for evaluation of analog video magnetic tape recorders. Key Words: measurement, moire, video, tape, recording Designation: 620-1996 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Electric Machinery Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2003 Title: IEEE Guide for the Presentation of Thermal Limit Curves for Squirrel Cage Induction Machines Status: Approved Publication of IEEE **Revision of Std 620-1987. Technical Contact: Nirmal K Ghai, Phone:512-258-4710, Email:nghai@austin.rr.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Jun 20, 1996, BD APP: Jun 20, 1996, ANSI APP: Jan 06, 1997 Project Scope: Squirrel Cage Induction Motors, 250 HP and above and designed for specified load an application conditions will be covered. Project Purpose: The purpose is to define thermal limit curves and to establish a standard procedure for the construction and presentation of these curves. The working group will also attempt to harmonize this standard with ANSI/IEEE 37.96. This guide will replace the ANSI/IEEE Std. 620 (Trial Use Guide). Abstract: Thermal limit curves for induction machines are defined. A procedure is established for the presentation of these curves, and quidelines for the interpretation and use of these curves for machine thermal protection is provided. Key Words: machine thermal , thermal protection, rotor cage windings, stator coils, windings, thermal limit curves, three phase , squirrel cage, induction machines Designation: 620 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Electric Machinery Title: Guide for the Presentation of Thermal Limit Curves for Squirrel Cage Induction Machines Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Nils E Nilsson, Phone:330-384-5624, Email:nilssonn@cboss.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 17, 2001 Project Scope: Determine if the Standard Needs Revision - Squirrel Cage Induction motors, 250 HP and above and designed for specified load and application conditions will be covered. Project Purpose: The purpose is to revise the standard because it is at the end of its 5 year period of validity. The purpose is to define thermal limit curves and to establish a standard procedure for the construction and presentation of these curves. The Working Group will also attempt to harmonize this standard with ANSI/IEEE 37.96. This guide will replace the ANSI/IEEE Std. 620 (trial use guide). Designation: 620-1987 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Electric Machinery Title: IEEE Guide for Construction and Interpretation of Thermal Limit Curves for Squirrel-Cage Motors Over 500 hp Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Dec 03, 1992. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. Technical Contact: Bal K Gupta, Phone:416-621-6035, Email:bal.gupta@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: BD APP: Dec 11, 1986, ANSI APP: Mar 13, 1989 Key Words: thermal, limit, curves, squirrel-cage, motors Designation: 621 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Nuclear Power Engineering Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. Designation: 622-1987 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Nuclear Power Engineering Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1994 Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for the Design and Installation of Electric Heat Tracing Systems for Nuclear Power Generating Systems Status: Approved Publication of IEEE **Revision of IEEE Std 622-1979. Dec2005: Withdrawn by ANSI As overage. 17-Jan-2006: Transfer of ownership from PE/ED&PG to PE/NPE. History: BD APP: Dec 11, 1986, ANSI APP: Nov 23, 1987 Abstract: Recommended practices for designing, installing, and maintaining electric heat tracing systems are provided. These electric heat tracing systems are applied, both for critical process temperature control and for process temperature control, on mechanical piping systems that carry borated water, caustic soda, and other solutions. Electric heat tracing systems are also applied on water piping systems to prevent them from freezing in cold weather. The recommendations include identification of requirements, heater design considerations, power systems design considerations, temperature control considerations, alarm considerations, finished drawings and documents, installation of materials, startup testing, temperature tests, and maintenance of electric pipe heating systems. Key Words: heat, tracing, systems, stations, Process heating, Power generation maintenance, Nuclear power generation, Cables Designation: 622 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Energy Development & Power Generation Title: Recommended Practice for the Design and Installation of Electrical Heat Tracing Systems for Nuclear Power Generating Stations Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Chet Sandberg, Phone:650-474-7870, Email:chetsandberg@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 27, 2001 Project Scope: The original scope of the standard was to provide recommended practices for designing and installing electric heat tracing systems in nuclear power generating stations. This scope continues to be current and pertinent. Project Purpose: The standard has not been revised since completion of the revision work on the document in 1987. It is proposed to make revisions to the standard to reflect current practices in the industry. Designation: 622A-1984 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Energy Development & Power Generation Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1999 Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for the Design and Installation of Electric Pipe Heating Control and Alarm Systems for Power Generating Stations Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Feb 06, 2006. This historical standard is available for sale in electronic format (PDF) through the IEEE Online Store at www.shop.ieee.org. You may also order by calling +1 800 678 IEEE (in the US) or +1 732 981 0060 (outside of the US). Technical Contact: Chet Sandberg, Phone:650-474-7870, Email:chetsandberg@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: BD APP: Dec 09, 1982, ANSI APP: Dec 01, 1984 Abstract: Recommended practices for designing and installing electric pipe heating control and alarm systems, as applied to mechanical piping systems that require heat, are provided. The recommendations include selection of control and alarm systems, accuracy considerations, local control usage, centralized control usage, qualification criteria of controls and alarms, and calibration and testing of controls and alarms. The intent is to ensure design consistency and reliable operation of electric pipe heating control and alarm systems, which in turn will ensure that piping system fluids will be available for use not only during station operation but also during normal shutdown. Key Words: electric, heating control, alarm systems, power generating, generating stations, Process heating, Nuclear power generation, Cables Designation: 622B-1988 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Energy Development & Power Generation Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2000 Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Testing and Startup Procedures for Electric Heat Tracing Systems for Power Generating Stations Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Feb 06, 2006. This historical standard is available for sale in electronic format (PDF) through the IEEE Online Store at www.shop.ieee.org. You may also order by calling +1 800 678 IEEE (in the US) or +1 732 981 0060 (outside of the US). Technical Contact: Chet Sandberg, Phone:650-474-7870, Email:chetsandberg@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Oct 20, 1988, BD APP: Oct 20, 1988, ANSI APP: May 10, 1989 Abstract: Recommendations that may be used to ensure that an electric heat tracing system is installed correctly, is properly tested and commissioned, and is functioning correctly are provided. The recommendations cover the sequence for testing materials and components of the electric heat tracing system, installation, preoperational testing of the system, verification of system performance, and the necessary records to be filed. Although this standard is written for power generating stations, the techniques presented can be used on electric heat tracing systems in any application. Key Words: testing and startup, 622B, electric heat, heat tracing, tracing systems, power generating, generating stations, Process heating, Power generation, Nuclear power generation, Cables Designation: 623-1976 Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1988 Title: IEEE Graphic Symbols for Grid and Mapping Diagrams Used in Cable Television Systems Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 17, 1997. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **(AKA ANSI Y32.21-1976 and NCTA 006-0975) History: ANSI APP: Jan 16, 1989 Abstract: A list of graphic symbols for the designation of electrical, electronic, and pole line devices for layout drawings of cable television (CATV) systems is provided. This standard does not use reference designation and class designation letters. Key Words: graphic, symbols, grid, mapping, diagrams, Cable TV Designation: 624 Sponsor: IEEE Communications Society Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. Designation: 625-1990 Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Cement Industry Title: IEEE Recommended Practice to Improve Electrical Maintenance and Safety in the Cement Industry Status: Superseded **Revision of ANSI/IEEE Std 625-1979. Superseded by 625-2001. History: PAR APP: Sep 13, 1984, BD APP: Dec 12, 1990, ANSI APP: May 21, 1991 Abstract: Practices for improving electrical maintenance and safety in the cement industry are defined and recommended. These practices apply to all electrical equipment commonly used in cement plants, such as substations, power transformers, motor controls, generators, distribution systems, instruments, and storage batteries. The purpose is to promote safety to personnel and equipment, maximum reliability with minimum loss of production, reduced maintenance and increased equipment life, clarification of needs and conditions to reduce special engineering and chance of error in specification, and overall economy. Key Words: bank connections, bus voltage, capacitor units, delta connected, banks protection, y-banks, relaying methods, Protection of banks, Equipment considerations, Delta-connected banks Designation: 625-1979 Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Cement Industry Title: IEEE Recommended Practices to Improve Electrical Maintenance and Safety in the Cement Industry Status: Superseded History: BD APP: Jun 16, 1978 Abstract: Assist in the effective application of relays and other devices for the protection of shunt capacitors used in substations. It covers the protective considerations, along with recommended and alternate methods of protection for the most commonly used capacitor bank configurations. Capacitor bank design trade-offs are also discussed. This guide covers protection of filter tanks and very large EHV capacitor banks, but does not include a discussion of whole-mounted capacitor banks on distribution circuits or application of capacitors connected to rotating apparatus. Key Words: improved, electrical, maintenance, safety Designation: 625-2001 Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Cement Industry Title: IEEE Recommended Practice to Improve Electrical Maintenance and Safety in the Cement Industry Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 18, 2007. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **Supersedes 625-1990. Technical Contact: Satish H Sheth, Phone:831-458-5708 **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 12, 1995, BD APP: May 14, 2001, ANSI APP: Sep 27, 2001 Project Scope: These recommendations apply to all electrical equipment such as substations, power transformers, motor controls, generators, distribution systems, instruments and storage batteries commonly used in cement plants. They will provide sound, basic guidelines in improving maintenance and safety in the industry. Project Purpose: To serve as a guide to poant engineers, electrical supervisors, instrument engineers and designing consultants in improving electrical maintenance and safety in cement plants. Abstract: " These recommended practices are intended as a reference document for use bymembers of cement industry electrical maintenance departments. The procedures necessary for anefficient maintenance operation are summarized, and detailed information on maintenanceprocedures for many of the electrical devices more commonly found in the cement industry isprovided." Key Words: "cement, control devices, electrostatic precipitator, equipment records, generators, grounding, instruments, lighting, maintenance, medium- voltage controllers, medium-voltage switchgear, motor control centers, motors, oil circuit breakers" Designation: P627 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Nuclear Power Engineering Title: Standard for Design Qualification of Safety-Related Equipment Used in Nuclear Power Generating Stations Status: New Standard Project Technical Contact: David A. Horvath, Phone:734-930-7500, Email:dah@adventengineering.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. Project Scope: This standard provides the basic principles for design qualification of safety-related equipment used in nuclear power generating systems. Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to provide basic principles and guidance to demonstrate the design qualification of safety-related equipment. Design qualification is intended to confirm the adequacy of the equipment design to perform its safety functions over the expected range of normal, abnormal, design basis event, post design basis event, and in- service test conditions. Designation: 627-1980 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Nuclear Power Engineering Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1996 Title: IEEE Standard for Design Qualification of Safety Systems Equipment Used in Nuclear Power Generating Stations Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 10, 2002. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. History: BD APP: Dec 20, 1979, ANSI APP: Sep 26, 1991 Project Scope: This standard provides the basic principles for design qualification of safety systems equipment used in nuclear power generating stations. Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to provide basic principles and guidance to demonstrate the design qualification of safety systems equipment. Design qualification is intended to confirm the adequacy of the equipment design to perform its safety functions over the expected range of normal, abnormal, design-basis event, post design-basis event, and in- service test conditions. Abstract: Basic principles for design qualification of safety systems equipment used in nuclear power generating stations are provided. Specification criteria, the development of a qualification program, and documentation are addressed. All types of safety systems equipment--mechanical and instrumentation as well as electrical--are covered. Principles and procedures for preparing specific safety systems equipment standards are established. Key Words: design, qualification, safety, related, equipment, Power generation testing, Nuclear power generation protection Designation: 628-2001 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Nuclear Power Engineering Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2006 Title: IEEE Standard Criteria for the Design, Installation, and Qualification of Raceway Systems for Class 1E Circuits for Nuclear Power Generating Stations Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Mar 23, 2001 **Supersedes 628-1987 (R1992). Technical Contact: John P Carter, Phone:617-589-1518, Email:jack.carter@shawgrp.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Dec 09, 1997, BD APP: Jan 05, 2001, ANSI APP: May 23, 2001 Project Scope: This standard contains the requirements for the design, installation and qualification of raceway systems for Class 1E circuits external to electric equipment and components for nuclear pwoer generating stations. Since aging and radiation have no known detrimental effects upon metallic raceway systems, and since non-metallic raceway systems are limited to underground or embedded applications, these two environmental conditions are not considered in this document. The embedments or structural members to which a support is attached are beyond the scope of this document. Project Purpose: It is the intention of the working group to address at least the following areas in this proposed revision of IEEE 628: expand upon the requirements for use of non-metallic raceways in embedded applications, allow use of experience data as a means of qualifying the raceway system, evaluate impact of later revisions of standards referenced in IEEE 628: incorporate when/if possible. The purpose of the standard will remain as is in IEEE 628-1987 which is to provide criteria for the minimum requirements in the selection, design, installation, and qualification of raceway systems for Class 1E circuits for nuclear power generating stations. It also prescribes methods for the structural qualification of raceway systems for Class 1E circuits. Abstract: " Criteria for the minimum requirements in the selection design, installation, and qualifica-tion of raceway systems for Class 1E circuits for nuclear power generating stations is provided. Italso prescribes methods for the structural qualification of raceway systems for Class 1E circuits. " Key Words: "cable tray, conduit, design-by-rule, duct line, raceways, seismic" Designation: 628-1987 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Nuclear Power Engineering Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1992 Title: IEEE Standard Criteria for the Design, Installation, and Qualification of Raceway Systems for Class 1E Circuits for Nuclear Power Generating Stations Status: Superseded **Superseded by 628-2001. History: BD APP: Mar 13, 1986, ANSI APP: Aug 12, 1986 Abstract: Criteria for the minimum requirements in the selection, design, installation, and qualification of raceway systems for Class 1E circuits for nuclear power generating stations are provided. Methods for the structural qualification of such raceway systems are prescribed. Since aging and radiation have no known detrimental effect upon metallic raceway systems, and since nonmetallic raceway systems are limited to underground or embedded applications, these two environmental conditions are not considered, nor are the embedments or structural members to which a support is attached. Key Words: raceway, systems, class, 1E, circuits, Wiring, Power cables, Nuclear power generation protection Designation: 629 Title: Semiconductor Power Rectifiers Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Ben C Johnson, Phone:830-620-4454, Email:ben.johnson@thermon.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 28, 1975 Key Words: semiconductor, power, rectifiers Designation: 630 Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Industrial Drives Title: DC Motor Protection in Drive Systems Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: John Sheppard **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 28, 1975 Key Words: dc, motor, protection, drive, systems Designation: 632 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Switchgear Title: Switchgear Insulating Materials & System Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: L. V McCall, Phone:(905) 842-2192, Email:rlmccall55@aol.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 28, 1976 Key Words: switchgear, insulating, materials, and, system Designation: 634-2004 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Insulated Conductors Title: IEEE Standard for Cable-Penetration Fire Stop Qualification Test Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: May 11, 2005 Technical Contact: Richard R Licht, Phone:612-733-7079 **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Sep 19, 1996, BD APP: Nov 15, 2004, ANSI APP: Feb 07, 2005 Project Scope: This standard provides direction for establishing a type test for qualifying the fire performance of penetration fire stops when mounted in fire resistive wall and floor assemblies. Update the standard with addition of positive pressure testing, method for criteria, and add appendix for usage of test. Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to establish a type test to assure that penetration fire stop assemblies meet the requirements to obtain a fire rating by passing a standardized fire test under laboratory conditions. The requirements include the principles and procedures for testing. Abstract: This standard is applicable to fire stops of various materials and construction. Cable penetration fire stops are intended for use in fire-resistive barriers. Tests conducted in conformance with this standard will record the performance of fire stops during the test exposure. The resistance of a fire stop to an external force imposed by a hose stream or water spray will also be considered in this standard. The intent of this standard is to develop data to assist in determining the suitability of a fire stop for use where fire resistance is required. Key Words: cable-penetration, fire-resistant, fire-resistive barrier, fire stop, fire test, fire test facilities, fire test procedure, F-rating, penetration seal, thermocouple, time-temperature curve, Trating Designation: 634-1978 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Insulated Conductors Title: IEEE Standard Cable Penetration Fire Stop Qualification Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Dec 05, 1991. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **ANSI withdrawal date 4/9/90. History: BD APP: Dec 15, 1977 Abstract: 1/24/92 memo from S. Vogel-Committee wil revise, not reaffirm. PAR for revision should be submitted in June 1992 Key Words: cable, penetration, fire, stop, qualification Designation: 635-2003 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Insulated Conductors Title: IEEE Guide for Selection and Design of Aluminum Sheaths for Power Cables Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: May 15, 2004 **Supersedes 635-1989 (R1994). Technical Contact: Kenneth E Bow, Phone:+1 989 695 4659, Email:kblecnslt@consultant.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Jan 30, 2000, BD APP: Dec 10, 2003, ANSI APP: Apr 26, 2004 Project Scope: This project will revise the existing standard 635, "Guide for Selection and Design of Aluminum Sheaths for Power Cables". The references will be updated and the text will be revised to increase readability. Tables will be updated to match current requirements. Project Purpose: The 635 guide was developed to help cable users and engineers understand the benefits and deficiencies of aluminum sheaths for power cables. The need for this information continues. As a result the guide will be revised to reflect the latest requirements and references thereby allowing the guide to continue to be a useful tool for the power delivery industry. Abstract: IEEE Guide for Selection and Design of Aluminum Sheaths for Power Cables Key Words: "aluminum sheath, high-voltage power cable, low-voltage power cable, medium-voltage power cable, metal clad cables" Designation: 635-1989 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Insulated Conductors Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1994 Title: IEEE Guide for Selection and Design of Aluminum Sheaths for Power Cables Status: Superseded **Revision of IEEE Std 635-1980. Superseded by 635-2003. History: PAR APP: Jun 01, 1989, BD APP: Jun 10, 1989, ANSI APP: Jan 12, 1990 Abstract: This standard outlines requirements and establishes design guidelines for the selection of aluminum sheaths for extra- high, high, medium-, and low-voltage cables. It establishes basic installation parameters for aluminum-sheathed cables. It also provides references to industry standards and codes incorporating design and installation requirements of aluminum-sheathed cables. Key Words: power cables, design, Smooth aluminum sheath, Corrugated aluminum sheath Designation: 635-1980 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Insulated Conductors Title: IEEE Guide for Selection and Design of Aluminum Sheaths for Power Cables Status: Superseded Key Words: aluminum, sheaths, for, cables Designation: 636 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transmission and Distribution Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. Designation: 637-1985 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transformers Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2002 Title: IEEE Guide for the Reclamation of Insulating Oil and Criteria for Its Use Status: Approved Publication of IEEE History: PAR APP: Sep 09, 1976, BD APP: Mar 11, 1982, ANSI APP: Nov 17, 1986 Abstract: Detailed procedures are provided for reclaiming used mineral insulating oils (transformer oils) by chemical and mechanical means to make them suitable for reuse as insulating fluids. Reclamation procedures are described, as are the test methods used to evaluate the progress and end point of the reclamation process and the essential properties required for reuse in each class of equipment. Suitable criteria for the use of reclaimed oils are identified. The use of oil in new apparatus under warranty is not covered. Key Words: reclamation, insulating, criteria, use, Oil insulation Designation: 638-1992 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transformers Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2006 Title: IEEE Standard for Qualification of Class 1E Transformers for Nuclear Power Generating Stations Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jun 22, 1992 **One page errata is included. History: PAR APP: Dec 06, 1990, BD APP: Mar 19, 1992, ANSI APP: Jul 21, 1999 Project Scope: This standard provides requirements to demonstrate the adequacy of new Class IE transformers, located in a mild environment of a nuclear power generating station as defined in IEEE Std 323-1983 [16]1, to perform their required safety functions under postulated service conditions. This standard applies to single and three phase transformers rated 601 V to 15 000 V for the highest voltage winding and up to 2500 kVA (self-cooled rating). Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to provide specific qualification procedures for Class lE transformers to demonstrate their capability to meet the requirements of IEEE Std 323-1983 [16]. The transformer must perform its intended function under all specified service conditions. Abstract: Procedures for demonstrating the adequacy of new Class 1E transformers, located in a mild environment of a nuclear power generating station, to perform their required safety functions under postulated service conditions are presented. Single- and three-phase transformers rated 601 V to 15,000 V for the highest voltage winding and up to 2500 kVA (self-cooled rating) are covered. Because of the conservative approach used in the development of this standard for new transformers, the end-point criteria cannot be used for in-service transformers. Key Words: type, tests, NPGS, Seismic qualification, Design qualification, Class 1E transformers Designation: 638-1994 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transformers Title: ERRATA - IEEE Standard for Qualification of Class 1E Transformers for Nuclear Power Generating Stations Status: Superseded Publication type: Special Publication Designation: 639 Sponsor: IEEE Magnetics Society Title: Hybrid Transformers Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Bruce Thackwray, Phone:815-344-2900, Email:bruce@lenco-elect.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 28, 1976 Key Words: hybrid, transformers Designation: 640-1985 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Energy Development & Power Generation Title: IEEE Guide for Power-Station Noise Control Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jun 27, 1991. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **Withdrawn at 6/91 StdsBd mtg Technical Contact: W.W Avril **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: BD APP: Jun 23, 1983 Key Words: guide, power, station, noise, control Designation: 641-1987 Sponsor: IEEE Electron Devices Society Title: IEEE Standard Definitions and Characterization of Metal Nitride Oxide Semiconductor Arrays Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Dec 03, 1992. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. History: BD APP: Sep 10, 1987, ANSI APP: Feb 19, 1988 Key Words: metal, nitrite, oxide, semiconductor, arrays Designation: 643-2004 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Power System Communications Title: IEEE Guide for Power-Line Carrier Applications Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jun 08, 2005 Technical Contact: Roger E Ray, Phone:954-344-9822x208, Email:roger.ray@pulsartech.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Dec 12, 1995, BD APP: Dec 08, 2004, ANSI APP: Mar 24, 2005 Project Scope: The purpose of this guide will be to provide application information to users of carrier equipment as applied on power transmission lines. Information related to the expanding usage of carriers on distribution lines below 69 kV will not be covered. Detailed equipment design information wioll be avoided as this is primarily the concern of equipment manufacturers. Material on power line carrier channel characteristics will be presented along with discussions on intrabundle conductor systems and insulated shield wire systems. Procedures will be provided for the calculation of channel performance. Data for the calculations will be drawn from various sections of the guide. The coupling components considered will be line traps, coupling capacitors, line tuners, coaxial cables, hybrids, and filters. Frequency selection practices and future trends will also be discussed. An effort will be made to coordinate this Guide with the CIGRE Guide and IEC Standards. Project Purpose: This Guide was published in 1980 and is in need of revision and addition of new material. The primary users of this Guide will be utility engineers and manufacturers who apply p9ower line carrier equipment to the power system. Abstract: The purpose of this guide is to provide application information to users of carrier equipment as applied on power transmission lines. Since the major applications of the power-line carrier (PLC) is for protective relaying, special consideration for these applications has been included. Information related to the expanding usage of carriers on distribution lines below 69 kV is not specifically covered. Detailed equipment design information is avoided as this is primarily the concern of equipment manufacturers. Key Words: carrier equipment, intrabundle conductor systems, insulated shield- wire systems, power-line carrier, power transmission lines Designation: 643-1980 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Power System Communications Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1992 Title: IEEE Guide for Power-Line Carrier Applications Status: Superseded History: BD APP: Mar 15, 1979, ANSI APP: Jul 06, 1982 Abstract: Application information is provided to users of carrier equipment as applied on power-transmission lines. Material on power line carrier channel characteristics is presented, along with discussions on intrabundle conductor systems and insulated shield wire systems. Procedures for the calculation of channel performance are given. Data for the calculations are drawn from various sections of the guide. Coupling components are discussed, covering line traps, coupling capacitors, line tuners, coaxial cables, hybrids, and filters. Frequency selection practices are discussed. Future trends are examined with respect to electronic equipment, system improvements, and applications. Key Words: guide, power, line, carrier, applications, Power distribution communication, Couplers Designation: 644-1994 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transmission and Distribution Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2001 Title: IEEE Standard Procedures for Measurement of Power Frequency Electric and Magnetic Fields from AC Power Lines Status: Approved Publication of IEEE **Revision of Std 644-1987. History: PAR APP: Jun 17, 1993, BD APP: Dec 13, 1994, ANSI APP: Jun 26, 1995 Abstract: Uniform procedures for the measurement of power frequency electric and magnetic fields from alternating current 9ac) overhead power lines and for the calibration of the meters used in these measurements are established. The procedures apply to the measurement of electric and magnetic fields close to ground level. The procedures can also be tentatively applied (with limitations, as specified in the standard) to electric fields near an energized conductor or structure. Key Words: ac power lines, electric field, magnetic field, measurement Designation: 644-1987 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transmission and Distribution Title: IEEE Standard Procedures for Measurement of Power Frequency Electric and Magnetic Fields from AC Power Lines Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Dec 03, 1992. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. History: BD APP: Jun 19, 1986, ANSI APP: Nov 17, 1986 Key Words: electric, magnetic, fields, ac, power Designation: 645-1977 Sponsor: Nuclear and Plasma Sciences Society/Nuclear Instruments and Detectors Title: Test Procedures for High-Purity Germanium Detectors for Ionizing Radiation (Supplement to ASNI/IEEE Std 325-1971) Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. Designation: 646 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Insulated Conductors Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. Designation: 647-2006 Sponsor: IEEE Aerospace and Electronic Systems Society/Gyro Accelerometer Panel Title: IEEE Standard Specification Format Guide and Test Procedure for Single- Axis Laser Gyros Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Sep 18, 2006 Technical Contact: Cleon Barker, Phone:505-585-7470, Email:csbarker@tularosa.net **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: May 30, 2001, BD APP: Mar 30, 2006, ANSI APP: Aug 08, 2006 Project Scope: This standard defines the specification and test requirements for a single-axis laser gyro for use as a sensor in attitude control systems, angular displacement measuring systems, or angular rate measuring systems, including the electronics necessary to operate the gyro and to condition the output signals. Project Purpose: This standard provided a common meeting ground of terminology and practice for manufacturers and users. The user is cautioned not to overspecify—only those parameters that are required to guarantee proper instrument performance in the specific application should be controlled. In general, the specification should contain only those requirements that can be verified by test or inspection. Part II of this standard can also be used as a guide in the preparation of a separate laser gyro test specification. In general, the intent is for the specification writer to ensure consistency and traceability between Part II test procedures and Part I requirements for performance, mechanical, electrical, environmental, and quality assurance. Abstract: Specification and test requirements for a single-axis ring laser gyro (RLG) for use as a sensor in attitude control systems, angular displacement measuring systems, and angular rate measuring systems are defined. A standard specification format guide for the preparation of a single-axis RLG is provided. A compilation of recommended procedures for testing an RLG, derived from those presently used in the industry, is also provided. Key Words: dithered gyro, gyro, gyroscope, inertial instrument, inertial sensor, optical gyro, resonant cavity, ring laser gyro, RLG, Sagnac effect, Sagnac gyro Designation: 647-1995 Sponsor: IEEE Aerospace and Electronic Systems Society/Gyro Accelerometer Panel Title: IEEE Standard Specification Format Guide and Test Procedure for Single- Axis Laser Gyros Status: Superseded **Revision of IEEE Std 647-1981. History: PAR APP: Sep 10, 1987, BD APP: Sep 21, 1995, ANSI APP: Apr 08, 1996 Abstract: The specification and test requirements for a single-axis laser gyro for use as a sensor in attitude control systems, angular displacement measuring systems, and angular rate measuring systems is defined. A standard specification format guide for the preparation of a single-axis laser gyro is provided. A complication of recommended procedures for testing a laser gyro, derived from those presently used in the industry, is also provided. Key Words: gyro, gyroscope, inertial instrument, inertial sensor, laser gyro, optical gyro, ring laser gyro , RLG, sagnac effect Designation: 647-1981 Sponsor: IEEE Aerospace and Electronic Systems Society/Gyro Accelerometer Panel Title: IEEE Standard Specification Format Guide and Test Procedure for Single- Axis Laser Gyros Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Dec 05, 1991. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **A 1995 revision is now available. History: BD APP: May 21, 1981 Key Words: specification, single, axis, laser, gyros Designation: 649-2006 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Nuclear Power Engineering Title: Standard for Qualifying Class 1E Motor Control Centers for Nuclear Power Generating Stations Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Dec 29, 2006 Technical Contact: Robert L Francis, Phone:256-716-4315, Email:robert.francis@wylelabs.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Mar 20, 2005, BD APP: Sep 15, 2006, ANSI APP: Feb 01, 2007 Project Scope: This standard describes the basic principles, requirements, and methods for qualifying Class 1E motor control centers for both harsh and mild environment applications in nuclear power generating stations. Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to: Define specific qualification requirements for Class 1E motor control centers and their components in accordance with the more general qualification requirements of IEEE Std 323™- 20031, 2 and IEEE Std 344™-2004. Provide guidance in establishing a qualification program for demonstrating the adequacy of Class 1E motor control centers in nuclear power generating station applications. Abstract: The basic principles, requirements, and methods for qualifying Class 1E motor control centers for both harsh and mild environment applications in nuclear power generating stations are described. In addition to defining specific qualification requirements for Class 1E motor control centers and their components in accordance with the more general qualification requirements of IEEE Std 323™-2003, this standard is intended to provide guidance in establishing a qualification program for demonstrating the adequacy of Class 1E motor control centers in nuclear power generating station applications. Key Words: aging, analysis, class 1E, environmental qualification, harsh environment, mcc, mild environment, motor control center, operating experience, operational aging, qualification, qualified life, seismic, test Designation: 649-1991 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Nuclear Power Engineering Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2004 Title: IEEE Standard for Qualifying Class 1E Motor Control Centers for Nuclear Power Generating Stations Status: Superseded **Revision of Std 649-1980. Draft 8, dated 26 APR 91, was approved. History: BD APP: Sep 26, 1991, ANSI APP: May 06, 1992 Abstract: The basic principles, requirements, and methods for qualifying Class 1E motor control centers for both harsh- and mild- environment applications in nuclear power generating stations are described. In addition to defining specific qualification requirements for Class 1E motor control centers and their components in accordance with the more general qualification requirements of IEEE Std 323-1983, this standard is intended to provide guidance in establishing a qualification program for demonstrating the adequacy of Class 1E motor control centers in nuclear power generating station applications. Key Words: class, 1E, motors, nuclear, generating, stations, Power generation testing, Nuclear power generation protection, Motor drives Designation: 649-1980 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Nuclear Power Engineering Title: IEEE Standard for Qualilfying Class 1E Motor Control Centers for Nuclear Power Generating Stations Status: Superseded History: ANSI APP: Apr 21, 1983 Key Words: qualifying, motor, control, centers, NPGS Designation: 650-2006 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Nuclear Power Engineering Title: IEEE Standard for Qualification of Class 1E Static Battery Chargers and Inverters for Nuclear Power Generating Stations Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Aug 31, 2006 Technical Contact: Dennis E Dellinger, Phone:614-846-7500, Email:dennis.dellinger@ameteksci.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Dec 07, 2005, BD APP: Jun 08, 2006, ANSI APP: Oct 24, 2006 Project Scope: This standard describes methods for qualifying static battery chargers and inverters for Class 1E installations outside containment in nuclear power generating stations. The application of this equipment in the plant’s electrical system is not within the scope of this standard as other industry standards, such as IEEE Std 308TM-2001 [B3],1 IEEE Std 603TM-1998 [B6] and IEEE Std 946TM-2004 [B8], exist for this purpose. In addition, industry standards exist for equipment performance, such as ANSI/NEMA PE 5- 2003 [B1] and IEEE Std 944TM-1986 [B7]. Performance requirements are not specified in this standard. Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to provide specific procedures to meet the requirements of IEEE Std 323TM-2003.2 For the purpose of this standard, battery chargers, inverters, and the associated ancillary equipment must perform their safety function under specified service and environmental conditions. The demonstration that an installed battery charger or inverter will meet its design specification requires many steps in a program of design, fabrication, quality assurance, qualification, transportation, storage, installation, maintenance, periodic testing, and surveillance. This standard treats only the qualification area of this program. The result of the qualification program may provide a basis for determination of long-term maintenance requirements. Qualification may be accomplished in several ways: type testing, operating experience, or analysis. These methods may be used individually or in combination. The qualification methods in this standard employ a combination of type testing and analysis. Operating experience is of limited use as a sole means of qualification. Operating experience is, however, of great use as a supplement to testing, as the experience may provide an insight into the change in behavior of materials and components through time under actual service and maintenance conditions. Qualification by analysis shall include a justification of the methods, theories, and assumptions used. In general, battery chargers and inverters are too complex to be qualified by analysis alone, although analysis is effective in the extrapolation of test data and the determination of the effects of minor design changes to equipment previously tested. Abstract: Methods for qualifying static battery chargers and inverters for Class 1E installations outside containment in nuclear power generating stations are described. These methods may also be used to qualify similar electronic equipment for use in applications outside containment, where specific standards for such equipment are not available. The qualification methods set forth employ a combination of type testing and analysis, the latter including a justification of methods, theories, and assumptions used. These procedures meet the requirements of IEEE Std 323TM-2003. Key Words: battery charger, inverter, qualification Designation: 650-1990 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Nuclear Power Engineering Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1998 Title: IEEE Standard for Qualification of Class 1E Static Battery Chargers and Inverters for Nuclear Power Generating Stations Status: Superseded **Revision of Std 650-1979. History: PAR APP: Jun 11, 1987, BD APP: Dec 06, 1990, ANSI APP: Jul 09, 1991 Project Scope: This standard describes methods for qualifying static battery chargers and inverters for Class 1E installations in a mild environment outside containment in nuclear power generating stations. The application of this equipment in the plant's electrical system is not within the scope of this standard as other industry standards, such as IEEE Std 308-1980, IEEE Std 603-1980, and IEEE Std 946-1985, exist for this purpose. In addition, industry standards exist for equipment performance, such as ANSI/NEMA PE 5-1985. Performance requirements are not specified in this standard. Abstract: Methods for qualifying static battery chargers and inverters for Class 1E installations in a mild environment outside containment in nuclear power generating stations are described. The qualification methods set forth employ a combination of type testing and analysis, the latter including a justification of methods, theories, and assumptions used. These procedures meet the requirements of IEEE Std 323-1983, IEEE Standard for Qualifying Class 1E Equipment for Nuclear Power Generating Stations. Key Words: battery charger, inverter, qualification Designation: 650-1979 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Nuclear Power Engineering Title: IEEE Standard for Qualification of Class 1E Static Battery Chargers and Inverters for Nuclear Power Generating Stations Status: Superseded History: BD APP: Mar 15, 1979, ANSI APP: Apr 23, 1981 Key Words: 1E, battery, chargers, inverters, NPGS Designation: 650 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Nuclear Power Engineering Title: Standard for Qualification of Class 1E Static Battery Chargers and Inverters for Nuclear Power Generating Stations Status: Superseded Technical Contact: Dennis E Dellinger, Phone:614-846-7500, Email:dennis.dellinger@ameteksci.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 17, 2001 Project Scope: This standard describes methods for qualifying static battery chargers and inverters for Class 1E installations in a mild environment outside containment in nuclear generating stations. The application of the equipment in the plant's electrical system is not within the scope of this standard as other industry standards, such as IEEE Std. 308-1980 [9], IEEE std. 603-1980 [18], and IEEE Std 946-1985 [19], exist for this purpose. In addition, industry standards exist for equipment performance, such as ANSI/NEMA PE 5-1985 [3]. Performance requirements are not specified in this standard. Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to provide specific procedures to meet the requirements of IEEE 323-1983 [10]. For the purpose of this standard, battery chargers and inverters must perform their safety function under specified service conditions. The demonstration that an installed battery charger or inverter will meet its design specification requires many steps in a program of design, fabrication, quality assurance, qualification, transportation, storage, installation, maintenance, periodic testing, and surveillance. This standard only treats the qualification area of this program, The result of the qualification program may provide a basis for determination of long-term maintenance requirements. Qualification may be accomplished in several ways: type testing, operating experience, or analysis. These methods may be used individually or in combination. The qualification methods in this standard employ a combination of type testing and analysis. Operating experience is of limited use as a sole means of qualification. Operating experience is, however, of great use as a supplement to testing, as the experience may provide an insight into the change in behavior of materials and components through time under actual service and maintenance conditions. Qualification by analysis shall include a justification of the methods, theories, and assumptions used. In general, battery chargers and inverters are too complex to be qualified by analysis alone, although analysis is effective in the extrapolation of test data and the determination of the effects of minor design changes to equipment previously tested. "Additional statements may be added to cover the explanations of modernizing the standard to incorporate currently available equipment designs and procedures." Designation: 652 Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. Designation: 653 Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. Designation: 654 Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. Designation: 655 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transmission and Distribution Title: Guide for the Design of Overhead Power Lines With Respect to Corona Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: George Gela, Phone:413/499-5710, Email:ggela@eprisolutions.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jun 14, 1995 Project Scope: The scope of this guide includes interference in the AM broadcast radio frequency sspectrum (0.535-1.65 MHz) and VHF television reception (54-216 MHz). Many of the corona-generated interference studies in the past years pertained to frequencies below 30 MHz. The scope includes description of corona in power facilities, characterization of corona effects, summary of corona effects measurements, environmental impact of corona, suggested design limits, and corona effects prediction methods. Project Purpose: This guide is intended to provide a comprehensive summary of the effects of corona in consideration of the design of overhead AC power lines. Good engineering design, construction and operating practices for high voltage power lines and an understanding of the effects of corona can lead to minimization of these effects. This guide will be a particularly uselful tool and reference for new utility engineers and those who have been recently re-assigned to work on overhead AC power lines. Key Words: design, overhead, power, lines, corona Designation: 656-1992 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transmission and Distribution Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2006 Title: IEEE Standard for the Measurement of Audible Noise from Overhead Transmission Lines Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Dec 28, 1992 History: PAR APP: Jun 27, 1991, BD APP: Sep 17, 1992, ANSI APP: Feb 23, 1993 Abstract: Uniform procedures are established for manual and automatic measurement of audible noise from overhead transmission lines. Their purpose is to allow valid evaluation and comparison of the audible noise performance of various overhead lines. Definitions are provided, and instruments are specified. Measurement procedure are set forth, and precautions are given. Supporting data that should accompany the measurement data are specified, and methods for presenting the latter are described. Key Words: Overhead transmission lines, Audible noise Designation: 656-1985 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transmission and Distribution Title: IEEE Standard for the Measurement of Audible Noise from Overhead Transmission Lines Status: Superseded History: BD APP: Mar 21, 1985, ANSI APP: Jul 26, 1985 Key Words: audible, noise, overhead, transmission, lines Designation: 657 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transmission and Distribution Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. Designation: 658 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transmission and Distribution Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. Designation: 659 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Nuclear Power Engineering Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. Designation: 660-1986 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Test Technology Title: IEEE Standard for Semiconductor Memory Test Pattern Language Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: May 05, 1995. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. Technical Contact: Rochit Rajsuman, Phone:408-727-2222, Email:r.rajsuman@advantest-ard.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: BD APP: Sep 19, 1985, ANSI APP: Feb 01, 1986 Designation: 661-1979 Sponsor: IEEE Communications Society/Transmission Systems Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1998 Title: IEEE Standard Method for Determining Objective Loudness Ratings of Telephone Connections Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Nov 29, 1979 History: BD APP: Jun 16, 1978, ANSI APP: Feb 15, 1983 Project Scope: The procedures given in this standard may be used for determining the loudness rating of partial and complete telephone connections. For complete telephone connections, comprising overall and sidetone transmission paths, the procedures involve measurement of acoustic input and output pressures. For partial telephone connectiond comprising transmitting, receiving, or connection paths, the procedures involve measurement of acoustics pressures and electric voltages. Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to describe a practical and reproducible method of determining the loudness ratings of telephone connections. Loudness rating may be measured directly using appropriate test instruments and facilities, as specified in this standard, or may be computed using amplitude-frequency characteristics of the connection measured in accordance with IEEE Std 269-1971. Abstract: To describe a practical and reproducible method of determining the loudness ratings of telephone connections. Loudness ratings may be measured directly using appropriate test instruments and facilities, as specified in this standard, or may be computed using the amplitude-frequency characteristic of the connection measured in accordance with IEEE Std 269-1971. Key Words: objective, loudness, telephone, connections Designation: 662 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Test Technology Title: Standard Terminology for Semiconductor Memory Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: J. Reese Brown, Phone:760-434-7224, Email:rbrown@cts.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 16, 1997 Project Scope: The scope of this standard is to present a common language and terminology to be used in specifying semiconductor memory devices and to publish a recommended data sheet format, using these, to improve communication between vendor and user. The scope of this project is to revise and update IEEE Std 662-1992 to reflect current practice and terminology for SC Memory in the industry. Project Purpose: To provide the SC memory industry, both manufacturers and users with a common language to be used to describe the devices' performance and characteristics. Designation: 662-1980 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Test Technology Title: IEEE Standard Terminology for Semiconductor Memory Status: Superseded History: PAR APP: Mar 28, 1986, BD APP: Dec 14, 1978, ANSI APP: Jul 16, 1982 Key Words: semiconductor, memory, terminology Designation: 662-1992 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Test Technology Title: IEEE Standard Terminology for Semiconductor Memory Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 10, 2002. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **Revision of IEEE Std 662-1980. Technical Contact: J. Reese Brown, Phone:760-434-7224, Email:rbrown@cts.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 13, 1986, BD APP: Mar 19, 1992 Abstract: Guidelines under which data sheets for new semiconductor memories are to be generated are provided. Adherence to these guidelines is intended to produce data sheets that are concise and that consistently define the operation and characteristics of semiconductor memory devices. Terminology relevant to product description, product specification, and user information is covered. Key Words: terminology, Semiconductor memory devices Designation: 664-1993 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transmission and Distribution Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2000 Title: IEEE Guide for Laboratory Measurement of the Power Dissipation Characteristics of Aeolian Vibration Dampers for Single Conductors Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Nov 12, 1993 **Revision of IEEE Std 664-1980. History: PAR APP: Feb 15, 1990, BD APP: Sep 15, 1993, ANSI APP: Feb 24, 1994 Abstract: The current methodologies, including apparatus, procedures, and measurement accuracies, for determining the dynamic characteristics of vibration dampers and damping systems are described. Some basic guidance is provided regarding a given method's strengths and weaknesses. The methodologies and procedures described are applicable to indoor testing only. Key Words: aeolian, decay method, forced response method, inverse standing wave radio, ISWR, overhead conductors, power dissipation , power method, vibration dampers Designation: 664-1980 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transmission and Distribution Title: IEEE Guide on the Measurement for the Performance of Aeolian Vibration Dampers for Single Conductors Status: Superseded History: BD APP: Dec 14, 1978, ANSI APP: Aug 27, 1982 Key Words: Aeolian, vibration, dampers, single, conductors Designation: 665-1995 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Energy Development & Power Generation Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2001 Title: IEEE Guide for Generating Station Grounding Status: Approved Publication of IEEE **Revision of IEEE Std 665-1987. History: PAR APP: May 31, 1990, BD APP: Sep 21, 1995, ANSI APP: Apr 08, 1996 Abstract: Grounding practices that have generally been accepted by the electric utility industry as contributing to effective grounding systems for personnel safety and equipment protection in generating stations are identified. A guide for the design of generating station grounding systems and for grounding practices applied to generating station indoor and outdoor structures and equipment, including the interconnection of the station and substation grounding systems, is provided. Key Words: electric utilities, generating stations, grounding system, substation grounding Designation: 665-1987 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Energy Development & Power Generation Title: IEEE Guide for Generating Station Grounding Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Dec 02, 1993. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **Coord 628 Technical Contact: Steve A Nikolakakos, Phone:609-720-20948 **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: BD APP: Mar 13, 1986, ANSI APP: Feb 26, 1986 Key Words: generating, station, grounding Designation: 666-2007 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Energy Development & Power Generation Title: IEEE Design Guide for Electric Power Service Systems for Generating Stations Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: May 04, 2007 Technical Contact: Thomas R Sims, Phone:(205)-257-5298, Email:trsims@southernco.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Sep 16, 1999, BD APP: Mar 22, 2007, ANSI APP: Nov 02, 2006 Project Scope: While this design guide applies to all types of power generating stations, it is particularly applicable to stations in which the electric power service system is required to perform continuously. When electric power for auxiliary loads is supplied from the power grid, the service system begins at the point where the tap from the power grid terminates, either at a station service bus or at the terminals of the transformer that supplies the bus. When service to auxiliary loads is from independent generators or electric storage batteries that are not normally operated as power supplies to the power grid, the station service system includes the generators and storage batteries. The service system includes all of the electric power using devices it serves, such as motors, resistance heaters, rectifiers, etc. This guide contains a listing of typical power plant auxiliary loads and criteria for their power service and examples of single- line diagrams for a typical plant. It also includes tables of typical power service parameters to illustrate the range of typical values for each parameter, and it identifies the approximate effect of theminimum and maximum value of each parameter on the load. Each clause, as appropriate, has a bibliography of U.S. industry codes and standards and other reference documents that provide detailed guidance in the design and specification of station service system components. Project Purpose: The purpose of this revision is to update the guide in general, including: 1. General update of references and correction of typo errors, and review the impact of the latest revisions of other standards on this document; 2. Evaluate and consider expanding the level of details in the guide; 3. Address comments received since the guide was published in 1991; 4. Add clarifying text where indentified to be needed; 5. Expand information in sections where more state of the art data is available. Abstract: This guide applies to station service systems that supply electric power to auxiliary loads for electric power generating stations. The discussions and recommendations in this guide provide the practices, criteria, and range of system parameters that relate to the service system requirements and assist in the application of existing engineering documents. This guide is not a handbook of design data; however, it explains what is good practice for the many different types of electric power service systems for generating stations. Key Words: auxiliary systems, cable, motor, relay, short circuit, transformer, voltage Designation: 666-1991 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Energy Development & Power Generation Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1996 Title: IEEE Design Guide for Electric Power Service Systems for Generating Stations Status: Superseded Technical Contact: James E Stoner, Phone:704-382-4760, Email:j.e.stoner@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 28, 1977, BD APP: Jun 27, 1991, ANSI APP: May 15, 1997 Abstract: This guide applies to station service systems that supply electric power to auxiliary loads for electric power generating stations. The discussions and recommendations contained herein provide the practices, criteria, and range of system parameters that relate to the service system requirements and assist in the application of existing engineering documents. This guide is not a handbook of design data; however, it explains what is good practice for the many different types of electric power service systems for generating stations. Key Words: cable, motor, relay, transformer, voltage, Short circuit, Auxiliary systems Designation: 667 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Energy Development & Power Generation Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. Designation: 668-1987 Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Petroleum & Chemical Industry Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Electrical Heating Applications to Melting Furnaces and Forehearths in the Glass Industry Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Dec 02, 1993. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. History: BD APP: Mar 13, 1986, ANSI APP: Jul 31, 1986 Designation: 669 Sponsor: IEEE Magnetics Society Title: Contour Characterization/Electronic Transformers Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. **. Technical Contact: Bruce Thackwray, Phone:815-344-2900, Email:bruce@lenco-elect.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jun 28, 1977 Key Words: contour, characterizatio, electronic, transformers Designation: 671-1985 Sponsor: IEEE Aerospace and Electronic Systems Society/Gyro Accelerometer Panel Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2003 Title: IEEE Standard Specification Format Guide and Test Procedure for Nongyroscopic Inertial Angular Sensors: Jerk, Acceleration, Velocity, and Displacement Status: Approved Publication of IEEE Technical Contact: Michael E Ash, Phone:617-258-2884, Email:mash@draper.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: BD APP: Jun 23, 1983, ANSI APP: May 06, 1992 Abstract: A guide is presented for the preparation of a specification and test procedure for an inertial angular sensor that provides a common meeting ground of terminolgy and practice for manufacturers and users of an array of sensors that have been developed to meet needs not easily met by traditional spinning-rotor gyroscopes. A test procedure for verifying that the specifications have been met is given. The standard is not intended to compete with existing standards for specific devices with highly specific models and error sources, such as spring-restrained rate gyros, but to provide a uniform guide for those inertial angular sensors that have not been covered elsewhere. Key Words: gyroscope, angular, sensors, Mechanical variables measurement, Inertial navigation Designation: 672 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Nuclear Power Engineering Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. Designation: 674 Sponsor: IEEE Communications Society Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. Designation: 675-1982 Sponsor: Nuclear and Plasma Sciences Society/Nuclear Instruments and Detectors Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2006 Title: IEEE Standard Multiple Controllers in a CAMAC Crate (Computer Automated Measurement and Control) Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Feb 26, 1982 History: BD APP: Sep 17, 1981, ANSI APP: Dec 15, 1981 Abstract: A method for incorporating more than one source of control into a CAMAC crate is defined. The aim is to provide for the use of auxiliary controllers in order to extend the capabilities and fields of application of the CAMAC modular instrumentation and interface system of ANSI/IEEE Std 583-1982. Key Words: multiple, controllers, CAMAC, crate Designation: 676-1986 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Energy Development & Power Generation Title: IEEE Guide for Alarm Monitoring and Reporting Systems for Fossil-Fueled Power Generating Stations Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Mar 19, 1992. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. Technical Contact: H Jimenez **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: BD APP: Sep 19, 1985, ANSI APP: Feb 28, 1986 Key Words: alarm, monitoring, reporting, systems, PGS Designation: 677 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Power System Relaying Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. Designation: 678 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transmission and Distribution Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. Designation: 679 Title: Safe Headway Standards Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. History: PAR APP: Jun 28, 1977 Designation: 680-1978 Sponsor: Nuclear and Plasma Sciences Society/Nuclear Instruments and Detectors Title: Standard Techniques for Determination of Germanium Semiconductor Detector Gamma-Ray Efficiency Using a Standard Marinelli (Re-entrant) Beaker Geometry Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. Designation: 683-1976 Sponsor: Nuclear and Plasma Sciences Society/Nuclear Instruments and Detectors Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2006 Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Block Transfers in CAMAC Systems (Computer Automated Measurement and Control) Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Oct 29, 1976 History: BD APP: Sep 09, 1976, ANSI APP: Nov 09, 1977 Abstract: The recommended block-transfer algorithms are discussed, and those given in the basic CAMAC specification are described. These algorithms are well established and are supported by existing hardware. Some new algorithms are then discussed. Compatibility, hardware design, and software considerations are addressed. Key Words: block, transfers, CAMAC, systems Designation: 685 Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Mining Industry Title: Underground Mining Power Distribution Centers Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Lloyd A. 'Pete Morley, Phone:205-348-0672, Email:l.morley@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 28, 1977 Designation: 686-1997 Sponsor: IEEE Aerospace and Electronic Systems Society/Radar Systems Panel Title: IEEE Standard Radar Definitions Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Mar 25, 1998 History: PAR APP: Dec 10, 1996, BD APP: Sep 16, 1997, ANSI APP: Apr 27, 1998 Project Scope: The present standard defines some 430 radar terms (many of which are brief definitions, cross-references, or identification as acronyms). Of these, some 230 will remain unchanged, 140 will be modified to some degree, 60 will be deleted. 50 new terms will be defined. Project Purpose: Revisions, additions, and deletions as necessary to reflect radar literature and usage as it has developed since the last revisions. Abstract: Definitions for the purpose of promoting clarity and consistency in the use of radar termi-nology are provided. The definitions represent the consensus of a panel of radar experts. Key Words: "radar, terminology" Designation: P686 Sponsor: IEEE Aerospace and Electronic Systems Society/Radar Systems Panel Title: Standard Radar Definitions Status: Revision Project Technical Contact: Joseph Bruder, Phone:770-528-7745, Email:joe.bruder@gtri.gatech.edu **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 11, 2002 Project Scope: This standard is devoted to providing radar definitions. The standard includes terms formerly found in IEEE Std 172-1971, IEEE Standard Definitions of Navigation Aid Terms, with the exception of a few terms that are common to both fields, and new or updated terms. IEEE Std 172-1983 was withdrawn in 1983. As radar technology and litera-ture evolve, new terms will be added and obsolete terms deleted. Project Purpose: This standard is published for the purpose of promoting clarity and consistency in the use of radar terminology. The definitions represent the consensus of a panel of radar experts. The purpose of the revision is to add new terms, revise others, and delete a number of obsolete terms that no longer appear in radar literature or usage. Designation: 686-1982 Sponsor: IEEE Aerospace and Electronic Systems Society/Radar Systems Panel Title: IEEE Standard Radar Definitions Status: Superseded Key Words: standard, radar, definitions Designation: 686-1990 Sponsor: IEEE Aerospace and Electronic Systems Society/Radar Systems Panel Title: IEEE Standard Radar Definitions Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Oct 25, 1996. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **Administratively withdrawn by StB 10/25/96 History: PAR APP: Jan 28, 1988, BD APP: Feb 15, 1990, ANSI APP: Jul 30, 1990 Abstract: This standard is a glossary of standard radar definitions. The definitions represent the consensus of opinion of a panel of leading experts in radar technology and should serve as a guide to standardization of meanings. Key Words: Terminology, Radar Designation: 690-2004 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Energy Development & Power Generation Title: IEEE Standard for the Design and Installation of Cable Systems for Class 1E Circuits in Nuclear Power Generating Stations Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Feb 18, 2005 Technical Contact: Malcolm V Thaden, Phone:910-681-3694, Email:m.v.thaden@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Sep 12, 2002, BD APP: Sep 23, 2004, ANSI APP: Feb 23, 2005 Project Scope: This standard provides direction for the design and installation of safety related electrical cable systems, including associated circuits, in nuclear power generating stations. Also provided is guidance for the design and installation of those non-safety related cable systems that may effect the function of safety related systems. Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to identify existing standards and to establish requirements pertaining to safety related cable systems in nuclear power generating stations. Solutions are recommended for areas of concern such as fire protection, raceways, separation, cable performance requirements, and installation acceptance testing and documentation. The purpose of the proposed revision is to update references and requirements. Abstract: Direction for the design and installation of safety related electrical cable systems, including associated circuits, in nuclear power generating stations is provided. Guidance for the design and installation of those nonsafety related cable systems that may affect the function of safety related systems is also provided. Key Words: circuit, electrical cable system, nuclear power generating station Designation: 690 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Energy Development & Power Generation Title: Standard for the Design and Installation of Cable Systems for Class 1E Circuits in Nuclear Power Generating Stations Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Steve LaPidus, Phone:(201) 886-7821 **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jun 01, 1989 Designation: 690-1984 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Energy Development & Power Generation Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2002 Title: IEEE Standard for the Design and Installation of Cable Systems for Class 1E Circuits in Nuclear Power Generating Stations Status: Superseded Technical Contact: Robert E Howell, Phone:704-849-9285, Email:RHowell4@Carolina.rr.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: BD APP: Dec 08, 1983, ANSI APP: Jan 06, 1997 Abstract: Direction for the design and installation of safety-related electrical cable systems, including associated circuits, in nuclear power generating stations is provided. Existing standards are identified and guidance is provided for the design and installation of those non-safety-related cable systems that may affect the function of safety-related systems. Solutions are recommended for areas of concern such as fire protection, raceways, separation, cable performance requirements, and installation acceptance testing and documentation. Key Words: design, cable, systems, 1E, circuits Designation: 691-2001 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transmission and Distribution Title: IEEE Guide for Transmission Structure Foundation Design and Testing Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Dec 26, 2001 History: PAR APP: Jun 18, 1992, BD APP: Dec 06, 2000 Project Scope: This guide will have chapters dealing with structural loadings, subsurface investigations and the design of spread footing type foundations, drilled shafts, piles, anchors and load tests. Project Purpose: There is currently no comprehensive guide available for the design of transmission line structure foundations. Designation: 691 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transmission and Distribution Title: Guide for Transmission Structure Foundation Design and Testing Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. History: PAR APP: Jun 18, 1992 Project Scope: The guide will have chapters dealing with structural loads, subsurface investigations, and the design of spread footing type foundations, drilled shafts, piles, anchors and load tests. Project Purpose: There is a need for a comprehensive design guide for foundations for transmission line structures. Designation: 691-1985 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transmission and Distribution Title: IEEE Trial-Use Guide for Transmission Structure Foundation Design Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jun 27, 1991. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **Request for extension denied at 6/91 Stds Bd mtg. Upgrade from Trial Use expected in 1992. Publication type: Trial-Use History: PAR APP: Dec 28, 1985, BD APP: Jun 23, 1983 Key Words: transmission, structure, foundation, design Designation: 692-1997 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Nuclear Power Engineering Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2005 Title: IEEE Standard Criteria for Security Systems for Nuclear Power Generating Stations Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Oct 03, 1997 **Revision of IEEE Std 692-1986. History: PAR APP: Mar 21, 1991, BD APP: Jun 26, 1997, ANSI APP: Apr 24, 1998 Project Scope: This standard includes criteria for design, testing and maintenance of security system equipment for Nuclear Power Generating Station. Such equipment includes permanently or temporarily installed systems, subsystems and components used by the security force for physical protection of the station against security threats. It includes equipment for security related detection, surveillance, access control, communication and data acquisition. Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to establish criteria for the design of an integrated security system for Nuclear Power Generating Stations. The criteria assists in the selection and application of equipment to detect, monitor, display and record security conditions and events. Abstract: Criteria are provided for the design of an integrated security system for nuclear power generating stations. Requirements are included for the overall system, interfaces, subsystems, and individual electrical and electronic equipment. This standard addresses equipment for security-related detection, surveillance, access control, communication, and data acquisition. Key Words: access control, alert, central alarm station, duress alarms, integrated security system, intrusion detection, line supervision, perimeter intrusion alarm, portal security lighting, remote video surveillance, secondary alarm station, security lighting, security systems, uninterruptible power supply system, UPS, voice communications Designation: 692 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Nuclear Power Engineering Title: Standard Criteria for Security Systems for Nuclear Power Generating Stations Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: David A. Horvath, Phone:734-930-7500, Email:dah@adventengineering.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jun 14, 2001 Project Scope: Original Scope: The standard provides criteria for the design, testing, and maintenance of security system equipment for nuclear power generating stations. Such equipment includes permanently or temporarily installed systems, subsystems, and components used by the security force for physical protection of the station against security threats. It includes equipment for security-related detection, surveillance, access control, communication, and data acquisition. Scope of revised standard: The standard provides criteria for the design, testing, and maintenance of security system equipment for nuclear power generating stations. Such equipment includes permanently or temporarily installed systems, subsystems, and components used by the security force for physical protection of the station against security threats. It includes equipment for security-related detection, assessment, surveillance, access control, communication, and data acquisition. {change is in italics.} Project Purpose: Original Purpose: This standard establishes criteria for the design of an integrated security system for nuclear power generating stations. The criteria assists in the selection and application of equipment to detect, monitor, display, and record security conditions and events. The security system defined here is not intended to be a safety system as defined by IEEE Std. 603-1991. Purpose of proposed revision: The revised standard will address the following actions (which result from prior commitments made during the previous revision activity and more recent user feedback): a. Resolve comments from the Illuminating Engineering Society of North America related to security lighting approaches and requirements, b. Consider any relevant technological developments in the security area since the previous revision, c. Expand the definitions to include terms descriptive of design features discussed in the standard (for example: seismic magnetic buried lines), d. Improve the consistency of the way in which design basis and its associated documentation are addressed, e. Reevaluate where current prescriptive requirements can possibly be replaced with performance requirements, f. Maintain flexibility and consistency with any current industry and NRC initiatives to revise 10 CFR Part 73, g. Consider the addition of appropriate quality assurance guidance where relevant, and h. Review and incorporate any other user feedback on IEEE Std. 692,] i. Address security related assesment requirements. Designation: P692 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Nuclear Power Engineering Title: Standard Criteria for Security Systems for Nuclear Power Generating Stations Status: Revision Project Technical Contact: David A. Horvath, Phone:734-930-7500, Email:dah@adventengineering.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 22, 2005 Project Scope: The standard provides criteria for the design, testing, and maintenance of security system equipment for nuclear power generating stations. Such equipment includes permanently or temporarily installed systems, subsystems, and components used by the security force for physical protection of the station against security threats. It includes equipment for security-related detection, assessment, surveillance, access control, communication, and data acquisition. Project Purpose: This standard establishes criteria for the design of an integrated security system for nuclear power generating stations. These criteria assist in the selection, and application of equipment to detect, monitor, display, and record security conditions and events. Designation: 692-1986 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Nuclear Power Engineering Title: IEEE Standard Criteria for Security Systems for Nuclear Power Generating Stations Status: Superseded History: BD APP: Dec 13, 1984 Abstract: Criteria to guide the designer in the selection and application of equipment to detect, monitor, display, and record security conditions at nuclear power generating stations are established. These criteria include minimum design, testing, and maintenance parameters for permanently or temporarily installed systems, subsystems, or components used by the security force for monitoring, surveillance, access control, communication, and data acquisition. The standard covers: power supplies; security lighting; communications; patrol tour monitoring; access control; line supervision; remote surveillance; exterior and interior intrusion detection; data acquisition, processing, and display; duress alarms; and maintenance and testing. Development of threat and response criteria, barrier requirements, security force composition or deployment, classification of vital equipment or vital areas, contingency plans, mechanical locks and mechanical hardware, and construction security requirements are not considered. Key Words: criteria, security, systems, NPGS, Nuclear power generation protection Designation: 693-2005 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Substations Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Seismic Design of Substations Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: May 08, 2006 Technical Contact: Rulon R Fronk, Phone:562-865-2926, Email:rulonray@verizon.net **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Mar 18, 1999, BD APP: Nov 08, 2005, ANSI APP: Mar 16, 2006 Project Scope: The Recommended Practice contains recommendations for the seismic design of substation buildings, structures, and equipment. Project Purpose: This recommended practice is for new substations and planned additions or improvements to existing substations. It is not intended that existing substations must be retrofitted to these recommended practices. For instruction on how to include this recommended practice in specifications, refer to 5.2. IEEE Std 693 is designed as an integrated set of requirements for the seismic qualification of electrical power equipment. Users should use IEEE Std 693 as a whole. Do not modify or remove any requirement,except as allowed herein. Abstract: Seismic design recommendations for substations, including qualification of each equipment type, are discussed. Design recommendations consist of seismic criteria, qualification methods and levels, structural capacities, performance requirements for equipment operation, installation methods, and documentation Key Words: anchorage, conductor, electrical equipment, damping, dynamic analysis, loads, required response spectrum, projected performance, seismic qualification, shake table, sine-beat, static coefficient analysis, support structure, suspended equipment, time history. Designation: 693-1997 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Substations Title: IEEE Recommended Practices for Seismic Design of Substations Status: Superseded History: PAR APP: Dec 02, 1993, BD APP: Dec 09, 1997, ANSI APP: Feb 04, 1999 Project Scope: The recommended practices contain recommendations for the seismic design of substation building, structures and equipment. Project Purpose: To provide a recommended practice that will provide the requirements necessary to seismically qualify electric station power facilities and to bring the existing recommended practices into conformance with the lastest technology and practice. Abstract: " Recommendations for seismic design of substations, including qualification of each equipmenttype, are discussed. Design recommendations consist of seismic criteria, qualification methods and levels,structural capacities, performance requirements for equipment operation, installation methods, anddocumentation." Key Words: Author: Unknown Designation: 693-1984 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Substations Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1991 Title: IEEE Recommended Practices for Seismic Design of Substations Status: Superseded History: BD APP: Sep 17, 1981, ANSI APP: Sep 06, 1991 Abstract: Guidelines and criteria for the design of substations that can withstand the effects of earthquakes are provided. These recommendations comprise an up-to-date summary of aseismic design practices that will be useful to substation engineers for effective aseismic design of substations and related facilities. Seismic criteria and performance requirements are set forth, qualification methods are discussed, and design and construction practices are presented. Key Words: design, substations, Seismic factors Designation: 694-1985 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessors and Microcomputers Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1994 Title: IEEE Standard for Microprocessor Assembly Language Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 15, 2001. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **administratively withdrawn on 15-Jan-2001. Technical Contact: Geoff Baldwin, Phone:408-285-2544 **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: BD APP: Mar 21, 1985, ANSI APP: Jul 01, 1985 Abstract: IEEE Std 694-1985 IEEE Standard for Microprocessor Assembly Language Key Words: Author: Technical Committee on Microcomputers and Microprocessors of the IEEE Computer Society Designation: 695-1990 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessors and Microcomputers Title: IEEE Standard for Microprocessor Universal Format for Object Modules Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Mar 06, 2000. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. Technical Contact: Thomas Pittman, Phone:408-455-0422 **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: BD APP: Feb 15, 1990, ANSI APP: Jul 24, 1990 Abstract: The format of linkable, relocatable, and absolute object modules is specified. MUFOM, the Microprocessor Universal Format for Object Modules, is designed to apply to a variety of target machines. It permits the linking and relocating functions to be isolated from the specification of target architecture, so that a user may employ a single program for these functions across all CPUs. It applies to binary computers of arbitrary word size and architecture. Two levels of compliance are specified, minimum and full. The minimum compliance level affords sufficient flexibility to link separately compiled modules, to relocate addresses in simple ways, and to load the resulting absolute object modules with a minimal loader. The full compliance level affords all of the functionality of the minimum level and adds to it arbitrary address-expression handling, type checking capability, librarian control commands, and other useful functions for full generality. Key Words: microprocessor, universal, object, format, modules, Microcomputer software Designation: 696-1983 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessors and Microcomputers Title: IEEE Standard 696 Interface Devices Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jun 14, 1994. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. Technical Contact: David B Gustavson, Phone:650-961-0305, Email:dbg@scizzl.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: BD APP: Jun 10, 1982, ANSI APP: Sep 08, 1983 Key Words: backplane, bus, s100, interface, devices Designation: 697 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. Designation: 698 Sponsor: IEEE Instrumentation and Measurement Society Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. Designation: 699 Sponsor: Accredited Standards Committee on Power Switchgear Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. Designation: 700 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transmission and Distribution Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. Designation: 703 Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. Designation: 716-1995 Sponsor: SASB/SCC20-Test and Diagnosis for Electric Systems Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2006 Title: IEEE Standard Test Language for All Systems - Common/Abbreviated Test Language for All Systems (C/ATLAS) Status: Approved Publication of IEEE **Revision of IEEE Std 716-1989. History: PAR APP: Mar 17, 1994, BD APP: Mar 16, 1995, ANSI APP: Sep 11, 1995 Abstract: A high order language for testing is defined. This language is designed to describe tests in terms that are independent of any specific test system, and has been constrained to ensure that it can be implemented on automatic test equipement. Key Words: abbreviated, C/ATLAS, common, test language, unit under test, UUT Designation: 716 Sponsor: SASB/SCC20-Test and Diagnosis for Electric Systems Title: Standard for Abbreviated Test Language for All Systems (ATLAS) Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Narayanan Ramachandran, Phone:703-264-1080 x120, Email:rn@tyx.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 21, 1995 Project Scope: A test oriented language independent of test equipment, providing a standard abbreviated english language used in the preparation and documentation of test procedures that can be implemented with automatic and semi-automatic equipment. Final published standard shall be available in both print and electronic format. Project Purpose: To determine a high order language used for the writing of test programs for units undef test (UUT) so that ese programs can operate on various makes and models of automatic test equipment Designation: 716-1989 Sponsor: SASB/SCC20-Test and Diagnosis for Electric Systems Title: IEEE Standard C/ATLAS Test Language Status: Superseded History: PAR APP: Jun 28, 1986, BD APP: Mar 08, 1989 Abstract: Common ATLAS (C/ATLAS), a high-order language for testing is defined. C/ATLAS is designed to describe tests in terms that are independent of any specific test system. It has been constrained to ensure that it can be implemented on automatic test equipment. Key Words: C/ATLAS, test, language, C Designation: 716.1 Sponsor: SASB/SCC20-Test and Diagnosis for Electric Systems Title: Guide for User's Guide for the IEEE Std. For Signal Definition & Test Description (P716) Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Keith Ellis, Phone:0114401438821555, Email:keith.ellis@eads-ts.co.uk **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 21, 2002 Project Scope: This Guide may tutor the intended user of the IEEE Std. For Signal Definition & Test Description (P716). Project Purpose: To provide examples of usage, notes and explanatory material describing the application of the IEEE Std. For Signal Definition & Test Description (P716). Designation: 716a Sponsor: SASB/SCC20-Test and Diagnosis for Electric Systems Title: Standard for Abbreviated Test Language for All Systems (ATLAS) Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Narayanan Ramachandran, Phone:703-264-1080 x120, Email:rn@tyx.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 19, 1996 Project Scope: To provide supplementary capability to a test-oriented language independent of test equipment. Provide a standard abbreviated English language used in the preparation and documentation of test procedures that can be implemented with automatic and semi-automatic equipment. Final published supplement shall be available in both print and electronic format. Project Purpose: To define and add supplementary capabilities to a high order language used for the writing of test programs for Units Under Test (UUT) so that these programs can operate on various makes and models of Automatic Test Equipment (ATE) and take into account emerging test technologies. Designation: 725 Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. Designation: 726-1982 Sponsor: Nuclear and Plasma Sciences Society/Nuclear Instruments and Detectors Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2006 Title: IEEE Standard Real-Time BASIC for CAMAC (Computer Automated Measurement and Control) Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Feb 26, 1982 **Rev of Std 726-1979. History: BD APP: Sep 17, 1981, ANSI APP: Dec 15, 1981 Abstract: This standard defines ANSI Standard Real-Time BASIC, in which the declarations and real-time statements are defined for use with CAMAC hardware. It covers real-time capabilities, declarations, parallel activities, CAMAC input and output, the CAMAC Q and X signals, CAMAC LAM handling, message passing, shared data, and bit manipulation. The aim is to achieve maximum compatibility between different implementations of ANSI BASIC for use with CAMAC. Key Words: real, time, BASIC, CAMAC, Computer languages Designation: 727 Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. Designation: 728-1982 Sponsor: IEEE Instrumentation and Measurement Society Title: Code&Format Conventions for 488 Status: Superseded **Upon revision became IEEE 488.2 Key Words: code, format, conventions, 488 Designation: 728 Sponsor: IEEE Instrumentation and Measurement Society/TC8-Automated Instrumentation Title: Code&Format Conventions for 488 Status: Superseded **Revised and redesignated IEEE Std 488.2. Designation: 729 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee Title: Standard for Software Engineering - Fundamental Terms Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Leonard L Tripp, Phone:206-662-4437, Email:L.TRIPP@COMPUTER.ORG **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 19, 1996 Project Scope: To define the fundamental terms relating to software engineering concepts, as they apply in all areas, for the preparation of and use of software engineering standards, and for mutual understanding in global communications. Project Purpose: To clarify and standardize terms as they apply to the field of software engineering to provide a basis for clear and concise communication about the software engineering body of knowledge as defined in the IEEE collection of software engineering standards. Designation: 729-1983 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee Title: IEEE Standard Glossary of Software Engineering Terminology Status: Superseded **Redesignated to IEEE Std 610.12-1990. History: BD APP: Sep 23, 1982, ANSI APP: Aug 09, 1983 (Ref. Std.: 828) Designation: 730-2002 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee Title: IEEE Standard for Software Quality Assurance Plans Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Sep 23, 2002 **Supersedes 730-1998. Publication type: Special Publication History: PAR APP: Jan 30, 2000, BD APP: Sep 12, 2002, ANSI APP: Jan 27, 2003 Project Scope: This standard applies to the development of a software quality assurance plan (SQAP). The existence of this standard should not be construed to prohibit additional content in a SQAP. An assessment should be made for the specific software item to assure adequacy of coverage. Where this standard is invoked for an organization or project engaged in producing several software items, the applicability of the standard should be specified for each of the software items. Although this document does not require the use of IEEE/EIA Std 12207.0-1996 [B17] and IEEE/EIA Std 12207.1-1997 [B18], it is consistent with those two standards.1 An SQAP meeting the requirements of this standard will be in document compliance with the SQAP information item of IEEE/EIA 12207.1-1997[B18]. 1The numbers in brackets correspond to those of the bibliography in Annex A. Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to provide uniform, minimum acceptable requirements for preparation and content of software quality assurance plans. In considering adoption of this standard, regulatory bodies should be aware that specific application of this standard may already be covered by one or more IEEE or ANSI standards documents relating to quality assurance, definitions, or other matters. It is not the purpose of this document to supersede, revise, or amend existing standards directed to specific industries or applications. Abstract: The standard specifies the format and content of software quality assurance plans. Itmeets the IEEE/EIA 12207.1 requirements for such plans. Key Words: "assurance,quality,software quality" Designation: 730-1998 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee Title: Standard for Software Quality Assurance Plans Status: Superseded **Superseded by 730-2002. History: PAR APP: Mar 19, 1998, BD APP: Jun 25, 1998 Project Scope: This standard establishes a required minimum contents for Software Quality Assurance plans. It is directed toward the development and maintenance of critical software, that is, where the failure could cause large financial or social losses. The orientation is toward delineating all of the planned and systematic actions on a particular project that would provide adequate confidence that the software product conforms to established technical requirements. This standard correlates the content of software quality assurance plans as defined in 730 and the content of such plans as defined in IEEE 12207.1. Project Purpose: To achieve harmonization of the software life cycle process objectives for software quality assurance among the IEEE software engineering standards and with related international standards. This will help users to produce results consistent with the international standard for software life cycle processes, ISO/IEC 12207. To clarify inconsistencies in existing document and bring it intyo compatibility with IEEE Std 828 and IEEE/EIA 12207.0. Abstract: " Uniform, minimum acceptable requirements for preparation and content of Software QualityAssurance Plans (SQAPs) are provided. This standard applies to the development and maintenance ofcritical software. For noncritical software, or for software already developed, a subset of the requirements ofthis standard may be applied. " Key Words: "critical design review,preliminary design review,software configuration management plan,software design description,software quality assurance plan,software requirements review,software requirements specification,software verification and validation plan" Designation: 730-1989 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee Title: IEEE Standard for Software Quality Assurance Plans Status: Superseded **Formerly 730.1. History: PAR APP: Feb 02, 1989, BD APP: Aug 17, 1989, ANSI APP: Jan 22, 1990 Abstract: Uniform minimum acceptable requirements for the preparation and content of Software Quality Assurance Plans (SQAPs) are provided. The standard also provides a standard against which such plans can be compared and assessed. It applies to the development and maintenance of critical software. For noncritical software, or for software already developed, a subset of the requirements of this standard may be applied. Key Words: assurance plans, Software quality Designation: 730-1984 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee Title: Software Quality Assurance Plans Status: Superseded **See 730.1 History: PAR APP: Feb 28, 1988 Key Words: software, quality, assurance, plans Designation: 730.1-1995 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee Title: IEEE Guide for Software Quality Assurance Planning Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 15, 2001. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **administratively withdrawn on 15-Jan-2001. History: PAR APP: Jun 01, 1989, BD APP: Dec 12, 1995, ANSI APP: Oct 03, 1996 Abstract: Approaches to good Software Quality Assurance practices in support of IEEE Std 730-1989, IEEE Standard for Software Quality Assurance Plans, are identified. These practices are directed toward the development and maintenance of critical software, that is, where failure could impair safety or cause large financial losses. Key Words: software life cycle, software metrics, software quality, assurance plans Designation: 737 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Insulated Conductors Title: Weathering of Polymetric Cables Accessories Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. History: PAR APP: Mar 28, 1978 Key Words: weathering, polymetric, cables, accessories Designation: 738-2006 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transmission and Distribution Title: IEEE Standard for Calculating the Current-Temperature of Bare Overhead Conductors Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jan 30, 2007 Technical Contact: Jerry L Reding, Phone:360-619-6374, Email:jlreding@bpa.gov **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Mar 18, 1999, BD APP: Nov 16, 2006 Project Scope: The purpose of this standard is to present a method of calculating the current-temperature relationship of bare overhead conductors. Conductor surface temperatures are a function of the following: a) Conductor material properties b) Conductor diameter c) Conductor surface conditions d) Ambient weather conditions e) Conductor electrical current The first two of these properties are specific chemical and physical properties. The third may vary with time and be dependent upon ambient atmospheric conditions other than weather. The fourth, weather, varies greatly with the hour and season. The fifth, conductor electrical current, may be constant or may vary with power system loading, generation dispatch, and other factors. The equations relating electrical current to conductor temperature may be used in either of the following two ways: — To calculate the conductor temperature when the electrical current is known — To calculate the current that yields a given maximum allowable conductor temperature For the purposes of this standard, either the electrical current is assumed constant for all time or it is assumed to undergo a step change from an initial current to a final current. The ambient weather conditions are assumed to be constant with time in both the steady-state and transient calculation methods described in this standard. This standard includes mathematical methods and indicates sources of the values to be used in the calculation of conductor temperatures and conductor thermal ratings. However, because there is a great diversity of weather conditions and operating circumstances for which conductor temperatures and/or thermal ratings must be calculated, the standard does not undertake to list actual temperature-current relationships for specific conductors or weather conditions. Each user must make their own assessment of which weather data and conductor characteristics best pertain to their area or particular transmission line. The calculation methods in this standard are also valid for the calculation of conductor temperature under fault conditions. Abstract: weather conditions, is presented. Along with a mathematical method, sources of the values to be used in the calculation are indicated. This standard does not undertake to list actual temperature-ampacity relationships for a large number of conductors, but rather provides a standard method of doing such calculations. Key Words: bare overhead lines, current-temperature relationship Designation: 738-1993 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transmission and Distribution Title: IEEE Standard for Calculating the Current-Temperature of Bare Overhead Conductors Status: Superseded **Mar04-Withdrawn by ANSI as overage. History: PAR APP: Feb 02, 1989, BD APP: Jun 17, 1993, ANSI APP: Nov 24, 1993 Abstract: A simplified method of calculating the current–temperature relationship of bare overhead lines, given the weather conditions, is presented. Along with a mathematical method, sources of the values to be used in the calculation are indicated. This standard does not undertake to list actual temperature–ampacity relationships for a large number of conductors in a large number of conditions. Key Words: bare overhead lines, current temperature, relationship Designation: 738-1986 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transmission and Distribution Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1991 Title: IEEE Standard for Calculation of Bare Overhead Conductor Temperature and Ampacity Under Steady-State Conditions Status: Superseded History: BD APP: Dec 13, 1984, ANSI APP: Jun 15, 1992 Key Words: calculation, bare, overhead, conductor, temperature Designation: 739-1995 Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Energy Systems Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2000 Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Energy Management in Industrial and Commercial Facilities Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Nov 18, 1996 **The Bronze Book. Technical Contact: Carl E Becker, Phone:843-232-0408, Email:beckercarl@aol.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Mar 21, 1991, BD APP: Dec 12, 1995, ANSI APP: Jul 16, 1996 Project Scope: This standard is needed to set engineering recommendations for including energy management in the electrical design, operation and maintenance of a facility. An up-to-date methodology to chose the proper equipment and evaluate its worth is needed. In addition, the latest technologies of metering, lighting, powering and generating equipment need to be mentioned. Project Purpose: The purpose of this project is to update the present Bronze Book to include the lastest technologies and expand its scope. The present standard is primarily directed at industrial facilities. The proposed revision will include commercial buildings and an expanded coverage of energy controllers, monitoring and controlling equipment, and cogeneration/peak shaving. Abstract: This recommended practice serves as an engineering guide for use in electrical design for energy conservation. It provides a standard design practice to assist engineers in evaluating electrical options from an energy standpoint. It establishes engineering techniques and procedures to allow efficiency optimization in the design and operation of an electrical system considering all aspects (safety, costs, environment, those occupying the facility, management needs, etc.). Key Words: break even analysis, congeneration, demand control, electrical energy, electric rate structure, energy audit, energy balance, energy conservation program, energy monitoring, energy rate method, energy savings, heating, ventilating, HVAC, levelized cost analysis, life cycle costing, metering, power bill, process energy, process modification, product energy rate, space conditioning, utility rate structure, LLC Designation: P739 Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Energy Systems Title: Recommended Practice for Energy Management in Industrial and Commercial Facilities Status: Revision Project Technical Contact: James A Ruggieri, Phone:703-250-3671, Email:Forensic@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Feb 21, 2001 Project Scope: This Standard on "Energy Management in Industrial and Commercial Facilities" provides information on the equipment, processes and analysis techniques to assist a planner/designer in reducing energy cost in industrial and commercial facilities. The standard is designed to guide an engineer or designer in the process of determining means to reduce energy costs, to evaluate alternatives and to effect a means of energy cost reduction. Project Purpose: The purpose of this revision is to bring the existing standard to the current level of technology and equipment availability and performance. In addition, this revision process is intended to improve the means of conveying the available information and to add information and material that has been given to the Energy Systems Committee since the last edition of the standard. The purpose is not to set minimum standards for energy usage Designation: 739-1984 Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Energy Systems Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Energy Conservation and Cost-Effective Planning in Industrial Facilities Status: Superseded **IEEE Bronze Book History: BD APP: Jun 23, 1983, ANSI APP: Apr 10, 1985 Designation: 741-1997 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Nuclear Power Engineering Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2002 Title: IEEE Standard Criteria for the Protection of Class 1E Power Systems and Equipment in Nuclear Power Generating Stations Status: Approved Publication of IEEE **Revision of IEEE Std 741-1990. History: PAR APP: Sep 22, 1994, BD APP: Jun 26, 1997, ANSI APP: Oct 22, 2002 Abstract: Criteria that establish protection requirements for Class 1E power systems and equipment are prescribed. The purpose of and the means for obtaining protection from electrical and mechanical damage or failures that can occur within a time period that is shorter than that required for operator action are described. Testing and surveillance requirements are included. Plant physical disign requirements to protect against certain events are not included. Key Words: design requirements, nuclear power generating stations, surveillance, valve actuator motor Designation: P741 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Nuclear Power Engineering Title: Standard Criteria for the Protection of Class 1E Power Systems and Equipment in Nuclear Power Generating Stations Status: Revision Project Technical Contact: Harvey C Leake, Phone:623-393-6986, Email:hleake@apsc.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 22, 2005 Project Scope: This standard provides the principal design criteria, design features, and testing requirements for the protection of Class 1E power systems and equipment supplied from those systems. It identifies special protection features that are needed where the requirements of nuclear power generating stations necessitate supplementing accepted industry practices. Project Purpose: This standard provides requirements for electrical protective equipment in nuclear generating stations to support the Class 1E power system in the performance of its safety function and maximize the availability and reliability of the safety-related equipment. Designation: 741-1990 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Nuclear Power Engineering Title: IEEE Standard Criteria for the Protection of Class 1E Power Systems and Equipment in Nuclear Power Generating Stations Status: Superseded **Draft 6 was approved. History: PAR APP: Jun 09, 1988, BD APP: May 31, 1990, ANSI APP: Oct 12, 1990 Abstract: Prescribes criteria that establish protection requirements for Class 1E power systems and equipment. It describes the purpose of and the means for obtaining protection from electrical and mechanical damage, or failures that can occur within a time period that is shorter than that required for operator action. It includes both design and documentation requirements. It does not include physical plant design requirements to protect against certain events. Key Words: Valve actuator motor, Surveillance, Nuclear power generating station, Design requirements Designation: 741-1986 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Nuclear Power Engineering Title: IEEE Standard Criteria for the Protection of Class 1E Power Systems and Equipment in Nuclear Power Generating Stations Status: Superseded History: PAR APP: Mar 28, 1988, BD APP: Jun 13, 1985, ANSI APP: Nov 15, 1985 Key Words: protection, 1E, power, systems, equipment Designation: 743-1984 Sponsor: IEEE Communications Society Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1992 Title: IEEE Standard Methods and Equipment for Measuring the Transmission Characteristics of Analog Voice Frequency Circuits Status: Superseded History: BD APP: Aug 11, 1992, ANSI APP: Apr 12, 1985 Abstract: Prescribes criteria that establish protection requirements for Class 1E power systems and equipment. It describes the purpose of and the means for obtaining protection from electrical and mechanical damage, or failures that can occur within a time period that is shorter than that required for operator action. It includes both design and documentation requirements. It does not include physical plant design requirements to protect against certain events. Key Words: characteristics, analog, voice, frequency, circuits Designation: 743-1995 Sponsor: IEEE Communications Society/Transmission Access & Optical Systems Title: IEEE Standard Equipment Requirements and Measurement Techniques for Analog Transmission Parameters for Telecommunications Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 16, 2004. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **Revision of Std 743-1984. History: PAR APP: Dec 13, 1994, BD APP: Dec 12, 1995, ANSI APP: Jul 16, 1996 Project Scope: Telecommunications transmission measuring equipment for measuring the analog transmission characteristics of networks and circuits, including digitally encoded analog signals, analog components of digital services, e.g. ISDN, HDSL, etc., and other complex signals. Project Purpose: To update Std 743-1984 to reflect new measurement technology, and to provide measurements: 1) for new telecom services which did not exist earlier, 2) using new measuring techniques that will more accurately measure impairments to data services, 3) for reducing labor and testing time, and 4) specifications that will assure equipment interworking. In addition, obsolete measuring methods will be removed. Abstract: Performance requirements for test equipment that measures the analog transmission parameters of subscriber loops, message trunks, PBX trunks, and ties lines are specified. Requirements for these measurements with DS1 bit stream access are also provided. The measurement of loss, noise, and impulse noise on non-loaded cable pairs used for digital subscriber lines is addressed. Key Words: active speech level, ADSL, amplitude jitter, digital bit stream, digital subscriber, dropouts, echo canceller, suppressor disabling, echo path loss, envelope delay , frequency shift, gain hits, HDSL, impulse noise, intermodulation , distoration, ISDN, loss, network impulse, noise, phase hits, phase jitter, return loss, round trip delay, signal to total, distortion ratio, timing offset, 23 tone Designation: 746 Sponsor: IEEE Broadcast Technology Society/Audio and Visual Techniques Title: Standard for Performance Measurements of A/D and D/A Converters for PCM Television Video Circuits Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: James R Redford, Phone:212-664-5222, Email:rick.redford@juno.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Nov 08, 2000 Project Scope: This standard describes methods for measuring the performance of uniformly coded analog-to-digital (A/D) converters and digital-to-analog (D/A) converters for pulse code modulation (PCM) television video signals. This project will review and up-date the current scope of the IEEE Std. 746- 1984 to ensure a complete performance characterization of the converters. Certain minor revisions are also necessary to avoid ambiguities in test signal definition and interpretation of results caused by the constraints and non-linear effects of the component digital signal formats and composite conversion. In addition, this document will incorporate information about changes made to other related standards such as the IEEE Stds. 511 and 206. Project Purpose: The purpose of this project is to revise and update the expired Std 746-1984 document. This standard is still in use today to test conformance of composite NTSC and component analog signal distortions to established performance limits of A/D and D/A Converters for PCM Television Video Circuits. Although many video signals today are represented as component digital data from content to final production, distribution is still largely analog composite NTSC. NTSC is not expected to be completely replaced as a video distribution format for at least the next 15 years and will likely exist as an interface format for some time after that. The standard has served well in the largely analog video content of the past. However, with the many current and future conversions from compressed, component digital video to composite analog NTSC form, certain minor revisions are necessary to avoid ambiguities in test signal definition and interpretation of results caused by the constraints and non-linear effects of the component digital signal formats and composite conversion. Designation: 746-1984 Sponsor: IEEE Broadcast Technology Society Title: IEEE Standard for Performance Measurements of A/D and D/A Converters for PCM Television Video Circuits Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Mar 19, 1992. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. History: BD APP: Sep 22, 1983, ANSI APP: Apr 10, 1985 Key Words: a/d, d/a, converters, video, circuits Designation: 748-1979 Sponsor: IEEE Instrumentation and Measurement Society Title: IEEE Standard for Spectrum Analyzers Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Dec 06, 1990. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **Standard administratively withdrawn 12/6/90. History: BD APP: Jun 16, 1978 Key Words: standard, spectrum, analyzers Designation: 749-1983 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Nuclear Power Engineering Title: IEEE Standard Periodic Testing of Diesel-Generator Units Applied as Standby Power Supplies in Nuclear Power Generating Stations Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Dec 05, 1991. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. History: BD APP: Dec 18, 1981, ANSI APP: Apr 02, 1984 Key Words: diesel, generator, standby, power, supplies Designation: 751 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transmission and Distribution Title: Guide for Wood Transmission Structures Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. **Revision project of Std 751-1991. Technical Contact: Robert C Peters, Phone:610-775-2003, Email:Rcpenginrg@cs.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 22, 1994 Project Scope: "Design Guide Standard" covering the structural design and application of wood transmission structures. Guide to Cover: definitions, application of loads, structure application, characteristics of natural wood and laminated wood members, design stresses, fabrication of laminated wood members, connections, non-wood members, erection and framing, quality assurance. Project Purpose: 5-Year Review of Standard - Upgrade to Guide from Trial Use. Designation: 751 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transmission and Distribution Title: Guide for Wood Transmission Structures Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Robert C Peters, Phone:610-775-2003, Email:Rcpenginrg@cs.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 18, 1999 Project Scope: Design guide standard covering the structural design and application of wood transmission structures. Guide to cover: definitions, application of loads, structure application, characteristics of natural wood and laminated wood members, design stresses, fabrication of laminated wood members, connections, non-wood members, erection and framing, and quality assurance. Project Purpose: 5 year review of existing standard and upgrade to Guide from Trial Use Guide. Designation: 751-1990 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transmission and Distribution Title: IEEE Trial-Use Design Guide for Wood Transmission Structures Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 25, 2005. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **Jan2005: Administratively withdrawn. Publication type: Trial-Use History: PAR APP: Jun 28, 1978, BD APP: Sep 28, 1990 Abstract: Discusses the structural design and application of wood transmission structures. The guide includes definitions, application of loads, structure application, characteristics of natural wood and laminated wood members, design stresses, fabrication of laminated wood members, connections, nonwood members, erection and framing, and quality assurance. Key Words: wood, transmission, structures, Overhead lines Designation: 752-1986 Sponsor: IEEE Communications Society/Transmission Systems Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1992 Title: IEEE Standard for Functional Requirements for Methods and Equipment for Measuring the Performance of Tone Address Signal Systems Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Mar 19, 1998. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. History: BD APP: Mar 13, 1986, ANSI APP: Jul 31, 1986 Abstract: Methods that can be used to measure the performance of tone-address signaling systems used with voice frequency telecommunications equipment are established. Functional requirements for test equipment needed to make the measurements are also established. The intent is to ensure uniform and meaningful equipment specifications, performance characteristics, and test results limited to the parameters of tone signaling systems that affect address signal performance. Key Words: tone, address, signal, systems, Communication systems operation, Communication system performance Designation: 753-1983 Sponsor: IEEE Communications Society/Transmission Systems Title: IEEE Standard Functional Methods and Equipment for Measuring the Performance of Dial-Pulse (DP) Address Signaling Systems Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Dec 05, 1991. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **ANSI withdrawn 3/31/94. History: BD APP: Mar 17, 1983, ANSI APP: Feb 01, 1984 Abstract: 9/90: Revision in progress. Key Words: dial, pulse, address, signaling, systems Designation: 754-1985 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessors and Microcomputers Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1990 Title: IEEE Standard for Binary Floating-Point Arithmetic Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Oct 12, 1985 History: PAR APP: Sep 13, 1978, BD APP: Mar 21, 1985, ANSI APP: May 21, 1991 Project Scope: Develop formats and specifications for signle and duble precision floating point arithmetic which maintains maximum validity of results within available word length. Abstract: A family of commercially feasible ways for new systems to perform binary floating-point arithmetic is defined. This standard specifies basic and extended floating-point number formats; add, subtract, multiply, divide, square root, remainder, and compare operations; conversions between integer and floating-point formats; conversions between different floating-point formats; conversions between basic-format floating-point numbers and decimal strings; and floating-point exceptions and their handling, including nonnumbers. Key Words: binary, Floating-point arithmetic Designation: P754 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessors and Microcomputers Title: Standard for Binary Floating-Point Arithmetic Status: Revision Project Technical Contact: George Daniel Zuras, Phone:408-225-7321, Email:ieee2007@nonabelian.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 21, 2000 Project Scope: This standard specifies formats and methods for floating-point arithmetic in computer systems: standard and extended functions with single, double, extended, and extendable precision, and recommends formats for data interchange. Exception conditions are defined and standard handling of these conditions is specified. Project Purpose: This standard provides a method for computation with floating- point numbers that will yield the same result whether the processing is done in hardware, software or a combination of the two. The results of the computation will be identical, independent of implementation, given the same input data. Errors, and error conditions, in the mathematical processing will be reported in a consistent manner regardless of implementation. Designation: 755-1985 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessors and Microcomputers Title: IEEE Trial-Use Extending High Level Language Implementations for Microprocessors Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Mar 21, 1991. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. Publication type: Trial-Use Technical Contact: Clyde R Camp, Phone:972-727-3945, Email:c.camp@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. Key Words: extending, high-level, language, implementations, microprocessors Designation: 758-1979 Sponsor: Nuclear and Plasma Sciences Society/Nuclear Instruments and Detectors Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2006 Title: IEEE Standard Subroutines for Computer Automated Measurement and Control (CAMAC) Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Dec 28, 1979 History: BD APP: Dec 14, 1978, ANSI APP: Dec 21, 1990 Abstract: A set of standard subroutines that provide access to CAMAC facilities in a variety of computer programming languages is described. The subroutines are specifically intended to be suitable for use with FORTRAN, although they are not restricted to that language. The subroutines have been grouped into three subsets in order to provide different standard levels of implementation. The lowest level requires only two subroutines, but, nevertheless, gives access to most of the facilities that can be found in CAMAC. In higher levels of implementation, subroutines are added that permit procedures to be written in more mnemonic terminology, provide better handling of LAMs, permit procedures to be independent of the type of CAMAC highway used, and provide efficient block-transfer capability. Key Words: subroutines, CAMAC Designation: 759-1984 Sponsor: Nuclear and Plasma Sciences Society/Nuclear Instruments and Detectors Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1999 Title: IEEE Standard Test Procedures for Semiconductor X-Ray Energy Spectrometers Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 18, 2007. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. History: BD APP: Dec 17, 1981, ANSI APP: Feb 27, 1991 Abstract: Test procedures for X-ray spectrometers consisting of a semiconductor radiation detector assembly and signal processing electronics interfaced to a pulse-height analyzer/computer are presented. Energy resolution, spectral distortion, pulse-height linearity, counting rate effects, overload effects, pulse-height stability, and efficiency are covered. Test procedures for pulse-height analyzers and computers are not covered. Key Words: semiconductor, Energy, Spectrometers, dectectors, X-ray spectroscopy Designation: 762-2006 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Power System Analysis, Computing, and Economics Committee Title: IEEE Standard Definitions for Use in Reporting Electric Generating Unit Reliability, Availability, and Productivity Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Mar 15, 2007 Technical Contact: Andrew Ford, Phone:610-666-8964, Email:ford@pjm.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Aug 12, 2004, BD APP: Sep 15, 2006, ANSI APP: Dec 29, 2006 Project Scope: This document standardizes terminology and indexes for reporting electric generating unit reliability, availability, and productivity performance measures while recognizing the power industry’s needs, including marketplace competition. This standard also includes equations for equivalent demand forced outage rate (EFORd), newly identified outage states, discussion of commercial availability, energy weighted equations for group performance indexes, definitions of outside management control (OMC), pooling methodologies, and time-based calculations for group performance indexes. Project Purpose: This standard is intended to aid the electric power industry in reporting and evaluating electric generating unit reliability, availability, and productivity. It was originally developed to overcome difficulties in the interpretation of electric generating unit performance data from various systems and to facilitate comparisons among different systems. The standard also makes possible the exchange of meaningful data among systems in North America and throughout the world. Abstract: This standard provides a methodology for the interpretation of electric generating unit performance data from various systems and to facilitate comparisons among different systems. It also standardizes terminology and indexes for reporting electric generating unit reliability, availability, and productivity performance measures. This standard is intended to aid the electric power industry in reporting and evaluating electric generating unit reliability, availability, and productivity while recognizing the power industry’s needs, including marketplace competition. Included are equations for equivalent demand forced outage rate (EFORd), newly identified outage states, discussion of commercial availability, energy weighted equations for group performance indexes, definitions of outside management control (OMC), pooling methodologies, and time-based calculations for group performance indexes. Key Words: available state, EFORd, equivalent demand forced outage rate, forced outage, maintenance outage, OMC, outside management control, planned outage, pooling methodology, transition between active states, unavailable state, weighted factor Designation: 762-1987 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Power System Analysis, Computing, and Economics Committee Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2002 Title: IEEE Standard Definitions for Use in Reporting Electric Generating Unit Reliability, Availability, and Productivity Status: Superseded **Revision of IEEE TU Std 762-1980. History: BD APP: Sep 19, 1985, ANSI APP: Aug 01, 2002 Abstract: 762_19871.front Key Words: 762_19871.front Designation: 763 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Energy Development & Power Generation Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. Designation: 765-2006 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Nuclear Power Engineering Title: Standard for Preferred Power Supply (PPS) for Nuclear Power Generating Stations (NPGS) Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Oct 16, 2006 Technical Contact: George Attarian, Phone:919-362-2130, Email:george.attarian@pgnmail.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Sep 23, 2004, BD APP: Jun 08, 2006, ANSI APP: Oct 16, 2006 Project Scope: This standard describes the design criteria of the PPS and its interfaces with the Class 1E power system, switchyard, transmission system, and AAC source. Figure 1 is a typical interface diagram of the PPS with related power systems. Project Purpose: This standard provides PPS requirements for nuclear power generating stations (NPGSs) and guidance in the areas of AAC power source interfaces with the PPS, physical independence of the PPS power and control circuits, and expanded PPS criteria for multi-unit stations. Abstract: The design criteria of the preferred power supply (PPS) and its interfaces with the Class 1E power system, switchyard, transmission system, and alternate ac (AAC) source are described. This standard provides PPS requirements for nuclear power plants and guidance in the areas of AAC power source interfaces with PPS, physical independence of the PPS power and control circuits, and expanded PPS criteria for multi-unit stations. Key Words: AAC, alternate ac source, Class 1E, NPGS, nuclear power generating station, PPS, preferred power supply, switchyard, transmission system Designation: 765-2002 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Nuclear Power Engineering Title: IEEE Standard for Preferred Power Supply (PPS) for Nuclear Power Generating Stations Status: Superseded **Supersedes 765-1995. Technical Contact: George Attarian, Phone:919-362-2130, Email:george.attarian@pgnmail.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jun 26, 1999, BD APP: Feb 07, 2002, ANSI APP: Jun 20, 2002 Project Scope: This standard describes the design criteria of the preferred power supply (PPS) and its interfaces with the class 1E power system, switchyard, transmission system and the alternate ac (AAC) source. This revision adds an annex which identifies the type of interface requirements needed to ensure offsite power reliability from an Independent System Operator. The scope fo the standard remains unchanged. Project Purpose: This standard provides PPS requirements for nuclear power plants and guidance in the areas of AAC power source interfaces with the PPS, physical independence of the PPS power and control circuits, and expanded PPS criteria for multi-unit stations. The purpose of this standard remains unchanged. This standard is being revised and an annex provided to define the attributes of the PPS that are required to ensure PPS reliability when offsite power is supplied by an entity other than the nuclear utility, such as an ISO. It is intended to provide utilities with the necessary guidance and structure to ensure PPS reliability in a deregulated environment and ensure the nuclear plant(s) licensing reqiurements and design criteria are not compromised. Abstract: " The design criteria of the preferred power supply (PPS) and its interfaces with the Class1E power system, switchyard, transmission system, and alternate ac (AAC) source are described.This standard provides PPS requirements for nuclear power plants and guidance in the areas ofAAC power source interfaces with PPS, physical independence of the PPS power and controlcircuits, and expanded PPS criteria for multi-unit stations." Key Words: "AAC, alternate ac source, PPS, preferred power supply, switchyard, transmission system" Designation: 765-1995 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Nuclear Power Engineering Title: IEEE Standard for Preferred Power Supply (PPS) for Nuclear Power Generating Stations Status: Superseded **Revision of Std 765-1983. Superseded by 765-2002. History: PAR APP: Dec 13, 1994, BD APP: Mar 16, 1995, ANSI APP: Aug 24, 1995 Abstract: The design criteria of the preferred power supply (PPS) and its interfaces with the Class 1E power system, switchyard, transmission system, and alternate ac (AAC) source are described. This standard provides PPS requirements for nuclear power plants and guidance in the areas of AAC power source interfaces with PPS, physical independence of the PPS power and control circuits, and expanded PPS criteria for multi-unit stations. Key Words: alternate ac source, PPS, switchyard, transmission system, preferred power supply Designation: 765-1983 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Nuclear Power Engineering Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1989 Title: IEEE Standard for Preferred Power Supply for Nuclear Power Generating Stations Status: Superseded History: BD APP: Jun 10, 1982, ANSI APP: Apr 13, 1984 Abstract: Design criteria of the preferred power supply (PPS) and its interfaces with the Class 1E power system, switchyard, and transmission system are described. Surveillance, control, test requirements, and multiunit considerations are included. The intent is to ensure a design commensurate with the intended function of the PPS, and to provide sufficient detail to interpret, clarify, and expand guidance given in the Code of Federal Regulations in other standards. Designation: 770X3.97-1983 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1990 Title: IEEE Standard Pascal Computer Programming Language Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jun 18, 1992. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **Superceded by 770X3.160-1989 and ISO/IEC 7185: 1990. History: PAR APP: Jun 28, 1983, BD APP: Sep 17, 1981, ANSI APP: Dec 16, 1982 Designation: 770X3.160-1989 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society Title: IEEE/ANSI Standard for the Programming Language Extended Pascal Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: May 05, 1995. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. History: PAR APP: Nov 09, 1989, BD APP: Dec 06, 1989, ANSI APP: Apr 10, 1990 Abstract: This standard provides an unambiguous and machine-independent definition of the computer programming language Extended Pascal by specifying requirements for a processor and for a conforming program. Its purpose is to facilitate portability of Extended Pascal programs for use on a wide variety of data processing systems. Two levels of compliance are defined for both processes and programs. Designation: 771-1998 Sponsor: SASB/SCC20-Test and Diagnosis for Electric Systems Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2004 Title: IEEE Guide to the Use of the ATLAS Specification Status: Approved Publication of IEEE History: PAR APP: Mar 20, 1997, BD APP: Mar 19, 1998, ANSI APP: Feb 04, 1999 Project Scope: This guide is being updated to align with the current ATLAS standards, IEEE std 716-1995 and ARINC specification 626-3. Material which depends on the withdrawn IEEE Std 416-1984 is being removed. Project Purpose: The ATLAS standards IEEE Std 716-1995 and ARINC specification 626-3 were published in 1995. The guide requires to be updated to align with the current standards and to give guidance to their user communities. This PAR replaces the earlier time expired PAR for the project. Abstract: " Guidance in the use of ATLAS test languages is provided. ATLAS may be used to de-scribe test requirements independent of any specific test equipment, and examples of best practicein the use of ATLAS are given. " Key Words: 771 FM Designation: 771-1989 Sponsor: SASB/SCC20-Test and Diagnosis for Electric Systems Title: IEEE Guide to the Use of the ATLAS Specification Status: Superseded **Administratively withdrawn by Std Bd 10/25/96 History: BD APP: Aug 17, 1989, ANSI APP: Jan 12, 1990 Abstract: Abstract: This guide has been written as an applications manual for engineers and authors who will be writing test procedures in ATLAS (Abbreviated Test Language for All Systems). It is not intended to be a substitute for an instruction manual in the ATLAS language, but, rather, a practical extension to such a manual. The purpose is to provide principles of good practice in the use of ATLAS for the writing of test procedures. Key Words: atlas Designation: 771-1984 Sponsor: SASB/SCC20-Test and Diagnosis for Electric Systems Title: ATLAS;Guide to the Use of Status: Superseded History: PAR APP: Jun 28, 1986 Designation: 772 Sponsor: IEEE Dielectrics and Electrical Insulation Society Title: Electrical Perf Composite Insulators Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. **. History: PAR APP: Mar 28, 1979 Designation: 773 Sponsor: IEEE Dielectrics and Electrical Insulation Society Title: Health&Envir Assmnt/Dielectric Fluids Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. History: PAR APP: Mar 28, 1979 Designation: 774 Sponsor: IEEE Dielectrics and Electrical Insulation Society Title: Guide to Assess the Fire Hazards of Insulating Liquids Used in Electric Transformers Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. History: PAR APP: Mar 28, 1979 Designation: 775-1993 Sponsor: IEEE Dielectrics and Electrical Insulation Society/Radiation Effects Title: IEEE Guide for Designing Multistress Aging Tests of Electrical Insulation in a Radiation Environment Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Mar 06, 2000. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. History: PAR APP: Aug 17, 1989, BD APP: Jun 17, 1993, ANSI APP: Nov 24, 1993 Abstract: " Guidelines for evaluating electrical insulation materials that are subjected to more than onesignificant aging stress are provided. The focus is on materials or equipment intended for use in nuclearfacilities, such as power stations, where thermal, moisture, and radiation stresses frequently are ofimportance. Factors to consider in accelerated aging programs are identified. Only the design of tests isaddressed. Specific procedures are not prescribed. " Key Words: "electrical insulation,multistress aging,single stress aging" Designation: 776-1992 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Power System Communications Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2003 Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Inductive Coordination of Electric Supply and Communication Lines Status: Approved Publication of IEEE **Revision of Std 776-1987. History: PAR APP: Dec 05, 1991, BD APP: Dec 03, 1992, ANSI APP: May 14, 1993 Project Scope: This recommended practice addresses the inductive environment that exists in the vicinity of electric power and wire-line telecommunications systems and the interfering effect that may be produced thereby; guidance is offered for the control or modification of the environment and the susceptibility of the affected systems in order to maintain an acceptable level of interference. To aid the user of this recommended practice in calculating induction between power and telecommunication lines, the concept of an interface is developed. This recommended practice permits either party, without need to involve the other, to verify the induction at the interface by use of a probe wire. This recommended practice does not apply to railway signal circuits. Abstract: The inductive environment that exists in the vicinity of electric power and wire-line telecommunications systems and the interfering effects that may be produced are addressed. An interface that permits either party, without need to involve the other, to verify the induction at the interface by use of a probe wire is presented. This recommended practice does not apply to railway signal circuits. Key Words: Inductive coordination, Electric supply, Communication lines Designation: 776-1987 Sponsor: IEEE Communications Society/Transmission Systems Title: IEEE Guide for Inductive Coordination of Electric Supply and Communication Lines Status: Superseded History: BD APP: Mar 12, 1987, ANSI APP: Sep 18, 1987 Designation: 786-1986 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transformers Title: Xfrmr Failure Rprtng & Rlblty Anlysis Status: Superseded **C57 LB (C57.117) . History: (Ref. Std.: C57.117) Designation: 788 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transmission and Distribution Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. Designation: 789-1988 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Power System Communications Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1994 Title: IEEE Standard Performance Requirements for Communications and Control Cables for Application in High Voltage Environments Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Mar 06, 2000. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. History: PAR APP: Jun 01, 1979, BD APP: Jun 09, 1988, ANSI APP: May 10, 1989 Abstract: The inductive environment that exists in the vicinity of electric power and wire-line telecommunications systems and the interfering effects that may be produced are addressed. An interface that permits either party, without need to involve the other, to verify the induction at the interface by use of a probe wire is presented. This recommended practice does not apply to railway signal circuits. Key Words: high voltage , control cables, environments, Inductive coordination, Electric supply, Communication lines Designation: 790-1989 Sponsor: IEEE Ultrasonics, Ferroelectrics and Frequency Control Society Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1996 Title: IEEE Guide for Medical Ultrasound Field Parameter Measurements Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 10, 2002. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. History: PAR APP: Jun 01, 1989, BD APP: Aug 10, 1989, ANSI APP: Jan 12, 1990 Abstract: This standard describes procedures for measuring ultrasound field parameters such as pressure, power, and intensity. It is intended for use by persons involved in measurement of acoustic fields produced by medical ultrasound instruments. Key Words: ultrasound, field parameter, medical, Thermal techniques, Radiation force, Optics, Hydrophone, Acoustic field measurement Designation: 791 Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Mining Industry Title: Recommended Electrical Practice for Underground Gassy Mines Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Ben C Johnson, Phone:830-620-4454, Email:ben.johnson@thermon.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 27, 1979 Project Scope: Included should be all electrical use, be it ac or dc distribution or utilization. Surface or ground. Project Purpose: To establish electrical safety standards applicable only to underground gassy mines (e.g., coal, trona, etc.). Designation: 792-1995 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Electric Machinery Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for the Evaluation of the Impulse Voltage Capability of Insulation Systems for AC Electric Machinery Employing Form- Wound Stator Coils Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 10, 2002. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **Approved for trial-use 10 Sept 87. Approved for full use 14 JUN 95. Technical Contact: Bal K Gupta, Phone:416-621-6035, Email:bal.gupta@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: BD APP: Jun 14, 1995, ANSI APP: Jan 12, 1996 Abstract: A test procedure for the evaluation of the impulse voltage capability of insulation systems of form-wound ac rotating electrical machinery is outlined. The procedure is primarily directed toward providing a qualification test for the turn insulation in regard to its ability to withstand impulses that might be impressed on the terminals of a machine and that result from switching surges, lightning, or other disturbances. The standard also presents information on the ability of the ground insulation to withstand impulses. The procedure provides a basis for the accumulation, analysis, and reporting of information concerning impulse-voltage withstand strength of ground and turn insulation, both new and aged. The use of multifactor aging tests, combining thermal and electrical aging in order to address the withstand capability of micaceous insulation, is recommended. Key Words: impulse voltage, insulation systems, AC electric, form wound, stator coils Designation: 795 Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Mining Industry Title: Surface Mines Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. History: PAR APP: Sep 28, 1979 Designation: 796-1983 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessors and Microcomputers Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1988 Title: IEEE Standard Microcomputer System Bus Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 15, 2001. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **ANSI withdrew 7/28/2000. administratively withdrawn on 15-Jan-2001. Technical Contact: Richard Boberg, Email:rich@boberg.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: BD APP: Dec 09, 1982, ANSI APP: Feb 17, 1984 Abstract: A general-purpose microcomputer system bus is defined, and the device-independent electrical and functional interface requirements that a module shall meet in order to interconnect and communicate unambiguously by way of the system are specified. Signal definitions and timing and electrical specifications are covered in detail for users who evaluate or design products that will be compatible with the IEEE Std 796 system bus structure. Only with the interface characteristics of microcomputer devices are covered; design specifications, performance requirements, and safety requirements of modules are omitted. The use of the standard will enable independently manufactured devices to be connected into a single functional system, permit products with a wide range of capabilities to be introduced to the system simultaneously, and result in a system with a minimum of restrictions on the performance characteristics of devices connected to the system. Key Words: system, bus, multibus, Microcomputer interfaces, Data buses Designation: 797 Sponsor: IEEE Dielectrics and Electrical Insulation Society Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. Designation: 799-1987 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transformers Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1992 Title: IEEE Guide for Handling and Disposal of Transformer Grade Insulating Liquids Containing PCBs Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Mar 06, 2000. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. Technical Contact: Henry A Pearce, Phone:(412) 376-3182 **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: BD APP: Mar 13, 1986, ANSI APP: Nov 17, 1986 Abstract: The procedures for handling askarels and mineral insulating oil that contain PCBs are described in detail. Analytical procedures for the detection and measurement of the PCBs in electrical insulating liquids are provided. Regulations covering the identification and the disposal of electrical insulating liquids containing PCBs in the US and its territories are included. Handling of spills and leaks, labeling and record keeping, transportation, storage for disposal, and personnel protection are included. Key Words: insulating liquids, PCB, transformer grade, Polychlorinated biphenyls Designation: 802-2001 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2007 Title: IEEE Standard for Local and Metropolitan Area Networks: Overview and Architecture Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Feb 07, 2002 **Supersedes 802-1990. Technical Contact: Tony A Jeffree, Phone:+44-161-973-4278, Email:tony@jeffree.co.uk **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Jun 26, 1997, BD APP: Jun 14, 2001 Project Scope: This document serves as the foundation for the family of IEEE 802®1 Standards published by IEEE for Local Area Networks (LANs) and Metropolitan Area Networks (MANs). It contains descriptions of the networks considered as well as a reference model (RM) for protocol standards. Compliance with the family of IEEE 802 Standards is defined, and a standard for the identification of public, private, and standard protocols is included. Project Purpose: Revision of existing IEEE 802-1990 standard to reflect the current IEEE 802 architecture and its suite of standards. Abstract: IEEE Std 802-2001, IEEE Standards for Local and Metropolitan Area Networks: Overview and Architecture, provides an overview to the family of IEEE 802 Standards. It defines compliance with the family of IEEE 802 Standards; it describes the relationship of the IEEE 802 Standards to the Open Systems Interconnection Basic Reference Model [ISO/IEC 7498-1:1994] and explains the relationship of these standards to the higher layer protocols; it provides a standard for the structure of LAN MAC addresses; and it provides a standard for identification of public, private, and standard protocols. Key Words: "IEEE 802 standards compliance, Local Area Networks (LANs), LAN/MAN architecture, LAN/MAN reference model, Metropolitan Area Networks (MANs)" Designation: P802 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks Title: Standard for Local and Metropolitan Area Networks: Overview and Architecture Status: Revision Project Technical Contact: Tony A Jeffree, Phone:+44-161-973-4278, Email:tony@jeffree.co.uk **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. Project Scope: This standard contains descriptions of the IEEE 802 Standards published by IEEE for Local Area Networks (LANs), Metropolitan Area Networks (MANs), and Personal Area Networks (PANs)networks considered as well as a reference model (RM) for protocol standards. Compliance with the family of IEEE 802 Standards is defined, and a standard for the identification of public, private, and standard protocols is included. Project Purpose: This standard serves as the foundation for the family of IEEE 802 Standards published by IEEE for Local Area Networks (LANs), Metropolitan Area Networks (MANs), and Personal Area Networks (PANs). Designation: 802-1990 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks Title: Local and Metropolitan Area Networks: IEEE Standard: Overview and Architecture Status: Superseded **Formerly 802.1A. Superseded by 802-2001. History: PAR APP: May 31, 1990, BD APP: May 31, 1990, ANSI APP: Nov 20, 1990 Abstract: This document provides an overview to the family of IEEE 802 Standards, defines compliance with the family of IEEE 802 Standards, describes the relationship of the IEEE 802 Standards to the Open Systems Interconnections Basic Reference Model [ISO 7498:1984] and explains the relationship of these standards to the higher layer protocols, and provides a standard for identification of public, private, and standard protocols. Key Words: LAN, overview, architecture, interconnection, component, Metropolitan area networks, Local area networks Designation: 802.1 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks Title: Local Area Networks: Architecture & Overview Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. **Redesignated 802-1990 Technical Contact: William P Lidinsky, Phone:(630) 840-8067, Email:lidinskyw@acm.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 28, 1986 Key Words: local, architecture, overview, lan, networks Designation: 802.1aa Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks Title: Standard for Local and Metropolitan Area Networks - Port Based Network Access Control - Amendment 1: Technical and Editorial Corrections Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Tony A Jeffree, Phone:+44-161-973-4278, Email:tony@jeffree.co.uk **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 27, 2001 Project Scope: Maintenance: Technical and editorial corrections to the 802.1X:2001 Port based Network Access Control standard. Project Purpose: Maintenance: Technical and editorial corrections to the 802.1X:2001 Port based Network Access Control standard. Designation: 802.1AB-2005 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks Title: IEEE Standard for Local and metropolitan area networks -- Station and Media Access Control Connectivity Discovery Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Apr 05, 2005 History: PAR APP: Sep 12, 2002, BD APP: Mar 20, 2005, ANSI APP: Jun 28, 2005 Project Scope: The scope of this standard is to define a protocol and management elements, suitable for advertising information to stations attached to the same IEEE 802 LAN, for the purpose of populating physical topology and device discovery management information databases. The protocol facilitates the identification of stations connected by IEEE 802 LANs/MANs, their points of interconnection, and access points for management protocols. This standard defines a protocol that: a) Advertises connectivity and management information about the local station to adjacent stations on the same IEEE 802 LAN. b) Receives network management information from adjacent stations on the same IEEE 802 LAN. c) Operates with all IEEE 802 access protocols and network media. d) Establishes a network management information schema and object definitions that are suitable for storing connection information about adjacent stations. e) Provides compatibility with the IETF PTOPO MIB (IETF RFC 2922 [B15] Project Purpose: An IETF Standard MIB (IETF RFC 2922 [B15]), as well as a number of vendor specific MIBs, have been created to describe a network's physical topology and associated systems within that topology. However, there is no standard protocol for populating these MIBs or communicating this information among stations on the IEEE 802 LAN. This standard specifies the necessary protocol and management elements to: a) Facilitate multi-vendor inter-operability and the use of standard management tools to discover and make available physical topology information for network management. b) Make it possible for network management to discover certain configuration inconsistencies or malfunctions that can result in impaired communication at higher layers. c) Provide information to assist network management in making resource changes and/or reconfigurations that correct configuration inconsistencies or malfunctions identified in b) above. Abstract: This document defines a protocol and a set of managed objects that can be used for discovering the physical topology from adjacent stations in 802 LANs. Key Words: link layer discovery protocol, management information base, topology discovery, topology information Designation: P802.1AB Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks Title: Standard for Local and metropolitan area networks -- Station and Media Access Control Connectivity Discovery Status: Revision Project Technical Contact: Tony A Jeffree, Phone:+44-161-973-4278, Email:tony@jeffree.co.uk **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. Project Scope: The scope of this standard is to define a protocol and management elements, suitable for advertising information to stations attached to the same IEEE 802 LAN, for the purpose of populating physical topology and device discovery management information databases. The protocol facilitates the identification of stations connected by IEEE 802 LANs/MANs, their points of interconnection, and access points for management protocols. This standard defines a protocol that: a) Advertises connectivity and management information about the local station to adjacent stations on the same IEEE 802 LAN. b) Receives network management information from adjacent stations on the same IEEE 802 LAN. c) Operates with all IEEE 802 access protocols and network media. d) Establishes a network management information schema and object definitions that are suitable for storing connection information about adjacent stations. e) Provides compatibility with the IETF PTOPO MIB (IETF RFC 2922 [B15] Project Purpose: An IETF Standard MIB (IETF RFC 2922 [B15]), as well as a number of vendor specific MIBs, have been created to describe a network's physical topology and associated systems within that topology. However, there is no standard protocol for populating these MIBs or communicating this information among stations on the IEEE 802 LAN. This standard specifies the necessary protocol and management elements to: a) Facilitate multi- vendor inter-operability and the use of standard management tools to discover and make available physical topology information for network management. b) Make it possible for network management to discover certain configuration inconsistencies or malfunctions that can result in impaired communication at higher layers. c) Provide information to assist network management in making resource changes and/or reconfigurations that correct configuration inconsistencies or malfunctions identified in b) above. Designation: P802.1AC Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks Title: Standard for Media Access Control (MAC) Service Definition Status: Modified New Project Technical Contact: Tony A Jeffree, Phone:+44-161-973-4278, Email:tony@jeffree.co.uk **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 12, 2002 Project Scope: The scope of this standard is to define the Medium Access Control Service found in Local and Metropolitan Area Networks, and the Internal Sublayer Service and Extended Internal Sublayer Service provided within MAC Bridges, in abstract terms of: a) their semantics, primitive actions and events; and b) the parameters of, interrelationship between, and valid sequences of, these actions and events. Project Purpose: The MAC service was originally defined within an ISO/IEC standard (ISO/IEC 15802-1), and the Internal Sublayer Services are defined within IEEE 802.1D and IEEE 802.1Q. The purpose of this standard is to revise the documentation of these existing services within a single, common service definition standard. It is not the purpose of this project to make technical changes to these services. Designation: 802.1AC Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks Title: Standard for Media Access Control (MAC) Service Definition Status: Superseded Technical Contact: Tony A Jeffree, Phone:+44-161-973-4278, Email:tony@jeffree.co.uk **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 12, 2002 Project Scope: To define the Medium Access Control Service found in Local and Metropolitan Area Networks, and the Internal Sublayer Service and Extended Internal Sublayer Service provided within MAC Bridges, in abstract terms of: a) their semantics, primitive actions and events; and b) the parameters of, interrelationship between, and valid sequences of, these actions and events. Project Purpose: The MAC service was originally defined within an ISO/IEC standard (ISO/IEC 15802-1), and the Internal Sublayer Services are defined within IEEE 802.1D and IEEE 802.1Q. The purpose of this standard is to revise the documentation of these existing services within a single, common service definition standard. It is not the purpose of this project to make technical changes to these services. Designation: 802.1ad-2005 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks Title: IEEE Standard for Local and Metropolitan Area Networks---Virtual Bridged Local Area Networks---Amendment 4: Provider Bridges Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: May 26, 2006 **Ammendment to IEEE Std 802.1Q-2005 Technical Contact: Tony A Jeffree, Phone:+44-161-973-4278, Email:tony@jeffree.co.uk **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Dec 11, 2002, BD APP: Dec 07, 2005, ANSI APP: Mar 28, 2006 Project Scope: The scope of this standard is to develop an architecture and bridge (-1-) protocols, compatible and interoperable with existing Bridged Local Area Network protocols and equipment, to: (a) provide separate instances of the MAC service (-3-) to multiple independent users of a Bridged Local Area Network (-1-, -2-) in a manner that does not require cooperation among the users, and requires a minimum of cooperation between the users and the provider of the MAC service, and to define basic management of users' MAC services. References: -1- IEEE Std. 802.1D, -2- IEEE Std. 802.1Q, -3- IEEE Std. 802, -4- IEEE P802.1S. Project Purpose: This standard will enable a Service Provider to offer the equivalent of separate LAN Segments, Bridged or Virtual Bridged LANs, to a number of users, over the Provider's bridged network. This Standard will enable the use of the architecture and protocols of IEEE Std 802.1Q, and provide for interoperability and consistent management. Abstract: This amendment enables a service provider to use the architecture and protocols of IEEE Std 802.1Q to offer the equivalent of separate LANs, Bridged Local Area Networks, or Virtual Bridged Local Area Networks to a number of customers, while requiring no cooperation between the customers, and minimal cooperation between each customer and the service provider. Key Words: Bridged Local Area Networks, local area networks (LANs), MAC Bridges, metropolitan area networks, Multiple Spanning Tree Protocol (MSTP), Rapid Spanning Tree Protocol (RSTP), Virtual Bridged Local Area Networks (virtual LANs) Designation: 802.1AE-2006 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks Title: Standard for Local and Metropolitan Area Networks: Media Access Control (MAC) Security Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Aug 18, 2006 Technical Contact: Tony A Jeffree, Phone:+44-161-973-4278, Email:tony@jeffree.co.uk **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Sep 11, 2003, BD APP: Jun 08, 2006, ANSI APP: Oct 18, 2006 Project Scope: The scope of this standard is to specify provision of connectionless user data confidentiality, frame data integrity, and data origin authenticity by media access independent protocols and entities that operate transparently to MAC Clients. Project Purpose: This standard will facilitate secure communication over publicly accessible LAN/MAN media for which security has not already been defined, and allow the use of IEEE Std 802.1X, already widespread and supported by multiple vendors, in additional applications. Abstract: This standard specifies how all or part of a network can be secured transparently to peer protocol entities that use the MAC Service provided by IEEE 802® LANs to communicate. MAC security (MACsec) provides connectionless user data confidentiality, frame data integrity, and data origin authenticity. Key Words: authorized port, data origin authenticity, integrity/confidentiality, LANs, local area networks, MAC Bridges, MAC security and tack, MAC Service, MANs, metropolitan area networks, MSAP, port-based network access control, secure association, security, service access point, transparent bridging Designation: P802.1af Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks Title: Standard for Local and Metropolitan Area Networks - Port-Based Network Access Control - Amendment 1: Authenticated Key Agreement for Media Access Control (MAC) Security Status: Amendment Technical Contact: Tony A Jeffree, Phone:+44-161-973-4278, Email:tony@jeffree.co.uk **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Feb 27, 2004 Project Scope: This standard extends 802.1X to establish security associations for 802.1ae MAC Security, and provide media access method independent association discovery. This standard facilitates the use of additional industry standard authentication, authorization, and key management protocols. Project Purpose: This standard will facilitate secure communication over publicly accessible LAN/MAN media for which security has not otherwise been defined, and allow the use of IEEE Std 802.1X, already widespread and supported by multiple vendors, in additional applications. Designation: P802.1ag Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks Title: Standard for Local and Metropolitan Area Networks Virtual Bridged Local Area Networks Amendment 5: Connectivity Fault Management Status: Amendment Technical Contact: Tony A Jeffree, Phone:+44-161-973-4278, Email:tony@jeffree.co.uk **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: May 13, 2004 Project Scope: This standard specifies protocols, procedures, and managed objects to support transport fault management. These allow discovery and verification of the path, through bridges and LANs, taken for frames addressed to and from specified network users, detection, and isolation of a connectivity fault to a specific bridge or LAN. Project Purpose: Bridges are increasingly used in networks operated by multiple independent organizations, each with restricted management access to each other’s equipment. This standard will provide capabilities for detecting, verifying and isolating connectivity failures in such networks. Designation: P802.1ah Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks Title: Standard for Local and Metropolitan Area Networks – Virtual Bridged Local Area Networks - Amendment 6: Provider Backbone Bridges Status: Amendment Technical Contact: Tony A Jeffree, Phone:+44-161-973-4278, Email:tony@jeffree.co.uk **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 08, 2004 Project Scope: The scope of this standard is to define an architecture and bridge protocols compatible and interoperable with Provider Bridged(1) Network protocols and equipment allowing interconnection of multiple Provider Bridged Networks, to allow scaling to at least 2^20 Service VLANs, and to support management including SNMP. Project Purpose: This standard will complete the future work identified by P802.1ad, by providing a specific means for interconnecting Provider Bridged Networks. It will enable a Service Provider to scale the number of Service VLANs in a Provider Network by interconnecting the Service Virtual LANs, and provide for interoperability and consistent standards based management. Designation: P802.1aj Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks Title: Standard for Local and Metropolitan Area Networks – Virtual Bridged Local Area Networks - Amendment 08: Two-port Media Access Control (MAC) Relay Status: Amendment Technical Contact: Tony A Jeffree, Phone:+44-161-973-4278, Email:tony@jeffree.co.uk **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 08, 2004 Project Scope: This standard specifies the function of a MAC Relay with two MACs, and the protocols and procedures to support its operation. A MAC Relay is transparent to all frame-based media independent protocols except those explicitly addressed to this device. It is remotely manageable through at least one of its external MACs, and signals a failure of either MAC’s LAN through the other MAC. Project Purpose: The wide and growing deployment of Ethernet Provider Services has created a demand for simple two-port demarcation devices that connect two 802 media or 802 media emulations. The lack of standards for such devices, and particularly for link-loss signalling and remote diagnosis, is impeding the growth of this industry. This standard will greatly improve this situation. Designation: 802.1ak-2007 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks Title: Standard for Local and Metropolitan Area Networks – Virtual Bridged Local Area Networks - Amendment 07: Multiple Registration Protocol Status: Approved Publication of IEEE Technical Contact: Tony A Jeffree, Phone:+44-161-973-4278, Email:tony@jeffree.co.uk **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Dec 08, 2004, BD APP: Mar 22, 2007 Project Scope: This standard specifies protocols, procedures, and managed objects to support the Multiple Registration Protocol (MRP). MRP allows participants in a MRP Application to register attributes with other participants in a Bridged Local Area Network. Two Applications are defined, to register VLANs (MVRP) and Group MAC addresses (MMRP). MVRP will furthermore provide for the rapid healing of network failures without interrupting services to unaffected VLANs. Project Purpose: The use of bridges by Ethernet Service Providers has greatly increased the number of VLANs and Group MAC Addresses in Provider Bridged Networks. The time and bandwidth required by the existing GVRP and GMRP protocols to register this information has become a dominant factor in the fault recovery time of a Provider Bridged Network. In a large network, localized topology changes can affect the service over a much larger portion of the network. This standard replaces GARP with MRP, greatly improving both situations. Designation: P802.1ap Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks Title: Standard for Local and Metropolitan Area Networks: Virtual Bridged Local Area Networks – Amendment 9: Management Information Base (MIB) definitions for VLAN Bridges Status: Amendment Technical Contact: Tony A Jeffree, Phone:+44-161-973-4278, Email:tony@jeffree.co.uk **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 22, 2005 Project Scope: This standard defines SMIv2 (IETF STD 58) MIB modules for the management of VLAN-aware Bridge capabilities including Spanning Tree Protocols and Provider Bridges. Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to update and complete SMIv2 (IETF STD 58) MIB modules that support standardized management of the capabilities defined in Std 802.1Q. Designation: P802.1aq Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks Title: Standard for Local and Metropolitan Area Networks: Virtual Bridged Local Area Networks – Amendment 8: Shortest Path Bridging Status: Amendment Technical Contact: Tony A Jeffree, Phone:+44-161-973-4278, Email:tony@jeffree.co.uk **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 22, 2005 Project Scope: This standard specifies shortest path bridging of unicast and multicast frames, including protocols to calculate multiple active topologies that can share learnt station location information, and support of a VLAN by multiple, per topology, VLAN identifiers (VIDs). Project Purpose: This amendment will augment the existing, successful, multi- vendor interoperable bridging specifications to allow use of shortest path communication within administratively defined network regions, while retaining concurrent support for all existing capabilities and configurations. Designation: P802.1AR Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks Title: Standard for Local and Metropolitan Area Networks - Secure Device Identity Status: New Standard Project Technical Contact: Tony A Jeffree, Phone:+44-161-973-4278, Email:tony@jeffree.co.uk **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 22, 2005 Project Scope: This standard specifies unique per-device identifiers (DevID) and the management and cryptographic binding of a device to its identifiers, the relationship between an initially installed identity and subsequent locally significant identities, and interfaces and methods for use of DevIDs with existing and new provisioning and authentication protocols. Project Purpose: There is presently no standard identifier for IEEE 802 devices that is cryptographically bound to that device, nor is there a standard mechanism to authenticate a device’s identity. A verifiable unique device identity allows establishment of the trustworthiness of devices. This facilitates secure device provisioning. Designation: P802.1AS Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks Title: Standard for Local and Metropolitan Area Networks – Timing and Synchronization for Time-Sensitive Applications in Bridged Local Area Networks Status: New Standard Project Technical Contact: Tony A Jeffree, Phone:+44-161-973-4278, Email:tony@jeffree.co.uk **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: May 25, 2006 Project Scope: This standard specifies the protocol and procedures used to ensure that the synchronization requirements are met for time sensitive applications, such as audio and video, across Bridged and Virtual Bridged Local Area Networks consisting of LAN media where the transmission delays are fixed and symmetrical; for example, IEEE 802.3 full duplex links. This includes the maintenance of synchronized time during normal operation and following addition, removal, or failure of network components and network reconfiguration. It specifies the use of IEEE 1588 specifications where applicable in the context of IEEE Stds 802.1D and 802.1Q. Synchronization to an externally provided timing signal (e.g., a recognized timing standard such as UTC or TAI) is not part of this standard but is not precluded. Project Purpose: This standard enables stations attached to bridged LANs to meet the respective jitter, wander, and time synchronization requirements for time-sensitive applications. Designation: P802.1AX Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks Title: Standard for Local and Metropolitan Area Networks – Link Aggregation Status: New Standard Project Technical Contact: Robert M Grow, Phone:858-679-2077, Email:bob.grow@intel.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. Project Scope: Link Aggregation allows one or more links to be aggregated together to form a Link Aggregation Group, such that a MAC Client can treat the Link Aggregation Group as if it were a single link. To this end, it specifies the establishment of DTE to DTE logical links, consisting of N parallel instances of full duplex point-to-point links operating at the same data rate. This standard defines the MAC independent Link Aggregation capability, and general information relevant to specific MAC types that support link aggregation. Project Purpose: Link aggregation allows the establishment of full duplex point-to-point links that have a higher aggregate bandwidth than the individual links that form the aggregation. This allows improved utilization of available links in bridged LAN environments, along with improved resilience in the face of failure of individual links. Designation: 802.1B-1992 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1998 Title: Local and Metropolitan Area Network: LAN/MAN Management Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 16, 2004. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **Available in ISO/IEC 15802-2. 16-Jan-04: Administratively withdrawn. History: PAR APP: Dec 12, 1985, BD APP: Sep 17, 1992, ANSI APP: Feb 23, 1993 Abstract: Services and protocol elements that permit the exchange of management information between stations attached to IEEE 802 local and metropolitan area networks are defined. The standard includes the specification of managed objects that permit the operation of the protocol elements to be remotely managed. Key Words: local area network, management, Metropolitan area networks Designation: 802.1D-2004 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks Title: IEEE Standard for Local and metropolitan area networks: Media Access Control (MAC) Bridges Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jun 09, 2004 **Supersedes 802.1D-1998, 802.1t-12001, 802.1w-2001, and 802.11c-1998. Technical Contact: Tony A Jeffree, Phone:+44-161-973-4278, Email:tony@jeffree.co.uk **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Dec 11, 2002, BD APP: Feb 09, 2004, ANSI APP: Jun 04, 2004 Project Scope: Revision of the standard to: Change the title of the standard to its original form, prior to the publication of the 1998 edition as an ISO/IEC standard; incorporate technical and editorial corrections, including those currently documented under P802.1y; incorporate existing published amendments (802.1t, 802.1w); remove the Spanning Tree protocol defined in Clause 8 and attendant textual corrections. Project Purpose: Maintenance and removal of material that is now redundant. Abstract: "IEEE Std 802.1D-2004, IEEE Standard for Local and Metropolitan Area Networks: Media Access Control (MAC) Bridges" Key Words: "active topology, filtering, GARP, GMRP, LANs, local area networds, MAC Bridges, MAC Service, MANS, metropolitan area networks, multicast registration, transparent bridging, quality of service, RSTP, spanning tree" Designation: 802.1D-1998 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks Title: IEEE Standard for Local Area Network MAC (Media Access Control) Bridges Status: Superseded **Revision of 802.1D-1990 edition (aka ISO/IEC 10038). 802.1D incorporates P802.1p and P802.12e. It also incorporates and supersedes published standards 802.1j and 802.6k. Superseded by 802.1D-2004. History: PAR APP: Dec 05, 1991, BD APP: Jun 30, 1998, ANSI APP: Feb 04, 1999 Project Scope: IEEE Std 802.1D specifies the operation of MAC Bridges, which interconnect IEEE 802 Standard Local Area Networks (LANS). Project Purpose: To implement correction, of both editorial and minor technical nature, to IEEE Std 802.1D. Abstract: " The concept of Media Access Control (MAC) Bridging, introduced in the 1993 edition ofthis standard, has been expanded to define additional capabilities in Bridged LANs aimed at pro-viding for expedited traffic capabilities, to support the transmission of time-critical information in aLAN environment; and providing filtering services that support the dynamic use of Group MAC Ad-dresses in a LAN environment. " Key Words: LAN, media access control bridges, MAC Bridge management Designation: 802.1D-1990 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks Title: Standard for Local and Metropolitan Area Networks: Media Access Control (MAC) Bridges Status: Superseded **Available in ISO/IEC 10038. Superseded by 802.1D-1998. History: PAR APP: May 31, 1990, BD APP: May 31, 1990, ANSI APP: Oct 18, 1990 (Ref. Std.: 10038) Abstract: An architecture for the interconnection of IEEE 802 Local Area Networks (LANs) below the level of the MAC Service, which is transparent to logical link control (LLC) and higher layer protocols, is defined. Transparent Bridging between Fibre Distributed Data Interface (FDDI) LANs and between FDDI LANs and IEEE 802 LANs is included. The operation and management of the connecting Bridges is specified. A Spanning Tree Algorithm and Protocol ensures a loop-free topology and provides redundancy. The Bridging method is not particular to any MAC Type; criteria for additional MAC-specific Bridging methods are defined. Source- Routing Transparent (SRT) Bridges are defined in an annex, and the protocols for the operation of source routing in an SRT Bridge are specified. Key Words: LAN, MAC, sublayer, interconnection, bridging Designation: 802.1E-1990 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1998 Title: Standard for Local Area Network: System Load Protocol Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 16, 2004. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **Available in ISO/IEC 15802-4. Draft 7, dated 25 Mar 90, was approved. 16- Jan-04: Administratively withdrawn. History: PAR APP: May 31, 1990, BD APP: May 31, 1990, ANSI APP: Oct 12, 1990 Abstract: Services and protocol elements that permit the downloading of memory images to data processing equipment attached to IEEE 802 Local and Metropolitan Area Networks are defined. The protocol makes use of the group addressing capabilities inherent in LAN/MAN technologies to permit simultaneous loading of the same memory image to multiple destination systems. The standard includes the specification of managed objects that permit the operation of the load protocol to be remotely managed. Key Words: LAN, load, protocol, local, networks Designation: 802.1F-1993 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2004 Title: IEEE Standards for Local and Metropolitan Area Networks: Common Definitions and Procedures for IEEE 802 Management Information Status: Approved Publication of IEEE History: PAR APP: Dec 05, 1991, BD APP: Nov 09, 1993, ANSI APP: Apr 13, 1994 Abstract: Management information and procedures applicable across the entire family of IEEE 802 LAN/MAN standards within the architectural framework for LAN/MAN Management specified in IEEE Std 802-1990 are identified. Common management information, such as attributes to represent MAC address and managed objects to represent configurable gauges, are specified. The need of developers of LAN/MAN management specifications for common procedures to develop, describe, and register management information is addressed. Key Words: LAN, MAN, management, Metropolitan area networks, Local area networks Designation: 802.1G Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks Title: Standard for Information Technology - Telecommunications and information exchange between systems - Local and metropolitan area networks - Common specifications - Part 5: Remote Media Status: Changed Designation **See 15802-5:1998 Designation: 802.1H-1995 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2001 Title: Local and Metropolitan Area Networks: IEEE Recommended Practice for Media Access Control (MAC) Bridging of Ethernet Version 2.0 in 802 Local Area Networks Status: Approved Publication of IEEE **This is now available as ISO/IEC Technical Report 11802-5: 1997. History: PAR APP: Mar 19, 1992, BD APP: Jun 14, 1995, ANSI APP: Jan 02, 1996 Project Scope: For the purpose of facilitating the interoperability of ISO/IEC 10038 MAC Bridges and end stations in bridged LANs comprising CSMA/CD networks containing a mixture of ISO/IEC 8802-3 and Ethernet end stations and other types of LANs, this Technical Report specifies extensions to the behavior of MAC Bridges. To this end this Technical Report a) Extends the Bridge service interface model to support multiple MAC services on a single LAN and to add a Bridge-Tunnel service interface. b) Defines the Selective Translation Algorithm used by a Bridge to convert between Ethernet and ISO/ IEC 8802 frame formats. c) Defines the protocols used by a Bridge to convey Ethernet frames across ISO/IEC 8802 LANs, the Bridge-Tunnel Encapsulation Protocol, and the RFC1042 Encapsulation Protocol. Additionally, for the purpose of avoiding future incompatibilities, this Technical Report provides guidelines for the development of nonstandard ISO/IEC 8802 protocols, with particular emphasis on conversion of existing Ethernet protocols and the behavior to be expected from a Bridge. Project Purpose: The following are the express goals of this Technical Report: a) Preservation of full interoperability between ISO/IEC 8802 LANs. b) Enhancement of interoperability between ISO/IEC 8802 LANs and nonstandard LANs (i.e., Ethernet). c) Encouragement of vendors to migrate to ISO/IEC 8802-based protocols. d) Preservation of existing interoperability mechanisms between ISO/IEC 8802 LANs and nonstandard LANs. e) Engendering the design of new ISO/IEC 8802 protocols, and the migration of existing Ethernet protocols, in a fashion that is compatible with Bridges and ISO/IEC 8802 end stations. The following is not a goal of this Technical Report: Providing communication between two end stations, with the same physical LAN protocol, which are otherwise not capable of communicating when attached to a single LAN. Abstract: Extensions to the behavior of ISO/IEC 10038 (IEEE 802.1D) media access control (MAC) Bridges, in order to facilitate interoperability in bridged local area networks (LANs) comprising CSMA/CD networks interconnected with other types of LAN using MAC Bridges, where the CSMA/CD networks contain a mixture of ISO/IEC 8802-3 and Ethernet V2.0 end stations, are specified. Additionally, guidelines are provided for the development of nonstandard 802 protocols, with particular emphasis on conversion of existing Ethernet protocols and the behavior to be expected from a Bridge, for the purpose of avoiding future incompatibilities. Key Words: carrier sense, multiple access, CSMA/CD, data processing, ethernet, fibre distributed data interface, FDDI, information exchange, LAN protocol, LAN, MAN, MAC bridges, interconnection, network interconnect, translation table, selective translation table Designation: P802.1H Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks Title: Local and Metropolitan Area Networks: Recommended Practice for Media Access Control (MAC) Bridging of Ethernet in Local Area Networks Status: Revision Project Technical Contact: Tony A Jeffree, Phone:+44-161-973-4278, Email:tony@jeffree.co.uk **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. Project Scope: This Recommended Practice specifies extensions to the behavior of MAC Bridges to facilitate interoperability in bridged networks containing a mixture of IEEE 802.3 LANs and other types of LANs. To avoid future incompatibilities, this Technical Report provides guidelines for the identification of protocols operating over IEEE 802 MACs, with particular emphasis on protocols that use the Ethernet Type field. Project Purpose: This Recommended Practice provides guidelines for protocol identification and translation rules for bridges to support interoperability between IEEE 802.2 and Ethernet Type – based protocols. Designation: 802.1i-1992 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks Title: Standard for Local and Metropolitan Area Network MAC Bridges - Fibre Distributed Data Interface (FDDI) Supplement Status: Superseded **Available in ISO/IEC 10038. Supplement to 802.1D-1990. Superseded by 802.1D-1998. History: PAR APP: May 31, 1990, BD APP: Mar 19, 1992, ANSI APP: Oct 12, 1992 Abstract: This standard is a supplement to IEEE Std 802.1D-1990. The scope and field of application of IEEE Std 802.1D-1990 are extended to transparent bridging between Fibre Distributed Data Interface (FDDI) local area networks (LANs) and between FDDI LANs and IEEE 802 LANs. Key Words: FDDI Designation: 802.1j-1996 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks Title: Supplement to Information technology–Telecommunications and information exchange between systems– Local area networks–Media access control (MAC) bridges: Managed objects for MAC bridges Status: Superseded **Supplement to IEEE Std 802.1D-1990 [ISO/IEC 10038-1993].On 6/98 Rev agenda to be incorporated into 802.1D Superseded by 802.1D-1998 History: PAR APP: Dec 05, 1991, BD APP: Oct 17, 1996, ANSI APP: Mar 12, 1997 Project Scope: The encoding in ISO GDMO* format of the managed objects and operations specified for MAC Bridges in IEEE Std 802.1D *Guidelines Document for Managed Objects Project Purpose: To facilitate management of IEEE Std 802.1D MAC Bridges using OSI Management Protocols. Abstract: Managed object classes and their components that permit remote management of ISO/IEC 10038-conformant MAC bridges by means of suitable management protocols, including the services and protocols defined in ISO/IEC 15802-2: 1995, LAN/MAN Management; and those defined in ISO/IEC 9595: 1991, CMIS; and ISO/IEC 9596-1: 1991, CMIP; are defined. The managed object definitions are documented in the notation defined in ISO/IEC 10165-4: 1992, GDMO. Key Words: 802.1D, MAC, data processing, layer managed objects, layer management, LAN, local area networks, managed objects, metropolitan area networks, MAN, network interconnection Designation: 802.1k-1993 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1998 Title: Local and Metropolitan Area Networks: Supplement to LAN/MAN Management: Discovery and Dynamic Control of Event Forwarding (Clause 11) Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 16, 2004. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **Available in ISO/IEC 15802-2. Supplement to IEEE Std 802.1B-1992. 16-Jan- 04: Administratively withdrawn. History: PAR APP: Dec 03, 1992, BD APP: Jun 17, 1993, ANSI APP: Jan 04, 1994 Abstract: Services and protocol elements that permit the exchange of management information between stations attached to IEEE 802 local and metropolitan area networks are defined. The standard includes the specification of managed objects that permit the operation of the protocol elements to be remotely managed. Key Words: LAN, Management, MAN, dynamic control Designation: 802.1m-1993 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1998 Title: Standard for System Load Protocol Supplement: Managed Object Definitions and Protocol Implementation Conformance Statement (PICS) Proforma Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 16, 2004. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **Available in ISO/IEC 15802-4. Supplement to 802.1E. 16-Jan-04: Administratively withdrawn. History: PAR APP: Jun 18, 1992, BD APP: Sep 29, 1993, ANSI APP: Feb 24, 1994 Abstract: Defines managed object classes for the System Load Protocol, compatible with the IEEE 802.1B and ISO/IEC CMIP protocols and defines a PICS Proforma for the System Load Protocol. These items are specified in the form of changes to the base text of IEEE Std 802.1E-1990. Designation: 802.1p Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks Title: Standard for Local and Metropolitan Area Networks—Supplement to Media Access Control (MAC) Bridges: Traffic Class Expediting and Dynamic Multicast Filtering Status: Superseded **On 6/98 RevCom approved incorporation into 802.1D History: PAR APP: Sep 21, 1995 Project Scope: Specifications of mechanisms in MAC bridges to expedite delivery of time critical traffic and to limit the extent of high bandwidth multicast traffic within a Bridged Local Area Network. Specification of mechanisms to classify traffic as supporting time critical services or requiring multicast filtering on the basis of MAC frame information. Specification of optional protocol mechanism in MAC bridges to support dynamic registration for time critical delivery or filtering services by end stations. Specification of optional protocols between MAC Bridges to convey registration information in a Bridged Local Area Network. Project Purpose: To improve support of time critical and multicast intensive applications, including "multi-media" interactive applicatios, across bridged LANs. To reduce the degree to which the level of multicast traffic and the loading levels selected for timely information delivery limit the number of attached stations and the throughput of Bridged Local Area Networks. To facilitate Bridged Local Area Network support of the "hierarchical multicast" capabilities developed for internets, in a way that is compatible with their emerging network layer protocols. Key Words: local area networks, media access control bridges, traffic class expediting, multicast address filtering, MAC Bridge management, traffic class, 802 Designation: 802.1Q-2005 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks Title: IEEE Standard for Local and Metropolitan Area Networks---Virtual Bridged Local Area Networks Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: May 19, 2006 Technical Contact: Tony A Jeffree, Phone:+44-161-973-4278, Email:tony@jeffree.co.uk **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Aug 14, 2003, BD APP: Dec 07, 2005, ANSI APP: Mar 28, 2006 Project Scope: For the purpose of compatible interconnection of information technology equipment using the IEEE 802 MAC Service supported by interconnected IEEE 802 standard LANs using different or identical media access control methods, this standard specifies the operation of MAC Bridges that support Virtual LANs (VLANs). To this end it a) Positions the support of VLANs within an architectural description of the MAC Sublayer; b) Defines the principles of operation of the VLAN-aware Bridge in terms of the support and preservation of the MAC Service, and the maintenance of Quality of Service; c) Specifies an Enhanced Internal Sublayer Service provided to the Media Access Independent functions that provide frame relay in a VLAN-aware Bridge; d) Establishes the principles and a model of Virtual Bridged Local Area Network operation; e) Identifies the functions to be performed by VLAN-aware Bridges, and provides an architectural model of the operation of a Bridge in terms of Processes and Entities that provide those functions; f) Specifies a frame format that allows a VLAN Identifier (VID) and priority information to be carried by VLAN tagged user data frames; g) Specifies the rules that govern the addition or removal of VLAN tags to and from user data frames; h) Specifies the rules that govern the ability to carry user data in either Canonical format or Noncanonical format in VLAN-tagged frames; i) Establishes the requirements for automatic configuration of VLAN topology; j) Establishes the requirements for VLAN-aware Bridge Management in a Virtual Bridged Local Area Network, identifying managed objects and defining management operations; k) Defines the operation of the Multiple Spanning Tree algorithm and protocol (MSTP); l) Describes the protocols and procedures necessary to support interoperation between MST and SST Bridges in the same Virtual Bridged Local Area Networks; m) Specifies the requirements to be satisfied by equipment claiming conformance to this standard. Project Purpose: The standard provides common interoperable solutions to the establishment of Virtual LAN Bridged infrastructures. Revision is needed in order to deal with editorial and technical corrections, to remove obsolete material, and also to reflect changes necessary as a result of enhancements to IEEE Std 802.1D - Standard for Local and Metropolitan Area Networks: Media Access Control (MAC) Bridges, upon which IEEE Std 802.1Q depends. Abstract: This standard specifies how the MAC Service is supported by Virtual Bridged Local Area Networks, the principles of operation of those networks, and the operation of VLAN-aware Bridges, including management, protocols, and algorithms. Key Words: Bridged Local Area Networks, locat area networks (LANs), MAC Bridges, metropolitan area networks, Multiple Spanning Tree Protocol (MSTP), Rapid Spanning Tree Protocol (RSTP), Virtual Bridged Local Area Networks (virtual LANs) Designation: P802.1Qat Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks Title: Standard for Local and Metropolitan Area Networks---Virtual Bridged Local Area Networks Amendment 9: Stream Reservation Protocol (SRP) Status: Amendment Technical Contact: Tony A Jeffree, Phone:+44-161-973-4278, Email:tony@jeffree.co.uk **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. Project Scope: This standard specifies protocols, procedures and managed objects, usable by existing higher layer mechanisms, that allow network resources to be reserved for specific traffic streams traversing a bridged local area network. It identifies traffic streams to a level sufficient for bridges to determine the required resources and provides a mechanism for dynamic maintenance of those resources. Project Purpose: This standard provides a signaling protocol to enable the end- to-end management of resource reservation for quality of service (QoS) guaranteed streams. The signaling protocol facilitates the registration, deregistration, and retention of resource reservation information in relevant network elements. The signaling protocol is an essential component for automatic configuration in bridged local area network applications that require latency and bandwidth guarantees. Designation: P802.1Qau Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks Title: Standard for Local and Metropolitan Area Networks-Virtual Bridged Local Area Networks Amendment 10: Congestion Notification Status: Amendment Technical Contact: Tony A Jeffree, Phone:+44-161-973-4278, Email:tony@jeffree.co.uk **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. Project Scope: This standard specifies protocols, procedures and managed objects that support congestion management of long-lived data flows within network domains of limited bandwidth delay product. This is achieved by enabling bridges to signal congestion information to end stations capable of transmission rate limiting to avoid frame loss. This mechanism enables support for higher layer protocols that are highly loss or latency sensitive. VLAN tag encoded priority values are allocated to segregate frames subject to congestion control, allowing simultaneous support of both congestion controlled and other higher layer protocols. This standard does not specify communication or reception of congestion notification information to or from stations outside the congestion controlled domain or encapsulation of frames from those stations across the domain. Project Purpose: Data center networks and backplane fabrics employ applications that depend on the delivery of data packets with a lower latency and much lower probability of packet loss than is typical of IEEE 802 VLAN bridged networks. This amendment will support the use of a single bridged local area network for these applications as well as traditional LAN applications. Designation: P802.1Qav Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks Title: IEEE Standard for Local and Metropolitan Area Networks---Virtual Bridged Local Area Networks - Amendment: Forwarding and Queuing Enhancements for Time-Sensitive Streams Status: Amendment Technical Contact: Tony A Jeffree, Phone:+44-161-973-4278, Email:tony@jeffree.co.uk **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. Project Scope: This standard allows bridges to provide guarantees for time- sensitive (i.e. bounded latency and delivery variation), loss-sensitive real-time audio video (AV) data transmission (AV traffic). It specifies per priority ingress metering, priority regeneration, and timing-aware queue draining algorithms. This standard uses the timing derived from IEEE 802.1AS. Virtual Local Area Network (VLAN) tag encoded priority values are allocated, in aggregate, to segregate frames among controlled and non- controlled queues, allowing simultaneous support of both AV traffic and other bridged traffic over and between wired and wireless Local Area Networks (LANs). Project Purpose: Bridges are increasingly used to interconnect devices that support audio and video streaming application. This standard will specify enhancements to bridge relay function to provide performance guarantees to allow for time-sensitive traffic in a local area network and harmonize delay jitter and packet loss for wired (e.g., IEEE 802.3 - "Standard for Information Technology - Telecommunications and Information Exchange Between Systems - Local and Metropolitan Area Networks - Specific Requirements Part 3: Carrier Sense Multiple Access with Collision Detection (CSMA/CD) Access Method and Physical Layer Specifications"), wireless (e.g., IEEE Std 802.11 - "Standard for Information Technology - Telecommunications and information exchange between systems - Local and Metropolitan networks - Specific requirements - Part 11: Wireless LAN Medium Access Control (MAC) and Physical Layer (PHY) specifications"), and mixed wired/wireless L2 networks. Designation: P802.1Qaw Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks Title: IEEE Standard for Local and Metropolitan Area Networks---Virtual Bridged Local Area Networks - Amendment: Management of data driven and data dependent connectivity faults Status: Amendment Technical Contact: Tony A Jeffree, Phone:+44-161-973-4278, Email:tony@jeffree.co.uk **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. Project Scope: This standard specifies connectivity fault management protocols, procedures, and managed objects that provide confirmation of successful transmission of frames conveying specified data. This capability supports diagnosis of faults sensitive to, or caused by, particular data patterns, and their isolation to part of the data path. Connectivity verification can be carried out from any single point with bridged connectivity to maintenance points on the data path, can isolate failures to communicate in a specific direction, and can be carried out while service is being provided to other users of the data path. Security considerations are addressed by the use of the mechanisms defined in IEEE Std 802.1X - "Standard for Local and metropolitan area networks - Port-Based Network Access Control", IEEE Std 802.1AE - "Standard for Local and metropolitan area networks - Media Access Control (MAC) Security", and IEEE P802.1af - "Standard for Local and metropolitan area networks - Port-Based Network Access Control - Amendment 1: Authenticated Key Agreement for Media Access Control (MAC) Security". Project Purpose: While bridged networks are notionally transparent to the users’ data, they are often deployed as part of a service offering that selectively filters data frames (e.g. firewall functionality), automatically configures some aspect of service in response to data frames (e.g. IGMP snooping), or is supported by transmission in a data-sensitive way (e.g. IEEE Std 802.3ad Clause 43 - Link Aggregation). This standard defines the protocols (including CFM OpCodes) and managed objects required for data- sensitive connectivity verification that is multi-vendor, interoperable, and uses the framework provided by IEEE P802.1ag Connectivity Fault Management. Designation: P802.1Qay Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks Title: IEEE Standard for Local and Metropolitan Area Networks---Virtual Bridged Local Area Networks - Amendment: Provider Backbone Bridge Traffic Engineering Status: Amendment Technical Contact: Tony A Jeffree, Phone:+44-161-973-4278, Email:tony@jeffree.co.uk **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. Project Scope: This amendment supports provisioning systems that explicitly select traffic engineered paths within Provider Backbone Bridge Networks (P802.1ah) by allowing a network operator to disable unknown destination address forwarding and source address learning for administratively selected VLAN Identifiers, while allowing other network control protocols to dynamically determine active topologies for other services. These interoperable capabilities are supported by SNMP MIB management of individual bridges, by extensions to the other control protocols specified in this standard, by the use of CFM with the addresses and VLAN Identifiers that specify traffic engineered connections, and by 1:1 path protection switching capable of load sharing. This amendment takes account of multi- domain networks. Project Purpose: An essential requirement of many provider networks is supporting traffic engineered paths. Complete route selection freedom must be allowed for a large number of connections. This amendment enables a Service Provider to traffic engineer provisioned connections in a Provider Backbone Bridged network using familiar 802.1 bridging technology. Designation: 802.1Q-1998 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2003 Title: IEEE Standards for Local and Metropolitan Area Networks: Virtual Bridged Local Area Networks Status: Superseded **BSR-9 originally submitted 16-Dec-2003. ANSI error. Resubmiitted on 10 March 2004. History: PAR APP: Sep 19, 1996, BD APP: Dec 08, 1998, ANSI APP: May 12, 1999 Project Scope: To develop an architecture and bridge (1) protocols for the logical partitioning of a Bridged Local Area Network (1-2-3) that provides separate instances of the MAC service (4) to administratively defined groups of users, independent of physical location. The architecture and protocols will be compatible and interoperable with existing Bridged Local Area Network equipment and will support a range of implementations. Project Purpose: This standard will provide an architecture, protocols, and mappings for bridges to provide that interoperability and consistent management. Abstract: " This standard defines an architecture for Virtual Bridged LANs, the services provided inVirtual Bridged LANs, and the protocols and algorithms involved in the provision of those services. " Key Words: local area networks, media access control bridges, virtual LAN, MAC Bridge management Designation: 802.1Q,2003 Edition-2003 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks Title: IEEE Standards for Local and Metropolitan Area Networks: Virtual Bridged Local Area Networks Status: Changed Designation **Number changed to P802.12e at 9/19/96 StdsBd mtg. Publication type: Special Publication History: PAR APP: Mar 21, 1996 Project Scope: To add a subclause under 2.5 of 802.1D (Support of the Internal Sublayer Service by Specific MAC Procedures) to cover bridge operation with IEEE 802.12 MACs. Project Purpose: To provide the required 802.12 specific information to the 802.1D standard. Designation: 802.1r Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks Title: Supplement to ISO/IEC 15802-3 (802.1D): Information Technology - Telecommunications and information exchange between systems - Local and metropolitan area networks - Common specifications - Part 3: Media Access Control (MAC) Bridges - GARP Proprietary Attribute Registration Protocol (GPRP) Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: William P Lidinsky, Phone:(630) 840-8067, Email:lidinskyw@acm.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 08, 1998 Project Scope: Definition of a new GARP Application, making use of and extending the existing specififcation of GARP contained in 802.1D, that will allow vendor-defined attribute values to be registered and distributed among GARP-aware Bridges in a Bridged LAN. Project Purpose: This supplement to Std 802.1D defines an additional GARP Application aimed at allowing vendor-specific attribute values to be distributed via GARP in a standard and interoperable manner, and allowing vendor-specific attribute values that may have a wider application within other vendor's equipment to be made available for more general use. Designation: 802.1s-2002 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2003 Title: IEEE Standards for Local and Metropolitan Area Networks - Amendment to 802.1Q Virtual Bridged Local Area Networks: Multiple Spanning Trees Status: Superseded Technical Contact: Tony A Jeffree, Phone:+44-161-973-4278, Email:tony@jeffree.co.uk **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 16, 1998, BD APP: Dec 11, 2002, ANSI APP: Mar 31, 2003 Project Scope: To develop an architecture and protocols for the use of multiple instances of the Spanning Tree Protocol (-1-) within a network employing VLANs (-2-). The architecture and protocols will be compatible and interoperable with existing Virtual Bridged Local Area Network equipment and will support a range of implemenntations. Project Purpose: 802.1Q Virtual LANs provides the equivalent of separate LANs over a single bridged LAN, using a single instance of the Spanning Tree Protocol. Despite multiple independent implementations employing multiple instances of the Spanning Tree Protocol, there is currently no interoperability between different vendors, nor a coherent management framework for different techniques. This standard will provide an architecture, protocols, and mappings for bridges to provide that interoperability and consistent management. Abstract: " This standard extends the architecture, protocols, and algorithms specified in IEEE Std802.1Q, 1998 Edition, to allow data traffic belonging to different VLANs to be allocated to differentspanning trees, while retaining interoperability with bridges conformant to that prior specification." Key Words: "local area networks, media access control (MAC) bridges, MAC bridge management,multiple spanning tree, virtual LANs" Designation: 802.1t-2001 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks Title: IEEE Standard for Information technology - Telecommunications and information exchange between systems - Local and metropolitan area networks - Common specifications - Part 3: Media Access Control (MAC) Bridges - Amendment 1: Technical and Editorial Corrections Status: Superseded **Superseded by 802.1D-2004. Technical Contact: Tony A Jeffree, Phone:+44-161-973-4278, Email:tony@jeffree.co.uk **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 16, 1998, BD APP: Mar 17, 2001 Project Scope: Maintenance - Technical and editorial corrections to the 802-1D- 1998 standard. Project Purpose: Maintenance - Technical and editorial corrections to the 802- 1D-1998 standard. Abstract: " This amendment to IEEE Std 802.1D, 1998 Edition is intended to documentmaintenance items identified in the text of IEEE Std 802.1D, 1998 Edition (ISO/IEC 15802-3:1998). The document identifies any proposed changes to the text that have arisen as aconsequence of maintenance activity. These are documented in the usual form for Amendments toIEEE 802â standards; i.e., as an explicit set of editing instructions that, if correctly applied to thetext of ISO/IEC 15802-3:1998, will create a corrected document." Key Words: "local area networks, MAC Bridge management, MAC bridges, media access control (MAC) bridges, multicast address filtering, traffic class expediting" Designation: 802.1u-2001 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2003 Title: IEEE Standard for Virtual Bridged Local Area Networks - Corrigendum 1: Technical and Editorial Corrections Status: Superseded Technical Contact: Tony A Jeffree, Phone:+44-161-973-4278, Email:tony@jeffree.co.uk **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 18, 1999, BD APP: Mar 17, 2001, ANSI APP: Aug 02, 2001 Project Scope: Manintenance - anticipated technical and editorial corrections to the 802.1Q-1998 standard. Project Purpose: Anticipated technical and editorial corrections to the 802.1Q standard. Abstract: " This amendment to IEEE 802.1Q, 1998 Edition is intended to document maintenanceitems identified in the text of IEEE Std 802.1Q, 1998 Edition. IEEE Std 802.1u-2001 identifies anyproposed changes to IEEE Std 802.1Q, 1998 Edition that have arisen as a consequence ofmaintenance activity. The changes are documented in the usual form for an amendment toIEEE 802 standards; i.e., as an explicit set of editing instructions that, if correctly applied to thetext of IEEE Std 802.1Q, 1998 Edition, will create a corrected document. " Key Words: "local area networks, MAC Bridge managment, media access control bridges, virtual LANS" Designation: 802.1v-2001 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2003 Title: IEEE Standards for Local and Metropolitan Area Networks: Virtual Bridged Local Area Networks: VLAN Classification by Protocol and Port: Amendment to 802.1Q Status: Superseded Technical Contact: Tony A Jeffree, Phone:+44-161-973-4278, Email:tony@jeffree.co.uk **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jun 26, 1999, BD APP: Mar 17, 2001, ANSI APP: Aug 02, 2001 Project Scope: IEEE 802.1Q specifies a single PVID variable (Port VLAN Identifier) for each port of a switch. The configurable value of this single PVID variable specifies the VLAN into which frames untagged at ingress to the port are to be classified. The project will develop a supplement to 802.1Q to specify optional additional classification rules per port based on the protocol (as designated in the frame by 802 family portocols identifiers) in the received untagged frame. The project will consider compatibility and interoperability with existing 802.1Q bridges. Project Purpose: Classifying multiple protocols into a single VLAN often imposes VLAN boundaries that are inappropriate for some of the protocols, requiring th presence of a non-standard entity to relay between VLANs the frames bearing the protocols for which the VLAN boundaries are inappropriate. The non-standard relay makes the boundaries of the VLANs transparent to the relayed protocols, depriving those protocols of the benefits of the VLANs. The proposed supplement will benefit users of multi- protocol LANs by permitting them to specify VLAN structures suitable for each protocol present in a LAN, and removing the need for a non-standard relay function between VLANs. Abstract: " This amendment to IEEE Std 802.1Q, 1998 Edition describes enhancements to allowfor classification of incoming packets by methods other than source port. Specifically, it definesrules for classification based on data-link layer protocol identification. The document identifiesproposed changes to the text of IEEE Std 802.1Q, 1998 Edition that have arisen as aconsequence of this activity. These are documented in the usual form for amendments toIEEE 802â standards; i.e., as an explicit set of editing instructions that, if correctly applied to thetext of IEEE Std 802.1Q, 1998 Edition, will create a corrected document." Key Words: "local area networks, MAC Bridge management, media access control bridges, virtual LANS" Designation: 802.1w-2001 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks Title: IEEE Standard for Information Technology -Telecommunications and Information Exchange Between Systems - Local and Metropolitan Area Networks - Common Specifications - Part 3: Media Access Control (MAC) Bridges: Amendment 2 - Rapid Reconfiguration Status: Superseded **Superseded by 802.1D-2004. Technical Contact: Tony A Jeffree, Phone:+44-161-973-4278, Email:tony@jeffree.co.uk **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jun 26, 1999, BD APP: Jun 14, 2001, ANSI APP: Oct 25, 2001 Project Scope: Specificatoin of enhancements to the auto-configuring mechanisms and management controls in 802.1D-1998 that constrain user data frames to all or part of a loop free topology. Where redundant alternate bridges and/or connecting LANs are available, these enhancements will provide faster reconfiguration and restoration of the MAC service if LAN component failure occurs. Project Purpose: LAN based applications, including new voice and multi-media solutions, are increasingly mission critical and require much improved network availability and scalability. An availability strategy that includes redundant bridges and LAN media, together with rapid failure detection and reconfiguration, allows the use of currently available cost effective LAN components. Techniques that are broadly compatible with 802.1D-1998, but not interoperable, are now emerging from multiple vendors. The proposed project will provide users with interoperable solutions. Abstract: " This amendment to IEEE Std 802.1D, 1998 Edition (ISO/IEC 15802-3" Key Words: "local area networks, MAC Bridge management, MAC Bridges, media access control (MAC) bridges, Rapid Spanning Tree Algorithm and Protocol (RSTP)" Designation: 802.1X-2004 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks Title: IEEE Standard for Local and metropolitan area networks - Port-Based Network Access Control Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Dec 13, 2004 **Supersedes 802.1X-2001. Technical Contact: Tony A Jeffree, Phone:+44-161-973-4278, Email:tony@jeffree.co.uk **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Aug 14, 2003, BD APP: Nov 15, 2004, ANSI APP: Mar 10, 2005 Project Scope: The scope of this project is the use of the physical access characteristics of IEEE 802 LANs in order to provide a means of authenticating and authorizing devices attached to a LAN port. The reason for revising the standard is to reflect editorial and technical corrections, and to better facilitate its use in 802.11 Wireless LANs. Project Purpose: The standard provides common interoperable solutions using standards based authentication and authorization infrastructures already supporting schemes such as dial up access. Revision is needed in order to deal with editorial and technical corrections, and also to reflect changes necessary in the light of deployment in 802.11-based infrastructures. Abstract: Port-based network access control makes use of the physical access characteristics of IEEE 802® Local Area Networks (LAN) infrastructures in order to provide a means of authenticating and authorizing devices attached to a LAN port that has point-to- point connection characteristics, and of preventing access to that port in cases in which the authentication and authorization process fails. Key Words: authentication, authorization, controlled port, local area networks, metropolitan area networks, port access control, uncontrolled port Designation: 802.1X-2001 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks Title: IEEE Standard for Port Based Network Access Control Status: Superseded **Superseded by 802.1X-2004. Technical Contact: Tony A Jeffree, Phone:+44-161-973-4278, Email:tony@jeffree.co.uk **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 30, 2000, BD APP: Jun 14, 2001, ANSI APP: Oct 25, 2001 Project Scope: Specification of: (a) mechanisms to allow network access decisions, made using existing standard higher layer authentication and authorization protocols, to be enforced at individual ports of a networked system; (b) encoding of those protocols over 802 LANs where no suitable encoding is yet defined. The project will not define or require systems that are enforcing network access decisions to: (c) process or interpret authentication information; (d) modify user data frames to secure conversations; (e) filter user data frames based on layer 2 or higher layer adressing or protocol information. The access control mechanism will be usable on LAN ports of all types of systems attached to a LAN, including bridges, routers, servers and other end stations. Project Purpose: There is no standard mechanism that allows a network administrator to control access to and from a LAN segment based on the authenticated state of a port user. Simple network connectivity affords anonymous access to enterprise data and the global Internet. As 802 LANs are deployed in more accessible areas, there is an increasing need to authenticate and authorize basic network access. The proposed project will provide common interoperable solutions using standards based authentication and authorization infrastructures already supporting schemes such as dial up access. Abstract: " Port-based network access control makes use of the physical access characteristics ofIEEE 802 Local Area Networks (LAN) infrastructures in order to provide a means of authenticatingand authorizing devices attached to a LAN port that has point-to- point connection characteristics,and of preventing access to that port in cases in which the authentication and authorization processfails. " Key Words: "authentication, authorization, controlled Port, Local Area Networks, Port Access Control, uncontrolled Port" Designation: 802.1y Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks Title: Standard for Local and Metropolitan Area Networks - Media Access Control (MAC) Bridges - Amendment 3: Technical and Editorial Corrections Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Tony A Jeffree, Phone:+44-161-973-4278, Email:tony@jeffree.co.uk **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 27, 2001 Project Scope: Maintenance: Technical and editorial corrections to the 802.1D:1998 MAC Bridge standard and its amendments (802.1t, 802.1w). Project Purpose: Maintenance: Technical and editorial corrections to the 802.1D:1998 MAC Bridge standard and its amendments (802.1t, 802.1w). Designation: 802.1z Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks Title: Standard for Local and Metropolitan Area Networks - Virtual Bridged Local Area Networks - Amendment 4: Technical and Editorial Corrections Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Tony A Jeffree, Phone:+44-161-973-4278, Email:tony@jeffree.co.uk **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 27, 2001 Project Scope: Maintenance: Technical and editorial corrections tot he 802.1Q:1998 Virtual Bridged LAN standard and its amendments (802.1u, 802.1v). Project Purpose: Maintenance: Technical and editorial corrections to the 802.1Q:1998 Virtual Bridged LAN standard and its amendments (802.1u, 802.1v). Designation: 802.2-1989 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2003 Title: IEEE Standard for Information Technology - Telecommunications and Information Exchange Between Systems - Local and Metropolitan Area Networks - Specific Requirements - Part 2: Logical Link Control Status: Approved Publication of IEEE **Available in ISO/IEC 8802-2. History: PAR APP: Dec 28, 1985, BD APP: Aug 17, 1989, ANSI APP: Jan 12, 1990 Abstract: This standard is part of a family of local area network (LAN) standards dealing with the physical and data link layers as defined by the ISO Open Systems Interconnection Reference Model. It describes the functions, features, protocol, and services of the logical link control (LLC) sublayer, which constitutes the top sublayer in the data link layer of the ISO 8802 Local Area Network Protocol. The services required of, or by, the LLC sublayer at the logical interfaces with the network layer, the MAC sublayer, and the LLC sublayer management function are specified. The protocol data unit (PDU) structure for data communication systems is defined using bit-oriented procedures, as are two types of operation for data communication between service access points. In one type of operation, PDUs are exchanged between LLCs without the need for the establishment of a data link connection. In the other, a data link connection is established between two LLCs prior to any exchange of information-bearing PDUs. Key Words: logical, link, control, local, area, Protocols, Local area networks Designation: 802.2a-1993 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2003 Title: Standard for Flow Control Techniques for Bridged Local Area Networks Status: Approved Publication of IEEE **Available in ISO/IEC 8802-2. History: PAR APP: Mar 21, 1991, BD APP: Dec 02, 1993, ANSI APP: Jun 03, 1994 Abstract: Provide updates to the existing 802.2 Standard. Designation: 802.2b-1993 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2003 Title: Standard for Acknowledged Connectionless-Mode Service and Protocol (Type 3 Operation) Status: Approved Publication of IEEE **Available in ISO/IEC 8802-2. History: PAR APP: Mar 21, 1991, BD APP: Dec 02, 1993, ANSI APP: Jun 03, 1994 Abstract: Abstract not available. See ISO/IEC 8802-2. Designation: 802.2c-1997 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2003 Title: Part 2: Logical link control—Supplement 3: Conformance requirements Status: Approved Publication of IEEE **Draft is sold as ISO/IEC 8802-2:1994/Amd. 3. History: PAR APP: Jun 26, 1997, BD APP: Sep 16, 1997, ANSI APP: Apr 15, 1998 Project Scope: Provides a means, for the implementor of the standard, to indicate the options supported and the choices made in the implementation of the standard, so that an appropriate set of tests can be employed by testing centers in the conformance testing process. Project Purpose: Provide the required Portocol Implementation Conformance Statement(PICS) Proforma for LLC Type 1 Operation, LLC Type 2 Operation and LLC Type 3 Operation. Designation: 802.2d-1993 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2003 Title: Supplement to 802.2, Information Processing Systems - Local Area Networks - Part 2: Logical Link Control Status: Approved Publication of IEEE **Available in ISO/IEC 8802-2. Supplement to 802.2. History: PAR APP: Sep 26, 1991, BD APP: Dec 02, 1993, ANSI APP: Jun 03, 1994 Abstract: Abstract not available. See ISO/IEC 8802-2. Designation: 802.2e-1993 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2003 Title: Supplement to 802.2, Information Processing Systems - Local Area Networks - Part 2: Logical Link Control - Bit Referencing Status: Approved Publication of IEEE **Available in ISO/IEC 8802-2. History: PAR APP: Sep 26, 1991, BD APP: Dec 02, 1993, ANSI APP: Jun 03, 1994 Abstract: Abstract not available. See ISO/IEC 8802-2. Designation: 802.2f-1997 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2003 Title: Managed objects definition for logical link control (LLC) Status: Approved Publication of IEEE History: PAR APP: Jun 26, 1997, BD APP: Sep 16, 1997, ANSI APP: Apr 15, 1998 Project Scope: Define LLC Management Objects for Type 1, Type 2, and Type 3 Operations, including their attributes, actions, and event notifications. Project Purpose: Provide updates to the existing IEEE 802.2 Standard to reflect the management aspect of the LLC Types of Operations. Designation: 802.2g Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks Title: Supplement to 802.2, Information Processing Systems - Local Area Networks: Logical Link Control (LLC) Type 4 High Speed, High Performance Operation Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: David E Carlson, Phone:732-264-2581, Email:dcarlson@netlabs.net **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 26, 1991 Project Scope: For use in emerging high performance LANs and MANs. Project Purpose: To provide an LLC protocol, for use in bridged and single segment LANs and MANs, that supports high-speed implementations, efficient high performance operations, error detection across bridged LANs/MANs, and the ability for multiple connections between the same pair of LSAPs. This protocol would be capable of coexisting with LLC Type 1, 2 and 3 operations. Protocol features used to accomplish support of high speed implementations might include features such as fixed header sizes, limited options, and the decoupling of the transmitter and receiver functions. Protocol features used to accomplish support of efficient, high performance operations, might include features such as rate control, lightweight connection control, selective retransmission, multi-peer connections, and stream-oriented service. Designation: 802.2h-1997 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2003 Title: Optional toleration of duplicate information transfer format protocol data units (IPDUs) Status: Approved Publication of IEEE **Supplement to 802.2. History: PAR APP: Jun 26, 1997, BD APP: Sep 16, 1997, ANSI APP: Apr 15, 1998 Project Scope: Provide a procedural option in Type 2 operation that will allow a receiver to tolerate the receipt of an already correctly received I PDU by discarding it instead of initiating a Frame Reject (FRMR) exception condition that would require the reset of the logical link control procedure. Project Purpose: Improve the overall throughput capability in those situations where the receiver is capable of making an acceptable judgement regarding the acceptableness of the I PDUs received, even when some of those frames are duplicates of frames already properly and correctly received. Designation: 802.3-REVam-2005 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks Title: IEEE Standard for Information technology -- Telecommunications and information exchange between systems -- Local and metropolitan area networks -- specific requirements Part 3: Carrier Sense Multiple Access with Collision Detection (CSMA/CD) Access Method and Physical Layer Specifications Status: Approved Publication of IEEE Technical Contact: Robert M Grow, Phone:858-679-2077, Email:bob.grow@intel.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Feb 27, 2004, BD APP: Jun 09, 2005, ANSI APP: Feb 21, 2006 Project Scope: This project is a revision of IEEE Std 802.3-2002 integrating approved amendments and corrigenda plus corrections and clarifications submitted as maintenance changes through the IEEE 802.3 maintenance process. The project will not add any significant new functionality. Project Purpose: This project is expected to merge at least four amendments into the base standard. It also adds maintenance changes submitted through the IEEE 802.3 maintenance process (www.ieee802.org/3/maint) to fix errors and ambiguities in the published standard. This will provide a single base document for ongoing work and satisfy IEEE-SA SB requirements. Abstract: Ethernet local area network operation is specified for selected speeds of operation from 1 Mb/s to 10 Gb/s using a common media access control (MAC) specification, management information base (MIB), and capability for Link Aggregation of multiple physical links into a single logical link. The Carrier Sense Multiple Access with Collision Detection (CSMA/CD) MAC protocol specifies shared medium (half duplex) operation, as well as full duplex operation. Speed specific Media Independent Interfaces (MIIs) allow use of selected physical layer (PHY) interfaces for operation over coxial, twisted pair or fiber optic cables. System considerations for multisegment shared access networks describe the use of Repeaters which are defined for operational speeds up to 1000 Mb/s. Local Area Network (LAN) operation is supported at all speeds. Other specified capabilities include: various PHY types for access networks, PHYs suitable for metropolitian area network applications, and the provision of power over selected twisted pair PHY types. Key Words: 10BASE; 100BASE; 1000BASE; 10GBASE; 10 Gigabit Ethernet; attachment unit interface; AUI; Auto Negotiation; data processing; DTE Power via the MDI; EPON; Ethernet; Ethernet in the First Mile; Ethernet passive optical network; Fast Ethernet; Gigabit Ethernet; GMII; information exchange; Link Aggregation; local area network; management; medium dependent interface; media independent interface; MDI; MIB; MII; XGMII; PHY; physical coding sublayer; physical layer; physical medium attachment; PMA; Power over Ethernet; repeater; type field; VLAN TAG Designation: 802.3-2005 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks Title: IEEE Standard for Information Technology - Telecommunications and Information Exchange Between Systems - Local and Metropolitan Area Networks - Specific Requirements Part 3: Carrier Sense Multiple Access with Collision Detection (CSMA/CD) Access Method and Physical Layer Specifications Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Dec 09, 2005 **Formerly known as 802.3-REVam. History: BD APP: Jun 09, 2005, ANSI APP: Feb 21, 2006 Project Scope: This project is a revision of IEEE Std 802.3-2002 integrating approved amendments and corrigenda plus corrections and clarifications submitted as maintenance changes through the IEEE 802.3 maintenance process. This project will not add any significant new functionality. Project Purpose: This project is expected to merge at least four amendments into the base standard. It also adds maintenance changes submitted through the IEEE 802.3 maintenance process (www.ieee802.org/3/maint) to fix errors and ambiguities in the published standard. This will provide a single base document for ongoing work and satisfy IEEE-SA SB requirements. Abstract: Ethernet local area network operation is specified for selected speeds of operation from 1 Mb/s to 10 Gb/s using a common media access control (MAC) specification, management information base (MIB), and capability for Link Aggregation of multiple physical links into a single logical link. The Carrier Sense Multiple Access with Collision Detection (CSMA/CD) MAC protocol specifies shared medium (half duplex) operation, as well as full duplex operation. Speed specific Media Independent Interfaces (MIIs) allow use of selected physical layer (PHY) interfaces for operation over coxial, twisted pair or fiber optic cables. System considerations for multisegment shared access networks describe the use of Repeaters which are defined for operational speeds up to 1000 Mb/s. Local Area Network (LAN) operation is supported at all speeds. Other specified capabilities include: various PHY types for access networks, PHYs suitable for metropolitian area network applications, and the provision of power over selected twisted pair PHY types. Key Words: 10BASE; 100BASE; 1000BASE; 10GBASE; 10 Gigabit Ethernet; attachment unit interface; AUI; Auto Negotiation; data processing; DTE Power via the MDI; EPON; Ethernet; Ethernet in the First Mile; Ethernet passive optical network; Fast Ethernet; Gigabit Ethernet; GMII; information exchange; Link Aggregation; local area network; management; medium dependent interface; media independent interface; MDI; MIB; MII; XGMII; PHY; physical coding sublayer; physical layer; physical medium attachment; PMA; Power over Ethernet; repeater; type field; VLAN TAG Designation: 802.3av Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks Title: Standard for Information Technology - Telecommunications and Information Exchange Between Systems - Local and Metropolitan Area Networks - Specific Requirements Part 3: Carrier Sense Multiple Access with Collision Detection (CSMA/CD) Access Method and Physical Layer Specifications Amendment: Physical Layer Specifications and Management Parameters for 10Gb/s Passive Optical Networks Status: Adoption Complete Technical Contact: Robert M Grow, Phone:858-679-2077, Email:bob.grow@intel.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. Project Scope: The scope of this project is to amend IEEE Std 802.3 to add physical layer specifications and management parameters for symmetric and/or asymmetric operation at 10 Gb/s on point-to-multipoint passive optical networks. Project Purpose: The purpose of this document is to significantly increase performance of point-to-multipoint architecture (Ethernet Passive Optical Network) to support emerging bandwidth-intensive services while considering equipment, operation, upgrade, and maintenance costs. Designation: P802.3-2005/Cor 2 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks Title: IEEE Standard for Information Technology - Telecommunications and Information Exchange Between Systems - Local and Metropolitan Area Networks - Specific Requirements Part 3: Carrier Sense Multiple Access with Collision Detection (CSMA/CD) Access Method and Physical Layer Specifications - Corrigendum 2: IEEE Std 802.3an-2006 10GBASE-T Correction Status: Corrigenda of Standard Technical Contact: Robert M Grow, Phone:858-679-2077, Email:bob.grow@intel.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. Project Scope: This corrigendum will correct Equation 55-55 Project Purpose: Somehow during the draft development, a Log10 term in the equation was missed. No one in the ballot group commented on it. The change does not qualify as an errata and therefore is being done as a corrigendum. Designation: 802.3-2002 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks Title: Standard for Information Technology - Telecommunications and Information Exchange Between Systems - Local and Metropolitan Area Networks - Specific Requirements - Part 3: Carrier Sense Multiple Access with Collision Detection (CSMA/CD) Access Method and Physical Layer Specifications - Maintenance Revision #6 Status: Superseded **Full revision PAR had been numbered as P802.3ag. However, this standard is 802.3-2002. It supersedes all previous 802.3 base documents and amendments through 802.3ad. Publication type: Special Publication Technical Contact: Geoffrey O Thompson, Phone:408-495-2107, Email:thompson@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 21, 2000, BD APP: Jan 14, 2002, ANSI APP: May 13, 2002 Project Scope: Maintenance changes and current 802.3 Standard Project Purpose: Define parameters for Carrier Sense Multiple Access with Collision Detection (CSMA/CD) access method and physical layer specifications. Add accumulated maintenance changes and provide general review of current 802.3 Standard (1998 Edition and 802.3ab, 802.3ac 802.3ad) Abstract: " The media access control characteristics for the Carrier Sense Multiple Access with Collision De-tection (CSMA/CD) access method for shared medium local area networks are described. The control charac-teristics for full duplex dedicated channel use are also described. Specifications are provided for MAU types1BASE5 at 1 Mb/s; Attachment Unit Interface (AUI) and MAU types 10BASE5, 10BASE2, FOIRL (fiber opticinter-repeater link), 10BROAD36, 10BASE-T, 10BASE-FL, 10BASE-FB, and 10BASE-FP at 10 Mb/s; MediaIndependent Interface (MII) and PHY types 100BASE-T4, 100BASE-TX, 100BASE-FX, and 100BASE-T2 at100 Mb/s; and the Gigabit MII (GMII) and 1000BASE-X PHY types, 1000BASE-SX, 1000BASE-LX, and1000BASE-CX, which operate at 1000 Mb/s (Gigabit Ethernet) as well as PHY type 1000BASE-T. Repeaterspecifications are provided at each speed. Full duplex specifications are provided at the Physical Layer for10BASE-T, 10BASE-FL, 100BASE-TX, 100BASE-FX, 100BASE-T2, and Gigabit Ethernet. System consider-ations for multisegment networks at each speed and management information base (MIB) specifications andadditions to support Virtual Bridged Local Area Networks (VLANs) as specified in IEEE P802.1Q ® are also pro-vided. Also specified is an optional Link Aggregation sublayer which multiple physical links to be aggregatedtogether to form a single logical link. " Key Words: "ggregated Link; Aggregator; Auto Negotiation; Category 5; copper; data processing; Ethernet; gigabit; information interchange, Link Aggregation; local area networks, management; MASTER-SLAVE; medium dependent interface" Designation: 802.3-2000 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks Title: IEEE Standard for Carrier Sense Multiple Access with Collision Detection (CSMA/CD) Access Method and Physical Layer Specifications Status: Superseded **Incoporating IEEE Std 802.3, 1998 Edition, IEEE Std 802.3ac-1998, IEEE Std 802.3ab-1999, and IEEE Std 802.3ad-2000. Superseded by 802.3-2002 (802.3ag). Publication type: Special Publication History: (Ref. Std.: 802.3) Abstract: " The media access control characteristics for the Carrier Sense Multiple Access with Collision De-tection (CSMA/CD) access method for shared medium local area networks are described. The control charac-teristics for full duplex dedicated channel use are also described. Specifications are provided for MAU types1BASE5 at 1 Mb/s; Attachment Unit Interface (AUI) and MAU types 10BASE5, 10BASE2, FOIRL (fiber opticinter-repeater link), 10BROAD36, 10BASE-T, 10BASE-FL, 10BASE-FB, and 10BASE-FP at 10 Mb/s; MediaIndependent Interface (MII) and PHY types 100BASE-T4, 100BASE-TX, 100BASE-FX, and 100BASE-T2 at100 Mb/s; and the Gigabit MII (GMII) and 1000BASE-X PHY types, 1000BASE-SX, 1000BASE-LX, and1000BASE-CX, which operate at 1000 Mb/s (Gigabit Ethernet) as well as PHY type 1000BASE-T. Repeaterspecifications are provided at each speed. Full duplex specifications are provided at the Physical Layer for10BASE-T, 10BASE-FL, 100BASE-TX, 100BASE-FX, 100BASE-T2, and Gigabit Ethernet. System consider-ations for multisegment networks at each speed and management information base (MIB) specifications andadditions to support Virtual Bridged Local Area Networks (VLANs) as specified in IEEE P802.1Q are also pro-vided. Also specified is an optional Link Aggregation sublayer which multiple physical links to be aggregatedtogether to form a single logical link. " Key Words: "data processing, Ethernet, information interchange, link aggregation, local area networks" Designation: 802.3-1985 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks Title: Local Area Networks: Carrier Sense Multiple Access with Collision Detection (CSMA/CD) - (ETHERNET) Status: Superseded **Available in ISO/IEC 8802-3. Superseded by 802.3-2002 (802.3ag). History: BD APP: Jun 23, 1983, ANSI APP: Dec 21, 1984 Abstract: This Local and Metropolitan Area Network standard specifies the media access control characteristics for the Carrier Sense Multiple Access with Collision Detection (CSMA/CD) access method. It also specifies the media, Medium Attachment Unit (MAU) and physical layer repeater unit for 10 Mb/s baseband and broadband systems and it provides a 1 Mb/s baseband implementation. Specifications for MAU types 10BASE5, 10BASE2, FOIRL (fiber optic inter-repeater link), 10BROAD36, 1BASE5, and 10BASE-T are included. System considerations for multisegment 10 Mb/s baseband networks are provided. Layer and sublayer interface specifications are aligned to the ISO Open Systems Interconnection Basic Reference Model and 8802 models. The 8802-3 internal model is defined and used. Key Words: LAN, CSMA/CD, ethernet, local, networks Designation: 802.3 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks Title: Supplement for 802.3 - (First Maintenance Ballot) Status: Superseded History: PAR APP: Mar 21, 1991 Designation: 802.3 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks Title: Part 3: Carrier Sense Multiple Access with Collision Detection (CSMA/CD) Access Method and Physical Layer Specifications, Information technology—Telecommunications and information exchange between systems—Local and metropolitan area networks-Specific requirements- Status: Superseded **Incorporating ANSI/IEEE Std 802.3, 1996 Edition, IEEE 802.3r-1996, 802.3u- 1995, 802.3x&y-1997, 802.3z-1998, and 802.3aa-1998. Superseded by 802.3- 2002 (802.3ag). Designation: 802.3-2002-2002 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks Title: Information Technology - Telecommunications and Information Exchange Between Systems - Local and Metropolitan Area Networks - Specific Requirements - Part 3: Carrier Sense Multiple Access with Collision Detection (CSMA/CD) Access Method and Physical Layer Specifications Status: Superseded **This standards supersedes 802.3ag. Superseded by 802.3-2005. History: BD APP: Jan 14, 2002 Designation: 802.3-2005/Cor 1-2006 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks Title: IEEE Standard for Information Technology - Telecommunications and Information Exchange Between Systems - Local and Metropolitan Area Networks - Specific Requirements Part 3: Carrier Sense Multiple Access with Collision Detection (CSMA/CD) Access Method and Physical Layer Specifications - Corrigendum 1 Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jun 26, 2006 **Corrigendum to IEEE Std 802.3-2005 Technical Contact: Robert M Grow, Phone:858-679-2077, Email:bob.grow@intel.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Sep 22, 2005, BD APP: Jun 08, 2006, ANSI APP: Sep 28, 2006 Project Scope: This corriegendum clarifies and corrects isolation text including harmonization for both powered and unpowered Medium Dependent Interfaces Project Purpose: The current text is technically not implementable for powered interfaces, and implementers must now make common sense deviations from the specifications of 802.3 to build power sourcing equipment. Abstract: This corrigendum clarifies and corrects isolation text including harmonization for both powered and unpowered Medium Dependent Interfaces Key Words: DTE, Power via the MDI, POE, Power over Ethernet, isolation Designation: 802.3a-1992 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks Title: Section 10, Medium Attachment Unit and Baseband Medium Specification, Type 10BASE2 Status: Superseded **Available in ISO/IEC 8802-3. Superseded by 802.3-2002 (802.3ag). History: PAR APP: Mar 21, 1985, BD APP: Oct 20, 1988 Abstract: Abstract not available. See ISO/IEC 8802-3. Key Words: local, area, networks, CSMA/CD, sec 10 Designation: 802.3aa-1998 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks Title: Maintenance Revision #5 (100 BASE-T), Standard for Information Technology - Local and Metropolitan Area Networks - Part 3: Carrier Sense Multiple Access with Collision Detection (CSMA/CD) Access Method and Physical Layer Specifications - Maintenance Revision #5 (100 BASE-T) Status: Superseded **Supersedes 802.3u-1995. Superseded by 802.3-2002 (802.3ag). History: PAR APP: Jun 26, 1997, BD APP: Jun 25, 1998 Project Scope: Limited to updating 802.3u to correct possible inaccuracies. Project Purpose: To correct and update Std. 802.3u using a group of revisions known as Group #1. Designation: 802.3ab-1999 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks Title: IEEE Standard for Information Technology - Telecommunications and information exchange between systems - Local and Metropolitan Area Networks - Part 3: Carrier Sense Multiple Access with Collision Detection (CSMA/CD) Access Method and Physical Layer Specifications - Physical Layer Parameters and Specifications for 1000 Mb/s Operation over 4 pair of Category 5 Balanced Copper Cabling, Type 1000BASE-T Status: Superseded **Incorporated in 802.3,2000 Edition. The front matter of this standard includes a dedication to the memory of Valerie Zelenty. Superseded by 802.3- 2002 (802.3ag). History: PAR APP: Mar 20, 1997, BD APP: Jun 26, 1999, ANSI APP: Jan 20, 2000 Project Scope: Define physical layer characteristics and specifications for 1000 Mb/s operation on 4 pair of 100 ohm Category 5 balanced copper cabling as defined by EIA/TIA-568-A, Annex E or its equivalent as built from material specified by ISO/IEC 11801:1995. Project Purpose: The purpose of this project is to extend the 802.3 protocol to provide 1000 Mb/s operation over installed Category 5 generic facilities balanced copper cabling. Abstract: " Type 1000BASE-T PCS, type 1000BASE-T PMA sublayer, and type 1000BASE-T Me-dium Dependent Interface (MDI) are defined. This supplement provides fully functional, electricaland mechanical specifications for the type 1000BASE-T PCS, PMA, and MDI. This supplement alsospecifies the baseband medium used with 1000BASE-T. " Key Words: "Auto-Negotiation,Category 5,copper,Ethernet,gigabit,MASTER- SLAVE,medium dependent interface,physical coding sublayer,Physical Layer,physical medium attachment" Designation: 802.3ac-1998 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks Title: IEEE Standard for Information technology - Telecommunications and information exchange between systems - Local and metropolitan area networks - Specific requirements Part 3: Carrier sense multiple access with collision detection (CSMA/CD) frame extensions for Virtual Bridged Local Area Networks (VLAN) tagging on 802.3 networks Status: Superseded **Incorporated in IEEE Std 802.3, 2000 Edition. Superseded by 802.3-2002 (802.3ag). History: PAR APP: Sep 16, 1997, BD APP: Sep 16, 1998 Project Scope: Specifications of 802.3 frame when carrying Virtual Bridged Local Area network (VLAN) tag information. Necessary adjustments to 802.3 Media Access Control (MAC) parameters e.g. maxFrameSize to accommodate Virtual Bridged Local Area Network tagged framesual Bridged Local Area Network (VLAN) tag information. Necessary adjustments to IEEE Std 802.3 clause 30 management attribute definitions to accommodate Virtual Bridged Local Area Network tagged frames. Project Purpose: To adjust the 802.3 frame format to align IEEE Std 802.3 with IEEE 802.1Q. Abstract: " Changes and additions to IEEE Std 802.3, 1998 Edition, to support Virtual Bridged LocalArea Networks (VLANs) as specified in IEEE P802.1Q, Draft Standard for Local and MetropolitanArea Networks" Key Words: "data processing,Ethernet,information interchange,local area networks,local area networks,management,models,mode of data transmission,network interconnection,repeater,type field" Designation: 802.3ad-2000 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks Title: IEEE Standard for Information Technology – Local and Metropolitan Area Networks – Part 3: Carrier Sense Multiple Access with Collision Detection (CSMA/CD) Access Method and Physical Layer Specifications–Aggregation of Multiple Link Segments Status: Superseded **Incorporated in IEEE Std 802.3, 2000 Edition. Superseded by 802.3-2002 (802.3ag). History: PAR APP: Jun 25, 1998, BD APP: Mar 30, 2000, ANSI APP: Oct 30, 2000 Project Scope: Specify a DTE to Dte logical link which consists of n parallel instances of an 802.3 point-to-point link segment. The logical link will support existing 802.3 MAC Clients. Define the necessary management objects and protocols to support link aggregation, including identification, addition and deletion of link segments to and from the logical link. Project Purpose: To increase link availability and bandwidth between DETs by specifying the necessary mechanisms for parallel link segment aggregation. Abstract: " An optional Link Aggregation sublayer for use with CSMA/CD MACs is defined. Link Ag-gregation allows one or more links to be aggregated together to form a Link Aggregation Group,such that a MAC Client can treat the Link Aggregation Group as if it were a single link. To this end,it specifies the establishment of DTE to DTE logical links, consisting of N parallel instances of fullduplex point-to-point links operating at the same data rate. " Key Words: "Aggregated Link, Aggregator, Link Aggregation Group, Physical Layer" Designation: 802.3ae-2002 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks Title: IEEE Standard for Information Technology - Local & Metropolitan Area Networks - Part 3: Carrier Sense Multiple Access with Collision Detection (CSMA/CD) Access Method and Physical Layer Specifications - Media Access Control (MAC) Parameters, Physical Layer, and Management Parameters for 10 Gb/s Operation Status: Superseded Technical Contact: Robert M Grow, Phone:858-679-2077, Email:bob.grow@intel.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jan 30, 2000, BD APP: Jun 13, 2002, ANSI APP: Dec 17, 2002 Project Scope: Define 802.3 Media Access Control (MAC) parameters and minimal augmentation of its operation, physical layer characteristics and management parameters for transfer of LLC and Ethernet format frames at 10 Gb/s using full duplex operation as defined in the 802.3 standard. In addition to the traditional LAN space, add parameters and mechanisms that enable deployment of Ethernet over the Wide Area Network operating at a data rate compatible with OC-192c and SDH VC-4-64c payload rate. Project Purpose: The purpose of this project is to extend the 802.3 protocol to an operating speed of 10 Gb/s and to expand the Ethernet application space to include Wide Area Network links in order to provide a significant increase in bandwidth while maintaining maximum compatibility with the installed base of 802.3 interfaces, previous investment in research and development, and principles of network operation and management. Abstract: " Support to extend the IEEE 802.3 protocol and MAC specification to an operating speedof 10 Gb/s. Several Physical Coding Sublayers known as 10GBASE-X, 10GBASE-R, and10GBASE-W are specified, as well as significant additional supporting material for a 10 GigabitMedia Independent Interface (XGMII), a 10 Gigabit Attachment Unit Interface (XAUI), a 10 GigabitSixteen-Bit Interface (XSBI) and management. " Key Words: "10 Gigabit Ethernet, fiber, LAN PHY, WAN PHY, XAUI, XGMII, XSBI" Designation: 802.3af-2003 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks Title: IEEEE Standard for Information Technology - Telecommunications and Information Exchange Between Systems - Local and Metropolitan Area Networks - Specific Requirements - Part 3: Carrier Sense Multiple Access with Collision Detection (CSMA/CD) Access Method and Physical Layer Specifications - Data Terminal Equipment (DTE) Power Via Media Dependent Interface (MDI) Status: Superseded Publication type: Special Publication Technical Contact: Robert M Grow, Phone:858-679-2077, Email:bob.grow@intel.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jan 30, 2000, BD APP: Jun 12, 2003, ANSI APP: Sep 22, 2003 Project Scope: Define methodology for the provision of power via balanced cabling to connected Data Terminal Equipment with 802.3 interfaces. The amount of power will be limited by cabling physics and regulatory considerations. Compatibility with existing equipment will be considered. Project Purpose: To provide power for a new class of devices with 802.3 interfaces enabled by progress in silicon technology. These devices are characterized by low power requirements and LAN connectivity. Abstract: "IEEE Std 802.3af-2003, Amendment to IEEE Std 802.3-2002, Data Terminal Equipment (DTE) Power via Media Dependent Interface (MDI)" Key Words: "802.3af, Link Section, midspan, MPS, PD, PI, POE, power, Power over Ethernet, PSE" Designation: 802.3ah-2004 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks Title: IEEE Standard for Information Technology - Telecommunications and information exchange between systems - Local and metropolitan area networks - Specific requirements - Part 3: Carrier Sense Multiple Access With Collision Detection (CSMA/CD) Access Method and Physical Layer Specifications Amendment: Media Access Control Parameters, Physical Layers, and Management Parameters for Subscriber Access Networks Status: Superseded Technical Contact: Robert M Grow, Phone:858-679-2077, Email:bob.grow@intel.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 27, 2001, BD APP: Jun 24, 2004, ANSI APP: Apr 01, 2005 Project Scope: Define 802.3 Media Access Control (MAC) parameters and minimal augmentation of the MAC operation, physical layer specifications, and management parameters for the transfer of 802.3 format frames in subscriber access networks at operating speeds within the scope of the current IEEE Std 802.3 and approved new projects. Project Purpose: To expand the application of Ethernet to include subscriber access networks in order to provide a significant increase in performance while minimizing equipment, operation, and maintenance costs. Abstract: IEEE Std 802.3ah-2004 (Amendment to IEEE Std 802.3) CSMA/CD Key Words: "Ethernet in the First Mile, EFM, Ethernet Passive Optical Network, EPON, Ethernet over DSL, Multi-point MAC Control," Designation: 802.3aj-2003 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks Title: Standard for Information Technology - Telecommunications and Information Exchange Between Systems - Local and Metropolitan Area Networks - Specific Requirements - Part 3: Carrier Sense Multiple Access with Collision Detection (CSMA/CD) Access Method and Physical Layer Specifications - Maintenance 7 Status: Superseded Technical Contact: Robert M Grow, Phone:858-679-2077, Email:bob.grow@intel.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jun 13, 2002, BD APP: Sep 11, 2003, ANSI APP: Dec 29, 2003 Project Scope: IEEE Std 802.3, which addresses the CSMA/CD access method and physical layer specifications will be enhanced through necessary amendments and corrigenda. Project Purpose: IEEE Std 802.3 will be kept current and reflective of current implementation and application requirements, in accordance with the IEEE 802.3 Working Group maintenance process, defined at http://www.ieee802.org/3/maint/index.htm. Abstract: "IEEE Std 802.3aj-2003, Amendment to IEEE Std 802.3CSMA/CD" Key Words: "802.3aj, 1000BASE-T, auto-negotiation, NEXT page" Designation: 802.3aj Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks Title: Standard for Information Technology -- Telecommunications and information exchange between systems -- Local and metropolitan area networks -- Specific requirements -- Part 3: Carrier Sense Multiple Access with Collision Detection (CSMA/CD) access method and physical layer specifications Maintenance Revision #7 Status: Superseded Technical Contact: Robert M Grow, Phone:858-679-2077, Email:bob.grow@intel.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jun 13, 2002 Project Scope: Maintenance changes. Project Purpose: Add accumulated maintenance changes. Designation: 802.3ak-2004 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks Title: IEEE Standard for Information Technology - Telecommunications and Information Exchange Between Systems - Local and Metropolitan Area Networks - Specific Requirements Part 3: Carrier Sense Multiple Access with Collision Detection (CSMA/CD) Access Method and Physical Layer Specifications Amendment: Physical Layer and Management Parameters for 10 Gb/s Operation, Type 10GBASE-CX4 Status: Superseded Technical Contact: Robert M Grow, Phone:858-679-2077, Email:bob.grow@intel.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 20, 2003, BD APP: Feb 09, 2004, ANSI APP: May 12, 2004 Project Scope: The scope of this project is to specify additions to and appropriate modifications of IEEE Std 802.3 as amended by IEEE Std 802.3ae- 2002 (and any other approved amendment or corrigendum) to add a copper Physical Medium Dependent (PMD) option for 10 Gb/s operation, building upon the existing 10GBASE-X Physical Coding Sublayer (PCS) and 10 Gigabit Attachment Unit Interface (XAUI) specifications. Project Purpose: The purpose of this project is to provide a lower-cost option for interconnection of closely located equipment (within ~15m of cable), typically within a stack or between equipment racks within a room. Abstract: "IEEE Std 802.3ak-2004, Amendment: Physical Layer and Management Parameters for 10Gb/s Operation, Type 10GBASE-CX4" Key Words: "802.3ak, 10GBASE-CX4,10 Gigabit Ethernet, cable assembly, physical medium dependent (PMD) sublayer, XAUI" Designation: 802.3an-2006 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks Title: Standard for Information Technology - Telecommunications and Information Exchange Between Systems - Local and Metropolitan Area Networks - Specific Requirements Part 3: Carrier Sense Multiple Access with Collision Detection (CSMA/CD) Access Method and Physical Layer Specifications - Amendment: Physical Layer and Management Parameters for 10 Gb/s Operation, Type 10GBASE-T Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Sep 01, 2006 Technical Contact: Robert M Grow, Phone:858-679-2077, Email:bob.grow@intel.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Feb 27, 2004, BD APP: Jun 08, 2006, ANSI APP: Oct 24, 2006 Project Scope: The scope of this project is to specify a Physical Layer (PHY) for operation at 10 Gb/s on standards based structured copper cabling, using the existing Media Access Controller, and with extensions to the appropriate physical layer management parameters, of IEEE Std 802.3. Project Purpose: The purpose of this project is to provide a lower-cost, twisted pair copper cabling option for 10Gb/s interconnection of equipment up to 100 m. Abstract: This amendment to IEEE Std 802.3-2005 specifies a new Physical Coding Sublayer interface and a new Physical Medium Attachment sublayer interface for 10 Gb/s Ethernet. 10GBASE-T specifies a LAN interconnect for up to 100 m of balanced twisted- pair structured cabling systems. Key Words: 802.3an, 10GBASE-T, 10 Gigabit Ethernet, Auto-Negotiation, Physical Coding Sublayer (PCS), Physical Medium Attachment (PMA) sublayer, structured cabling, XAUI, XGMII Designation: 802.3ap-2007 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks Title: Standard for Information Technology - Telecommunications and Information Exchange Between Systems - Local and Metropolitan Area Networks - Specific Requirements - Part 3: Carrier Sense Multiple Access with Collision Detection (CSMA/CD) Access Method and Physical Layer Specifications - Amendment: Ethernet Operation Over Electrical Backplanes Status: Approved Publication of IEEE Technical Contact: Robert M Grow, Phone:858-679-2077, Email:bob.grow@intel.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: May 13, 2004, BD APP: Mar 22, 2007 Project Scope: The scope of this project is to specify additions to and appropriate modifications of IEEE Std 802.3 to specify operation at 1000 Mb/s and 10 Gb/s across an electrical backplane leveraging the existing MAC. Project Purpose: The purpose of this project is to provide standards based Ethernet interconnection of server and telecommunication blades over a modular platform backplane. Industry trends for LAN, SAN and other applications are migrating to backplane interconnects, and this project will optimize Ethernet operation for backplanes. Designation: 802.3aq-2006 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks Title: IEEE Standard for Information technology— Telecommunications and information exchange between systems— Local and metropolitan area networks— Specific requirements Part 3: Carrier Sense Multiple Access with Collision Detection (CSMA/CD) Access Method and Physical Layer Specifications Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Oct 16, 2006 Technical Contact: Robert M Grow, Phone:858-679-2077, Email:bob.grow@intel.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: May 13, 2004, BD APP: Sep 15, 2006, ANSI APP: Feb 01, 2007 Project Scope: The scope of this project is to specify additions to and appropriate modifications of IEEE Std 802.3-2002 as amended to add a Physical Layer (PHY) for operation at 10 Gb/s on standards based structured fiber cabling, using the existing MAC and with extensions to the appropriate physical layer management parameters of IEEE Std 802.3. Project Purpose: This project will define a lower-cost, 10Gb/s serial PHY that supports a link distance of at least 220m over installed FDDI-grade multimode fiber. The specification should enable migration to smaller form factor pluggable modules. Abstract: This amendment to IEEE Std 802.3-2005 specifies a new PMD, 10GBASE-LRM, for serial, 10 Gb/s operation over up to 220 m of 62.5 μm and 50 μm multimode fiber, including installed, FDDI grade multimode fiber. Key Words: 802.3aq, 10GBASE-LRM, 10 Gigabit Ethernet, multimode fiber, physical medium dependent (PMD) sublayer Designation: P802.3ar Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks Title: Standard for Information technology -- Telecommunications and information exchange between systems -- Local and metropolitan area networks -- specific requirements Part 3: Carrier Sense Multiple Access with Collision Detection (CSMA/CD) Access Method and Physical Layer Specifications Amendment: Enhancements for congestion management Status: Amendment Technical Contact: Robert M Grow, Phone:858-679-2077, Email:bob.grow@intel.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 08, 2004 Project Scope: The scope of this project is to specify IEEE 802.3 Media Access Control (MAC) parameters and minimal augmentation of MAC operation and management parameters of IEEE Std 802.3 to provide rate control and support of IEEE 802 congestion management. Project Purpose: This project will enable accelerated deployment of Ethernet into emerging limited-topology applications that require improved delay, delay variation and frame loss characteristics. Designation: 802.3as-2006 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks Title: IEEE Standard for Information technology— Telecommunications and information exchange between systems— Local and metropolitan area networks— Specific requirements Part 3: Carrier Sense Multiple Access with Collision Detection (CSMA/CD) Access Method and Physical Layer Specifications Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Nov 13, 2006 Technical Contact: Robert M Grow, Phone:858-679-2077, Email:bob.grow@intel.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Dec 08, 2004, BD APP: Sep 15, 2006, ANSI APP: Feb 01, 2007 Project Scope: Specify the IEEE 802.3 frame format when optional envelope information is present while preserving the original MAC service data unit. Also, specify related adjustments to IEEE 802.3 Media Access Control (MAC) parameters and management attribute definitions. Project Purpose: The purpose of this project is to extend the size of the IEEE 802.3 frame format to accommodate IEEE 802.1ad Provider Bridging, IEEE 802.1AE MACSec and other applications requiring envelope information. Abstract: This amendment to IEEE Std 802.3-2005 extends the IEEE 802.3 basic frame format with the addition of an envelope frame to accommodate additional prefixes and suffixes required by higher layer encapsulation protocols such as those defined by IEEE 802.1 (e.g., Provider Bridges, MAC Security), ITU-T or IETF (e.g., MPLS). Key Words: 802.3as, basic frame, envelope frame, frame expansion, frame format extension, frame size, Q-tagged frame Designation: P802.3at Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks Title: Standard for Information technologyTelecommunications and information exchange between systemsLocal and metropolitan area networksSpecific requirementsPart 3: Carrier Sense Multiple Access with Collision Detection (CSMA/CD) access method and physical layer specifications Amendment: DTE Power via the MDI Enhancements Status: Amendment Technical Contact: Robert M Grow, Phone:858-679-2077, Email:bob.grow@intel.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 22, 2005 Project Scope: The scope of this project is to augment the capabilities of the IEEE Std 802.3 standard with higher power levels and improved power management information. The project will augment the methodology for the provision of power via balanced cabling to connected Data Terminal Equipment with 802.3 interfaces. Optional augmented power limit will be made available for certain structured cabling systems. Compatibility with existing equipment will be maintained. Project Purpose: The purpose of the proposed project is to include higher power applications while providing enhanced power management information to reduce total system cost. Designation: 802.3b-1985 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks Title: Supplement to 802.3: Broadband Medium Attachment Unit and Broadband Medium Specifications, Type 10BROAD36 (Section 11) Status: Superseded **Available in ISO/IEC 8802-3. Superseded by 802.3-2002 (802.3ag). History: BD APP: Sep 19, 1985, ANSI APP: Feb 28, 1986 Abstract: Abstract not available. See ISO/IEC 8802-3. Key Words: Section 11, local, area, networks, LAN Designation: 802.3c-1985 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks Title: Supplement to 802.3 - Repeater Unit for 10 Mb/s Baseband Networks (Sections 9.1 - 9.8) Status: Superseded **Available in ISO/IEC 8802-3. Superseded by 802.3-2002 (802.3ag). History: BD APP: Dec 12, 1985, ANSI APP: Jun 04, 1986 Abstract: Abstract not available. See ISO/IEC 8802-3. Key Words: repeater, unit, section 12, LAN Designation: 802.3d-1987 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks Title: Supplement to 802.3 - Medium Attachment Unit and Baseband Medium Specification for a Vendor Independent Fiber Optic Inter Repeater Link (Section 9.9) Status: Superseded **Available in ISO/IEC 8802-3. Superseded by 802.3-2002 (802.3ag). History: PAR APP: Mar 28, 1986, BD APP: Dec 10, 1987, ANSI APP: Feb 09, 1989 Abstract: Abstract not available. See ISO/IEC 8802-3. Key Words: fiber optic, repeater, link, local, area Designation: 802.3e-1987 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks Title: Supplement to 802.3 - Physical Signaling, Medium Attachment, and Baseband Medium Specifications, Type 1BASE5 STARLAN (Section 12) Status: Superseded **Available in ISO/IEC 8802-3. Superseded by 802.3-2002 (802.3ag). History: BD APP: Jun 11, 1987, ANSI APP: Dec 15, 1989 Abstract: Abstract not available. See ISO/IEC 8802-3. Key Words: physical, signal, medium, attachment, baseband Designation: 802.3F Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks Title: Physical Signaling Medium Attachment & Baseband Medium Specification/Type 1BASE5 Multi-point Extension Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. **Suppl to 802.3 . Technical Contact: Geoffrey O Thompson, Phone:408-495-2107, Email:thompson@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jun 28, 1987 Designation: 802.3h-1990 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks Title: Supplement to 802.3 - Layer Management (Section 5) Status: Superseded **Available in ISO/IEC 8802-3. Superseded by 802.3-2002 (802.3ag). History: PAR APP: Jun 09, 1988, BD APP: Sep 28, 1990, ANSI APP: Mar 11, 1991 Abstract: This Local Area Network (LAN) standard defines the Layer Management specification for networks based on the CSMA/CD access method. It provides the formal description of the relationship between the CSMA/CD Layer Entities and the Layer Management facilities. Key Words: LAN, layer, management, local, networks Designation: 802.3i-1990 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks Title: Supplement to 802.3 - System Considerations for Multisegment 10 M/S Baseband Networks (Section 13) and Twisted-Pair Medium Attachmen Unit and Baseband Med Spec, Type 10BASE-T (Section 14) Status: Superseded **Available in ISO/IEC 8802-3. Superseded by 802.3-2002 (802.3ag). History: PAR APP: Jun 09, 1988, BD APP: Sep 28, 1990, ANSI APP: Mar 08, 1991 Abstract: This Local Area Network standard specifies the Type 10BASE-T Medium Attachment Unit (MAU) and one specific unshielded twisted-pair medium for use with the MAU. This MAU is specified for use in a 10 Mb/s baseband CSMA/CD LAN. Guidelines for its application in a repeatered multisegment hetergeneous CSMA/CD network are included. Key Words: LAN, medium, twisted pair, baseband, 10baset Designation: 802.3j-1993 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks Title: Supplement to 802.3 - Fiber Optic Active and Passive Star-Based Segments, Type 10BASE-F (Sections 15-18) Status: Superseded **Available in ISO/IEC 8802-3. Superseded by 802.3-2002 (802.3ag). History: PAR APP: Feb 02, 1989, BD APP: Sep 15, 1993, ANSI APP: Mar 15, 1994 Abstract: This supplement to ISO/IEC 8802-3:1992 defines conformance requirements for fiber optic active and passive star-based segments, type 10BASE-F implementations for local and metropolitan area networks. Designation: 802.3k-1992 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks Title: Supplement to 802.3 - Layer Management for 10 Mb/s Baseband Repeaters (Section 19) Status: Superseded **Available in ISO/IEC 8802-3. Superseded by 802.3-2002 (802.3ag). History: PAR APP: Mar 19, 1992, BD APP: Sep 17, 1992, ANSI APP: Mar 08, 1993 Abstract: This supplement to ISO/IEC 8802:31992 defines a set of mechanisms that enable management of ISO/IEC 8802-3 10 Mb/s baseband repeater units. The managed objects are defined in accordance with IEEE 802.1 and ISO/IEC standards for network management. Key Words: carrier sense multiple access, CSMA/CD, LAN, collision, detection, layer, management, local, area, networks, hub, repeater Designation: 802.3l-1992 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks Title: Supplement to 802.3 - Type 10BASE-T Medium Attachment Unit (MAU) Protocol Implementation Conformance Statement (PICS) Proforma (Section 14.10) Status: Superseded **Available in ISO/IEC 8802-3. Superseded by 802.3-2002 (802.3ag). History: PAR APP: Sep 26, 1991, BD APP: Sep 17, 1992, ANSI APP: Feb 23, 1993 Abstract: This supplement to ISO/IEC 8802-3:1992 defines conformance requirements for Type 10BASE-T Medium Attachment Unit (MAU) implementations for local and metropolitan area networks. Key Words: local, area, networks, metropolitan, carrier sense multiple access, CSMA/CD, collision, detection, MAU Designation: 802.3m-1995 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks Title: Supplement to 802.3 - (Second Maintenance Ballot) Status: Superseded **Available in ISO/IEC 8802-3. Superseded by 802.3-2002 (802.3ag). History: PAR APP: Sep 26, 1991, BD APP: Sep 21, 1995, ANSI APP: Aug 08, 1996 Abstract: Abstract not available. See ISO/IEC 8802-3. Designation: 802.3n-1995 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks Title: Supplement to 802.3 - (Third Maintenance Ballot) Status: Superseded **Available in ISO/IEC 8802-3. Superseded by 802.3-2002 (802.3ag). History: PAR APP: Sep 26, 1991, BD APP: Sep 21, 1995, ANSI APP: Apr 08, 1996 Abstract: Abstract not available. See ISO/IEC 8802-3. Designation: 802.3p-1993 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks Title: Supplement to 802.3 - Layer Management for 10 Mb/s Baseband Medium Attachment Units (MAUs) (Section 20) Published with 802.3q-1993. Status: Superseded **Available in ISO/IEC 8802-3. Superseded by 802.3-2002 (802.3ag). History: PAR APP: Mar 19, 1992, BD APP: Jun 17, 1993, ANSI APP: Jan 04, 1994 Abstract: Abstract not available. See ISO/IEC 8802-3. Designation: 802.3q-1993 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks Title: Supplement to 802.3 - Guidelines for the Development of Managed Objects (GDMO) (ISO 10164-4) Format for Layer Managed Objects (Clause 5) Status: Superseded **Available in ISO/IEC 8802-3. Superseded by 802.3-2002 (802.3ag). History: PAR APP: Mar 19, 1992, BD APP: Jun 17, 1993, ANSI APP: Jan 04, 1994 Abstract: Abstract not available. See ISO/IEC 8802-3. Key Words: carrier sense multiple access, collision, detection, CSMA/CD, LAN, DTES, layer management, objects, managed, objects, medium, attachment, units, MAU Designation: 802.3r-1996 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks Title: IEEE Standard Carrier Sense Multiple Access with Collision Detection (CSMA/CD) Access Method and Physical Layer Specifications - Type 10BASE5 Medium Attachment Unit (MAU) Protocol Implementation Conformance Statement (PICS) Proforma (Subclause 8.8) Status: Superseded **Supplement to ISO/IEC 8802-3:1996 [ANSI/IEEE Std 802.3, 1996 Edition]. Superseded by 802.3-2002 (802.3ag). History: PAR APP: Sep 15, 1993, BD APP: Jul 29, 1996, ANSI APP: Jan 06, 1997 Abstract: A Protocol Implementation Conformance Statement (PICS) proforma for Type 10BASE5 Medium Attachment Unit (MAU) (clause 8) is provided. The PICS proforma is used to evaluate the conformance of a particular implementation of the standard. Key Words: dynamic conformance testing, medium attachment unit, MAU, PICS proforma, protocol implementation conformance, static conformance review, Type 10BASE5 Designation: 802.3s-1995 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks Title: Supplement to 802.3 - (Fourth Maintenance Ballot) Status: Superseded **Available in ISO/IEC 8802-3. Superseded by 802.3-2002 (802.3ag). History: PAR APP: Sep 15, 1993, BD APP: Sep 21, 1995, ANSI APP: Apr 08, 1996 Abstract: Abstract not available. See ISO/IEC 8802-3. Designation: 802.3t-1995 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks Title: Informative Annex for Support of 120 Ohm Cables in 10BASE-T Simplex Link Segment Status: Superseded **Available in ISO/IEC 8802-3. Superseded by 802.3-2002 (802.3ag). History: PAR APP: Sep 15, 1993, BD APP: Jun 14, 1995, ANSI APP: Jan 12, 1996 Abstract: Abstract not available. See ISO/IEC 8802-3. Designation: 802.3u-1995 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks Title: Local and Metropolitan Area Networks-Supplement - Media Access Control (MAC) Parameters, Physical Layer, Medium Attachment Units and Repeater for 100Mb/s Operation, Type 100BASE-T (Clauses 21-30) Status: Superseded **Supplement to IEEE Std 802-3. Superseded by 802.3aa-1998. History: PAR APP: Sep 15, 1993, BD APP: Jun 14, 1995, ANSI APP: Apr 04, 1996 Project Scope: 1. The CSMA/CD access method of IEEE 802.3 will be retained without change. Therefore, the only change to Clause 4 Media access Control and Clause 6 PLS Service Specifications will be to add a subclause 4.4.2.3 containing the parameterized values for 100 Mb/s operation of the MAC. Management definitions will be provided that build upon the existing set with minimal changes. 2. The link segment phyical layer specification and the multiport repeater specification will be optimized for operation over 100 meter TP links supporting one or more of the horizontal wiring schemes specified in EIA/TIA-568:1991 and TSB-36. The architecture will be sufficiently open that other physical later specifications may be added as future projects. A media independent interface (MII) will be defined which will allow operation of multiple physical later implementations under the MAC. 3. It is recognized that there may be some minor editorial changes required for editorial alignment. For example: "The PLS is found in chapter7" would require correction.l Project Purpose: This standard will provide a higher speed capability for 802.3 LANs at 100 Mb/s, made possible by recent developments in high spped signaling, particularly on unshielded twisted pair and advances in silicon technology. It will afford significant performance improvements with minimal vendor and customer investments by leveraging the infrastructure of 802.3 research, development and market deployment. The design focus for Higher Speed CSMA/CD is better performance for existing applications that are characterized by bursty traffic. This standard is also expected to support emerging applications in the market. Abstract: The ISO/IEC CSMA/CD Media Access Control (MAC) is coupled with a family of new Physical Layer specifications to achieve 100 Mb/s operation. Known collectively as 100BASE-T, this family of Physical Layer specifications includes 100BASE-T4, which uses four pairs of ISO/IEC 11801: 1995 Category 3, 4, or 5 balanced cable; 100BASE-TX, which uses two pairs of Category 5 balanced cable or 150 ohm shielded balanced cable; and 100BASE-FX, which uses two multi-mode fibers. The two 100BASE-X specifications (100BASE-TX and 100BASE-FX) reused portions of the 100 Mb/s physical signaling specifications originally developed for Fibre Distributed Data Interface (FDDI). Key Words: fast ethernet, 100BASE-FX, 100BASE-T, 100BASE-T4, 100BASE-TX, 100BASE-X, Auto-Negotiation, management, MII, repeater Designation: 802.3v-1995 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks Title: Supplement to 802.3 - Informative Annex for Support of 150 Ohm Cables in 10BASE-T Link Segment Status: Superseded **Available as ISO/IEC 8802-3. Superseded by 802.3-2002 (802.3ag). History: PAR APP: Sep 22, 1994, BD APP: Dec 12, 1995, ANSI APP: Jul 16, 1996 Abstract: Abstract not available. See ISO/IEC 8802-3. Designation: 802.3w Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks Title: Supplement to 802.3 - Standard for Enhanced Media Access Control Algorithm Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Geoffrey O Thompson, Phone:408-495-2107, Email:thompson@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jun 14, 1995 Project Scope: To develop a normative supplement to the IEEE 802.3 standard. This supplement will specify an optional enhancement to the MAC algorithm that improves performance, and is fully compatible and interoperable with the existing MAC. Project Purpose: The supplement will provide a formal state machine specification of the enhancement to the MAC algorithm, with appropriate descriptive text. Designation: 802.3x-1997 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks Title: IEEE Standards for Local and Metropolitan Area Networks: Specification for 802.3 Full Duplex Operation Status: Superseded **Published with IEEE Std 802.3y-1997. Supplement to ISO/IEC 8802-3: 1996 [ANSI/IEEE Std 802.3, 1996 Edition]. Superseded by 802.3-2002 (802.3ag). History: PAR APP: Jun 14, 1995, BD APP: Mar 20, 1997, ANSI APP: Sep 05, 1997 Project Scope: To define the specification for bi-directional, simultaneous transmission and reception of IEEE 802.3 frames over media capable of supporting simultaneous bi-directional signaling (twisted pair and/or fiber). Flow control mechanisms will be addressed as relevant. Project Purpose: This standard will provide a higher performance option to the existing standard that allows performance to be optimized for IEEE 802.3 LANs (currently 10 and 100 Mb/s). This performance enhancement is made possible by the separate transmit and receive channels of twosted pair and/or fiber technologies. This standard will allow significant performance improvement and will provide a basis for interoperation of products referred to as 802.3 Full Duplex. Abstract: Necessary changes and additions are made to provide for an additional, full duplex mode of operation on a speed- independent basis. Changes are made to the MAC and selected Physical Layer implementations (10BASE-T, 10BASE-FL, 100BASE-T) to support full duplex. A mechanism for pause-based flow control is also added. Key Words: 100BASE-T2, Category 3, flow control, full duplex, MAC Control, management, Media Independent Interface, MII, pause, repeater Designation: 802.3y-1997 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks Title: IEEE Standards for Local and Metropolitan Area Networks: Physical Layer Specification for 100 Mb/s Operation on Two Pairs of Category 3 or Better Balanced Twisted Pair Cable (100BASE-T2) Status: Superseded **Published with IEEE Std 802.3x-1997. Supplement to ISO/IEC 8802-3: 1996 [ANSI/IEEE Std 802.3, 1996 Edition]. Superseded by 802.3-2002 (802.3ag). History: PAR APP: Jun 14, 1995, BD APP: Mar 20, 1997, ANSI APP: Sep 05, 1997 Project Scope: A physical layer will be defined for 100BASE-T networks operating over cabling plants where two pairs of ISO/IEC 11801 Category 3 or better balanced twisted pair cabling are available. The standard will additionally be compatible with all other currently planned work. Project Purpose: This standard will allow 100 Mb/s operation on the majority of balanced cable (e.g. twisted pair) plants in use today, including virtually all of the cabling specified in the 10BASE-T standard. It will increase the availability of the 100 Mb/s speed to 802.3 LANs where only two pairs of Category 3 or better balanced cabling are available. This is a significant share of the current 10BASE-T user base. Abstract: Changes and additions to the 100BASE-T portion of IEEE Std 802.3 are provided to specify an additional 100 Mb/s transceiver type 100BASE-T, which can support full duplex operation over two pairs of Category 3 or better cabling. Key Words: 100BASE-T2, Category 3, flow control, full duplex, MAC Control, management, Media Independent Interface, MII, pause, repeater Designation: 802.3z-1998 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks Title: Media Access Control Parameters, Physical Layers, Repeater and Management Parameters for 1,000 Mb/s Operation, Supplement to Information Technology - Local and Metropolitan Area Networks - Part 3: Carrier Sense Multiple Access with Collision Detection (CSMA/CD) Access Method and Physical Layer Specifications - Status: Superseded **Superseded by 802.3-2002 (802.3ag). History: PAR APP: Jun 20, 1996, BD APP: Jun 25, 1998 Project Scope: Define Carrier Sense Multiple Access with Collision Detection (CSMA/CD) Media Access Control (MAC) parameters and minimal augmentation of its operation, physical layer characteristics, repeater functions and management parameters for transfer of 802.3 and Ethernet format frames at 1,000 Mb/s. Project Purpose: The purpose of this project is to extend the 802.3 protocol to an operating speed of 1,000 Mb/s in order to provide a significant increase in bandwidth while maintaining maximum compatibility with the installed base of CSMA/CD nodes, previous investment in research and development, and principles of network operation and management. Designation: 802.4-1990 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1995 Title: Standard for Token-Passing Bus Access Method and Physical Layer Specifications Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 10, 2002. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **Available in ISO/IEC 8802-4. History: PAR APP: Mar 28, 1986, BD APP: Feb 27, 1990, ANSI APP: Jul 19, 1990 Abstract: This local area network (LAN) standard deals with all elements of the token-passing bus access method and its associated physical signaling and media technologies. To facilitate interconnection of stations by way of a LAN using the token-passing bus access method, this standard specifies the characteristics of the transmission medium; the signaling method used; the frame formats transmitted; the actions of a station upon receipt of a frame; the services provided at the conceptual interface between the Medium Access Control (MAC) sublayer and the Logical Link Control (LLC) sublayer; and the actions, entities and values used by management. There are four medium characteristics and signaling methods: 5 and 10 Mb/s phase-coherent FSK; 1, 5, and 10 Mb/s broadband; 10 and 20 Mb/s fiberoptic; and 1 Mb/s phase-continuous FSK. Key Words: LAN, token-passing, bus, Protocols, Local area networks Designation: 802.4a-1986 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks Title: Local Area Network: Fiber Optic Token Bus Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 10, 2002. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **Available in ISO/IEC 8802-4. History: PAR APP: Mar 28, 1986, BD APP: Mar 13, 1986 Abstract: Add additional physical layer and media specifications utilizing fiber optic media to IEEE Std 802.4. Key Words: fiber, optic, token, bus Designation: 802.4b-1992 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks Title: Local Area and Metropolitan Area Networks: 802.4 Supplement: Enhancements for Physical Layer Diversity (Redundant Media Control Unit) Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Mar 19, 1998. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **Supplement to 802.4-1990. History: PAR APP: Dec 10, 1987, BD APP: Sep 28, 1992, ANSI APP: Feb 23, 1993 Abstract: This supplement to ISO/IEC 8802-4:1990[ANSI/IEEE 802.4-1990] provides a recommendation for employing diversity in the Physical Layer of token-passing bus systems conforming to ISO/IEC 8802-4:1990 for local and metropolitan area networks. Key Words: physical, local, area, metropolitan, diversity, redundant, media, control, token-passing, bus, access, method Designation: 802.4C Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks Title: Thru air media supplement to 802.4-1985 Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Paul S Eastman, Phone:602 861 3652, Email:paul@rfnetworks.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 28, 1987 Key Words: lan, air, media, local, networks Designation: 802.4D Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks Title: Broadband Media Conformance Test Supplement to 802.4-1985 Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Paul S Eastman, Phone:602 861 3652, Email:paul@rfnetworks.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 28, 1987 Key Words: lan, broadband, media, conformance, test Designation: 802.4E Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks Title: MAC Conformance Test Supplement to 802.4-1985 Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Paul S Eastman, Phone:602 861 3652, Email:paul@rfnetworks.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 28, 1987 Key Words: lan, MAC, conformance, test, networks Designation: 802.4F Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks Title: Phase Coherent FSK Conformance Test Supplement to 802.4-1985 Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Paul S Eastman, Phone:602 861 3652, Email:paul@rfnetworks.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 28, 1987 Key Words: lan, phase, coherent, FSK, conformance Designation: 802.4G Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks Title: Fiber Optic Media Conformance Test Supplement to 802.4-1985 Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Paul S Eastman, Phone:602 861 3652, Email:paul@rfnetworks.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 28, 1987 Key Words: fiber, optic, media, conformance, lan Designation: 802.4h-1997 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks Title: IEEE Standard Local and Metropolitan Area Networks—Alternative Use of BNC Connectors and Manchester-Encoded Signaling Methods for Single-Channel Bus Physical Layer Entities Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 10, 2002. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **Supplement to ISO/IEC 8802-4:1990. History: PAR APP: Sep 19, 1996, BD APP: Jun 26, 1997, ANSI APP: Apr 24, 1998 Project Scope: To allow the alternative use of BNC-connectors and Manchester Encoded Signaling methods for Single Channel Bus Physical Layer Entities. Project Purpose: The changes will allow alternative specifications requested by users of the standard and are designed to enhance ease of installation, reliabiity and maintainability. Abstract: This supplement to ISO/IEC 8802-4:1990 [ANSI/IEEE Std 802.4-1990] provides the functional, electrical, and mechanical characteristics of single-channel differential and Manchester-data-encoded bus Physical Layer Entities (PLEs). Key Words: BNC connectors, differential Manchester encoding, eye pattern, local area network, MAC-Symbol encoding, Manchester-encoded signaling, Physical Layer Entity, single-channel bus, token-passing bus access method Designation: 802.5-1997 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2003 Title: IEEE Standard for Information Technology - Telecommunications and Information Exchange Between Systems - Local and Metropolitan Area Networks - Specific Requirements - Part 5: Token Ring Access Method and Physical Layer Specifications Status: Approved Publication of IEEE History: PAR APP: Sep 19, 1996, BD APP: Sep 16, 1997, ANSI APP: Apr 26, 2004 Project Scope: This project will consider updates, corrections to errors and improved clarification to the Std 802.5-1995. Project Purpose: During development of P802.5r, a number of areas in Std 802.5- 1995 were found in need of revision. Designation: 802.5 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks Title: Standard for Information Technology - Telecommunications and information exchange between systems - Local and metropolitan area networks - Part 5: Token ring access method and physical layer specifications Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Robert D Love, Phone:919-848-6773, Email:rdlove@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 08, 1998 Project Scope: To create a single ISO/IEC Token Ring standard, by performing a technical merge and clarification of ISO/IEC 8802-5:1998 and its amendments. The scope does not include the development of new technical capabilities, but does provide for clarification and correction of existing functions and features. Project Purpose: To provide a single cohesive document describing the various capabilities and options for Token Ring as defined within the family of IEEE 802.5 standards. Various sections of the standard were written at different times, based on slightly different models. Therefore, the revision is required to rewrite the standard bringing all sections together under the same global view. Designation: 802.5-1989 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks Title: IEEE Standard for Local Area Networks: Token Ring Access Method and Physical Layer Specifications Status: Superseded **Available in ISO/IEC 8802-5. History: BD APP: Jun 02, 1989, ANSI APP: Jan 25, 1990 Designation: 802.5-1985 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks Title: Local Area Networks: Token Ring Bus Access Method and Physical Layer Specification Status: Superseded History: PAR APP: Mar 28, 1986 Key Words: lan, token-ring, physical, layer, bus Designation: 802.5a Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks Title: LAN: Station Management Supplement to 802.5-1985 Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. **This supplement is section 6 of 8802-5:1992. Technical Contact: Robert Donnan, Phone:919 728 6177, Email:donnan@coastalnet.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. Key Words: LAN, station, management, local, area Designation: 802.5b-1991 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks Title: IEEE Standards for Local and Metropolitan Area Networks: Recommended Practice for Use of Unshielded Twisted Pair Cable (UTP) for Token Ring Data Transmission at 4 Mbit/s Status: Superseded **Available in ISO/IEC 8802-5. History: PAR APP: Mar 28, 1986, BD APP: Jun 26, 1991 Abstract: Abstract not available. See ISO/IEC 8802-5. Key Words: token, ring, configuration, lan, local Designation: 802.5b-1991 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks Title: Recommended Practice for Use of Unshielded Twisted Pair Cable (UTP) for Token Ring Data Transmission at 4 Mbit/s - 1993 Edition Status: Superseded **Available in ISO/IEC 8802-5. Was ISO/IEC TR 10738. History: ANSI APP: Dec 12, 1991 Abstract: Abstract not available. See ISO/IEC 8802-5. Key Words: token, ring, access, method, data, transmission, networks, unshielded, twisted, pair, cable Designation: 802.5c-1991 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1997 Title: IEEE Standards for Local and Metropolitan Area Networks: Supplement to Token Ring Access Method and Physical Layer Specifications: Recommended Practice for Dual Ring Operation with Wrapback Reconfiguration Status: Superseded **Supplement to IEEE 802.5-1989. History: PAR APP: Mar 28, 1986, BD APP: Mar 21, 1991, ANSI APP: Oct 03, 1991 Abstract: Extensions to the IEEE 802.5 Token-Passing Ring standard are defined. These extensions implement a Dual Ring local area network (LAN) topology that provides full interoperability between stations conforming to IEEE Std 802.5, including coexistence on the same ring, and recovery from all single media failures with full capability restored. The Dual Ring Topology and operation described are intended for applications that require very high availability and recovery from media and station failures. Key Words: token, ring, configuration, LAN, local Designation: 802.5d-1992 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks Title: Interconnected Token Ring LANs Status: Superseded **Available in ISO/IEC 8802-5. History: PAR APP: Mar 28, 1986, BD APP: Mar 19, 1992, ANSI APP: Sep 22, 1992 Abstract: Abstract not available. See ISO/IEC 8802-5. Key Words: interconnected, token ring, LAN, local Designation: 802.5e Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks Title: Token Ring Station Management Entity Specifications Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. **Supplement to 802.5 Technical Contact: Robert Donnan, Phone:919 728 6177, Email:donnan@coastalnet.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 28, 1987 Key Words: lan, token ring, station, management, entity Designation: 802.5f Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks Title: 16 Mbit /s Token Ring Operations Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. **Supplement to 802.5 Technical Contact: Robert Donnan, Phone:919 728 6177, Email:donnan@coastalnet.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 28, 1987 Key Words: lan, token ring, 16 mbit/s, local, networks Designation: 802.5g-1992 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks Title: IEEE Standard for Local Area Networks: Token Ring Access Method and Physical Layer Specifications—Conformance Testing Status: Superseded **Available in ISO/IEC 8802-5. Supplement to 802.5 (Appendix C for 802.5A) History: PAR APP: Mar 28, 1987, BD APP: Mar 19, 1992, ANSI APP: Sep 22, 1992 Project Scope: and Purpose- Provide a set of specifications as the basis for Conformance (to the Standard) testing of IEEE 802.5. Abstract: Abstract not available. See ISO/IEC 8802-5. Key Words: LAN, conformance, testing, local, networks Designation: 802.5h Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks Title: Operation of Logical Link Control III on Token Rings Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. **Supplement to 802.5 Technical Contact: Robert Donnan, Phone:919 728 6177, Email:donnan@coastalnet.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 28, 1987 Key Words: lan, token ring, logical, link, control Designation: 802.5i Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks Title: Token Ring - Early Token Release Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Robert Donnan, Phone:919 728 6177, Email:donnan@coastalnet.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 28, 1987 Key Words: lan, token ring, early, release, networks Designation: 802.5j-1997 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2003 Title: Token ring access method and physical layer specifications Fibre Optic Media Status: Approved Publication of IEEE **Will be published with IEEE Std 802.5r-1996 as 8802-5 : 1998 Amd 1. Supersedes 802.5j-1993. History: PAR APP: Sep 19, 1996, BD APP: Sep 16, 1997, ANSI APP: Apr 15, 1998 Project Scope: To upgrade from Trial Use to Full Use, the standard which adds to the token ring standard the means for fiber optic media station attachment to the token ring network. This effort will consider comments from users of the trial use standard to include specifications for both fiber for the lobe and trunk in the supplement. Project Purpose: This project will update the existing Token Ring Trial Use Fiber Standard to Full Use Supplement to 802.5-1995. The current trial use Fiber standard is being used by a number of companies and significant interest is present to spend the effort to make a full use supplemental standard to 802.5. Designation: 802.5j-1993 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks Title: Trial Use Standard for Information Processing Systems-Local Area Networks-Part 5: Token Ring Access Method and Physical Layer Spec.-Fiber Optic Media Station Attachment Status: Superseded **Available as ISO/IEC TR 11802-4. Publication type: Trial-Use History: PAR APP: Sep 17, 1992, BD APP: Dec 02, 1993 Abstract: The functional, electrical, optical, and mechanical characteristics of a fibre optic interface for connecting a 4- or 16- Mbit/s token ring station to the trunk coupling unit of a token ring are specified. This Technical Report is based upon a fibre optic transmitter, a channel of multimode graded-index fibres, and a direct-detection photodiode receiver; and includes signaling provisions for bypass of the station from the ring and self-test capabilities. Key Words: Trunk coupling unit, Token ring, Optical transmitter (OTX), Optical receiver (ORX), Local area network (LAN), Fibre optic station attachment, Fibre optic medium interface (FOMI), Fibre optic interface (FOI) Designation: 802.5k Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks Title: Token Ring Media Specification Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Robert Donnan, Phone:919 728 6177, Email:donnan@coastalnet.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Aug 28, 1987 Key Words: lan, token ring, media, local, networks Designation: 802.5l Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks Title: Maintenance of Token Ring Standard Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Robert Donnan, Phone:919 728 6177, Email:donnan@coastalnet.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jun 01, 1989 Designation: 802.5m-1993 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks Title: IEEE Standard Token Ring LAN Access Method: Specification and PICS Proforma for Source Routing Transparent Bridge Operation (SRT) Status: Superseded **Available in ISO/IEC 10038. This work will be incorporated into 802.1D. History: PAR APP: Mar 21, 1991, BD APP: Mar 18, 1993, ANSI APP: Aug 30, 1993 Abstract: Abstract not available. See ISO/IEC 8802-5. Designation: 802.5n Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks Title: Standard for Operation of 4 and 16 M/bits Token Ring Local Area Networks on Unshielded Twisted Pair (UTP) Media Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Robert Donnan, Phone:919 728 6177, Email:donnan@coastalnet.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 21, 1991 Project Scope: Extend the IEEE 802.5-1989 Standard to include operation of Token Ring at 4 and 16 Mbit/s over UTP media. Maintain interoperability with stations that comply to that specification when they are attached to UTP> Project Purpose: To specify the operation of Token Ring over UTP media. The objectives of this specification are to achieve the following: 1. Ensure compatability with existing shielded twisted pair (STP) station attachment implementations. 2. Allow interoperability of UTP and STP on the same ring. 3. Maintain compatability with the Recommended Practice for use of UTP for Token Ring Data Transmission at 4 Mbit/s (802.5B) where advantageous. 4. Support of lobes consistent with TR 41.8.1 recommendations both at 4 and 16 Mbit/s for the set of active and/or passive TCU devices. 5. Support at least 72 lobe-attached stations. 6. All valid UTP cabling and TCU configurations will allow attachment of any UTP station at any Token Ring UTP interface. Designation: 802.5p-1993 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2003 Title: Standard for Information Processing Systems—Local Area Networks—Part 2: Logical Link Control—Annex X: End system Route Determination Status: Approved Publication of IEEE **Available in ISO/IEC 8802-2. Revision and redesignation of 802.2-1989. Incorporated into 802.2, 1994 edition. History: PAR APP: Jun 18, 1992, BD APP: Sep 15, 1993, ANSI APP: Feb 24, 1994 Abstract: Abstract not available. See ISO/IEC 8802-5. Designation: 802.5q Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks Title: Standard for Information processing systems-Local Area Networks-Part 5: Token Ring Access Method and Physical Layer Specification-Media Access Control Revision Status: Superseded **802.5q was incorrectly numbered as if it were a supplement, but in fact, it is a revision of 802.5. History: PAR APP: Dec 03, 1992 Project Scope: Revise the existing media access control(MAC) sections of the token ring standard to provide improved clarity and specificity. In addition the joining ring and beacon test capabilities shall be included and the 16-bit addressing removed from the standard. This change will align the standard with current implementations. Project Purpose: In the process of the development of conformance test documents it has become apparent that greater clarity and specificity in the standard is required for the writing of test specifications for the token ring. In addition certain improvements which have been implemented in token ring have been demonstratred as being most desirable for enhanced operation and therefore should be included. Designation: 802.5r-1997 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2003 Title: Token ring access method and physical layer specifications Dedicated Token Ring Operation Status: Approved Publication of IEEE **Will be published with IEEE Std 802.5j-1996 as 8802-5 : 1998 Amd 1. History: PAR APP: Sep 19, 1996, BD APP: Sep 16, 1997 Project Scope: Define dedicated attachment of existing token ring stations. In addition, expand the station's capability to simultaneously transmit and receive independent data streams for all frames. define station concentrator functions in sufficient detail to produce an interface between station and concentrator that assures interworking. Project Purpose: As presently defined, each token ring station shares the ring's total available bandwidth. This dedicated attachment extension to 802.5-1995 will provide a significant increase in available bandwidth to each station. Additionally, it will decouple the operating speed of the concentrator from its attaching stations. Designation: 802.5t-2000 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2003 Title: IEEE Standard for Information Technology - Telecommunications and information exchange between systems - Local and Metropolitan Area Networks - Part 5: Token Ring access method and physical layer specifications 100 Mbit/s Dedicated Token Ring Operation Status: Approved Publication of IEEE History: PAR APP: Dec 09, 1997, BD APP: Jan 13, 2000, ANSI APP: Apr 25, 2000 Project Scope: Generate a standard for 100 Mbit/s 802.5 Token Ring LANs based on the present 802.5 Token Ring MAC. It will support 2-pair Category 5 (100 ohm) and STP (150 ohm) cabling as specified in IS-11801 (and EIA/TIA 568A). The standard will consist of specifications for both stations and ports. MAC frame format will be based on that defined for IEEE 802.5, modified only to meet the specifications for the Tc PHY. The frame format between MAC and LLC is being preserved Project Purpose: To provide a cost effective solution for current IEEE 802.5 Token Ring users by specifically developing a standard for a High Speed Token Ring LAN based on the present IEEE 802.5 MAC, for incorporation into present 802.5 Token Ring environments with minimal increase in LAN complexity. Abstract: " This supplement specifies the changes required to ANSI/IEEE Std 802.5, 1998 Edition,(Base standard) and ANSI/IEEE 802.5r, 1998 Edition, and ANSI/IEEE Std 802.5j, 1998 Edition,(Amendment 1 standard) to support 100 Mbit/s Dedicated Token Ring (DTR) operation. The Basestandard, together with the Amendment 1 standard, specifies shared and dedicated (point-to-point)Token Ring operation at both 4 Mbit/s and 16 Mbit/s using either the TKP Access Protocol or theTXI Access Protocol. This supplement extends Token Ring operation to 100 Mbit/s for the DTR C-Port and Station using the TXI Access Protocol. Extensions to the medium access control (MAC)have been made to accommodate the requirements for high media rates (100 Mbit/s and above). " Key Words: "data processing interconnection, dedicated token ring, fill duplex operation, local area network (LAN), medium access control (MAC), 100 Mbit/s operation, token ring" Designation: 802.5u Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks Title: Standard for Information Technology - Telecommunications and information exchange between systems - Local and Metropolitan area networks Part 5: Token Ring access method and physical layer specifications Optical fiber Physical Layer Specification for 100 Mbit/s Token Ring operation Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. History: PAR APP: Dec 09, 1997 Project Scope: Provide the appropriate extensions to the standard for 100 Mbit/s 802.5 Token now being written to include support for multi-mode Optical Fibre as specified in IS-11801 (and EIA/TIA 568A). The standard will consist of specifications for both stations and ports. MAC frame format will be based on that defined for IEEE 802.5, modified only to meet the specifications for the Fx, Fibre PHY. The frame format between MAC and LLC is being preserved). Project Purpose: To provide a cost effective fibre optic solution for current IEEE 802.5 Token Ring users by specifically developing a standard for a High Speed Token Ring LAN based on the present IEEE 802.5 MAC for incorporation into present 802.5 Token Ring environments with minimal increase in LAN complexity. Designation: 802.5v-2001 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2003 Title: IEEE Standard for Information Technology - Telecommunications and information exchange between systems - Local and metropolitan area networks - Part 5: Token Ring access method and physical layer specifications Gigabit Token Ring Operation Status: Approved Publication of IEEE Technical Contact: Robert D Love, Phone:919-848-6773, Email:rdlove@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Dec 09, 1997, BD APP: May 04, 2001, ANSI APP: Sep 10, 2001 Project Scope: Define IEEE 802.5 Token Ring (MAC) parameters and minimal augmentation of its operation, physical layer characteristics, and management parameters for transfer of 802.5 format frames at 1,000 Mb/s or faster. The standard will consist of specifications for both stations and ports. MAC frame format will be based on that defined for IEEE 802.5. The frame format between MAC and LLC is being preserved Project Purpose: To extend the IEEE 802.5 protocol to an operating speed of 1,000 Mbit/s or faster, to provide a significant increase in bandwidth while maintaining maximum compatibility with the installed base of Token Ring nodes, previous investment in research and development, and principles of network operation and management. Abstract: " This amendment specifies the changes required to IEEE 802.5, 1999 Edition (ISO/IEC8802-5:1998 base standard), IEEE Stds 802.5r and 802.5j, 1998 Edition (ISO/IEC 8802-5:1998/Amd. 1:1998), and IEEE Std 802.5t-1999, to support 1000 Mbit/s Dedicated Token Ring (DTR) op-eration. The base standard together with Amendment 1 specifies shared and dedicated (point-to-point) Token Ring operation at both 4 and 16 Mbit/s using either the TKP Access Protocol or theTXI Access Protocol. IEEE Std 802.5t-2000 extends Token Ring operation to 100 Mbit/s for theDTR C-Port and Station using the TXI Access Protocol. This standard extends Token Ring opera-tion to 1000 Mbit/s for the DTR C-Port and Station using the TXI Access Protocol. Extensions to theMedia Access Control have been made to accommodate the requirements for the 1000 Mbit/s me-dia rate." Key Words: "Token Ring operation, TKP Access Protocol, TXI Access Protocol, DTR C-Port and Station" Designation: 802.5w-2000 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2003 Title: IEEE Corrigenda to Standard for Information Technology - Telecommunications and information exchange between systems - Local and metropolitan area networks - Part 5: Token Ring access method and physical layer specifications Status: Approved Publication of IEEE History: PAR APP: Sep 16, 1998, BD APP: Mar 30, 2000, ANSI APP: Oct 30, 2000 Project Scope: Correct errors in 802.5-1998 and its amendments. Project Purpose: Correct errors in 802.5-1998 and its amendments. Abstract: " This corrigendum to Local and Metropolitan Area Network standards, IEEE Std 802.5,1998 Edition and IEEE Stds 802.5r and 802.5j, 1998 Edition, is part of a family of local area net-work (LAN) standards dealing with the physical and data link layers as defined by the ISO/IECOpen Systems Interconnection Basic Reference Model. Errors that have been identified in the twostandards are corrected." Key Words: "data processing interconnection, dedicated token ring, fibre optic media, full duplex operation, insertion key, LAN, MAC, token ring" Designation: 802.5x Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks Title: Standard for Virtual Bridged Local Area Networks: Source Routing - Supplement to IEEE Std 802.1Q Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Robert D Love, Phone:919-848-6773, Email:rdlove@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 18, 1999 Project Scope: Extend 802.1Q to specify support for the source route bridging method. Project Purpose: To enable source routing users to take advantage of virtual bridged LANs, while retaining the capabilities of source routing. Designation: 802.5z Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks Title: Supplement to - Information Technology Telecommunications and Information Exchange Between Systems - Local and Metropolitan Area Networks - Specific Requirements - Part 5: Token Ring Access Method and Physical Layer Specifications - Aggregation of Multiple Link Segments Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Robert D Love, Phone:919-848-6773, Email:rdlove@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 16, 1999 Project Scope: Specify a DTE to DTE logical link which consists of n parallel instances of an 802.5 point-to-point link segment. The logical link will support existing 802.5 MAC Clients. Project Purpose: To increase link availability and bandwidth between DTEs by specifying the necessary mechanisms for parallel link segment aggregation. Designation: 802.6-1990 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1997 Title: Local and Metropolitan Area Networks: Distributed Queue Dual Bus (DQDB) Subnetwork of a Metropolitan Area Network (MAN) Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Feb 07, 2003. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **Available in ISO/IEC 8802-6. Draft 15, dated 1 Oct 90, was approved. History: PAR APP: Nov 28, 1987, BD APP: Dec 06, 1990, ANSI APP: May 30, 1991 Project Scope: The Standard will define a Dual Bus subnetwork incorporating a shared Medium physical layer of two unidirectioonal buses, a non-isochronous media access control sublayer based on Distributed Queueing and an isochronous media access control sublayer based on centralized time slot allocation. The standard will allow for bridges to interconnect two or more Dual Bus subnetworks to form a Metropolitan Area Network (MAN). The Dual Bus subnetwork and MAN shall be capable both of operating in the public telecommunications network environment and of incorporation in the public network structure, and shall meet the operations, administration, maintenance and performance requirements of this environment for criteria such as reliability, availablity and security. The Dual Bus subnetworks and MAN shall operate at selected rates exceeding 1 Mbps and consistent with public network rates. The Dual Bus subnetworks and MAN shall be capable of operating over areas in excess of 50 kilometers in diameter. The performance and efficiency shall be essentially independent of subnetwork size and rate. Project Purpose: The purpose of the standard is to enable public network providers to offer Metropolitan Area Network service. The services to be provided include telephony, high speed and high quality isochronous service, ISDN access and high speed and high quality packet service such as LAN interconnection, host interconnection, and workstation connection across a metropolitan area. The standard will use the installed and planned base of publioc digital transmission equipment. This will include media such as optical fibre accessed through standard physical interfaces including CCITT G.703. Abstract: This standard is part of a family of standards for local area networks (LANs) and metropolitan area networks (MANs) that deal with the Physical and Data Link Layers as defined by the ISO Open Systems Interconnection Reference Model. It defines a high-speed shared medium access protocol for use over a dual, counterflowing, unidirectional bus subnetwork. The Physical Layer and Distributed Queue Dual Bus (DQDB) Layer are required to support a Logical Link Control (LLC) Sublayer by means of a connectionless Medium Access Control (MAC) Sublayer service in a manner consistent with other IEEE 902 networks. Additional DQDB Layer functions are specified as a framework for other services. These additional functions will support Isochronous Service Users and Connection-Oriented Data Service users, but their implementation is not required for conformance. Key Words: LAN, metro, area, networks Designation: 802.6a Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks Title: Standard for Multiple Port Bridging for Metropolitan Area Networks Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: James F Mollenauer, Phone:(617) 244-0077, Email:jmollenauer@technicalstrategy.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jun 09, 1988 Key Words: lan, multiple, port, bridging, metropolitan Designation: 802.6b Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks Title: Standard for Premises Extension of DS3-Based 802.6 MAN Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: James F Mollenauer, Phone:(617) 244-0077, Email:jmollenauer@technicalstrategy.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 06, 1990 Project Scope: The standard will define a Physical Layer Convergence Procedure (PLCP) which will allow the Distributed Queue Dual Bus (DQDB) Layer protocol as defined by 802.6 to be mapped into a premises extension of 802.6 subnetworks based upon the DS3 PLCP. Media and connectors will be included. Commonality with other premises extensions will be an objective. Equivalent international rates may also be addressed. Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to enable a Metropolitan Area Network service to be provided over premises extensions to public or private DS3 based transmission systems. The interface to the public network is the electrical DSX3; an economical extension for premises use is needed. Designation: 802.6c-1993 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks Title: Local and Metropolitan Area Networks: Supplement to 802.6: Physical Layer Convergence Procedure (PLCP) for DS1-Based Systems (Clause 12) Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 16, 1999. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **Sold together with 802.6h-1993. History: PAR APP: Dec 06, 1990, BD APP: Jul 12, 1993, ANSI APP: Mar 15, 1994 Abstract: A Physical Layer Convergence Procedure (PLCP) in which the Distributed Queue Dual Bus (DQDB) Layer is mapped into a public network standard DS1 transmission system is provided. The relationship of DS1 to the PLCP and the DS1 PLCP frame format are covered. Designation: 802.6d-1993 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1997 Title: Standard for SONET (SDH) Based Physical Layer Convergence Procedures for 802.6 MAN Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Feb 07, 2003. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **Available in ISO/IEC 8802-6. History: PAR APP: Dec 06, 1990, BD APP: Jul 12, 1993, ANSI APP: Mar 15, 1994 Abstract: Abstract not available. See ISO/IEC 8802-6. Designation: 802.6e Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks Title: Standard for Eraser Node for DQDB Metropolitan Area Network Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: James F Mollenauer, Phone:(617) 244-0077, Email:jmollenauer@technicalstrategy.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 06, 1990 Project Scope: The standard will define the operations of an eraser node for the 802.6 Distributed Queue Dual Bus. Actions to be taken by the eraser node in making slots available for reuse will be specified, based on the use of the PSR (Previous Slot Received) bit in the header. Existing nodes will continue to run normally. Project Purpose: Additions of slot recycling to the 802.6 standard family will permit total throughput to be raised substantially. In case of random traffic the improvement approaches a factor to two as eraser nodes are added; if there are localized communities of interest on the network, the improvement will be greater still. Designation: 802.6f-1993 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1997 Title: IEEE Info technology-Telecomm and information exchange between systems- Local and metropolitan area networks-Specific requirements-Part 6: Distributed Queue Dual Bus (DQDB) access method and physical layer specifications Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Feb 07, 2003. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **Available in ISO/IEC 8802-6. History: PAR APP: Dec 06, 1990, BD APP: Jul 12, 1993, ANSI APP: Mar 15, 1994 Abstract: Abstract not available. See ISO/IEC 8802-6. Designation: 802.6g Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks Title: Standard for Layer Management for the 802.6 Metropolitan Area Network Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: James F Mollenauer, Phone:(617) 244-0077, Email:jmollenauer@technicalstrategy.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 06, 1990 Project Scope: This standard will provide layer management facilities for the 802.6 MAC and Physical layer. The base 802.6 standard will be covered and additional physical layer convergence procedures may also be included. It will include appropriate GDMO as described in IS 10165-4. Project Purpose: To provide for control of DQDB network, including the settings of optional parameters, the collection of statistics, and fault recovery actions. The requirements of P802.1B (Overview, Interworking, and Network Management) and P802.1F(Guidelines for the Development of Layer Management Standards), where applicable, will be followed. Designation: 802.6h-1993 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks Title: Local and Metropolitan Area Networks: Supplement to 802.6: Isochronous Service on a Distributed Queue Dual Bus (DQDB) Subnetwork of a Metropolitan Area Network (MAN) Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 16, 1999. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **Sold together 802.6c-1993. History: PAR APP: Dec 06, 1990, BD APP: Sep 15, 1993, ANSI APP: Feb 24, 1994 Abstract: Enhancements to the Distributed Queue Dual Bus (DQDB) subnetwork of a MAN standard are defined that support applications requiring periodic, recurring bandwidth. The use of Pre-Arbitrated functions to support a variety of isochronous service rates is addressed, although the use of Queued Arbitrated functions will be standardized at a future date. Procedures for establishing, maintaining, and releasing an isochronous connection are not addressed. Designation: 802.6i Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks Title: Standard for Remote LAN Bridging Using the 802.6 MAN Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: James F Mollenauer, Phone:(617) 244-0077, Email:jmollenauer@technicalstrategy.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 06, 1990 Designation: 802.6j-1995 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1997 Title: Local and Metropolitan Area Networks: Supplement to 802.6: Connection- Oriented Service on a Distributed Queue Dual Bus (DQDB) Subnetwork of a Metropolitan Area Network(MAN) Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Feb 07, 2003. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. History: PAR APP: Dec 06, 1990, BD APP: Mar 16, 1995, ANSI APP: Aug 24, 1995 Abstract: Enhanced Queued Arbitrated (QA) Functions, which can support applications requiring bandwidth guarantees and delay limits on a DQDB subnetwork, are specified. Connection-Oriented Convergence Functions (COCFs) using the enhanced QA Functions, which are necessary to support connection-oriented service, are also specified Key Words: COCF, Distributed Queue, DQDB, Queued Arbitrated, QA, Variable Bit Rate, VBR, connection-oriented service, Guaranteed Bandwidth (GBW) Designation: 802.6k-1992 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks Title: IEEE Standards for Local and Metropolitan Area Networks: Supplement to Media Access Control (MAC) Bridges IEEE Standard 802.6 Distributed Queue Dual Bus (DQDB) Subnetwork of a MAN Status: Superseded **Superseded by 802.1D-1998 History: BD APP: Dec 03, 1992, ANSI APP: Jun 09, 1993 Abstract: This supplement to IEEE Std 802.1 specifies modifications and additions to IEEE 802.1d to extend its scope and field of application to transparent bridging between 802.6 Subnetworks of Metropolitan Area Networks and between 802.6 and FDDI and IEEE 802 Local Area Networks. Key Words: distributed, queue, dual , bus, media, access, control, bridges, local, networks, metropolitan Designation: 802.6l Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks Title: Standard for Point-to-Point Interface for IEEE 802.6 Subnetwork of a Metropolitan Area Network Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: James F Mollenauer, Phone:(617) 244-0077, Email:jmollenauer@technicalstrategy.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 17, 1992 Project Scope: This document provides specifications for a point-to-point extension to the 802.6 MAN, supporting the same services that are supported on a mulitpoint 802.6 network. Project Purpose: This standard will enable users to have a lower cost connection of a single terminal to a metropolitan area network. Designation: 802.6m Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks Title: Standard for a Subnetwork of a Metropolitan Area Network Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: James F Mollenauer, Phone:(617) 244-0077, Email:jmollenauer@technicalstrategy.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 17, 1992 Project Scope: Revisions and corrections to the 802.6 Standard document and removal of 16 bit address obtion. Project Purpose: To provide clarifications, corrections, and revisions and to support additional services whose characterization has evolved since the drafting of the standard. Designation: 802.7-1989 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1997 Title: Local Area Networks: IEEE Recommended Practice: Broadband Local Area Networks Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Feb 07, 2003. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. History: BD APP: Oct 19, 1989, ANSI APP: Mar 09, 1990 Abstract: This standard specifies the design, installation, and test parameters for broadband cable medium. The medium supports the communication of IEEE 802.3b, IEEE 802.4, video, and narrowband radio frequency (RF) modem devices. The broadband bus topology consists of amplifiers, coaxial cable, and directional couplers that create a full duplex directional medium. Inbound signals flow from user outlet transmitters to a central headend location. The headend processes the signals and then transmits the signals via an outbound path to all user outlets. The medium utilizes frequency division multiplexing (FDN), which supports the simultaneous coexistence of services. Each service is assigned a unique inbound and outbound channel frequency. Key Words: LAN, Local area networks, Broadband communication Designation: 802.8 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks Title: Recommended Practice for Fiber Optic Local and Metropolitan Area Networks Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: J. Paul Benson, Jr, Phone:770 798 2883, Email:jpbenson@lucent.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 20, 1997 Project Scope: This project will provide a common set of recommendations to physically configure, loss budget, and test fiber optic implementations of IEEE 802 local and metropolitan area networks. It applies to IEEE 802 implementations that incorporate led optical sources. Physical configurations will be related to standardized cable distribution systems. The loss budget design process will apply to all approved 802 multimode fiber PMD sublayers. Test methods will ensure complicance to 802 fiber optic path loss requirements and check installation integrity. Project Purpose: To provide users and implementors of 802 local and metropolitan area networks with a common set of practices for multimode fiber optic media. Designation: 802.9 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks Title: Standard for Local and Metropolitan Area Networks - Integrated Services LAN Interface at the MAC and PHY Layers Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Dhadesugoor R Vaman, Phone:936-857-3923, Email:vaman@sbcglobal.net **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 19, 1996 Project Scope: Modify the Clause 1 of IEEE Std 802.9-1994 to reflect the addition of technologies developed as supplements. Specifically, label the three basic ISLAN technologies that have been standardized. Project Purpose: Improve the overall readability in order to understand the distinction in the IEEE Std. 802.9-1994 (ISLAN-T and ISLAN 20-T) and IEEE 802.9a (ISLAN 16-T) supplemental standard 1995, and other subsequent supplemental standards. Abstract: A unified access method that offers integrated services (IS) to the desktop for a variety of publicly and privately administered backbone networks (e.g., ANSI FDDI, IEEE 802.x, and ISDN) is defined. In addition, the interface at the MAC sublayer and the PHY Layer is specified. Designation: 802.9-1994 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks Title: Local and Metropolitan Area Networks: IEEE Standard for Integrated Services (IS) LAN Interface at the Medium Access Control (MAC) and Physical (PHY) Layers Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Mar 06, 2000. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. History: PAR APP: Sep 17, 1992, BD APP: Sep 22, 1994, ANSI APP: Mar 15, 1995 Abstract: A unified access method that offers integrated services (IS) to the desktop for a variety of publicly and privately administered backbone networks (e.g., ANSI FDDI, IEEE 802.x, and ISDN) is defined. In addition, the interface at the MAC sublayer and the PHY Layer is specified. Key Words: LAN, IVD, voice, interface, access unit (AU), data link layer, hybrid multiplexer , HMUX, integrated services , digital network , (ISDN), terminal equipment, (ISTE), local area network, logical link control, managed object, management info base, medium access control, sublayer, metropolitan area network, physical (PHY) layer, physical signaling, private switching network, protocol data unit , service access point, time division multiplexer (TDM, protocol data unit (PDU), private switching network, physical medium dependent, metropolitan area network (MAN, medium access control (MAC) su, management information base (M, layer management entity, integrated services terminal e, integrated services digital ne, hybrid multiplexer (HMUX), Local area network (LAN) Designation: 802.9a-1995 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks Title: Local and Metropolitan Area Networks: 802.9 Supplement: IEEE Standard Specification of ISLAN 16-T (Supplement to 802.9-1994.) Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Mar 06, 2000. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. History: PAR APP: Sep 15, 1993, BD APP: Oct 16, 1995, ANSI APP: Apr 08, 1996 Abstract: The architecture, frame structure, service specifications, Physical (PHY) Layer, management, and signalling of the ISLAN16-T interface are defined. The relationship of the ISLAN16-T network to the ISO/IEC 8802-3 network is also defined. Key Words: 10 base T, CSMA, data link layer, GDMO, hybrid multiplexer, HMUX, integrated services, ISDN, isochronous services, LAN, terminal adapter , UTP, wide area network, WAN, signaling, premise based , ISLAN Designation: 802.9b Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks Title: Supplement for Functional Specification for AU to AU Interworking IEEE- 802.9 Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: George Fargo, Phone:972-855-8768, Email:gfargo@intecom.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 15, 1993 Project Scope: This standard will specify procedures for P, C, B and D channel services for interworking between IEEE 802.9 Access Units. This standard will specify the Access Unit Architectural Model and Recommended procedures to enable the provisioning to support P, C, B and D Channel Services for interworking across an Access Unit which serves one 802.9 subnetwork, for the purpose of connecting to integrated services workstations connected to another 802.9 subnetwork, served by the latter IEEE 802.9 Access Unit. As part of this work topic, the minumum/optical MIB elements for the Access Unit required to effect AU to AU interworking will be specified. With the access unit's dual role as both an agent to a LAN manager and an agent to the WAN manager, the necessary procedures to coordinate the AU will also be specified in the course of this work. Project Purpose: Since the application users will find it necessary to construct a network consisting of multiple IEEE 802.9 subnetworks (each consisting of an access unit with its subtending integrated services workstations), it is important that an architectural model and a common set of procedures be defined to facilitate open systems interworking rather than allow proprietary (incompatible) hub designs to evolve. Key Words: AU to AU Designation: 802.9c-1995 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks Title: Local and Metropolitan Area Networks: 802.9 Supplement: IEEE Standard Managed Object Conformance Statement (MOCS) Proforma Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Mar 06, 2000. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. History: PAR APP: Mar 17, 1994, BD APP: Dec 12, 1995, ANSI APP: Aug 14, 1996 Abstract: The Managed Object Conformance Statement (MOCS) proforma for IEEE Std 802.9-1994 is provided. The MOCS specified in this supplement pertains to ISLAN4-T, which uses 4.096Mbit/s Physical Layer transport and ISLAN20-T, which uses 20.48 Mbit/s Physical Layer transport. Standardization of ISLAN16-T (IEEE Std 802.9a-1995) and ISLANAU-AU, which specifies the AU-to-AU interworking (IEEEP802.9b) is in progress at this time; therefore, the specification of MOCS for ISLAN16-T and ISLANAU-AU is not included in this supplement. Key Words: hybrid multiplexer, HMUX, implementation under test, intregrated service, IUT, IS, ISDN, LAN, MAN, system parameters, system under test, SUT, physical signalling (PS) sublayer, protocol data units, protocol capabilities, physical medium dependent (PMD) Designation: 802.9d-1995 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks Title: Local and Metropolitan Area Networks: 802.9 Supplement: IEEE Standard Protocol Implementation Conformance Statement (PICS) Proforma Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Mar 06, 2000. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **Supplement to 802.9-1994. History: PAR APP: Mar 17, 1994, BD APP: Nov 09, 1995, ANSI APP: Apr 08, 1996 Abstract: The Protocol Implementation Conformance Statement (PICS) proforma for IEEE Std 802.9-1994 is provided. It does not include the Managed Objects Conformance Statement, which is contained in a separate supplement. Key Words: hybrid multiplexer, HMUX sublayer, implementation , IUT, integrated services, digital network, ISDN, LAN, MAC, PMD, physical medium , physical signalling, PS, protocol capability, protocol data units, PICS, conformance , proforma, system parameters, system under test, SUT Designation: 802.9e Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks Title: Supplement to IEEE 802.9:Integrated Services (IS) LAN Interface at the Medium Access Control (MAC) and Physical (PHY) Layers: Asynchronous Transfer Mode (ATM) Cell Bearer Mode Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Dhadesugoor R Vaman, Phone:936-857-3923, Email:vaman@sbcglobal.net **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 21, 1995 Project Scope: Generate a standard which allows for a mode supporting the transport of ATM cells in the isochronous information stream of an IEEE 802.9 interface. Project Purpose: This standard will facilitate the use of the IEEE 802.9 ISLAN as a medium for the delivery of ATM structured information to the desktop. Designation: 802.9f Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks Title: Standard for Local and Metropolitan Area Networks-Supplement to Integrated Services (IS) LAN Interface at the Medium Access Control (MAC) and Physical (PHY) Layers: Remote Terminal Line Power for Integrated Services Terminal Equipment (ISTE) Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Dhadesugoor R Vaman, Phone:936-857-3923, Email:vaman@sbcglobal.net **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 21, 1995 Project Scope: Generate a standard which will allow power to be provided to IEEE 802.9 OSTEs for basic communications services over the same twisted pair cabling that provides the physical layer connectivity for theIEEE 802.9 ISTE. Project Purpose: This standard will facilitate the utilization of the IEEE ISLAN Standard ISTEs in creating an integrated desktop environment in which the ISTE functions as a primary means of communications for voice as well as video and packetized data. This standard will allow a means of providing power to the ISTE in the event of a general power failure so that the ISTE may still be used for emergency functions as a minimum. Designation: 802.10-1992 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks Title: Local and Metropolitan Area Networks: Interoperable LAN/MAN Security (SILS) Currently Contains Secure Data Exchange (SDE) (Clause 2) Status: Superseded **Contains: IEEE Std 802.10b-1992, Secure Data Exchange (SDE) (Clause 2) History: PAR APP: May 31, 1990, BD APP: Sep 17, 1992, ANSI APP: Mar 22, 1993 Abstract: A security protocol that can be used to protect IEEE 802 Local Area Networks (LANs) and Metropolitan Area Networks (MANs) is described. This Open Systems Interconnection (OSI) Layer 2 security protocol can be used to provide the security services of confidentiality and connectionless integrity. In conjunction with key management or system management, the security services of data origin authentication and access control may also be provided. Key Words: decipherment, encipherment, security, LAN MAN, security association, interoperable, secure data exchange, Metropolitan area networks, Local area networks Designation: 802.10-1998 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks Title: IEEE Standard for Interoperable LAN/MAN Security (SILS) Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 16, 2004. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **16-Jan-04: Administratively withdrawn. History: PAR APP: Sep 19, 1996, BD APP: Sep 16, 1998 Project Scope: To refine the Security Assoc. Identifier (SAID) field of the current Standard to support Multicast Key Center (MKC) identification. Neither the SDE PDU format, nor the elements of procedure are changed by this refinement. Additionally, this revision will incorporate supplements 802.10e, 802.10f, 802.10g, and 802.10h. Project Purpose: To allow independent Multicast Key Centers to assign unique SAID's. The current Standard only permits a global MKC, or necessitates out-of-band coordination among all MKC's to prevent re-use of the same SAID - both alternatives create an intractable implementation problem. Abstract: " IEEE 802.10 provides specifications for an interoperable data link layer security protocoland associated security services. The Secure Data Exchange (SDE) protocol is supported by anapplication layer Key Management Protocol (KMP) that establishes security associations for SDEand other security protocols. A security label option is specified that enables rule- based accesscontrol to be implemented using the SDE protocol. A method to allow interoperability with type-en-coded Medium Access Control (MAC) clients is also provided, as well as a set of managed objectclasses to be used in the management of the SDE sublayer and its protocol exchanges. " Key Words: "decipherment,encipherment,local area networks,security,metropolitan area networks,secure data exchange,security,security association" Designation: 802.10a-1999 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks Title: IEEE Standard for Interoperable LAN/MAN Security (SILS): The Model (Clause 1) Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 16, 2004. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **16-Jan-04: Administratively withdrawn. History: PAR APP: Sep 16, 1998, BD APP: Mar 22, 1999, ANSI APP: Jul 21, 1999 Project Scope: The SILs model describes the architectural framework that 802.10 is using to provide security in IEEE 802 LANs and MANs and delineates the scope of each of the other two standards and relationships between them. The two protocol standards described in the Model are Secure Data Exchange (SDE) and Key Management (KMP). The model also describes how SDE and KMP work in end stations and bridges, as well as how they are used to protect management traffic. Project Purpose: The Model addresses issues that apply to all of SILs. It enables implementers and users of SILS to understand how the SILS protocols operate together and how each protoc9ol individually operates in an OSI environment, as well as an IEEE 802 environment. The Model also describes implementations of SILS protocols in end stations, as well as transparent implementations in IEEE 802 bridges. Abstract: " An architectural description of the functions and location of SILS components is provid-ed. The SILS components and their relationships to applications, communications protocols, sys-tem management, and security management are described. " Key Words: Interoperable LAN Designation: 802.10b-1992 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks Title: Local and Metropolitan Area Networks: Interoperable LAN/MAN Security (SILS) - Part B: Secure Data Exchange (SDE) (Clause 2) Status: Superseded **Superseded by 802.10-1998 History: PAR APP: Mar 11, 1990, BD APP: Sep 17, 1992, ANSI APP: Mar 22, 1993 Abstract: A security protocol that can be used to protect IEEE 802 Local Area Networks (LANs) and Metropolitan Area Networks (MANs) is described. This Open Systems Interconnection (OSI) Layer 2 security protocol can be used to provide the security services of confidentiality and connectionless integrity. In conjunction with key management or system management, the security services of data origin authentication and access control may also be provided. Key Words: decipherment, encipherment, LAN, security, MAN, secure data exchange Designation: 802.10c-1998 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks Title: IEEE Standards for Local and Metropolitan Area Networks: Supplement to Standard for Interoperable LAN/MAN Security (SILS)—Key Management (Clause 3) Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 16, 2004. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **16-Jan-04: Administratively withdrawn. History: PAR APP: May 31, 1990, BD APP: Jan 21, 1998 Project Scope: To define a standard for services, protocols, data formats, and interfaces that will allow secure IEEE 802 LAN products to interoperate. IEEE 802.10 has specified three areas for standardization: Secure Data Exchange, Key Management, and Security Management, and the objects necessary to manage each protocol. The goals of each of these areas of SILS are to be as independent as possible of any particular encryption algorithm, such as DES or RSA, and of the transmission media. The work in each area is based on the OSI Seven Layer model (IS 7498) and on the OSI Security Architecture (IS 7498/2). The Key Management Standard specifies a Layer 7 protocol that will provide secure automated management of the cryptographic keys to be used by the Secure Data Exchange at Layer 2 or by Security Management at Layer 7. The standard will draw on work already done for Key Management by other standards groups. The ANSI X9.E9 group has written a Key Management standard for use by the Banking Community. ECMA TC32/TG9 has proposed a framework for secure applications, and the Secure Data Network System (SDNS) project has developed a key management standard for use with public key algorithms. The 802.10 Key Management standard will consider each of these standards to determine if the standard or some form of the standard is appropriate for use with LANs. The appendices to the SILS Key Management standard will provide explanatory information for the standard. The Rationale for Security Services Appendix will explain why the services that Key Management provides are appropriate for the management of cryptographic keys on LANs and how those services address the threats posed to the security of automated key distribution on LANs. The Examples of Algorithms Appendix will give an example of the use of Key Management withparticular algorithms. The Philosophy of Key Management Appendix will provide guidelines on the manual aspects of key management such as the secure distribution of Initialization Keys. Project Purpose: The purpose is threefold. First, the standard must specify the minimally acceptable security services to be supported primarily by encryption for IEEE 802 LANs. Second, the standard must define logical and physical mechanisms for achieving these services; this includes the managed objects required to support the processing to provide the services. Finally and most important, the standard must maximize interoperability of products in an open systems interconnection architecture. Abstract: A cryptographic key management model and a key management OSI Basic ReferenceModel Application Layer protocol are specified. Key Words: "association control service element - ACSE -,asymmetric cryptographic algorithm,center-based key distribution,certificate-based key distribution,cryptographic keying material,key management model,key management protocol - KMP -,manual key distribution,symmetric cryptographic algorithm" Designation: 802.10d Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks Title: Standard for Interoperable LAN Security (SILS) Part D - Security Management Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Kenneth G Alonge, Phone:703-750-4000 X122, Email:alonge_ken@geologics.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: May 31, 1990 Project Scope: To define a standard for services, protocols, data formats, and interfaces that will allow secure IEEE 802 LAN products to interoperate. IEEE 802.10 has specified three areas for standardization: Secure Data Exchange, Key Management, and Security Management, and the objects necessary to manage each protocol. The goals of each of these areas of SILS are to be as independent as possible of any particular encryption algorithm, such as DES or RSA, and of the transmission media. The work in each area is based on the OSI Seven Layer model (IS 7498) and on the OSI Security Architecture (IS 7498/2). The Security Management Standard will specify a Layer 7 set of services, and if necessary a protocol, that will provide secure management of the objects associated with the Secure Data Exchange protocol, the Key Management protocol, and the Security Management protocol. The standard will use any work in progress on Security Management. If, at any time, a Security Management standard is developed by ISO, that standard will be closely evaluated for use on LANs and comments will be submitted to change the ISO standard rather than continuing the definition of security management within 802.10. The approaches to be evaluated by 802.10 for security management are the use of ISO, CMIP, Common Management Information Protocol (DIS 9596/2), and the use of IEEE 802.1, Systems Management. The use of the Secure Data Exchange to provide confidentiality and integrity for CMIP or 802.1 will be explored. Also, 802.10 will investigate the definition of a separate protocol that does not depend on the security services of the Secure Data Exchange, but provides all the security services required for secure management at Layer 7. The goals of the 802.10 Security Management definition are to assure first that 802.10 objects can be managed securely and second that the security management protocol could be used by other protocols to manage their objects securely. Project Purpose: The purpose is threefold. First, the standard must specify the minimally acceptable security services to be supported primarily by encryption for IEEE 802 LANs. Second, the standard must define logical and physical mechanisms for achieving these services; this includes the managed objects required to support the processing to provide the services. Finally and most important, the standard must maximize interoperability of products in an open systems interconnection architecture. Modern LANs provide users connectivity to network resources. Distributed applications and shared resources allow users easy access to the network data. The intended result is that data is readily available to all users. However, as use of LAN resources increases in commercial and military environments, the data security threat increases. Manufacturing design data, financial analysis data, and health data cannot be protected from modification, disclosure, or unauthorized access without LAN security. The communciation required between these systems cannot be achieved without interoperability of the security mechanisms protecting these systems. To assure secure interoperability, the SILS Security Management standard must consider the issues of cryptography and of IEEE 802 LAN compatibility. The cryptography issue is to define Security Management to be as independent of any particular algorithm as possible. The issue of IEEE 802 LAN compatibility is that the security mechanisms of Security Management should not require changes to the existing IEEE 802 LAN standards. This should not become an issue as Security Management could be defined either as a Layer 7 set of service or as a Layer 7 protocol or could use the existing 802.1 System Management protocol, so it would not affect the existing 802 protocol. Designation: 802.10e-1993 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks Title: Supplement to IEEE Std 802.10b: Secure Data Exchange (SDE) Sublayer Management (Subclause 2.8) Status: Superseded **Superseded by 802.10-1998 History: PAR APP: Jun 18, 1992, BD APP: Dec 02, 1993, ANSI APP: Jun 20, 1994 Abstract: A method to allow Ethernet V2.0 Media Access Control (MAC) Protocol Data Units (PDUs) to be protected with the Secure Data Exchange (SDE) protocol is provided. Key Words: decipherment, encipherment, LAN, security, MAN, secure data exchange, security association Designation: 802.10f-1993 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks Title: Local and Metropolitan Area Networks-IEEE Standards: Recommended Practice for SDE on Ethernet V2.0 in IEEE 802 LANs (Annex 2H) Status: Superseded **Superseded by 802.10-1998 History: PAR APP: Sep 17, 1992, BD APP: Dec 02, 1993, ANSI APP: Jun 03, 1994 Abstract: A set of managed object classes to be used in the management of the Secure Data Exchange (SDE) sublayer and its protocol exchanges is specified. Key Words: managed objects, secure data exchange, information Designation: 802.10g-1995 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks Title: Local and Metropolitan Area Networks: 802.10 Supplement: IEEE Standard Secure Data Exchange (SDE) - Security Label (Annexes 2I, 2J, and 2K) Status: Superseded **Superseded by 802.10-1998 History: PAR APP: Sep 15, 1993, BD APP: Sep 21, 1995, ANSI APP: Apr 08, 1996 Abstract: A security label option that can be used to implement rule-based access controls for the protection of IEEE 802 local area networks (LANs) and metropolitan area networks (MANs) is defined. Information carried by security labels can be used to control access, specify protective measures, and identify handling restrictions required by a communications security policy. This standard specifies the syntax for the label and basic processing rules. Other information, such as label semantics and additional processing requirements unique to a security policy, can be specified via registration. Key Words: access control, local area network, metropolitan area network, security-data exchange, security labels Designation: 802.10h-1997 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks Title: IEEE Standard Secure Data Exchange (SDE) - Protocol Implementation Conformance Statement (PICS) Proforma (Annex 2L) Status: Superseded **Superseded by 802.10-1998 History: PAR APP: Mar 17, 1994, BD APP: Mar 20, 1997, ANSI APP: Aug 20, 1997 Project Scope: This document will provide the PICS Proforma for the Secure Data Exchange Protocol. Project Purpose: This document defines the minimum conformance requirements for the Secure Data Exchange Protocol. The Supplement will be used by vendors to test for conformance. Abstract: The secure data exchange (SDE) protocol implementation conformance statement (PICS) proforma is provided. The SDE PICS proforma defines the information to be supplied by protocol implementors claiming conformance with IEEE Std 802.10, Clause 2, Secure Data Exchange (SDE). Key Words: proforma, protocol implementation, conformance statement, secure data exchange, security association, security protocol, security services Designation: P802.11y Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks Title: Standard for Information Technology-Telecommunications and Information Exchange between systems-Local and Metropolitan networks-Specific requirements-Part 11: Wireless LAN Medium Access Control (MAC) and Physical Layer (PHY) specifications: 3650-3700 MHz Operation in USA Amendment Status: Amendment Technical Contact: Stuart J Kerry, Phone:408-348-3171, Email:stuart@ok-brit.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 16, 2006 Project Scope: The scope of the proposed project is the application of 802.11 based systems to the 3650-3700 MHz band in the USA. Project Purpose: The purpose of this project is to standardise the mechanisms required to allow shared 802.11 operation with other users in the 3650-3700 MHz band in the USA. Likely required mechanisms include: • Specification of new regulatory classes (extending 802.11j) • Sensing of other transmitters (extending 802.11a) • Transmit Power Control (extending 802.11h) • Dynamic Frequency Selection (extending 802.11h) Designation: P802.11mb Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks Title: Standard for Information Technology - Telecommunications and information exchange between systems - Local and Metropolitan Area networks - Specific requirements - Part 11: Wireless LAN Medium Access Control (MAC) and Physical Layer (PHY) specifications - Amendment: Accumulated maintenance changes Status: Amendment Technical Contact: Stuart J Kerry, Phone:408-348-3171, Email:stuart@ok-brit.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. Project Scope: This amendment incorporates changes accumulated due to responses to interpretation requests, development of other amendments, and development of minor changes to functionality. Project Purpose: This amendment collects the latest information learned from use of the base standard and the development of other amendments, disseminating it in a compact and organized format. Designation: P802.11n Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks Title: Standard for Information Technology-Telecommunications and information exchange between systems-Local and metropolitan area networks-Specific requirements-Part 11: Wireless LAN Medium Access Control (MAC) and Physical Layer (PHY) specifications Amendment : Enhancements for Higher Throughput Status: Revision of Amendment Technical Contact: Stuart J Kerry, Phone:408-348-3171, Email:stuart@ok-brit.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: May 25, 2006 Project Scope: The scope of this project is to define an amendment that shall define standardized modifications to both the 802.11 physical layers (PHY) and the 802.11 Medium Access Control Layer (MAC) so that modes of operation can be enabled that are capable of much higher throughputs, with a maximum throughput of at least 100Mbps, as measured at the MAC data service access point (SAP). Project Purpose: The purpose of the project is to improve the 802.11 wireless local area network (LAN) user experience by providing significantly higher throughput for current applications and to enable new applications and market segments. Designation: 802.11-1999 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2003 Title: Standard for Information Technology - Telecommunications and information exchange between systems - Local and Metropolitan Area networks - Specific requirements - Part 11: Wireless LAN Medium Access Control (MAC) and Physical Layer (PHY) specifications Status: Superseded **802.11, 2003 Edition Publication type: Special Publication Technical Contact: Stuart J Kerry, Phone:408-348-3171, Email:stuart@ok-brit.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 09, 1997, BD APP: Mar 18, 1999, ANSI APP: Jul 15, 1999 Project Scope: To rectify a number of errors in the current standard and to accommodate input from the JTC1 review to result in a single JTC1/IEEE standard. Project Purpose: To correct errorsfound in reviewing interpretation requests to the current standard and from JTC1 review. Abstract: "802-11-1999.pdf, Part 11: Wireless LAN Medium AccessControl (MAC) and Physical Layer(PHY) Specifications" Key Words: "The scope of this standard is to develop a medium access control (MAC) and physical layer (PHY) specifica-tionfor wireless connectivity for fixed, portable, and moving stations within a local area." Designation: 802.11-1997 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks Title: IEEE Standard for Wireless LAN Medium Access Control (MAC) and Physical Layer (PHY) specifications Status: Superseded History: PAR APP: Mar 21, 1991, BD APP: Jun 26, 1997 Project Scope: To develop a Medium Access Control (MAC) and Physical Layer (PHY) specification for wireless connectivity for fixed, portable and moving stations within a local area. Project Purpose: To provide wireless connectivity to automatic machinery, equipment or stations that require rapid deployment, which may be portable, or hand-held or which may be mounted on moving vehicles within a local area. To offer a standard for use by regulatory bodies to standardize access to one or more radio frequency bands for the purpose of local area communication. Abstract: The medium access control and physical characteristics for wireless local area networks are specified in this standard, part of a series of standards for local and metropolitan area networks. The medium access control unit in this standard is designed to support physical layer units as they may be adopted dependent on the availability of spectrum. This standard contains three physical layer units: two radio units, both operating in the 2400-2500 MHz band, and one baseband infrared unit. One radio unit employs the frequency-hopping spread spectrum technique, and the other employs the direct sequence spread spectrum technique. Key Words: infrared, LAN, local area network, wireless, radio frequency, ad hoc network Designation: P802.11.2 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks Title: Recommended Practice for the Evaluation of 802.11 Wireless Performance Status: New Standard Project Technical Contact: Stuart J Kerry, Phone:408-348-3171, Email:stuart@ok-brit.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Aug 12, 2004 Project Scope: The scope of the project is to provide a set of performance metrics, measurement methodologies, and test conditions to enable measuring and predicting the performance of 802.11 WLAN devices and networks at the component and application level. Project Purpose: The purpose of the project is to enable testing, comparison, and deployment planning of 802.11 WLAN devices based on a common and accepted set of performance metrics, measurement methodologies and test conditions. Designation: 802.11-2007 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks Title: Standard for Information Technology - Telecommunications and Information Exchange Between Systems - Local and Metropolitan Area Networks - Specific Requirements - Part 11: Wireless LAN Medium Access Control (MAC) and Physical Layer (PHY) Specifications Status: Approved Publication of IEEE Technical Contact: Stuart J Kerry, Phone:408-348-3171, Email:stuart@ok-brit.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Mar 20, 2003, BD APP: Mar 08, 2007 Project Scope: The scope of this project is to revise 802.11-1999, 2003 edition (incorporating 802.11a-1999, 802.11b-1999, 802.11b-1999 corrigendum 1-2001, and 802.11d-2001) by incorporating amendments approved up to six months after this PAR’s approval date and adding minor new functionality to address technical corrections and responses to interpretation requests. Project Purpose: The purpose of this project is to incorporate accumulated maintenance changes (editorial and technical corrections) into 802.11-1999, 2003 edition (incorporating 802.11a-1999, 802.11b-1999, 802.11b-1999 corrigendum 1-2001, and 802.11d-2001). Designation: 802.11a-1999 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2003 Title: IEEE Standard for Telecommunications and Information Exchange Between Systems - LAN/MAN Specific Requirements - Part 11: Wireless Medium Access Control (MAC) and physical layer (PHY) specifications: High Speed Physical Layer in the 5 GHz band Status: Superseded History: PAR APP: Sep 16, 1997, BD APP: Sep 16, 1999, ANSI APP: Feb 11, 2000 Project Scope: To develop a Higher Speed PHY for use in fixed, moving or portable Wireless Local Area Networks. The PHY will be used in conjunction with the 802.11 Medium Access Control (MAC). The 802.11 MAC will be reviewed to assure its capability to operate at the speeds targeted. Project Purpose: To create a higher speed wireless access technology suitable for data, voice and image information services. Abstract: "IEEE Std 802.11a-1999 [ISO/IEC 8802-11:1999/Amd 1:2000(E)] (Supplement to IEEE Std 802.11, 1999 Edition) Part 11: Wireless LAN Medium Access Control (MAC) and Physical Layer (PHY) specifications: High-speed Physical Layer in the 5 GHz Band" Key Words: "5 GHz, high speed, local area network (LAN), orthogonal frequency division multiplexing (OFDM), radio frequency, unlicensed national information infrastructure (U-NII), wireless" Designation: 802.11b-1999 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2003 Title: IEEE Standard for Information Technology - Telecommunications and information exchange between systems - Local and Metropolitan networks - Specific requirements - Part 11: Wireless LAN Medium Access Control (MAC) and Physical Layer (PHY) specifications: Higher Speed Physical Layer (PHY) Extension in the 2.4 GHz band Status: Superseded History: PAR APP: Dec 09, 1997, BD APP: Sep 16, 1999, ANSI APP: Feb 11, 2000 Project Scope: The project will evaluate the possibility orf taking advantage of the provisions for rate expansion that are in place on the current standard PHYs. The 802.11 MAC defines a mechanism for operation of stastions supporting different data rates in the same area. The current 802.11 standard already defines the basic rages of 1Mbit/s and 2 Mbit/s for both Frequency Hopping *FH) and Direct Sequence (DS) PHYs. The two rates are supported by having same header for both rates with length and rate information passed in the header at the lowest ("basic") rate; then the body of the packet is transmitted at the rate chosen and with the corresponding modulation method. The header structure of the two PHYs already supports passing rate information up to 4.5 Mbit/s (in 0.5 Mbit/s increments) for FH and up to 25.5 Mbit/s (in 0.1 Mbit/s increments) for DS. The proposed PAR targets further developing the provisions for enhanced data rate capability of 802.11 networks. The 802.11 MAC incorporates already the interpretation of this information and the computation of expected packet duration even if the specific station does not support the rate at which the packet was sent. The 802.11 MAC is compatible and will accommodate the higher PHY rates. Project Purpose: To extend the performance and the range of applications of the 802.11 compatible networks in the 2.4 GHz band by increasing the data rate achieveable by such devices. This technology will be beneficial for improved access to fixed network LAN and internetwork infrastructure (including access to other wireless LANs) via a network of access points, as well as creation of high performance ad-hoc networks. The purpose of 802.11a is also for higher data rates, however, that project is for operation in the 5 GHz band, whereas this project is for operation in the 2.4 GHz band. Abstract: Changes and additions are provided for IEEE Std 802.11b-1999 to support the higherrate Physical Layer for operation in the 2.4 GHz band. Key Words: "LAN, Local Area Network, Wireless, Radio Frequency" Designation: 802.11b-Cor 1-2001 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2003 Title: Corrigenda to IEEE 802.11b-1999, Information Technology - Telecommunications and Information Exchange Between Systems - Local and Metropolitan Networks - Specific Requirements - Part 11: Wireless LAN Medium Access Control (MAC) and Physical Layer (PHY) Specifications: Higher Speed Physical Layer (PHY) Extension in the 2.4 GHz Band Status: Superseded Technical Contact: Vic Hayes, Phone:+31-30-60-97-528 **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jan 30, 2000, BD APP: Oct 10, 2001, ANSI APP: Jan 30, 2002 Project Scope: The scope of this project is to correct deficiencies in the MIB definition of 802.11b. Project Purpose: As the MIB is currently defined in 802.11b, it is not possible to compile an interoperable MIB. This project will correct the deficiencies in the MIB. Designation: 802.11c-1998 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks Title: IEEE Standard for Information Technology - Telecommunications and information exchange between systems - Local area networks - Media access control (MAC) bridges - Supplement for support by IEEE 802.11 Status: Superseded **Incorporated into 802.1D, 1998 Edition. Superseded by 802.1D-2004. History: PAR APP: Dec 09, 1997, BD APP: Sep 16, 1998 Project Scope: To add a subclause under 2.5 Support of the Internal Sublayer Service by specific MAC Procedures to cover bridge operation with IEEE 802.11 MACs. This supplement to IS 10038 (802.1D) will be developed by the 802.11 Working Group in cooperation with the 802.1 Working Group. Project Purpose: To provide the required 802.11 specific information to the IS 10038 (802.1D) standard. Designation: 802.11d-2001 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2003 Title: IEEE Standard for Information technology-- Telecommunications and information exchange between systems -- Local and metropolitan area networks-- Specific Requirements - Part 11: Wireless Medium Access Control (MAC) and Physical Layer (PHY) Specifications Amendment 3: Specification for operation in additional regulatory domains Status: Superseded Technical Contact: Stuart J Kerry, Phone:408-348-3171, Email:stuart@ok-brit.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jun 26, 1999, BD APP: Jun 14, 2001, ANSI APP: Oct 25, 2001 Project Scope: This supplement will define the physical layer requirements (channelization, hopping patterns, new values for current MIB attributes, and other requirements to extend the operation of 802.11 WLANs to new regulatory domains (countries). Project Purpose: The current 802.11 standard defines operation in only a few regulatory domains (countries). This supplement will add the requirements and definitions necessary to allow 802.11 WLAN equipment to operate in markets not served by the current standard. Abstract: " This amendment specifies the extensions to IEEE Std 802.11 ¤ for Wireless Local AreaNetworks providing specifications for conformant operation beyond the original six regulatorydomains of that standard. These extensions provide a mechanism for an IEEE Std 802.11 accesspoint to deliver the required radio transmitter parameters to an IEEE Std 802.11 mobile station,which allows that station to configure its radio to operate within the applicable regulations of ageographic or political subdivision. This mechanism is applicable to all IEEE Std 802.11 PHYtypes. A secondary benefit of the mechanism described in this amendment is the ability for anIEEE Std 802.11 moble station to roam between regulatory domains. " Key Words: "international roaming, local area network (LAN), mobility, radio, roam, roaming, wireless, wireless network" Designation: 802.11e-2005 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks Title: IEEE Standard for Information Technology - Telecommunications and Information Exchange Between Systems - Local and Metropolitan Area Networks - Specific Requirements - Part 11: Wireless LAN Medium Access Control (MAC) and Physical Layer (PHY) Specifications - Amendment: Medium Access Method (MAC) Quality of Service Enhancements Status: Superseded Technical Contact: Stuart J Kerry, Phone:408-348-3171, Email:stuart@ok-brit.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 30, 2000, BD APP: Sep 22, 2005, ANSI APP: Feb 09, 2006 Project Scope: Enhance the 802.11 Medium Access Control (MAC) to improve and manage Quality of Service, and provide classes of service. Consider efficiency enhancements in the areas of the Distributed Coordination Function (DCF) and Point Coordination Function (PCF). Project Purpose: To enhance the current 802.11 MAC to expand support for LAN applications with Quality of Service requirements. Provide improvements in the capabilities and efficiency of the protocol. These enhancements, in combination with recent improvements in PHY capabilities from 802.11a and 802.11b, will increase overall system performance, and expand the application space for 802.11. Example applications include transport of voice, audio and video over 802.11 wireless networks, video conferencing, and media stream distribution. Abstract: This amendment defines the medium access control (MAC) procedures to support local area network (LAN) applications with quality of service (QoS) requirements. The procedures include the transport of voice, audio, and video over IEEE 802.11 wireless LANs (WLANs). Designation: 802.11e Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks Title: Supplement to Standard [for] Information Technology - Telecommunications and information exchange between systems - Local and metropolitan area networks - Specific Requirements - Part 11: Wireless LAN Medium Access Control (MAC) and Physical Layer (PHY) specifications: Medium Access Method (MAC) Enhancements Status: Superseded Technical Contact: Vic Hayes, Phone:+31-30-60-97-528 **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 30, 2000 Project Scope: Enhance the 802.11 Medium Access Control (MAC) to improve and manage Quality of Service, provide classes of service, and enhanced security and authentication mechanisms. Consider efficiency enhancements in the areas of the Distributed Coordination Function (DCF) and Point Coordination Function (PCF). Project Purpose: To enhance the current 802.11 MAC to expand support for LAN applications with Quality of Service requirements. Provide improvements in security, and in the capabilities and efficiency of the protocol. These enhancements, in combination with recent improvements in PHY capabilities from 802.11a and 802.11b, will increase overall system performance, and expand the application space for 802.11. Example applications include transport of voice, audio and video over 802.11 wireless networks, video conferencing, media stream distribution, enhaced security applications, and mobile and nomadic access applications. Designation: 802.11F-2003 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks Title: IEEE Trial-Use Recommended Practice for Multi-Vendor Access Point Interoperability Via an Inter-Access Point Protocol Across Distribution Systems Supporting IEEE 802.11 Operation Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Feb 06, 2006. This historical standard is available for sale in electronic format (PDF) through the IEEE Online Store at www.shop.ieee.org. You may also order by calling +1 800 678 IEEE (in the US) or +1 732 981 0060 (outside of the US). Technical Contact: Stuart J Kerry, Phone:408-348-3171, Email:stuart@ok-brit.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 30, 2000, BD APP: Jun 12, 2003 Project Scope: To develop recommended practices for an Inter-Access Point Protocol (IAPP) which provides the necessary capabilities to achieve multi- vendor Access Point interoperability across a Distribution System supporting IEEE P802.11 Wireless LAN Links. This IAPP will be developed for the following environment(s): (1) A Distribution System consisting of IEEE 802 LAN components supporting an IETF IP environment. (2) Others as deemed appropriate. This Recommended Practice Document shall support the IEEE P802.11 standard revision(s). Project Purpose: IEEE P802.11 specifies the MAC and PHY layers of a Wireless LAN system and includes the basic architecture of such systems, including the concepts of Access Points and Distribution Systems. Implementation of these concepts where purposely not defined by P802.11 because there are many ways to create a Wireless LAN system. Additionally many of the possible implementation approaches involve concepts from higher network layers. While this leaves great flexibility in Distributions System and Access Point functional design, the associated cost is that physical Access Point devices from different vendors are unlikely to inter-operate across a Distribution System due to the different approaches taken to Distribution System design. As P802.11 based systems have grown in popularity, this limitation has become an impediment to WLAN market growth. At the same time it has become clear that there are a small number of Distribution System environments that comprise the bulk of the commercial WLAN system installations. This project proposes to specify the necessary information that needs to be exchanged between Access Points to support the P802.11 DS functions. The information exchanges required will be specified for, one or more distribution Systems; in a manner sufficient to enable the implementation of Distribution Systems containing Access Points from different vendors which adhere to the recommended practices. Abstract: "IEEE Std 802.11F-2003, IEEE Trial-Use Recommended Practice for Multi-Vendor Access Point Interoperability via an Inter- Access Point Protocol Across Distribution Systems Supporting IEEE 802.11 Operation" Key Words: "IAPP,Inter-Access Point Protocol,Internet Protocol,IP,IEEE 802.11,IEEE Std802.11-1999,ISO/IEC 8802-11:1999" Designation: 802.11g-2003 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks Title: IEEE Standard for Information Technology - Telecommunications and Information Exchange Between Systems - Local and Metropolitan Area Networks - Specific Requirements - Part 11: Wireless LAN Medium Access Control (MAC) and Physical Layer (PHY) Specifications: Further Higher Data Rate Extension in the 2.4 GHz Band Status: Superseded Publication type: Special Publication Technical Contact: Stuart J Kerry, Phone:408-348-3171, Email:stuart@ok-brit.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 21, 2000, BD APP: Jun 12, 2003, ANSI APP: Oct 20, 2003 Project Scope: To develop a higher speed(s) PHY extension to 802.11b. Project Purpose: To develop a new PHY extension to enhance the performance and the possible applications of the 802.11b compatible networks by increasing the data rate achievable by such devices. This technology will be beneficial for improved access to fixed network LAN and inter-network infrastructure (including access to other wireless LANs) via a network of access points, as well as creation of higher performance ad hoc networks. Abstract: "IEEE Std 802.11g-2003 [Amendment to IEEE Std 802.11, 1999 Edition (Reaff 2003) as amended by IEEE Stds 802.11a-1999, 802.11b-1999, 802.11b-1999/Cor 1-2001, and 802.11d-2001], Amendment 4: Further Higher Data Rate Extension in the 2.4 GHz Band" Key Words: "LAN, local area network, radio frequency, wireless" Designation: 802.11h-2003 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks Title: IEEE Standard [for] Information Technology - Telecommunications and Information Exchange Between Systems - Local and Metropolitan Networks - Specific Requirements - Part 11: Wireless LAN Medium Access Control (MAC) and Physical Layer (PHY) Specifications - Spectrum and Transmit Power Management Extensions in the 5 GHz Band in Europe Status: Superseded Technical Contact: Stuart J Kerry, Phone:408-348-3171, Email:stuart@ok-brit.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 07, 2000, BD APP: Sep 11, 2003, ANSI APP: Dec 29, 2003 Project Scope: Enhance the 802.11 Medium Access Control (MAC) standard and 802.11a High Speed Physical Layer (PHY) in the 5GHz Band supplement to the standard; to add indoor and outdoor channel selection for 5GHz license exempt bands in Europe; and to enhance channel energy measurement and reporting mechanisms to improve spectrum and transmit power management (per CEPT and subsequent EU committee or body ruling incorporating CEPT Recommendation ERC 99/23). Project Purpose: To enhance the current 802.11 MAC and 802.11a PHY with network management and control extensions for spectrum and transmit power management in 5GHz license exempt bands, enabling regulatory acceptance of 802.11 5GHz products. Provide improvements in channel energy measurement and reporting, channel coverage in many regulatory domains, and provide Dynamic Channel Selection and Transmit Power Control mechanisms. Abstract: IEEE Std 802.11h-2003 Part 11: Wireless Medium Access Control (MAC) and Physical Layer (PHY) specifications: Amendment 5: Spectrum and Transmit Power Management Extensions in the 5 GHz band in Europe Key Words: "dynamic frequency selection (DFS), local area network (LAN),transmit power control (TPC)" Designation: 802.11i-2004 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks Title: IEEE Standard for information technology-Telecommunications and information exchange between systems-Local and metropolitan area networks- Specific requirements-Part 11: Wireless LAN Medium Access Control (MAC) and Physical Layer (PHY) specifications: Amendment 6: Medium Access Control (MAC) Security Enhancements Status: Superseded Technical Contact: Stuart J Kerry, Phone:408-348-3171, Email:stuart@ok-brit.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: May 30, 2001, BD APP: Jun 24, 2004, ANSI APP: Feb 14, 2005 Project Scope: Enhance the 802.11 Medium Access Control (MAC) to enhance security and authentication mechanisms. Project Purpose: To enhance the current 802.11 MAC to provide improvements in security. Abstract: Local and Metropolitan Area NetworksSpecific requirementsPart 11: Wireless LAN Medium Access Control (MAC) and Physical Layer specificationsAmendment 6: Medium Access Control (MAC) Security Enhancements Key Words: "AES, authentication, CCM, CCMP, confidentiality, countermeasures, data authenticity, EAPOL-Key, 4-Way Handshake, Group Key Handshake, IEEE 802.1X, key management, key mixing, Michael, RC4, replay protection, robust security network" Designation: 802.11j-2004 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks Title: IEEE Standard for Information technology--Telecommunications and information exchange between systems-Local and metropolitan area networks-- Specific requirements--Part 11: Wireless LAN Medium Access Control (MAC) and Physical Layer (PHY) specifications--Amendment 7:4.9 GHz-5 GHz Operation in Japan Status: Superseded Technical Contact: Stuart J Kerry, Phone:408-348-3171, Email:stuart@ok-brit.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 11, 2002, BD APP: Sep 23, 2004, ANSI APP: Feb 02, 2005 Project Scope: The scope of the project is to enhance the 802.11 standard and amendments, to add channel selection for 4.9 GHz and 5 GHz in Japan to additionally conform to the Japanese rules for radio operation. Project Purpose: The purpose of the proposed project is to obtain Japanese regulatory approval by enhancing the current 802.11 MAC and 802.11a PHY to additionally operate in newly available Japanese 4.9 GHz and 5 GHz bands. Designation: P802.11k Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks Title: Standard for Information Technology-Telecommunications and information exchange between systems-Local and metropolitan area networks-Specific requirements-Part 11: Wireless LAN Medium Access Control (MAC) and Physical Layer (PHY) specifications Amendment : Radio Resource Measurement of Wireless LANs Status: Revision of Amendment Technical Contact: Stuart J Kerry, Phone:408-348-3171, Email:stuart@ok-brit.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: May 25, 2006 Project Scope: This project will define Radio Resource Measurement enhancements to provide interfaces to higher layers for radio and network measurements. Project Purpose: The original standard has a basic set of radio resource measurements for internal use only. These measurements and others are required to provide services; such as roaming, coexistence, and others; to external entities. It is necessary to provide these measurements and other information in order to manage these services from an external source. Designation: 802.11k Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks Title: Standard for Amendment to STANDARD [FOR] Information Technology- Telecommunications and information exchange between systems-Local and Metropolitan networks-Specific requirements-Part 11: Wireless LAN Medium Access Control (MAC) and Physical Layer (PHY) specifications: Radio Resource Measurement of Wireless LANs Status: Superseded Technical Contact: Stuart J Kerry, Phone:408-348-3171, Email:stuart@ok-brit.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 11, 2002 Project Scope: This project will define Radio Resource Measurement enhancements to provide interfaces to higher layers for radio and network measurements. Project Purpose: The original standard has a basic set of radio resource measurements for internal use only. These measurements and others are required to provide services; such as roaming, coexistence, and others; to external entities. It is necessary to provide these measurements and other information in order to manage these services from an external source. Designation: 802.11ma Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks Title: Standard for Information Technology - Telecommunications and information exchange between systems - Local and Metropolitan networks - Specific requirements - Part 11: Wireless LAN Medium Access Control (MAC) and Physical Layer (PHY) specifications - Amendment x : Technical corrections and clarifications Status: Superseded Technical Contact: Stuart J Kerry, Phone:408-348-3171, Email:stuart@ok-brit.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 20, 2003 Project Scope: The scope of this project is limited to maintenance changes (editorial and technical corrections) to 802.11-1999, 2003 edition (incorporating 802.11a-1999, 802.11b-1999, 802.11b-1999 corrigendum 1-2001, and 802.11d-2001). Project Purpose: The purpose of this project is to incorporate accumulated maintenance changes (editorial and technical corrections) into 802.11-1999, 2003 edition (incorporating 802.11a-1999, 802.11b-1999, 802.11b-1999 corrigendum 1-2001, and 802.11d-2001). Designation: 802.11n Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks Title: Standard for Amendment to STANDARD [FOR] Information Technology- Telecommunications and information exchange between systems-Local and Metropolitan networks-Specific requirements-Part 11: Wireless LAN Medium Access Control (MAC) and Physical Layer (PHY) specifications: Enhancements for Higher Throughput Status: Superseded Technical Contact: Stuart J Kerry, Phone:408-348-3171, Email:stuart@ok-brit.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 11, 2003 Project Scope: The scope of this project is to define an amendment that shall define standardized modifications to both the 802.11 physical layers (PHY) and the 802.11 Medium Access Control Layer (MAC) so that modes of operation can be enabled that are capable of much higher throughputs, with a maximum throughput of at least 100Mbps, as measured at the MAC data service access point (SAP). Project Purpose: The purpose of the project is to improve the 802.11 wireless local area network (LAN) user experience by providing significantly higher throughput for current applications and to enable new applications and market segments. Designation: P802.11p Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks Title: Standard for Information Technology – Telecommunications and information exchange between systems – Local and metropolitan area networks – specific requirements – Part II: Wireless LAN Medium Access Control (MAC) and Physical Layer (PHY) specifications Amendment : Wireless Access in Vehicular Environments Status: Revision of Amendment Technical Contact: Stuart J Kerry, Phone:408-348-3171, Email:stuart@ok-brit.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: May 25, 2006 Project Scope: The scope of the proposed project is to create an amendment of IEEE 802.11 to support communication between vehicles and the roadside and between vehicles while operating at speeds up to a minimum of 200 km/h for communication ranges up to 1000 meters. The amendment will support communications in the 5 GHz bands; specifically 5.850-5.925 GHz band within North America with the aim to enhance the mobility and safety of all forms of surface transportation, including rail and marine. Amendments to the PHY and MAC will be limited to those required to support communications under these operating environments within the 5 GHz bands. Project Purpose: The purpose of the proposed project is to amend the existing IEEE 802.11 standard to make it suitable for interoperable communications to and between vehicles. The primary reasons for this amendment include the unique transport environments, and the very short latencies required (some applications must complete multiple data exchanges within 4 to 50ms). Designation: 802.11p Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks Title: Standard for Amendment to Standard [for] Information Technology – Telecommunications and information exchange between systems – Local and Metropolitan networks – specific requirements – Part II: Wireless LAN Medium Access Control (MAC) and Physical Layer (PHY) specifications: Wireless Access in Vehicular Environments Status: Superseded Technical Contact: Stuart J Kerry, Phone:408-348-3171, Email:stuart@ok-brit.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 23, 2004 Project Scope: The scope of the proposed project is to create an amendment of IEEE 802.11 to support communication between vehicles and the roadside and between vehicles while operating at speeds up to a minimum of 200 km/h for communication ranges up to 1000 meters. The amendment will support communications in the 5 GHz bands; specifically 5.850-5.925 GHz band within North America with the aim to enhance the mobility and safety of all forms of surface transportation, including rail and marine. Amendments to the PHY and MAC will be limited to those required to support communications under these operating environments within the 5 GHz bands. Project Purpose: The purpose of the proposed project is to amend the existing IEEE 802.11 standard to make it suitable for interoperable communications to and between vehicles. The primary reasons for this amendment include the unique transport environments, and the very short latencies required (some applications must complete multiple data exchanges within 4 to 50ms). Designation: P802.11r Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks Title: Standard for Information Technology-Telecommunications and information exchange between systems-Local and metropolitan area networks-Specific requirements-Part 11: Wireless LAN Medium Access Control (MAC) and Physical Layer (PHY) specifications Amendment : Fast BSS-Transition Status: Revision of Amendment Technical Contact: Stuart J Kerry, Phone:408-348-3171, Email:stuart@ok-brit.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: May 25, 2006 Project Scope: The scope of this project are enhancements to the 802.11 Medium Access Control (MAC) layer to minimize or eliminate the amount of time data connectivity between the Station (STA) and the Distribution System (DS) is absent during a Basic Service Set (BSS) transition, limited to the state necessary for the operation of the MAC. This Project Authorization Request (PAR) will apply only to the STA<->Access Point (AP) state within the same Extended Service Set (ESS), and will not apply to the Independent Basic Service Set (IBSS) case. Security must not be decreased as a result of the enhancement. Timing criteria and timing conditions will be defined by the Task Group. (See also section 7.4) Project Purpose: The purpose of this project is to improve BSS transitions within 802.11 ESSs and to support real time constraints imposed by applications such as Voice over Internet Protocol (VoIP). Designation: 802.11r Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks Title: Standard for Amendment to STANDARD [for] Information Technology- Telecommunications and information exchange between systems-Local and metropolitan area networks-Specific requirements-Part 11: Wireless LAN Medium Access Control (MAC) and Physical Layer (PHY) specifications: Fast BSS-Transition Status: Superseded Technical Contact: Stuart J Kerry, Phone:408-348-3171, Email:stuart@ok-brit.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: May 13, 2004 Project Scope: The scope of this project are enhancements to the 802.11 Medium Access Control (MAC) layer to minimize or eliminate the amount of time data connectivity between the Station (STA) and the Distribution System (DS) is absent during a Basic Service Set (BSS) transition, limited to the state necessary for the operation of the MAC. This Project Authorization Request (PAR) will apply only to the STA<->Access Point (AP) state within the same Extended Service Set (ESS), and will not apply to the Independent Basic Service Set (IBSS) case. Security must not be decreased as a result of the enhancement. Timing criteria and timing conditions will be defined by the Task Group. (See also section 19) Project Purpose: The purpose of this project is to improve BSS transitions within 802.11 ESSs and to support real time constraints imposed by applications such as Voice over Internet Protocol (VoIP). Designation: P802.11s Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks Title: Standard for Information Technology - Telecommunications and information exchange between systems - Local and metropolitan area networks - Specific requirements - Part 11: Wireless LAN Medium Access Control (MAC) and Physical Layer (PHY) specifications Amendment: ESS Mesh Networking Status: Revision of Amendment Technical Contact: Stuart J Kerry, Phone:408-348-3171, Email:stuart@ok-brit.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: May 25, 2006 Project Scope: The scope of this project is to develop an IEEE 802.11 Extended Service Set (ESS) Mesh with an IEEE 802.11 Wireless Distribution System (WDS) using the IEEE 802.11 MAC/PHY layers that supports both broadcast/multicast and unicast delivery over self-configuring multi-hop topologies. Project Purpose: The IEEE 802.11-1999 (2003 edition) standard provides a four- address frame format for exchanging data packets between Access Points (APs) for the purpose of creating a Wireless Distribution System (WDS), but does not define how to configure or use a WDS. The purpose of the project is to provide a protocol for auto-configuring paths between APs over self- configuring multi-hop topologies in a WDS to support both broadcast/multicast and unicast traffic in an ESS Mesh using the four- address frame format or an extension. Designation: 802.11s Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks Title: Standard for Amendment to STANDARD [FOR] Information Technology - Telecommunications and information exchange between systems - Local and Metropolitan networks - Specific requirements - Part 11: Wireless LAN Medium Access Control (MAC) and Physical Layer (PHY) specifications: IEEE 802.11 ESS Mesh Networking Status: Superseded Technical Contact: Stuart J Kerry, Phone:408-348-3171, Email:stuart@ok-brit.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: May 13, 2004 Project Scope: The scope of this project is to develop an IEEE 802.11 Extended Service Set (ESS) Mesh* with an IEEE 802.11 Wireless Distribution System (WDS) using the IEEE 802.11 MAC/PHY layers that supports both broadcast/multicast and unicast delivery over self-configuring multi-hop topologies. Project Purpose: The IEEE 802.11-1999 (2003 edition) standard provides a four- address frame format for exchanging data packets between Access Points (APs) for the purpose of creating a Wireless Distribution System (WDS), but does not define how to configure or use a WDS. The purpose of the project is to provide a protocol for auto-configuring paths between APs over self- configuring multi-hop topologies in a WDS to support both broadcast/multicast and unicast traffic in an ESS Mesh using the four- address frame format or an extension. Designation: P802.11u Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks Title: Standard for Amendment to Standard [for] Information Technology – Telecommunications and information exchange between systems –Local and Metropolitan networks –specific requirements –Part II: Wireless LAN Medium Access Control (MAC) and Physical Layer (PHY) specifications: IEEE 802.11 Interworking with External Networks Status: Amendment Technical Contact: Stuart J Kerry, Phone:408-348-3171, Email:stuart@ok-brit.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 08, 2004 Project Scope: This document amends the IEEE 802.11 MAC and PHY to support interworking with external networks. Project Purpose: The purpose of this document is to provide amendments to the IEEE 802.11 PHY/MAC layers which enable interworking with other networks. This includes both enhanced protocol exchanges across the air interface and provision of primitives to support required interactions with higher layers for interworking. Designation: P802.11v Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks Title: Standard for Amendment to Standard [for] Information Technology – Telecommunications and information exchange between systems – Local and Metropolitan networks – specific requirements – Part II: Wireless LAN Medium Access Control (MAC) and Physical Layer (PHY) specifications: IEEE 802.11 Wireless Network Management Status: Amendment Technical Contact: Stuart J Kerry, Phone:408-348-3171, Email:stuart@ok-brit.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 08, 2004 Project Scope: This amendment provides Wireless Network Management enhancements to the 802.11 MAC, and PHY, to extend prior work in radio measurement to effect a complete and coherent upper layer interface for managing 802.11 devices in wireless networks. Project Purpose: The purpose of this document is to provide amendments to the IEEE 802.11 PHY/MAC layers that enables management of attached stations in a centralized or in a distributed fashion (e.g. monitoring, configuring, and updating) through a layer 2 machanism. While the 802.11k Task Group is defining messages to retrieve information from the station, the ability to configure the station is not in its scope. The proposed Task Group will also create an Access Port Management Information Base (AP MIB). Designation: P802.11w Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks Title: Standard for Amendment to Standard [FOR] Information Technology- Telecommunications and Information Exchange between systems-Local and Metropolitan networks-Specific requirements-Part 11: Wireless LAN Medium Access Control (MAC) and Physical Layer (PHY) specifications: Protected Management Frames Status: Amendment Technical Contact: Stuart J Kerry, Phone:408-348-3171, Email:stuart@ok-brit.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 20, 2005 Project Scope: The proposed project seeks to create enhancements to the IEEE 802.11 Medium Access Control layer to provide, as appropriate, mechanisms that enable data integrity, data origin authenticity, replay protection, and data confidentiality for selected IEEE 802.11 management frames including but not limited to: action management frames, deauthentication and disassociation frames. Project Purpose: The purpose is to improve the security of some or all IEEE 802.11 management frames by defining enhancements such as data integrity, data origin authenticity, replay protection, and data confidentiality. Designation: 802.12-1995 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks Title: IEEE Std 802.12-1990, IEEE Standards for Local and Metropolitan Networks: Demand Priority Access Method, Physical Layer and Repeater Specification Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 15, 2001. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **administratively withdrawn on 15-Jan-2001. History: PAR APP: Sep 15, 1993, BD APP: Jun 14, 1995, ANSI APP: Mar 14, 1996 Abstract: The media access control characteristics for the Demand Priority access method are specified. The layer management, physical layers, and media that support this access method are also specified. Layer and sublayer interface specifications are aligned to the ISO Open Systems Interconnection Basic Reference Model and ISO/IEC 8802 models. Specifications for 100 Mb/s operation over 100 = balanced cable (twisted-pair) category 3 through 5, 150 = shielded balanced cable, and fibre optic media are included. Key Words: balanced cable, data processing, LAN, MAN, twisted pair, star topology, models, repeater, 100 Mb/s operation, media access control, local area network, fibre optic, demand-priority access method, Network interconnection, Mode of data transmission Designation: 802.12a Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks Title: Standard for Information Technology - Local and Metropolitan Area Networks - Part 12: Demand-Priority Access Method, Physical Layer and Repeater Specifications: Supplement for Operation at Greater than 100 Mb/s Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Patricia Thaler, Phone:1 916 570 2707, Email:pthaler@broadcom.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 10, 1996 Project Scope: Specify physical layers for operation at speeds higher than 100 Mbps. Define MAC and RMAC parameter values for such operation. define an optional burst mode capability which allows an end node to send multiple packets per grant up to a defined time limit. Define any needed network management extensions for higher speed and burst mode operation. The speed will not exceed 4 Gb/s. Project Purpose: To provide a higher speed backbone for 100 Mbps and slower networks and to provide a higher speed LAN to support end node performance increases. Designation: 802.12b Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks Title: Standard for Information technology—Telecommunications and information exchange between systems—Local and Metropolitan area networks—LAN/MAN - Type specific requirements—Supplement to Part 12: Demand-Priority Access Method, Physical Layer and Repeater Specification: Two-Pair Balanced Cable Physical Medium Dependent (2-TP PMD), Medium Dependent Interface (MDI), and Link Specifications for 100 Mb/s Operation Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Patricia Thaler, Phone:1 916 570 2707, Email:pthaler@broadcom.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 21, 1996 Project Scope: To define a PMD, MDI, and link specifications for 100 Mb/s operation over 2-p[airs of a category 5 cable. Project Purpose: To provide a 2-pair category 5 physical layer supporting the Demand Priority MAC and Media Independent Interface (MDI). Designation: 802.12c-1998 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks Title: Supplement to Information Technology—Local and metropolitan area networks—Specific requirements—Part 12: Demad-priority access method, physical layer and repeater specifications: Full-Duplex Operation Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 15, 2001. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **administratively withdrawn on 15-Jan-2001. History: PAR APP: Dec 10, 1996, BD APP: Mar 25, 1998 Project Scope: To enhance the Demand Priority MAC to provide full duplex operation when connecting two nodes (the term nodes includes bridges/switches). Define an optional burst mode capability which allows an end node to send multiple packets per grant up to a defined time limit. This will include definition of configuration field bits in the training packet to indicate availability of full duplex mode and burst mode and definition of related network management objects. Full duplex mode will be compatible with the existing and future simplex physical layers. Project Purpose: To support full duplex data transmission between switches, between an end node and a switch, and between a pair of end nodes. Full duplex data transmission provides for more efficient operation, especially in cases where the data exchange is symmetrical. Also, to support burst mode which improves efficiency for half duplex operation. Abstract: Optional MAC capabilities are defined to allow direct link connection between two endnodes with provision for both half- duplex and full-duplex operation; burst-mode packet transmis-sion from an end node to a repeater where the end node may send one or more packets each timeit is granted permission to transmit; and implementation of the MAC Control sublayer to allow theexchange of control requests between peer MAC entities across the network when in ISO/IEC8802-3 compatibility mode. Full interoperability is maintained with existing ISO/IEC 8802-12products. Key Words: "burst mode,demand-priority access method,direct connect,flow control,full duplex,local area networks,MAC Control,management,media access control,repeater" Designation: 802.12d-1997 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks Title: Local and Metropolitan area networks—Demand Priority Access Method, Physical Layer and Repeater Specifications: Redundant Links Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 15, 2001. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **Supplement to IEEE Std 802.12-1995. administratively withdrawn on 15-Jan- 2001. History: PAR APP: Mar 21, 1996, BD APP: Mar 20, 1997, ANSI APP: Aug 20, 1997 Project Scope: Provide a supplement to the 802.12 standard that defines the implementation and use of redundant repeater uplinks for fault recovery. This will include definition of network management objects related to controlling redundant links, topoloty rules for redundant links, and standby operation mode including the procedure for transition from standby to active link operation. The provision of a redundant uplink will be optional. Implementation and use of redundant links for end nodes may also be defined. This work will be applicable independent of data rate. Project Purpose: To enhance usability of 802.12 Demand Priority LANs in situations that require high reliability. Abstract: Revisions to the IEEE 802.12 Demand Priority Access Method allowing optional implementation of redundant links to facilitate automatic recovery of network connectivity in case of link or repeater failure anywhere in the network path are specified. Rules for connecting redundant links within a network are defined. Key Words: demand priority access method, fault tolerance, network interconnection, media access control, local area network, LAN, MAN, redundant link, repeater Designation: 802.12e Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks Title: Standard for Information Technology - Local and Metropolitan Area Networks - Part 1D Telecommunications and information exchange between systems - Local area networks - Media access control (MAC) bridges - Supplement for support by IEEE 802.12 Status: Superseded **Formerly P802.1q. History: PAR APP: Sep 19, 1996 Project Scope: To add a subclause under 2.5 Support of the Internal Sublayer Service by Specific MAC Procedures to cover bridge operation with IEEE 802.12 MACs. This supplement to 802.1D will be developed by the 802.12 WG in cooperation with the 802.1 WG. Therefore, the project has an 802.12 number. Project Purpose: To provide the required 802.12 specific information to the 802.1D standard. Designation: 802.14 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks Title: Standard for Local and Metropolitan Networks: Broadband Cable Access Method and Physical Layer Specification Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Robert Russell, Phone:706-645-3925, Email:rrussell@knology.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 08, 1998 Project Scope: To provide for digital communication services over a branching bus system constructed from fiber and/or coaxial cable, as used in the cable TV distribution networks. The traffic types will be constant bit rate(CBR), variable bit rate(VBR); connection-oriented(CO) and connectionless(CL) data. Sources both in the headend and within the network will be provided for; transmission may be one-to-one, one-to-many, many-to-one, and many-to-many. By specifying a MAC and PHY(s), the standard will be architecturally consistent with 802 compatibles LANs. Compatibility with emerging technologies such as video compression and ATM will also be maintained insofar as consistent with efficiency and good economics. Coexistence with existing analog video transmission and with forthcoming digitally-encoded television signals will be maintained. It is expected that the standard will allow for flexibility in the assignment of frequencies for transmission to and from the headend. Both symmetric and asymmetric data flows will by provided for, with data rates consistent with the capabilities of the media; distances to approximately 160 kilometers round trip will be accommodate. Project Purpose: The standard will provide a protocol to support expanded communication services over existing and evolving cable TV distribution networks. The need for such a standard, as evidenced by the 5 criteria, is discussed in the appended material. Designation: 802.14a Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks Title: Standard for a High Capacity PHYsical Layer for IEEE 802.14 Upstream Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Robert B Russell, Phone:706-645-3925, Email:chairman@walkingdog.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 19, 1998 Project Scope: TransportConsider all known High Capacity Physical candidates for possible adaptation to IEEE 802.14 upstream transport. Develop a single HC PHY via following criteria. Technical feasibility, improved channel availability under actual operating conditions, expansion of operational envelope under which channel availability goals are met, price/performance trade analysis, ease of implementation, potential for enhancement of service provider's revenue generation and lower operating costs, minimal impact upon existing 802.14 standard. Project Purpose: Perform analyses and write technical reports in support of HC PHY. Develop draft for HC PHY characterized by providing a higher degree of flexibility in the choices available for modulation and coding. The HC PHY should provide HFC system designers with an enhanced toolbox which can be used to cope optimally with upstream channel characteristics, reduce transmission overhead, and thus maximize throughput in upstream direction. The HC PHY should provide the following enhancements. provide modulation and coding options for maximization of delivered capacity, achieve higher robustness against narrowband interference and burst noise, maximization of channel utilization, minimize latency. Designation: 802.15.1-2005 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks Title: IEEE Standard for Information Technology - telecommunications and information exchange Systems between systems - Local and metropolitan area networks-Specific requirements - Part 15.1a: Wireless Medium Access Control (MAC) and Physical Layer (PHY) specifications for Wireless Personal Area Networks (WPAN) Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jun 14, 2005 Technical Contact: Robert F Heile, Phone:781-929-4832, Email:bheile@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Sep 11, 2003, BD APP: Feb 14, 2005, ANSI APP: May 31, 2005 Project Scope: The scope of this project is limited to incorporating the changes between 802-15-1-2002 (Bluetooth specification 1.1) and Bluetooth Specification 1.2 into 802-15-1-2002. The scope of the original project was: To define PHY and MAC specifications for wireless connectivity with fixed, portable and moving devices within or entering a Personal Operating Space (POS). A goal of the WPAN Group will be to achieve a level of interoperability which could allow the transfer of data between a WPAN device and an 802.11 device. A Personal Operating Space (POS) is the space about a person or object that typically extends up to 10 meters in all directions and envelops the person whether stationary or in motion. The proposed WPAN Standard will be developed to ensure coexistence with all 802.11 Networks. Project Purpose: The purpose of this project is to incorporate editorial changes, the errata from 802-15-1-2002 (Bluetooth spec 1.1), the functional changes between 802-15-1-2002 (Bluetooth1.1) and Bluetooth specification 1.2 into 802-15-1-2002. Specifically these include: Format (new volume structure, cleaner formatting); Fixes (Errata from the SIG and IEEE applied, Language cleanup (nomenclature + IEEE)); Features (Architectural Overview, Faster Connections, Adaptive Frequency Hopping for improved coexistence, Extended SCO, Scatternet / Scattermode / Absence Masks, Anonymity Mode, L2CAP Flow & Error Control, LMP Improvements / HCI Improvements); Full Backward Compatibility with 802-15-1-2002 ( Bluetooth Specificaton 1.1) Abstract: Methods for communicating devices in a Personal Area Network Key Words: WPAN, Personal Area Network, Bluetooth, ISM, Communications protocol Designation: 802.15.1-2002 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks Title: IEEE Standard for Telecommunications and Information Exchange Between Systems - LAN/MAN - Specific Requirements - Part 15: Wireless Medium Access Control (MAC) and Physical Layer (PHY) Specifications for Wireless Personal Area Networks (WPANs) Status: Superseded Technical Contact: Frank Heile, Phone:408-984-2805 X.2219 **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 18, 1999, BD APP: Apr 15, 2002, ANSI APP: Jul 26, 2002 Project Scope: To define PHY and MAC specifications for wireless connectivity with fixed, portable and moving devices within or entering a Personal Operating Space (POS). Project Purpose: To provide a standard for low complexity, low power consumption wireless connectivity to support interoperability among devices within or entering the POS. This includes devices that are carried, worn, or located near the body. The proposed project will address Quality of Service to support a variety of traffic classes. Abstract: "The lower transport layers [(Logical Link Control and Adaptation Protocol (L2CAP), LinkManager Protocol (LMP), baseband, and radio] of the BluetoothTM wireless technology are defined.Bluetooth is an industry specification for short-range radio frequency (RF)-based connectivity forportable personal devices. The IEEE 802.15.1 Task Group has reviewed and provided a standardadaptation of the Bluetooth specifications (version 1.1) medium access control (MAC) (L2CAP, LMP,and baseband) and physical layer (PHY) (radio). Also specified is a clause on service access points(SAPs), which includes a logical link control (LLC)-MAC interface for the ISO/IEC 8802-2 LLC. Anormative annex is included that provides a Protocol Implementation Conformance Statement (PICS)proforma, and an informative high-level behavioral ITU-T Z.100 specification and descriptionlanguage (SDL) model for an integrated Bluetooth MAC sublayer are also specified." Key Words: "ad hoc network, Bluetooth, Bluetooth wireless technology, circuit switching, FH-CDMA, frequency-hopping code division multiple access, mobile, mobility, nomadic, packet switching, piconet, radio, radio frequency, scatternet, short-range" Designation: 802.15.2-2003 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Information Technology - Telecommunications and Information Exchange Between Systems - Local and Metropolitan Area Networks - Specific Requirements - Part 15.2: Coexistence of Wireless Personal Area Networks with Other Wireless Devices Operating in Unlicensed Frequency Bands Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Aug 28, 2003 Technical Contact: Robert F Heile, Phone:781-929-4832, Email:bheile@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Jan 30, 2000, BD APP: Jun 12, 2003, ANSI APP: Oct 15, 2003 Project Scope: To develop a Recommended Practice for an IEEE 802.15 Wireless Personal Area network that coexists with other selected wireless devices operating in unlicensed frequency bands. To suggest modifications to other IEEE 802.15 standard(s) to enhance coexistence with other selected wireless devices operating in unlicensed frequency bands. To suggest recommended practices for IEEE 802.11 devices to facilitate coexistence with IEEE 802.15 devices operating in unlicensed frequency bands. Project Purpose: Usage models exist that presume coexistence of IEEE 802.15 devices with other wireless devices operating in unlicensed frequency bands. The purpose of this project is to facilitate coexistence of IEEE 802.15 WPAN devices with selected other wireless devices operating in unlicensed frequency bands. The intended users of this recommended practice include IEEE 802 Wireless LAN developers as well as designers and consumers of wireless products being developed to operate in unlicensed frequency bands. Abstract: "IEEE Std 802.15.2-2003, Local and metropolitan area networksPart 15.2: Coexistence of Wireless Personal Area Networks with Other Wireless Devices Operating in Unlicensed Frequency Bands" Key Words: "coexistence, collaborative, collocated, interference, mechanisms, non-collaborative,WLAN, WPAN" Designation: 802.15.2 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks Title: Recommended Practice for Telecommunications and Information Exchange Between Systems - LAN/MAN Specific Requirements - Part 15: Recommended Practice for Wireless Personal Area Networks Operating in Unlicensed Frequency Bands Status: Superseded Technical Contact: Robert F Heile, Phone:781-929-4832, Email:bheile@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jan 30, 2000 Project Scope: To develop a recommended practice for an IEEE 802.15 Wireless Personal Area Network that coexists with other selected wireless devices operating in unlicensed frequency bands. To suggest modifications to other IEEE 802.15 standard(s) to enhance coexistence with other selected wireless devices operating in unlicensed frequency bands. To suggest recommended practices for IEEE 802.11 devices to facilitate coexistence with IEEE 802.15 devices oeprating in unlicensed frequency bands. Project Purpose: Usage models exist that presume coexistence of IEEE 802.15 devices with other wireless devices oeprating in unlicensed frequency bands. The purpose of this project is to facilitate coexistence of IEEE 802.15 WPAN devices with selected other wireless devices operating in unlicensed frequency bands. The intended users of this recommended practice include IEEE 802 Wireless LAN developers as well as designers and consumers of wireless products being developed to operate in unlicensed frequency bands. Designation: 802.15.3-2003 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks Title: IEEE Standard for Telecommunications and Information Exchange Between Systems - LAN/MAN Specific Requirements - Part 15.3: Wireless Medium Access Control (MAC) and Physical Layer (PHY) Specifications for High Rate Wireless Personal Area Networks (WPAN) Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Sep 29, 2003 Technical Contact: Robert F Heile, Phone:781-929-4832, Email:bheile@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Mar 30, 2000, BD APP: Jun 12, 2003, ANSI APP: Oct 20, 2003 Project Scope: This project will define the PHY and MAC specifications for high data rate wireless connectivity with fixed, portable and moving devices within or entering a Personal Operating Space (POS). A goal of the WPAN-HR (High Rate) Task Group will be to achieve a level of interoperability or coexistence with other 802.15 Task Groups. It is also the intent of this project to work toward a level of coexistence with other wireless devices in conjunction with Coexistence Task Groups such as 802.15.2. Project Purpose: To provide a standard for low complexity, low cost, low power consumption (comparable to the goals of 802.15.1) and high data rate wireless connectivity among devices within or entering the Personal Operating Space (POS). The data rate will be high enough, 20 Mbps or more, to satisfy a set of consumer multimedia industry needs for WPAN communications. The project will also address the Quality of Service capabilities required to support multimedia data types. Abstract: "IEEE Std 802.15.3-2003, Local and metropolitan area networksPart 15.3: Wireless MAC and PHY Specifications for High Rate WPANs" Key Words: "ad hoc network,mobility,PAN,Personal Area Network,radio frequency,Wireless,WPAN,UWB,ultra-wideband,signals,low-rate,OFDM,Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiplexing" Designation: 802.15.3a Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks Title: Standard for Amendment to Standard for Telecommunications and Information Exchange Between Systems - LAN/MAN Specific Requirements - Part 15.3: Wireless Medium Access Control (MAC) and Physical Layer (PHY) Specifications: Higher Speed Physical Layer Extension for the High Rate Wireless Personal Area Networks (WPAN) Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Robert F Heile, Phone:781-929-4832, Email:bheile@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 11, 2002 Project Scope: From: This project will define an alternative PHY clause for a higher data rate amendment to standard 802.15.3. To: This project will define an alternative PHY clause, in the frequency range of up to 24GHz, for a higher data rate amendment to standard 802.15.3. Project Purpose: The intent of this project is to provide a standard for a low complexity, low cost, low power consumption alternate PHY for 802.15.3 (comparable to the goals for 802.15.3). The data rate will be high enough, 110 Mb/s or more (see 18a), to satisfy an evolutionary set of consumer multi-media industry needs for WPAN communications. The project will address the requirements to support multimedia data types in multiple compliant co-located systems and also coexistence (18b). Key Words: "PAN,Personal Area Network,radio frequency,Wireless,WPAN,UWB,ultra- wideband,signals,low-rate,OFDM,Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiplexing" Designation: 802.15.3a Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks Title: Standard for Amendment to Standard for Telecommunications and Information Exchange Between Systems - LAN/MAN Specific Requirements - Part 15.3: Wireless Medium Access Control (MAC) and Physical Layer (PHY) Specifications: Higher Speed Physical Layer Extension for the High Rate Wireless Personal Area Networks (WPAN) Status: Superseded Technical Contact: Robert F Heile, Phone:781-929-4832, Email:bheile@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 11, 2002 Project Scope: This project will define an alternative PHY clause for a higher data rate amendment to standard 802.15.3. Project Purpose: The intent of this project is to provide a standard for a low complexity, low cost, low power consumption alternate PHY for 802.15.3 (comparable to the goals for 802.15.3). The data rate will be high enough, 110 Mb/s or more (see 18a), to satisfy an evolutionary set of consumer multi-media industry needs for WPAN communications. The project will address the requirements to support multimedia data types in multiple compliant co- located systems and also coexistence (18b). Designation: 802.15.3b-2005 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks Title: Standard for IEEE Amendment to Standard for Telecommunications and Information Exchange Between Systems – Local and Metropolitan Area Networks Specific Requirements – Part 15.3: Wireless Medium Access Control (MAC) and Physical Layer (PHY) Specifications for High Rate Wireless Personal Area Networks (WPAN): Amendment to MAC Sublayer Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: May 05, 2006 Technical Contact: Robert F Heile, Phone:781-929-4832, Email:bheile@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Mar 25, 2004, BD APP: Dec 07, 2005, ANSI APP: Mar 28, 2006 Project Scope: This amendment contains changes to the IEEE Std 802.15.3 required to improve implementation and interoperability. This will include minor optimizations while preserving backward compatibility. In addition, this amendment will correct errors, clarify ambiguities, and add editorial clarifications. Project Purpose: The purpose of this amendment is to improve the ability of IEEE Std 802.15.3 to support emerging wireless multimedia applications; e.g., multimedia streaming, time synchronization, low latency data transfer, and peripheral connectivity. Abstract: This amendment provides corrections and optimizations to IEEE Std. 802.15.3-2003. The management service access points (SAPs) have been completely updated to create a consistent, logical interface. As a consequence, most of the message sequence charts (MSCs) in the medium access control (MAC) functional specification have been updated as well. Channel time usage is more efficient with the addition of multiple contention periods, releasing channel time, implied acknowledgment, and multicast groups. Key Words: channel time reuse, handover, implied acknowledgment, multicast, wireless personal area network, WPAN Designation: P802.15.3c Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks Title: Standard for Millimeter-wave based Alternative Physical Layer Extension for IEEE Standard 802.15.3-2003 titled “Part 15: Wireless Medium Access Control (MAC) and Physical Layer (PHY) Specifications for High Rate Personal Area Networks (WPANs)" Status: Amendment Technical Contact: Robert F Heile, Phone:781-929-4832, Email:bheile@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 20, 2005 Project Scope: This project will define a 25 to 100 GHz (millimeter wave) alternative PHY clause for higher data rate amendment to Standard 802.15.3- 2003. This frequency range allows for the USA and Japanese unlicensed allocations and expected unlicensed allocations in other countries. Data rates will be at least 1 Gbps under normal operating conditions with a typical range no less than 10 meters. Project Purpose: The purpose is to standardize an alternative PHY that can achieve higher data rate transmission, higher spectral re-use via optional directional antennas, and superior coexistence than existing 802.15.3 wireless systems. Multiple data rates will be offered. Data rates of at least 1 Gbps (see item 21), will satisfy an evolutionary set of consumer multi-media industry needs for WPAN communications. Designation: 802.15.4-2006 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks Title: IEEE Standard for Information Technology - Telecommunications and Information Exchange Between Systems - Local and Metropolitan Area Networks - Specific Requirements - Part 15.4: Wireless Medium Access Control (MAC) and Physical Layer (PHY) Specifications for Low Rate Wireless Personal Area Networks (WPANs) Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Sep 07, 2006 Technical Contact: Robert F Heile, Phone:781-929-4832, Email:bheile@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Mar 25, 2004, BD APP: Jun 08, 2006, ANSI APP: Oct 26, 2006 Project Scope: The scope of this revision is to produce specific enhancements and corrections to IEEE Std 802.15.4, all of which will be backwards compatible with IEEE Std 802.15.4-2003. These enhancements and corrections include resolving ambiguities, reducing unnecessary complexity, increasing flexibility in security key usage, considerations for newly available frequency allocations, and others. IEEE Std 802.15.4 defines the physical layer (PHY) and medium access control (MAC) sublayer specifications for low-data-rate wireless connectivity with fixed, portable, and moving devices with no battery or very limited battery consumption requirements typically operating in the personal operating space (POS) of 10 m. It is foreseen that, depending on the application, a longer range at a lower data rate may be an acceptable tradeoff. It is the intent of this revision to work toward a level of coexistence with other wireless devices in conjunction with Coexistence Task Groups, such as IEEE 802.15.2 and IEEE 802.11/ETSI-BRAN/MMAC 5GSG. Project Purpose: The purpose of this revision is to extend the market applicability of IEEE Std 802.15.4 and to remove ambiguities in the standard. Implementations of the 2003 edition of this standard have revealed potential areas of improvements. Additional frequency bands are being made available in various countries that are attractive for this application space. Abstract: IEEE Std 802.15.4-2003 defined the protocol and compatible interconnection for data communication devices using low- data-rate, low-power, and low-complexity short-range radio frequency (RF) transmissions in a wireless personal area network (WPAN). This revision extends the market applicability of IEEE Std 802.15.4, removes ambiguities in the standard, and makes improvements revealed by implementations of IEEE Std 802.15.4-2003. Key Words: ad hoc network, low data rate, low power, LR-WPAN, mobility, PAN, personal area network, radio frequency, RF, short range, wireless, wireless personal area network, WPAN Designation: P802.15.4d Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks Title: IEEE Standard for Information Technology - Telecommunications and Information Exchange Between Systems - Local and Metropolitan Area Networks - Specific Requirements - Part 15.4: Wireless Medium Access Control (MAC) and Physical Layer (PHY) Specifications for Low Rate Wireless Personal Area Networks (WPANs) - Amendment: Alternative Physical Layer Extension to support the Japanese 950MHz Band Status: Amendment Technical Contact: Robert F Heile, Phone:781-929-4832, Email:bheile@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. Project Scope: This Project will define an amendment to the existing standard 802.15.4-2006. The proposed amendment shall be limited to defining a new PHY and such changes to the MAC as are necessary to support a new frequency allocation (950 MHz) in Japan. The amendment shall completely follow the new technical conditions described in Japanese ministerial ordinance. The amendment shall coexist with passive tag systems in the band. Project Purpose: It was always the intention for 802.15.4 to include support for an unlicensed sub 1GHz band in Japan, but none was available. The Japanese regulatory authority has now defined an unlicensed 950MHz band for RFID systems and hence this sub 1GHz band can also be used for IEEE802.15.4 in Japan for the first time. Interference in 950 MHz is lower than that in 2.4 GHz. Transmission distance in 950 MHz is also longer than that in 2.4 GHz. Due to improved range and reliability, this makes it appropriate for many applications for which 2.4GHz is not appropriate. The amendment to 802.15.4 will standardize a new PHY and necessary changes to the existing MAC to support Japanese 950 MHz. Designation: 802.15.4-2003 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks Title: IEEE Standard for Telecommunications and Information Exchange Between Systems - LAN/MAN Specific Requirements - Part 15: Wireless Medium Access Control (MAC) and Physical Layer (PHY) Specifications for Low Rate Wireless Personal Area Networks (WPAN) Status: Superseded Technical Contact: Robert F Heile, Phone:781-929-4832, Email:bheile@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 07, 2000, BD APP: May 12, 2003 Project Scope: This project will define the PHY and MAC specifications for low data rate wireless connectivity with fixed, portable and moving devices with no battery or very limited battery consumption requirements typically operating in the Personal Operating Space (POS) of 10 meters (See 16a). It is foreseen that depending on the application that a longer range at a lower data rate may be an acceptable trade-off (See 16b). It is the intent of this project to work toward a level of coexistence with other wireless devices in conjunction with Coexistence Task Groups, such as 802.15.2.and 802.11/ETSI- BRAN/MMAC 5GSG. Project Purpose: To provide a standard for ultra low complexity, ultra low cost, ultra low power consumption and low data rate wireless connectivity among inexpensive devices. The raw data rate will be high enough (maximum of 250kbs) to satisfy a set of simple needs such as interactive toys, but scaleable down to the needs of sensor and automation needs (20kbps or below) for wireless communications. Abstract: "IEEE Std 802.15.4-2003, IEEE Standard for Information technology Telecommunications and information exchange between systems Local and metropolitan area networks Specific requirements Part 15.4: Wireless Medium Access Control (MAC) and Physical Layer " Key Words: "ad hoc network, low data rate, low power, LR-WPAN, mobility, personal area network (PAN), radio frequency (RF), short range, wireless, wireless personal area network (WPAN)" Designation: 802.15.4 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks Title: Standard for STANDARD FOR Telecommunications and Information Exchange Between Systems - LAN/MAN Specific Requirements - Part 15: Wireless Medium Access Control (MAC) and Physical Layer (PHY) Specifications for Low Rate Wireless Personal Area Networks (WPAN) Status: Superseded Technical Contact: Robert F Heile, Phone:781-929-4832, Email:bheile@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 07, 2000 Project Scope: This project will define the PHY and MAC specifications for low data rate wireless connectivity with fixed, portable and moving devices with no battery or very limited battery consumption requirements typically operating in the Personal Operating Space (POS) of 10 meters (See 16a). It is foreseen that depending on the application that a longer range at a lower data rate may be an acceptable trade-off (See 16b). It is the intent of this project to work toward a level of coexistence with other wireless devices in conjunction with Coexistence Task Groups, such as 802.15.2 and 802.11/ETSI-BRAN/MMAC 5GSG. Project Purpose: To provide a standard for ultra low complexity, ultra low cost, ultra low power consumption and low data rate wireless connectivity among inexpensive devices. The raw data rate will be high enough (maximum of 200kbs) to satisfy a set of simple needs such as interactive toys, but scaleable down to the needs of sensor and automation needs (10kbps or below) for wireless communications. The project may also address the location tracking capabilities required to support uses of smart tags and badges. Designation: 802.15.4a-2007 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks Title: IEEE Standard for Information Technology - Telecommunications and Information Exchange Between Systems – Local and Metropolitan Area Networks - Specific Requirements – Part 15.4: Wireless Medium Access Control (MAC) and Physical Layer (PHY) Specifications for Low-Rate Wireless Personal Area Networks (LR-WPANs): Amendment to add alternate PHY Status: Approved Publication of IEEE Technical Contact: Robert F Heile, Phone:781-929-4832, Email:bheile@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Mar 25, 2004, BD APP: Mar 22, 2007 Project Scope: This project will define an alternative PHY clause for a data communication standard with precision ranging, extended range, enhanced robustness and mobility amendment to standard 802.15.4 (18a). Project Purpose: The purpose is to provide an international standard for an ultra low complexity, ultra low cost, ultra low power consumption alternate PHY for 802.15.4 (comparable to the goals for 802.15.4-2003). To satisfy an evolutionary set of industrial and consumer requirements for WPAN communications (18a), the precision ranging capability will be accurate to one meter or better, and the communication range, robustness and mobility improved over 802.15.4-2003. The project will address the requirements to support coexisting (18b) networks of sensors, controllers, logistic and peripheral devices in multiple compliant co-located systems. Designation: P802.15.5 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks Title: Recommended Practice for Recommended practices for mesh topology capability in Wireless Personal Area Networks (WPANs) Status: New Standard Project Technical Contact: Robert F Heile, Phone:781-929-4832, Email:bheile@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 25, 2004 Project Scope: The scope is to provide a recommended practice to provide the architectural framework enabling WPAN devices to promote interoperable, stable, and scaleable wireless mesh topologies and, if needed, to provide the amendment text to the current WPAN standards that is required to implement this recommended practice. Project Purpose: This project facilitates wireless mesh topologies optimized for IEEE 802.15 WPANs. Mesh Topologies provide: -Extension of network coverage without increasing the transmit power or the receiver sensitivity -Enhanced reliability via route redundancy -Easier network configuration - Better device battery life Designation: 802.16-2004 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks Title: Standard for Local and metropolitan area networks - Part 16: Air Interface for Fixed Broadband Wireless Access Systems Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Oct 01, 2004 **Supersedes 802.16-2001. This is standard 802.16-2004. Technical Contact: Roger B Marks, Phone:1-303-725-4626, Email:r.b.marks@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Dec 11, 2002, BD APP: Jun 24, 2004, ANSI APP: Jan 05, 2005 Project Scope: This revised standard specifies the air interface, including the medium access control layer and multiple physical layer specifications, of fixed broadband wireless access systems supporting multiple services. It consolidates IEEE Standards 802.16, 802.16a, and 802.16c, retaining all modes and major features without adding modes. Content is added or revised to improve performance, ease deployment, or replace incorrect, ambiguous, or incomplete material, including system profiles. Project Purpose: This standard enables rapid worldwide deployment of innovative, cost-effective, and interoperable multivendor broadband wireless access products, facilitates competition in broadband access by providing alternatives to wireline broadband access, ecnourages consistent worldwide spectrum allocations, and accelerates the commercialization of broadband wireless access systems. Abstract: This standard specifies the air interface of fixed broadband wirelss access (BWA) systems supporting multimedia services. The medium access control layer (MAC) supports a primarily point-to-multipoing architecture, with an optional mesh topology. The MAC is structured to support multiple physical layer (PHY) specifications, each suited to a particular operational environment. For operational frequencies from 10--66 GHz, the PHY is based on single-carrier modulation. For frequencies below 11 GHz, where propagation without a direct line of sight must be accomodated, three alternatives are provided, using OFDM, OFDMA, and single- carrier modulation. This standard revises and consolidates IEEE Std 802.16-2001, IEEE Std 802.16a-2003, and IEEE Std 802.16c- 2002. Key Words: fixed broadband wirelss access network, metropolitan area network, microwave, millimeter wave, WirelessMAN standards Designation: P802.16m Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks, Joint Sponsor: IEEE Microwave Theory and Techniques Society Title: IEEE Standard for Local and Metropolitan Area Networks - Part 16: Air Interface for Fixed and Mobile Broadband Wireless Access Systems - Amendment: Advanced Air Interface Status: Amendment Technical Contact: Roger B Marks, Phone:1-303-725-4626, Email:r.b.marks@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. Project Scope: This standard amends the IEEE 802.16 WirelessMAN-OFDMA specification to provide an advanced air interface for operation in licensed bands. It meets the cellular layer requirements of IMT-Advanced next generation mobile networks. This amendment provides continuing support for legacy WirelessMAN-OFDMA equipment. Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to provide performance improvements necessary to support future advanced services and applications, such as those described by the ITU in Report ITU-R M.2072. IEEE Microwave Theory and Techniques Society Designation: P802.16-2004/Cor 2 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks, Joint Sponsor: IEEE Microwave Theory and Techniques Society Title: Standard for Local and metropolitan area networks - Part 16: Air Interface for Fixed and Mobile Broadband Wireless Access Systems Corrigendum 2 Status: Corrigenda of Standard Technical Contact: Roger B Marks, Phone:1-303-725-4626, Email:r.b.marks@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 15, 2006 Project Scope: This corrigendum contains substantive corrections to IEEE Std 802.16. It corrects errors, inconsistencies, and ambiguities in that standard. It does not contain material that introduces enhancements or new features. Project Purpose: The purpose of this project is only to correct errors, inconsistencies, and ambiguities in IEEE Std 802.16-2004 as amended by IEEE Std 802.16e-2005, IEEE Std 802.16-2004/Cor1-2005 and IEEE Std 802.16f-2005. IEEE Microwave Theory and Techniques Society Designation: 802.16 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks Title: Standard for Telecommunications and Information Exchange Between Systems - LAN/MAN Specific Requirements - Air Interface for Fixed Broadband Wireless Access Systems Status: Changed Designation **Changed Designation to P802.16.1 History: PAR APP: Mar 18, 1999 Project Scope: This standard specifies the physical layer and media access control layer of the air interface of interoperable fixed point-to- multipoint broadband wireless access systems. The specification enables transport of data, video, and voice services. It applies to systems operating in the vicinity of 30 GHz but is broadly applicable to systems operating between 10 and 66 GHz. Project Purpose: To enable rapid worldwide deployment of innovative, cost- effective, and interoperable multivendor broadband wireless access products. To facilitate competition in broadband access by providing alternatives to wireline broadband access. To facilitate coexistence studies, encourage consistent worldwide allocation, and accelerate the commercialization of broadband wireless access spectrum. Designation: P802.16 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks, Joint Sponsor: IEEE Microwave Theory and Techniques Society/Standards Coordinating Committee Title: Standard for Local and Metropolitan Area Networks - Part 16: Air Interface for Broadband Wireless Access Systems Status: Revision Project Technical Contact: Roger B Marks, Phone:1-303-725-4626, Email:r.b.marks@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. Project Scope: This standard specifies the air interface, including the medium access control layer (MAC) and physical layer (PHY), of combined fixed and mobile point-to-multipoint broadband wireless access (BWA) systems providing multiple services. The MAC is structured to support multiple PHY specifications, each suited to a particular operational environment. Project Purpose: This standard enables rapid worldwide deployment of innovative, cost-effective, and interoperable multivendor broadband wireless access products, facilitates competition in broadband access by providing alternatives to wireline broadband access, encourages consistent worldwide spectrum allocations, and accelerates the commercialization of broadband wireless access systems. IEEE Microwave Theory and Techniques Society/Standards Coordinating Committee Designation: 802.16-2001 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks Title: IEEE Standard for Local and Metropolitan Area Networks - Part 16: Air Interface for Fixed Broadband Wireless Access Systems Status: Superseded **Superseded by 802.16-2004. Technical Contact: Roger B Marks, Phone:1-303-725-4626, Email:r.b.marks@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 17, 2001, BD APP: Dec 06, 2001, ANSI APP: May 24, 2002 Project Scope: This standard specifies the physical layer and media access control layer of the air interface of interoperable fixed point-to- multipoint broadband wireless access systems. The specification enables transport of data, video, and voice services. It applies to systems operating in the vicinity of 30 GHz but is broadly applicable to systems operating between 10 and 66 GHz. Project Purpose: To enable rapid worldwide deployment of innovative, cost- effective, and interoperable multivendor broadband wireless access products. To facilitate competition in broadband access by providing alternatives to wireline broadband access. To facilitate coexistence studies, encourage consistent worldwide allocation, and accelerate the commercialization of broadband wireless access spectrum. Abstract: This standard specifies the air interface of fixed (stationary) point-to-multipoint broadband wirelessaccess systems providing multiple services. The medium access control layer is capable of supporting multiplephysical layer specifications optimized for the frequency bands of application. The standard includes aparticular physical layer specification applicable to systems operating between 10 and 66 GHz. Key Words: "fixed broadband wireless access network, metropolitan area network, microwave, millimeter wave, WirelessMAN standards" Designation: 802.16 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks Title: Standard for Telecommunications and Information Exchange Between Systems - LAN/MAN Specific Requirements - Air Interface for Fixed Broadband Wireless Access Systems Status: Superseded Technical Contact: Roger B Marks, Phone:1-303-725-4626, Email:r.b.marks@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 18, 1999 Project Scope: This standard specifies the physical layer and media access control layer of the air interface of interoperable fixed point-to- multipoint broadband wireless access systems. The specification enables transport of data, video, and voice services. It applies to systems operating in the vicinity of 30 GHz but is broadly applicable to systems operating between 10 and 66 GHz. Project Purpose: To enable rapid worldwide deployment of innovative, cost- effective, and interoperable multivendor broadband wireless access products. To facilitate competition in broadband access by providing alternatives to wireline broadband access. To facilitate coexistence studies, encourage consistent worldwide allocation, and accelerate the commercialization of broadband wireless access spectrum. Designation: 802.16.1 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks Title: Standard for Telecommunications and Information Exchange Between Systems - LAN/MAN Specific Requirements - Air Interface for Fixed Broadband Wireless Access Systems Status: Changed Designation **Changed designation to 802.16 Technical Contact: Roger B Marks, Phone:1-303-725-4626, Email:r.b.marks@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jan 30, 2000 Project Scope: This standard specifies the physical layer and media access control layer of the air interface of interoperable fixed point-to- multipoint broadband wireless access systems. The specification enables transport of data, video, and voice services. It applies to systems operating in the vicinity of 30 GHz but is broadly applicable to systems oeprating between 10 and 66 GHz. Project Purpose: To enable rapid worldwide deployment of innovative, cost- effective, and interoperable multivendor broadband wireless access products. To facilitate competition in broadband access by providing alternatives to wireline broadband access. To facilitate coexistence studies, encourage consistent worldwide allocation, and accelerate the commercialization of broadband wireless access spectrum. Designation: 802.16.1b Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks Title: Standard for Telecommunications and Information Exchange Between Systems - LAN/MAN Specific Requirements - Air Interface for Fixed Broadband Wireless Access Systems including License-Exempt Frequencies Status: Changed Designation **Changed designation to P802.16b Technical Contact: Roger B Marks, Phone:1-303-725-4626, Email:r.b.marks@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 07, 2000 Project Scope: This standard specifies the medium access control layer and physical layers of the air interface of interoperable fixed point-to- multipoint broadband wireless access systems. The specification enables transport of data, video, and voice services. Physical layers are specified for both licensed and license-exempt bands. This Amendment expands the scope of the original project by extending it to license-exempt bands (thereby defining the Wireless High-Speed Unlicensed Metropolitan Area Network [WirelessHUMANTM] Standard). It specifies the physical layer and medium access control layer of the air interface of interoperable fixed broadband wireless metropolitan area network systems, including point-to- multipoint. The standard enables access to data, video, and voice services with quality of service in unlicensed (i.e., license-exempt) bands designated for public network access. It will focus on the 5-6 GHz range and may be applied to unlicensed bands between 2 and 11 GHz. It will address strategies for coexistence with other unlicensed applications. The project will utilize or modify applicable elements from the following: · MAC: IEEE 802.16 · PHY: IEEE 802.11a; ETSI BRAN HIPERLAN/2 Project Purpose: To enable rapid worldwide deployment of innovative, cost- effective, and interoperable multivendor broadband wireless access products. To facilitate competition in broadband access by providing alternatives to wireline broadband access. To facilitate coexistence studies, encourage consistent worldwide allocation, and accelerate the commercialization of broadband wireless access spectrum. This Amendment enhances the original project by extending it to license-exempt bands. It will identify techniques to tolerate interference in the unlicensed bands and facilitate strategies for coexistence with other unlicensed band systems such as 802.11 and 802.15. It will encourage consistent worldwide spectrum allocation and accelerate the commercialization of unlicensed broadband wireless access spectrum. Utilization of unlicensed frequencies will address a market that includes residences, small office-home office (SOHO), telecommuters, and small and medium enterprises (SME). Designation: 802.16.2-2004 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks Title: Local and Metropolitan Area Networks - Recommended Practice for Coexistence of Fixed Broadband Wireless Access Systems Status: Approved Publication of IEEE Technical Contact: Roger B Marks, Phone:1-303-725-4626, Email:r.b.marks@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: BD APP: Feb 09, 2004, ANSI APP: May 12, 2004 Project Scope: This project revises IEEE Std 802.16.2-2001. In particular, it specifies extensions and modifications addressing two distinct topics. The first is coexistence between multipoint systems and point-to-point systems in the frequency range 10-66 GHz. The second is coexistence among fixed broadband wireless access systems operating in licensed bands within the frequency range 2-11 GHz. Updates to the existing content will also be considered. Project Purpose: The purpose of this Revision is to provide additional coexistence guidelines to license holders, service providers, deployment groups, and system integrators. The specifications will facilitate the deployment and operation of fixed broadband wireless access systems while minimizing the need for case-by-case coordination. Designation: 802.16.2-2001 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks Title: Recommended Practice for Local and Metropolitan Area Networks - Recommended Practice for Coexistence of Fixed Broadband Wireless Access Systems Status: Superseded **Superseded by 802.16.2-2004. Technical Contact: Roger B Marks, Phone:1-303-725-4626, Email:r.b.marks@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 17, 2001, BD APP: Jul 06, 2001, ANSI APP: Nov 01, 2001 Project Scope: This project covers development of a Recommended Practice for the design and coordinated deployment of fixed broadband wireless access (BWA)systems operating from 10-66 GHz (with a focus on 23.5-43.5 GHz)in order to minimize interference so as to maximize system performance and/or service quality. This practice will provide for coexistence using frequency and spatial separation and will cover three areas. First,it will recommend limits of in-band and out-of-band emissions from BWA transmitters through parameters including radiated power,spectral masks and antenna patterns. Second,it will recommend receiver tolerance parameters, including noise floor degradation performance, for interference received from other BWA systems. Third,it will provide coordination parameters,including separation distances,and power flux density limits,to enable successful deployment of BWA systems with tolerable interference. The scope includes interference between systems deployed across geographic boundaries in the same frequency band and systems deployed in the same geographic area in different frequency bands (including different systems deployed by a single license-holder in sub-bands of the licensees authorized bandwidth). The scope does not cover coexistence issues due to intrasystem frequency re-use within the operator 's licensed band,and it does not consider the impact of interference created by BWA systems on non-BWA terrestrial and satellite systems. Project Purpose: The purpose of this recommended practice is to provide coexistence guidelines to license holders,service providers,deployment groups,and system integrators.The equipment parameters contained within this practice will benefit equipment and component vendors and industry associations by providing design targets. The benefits of this practice will include: · Coexistence of different systems with higher assurance that system performance objectives will be met. · Minimal need for case-by-case interference studies and coordination between operators to resolve interference issues. · Preservation of a favorable electromagnetic environment for deployment and operation of BWA systems, including future systems compliant to IEEE 802.16 interoperability standards. · Improved spectrum utilization. · Cost-effective system deployment. Abstract: " This IEEE recommended practice provides guidelines for minimizing interference in fixedbroadband wireless access (BWA) systems operating in the frequency range 10 to 66 GHz, withparticular focus on the range 23.5 to 43.5 GHz. It analyzes coexistence scenarios and providesguidance for system design, deployment, coordination, and frequency usage. " Key Words: "coexistence, fixed broadband wireless access (BWA), interference, local multipoint distribution service (LMDS), millimeter wave, multipoint, point-to-multipoint, radio, wireless metropolitan area network (WirelessMAN) standard" Designation: 802.16.2 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks Title: Telecommunications and Information Exchange Between Systems - LAN/MAN Specific Requirements - Coexistence of Broadband Wireless Access Systems Status: Superseded Technical Contact: Roger B Marks, Phone:1-303-725-4626, Email:r.b.marks@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 16, 1999 Project Scope: This project covers development of a Recommended practice for the design and coordinated deployment of broadband wireless access (BWA) systems to minimize interference so as to maximize system performance and/or service quality. This practice will provide for coexistence using frequency and spatial separation and will cover three areas. First, it will recommend limits of in-band and out-of-band emissions from BWA transmitters through parameters including radiated power, spectral masks and antenna patterns. Second, it will recommend receiver tolerance parameters, including noise floor degradation and blocking performance, for intereference received from other BWA systems as well as from other terrestrial and satellite systems. Third, it will provide coordination parameters, including band plans, separation distances, and power flux density limits, to enable successful deployment of BWA systems with tolerable interference. The scope includes interference between systems deployed across geographic boundaries in the same frequency band and systems deployed in the same geographic area in different frequency bands (including different systems, deployed by a single license-holder in sub-bands of the licensees authorized bandwidth). The scope does not cover coexistence issues due to intra-system frequency re-use wihin the operator's licensed band, and it does not consider the impact of interference created by BWA systems on non-BWA terrestrial and satellite systems. Project Purpose: The purpose of this recommended practice is to provide coexistence guidelines to license holders, service providers, deployment groups, and system integrators. The equipment parameters contained wihtin this practice will benefit equipment and component vendors and industry associations by providing design targets. The benefits of this practice will include: Coexistence of different systems with higher assurance that system performance objectives will be met; Minimal need for case-by-case interference studies and coordination between operators to resolve interference issues; Preservation of a favorable electromagnetic environment for deployment and operation of BWA systems, including future systems compliant to the 802.16 interoperability standard; Optimization of coverage and spectrum utilization; Cost-effective system deployment. Designation: 802.16.2a Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks Title: Recommended Practice for Local and Metropolitan Area Networks - Amendment to Recommended Practice for Coexistence of Fixed Broadband Wireless Access Systems Status: Superseded Technical Contact: Roger B Marks, Phone:1-303-725-4626, Email:r.b.marks@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Aug 17, 2001 Project Scope: This project will develop extensions and modifications to IEEE 802.16.2-2001 addressing two distinct topics. The first topic is the coexistence between multipoint systems and point-to-point systems in the frequency range 10-66 GHz, with a focus on the range 23.5 to 43.5 GHz. Two types of point-to-point systems will be considered: those used by fixed BWA operators and those used as individually assigned links, commonly licensed on a "first-come, first-served" basis. The second topic is coexistence among fixed BWA systems operating in licensed bands within the frequency range 2- 11 GHz. Clarifications and updates to the existing standard will also be considered. Project Purpose: The purpose of this Amendment is to provide additional coexistence guidelines to license holders, service providers, deployment groups, and system integrators, covering coexistence with point-to-point systems (primarily from 23.5 - 43.5 GHz) and coexistence among licensed fixed BWA systems operating in the 2-11 GHz frequency range. The equipment parameter values contained within this amended practice will benefit license holders, equipment and component vendors, and industry associations by facilitating the deployment and operation of fixed BWA systems while minimizing the need for case-by-case coordination. A further purpose is to encourage voluntary procedures that facilitate a simpler licensing process for systems operating below 11 GHz, particularly in the 2.5 GHz MMDS/ITFS bands in the USA. Designation: 802.16.2a Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks Title: Recommended Practice for Local and Metropolitan Area Networks - Amendment to Recommended Practice for Coexistence of Fixed Broadband Wireless Access Systems Status: Superseded Technical Contact: Roger B Marks, Phone:1-303-725-4626, Email:r.b.marks@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Aug 17, 2001 Project Scope: This project specifies extensions and modifications to IEEE Standard 802.16.2-2001 addressing two distinct topics. The first is coexistence between multipoint systems and point-to-point systems in the frequency range 10-66 GHz, with a focus on the range 23.5 to 43.5 GHz. The second topic is coexistence among fixed BWA systems operating in licensed bands within the frequency range 2-11 GHz. Clarifications and updates to the existing standard will also be considered. Project Purpose: The purpose of this Amendment is to provide coexistence guidelines to license holders, service providers, deployment groups, and system integrators, covering coexistence with point-to-point systems (primarily from 23.5-43.5 GHz) and coexistence among licensed fixed BWA systems operating in the 2-11 GHz frequency range. The specifications will facilitate the deployment and operation of fixed BWA systems while minimizing the need for case-by-case coordination. Designation: 802.16.3 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks Title: Telecommunications and Information Exchange Between Systems - LAN/MAN Specific Requirements - Air Interface for Fixed Broadband Wireless Access Systems in Licensed Bands from 2 to 11 GHz Status: Changed Designation **Changed designation to P802.16a Technical Contact: Roger B Marks, Phone:1-303-725-4626, Email:r.b.marks@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 30, 2000 Project Scope: This standard specifies the physical layer and media access control layer of the air interface of interoperable fixed point-to- multipoint broadband wireless access systems (e.g. those supporting data rates of DS1/E1 or greater). The specification enables access to data, video, and voice services with a specified quality of service in licensed bands designated for public network access. It applies to systems operating between 2 and 11 GHz. Project Purpose: To enable rapid worldwide deployment of innovative, cost- effective, and interoperable multi-vendor broadband wireless access products. To facilitate competition in broadband access by providing wireless alternatives to wireline broadband access. To facilitate coexistence studies, encourage worldwide allocation, and accelerate the commercialization of broadband wireless access spectrum. Utilization of frequencies from 2 to 11 GHz will address a market that includes residences, Small Office/Home Office (SOHO), telecommuters, and Small and Medium Enterprises (SME). Designation: 802.16 Edition Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks Title: Standard for Telecommunications and Information Exchange Between Systems - LAN/MAN Specific Requirements - Air Interface for Fixed Broadband Wireless Access Systems Status: Approved Publication of IEEE Publication type: Special Publication Designation: 802.16-2001/Conformance01-2003 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks Title: IEEE Standard for Conformance to IEEE Standard 802.16 - Part 1: Protocol Implementation Conformance Statement (PICS) Proforma for 10-66 GHz WirelessMAN-SC Air Interface Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Aug 12, 2003 **Should be changed to 802.16/Conformance01. Had originally been P1802.16.1. Technical Contact: Roger B Marks, Phone:1-303-725-4626, Email:r.b.marks@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Aug 15, 2002, BD APP: Jun 12, 2003, ANSI APP: Sep 24, 2003 Project Scope: This standard represents the Protocol Implementation Conformance Statement (PICS) Proforma, per ISO/IEC Standard 9646-7 (1995) and ITU-T X.296, for conformance specification of base stations and subscriber stations based upon the WirelessMAN-SC (10-66 GHz) air interface specified in IEEE Std 802.16. Project Purpose: This document describes the capabilities and options within the WirelessMAN-SC (10-66 GHz) air interface specified in IEEE Std 802.16. It is to be completed by the supplier of a product claiming to implement the protocol. It indicates which capabilities and options have been implemented and what limitations might prevent interworking. It allows a customer of the product to evaluate its conformance and to determine whether the product meets the customer's requirements. Abstract: This standard represents the Protocol Implementation Conformance Statement Proforma, per ISO/IEC 9646-7 (1995) and ITU- T X.296, for conformance specification of base stations and subscriber stations based upon the WirelessMAN-SC air interface specified in IEEE 802.16. Key Words: "broadband wireless access (BWA), compliance test, fixed broadband wireless access networks, local multipoint distribution service (LMDS), metropolitan area network, microwaves, millimeter waves, point-to- multipoint, wireless access systems (WAS), WirelessMAN standards" Designation: 802.16-2004/Cor 1-2005 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks, Joint Sponsor: IEEE Microwave Theory and Techniques Society/Standards Coordinating Committee Title: Standard for Corrigendum to IEEE Standard for Local and Metropolitan Area Networks - Part 16: Air Interface for Fixed Broadband Wireless Access Systems Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Feb 28, 2006 **Will be published with 802.16e-2005 as one document (802.16e-2005 and 802.16-2004/Cor1-2005). Technical Contact: Roger B Marks, Phone:1-303-725-4626, Email:r.b.marks@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Sep 23, 2004, BD APP: Nov 08, 2005, ANSI APP: Mar 20, 2006 Project Scope: This corrigendum contains substantive corrections to IEEE Standard 802.16-2004. It corrects errors, inconsistencies, and ambiguities in that standard. It does not contain new material. Project Purpose: The purpose of this project is to correct errors, inconsistencies, and ambiguities in IEEE Standard 802.16-2004. IEEE Microwave Theory and Techniques Society/Standards Coordinating Committee Designation: 802.16/Conformance02-2003 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks Title: IEEE Standard for Conformance to IEEE Standard 802.16 - Part 2: Test Suite Structure and Test Purposes (TSS&TP) for 10-66 GHz WirelessMAN-SC Air Interface Status: Changed Designation Technical Contact: Roger B Marks, Phone:1-303-725-4626, Email:r.b.marks@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 11, 2002, BD APP: Dec 10, 2003 Project Scope: This standard represents the Test Suite Structure and Test Purposes (TSS&TP), per ISO/IEC Standards 9646-1, and 9646-2 (1995) and ITU-T Standards X.290 and X.291, for conformance specification of base stations and subscriber stations based upon the WirelessMAN-SC (10-66 GHz) air interface specified in IEEE Std 802.16. Project Purpose: This document describes the structure of the suite of tests and the test purposes for WirelessMAN-SC (10-66 GHz) air interface specified in IEEE Std 802.16. It therefore provides the second of three specifications (per ISO/IEC 9646-1 and 9646-2) required to support conformance and interoperability testing of devices built to the specifications in IEEE 802.16. Abstract: This standard represents the Test Suite Structure and Test Purposes (TSS&TP), per ISO/IEC 9646-1:1994 and 9646-2:1995 and ITU-T X.290 and X.291, for conformance specification of base stations and subscriber stations based upon the WirelessMAN-SC (10–66 GHz) air interface specified in IEEE 802.16. Key Words: "fixed broadband wireless access networks, metropolitan area network, microwaves, millimeter waves, WirelessMAN™ standards" Designation: 802.16/Conformance02-200x Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks Title: Standard for Conformance to IEEE Standard 802.16 - Part 2: Test Suite Structure and Test Purposes (TSS&TP) for 10-66 GHz WirelessMAN-SC Air Interface Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Roger B Marks, Phone:1-303-725-4626, Email:r.b.marks@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 11, 2002 Project Scope: This standard represents the Test Suite Structure and Test Purposes (TSS&TP), per ISO/IEC Standards 9646-1, and 9646-2 (1995) and ITU-T Standards X.290 and X.291, for conformance specification of base stations and subscriber stations based upon the WirelessMAN-SC (10-66 GHz) air interface specified in IEEE Std 802.16. Project Purpose: This document describes the structure of the suite of tests and the test purposes for WirelessMAN-SC (10-66 GHz) air interface specified in IEEE Std 802.16. It therefore provides the second of three specifications (per ISO/IEC 9646-1 and 9646-2) required to support conformance and interoperability testing of devices built to the specifications in IEEE 802.16. Designation: 802.16/Conformance03-2004 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks Title: IEEE Standard for Conformance to IEEE Standard 802.16 - Part 3: Radio Conformance Tests (RCT) for 10-66 GHz WirelessMAN-SC™ Air Interface Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jun 25, 2004 Technical Contact: Roger B Marks, Phone:1-303-725-4626, Email:r.b.marks@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Mar 20, 2003, BD APP: May 12, 2004, ANSI APP: Aug 05, 2004 Project Scope: This standard represents the Radio Conformance Test (RCT) specification for base stations and subscriber stations based upon the WirelessMAN-SC (TM) (10-66 GHz) air interface specified in IEEE Standard 802.16. Project Purpose: These radio conformance test specifications form the basis of conformance and interoperability testing at the radio interface. Abstract: This standard represents the Radio Conformance Tests (RCT) specification for base stations and subscriber stations based upon the WirelessMAN-SC™ (10–66 GHz) air interface specified in IEEE 802.16. Key Words: "compliance, fixed broadband wireless access network, microwaves, millimeter waves, radio conformance test, WirelessMAN™ standards, wireless metropolitan area network" Designation: 802.16/Conformance04-2006 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks, Joint Sponsor: IEEE Microwave Theory and Techniques Society Title: IEEE Standard for Conformance to IEEE 802.16 - Part 4: Protocol Implementation Conformance Statement (PICS) Proforma for Frequencies below 11 GHz Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jan 15, 2007 Technical Contact: Roger B Marks, Phone:1-303-725-4626, Email:r.b.marks@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Mar 25, 2004, BD APP: Sep 15, 2006, ANSI APP: Jan 08, 2007 Project Scope: This standard represents the Protocol Implementation Conformance Statement (PICS) Proforma, per ISO/IEC Standard 9646-7 (1995) and ITU-T X.296, for conformance specification of base stations and subscriber stations based upon the air interface specified in IEEE P802.16-REVd for frequencies below 11 GHz. Project Purpose: This document describes the capabilities and options within the air interface specified for frequencies below 11 GHz in IEEE P802.16- REVd. It is to be completed by the supplier of a product claiming to implement the protocol. It indicates which capabilities and options have been implemented. It allows a user of the product to evaluate its conformance and to determine whether the product meets the user's requirements. Abstract: This standard represents the Protocol Implementation Conformance Statement Proforma, per ISO/IEC 9646-7 and ITU-T X.296, for conformance specification of base stations and subscriber stations based on the air interface specified in IEEE Std 802.16 for frequencies below 11 GHz. Key Words: broadband wireless access (BWA), compliance test, fixed broadband wireless access networks, metropolitan area network, microwaves, point-to- multipoint, wireless access systems WAS), WirelessMAN® standards IEEE Microwave Theory and Techniques Society Designation: 802.16a-2003 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks Title: Standard for Amendment to IEEE Standard for Local and Metropolitan Area Networks - Part 16: Air Interface for Fixed Broadband Wireless Access Systems - Medium Access Control Modifications and Additional Physical Layer Specifications for 2-11 GHz Status: Superseded **Superseded by 802.16-2004. Technical Contact: Roger B Marks, Phone:1-303-725-4626, Email:r.b.marks@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 30, 2000, BD APP: Jan 29, 2003, ANSI APP: May 27, 2003 Project Scope: This standard specifies the physical layer and medium access control layer of the air interface of interoperable fixed point-to- multipoint (and, in license-exempt bands, optional mesh topology) broadband wireless access systems (e.g., those supporting data rates of DS1/E1 or greater). The specification enables access to data, video, and voice services with a specified quality of service in licensed bands designated for public network access and license-exempt bands. It applies to systems operating between 2 and 11 GHz, where such services are permitted. This Amendment expands the scope of the IEEE Standard 802.16 by extending it to bands between 2-11 GHz, whereas the scope of the original project was limited to 10-66 GHz. Project Purpose: To enable rapid worldwide deployment of innovative, cost- effective and interoperable multi-vendor broadband wireless access products. To facilitate competition in broadband access by providing wireless alternatives to wireline broadband access. To facilitate coexistence studies, provide mechanisms for coexistence with other license-exempt band systems such as 802.11 and 802.15, encourage consistent worldwide allocation, and accelerate the commercialization of broadband wireless access spectrum. Utilization of frequencies from 2 to 11 GHz will address a market that includes residences, Small Office-Home Office (SOHO), telecommuters and Small and Medium Enterprises (SME). Abstract: This document amends IEEE Std 802.16-2001 by enhancing the medium access controllayer and providing additional physical layer specifications in support of broadband wireless accessat frequencies from 2­11 GHz. The resulting standard specifies the air interface of fixed (stationary)broadband wireless access systems providing multiple services. The medium access control layeris capable of supporting multiple physical layer specifications optimized for the frequency bands ofapplication. The standard includes particular physical layer specifications applicable to systemsoperating between 2 and 66 GHz. It supports point-to-multipoint and optional mesh topologies. Key Words: "broadband wireless access network, metropolitan area network, microwave, WirelessMAN standards" Designation: 802.16a Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks Title: Local and Metropolitan Area Networks - Amendment to Standard Air Interface for Fixed Broadband Wireless Access Systems - Media Access Control Modifications and Additional Physical Layer for 2-11 GHz Status: Superseded History: PAR APP: Jan 30, 2000 Project Scope: This standard specifies the physical layer and media access control layer of the air interface of interoperable fixed point-to- multipoint broadband wireless access systems (e.g., those supporting data rates of DS1/E1 or greater). The specification enables access to data, video, and voice services with a specified quality of service in licensed bands designated for public network access. It applies to systems operating between 2 and 11 GHz. Project Purpose: To enable rapid worldwide deployment of innovative, cost- effective and interoperable multi-vendor broadband wireless access products. To facilitate competition in broadband access by providing wireless alternatives to wireline broadband access. To facilitate coexistence studies, encourage consistent worldwide allocation, and accelerate the commercialization of broadband wireless access spectrum. Utilization of frequencies from 2 to 11 GHz will address a market that includes residences, Small Office-Home Office (SOHO), telecommuters and Small and Medium Enterprises (SME). Designation: 802.16b Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks Title: Standard for Local and Metropolitan Area Networks - Amendment to Standard Air Interface for Fixed Broadband Wireless Access Systems - Media Access Control Modifications and Additional Physical Layer for License- Exempt Frequencies Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Roger B Marks, Phone:1-303-725-4626, Email:r.b.marks@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 07, 2000 Project Scope: This standard specifies the medium access control layer and physical layers of the air interface of interoperable fixed point-to- multipoint broadband wireless access systems. The specification enables transport of data, video, and voice services. Physical layers are specified for both licensed and license-exempt bands. This Amendment expands the scope of the original project by extending it to license-exempt bands (thereby defining the Wireless High-Speed Unlicensed Metropolitan Area Network [WirelessHUMAN™] Standard). It specifies the physical layer and medium access control layer of the air interface of interoperable fixed broadband wireless metropolitan area network systems, including point-to- multipoint. The standard enables access to data, video, and voice services with quality of service in unlicensed (i.e., license-exempt) bands designated for public network access. It will focus on the 5-6 GHz range and may be applied to unlicensed bands between 2 and 11 GHz. It will address strategies for coexistence with other unlicensed applications. The project will utilize or modify applicable elements from the following: · MAC: IEEE 802.16 · PHY: IEEE 802.11a; ETSI BRAN HIPERLAN/2 Project Purpose: To enable rapid worldwide deployment of innovative, cost- effective, and interoperable multivendor broadband wireless access products. To facilitate competition in broadband access by providing alternatives to wireline broadband access. To facilitate coexistence studies, encourage consistent worldwide allocation, and accelerate the commercialization of broadband wireless access spectrum. This Amendment enhances the original project by extending it to license-exempt bands. It will identify techniques to tolerate interference in the unlicensed bands and facilitate strategies for coexistence with other unlicensed band systems such as 802.11 and 802.15. It will encourage consistent worldwide spectrum allocation and accelerate the commercialization of unlicensed broadband wireless access spectrum. Utilization of unlicensed frequencies will address a market that includes residences, small office-home office (SOHO), telecommuters, and small and medium enterprises (SME). Designation: 802.16c-2002 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks Title: IEEE Standard for Local and Metropolitan Area Networks - Part 16: Air Interface for Fixed Broadband Wireless Access Systems - Amendment 1: Detailed System Profiles for 10-66 GHz Status: Superseded **Superseded by 802.16-2004. Technical Contact: Roger B Marks, Phone:1-303-725-4626, Email:r.b.marks@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: May 09, 2002, BD APP: Dec 11, 2002, ANSI APP: Apr 18, 2003 Project Scope: s Amendment updates and expands Clause 12 of IEEE Std 802.16-2001, which concerns system profiles that list sets of features and functions to be used in typical implementation cases. Errors and inconsistencies in IEEE Std 802.16-2001 will also be corrected. The scope is limited to 10-66 GHz Project Purpose: To aid the deployment of interoperable systems by defining and naming a set of system profiles to which manufacturers can test compliance, and by correcting errors and inconsistencies. Abstract: " This amendment updates and expands Clause 12 of IEEE Std 802.16-2001, which con-cerns system profiles that list sets of features and functions to be used in typical implementationcases. Errors and inconsistencies in IEEE Std 802.16-2001 are also corrected. The scope is limitedto 10­66 GHz. " Key Words: "fixed broadband wireless access networks, metropolitan area network, millimeter waves, microwaves, WirelessMAN standards" Designation: 802.16d Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks Title: Standard for Amendment to IEEE Standard for Local and metropolitan area networks - Part 16: Air Interface for Fixed Broadband Wireless Access Systems - Detailed System Profiles for 2-11 GHz Status: Superseded Technical Contact: Roger B Marks, Phone:1-303-725-4626, Email:r.b.marks@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 11, 2002 Project Scope: This Amendment updates and expands Clause 12 of IEEE Std 802.16, which concerns system profiles that list sets of features and functions to be used in typical implementation cases. Errors and inconsistencies in IEEE Std 802.16 will also be corrected. The scope is limited to 2-11 GHz. Project Purpose: This standard aids the deployment of interoperable systems by defining and naming a set of system profiles to which manufacturers can test compliance. It also corrects errors and inconsistencies. Designation: 802.16e-2005 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks, Joint Sponsor: IEEE Microwave Theory and Techniques Society/Standards Coordinating Committee Title: IEEE Standard for Local and Metropolitan Area Networks - Part 16: Air Interface for Fixed and Mobile Broadband Wireless Access Systems - Amendment for Physical and Medium Access Control Layers for Combined Fixed and Mobile Operation in Licensed Bands Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Feb 28, 2006 **Will be published with 802.16-2004/Cor1-2005 as one document (802.16e-2005 and 802.16-2004/Cor1-2005). Technical Contact: Roger B Marks, Phone:1-303-725-4626, Email:r.b.marks@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Dec 11, 2002, BD APP: Dec 07, 2005, ANSI APP: Apr 21, 2006 Project Scope: This document provides enhancements to IEEE Std 802.16-2004 to support subscriber stations moving at vehicular speeds and thereby specifies a system for combined fixed and mobile broadband wireless access. Functions to support higher layer handoff between base stations or sectors are specified. Operation is limited to licensed bands suitable for fixed/mobile use below 6 GHz. Fixed 802.16-2004 subscriber capabilities shall not be compromised. In addition to mobility enhancements, this document contains substantive corrections to IEEE 802.16-2004 regarding fixed operation. Project Purpose: This standard will increase the market for broadband wireless access solutions by taking advantage of the inherent mobility of wireless media. It will fill the gap between very high data rate wireless local area networks and very high mobility cellular systems. It will support fixed and mobile services for both enterprise and consumer markets. Abstract: This document updates and expands IEEE Std 802.16-2004 to allow for mobile subscriber stations. Key Words: fixed broadband wireless access network, metropolitan area network, microwave, mobile broadband wireless access network, WirelessMAN standards IEEE Microwave Theory and Techniques Society/Standards Coordinating Committee Designation: 802.16e Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks Title: Standard for Amendment to IEEE Standard for Local and Metropolitan Area Networks - Part 16: Air Interface for Fixed and Mobile Broadband Wireless Access Systems - Amendment for Physical and Medium Access Control Layers for Combined Fixed and Mobile Operation in Licensed Bands Status: Superseded Technical Contact: Roger B Marks, Phone:1-303-725-4626, Email:r.b.marks@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 11, 2002 Project Scope: This document provides enhancements to IEEE Std 802.16/802.16a to support subscriber stations moving at vehicular speeds and thereby specifies a system for combined fixed and mobile broadband wireless access. Functions to support higher layer handoff between base stations or sectors are specified. Operation is limited to licensed bands suitable for mobility between 2 and 6 GHz. Fixed 802.16a subscriber capabilities shall not be compromised (See Item #18). Project Purpose: This standard will increase the market for broadband wireless access solutions by taking advantage of the inherent mobility of wireless media. It will fill the gap between very high data rate wireless local area networks and very high mobility cellular systems. It will support fixed and mobile services for both enterprise and consumer markets. Designation: 802.16f-2005 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks, Joint Sponsor: IEEE Microwave Theory and Techniques Society/Standards Coordinating Committee Title: IEEE Standard for Local and Metropolitan Area Networks - Part 16: Air Interface for Fixed Broadband Wireless Access Systems - Amendment 1: Management Information Base Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Dec 01, 2005 Technical Contact: Roger B Marks, Phone:1-303-725-4626, Email:r.b.marks@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Aug 12, 2004, BD APP: Sep 22, 2005, ANSI APP: Feb 02, 2006 Project Scope: This document provides enhancements to IEEE Std 802.16-2004 to define a management information base(MIB) for the MAC and PHY and associated management procedures. Project Purpose: The purpose of this project is to provide a definition of managed objects to enable standards-based management of IEEE 802.16 device. Abstract: This document amends IEEE Std 802.16-2004 by defining a management information base (MIB) for the MAC and PHY and associated management procedures. Key Words: fixed broadband wireless access network, management information base (MIB), metropolitan area network(MAN), microwave, millimeter wave, WirelessMAN® standards IEEE Microwave Theory and Techniques Society/Standards Coordinating Committee Designation: P802.16g Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks, Joint Sponsor: IEEE Microwave Theory and Techniques Society/Standards Coordinating Committee Title: IEEE Standard for Local and Metropolitan Area Networks - Part 16: Air Interface for Fixed and Mobile Broadband Wireless Access Systems - Amendment 3: Management Plane Procedures and Services Status: Amendment Technical Contact: Roger B Marks, Phone:1-303-725-4626, Email:r.b.marks@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Aug 12, 2004 Project Scope: This document provides enhancements to the MAC and PHY management entities of IEEE Standard 802.16-2004, as amended by P802.16e, to create standardized procedures and interfaces for the management of conformant 802.16 devices. Project Purpose: The purpose of this project is to provide conformant 802.16 equipment with procedures and services to enable interoperable and efficient management of network resources, mobility, and spectrum, and to standardize management plane behavior in 802.16 fixed and mobile devices. IEEE Microwave Theory and Techniques Society/Standards Coordinating Committee Designation: P802.16h Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks, Joint Sponsor: IEEE Microwave Theory and Techniques Society Title: Standard for Amendment to IEEE Standard for Local and Metropolitan Area Networks - Part 16: Air Interface for Fixed Broadband Wireless Access Systems - Improved Coexistence Mechanisms for License-Exempt Operation. Status: Amendment Technical Contact: Roger B Marks, Phone:1-303-725-4626, Email:r.b.marks@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 08, 2004 Project Scope: This amendment specifies improved mechanisms, as policies and medium access control enhancements, to enable coexistence among license- exempt systems based on IEEE Standard 802.16 and to facilitate the coexistence of such systems with primary users. Project Purpose: This amendment provides measures to increase the efficiency and robustness of license-exempt operation. IEEE Microwave Theory and Techniques Society Designation: P802.16i Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks, Joint Sponsor: IEEE Microwave Theory and Techniques Society/Standards Coordinating Committee Title: Standard for Amendment to IEEE Standard for Local and Metropolitan Area Networks - Part 16: Air Interface for Broadband Wireless Access Systems - Mobile Management Information Base Status: Amendment Technical Contact: Roger B Marks, Phone:1-303-725-4626, Email:r.b.marks@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 07, 2005 Project Scope: This document provides mobility enhancements to IEEE Std 802.16 MIB for the MAC, PHY and associated management procedures. The project will use protocol-neutral methodologies for network management to develop resource models and related solution sets for the management of devices in a multi-vendor 802.16 mobile network. Project Purpose: The purpose of this project is to provide a definition of managed objects to enable the standards-based management of 802.16 devices. IEEE Microwave Theory and Techniques Society/Standards Coordinating Committee Designation: P802.16j Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks, Joint Sponsor: IEEE Microwave Theory and Techniques Society/Standards Coordinating Committee Title: Standard for Amendment to IEEE Standard for Local and Metropolitan Area Networks - Part 16: Air Interface for Fixed and Mobile Broadband Wireless Access Systems - Multihop Relay Specification Status: Amendment Technical Contact: Roger B Marks, Phone:1-303-725-4626, Email:r.b.marks@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 30, 2006 Project Scope: This document specifies OFDMA physical layer and medium access control layer enhancements to IEEE Std 802.16 for licensed bands to enable the operation of relay stations. Subscriber station specifications are not changed. Project Purpose: The purpose of this amendment is to enhance coverage, throughput and system capacity of 802.16 networks by specifying 802.16 multihop relay capabilities and functionalities of interoperable relay stations and base stations. IEEE Microwave Theory and Techniques Society/Standards Coordinating Committee Designation: 802.16k-2007 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks, Joint Sponsor: IEEE Microwave Theory and Techniques Society/Standards Coordinating Committee Title: Standard for Local and Metropolitan Area Networks: Media Access Control (MAC) Bridges - Amendment 2: Bridging of IEEE 802.16 Status: Approved Publication of IEEE Technical Contact: Roger B Marks, Phone:1-303-725-4626, Email:r.b.marks@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Mar 30, 2006, BD APP: Mar 22, 2007 Project Scope: The scope of this project is limited to amending 802.1D to support Bridging of the IEEE 802.16 MAC. This involves: (a) Adding one subclause to Clause 6 of 802.1D describing the service interface mapping between the Internal Sublayer Service and the 802.16 MAC service; (b) minor changes elsewhere in the document as needed to accommodate support of the additional MAC, including priority mapping in Clause 7 and the PICS Proforma in Annex A. Project Purpose: The purpose is to amend the 802.1D transparent bridge standard in recognition of the 802.16 Media Access Control (MAC). IEEE Microwave Theory and Techniques Society/Standards Coordinating Committee Designation: 802.17-2004 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks Title: IEEE Standard for Information Technology - Telecommunications and Information Exchange Between Systems - Local and Metropolitan Area Networks - Specific Requirements - Part 17: Resilient Packet Ring (RPR) Access Method and Physical Layer Specifications Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Sep 24, 2004 Technical Contact: Michael Takefman, Phone:613-254-3399, Email:tak@cisco.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Dec 07, 2000, BD APP: Jun 24, 2004, ANSI APP: Apr 06, 2005 Project Scope: Define a Resilient Packet Ring Access Protocol for use in Local, Metropolitan, and Wide Area Networks, along with appropriate Physical Layer specifications for transfer of data packets at rates scalable to multiple gigabits per second. Project Purpose: The standard will define a very high-speed network protocol that is optimized for packet transmission in resilient ring topologies. Current standards are either optimized for TDM transport, or optimized for mesh topologies. There is no high-speed (greater than 1 billion bits per second) networking standard in existence, which is optimized for packet transmission in ring topologies. Abstract: This standard defines the medium access control characteristics, physical layer interface methods and layer management parameters for the resilient packet ring (RPR) access method for ring topologies. A set of protocols for detecting and initializing the shared ring configuration, recovering from failures, and regulating fair access to the shared medium are also described. Specifications are provided for interface to a number of physical layers, supporting data rates up to 10 Gb/s. System considerations and management information base (MIB) specifications are also provided in this standard. Key Words: fairness, layer management, metropolitan area network (MAN), medium access control, physical layer, protection switching, resilient packet ring (RPR), ring topology, topology detection Designation: P802.17c Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks Title: IEEE Standard for Information Technology - Telecommunications and Information Exchange Between Systems - Local and Metropolitan Area Networks - Specific Requirements - Part 17: Resilient Packet Ring (RPR) Access Method and Physical Layer Specifications - Amendment: 2 – Protected Inter-Ring Connection Status: Amendment Technical Contact: Michael Takefman, Phone:613-254-3399, Email:tak@cisco.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. Project Scope: The proposed changes add new capabilities to the MAC layer to enable operation of dual-redundant RPR stations that interconnect 2 RPR rings. Project Purpose: The amendment extends the property of fast (50 ms) restoration time, associated with an individual RPR ring to dual-interconnected rings. Further, the standard specifies methods for controlling which traffic is sent across each of the two interconnections. Designation: 802.17a-2004 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks Title: IEEE Standard for Local and Metropolitan Area Networks: Media Access Control (MAC) Bridges - Amendment 1: Bridging of IEEE Std 802.17 Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Oct 29, 2004 **Amends IEEE Std 802.1D-2004 Technical Contact: Michael Takefman, Phone:613-254-3399, Email:tak@cisco.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Dec 11, 2002, BD APP: Sep 23, 2004, ANSI APP: Feb 02, 2005 Project Scope: The scope of this project is limited to amending 802.1D:2004 to support Bridging of 802.17 MACs. This involves: Adding one subclause to clause 6 of 802.1D describing the service interface mapping between the Internal Sublayer Service and the 802.17 MAC service; Minor changes elsewhere in the document as needed to accommodate support of the additional MAC, including priority mapping in Clause 7 and the PICS Proforma in Annex A. Project Purpose: The purpose is to amend the 802.1D transparent bridge standard recognition of the 802.17 Media Access Control (MAC). Abstract: This amendment to IEEE Std 802.1D-2004 defines support of the internal sublayer service by the 802.17 MAC Key Words: bridging, IEEE 802.1D, IEEE 802.17, internal sublayer service, media access control bridges, resilient packet ring (RPR) Designation: 802.17a Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks Title: Standard for Information Technology - Telecommunications and Information Exchange Between Systems - Local and Metropolitan Area Networks - Common Specifications - Part 3: Media Access Control (MAC) Bridges Status: Superseded Technical Contact: Michael Takefman, Phone:613-254-3399, Email:tak@cisco.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 11, 2002 Project Scope: Amend 802.1D:1998 to support Bridging of 802.17 MACs. This involves: Adding one subclause to clause 6 of 802.1D describing the service interface mapping between the Internal Sublayer Service and the 802.17 MAC service; Minor changes elsewhere in the document as needed to accommodate support of the additional MAC, including priority mapping in Clause 7 and the PICS Proforma in Annex A. Project Purpose: The purpose is to amend the 802.1D transparent bridge standard recognition of the 802.17 Media Access Control (MAC). Designation: 802.17b-2007 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks Title: IEEE Standard for Information Technology - Telecommunications and Information Exchange Between Systems - Local and Metropolitan Area Networks - Specific Requirements - Part 17: Resilient Packet Ring (RPR) Access Method and Physical Layer Specifications - Amendment 1 - Spatially Aware Sublayer Status: Approved Publication of IEEE Technical Contact: Michael Takefman, Phone:613-254-3399, Email:tak@cisco.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: BD APP: Mar 08, 2007 Project Scope: This standard defines a resilient packet ring access protocol for use in local, metropolitan, and wide area networks, along with appropriate physical layer specifications for transfer of data packets at rates scalable to multiple gigabits per second. Project Purpose: 802.17-2004 provides spatial reuse for ring-local unicast transmissions. This limits spatial reuse to host stations (e.g. routers) attached to the ring and precludes other devices that(eg. bridges). The amendment will extend the class of frame types and device types that can achieve spatial reuse to significantly improve bandwidth efficiency on Resilient Packet Rings. Designation: 802.17b Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks Title: Standard for Information Technology - Telecommunications and information exchange between systems - Local and metropolitan area networks - Specific requirements - Resilient Packet Ring Access Method & Physical Layer Specifications – Amendment 1 - Spatially Aware Sublayer Status: Superseded Technical Contact: Michael Takefman, Phone:613-254-3399, Email:tak@cisco.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 08, 2004 Project Scope: This project amends 802.17-2004 adding one or more new clauses defining optional extensions to support increased spatial reuse on the media. 802.17-2004 allows spatial reuse for ring local unicast transmissions, this amendment adds support for spatial reuse of other frame transmissions (e.g. remote bridging as seen in 802.1 D/Q). Changes to existing clauses of 802.17-2004 are permitted if required to support the new clauses. Project Purpose: 802.17-2004 provides spatial reuse for ring-local unicast transmissions. This limits spatial reuse to host stations (e.g. routers) attached to the ring and precludes other devices that(eg. bridges). The amendment will extend the class of frame types and device types that can achieve spatial reuse to significantly improve bandwidth efficiency on Resilient Packet Rings. Designation: P802.19 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks Title: Recommended Practice for Information Technology – Telecommunications and information exchange between systems – Local and metropolitan networks – Specific requirements – Part 19: Methods for assessing coexistence of wireless networks Status: New Standard Project Technical Contact: Stephen Shellhammer, Phone:858-658-1874, Email:shellhammer@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 30, 2006 Project Scope: This Recommended Practice describes methods for assessing coexistence of wireless networks. The document defines recommended coexistence metrics and methods of computing these coexistence metrics. The focus of the document is on IEEE 802 wireless networks, though the methods developed here may be applicable in other standards development organizations and development communities. Project Purpose: The purpose of this document is to recommend methods to evaluate the coexistence of wireless networks. Designation: P802.20 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks Title: Standard for Local and Metropolitan Area Networks - Standard Air Interface for Mobile Broadband Wireless Access Systems Supporting Vehicular Mobility - Physical and Media Access Control Layer Specification Status: New Standard Project Technical Contact: Arnold M Greenspan, Phone:561-638-7328, Email:amgrrg@aol.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 11, 2002 Project Scope: Specification of physical and medium access control layers of an air interface for interoperable mobile broadband wireless access systems, operating in licensed bands below 3.5 GHz, optimized for IP-data transport, with peak data rates per user in excess of 1 Mbps. It supports various vehicular mobility classes up to 250 Km/h in a MAN environment and targets spectral efficiencies, sustained user data rates and numbers of active users that are all significantly higher than achieved by existing mobile systems. (See also Item 18) Project Purpose: The purpose of this project is to enable worldwide deployment of cost effective, spectrum efficient, ubiquitous, always-on and interoperable multi-vendor mobile broadband wireless access networks. It will provide an efficient packet based air interface optimized for IP. The standard will address end user markets that include access to Internet, intranet, and enterprise applications by mobile users as well as access to infotainment services. Designation: P802.21 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks Title: Standard for Media Independent Handover Services Status: New Standard Project Technical Contact: Ajay Rajkumar, Phone:973-386-6249, Email:ajayrajkumar@lucent.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Feb 27, 2004 Project Scope: This standard defines extensible 802 media access independent mechanisms that enable the optimization of handover between heterogeneous 802 systems and may facilitate handover between 802 systems and cellular systems. Project Purpose: The purpose is to improve the user experience of mobile devices by facilitating handover between 802 networks whether or not they are of different media types, including both wired and wireless, where handover is not otherwise defined and to make it possible for mobile devices to perform seamless handover where the network environment supports it. These mechanisms may also be useable for handovers between 802 networks and non 802 networks. Designation: P802.22 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks Title: Standard for Information Technology -Telecommunications and information exchange between systems – Wireless Regional Area Networks (WRAN) - Specific requirements - Part 22: Cognitive Wireless RAN Medium Access Control (MAC) and Physical Layer (PHY) specifications: Policies and procedures for operation in the TV Bands Status: New Standard Project Technical Contact: Carl R Stevenson, Phone:610-841-6180, Email:wk3c@wk3c.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 23, 2004 Project Scope: This standard specifies the air interface, including the medium access control layer (MAC) and physical layer (PHY), of fixed point-to- multipoint wireless regional area networks operating in the VHF/UHF TV broadcast bands between 54 MHz and 862 MHz. Project Purpose: This standard is intended to enable deployment of interoperable 802 multivendor wireless regional area network products, to facilitate competition in broadband access by providing alternatives to wireline broadband access and extending the deployability of such systems into diverse geographic areas, including sparsely populated rural areas, while preventing harmful interference to incumbent licensed services in the TV broadcast bands. Designation: P802.22.1 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks Title: Standard to enhance harmful interference protection for low power licensed devices operating in TV Broadcast Bands Status: New Standard Project Technical Contact: Carl R Stevenson, Phone:610-841-6180, Email:wk3c@wk3c.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 16, 2006 Project Scope: This standard specifies methods to provide enhanced protection to protected devices such as those used in the production and transmission of broadcast programs (e.g. devices licensed as secondary under Title 47 of the Code of Federal Regulations (CFR) in the USA and equivalent devices in other regulatory domains) from harmful interference caused by licensed-exempt devices (such as, e.g. IEEE 802.22) that also are intended to operate in the TV Broadcast Bands. Project Purpose: This standard provides a standard and efficient method for license-exempt devices to provide enhanced protection to low-powered licensed devices that are entitled to protection from harmful interference, and that share the same spectrum. This standard may be applicable in global regulatory environments. Designation: P802.22.2 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks Title: Recommended Practice for Information Technology - Telecommunications and information exchange between systems – Wireless Regional Area Networks (WRAN) - Specific requirements - Part 22.2: Recommended Practice for the Installation and Deployment of IEEE 802.22 Systems Status: New Standard Project Technical Contact: Carl R Stevenson, Phone:610-841-6180, Email:wk3c@wk3c.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 15, 2006 Project Scope: This document recommends best engineering practices for the installation and deployment of IEEE 802.22 systems to help assure that such systems are correctly installed and deployed. Project Purpose: This document provides detailed technical guidance to installers, deployers, and operators of IEEE 802.22 compliant systems to help assure that such systems are correctly installed and deployed. Designation: 802a-2003 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2007 Title: IEEE Standard for Local and Metropolitan Area Networks: Overview and Architecture - Amendment 1: Ethertypes for Prototype and Vendor-Specific Protocol Development Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Sep 18, 2003 Technical Contact: Tony A Jeffree, Phone:+44-161-973-4278, Email:tony@jeffree.co.uk **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Feb 14, 2002, BD APP: Jun 12, 2003, ANSI APP: Sep 22, 2003 Project Scope: Provision of a small number of Ethernet type values for prototype and experimental use. Provision of a mechanism for vendor assignment of protocol identifiers for use with proprietary protocols. Project Purpose: The existing Ethernet Type number space is a finite resource. In order to develop protocols that will use an Ethernet Type value as a protocol identifier, it is necessary for vendors to apply for type values from this limited number space, both for development purposes and for assignment to the final protocol. This can lead to wastage of the number space for no useful purpose. This amendment to IEEE Standard 802 will allow prototype and experimental protocols to be developed without consuming type values, and will also provide a means whereby protocol developers can assign permanent protocol identifier values without consuming type values. Abstract: "IEEE Std 802a -2003(Amendment to IEEE Std 802 ® -2001),IEEE Standard for Local and Metropolitan Area Networks: Overview and Architecture Amendment 1: Ethertypes for Protoype and Vendor-Specific Protocol Development" Key Words: Ethertype protocol development, Local Area Networks (LANs), LAN/MAN architecture, LAN/MAN reference model, Metropolitan Area Networks (MANs), protocol identifier, protocol type Designation: 802b-2004 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2007 Title: IEEE Standard for Local and Metropolitan Area Networks: Overview and Architecture - Amendment 2: Registration of Object Identifiers Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Apr 21, 2004 Technical Contact: Tony A Jeffree, Phone:+44-161-973-4278, Email:tony@jeffree.co.uk **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Feb 13, 2003, BD APP: Mar 25, 2004, ANSI APP: Jul 08, 2004 Project Scope: The scope of this amendment is to define an Object Identifier hierarchy used within IEEE 802 for uniform allocation of Object Identifiers used in 802 standards. Project Purpose: The purpose of this amendment is to establish a consistent practice within IEEE 802 for the development and allocation of object identifiers. Consistency of Object Identifier allocation will facilitate implementation and operation of IEEE 802 compliant equipment. Abstract: IEEE Std 802-2001, IEEE Local and Metropolitan Area Networks: Overview and Architecture, provides an overview to the family of IEEE 802 standards. This amendment to IEEE Std 802-2001 specifies an Object Identifier hierarchy used within IEEE 802 for uniform allocation of Object Identifiers used in IEEE 802 standards. Key Words: Local Area Networks (LANs), Metropolitan Area Networks (MANs), LAN/MAN architecture, LAN/MAN reference model, Object Identifiers Designation: 803-1983 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Energy Development & Power Generation Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1999 Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Unique Identification in Power Plants and Related Facilities - Principles and Definitions Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Feb 06, 2006. This historical standard is available for sale in electronic format (PDF) through the IEEE Online Store at www.shop.ieee.org. You may also order by calling +1 800 678 IEEE (in the US) or +1 732 981 0060 (outside of the US). Technical Contact: J.L Parris, Phone:615-584-0067 **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: BD APP: Dec 09, 1982, ANSI APP: Jun 30, 1984 Abstract: This recommended practice provides unique identification principles and definitions that, when used with related recommended practices concerning component function identifiers, implementation instructions, and system descriptions, provides a basis for uniquely identifying systems, structures, and components of nuclear and fossil-fueled power plant projects (electric power generating stations) and related facilities. Hydro and other types of power plant projects are not included. The standard is part of a series of recommended practices, entitled the Energy Industry Identification System (EIIS), the purpose of which is to present a common language that will permit a user to correlate a system, structure, or component with that of another organization for the purposes of reporting, comparison, or general communication. A significant feature of the concept is that the unique identification code identifies the function at the component level and not the hardware itself. Key Words: power plants, unique , Power system identification, Nuclear power generation Designation: 803.1-1992 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Energy Development & Power Generation Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2000 Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Unique Identification in Power Plants and Related Facilities—Component Function Identifiers Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Feb 06, 2006. This historical standard is available for sale in electronic format (PDF) through the IEEE Online Store at www.shop.ieee.org. You may also order by calling +1 800 678 IEEE (in the US) or +1 732 981 0060 (outside of the US). **Revision and redesignation of IEEE Std 803A-1983. Technical Contact: Lewis T Gordon, Phone:(615) 576-5312 **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jun 01, 1989, BD APP: Mar 19, 1992, ANSI APP: Sep 22, 1992 Abstract: This recommended practice provides component function identifiers that, when used with related recommended practices concerning unique identification principles and definitions, implementation instructions, and system descriptions, provides a basis for uniquely identifying systems, structures, and components of nuclear and fossil-fueled power plant projects (electric power generating stations) and related facilities. Hydro and other types of power plant projects are not included. This recommended practice is part of a series of recommended practices, entitled the Energy Industry Identification System (EIIS), the purpose of which is to present a common language of communication that will permit a user to correlate a system, structure, or component with that of another organization for the purposes of reporting, comparison, or general communication. A significant feature of this concept is that the unique identification code identifies the function at the component level and not the hardware itself. Key Words: unique, identification, EIIS, power plants, Component function identifier Designation: 803A-1983 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Energy Development & Power Generation Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for the Unique Identification in Power Plants and Related Facilities - Component Function Identifiers Status: Superseded **revised at 803.1 History: BD APP: Dec 09, 1982, ANSI APP: Jul 17, 1984 (Ref. Std.: 803.1) Key Words: 803A Designation: 803A Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Energy Development & Power Generation Status: Superseded **see 803.1 Designation: 804-1983 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Energy Development & Power Generation Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2000 Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Implementation of Unique Identification System in Power Plants and Related Facilities Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Feb 06, 2006. This historical standard is available for sale in electronic format (PDF) through the IEEE Online Store at www.shop.ieee.org. You may also order by calling +1 800 678 IEEE (in the US) or +1 732 981 0060 (outside of the US). History: BD APP: Jun 23, 1983, ANSI APP: Nov 01, 1984 Abstract: This recommended practice provides a single source of implementation instructions that, when used with related recommended practices concerning unique identification principles and definitions, component function identifiers, and system descriptions, provide a basis for uniquely identifying systems, structures, and components of nuclear and fossil-fueled power plant projects (electric power generating stations) and related facilities. Hydro and other types of power plants are not included. The standard is part of a series of recommended practices, entitled the Energy Industry Identification Systems (EIIS), the purpose of which is to present a common language of communication which will permit a user to correlate a system, structure, or component with that of another organization for the purposes of reporting, comparison, or general communication. A significant feature of this concept is that the unique identification code identifies the function at the component level and not the hardware itself. Key Words: EIIS, unique, identification, power plant, Power system identification, Power generation, Nuclear power generation Designation: 804A Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Energy Development & Power Generation Title: EIIS/Hydro Plants Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: J.L Parris, Phone:615-584-0067 **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 28, 1986 Designation: 805-1984 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Energy Development & Power Generation Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2000 Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for System Identification in Nuclear Power Plants and Related Facilities Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Feb 06, 2006. This historical standard is available for sale in electronic format (PDF) through the IEEE Online Store at www.shop.ieee.org. You may also order by calling +1 800 678 IEEE (in the US) or +1 732 981 0060 (outside of the US). Technical Contact: Lewis T Gordon, Phone:(615) 576-5312 **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: BD APP: Jun 23, 1983, ANSI APP: Nov 15, 1984 Abstract: This recommended practice provides a single source of nuclear power plant system descriptions that, along with related recommended practices concerning unique identification principles and definitions, component function identifiers, and implementation instructions, provide a basis for uniquely identifying systems, structures, and components of light water nuclear power plant projects (electric power generating stations) and related facilities. The system descriptions concentrate on system function and include such internal details as are necessary to clearly support the system function description. They are not intended to serve as design input. Fossil, hydro, and other types of power plants are not included. This standard is part of a series of recommended practices, entitled the Energy Industry Identification System (EIIS), the purpose of which is to present a common language of communication that will permit a user to correlate a system, structure, or component with that of another organization for the purposes of reporting, comparison, or general communication. A significant feature of this concept is that the unique identification code identifies the function at the component level and not the hardware itself. Key Words: power plants, Power system identification, Nuclear power generation Designation: 806-1986 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Energy Development & Power Generation Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for System Identification in Fossil-Fueled Power Plants and Related Facilities Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Dec 02, 1993. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. Technical Contact: J.L Parris, Phone:615-584-0067 **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: BD APP: Dec 13, 1984, ANSI APP: May 03, 1985 Designation: P807 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Energy Development & Power Generation Title: Recommended Practice for Unique Identification in Hydroelectric Facilities Status: New Standard Project Technical Contact: Randall C Groves, Phone:+1 509 336 2413, Email:r.groves@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Oct 31, 2002 Project Scope: This recommended practice provides a unique identification system for hydro facilities that segregates and incorporates plant, unit, system, and component identifiers as a minimum. Project Purpose: At present there is no standard practice for hydro facility identification. This recommended practice can be used as a unique identification system to delineate failure reporting, maintenance management, and design. The unique identification system is structured to allow expansion of the identifiers in a standard format to the level of detail that may be required. Designation: 807 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Energy Development & Power Generation Title: EIIS/Hydro Plants Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: J.L Parris, Phone:615-584-0067 **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 28, 1984 Designation: 810-1987 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Energy Development & Power Generation Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2001 Title: IEEE Standard for Hydraulic Turbine and Generator Integrally Forged Shaft Couplings and Shaft Runout Tolerances Status: Approved Publication of IEEE History: BD APP: Sep 10, 1987, ANSI APP: Aug 30, 1994 Project Scope: This standard applies to the dimensions of integrally forged shaft couplings and to the shaft runout tolerances. Shafts and couplings included in this standard are used for both horizontal and vertical connections between generators and turbines in hydroelectric installations. This standard does not include data on fabricated shafts, shaft stresses, and bolt tensioning. Industry experience suggests that the torque capacity of shafts having diameters greater than 72 inches is usually better provided by fabricated rather than forged shafts. Abstract: This recommended practice provides a single source of implementation instructions that, when used with related recommended practices concerning unique identification principles and definitions, component function identifiers, and system descriptions, provide a basis for uniquely identifying systems, structures, and components of nuclear and fossil-fueled power plant projects (electric power generating stations) and related facilities. Hydro and other types of power plants are not included. The standard is part of a series of recommended practices, entitled the Energy Industry Identification Systems (EIIS), the purpose of which is to present a common language of communication which will permit a user to correlate a system, structure, or component with that of another organization for the purposes of reporting, comparison, or general communication. A significant feature of this concept is that the unique identification code identifies the function at the component level and not the hardware itself. Key Words: hydraulic turbine, generator, forged shaft , shaft couplings, shaft runout, runout tolerances, Hydroelectric power generation Designation: 811 Sponsor: IEEE Communications Society Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. Designation: 812 Title: Definitions of Terms Relating to Fiber Optics Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. **Revision of ANSI/IEEE Std 812-1984 History: PAR APP: Mar 12, 1987 Designation: 812-1984 Title: IEEE Standard Definitions of Terms Relating to Fiber Optics Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jun 14, 1994. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **Sponsor was formerly the Communications Society. Technical Contact: Gedi P Kurpis, Phone:(905) 270-5955 **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 28, 1987, BD APP: Jun 10, 1982, ANSI APP: Jul 30, 1985 Designation: 813-1988 Sponsor: IEEE Aerospace and Electronic Systems Society/Gyro Accelerometer Panel Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2005 Title: IEEE Specification Format Guide and Test Procedure for Two-Degree-of- Freedom Dynamically Tuned Gyros Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jun 05, 1989 **Errata sheet (of page 16) is available. Technical Contact: Michael E Ash, Phone:617-258-2884, Email:mash@draper.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Dec 28, 1979, BD APP: Aug 17, 1988, ANSI APP: May 04, 1989 Abstract: A format guide for the preparation of a two-degree-of-freedom dynamically tuned gyro (DTG) specification is given that provides a common ground of terminology and practice for manufacturers and users. A compilation of recommended procedures for testing a DTG is also given. The requirements and test procedures are defined in terms unique to the DTG. They cover applications of the gyro as an angular motion sensor in navigation and control systems. They apply to two modes of use: (1) as a strap-down sensor in operating environments typical of aircraft and missile applications, and (2) as a sensor in gimballed platform applications in which the dynamic angular inputs to which the gyro is subjected are benign relative to the accuracy required. In the case of the strap-down DTG, the characteristics of the external capture loops are considered to the extent necessary to define the gyro performance. Key Words: two degree , degree of freedom, tuned gyros, Testing, Gyroscopes Designation: 814 Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. Designation: 816-1987 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Insulated Conductors Title: IEEE Guide for Determining the Smoke Generation of Solid Materials Ued for Insulations and Coverings of Electric Wire and Cable Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Mar 18, 1993. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. History: BD APP: Mar 22, 1984, ANSI APP: Sep 04, 1984 Designation: 817-1993 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Insulated Conductors Title: IEEE Standard Test Procedure for Flame-Retardant Coatings Applied to Insulated Cables in Cable Trays Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Mar 06, 2000. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. History: PAR APP: May 28, 1980, BD APP: Jun 17, 1993, ANSI APP: Nov 24, 1993 Abstract: A test protocol and the performance criteria to determine the flame propagation tendency of flame-retardant coated cables in a vertical cable tray are covered. This standard applies to single and multiconductor cables. The test consists of exposing coated and uncoated cable samples to a theoretical 20 kW (70 000 Btu/hr) flame ignition source for a 20 min duration. The test facility, test sample requirements, test procedure, and evaluation of results are covered. Key Words: cable flame testing, cable tray, flame test facility, flame testing, flame retardant, cable coating, insulated cable Designation: 818 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Switchgear Title: Format/Overcrnt Prtect Device TC Curves Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: L. V McCall, Phone:(905) 842-2192, Email:rlmccall55@aol.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 28, 1980 Designation: 820-2005 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Power System Communications Title: IEEE Standard Telephone Loop Performance Characteristics Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jan 31, 2006 Technical Contact: Percy E Pool, Phone:972-418-0341, Email:pepool@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Mar 25, 2004, BD APP: Sep 22, 2005, ANSI APP: Dec 29, 2005 Project Scope: This standard covers the general parameters and characteristics associated with telephone loops from the subscriber signaling and analog voice frequency interface to the local Class 5 switch interface. It includes only those business and residential lines in the North American public switched network where no special performance requirements are involved. This standard provides common denominators for subscriber line performance, independent of facility types, construction processes or equipment, and circuit provisioning methods. Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to describe quantitatively the performance characteristics of telephone loops and indicate current acceptable performance criteria. Abstract: Common denominators for subscriber line performance, independent of facility types, construction processes or equipment, and circuit provisioning methods are provided in this standard. Key Words: performance characteristics, performance classifications, telephone loop Designation: 820-1984 Sponsor: IEEE Communications Society/Transmission Systems Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1999 Title: IEEE Standard Telephone Loop Performance Characteristics Status: Superseded History: BD APP: Mar 22, 1984, ANSI APP: Sep 04, 1984 Abstract: This standard covers the general parameters and characteristics associated with telephone loops from the subscriber signaling and analog voice frequency interface to the local Class 5 switch interface. It includes only those business and residential lines in the North American public switched network where no special performance requirements are involved. This standard provides common denominators for subscriber line performance, independent of facility types, construction processes or equipment, and circuit provisioning methods. Key Words: telephone loop, loop performance, signaling Designation: 821 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Nuclear Power Engineering Title: RecPrac for Content of Operation & Maintenance Manuals for Class lE Equipment used in NPGS Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. **. Technical Contact: Stephen E Grier, Phone:937-331-4507, Email:stevegrier@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 28, 1987 Designation: 822 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Energy Development & Power Generation Title: Recording Strctrd Narrtvs in PGS Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: A.J McElroy **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: May 28, 1980 Designation: 823-1989 Sponsor: IEEE Communications Society/Transmission Systems Title: IEEE Standard Methodologies for Specifying Voicegrade Channel Transmission Parameters and Evaluating Connection Transmission Performance for Speech Telephony Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Dec 13, 1994. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. History: PAR APP: Aug 17, 1989, BD APP: Aug 17, 1989, ANSI APP: Jan 12, 1990 Abstract: This standard provides network planners with the methodology and models for specifying the transmission performance of voicegrade communications channels, calculating the transmission performance of voicegrade connections made up of one channel, or of two or more voicegrade channels connected in tandem, calculating the resulting speech transmission performance, and determining the grade of service of a complete voice connection, including the terminals (telephone sets), and evaluating the relative transmission performance of alternative speech connections. Designation: 824-2004 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transmission and Distribution Title: IEEE Standard for Series Capacitor Banks in Power Systems Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: May 11, 2005 **Supersedes 824-1994. Technical Contact: Gerald E Lee, Phone:360-619-6697, Email:grblee@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Sep 16, 1999, BD APP: Nov 15, 2004, ANSI APP: Feb 07, 2005 Project Scope: The scope is a standard for series capacitor banks that are connected in series with the utility transmission system. The banks include capacitors and all the accessory equipment necessary to form a complete equipment. The scope is the same as the existing standard, however it is requested that the word "bank" be included in the title to clarify that the standard includes all of the associated equipment. Project Purpose: The purpose of the revision is to include additional approaches for capacitor unit fusing and references to new IEEE and IEC standards for related equipment. An additional purpose is to increase the precision and clarity of the wording to make it more consistent with actual industry practice. Abstract: This standard represents a significant update to IEEE 824-1994. Series capacitor bank component and bank duty cycle ratings, equipment insulation levels, protective functions, component testing, instruction books, nameplates, and safety are covered in this standard. Key Words: bypass gap, capacitor bank, capacitor segment, discharge reactor, metal-oxide varistor, protective level, reactive compensation, series capacitor, series compensation, SSR, trigger circuit, triggered gap, varistor Designation: 824-1994 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transmission and Distribution Title: IEEE Standard for Series Capacitors in Power Systems Status: Superseded **Revision of IEEE Std 824-1985. Superseded by 824-2004. History: PAR APP: Dec 12, 1985, BD APP: Jun 14, 1994, ANSI APP: Dec 08, 1994 Abstract: Capacitors and assemblies of capacitors, insulation means, switching, protective equipment, and control accessories that form a complete bank for inserting in series with a transmission line are applied. Included are requirements for safety rating, and protective device levels. Functional requirements for alarm devices, maintenance, design and production tests, and a guide for operation are included. Functional requirements for protective devices are addressed, including varistors and bypass gaps. Key Words: bypass gap, series capacitor, trigger circuit, capacitors, Self- triggered gap, Force-triggered gap Designation: 824-1985 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transmission and Distribution Title: IEEE Standard for Series Capacitors in Power Systems Status: Superseded History: BD APP: Sep 13, 1984 Designation: 825 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transmission and Distribution Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. Designation: 827 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Nuclear Power Engineering Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. Designation: 828-2005 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee Title: IEEE Standard for Software Configuration Management Plans Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Aug 12, 2005 Technical Contact: John Scott, Phone:925-423-7655, Email:scott7@llnl.gov **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Aug 14, 2003, BD APP: Feb 14, 2005, ANSI APP: May 31, 2005 Project Scope: This standard establishes the minimum required contents of a Software Configuration Management (SCM) Plan (also referred to as “the Plan”). This standard applies to the entire life cycle of critical software; e.g., where failure would impact safety or cause large financial or social losses. It also applies to noncritical software and to software already developed. The application of this standard is not restricted to any form, class, or type of software. Project Purpose: The SCM Plan documents what SCM activities are to be done, how they are to be done, who is responsible for doing specific activities, when they are to happen, and what resources are required. It can address SCM activities over any portion of a software product’s life cycle. This standard is consistent with the IEEE Software Engineering Body of Knowledge (SWEBOK) project Stoneman release on the topic of configuration management and with IEEE/EIA Std 12207.0™. Abstract: The minimum required contents of a Software Configuration Management (SCM) Plan are established via this standard. This standard applies to the entire life cycle of critical software (e.g., where failure would impact safety or cause large financial or social losses). It also applies to noncritical software and to software already developed. The application of this standard is not restricted to any form, class, or type of software. Key Words: configuration control, configuration control board, configuration identification, configuration item, configuration review, configuration status accounting, release management, software configuration management, software configuration management plan Designation: 828-1998 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee Title: IEEE Standard for Software Configuration Management Plans Status: Superseded History: PAR APP: Mar 19, 1998, BD APP: Jun 25, 1998 Project Scope: This standard establishes a required format and set of minimum contents for Software Configuration Management plans. It identifies requirements for configuration identification, configuration control, configuration status accounting and reporting, and configuration audits and reviews. It applies to entire life cycle of critical software. It also applies to non critical software and to software already developed. The application of the standard is not restricted to any form, class or type of software. In addition, it will establish a correlation between the content of software configuration management plans as defined in 828 and the content of such plans as defined in IEEE 12207.1, Guide for Information Technology - Software Life Cycle Processes - Life Cycle Data by adding an annex which will correlate the assumptions relating to content of the two documents and trace content between subject documentation. Project Purpose: To achieve harmonization of the content definition for software life cycle process results among the IEEE software engineering standards and with related international standards. Abstract: " The minimum required contents of a Software Configuration Management Plan (SCMP) areestablished, and the specific activities to be addressed and their requirements for any portion of a softwareproductÕs life cycle are defined. " Key Words: "configuration control board, configuration items,software configuration management,software configuration management activities" Designation: 828-1990 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee Title: IEEE Standard for Software Configuration Management Plans Status: Superseded History: PAR APP: Sep 28, 1990, BD APP: Sep 28, 1990, ANSI APP: Feb 25, 1991 Abstract: This standard establishes the minimum required contents of a software configuration management plan and defines the specific activities to be addressed and their requirements for any portion of a software products life cycle. Key Words: control board, activities, Configuration items, Configuration control board Designation: 828-1983 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee Title: IEEE Standard for Software Configuration Management Plans Status: Superseded History: BD APP: Jun 23, 1983, ANSI APP: Dec 17, 1984 Key Words: software, configuration, management, plans Designation: 829-1998 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee Title: IEEE Standard for Software Test Documentation Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Dec 16, 1998 History: PAR APP: Sep 16, 1998, BD APP: Sep 16, 1998 Project Scope: The standard covers the development and use of software test documentaiton. It defines the format, contents and use of such documentation. (1983) The standard describes a set of basic test documents which are associated with the dynamic aspects of testing (that is, the execution of procedures and code). The standard defines the purpose, outline and contest of each basic document. The standard does not call for specific testing methodologies, approaches, techniques, facilities, or tools, and does not specirfy the documentation of their use. (1997) In addition a correlation between the content of software test documentation as defined in 829 and the content of such documentation as defined in IEEE 12207.1, will be added as an annex which will correlate the assumptions relating to content of the two documents and trace content between subject. Project Purpose: To achieve harmonization of the content definition for software life cycle process results among the IEEE software engineering standards and with related international standards. This will help users to produce results consistent with the international standard for software life cycle processes, ISO/IEC 12207. The current capability of 829 may be used to meet requirements in the following clauses of ISO 9001: 4.10, Inspection and testing; and 4.12, Inspection and testing status. Abstract: A set of basic software test documents is described. This standard speciÞes the form andcontent of individual test documents. It does not specify the required set of test documents. Key Words: "test case specificaiton,test design specification,test incident report,test item transmittal report,test log,test plan,test procedure specification,test summary report" Designation: P829 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee Title: Standard for Software and System Test Documentation Status: Modified Revision Project Technical Contact: Claire Lohr, Phone:703-391-9007, Email:lohrsys@erols.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jun 09, 2005 Project Scope: This standard applies to all software-based systems. It applies to systems and software being developed, acquired, operated, maintained, and/or reused (e.g., legacy, modified, Commercial-Off-The-Shelf (COTS), Government-Off-The-Shelf (GOTS), or Non-Developmental Items (NDI)). When conducting the test process, it is important to examine the software in its interactions with the other parts of the system. This standard identifies the system considerations that test processes and tasks address in determining system and software correctness and other attributes (e.g., completeness, accuracy, consistency, testability), and the applicable resultant test documentation. Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to: - Establish a common framework for test processes, activities, and tasks in support of all software life cycle processes, including acquisition, supply, development, operation, and maintenance processes. - Define the test tasks, required inputs, and required outputs. - Identify the recommended minimum test tasks corresponding to integrity levels for a four-level integrity scheme. - Define the use and contents of the Master Test Plan and the Level Test Plan(s) (e.g., for component, integration, system, acceptance test). - Define the use and contents of related test documentation (Test Design, Test Case, Test Procedure, Anomaly Report, Test Log, Level Test Report, Final Test Report). Designation: 829-1983 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1991 Title: IEEE Standard for Software Test Documentation Status: Superseded History: PAR APP: Mar 28, 1987, BD APP: Dec 03, 1982, ANSI APP: Sep 06, 1991 Abstract: A set of basic test documents that are associated with the dynamic aspects of software testing (that is, the execution of procedures and code) is described. The purpose, outline, and content of each basic document are defined. Although the documents described in the standard focus on dynamic testing, several of them may be applicable to other testing activities. Documentation on electronic media as well as paper is covered. The standard does not call for specific testing methodologies, approaches, techniques, facilities, or tools, and does not specify the documentation of their use. It also does not imply or impose specific methodologies for documentation control, configuration management, or quality assurance. Key Words: documentation, Software testing Designation: 829 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee Title: Standard for Software Test Documentation Status: Superseded Technical Contact: Claire Lohr, Phone:703-391-9007, Email:lohrsys@erols.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 27, 2001 Project Scope: (1983) The standard describes a set of basic test documents which are associated with the dynamic aspects of testing (that is, the execution of procedures and code). The standard defines the purpose, outline and content of each basic document. The standard does not call for specific testing methodologies, approaches, techniques, facilities, or tools, and does not specify the documentation of their use. (Scope addition - 1997) In addition a correlation between the content of software test documentation as defined in 829 and the content of such documentation as defined in IEEE 12207.1, Guide for Information Technology - Software Life Cycle Processes - Life Cycle Data will be added an annex which will correlate the assumptions relating to content of the two documents and trace content between subject. (Scope change - 1998) Change format compliance from normative to informative status. ] Project Purpose: To make it easier to use with related standards by bringing it into compatibility with the international standard for software life cycle processes IEEE/EIA 12207.0. Also, bring it into full consistency with the related IEEE Std 1008 and Std 1012. To harmonize the documentation content with state of the art testing methodologies and tools. Designation: 830-1998 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Software Requirements Specifications Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Oct 20, 1998 History: PAR APP: Sep 16, 1997, BD APP: Jun 25, 1998 Project Scope: The general area of requirements for software systems as specified by either potential customers/users or designers/producers and constituting the substance of an agreement between them. To establish a correlation between the content of software requirements specifications as defined in 830 and the content of such documentation as defined in IEEE 12207.1, Guide for Information Technology - Software Life Cycle Processes - Life Cycle Data by adding an annex which will correlate the assumptions relating to content of the two documents and trace content between subject documentation Project Purpose: To achieve harmonization of the content definition for software life cycle process results among the IEEE software engineering standards and with related international standards. This will help users to produce results consistent with the international standard for software life cycle processes, ISO/IEC 12207. Abstract: The content and qualities of a good software requirements specification (SRS) are de-scribed and several sample SRS outlines are presented. This recommended practice is aimed atspecifying requirements of software to be developed but also can be applied to assist in the selec-tion of in-house and commercial software products. Guidelines for compliance with IEEE/EIA12207.1- 1997 are also provided. Key Words: "contract,customer,prototyping,software requirements specification,supplier,system requirements specifications" Designation: 830 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee Title: IEEE Standard for Software Requirments Specifications Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Edward R Byrne, Phone:410-778-2768, Email:flatland@compuserve.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jun 26, 1999 Project Scope: This standard describes the content and qualities of a good software requirements specification (SRS), incuding the functionality, external interfaces, performance, other attributes and design constraints. It presents several sample SRS outlines. It will be turned from a Recommended Practice (should) to a full Standard (shall). Project Purpose: This project has three goals: (1) Upgrade the current Recommended Practice to a full Standard; (2) Ensure consistency with IEEE/EIA Std 12207. This is currently incorporated as Annex B (1998 supplement to IEEE 830); the intent is to move appropriate portions of this annex into the body of the Standard; (3) Ensure that the Standard can be used for real time programming. Designation: 830-1993 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Software Requirements Specifications Status: Superseded **Revision of Std 830-1984. History: PAR APP: Mar 19, 1992, BD APP: Dec 02, 1993, ANSI APP: Jun 03, 1994 Abstract: The content and qualities of a good software requirements specification (SRS) are described and several sample SRS outlines are presented. This recommended practice is aimed at specifying requirements of software to be developed but also can be applied to assist in the selection of in-house and commercial software products. Key Words: contract, customer, prototyping, supplier, System requirements specifications Designation: 830-1984 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee Title: IEEE Guide for Software Requirements Specifications Status: Superseded History: BD APP: Sep 30, 1983, ANSI APP: Jul 20, 1984 Key Words: software, requirements, specifications Designation: 831 Sponsor: IEEE Reliability Society Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. Designation: 832 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transformers Title: Partial Disch/Instru Xfrmrs(Corona) Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Anthony J Jonnatti, Phone:727-785-2788, Email:premo2@aol.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: May 28, 1980 (Ref. Std.: C57.13.4) Designation: 833-2005 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Nuclear Power Engineering Title: Recommended Practice for the Protection of Electric Equipment in Nuclear Power Generating Stations from Water Hazards Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: May 19, 2006 Technical Contact: Robert J Fletcher, Phone:847-838-6475, Email:r.j.fletcher@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Dec 08, 1998, BD APP: Dec 07, 2005, ANSI APP: Apr 21, 2006 Project Scope: This document presents recommended practices for providing the electric systems and equipment in nuclear power plants with protection from water hazards. Project Purpose: This document recommends methods and design features that, if implemented, would provide water-hazard protection to class 1E and non-class systems and equipment from direct sources of water (for example, water spray from decontamination activities) and indirect sources of water (for example, water running along cables and raceways). It is not the purpose of this recommended practice to classify water-hazard protection features as nuclear safety related or non-nuclear safety related. This determination is application specific and is made by the user utilizing the specific nuclear generating station design basis and guidance from other standards. Abstract: Guidance regarding protection of electrical equipment from sources of water directed onto or around electrical equipment are provided. Key Words: jet impingement, line break, spray, water, water hazards Designation: 833-1988 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Nuclear Power Engineering Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1994 Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for the Protection of Electric Equipment in Nuclear Power Generating Stations from Water Hazards Status: Superseded History: PAR APP: Jun 28, 1987, BD APP: Jun 09, 1988, ANSI APP: Jan 01, 1989 Abstract: This document recommends methods and design features that, if implemented, would provide water-hazard protection to Class- 1E and non-Class 1E systems and equipment from direct sources of water (for example, water spray from decontamination activities) and indirect sources of water (for example, water running along cables and raceways). The document does not classify water- hazard protection features as nuclear-safety-related or non-nuclear-safety-related. Protection of equipment by choice of location, equipment design, and sealing and shielding are considered. The following are covered: design and construction features for electric equipment rooms; protection of electric equipment located in open areas subject to water hazards; electric equipment enclosures; electric equipment installation practices; sealing methods; and maintenance, surveillance, and testing activities. Key Words: electric equipment, water hazards, generating stations, Water, Seals, Nuclear power generation protection, Electrical equipment enclosure Designation: 835-1994 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Insulated Conductors Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2006 Title: IEEE Standard Power Cable Ampacity Tables Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Dec 30, 1994 **Revision and redesignation of S-135-1 and S-135-2 and IPCEA Publication P- 46-426. History: PAR APP: Mar 21, 1991, BD APP: Sep 22, 1994, ANSI APP: Aug 24, 1995 Abstract: Over 3000 ampacity tables for extruded dielectric power cables rated through 138 kV and laminar dielectric power cables rated through 500 kV are provided. Key Words: ampacity, cable, dielectric, extruded, laminar, power, black book Designation: 835 Disk-1994 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Insulated Conductors Title: IEEE Standard Power Cable Ampacity Table (Electronic) Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jan 31, 1995 Publication type: Special Publication Abstract: Over 3000 ampacity tables for extruded dielectric power cables rated through 138 kV and laminar dielectric power cables rated through 500 kV are provided. Designation: 836-2001 Sponsor: IEEE Aerospace and Electronic Systems Society/Gyro Accelerometer Panel Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Precision Centrifuge Testing of Linear Accelerometers Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Nov 07, 2001 **Supersedes 836-1991 (R1997). Technical Contact: Sid Bennett, Phone:312-266-7979, Email:s.bennett@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Dec 09, 1997, BD APP: Jun 14, 2001, ANSI APP: Oct 25, 2001 Project Scope: Generate errata and/or revisions to the existing Std. 836-1991. Project Purpose: To incorporate changes, corrections and additions found since publication of the original document. Abstract: " This recommended practice provides a guide to the conduct and analysis of precisioncentrifuge tests of linear accelerometers, covering each phase of the tests, beginning with theplanning. Possible error sources and typical methods of data analysis are addressed. The intent isto provide those involved in centrifuge testing with a detailed understanding of the various factorsaffecting the accuracy of measurement, both those associated with the centrifuge and those in thedata collection process. Model equations are discussed, both for the centrifuge and for a typicallinear accelerometer, each with the complexity needed to accommodate the various identifiedcharacteristics and error sources in each. An iterative matrix equation solution is presented forderiving the various model equation coefficients for the accelerometer under test from thecentrifuge test data." Key Words: "accelerometer, accelerometer test, centrifuge, linear accelerometer" Designation: P836 Sponsor: IEEE Aerospace and Electronic Systems Society/Gyro Accelerometer Panel Title: Recommended Practice for Precision Centrifuge Testing of Linear Accelerometers Status: Revision Project Technical Contact: Robert Martinez, Phone:+1 617 258 2564, Email:rmartinez@draper.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 20, 2003 Project Scope: Change g units in text of Std. 836-2001 to metric units to conform to IEEE requirements, with informative footnotes giving the equivalent g unit values, since g units are commonly used in the aerospace industry. Also make other changes and additions as deemed necessary. Previous scope: Generate errata and/or revisions to the existing Std. 836- 1991. Project Purpose: Std 836-2001 was approved by the IEEE Standards Board for only two years without the possibility of reaffirmation, because of the use of g units in the text. This project will revise Std. 836-2001 to conform to IEEE requirements, and also make other changes and additions as deemed necessary. Previous purpose: To incorporate changes, corrections and additions found since publication of the original document. Designation: 836-1991 Sponsor: IEEE Aerospace and Electronic Systems Society/Gyro Accelerometer Panel Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1997 Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Precision Centrifuge Testing of Linear Accelerometers Status: Superseded **Superseded by 836-2001. History: PAR APP: Dec 28, 1979, BD APP: Sep 26, 1991, ANSI APP: May 06, 1992 Abstract: A guide to the conduct and analysis of precision centrifuge tests of linear accelerometers is provided, covering each phase of the tests beginning with the planning. Possible error sources and typical methods of data analysis are addressed. The intent is to provide those involved in centrifuge testing with a detailed understanding of the various factors affecting accuracy of measurement, both those associated with the centrifuge and those in the data collection process. Model equations are discussed, both for the centrifuge and for a typical linear accelerometer, each with the complexity needed to accommodate the various identified characteristics and error sources in each. A new iterative matrix equation solution for deriving from the centrifuge test data the various model equation coefficeints for the accelerometer under test is presented. Key Words: centrifuge, accelerometer test, Linear accelerometer Designation: 837-2002 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Substations Title: IEEE Standard for Qualifying Permanent Connections Used in Substation Grounding Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: May 09, 2003 Technical Contact: Shashikant G Patel, Phone:404 675-1886, Email:patel@ee.gatech.edu **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Nov 01, 2001, BD APP: Nov 11, 2002, ANSI APP: Feb 05, 2003 Project Scope: The scope of this revision is to make appropriate changes in the areas of corrosion test, pass/fail criteria based on the resistance measurements and electromagnetic force test. Project Purpose: Users of the standards have experienced several difficulties in corrosion using nitric acid. Also, pass/fail criteria is found to be confusing the not practical in many situations. This revision would address these difficulties and appropriate changes will be made. Abstract: " Direction and methods for qualifying permanent connections used for substationgrounding are provided in this standard. This standard particularly addresses the connection usedwithin the grid system,the connection used to join ground leads to the grid system,and the connec-tion used to join the ground leads to equipment and structures. " Key Words: "conductor,conductor combination,connection,connection thermal capacity,controlconductor,current loop cycle,equalizer,grid system,permanent connection" Designation: P837a Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Substations Title: IEEE Standard for Qualifying Permanent Connections Used in Substation Grounding - Amendment: Standard For Qualifying Permanent Connections Used in Substation Grounding - Amendment Status: Amendment Technical Contact: Shashikant G Patel, Phone:404 675-1886, Email:patel@ee.gatech.edu **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. Project Scope: The scope of this revision is to add specific Electromagnetic Force (EMF) testing circteria for grounding connectors that are used for connecting the ground grid to equipment and strucutres. Project Purpose: Currently there are not specific EMF testing criteria for grounding connectors that are used for connection to equipment and strucutres. There are many methods of connecting ground risers to structures and equipment. These methods and associated connectors need to be qualified with a test plan that best simulates the field conditions including the rigors of EMF that would result during asymmetrical fault conditions. Designation: 837 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Substations Title: Standard for Qualifying Permanent Connections Used in Electrical Power Substation Grounding Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Shashikant G Patel, Phone:404 675-1886, Email:patel@ee.gatech.edu **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 22, 1994 Designation: 837-1989 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Substations Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1996 Title: IEEE Standard for Qualifying Permanent Connections Used in Substation Grounding Status: Superseded **Revision of Std 837-1984. Superseded by 837-2002. Technical Contact: Gary R Engmann, Phone:913-710-2183, Email:g.engmann@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: BD APP: Jan 03, 1989, ANSI APP: Jun 21, 1989 Abstract: Directions and methods for qualifying permanent connections used for substation grounding are provided. Particular attention is given to the connectors used within the grid system, connectors used to join ground leads to the grid system, and connectors used to join the ground leads to equipment and structures. The purpose is to give assurance to the user that connectors meeting the requirements of this standard will perform in a satisfactory manner over the lifetime of the installation provided, that the proper connectors are selected for the application and that they are installed correctly. Parameters for testing grounding connections on aluminum, copper, steel, copper-clad steel, galvanized steel, stainless steel, and stainless- clad steel are addressed. Performance criteria are established, test procedures are provided, and mechanical, current-- temperature cycling, freeze--thaw, corrosion, and fault-current tests are specified. Key Words: permanent connection, substation grounding, Power distribution testing, Connectors Designation: 837-1984 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Substations Title: IEEE Standard for Qualifying Permanent Connectors Used in Substation Grounding Status: Superseded Technical Contact: Shashikant G Patel, Phone:404 675-1886, Email:patel@ee.gatech.edu **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 28, 1986 Designation: 838 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transformers Title: Performing Overload Heat Runs Status: Superseded **now C57.119 Technical Contact: Robert L Grubb, Phone:262-549-9699 **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 28, 1980 (Ref. Std.: C57.119) Designation: 839-1986 Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Industrial Drives Title: IEEE Guide on Procedures for Testing Single-Phase and Polyphase Induction Motors for Use in Hermetic Compressors Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Dec 02, 1993. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. Technical Contact: Lloyd B Wilson, Phone:256-734-1260, Email:lloyd.b.wilson@motes.wci.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: BD APP: Sep 13, 1986 Designation: 840 Sponsor: IEEE Components, Hybrids and Manufacturing Technology Title: Discrete Passive Components Terms Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: J. W Balde, Phone:(908) 788-5190, Email:balde@idconsulting.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 28, 1980 Designation: 841-2001 Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Petroleum & Chemical Industry Title: IEEE Standard for Petroleum and Chemical Industry - Severe Duty Totally Enclosed Fan-Cooled (TEFC) Squirrel Cage Induction Motors - Up to and Including 370 kW (500 hp) Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jun 11, 2001 **Supersedes 841-1994. Technical Contact: David C Rains, Phone:281 799 0700, Email:dcrains@wegelectric.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Mar 19, 1998, BD APP: Mar 17, 2001 Project Scope: Update IEEE 841-1994 based upon industry and manufacturer's experience since 1994. Maintain current scope of standard in include low and medium voltage TEFC motors with random - and form-wound coils in frame sizes 143T and larger. Project Purpose: The revised standard will provide a specification that deals with mechanical and electrical design, electrical insulation systems, corrosion protection and electrical and mechanical testing for severe duty TEFC squirrel-cage, polyphase induction motors for petroleum and chemical industry applications. These applications require attention to the severely corrosive atmosphere and to the need for safe, quiet, reliable, energy- efficient motors. Abstract: " This standard applies to high-efficiency totally enclosed fan-cooled (TEFC), horizontaland vertical, single-speed, squirrel cage polyphase induction motors, up to and including 370 kW(500 hp), in NEMA frame sizes 143T and larger, for petroleum, chemical, and other severe duty ap-plications (commonly referred to as severe duty motors). Excluded from the scope of this standardare motors with sleeve bearings and additional specific features required for explosion-proof mo-tors. " Key Words: "NEMA frame motors, polyphase induction motors, severe duty motors, squirrel cage motors, totally enclosed fan-cooled (TEFC) motors" Designation: P841 Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Petroleum & Chemical Industry Title: Standard for Petroleum and Chemical Industry— Premium Efficiency Severe Duty Totally Enclosed Fan-Cooled (TEFC) Squirrel Cage Induction Motors—Up to and Including 370 kW (500 hp) Status: Revision Project Technical Contact: David C Rains, Phone:281 799 0700, Email:dcrains@wegelectric.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: May 10, 2005 Project Scope: This standard applies to premium efficiency totally enclosed fan-cooled (TEFC), horizontal and vertical, single-speed, squirrel cage polyphase induction motors, up to and including 370 kW (500 hp) and 4000 volts nominal , in National Electrical Manufacturers Association (NEMA) frame sizes 143T and larger, for petroleum, chemical, and other severe duty applications (commonly referred to as premium efficiency severe duty motors). Excluded from the scope of this standard are motors with sleeve bearings and additional specific features required for explosion-proof motors. Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to define a specification that deals with mechanical and electrical performance, electrical insulation systems, corrosion protection, and electrical and mechanical testing for severe duty TEFC squirrel cage polyphase induction motors, up to and including 370 kW (500 hp), for petroleum and chemical industry and other industrial applications . Many of the specified materials and components in this standard stem from experience with severely corrosive atmospheres and the necessity for quiet, reliable, premium -efficiency motors. Designation: 841-1994 Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Petroleum & Chemical Industry Title: IEEE Standard for Petroleum and Chemical Industry - Severe Duty Totally Enclosed Fan-Cooled (TEFC) Squirrel Cage Induction Motors - Up to and Including 500 hp Status: Superseded **Revision of Std 841-1986. Superseded by 841-2001. Technical Contact: Richard L Doughty, Phone:302-453-8542, Email:r.l.doughty@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jun 17, 1993, BD APP: Mar 17, 1994, ANSI APP: Aug 25, 1994 Abstract: This standard applies to high-efficiency TEFC, horizontal and vertical, single-speed, squirrel cage polyphase induction motors up to and including 500 hp, in NEMA frame sizes 143T and larger, for petroleum, chemical, and other severe duty applications (commonly referred to as severe duty motors). Exluded from the scope of this standard are motors with sleeve bearings and additional specific features required for explosion-proof motors. Key Words: NEMA frame motors, severe duty motors, squirrel cage motors, totally enclosed fan, TEFC, Totally enclosed fan-cooled , Polyphase induction motors Designation: 841-1986 Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Petroleum & Chemical Industry Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Chemical Industry Severe Duty Squirrel- Cage Induction Motors-600 V and Below Status: Superseded Technical Contact: Richard L Doughty, Phone:302-453-8542, Email:r.l.doughty@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: BD APP: Sep 19, 1985, ANSI APP: Feb 28, 1986 Designation: 844-2000 Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Petroleum & Chemical Industry Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2006 Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Electrical Impedance, Induction, and Skin Effect Heating of Pipelines and Vessels Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Oct 16, 2000 **Supersedes 844-1991. Technical Contact: Carlos Leal, Phone:(512) 396-5801 **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Mar 21, 1996, BD APP: Jun 21, 2000, ANSI APP: Apr 20, 2001 Project Scope: The scope of this project is to update the standard as it relates to present codes and industry practices. In addition, this project will devellp guidelines with respect to the installation, testing, operation and maintenance of the conductors and terminations for all heating methods described in IEEE 844. Project Purpose: In accordance with IEEE requirements the 844 Recommended Practice is up for review. The publication in its present form does not address specific design, installation, testing, operation and maintenance guidelines with respect to conductors and terminations. Where applicable to IEEE 844, new industry practices will be reviewed and adopted. Abstract: " Recommended practices are provided for the design, installation, testing, operation, andmaintenance of impedance, induction, and skin-effect heating systems. Thermal insulation andcontrol and monitoring are addressed. General considerations for heating systems are discussed,covering selection criteria, design guidelines and considerations, power systems, receiving andstorage, installation, testing, operations, and maintenance. These aspects are then discussed foreach of the above types of systems, along with special considerations particular to each. These rec-ommended practices are intended to apply to the use of these heating systems in general industry." Key Words: "heating systems, impedance heating, induction heating, process heating, skin-effect heating, thermal insulation" Designation: 844-1991 Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Petroleum & Chemical Industry Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Electrical Impedance, Induction, and Skin Effect Heating of Pipelines and Vessels Status: Superseded **Revision of IEEE Std 844-1985. Superseded by 844-2000. Technical Contact: C. James Erickson, Phone:302-737-5547, Email:cjerickson@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Feb 15, 1990, BD APP: Mar 21, 1991, ANSI APP: Aug 09, 1991 Abstract: Recommended practices are provided for the design, installation, testing, operation and maintenance of impedance, induction, and skin-effect heating systems. Thermal insulation and control and monitoring are addressed. General considerations for heating systems are discussed, covering selection criteria, design guidelines and considerations, power systems, receiving and storage, installation, testing, operations, and maintenance. These aspects are then discussed for each of the above types of systems, along with special considerations particular to each. These recommended practices are intended to apply to the use of these heating systems in general industry. Key Words: heating systems, impedance heating, induction heating, process heating, thermal insulation, Skin-effect testing Designation: 844-1985 Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Petroleum & Chemical Industry Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Electrical Impedance, Induction, and Skin Effect Heating of Pipelines and Vessels Status: Superseded History: BD APP: Dec 13, 1984, ANSI APP: May 03, 1985 Designation: 845-1999 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Nuclear Power Engineering Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2005 Title: IEEE Guide for the Evaluation of Human-System Performance in Nuclear Power Generating Stations Status: Approved Publication of IEEE History: PAR APP: Dec 13, 1994, BD APP: Jun 26, 1999, ANSI APP: Oct 26, 1999 Project Scope: This document provides guidance for evaluting human-system performance related to systems, equipment, and facilities in nuclear power generating stations. It summarizes specific evaluation techniques and presents rationale for their applications within the integrated systems approach to plant design, operations, and maintenance described in IEEE Std 1023. Project Purpose: The reasons for modifying IEEE Std 845 are: •Coordinate it with IEEE Std 1023 so that they better complement each other and reduce areas of redundancy. •Make its guidance more consistent with the integrated systems approach described in IEEE Std 1023. •Improve the consideration of all related factors, such as procedures, training, human-human interactions, etc., in the evaluation of human-system performance. Abstract: " Guidance for evaluating human-system performance related to systems, equipment, andfacilities in nuclear power generating stations is provided. Specific evaluation techniques andrationale for their application within the integrated systems approach to plant design, operations,and maintenance described in IEEE Std 1023-1988 are summarized. " Key Words: "design,human-system performance,integrated systems,maintenance,nuclear power generating stations,and operation" Designation: 845-1988 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Nuclear Power Engineering Title: IEEE Guide to Evaluation Man-Machine Performance in Nuclear Power Generating Station Control Rooms and Other Peripheries Status: Superseded History: PAR APP: Mar 28, 1981, BD APP: Mar 10, 1988, ANSI APP: Dec 01, 1988 Abstract: This guide provides a basis for the systematic evaluation of man-machine performance in nuclear power generating station control rooms and other peripheries, as such performance relates to nuclear plant safety. Basic information is supplied as to the available human factors techniques and their applicability to the various human-related issues confronting the commercial nuclear industry today. A brief review is provided of selected, commonly used techniques, along with guidance as to their use and where further related information can be obtained. Key Words: man machine, control rooms, peripheries, generating stations, Nuclear power generation, Human factors Designation: 846 Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. Designation: 847 Sponsor: IEEE Broadcast Technology Society/Audio and Visual Techniques Title: Standard Definitions of Terms Relating to Digital Television Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. History: PAR APP: Sep 19, 1996 Project Scope: This project will update a withdrawn standard, with a slight revision of the title in that the word "digital" has been moved to just prior to the word "television", for consistency with the proposed standard on analog television. The terms will include some terms in general use at the present time as well as terms that are expected to come into use by broadcasters and others involved in the production, distribution, and display of broadcast-quality digital television, including high definition television (HDTV). Project Purpose: This standard is intended to be used as a general reference for engineers and other technical personnel involved in the evolving new field of digital television, including digital high definition television. Designation: 847-1982 Sponsor: IEEE Broadcast Technology Society Title: IEEE Standard Definitions of Digital Terms Relating to Television Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Mar 19, 1992. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **ANSI withdrawn 3/8/93. History: BD APP: Sep 17, 1981, ANSI APP: Oct 26, 1982 Designation: 848-1996 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Insulated Conductors Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2003 Title: IEEE Standard Procedure for the Determination of the Ampacity Derating of Fire-Protected Cables Status: Approved Publication of IEEE History: PAR APP: Jun 20, 1996, BD APP: Aug 05, 1996, ANSI APP: Jan 06, 1997 Project Scope: This standard provides a detailed test procedure for determining the ampacity or derating factor in the following installation configurations: 1) Block-out or sleeve type cable penetration fire stops. 2) Conduits covered with a protective material. 3) Tray covered with a protective material. 4) Cable directly covered or coated with a fire- retardant material. 5) Free-air drops enclosed with a protective material. Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to provide a test procedure for use in establishing the ampacity or ampacity derating factor for cables installed in fire protected conduits, trays, or free-air drops, cable penetration fire stops, or electrical separation wrap systems. Abstract: A detailed test procedure is provided for determining the ampacity or derating factor in the following cable installation configurations: block-out or sleeve type cable penetration fire stops; conduits covered with a protective material; tray covered with a protective material; cable directly covered or coated with a fire-retardant material; and free-air drops enclosed with a protective material. Key Words: ampacity derating factor, cable penetration fire stops, electrical separation wrap systems, fire-protected cable systems, fire protected conduits Designation: P848 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Insulated Conductors Title: Standard Procedure for the Determination of the Ampacity Derating Factor for Fire-Protected Cable Systems Status: Revision Project Technical Contact: Ajit K Gwal, Phone:202-694-7123, Email:ajitg@dnfsb.gov **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 16, 2006 Project Scope: This standard provides a test procedure for determining the ampacity derating factor in the following cable installation configurations:<br> — Block-out or sleeve type cable penetration fire stops<br> — Conduits covered with a protective material <br> — Tray covered with a protective material <br> — Cable directly covered or coated with a fire-retardant material<br> — Free-air drops enclosed with a protective material <br> The standard is applicable to cables installed and sized to IEEE Std 835-1994 for conduits and free-air drops, and NEMA WC51-1991/ICEA P-54-440 for cable tray. IEEE Std 835-1994 does provide ampacities for cables in a tray with a fixed spacing and may be used for cable penetration fire stop configurations only. <br> This standard does not endorse the use of or provide application guidance for the installation of cable penetration fire stops and fire-protective materials. Cable designs are available that can withstand and remain functional during direct exposure to a fire. The user should refer to IEEE Std 634-2004 for the qualification requirements of cable penetration fire stops. Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to provide a test procedure for use in establishing the ampacity derating factor for cables installed in fire-protected conduits, trays, free-air drops, cable penetration fire stops, or electrical separation wrap systems. Designation: 849 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Test Technology Title: Handler-Tester Interface Signals Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Ron Leckie, Phone:408-437-9700 **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 28, 1985 Key Words: handler, tester, interface, signals Designation: 850 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Energy Development & Power Generation Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. Designation: 851 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Insulated Conductors Title: Application of Flame Retardant Coatings and Tapes Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Robert Resauli, Phone:630-469-3428 **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 28, 1981 Project Scope: Scope and Purpose: To cover state of the art technology on flame retardant coatings, and tapes used by industry to control cable fires. To include characteristics of suitable coatings and tapes plus selection and application information including effect on ampacity and degree of fire protection available. Project Purpose: No guidance currently exists regarding the proper application of flame retardant and arc resistant blankets, coatings and tapes to electrical cable systems. Without identification of the key parameters which should be addressed, users risk personal injury and economic loss from cable fires and faults. Designation: 852 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transformers Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. Designation: 853 Sponsor: IEEE Dielectrics and Electrical Insulation Society Title: Recommended Practice for Voltage Endurance Testing of Enameled Wire Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Alan H Cookson, Phone:(412) 256-2160 **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 26, 1991 Project Scope: Scope includes endurance measurement of circular cross-section enameled wire under center-grounded alternating voltage, 50 Hz or higher, in circulating air at room temperature. Project Purpose: To specify a method of measuring voltage endurance of enameled round wire, and to indicate the manner of analysis and interpretation of the data. Designation: 853-1985 Sponsor: IEEE Dielectrics and Electrical Insulation Society Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Voltage-Endurance Testing of Enameled Wire Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jun 14, 1994. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. History: BD APP: Mar 22, 1984, ANSI APP: Sep 14, 1984 Designation: 854-1987 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessors and Microcomputers Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1994 Title: IEEE Standard for Radix-Independent Floating-Point Arithmetic Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Oct 05, 1987 History: BD APP: Mar 12, 1987, ANSI APP: Sep 10, 1987 Abstract: A family of commercially feasible ways for new systems to perform floating-point arithmetic is defined. This standard specifies constraints on parameters defining values of basic and extended floating-point numbers; add, subtract, multiply, divide, square root, remainder, and compare operations; conversions between integers and floating-point numbers; conversions between different floating-point precisions; conversion between basic precision floating-point numbers and decimal strings; and floating-point exceptions and their handling, including nonnumbers. It is intended that an implementation of a floating-point system conforming to this standard can be realized entirely in software, entirely in hardware, or in any combination of software and hardware. Retrofitting issues are not considered. Key Words: radix, independent, Floating-point arithmetic Designation: 855 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessors and Microcomputers Title: Standard for Microprocessor Operating System Interfaces (MOSI) Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: James D Mooney, Phone:304-293-3607x3504, Email:JDM@CS.WVU.EDU **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 16, 1993 Project Scope: Define modifications to IEEE Std 855-1990 to remove Appendix I "PL/M Language Binding" and appropriate other references to the PL/M language. Project Purpose: IEEE Std 855-1990 has been approved by JTC1 as a Draft International Standard (DIS); DIS balloting comments have identified as problematic the detailed non-normative reference in Appendix I to the proprietary PL/M language. There is no compelling reason to retain Appendix I, and it would be undesirable to have divergent IEEE And ISO/IEC standards. Designation: 855-1985 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessors and Microcomputers Title: Standard for Microprocessor Operating Systems Interfaces (MOSI) Status: Superseded Technical Contact: James D Mooney, Phone:304-293-3607x3504, Email:JDM@CS.WVU.EDU **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 18, 1980, BD APP: Mar 21, 1985 Key Words: operating, suystem, interface, mosi, tu Designation: 855-1990 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessors and Microcomputers Title: IEEE Standard for Microprocessor Operating System Interfaces (MOSI) Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Apr 28, 1996. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. Technical Contact: James D Mooney, Phone:304-293-3607x3504, Email:JDM@CS.WVU.EDU **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: May 31, 1990, BD APP: May 31, 1990, ANSI APP: Nov 06, 1990 Abstract: This guide provides a basis for the systematic evaluation of man-machine performance in nuclear power generating station control rooms and other peripheries, as such performance relates to nuclear plant safety. Basic information is supplied as to the available human factors techniques and their applicability to the various human-related issues confronting the commercial nuclear industry today. A brief review is provided of selected, commonly used techniques, along with guidance as to their use and where further related information can be obtained. Key Words: interface, microprocessor, operating system, MOSI, Operating environment Designation: 856 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. Designation: 857-1996 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Substations Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2004 Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Test Procedures for High-Voltage Direct- Current Thyristor Valves Status: Approved Publication of IEEE **Revision of IEEE Std 857-1990. Technical Contact: Chuan Hsier T Wu, Phone:213-367-0650, Email:chuan-hsier.wu@ladwp.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Jun 14, 1995, BD APP: Dec 10, 1996, ANSI APP: Jun 05, 1997 Project Scope: Test procedures for thyristor valves used in the transmission of high voltage DC power. Project Purpose: Revise the existing recommended practice to provide information and recommendations that are current with anticipated technological advances. Abstract: Information and recommendations for the type testing of thyristor valves for high-voltage direct-current (HVDC) power transmission systems are provided. These tests cover only the principal tests on the valves and do not include tests of auxiliary equipment associated with the values. Key Words: HVDC thyristor valves, HVDC power transmission systems, multiple- valve unit, MVU, thyristor levels Designation: 857-1990 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Substations Title: IEEE Guide for Test Procedures for HVDC Thyristor Valves Status: Superseded Technical Contact: Chuan Hsier T Wu, Phone:213-367-0650, Email:chuan-hsier.wu@ladwp.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Feb 15, 1990, BD APP: Feb 15, 1990, ANSI APP: Jul 24, 1990 Abstract: This standard contains information and recommendations for the type testing of thyristor valves for high-voltage, direct- current (HVDC) power transmission systems. These tests cover only the principal tests on the valves and do not include tests of auxiliary equipment associated with the valves. Key Words: Thyristor-levels, Multiple-valve unit (MVU), HVDC thyristor valves, HVDC power transmission system Designation: 858-1987 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society Title: IEEE Standard Definitions in Power Operations Terminology Status: Superseded History: BD APP: Dec 13, 1984, ANSI APP: May 03, 1985 Designation: 858-1993 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society Title: IEEE Standard Definitions in Power Operations Terminology Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Mar 06, 2000. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **Revision of Std 858-1987. History: PAR APP: Jun 11, 1987, BD APP: Mar 18, 1993, ANSI APP: Sep 16, 1993 Abstract: Terms in the field of power operations are defined. Key Words: terminology, Power operations Designation: 859-1987 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Power System Analysis, Computing, and Economics Committee Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2002 Title: IEEE Standard Terms for Reporting and Analyzing Outage Occurrences and Outage States of Electrical Transmission Facilities Status: Approved Publication of IEEE **Replaced Std. 346 History: BD APP: Jun 11, 1987, ANSI APP: Aug 01, 2002 Abstract: This standard is intended to aid the electric power industry in reporting and analyzing outage occurrences of transmission facilities. Use of systematic, precise definitions, which is essential for meaningful exchange of data, is promoted. The outage definitions and indices are intended for use in system planning models, operations and maintenance planning, and system design. The definitions and indices may not be sufficiently detailed to cover the information required for equipment design. Key Words: outage occurrences, outage states, electrical transmission, Power transmission reliability Designation: 896 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessors and Microcomputers Title: Standard For Futurebus+® - Logical and Physical Layers Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Joseph D George, Phone:208-523-4565, Email:joeg@clearcore.net **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jun 14, 1995 Project Scope: This project will develop a standard which will add new features to Futurebus. A new bus management protocol/Control and Status Register Interface will be developed. A new method of handling interrupts will be developed. A new high speed protocol will be developed to replace packet mode. A new protocol for the efficient transfer of ATM cells and other packet switched formats will be added. New mechanical form factors will be added. The standard wil be a stand alone document containing all the information necessary to develop Futurebus systems. Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to increase the performance and decrease the cost of systems based on Futurebus. Currently specified form factors and protocol are limiting market acceptance. Designation: 896.1-1987 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessors and Microcomputers Title: IEEE Standard Backplane Bus Specifications for Multiprocessor Architectures: Futurebus Status: Superseded History: BD APP: Jun 11, 1987, ANSI APP: Mar 03, 1988 Designation: 896.1-1991 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessors and Microcomputers Title: IEEE Standard for Futurebus+® — Logical Protocol Specification Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Dec 09, 1997. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **Sold as ISO/IEC 10857 with 896.1a. Technical Contact: Paul L Borrill, Phone:(415) 336-9187or9053, Email:paul.borrill@eng.sun.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Nov 09, 1989, BD APP: Sep 26, 1991, ANSI APP: Apr 28, 1992 Abstract: This standard provides a set of tools with which to implement a Futurebus+ architecture with performance and cost scalability over time, for multiple generations of single- and multiple-bus multiprocessor systems. Although this specification is principally intended for 64-bit address and data operation, a fully compatible 32-bit subset is provided, along with compatible extensions to support 128- and 256-bit data highways. Allocation of bus bandwidth to competing modules is provided by either a fast centralized arbiter, or a fully distributed, one or two pass, parallel contention arbiter. Bus allocation rules are provided to suit the needs of both real-time (priority based) and fairness (equal opportunity access based) configurations. Transmission of data over the multiplexed address/data highway is governed by one of two intercompatible transmission methods: 1) a technology-independent, compelled-protocol, supporting broadcast, broadcall, and transfer intervention (the minimum requirement for all Futurebus+ systems), and 2) a configurable transfer-rate, source-synchronized protocol supporting only block transfers and source-synchronized broadcast for systems requiring the highest possible performance. Futurebus+ takes its name from its goal of being capable of the highest possible transfer rate consistent with the technology available at the time modules are designed, while ensuring compatibility with all modules designed to this standard both before and after. The plus sign (+) refers to the extensible nature of the specification, and the hooks provided to allow further evolution to meet unanticipated needs of specific application architectures. It is intended that this standard be used as a key component of an approved IEEE Futurebus+ profile. An IEEE Recommended Practices document, P896.3, is under development for specific Futurebus + applications. Key Words: bus architecture, futurebus+, logical protocol, multiprocessor systems Designation: 896.1a-1993 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessors and Microcomputers Title: Standard for Errata, Correction and Clarification of IEEE 896.1-1991, Futurebus+® Logical Layer Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Dec 09, 1997. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. Technical Contact: Samuel H Duncan, Phone:508-568-5104, Email:duncan@poboxa.ENET.dec.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 19, 1992, BD APP: Sep 15, 1993, ANSI APP: Feb 24, 1994 Designation: 896.2-1991 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessors and Microcomputers Title: IEEE Standard Backplane Bus Specification for Multiprocessor Architectures: Futurebus+® Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Dec 09, 1997. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. Technical Contact: Joseph D George, Phone:208-523-4565, Email:joeg@clearcore.net **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 19, 1992, BD APP: Sep 26, 1991, ANSI APP: Jun 04, 1992 Abstract: Futurebus+ standards provide systems developers a set of tools with which high-performance bus-based systems may be developed. This architecture provides a wide range of performance scalability over both cost and time for multiple generations of single- and multiple-bus multiprocessor systems. This document, a companion standard to IEEE Std 896.1-1991, builds on the logical layer by adding requirements for physical layer instantiation. Material in this document includes specifications for node management, live insertion, and profiles. It is to these profiles that products will claim conformance. Other specifications that may be required in conjunction with this standard are the following: IEEE Std 896.1-1991; P896.3, Futurebus+ Recommended Practices; P1212x, Control and Status Register Architectures; IEEE Std 1194.1-1991, Electrical Characteristics of Backplane Transceiver Logic (BTL) Interface Circuits; and IEEE Std 1301. x, Metric Equipment Practices for Microcomputers Key Words: Futurebus+, Physical layer, Node management, Multiprocessor systems, Live insertion, Bus architecture, Application environment profiles Designation: 896.2a-1994 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessors and Microcomputers Title: IEEE Standard for Futurebus+® — Physical Layer and Profile Specification: Errata, Corrections, and Clarifications Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Dec 09, 1997. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **Supplement to IEEE Std 896.2-1991. Technical Contact: Samuel H Duncan, Phone:508-568-5104, Email:duncan@poboxa.ENET.dec.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 19, 1992, BD APP: Mar 17, 1994, ANSI APP: Aug 30, 1994 Abstract: This supplement contains errata, corrections, and clarifications to IEEE Std 896.2a-1991. Futurebus+ standards provide systems developers a set of tools with which high-performance bus-based systems may be developed. This architecture provides a wide range of performance scalability over both cost and time for multiple generations of single- and multiple-bus multiprocessor systems. This document, a companion standard to ISO/IEC 10857 : 1994 [ANSI/IEEE Std 896.1, 1994 Edition], builds on the logical layer by adding requirements for physical layer instantiation. Material in this document includes specifications for node management, live insertion, and profiles. It is to these profiles that products will claim conformance. Other specifications that may be required in conjunction with this standard are the following: IEEE Std 896.3-1993; IEEE Std 1212-1991; IEEE Std 1194.1-1991; and the IEEE 1301 series of standards. Key Words: application , environment profiles, bus architecture, futurebus, live insertion, mulitprocessor, node management, physical layer Designation: 896.3-1993 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessors and Microcomputers Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Futurebus+® Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 16, 1999. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. Technical Contact: Michael Humphrey, Phone:602-951-8866 **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 19, 1992, BD APP: Oct 13, 1993, ANSI APP: Apr 13, 1994 Abstract: The system layer issues associated with bus-based computer systems are described. It is intended to be a tool for Futurebus+ board and system designers. As such, the intent of this recommended practice is to characterize a variety of systems topics as they relate to Futurebus+. When used in conjunction with other IEEE standards, the details to develop modular, open- architecture-based systems fulfilling user needs across a wide computing spectrum are available. The specifications that may be required in conjunction with this recommended practice are: ISO/IEC 10857:1994, IEEE Std 896.2-1991, IEEE Std 896.4-1993, IEEE Std 896.5-1993, IEEE Std 1149.1-1990, IEEE Std 1156.1-1993, IEEE Std 1194.1-1991, IEEE Std 1212-1991, IEEE Std 1212.1-1993, IEEE Std 1301.1-1991, and IEEE P1394/D6.8, March 1994. Key Words: backplane bus, bus architecture, futurebus+, Shared memory systems, Multiprocessor systems Designation: 896.3a Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessors and Microcomputers Title: Recommended Practices for the Electrical Environment Within Backplane Tranceiver Logic (BTL) Futurebus+® Systems Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: William A Schneider, Phone:800-808-4932, Email:schneiderb@erols.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jun 17, 1993 Project Scope: To define reommended practices that ensure an electrical system environment that conforms to the Futurebus+ family of profiles utilizing Backplance Transceiver Logic (IEEE 1194.1). To include, but not limited to, profiles A, B, F, T, and Mil 12-SU. Project Purpose: To address system level issues relating to the implementation of electrical parameters defined with the Futurebus+ family of specifications including: Termination Power Systems, Crosstalk, Ground Bounce and DC Power Distribution. In addition, specific test methods and procedures will be defined to assist the integrator in achieving overall system conformance. Designation: 896.4-1993 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessors and Microcomputers Title: IEEE Standard for Conformance Test Requirements for Futurebus+® Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 16, 1999. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. Technical Contact: Stephen J Cecil, Phone:812/854-2409, Email:sjc303@crinc-ns.nwscc.sea06.navy.mil **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jun 18, 1992, BD APP: Sep 15, 1993, ANSI APP: Feb 24, 1994 Abstract: A suite of abstract test cases for verifying the conformance of products based on the Futurebus+ family of standards and a means of selecting the exact set of test cases necessary for testing any given product are provided. The test suite is abstract in that it was not created with a specific test environment in mind. It can be effectively used in conjunction with logic simulators during product development as well as with physical testers after prototype or production units are available. This standard is intended for use by Futurebus+ product suppliers and users and by independent test labs. Consistent use of this standard should promote comparability and, therefore, mutual recognition of test results produced by different testers. Key Words: AEP, block copy, interactive BICS, Implementation under test (IUT), BIXIT proforma, BICS proforma, Application environment profile Designation: 896.4a-1995 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessors and Microcomputers Title: IEEE Standard for Conformance Test Requirements for Futurebus+® - Errata, Corrections and Clarifications Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 16, 1999. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **This product contains 3 discs. Supplement to IEEE Std 896.4-1993. Technical Contact: Stephen J Cecil, Phone:812/854-2409, Email:sjc303@crinc-ns.nwscc.sea06.navy.mil **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 13, 1994, BD APP: Dec 12, 1995, ANSI APP: Jul 16, 1996 Project Scope: Correction and clarification of errors and ambiguities in the hardcopy publication of IEEE Std 896.4-1993 and its accompanying diskettes. This effort will be limited to the scope of IEEE Std 896.4-1993, covering test requirements for clauses 3 through 9 of the ISO/IEC 10857:1994 and clauses 3 and 4 of IEEE Std 896.2-1991 and its errata supplement IEEE Std 896.2a-1993. Project Purpose: Members of the development community have asked for clarification and have identified errors in the published standard and its accompanying diskettes. The purpose of this project is to ensure consistency of implementations. Abstract: Errata, corrections, and clarifications to IEEE Std 896.4-1993, as well as a new diskette version of the conformance test suite to replace the original test suite distributed with the 1993 publication of the standard, are provided. IEEE Std 896.4- 1993 defines a suite of tests that govern the testing of the requirements of Futurebus+® as defined originally in IEEE Std 896.1- 1991 and IEEE Std 896.2-1991. This supplement also updates IEEE Std 896.4-1993 so that the requirements of ISO/IEC 10857: 1994 [ANSI/IEEE Std 896.1, 1994 Edition] and IEEE Std 896.2a-1994 are tested. Key Words: appplication environment profile, AEP, BICS proforma, BIXIT proforma, block copy, implementation under test, IUT, interactive BICS Designation: 896.5-1993 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessors and Microcomputers Title: IEEE Standard for Futurebus+®, Profile M (Military) Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 10, 2002. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **Available as ISO/IEC 14536. Technical Contact: Ralph Lachenmaier, Phone:215-441-1634, Email:Lachenmaier@nade.navy.mil **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 26, 1991, BD APP: Jun 17, 1993, ANSI APP: Nov 24, 1993 Abstract: Futurebus+ standards provide systems developers with a set of tools with which high performance bus-based systems may be developed. This architecture provides a wide range of performance scalability over both cost and time for multiple generations of single- and multiple-bus multiprocessor systems. This document, a companion standard to IEEE Std 896.1-1991, builds on the logical layer by adding requirements for three military profiles. It is to these profiles that products will claim conformance.Other specifications that may be required in conjunction with this standard are IEEE Std 896.1-1991, IEEE Std 896.2- 1991, IEEE Std 896.3-1993, IEEE Std 896.4-1993, IEEE Std 1101.3-1993, IEEE Std 1101.4-1993, IEEE Std 1212-1991, IEEE Std 1194-1, 1991, IEEE P1394, IEEE Std 1301-1991, and IEEE Std 1301.1-1991. Key Words: Software debug, Serial Bus, Open architecture, Node management, Multiprocessor systems, Military profiles, Live insertion, Futurebus+, Fault logging, Error logging, Bus architecture Designation: 896.5a-1994 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessors and Microcomputers Title: IEEE Standard for Futurebus+®, Profile M (Military): Errata, Corrections, and Clarifications Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 10, 2002. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **Available as ISO/IEC 14536. Supplement to IEEE Std 896.5-1993. Technical Contact: Jeffrey G Lear, Phone:317/322-2811, Email:Learj@po2.nawc-ad-indy.navy.mil **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 17, 1994, BD APP: Dec 13, 1994, ANSI APP: Jun 26, 1995 Abstract: The supplement contains errata, corrections, and clarifications to IEEE Std 896.5-1993. Futurebus+* standards provide system developers with a set of tools with which high performance bus-based systems may be developed. This architecture provides a wide range of performance scalability over both cost and time for multiple generations of single- and multiple-bus multiprocessor systems. This document, a companion standard to ISO/IEC 10857 : 1994 [ANSI/IEEE Std 896.1, 1994 Edition], builds on the logical layer by adding requirements for three military profiles. It is to these profiles that products will claim conformance. Other specifications that may be required in conjunction with this standard are IEEE Std 896.2-1991, IEEE Std 896.2a-1994, IEEE Std 896.3-1993, IEEE Std 896.4-1993, IEEE Std1101.3-1993, IEEE Std 1101.4-1993, IEEE Std 1194.1-1991, IEEE P1394, the IEEE 1301 series of standards, and ISO/IEC 13213 : 1994 [ANSI/IEEE Std 1212, 1994 Edition]. Key Words: Software debug, Serial Bus, Open architecture, Node management, Multiprocessor systems, Military profiles, Live insertion, Futurebus+*, Fault logging, Error logging, Bus architecture Designation: 896.6 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessors and Microcomputers Title: Standard for Futurebus+® Telecommunications Systems, Profile T (Telecommunications) Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Robert Widlicka, Phone:614-860-2382, Email:r.widlicka@att.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 26, 1991 Project Scope: Modules, subsystems and systems that comply with the Telecom Profile are intended for use by telecommunications applications as well as applications with similiar needs. Telecommunications systems are characterized by their high availability, maintainability and fault tolerance. Such systems must operate continuously, have a long lifetime, and be easily upgradable. The Telecom Profile is to be consistent with world wide telecommunications standards such as International Telephone and Telegraph Consutative Committee (CCITT), European Telecommunications Standards Institute (ETSI), and Network Equipment Building Systems (NEBS). Project Purpose: There are currently no existing open computer backplane buses targeted specifically for telecommunications applications. The existence of a quality standard in this area will reduce the time and cost of systems creation and configuration. This will facilitate significant reductions in time to market for new products and services utilizing computer technology. Because of these features, this profile will be a significant benefit to users and providers of telecommunications equipment and services and to their customers. Designation: 896.7 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessors and Microcomputers Title: Standard for an Interconnect Between Futurebus+® Systems Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. History: PAR APP: Sep 26, 1991 Designation: 896.8 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessors and Microcomputers Title: PAR WITHDRAWN 3/17/94- Standard for Small Computer Expandibility Module for Futurebus+ Systems, Profile D (Desktop) Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Mar 17, 1994. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. Technical Contact: Kyle M Black, Phone:916-785-4552 **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 26, 1991 Designation: 896.9-1994 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessors and Microcomputers Title: IEEE Standard for Fault Tolerant Extensions to the Futurebus+® Architecture Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: May 01, 2000. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. Technical Contact: Wayne P Fischer, Phone:775-832-0447, Email:tahoewayne@nvbell.net **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 19, 1992, BD APP: Dec 13, 1994, ANSI APP: Jun 26, 1995 Abstract: This standard is one in a family of Futurebus+TM standards. The Futurebus+ standards provide a set of tools with which to implement a bus architecture with performance and cost scalability over time for multiple generations of single- and multiple-bus multiprocessor systems. This standard provides fault tolerant extensions to Futurebus+ standards. As such, this standard provides the logical layer requirements for the transmission of data in a fault tolerant environment. When used in conjunction with other IEEE standards, the details to develop modular, open-architecture-based systems fulfilling user needs across a wide computing spectrum are available. Key Words: bus architecture, computers, data transmission, fault tolerance, Futurebus+, Multiprocessor systems Designation: 896.10-1997 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessors and Microcomputers Title: Standard for Futurebus+® Spaceborne Systems - Profile S Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Feb 07, 2003. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. Technical Contact: William A Schneider, Phone:800-808-4932, Email:schneiderb@erols.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 03, 1992, BD APP: Mar 20, 1997, ANSI APP: Sep 19, 1997 Project Scope: Profile S of the IEEE 896.X series will address the subset of 896.1 to be adopted as well as electrical, mechanical packaging, environmental, and other considerations Current backplane protocol standards do not address the unique requirements associated with spaceborne processing systems. This standard will establish and specify the requirements (bus, mechanical and electrical) to support implementation of spaceborne Futurebus+ based processing systems.required for spaceflight. This profile will leverage heavily the work ongoing in the 896.5 Military Profile, the 896.9 Fault Tolerance Working Group, and the 896.8 Desktop Profile. Project Purpose: Current backplane protocol standards do not address the unique requirements associated with spaceborne processing systems. This standard will establish and specify the requirements (bus, mechanical and electrical) to support implementation of spaceborne Futurebus+ based processing systems. Abstract: In the Futurebus+® series of standards, tools with which high-performance bus-based systems may be developed are provided. This architecture provides a wide range of performance scalability over both cost and time for multiple generations of single- and multiple-bus multiprocessor systems. This document, a companion standard to the ISO/IEC 10857: 1994 (ANSI/IEEE Std 896.1, 1994 Edition) Futurebus+(R) Logical Layer Specification, builds on the logical layer by adding requirements for a spaceborne profile. It is to this profile that products will claim conformance. Other specifications may be required in conjunction with this standard. Key Words: bus architecture, futurebus +, spaceborne computers, spaceborne modules, spaceborne systems Designation: 896.11 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessors and Microcomputers Title: Standard for IEEE 1355 Links on Futurebus+® Backplane Connector Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Colin Whitby-Strevens, Phone:408-974-6239, Email:colinws@apple.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 17, 1994 Project Scope: This standard will define the allocation of I/O pins on the FB+ E connector for links conforming to the standard currently under development within IEEE P1355 (Heterogeneous InterConnect), and, by reference to P1355, the electrical and logical properties of the links, thus defining a 'P1355 enhanced slot'. This standard will also define the pins to be used on the FB+ connector for P1355 links for interfacing to routing boards, thus defining a 'routing board slot'. The standard will define the connectivity of P1355 enhanced slots and routing boards slots (where provided). With this exception, the architecture of P1355 links on the back panel and the architecture of P1355 links on routing boards will be left open. Project Purpose: The purpose of the standard is to provide point-to-point bandwidth for interworking FB+ cards from different originators by using P1355 lins in addition to the bandwidth available from the standard FB+ interface. Up to 16 data links per P1355 enhanced slot are envisaged, supporting a bidirectional bandwidth between each card and the backplane in excess of 1 Gbytes/sec. Up to 60 links are envisaged for the routing board slot, supporting a bandwidth in excess of 3 Gigabytes/sec. A major goal of the standard is to leave open the richest possible range of link topologies of P1355 routing board architectures and link backplane architectures (and in particular not preventing fixed topologies or active backplane topologies), whilst satisfying the constraints which will allow the interworking of application boards. The standard will not affect the use of standard FB+ interfaces, except for routing boards slots. Designation: 896.12 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessors and Microcomputers Title: Standard for Fault Tolerance Classification of Computer-Based Systems Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Richard J Sergo, Phone:215-830-1900 **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 13, 1994 Project Scope: 1. Establish the baseline definition, criteria and metrics for fault tolerance and system integrity for computer-based systems. 2. Establish a standard methodology for enhancing and extending the established baseline definitions, criteria and metrics for computer-based systems. Project Purpose: The purpose of the project is to provide a uniform classification structure for the application, specification, evaluation and selection of fault tolerant computer-based systems. Designation: 900 Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. Designation: 902-1998 Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Power Systems Engineering Title: IEEE Guide for Maintenance, Operation, and Safety of Industrial and Commercial Power Systems (Yellow Book) Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Dec 31, 1998 Technical Contact: Michael J Foley, Phone:303-797-7125, Email:m.foley@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Mar 19, 1998, BD APP: Oct 30, 1998 Project Scope: The document will cover the maintenance, operation and safety of low and medium voltage electric power systems serving industrial and commercial facilities. Project Purpose: To provide guidelines for the numerous personnel responsible for operating industrial and commercial electric power facilities. Abstract: Guidelines for the numerous personnel who are responsible for safely operating andmaintaining industrial and commercial electric power facilities are provided. This guide providesplant engineers with a reference source for the fundamentals of safe and reliable maintenanceand operation of industrial and commercial electric power distribution systems. Key Words: "electrical hazards, electrical maintenance, operation protective devices, record keeping, fire protection, grounding, infrared" Designation: 902 Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Power Systems Engineering Title: Guide for Maintencance, Operation, and Safety of Industrial and Commercial Power Systems (Yellow Book) Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. **Yellow Book Technical Contact: Erling C Hesla, Phone:425-347-1927, Email:e.hesla@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: May 28, 1981 Designation: P902 Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Power Systems Engineering Title: Guide for Maintenance, Operation, and Safety of Industrial and Commercial Power Systems Status: Revision Project Technical Contact: Dennis Neitzel, Phone:214-331-7315, Email:dennis.neitzel@avotraining.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 27, 2001 Project Scope: The scope of the project is to provide plant engineers with a reference source for the fundamentals of safe and reliable maintenance and operations of industrial and commercial electric power distribution systems. These fundamentals, which are independent of size or complexity, include: system design, reliability, documentation, inspection/testing methods, auditing performance, safety procedures. Project Purpose: The purpose of the project is to provide guidelines for personnel responsible for the operation and maintenance of industrial and commercial power systems. The first edition of the guide references U.S. based practices. The WG and the Safety, Operations and Maintenance Subcommittee have committed to expand the practices in its' first revision so that it may have international applicability. Designation: 903 Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Energy Systems Title: Energy Monitoring & Control Systems Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Joseph R Fragola, Phone:516-764-5218, Email:Fragola@prodigy.net **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 28, 1984 Designation: 905 Sponsor: IEEE Vehicular Technology Society Title: Rail Transit Intra System EML Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Designation: 915 Title: Electrical and Electronic Diagrams Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. **Revision of Y14.15-1966 Technical Contact: Conrad R Muller **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 28, 1982 (Ref. Std.: Y14.15) Designation: 917 Title: Graphic Symbols for Use on Equipment Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Conrad R Muller **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 28, 1982 Designation: 925 Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. Designation: 926 Sponsor: SASB/SCC21-Fuel Cells, Photovoltaics, Dispersed Generation, and Energy Storage Title: PV Energy Performance Ratings Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Richard DeBlasio, Phone:303-275-4333, Email:dick_deblasio@nrel.gov **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 28, 1981 Designation: 927 Sponsor: SASB/SCC21-Fuel Cells, Photovoltaics, Dispersed Generation, and Energy Storage Title: PV Energy Performance Calculations Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Richard DeBlasio, Phone:303-275-4333, Email:dick_deblasio@nrel.gov **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 28, 1981 Designation: 928 Sponsor: SASB/SCC21-Fuel Cells, Photovoltaics, Dispersed Generation, and Energy Storage Title: Recommended Practice for Recommended Criteria for Terrestrial Photovoltaic Power Systems Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Stephen M Chalmers, Phone:602-955-7124, Email:chalmers@powermark.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 21, 2000 Project Scope: This recommended criteria for performance criteria applies to all terrestrial photovoltaic power systems (The scope is similar to the existing IEEE 928 recommended practice.) Project Purpose: To bring the criteria up to date and in line with changes that have occurred over the past 15 years in the national and international industry Designation: 928-1986 Sponsor: SASB/SCC21-Fuel Cells, Photovoltaics, Dispersed Generation, and Energy Storage Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1991 Title: Recommended Criteria for Terrestrial Photovoltaic Power Systems Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 25, 2005. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **Jan2005: Administratively withdrawn. History: PAR APP: Sep 17, 1981, BD APP: Dec 13, 1984, ANSI APP: Dec 18, 1991 Project Scope: This standard for performance criteria applies to all terrestrial photovoltaic power systems (flat plate and concentrators) regardless of size or application. Its principal purpose is to present an overall framework into which all other terrestrial solar photovoltaic power system performance ancillary standards can be developed. Abstract: General performance criteria for terrestrial photovoltaic (PV) systems are established, and an overall framework for all detailed terrestrial photovoltaic power system performance standards is provided. Criteria for subsystem performance and standard test methods to be used for performance measurements are recommended. System installation, operation, and maintenance are covered. Since thermal conditioning elements may be part of the system design, some consideration is given to the thermal subsystem. The criteria apply to all terrestrial photovoltaic power systems. Key Words: array, terrestrial, Photovoltaic power systems Designation: 929-1988 Sponsor: SASB/SCC21-Fuel Cells, Photovoltaics, Dispersed Generation, and Energy Storage Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1991 Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Utility Interface of Residential and Intermediate Photovoltaic (PV) Systems Status: Superseded **This recommended practice was superseded by 929-2000. History: BD APP: Dec 11, 1986, ANSI APP: Dec 18, 1991 Abstract: Recommendations and requirements that ensure operation of the terrestrial photovoltaic (PV) system that is compatible with the electric utility are provided. Factors relating to personnel safety, equipment protection, and power quality are addressed. The standard applies to utility-interconnected residential and interm ediate-size PV power systems capable of two-way energy flow with the utility. It addresses the interface between the PV system and the utility, and provides technical recommendations for the characteristics of the interface. Power quality, equipment protection, and safety of personnel are covered. Key Words: PV, photovoltaic systems, photovoltaie, Power system protection, Photovoltaic power systems, Occupational health and safety Designation: 929-2000 Sponsor: SASB/SCC21-Fuel Cells, Photovoltaics, Dispersed Generation, and Energy Storage Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Utility Interface of Photovoltaic (PV) Systems Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Feb 06, 2006. This historical standard is available for sale in electronic format (PDF) through the IEEE Online Store at www.shop.ieee.org. You may also order by calling +1 800 678 IEEE (in the US) or +1 732 981 0060 (outside of the US). **This recommended practice supersedes 929-1988 (R1991). History: PAR APP: Sep 19, 1996, BD APP: Jan 30, 2000, ANSI APP: Jun 07, 2000 Project Scope: This recommended practice describes the interface, functions, and requirements necessary in the interconnection of a PV power system with an electric utility. It also describes the acceptable and safe practices for accomplishing those functions and meeting the requirements. Project Purpose: Provide recommendations and requirements that apply to the interconnection of a Photovoltaic system with an electric utility. Abstract: " This recommended practice contains guidance regarding equipment and functionsnecessary to ensure compatible operation of photovoltaic (PV) systems that are connected in par-allel with the electric utility. This includes factors relating to personnel safety, equipment protection,power quality, and utility system operation. This recommended practice also contains informationregarding islanding of PV systems when the utility is not connected to control voltage andfrequency, as well as techniques to avoid islanding of distributed resources. " Key Words: "islanding,nonislanding inverter,photovoltaic,utility connection" Designation: 930-2004 Sponsor: IEEE Dielectrics and Electrical Insulation Society Title: IEEE Guide for the Statistical Analysis of Electrical Insulation Breakdown Data Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Apr 01, 2005 Technical Contact: Gian Carlo Montanari, Phone:+390512093481, Email:giancarlo.montanari@mail.ing.unibo.it **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Feb 21, 2001, BD APP: Sep 23, 2004, ANSI APP: Mar 29, 2005 Project Scope: To prepare a guide describing statistical methods to analyze breakdown test data (at constant or increasing voltage) for purposes including characterization of an insulation system, comparison with other systems and prediction of the probability of breakdown at given times or voltages. The statistical methods included in the guide are based on Weibull, lognormal and Gumbel distributions. Project Purpose: To provide statistical tools for the processing of life or breakdown voltage tests. Abstract: This guide describes, with examples, statistical methods to analyze times to breakdown and breakdown voltage data obtained from electrical testing of solid insulating materials for purposes including charaxterization of the system, comparison with another insulator system, and prediction of the probability of brekadown at given times or voltages. Key Words: breakdown voltage and time, GUmbel, Lognormal distributions, statistical methods, Weibull Designation: 930-1987 Sponsor: IEEE Dielectrics and Electrical Insulation Society Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1995 Title: IEEE Guide for the Statistical Analysis of Electrical Insulation Voltage Endurance Data Status: Superseded History: BD APP: Jun 19, 1986, ANSI APP: Jan 12, 1996 Abstract: A description is given, with examples of statistical methods for analyzing the data, for time-to-failure from constant- stress voltage endurance tests or breakdown voltage from progressive-stress tests on specimens or systems of electrical insulation. Methods to compare test data are also given. The methods are principally applied to data from tests on solid insulation, but they may also apply to the analysis of data from tests on gas, liquid, and composite systems. The statistical methods discussed do not take into consideration the physical mechanism of voltage aging. They assume that the only aging stress is alternating voltage of constant frequency. The methods may not apply if there is more than one aging stress. Methods to ascertain the short-time withstand voltage or operating voltage of an insulation system are not included, and the mathematical techniques may not directly apply to the estimation of equipment life. Key Words: statistical analysis, electrical , insulation, voltage, endurance data Designation: 931 Sponsor: IEEE Electron Devices Society Title: X-ray Lithgrphy Sys Full-Field Exposure Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. **. History: PAR APP: Sep 28, 1981 Designation: 933-1999 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Nuclear Power Engineering Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2004 Title: IEEE Guide for the Definition of Reliability Program Plans for Nuclear Power Generating Stations Status: Approved Publication of IEEE History: PAR APP: Dec 28, 1981, BD APP: Sep 16, 1999, ANSI APP: Jan 13, 2000 Project Scope: Scope and purpose: This document provides guidelines for the definition of a reliability engineering program plan for the analysis and evaluation of systems found in nuclear power generating stations. It provides information as to the nature of the various reliability engineering disciplines or tasks available and provides a basis for the selection of those tasks or program elements which may be applicable to meet reliability or maintainability goals or objectives. This document will present guideslines for the development or program plans during various phases of the nuclear power generating station life cycle. Abstract: " Guidelines for the definition of a reliability program at nuclear power generating stationsare developed. Reliability programs during the operating phase of such stations are emphasized;however, the general approach applies to all phases of the nuclear power generating station lifecycle (e.g., design, construction, start-up, operating, and decommissioning). " Key Words: Author: IEEE Designation: 934-1987 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Nuclear Power Engineering Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1992 Title: IEEE Standard Requirements for Replacement Parts for Class 1E Equipment in Nuclear Power Generating Stations Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Mar 19, 1998. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. History: BD APP: Sep 18, 1986, ANSI APP: Feb 10, 1987 Abstract: Basic requirements for the selection and utilization of replacement parts for Class 1E equipment in nuclear power generating stations, in both the construction and operation phases, are set forth. Selection, categories, and replacement of parts are covered. The requirements are intended to ensure that replacement parts selected and utilized for Class 1E equipment in nuclear power generating stations will not degrade the safety of the stations. They apply to parts which could result in the failure of the Class 1E equipment to perform its intended function or in degradation of the plant safety systems or the Class 1E equipment. Key Words: replacement parts, class 1E, Nuclear power generation protection Designation: 935-1989 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transmission and Distribution Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2006 Title: IEEE Guide on Terminology for Tools and Equipment to Be Used in Live Line Working Status: Approved Publication of IEEE History: PAR APP: Dec 28, 1981, BD APP: Oct 20, 1988, ANSI APP: Jun 12, 1989 Abstract: Terminology for tools and equipment used in live line working is given to permit identification of the tools and equipment and to standardize their names. Detailed definitions are not given for all the terms used in live line working, only the necessary details, without indications of their components and their methods of use are provided. The following are covered: insulating sticks; universal to ol fittings; insulating covers and similar assemblies; bypassing equipment; small individual hand tools; personal equipment; equipment for positioning a worker; handling and anchoring equipment; measuring and testing equipment and hydraulic and miscellaneous equipment. Key Words: live line, tools, equipment, terminology, Power transmission maintenance, Power distribution maintenance, Power cables, Electric shock Designation: 935 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transmission and Distribution Title: Guide on Terminology for Tools and Equipment to be Used in Live-Line Working Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Orville J Plum, Phone:408-282-7120, Email:OJP2@PGE.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 18, 1999 Project Scope: This Guide applies to terminology for tools and equipment used in live line working. Project Purpose: To standardize the terms in IEEE/ESMOL documents for tools and equipment used in live line working without indicating their components or method of use. Designation: 936-1987 Title: IEEE Guide for Self-Commutated Converters Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Dec 03, 1992. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. Technical Contact: Allan Ludbrook, Phone:905-628-0024, Email:a.ludbrook@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: BD APP: Mar 13, 1986, ANSI APP: Jul 31, 1986 Designation: 937-2007 Sponsor: SASB/SCC21-Fuel Cells, Photovoltaics, Dispersed Generation, and Energy Storage Title: Recommended Practice for Installation and Maintenance of Lead-Acid Batteries for Photovoltaic (PV) Systems Status: Approved Publication of IEEE Technical Contact: Jay L Chamberlin, Phone:505-296-3135, Email:jaynpatc@aol.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Dec 08, 2004, BD APP: Mar 22, 2007 Project Scope: This recommended practice provides design considerations and procedures for stoirage,location, mounting, ventilation, assembly, and maintenance of lead-acid batteries for photovoltaic power systems. Safety precautions and instrumentation considerations are also included. While this document gives general recommended practices, battery manufacturers may provide specific instructions for battery installation and maintenance. Project Purpose: This recommended practice is meant to assist lead-acid battery users to properly store, install, and maintain lead-acid batteries used in residential, commercial, and industrial photovoltaic systems. (The revision will update the document's installation procedures to reflect changes in supporting documents and its maintenance procedures to refect field experience.) Designation: 937-2000 Sponsor: SASB/SCC21-Fuel Cells, Photovoltaics, Dispersed Generation, and Energy Storage Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Installation and Maintenance of Lead-Acid Batteries for Photovoltaic (PV) Systems Status: Superseded History: PAR APP: Mar 19, 1998, BD APP: Mar 30, 2000, ANSI APP: Oct 30, 2000 Project Scope: This Recommended Practice provides design considerations and procedures for storage, location, mounting, ventilation, assembly, and maintaining of lead-acid storage batteries for photovoltaic power systems. Safety precautions and instrumentation considerations are also included. While this document gives general recommended practices, battery manufacturers may provide specific instructions for battery installation and maintenance. Project Purpose: This recommended practice is meant to assist lead-acid battery users to property store, install, and maintain lead-acid batteries used in residential, commercial, and industrial photovoltaic systems. Abstract: " Design considerations and procedures for storage, location, mounting, ventilation,assembly, and maintenance of lead-acid storage batteries for photovoltaic power systems areprovided. Safety precautions and instrumentation considerations are also included. Even thoughgeneral recommended practices are covered, battery manufacturers may provide specific instruc-tions for battery installation and maintenance. " Key Words: "battery installation, battery maintenance, photovoltaic power system, sizing lead-acid battery" Designation: 937-1987 Sponsor: SASB/SCC21-Fuel Cells, Photovoltaics, Dispersed Generation, and Energy Storage Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1993 Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Installation and Maintenance of Lead-Acid Batteries for Photovoltaic (PV) Systems Status: Superseded **Superseded by 937-2000. History: PAR APP: Dec 17, 1981, BD APP: Jun 19, 1986, ANSI APP: Feb 05, 1987 Abstract: Design considerations and procedures for storage, location, mounting, ventilation, assembly, and maintenance of lead-acid storage batteries for terrestrial photovoltaic (PV) power systems are provided. Safety precautions and instrumentation considerations are included. This standard applies to all terrestrial photovoltaic power systems, regardless of size or application, that contain storage subsystems. The installations addressed apply to the operation of an ac, ac/dc, or dc system with the battery, PV generating subsystem, and load all connected in parallel. Key Words: lead acid, batteries, PV systems, Power generation maintenance, Photovoltaic power systems Designation: 942 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Test Technology Title: Digital Semiconductor/Program Language Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. Technical Contact: J. Reese Brown, Phone:760-434-7224, Email:rbrown@cts.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jun 28, 1982 Key Words: digital, semiconductor, program, language Designation: 943-1986 Sponsor: SASB/SCC04-Electrical Insulation Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1992 Title: IEEE Guide for Aging Mechanisms and Diagnostic Procedures in Evaluating Electrical Insulation Systems Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 15, 2001. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **administratively withdrawn on 15-Jan-2001. History: PAR APP: Mar 11, 1982, BD APP: Jun 13, 1985, ANSI APP: Nov 15, 1985 Abstract: Background information necessary for proper construction of aging mechanisms and selection of diagnostic procedures when designing tests for functional evaluation of insulation systems for electrical equipment is presented. Aging mechanisms of insulation systems and methods for ascertaining correlation of aging during testing and aging during actual service are described. Diagnostic techniques for use in functional tests are also listed. The intent is primarily to aid committees in standardizing tests within the scope of their responsibilities. Key Words: mechanisms, diagnotic procedures, insulation systems, Insulation testing, Insulation life Designation: 944 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Energy Development & Power Generation Title: Recommended Practice for the Application and Testing of Uninterruptible Power Supplies for Power Generating Stations Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Radhakrishna V Rebbapragada, Phone:510-874-2220, Email:rvr6@pge.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 06, 2001 Project Scope: The original scope of the standard was to define the application and performance requirements for a low-voltage uninterruptible power supply (UPS) system used for service in power generating stations. It is to cover application requirements, such as load information and service conditions, performance requirements and design, routine testing requirements for inverters with or without rectifier/charger, and transfer switches only. This scope continues to be current and pertinent. Project Purpose: The standard has not been revised since completion of the work on the document in 1985. It is proposed to make revisions to the recommended practice to reflect new developments and options in UPS equipment. Designation: 944 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Energy Development & Power Generation Title: Recommended Practice for the Application and Testing of Uninterruptible Power Supplies for Power Generating Stations Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Sam P Martinovich, Phone:(212) 839-2950 **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 28, 1990 Abstract: The application and performance requirements for a low-voltage uninterruptible power supply (UPS) system used for service in power generating stations are defined. Service conditions and requirements for design application, procurement documents, and testing are covered. The recommendations apply only to semiconductor ac-to-ac converter systems (static) with dc electric energy storage capability. Equipment or component design requirements, safety-related design criteria, or requirements for equipment qualification and preoperational/surveillance testing are not addressed. Designation: 944-1986 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Energy Development & Power Generation Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1996 Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for the Application and Testing of Uninterruptible Power Supplies for Power Generating Stations Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Feb 06, 2006. This historical standard is available for sale in electronic format (PDF) through the IEEE Online Store at www.shop.ieee.org. You may also order by calling +1 800 678 IEEE (in the US) or +1 732 981 0060 (outside of the US). Technical Contact: Robert E Howell, Phone:704-849-9285, Email:RHowell4@Carolina.rr.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 28, 1990, BD APP: Dec 12, 1985, ANSI APP: Jun 09, 1986 Abstract: The application and performance requirements for a low-voltage uninterruptible power supply (UPS) system used for service in power generating stations are defined. Service conditions and requirements for design application, procurement documents, and testing are covered. The recommendations apply only to semiconductor ac-to-ac converter systems (static) with dc electric energy storage capability. Equipment or component design requirements, safety-related design criteria, or requirements for equipment qualification and preoperational/surveillance testing are not addressed. Key Words: UPS, Uninterruptible power systems, Power generation testing Designation: 945-1984 Sponsor: SASB/SCC14-Quantities Units and Letter Symbols Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2002 Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Preferred Metric Units for Use in Electrical and Electronics Science and Technology Status: Approved Publication of IEEE History: BD APP: Mar 10, 1982, ANSI APP: Jul 22, 1983 Abstract: Recommendations are made to aid in the selection of metric units, so as to promote uniformity in the use of metric units and to limit the number of different metric units that will be used in electrical and electronics science and technology. The recommendations can cover units for space and time, periodic and related phenomena, mechanics, heat, electricity and magnetism, light and related electromagnetic radiations, and acoustics. This document does not cover how metric units are to be used nor does it offer guidance concerning correct metric practice. Key Words: metric, metric units, electronics science, Measurement units Designation: 946-2004 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Energy Development & Power Generation Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for the Design of DC Auxiliary Power Systems for Generating Systems Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jun 08, 2005 Technical Contact: Joseph R Jancauskas, Phone:937-549-2641X5735, Email:joseph.jancauskas@dplinc.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Mar 18, 1999, BD APP: Dec 08, 2004 Project Scope: This recommended practice provides guidance for the design of the dc auxiliary power systems for nuclear and non-nuclear power generating stations. The components of the dc auxiliary power system addressed by this recommended practice include lead-acid storage batteries, static battery chargers, and distribution equipment. Guidance for selecting the quantity and types of equipment, the equipment ratings, interconnections, instrumentation, control, and protection is also provided. The ac power supply to the battery chargers; the loads served by the dc systems, except as they influence the dc system design; and dedicated engine starting (cranking) battery systems are beyond the scope of this recommended practice. Project Purpose: This standard is widely recognized as being a very useful standard and it needst o be revised in order to continue its functional life as an active standard. State-of-the-art information will be incorporated. Abstract: Guidance for the design of the dc auxiliary power systems for nuclear and non-nuclear power generating stations is provided by this recommended practice. The components of the dc auxiliary power system addressed by this recommended practice include lead-acid storage batteries, static battery chargers, and distribution equipment. Guidance for selecting the quantity and types of equipment, the equipment ratings, interconnections, instrumentation, control and protection is also provided. Key Words: battery, battery charger, cross-tie, dc, duty cycle, generating station, ground detection, instrumentation, nuclear, short circuit Designation: 946-1992 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Energy Development & Power Generation Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for the Design of DC Auxiliary Power Systems for Generating Stations Status: Superseded **Revision of IEEE Std 946-1985. Technical Contact: Joseph R Jancauskas, Phone:937-549-2641X5735, Email:joseph.jancauskas@dplinc.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 31, 1988, BD APP: Dec 03, 1992, ANSI APP: May 14, 1993 Abstract: Guidance for the design of the dc auxiliary power systems for nuclear and large fossil-fueled power generating stations is provided. The components of the dc auxiliary power system, including lead storage batteries, static battery chargers, and distribution equipment are addressed. Guidance for selecting the quantity and types of equipment, the equipment ratings, interconnections, instrumentation, control and protection is also provided. Key Words: dc auxiliary power systems, Nuclear generating stations, Fossil- fueled generating stations Designation: 946-1985 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Energy Development & Power Generation Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for the Design of Safety-Related DC Auxiliary Power Systems for Nuclear Power Generating Stations Status: Superseded Technical Contact: Bob G Treece, Phone:312-269-2150 **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: BD APP: Mar 21, 1985, ANSI APP: Jul 31, 1985 Designation: 948 Sponsor: IEEE Broadcast Technology Society Title: Measurement of Color Noise in Video Magnetic Tape Recording Systems Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Alan Godber, Phone:(732) 846-4476, Email:agodber@earthlink.net **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 28, 1982 Project Scope: Determine the physical characteristics of those random disturbances in chrominance components which are perceived as "noise" in color portions of the decoded television signal from a video magnetic tape recorder. Project Purpose: Develop standard measurement methods for quantifying color noise in a way that enables correlation of measurement data with picture impairment arising from various elements in video magnetic recording systems. Designation: 949-1985 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessors and Microcomputers Title: IEEE Trial-Use Standard for Media-Independent Information Transfer Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Mar 21, 1991. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. Publication type: Trial-Use Technical Contact: Clyde R Camp, Phone:972-727-3945, Email:c.camp@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 28, 1987, BD APP: Mar 21, 1985 Key Words: media, independent, information, transfer Designation: 951-1996 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transmission and Distribution Title: IEEE Guide to the Assembly and Erection of Metal Transmission Structures Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Mar 28, 1997 **Revision of IEEE Std 951-1988. History: PAR APP: Jun 14, 1994, BD APP: Dec 10, 1996, ANSI APP: May 15, 1997 Project Scope: This guide presents various approaches of good practice which will improve the ability to assemble and erect self-supporting and guyed steel or aluminum lattice and tubular steel structures. This guide covers construction aspects after foundation installation and up to the conductor stringing operation. Project Purpose: The purpose of this guide is to present in one document design and construction considerations for material delivery, assembly and erection of structures and the installation of insulators and hardware. Abstract: Various good practices that will enable users to improve their ability to assemble and erect self-supporting and guyed steel or aluminum lattice and tubular steel structures are presented. Construction considerations after foundation installation, and up to the conductor stringing operation, are also covered. The guide focuses on the design and construction considerations for material delivery, assembly and erection of metal transmission structures, and the installation of insulators and hardware. This guide is intended to be used as a reference source for parties involved in the ownership, design, and construction of transmission structures. Key Words: guyed structures, helicopters, lattice structures, metal transmission structures, tubular steel structures Designation: 951-1988 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transmission and Distribution Title: IEEE Guide to the Assembly and Erection of Metal Transmission Structures Status: Superseded History: PAR APP: Jun 28, 1982, BD APP: Jun 09, 1988, ANSI APP: Feb 01, 1989 Abstract: Good practices that will improve the ability to assemble and erect self-supporting and guyed steel or aluminum lattice and tubular steel structures are presented. Design and construction considerations for material delivery, assembly and erection of structures, and the installation of insulators and hardware are covered. This guide is intended to be used as a reference source for parties involved in the ownership, design, and construction of transmission structures. Key Words: Power transmission lines Designation: 952-1997 Sponsor: IEEE Aerospace and Electronic Systems Society Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2003 Title: IEEE Standard Specification Format Guide and Test Procedure for Single- Axis Interferometric Fiber Optic Gyros Status: Approved Publication of IEEE History: PAR APP: Mar 21, 1996, BD APP: Sep 16, 1997, ANSI APP: Apr 27, 1998 Abstract: " Specification and test requirements for a single-axis interferometric fiber optic gyro (IFOG)for use as a sensor in attitude control systems, angular displacement measuring systems, andangular rate measuring systems are defined. A standard specification format guide for the prepa-ration of a single-axis IFOG is provided. A compilation of recommended procedures for testing afiber optic gyro, derived from those presently used in the industry, is also provided. " Key Words: "fiber gyro,fiber optic gyro,gyro,gyroscope,IFOG,inertial instrument,inertial sensor,inerferometric fiber optic gyro,optical gyro,Sagnac effect, Sagnac gyro" Designation: 953 Sponsor: Accredited Standards Committee on Surge Protective Devices Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. Designation: 954 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transformers Title: HiTemp Hydrocrbn Lqd Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: John Sheppard **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jun 28, 1982 Designation: 955 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Electric Machinery Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. Designation: 956 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Power System Communications Title: Achieving Electromagnetic Compatibility Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Gordon Allen, Phone:(416) 259-7886 **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jun 28, 1982 Designation: 957-2005 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transmission and Distribution Title: IEEE Guide for Cleaning Insulators Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Sep 20, 2005 Technical Contact: Rajeswari Sundararajan, Phone:480-727-1507, Email:raji@asu.edu **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Sep 16, 1998, BD APP: Apr 25, 2005, ANSI APP: Aug 03, 2005 Project Scope: Simplify document, reduce ambiguities, review White Papers to add new material, emerging industry practices, eliminate outdated material, add non-ceramic insulators. Project Purpose: General Revision. Abstract: Procedures for cleaning contaminated electrical insulators (excluding nuclear, toxic, and hazardous chemical contaminants) of all types, using various equipment and techniques, are provided. Key Words: cleaning, electrical insulators Designation: 957-1995 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transmission and Distribution Title: IEEE Guide for Cleaning Insulators Status: Superseded **Revision of IEEE Std 957-1987. Superseded by 957-2005. History: PAR APP: Sep 17, 1992, BD APP: Mar 16, 1995, ANSI APP: Oct 12, 1995 Abstract: Procedures for cleaning contaminated electrical insulators (excluding nuclear, toxic, and hazardous chemical contaminants) of all types, using various equipment and techniques, are provided. Key Words: cleaning, electrical , insulators Designation: 957-1987 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transmission and Distribution Title: IEEE Guide for Cleaning Insulators Status: Superseded History: BD APP: Jun 11, 1987, ANSI APP: Feb 01, 1988 Abstract: Information on the equipment needed and the methods that can be used to clean contaminated electrical insulators are presented. The intent is to document the state of the art for cleaning insulators (excluding nuclear contaminants) of all types. Energized and de-energized systems are considered. The standard does not prescribe specific procedures, but rather reflects the experience of many individuals who have safely cleaned contaminated insulators. Key Words: insulators, cleaning, insulators, cleaning Designation: 958-2003 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Energy Development & Power Generation Title: IEEE Guide for Application of AC Adjustable-Speed Drives on 2400 to 13,800 Volt Auxiliary Systems in Electric Power Generating Stations Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jun 01, 2004 Technical Contact: Thomas A Higgins, Phone:205-992-7162, Email:tahiggin@southernco.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: May 15, 2003, BD APP: Jun 12, 2003, ANSI APP: Sep 17, 2003 Project Scope: Original Scope: The guide is intended to cover the application of drive systems designed for connection to power plant electrical auxiliaries systems (normally rated between 2300V and 13,800V). It includes drives system terminilogy, drive classifications, typical applications and their unique charasteristics and design considerations, protection, packaging - interfaces and interactions. Revised Scope: This guide applies to DC link type, AC adjustable-speed drives (ASDs) as illustrated in Figure 1-1 and does not address other drive systems such as cycloconverters. The guide is intended to cover the application of drive systems for use in electric power generation stations designed for connection to electric service rated between 2400 volts and 13,800 volts. The guide includes ASD terminology, theory of operation, and a discussion of the factors that can influence equipment selection. It also defines drive system classifications and addresses typical applications. Drive system design considerations, and the interactions between the ASD and the supply system and the driven load are also discussed. Finally, guidance on ASD specifications and installation are provided. Project Purpose: Original Purpose: To provide guidelines on drive selection and applications for electric generating station applications. Revised Purpose: The purpose of this Guide is to provide a fundamental understanding of the operation, selection, and application of ASDs for use in electric power generation plant motor-driven systems connected to electric service rated at 2400 volts to 13,800 volts. Abstract: "IEEE Std 958-2003, IEEE Guide for the Application of AC Adjustable-Speed Drives on 2400 to 13800 V Auxiliary Systems in Electric Power Generating Stations" Key Words: adjustable-speed drive (ASD) systems Designation: 958 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Energy Development & Power Generation Title: Guide for Application of AC Adjustable Speed Drives for Electric Power Generating Stations Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Thomas A Higgins, Phone:205-992-7162, Email:tahiggin@southernco.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jun 01, 1989 Project Scope: This guide applies to dc link type, ac adjustable speed drives for use in electric power generation plants. The guide does not address other drives systems such as dc, wound rotor slip energy recovery systems or cycloconverters. The guide is intended to cover the application of drive systems designed for connection to power plant electrical auxiliaries medium voltage systems (nominally rated between 2300V and 13,800V). The guide includes drive system terminology, drive classifications, typical applications and their unique characteristics and design considerations, protection, packaging, interfaces and interactions. Project Purpose: To provide guidelines on drive selection and applications for electric generating station applications. Designation: 958 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Energy Development & Power Generation Title: Guide for Application of AC Adjustable-Speed Drives on 2,400 to 13,800 Volt Auxiliary Systems in Electric Power Generating Stations Status: Superseded Technical Contact: Thomas A Higgins, Phone:205-992-7162, Email:tahiggin@southernco.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 18, 1999 Project Scope: This Guide is intended to cover the application of drive systems designed for connection to power plant electrical auxiliaries medium voltage systems (normally rated between 2300V and 13,800V). It includes drives system terminology, drive classifications, typical applications and their unique characteristics and design considerations, protection, packaging- interfaces and interactions. Project Purpose: To provide guidelines on drive selection and applications for electric generating station applications. Designation: 959-1988 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessors and Microcomputers Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1995 Title: IEEE Standard Specifications for an I/O Expansion Bus: SBX Bus Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 15, 2001. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **administratively withdrawn on 15-Jan-2001. Technical Contact: David B Gustavson, Phone:650-961-0305, Email:dbg@scizzl.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 28, 1982, BD APP: Jun 09, 1988, ANSI APP: Dec 01, 1988 Abstract: An I/O expansion bus for microcomputers that is independent of processor or board type is specified. Each expansion interface supports up to 16 8-bit I/O ports directly. Enhanced addressing capability is available using slave processors or FIFO devices. In addition, each expansion interface may optionally support a DMA channel capable of data rates up to 2 16-bit Mwords/sec. These features are supported for both 8- and 16-bit data paths. The specification has been prepared for those users who intend to design or evaluate products that will be compatible with the bus. For this purpose, functional, electrical, and mechanical specification is covered in detail. The intent of the specification is to guarantee compatibility between baseboards and expansion modules while not restricting the actual designs any more than necessary. Key Words: i/o, extension, bus, sbx Designation: 960-1989 Sponsor: Nuclear and Plasma Sciences Society/Nuclear Instruments and Detectors Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1999 Title: IEEE Standard FASTBUS Modular High-Speed Data Acquisition and Control System and IEEE FASTBUS Standard Routines Status: Superseded **Shipped with 1177. Not sold individually. (Revision of std 960-1986) Technical Contact: Louis Costrell, Phone:301-975-5608, Email:louis.costrell@nist.gov **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: BD APP: Aug 10, 1989, ANSI APP: Feb 26, 1990 (Ref. Std.: 1177) Designation: 960-1986 Sponsor: Nuclear and Plasma Sciences Society/Nuclear Instruments and Detectors Title: Standard for FASTBUS Modular High-Speed Data Acquisition and Control System Status: Superseded Technical Contact: Louis Costrell, Phone:301-975-5608, Email:louis.costrell@nist.gov **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jun 17, 1993 Designation: 960/1177-1993 Sponsor: Nuclear and Plasma Sciences Society/Nuclear Instruments and Detectors Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2006 Title: IEEE Standard FASTBUS Modular High-Speed Data Acquisition and Control System and IEEE FASTBUS Standard Routines Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Oct 26, 1994 **Revision of IEEE Stds 960-1989 and 1177-1989. Individual stds are not available separately. Technical Contact: Louis Costrell, Phone:301-975-5608, Email:louis.costrell@nist.gov **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Jun 17, 1993, BD APP: Dec 02, 1993, ANSI APP: Jun 03, 1994 Abstract: 960-1993 Abstract: Mechanical, signal, electrical, and protocol specifications are given for a modular data bus system, which, while allowing equipment designers a wide choice of solutions, ensure compatibility of all designs that obey the mandatory parts of the specification. This standard applies to systems consisting of modular electronic instrument units that process or transfer data or signals, normally in association with computers or other automatic data processors. 1177-1993 Abstract: Standard software routines for use with the system in IEEE Std 960-1993 are defined. Key Words: FASTBUS Designation: 960/1177-1989 Sponsor: Nuclear and Plasma Sciences Society/Nuclear Instruments and Detectors Title: IEEE Standard FASTBUS Modular High-Speed Data Acquisition and Control System Status: Superseded **Shipped with 1177-1989. (Not sold individually) History: BD APP: Oct 11, 1989, ANSI APP: Feb 26, 1990 Designation: 961-1987 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessors and Microcomputers Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1994 Title: IEEE Standard for an 8-Bit Microcomputer Bus System: STD Bus Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 15, 2001. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **Includes ANSI/IEEE Std 1101-1987, IEEE Standard for Mechanical Core Specifications for Microcomputers. administratively withdrawn on 15-Jan- 2001. Technical Contact: David B Gustavson, Phone:650-961-0305, Email:dbg@scizzl.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: BD APP: Dec 10, 1987, ANSI APP: Aug 16, 1988 Abstract: An 8-bit microcomputer bus system derived from the industry bus known as the STD bus is described. The STD bus is a modular packaging and interconnect scheme for 8-bit microprocessor card systems. The bus size and bus organization were selected to serve the interface between any 8-bit microprocessor and a variety of memory and I/O functions. Logical, timing, electrical, and mechanical specifications are provided. The body of the standard provides a core specification for the device-independent parameters. Appendixes provide device-dependent parameters for various processors. This document also contains ANSI/IEEE Std 1101-1987, IEEE Standard for Mechanical Core Specifications for Microcomputers. Key Words: eight, bit, bus, system, std bus, Multimicroprocessing, Microcomputer interfaces, Data buses Designation: 970 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessors and Microcomputers Title: Advanced Backplane Bus VERSA Bus Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. History: PAR APP: Sep 28, 1982 Key Words: advanced, backplane, bus, VERSA bus Designation: P971 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Insulated Conductors Title: Guide for the Installation and Removal of Power Cables Installed in Duct Systems Status: New Standard Project Technical Contact: Donald Johnsen, Phone:+1 708 280 7655, Email:djohnsen@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jun 09, 2005 Project Scope: This project will provide a guide for the installation of power cables in duct systems. The guide will cover past and present installation practices and review available equipment and tools. This guide will cover pre-construction planning and cable removal techniques. Project Purpose: There is currently no guide or standard that covers historical as well as current practices of cable installation and removal. Newer technologies are available now that is not available to utilities and construction companies in an organized manner. Designation: 971 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Insulated Conductors Title: Distribution Cable Installation Methods Duct System Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Fred Kimsey **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 28, 1982 Designation: 972-1985 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Insulated Conductors Title: IEEE Trial-Use Standard for Connections of Insulated Aluminum Conductors Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jun 27, 1991. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **Withdrawn at 6/91 Stds Bd mtg. Publication type: Trial-Use History: BD APP: Sep 19, 1985 Designation: 973-1990 Sponsor: IEEE Communications Society Title: IEEE Standard Definitions of Switching System Performance in a Telecommunications Environment Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Oct 25, 1996. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **Administratively withdrawn by Std Bd 10/25/96 History: PAR APP: Dec 28, 1986, BD APP: Feb 15, 1990, ANSI APP: Jul 24, 1990 Abstract: This standard addresses 35 performance parameters for telecommunication switching systems. The parameters encompass factors that affect system operations, administration, and maintenance, as well as customer service. They are generic and are formulated from the point of view of the user. Designation: 974 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Power System Communications Title: Audio Channels Used for Pwr Sys Telecont Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. **. History: PAR APP: Sep 28, 1982 Designation: 975 Sponsor: IEEE Broadcast Technology Society Title: CATV Terminology Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. **. History: PAR APP: Sep 28, 1982 Designation: 976 Sponsor: IEEE Broadcast Technology Society Title: TV Special Effect Terms Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. **. Technical Contact: R.C Thomas **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 28, 1982 Designation: 977-1991 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transmission and Distribution Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1997 Title: IEEE Guide to Installation of Foundations for Transmission Line Structures Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Aug 02, 1991 History: PAR APP: Mar 21, 1991, BD APP: Mar 21, 1991, ANSI APP: Aug 09, 1991 Abstract: Various approaches to good construction practices that could improve the installation of transmission line structure foundations are presented. Spread foundations, drilled shaft foundations, pile foundations, and anchors are treated. This guide is intended to be used as a reference source for those involved in the ownership, design, and construction of transmission structures. Key Words: anchor, foundation, pile Designation: P977 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transmission and Distribution Title: Guide to Installation of Foundations for Transmission Line Structures Status: Revision Project Technical Contact: Frank Ferracane, Phone:217 362 6322, Email:frank_ferracane@illinoispower.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 21, 2002 Project Scope: Update of the guide to include additions of modern techniques and procedures. Conversion of guide to metric units. Original Scope: This guide presents various approaches to good practice that could improve the installation of transmission line structure foundations. This guide covers only the construction aspects of the installation of the foundations. Project Purpose: Update the guide. Designation: 978-1984 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transmission and Distribution Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1990 Title: IEEE Guide for In-Service Maintenance and Electrical Testing of Live- Line Tools Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Mar 06, 2000. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. History: BD APP: Sep 22, 1983, ANSI APP: May 21, 1991 Abstract: Recommendations for in-service inspection, maintenance, and electrical testing of live-line tools are provided. Both job- site and shop or laboratory procedures are covered. Only the electrical aspects are discussed, namely, ac, dc, high-potential test, and watts-loss procedures. All electrical values, unless otherwise stated, are 50 Hz--60 Hz rms values. Not all of the proven practical methods and procedures are included. However, the choice of methods is based on sound engineering principles, engineering safety considerations, decades of testing, and the field experiences of many utilities. Key Words: Power transmission maintenance, Power distribution maintenance, Power cables, Electric shock Designation: 979-1994 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Substations Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2004 Title: IEEE Guide for Substation Fire Protection Status: Approved Publication of IEEE **Revision of IEEE Std 979-1984. Technical Contact: A.J Bolger, Phone:(604) 528-2879 **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Jun 18, 1992, BD APP: Oct 17, 1994, ANSI APP: Apr 18, 1995 Abstract: Guidance is provided to substation engineers in determining the design, equipment, and practices deemed necessary for the fire protection of substations. A list of publications that can be used to acquire more detailed information for specific substations or substation components is presented. Key Words: substation design, fire, Substations, Safety, Fire protection Designation: 979 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Substations Title: Guide for Substation Fire Protection Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Don Delcourt, Phone:604-528-3080, Email:don.delcourt@bchydro.bc.ca **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jan 30, 2000 Project Scope: The scope of this document is to outline the Fire Protection practices for electric power substations 1kVAC, or greater, and at 1.5 kV DC, or greater. Project Purpose: This project will revise and update the existing guide for Substation Fire Protection. In addition, new sections covering fire hazard assessment and Pre-fire planning for substation will be added. The project will provide guidance to Substation design engineers, and operators, on design, fire hazard assessment and pre-fire planning aspects of Substations. Designation: P979 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Substations Title: Guide for Substation Fire Protection Status: Revision Project Technical Contact: Don Delcourt, Phone:604-528-3080, Email:don.delcourt@bchydro.bc.ca **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 23, 2004 Project Scope: The 1994 guide was developed to identify substation fire protection practices that generally have been accepted by industry. The revision will include changes in industry practices for substation fire protection. New Sections on fire hazard assessment and pre-fire planning will be added. Project Purpose: The purpose of the 1994 document is to give design guidance, fire hazard assessment, and pre-fire planning in the area of fire protection to substation engineers. Existing fire protection standards, guides, etc., that may aid in the design of specific substations or substation components, are listed in the annex. The revision will update that guidance. Designation: 979-1984 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Substations Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1988 Title: IEEE Guide for Substation Fire Protection Status: Superseded Technical Contact: R.W Wray **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: BD APP: Mar 22, 1984, ANSI APP: Jan 23, 1989 Abstract: Substation fire-protection practices that generally have been accepted by the electric utility industry and existing fire- protection standards and guides that may aid in the design of components are identified. The purpose is to give design guidance to the substation engineer in the area of fire protection. The following are covered: control and relay buildings; transformers; separation and location of oil-filled equipment; cable installation; fire detection systems; fire extinguishing systems; substation components; indoor substations; and fire fighting Designation: 980-1994 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Substations Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2001 Title: IEEE Guide for Containment and Control of Oil Spills in Substations Status: Approved Publication of IEEE History: PAR APP: Sep 17, 1992, BD APP: Sep 22, 1994, ANSI APP: Mar 21, 1995 Project Scope: This guide discusses the significance of oil-spillage regulations and their applicability to electric supply substations; identifies the sources of oil spills; discusses typical designs and methods for dealing with oil containment and control of oil spills; and provides guidelines for preparation of a typical Spill Prevention Control and Countermeasure (SPCC) plan. This guide excludes polychlorinated biphenyl (PCB) handling and disposal considerations. It is not the intent of this guide to interpret the applicability of the governmental regulations or the oil-containment systems presented. Such interpretation is left to each individual user. The guide is intended to identify concerns, offer solutions, and let users make their own evaluations. This guide applies only to insulating oil containing less than 50 ppm of PCB, which is considered to be non-PCB oil. Non-PCB oils have a PCB content that has been designated by the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) as nonhazardous to the public, and they are not deemed to be toxic substances. While the effectiveness of the containment methods described in this guide is generally not affected by the PCB content of the oil, the regulations governing cleanup and handling of oil spills containing PCB are much more restrictive. Project Purpose: Containment and control of oil spills at electric supply substations is a concern for most electric utilities. The environmental impact of oil spills and their cleanup is governed by several federal, state, and local regulations, necessitating increased attention in substations to the need for secondary oil containment, and an SPCC plan. Beyond the threat to the environment, cleanup costs associated with oil spills continue to escalate, and the adverse community response to any spill is becoming increasingly unacceptable. This guide identifies the applicable governmental regulations, the sources of oil spills, and the typical methods used to contain and control them. It discusses the need for an SPCC plan and provides the typical plan requirements. It documents survey-reported considerations for oil-spill containment, control, and cleanup; the methods used; and their effectiveness. In June 1992 an IEEE questionnaire was sent to 190 utilities in the U.S. and Canada, surveying their experiences. Of these utilities, 59 responded. Where relevant, the survey results are referenced in the body of this guide. Abstract: The significance of oil-spillage regulations and their applicability to electric supply substations are discussed; the sources of oil spills are identified; typical designs and methods for dealing with oil containment and control of oil spills are discussed; and guidelines for preparation of a typical Spill Prevention Control and Countermeasures (SPCC) plan are provided. This guide excludes polychlorinated biphenyl (PCB) handling and disposal considerations. Key Words: collecting pit, oil-containment methods, oil-containment system, oil discharge, oil spill, primary oil containment, retention pit, secondary oil containment, spill prevention control, countermeasures plan, SPCC Designation: 980 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Substations Title: Guide for Containment and Control of Oil Spills in Substations Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Anne-Marie Sahazizian, Phone:416-345-6657, Email:AM.Sahazizian@HydroOne.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 16, 1998 Project Scope: Revision of 980-1994 for compatibility with the latest governmental requirements, and to incorporate technological developments. Project Purpose: To keep IEEE 980 compatible with the latest governmental requirements, and to keep the document current with technological developments. Designation: P980 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Substations Title: Guide for Containment and Control of Oil Spills in Substations Status: Revision Project Technical Contact: David L Harris, Phone:414-547-0121, Email:david.harris@waukeshaelectric.spx.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. Project Scope: This guide discusses the significance of oil spillage regulations and their applicability to electric supply substations; identifies the sources of oil spills; discusses typical designs and methods for dealing with oil containment and control of oil spills and provides guidelines for preparation of a typical Spill Prevention Control and Countermeasure (SPCC) plan. This guide applies only to insulating oil containing less than 50 ppm of PCBs, which is considered to be non-PCB oil. This guide excludes polychlorinated biphenyl (PCB) handling and disposal considerations. It is not the intent of this guide to interpret the applicability of governmental regulations or the oil containment systems presented. Such interpretation is left to each individual user. The guide is intended to identify concerns, offer solutions and let users make their own evaluations. Project Purpose: Containment and control of oil spills at electric supply substations is a concern for most electric utilities. The environmental impact of oil spills and their cleanup is governed by several federal, state and local regulations necessitating increased attention on substations to the need for secondary oil containment and a SPCC plan. Beyond the threat to the environment, cleanup costs associated with oil spills continue to escalate and the adverse community response to any spill is becoming increasingly unacceptable. This guide identifies the applicable governmental regulations, the sources of oil spills and the typical methods used to contain and control them. It discusses the need for a SPCC plan and provides the typical plan requirements. Designation: 980-1987 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Substations Title: IEEE Guide for Containment and Control of Oil Spills in Substations Status: Superseded Technical Contact: Richard Cottrell, Phone:517-788-0817, Email:rgcottrell@cmsenergy.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: BD APP: Dec 12, 1985, ANSI APP: Jun 05, 1986 Abstract: The significance of federal oil spillage regulations and their applicability to substations is discussed. The problem of oil spills, which is latent in all substation facilities is identified, and the economic aspects of oil spill control are discussed. The extent of the problem is quantified with respect to probability of occurrence and degree of risk. Methods and guidelines dealing with the problem are provided. The guide only applies to insulating oil containing less than 50 ppm of polychlorinated biphenyls (PCBs), which is considered to be non-PCB oil. No attempt is made to interpret federal regulations. Designation: 981 Sponsor: SASB/SCC20-Test and Diagnosis for Electric Systems Title: Standard for Instrument System Protocol for Use with IEEE Std 888 Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Eric Sacher, Phone:520-282-6831, Email:esacher@serendipsys.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 28, 1982 Designation: 982.1-2005 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee Title: IEEE Standard Dictionary of Measures of the Software Aspects of Dependability Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: May 08, 2006 Technical Contact: Allen P Nikora, Phone:818-393-1104, Email:Allen.P.Nikora@jpl.nasa.gov **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Dec 12, 1995, BD APP: Nov 08, 2005, ANSI APP: Apr 21, 2006 Project Scope: This standard specifies and classifies measures of the software aspects of dependability. It is an expansion of the scope of the existing standard; the revision includes the following aspects of dependability: reliability, availability, and maintainability of software. The applicability of this standard is any software system; in particular, it applies to mission critical systems, where high reliability, availability, and maintainability are of utmost importance. These systems include, but are not limited to, systems for military combat, space missions, air traffic control, network operations, stock exchanges, automatic teller machines, and airline reservation systems. Project Purpose: This standard provides measures that are applicable for continual self-assessment and improvement of the software aspects of dependability. Abstract: A Standard Dictionary of Measures of the Software Aspects of Dependability for assessing and predicting the reliability, maintainability, and availability of any software system; in particular, it applies to mission critical software systems. Key Words: availability, dependability, maintainability, and reliability Designation: 982.1-1988 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee Title: IEEE Standard Dictionary of Measures to Produce Reliable Software Status: Superseded History: PAR APP: Mar 10, 1988, BD APP: Jun 09, 1988, ANSI APP: Aug 10, 1989 Abstract: A set of measures indicative of software reliability that can be applied to the software product as well as to the development and support processes is provided. The measures can be applied early in the development process to indicate the reliability of the delivered product. The aim is to provide a common set of definitions that allows a meaningful exchange of data and evaluations to occur, and that serves as the foundation on which researchers and practitioners can build consistent methods. The standard is designed to assist management in directing product development and support toward specific reliability goals. Key Words: dictionary, measures, produce, relaible, software Designation: 982.2 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee Title: Guide for the Use of Standard Dictionary of Measures of Software Aspects of Dependability Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Norman Schneidewind, Phone:831-656-2719, Email:nschneid@nps.navy.mil **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 12, 1995 Project Scope: Provide the conceptual insights, implementation considerations and assessment suggestions for the application of IEEE Std 982.1. The scope of this Guide will be expanded to match the expanded scope of the 982.1 Revision. Project Purpose: IEEE STd 982.2 is 10 years old and much additional information on the topic has been developed since that time. This project will update the standard in order to include such information and to expand the scope of the guide. Specifically, the following topics will be included in the project: Update the Guide to correspond to changes made in IEEE 982.1. Designation: 982.2-1988 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee Title: IEEE Guide for the Use of IEEE Standard Dictionary of Measures to Produce Reliable Software Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 10, 2002. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. History: PAR APP: Mar 10, 1988, BD APP: Sep 27, 1988, ANSI APP: Aug 10, 1989 Abstract: This guide provides the underlying concepts and motivation for establishing a measurement process for reliable software, utilizing IEEE Std 982.1-1988, IEEE Standard Dictionary of Measures to Produce Reliable Software. It contains information necessary for application of measures to a project. It includes guidance for the following: applying product and process measures throughout the software life cycle, providing the means for continual self-assessment and reliability improvement; optimizing the development of reliable software, beginning at the early development stages with respect to constraints such as cost and schedule; maximizing the reliability of software in its actual use environment during the operation and maintenance phases; and developing the means to manage reliability in the same manner that cost and schedule are managed. The guide is intended for design, development, evaluation (e.g., auditing or procuring agency), and maintenance personnel; software quality and software reliability personnel; and operations and acquisition support managers. It is organized to provide input to the planning process for reliability management. Key Words: dictionary, measures, produce, reliable, Software metrics, Software development management Designation: 983-1986 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee Title: IEEE Guide for Software Quality Assurance Planning Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Mar 19, 1992. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **Being revised under PAR 730.2 History: BD APP: Sep 19, 1985, ANSI APP: Feb 20, 1986 Key Words: software, quality, assurance, planning Designation: 984 Sponsor: IEEE Communications Society Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. Designation: 985 Sponsor: IEEE Vehicular Technology Society Title: Rail Transit Intra-System EMC Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. History: PAR APP: Dec 28, 1982 Designation: 986 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Substations Title: Performance and Testing Specification of HVDC System Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jun 14, 1994. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. Technical Contact: Clifford C Diemond, Phone:503-222-2109 **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 28, 1982 Designation: 987-2001 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transmission and Distribution Title: IEEE Guide for Application of Composite Insulators Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: May 06, 2002 Technical Contact: John Kuffel, Phone:416-207-6539, Email:john.kuffel@kinectrics.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Jun 26, 1997, BD APP: Dec 06, 2001, ANSI APP: Apr 30, 2002 Project Scope: This guide is based on utility field experiences, results of Research Lab tests, and manufacturers' recommendations. the guide deals with composite insulators, which include a core, weathersheds and metal end fittings. The core consists of resin and axially aligned glass fibers. The weathersheds are of polymeric materials. Project Purpose: The revision is being done in view of technical advances and service experience in the area of composite insulators. Abstract: " A guide to the application of composite insulators to overhead transmission anddistribution lines is provided. It is based on utility field experience, results of research laboratorytests, and manufacturers recommendations. The guide deals with composite insulators, whichinclude a core, weathersheds, and metal end fittings. The core consists of resin and axially- alignedglass fibres. The weathersheds are of polymeric materials. " Key Words: "composite insulators, non-ceramic insulators, polymer insulators" Designation: 987-1985 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transmission and Distribution Title: IEEE Guide for Application of Composite Insulators Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Sep 15, 1995. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. History: BD APP: Dec 13, 1984, ANSI APP: Apr 25, 1985 Abstract: The application of composite insulators to overhead transmission and distribution lines is addressed. The insulators include a core of resin and glass fibers, weathersheds made of polymeric materials, and metal end fittings. The guidelines are based on utility field experiences, results of research laboratory tests, and manufacturers' recommendations. The standard covers mechanical considerations and ratings, interchangeability, grading, maintenance, and environmental factors. Both post and suspension insulators are considered. Designation: 988 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Energy Development & Power Generation Title: Control & Data Networks Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: N.R Pillai **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 28, 1982 Designation: 989 Sponsor: IEEE Microwave Theory and Techniques Society Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. Designation: 990-1987 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1992 Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Ada As a Program Design Language Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Dec 09, 1997. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. History: BD APP: Dec 11, 1986, ANSI APP: Oct 01, 1987 Abstract: Recommendations reflecting the state of the art and alternate approaches to good practice for establishing characteristics of program design languages (PDLs) based on the syntax and semantics of the Ada programming language are provided. Capabilities for general methodology support, specific design support, and product and management information support, as well as the relationship of the PDL to Ada, are covered. The use of an Ada PDL is not covered. Key Words: ADA, program, design, language Designation: 991-1986 Sponsor: IEEE-SA Standards Board Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1994 Title: IEEE Standard for Logic Circuit Diagrams Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jun 27, 1986 History: BD APP: Mar 21, 1985, ANSI APP: Apr 25, 1985 Abstract: The application of composite insulators to overhead transmission and distribution lines is addressed. The insulators include a core of resin and glass fibers, weathersheds made of polymeric materials, and metal end fittings. The guidelines are based on utility field experiences, results of research laboratory tests, and manufacturers' recommendations. The standard covers mechanical considerations and ratings, interchangeability, grading, maintenance, and environmental factors. Both post and suspension insulators are considered. Key Words: diagrams, Logic functions, Logic circuits Designation: 992 Sponsor: SASB/SCC20-Test and Diagnosis for Electric Systems Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. Designation: 993 Sponsor: SASB/SCC20-Test and Diagnosis for Electric Systems Title: Standard for Test Equipment Description Language (TEDL) Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Michael Blair, Phone:44-1383-822131, Email:michael.blair@gecm.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 17, 1992 Designation: 993-1997 Sponsor: SASB/SCC20-Test and Diagnosis for Electric Systems Title: IEEE Standard for Test Equipment Description Language (TEDL) Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Feb 07, 2003. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. History: PAR APP: Mar 20, 1997, BD APP: Mar 20, 1997, ANSI APP: Dec 04, 1997 Project Scope: This project will develop a standard to define a high order language used to describe the capabilities, configuration and control of test equipment. This standard is intended to apply principally to ATE system applications using Atlas test programs but it may also apply to ATE system applications using non-atlas test programs. Project Purpose: The trial-use standard has been implemented by vendors. Further development was required to widen its use in the ATE community to generate a full-use standard. This PAR replaces the earler time-expired PAR for this project. Abstract: A language useful for describing Automatic Test Equipment (ATE) instrumentation and configurations, as well as Interface Test Adapters (ITA), is defined. Principally intended for testing environments using the ATLAS test language, TEDL can also be used to describe instrumentation in non-ATLAS environments. Key Words: adaptation model, ATE, Automatic Test Equipment, ATLAS, configuration model, device model, TEDL, Test Equipment Description Language Designation: 993-1990 Sponsor: SASB/SCC20-Test and Diagnosis for Electric Systems Title: IEEE Trial-Use Standard for Test Equipment Description Language (TEDL) Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Oct 25, 1996. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **Administratively withdrawn by Std Bd 10/25/96 Publication type: Trial-Use History: PAR APP: Jun 28, 1983, BD APP: Feb 15, 1990 Abstract: This standard defines a language useful for describing automatic test equipment (ATE) instrumentation and configurations, as well as Interface Test Adapters (ITA). Principally intended for testing environments using the ATLAS test language, TEDL can be used to describe instrumentation in non-ATLAS environments. Key Words: Trial-use standard, Test equipment description lan, TEDL, Resource description, Models, Formal syntax, Elements, ATLAS, ARINC Designation: 994 Sponsor: SASB/SCC20-Test and Diagnosis for Electric Systems Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. Designation: 995-1987 Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Industrial Drives Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Efficiency Determination of Alternating- Current Adjustable Speed Drives: Part I - Load Commutated Inverter Synchronous Motor Drives Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: May 05, 1995. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. Technical Contact: Walter A Maslowski, Phone:(414) 242-8266, Email:wamaslowski@meql.ra.rockwell.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 28, 1983, BD APP: Mar 12, 1987, ANSI APP: Sep 11, 1987 Abstract: A method is proposed for determining the efficiency of large, adjustable-speed ac motor drive systems, consisting of a load-commutated inverter and a synchronous machine, in which a dc-linked converter is connected between the line and the load. The method is intended primarily for high-capacity systems (exceeding 1000 hp) and drive systems, which normally include equipment such as transformers, reactors, thyristor power converters, and synchronous machines. It is recommended that existing test standards for the system equipment be used as reference and supplemented by tests and calculations included herein to account for operating characteristics of the adjustable-speed drive systems. Key Words: 995.1 Designation: 995.2 Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Industrial Drives Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Efficiency Determination of AC Adjustable Speed Drives Part II - Self Commutated Inverter Induction Motors Drives Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Richard G Hoft, Phone:314/882-3491 **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 28, 1986 Key Words: 995.2 Designation: 996 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessors and Microcomputers Title: A Standard for an Extended Personal Computer Backplane Bus Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Scott Hopkinson, Phone:(714) 641-2743, Email:scott@corollary.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 28, 1986 Project Scope: To derive a set of specifications for 8, 16 and 32 bit backplane standard from IBM and other personal computer manufacturers. Project Purpose: To codify the current 8 bit and 16 bit bus structures for personal computers and extend the structures to 32 bits wide. Key Words: extended, personal, computer, backplane, bus Designation: 996.1 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessors and Microcomputers Title: Standard for Compact Embedded-PC Modules Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Rick Lehrbaum, Phone:408/522-4823, Email:rickl@ampro.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 17, 1992 Project Scope: Define a reduced form-factor implementation of the IEEE P996 draft standard. Project Purpose: Devices designed in accordance with draft standard P996 are too big for many embedded computer applications. This project will define a consistent version of reduced-size P996. Designation: 997-1985 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Oceanic Engineering & Technology Title: IEEE Standard Serial ASCII Instrumentation Loop (SAIL) Shipboard Data Communication Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jun 27, 1991. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **Withdrawn at 6/91 StdsBd mtg Technical Contact: J Syck, Phone:203-444-5999 **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: BD APP: Dec 13, 1984, ANSI APP: Apr 25, 1985 Designation: 998-1996 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Substations Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2002 Title: IEEE Guide for Direct Lightning Stroke Shielding of Substations Status: Approved Publication of IEEE Technical Contact: Gary R Engmann, Phone:913-710-2183, Email:g.engmann@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Mar 28, 1983, BD APP: Apr 19, 1996, ANSI APP: Sep 11, 1996 Abstract: Design information for the methods historically and typically applied by substation designers to minimize direct lightning strokes to equipment and buswork within substations is provided. Two approaches, the classical empirical method and the electrogeometric model, are presented in detail. A third approach involving the use of active lightning terminals is also briefly reviewed. Key Words: direct stroke shielding, lightning stroke protection, substations Designation: 999-1992 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Substations Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Master/Remote Supervisory Control and Data Acquisition (SCADA) Communications Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 16, 1999. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. Technical Contact: James S Oswald, Phone:(215) 674-2000, Email:joswald@kemaconsulting.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 28, 1983, BD APP: Jun 18, 1992, ANSI APP: Jan 12, 1993 Abstract: The use of serial digital transmission by surpervisory control and data acquisition (SCADA) systems having geographically dispersed terminals is addressed. These types of systems typically utilize dedicated communication channnels, such as private microwave channels or leased telephone lines, which are limited to data rates of less than 10 000 bits/s. Wideband local networks used for high-speed data acquisition and control functions are excluded. This standard covers the communication channels, channel interfaces, message format, information field usage, and communication management. A standard message protocol is defined to the octet level, rather than to the bit level; most details at the bit level are left to the manufacturers of SCADA equipment to define and implement. Key Words: Serial data transmission, SCADA systems, SCADA equipment, Communications Designation: 1000-1987 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessors and Microcomputers Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1994 Title: IEEE Standard for an 8-Bit Backplane Interface: STEbus Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 15, 2001. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **Includes ANSI/IEEE Std 1101-1987, IEEE Standard for Mechanical Core Specifications for Microcomputers. administratively withdrawn on 15-Jan- 2001. Technical Contact: Tim Elsmore **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: BD APP: Dec 10, 1987, ANSI APP: Aug 11, 1988 Abstract: Methods are established for performance testing, calibration, and use of sodium iodide detector systems for the measurement of gamma-ray emission rates of radionuclides, assay for radioactivity, and the determination of gamma-ray energies. Both energy calibration and efficiency calibration are covered. Three techniques are considered: total spectrum counting, which employs a system that counts all events above a low-energy threshold; single-channel analyzer counting, which employs a system with a counting window that establishes upper and lower energy boundaries; and multichannel analyzer counting, which employs a system utilizing multiple counting windows. Key Words: ste, bus, Multimicroprocessing, Microcomputer interfaces, Data buses Designation: 1001-1988 Sponsor: IEEE-SA Standards Board Title: IEEE Guide for Interfacing Dispersed Storage and Generation Facilities with Electric Utility Systems Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: May 20, 1996. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. History: PAR APP: Jun 28, 1983, BD APP: Jun 09, 1988, ANSI APP: Feb 09, 1989 Designation: 1002 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee Title: Standard Taxonomy for Software Engineering Standards Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Leonard L Tripp, Phone:206-662-4437, Email:L.TRIPP@COMPUTER.ORG **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 17, 1992 Project Scope: The taxonomy will contain a scheme to organize, classify, and relate standards guidelines and recommended practices used in software engineering. The taxonomy will provide recommendations reflecting current state-of-the-art in the application of engineering principles to classification, evolution, and evaluation of Software Engineering Standards. Project Purpose: To make changes to harmonize the standard with existing Software Engineering Standards and update information in appendices on how to apply standard. Designation: 1002-1987 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1992 Title: IEEE Standard Taxonomy for Software Engineering Standards Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 16, 1999. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. History: BD APP: Dec 11, 1986, ANSI APP: Jun 04, 1987 Abstract: The form and content of a software engineering standards taxonomy is described. Applicability is not restricted by software application, size, complexity, critically, or hardware environment. The taxonomy applies to standards (from the related disciplines of engineering management, systems engineering, computer hardware engineering, computer science, and information science) with which a software engineer would be reasonably acquainted and is application independent. The various types of software engineering standards, their functional and external relationships, and the role of various functions participating in the software life cycle are described. The taxonomy can be used in planning the development or evaluation of standards for an organization and could serve as a basis for classifying a set of standards or for organizing a standards manual. Key Words: taxonomy, software, engineering Designation: 1003.0-1995 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Portable Applications Title: Guide to the POSIX® Open System Environment (OSE) Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 10, 2002. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. History: PAR APP: Dec 28, 1987, BD APP: May 02, 1995, ANSI APP: Dec 19, 1995 Abstract: This guide presents an overview of open system concepts and their applications. Information is provided to persons evaluating systems based on the existence of, and interrelationships among, application software standards, with the objective of enabling application portability and system interoperability. A framework is presented that identifies key information system interfaces involved in application portability and system interoperability and describes the services offered across these interfaces. Standards or standards activities associated with the services are identified where they exist or are in progress. Gaps are identified where POSIX® Open System Environment services are not currently being addressed by formal standards. Finally, the concept of a profile is discussed with examples from several application domains. Key Words: POSIX, architecture, open, LAN, networks, open system environment, profiles, OSE, application portability, application interoperability Designation: 1003.0 Int'l Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Portable Applications Title: Technical Report—Guide to POSIX® Status: Approved Publication of IEEE Publication type: Special Publication Designation: 1003.1-2001 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Portable Applications Title: Standard for IEEE Information Technology - Portable Operating System Interface (POSIX®) Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Dec 20, 2001 Publication type: Special Publication Technical Contact: Andrew Josey, Phone:44 118 9508311 x2250, Email:ajosey@opengroup.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Jun 26, 1999, BD APP: Dec 06, 2001, ANSI APP: May 14, 2002 Project Scope: 1003.1-1990 and its supplements + 1003.2-1992 plus its supplements + SUSv2 XSH5 + XCU5 + XBD5 + Portability Considerations from 1003.1/1003.2 plus additional rationale and notes from 1003.1 and 1003.2 + amendments to 1003.1/.2 - legacy features - obsolescent features + XNS5.2 & resolutions passed by OGTGnet concerning the included sections of XNS + issues raised by IEEE/ISO Interps against .1/.2 and resolutions passed by OGTGbase concerning the included sections of SUSv2 + harmonization of options vs. feature groups + resolution of XCU text marked OF,OP,PI and UN (on a case by case basis). See the long scope for further detailed information. Project Purpose: Provide a single standard addressing the needs of users of all the documents being revised and supported by as much of the overall industry as possible. Address problems discovered during the lifetimes of the current documents. The current standards are approaching ten years or more in age; and this is the promised revision, whose scope is being expanded by including accepted practice based on the contents of the Single UNIX Specification. Abstract: 2002. These are mainly due to resolving integration issues raised by the merger of theoriginal Base documents. Key Words: "application program interface (API), argument, asynchronous, basic regular expression (BRE), batch job, batch system, built-in utility, byte, child, command language interpreter, CPU, extended regular expression (ERE), FIFO, file access control mechanism" Designation: P1003.1 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Portable Applications Title: Standard for Information Technology - Portable Operating System Interface (POSIX®) Status: Revision Project Technical Contact: Andrew Josey, Phone:44 118 9508311 x2250, Email:ajosey@opengroup.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 15, 2006 Project Scope: IEEE Std 1003.1-200x defines a standard operating system interface and environment, including a command interpreter (or "shell"), and common utility programs to support applications portability at the source code level. It is intended to be used by both applications developers and system implementors. IEEE Std 1003.1-200x comprises four major components (each in an associated volume): 1. General terms, concepts, and interfaces common to all volumes of IEEE Std 1003.1-200x, including utility conventions and C- language header definitions, are included in the Base Definitions volume of IEEE Std 1003.1-200x. 2. Definitions for system service functions and subroutines, language-specific system services for the C programming language, function issues, including portability, error handling, and error recovery, are included in the System Interfaces volume of IEEE Std 1003.1-200x. 3. Definitions for a standard source code-level interface to command interpretation services (a "shell") and common utility programs for application programs are included in the Shell and Utilities volume of IEEE Std 1003.1-200x. 4. Extended rationale that did not fit well into the rest of the document structure, containing historical information concerning the contents of IEEE Std 1003.1-200x and why features were included or discarded by the standard developers, is included in the Rationale (Informative) volume of IEEE Std 1003.1-200x. The following areas are outside of the scope of IEEE Std 1003.1-200x: * Graphics interfaces * Database management system interfaces * Record I/O considerations * Object or binary code portability * System configuration and resource availability IEEE Std 1003.1-200x describes the external characteristics and facilities that are of importance to applications developers, rather than the internal construction techniques employed to achieve these capabilities. Special emphasis is placed on those functions and facilities that are needed in a wide variety of commercial applications. The facilities provided in IEEE Std 1003.1-200x are drawn from the following base documents: * IEEE Std 1003.1™, 2004 Edition (POSIX-1) (incorporating IEEE Stds 1003.1™-2001, 1003.1™-2001/Cor 1-2002 and 1003.1™-2001/Cor 2-2004) * Open Group Technical Standard, 2006, Extended API Set Part 1 * Open Group Technical Standard, 2006, Extended API Set Part 2 * Open Group Technical Standard, 2006, Extended API Set Part 3 * Open Group Technical Standard, 2006, Extended API Set Part 4 * ISO/IEC 9899:1999, Programming Languages - C. Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to provide applications developers and system implementors a standard operating system interface and environment, including a command interpreter (or "shell"), and common utility programs to support applications portability at the source code level. Designation: 1003.1-1990 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Portable Applications Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1995 Title: Information Technology — Portable Operating System Interface (POSIX®) — Part 1: System Application Program Interface (API) [C Language] Status: Superseded **Sold as ISO/IEC 9945-1. Revision of 1003.1-1988. History: PAR APP: Sep 28, 1990, BD APP: Sep 28, 1990, ANSI APP: Apr 15, 1991 Abstract: Abstract not available. See ISO/IEC 9945-1. Key Words: POSIX, System Application, Portable Operating , C Language Designation: 1003.1-1988 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Portable Applications Title: IEEE Standard Portable Operating System Interface for Computer Environments Status: Superseded History: BD APP: Aug 22, 1988, ANSI APP: Nov 10, 1989 Designation: 1003.1.6 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Portable Applications Title: Number changed to 1003.1e Status: Changed Designation Designation: 1003.1-2001/Cor 1-2002 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Portable Applications Title: Standard for IEEE Std 1003.1-2001/Cor 1 2002 Standard for Information Technology -- Portable Operating System Interface (POSIX®) -- Technical Corrigendum Number 1 Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: May 07, 2003 **This corrigendum was made available as ISO/IEC 9945:2002/Cor 1: 2003 (E) Information Technology-Portable Operating System Interfase (Posix)- Technical Corrigendum 1 Technical Contact: Andrew Josey, Phone:44 118 9508311 x2250, Email:ajosey@opengroup.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Aug 15, 2002, BD APP: Dec 11, 2002, ANSI APP: Mar 31, 2003 Project Scope: This technical corrigendum addresses issues raised in defect reports and interpretation requests submitted up to the date of approval of this PAR by NESCOM, that meet all of the following criteria: a. They are in the scope of the approved standard. b. They contain no new APIs (functions/utilities); however they may add enumeration symbols, non-function #defines, and reserve additional namespaces. c. They address contradictions between different parts of the standard, or add consistency between the standard and overriding standards, or address security-related problems. Project Purpose: The purpose of the technical corrigenda is to address problems discovered since the approval of IEEE Std 1003.1-2001. These are mainly due to resolving integration issues raised by the merger of the Base documents that went into IEEE Std 1003.1-2001. This will benefit the body of users of IEEE Std 1003.1-2001. Designation: 1003.1-2001/Cor 2-2004 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Portable Applications Title: IEEE Standard for Information Technology - Portable Operating System Interface (POSIX) - Technical Corrigendum Number 2 Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Apr 02, 2004 Technical Contact: Andrew Josey, Phone:44 118 9508311 x2250, Email:ajosey@opengroup.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Aug 14, 2003, BD APP: Feb 09, 2004, ANSI APP: May 12, 2004 Project Scope: This technical corrigendum will address issues raised in defect reports and interpretation requests submitted up to the date of approval of this PAR by NESCOM, that meet all of the following criteria: (a). They are in the scope of the approved standard. (b). They contain no new APIs (functions/utilities); however they may add enumeration symbols, non- function #defines, and reserve additional namespaces. (c). They address contradictions between different parts of the standard, or add consistency between the standard and overriding standards, or address security-related problems. Project Purpose: The purpose of the technical corrigendum is to address problems discovered since the approval of IEEE Std 1003.1-2001 and IEEE Std 1003.1-2001/Cor 1-2002. These are mainly due to resolving integration issues raised by the merger of the Base documents that went into IEEE Std 1003.1- 2001. This will benefit the body of users of IEEE Std 1003.1 and will be the second such technical corrigendum. Designation: 1003.1/2003.1-1994 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Portable Applications Title: IEEE Standards Interpretations for IEEE Std 1003.1-1990 and IEEE Std 2003.1-1992 (October 1994 Edition) Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Oct 11, 1994 Publication type: Special Publication Abstract: The Portable Applications Standards Committee of the IEEE Computer Society carried out a series of analyses of various problems encountered by users of IEEE Std 1003.1-1990, IEEE Standard for Information Technology—Portable Operating System Interface (POSIX)—Part 1: System Application Program Interface (API) and IEEE Std 2003.1-1992, IEEE Standard for Information Technology—Test Methods for Measuring Conformance to POSIX—Part 1: System Interfaces. The results of its deliberations are presented in this document. The intent is to give the POSIX community reasonable ways of interpreting unclear portions of these standards. Key Words: computer, computer environment, interfaces, interpretations, portable operating, system interface, POSIX, shell, utilities Designation: 1003.1/2003.1-1994 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Portable Applications Title: IEEE Standards Interpretations for IEEE Std 1003.1-1990 and IEEE Std 2003.1-1992 (March 1994 Edition) Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Mar 31, 1994 **1003.1/2003.1/INT, March 1994 Edition Publication type: Special Publication Abstract: The Portable Applications Standards Committee of the IEEE Computer Society carried out a series of analyses of various problems encountered by users of IEEE Std 1003.1-1990, IEEE Standard for Information Technology—Portable Operating System Interface (POSIX)—Part 1: System Application Program Interface (API) and IEEE Std 2003.1-1992, IEEE Standard for Information Technology—Test Methods for Measuring Conformance to POSIX—Part 1: System Interfaces. The results of its deliberations are presented in this document. The intent is to give the POSIX community reasonable ways of interpreting unclear portions of these standards. Key Words: POSIX, testing, test methods Designation: 1003.1/I-1992 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Portable Applications Title: IEEE Standards Interpretations for IEEE Standard Portable Operating System Interface for Computer Environments (IEEE Std 1003.1-1988) Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jul 08, 1992 Publication type: Special Publication Abstract: The results of deliberations by the Technical Committee on Operating Systems and Application Environments of the IEEE Computer Society concerning various problems encountered by users of IEEE Std 1003.1-1988 are presented. The intent is to give the POSIX community reasonable ways of interpreting the unclear portions of the standard. Key Words: Interpretations, portable, operating, systems, interface, computer, environments Designation: 1003.1a Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Portable Applications Title: Standard for Information Technology—Portable Operating System Interface (POSIX®)—Part 1: System Application Program Interface (API) - [C Language] Amendment Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: John Jay Meyer, Phone:612/635-7348, Email:John.Meyer@UNISYS.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 21, 1995 Project Scope: This standard will provide a vehicle for moving forward some now stable work. The proposed amendments to 1003.1 will add interfaces for application portability, particularly in the areas of •Symbolic Links • File tree walkin • UID and GID manipulation •Environment Manipulation •Add interfaces and definitions previously published in 1003.2, but that more properly belong in 1003.1 •Removal of definitions that more properly belong in 1003.2 •Removal of support for "common usage" C language, and requiring ISO 9899 C instead. The standard will also include any technical corrigenda resolved during the interpretation process on 1003.1-1990, identified by October 31, 1995. Project Purpose: To add several well established interfaces to the 1003.1-1990 standard. Designation: 1003.1b-1993 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Portable Applications Title: IEEE Standard for Information Technology - Portable Operating System Interfaces (POSIX®) - Part 1: System Application Program Interface (API) - Amendment 1: Realtime Extension [C language] Status: Superseded **Approval included redesignation (formerly P1003.4). Available as ISO/IEC 9945-1. History: PAR APP: May 31, 1990, BD APP: Sep 15, 1993, ANSI APP: Apr 14, 1994 Abstract: This amendment is part of the POSIX series of standards for applications and user interfaces to open systems. It defines the applications interface to basic system services for input/output, file system access, and process management. It also defines a format for data interchange. When options specified in the Realtime Extension are included, the standard also defines interfaces appropriate for realtime applications. Key Words: POSIX, real time, extensions, LAN, API, data processing, information interchange, open systems, realtime, computer interface, System configuration computer , Portable application, Operating system, C programming language, Application portability Designation: 1003.1c-1995 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Portable Applications Title: Standard for Information Technology—Portable Operating System Interface (POSIX®) - System Application Program Interface (API) Amendment 2: Threads Extension (C Language) Status: Superseded **Incorporated into ISO/IEC 9945-1:1996. (Formerly 1003.4a.) History: PAR APP: Feb 15, 1990, BD APP: Jun 14, 1995, ANSI APP: Jun 07, 1996 Abstract: Abstract not available. See ISO/IEC 9945-1. Designation: 1003.1d-1999 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Portable Applications Title: IEEE Standard for Information Technology—Portable Operating System Interface (POSIX®)—Part 1: System Application Program Interface (API)—Amendment 4: Additional Realtime Extensions [C Language] Status: Superseded **formerly 1003.4b. Superseded by 1003.1-2001. History: PAR APP: Sep 16, 1998, BD APP: Sep 16, 1999, ANSI APP: Feb 11, 2000 (Ref. Std.: 1003.4b) Project Scope: This work activity will extend the system interfaces defined by 1003.1 (as amended by 1003.1b, 1003.1c, and 1003.1i) to include the following additional facilities required by realtime applications: an efficient process creation mechanism, additional realtime scheduling policies, interfaces for execution time monitoring, interfaces for interacting with special devices, interfaces for improving I/O performance, and timeouts for blocking functions. This standard will not change the base standard which it amends (including any existing amendments) in such a way as to cause implementations or strictly conforming applications to no longer conform. Project Purpose: A strong need exists to extend the POSIX interfaces to provide more complete realtime functions. The existing interfaces of POSIX when including the 1003.1b and 1003.1c extensions, provide the base functions to support the portability of applications with realtime requirements. Examples of needed extensions are additional realtime scheduling policies such as deadline, an interface to allow the solution of the priority inversion problem of existing synchronization mechanisms, possible additional synchronization mechanisms, and address the issue of portability at the device driver interface. Abstract: " This standard is part of the POSIX series of standards for applications and user inter-faces to open systems. It defines the applications interface to system services for spawning aprocess, timeouts for blocking services, sporadic server scheduling, execution time clocks andtimers, and advisory information for file management. This standard is stated in terms of its Cbinding. " Key Words: "API, application portability, C (programming language), data processing, open systems, operating system, portable application, POSIX, realtime" Designation: 1003.1e Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Portable Applications Title: Standard for Information Technology—Portable Operating System Interface (POSIX®)—Part 1: System Application Program Interface (API)—Amendment n: Protection, Audit and Control Interfaces [C Language] Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Lynne M Ambuel, Phone:(410) 290-6041, Email:Ambuel@docmaster.ncsc.mil **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 15, 1993 Project Scope: Changes and additions to P1003.1 for security related functional requirements and system interfaces in the areas of accountability, extended discretionary access control, mandatory access control, security information labeling, and fine-grained capabilities. Project Purpose: Providing P1003.1 developers with the option of using interfaces to implement portable applications with security features, and to determine how to apply security policies relating to accountability, discretionary access control, mandatory access control and capabilities (privilege) to existing P1003.1 interfaces. Designation: 1003.1f Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Portable Applications Title: Standard for Information Technology—Portable Operating System Interfaces (POSIX®)—Part 1: Network-Transparent File Access Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. **formerly P1003.8 Technical Contact: Jason Zions, Phone:970-204-9900, Email:jazz@softway.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: May 31, 1990 (Ref. Std.: 1003.8) Project Scope: The Standard will: •Extend (or modify), as necessary, the syntax and semantics of IEEE Std 1003.1-1988 and other relevant 1003 Standards into a networked environment, consonant with current and future mechanisms which provide a corresponding network service, and •Define administrative interfaces uniquely required to support such extension (or modification). Project Purpose: The Standard is to both extend and circumscribe IEEE Std 1003.1-1988 and other interfaces in such a way as to enable portable applications to be written without regard to the location of files they manipulate, whether local or remote. In addition, certain aspects of system administration would pertain solely to managing and controlling the mechanisms which would support network-transparent file access; interfaces are needed to permit management and control functions to be performed portably. Designation: 1003.1g-2000 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Portable Applications Title: Standard for Information Technology—Portable Operating System Interface (POSIX®)—Part 1: System Application Program Interface (API)—Amendment 6: Protocol Independent Interfaces (PII) Status: Superseded **Superseded by 1003.1-2001. History: PAR APP: Dec 10, 1996, BD APP: Jan 30, 2000 (Ref. Std.: 1003.12) Project Scope: To define a programatic interface for network process-to-process communication. Project Purpose: To provide a programatic interface that allows a portable application to communicate with another entity in a network such that the application may be independent of the underlying protocols. Furthermore, access to protocol-specific features will be made available in a protocol- independent framework. Designation: 1003.1h Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Portable Applications Title: Standard for Information Technology - Portable Operating System Interface (POSIX®) Part 1: System API Extensions - Services for Reliable, Available, and Serviceable Systems [C Language] Status: Changed Designation **Changed designation to P1003.25 History: PAR APP: Sep 16, 1998 Project Scope: This standard will define APIs for fault management. This work will produce APIs which do not rewrite or replace existing POSIX API specifications. The Fault Management extensions to the POSIX specification will comprise APIs for fault detection, fault localization, re-configuration for component isolation, fault recovery, error-logging, notification, and dumps. This work may expand the list of error numbers and conditions which are necessary to support fault recovery. The intent is to provide for the collection and distribution of error information to analyse the errors at the application program level and ultimately provide the means for the application to diagnose and specify corrective actions the scope of this effort will be limited by selecting only those APIs which support functionality which are in common practice. This standard will not change the base standard which it amends Project Purpose: The purpose of this project is to specify a set of interfaces to allow portable access to underlying fault management services by application programs. These underlying services may support detection, logging and notification of abnormal conditions during system operation; classification and analysis of abnormal conditions for fault diagnosis and corrective actions for system reconfiguration, reinitialization, and recovery. Designation: 1003.1i-1995 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Portable Applications Title: Standard for Information Technology - Portable Operating System Interface (POSIX®) - Part 1: System Application Program Interface (API) - Amendment: Technical Corrigenda to Realtime Extension [C Language] Status: Superseded **Incorporated into ISO/IEC 9945-1:1996. History: PAR APP: Dec 13, 1994, BD APP: Jun 14, 1995, ANSI APP: Jan 12, 1996 Abstract: Abstract not available. See ISO/IEC 9945-1. Designation: 1003.1j-2000 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Portable Applications Title: IEEE Standard for Information Technology—Portable Operating System Interface (POSIX®)—Part 1: System Application Program Interface (API)—Amendment 5: Advanced Realtime Extensions [C Language] Status: Superseded **Superseded by 1003.1-2001. History: PAR APP: Sep 16, 1998, BD APP: Jan 30, 2000 Project Scope: This work will extend the POSIX interfaces to provide 'C' language bindings for additional realtime functions for Typed Memory, Absolute Nanosleep, Barrier Synchronization, Reader/Writer Lock, Monotonic Clock, and Synchronized Clock. This standard will not change the base standard which it amends. Project Purpose: To amend P1003.1 with 'C' binding interfaces to support source portability of applications with realtime and specialized hardware control requirements. Abstract: " This standard is part of the POSIX series of standards for applications and user interfac-es to open systems. It defines the applications interface to system services for synchronization,memory management, time management, and thread management. This standard is stated interms of its C language binding. " Key Words: "API, application portability, C(programming language), data processing, information interchange, open systems, operating system, portable application, POSIX, programming language, realtime, system configuration computer interface" Designation: 1003.1k Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Portable Applications Title: Standard For Information Technology - Portable Operating System Interface (POSIX®) - Part 1: System API Supplement - Removable Media Support Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Charles DeBaun, Phone:708/840-3522, Email:debaun@cdsun4.fnal.gov **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jun 14, 1995 Project Scope: This standard will refine the behavior as open(), close(), read(), and write() as they pertain to removable serial media. Adds new API's appropriate to serial media including positioning and statusing. This work may expand the list of errors to include those pertaining explicitly to removable media. This work is based upon existing common practice. Project Purpose: The purpose of this work is to standardize the set of API's to position serial removable media and the current behavior of the commonly used I/O functions. Designation: 1003.1m Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Portable Applications Title: Standard for Information Technology - Portable Operating System Interface (POSIX®) - Part 1: System Application Program Interface (API) Amendment x: Checkpoint/Restart Interface [C Language] Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Helmut Roth, Email:rothh@ncr.disa.mil **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 21, 1995 Project Scope: This standard will define optional APIs for Checkpointing a process or processes and subsequently restarting that process or processes. The Checkpoint/Restart extensions to the Posix specifications will be comprised of optional APIs for checkpoint setup, checkpoint create, checkpoint restart, and checkpoint remove. These underlying services may support corrective actions for system and application recovery for long running process or processes. A process or set of processes can checkpoint system memory state and execution context to a normal file. This saved information can be used to recover to an earlier state the application process or processes memory state and execution context. This standard will not change the base standard which it amends in such a way as to cause implementations or strictly conforming applications to no longer conform. Project Purpose: The purpose of this project is to specify a set of interfaces to allow protable access to underlying recovery services by application programs. These APIs will benefit users of long running applications which run days or weeks which would otherwise be impossible to restart in the event of a system failure or realtime users doing data collection in a time constrained environment. Designation: 1003.1n Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Portable Applications Title: Standard for Information Technology - Portable Operating System Interface (POSIX®) - Part 1: System Application Program Interface (API) - Amendment n: Technical Corrigenda to Threads Extension [C Language] Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Joseph M Gwinn, Phone:978-440-3330, Email:gwinn@raytheon.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 12, 1995 Project Scope: This work will make technical corrections to the IEEE Std 1003.1-1990, as amended by IEEE Stds. 1003.1b-1993, 1003.1c-1995 and 1003.1i-1995. Project Purpose: This work will correct the interfaces to remedy clashes detected when 1003.1c was merged and 1003.i is merged into 1003.1b-1993, as well as some items discovered by early implementors of 1003.1b-1993 and 1003.1c-1995. Designation: 1003.1p Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Portable Applications Title: Standard for Information Technology - Portable Operating System Interface (POSIX®) - Part 1: System Application Program Interface (API) Amendment x: Resource Limit Interfaces [C Language] Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: John Jay Meyer, Phone:612/635-7348, Email:John.Meyer@UNISYS.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 21, 1995 Project Scope: Insert interfaces to control usage of the following system resources, CPU time, Bytes of memory, number of processes, bytes for a single file, bytes in various file types (e.g. coredump and temporary), maximum number of CPUs, maximum total IOs, and number of open files for application programs. Project Purpose: The purpose of this project is to extend the 1003.1-1990 in the area of resource limits. Designation: 1003.1q-2000 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Portable Applications Title: IEEE Standard for Information technology—Portable Operating Systems Interface (POSIX®)—Part 1: System Application Program Interface (API)—Amendment 7: Tracing [C Language] Status: Superseded **Superseded by 1003.1-2001. Technical Contact: Joseph M Gwinn, Phone:978-440-3330, Email:gwinn@raytheon.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 19, 1996, BD APP: Sep 21, 2000, ANSI APP: Jun 22, 2001 Project Scope: This standard will define APIs for Trace management. The APIs are for the handling of event data to satisfy both Realtime and Fault Tolerance software applications. The scope of this effort will be limited by selecting only those APIs which support functions which are in common practice. This standard will not change the base standard which it amends. Project Purpose: The purpose of this project is to specify a set of interfaces to allow portable access to underlying trace managment, services by application programs. These underlying services provide access to stream of event data, where the events can be generated by software and/or hardware, application and/or kernel. Abstract: " This amendment is part of thePOSIXseries of standards for applications and userinterfaces to open systems. The purpose of this project is to specify a set of interfaces to allowportable access to underlying trace management services by application programs. Theseunderlying services provide access to streams of event data, where the events can be gen-erated by software and/or hardware, either from the application or the operating system. Thisstandard is stated in terms of its C language binding." Key Words: "API, application portability, data processing, open systems, operating system, portable application, POSIX, tracing, instrumented operating system, instrumented application, trace control, trace analysis, real time, serviceability" Designation: 1003.1r Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Portable Applications Title: Standard for Information Technology - Portable Operating System Interface (POSIX®) - Part 1: System Application Program Interface - Amendment xx: Protocol Independent Interfaces (PII) [C Language] Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Petr Janecek, Phone:+44-181-893-3694, Email:petr@janecek.demon.co.uk **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 20, 1997 Project Scope: Removal of technical differences between the approved IEEE 1003.1g standard and the specification of the current industry practice as defined in Networking Services (XNS) Issue 5; X/Open CAE Specification C523; ISBN 1-85912-165-9 Project Purpose: To amend IEEE 1003.1g so that it is aligned with current industry practice as reflected in the definition of the Single UNIX published by X/Open. Designation: 1003.1s Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Portable Applications Title: Standard for Information Technology - Portable Operating System Interface (POSIX) - Part 1: System Application Program Interface (API) - Amendment s: Synchronized Clock (C Language) Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: B Craig Meyers, Phone:412-268-6523, Email:bcm@sei.cmu.edu **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 16, 1999 Project Scope: This work will extend the POSIX interfaces to provide a 'C' language binding for a Synchronized Clock. This standard will not change the base standard which it amends (including any existing amendments) in such a way as to cause implementations or strictly conforming applications to no longer conform. Project Purpose: To amend IEEE 1003.1-1996 with 'C' binding interfaces to support source portability of applications with requirements for a synchronized clock. Designation: 1003.2-1992 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Portable Applications Title: IEEE Standard for Information Technology—Portable Operating System Interfaces (POSIX®)—Part 2: Shell and Utilities Status: Superseded **Available as ISO/IEC 9945-2. History: PAR APP: May 31, 1990, BD APP: Sep 17, 1992, ANSI APP: Apr 05, 1993 Abstract: This standard is part of the POSIX series of standards for applications and user interfaces to open systems. It defines the applications interface to a shell command language and a set of utility programs for complex data manipulation. When the User Portability Utilities Option is included, the standard also defines a common environment for general-purpose time-sharing users on character-oriented display terminals. Key Words: shell, utility, API, portability, data, processing, open systems, operating system, portable application, POSIX, user Designation: 1003.2.6 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Portable Applications Title: Number changed to 1003.2c Status: Changed Designation Designation: 1003.2 Int-1994 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Portable Applications Title: IEEE Std 1003.2-1992 Interpretations, December Edition, IEEE Standards Interpretations for IEEE Std 1003.2-1992 Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Dec 30, 1994 Publication type: Special Publication Abstract: The Portable Applications Standards Committee of the IEEE Computer Society carried out a series of analyses of various problems encountered by users of IEEE Std 1003.2-1992, IEEE Standard for Information Technology—Portable Operating System Interface (POSIX)—Part 2: Shell and Utilities. The results of its deliberations are presented in this document. The intent is to give the POSIX community reasonable ways of interpreting unclear portions of the standard. Key Words: computer, computer environments, interpretations, portable operating systems interface, POSIX, shell, utilities Designation: 1003.2/INT-1994 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Portable Applications Title: IEEE Standards Interpretations for IEEE Std 1003.2-1992 Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: May 02, 1994 Publication type: Special Publication Abstract: The Portable Applications Standards Committee of the IEEE Computer Society carried out a series of analyses of various problems encountered by users of IEEE Std 1003.2-1992, IEEE Standard for Information Technology—Portable Operating System Interface (POSIX)—Part 2: Shell and Utilities. The results of its deliberations are presented in this document. The intent is to give the POSIX community reasonable ways of interpreting unclear portions of the standard. Key Words: computer, computer environments, interpretations, portable operating system interface, POSIX, shell, utilities Designation: 1003.2a-1992 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Portable Applications Title: IEEE Standard for Information Technology—Portable Operating System Interfaces (POSIX®)—Part 2: Shell and Utilities, User Portability Extension Status: Superseded **Available as ISO/IEC 9945-2. History: PAR APP: May 31, 1990, BD APP: Sep 17, 1992, ANSI APP: Apr 05, 1993 Abstract: Abstract not available. See ISO/IEC 9945-2. Key Words: API, application, portability, data, processing, open systems, operating system, portable application, POSIX, shell, utilities, user Designation: 1003.2b Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Portable Applications Title: Standard for Information Technology - Portable Operating System Interface (POSIX®) Part 2: Shell and Utilities - Amendment Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. **revision of 1003.2 Technical Contact: Donald Cragun, Phone:650-786-5310, Email:don.cragun@eng.sun.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 19, 1992 Project Scope: Amend IEEE 1003.2-1992, as supplemented by IEEE Std 1003.2a-1992 to produce a common standard with ISO/IEC 9945-2:1993. Resolve some international comments on ISO/IEC DIS 9945-2 and 9945-2/DAM 1 (P1003.2 and P1003.2a). Resolve issues resulting from requests for interpretations of the original IEEE 1003.2 and 1003.2a documents. Improve the clarity, accuracy and precision of the language in the original 1003.2 and 1003.2a documents correcting deficiencies found in implementing systgems, test suites, or applications bvased on the doecuments. Incorporate interfaces associated with new facilities produced by the P1003.1a project, such as symbolic links. Assume responsibility for definition fo file interchange and archiving formats from P1003.1. This would involve movement of the current section 10 in IEEE Std 1003.1-1996 and the proposed new format from P1003.1a to the clause in P1003.2 that describes the "par" utility. Project Purpose: The process for resolving comments at the international level and the inevitable interpretation difficulties that surface only after a standard is approved and being implemented require thatn an amendment be scheduled to accommodate them. The majority of the work is anticipated to be corrective and clarifying in nature, avoiding widespread adoption of new facilities proposed to the P1003.2 working group at this time. Designation: 1003.2c Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Portable Applications Title: Standard for Information Technology—Portable Operating System Interface (POSIX®)—Part 2: Shell and Utilities—Amendment n: Protection and Control Utilities Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. **Formerly 1003.6.2. Technical Contact: Lynne M Ambuel, Phone:(410) 290-6041, Email:Ambuel@docmaster.ncsc.mil **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 15, 1993 Project Scope: Changes and additions to P1003.2 for security related utilities in the areas of extended discretionary access control, mandatory access control, security information labeling, and fine-grained capabilities. Project Purpose: Providing P1003.2 developers with the option of using utilities to implement portable shell applications with security features, and to determine how to apply security policies relating to accountability, discretionary access control, mandatory access control and capabilities (privilege) to existing P1003.2 utilities. Designation: 1003.2d-1994 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Portable Applications Title: IEEE Standard for Information Technology—Portable Operating System Interface (POSIX®)—Part 2: Shell and Utilities—Amendment 1: Batch Environment Status: Superseded **Formerly 1003.15a. Superseded by 1003.1-2001. History: PAR APP: Mar 16, 1993, BD APP: Dec 13, 1994, ANSI APP: Jul 10, 1995 Abstract: This amendment is part of the POSIX series of standards for applications and user interfaces to open systems. It is a supplement to IEEE Std 1003.2-1992, which defines the applications interface to a shell command language and a set of utility programs for complex data manipulation. This supplement defines the user interface to a distributed batch queuing environment and includes application environments. Key Words: batch, batch extensions, distributed batch, queuing Designation: 1003.2e Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Portable Applications Title: Standard For Information Technology - Portable Operating System Interface (POSIX®) - Part 2: Shell and Utilities - Removable Serial Media Support Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Charles DeBaun, Phone:708/840-3522, Email:debaun@cdsun4.fnal.gov **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jun 14, 1995 Project Scope: Insert the definition of the mt utility into POSIX.2. This utility includes functionality to control and position serial media and to determine the status of the device. Project Purpose: urpose of this work is to extend the POSIX.2 document by standardizing the mt utility. Designation: 1003.3-1991 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Portable Applications Title: IEEE Standard for Information Technology—Test Methods for Measuring Conformance to POSIX® Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Dec 09, 1997. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **Available as ISO/IEC Std 13210:1994. History: PAR APP: May 31, 1990, BD APP: Mar 21, 1991, ANSI APP: Aug 09, 1991 Abstract: This standard defines the general requirements and test methods for measuring conformance to POSIX standards. This standard is aimed primarily at working groups developing test methods for POSIX standards, developers of POSIX test methods, and users of POSIX test methods. Key Words: measuring, test, methods, assertion, base assertion, assertion test, extended assertion, test method, test result code, POSIX Conformance Test Suite, POSIX Conformance Test Procedure, POSIX Conformance Document, Conditional feature Designation: 1003.3.1 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Portable Applications Title: Standard for Information Technology—Test Methods for Measuring Conformance to POSIX—System Interfaces Status: Changed Designation **changed to P2003.1 History: PAR APP: May 31, 1990 Designation: 1003.3.2 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Portable Applications Title: Standard for Information Technology—Test Methods for Measuring Conformance to POSIX®—Shell and Utilities Interfaces Status: Changed Designation **Redesignated 2003.2. History: PAR APP: May 31, 1990 Designation: 1003.4 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Portable Applications Status: Changed Designation **Number changed to 1003.1b Designation: 1003.4a Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Portable Applications Status: Changed Designation **Number changed to 1003.1c Designation: 1003.4b Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Portable Applications Status: Changed Designation **Number changed to 1003.1d Designation: 1003.5-1992 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Portable Applications Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2004 Title: IEEE Standard for Information Technology—POSIX® Ada Language Interfaces—PART 1: Binding for System Application Program Interface (API) Status: Approved Publication of IEEE **Superseded by 1003.5, 1999 Edition. History: PAR APP: Jun 18, 1992, BD APP: Jun 18, 1992, ANSI APP: Jan 07, 1993 Project Scope: To provide an ISO Ada language binding to ISO 9945-1:1990 (IEEE Std. 1003.1-1990). Abstract: This standard is part of the POSIX series of standards for applications and user interfaces to open systems. It defines the Ada language bindings as package specifications and accompanying textual descriptions to the application program interface (API). This standard supports application portability at the source level through the binding between ISO 8652:1987 (Ada) and ISO/IEC 9945-1:1990 (IEEE Std 1003.1-1990) (POSIX). Terminology and general requirements, process primitives, the process environment, files and directories, input and output primitives, device- and class-specific functions, language-specific services for Ada, and system databases are covered. It also specifies behavior to support the binding that must be provided by the Ada compilation system. The emphasis in POSIX is on application programs, so the interfaces in this document are not sufficient to implement an Ada compilation system or a POSIX shell, nor is this standard meant to be sufficient for realtime applications. Key Words: Ada, API, operating system, portable application, POSIX, POSIX language bindings, Open systems, Computer language bindings, Application portability Designation: 1003.5-1998 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Portable Applications Title: IEEE Standard for Information Technology—POSIX® Ada Language Interfaces—PART 1: Binding for System Application Program Interface (API) Status: Superseded **This standard supersedes 1003.5-1992, 1003.5b-1996, and 1003.5c-1998. History: BD APP: Dec 08, 1998 Designation: 1003.5 Int-1995 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Portable Applications Title: IEEE Std 1003.5-1992/INT, October 1995 Edition Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Nov 15, 1995 Publication type: Special Publication Abstract: The Portable Applications Standards Committee of the IEEE Computer Society carried out a series of analyses of various problems encountered by users of IEEE Std 1003.5-1992, IEEE Standard for Information Technology—POSIX Ada Language Interfaces—Part 1: Binding for System Application Program Interface (API). The results of its deliberations are presented in this document. The intent is to give the POSIX Ada community reasonable ways of interpreting unclear portions of the standard. Key Words: ada, computer environments, computer languages, interfaces, interpretations, portable operating system interface, POSIX Designation: 1003.5/INT-1994 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Portable Applications Title: IEEE Standards Interpretations for IEEE Std 1003.5-1992 March 1994 Edition Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Mar 24, 1994 Publication type: Special Publication Abstract: The Portable Applications Standards Committee of the IEEE Computer Society carried out a series of analyses of various problems encountered by users of IEEE Std 1003.5-1992, IEEE Standard for Information Technology—POSIX Ada Language Interfaces—Part 1: Binding for System Application Program Interface (API). The results of its deliberations are presented in this document. The intent is to give the POSIX Ada community reasonable ways of interpreting unclear portions of the standard. Key Words: ada, computer environments, computer languages, interfaces, interpretations , portable operating system interface, POSIX Designation: 1003.5a Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Portable Applications Title: Standard for Information Technology -- POSIX® Ada Language Interfaces -- Part 1: Binding for System Application Program Interface (API) Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. **Formerly 1003.5 Technical Contact: James P Lonjers, Phone:612 456 3518, Email:james. lonjers@lmco.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 15, 1993 Designation: 1003.5b-1996 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Portable Applications Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2004 Title: IEEE Standard for Information Technology—POSIX® Ada Language Interfaces—Part 1: Binding for System Application Program Interface (API)—Amendment 1: Realtime Extensions Status: Approved Publication of IEEE **Formerly 1003.20. Includes IEEE Std 1003.5-1992. Superseded by 1003.5, 1999 Edition. History: PAR APP: Jun 20, 1996, BD APP: Jun 20, 1996, ANSI APP: Jan 13, 1997 Project Scope: To provide an Ada binding to the realtime POSIX standards. Project Purpose: To provide capabilities so that a realtime application program, written in the Ada programming language can employ POSIX realtime extensions, and can operate identically on all conforming POSIX/Ada/Realtime environments. Abstract: This standard is part of the POSIX series of standards for applications and user interfaces to open systems. It defines the Ada language bindings as package specifications and accompanying textual descriptions of the application program interface (API). This standard supports application portability at the source code level through the binding between ISO 8652: 1987 (Ada) and ISO/IEC 9945-1: 1990 (IEEE Std 1003.1-1990) (POSIX), as amended by IEEE Std 1003.1b-1993, IEEE Std 1003.1c-1995, and IEEE Std 1003.1I-1995. Terminology and general requirements, process primitives, the process environment, files and directories, input and output primitives, device- and class-specific functions, language-specific services for Ada, system databases, synchronization, memory management, execution scheduling, clocks and timers, and message passing are covered. It also specifies behavior to support the binding that must be provided by the Ada compilation system. Key Words: realtime extensions, ADA, API, application portability, computer language bindings, open systems, operating systems, portable application, POSIX, POSIX language bindings, realtime, thread Designation: 1003.5c-1998 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Portable Applications Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2004 Title: IEEE Standard for Information Technology - POSIX Ada Language Interfaces - Part 1: Binding for System Application Program Interface (API) Status: Approved Publication of IEEE **Adopted by ISO/IEC and redesignated as ISO/IEC 14519:2001(E) This standard supersedes 1003.5-1992, 1003.5b-1996, and 1003.5c-1998. This may have been a record for 1003.5c-1998. History: PAR APP: Sep 19, 1996, BD APP: Dec 08, 1998, ANSI APP: May 12, 1999 Project Scope: This document is part of the POSIX series of standards for applications and user interfaces to open systems. It defines the Ada language bindings as package specifications and accompanying textual descriptions of the applications program interface (API). This standard supports application portability at the source code level through the binding between ISO 8652:1995 (Ada) and ISO/IEC 9945-1:1990 (IEEE Std 1003.1-1990 (POSIX), as amended by IEEE Draft Std 1003.1g. This standard covers the Detailed Network Interface (DNI) for the X/Open Transport Interface (XTI) and BSD sockets. Project Purpose: No standard currently specifies an Ada language binding for POSIX.1g, although there is significant demand for one. This project will provide such a standard. Designation: 1003.5d Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Portable Applications Title: Standard for Information Technology - POSIX® Ada Language Interfaces - Binding for Protocol Independent Interfaces - Sockets Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: James P Lonjers, Phone:612 456 3518, Email:james. lonjers@lmco.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 16, 1995 Project Scope: This document will develop an ADA language binding to the sockets portion of the POSIX.1g-199x standard. Project Purpose: No standard currently specifies an ADA language for POSIX.1g, although there is significant demand for one. This project will provide such a standard for sockets. Designation: 1003.5f Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Portable Applications Title: Standard for Information Technology - Portable Operating System Interface Part nn: Real-Time Distributed Systems Communication (Ada Language) Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: B Craig Meyers, Phone:412-268-6523, Email:bcm@sei.cmu.edu **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 20, 1997 Project Scope: An Ada language binding application program interface specification for interprocess communications in a real-time distributed systems computing domain. The interface is specifically oriented to distributed systems, although it will be applicable to local interprocess communication. Among the functional areas to be supported for this service include the following: endpoint management, buffer management, unicast, multicast, broadcast, and labeled message data transfer, event and error management, protocol management, directory services interface. Real-time distributed systems require predictable performance. In support of this the interface will also include support for the use of priorities, synchronous and asynchronour interactionsk and the use of timeouts. Project Purpose: Real-Time distributed systems require predictable performance and functionality beyond what is currently specified in POSIX standards. The WG will develop an interface to meet these, and related, needs. Designation: 1003.5g Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Portable Applications Title: Standard for Information Technology - Portable Operating System Interface (POSIX®) - Ada Language Interrfaces - Part 1: Application Program Interface (API) - Amendment g: Realtime Extension Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Diane Schleicher, Phone:303-766-4702, Email:dbschleicher@west.raytheon.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 16, 1998 Project Scope: Provide Ada interfaces to support embedded realtime application programs. The interface will include interfaces defined in existing C Amendment PARs. Additional interfaces shall address program loading, semaphores as event notification, and succeed/fail services. 1003.5g will also identify new options for the existing 1003.5b interfaces and new interfaces added by this amendment. Project Purpose: To provide embedded realtime application programs with advanced features currently not defined in 1003.5b. The defined functionality will address security, performance, fault tolerance, and size constrains to allow the embedded realtime application to achieve deterministic results. Designation: 1003.5h Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Portable Applications Title: Standard for Information Technology - Portable Operating System Interface (POSIX) Ada Language Interfaces - Part 1: Binding for System Application Program Interface (API) - Amendment h: Synchronized Clock Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: B Craig Meyers, Phone:412-268-6523, Email:bcm@sei.cmu.edu **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 16, 1999 Project Scope: This work will extend the POSIX interfaces to provide an Ada language binding for a Synchronized Clock. This standard will not change the base standard which it amends (including any existing amendments) in such a way as to cause implementations or strictly conforming applications to no longer conform. Project Purpose: To amend IEEE 1003.5b-1996 with Ada binding interfaces to support source portability of applications with requirements for a synchronized clock. Designation: 1003.6 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Portable Applications Title: Security Interface Standards for POSIX® Status: Changed Designation **Redesignated 1003.1e and 1003.2c. History: PAR APP: Dec 28, 1987 Key Words: POSIX, security, interface, networks, LAN Designation: 1003.7 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Portable Applications Title: Number changed to 1387.1 Status: Changed Designation Designation: 1003.7.1 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Portable Applications Title: Number changed to 1387.4 Status: Changed Designation Designation: 1003.7.2 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Portable Applications Title: Number changed to 1387.2 Status: Changed Designation Designation: 1003.7.3 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Portable Applications Title: Number changed to 1387.3 Status: Changed Designation Designation: 1003.8 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Portable Applications Title: Number changed to 1003.1f Status: Changed Designation Designation: 1003.9-1992 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Portable Applications Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1997 Title: IEEE Standard for InformationTechnology - POSIX® FORTRAN 77 Language Interfaces - Part 1: Binding for System Application Program Interface (API) Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Feb 07, 2003. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. History: PAR APP: Jun 27, 1991, BD APP: Jun 18, 1992, ANSI APP: Feb 04, 1993 Project Scope: To provide an ISO FORTAN language binding to ISO 9945-1:1990 (IEEE Std. 1003.1-1990), using the common subset between FORTRAN 77 and Fortran 90, plus the use of longer (Fortran 90) identifier names. Abstract: This standard provides a standardized interface for accessing the system services of ISO/IEC 9945-1:1990 (IEEE Std 1003.1- 1990, also know as POSIX.1), and support routines to access constructs not directly accessible with FORTRAN 77. This standard supports application portability at the source level through the binding between ANSI X3.9-1978 and POSIX.1, and a standardized definition of language-specific services. The goal is to provide standardized interfaces to the POSIX.1 system services via a FORTRAN 77 language interface. Terminology and general requirements, process primitives, the process environment, files and directories, input and output primitives, device- and class-specific functions, the FORTRAN 77 language library, and system databases are covered. Key Words: interfaces, POSIX, System interfaces, FORTRAN 77, Application portability, interoperability Designation: 1003.10-1995 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Portable Applications Title: IEEE Standard for Information Technology POSIX®-Based Supercomputing Application Environment Profile Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 15, 2001. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **administratively withdrawn on 15-Jan-2001. History: PAR APP: Jun 01, 1989, BD APP: Jun 14, 1995, ANSI APP: Apr 04, 1996 Abstract: This standard is related to the POSIX® series of standards for applications and user interfaces to open systems. It specifies the set of standards and the requirements needed for portability of supercomputing applications, users, and system administrators. Key Words: AEP, application portability, batch, portable application, profile, queue, resource, supercomputer, supercomputing, user portability Designation: 1003.11 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Operating Systems Title: POSIX based Transaction Processing Applications Environment Profile Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. Technical Contact: Elliot Brebner, Phone:612/473-1772 **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jun 17, 1993 Designation: 1003.12 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Portable Applications Title: Number changed to 1003.1g Status: Changed Designation Designation: 1003.13-2003 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Portable Applications Title: IEEE Standard for Information Technology - Standardized Application Environment Profile (AEP) - POSIX Realtime and Embedded Application Support Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Sep 10, 2004 **Supersedes 1003.13-1999. Technical Contact: Joseph M Gwinn, Phone:978-440-3330, Email:gwinn@raytheon.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Jun 13, 2002, BD APP: Dec 10, 2003, ANSI APP: Apr 26, 2004 Project Scope: The project will define Application Environment Profiles for embedded and realtime applications utilizing POSIX interfaces. At least three separate profile definitions are expected: a large one for full- function realtime systems, a small one for embedded control systems, and one or more profiles of intermediate size. It will also update the existing profiles to reflect lessons learned through recent experience; for example, the minimal realtime system profile PSE51 may be simplified, and PSE53 made slightly larger. Interpretation requests regarding 1003.13-1998 received up to the time of the first 1003.13 revision ballot will be considered as input to this work. The Ada bindings to POSIX (the IEEE 1003.5-series standards) plus P1003.26 (should it be approved before the first 1003.13 Revision ballot), will also be profiled. Note: The above scope is identical to the original 1003.13 scope, except that the original "an intermediate realtime system definitions" becomes "and one or more intermediate realtime system definitions", and the word "embedded" is added. In fact, 1003.13-1998 has four profiles, and is being cited for embedded applications in addition to the traditional realtime applications. The scope of P1003.13a and P1003.13b have also been included above, edited to reflect the revision of 1003.1, and P1003.26 has been added. The 1003.5-series standards are already profiled in 1003.13-1998, and are now explicitly mentioned. Scope from Previous PARs - Original 1003.13-1998 scope (PAR approved 9 December 1997): "The project will define Application Environment Profiles for realtime applications utilizing POSIX interfaces. At least three separate profiles are expected: one for full function, realtime systems, one for embedded control systems, and an intermediate realtime systems definition."; Scope of Proposed Project [P1003.13a, January 1994]: "This work will extend the POSIX P1003.13 interfaces to include the interfaces of P1003.4d (formerly P1003.4b) and "P1003.4d" (nickname, real name to be supplied when assigned)."; Scope of Proposed Project [P1003.13b, 19 July 2000]: "This work will amend the four 1003.13 profiles in two ways. Primarily, this work will fold the 1003.1a, 1003.1d, 1003.1j, and 1003.1q services into the profiles. It will also update the profiles to reflect lessons learned through recent experience; for example, the minimal realtime system profile may be simplified. Interpretation requests received up to the time of the first ballot draft will be considered as input to this work." Project Purpose: With approval of P1003.1 (the 1003.1 Revision) expected in 2001, the basis upon which the existing (1003.13-1998) and planned (P1003.13a, P1003.13b) profiles depended has changed, and all old and new APIs being profiled are to be found in what will likely become IEEE Std 1003.1-2001. There is substantial embedded/realtime-kernel industry experience with various non-standard variants of all the proposed profiles and their underlying interfaces. Multiple RTOS and RT/Embedded Linux vendors are now claiming compliance (if not conformance) to various 1003.13- 1998 profiles. The purpose of 1003.13, and now of the 1003.13 Revision, is to unify this area. Note: The above purpose is semantically identical to the original purpose, except that the original list of IEEE 1003-series standards to be profiled has been replaced by their sole successor, 1003.1- 2001, and the 1003.5-series standards (Ada bindings to POSIX) and P1003.26 (Device Control) have been added. These changes also have the effect of including the purpose of both P1003.13a and P1003.13b. Abstract: "IEEE Std 1003.13-2003, IEEE Standard for Information TechnologyStandardized Application Environment Profile (AEP)POSIX® Realtime and Embedded Application Support" Key Words: "AEP, application portability, data processing environment, embedded, open systems, operating system, portable application, POSIX profiles, realtime, realtime application environments" Designation: 1003.13-1999 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Portable Applications Title: IEEE Standard for Information Technology - Standardized Application Environment Profile - POSIX® Realtime Application Support Status: Superseded **Superseded by 1003.13-2003. History: PAR APP: Dec 09, 1997, BD APP: Mar 19, 1998 Project Scope: The project will define Application Environment Profiles for realtime application utilizing the POSIX interfaces. At least three separate profiles are expected: one for full function, realtime systems, one for embedded control systems, and an intermediate realtime system definition. Project Purpose: With the completion of balloting of P1003.4 system interfaces for realtime and other applications, it is critical to define a coherent grouping of the options to allow realtime users to specify target sets for acquisition. Designation: 1003.13a Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Portable Applications Title: Standard for Information Technology - Standardized Application Environment Profile - POSIX® Embedded Realtime Application Support Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Diane Schleicher, Phone:303-766-4702, Email:dbschleicher@west.raytheon.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 16, 1998 Project Scope: Provide additional POSIX profiles that address the embedded realtime Ada application environment. The new profiles will address functionality, options defined in POSIX 5b and 5q, implementation defined features, and undefined behavior. Project Purpose: To provide embedded realtime Ada application programs with smaller subsets of POSIX features. The new profiles will define a set of functions and options so the operating system and application programs can meet timing and sizing requirements. Designation: 1003.13b Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Portable Applications Title: Standard for Information Technology-Standardized Application Environment Profile-POSIX Realtime Application Support (AEP)-Amendment of Extended Profiles Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Joseph M Gwinn, Phone:978-440-3330, Email:gwinn@raytheon.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 21, 2000 Project Scope: This work will amend the four 1003.13 profiles in two ways. Primarily, this work will fold the 1003.1a, 1003.1d, 1003.1j, and 1003.1q services into the profiles.] It will also update the profiles to reflect lessons learned through recent experience; for example, the minimal realtime system profile may be simplified. Interpretation requests received up to the time of the first ballot draft will be considered as input to this work. Project Purpose: The 1003.1a, 1003.1d, 1003.1j, and 1003.1q standards were not approved at the time 1003.13 was in progress. However, 1003.1d and 1003.1j are now approved, and 1003.1a and 1003.1q are expected to be approved in the very near future. Therefore, it is time to fold their services into the 1003.13 profiles. In addition, recent implementation experience has indicated ways in which the original four profiles can be streamlined. Designation: 1003.14 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Portable Applications Title: Standard for Information Technology —POSIX® Standardized Profile - POSIX Multiprocessor Application Environment Profile Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Eric Burge, Phone:612/683-5459 **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jun 14, 1995 Project Scope: The standard will define an Application Environment Profile for multiprocessor application environments. The profile will be based on the relevant P1003.x standards required for applications within POSIX environments on multiprocessor computer systems. Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to (a) develop an IEEE standard AEP for multiprocessor application environments, (b) cooperate with other P1003 working groups to include required extensions to support applications portability across multiprocessors, and (c) submit additional PARs when needed to cover extensions to POSIX for multiprocessor applications environments. Designation: 1003.15 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Portable Applications Title: Standard for Information Technology - Portable Operating System Interfaces (POSIX®) - Batch Environment Amendments Status: Changed Designation **Formerly P1003.17. Changed Designation to 1003.2d. Project Scope: This standard will define utilities, library routines, system administration interfaces, and application level protocol to provide a network queuing and batch system in a POSIX environment. Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to extend POSIX to provide a network queuing and batch system. These extensions include the following: 1. Utilities for the submission and management of the requests. 2. System administration interface for the creation, management, and authorization of the network queuing and batch processing system. 3. Library routines for application access to utilities and the queue and request database. 4. Application level protocol. 5. Portability of applications, user and system administrators. Designation: 1003.15a Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Portable Applications Title: Number changed to 1003.2d Status: Changed Designation History: PAR APP: May 31, 1990 Designation: 1003.17 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Portable Applications Title: Standard for Information Technology—Portable Operating System Interfaces (POSIX)—Part 1: Directory Services Application Programming Interface Status: Changed Designation **Number changed to 1224.2. History: PAR APP: Dec 14, 1990 Project Scope: 1. The standard will define an application programming interface to a directory service, including but not necessarily limited to X.500 functionality. The standard will provide language-independent specification and C-Language binding. 2. The standard will specify related name space(s), with naming rules and schema, that are supported by POSIX systems. Project Purpose: The purpose of the standard is to provide a standard interface supporting the development of applications that use directory services. The interface will support access to X.500 services and perhaps other directory services. Designation: 1003.18 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Portable Applications Title: Standard for Information Technology—POSIX® Standardized Profile—POSIX Interactive Systems Application Environment Profile Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Eric Burge, Phone:612/683-5459 **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jun 14, 1995 Designation: 1003.20 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Portable Applications Title: Number changed to 1003.5b Status: Changed Designation Designation: 1003.21 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Portable Applications Title: Standard for Information Technology Portable Operating System Interface (POSIX®) Part nn: Real-Time Distributed Systems Communication (Language Independent) Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: B Craig Meyers, Phone:412-268-6523, Email:bcm@sei.cmu.edu **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 20, 1997 Project Scope: A language-independent application program interface specification for interprocess communications in a real-time distributed systems computing domain. The interface is specifically oriented to distributed systems, although it will be applicable to local interprocess communication. Among the functional areas to be supported for this service include the following: endpoint management, buffer management, unicast, multicast, broadcast, and labeled message data transfer, event and error management, protocol management, directory services interface. Real-time distributed systems require predictable performance. In support of this the interface will also include support for the use of priorities, synchronous and asynchronous interactions, and the use of timeouts. Project Purpose: Real-time distributed Systems require predictable performance and functionality beyond what is currently specified in POSIX standards. The working group will develop an interface to meet these, and related needs. Designation: 1003.22 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Portable Applications Title: Guide to the POSIX® Open Systems Environment—A Security Framework Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Lynne M Ambuel, Phone:(410) 290-6041, Email:Ambuel@docmaster.ncsc.mil **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 16, 1993 Project Scope: A framework structuring security within Distributed Systems based upon ECMA-Security in Open Systems - A Security Framework, TR/46. Project Purpose: To provide a focus for the definition and placement of security services around which implementations and API standards activities may coordinate. To specify the types of APIs required to support the security services defined in the framework. To identify existing implementations and their relative maturity as potential base specifications for API standards and to identify those areas with no existing, or immature, industry practice which require development effort. To provide a tool to help integrators of secure systems to understand and structure security services within a distributed system. To provide a supplement to the definition of security currently included within P1003.0. It is expected that this guide will eventually be incorporated within, or referenced by, later issues of P1003.0. Designation: 1003.23-1998 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Portable Applications Title: IEEE Guide for Developing User Open System Environment (OSE) Profiles Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 16, 2004. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **16-Jan-04: Administratively withdrawn. History: PAR APP: Jun 26, 1997, BD APP: Dec 08, 1998, ANSI APP: Nov 16, 1999 Project Scope: To describe a process for developing user Open Environment (OSE) profiles, as opposed to standardized profiles. The guide shall include a framework for documenting user requirements, related information technology services, a transition plan, conformance testing and consideration planning considerations, and examples of user organization OSE profiles. Project Purpose: To provide process guidelines for user organizations to develop and use OSE profiles which support their operational requirements. Benefits include: Provide a starting point for developing user OSE profile; assist development of transition plans; encourage effective use of standards and standardized profiles. Abstract: " This guide presents an overview of User Organization Open System Environment(OSE) Profiles and their application. It is intended to assist users, planners, and implementers indeveloping User Organization OSE Profiles that address the operational requirements of theorganization; related information technology services; and the standards, standards options, andinterim solutions that will meet those requirements. The guide also includes conformance testingand transition planning considerations as well as examples of user organization OSE profiles." Key Words: "application portability,application interoperability,open system environment,User Organization OSE Profile" Designation: 1003.24 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Portable Applications Title: Standard for Information Technology – Portable Operating System Interface Part nn: Real-Time Distributed Systems Communication (C Language) Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: B Craig Myers, Phone:412-268-6523, Email:bcm@sei.cmu.edu **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jun 25, 1998 Project Scope: A C-language binding application program interface for interprocess is specifically oriented to distributed systems, although it will be applicable to local interprocess communication. The functional areas to be supported for this service include the following: endpoint management, buffer management, unicast, multicast, broadcast, and labeled message data transfer, event and error management, protocol management, connection management, and a lightweight directory services interface. Project Purpose: Real-time distributed systems require predictable performance and functionality beyond what is currently specified in POSIX standards. The WG will develop an interface to meet the unique needs of communications in real-time systems. Designation: 1003.25 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Portable Applications Title: Standard for Information Technology - Portable Operating System Interface (POSIX) - Event Logging [C Language] Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Helmut Roth, Email:rothh@ncr.disa.mil **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 16, 1998 Project Scope: This work is undertaken to provide a portable API for the purpose of event logging. This interface is to provide for the registration of events to be logged, logging of an event, event notification and event extraction from the current system log or an archived system log. This work may expand the list of error numbers and conditions which are necessary to fault rcovery. The scope of this effort will be limited by selecting only those APIs which support functionality in common practice. Project Purpose: The purpose of this project is to provide an interface for event logging that can better support the development of reliable systems. The underlying event logging service is to support detection and logging of error conditions for fault diagnosis. Designation: 1003.25 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Portable Applications Title: Standard for Information Technology - Portable Operating System Interface (POSIX) Services for Reliable, Available, and Serviceable Systems [C Language] Status: Superseded **Revised PAR for P1003.1h - now a stand-alone document. Technical Contact: Helmut Roth, Email:rothh@ncr.disa.mil **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 16, 1998 Project Scope: This standard will define APIs for Fault Management. This work will produce APIs which do not rewrite or replace existing POSIX specifications. The Fault Management extension to the POSIX specifications will comprise APIs for fault detection, fault localization, reconfiguration for component isolation, fault recovery, error logging, notification, and dumps. This work may expand the list of error numbers and conditions which are necessary to support fault recovery. The intent is to provide for the collection and distribution of error information to analyze the errors at the application program level and ultimately provide the means for the application to diagnose and specify corrective actions. The scope of this effort will be limited by selecting only those APIs which support functionality which are in common practice. Change: This standard will not change the base standard which it amends (including any existing amendments) in such a way as to cause implementations or strictly conforming applications to no longer conform. Project Purpose: The purpose of this project is to specify a set of interfaces to allow portable access to underlying fault management services by application programs. These underlying services may support detection, logging and notification of abnormal conditions during system operation; classification and analysis of abnormal conditions for fault diagnosis and corrective actions for system reconfiguration, reinitialization, and recovery. Designation: 1003.26-2003 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Portable Applications Title: IEEE Standard for Information Technology - Portable Operating System Interface (POSIX) - Part 26: Device Control Application Program Interface (API) [C Language] Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Sep 09, 2004 Technical Contact: Joseph M Gwinn, Phone:978-440-3330, Email:gwinn@raytheon.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Sep 21, 2000, BD APP: Dec 10, 2003, ANSI APP: Apr 26, 2004 Project Scope: This work will define an application program interface to device drivers. The interface will be modeled on the traditional ioctl() function, but will have enhancements designed to address issues such as "type safety" and reentrancy. Project Purpose: Realtime systems often contain numerous special devices, many of which are accessed through device drivers. The purpose of this project is to define an interface to these device drivers. This will benefit both users and writers of device drivers by providing a uniform model of communication between application software and device drivers. Abstract: "IEEE Std 1003.26-2003, IEEE Standard for Information TechnologyPortable Operating System Interface (POSIX®)Part 26: Device Control Application Program Interface (API) [C Language]" Key Words: "API, application portability, C (programming language), data processing, information interchange, open systems, operating system, portable application, POSIX, programming language, realtime, device drivers" Designation: 1004-1987 Sponsor: IEEE Microwave Theory and Techniques Society Title: IEEE Standard Definitions of Planar Transmission Lines Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Dec 03, 1992. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. History: BD APP: Dec 10, 1987, ANSI APP: Aug 04, 1988 Designation: 1005-1991 Sponsor: IEEE Electron Devices Society Title: IEEE Standard Definitions and Characterization of Floating Gate Semiconductor Arrays Status: Superseded History: PAR APP: Jun 28, 1983, BD APP: Jun 27, 1991 Abstract: An introduction to the physics unique to this type of memory and an overview of typical array architectures are presented. The variations on the basic floating gate nonvolatile cell structure that have been used in commercially available devices are described. The various reliability considerations involved in these devices are explored. Retention and endurance failures and the interaction between endurance, retention, and standard semiconductor failure mechanisms in determining the device failure rate are covered. How to specify and perform engineering verification of retention of data stored in the arrays is described. Effects that limit the endurance of the arrays are discussed. The specification and engineering verification of endurance are described. The more common features incorporated into the arrays and methods for testing these complex products efficiently are addressed. The effects that various forms of ionizing radiation may have on floating gate arrays and approaches to test for these effects are covered. The use of floating gate cells in nonmemory applications is briefly considered. Key Words: array, Nonvolatile memory, Floating gate Designation: 1005-1998 Sponsor: IEEE Electron Devices Society Title: IEEE Standard for Definitions, Symbols, and Characterization of Floating Gate Memory Arrays Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 16, 2004. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **16-Jan-04: Administratively withdrawn. History: PAR APP: Sep 19, 1996, BD APP: Jun 25, 1998, ANSI APP: May 25, 1999 Project Scope: Modify the present FGA standard to include floating gate "flash" EEPROM's that use Fowler-Nordheim tunneling and/or hot electron injection programming techniques. Hot electron injection EPROM's are included for completeness. Project Purpose: Flash EEPROM technology is not currently included in the standard, but is a rapidly growing technology in terms of use. This amendment defines terms used in this technology, explains its operation and limitation. It is intended to assist users in selecting, specifying, using and testing Floating Gate Memory Arrays. Abstract: " This standard describes the underlying physics and the operation of floating gate mem-ory arrays, specifically, UV erasable EPROM, byte rewritable E 2 PROMs, and block rewritable""flash"" EEPROMs. In addition, reliability hazards are covered with focus on retention, endurance,and disturb. There are also clauses on the issues of testing floating gate arrays and their hardnessto ionizing radiation. " Key Words: "disturb,endurance,E2EPROM,EEPROM,EPROM,floating gate memories,nonvolatile memory,radiation hardness,reliability,retention,testing" Designation: 1006 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. Designation: 1007 Sponsor: IEEE Communications Society/Transmission Access & Optical Systems Title: Standard for Methods and Equipment for Measuring the Transmission Characteristics of Digital Telecommunications Circuits and Systems Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Bernard E Worne, Phone:919-460-4546, Email:worneb@ttc.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 26, 1991 Project Scope: The preparation of a standard providing the specifications for measuring the performance of digital systems and equipment operating at all levels of the digital hierarchy between DSO (64 kbit/s) and STS3 (155.520 Mbit/s). Project Purpose: The proposed standard is to establish the functional and performance requirements for equipment to measure the characteristics of digital telecommunications systems including all digital equipment and transmission media between the two. Designation: 1007-1991 Sponsor: IEEE Communications Society/Transmission Access & Optical Systems Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1997 Title: IEEE Standard Methods and Equipment for Measuring the Transmission Characteristics of Pulse-Code Modulation (PCM) Telecommunications Circuits and Systems Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 16, 2004. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **16-Jan-04: Administratively withdrawn. History: PAR APP: Jun 27, 1991, BD APP: Jun 27, 1991, ANSI APP: Feb 06, 1992 Abstract: " Test equipment requirements and methods for testing the transmission characteristics of PCMtelecommunications equipment, circuits, and systems are set forth. The requirements are intended forcertification, installation, pre-service, out-of-service operational, and in-service operational tests of the PCMtransmission facilities. The PCM equipment that may be tested includes primary multiplex equipmentcontaining analog-digital conversion devices, digital multiplex equipment, digital links, and digital sections.This standard is limited to testing at the analog interfaces of the primary multiplex equipment and the digitalinterfaces at DS1, DS1C, DS2, and DS3 levels of the North American digital hierarchy. Synchronousmultiplex equipment and equipment offering other than 64 kb/s coded voiceband channels are not coveredin this standard, nor is signaling parameter measurement. " Key Words: "analog-digital devices,digital multiplex equipment,digital links,digital sections,multiplex equipment,PCM telecommunications equipment,transmission characteristics" Designation: 1008-1987 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2002 Title: IEEE Standard for Software Unit Testing Status: Approved Publication of IEEE History: BD APP: Dec 11, 1986, ANSI APP: Apr 18, 2003 Abstract: An integrated approach to systematic and documented unit testing is defined. It uses unit design and unit implementation information, in addition to unit requirements, to determine the completeness of the testing. The testing process described composed of a hierarchy of phases, activities, and tasks and defines a minimum set of tasks for each activity. The standard can be applied to the unit testing of any digital computer software or firmware and to the testing of both newly developed and modified units. The software engineering concepts and testing assumption on which this standard approach is based and guidance and resource information to assist with the implementation and usage of the standard unit testing approach are provided in appendixes. Key Words: unit, Software testing Designation: 1009 Sponsor: IEEE Signal Processing Society Title: Perf Eval Spch Recognizers/Guidelines Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. **. Technical Contact: Janet Baker, Phone:(617) 965-5200 **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jun 28, 1983 Designation: 1010-2006 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Energy Development & Power Generation Title: IEEE Guide for Control of Hydroelectric Power Plants Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Aug 18, 2006 Technical Contact: John Yale, Phone:509-661-4051, Email:john.yale@chelanpud.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Jun 25, 1998, BD APP: Mar 30, 2006, ANSI APP: Aug 14, 2006 Project Scope: This guide describes the control and monitoring requirements for equipment and systems associated with conventional and pumped-storage hydroelectric plants. It includes typical methods of local and remote control, details of the control interfaces for plant equipment, and requirements for centralized and off-site control. Where specific values are given for control parameters, they should be considered as typical. This document does not address civil and structural details of hydroelectric power plants unless required for the understanding of certain control and monitoring functions. Also excluded is a detailed discussion of protective relaying systems, high-voltage switchyards, and navigational and flood control facilities associated with a hydroelectric plant. Hydroelectric applications of variable frequency operation and high-voltage generation are not covered in this guide due to the specialized nature of these applications. Project Purpose: This guide serves as a reference document for practicing engineers in the hydroelectric industry. It documents prevailing industry practices in hydroelectric power plant control system logic, control system configurations, and control modes. Implementation of the concepts described in this guide is covered in companion IEEE guides for control of hydroelectric power plants listed in Clause 2. Abstract: This guide serves as a reference document for practicing engineers in the hydroelectric industry. It documents prevailing industry practices in hydroelectric power plant control system logic, control system configurations, and control modes. It describes the control and monitoring requirements for equipment and systems associated with conventional and pumped- storage hydroelectric plants. It includes typical methods of local and remote control, details of the control interfaces for plant equipment, and requirements for centralized and off-site control. Key Words: automation, control systems, hydroelectric, unit controls Designation: 1010-1987 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Energy Development & Power Generation Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1992 Title: IEEE Guide for Control of Hydroelectric Power Plants Status: Superseded **Mar04-Withdrawn by ANSI as overage. Technical Contact: Donald R McCabe, Phone:303-741-7476 **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: BD APP: Jun 11, 1987, ANSI APP: Feb 08, 1988 Abstract: The control and monitoring requirements for equipment and systems associated with conventional and pumped-storage hydroelectric plants are described. Typical methods of local and remote control, details of the control interfaces for plant equipment, requirements for centralized and off-site control, and trends in control systems are included. The various categories that affect the levels of control for a plant, namely, location, mode, and supervision, are described. Block diagrams and descriptions of the control and monitoring requirements for major plant systems and equipment are given. Control sequencing of generating and pumped storage units, centralized control, and off-site control are covered. The information is directed toward practicing engineers in the field of power plant design who have a basic knowledge of hydroelectric facilities. Key Words: plants, Power generation control, Hydroelectric power generation Designation: 1011 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. Designation: P1012 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee Title: Standard for System and Software Verification and Validation Status: Revision Project Technical Contact: Roger U Fujii, Phone:310 831 0611 X2420, Email:Roger.Fujii@ngc.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 15, 2006 Project Scope: This standard defines the verification and validation processes that are applied to system, software, and hardware development throughout the system life cycle including acquisition, supply, development, operations, maintenance, and retirement. This standard applies to system, software, and hardware being acquired, developed, maintained, or reused. Software includes firmware, microcode, and documentation. Project Purpose: The purpose of the standard is to: o Establish a common framework of V&V processes, activities, and tasks in support of all system, software, and hardware life cycle processes o Define the V&V tasks, required inputs, and required outputs in each life cycle process o Identify the minimum V&V tasks corresponding to a four-level system/software integrity scheme o Define the content of the System and Software Verification and Validation Plan Designation: 1012-2004 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee Title: Standard for Software Verification and Validation Status: Superseded Technical Contact: Roger U Fujii, Phone:310 831 0611 X2420, Email:Roger.Fujii@ngc.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 20, 2003, BD APP: Dec 08, 2004, ANSI APP: Apr 12, 2005 Project Scope: The scope of the proposed project does not change from the original scope of the standard. Software V&V is an technical discipline of the systems engineering process. IEEE Std 1012-1986 was a product standard defining the contents of the Software V&V Plan. IEEE Std 1012-1998 was a process standard defining the verification and validation processes in terms of specific activities and tasks. This proposed project will retain the standard as a process standard and will revise and update the definition of the activities and tasks to be consistent with industry usage. The updates are contained to selected sections and the project is scheduled to complete its work in a year with balloting in early 2004. Project Purpose: The purpose is to correct duplication detected during its usage over the past 5 years, make all references consistent with revised standards (IEEE and ISO), and incorporate user changes detected during operational use of the standard. Abstract: Software verification and validation (V&V) processes determine whether the development products of a given activity conform to the requirements of that activity and whether the software satisfies its intended use and user needs. Software V&V life cycle process requirements are specified for different software integrity levels. The scope of V&V processes encompasses software-based systems, computer software, hardware, and interfaces. This standard applies to software being developed, maintained, or reused [legacy, commercial off-the shelf (COTS), non-developmental items]. The term software also includes firmware, microcode, and documentation. Software V&V processes include analysis, evaluation, review, inspection, assessment, and testing of software products. Key Words: I V & V, software integrity level, software life cycle, V & V, validation, verification Designation: 1012-1998 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee Title: IEEE Standard for Software Verification and Validation Status: Superseded History: PAR APP: Dec 09, 1997, BD APP: Mar 19, 1998 Project Scope: Expand the scope of the standard to include the use of software integrity levels as applied to software V&V, minimum V&V activities and tasks associated with each integrity level, V&V of reusable software, definition of independent V&V and V&V metrics. Project Purpose: To clarify the use of terminology in the document, incorporate essons learned during field experience of users, and clarify definition of V&V processes. Abstract: " Software verification and validation (V&V) processes, which determine whether develop-ment products of a given activity conform to the requirements of that activity, and whether the soft-ware satisfies its intended use and user needs, are described. This determination may includeanalysis, evaluation, review, inspection, assessment, and testing of software products and process- es. V&V processes assess the software in the context of the system, including the operational en-vironment, hardware, interfacing software, operators, and users . " Key Words: "software integrity,software life cycle processes,verification and validation" Designation: 1012-1986 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1992 Title: IEEE Standard for Software Verification and Validation Plans Status: Superseded History: BD APP: Sep 18, 1986, ANSI APP: Feb 10, 1987 Abstract: Uniform and minimum requirements for the format and content of software verification and validation (V&V) tasks and their required inputs and outputs that are to be included in SVVPs are provided for both critical and noncritical software. For critical software, specific minimum verification and validation (V&V) tasks and their required inputs and outputs that are to be included in SVVPs are defined. Optional V&V tasks to be used to tailor SVVPs as appropriate for the particular V&V effort are suggested. An overview of V&V is given, and life-cycle V&V, software V&V reporting, and V&V administrative procedures are covered. Key Words: validation, Software verification Designation: 1012a-1998 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee Title: IEEE Standard for Software Verification and Validation - Content Map to IEEE 12207.1 Status: Superseded History: PAR APP: Jun 26, 1997, BD APP: Sep 16, 1998 Project Scope: To establish a correlation between the content of software V&V plans as defined in 1012 and the content of such plans as defined in IEEE 12207.1, Guide for Information Technology - Software Life Cycle Processes - Life Cycle Data by adding an annex which will correlate the assumptions relating to content of the two documents and trace contenct between submect documentation. Project Purpose: To achieve harmonization of the content definition for software life cycle process results among the IEEE software engineering standards and with related international standards. Abstract: " The relationship between the two sets of requirements on plans for verification and vali-dation of software, found in IEEE Std 1012-1998 and IEEE/EIA 12207.1-1997, is explained so thatusers may produce documents that comply with both standards. " Key Words: "life cycle data plans, qualification test, verification and validation" Designation: 1013-2007 Sponsor: SASB/SCC21-Fuel Cells, Photovoltaics, Dispersed Generation, and Energy Storage Title: Recommended Practice for Sizing Lead-Acid Batteries for Stand-Alone Photovoltaic (PV) Systems Status: Approved Publication of IEEE Technical Contact: Jay L Chamberlin, Phone:505-296-3135, Email:jaynpatc@aol.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Dec 08, 2004, BD APP: Mar 22, 2007 Project Scope: This recommended practice describes a method for sizing both vented and valve-regulated lead-acid batteries in "stand-alone" photovoltaic (PV) systems. Installation, maintenance, safety, testing procedures, and consideration of battery types other than lead-acid are beyond the scope of this document. "Sizing batteries for hybrid and grid-connected PV systems is beyond the scope of this document." Recomended practices for the remainder of the electrical systems associated with "stand-alone" PV installations are also beyond the scope of this document. Sizing examples are given for various system applications. Iterative techniques to optimize battery costs, which include consideration of the interrelationship between battery size, PV array size, and weather are beyond the scope of this document. (Note: Words in quotes are proposed changes to the original scope.) Project Purpose: This recommended practice is meant to assist system designers in sizing lead-acid batteries for residential, commercial, and industrial "stand-alone" PV systems. The document is primarily being revised to make it specific to only stand-alone PV systems. Additional minor changes reflecting field experience in battery performance are also planned. Designation: 1013-2000 Sponsor: SASB/SCC21-Fuel Cells, Photovoltaics, Dispersed Generation, and Energy Storage Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Sizing Lead-Acid Batteries for Photovoltaic (PV) Systems Status: Superseded History: PAR APP: Mar 19, 1998, BD APP: Mar 30, 2000, ANSI APP: Oct 30, 2000 Project Scope: This Recommended Practice describes a method for sizing both vented and valve-regulated lead-acid batteries used with photovoltaic (PV) systems. Installation, maintenance, safety, testing procedures, and considerations of battery types other than lead-acid, are beyond the scope of this document. Recommended practices for the remainder of the electrical systems associated with PV installations are also beyond the scope of this document. Sizing examples are given for various representative system applications. Iterative techniques to optimize battery costs, which include consideration of the interrelationship between battery size, PV array size, and weather, are beyond the scope of this document. Project Purpose: This recommended practice is meant to assist system signers in sizing lead-acid batteries for residential, commercial, and industrial PV systems. Abstract: " A method for sizing both vented and valve-regulated lead-acid batteries used in terrestrialphotovoltaic (PV) systems is described. Installation, maintenance, safety, testing procedures, andconsideration of battery types other than lead-acid are beyond the scope of this document. Recom-mended practices for the remainder of the electrical systems associated with PV installations are alsobeyond the scope of this document. " Key Words: "photovoltaic power systems,sizing lead-acid battery" Designation: 1013-1990 Sponsor: SASB/SCC21-Fuel Cells, Photovoltaics, Dispersed Generation, and Energy Storage Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Sizing Lead-Acid Batteries for Photovoltaic (PV) Systems Status: Superseded **Superseded by 1013-2000. History: PAR APP: Sep 28, 1983, BD APP: May 31, 1990, ANSI APP: Oct 12, 1990 Abstract: Methods for sizing both vented and valve-regulated lead-acid batteries used with terrestrial photovoltaic (PV) systems are described. The purpose of this document is to assist system designers in sizing batteries for residential, commercial, and industrial PV systems. Iterative techniques to optimize battery costs, installation, maintenance, safety, testing procedures and consideration of battery types other than lead-acid, are beyond the scope of this document. Recommended practices for the remainder of the electrical systems associated with PV installations are also beyond the scope of this document. Key Words: Battery sizing, lead, acid, batteries, photovoltaics, Acid-Lead Batteries, Bond Determination, Battery reserve, Photovoltaic power systems, Lead-acid batteries Designation: 1014-1987 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessors and Microcomputers Title: IEEE Standard for a Versatile Backplane Bus: VMEbus Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Mar 28, 1988 History: BD APP: Mar 12, 1987, ANSI APP: Sep 11, 1987 Abstract: A high-performance backplane bus for use in microcomputer systems that employ single or multiple microprocessors is specified. It is based on the VMEbus specification, released by the VME Manufacturers' Group in August of 1982. The bus includes four subbuses: data transfer bus, priority interrupt bus, arbitration bus, and utility bus. The data transfer bus supports 8-, 16-, and 32-bit transfers over a non-multiplexed 32-bit data and address highway. The transfer protocols are asynchronous and fully handshaken. The priority interrupt bus provides real-time interrupt services to the system. The allocation of bus mastership is performed by the arbitration bus, which allows to implement round robin and prioritized arbitration algorithms. The utility bus provides the system with power-up and power-down synchronization. The mechanical specifications of boards, backplanes, subracks, and enclosures are based on IEC 297 specification, also know as the Euroboard form factor. Key Words: versatile, backplane, bus, VME, Multimicroprocessing, Microcomputer interfaces, Data buses Designation: 1014 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessors and Microcomputers Title: Standard for 32/64-bit Versatile Backplane Bus VMEbus Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Kim Clohessy, Phone:602/222-9519, Email:kim@oti.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 21, 1991 Designation: 1014.1-1994 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessors and Microcomputers Title: IEEE Standard for a Futurebus+®/VME64 Bridge Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: May 01, 2000. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. Technical Contact: Wayne P Fischer, Phone:775-832-0447, Email:tahoewayne@nvbell.net **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 03, 1992, BD APP: Dec 13, 1994, ANSI APP: Jun 26, 1995 Abstract: The logical protocol layer for bridging between a Futurebus+ system and a VME64 system in a tightly coupled fashion is defined. Transferring of both data and events is specified. The physical layer is not defined in this standard. Implementors are free to define and use the Bridge in the manner that best fits the application for optimum performance, functionality, and cost trade-offs. The Bridge provides for software transparency such that, at the application level, software is not aware of accesses that reach across a Bridge into the modules of another bus. Key Words: Bus Bridge, Futurebus+, VMEbus, VME64 Designation: 1015-2006/Cor 1-2007 Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Power Systems Protection Title: Recommended Practice for Applying Low Voltage Circuit Breakers Used in Industrial and Commercial Power Systems - Corrigendum 1 Status: Approved Publication of IEEE Technical Contact: Donald H McCullough, Phone:803 725 6250, Email:donald.mccullough@srnl.doe.gov **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: BD APP: Mar 22, 2007 Project Scope: To implement technical omission/errors to 1015-2006. Project Purpose: To insert table 1 in annex 7a and to fix technical errors. Designation: 1015-2006 Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Power Systems Protection Title: Recommended Practice for Applying Low-Voltage Circuit Breakers Used in Industrial and Commercial Power Systems Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Sep 29, 2006 Technical Contact: Donald H McCullough, Phone:803 725 6250, Email:donald.mccullough@srnl.doe.gov **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Jun 25, 1998, BD APP: Mar 30, 2006, ANSI APP: Sep 05, 2006 Project Scope: This recommended practice provides information for selecting the proper circuit breaker for a particular application. This recommended practice helps the application engineer specify the type of circuit breaker, ratings, trip functions, accessories, acceptance tests, and maintenance requirements. It also discusses circuit breakers for special applications, e.g., instantaneous only and switches. In addition, it provides information for applying circuit breakers at different locations in the power system and for protecting specific components. Guidelines are given for coordinating combinations of line-side and loadside devices. Acceptance testing and maintenance guidelines are provided so that reliable operation can be verified and maintained. This recommended practice does not cover the selection and application of circuit breakers such as marine circuit breakers and definite purpose circuit breakers. Project Purpose: Std 1015 provides information for selecting the proper circuit breaker for a particular application. This project is intended to update information provided based on updates of codes and standards and on product revisions. It will also add information included in the project scope in item 6. Abstract: Information is provided for selecting the proper circuit breaker for a particular application. This recommended practice helps the application engineer specify the type of circuit breaker, ratings, trip functions, accessories, acceptance tests, and maintenance requirements. It also discusses circuit breakers for special applications, e.g., instantaneous only and switches. In addition, it provides information for applying circuit breakers at different locations in the power system, and for protecting specific components. Guidelines are also given for coordinating combinations of line-side and load-side devices. Key Words: circuit breakers, circuit breaker evaluation, insulated case, insulatedcase circuit breakers, low-voltage circuit breaker, low-voltage power circuit breaker, low-voltage protection, low-voltage protection device, molded case, molded-case circuit breaker, overcurrent protection, power circuit breaker, rating, testing Designation: 1015-1997 Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Power Systems Protection Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Applying Low-Voltage Circuit Breakers Used in Industrial and Commercial Power Systems Status: Superseded **IEEE Blue Book Technical Contact: Keith R Cooper, Phone:724-733-2395, Email:cmbengrg@nb.net **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jun 20, 1996, BD APP: Feb 10, 1997, ANSI APP: Jun 18, 1997 Project Scope: To develop a publication that represents standard practice in the US for applying low voltage molded case and power circuit breakers uses for industrial and commercial power systems. This guide does not cover circuit breakers such as ground fault interrupters, marine, definite putpose, supplementary and DC circuit breakers. Project Purpose: To assist engineers in the proper application and selection of low voltage molded case and power circuit breakers used in industrial and commercial power systems. This guide will help the application engineer specify the circuit breaker type, ratings, trip functions, accessories, acceptance testing and maintenance, applying circuit breakers at different locations, and protecting specific components. Abstract: Information is provided for selecting the proper circuit breaker for a particular application. This recommended practice helps the application engineer specify the type of circuit breaker, ratings, trip functions, accessories, acceptance tests, and maintenance requirements. It also discusses circuit breakers for special applications, e.g., instantaneous only and switches. In addition, it provides information for applying circuit breakers at different locations in the power system, and for protecting specific components. Guidelines are also given for coordinating combinations of line-side and load-side devices. Key Words: circuit breaker, circuit breaker evaluation, insulated case, insulated-case circuit breaker, low-voltage circuit breaker, low-voltage protection, low-voltage protective device, molded case, molded-case circuit breaker, overcurrent protection, power circuit breaker, rating, testing Designation: 1016-1998 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Software Design Descriptions Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Dec 04, 1998 History: PAR APP: Sep 16, 1997, BD APP: Sep 23, 1998 Project Scope: This is a Recommended Practice for describing software designs. It produces the necessary information content and recommended organization for a Software Design Description. A software design description is a representation of a software system that is used as medium for communicating software design information. The practice may be applied to commercial, scientific or military software which runs on any digital computer. Applicability is not restricted by the size of the the software. This practice is not limited to specific methodologies for design, configuration management, or quality assurance. It is assumed that the quality of design information and changes to the design description will be managed by other project activities. Finally, this document does not support and is not limited to any particular description techniques. It may be applied to proper documents, automated databases, design description languages, or other means of description. In addition it will also establish a correlation between the content of software design descriptions as defined in 1016 and the content of such documents as defined in IEEE 12207.1, Guide for Information Technology - Software Life Cycle Processes - Life Cycle Data by adding an annex which will correlate the assumptions relating to content of the two documents and trace content between subject documentation Project Purpose: To achieve harmonization of the content definition for software life cycle process results among the IEEE software engineering standards and with related international standards. This will help users to produce results consistent with the international standard for software life cycle processes, ISO/IEC 12207. Abstract: " The necessary information content and recommendations for an organization for SoftwareDesign Descriptions (SDDs) are described. An SDD is a representation of a software system that is used asa medium for communicating software design information. This recommended practice is applicable topaper documents, automated databases, design description languages, or other means of description. " Key Words: "software design,software design description,software life cycle process" Designation: P1016 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee Title: Standard for Information Technology-Systems Design-Software Design Descriptions Status: Revision Project Technical Contact: Basil Anton Sherlund, Phone:248-544-3720, Email:sherlund@comcast.net **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 21, 2002 Project Scope: 1. Raise Std 1016 from a Recommended Practice to a full Standard; 2. Harmonize with chapter 3 of the Software Engineering Body of Knowledge (SWEBOK); 3. Eliminate any conflicts with IEEE/EIA Std 12207.0- 1996; 4. Harmonize with IEEE Std 1320.1-1998 (IDEF0) and IEEE Std 1320.2- 1998 (IDEF1X); 5. Address Component-Based Design Project Purpose: The standard is intended for those in technical and managerial positions who prepare and use Software Design Descriptions. It will guide a designer in the selection, organization, and presentation of design information. It will help standards developers ensure that a design description is complete, concise, and well organized. The revision is intended to upgrade the recommended practice to a full standard, harmonize the standard with current versions of IEEE standards as well as the Software Engineering Body of Knowledge. The intent is also to address open issues with the existing standard. Designation: 1016-1987 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1993 Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Software Design Descriptions Status: Superseded History: BD APP: Mar 12, 1987, ANSI APP: Oct 06, 1987 Abstract: The necessary information content and recommended organization for a software design description are specified. A software design description is a representation of a software system that is used as a medium for communicating software design information. The recommendations, which may be applied to commercial, scientific, or military software that runs on any digital computer, are not limited to specific methodologies for design, configuration management, or quality assurance, or to any particular descriptive technique. Applicability is not restricted by the size, complexity, or criticality of the software. Key Words: software, design, descriptions, Software development Designation: 1016.1-1993 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee Title: IEEE Guide to Software Design Descriptions Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Mar 06, 2000. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. History: BD APP: Mar 18, 1993, ANSI APP: Aug 30, 1993 Abstract: The application of design methods and design documentation recommended in IEEE Std 1016-1987 is described. Several common design methods are used to illustrate the application of IEEE Std 1016-1987, thus making the concepts of that standard more concrete. The information in this guide may be applied to commercial, scientific, or military software that runs on any computer. Applicability is not restricted by the size, complexity, or criticality of the software. Key Words: Software design process, Design view, Design method, Design entity Designation: 1016.2 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee Title: Guide to Software Design Descriptions Status: Changed Designation **Number changed to 1016.1 History: PAR APP: Dec 28, 1987 Key Words: LAN, software, design, descriptions, networks Designation: 1017-2004 Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Petroleum & Chemical Industry Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Field Testing Electric Submersible Pump Cable Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Apr 13, 2005 Technical Contact: Marcus O Durham, Phone:918 496 8709, Email:mod@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Sep 16, 1998, BD APP: Sep 23, 2004, ANSI APP: Mar 10, 2005 Project Scope: This document presents procedures and test voltage values for acceptance and maintenance testing of ESP cable systems. This procedure applies to cable systems rated 3 kV and 5 kV (phase to phase). Project Purpose: Perform 5 year review and updates for advances in submersible pump cable technology. Abstract: Procedures and test voltage values for acceptance and maintenance testing of electrical submersible pump (ESP) cable systems are presented. This recommended practice applies to cable systems rated 3 kV and 5 kV (phase to phase) and is intended only for this special-purpose cable. The intent is to provide uniform test procedures and guidelines for evaluation of the test results. Key Words: conductors, cable ampacity, cable testing, field testing, submersible pump cable Designation: 1017-1985 Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Petroleum & Chemical Industry Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Field Testing Electric Submersible Pump Cable Status: Superseded Technical Contact: Marcus O Durham, Phone:918 496 8709, Email:mod@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 28, 1988, BD APP: Jun 14, 1984, ANSI APP: Sep 18, 1985 Key Words: pump, submersible, cable, field, test Designation: 1017-1991 Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Petroleum & Chemical Industry Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Field Testing Electric Submersible Pump Cable Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Dec 09, 1997. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **Revision of IEEE Std 1017-1985. History: PAR APP: Feb 02, 1989, BD APP: Dec 05, 1991, ANSI APP: Jun 15, 1992 Abstract: Procedures and test-voltage values for acceptance and maintenance testing of electrical submersible pump (ESP) cable systems are presented. This recommended practice applies to cable systems rated 3000 V and 5000 V and is intended only for this special-purpose cable. The intent is to provide uniform test procedures an guidelines for evaluation of the test results. Key Words: conductors, Cable ampacity Designation: 1018-2004 Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Petroleum & Chemical Industry Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Specifying Electric Submersible Pump Cable - Ethylene-Propylene Rubber Insulation Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Apr 13, 2005 Technical Contact: Marcus O Durham, Phone:918 496 8709, Email:mod@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Sep 16, 1998, BD APP: Sep 23, 2004, ANSI APP: Feb 01, 2005 Project Scope: This recommended practice establishes requirements for three- conductor new round-and-flat-type oil-well cables used in supplying three- phase ac electric power to submersible pump motors. The three major cables by components are copper conductors, ethylene-propylene diene monomer (EPDM) insulation, nitrile jacket and galvanized armor. Project Purpose: Perform 5 year review and updates for advances in submersible pump cable technology. Abstract: Minimum requirements for the construction, manufacturing, purchasing, and application of electric submersible pump cable are presented. The cable is round or flat, with ethylene– propylene rubber insulation, nitrile jacket, ethylene–propylene diene monomer (EPDM) jacket or lead sheath, and armor. These cables are for voltages not exceeding 3 kV or 5 kV (phase to phase) and conductor temperatures not exceeding 140 ºC (284 ºF) for nitrile or a maximum of 204 ºC (400 ºF) for EPDM jacket or lead sheath cable. Conductors, insulation, barrier (optional), assembly and jacket, armor, requirements for testing by the manufacturer, and cable ampacity are covered. Key Words: ampacity ratings, assembly, cable construction, cable testing, field testing, submersible pump cable Designation: 1018-1985 Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Petroleum & Chemical Industry Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Specifying Electric Submersible Pump Cable-Ethylene Propylene Rubber Insulation Status: Superseded History: PAR APP: Sep 28, 1988, BD APP: Jun 14, 1984, ANSI APP: Sep 18, 1985 Key Words: submersiblle, pump, cable, ethylene, rubber Designation: 1018-1991 Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Petroleum & Chemical Industry Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Specifying Electric Submersible Pump Cable - Ethylene-Propylene Rubber Insulation Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Dec 09, 1997. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **Revision of IEEE Std 1018-1985. History: PAR APP: Feb 02, 1989, BD APP: Dec 05, 1991, ANSI APP: May 14, 1992 Abstract: Minimum requirements for the construction, manufacturing, purchasing, and application of electric submersible pump (EST) cable are presented. The cable is round or flat, with ethylene-propylene rubber insulation, nitrile jacket, and armor, and is rated for voltages not exceeding 3 kV or 5 kV and for ambient temperatures not exceeding 284 degrees Fahrenheit. Conductors, insulation, barrier(optional), assembly and jacket, armor, requirements for testing by the manufacturer, and cable ampacity are covered. Key Words: dc hi-pot test methods, Test voltages, Test equipment Designation: 1019-2004 Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Petroleum & Chemical Industry Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Specifying Electric Submersible Pump Cable - Polypropylene Insulation Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Apr 13, 2005 Technical Contact: Marcus O Durham, Phone:918 496 8709, Email:mod@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Sep 16, 1998, BD APP: Sep 23, 2004, ANSI APP: Feb 01, 2005 Project Scope: This recommended practice establishes requirements for three- conductor round and flat type oil well cable used in supplying three-phase ac electric power to submersible pump motors. The major cable components are copper conductors, polypropylene insulation, polymeric jacket and galvanized armor. Project Purpose: Perform 5 year review and updates for advances in submersible pump cable technology. Abstract: Minimum requirements for the construction, manufacturing, purchasing, and application of electric submersible pump cable are presented. The cable is round or flat, with polypropylene rubber insulation, nitrile jacket, and armor. These cables are for voltages not exceeding 3 kV or 5 kV (phase to phase) and conductor temperatures not exceeding 96 ºC (205 ºF) for nitrile or a maximum of –10 ºC (14 ºF). Conductors, insulation, assembly and jacket, armor, requirements for testing by the manufacturer, and cable ampacity are covered. Key Words: ampacity ratings, assembly cable construction, cable testing, field testing, submersible pump cable, testing Designation: 1019-1985 Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Petroleum & Chemical Industry Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Specifying Electric Submersible Pump Cable - Polypropylene Insulation Status: Superseded History: BD APP: Jun 14, 1984, ANSI APP: Dec 18, 1985 Key Words: submersible, pump, cable, polypropolyne, insulation Designation: 1019-1991 Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Petroleum & Chemical Industry Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Specifying Electric Submersible Pump Cable - Polypropylene Insulation Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Dec 09, 1997. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **Revision of IEEE Std 1019-1985. History: PAR APP: Feb 02, 1989, BD APP: Dec 05, 1991, ANSI APP: May 14, 1992 Abstract: Minimum requirements for the construction, manufacturing, purchasing, and application of electric submersible pump (ESP) cable are presented. The cable is round or flat, with ethylene-propylene rubber insulation, nitrile jacket and armor. The recommendations apply to cables rated for voltages not exceeding 3 kV or 5 kV and for ambient temperatures not exceeding 205 degrees Fahrenheit or below 14 degrees Fahrenheit. Conductors, insulation, assembly, jacket, armor, requirements for testing by the manufacturer, and cable ampacity ratings are covered. Key Words: testing, Cable construction, Ampacity ratings Designation: 1020-1988 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Energy Development & Power Generation Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1994 Title: IEEE Guide for Control of Small Hydroelectric Power Plants Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Nov 28, 1988 Technical Contact: Edward T Voelker, Phone:781-401-2455, Email:edward_voelker@parsons.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Dec 28, 1983, BD APP: Mar 10, 1988, ANSI APP: May 17, 1989 Abstract: Descriptive material intended to assist in the planning for design, development, and operation of small hydroelectric power plant control systems is presented. The controlled electrical and mechanical systems and equipment as well as the control systems are covered. The aim, which is basically tutorial, is to provide a working knowledge of the terminology used in this field and an understanding of the principles of operation of hydroelectric generating units. The control requirements are addressed from an electrical standpoint. For completeness, salient civil features of small hydroelectric projects, are mentioned and equipment protection and operation are discussed. Key Words: Power generation control, Hydroelectric power generation Designation: P1020 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Energy Development & Power Generation Title: Guide for Control of Small (100 kVA to 5 MVA) Hydroelectric Power Plants Status: Revision Project Technical Contact: Douglas B Seely, Phone:503-297-1631, Email:Doug.Seely@stantec.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Feb 27, 2004 Project Scope: This guide describes the electrical control and monitoring requirements for equipment and systems associated with small hydroelectric power plants (100 kVA to 5 MVA). Project Purpose: The purpose of this revision is to address significant technology changes impacting small hydro plant control issues that have occurred since this guide was originally prepared and to harmonize guidelines contained in this document with two subsequent companion documents,IEEE P1010(D7,June 2002) and IEEE 1249-1996. Designation: 1021-1988 Sponsor: IEEE-SA Standards Board Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Utility Interconnection of Small Wind Energy Conversion Systems Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: May 20, 1996. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. History: BD APP: Dec 11, 1986, ANSI APP: May 18, 1987 Abstract: Guidelines and operating procedures necessary to connect and operate a small wind energy conversion system (SWECS) user, owner, or installer with interface in parallel with an electric utility system are provided for the user, owner, or installer of the SWECS. The interface between the wind system and the utility and the factors relating to equipment protection, power quality, and the safety of operating personnel and the general public are addressed. Installation approval procedures are covered. Key Words: wind, energy, conversion, interconnedtion, utility Designation: 1022 Sponsor: IEEE Ultrasonics, Ferroelectrics and Frequency Control Society Title: Acousto-Optic Devices Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. **. Technical Contact: Dr. David L Hecht, Phone:415-494-4218 **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 28, 1983 Key Words: acousto, optic, acoustic, devices Designation: 1023-2004 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Nuclear Power Engineering Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for the Application of Human Factors Engineering to Systems, Equipment, and Facilities of Nuclear Power Generating Stations and Other Nuclear Facilities Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jun 08, 2005 Technical Contact: Hamilton Fish, Phone:315-685-9106, Email:EMCInc@att.net **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Jan 30, 2000, BD APP: Dec 08, 2004, ANSI APP: Mar 24, 2005 Project Scope: This project upgrades the existing guide to a recommended practice for applying human factors engineering (HFE) to the significant human interfaces of systems, equipment, and facilities in nuclear power generating stations and other nuclear facilities. This document provides recommended practices for applying human factors engineering (HFE) to the significant human interfaces of systems, equipment, and facilities in nuclear power generating stations and other nuclear facilities. Project Purpose: This project revised the existing document to: Reflect current industry practices; Align the document for compatibility with related IEEE standards; Add technical guidance or references; and, Amend document type in accordance with IEEE guidelines. This document provides guidance to management and engineering personnel for the development of integrated programs for applying human factors engineering to the design, operation, and maintenance of nuclear power generating stations and other nuclear facilities. Abstract: This document provides recommended practices for applying human factors engineering (FE) to systems and equipment that have significant human interfaces in nuclear power generating stations and other nuclear facilities. Key Words: control room design, ergonomics, human engineering, human error, human factors, nuclear power, nuclear facilities, task analysis, validation, verification Designation: 1023-1988 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Nuclear Power Engineering Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1995 Title: IEEE Guide for the Application of Human Factors Engineering to Systems, Equipment and Facilities of Nuclear Power Generating Stations Status: Superseded History: PAR APP: Dec 28, 1985, BD APP: Oct 20, 1988, ANSI APP: May 09, 1989 Abstract: Guidance is provided to management and engineers who wish to develop an integrated program for the application of human factors engineering (HFE) in the design, operation, and maintenance of nuclear power generating stations. The standard covers the program organization and applicability, the plant design aspects to consider, the HFE methodologies that may be used, and a typical program plan for the application of HFE. It is applicable to new facilities or modifications to existing facilities. Key Words: Nuclear power generation, Human factors Designation: 1024 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transmission and Distribution Title: Standard for Specifying Distribution Composite Insulators (suspension type) Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: John Kuffel, Phone:416-207-6539, Email:john.kuffel@kinectrics.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 20, 1997 Project Scope: The specification covers the requirements for dead-end suspension composite insulators used on overhead distribution lines operating at nominal voltages up to and including 69kV. The dead-end insulator horizontally supports the line conductor. The suspension insulator vertically supports the line conductor. Both are subjected to tensile and torsional loads. The specification deals with composite insulators havine a core with metal end fittings and a housing and sheds. The core has resin impregnated glass fibers. The housing and sheds consist of elastomers. The metal end fittings are aluminum, steel, or iron. Project Purpose: This revision is being done in view of the technical advances and service experience in the area of non-ceramic distribution suspension insulators. Designation: 1024-1988 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transmission and Distribution Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Specifying Distribution Composite Insulators (Suspension Type) Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Dec 02, 1993. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. History: PAR APP: Dec 28, 1983, BD APP: Jun 09, 1988, ANSI APP: May 26, 1989 Key Words: insulators, polymeric, distribution Designation: 1025-1993 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transmission and Distribution Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1999 Title: IEEE Guide to the Assembly and Erection of Concrete Pole Structures Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Dec 30, 1993 History: PAR APP: Dec 28, 1983, BD APP: Sep 15, 1993, ANSI APP: Feb 24, 1994 Abstract: Good practice that will improve the ability to assemble and erect self-supporting and guyed concrete pole structures for overhead transmission lines is presented. Construction aspects after foundation installation and up to the conductor stringing operation are covered. Some aspects of construction related to other materials use in concrete pole structures are covered, but the treatment is not complete. The guide is intended to be used as a reference source for parties involved in the ownership, design, and construction of transmission structures Key Words: installation, poles, assembly and erection, concrete pole structures, transmission structures Designation: 1026-1995 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Insulated Conductors Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Test Methods for Determination of Compatibility of Materials With Conductive Polymeric Insulation Shields and Jackets Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 15, 2001. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **administratively withdrawn on 15-Jan-2001. History: PAR APP: Sep 21, 1995, BD APP: Dec 14, 1995, ANSI APP: Aug 08, 1996 Project Scope: To establish a guide for the evaluation of accessories, components or materials and their effectgs on the semi-conducting system of a cable. Project Purpose: To provide guidance in the form of evaluation procedures for normally known materials such as tapes, sealing compounds, cleaners, etc. Abstract: A test method is provided to qualify various essentially non-volatile, highly viscous fluids or solid materials at 90 degree C, for use with high-voltage cable shields and jackets. A suggested alternative test method for more fluid and more volatile materials is also provided. Key Words: compatibility, semiconducting, cable jacket, cable shield, heat shrinkable, tubing, high voltage jacket, high voltage shield, hot resistivity, resistivity measure, immersion testing, polymeric insulation, thermoplastic cable, polyethylene cable, TPE, volume resistance, resistance , conductive jacket, cross-linked , polyethylene (XLPE) cable, extruded insulation shield Designation: 1027-1996 Sponsor: IEEE Communications Society/Transmission Access & Optical Systems Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2004 Title: IEEE Standard Method for Measurement of the Magnetic Field in the Vicinity of a Telephone Receiver Status: Approved Publication of IEEE **Revision of IEEE Std 1027-1984. History: PAR APP: Sep 17, 1992, BD APP: Sep 23, 1996, ANSI APP: Feb 06, 1997 Abstract: The methodology for measuring the magnetic field strength in the vicinity of a telephone receiver is described. Key Words: magnetic field, telephone receiver Designation: 1027-1984 Sponsor: IEEE Communications Society/Transmission Access & Optical Systems Title: Draft Trial-Use Standard Method for Measuring the Magnetic Field Intensity Around a Telephone Receiver Status: Superseded Publication type: Trial-Use History: PAR APP: Dec 08, 1983, BD APP: Dec 08, 1983 Abstract: A practical method for determining the magnetic-field characteristics of a telephone receiver by means of objective measurements in a test connection is described. The method was developed in response to a need to specify the magnetic field at selected locations around a telephone receiver, required for satisfactory coupling of hearing aids. However, the method is sufficiently general to allow complete mapping of the magnetic field. It is also useful for other applications where knowledge of the magnetic field intensity is required. Key Words: magnetic, field, telephone, receiver, intensity Designation: 1028-1998 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2002 Title: IEEE Standard for Software Reviews Status: Approved Publication of IEEE History: PAR APP: Jun 26, 1997, BD APP: Dec 09, 1997, ANSI APP: Jan 30, 2003 Project Scope: Definition of the performance requirements for the methods to be used during the evaluation of software products of the software development life-cycle. The review process ensures that: 1) Progress according to plan is assessed, based on an evaluation of product development status. 2) Recommendations are provided for changing project direction or to identify the need for alternative planning. 3) Recommendations are provided for maintaining global control of the project through adequate allocation of resources. 4) Evidence of compliance of products and processes to standards, guidelines, specifications, and procedures is provided. 5) Evidence is provided that specific software elements conform to its specifications. 6) Evidence is provided that development (or maintenance) of the software elements is being done according to plans, standards, and guidelines applicable for the project. 7) Evidence is provided that changes to the software elements are properly implemented, and affect only those systems areas identified by the change specification. 8) Results of reviews are communicated to developers, managers, and responsible personnel in order to provide a history and provide information for work. The revision of 1028 will specify for the software review processes: the scope, the goals, the measures for determining how well the process goals were achieved, any roles unique to the process, the products to which the process is applied, the conditions(s) that must be satisfied before the process can begin, the standard steps to be followed in performing the process, the condition(s) that must be satisfied before the process is considered complete, the minimum set of results resulting from process completion, the measurement procedure, the associated metrics, and the measurement data to be collected, and the evidence needed to determine at a later date that the process was followed. Project Purpose: Software is employed in most equipment and business systems. To achieve the expectations of the users of the software, it is essential to have disciplined methods for evaluating of software products as they pass along the software development life-cycle. Designation: P1028 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee Title: Standard for Software Reviews Status: Revision Project Technical Contact: J. Dennis Lawrence, Phone:+1 541 344 4800, Email:d.lawrence@computer.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Aug 11, 2005 Project Scope: The scope remains unchanged from the 1997 version of the document and is as follows: This standard provides minimum acceptable requirements for systematic software reviews, where “systematic” includes the following attributes: a) Team participation b) Documented results of the review c) Documented procedures for conducting the review Reviews that do not meet the requirements of this standard are considered to be nonsystematic reviews. This standard is not intended to discourage or prohibit the use of nonsystematic reviews. The definitions, requirements, and procedures for the following five types of reviews are included within this standard: a) Management reviews b) Technical reviews c) Inspections d) Walk-throughs e) Audits This standard does not establish the need to conduct specific reviews; that need is defined by other software engineering standards or by local procedures. This standard provides definitions, requirements, and procedures that are applicable to the reviews of software development products throughout the software life cycle. Users of this standard shall specify where and when this standard applies and any intended deviations from this standard. It is intended that this standard be used with other software engineering standards that determine the products to be reviewed, the timing of reviews, and the necessity for reviews. This standard is closely aligned with IEEE Std 1012, 1 but can also be used with IEEE Std 1074, IEEE Std 730, ISO/IEC 12207:1995, and other standards. Use with other standards is described in Annex A. A useful model is to consider IEEE Std 1028 as a subroutine to the other standards. Thus, if IEEE Std 1012 were used to carry out the verification and validation process, the procedure in IEEE Std 1012 could be followed until such time as instructions to carry out a specific review are encountered. At that point, IEEE Std 1028 would be “called” to carry out the review, using the specific review type described herein. Once the review has been completed, IEEE Std 1012 would be returned to for disposition of the results of the review and any additional action required by IEEE Std 1012. In this model, requirements and quality attributes for the software product are “parameter inputs” to the review and are imposed by the “caller.” When the review is finished, the review outputs are “returned” to the “caller” for action. Review outputs typically include anomaly lists and action item lists; the resolution of the anomalies and action items are the responsibility of the “caller.” Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to define systematic reviews applicable to software acquisition, supply, development, operation, and maintenance. This standard describes how to carry out a review. Other standards or local management define the context within which a review is performed, and the use made of the results of the review. Software reviews can be used in support of the objectives of project management, system engineering (for example, functional allocation between hardware and software), verification and validation, configuration management, and quality assurance. Different types of reviews reflect differences in the goals of each review type. Systematic reviews are described by their defined procedures, scope, and objectives. Designation: 1028-1988 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1993 Title: IEEE Standard Software Reviews and Audits Status: Superseded History: PAR APP: Mar 28, 1984, BD APP: Jun 09, 1988, ANSI APP: Jun 29, 1989 Abstract: Definitions and uniform procedures for review and audit applicable to both critical and noncritical software are provided. The processes include management review, technical review, software inspection, walkthrough, and audit. The processes defined are applicable throughout the software life cycle. Key Words: reviews, audits, Software quality, Software development management Designation: 1029 Sponsor: SASB/SCC20-Test and Diagnosis for Electric Systems Title: Digital Automatic Test Program Generator (DATPG) Output Format Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. **. Technical Contact: Michael Z Lowenstein, Phone:970-858-1399, Email:mzl@harmonicslimited.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 28, 1984 Key Words: DATPG, output, format Designation: 1029.1-1991 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Design Automation Title: IEEE Standard for Waveform and Vector Exchange (WAVES) Status: Superseded History: PAR APP: Sep 28, 1990, BD APP: Dec 05, 1991, ANSI APP: May 22, 1992 Abstract: This specification is an application of the VHSIC Hardware Description Language (VHDL). This standard covers the dataset structure, header file, WAVES files, external files, execution model, and waveform semantics, and defines three standard packages to support WAVES datasets. Key Words: VHDL, WAVES standard packages, WAVES datasets Designation: 1029.1-1998 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Design Automation Title: IEEE Standard For VHDL Waveform and Vector Exchange (Waves) to Support Design and Test Verification Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 16, 2004. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **16-Jan-04: Administratively withdrawn. History: PAR APP: Sep 21, 1995, BD APP: Sep 16, 1998 Project Scope: The scope of the project will be to bring WAVES into alignment with the VHDL 1076-1993 standard. The additional task of improving the WAVES language interface between WAVES and VHDL will be addressed. Project Purpose: Waves is an application of VHDL, alignment to the VHDL-1993 standard is necessary. Current users of WAVES have identified defiiciencies in the WAVES VHDL /INTERFACE, the project intends to address and correct them. Abstract: " This standard is a formal notation intended for use in all phases of the development of electronicsystems. Because it is both machine-readable and human-readable, it supports the veriÞcation and testing ofhardware designs; the communication of hardware design and test veriÞcation data; and the maintenance,modiÞcation, and procurement of hardware systems. This standard provides the syntactic and semanticframework for the unambiguous expression and aggregation of digital test data and timing information nec-essary to completely describe a test or set of tests for a digital system. WAVES digital test data (stimulus andexpected responses) is described at the logic level. Voltage and current values are not described by WAVESand are beyond the scope of this standard. " Key Words: "CAD, design automation, design verification, digital design, test vector, VHDL" Designation: 1029.2 Sponsor: SASB/SCC20-Test and Diagnosis for Electric Systems Title: Standard for Automatic Test Program Generation Information Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Robert G Hillman, Phone:(315) 330-2813, Email:hillmanr@rl.af.mil **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 28, 1990 Designation: 1029.3 Title: Standard for the Representation of Unit Under Test (UUT) Design Data for Test Generation Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Robert G Hillman, Phone:(315) 330-2813, Email:hillmanr@rl.af.mil **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 26, 1991 Designation: 1030-1987 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transmission and Distribution Title: IEEE Guide for Specification of High-Voltage Direct-Current Systems: Part 1 - Steady State Performance Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Dec 03, 1992. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. History: PAR APP: Mar 22, 1984, BD APP: Mar 12, 1987, ANSI APP: Sep 11, 1987 Key Words: 1030.1 Designation: 1030.1 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transmission and Distribution Title: Guide for the Specification of High-Voltage Direct-Current Systems: Part 1 - Steady-State Performance Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. **Revision project for IEEE Std 1030-1987. Technical Contact: Lewis Vaughan, Phone:514 652 8457, Email:i.vaughan@ieee.ca **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 21, 1996 Project Scope: This guide provides general guidance on the steady-state performance requirements of high-voltage direct-current (HVDC) systems. It concerns the steady-state performance of two terminal HVDC systems utilizing 12-puolse converter units consisting of three-phase bridge (double way) connections. Excluded are multi-terminal HVDC transmission systems. Both converters are assumed to use thyristor valves as the main semiconductor valves and to have power flow capability in both directions. No considerations is given to diode valves. Project Purpose: The purpose of the proposed project is to revise and bring up to date the previous ANSI/IEEE standard 1030 - 1987. The proposed document is a guide for the Specification of HVDC systems and as such remains a valuable reference for those involved in the specification of HVDC system projects, both new and upgrades or extensions of existing installations. Designation: 1030.2 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transmission and Distribution Title: Guide for Specification of High-Voltage Direct-Current Systems: Part II- Faults & Switching Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Lewis Vaughan, Phone:514 652 8457, Email:i.vaughan@ieee.ca **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 02, 1993 Project Scope: This guide will describe the aspects of HVDC system performance under transient conditions during faults and switching and which are considered important for specification of HVDC system performance. Project Purpose: To provide guidance to those who prepare specifications for HVDC systems. Designation: 1030.3 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transmission and Distribution Title: Guide for Specification of HVDC Performance: Part III Dynamic Performance Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Lewis Vaughan, Phone:514 652 8457, Email:i.vaughan@ieee.ca **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 05, 1991 Project Scope: This is the third and concluding part of a Guide series on specifying the performance of HVDC systems - DYNAMIC PERFORMANCE. The other parts of this series are STEADY-STATE and FAULTS AND SWITCHING. Project Purpose: To provide guidance in specifying the performance requirements for HVDC systems. This technology is relatively new and will benefit from clarification and organization of the important specification aspects of dynamic performance of these important electric power transport systems. Designation: 1031-2000 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Substations Title: IEEE Guide for the Functional Specification of Transmission Static Var Compensators Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Apr 21, 2000 **This guide supersedes 1031-1991. Technical Contact: Michael H Baker, Phone:+44 1785 257111, Email:michael.baker@tde.alstom.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Dec 31, 1994, BD APP: Jan 30, 2000, ANSI APP: Jun 07, 2000 Abstract: This guide documents an approach to preparing a specification for a transmission staticvar compensator. The document is intended to serve as a base specification with an informativeannex provided to allow users to modify or develop specific clauses to meet a particular application. Key Words: "filters, harmonics, static var compensators, static var system, TCR, thyristor valves, TSC, TSR" Designation: P1031 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Substations Title: Guide for the Functional Specification of Transmission Static Var Compensators Status: Revision Project Technical Contact: Hubert Bilodeau, Phone:514-840-3000x3161, Email:bilodeau.hubert@hydro.qc.ca **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 16, 2006 Project Scope: This guide assists users in specifying the functional requirements for static Var compensators in transmission substations, but not those primarily associated with DC converter stations, nor with the correction of disturbing load or phase unbalance. The scope will include harmonics and loss analysis.<br> The scope of the document has not changed. Project Purpose: The purpose of this guide is to:<br> 1. Update in accordance with present practices<br> 2. Expand information needed to prepare a specification<br> 3. To provide an informative annex to allow users to modify or develop specific clauses to meet a particular application.<br> The purpose has changed since the last published document (please see Item #21, below). Designation: 1031-1991 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Substations Title: IEEE Guide for a Detailed Functional Specification and Application of Static VAR Compensators Status: Superseded **This guide was superseded by 1031-2000. Technical Contact: Philip R Nannery, Phone:201-934-9796, Email:pnannery@oru.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 28, 1984, BD APP: Dec 05, 1991, ANSI APP: May 14, 1992 Abstract: Guidelines for the application, protection, and ratings of equipment for the safe and reliable utilization of shunt power capacitors are provided. This guide applies to the use of 50 and 60 Hz shunt power capacitors rated 2400 Vac and above, and assemblies of capacitors. Applications that range from simple unit utilization to complex bank situations are covered. Key Words: static, VAR, compensators, procurement, substations, SVC Designation: 1032 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transmission and Distribution Title: Guide to Establish Criteria for Work Clearances Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. History: PAR APP: Dec 28, 1984 Project Scope: To document criteria for use in establishing safe working clearances for all operating voltages. With increased use of compacted lines, and with decreasing tower clearances at EHV, it is essential that the safe work clearances be established. Key Words: work, clearances, criteria Designation: 1033-1985 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Nuclear Power Engineering Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Application of IEEE Std 828 to Nuclear Power Generating Stations Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jun 27, 1991. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **ANSI withdrawn 3/17/93. History: BD APP: Sep 13, 1984, ANSI APP: May 24, 1985 Key Words: nuclear, generation, stations, IEEE 828 Designation: 1034 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Insulated Conductors Title: Fire&Smoke Test Proc/Elec Cables Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. History: PAR APP: Mar 28, 1984 Key Words: fire, smoke, cables, test Designation: 1035-1989 Title: IEEE Recommended Practice: Test Procedure for Utility-Interconnected Static Power Converters Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: May 05, 1995. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. History: PAR APP: Jun 01, 1989, BD APP: Jun 01, 1989, ANSI APP: Oct 27, 1989 Abstract: A test procedure that applies to single- and three-phase units rated from 1 kW to 500 kW and may also be applied in principle to larger units is given. The objective is the measurement of electrical parameters at the ac terminals of the power converter. The procedure may serve as a basis for factory or acceptance testing. It focuses on equipment that lends itself to mass production and is readily interconnected to an electric utility, rather than on equipment subject to site-specific design and testing. Test results may be used in evaluating or comparing different types of static power converters. Only equipment with the primary function of delivering electric energy to circuits interconnected with the electric utility is covered by this procedure. Key Words: utility, test, code, power, conditioning Designation: 1036-1992 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transmission and Distribution Title: IEEE Guide for Application of Shunt Power Capacitors Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Feb 19, 1993 History: PAR APP: Mar 28, 1984, BD APP: Sep 17, 1992, ANSI APP: Mar 09, 1993 Abstract: Guidelines for the application protection, and ratings of equipment for the safe and reliable utilization of shunt power capacitors are provided. This guide applies to the use of 50 and 60 Hz shunt power capacitors rated 2400 Vac and above, and assemblies of capacitors. Applications that range from simple unit utilization to complex bank situations are covered. Key Words: Voltage control, Shunt power capacitor, Power factor correction Designation: 1036 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transmission and Distribution Title: Guide for Application of Shunt Power Capacitors Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: J. Antone Bonner, Phone:(414) 835-1520, Email:abonner@cooperpower.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 16, 1998 Project Scope: Provide guidelines for the application, protection, and ratings of equipment used in 50 Hz and 60 Hz shunt power capacitors rated 2400 vac and above. Project Purpose: Use of existing standard has indicated some areas of the text where supplemental information would be valuable to the reader. Closer harmonization with other existing standards which cover similar topics and consideration of fuseless and internally fused capacitor technology is also needed. Designation: P1036 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transmission and Distribution Title: Guide for Application of Shunt Power Capacitors Status: Revision Project Technical Contact: J. Antone Bonner, Phone:(414) 835-1520, Email:abonner@cooperpower.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 30, 2006 Project Scope: The scope of this document is as follows:<br> This guide applies to the use of 50 and 60 Hz shunt power capacitors rated 2400 Vac and above, and assemblies of capacitors. Included are guidelines for the application, protection, and ratings of equipment for the safe and reliable utilization of shunt power capacitors. The guide is general and intended to be basic and supplemental to specific recommendations of the manufacturer. The guide covers applications that range from simple unit utilization to complex bank situations. Project Purpose: Guidelines for the application, protection, and ratings of equipment for the safe and reliable utilization of shunt power capacitors are provided. This guide applies to the use of 50 and 60 Hz shunt power capacitors rated 2400 Vac and above, and assemblies of capacitors. Applications that range from simple unit utilization to complex bank situations are covered. Designation: 1037-1992 Sponsor: IEEE Ultrasonics, Ferroelectrics and Frequency Control Society Title: IEEE Standard Terms and Definitions for Surface Acoustic Wave (SAW) Devices Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Mar 06, 2000. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. History: PAR APP: Mar 28, 1983, BD APP: Dec 03, 1992, ANSI APP: May 14, 1993 Abstract: Terms and their definitions for surface acoustic wave devices are provided. The terms and definitions are given in the following categories: wave-ralated terms, transducer-related terms, and device-related terms. Key Words: definitions, SAW, transducers, WAVES, Surface acoustic wave Designation: 1040 Title: Graphic Symbols for Fiber Optics Devices Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. History: PAR APP: Jun 28, 1984 Key Words: symbols, graphic, fiber, optics, devices Designation: 1041 Title: Application Guide for Surge Protection of Electric Generating Plants Status: Changed Designation **Number changed to C62.23 Designation: 1042-1987 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1993 Title: IEEE Guide to Software Configuration Management Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Mar 06, 2000. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. History: BD APP: Sep 10, 1987, ANSI APP: Mar 10, 1988 Abstract: The application of configuration management (CM) disciplines to the management of software engineering projects is described. For those planning software configuration management (SCM) activities, this guide provides insight into the various factors that must be considered. For users implementing SCM disciplines, suggestions and detailed examples of plans are provided. An interpretation is given of how ANSI/IEEE Std 828-1983, IEEE Standard for Software Configuration Management Plans, can be used for planning the management of different kinds of computer program development and maintenance activities. Key Words: configuration, Software safety, Software maintenance, Software development management Designation: 1043-1996 Sponsor: IEEE Dielectrics and Electrical Insulation Society/Voltage Endurance Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2003 Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Voltage-Endurance Testing of Form-Wound Bars and Coils Status: Approved Publication of IEEE **Revision of IEEE Std 1043-1989. History: PAR APP: Mar 17, 1994, BD APP: Sep 19, 1996, ANSI APP: Feb 06, 1997 Abstract: The voltage endurance testing of form-wound bars and coils for use in large rotating machines is covered. Key Words: electrical insulation, form-wound bars, form-wound coils, voltage endurance testing Designation: 1043-1989 Sponsor: IEEE Dielectrics and Electrical Insulation Society/Voltage Endurance Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Voltage-Endurance Testing of Form-Wound Bars and Coils Status: Superseded History: PAR APP: Aug 17, 1989, BD APP: Aug 17, 1989, ANSI APP: Jan 12, 1990 Designation: 1044-1993 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2002 Title: IEEE Standard Classification for Software Anomalies Status: Approved Publication of IEEE History: PAR APP: Sep 15, 1993, BD APP: Dec 02, 1993, ANSI APP: Aug 04, 1994 Abstract: A uniform approach to the classification of anomalies found in software and its documentation is provided. The processing of anomalies discovered during any software life cycle phase are described, and comprehensive lists of software anomaly classifications and related data items that are helpful to identify and track anomalies are provided. This standard is not intended to define procedural or format requirements for using the classification scheme. It does identify some classification measures and does not attempt to define all the data supporting the analysis of an anomaly. Key Words: software, anomalies, faults, failure, Supporting data item, Classification process, Category, Anomaly Designation: P1044 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee Title: Standard Classification for Software Anomalies Status: Revision Project Technical Contact: David Card, Phone:321-779-8203, Email:eicjss@bellsouth.net **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jun 09, 2005 Project Scope: This standard is applicable to any software, including critical computer software, commercial applications, system software, support software, testware, and firmware during any phase of a system’s life cycle. This standard defines the minimum requirements for classifying anomalies, as well as providing additional classifications for projects requiring greater detail. The mandatory classifications are the minimum requirements necessary to establish a standard terminology for anomalies within or between projects and organizations. To accomplish the classification task, this standard documents the following subjects: a) Definitions of terms not provided in IEEE Std 610.12-1990 b) A basic process (sequence of steps) for classifying and establishing categories of anomalies relating to software products and providing related data and information c) A standard set of categories and classifications, either mandatory or optional d) A list of supporting data items This standard identifies those essential (mandatory) categories needed to establish a common definition. The categories provide a common terminology and concepts to communicate among projects, software development environments, and personnel. It is assumed that all applicable classifications within a mandatory category shall be used for compliance to this standard. This standard also provides categories for additional detail that are not necessarily essential to all projects. These additional categories are identified as optional. This standard is not intended to define procedural or format requirements for using the classification scheme. This standard identifies some classification measures and does not attempt to define all the data supporting the analysis of an anomaly. The classifications are layered with greater detail in each subsequent layer. For instance, in table 1b the Project phase category has two levels of classifications, and in table 3c the Type category has three levels of classifications. Each project using this classification scheme may choose the level of classification appropriate to that project. Only the first level of classifications is mandatory for each mandatory category. The classifications in this standard are not exhaustive. Some projects will have requirements that are unique. It is assumed that in those situations the project members will create project-specific categories and/or classifications in addition to the classifications stated in this standard. Anomaly reports generated using the classifications stated in this standard facilitate the generation of statistics, trend analysis, process control, and causal analysis. Project Purpose: The purpose of the project is to update the standard to include current topics such as Orthogonal Defect Classification, Defect Causal Analysis, and the Capability maturity Model - Integrated. The project will also evaluate the need for changes to the corresponding guidebook IEEE 1044.1, 1995. There was no purpose included in the published standard. Designation: 1044.1-1995 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee Title: IEEE Guide to Classification for Software Anomalies Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 15, 2001. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **administratively withdrawn on 15-Jan-2001. History: PAR APP: Sep 15, 1993, BD APP: Dec 12, 1995, ANSI APP: Aug 01, 1996 Abstract: This guide provides supporting information to assist users applying the IEEE Std 1044-1993, IEEE Standard Classification for Software Anomalies to decide whether to conform completely or just extract ideas from that standard. This guide will enable users of IEEE Std 1044-1993 to implement and customize IEEE Std 1044-1993 for their organization in an effective and efficient manner. Key Words: anomaly, category, classification, software, supporting data item, anomalies Designation: 1045-1992 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2002 Title: IEEE Standard for Software Productivity Metrics Status: Approved Publication of IEEE History: PAR APP: Dec 28, 1984, BD APP: Sep 17, 1992, ANSI APP: Mar 22, 1993 Abstract: A consistent way to measure the elements that go into computing software productivity is defined. Software productivity metrics terminology are given to ensure an understanding of measurement data for both source code and document production. Although this standard prescribes measurements to characterize the software process, it does not establish software productivity norms, nor does it recommend productivity measurements as a method to evaluate software projects or software developers. This standard does not measure the quality of software. This standard does not claim to improve productivity, only to measure it. The goal of this standard is for a better understanding of the software process, which may lend insight to improving it. Key Words: attribute, primitive, source, staff-hour, statement, Source statement, Productivity ratio Designation: P1045 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee Title: Standard for Software Productivity Measurement Status: Revision Project Technical Contact: Peter C Baxter, Phone:540-372-4500, Email:pbaxter@distributive.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jun 12, 2003 Project Scope: Scope from the original IEEE 1045 PAR: This standard provides definitions for software productivity metrics and gives directions for selecting and applying them. For the new/proposed standard, the scope is: This project will follow the scope of the existing standard, particularly the definitions and techniques for determining software productivity. As in the current standard, this project will provide adopters with a standard method for quantifying the productivity of software organizations, including the use of productivity for (new) software development, software reuse, and software maintenance. The scope of this project does not require a specific software measurement process (though one is referenced) or a particlar software life-cycle model. This project will adopt the measurement terminology and measurement information model of ISO/IEC 15939, using this terminology to describe software productivity measures. Finally, this project will provide an informative annex that demonstrates the use of the ISO/IEC 15939 measurement process, activities and tasks for determining software productivity. Project Purpose: The purpose of the revision is to update the terminology, definitions, process details and application guidance (of software productivity metrics) such that it is consistent with ISO/IEC Standard for Lifecycle process (ISO/IEC 12207), ISO/IEC Software Measurement Process (ISO/IEC 15939). Further, this project will ensure that this standard addresses the measurement approach shared by SEI Capability Maturity Model Integrated (CMMI) and Practical Software and Systemes Measurement Guidebook. Specifically, the updates (to this standard) will include use of ISO/IEC measurement terminology, measurement process model and measurement information model. Designation: 1046-1991 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Energy Development & Power Generation Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1996 Title: IEEE Application Guide for Distributed Digital Control and Monitoring for Power Plants Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Feb 06, 2006. This historical standard is available for sale in electronic format (PDF) through the IEEE Online Store at www.shop.ieee.org. You may also order by calling +1 800 678 IEEE (in the US) or +1 732 981 0060 (outside of the US). Technical Contact: D. J Damsker, Phone:(212) 753-0034 **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 21, 1991, BD APP: Sep 26, 1991, ANSI APP: May 06, 1992 Abstract: Alternate approaches to applying a digital control system, for both new construction and existing plant modernization projects, are described, and their advantages and disadvantages are compared. Criteria to be used to judge the suitability of commercially available systems for use in the power generation industry are provided. Terminology is defined, and the objectives of distributed control and monitoring systems are described. The following system application issues are addressed: integrated versus segregated systems functional and geographic distribution, hierarchical architecture and automation, control and protection functions, input/output systems, environmental considerations, and documentation. The data communications structure and the functions that support it are considered. Data acquisition and monitoring (the man/machine interfaces) are discussed. Reliability, availability, and fault tolerance of distributed control and monitoring systems are addressed. Key Words: generation, stations, monitoring, Power plant, Distributed monitoring, Distributed control, Digital Designation: 1047 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Insulated Conductors Title: MeasResistanceSemi-Conducting Jackets Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. History: PAR APP: Jun 28, 1984 Key Words: resistance, semiconducting, jackets, measure Designation: 1048-2003 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transmission and Distribution Title: IEEE Guide for Protective Grounding of Power Lines Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Sep 26, 2003 **Supersedes 1048-1990. Technical Contact: Gernot K Brandt, Phone:425-255-0866, Email:ger2@comcast.net **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Mar 16, 1995, BD APP: Mar 20, 2003, ANSI APP: Jun 19, 2003 Project Scope: Revise guidelines for safe protective grounding methods for persons engaged in de-energized line maintenance and to compile state-of- the-art information on protective grounding practices. Project Purpose: The guide does not have the sizing of grounds or the treatment of vehicles adjacent to utility power lines. Abstract: "IEEE Std 1048-2003, IEEE Guide for Protective Grounding of Power Lines" Key Words: "de-energized overhead line maintenace, protective ground set sizing, protective grounding, protective grounding practices, safety, testing and maintenance protective grounds" Designation: P1048 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transmission and Distribution Title: Guide for Protective Grounding of Power Lines Status: Revision Project Technical Contact: Clayton C King, Phone:573-682-83821, Email:centralia@msn.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 07, 2005 Project Scope: The scope remains unchanged from IEEE 1048-2003 and is as follows: This document provides guidelines for grounding methods to protect workers and the public from voltages that might develop in a jobsite during de-energized maintenance of overhead transmission and distribution lines. Project Purpose: This document is intended to provide guidance for protective grounding in jobsites during de-energized maintenance of power lines. The primary purpose of protective grounding is to limit the voltage differences between any two accessible points at the worksite to an acceptable value. As an IEEE guide, the purpose of this document is to suggest approaches for protective grounding. This guide does not have mandatory requirements. Following the suggestions in this guide helps to mitigate risks, and users should take all reasonable steps necessary to minimize risks during de- energized maintenance of power lines. Designation: 1048-1990 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transmission and Distribution Title: IEEE Guide for Protective Grounding of Power Lines Status: Superseded **Superseded by 1048-2003. History: PAR APP: Dec 28, 1984, BD APP: Apr 17, 1990, ANSI APP: Aug 21, 1990 Project Scope: To prepare guidelines for safe protective grounding methods for persons engaged in de-energized line maintenance and to compile state-of- the-art information on protective ground practices. Abstract: Guidelines are provided for safe protective grounding methods for persons engaged in de-energized overhead transmission and distribution line maintenance. This guide compiles state-of-the-art information on protective grounding practices employed by power utilities in North America. Key Words: Transmission lines, Protective grounding, Power lines, Grounding practices, Distribution lines Designation: 1049 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Nuclear Power Engineering Title: Recommended Practice for Application of Safety Classifications to Instrumentation, Control and Electric Equipment in Nuclear Power Generating Stations Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. History: PAR APP: Jun 28, 1984, ANSI APP: Jul 19, 1984 Key Words: safety, classiification, instrument, control Designation: 1050-2004 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Energy Development & Power Generation Title: IEEE Guide for Instrumentation and Control Equipment Grounding in Generating Stations Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Sep 14, 2005 Technical Contact: Joseph R Jancauskas, Phone:937-549-2641X5735, Email:joseph.jancauskas@dplinc.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Sep 16, 1998, BD APP: Sep 23, 2004, ANSI APP: Feb 04, 2005 Project Scope: This revision will update the existing standard to incorporate the latest design technology as well as reformat the document for increased user-friendliness. Project Purpose: Advances in control systems technology have raised new technical issues as well as requiring older technical issues to be clarified. Enhancing the document in a manner which mimics how designers of control systems perform their design will greatly increae the value of the Guide. Abstract: Instrumentation and control (I&C) equipment grounding methods to achieve both a suitable level of protection for personnel and equipment, and suitable electric noise immunity for signal ground references in generating stations are identified. Key Words: control, generating stations, grounding, I&C, instrumentation Designation: 1050-1996 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Energy Development & Power Generation Title: IEEE Guide for Instrumentation and Control Equipment Grounding in Generating Stations Status: Superseded **Revision of Std 1050-1989. Technical Contact: Joseph R Jancauskas, Phone:937-549-2641X5735, Email:joseph.jancauskas@dplinc.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 21, 1991, BD APP: Apr 04, 1996, ANSI APP: Sep 11, 1996 Abstract: Information about grounding methods for generating station instrumentation and control (I & C) equipment is provided. The identification of I & C equipment methods to achieve both a suitable level of protection for personnel and equipment is included, as well as suitable noise immunity for signal ground references in generating stations. Both ideal thoretical methods and accepted practices in the electric utility industry are presented. Key Words: control equipment, generating stations, grounding, instrumentation Designation: 1050-1989 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Energy Development & Power Generation Title: IEEE Guide for Instrumentation and Control Equipment Grounding in Generating Stations Status: Superseded **ANSI approval extended to 3/97. Technical Contact: Joseph R Jancauskas, Phone:937-549-2641X5735, Email:joseph.jancauskas@dplinc.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jun 28, 1987, BD APP: Feb 02, 1989, ANSI APP: Aug 24, 1989 Abstract: Guidance for the design of grounding systems for instrumentation and control equipment specific to large central generating stations is provided. The goal is to achieve both a suitable level of protection for personnel and equipment and suitable electric noise immunity for signal ground references. Requirements for the grounding of systems associated with the interconnection of the station to adjacent substations are considered, since these are a large source of electrical noise. Both ideal theoretical methods and accepted practices in the electric utility industry are presented. Applications relating to advanced energy storage and conversion technologies (photovoltaics, fuel cells, etc.) are not considered. Key Words: grounding, control, instrument, equipment, generating Designation: 1051-1988 Sponsor: IEEE Communications Society Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Parameters to Characterize Digital Loop Performance Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jun 18, 1992. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **ANSI withdrawn 1/4/93. History: PAR APP: Dec 28, 1987, BD APP: Mar 10, 1988, ANSI APP: Sep 26, 1988 Key Words: parameters, characterize, digital, loop, performance Designation: 1057-1994 Sponsor: IEEE Instrumentation and Measurement Society/TC10-Waveform Measurement and Analysis Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2001 Title: IEEE Standard for Digitizing Waveform Recorders Status: Approved Publication of IEEE History: PAR APP: Mar 16, 1993, BD APP: Jun 14, 1994, ANSI APP: Jan 30, 2002 Abstract: Terminology and test methods for describing the performance of waveform recorders are provided. Key Words: waveform recorders, error sources, digitizing oscillo Scopes, Test methods, Terminology, Performance Designation: P1057 Sponsor: IEEE Instrumentation and Measurement Society/TC10-Waveform Measurement and Analysis Title: Standard for Digitizing Waveform Recorders Status: Revision Project History: PAR APP: Mar 30, 2000 Project Scope: We are revising and updating Std. 1057. The revision will incorporate work from the following: comments already received and those to be received from a widespread solicitation of people using the standard, appropriate material developed by the committee in writing a draft 1057 User's Guide, making 1057 consistent with ongoing work on the ADC standard 1241 and the Pulse terms and methods standard. Project Purpose: The existing standard is due to expire soon. The field of waveform recorders is still a thriving one, and a standard is needed to define and measure performance. There have been many technology advances in the past five years in terms of recorder performance and test methods. Thus the existing standard should be updated. The standard is meant to be of use to both manufacturers and users of digitizing waveform recorders to provide standardized, well-defined terms and test methods for evaluating the equipment. Designation: 1057-1988 Sponsor: IEEE Instrumentation and Measurement Society/TC10-Waveform Measurement and Analysis Title: Standard for Digitizing Waveform Recorders Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Sep 15, 1993. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. Publication type: Trial-Use History: BD APP: Oct 20, 1988 Key Words: digital, waveform, recorders Designation: 1058-1998 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee Title: IEEE Standard for Software Project Management Plans Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Dec 22, 1998 **Revision project for IEEE Std 1058.1-1987. Will be bound together in 1 volume with 1058a supplement (app 9/16/98) History: PAR APP: Sep 15, 1993, BD APP: Dec 08, 1998, ANSI APP: Nov 16, 1999 (Ref. Std.: 1058.1) Project Scope: To prescribe the format and contents of software management plans. A software management plan is the controlling document for managing a software project; it provides the technical and managerial activities necessary to satisfy the requirements for the software project. Project Purpose: To provide a uniform scheme to prepare and present a software project management plan. Revision to reflect experience of the past 5 years of use. Abstract: " The format and contents of software project management plans, applicable to any type or size ofsoftware project, are described. The elements that should appear in all software project management plansare identified. " Key Words: "management plans,software project management plans" Designation: 1058.1-1987 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1993 Title: IEEE Standard for Software Project Management Plans Status: Superseded **Being revised as 1058. History: PAR APP: Sep 28, 1986, BD APP: Dec 10, 1987, ANSI APP: Oct 06, 1988 Abstract: The format and content of software project management plans are prescribed. By software project plan is meant the controlling document that defines the technical and managerial processes necessary to satisfy the project requirements. The requirements are applicable to all types of software projects and to software products of any size, complexity, or criticality at any point in the life cycle. All forms of product delivery media, including firmware, embedded systems code, programmable logic arrays, and software-in-silicon are included. Key Words: project, plans, Software development management Designation: 1058.2 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee Title: Guide for Software Project Management Plans Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Mar 21, 1991. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. History: PAR APP: Sep 28, 1987 Key Words: software, project, management, plans Designation: 1058a-1998 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee Title: IEEE Supplement to Standard for Software Project Management Plans Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Dec 22, 1998 **1058a will be published as part of 1058-1998. This supplement and the base std. will be bound together in one volume. History: PAR APP: Jun 26, 1997, BD APP: Sep 16, 1998 Project Scope: To establish a correlation between the content of software project management plans as defined in 1058 and the content of such plans as defined in IEEE 12207.1, Guide for Information Technology - Software Life Cycle Processes - Life Cycle Data by adding an annex which will correlate the assumptions relating to content of the two documents and trace content between subject documentation. Project Purpose: To achieve harmonization of the content definition for software life cycle process results among the IEEE software engineering standards and with related international standards. Designation: 1059-1993 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee Title: IEEE Guide for Software Verification and Validation Plans Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Mar 06, 2000. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **Std 1012 Implement guide. History: PAR APP: Dec 28, 1984, BD APP: Dec 02, 1993, ANSI APP: Jun 03, 1994 Abstract: Guidance in preparing Software Verification and Validation Plans (SVVPs) that comply with IEEE Std 1012-1986 are provided. IEEE Std 1012-1986 specifies the required content for an SVVP. This guide recommends approaches to Verification and Validation (V & V) planning. This guide does not present requirements beyond those stated in IEEE Std 1012-1986. Key Words: software, verification, validation, V & V tasks, Master schedule, Life cycle phases, Baseline change assessment Designation: 1060 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society pw Technical Contact: John Sheppard **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. Designation: 1061-1998 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2004 Title: IEEE Standard for a Software Quality Metrics Methodology Status: Approved Publication of IEEE History: PAR APP: Sep 16, 1997, BD APP: Dec 08, 1998, ANSI APP: Nov 16, 1999 Project Scope: Methodology for establishing quality requirements and identifying, implementing, analyzing, and validating software quality metrics. Project Purpose: To clarify the use of terminology in the document; incorporate lessons learned since publication from workshops, teaching classes based on the document, and field experience of users, and clarify relationships with related international standards. Abstract: " A methodology for establishing quality requirements and identifying, implementing, ana-lyzing, and validating the process and product software quality metrics is defined. The methodologyspans the entire software life cycle. " Key Words: "direct metric,metrics framework,quality factor,quality subfactor,software quality metric" Designation: 1061-1992 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee Title: IEEE Standard for a Software Quality Metrics Methodology Status: Superseded History: PAR APP: Sep 28, 1987, BD APP: Dec 03, 1992, ANSI APP: Jun 09, 1993 Abstract: A methodology for establishing quality requirements and identifying, implementing, analyzing, and validating the process and product of software quality metrics is defined. The methodology spans the entire software life cycle. Although this standard includes examples of metrics, this standard does not prescribe specific metrics. Key Words: methodology, Subfactor, Software quality metric, Metrics framework, Factor, Direct metric Designation: 1062-1993 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2002 Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Software Acquisition Status: Approved Publication of IEEE History: PAR APP: Apr 28, 1988, BD APP: Dec 02, 1993, ANSI APP: Jun 03, 1994 Abstract: A set of useful quality practices that can be selected and applied during one or more steps in a software acquisition process is described. This recommended practice can be applied to software that runs on any computer system regardless of the size, complexity, or criticality of the software, but is more suited for use on modified-off-the-shelf software and fully developed software. Key Words: software, certification, Supplier, Software acquisition process, Software acquisition life cycle, Modified-off-the-shelf software, Acquirer Designation: 1062-1998 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Software Acquisition Status: Superseded Publication type: Special Publication Abstract: " A set of useful quality practices that can be selected and applied during one or moresteps in a software acquisition process is described. This recommended practice can be applied tosoftware that runs on any computer system regardless of the size, complexity, or criticality of thesoftware, but is more suited for use on modified-off-the-shelf software and fully developed soft-ware. " Key Words: "acquirer,modified-off-the-shelf software,software acquisition life cycle,software acquisition process, supplier" Designation: 1062a-1998 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2002 Title: Recommended Practice for Software Acquisition Status: Approved Publication of IEEE **This supl will be incorporated into the base std. History: PAR APP: Jun 26, 1997, BD APP: Dec 08, 1998, ANSI APP: Nov 16, 1999 Project Scope: To establish a correlation between the content of software acquisition plans as defined in 1062 and the content of such plans as defined in IEEE 12207.1, Guide for Information Technology - Software Life Cycle Processes - Life Cycle Data by adding an annex which will correlate the assumptions relating to content of the two documents and trace content between subject documentation. Project Purpose: To achieve harmonization of the content definition for software life cycle process results among the IEEE software engineering standards and with related international standards. Designation: 1063-2001 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee Title: IEEE Standard for Software User Documentation Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Dec 20, 2001 **Supersedes 1063-1987 (R1993). Technical Contact: Annette D Reilly, Phone:301-214-3338, Email:annette.d.reilly@lmco.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Mar 19, 1998, BD APP: Dec 06, 2001 Project Scope: This standard provides minimum requirements for the structure, information content, and format of user documentation, to include both paper and electronic documentation used in the work environment by users of systems containing software. The standard is limited to the software documentation product and will not include the processes of developing or managing software user documentation. The standard includes printed user manuals, online help, and user reference documentation. It does not apply to specialized course materials intended primarily for use in formal training programs. Project Purpose: A timely revision of Std 1063 will update the existing standard, which addresses paper documentation only, to provide requirements for the structure, information content and format of electronic documentation as well. The revised standard will address the interests of software acquirers, producers, and users in standards for consistent, complete, accurate, and usable documentation. Abstract: " Minimum requirements for the structure, information content, and format of user docu-mentation, including both printed and electronic documents used in the work environment by usersof systems containing software, are provided in this standard. " Key Words: "online help,software user documentation,user manual" Designation: 1063-1987 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1993 Title: IEEE Standard for Software User Documentation Status: Superseded **Superseded by 1063-2001. History: PAR APP: Dec 28, 1984, BD APP: Dec 10, 1987, ANSI APP: Feb 03, 1989 Abstract: Minimum requirements for the structure and information content of user documentation are provided. They apply primarily to technical substance rather than to style. Editorial and stylistic considerations are addressed only when they impact structure and content. Only traditional documentation, either printed on paper or stored in some other medium in the format of a printed document and used in a manner analogous to the way a printed document is used, is addressed. Key Words: documentation, user Designation: 1064-1991 Sponsor: IEEE Dielectrics and Electrical Insulation Society Title: IEEE Guide for Multifactor Stress Functional Testing of Electrical Insulation Systems Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 17, 1997. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **Administratively withdrawn 17 January 1997. History: PAR APP: Dec 28, 1984, BD APP: Jun 12, 1991, ANSI APP: Oct 18, 1991 Abstract: A guide for developing test procedures for the functional testing of insulation systems used in long-life electrical equipment exposed to more than one factor of influence in service is presented. Included are descriptions of technical problems and practical possibilities that may be helpful either for guidance or as a check list. A sequence of action is recommended, and details of the procedures required for the specification of such tests are provided. The emphasis is on realistically modeling service aging in functional tests and making the tests as simple and practical as possible. Mechanisms of interaction between the factors influencing aging are reviewed. Key Words: stress, interaction, Multifactor testing Designation: 1065 Sponsor: Nuclear and Plasma Sciences Society/Nuclear Instruments and Detectors Title: Digital Bus for NIM Instruments Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. History: PAR APP: Dec 28, 1984 Key Words: digital, bus, NIM, instruments Designation: 1066 Sponsor: Nuclear and Plasma Sciences Society/Nuclear Instruments and Detectors Title: NIM Modular Bus Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. History: PAR APP: Dec 28, 1984 Key Words: NIM, modular, bus Designation: 1067-2005 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transmission and Distribution Title: IEEE Guide for In-Service Use, Care, Maintenance, and Testing of Conductive Clothing for Use on Voltages up to 765 kV ac and 750 kV dc Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Aug 31, 2005 Technical Contact: Lawrence Schweitzer, Phone:480-844-1033, Email:larry.schweitzer@infrasourceinc.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Mar 18, 1999, BD APP: Feb 14, 2005, ANSI APP: May 06, 2005 Project Scope: This guide provides recommendations for the care, use and maintenance of conductive clothing used during certain methods of utility live-line working. Project Purpose: To inform utility workers of the proper use, care and maintenance of these garments. Abstract: General recommendations for the in-service care, maintenance, and testing of the conductive clothing worn by workers to perform work in high voltage fields. Key Words: energized, conductivity, clothing, maintenance, power lines Designation: 1067-1996 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transmission and Distribution Title: IEEE Guide for In-Service Use, Care, Maintenance, and Testing of Conductive Clothing for Use on Voltages up to 765 kV ac and ý 750 kV dc Status: Superseded **Revision of IEEE Std 1067-1990. History: PAR APP: Dec 13, 1994, BD APP: Mar 21, 1996, ANSI APP: Dec 03, 1996 Abstract: Recommendations are provided for the in-service use, care, maintenance, and electrical testing of conductive clothing, including suits, gloves, socks, and boots for use on voltages up to 765 kV ac and ý750kV dc. Key Words: conductive clothing, evaluation, NDE, nondestructive test Designation: 1067-1990 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transmission and Distribution Title: IEEE Guide for In-Service Use, Care, Maintenance, and Testing of Conductive Clothing for Use on Voltages up to 765 kV AC Status: Superseded History: PAR APP: Dec 28, 1984, BD APP: Dec 06, 1990, ANSI APP: May 21, 1991 Abstract: Recommendations are provided for the in-service use, care, maintenance, and electrical testing of conductive clothing (including suits, gloves, socks, and boots) for use on voltages up to 765 kV ac. Key Words: maintenance, care, testing, conductive, suits, conductive clothing, nondestructive test Designation: 1068-1996 Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Petroleum & Chemical Industry Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for the Repair and Rewinding of Motors for the Petroleum and Chemical Industry Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Apr 11, 1997 **Revision of IEEE Std 1068-1990. History: PAR APP: Jun 18, 1992, BD APP: Sep 19, 1996, ANSI APP: Feb 06, 1997 Abstract: General recommendations are provided for owners users of motors that need repair as well as owners and operators of establishments that offer motor repair services. The use of this recommended practice is expected to result in higher quality, more cost-effective, and timely repairs. Guidelines are also provided for evaluating repairs and facilities. Key Words: motors, repair of horizontal motors, repair of vertical motors, rewinding of horizontal motors, rewinding of vertical motors Designation: P1068 Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Petroleum & Chemical Industry Title: Standard for the Repair and Rewinding of AC Electric Motors in the Petroleum, Chemical and Process Industries Status: Modified Revision Project Technical Contact: John Travis Griffith, Phone:281-373-5969, Email:t.griffith@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. Project Scope: This document covers general recommendations for the repair of electric motors and includes guidelines for both the user and the repair facility. It is not intended to replace specific instructions contained in the manufacturer's instruction book or in any contractual agreement between a manufacturer and a purchaser of a given machine. This standard covers reconditioning, repair and rewind of horizontal and vertical induction motors and synchronous machines. It applies to all voltages 15 kV and less and all ratings above 0.75 kW (1 Hp). This standard applies only to the repair of motors and in those cases involving modifications to the basic design, care must be taken so as not to negatively affect the safety and reliability of the machine. Excluded from the scope of this standard are the following: - Specific requirements, certification, and inspection required for explosion proof, dust ignition proof, flameproof and like machines having a listing issued by a Nationally Recognized Testing Laboratory (NRTL). For example: Underwriters Laboratories (UL), Factory Mutual (FM), Canadian Standards Association (CSA), etc. - Any specific or additional requirements for hermetic motors, hydrogen-cooled machines, submersible motors, or Class 1E nuclear service motors. - DC machines Project Purpose: This standard is intended to be a basic or primary document that can be utilized and referenced by owners of motors that need repair as well as by owners and operators of establishments that offer motor repair services. It has been developed primarily for the needs of the Petroleum and Chemical Industry but can be adapted to other applications. The use of this standard by users and repair facilities is expected to result in higher-quality, more cost-effective, and timely repairs. It also provides a means of evaluating repairs and facilities. Designation: 1068-1990 Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Petroleum & Chemical Industry Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Repair and Rewinding of Motors for the Petroleum and Chemical Industry Status: Superseded History: PAR APP: Dec 28, 1984, BD APP: May 31, 1990, ANSI APP: Oct 12, 1990 Abstract: This standard is a reference document for owners of motors that need repair as well as for owners and operators of establishments that offer motor repair services. The use of this recommended practice is expected to result in higher-quality, more cost-effective, and timely repairs. It also provides guidelines for evaluating repairs and facilities. Key Words: repair, rewinding, Vertical motors, Horizontal motors Designation: 1068 Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Petroleum & Chemical Industry Title: Recommended Practice for the Repair and Rewinding of Motors for the Petroleum and Chemical Industry Status: Superseded Technical Contact: Joseph K Armintor, Phone:281-364-5303, Email:jkarmintor@ra.rockwell.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 21, 2002 Project Scope: This recommended practice covers general recommendation for the repair of electric motors, both for users and for owners of repair facilities. It is not intended to support manufacturers instructions or contractual agreements, and applies to NEMA fram 140 and above, with voltage ratings 15 KV and less, verfical and horizontal. The scope statement remains the same from the previous PAR. Project Purpose: The purpose of this Recommended Practice is to provide operators and repair shops the ability to achieve higher quality, more cost effective repairs and timely repairs. This revision will address improvements in rewind materials, testing instrumentation, and repair techniques. Designation: 1068 Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Petroleum & Chemical Industry Title: Standard for the Repair and Rewinding of Electric Motors in the Petroleum and Chemical Industry Status: Superseded Technical Contact: John Travis Griffith, Phone:281-373-5969, Email:t.griffith@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: May 10, 2005 Project Scope: This document covers general recommendations for the repair of electric motors and includes guidelines for both the user and the repair facility. It is not intended to replace specific instructions contained in the manufacturer's instruction book or in any contractual agreement between a manufacturer and a purchaser of a given machine. This standard covers reconditioning, repair and rewind of horizontal and vertical induction motors and synchronous machines. It applies to all voltages 15 kV and less and all ratings above 0.75 kW (1 Hp). This standard applies only to the repair of motors and in those cases involving modifications to the basic design, care must be taken so as not to negatively affect the safety and reliability of the machine. Excluded from the scope of this standard are the following: - Specific requirements, certification, and inspection required for explosion proof, dust ignition proof, flameproof and like machines having a listing issued by a Nationally Recognized Testing Laboratory (NRTL). For example: Underwriters Laboratories (UL), Factory Mutual (FM), Canadian Standards Association (CSA), etc. - Any specific or additional requirements for hermetic motors, hydrogen-cooled machines, submersible motors, or Class 1E nuclear service motors. - DC machines Project Purpose: This standard is intended to be a basic or primary document that can be utilized and referenced by owners of motors that need repair as well as by owners and operators of establishments that offer motor repair services. It has been developed primarily for the needs of the Petroleum and Chemical Industry but can be adapted to other applications. The use of this standard by users and repair facilities is expected to result in higher-quality, more cost-effective, and timely repairs. It also provides a means of evaluating repairs and facilities. Designation: 1069-1991 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Energy Development & Power Generation Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1996 Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Precipitator and Baghouse Hopper Heating Systems Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Feb 06, 2006. This historical standard is available for sale in electronic format (PDF) through the IEEE Online Store at www.shop.ieee.org. You may also order by calling +1 800 678 IEEE (in the US) or +1 732 981 0060 (outside of the US). Technical Contact: Robert E Howell, Phone:704-849-9285, Email:RHowell4@Carolina.rr.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 28, 1984, BD APP: Mar 21, 1991, ANSI APP: Aug 09, 1991 Abstract: Recommendations on hopper heating system performance and equipment requirements necessary to provide an economical and effective hopper heating system are presented. System characteristics are described, and heat transfer analysis is covered. Heating module design considerations are presented. Control, monitoring, and alarm systems are discussed. Insulation, installation, operation, and maintenance are addressed. Key Words: flue gas, Precipitators, Hopper heating systems, Fly ash removal , Baghouse hoppers Designation: 1070-2006 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transmission and Distribution Title: Guide for the Design and Testing of Transmission Modular Restoration Structure Components Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Dec 08, 2006 Technical Contact: Gernot K Brandt, Phone:425-255-0866, Email:ger2@comcast.net **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Dec 06, 2001, BD APP: Jun 08, 2006, ANSI APP: Oct 18, 2006 Project Scope: This guide will provide the industry with a generic specification, including design and testing, for transmission modular restoration structure components. Project Purpose: The purpose of this guide is to provide the industry with a generic specification that can be used by companies for acquisition of transmission modular restoration structure components. This particular design would then be compatible with the modular restoration structures presently in use within the utility industry and allow the highly successful plan of transmission mutual aid to be greatly enhanced. The testing prescribed in this standard provides a high level of confidence between manufacturers and/or suppliers and is intended to promote competitive acquisition practices within the industry. This guide is not intended to be an application guide for complete assembled emergency restoration structures. However, the application and capabilities of emergency restoration structures that utilize the components described in this guide have been well documented by Goodreid and Magwood [B6],1 Rutty, et al. [B11], Aristizabal and Cortez [B2], Lopez Tagle, et al. [B8], Pohlman, et al. [B9] and [B10], Agrawal and Erickson [B1], and Schweiner, et al. [B11]. Abstract: A generic specification, including design and testing, for transmission modular restoration structure components used by electric utilities is provided. Key Words: box sections, column sections, end plates, foundations, gimbals, guy plates, transmission mutual aid Designation: 1070-1988 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transmission and Distribution Title: IEEE Guide for the Design and Testing of Transmission Modular Restoration Structure Components Status: Superseded History: BD APP: Oct 20, 1988, ANSI APP: Feb 19, 1988 Abstract: A generic specification, including design and testing, is provided for transmission modular restoration structure components being widely used today by many electric utilities, both publicly and privately owned. It can be used by electric utilities for acquisition of transmission modular restoration structure components, to ensure that the particular design is compatible with structures presently in use within the industry. This would enhance transmission mutual aid. Testing is prescribed to provide a high confidence level between manufacturers and/or suppliers and to promote competitive acquisition practices within the industry. Key Words: restoration, transmission, modular, structure, components Designation: 1070-1995 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transmission and Distribution Title: IEEE Guide for the Design and Testing of Transmission Modular Restoration Structure Components Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 15, 2001. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **Revision of IEEE Std 1070-1988. administratively withdrawn on 15-Jan- 2001. History: PAR APP: Mar 16, 1995, BD APP: Dec 12, 1995, ANSI APP: Aug 16, 1996 Project Scope: Provide the industry with a generic specification, including design and testing, for transmission modular restoration structure components being widely used today by many electric utilities. Project Purpose: To make available to the industry a general specification that can be used for acquisition of transmission modular restoration structure components. These components would be compatible with those presently in use in the industry enhancing the transmission mutual aid to a great degree. Abstract: A generic specification, including design and testing, for transmission modular restoration structure components used by electric utilities is provided. Key Words: box sections, column sections, end plates, foundations, gimbals, guy plates, transmission mutual, mutual aid Designation: 1071 Sponsor: IEEE Communications Society Title: Telecommunications Dictionary Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: William B Wilkens, Phone:603-267-6524 **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. Designation: 1072 Sponsor: Nuclear and Plasma Sciences Society/Nuclear Instruments and Detectors Title: IN-Vivo Bioassay Applications Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Louis Costrell, Phone:301-975-5608, Email:louis.costrell@nist.gov **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 28, 1984 Key Words: in-vivo, bioassay Designation: 1073-1996 Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/11073 Committee Title: IEEE Standard for Medical Device Communications - Overview and Framework Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Oct 31, 1996 History: PAR APP: Sep 26, 1991, BD APP: May 13, 1996, ANSI APP: Oct 03, 1996 Abstract: An overall definition of the IEEE 1073 family of standards is provided, describing the interconnection and interoperation of medical devices with computerized healthcare information systems in a manner suitable for the clinical environment. Key Words: acute care, bedside environment, computerized healthcare information, healthcare information systems, medical devices, medical device system, MDS, patient care information systems, patient data management system, virtual medical device, VMD Designation: 1073.1 Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/11073 Committee Title: Standard for Medical Device Communications - Medical Device Data Language (MDDL) - Overview and Framework Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Robert J Kennelly, Phone:603-284-6287, Email:bobk@catharsismedical.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 25, 1991 Project Scope: The scope of the MDDL standards is to define 1073-specific information format and representation methods. This document defines the overall framework of the MDDL standards, as well as information formats and representation methods used in common across the P1073 family of standards. Project Purpose: The purpose of the MDDL standards is to define the semantics and syntax of information interchanged between application entities in a 1073-based system. This document provides application developers with information sufficient to use the overall set of MDDL specifications to model their applications. Designation: 1073.1.1 Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/11073 Committee Title: Standard for Medical Device Communications - Medical Device Data Language (MDDL) - Common Definitions Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Robert J Kennelly, Phone:603-284-6287, Email:bobk@catharsismedical.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 25, 1991 Project Scope: The scope of this subset of MDDL is the common set of definitions used among a variety of Virtual Medical Device object classes. Project Purpose: The purpose of this subset of MDDL is to provide a common "library" of definitions in order to facilitate common language usage, particularly the "nomenclature" and the general "terminology" and to reduce the overhead of defining and evolving specialized medical device classes. Designation: 1073.1.1.1-2004 Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/11073 Committee Title: Standard for ISO/IEEE Health Informatics - Point-of-care medical device communication - Part 10101: Nomenclature Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jan 15, 2005 Technical Contact: Todd H Cooper, Phone:858-435-0729, Email:t.cooper@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Nov 01, 2001, BD APP: Jun 24, 2004, ANSI APP: Dec 16, 2004 Project Scope: The scope of this project is to define a nomenclature for communications of information from point-of-care medical devices. Primary emphasis is placed on acute care medical devices and patient vital signs information. The nomenclature also supports concepts in an object oriented information model that is for medical device communications. Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to define the unique terms and concepts required for point-of-care medical device data communication. This document will serve as the data dictionary for present and future medical device data communication applications. Abstract: Within the context of the ISO/IEEE 11073 family of standards for point-of-care(POC) medical device communication (MCD), this standard provides the nomenclature that supports both the domain information model and service model components of the standards family, as well as the semantic content exchanged with medical devices. The nomenclature is specialized for patient vital signs information representation and medical device informatics, with major areas including concepts for electrocardiograph (ECG), haemodynamics, respiration, blood gas, urine, fluid-related metrics, and neurology, as well as specialized unit of measurement, general device events, alarms, and body sites. The standard defines both the architecture and major components of the nomenclature, along with extensive definitions for each conceptual area. Key Words: codes, information model, medical device communication, nomenclature, ontology, patient, point-of-care, POC, semantics, service model terminology Designation: 1073.1.1.1 Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/11073 Committee Title: Standard for Medical Device Communications, Medical Device Data Language (MDDL) - Nomenclature Status: Superseded Technical Contact: Robert J Kennelly, Phone:603-284-6287, Email:bobk@catharsismedical.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 08, 1998 Project Scope: To define a nomenclature for object oriented data communications for medical device communications. This project defines terms, attributes, and objects for medical devices. Project Purpose: To define the unique terms and concepts required for medical device data communications. This document will serve as the data dictionary for present and future uses of medical device data communications. This document references and augments a European pre-standard. Designation: 1073.1.2 Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/11073 Committee Title: Standard for Medical Device Communications - Medical Device Data Language (MDDL) - Virtual Medical Device, Generalized Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Robert J Kennelly, Phone:603-284-6287, Email:bobk@catharsismedical.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 25, 1991 Project Scope: The scope of this subset of MDDL is the set of definitions that model a medical device generalization, or "Virtual Medical Device", which is used as a basis for future refinement of more specialized medical device classes. Project Purpose: The purpose of this subset of MDDL is to provide a set of object-oriented definitions that serve as a basis for common communications among a variety of medical devices, as well as a "toolkit" for defining additional medical device specializations. Designation: 1073.1.2.1-2004 Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/11073 Committee Title: Standard for ISO/IEEE Health Informatics - Point-of-care medical device communication - Part 10201: Domain information model Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jan 15, 2005 Technical Contact: Todd H Cooper, Phone:858-435-0729, Email:t.cooper@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Dec 10, 1996, BD APP: Jun 24, 2004, ANSI APP: Jan 05, 2005 Project Scope: The scope of this project is to define a general object-oriented information model that may be used to structure information and identify services used in point-of-care medical device communications. The scope is primarily focused on acute care medical devices and the communication of patient vital signs information. Project Purpose: The purpose of this project is to provide a general object- oriented information model that may be used to standardize communication with specific medical devices. Abstract: Within the context of the ISO/IEEE 11073 family of standards for point-of-care (POC) medical device communication (MDC), this standard provides an abstract object-oriented domain information model that specifies the structure of exchanged information, as well as the events and services that are supported by each object. All elements are specified using abstract syntax (ASN.1) and may be applied to many different implementation technologies, transfer syntaxes, and application service models. Core subjects include medical, alert, system, system, patient, control, archival, communication, and extended services. Model extensibility is supported, and a conformance model and statement template is provided. Key Words: abstract syntax, alarm, alert, ASN.1, information model, medical device communications, medi-cal information bus, MIB, point-of-care, POC, object-oriented, patient, remote control Designation: 1073.1.3 Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/11073 Committee Title: Standard for Medical Device Communications - Medical Device Data Language (MDDL) - Virtual Medical Device, Specialized Status: Superseded Technical Contact: Robert J Kennelly, Phone:603-284-6287, Email:bobk@catharsismedical.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 25, 1991 Project Scope: The scope of this subset of MDDL is the set of definitions that are normative specializations of the Virtual Medical Device abstraction. Project Purpose: The purpose of this subset of MDDL is to facilitate normative definition among major medical device classes in a way that maximizes the specializations used, and minimizes the interactions with other device classes. Designation: 1073.1.3.1 Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/11073 Committee Title: Standard for Health informatics - Point-of-care medical device communication - Device specialization - Infusion device Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Todd H Cooper, Phone:858-435-0729, Email:t.cooper@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 06, 2001 Project Scope: The scope of this project is medical device communication for patient-connected infusion devices or "pumps". It specializes definitions provided by other IEEE 1073 standards, including general data format standards, application profile standards, and transport standards. Project Purpose: The purpose of this project is to establish a normative definition of communication between patient-connected infusion devices and other medical devices and information systems in a manner that enables plug- and-play interoperability. Designation: 1073.1.3.1 Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/11073 Committee Title: Standard for Medical Device Communications - Medical Device Data Language (MDDL) Medical Device Specializations- Infusion Device Status: Superseded Technical Contact: Robert J Kennelly, Phone:603-284-6287, Email:bobk@catharsismedical.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jun 14, 1995 Project Scope: The scope of this MDDL subset is the set of definitions that are normative specializations of the Virtual Medical abstraction. This standard defines the Virtual Medical Device abstraction for Infusion Devices. Project Purpose: The purpose of this MDDL subset is to facilitate normative definition among major medical device classes in a way that maximizes the specializations used, and minimizes the interactions with other device classes. This project will define the base object for Infusion Devices. Designation: 1073.1.3.2 Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/11073 Committee Title: Standard for Health informatics - Point-of-care medical device communication - Device specialization - Vital signs monitor Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Todd H Cooper, Phone:858-435-0729, Email:t.cooper@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 06, 2001 Project Scope: The scope of this project is medical device communication for patient vital signs monitors. It specializes definitions provided by other IEEE 1073 standards, including general data format standards, application profile standards, and transport standards. Project Purpose: The purpose of this project is to establish a normative definition of communication between patient vital signs monitors and other medical devices and information systems in a manner that enables plug-and- play interoperability. Designation: 1073.1.3.2 Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/11073 Committee Title: Standard for Medical Device Communications - Medical Device Data Language (MDDL) Medical Device Specializations - Vital Signs Monitor Status: Superseded Technical Contact: Robert J Kennelly, Phone:603-284-6287, Email:bobk@catharsismedical.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jun 14, 1995 Project Scope: The scope of this MDDL subset is the set of definitions that are normative specializations of the virtual Device abstraction. This standard defines the virtual Medical Device abstraction for Vital Signs Monitors. Project Purpose: The purpose of this MDDL subset is to facilitate normative definition among major medical device classes in a way that maximizes the specializations used, and minimizes the interactions with other device classes. This project will define the base object for Vital Signs Monitors. Designation: 1073.1.3.3 Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/11073 Committee Title: Standard for Health informatics - Point-of-care medical device communication - Device specialization - Ventilator Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Todd H Cooper, Phone:858-435-0729, Email:t.cooper@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 06, 2001 Project Scope: The scope of this project is medical device communication for medical ventilators. It will specialize definitions provided by other IEEE 1073 standards, including general data format standards, application profile standards, and transport standards. Project Purpose: The purpose of this project is to establish a normative definition of communication between patient ventilators and other medical devices and information systems in a manner that enables plug-and-play interoperability. Designation: 1073.1.3.3 Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/11073 Committee Title: Standard for Medical Device Communications - Medical Device Data Language (MDDL) Medical Device Specializations - Ventilator Status: Superseded Technical Contact: Robert J Kennelly, Phone:603-284-6287, Email:bobk@catharsismedical.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jun 14, 1995 Project Scope: The scope of this MDDL subset is the set of definitions that are normative specializations of the Virtual Medical Device abstraction. This standard defines the Virtual Medical Device abstraction for Ventilators. Project Purpose: The purpose of this MDDL subset is to facilitate normative dedfinition among major medical device classes in a way that maximizes the specializations used, and minimizes the interactions with other device classes. This project will define the base object for Ventilators. Designation: 1073.1.3.4 Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/11073 Committee Title: Standard for Health informatics - Point-of-care medical device communication - Device specialization - Pulse oximeter Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Todd H Cooper, Phone:858-435-0729, Email:t.cooper@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 06, 2001 Project Scope: The scope of this project is medical device communication for pulse oximeters. It specializes definitions provided by other IEEE 1073 standards, including general data format standards, application profile standards, and transport standards. Project Purpose: The purpose of this project is to establish a normative definition of communication between pulse oximeters and other medical devices and information systems in a manner that enables plug-and-play interoperability. Designation: 1073.1.3.4 Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/11073 Committee Title: Standard for Medical Device Communications - Medical Device Data Language (MDDL) Medical Device Specializations - Pulse Oximeter Status: Superseded Technical Contact: Robert J Kennelly, Phone:603-284-6287, Email:bobk@catharsismedical.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 10, 1996 Project Scope: The scope of this MDDL subset is the set of definitions that are normative specializations of the Virtual Medical Device abstraction. This standard defines the Virtual Medical abstraction for pulse oximeters. Project Purpose: The purpose of this MDDL subset is to facilitate normative definition among major device classes in a way that maximizes the utility of the specializations used, and minimizes the interactions with other device classes. The project will define the base object for pulse oximeters. The development of base objects allows for standard applications to be developed for healthcare. Designation: 1073.1.3.5 Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/11073 Committee Title: Standard for Health informatics - Point-of-care medical device communication - Device specialization - Defibrillator Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Todd H Cooper, Phone:858-435-0729, Email:t.cooper@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 06, 2001 Project Scope: The scope of this project is medical device communication for defibrillators. It specializes definitions provided by other IEEE 1073 standards, including general data format standards, application profile standards, and transport standards. Project Purpose: The purpose of this project is to establish a normative definition of communication between defibrillators and other medical devices and information systems in a manner that enables plug-and-play interoperability. Designation: 1073.1.3.5 Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/11073 Committee Title: Standard for Medical Device Communications, MDDL, Medical Device Specializations, Defibrillator Status: Superseded History: PAR APP: Jun 25, 1998 Project Scope: The scope of this MDDL subset is the set of definitions that are normative specializations of the Virtual Medical abstraction. This standard defines the Virtual Medical Device abstraction for Defibtillators. Project Purpose: The purpose of this MDDL subset is to facilitate normative definition among major medical device classes in a way that maximizes the specializations used, and minimizes the interactions with other device classes. This project will define the base object for defibrillators. The users of the standard will be medical device manufacturersand hospital software application vendors. Designation: 1073.1.3.6 Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/11073 Committee Title: Standard for Health informatics - Point-of-care medical device communication - Device specialization - ECG monitoring Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Todd H Cooper, Phone:858-435-0729, Email:t.cooper@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 11, 2003 Project Scope: The scope of this project is medical device communication for electrocardiograms or ECG's. It specializes definitions provided by other IEEE 1073 standards, including general data format standards, application profile standards, and transport standards. Project Purpose: The purpose of this project is to establish a normative definition of communication between defibrillators and other medical devices and information systems in a manner that enables plug-and-play interoperability. Designation: 1073.1.3.6 Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/11073 Committee Title: Standard for Health informatics - Point-of-care medical device communication - Device specialization - ECG Status: Superseded Technical Contact: Todd H Cooper, Phone:858-435-0729, Email:t.cooper@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 06, 2001 Project Scope: The scope of this project is medical device communication for electrocardiograms or ECG's. It specializes definitions provided by other IEEE 1073 standards, including general data format standards, application profile standards, and transport standards. Project Purpose: The purpose of this project is to establish a normative definition of communication between defibrillators and other medical devices and information systems in a manner that enables plug-and-play interoperability. Designation: 1073.1.3.6 Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/11073 Committee Title: Standard for Medical Device Communications, MDDL, Medical Device Specializations, ECG Status: Superseded Technical Contact: Robert J Kennelly, Phone:603-284-6287, Email:bobk@catharsismedical.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 18, 1999 Project Scope: The scope of this MDDL subset is the set of definitions that are normative specializations of the Virtual Medical abstraction. This standard defines the Virtual Medical Device abstractions for ECG's. Project Purpose: The purpose of this MDDL subset is to facilitate normative definition among major medical deviceclasses in a way that maximizes the specializations used, and minimizes the interactions with other device classes. This project will define the base object for ECG's. The users of the standard will be medical device manufacturers and hospital software application vendors. Designation: 1073.1.3.7 Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/11073 Committee Title: Standard for Health informatics - Point-of-care medical device communication - Device specialization - Blood pressure Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Todd H Cooper, Phone:858-435-0729, Email:t.cooper@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 06, 2001 Project Scope: The scope of this project is medical device communication for devices that provide blood pressure information. It specializes definitions provided by other IEEE 1073 standards, including general data format standards, application profile standards, and transport standards. Project Purpose: The purpose of this project is to establish a normative definition of communication between devices that provide blood pressure information and other medical devices and information systems in a manner that enables plug-and-play interoperability. Designation: 1073.1.3.7 Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/11073 Committee Title: Standard for Medical Device Communications, MDDL, Medical Device Specializations, Blood Pressure Status: Superseded Technical Contact: Robert J Kennelly, Phone:603-284-6287, Email:bobk@catharsismedical.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 18, 1999 Project Scope: The scope of this MDDL subset is the set of definitions that are normative specializations of the Virtual Medical abstraction. This standard defines the Virtual Medical Device abstractions for blood pressure. Project Purpose: The purpose of this MDDL subset is to facilitate normative definition among major medical device classes in a way that maximizes the specializations used, and minimizes the interactions with other device classes. This project will define the base object for blood pressure. The users of the standard will be medical device manufacturers and hospital software application vendors. Designation: 1073.1.3.8 Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/11073 Committee Title: Standard for Health informatics - Point-of-care medical device communication - Device specialization - Temperature Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Todd H Cooper, Phone:858-435-0729, Email:t.cooper@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 06, 2001 Project Scope: The scope of this project is medical device communication for devices that provide patient temperature information. It specializes definitions provided by other IEEE 1073 standards, including general data format standards, application profile standards, and transport standards. Project Purpose: The purpose of this project is to establish a normative definition of communication between devices that provide patient temperature information and other medical devices and information systems in a manner that enables plug-and-play interoperability. Designation: 1073.1.3.8 Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society Title: Standard for Medical Device Communications, MDDL, Medical Device Specializations, Temperature Status: Superseded Technical Contact: Robert J Kennelly, Phone:603-284-6287, Email:bobk@catharsismedical.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 18, 1999 Project Scope: The scope of this MDDL subset is the set of definitions that are normative specializations of the Virtual Medical abstraction. This standard defines the Virtual Medical Device abstractions for temperature. Project Purpose: The purpose of this MDDL subset is to facilitate normative definition among major medical device classes in a way that maximizes the specializations used, and minimizes the interactions with other device classes. This project will define the base object for temperature. The users of the standard will be medical device manufacturers and hospital software application vendors. Designation: 1073.1.3.9 Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/11073 Committee Title: Standard for Health informatics - Point-of-care medical device communication - Device specialization - Airway meter Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Todd H Cooper, Phone:858-435-0729, Email:t.cooper@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 11, 2003 Project Scope: The scope of this project is medical device communication for airway flowmeters. It specializes definitions provided by other IEEE 1073 standards, including general data format standards, application profile standards, and transport standards. Project Purpose: The purpose of this project is to establish a normative definition of communication between airway flowmeters and other medical devices and information systems in a manner that enables plug-and-play interoperability. Designation: 1073.1.3.9 Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/11073 Committee Title: Standard for Health informatics - Point-of-care medical device communication - Device specialization - Airway flowmeter Status: Superseded Technical Contact: Todd H Cooper, Phone:858-435-0729, Email:t.cooper@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 06, 2001 Project Scope: The scope of this project is medical device communication for airway flowmeters. It specializes definitions provided by other IEEE 1073 standards, including general data format standards, application profile standards, and transport standards. Project Purpose: The purpose of this project is to establish a normative definition of communication between airway flowmeters and other medical devices and information systems in a manner that enables plug-and-play interoperability. Designation: 1073.1.3.9 Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/11073 Committee Title: Standard for Medical Device Communications, MDDL, Medical Device Specializations, Airway Flowmeter Status: Superseded Technical Contact: Kenneth J Fuchs, Phone:978-907-7686, Email:ken.fuchs@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jun 26, 1999 Project Scope: The scope of this MDDL subset is the set of definitions that are normative specializations of the Virtual Medical abstraction. This standard defines the Virtual Medical Device abstraction for Airway Flowmeters. Project Purpose: The purpose of this MDDL subset is to facilitate normative definition among major medical device classes in a way that maximizes the specializations used, and minimizes the interactions with other device classes. This project will define the base object for Airway Flowmeters. The users of the standard will be medical device manufacturers and hospital software application vendors. Designation: 1073.1.3.10 Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/11073 Committee Title: Standard for Health informatics - Point-of-care medical device communication - Device specialization - Cardiac output Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Todd H Cooper, Phone:858-435-0729, Email:t.cooper@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 06, 2001 Project Scope: The scope of this project is medical device communication for devices that measure cardiac output. It specializes definitions provided by other IEEE 1073 standards, including general data format standards, application profile standards, and transport standards. Project Purpose: The purpose of this project is to establish a normative definition of communication between devices that measure cardiac output and other medical devices and information systems in a manner that enables plug- and-play interoperability. Designation: 1073.1.3.10 Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/11073 Committee Title: Standard for Medical Device Communications, MDDL, Medical Device Specializations, Cardiac Output Status: Superseded Technical Contact: Kenneth J Fuchs, Phone:978-907-7686, Email:ken.fuchs@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jun 26, 1999 Project Scope: The scope of this MDDL subset is the set of definitions that are normative specializations of the Virtual Medical abstraction. This standard defines the Virtual Medical Device abstraction for Cardiac Output. Project Purpose: The purpose of this MDDL subset is to facilitate normative definition among major medical device classes in a way that maximizes the specializations used, and minimizes the interactions with other device classes. This project will define the base object for Cardiac Output. The users of the standard will be medical device manufacturers and hospital software application vendors. Designation: 1073.1.3.11 Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/11073 Committee Title: Standard for Health informatics - Point-of-care medical device communication - Device specialization - Airway gas analyzer Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Todd H Cooper, Phone:858-435-0729, Email:t.cooper@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 11, 2003 Project Scope: The scope of this project is medical device communication for capnometers. It specializes definitions provided by other IEEE 1073 standards, including general data format standards, application profile standards, and transport standards. Project Purpose: The purpose of this project is to establish a normative definition of communication between capnometers and other medical devices and information systems in a manner that enables plug-and-play interoperability. Designation: 1073.1.3.11 Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/11073 Committee Title: Standard for Health informatics - Point-of-care medical device communication - Device specialization - Capnometer Status: Superseded Technical Contact: Todd H Cooper, Phone:858-435-0729, Email:t.cooper@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 06, 2001 Project Scope: The scope of this project is medical device communication for capnometers. It specializes definitions provided by other IEEE 1073 standards, including general data format standards, application profile standards, and transport standards. Project Purpose: The purpose of this project is to establish a normative definition of communication between capnometers and other medical devices and information systems in a manner that enables plug-and-play interoperability. Designation: 1073.1.3.11 Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/11073 Committee Title: Standard for Medical Device Communications, MDDL, Medical Device Specializations, Capnometer Status: Superseded Technical Contact: Kenneth J Fuchs, Phone:978-907-7686, Email:ken.fuchs@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jun 26, 1999 Project Scope: The scope of this MDDL subset is the set of definitions that are normative specializations of the Virtual Medical abstraction. This standard defines the Virtual Medical Device abstraction for Capnometers. Project Purpose: The purpose of this MDDL subset is to facilitate normative definition among major medical device classes in a way that maximizes the specializations used, and minimizes the interactions with other device classes. This project will define the base object for Capnometers. The users of the standard will be medical device manufacturers and hospital software application vendors. Designation: 1073.1.3.12 Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/11073 Committee Title: Standard for Health informatics - Point-of-care medical device communication - Device specialization - Hemodynamic calculator Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Todd H Cooper, Phone:858-435-0729, Email:t.cooper@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 06, 2001 Project Scope: The scope of this project is medical device communication for hemodynamic calculators. It specializes definitions provided by other IEEE 1073 standards, including general data format standards, application profile standards, and transport standards. Project Purpose: The purpose of this project is to establish a normative definition of communication between hemodynamic calculators and other medical devices and information systems in a manner that enables plug-and- play interoperability. Designation: 1073.1.3.12 Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/11073 Committee Title: Standard for Medical Device Communications, MDDL, Medical Device Specializations, Hemodynamic Calculator Status: Superseded Technical Contact: Kenneth J Fuchs, Phone:978-907-7686, Email:ken.fuchs@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jun 26, 1999 Project Scope: The scope of this MDDL subset is the set of defintiions that are normative specializations of the Virtual Medical abstraction. This standard defines the Virtual Medical Device abstraction for Hemodynamic Calculators. Project Purpose: The purpose of this MDDL subset is to facilitate normative definition among major medical device classes in a way that maximizes the specializations used, and minimizes the interactions with other device classes. This project will define the base object for Hemodynamic Calculators. The users of the standard will be medical device manufacturers and hospital software application vendors. Designation: 1073.1.3.13 Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/11073 Committee Title: Standard for Health informatics - Point-of-care medical device communication - Device specialization - Pulmonary calculator Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Todd H Cooper, Phone:858-435-0729, Email:t.cooper@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 06, 2001 Project Scope: The scope of this project is medical device communication for pulmonary calculators. It specializes definitions provided by other IEEE 1073 standards, including general data format standards, application profile standards, and transport standards. Project Purpose: The purpose of this project is to establish a normative definition of communication between pulmonary calculators and other medical devices and information systems in a manner that enables plug-and-play interoperability. Designation: 1073.1.3.13 Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/11073 Committee Title: Standard for Medical Device Communications, MDDL, Medical Device Specializations, Pulmonary Calculator Status: Superseded Technical Contact: Kenneth J Fuchs, Phone:978-907-7686, Email:ken.fuchs@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jun 26, 1999 Project Scope: The scope of this MDDL subset is the set of definitions that are normative specializations of the Virtual Medical abstraction. This standard defines the Virtual Medical Device abstraction for Pulmonary Calculators. Project Purpose: The purpose of this MDDL subset is to facilitate normative definition among major medical device classes in a way that maximizes the specializations used, and minimizes the interactions with other device classes. This project will define the base object for Pulmonary Calculators. The users of the standard will be medical device manufacturers and hospital software application vendors. Designation: 1073.1.3.14 Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/11073 Committee Title: Standard for Health informatics - Point-of-care medical device communication - Device specialization - Respirator Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Todd H Cooper, Phone:858-435-0729, Email:t.cooper@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 06, 2001 Project Scope: The scope of this project is medical device communication for respirators. It specializes definitions provided by other IEEE 1073 standards, including general data format standards, application profile standards, and transport standards. Project Purpose: The purpose of this project is to establish a normative definition of communication between respirators and other medical devices and information systems in a manner that enables plug-and-play interoperability. Designation: 1073.1.3.14 Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/11073 Committee Title: Standard for Medical Device Communications, MDDL, Medical Device Specializations, Respirator Status: Superseded Technical Contact: Kenneth J Fuchs, Phone:978-907-7686, Email:ken.fuchs@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jun 26, 1999 Project Scope: The scope of this MDDL subset is the set of definitions that are normative specializations of the Virtual Medical abstraction. This standard defines the Virtual Medical Device abstraction for Respirators. Project Purpose: The purpose of this MDDL subset is to facilitate normative definition among major medical device classes in a way that maximizes the specializations used, and minimizes the interactions with other device classes. This project will define the base object for Respirators. The users of the standard will be medical device manufacturers and hospital software application vendors. Designation: 1073.1.3.15 Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/11073 Committee Title: Standard for Health informatics - Point-of-care medical device communication - Device specialization - Weighing scale Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Todd H Cooper, Phone:858-435-0729, Email:t.cooper@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 06, 2001 Project Scope: The scope of this project is medical device communication for weighing scales. It specializes definitions provided by other IEEE 1073 standards, including general data format standards, application profile standards, and transport standards. Project Purpose: The purpose of this project is to establish a normative definition of communication between weighing scales and other medical devices and information systems in a manner that enables plug-and-play interoperability. Designation: 1073.1.3.15 Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/11073 Committee Title: Standard for Medical Device Communications, MDDL, Medical Device Specializations, Scale Status: Superseded Technical Contact: Kenneth J Fuchs, Phone:978-907-7686, Email:ken.fuchs@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jun 26, 1999 Project Scope: The scope of this MDDL subset is the set of definitions that are normative specializations of the Virtual Medical abstraction. This standard defines the Virtual Medical Device abstraction for Scales. Project Purpose: The purpose of this MDDL subset is to facilitate normative definition among major medical device classes in a way that maximizes the specializations used, and minimizes the interactions with other device classes. This project will define the base object for Scales. The users of the standard will be medical device manufacturers and hospital software application vendors. Designation: 1073.1.4 Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/11073 Committee Title: Standard for Medical Device Communications - Medical Device Data Language (MDDL) Kernel Data Format Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Robert J Kennelly, Phone:603-284-6287, Email:bobk@catharsismedical.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 10, 1996 Project Scope: The scope of this standard is the format of medical device data language (MDDL) protocol data units (PDU's). Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to specify mappings between MDDL and the medical device application profile (MDAP) standards. Designation: 1073.2 Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/11073 Committee Title: Standard for Medical Device Communications, Application Profiles, Framework and Overview Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Robert J Kennelly, Phone:603-284-6287, Email:bobk@catharsismedical.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 13, 1994 Designation: 1073.2.0 Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/11073 Committee Title: Standard for Medical Device Application Profiles Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Jan Wittenber, Phone:978-659-3593, Email:jan.wittenber@philips.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 21, 1996 Project Scope: This project is limited to service and protocol definitions that are identified in IEEE 1073.2, "Framework and Overview" and are used by related medical device application profile standards, e.g. P1073.2n. Project Purpose: The definitions augment and in some cases optimize related industry standards, chiefly ISO Systems Management standards, particularly with respect to cost-performance improvements for real-time medical data communication. Designation: 1073.2.1 Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/11073 Committee Title: Standard for Medical Device Communications - Applications Profile - Connection Mode Status: Changed Designation Technical Contact: Robert J Kennelly, Phone:603-284-6287, Email:bobk@catharsismedical.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 13, 1994 Designation: 1073.2.1.1-2004 Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/11073 Committee Title: Standard for ISO/IEEE Standard for Health Informatics - Point-of-care medical device communication - Part 20101: Application profiles - Base Standard Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Dec 15, 2004 Technical Contact: Todd H Cooper, Phone:858-435-0729, Email:t.cooper@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Sep 27, 2001, BD APP: Jun 24, 2004, ANSI APP: Dec 16, 2004 Project Scope: This standard will define the base message syntax and data encoding for medical device application profiles. The definitions will augment and in some cases optimize related industry standards, chiefly ISO Systems Management standards, particularly with respect to cost-performance improvements for real-time medical data communication. It is limited to upper-layer (i.e., ISO OSI Application, Presentation, and Session) services and protocols used for medical device communication. As a base standards, it neither defines application-specific content of messages nor specific application profiles. Project Purpose: This standard is needed to provide the basis for translating abstract message definitions, defined in the IEEE 1073.1.x set of standards, into an encoded data stream that can be communicated between systems. It also provides a common ("base") set of definitions that are used by application profiles to accomplish plug-and-play interoperability between medical devices and with patient care information systems. Abstract: The scope of this standard is upper-layer (i.e. ISO OSI Application, Presentation, and Session) services and protocols for information exchange under ISO/IEEE 11073 Standards for Medical Device Communications (MDC). This standard is the Base Standard of the IEEE 1073.2, Medical Device Application Profiles (MDAP), as harmonized through CEN and ISO. Key Words: abstract syntex, alarm, alert, communication, control, information model, medical device, object-oriented, point-of-care, POC, services Designation: 1073.2.2 Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/11073 Committee Title: Standard for Medical Device Communications - Application Profile-Basic Capabilities Status: Changed Designation Technical Contact: Robert J Kennelly, Phone:603-284-6287, Email:bobk@catharsismedical.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jun 14, 1995 Project Scope: This document specifies the base standards, and any restrictions imposed on those standards, to be used in the Applcation, Presentation, and Session layers in connection-oriented medical device communications. The information contained in this document corresponds to an International Organization for Standardization (ISO) application (A-type) international standardized profile (ISP). Project Purpose: This document specifies the Application Protocol Data Units (APDU) and the use of application, presentation, and session layer service elements and protocols for use between P1073 medical dedvice applications entities over a connection-oriented transport service. This document adds the following capabilities to those described in 1073.2.1: Set Attribute, create object, delete object. Designation: 1073.2.2.1 Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/11073 Committee Title: Standard for Health informatics - Point-of-care medical device communication - Application profile - Polling Mode Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Todd H Cooper, Phone:858-435-0729, Email:t.cooper@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 27, 2001 Project Scope: This standard defines the service and dynamic models for medical devices that communicate using a polling-type of protocol. This standard builds upon the definitions provided in the Base MDAP standard (IEEE P1073.2.1), and defines the method for retrieving application-specific data formatted in accordance with the IEEE 1073.1.x set of standards. It does not define application-specific message content. Project Purpose: This standard is needed to provide plug-and-play interoperability for those typically simple medical devices that use polling-type protocols, where a managing system queries the device for all information that is communicated. The profile is much simpler than others, enabling implementations that require less processor and memory resources within the medical device. Designation: 1073.2.2.2 Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/11073 Committee Title: Standard for Health informatics - Point-of-care medical device communication - Application profile - Baseline Status: Superseded Technical Contact: Todd H Cooper, Phone:858-435-0729, Email:t.cooper@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 27, 2001 Project Scope: This standard defines the service and dynamic models for medical devices that communicate using an event-driven type of protocol, where data updates are communicated automatically by the device when they are available. This standard builds upon the definitions provided in the Base MDAP standard (IEEE P1073.2.1), and defines the method for retrieving application-specific data formatted in accordance with the IEEE 1073.1.x set of standards. It is intended for use by the majority of medical device specializations defined in the IEEE 1073.1.3.x standards, and thus its name "baseline". It does not define application-specific message content. Project Purpose: This standard is needed to provide plug-and-play interoperability for those medical devices that use event-driven type protocols. The key benefit of this class of protocol is that the communication bandwidth utilized is only that which is needed. A managing system does not need to unnecessarily "poll" the device for information when it may not be available, thus resulting in more efficient implementations. This profile also defines a more robust service model providing for more complete support of the data model and services defined in the IEEE 1073.1.x standards. Designation: 1073.2.2.2 Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/11073 Committee Title: Standard for Health informatics - Point-of-care medical device communication - Application profile - Asynchronous mode Status: Superseded Technical Contact: Todd H Cooper, Phone:858-435-0729, Email:t.cooper@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 27, 2001 Project Scope: This standard defines the service and dynamic models for medical devices that communicate using an event-driven type of protocol, where data updates are communicated automatically by the device when they are available. This standard builds upon the definitions provided in the Base MDAP standard (ISO/IEEE 11073-20101), and defines the method for retrieving application-specific data formatted in accordance with the ISO/IEEE 11073- 1xxxx set of standards. It is intended for use by the majority of medical device specializations and is titled "asynchronous" because it enables devices to send information either periodically or episodically as needed and without a manager system first issuing a request. It does not define application-specific message content. Project Purpose: As part of the ISO/IEEE 11073 family of standards for medical device communication, this document is needed to provide a set of generic capabilities that may be used by agent and manager systems to exchange information defined in accordance with the ISO/IEEE 11073-1xxxx standards. Designation: 1073.3 Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/11073 Committee Title: Standard for Medical Device Communications Transport File - Common Subset Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Robert J Kennelly, Phone:603-284-6287, Email:bobk@catharsismedical.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 13, 1994 Designation: 1073.3.1-2001 Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/11073 Committee Title: ISO/IEEE 11073-3-1, Standard for Medical Device Communications—Transport Profile—Connection Mode Status: Approved Publication of IEEE Publication type: Special Publication History: (Ref. Std.: 1073.3.1) Designation: 1073.3.1 Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/11073 Committee Title: Standard for Medical Device Communications, Transport Profile - Comnection Mode Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Allen Farquhar, Phone:858-271-7070, Email:farquhar@san.rr.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jan 30, 2000 Project Scope: The scope of this project is to define a transport profile for medical device communications, especially in acute care settings. Project Purpose: The purpose of this project is to incorporate one amendment and add additional changes based on initial implementations of the 1994 version of this standard. Designation: 1073.3.1-1994 Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/11073 Committee Title: IEEE Standard for Medical Device Communications - Transport Profile - Connection Mode Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 25, 2005. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **Jan2005: Administratively withdrawn. History: PAR APP: Dec 13, 1994, BD APP: Dec 13, 1994, ANSI APP: Aug 07, 1995 Abstract: A local area network (LAN) for the interconnection of computers and medical devices is defined by the specifications and guidelines set forth in this standard. The functions, features, and protocols of the intra-room communications subnet of a bedside communications network known as the Medical Information Bus (MIB) are defined. This communications subnet is the functional equivalent for the MIB of the Transport, Network, Data Link, and Physical layers of the Organization for International Standards (ISO) Reference Model for Open Systems Interconnection (OSI). This standard defines the services and protocols for the MIB Transport, Network, and Data Link layers. Key Words: BCC, Data Link layer, DCC, frame, flow control, HDLC, high-level data link, MIB, Network layer, subnetwork, transport layer, Physical layer, high-level data link control , device communications control, bedside medical device, bedside communications control, Medical Information Bus Designation: 1073.3.1a-2001 Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/11073 Committee Title: ISO/IEEE 11073-3-1/Amd. 1, Standard for Medical Device Communications—Transport Profile—Connection Mode—Amendment 1: Corrections and Clarifications Status: Approved Publication of IEEE Publication type: Special Publication History: (Ref. Std.: 1073.3.1a) Designation: 1073.3.1a-2000 Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/11073 Committee Title: Standard for Medical Device Communications - Transport Profile - Connection Mode Amendment I: Corrections and Clarifications Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 25, 2005. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **Jan2005: Administratively withdrawn. Technical Contact: Robert J Kennelly, Phone:603-284-6287, Email:bobk@catharsismedical.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 20, 1997, BD APP: Sep 21, 2000, ANSI APP: Jan 08, 2001 Project Scope: The scope of this standard is to address corrections and implementation issues that have arisen since the original standard was issued. Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to correct and clarify issues with IEEE 1073.3.1-1994 that have arisen in implementation. Abstract: This amendment sets forth a number of clarifications and corrections to IEEE Standardfor Medical Device Communications-- Transport Profile--Connection Mode. Key Words: "bedside communications controller (BCC), bedside medical device, Data Link layer,device communications controller (DCC), flow control, frame, high-level data link control (HDLC),Medical Information Bus (MIB)," Designation: 1073.3.2-2000 Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/11073 Committee Title: IEEE Standard for Medical Device Communications, Transport Profile, IrDA Based Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Apr 14, 2000 History: PAR APP: Jun 26, 1999, BD APP: Jan 30, 2000, ANSI APP: Jun 07, 2000 Project Scope: To define an IrDA-based transport profile for medical device communications. Project Purpose: To provide connection-oriented communications services and protocols consistent with IrDA specifications and adapted as appropriate for IEEE 1073 applications. Abstract: A connection-oriented transport profile and physical layer suitable for medical devicecommunications in legacy devices is established. Communications services and protocols consis-tent with specifications of the Infrared Data Association are defined. These communication servicesand protocols are optimized for use in patient-connected bedside medical devices. Key Words: "bedside, Infrared Data Association, IrDA, legacy device, medical device, medical device communications, MIB, patient, SNTP" Designation: 1073.3.2a Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/11073 Committee Title: ISO/IEEE 11073-3-2, Standard for Medical Device Communications—Transport Profile—IrDA Based—Cable Connected Status: Approved Publication of IEEE Technical Contact: Allen Farquhar, Phone:858-271-7070, Email:farquhar@san.rr.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Mar 30, 2000 (Ref. Std.: 1073.3.2) Designation: 1073.3.2a Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/11073 Committee Title: Standard for Medical Device Communications - Transport Profile - IrDA Based - Cable Connected - Amendment 1: Medical-Device Specific Connector Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Todd H Cooper, Phone:858-435-0729, Email:t.cooper@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 30, 2000 Project Scope: Define and specify a medical-device specific connector for applications that use the IEEE 1073.3.2 standard. Project Purpose: Certain users and manufacturers require communication cables that provide a unique connector specifically defined for use in medical applications, such that there is no risk of making an inappropriate connection. High reliability and ruggedness are also key requirements for these use cases. This project will define a standard option for such connectors. Designation: 1073.3.3-2004 Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/11073 Committee Title: Standard for ISO/IEEE Standard for Health Informatics - Point-of-Care Medical Device Communication - Part 30303: Transport profile - Infrared Wireless Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Dec 15, 2004 Technical Contact: Todd H Cooper, Phone:858-435-0729, Email:t.cooper@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Mar 17, 2001, BD APP: Jun 24, 2004, ANSI APP: Dec 16, 2004 Project Scope: The scope of this standard is to define an IrDA-based transport profile for medical device communication that uses short-range infrared, as a companion standard to IEEE Std 1073.3.2, which specifies a cable-connected physical layer. The proposed standard will also support use cases consistent with industry practice for handheld PDAs and network access points that support IrDA-infrared communication. Project Purpose: The purpose of the proposed standard is to provide connection- oriented communication services and protocols consistent with IrDA specifications, using short-range infrared as the physical layer. This will extend and complement IEEE Std 1073.3.2, which specifies a cable-connected physical layer. The use of IrDA-infrared is appropriate for mobile and portable 'point-of-care' clinical lab instruments (e.g. glucose meters) and other medical devices that require intermittent 'point-and-shoot' connectivity to a data repository, typically via a hospital network. The proposed standard will utilize the work embodied in the Connectivity Industry Consortium's "Device and Access Point Interface" specification, which is part of an overall effort to standardize communication for 'point- of-care' medical devices using a single transport protocol (IrDA TinyTP) running over two physical layers, cable-connected and infrared. Abstract: This standard establishes a connection-oriented transport profile and physical layer suitable fo medical device communications that use short-range infrared wireless. Thi standard defines communications services and protocols consistent with specifications of the Infrared Data Association, and are optimized for "point-of-care" applications at or near the patient. Key Words: access point, bedside, device interfaces, infrared, Infrared Data Association, IrDA, legacy device, medical device, medical device communications, medical information bus, MIB, patient, Simple Network Time Protocol, SNTP, point-of-care, POC, point-of-care testing, POCT, wireless Designation: 1073.3.3 Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/11073 Committee Title: Standard for Medical Device Communications - Transport Profile - IrDA- based - Infrared Wireless Status: Superseded Technical Contact: Paul Schluter, Phone:414-362-3610, Email:paul.schluter@med.ge.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 17, 2001 Project Scope: The scope of this standard is to define an IrDA-based transport profile for medical device communication that uses short-range infrared, as a companion standard to IEEE Std 1073.3.2, which specifies a cable-connected physical layer. The proposed standard will also support use cases consistent with industry practice for handheld PDAs and network access points that support IrDA-infrared communication. Project Purpose: The purpose of the proposed standard is to provide connection- oriented communication services and protocols consistent with IrDA specifications, using short-range infrared as the physical layer. This will extend and complement IEEE Std 1073.3.2, which specifies a cable-connected physical layer. The use of IrDA-infrared is appropriate for mobile and portable 'point-of-care' clinical lab instruments (e.g. glucose meters) and other medical devices that require intermittent 'point-and-shoot' connectivity to a data repository, typically via a hospital network. The proposed standard will utilize the work embodied in the Connectivity Industry Consortium's "Device and Access Point Interface" specification, which is part of an overall effort to standardize communication for 'point- of-care' medical devices using a single transport protocol (IrDA TinyTP) running over two physical layers, cable-connected and infrared. Designation: 1073.4.1-2001 Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/11073 Committee Title: ISO/IEEE 11073-4-1, Standard for Medical Device Communications—Physical Layer Interface—Cable Connected Status: Approved Publication of IEEE Publication type: Special Publication History: (Ref. Std.: 1073.4.1) Designation: 1073.4.1 Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/11073 Committee Title: Standard for Medical Device Communications, Physical Layer Interface - Cable Connected Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Allen Farquhar, Phone:858-271-7070, Email:farquhar@san.rr.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jan 30, 2000 Project Scope: The scope of this project is to define physical layer requirements for medical device communications, especially in acute care settings. Project Purpose: The purpose of this project is to incorporate one amendment and add additional changes based on initial implementations of the 1994 version of this standard. Designation: 1073.4.1-1994 Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/11073 Committee Title: IEEE Standard for Medical Device Communications - Physical Layer Interface - Cable Connected Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 25, 2005. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **Jan2005: Administratively withdrawn. History: PAR APP: Dec 13, 1994, BD APP: Dec 13, 1994, ANSI APP: Aug 02, 1995 Abstract: A physical interface for the interconnection of computers and medical devices in the 1073 family of standards is defined. This interface is intended to be highly robust in an environment where devices are frequently connected to and disconnected from the network. The physical and electrical characteristics of the connector and signals necessary to exchange digital information between cable-connected medical devices and host computer systems are specified. Key Words: BCC, DCC, device communication, ESD, HDLC, Manchester biphase , Physical layer, special function signals, high-speed frame encoding, high- level data link control , electromagnetic noise, cable-connected medical device, bedside medical device, bedside communications control, Manchester biphase encoding, Electrostatic discharge , Data Link layer Designation: 1073.4.1a-1999 Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/11073 Committee Title: IEEE Standard for Medical Device Communications - Physical Layer Interface - Cable Connected - Amendment I: Corrections and Clarifications Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 25, 2005. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **Jan2005: Administratively withdrawn. History: PAR APP: Mar 20, 1997, BD APP: Oct 20, 1999, ANSI APP: Jan 27, 2000 Project Scope: The scope of this standard is to address corrections and implementation issues that have arisen since the original standard was issued Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to correct and clarify issues with IEEE 1073.4.1-1994 that have arisen in implementation. Designation: 1073.5 Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/11073 Committee Title: Standard for Medical Device Communications - Internetworking Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Robert J Kennelly, Phone:603-284-6287, Email:bobk@catharsismedical.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jun 14, 1995 Project Scope: This document specifies the standards for internetworking between a 1073 Bedside Communication Controller and other networks. Examples include bridges, routers, relays, and gateways. Project Purpose: This standard will allow data exchange between Bedside 1073 networks and other information systems. Designation: P1073.6.1.1 Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/11073 Committee Title: Standard for Health informatics - Point-of-care medical device communication - Application gateway - HL7 (ver 2.x), Observation reporting interface (ORI) Status: Modified New Project Technical Contact: Melvin Reynolds, Phone:44-1989-763-120, Email:MelvinR@AMS-Consulting.co.uk **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Aug 14, 2003 Project Scope: This project will specifies how medical devices that use IEEE 1073 protocols and systems that use Health Level 7 (HL7) protocols may interoperate to communicate vital signs observations and general medical device information. This is an Application Gateway standard, meaning that there will be no particular transport requirements specified beyond those which already identified for use by the IEEE 1073 set of standards and within HL7, though some informative examples will be included in annexes. The HL7 Observation Reporting Interface (ORI) standard will specify how IEEE 1073 data model components or objects and nomenclature terms shall be expressed using HL7 protocols, using both HL7 Encoding Rules and XML formats. It will use related conventions for the communication of medical device data (e.g., the point-of-care test device ORI standard), and will specify multiple 2.x versions of HL7 as necessary, along with usage constraints and guidelines for each. HL7 version 3 usage is out of scope for this project. Project Purpose: This project increases the interoperability of HL7 based systems that exchange medical device data acquired at the point-of-care. As a result, system integration costs may be significantly reduced and the usage of automatically acquired data increased, potentially resulting in increased patient safety, increased quality of health care, and reduced health care costs. Designation: 1073.6.1.1 Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/11073 Committee Title: Standard for Health informatics - Point-of-care medical device communication - Application gateway - HL7, Observation reporting interface (ORI) Status: Superseded Technical Contact: Todd H Cooper, Phone:858-435-0729, Email:t.cooper@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Aug 14, 2003 Project Scope: This project will specifies how medical devices that use IEEE 1073 protocols and systems that use Health Level 7 (HL7) protocols may interoperate to communicate vital signs observations and general medical device information. This is an Application Gateway standard, meaning that there will be no particular transport requirements specified beyond those which already identified for use by the IEEE 1073 set of standards and within HL7, though some informative examples will be included in annexes. The HL7 Observation Reporting Interface (ORI) standard will specify how IEEE 1073 data model components or objects and nomenclature terms shall be expressed using HL7 protocols, using both HL7 Encoding Rules and XML formats. It will use related conventions for the communication of medical device data (e.g., the point-of-care test device ORI standard), and will specify multiple versions of HL7 as necessary, including version 2.x and version 3, along with usage constraints and guidelines for each. Project Purpose: Though most point-of-care medical devices, especially patient- connected acute care instruments, provide information that can be communicated to an external system and ultimately used by many different clinical applications, such as charting or electronic patient records, there is no standard protocol for formatting and exchanging this information, and thus interoperability requires protocol converters and data translators. The IEEE 1073 standards provide a common means of communicating point-of- care medical device information without requiring additional tools to achive interoperability. This works especially well for device to device communication that requires real-time plug-and-play data exchange. Many clinical applications, though, use HL7 protocols for data exchange, and often only need a small portion of the data set that can be automatically captured from medical devices. Again, though, there is little standardization in how HL7 may be used to convey information sourced from medical devices, and specifically there is no single means for converting IEEE 1073-based data into HL7-based information streams. Standardizing an observation reporting interface between these two environments will reduce the cost and complexity of deploying systems that automatically capture point-of-care medical device data into HL7-based clinical applications, and thus will allow this capability to be more generally used in clinical environments, ultimately resulting in increased patient safety and quality of care. Designation: 1074-2006 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee Title: IEEE Standard for Developing a Software Project Life Cycle Process Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jul 28, 2006 Technical Contact: Keith R Middleton, Phone:509-375-2686, Email:keith.middleton@pnl.gov **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Mar 25, 2004, BD APP: Mar 30, 2006, ANSI APP: Sep 11, 2006 Project Scope: This standard provides a process for creating a software project life cycle process (SPLCP). It is primarily directed at the process architect for a given software project. It is the function of the process architect to develop the SPLCP. This methodology begins with the selection of an appropriate software project life cycle model (SPLCM)for use on the specific project. It continues through the definition of the software project life cycle (SPLC),using the selected SPLCM, the activities provided in Annex A, and the portion of the software life cycle that is relevant to the project. The methodology concludes with the augmentation of the software life cycle with organizational process assets (OPAs) to create the SPLCP. The activities that are provided in Annex A cover the entire life cycle of a software system, from concept exploration through the eventual retirement of the software system. This standard does not address nonsoftware activities, such as contracting, purchasing, or hardware development. It also does not mandate the use of a specific SPLCM, nor does it provide a selection of, or a tutorial on, SPLCMs. This standard presumes that the process architect is already familiar with a variety of SPLCMs, with the criteria for choosing among them and with the criteria for determining the attributes and constraints of the desired end system and the development environment that affects this selection. Finally, this standard does not prescribe how to perform the software activities in Annex A. Project Purpose: This standard defines the process by which an SPLCP is developed. It is useful to any organization that is responsible for managing and performing software projects. It can be used where software is the total system or where software is part of a larger system. Abstract: This standard provides a process for creating a software project life cycle process (SPLCP). It is primarily directed at the process architect for a given software project. Key Words: software project life cycle, software project life cycle model, software project life cycle process Designation: 1074-1997 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee Title: IEEE Standard for Developing Software Life Cycle Processes Status: Superseded History: PAR APP: Dec 10, 1996, BD APP: Dec 09, 1997 Project Scope: This standard provides the set of Activities that constitute the Processes for the development and maintenance of software, whether stand- alone or part of a system. (Non-software activities, such as hardware development and purchasing, are outside the scope of this standard). This standard also provides associated Input and Output information. The proposed revision will differ from the original as follows: (1) The word process will be downplayed, or order to better focus attention on the Activities. Collections of Activities will now be called Activity Groups. (2) All Planning Activities will now be collected into a single Activity Group called Project Planning Activities. (3) The Verification and Validation Process will be replaced by a new Activity Group entitled "Evaluation Activities", which will include specific V&V Activities such as reviews, audits, testing. Project Purpose: To better enable software organizations to develop and/or maintain software on time and within budget. It is envisioned that the primary user of the revised standard will be the Process Architect for a software project. This is the individual whose function is to select a Software Life Cycle Model (SLCM) for the project, create the project Software Life Cycle (SLC), and ensure that this SLC is properly followed throughout the lifetime of the project. The revised standard will benefit the Process Architect by clearly defining his or her role, and the steps necessary to fulfill that role. Abstract: " A process for creating a software life cycle process is provided. Although this standardis directed primarily at the process architect, it is useful to any organization that is responsible formanaging and performing software projects. " Key Words: "software life cycle,software life cycle model, software life cycle process" Designation: 1074-1995 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee Title: IEEE Standard for Developing Software Life Cycle Processes Status: Superseded **Revision of Std 1074-1991. History: PAR APP: Sep 17, 1992, BD APP: Sep 21, 1995, ANSI APP: Apr 08, 1996 Abstract: The set of Activities that constitute the Processes that are mandatory for the development and maintenance of software, whether stand-alone or part of a system, is provided. Non-software Activities, such as hardware development and purchasing, are outside of the scope of this standard. Also provided is associated Input and Output Information. Key Words: activities, mapping, processes, software life cycle , life cycle model, life cycle process Designation: 1074-1991 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee Title: IEEE Standard for Developing Software Life Cycle Processes Status: Superseded History: PAR APP: Dec 06, 1990, BD APP: Sep 26, 1991, ANSI APP: Apr 20, 1992 Abstract: The set of activities that constitute the processes that are mandatory for the development and maintenance of software, whether standalone or part of a system, is set forth. The management and support processes that continue throughout the entire life cycle, as well as all aspects of the software life cycle from concept exploration through retirement, are covered. Associated input and output information is also provided. Utilization of the processes and their component activities maximizes the benefits to the user when the use of this standard is initiated early in the software life cycle. This standard requires definition of a user's software life cycle and shows its mapping into typical software life cycles; it is not intended to define or imply a software life cycle of its own. Key Words: software, life, cycle, process Designation: 1074 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee Title: Standard for Developing Software Life Cycle Processes Status: Superseded Technical Contact: John Napier, Phone:253-265-6024, Email:j.napier@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Aug 15, 2002 Project Scope: This project will develop a revised 1074 Standard for Developing Life Cycle Processes. The scope of the revision will be consistent with the scope of the original document (and IEEE guidance with the revision effort). The standard provides a process for creating a software life cycle process. Project Purpose: The purpose of the proposed project is to revise the existing 1074-1997 standard to be consistent with other IEEE standards, improve standard usability and incorporate industry best practices for software life cycle development that have evolved since the original standard was published. Designation: 1074.1-1995 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee Title: IEEE Guide for Developing Software Life Cycle Processes Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 15, 2001. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **administratively withdrawn on 15-Jan-2001. History: PAR APP: Dec 06, 1990, BD APP: Sep 21, 1995, ANSI APP: Apr 08, 1996 Abstract: Selected topics covered in IEEE Std 1074-1995, IEEE Standard for Developing Software Life Cycle Processes, are addressed in this guide. The guide provides assistance with Software Life Cycle Model (SLCM) selection, Activity mapping, and management of a software Life Cycle (SLC). Key Words: software life cycle, processes, cycle model, activities, mapping, developing software Designation: 1075 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. Designation: 1076-2002 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Design Automation Title: IEEE Standard VHDL Language Reference Manual Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: May 17, 2002 **Supersedes 1076-1993. Technical Contact: Stephen A Bailey, Phone:303-775-1655, Email:stephen_bailey@mentor.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Jun 25, 1998, BD APP: Mar 21, 2002, ANSI APP: Jul 26, 2002 Project Scope: Develop a standard computer language and environment for use in the design and description of electronic systems from the abstract to logical gate modeling levels. Project Purpose: To provide a syntax, vocabulary and semantics for describing electronic systems. The data is required to support the design, production and maintenance of electronic systems throughout their life cycle. Abstract: " VHSIC Hardware Description Language (VHDL) is defined. VHDL is a formal notationintended for use in all phases of the creation of electronic systems. Because it is both machine read-able and human readable, it supports the development, verification, synthesis, and testing of hard-ware designs; the communication of hardware design data; and the maintenance, modification, andprocurement of hardware. Its primary audiences are the implementors of tools supporting the lan-guage and the advanced users of the language. " Key Words: "computer languages, electronic systems, hardware, hardware design, VHDL" Designation: P1076 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Design Automation Title: Standard VHDL Language Reference Manual Status: Revision Project Technical Contact: Stephen A Bailey, Phone:303-775-1655, Email:stephen_bailey@mentor.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 23, 2004 Project Scope: This project will revise and enhance the VHDL LRM by including a standard C language interface specification; specifications from previously separate, but related standards 1164, 1076.2 and 1076.3; and general language enhancements in the areas of design and verification of electronic systems. Project Purpose: The VHDL language was defined for use in the design and documentation of electronics systems. It is being revised to incorporate capabilities that will improve the language's usefulness for its intended purpose as well as extend it to address design verification methodologies that have developed in industry. These new design and verification capabilities are required to ensure VHDL remains relevant and valuable for use in electronic systems design and verification. Incorporation of previously separate, but related standards, will simplify the maintenance of the specifications. Designation: 1076-2000 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Design Automation Title: IEEE Standard VHDL Language Reference Manual Status: Superseded **Superseded by 1076-2002. History: PAR APP: Mar 19, 1998, BD APP: Jan 30, 2000, ANSI APP: Jun 07, 2000 Project Scope: Add mutual exclusion semantics to the shared variable feature in VHDL. Project Purpose: To address a language feature area that received a significant share of negative ballots and positive ballots with comments on the implementation during the successful VHDL 1076-1993 balloting. The working group was formed to attempt to reach concensus on a better implementation of the language feature. Abstract: " VHSIC Hardware Description Language (VHDL) is defined. VHDL is a formal notationintended for use in all phases of the creation of electronic systems. Because it is both machine read-able and human readable, it supports the development, verification, synthesis, and testing of hard-ware designs; the communication of hardware design data; and the maintenance, modification, andprocurement of hardware. Its primary audiences are the implementors of tools supporting the lan-guage and the advanced users of the language. " Key Words: "IEEE Std 1076, 2000 Edition.pdf" Designation: 1076-1993 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Design Automation Title: IEEE Standard VHDL Language Reference Manual Status: Superseded **Superseded by 1076-2002. History: PAR APP: Aug 17, 1989, BD APP: Sep 15, 1993, ANSI APP: Apr 14, 1994 Abstract: This standard defines the VHSIC Hardware Description Language (VHDL). VHDL is a formal notation intended for use in all phases of the creation of electronic systems. Because it is both machine-readable and human-readable, VHDL supports the development, verification, synthesis, and testing of hardware designs; the communication of hardware design data; and the maintenance, modification, and procurement of hardware. Its primary audiences are the implementors of tools supporting the language and the advanced users of the language. Key Words: token ring, access method, data transmission, token ring networks, unshielded twisted pair cable, VHDL, Hardware design, Electronic systems, Computer languages Designation: 1076-1987 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Design Automation Title: IEEE Standard VHDL Language Reference Manual Status: Superseded History: PAR APP: Dec 28, 1987, BD APP: Dec 10, 1987, ANSI APP: Oct 23, 1989 Abstract: IEEE standard VHDL language reference manual - IEEE Std 1076-1987 Key Words: Author: IEEE Designation: 1076.1-1999 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Design Automation Title: IEEE Standard VHDL Analog and Mixed-Signal Extensions Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Dec 23, 1999 History: PAR APP: Mar 20, 1997, BD APP: Mar 18, 1999, ANSI APP: Nov 16, 1999 Project Scope: The IEEE 1076 language has been primarily designed for the description and the simulation of digital hardware systems. As such, it provides only limited capabilities when used in analog modeling. VHDL 1076.1 aims to enhance VHDL 1076 such that it can support the description and simulation of circuits and systems that exhibit continuous behavior over time and over amplitude. Project Purpose: To provide a comprehensive mixed-signal description and simulation capabilities as an extension to the IEEE VHDL 1076 language. Abstract: " This standard defines the IEEE 1076.1 language, a hardware description language forthe description and the simulation of analog, digital, and mixed-signal systems. The language, alsoinformally known as VHDL-AMS, is built on IEEE Std 1076-1993 (VHDL) and extends it with addi-tions and changes to provide capabilities of writing and simulating analog and mixed-signal models. " Key Words: IEEE Std 1076.1-1999 Designation: P1076.1 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Design Automation Title: Standard VHDL Analog and Mixed-Signal Extensions Status: Modified Revision Project Technical Contact: Alain Vachoux, Phone:+41-21-693-6953, Email:alain.vachoux@epfl.ch **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. Project Scope: This standard defines the 1076.1 language, a hardware description language for the description and simulation of analog, digital, and mixed-signal systems. The language, also informally known as VHDL-AMS, is built on the IEEE Std 1076-2002 (VHDL) language, and extends it to provide capabilities of writing and simulating analog and mixed-signal modes. Project Purpose: To provide a comprehensive mixed-signal description and simulation capabilities as an extension to the IEEE VHDL 1076 language. The revision corrects editorial errors and clarifies aspects of the language definition in the 1076.1-1999 standard, and updates the 1076.1- 1999 standard to reflect changes in the VHDL 1076-2002 specification. Designation: 1076.1 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Design Automation Title: Standard VHDL Analog and Mixed-Signal Extensions Status: Superseded Technical Contact: Alain Vachoux, Phone:+41-21-693-6953, Email:alain.vachoux@epfl.ch **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: May 10, 2005 Project Scope: Original scope: The IEEE 1076 language has been primarily designed for the description and the simulation of digital hardware systems. As such, it provides only limited capabilities when used in analog modeling. VHDL 1076.1 aims to enhance VHDL 1076 such that it can support the description and simulation of circuits and systems that exhibit continuous behavior over time and over amplitude. The revision will correct editorial errors and clarify aspects of the language definition in the original document, and will update the document to reflect changes in the VHDL 1076 specification. Project Purpose: Original purpose: To provide a comprehensive mixed-signal description and simulation capabilities as an extension to the IEEE VHDL 1076 language. The document is to be revised to track changes in the language that it extends. Designation: 1076.1.1-2004 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Design Automation Title: IEEE Standard VHDL Analog and Mixed-Signal Extensions---Packages for Multiple Energy Domain Support Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jun 17, 2005 Technical Contact: H. Alan Mantooth, Phone:479-575-4838, Email:mantooth@uark.edu **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: May 09, 2002, BD APP: Dec 16, 2004, ANSI APP: Apr 05, 2005 Project Scope: This standard defines a collection of VHDL 1076.1 packages, compatible with IEEE Std 1076.1™-1999,along with recommendations for conforming use, in order to facilitate the interchange of simulation models of physical components and subsystems. The packages include the definition of standard types, subtypes, natures, and constants for modeling in multiple energy domains (electrical, fluidic, mechanical, etc.) The packages are intended for use primarily in the modeling of multiple energy domain systems. The range of operation of the packages is not defined in this standard, but is intended to be valid across a wide range of disciplines and applications. Project Purpose: The definitions of IEEE Std 1076.1-1999 allow users to build simulation models of physical components and subsystems that may belong to multiple energy domains (electrical, fluidic, mechanical, etc.). Such models are built upon sets of properties that are specific to each energy domain and encapsulated in socalled natures. IEEE Std 1076.1-1999 provides a mechanism to define natures, but intentionally does not predefine any standard set of natures as it is expected that this would be done in a subsequent IEEE standard project. The definition of a standard set of natures is crucial to make possible the reuse and exchange of models written in VHDL 1076.1 within and among vendors. Abstract: This standard defines a collection of VHDL 1076.1 packages, compatible with IEEE Std 1076.1TM-1999, along with recommendations for conforming use, in order to facilitate the interchange of simulation models of physical components and subsystems. The packages include the definition of standard types, subtypes, natures, and constants for modeling in multiple energy domains (electrical, fluidic, mechanical, etc.). Key Words: interchange, modeling, model interchange, model portability, multidisciplinary, multidisciplinary modeling, packages, portability, standard packages, standard VHDL packages, VHDL, VHDL-AMS Designation: 1076.2-1996 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Design Automation Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2002 Title: IEEE Standard VHDL Mathematical Packages Status: Approved Publication of IEEE **This standard includes a 3.5" DOS diskette. Being revised by P1076. History: PAR APP: Jun 17, 1993, BD APP: Sep 19, 1996, ANSI APP: Mar 14, 1997 Project Scope: Development of a set of standard math packages for VHDL. Examples are trigometric, hyperbolic, random number generators, etc. Project Purpose: Many modeling activities need computation of standard mathematical functions. IEEE Standard 1076 does not have defined as a part of the language any standard set of mathematical routines. This will correct this problem by defining a Standard mathematical set of Packages to be used with the language. Abstract: The MATH_REAL package declaration, the MATH_COMPLEX package declaration, and the semantics of the standard mathematical definition and conventional meaning of the functions that are part of this standard are provided. Ways for users to implement this standard are given in an informative annex. Samples of the MATH_REAL and MATH_COMPLEX package bodies are provided in an informative annex on diskette as guidelines for implementors to verify their implementation of this standard. Implementors may choose to implement the package bodies in the most efficient manner available to them. Key Words: IEEE, math_complex, math_real, vhdl, vhdl model interoperability Designation: 1076.3-1997 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Design Automation Title: IEEE Standard VHDL Synthesis Packages Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jun 05, 1997 **Being revised by P1076. History: PAR APP: Sep 21, 1995, BD APP: Mar 20, 1997 Project Scope: Definition of a set of standard packages based on IEEE Std 1076 to describe hardware that can be synthesized using commercially available synthesis programs. Project Purpose: Only some parts of the VHSIC Hardware Description Language (VHDL) are able to be synthesized currently. There are also no current standards describing how to create these needed portable descriptions in VHDL that can be synthesized. This standard will define a set of packages to allow this portability of synthesizable descriptions. Abstract: " The current interpretation of common logic values and the association of numeric valuesto specific VHDL array types is described. This standard provides semantic for the VHDL synthesisdomain, and enables formal verification and simulation acceleration in the VHDL based design. Thestandard interpretations are provided for values of standard logic types defined by IEEE Std 1164-1993, and of the BIT and BOOLEAN types defined in IEEE Std 1076-1993. The numeric typesSIGNED and UNSIGNED and their associated operators define integer and natural number arith-metic for arrays of common logic values. TwoÕs complement and binary encoding techniques areused. The numeric semantic is conveyed by two VHDL packages. This standard also contains anyallowable modifications. " Key Words: interpretations, metalogical values, numeric VHDL vector types, signed, synthesis, unsigned Designation: 1076.4-2000 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Design Automation Title: IEEE Standard VITAL ASIC (Application Specific Integrated Circuit) Modeling Specification Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Sep 28, 2001 **Supersedes 1076.4-1995. Technical Contact: Victor Berman, Phone:978 927 0555 x 27, Email:victorb@improvsys.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Jun 26, 1999, BD APP: Sep 21, 2000, ANSI APP: Feb 01, 2001 Project Scope: To provide a standard method of modeling ASICs in VHDL. This method is aimed at providing efficient, accurate, and tool independent simulation suitable for large chip-level designs typical of those which are based on ASICs. Project Purpose: Current industry methods for designing complex chip-level designs rely on proprietary solutions which are based on specific commercial tools. This standard provides an effective means of performing those designs in a standard, non-proprietary manner that is independent of specific tools. This promotes cost effective design flows and promotes healthy levels of competition in the electronic design industry. This standard builds on the work of IEEE 1076 VHDL which is a standard hardware description language designed to allow such tool independent electronic design. Abstract: " The VITAL (VHDL Initiative Towards ASIC Libraries) ASIC Modeling Specification isdefined in this standard. This modeling specification defines a methodology which promotes thedevelopment of highly accurate, efficient simulation models for ASIC (Application-Specific Integrat-ed Circuit) components in VHDL. " Key Words: "ASIC,computer,computer languages,constraints,delay calculation,HDL,modeling,SDF,timing,Verilog,VHDL," Designation: 1076.4-1995 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Design Automation Title: IEEE Standard VITAL Application-Specific Integrated Circuit (ASIC) Modeling Specification Status: Superseded **Superseded by 1076.4-2000. History: PAR APP: Sep 21, 1995, BD APP: Dec 12, 1995, ANSI APP: Jul 16, 1996 Project Scope: To provide a standard method for modeling ASICs in VHDL. This method is aimed at providing efficient, accurate, and tool independent simulation suitable for large chip-level designs typical of those which are based on ASICs. Project Purpose: Current industry methods for designing complex chip-level designs rely on proprietary solutions which are based on specific commercial tools. This standard provides an effective means of performing those designs in a standard, non-proprietary manner that is independent of specific tools. This promotes cost effective design flows and promotes healthy levels of competition in the electronic design industry. This standard builds on the work of IEEE 1076 VHDL, which is a standard hardware description language designed to allow such tool independent electronic design. Abstract: The VITAL (VHDL Initiative Towards ASIC Libraries) ASIC Modeling Specification is defined. It creates a methodology that promotes the development of highly accurate, efficient simulation models for ASIC (Application-Specific Integrated Circuit) components in VHDL. Key Words: ASIC, computer languages, constraints, delay calculation, HDL, modeling, SDF, timing, verilog, VHDL Designation: P1076.4-2000/Cor 1 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Design Automation Title: Standard for VITAL ASIC (Application Specific Integrated Circuit) Modeling Specification---Corrigendum 1: Corrections to Code Status: Corrigenda of Standard Technical Contact: Ajayharsh Varikat, Phone:+91-9810404071, Email:ajay@cadence.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: May 10, 2005 Project Scope: This corrigendum will correct minor technical errors identified in the last revision of the standard. Project Purpose: Some implementers of the standard have identified minor technical errors and have addressed them in their implementations. Without corrections to the standard, conforming implementations may exhibit differing behavior. Designation: 1076.5 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Design Automation Title: Standard VHDL Language Utility Library Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Gabe Moretti, Phone:941-497-9880, Email:gabe@eda.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jun 17, 1993 Project Scope: Development of a set of utility packages written in the IEEE 1076 standard to aid in the development of models and to aid portability of models across vendors. Project Purpose: Vhdl is a broad harware description language that is technology independent. Consequently, in order to obtain transportability of models across segments of the industry, utility libraries reflecting current design practices must be developed. This project will develop this general utitility library. Designation: 1076.6-2004 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Design Automation Title: IEEE Standard for VHDL Register Transfer Level (RTL) Synthesis Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Oct 11, 2004 **Supersedes 1076.6-1999. Technical Contact: J Bhasker, Phone:610-439-6831, Email:jbhasker@esilicon.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: May 15, 2003, BD APP: May 12, 2004, ANSI APP: Aug 25, 2004 Project Scope: The standard describes a standard syntax and semantics for VHDL RTL synthesis. It defines the subset of IEEE 1076 (VHDL) that is suitable for RTL synthesis and defines the semantics of that subset for the synthesis domain. The intent of this revision is to include a maximum subset of VHDL that can be used to describe synthesizable RTL logic. This includes considering new features introduced by IEEE Std 1076-1993, IEEE Std 1076- 2002, new semantics based on algorithmic styles rather than template-driven, and a set of synthesis attributes that can be used to annotate an RTL description. Project Purpose: The purpose of the standard is to define a syntax and semantics that can be used in common by all compliant RTL synthesis tools to achieve uniformity of results in a similar manner to which simulation tools use the IEEE 1076 standard. The original standard defined a syntax and semantics that was common amongst all synthesis tools at the time that it was created. The new standard expands the original purpose by including a maximal subset of VHDL that can be synthesized. Abstract: This document specifies a standard for use of very high-speed integrated circuit hardware description language (VHDL) to model synthesizable register-transfer level digital logic. A standard syntax and semantics for VHDL register-transfer level synthesis is defined. The subset of the VHDL language, which is synthesizable, is described, and nonsynthesizable VHDL constructs are identified that should be ignored or flagged as errors. Key Words: hardware description language, logic synthesis, register transfer level (RTL), very highspeed integrated circuit hardware description language (VHDL) Designation: 1076.6-1999 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Design Automation Title: IEEE Standard for VHDL Register Transfer Level Synthesis Status: Superseded **Superseded by 1076.6-2004. History: PAR APP: Jun 26, 1997, BD APP: Sep 16, 1999, ANSI APP: Mar 29, 2000 Project Scope: To develop a standard syntax and semantics for VHDL RTL synthesis. This standard shall define the subset of IEEE 1076 (VHDL) which is suitable for RTL synthesis and shall define the semantics of that subset for the synthesis domain. This standard shall be based on the current existing standards IEEE 1076, 1164 and 1076.3. Project Purpose: To define syntax and semantics which can be used in common by all compliant RTL synthesis tools to achieve uniformity of results in a similar manner to which simulation tools use the current IEEE 1076 standard. This will allow users of synthesis tools to produce well-defined designs whose functional characteristics are independent of any particular synthesis implementation by making their designs compliant with this developed standard. Abstract: " A standard syntax and semantics for VHDL register transfer level (RTL) synthesis is de-fined. The subset of IEEE 1076 (VHDL) that is suitable for RTL synthesis is defined, along with thesemantics of that subset for the synthesis domain. " Key Words: "pragma,register transfer level (RTL),synthesis,VHDL" Designation: 1076a Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Design Automation Title: Supplement to the VHDL Standard Language Reference Manual for Shared Variables Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Stephen A Bailey, Phone:303-775-1655, Email:stephen_bailey@mentor.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 15, 1993 Designation: 1076b Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Design Automation Title: Standard VHDL Language Reference Manual -- Simulation Run-Time Application Interface Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Stephen A Bailey, Phone:303-775-1655, Email:stephen_bailey@mentor.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Feb 13, 2003 Project Scope: The scope of the proposed project is to amend the existing VHDL 1076-2002 standard by adding a simulation run-time application interface (VHDL Programming Interface or VHPI). The existing standard will be unchanged. The VHPI is in addition to the existing standard. Project Purpose: The VHPI will enhance the market for VHDL-related simulation tools by defining a standard interface between VHDL simulators and additional modeling, analysis and debugging tools. By reducing the costs of supporting all VHDL simulators, it reduces the barrier of entry for symbiotic tools and increases VHDL users' design and verification productivity. Designation: 1076c-2007 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Design Automation Title: Standard VHDL Language Reference Manual - Amendment 1: Procedural Language Application Interface Status: Approved Publication of IEEE Technical Contact: Jim W Lewis, Phone:503-590-4787, Email:jim@synthworks.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Mar 30, 2006, BD APP: Mar 08, 2007 Project Scope: The scope of the proposed project is to amend the existing IEEE 1076-2002 (VHDL) standard by adding a simulation runtime application interface (VHDL Programming Interface or VHPI). Project Purpose: The VHPI will enhance the market for VHDL-related simulation tools by defining a standard interface between VHDL simulators and additional modeling, analysis and debugging tools. Designation: 1076/INT-1991 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Design Automation Title: IEEE Standards Interpretations: IEEE Std 1076-1987, IEEE Standard VHDL Language Reference Manual Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Feb 21, 1992 Publication type: Special Publication Technical Contact: John Willis **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. Abstract: A series of analyses of various problems regarding the interpretation of the VHSIC Hardware Description Language (VHDL) was carried out by VHDL experts on the VHDL Analy sis and Standardization Group, the working group that developed the original IEEE Std 1076-1987. The results of these deliberations are presented in this document. The intent is to give the VHDL community reasonable ways of interpreting the unclear portions of the standard. Key Words: interpretations, LRM, VHDL, VHSIC, Hardware, language Designation: 1077 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Design Automation Title: Design Management Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. History: PAR APP: Mar 28, 1985 Key Words: design, management Designation: 1078 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Design Automation Title: Info Model Descrpt'n Language Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Steven J Piatz **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 28, 1985 Key Words: language, information, model, description Designation: 1079 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society Title: Circuit and Physical Design Description Language Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **Withdrawn at 3/10/88 StB meeting Designation: 1081 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Nuclear Power Engineering Title: Appli of 730 to NPGS Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: John R Matras, Phone:402-331-9131, Email:j_r_matras@RAYTHEON.COM **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 28, 1985 Key Words: nuclear, generation, 730 Designation: 1082-1997 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Nuclear Power Engineering Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2003 Title: Guide for Incorporating Human Action Reliability Analysis for Nuclear Power Generating Stations Status: Approved Publication of IEEE History: PAR APP: Mar 28, 1985, BD APP: Sep 16, 1997, ANSI APP: Apr 27, 1998 Abstract: A structured framework for the incorporation of human/system interactions into probabi-listic risk assessments is provided. Key Words: reliability, analysis, human, action Designation: 1083 Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Production and Application of Light Title: Recommended Practice for Illuminating Industrial Operation Control Centers Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Kao Chen, Phone:619-451-9854, Email:chenkao@aol.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 28, 1985 Designation: 1083-2 Title: Digital recorders for measurements in high-voltage impulse tests - Part 2 Evaluation of software used for the determination of the parameters of impulse waveforms Status: Approved Publication of IEEE **TPAR approved 10 December 1996 History: PAR APP: Dec 10, 1996 Designation: 1084-1986 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society Title: IEEE Standard Glossary of Mathematics of Computing Terminology Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Mar 18, 1993. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **Being revised as 610.1 - expect to complete in 1992. History: BD APP: Mar 13, 1986, ANSI APP: Aug 07, 1986 (Ref. Std.: 610.1) Key Words: mathematics, computing, terminology Designation: 1086 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society Title: Renumbered as 610.11. Status: Changed Designation History: PAR APP: Jun 28, 1985 Key Words: computer, terminology, theory, application Designation: 1087 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society Title: Renumbered as 610.10. Status: Changed Designation History: PAR APP: Jun 28, 1985 Key Words: computer, hardware, terminology Designation: 1088 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society Title: Renumbered as 610.9. Status: Changed Designation History: PAR APP: Jun 28, 1985 Key Words: computing, terminology, environment Designation: 1089 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. Designation: 1092 Sponsor: IEEE Broadcast Technology Society Title: Error Rates Digital TV Lumin'ce Sign'l Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. **. History: PAR APP: Jun 28, 1985 Key Words: error, rates, digital, TV, luminescence Designation: 1094-1991 Sponsor: IEEE-SA Standards Board Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for the Electrical Design and Operation of Windfarm Generating Stations Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 17, 1997. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **Administratively withdrawn 17 January 1997. History: PAR APP: Jun 28, 1985, BD APP: Jan 02, 1991, ANSI APP: May 21, 1991 Abstract: Design information and procedures for the interconnection of multiple wind turbines (a windfarm generating station) with an electrical utility are presented. Issues relating to the interface with the utility and the electrical system between the utility and the individual wind turbines (intraplant electrical systems) are addressed. Recommended practices for monitoring systems, protection systems, and safe operation for personnel and equipment are provided. Protection of the windfarm-utility interface or the utility system, and the control or protection functions of individual wind turbines are not covered. The aim is to facilitate sound and economic engineering design and safe operations of a windfarm generating station. Key Words: windfarm, interface, station, interconnection, operational, procedure, protection, windturbine, systems protection, Wind-turbine generators, Systems monitoring, Operational procedure, Intraplant electrical system Designation: 1095-1989 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Energy Development & Power Generation Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1994 Title: IEEE Guide for Installation of Vertical Generators and Generator/Motors for Hydroelectric Applications Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Feb 16, 1990 History: PAR APP: Jun 28, 1985, BD APP: Dec 06, 1989, ANSI APP: Apr 23, 1990 Project Scope: The procedures for installation, described in this Guide, apply to all types of synchronous generators and generator/motors rated 5000 kVA and above to be coupled to hydraulic turbines or hydraulic pump/turbines having vertical shafts. All references made in this Guide to "generators" apply equally to "generator/motors". Abstract: This standard describes installation procedures for synchronous generators and generator/motors rated 5000 kVA and above, to be coupled to hydraulic turbines having vertical shafts. Key Words: Turbogenerators, Synchronous motors Designation: 1095 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Energy Development & Power Generation Title: Guide for the Installation of Vertical Hydraulic-Turbine Driven Generators/Motors for Hydroelectric Applications Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: David J Parker, Phone:941-351-3927, Email:genpowerdp@ibm.net **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 27, 2001 Project Scope: The original scope of the standard was to provide guidance to the practicing engineer on the installation of vertical hydraulic-turbine- driven generators and reversible generator/motors for pumped storage systems. This scope continues to be current and pertinent. Project Purpose: The standard has not been revised since completion of the original work on the document in 1989. It is proposed to make revisions to the standard to reflect new developments and options in power plant equipment and to bring the standard into the most current format. Designation: P1095 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Energy Development & Power Generation Title: Guide for the Installation of Vertical Generators and Generator/Motors for Hydroelectric Applications Status: Revision Project Technical Contact: Lucas Kunz, Phone:+1 717 792 7683, Email:lucas.kunz@vs-hydro.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. Project Scope: The procedures for installation, described in this guide, apply to all types of synchronous generators and generator/motors rated 5 MVA and above to be coupled to hydraulic turbines or hydraulic pump/turbines having vertical shaft. Project Purpose: Large hydraulic turbine-driven generators are shipped as components and completely assembled and installed at the site. The installation, therefore, becomes a continuation of the manufacturing process, and many of the operations involved are those that are normally performed in the factory on smaller generators. Close tolerances must be maintained in the fit and alignment of the various parts. The use of proper installation procedures is essential to achieve satisfactory operation of the unit. Designation: 1096-1988 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessors and Microcomputers Title: IEEE Standard for a Multiplexed High-Performance Bus Structure: VSB Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Dec 09, 1997. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. Technical Contact: Shlomo Pri-Tal, Phone:602-438-3168 **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 28, 1986, BD APP: Jun 09, 1988, ANSI APP: May 19, 1989 Abstract: Specifications for the subsystem bus of the IEC 821 BUS, referred to as the VSB, are set forth. VSB is a local subsystem extension bus that allows a processor board to access additional memory and I/O over a local bus, removing traffic from the global bus and improving the total throughput of the system. The objectives are: to improve the performance of multiprocessor systems by allowing the design of local subsystems; to specify the electrical characteristics required to design boards that will reliably transfer data over the VSB; to specify the mechanical requirements to be compatible with VSB systems; to specify protocols that precisely define the interaction between the VSB and devices interfaced to it; and to provide terminology and definitions that describe VSB protocols. Key Words: multiplexed, high, bus, VSB, performance, Multimicroprocessing, Microcomputer interfaces, Data buses Designation: 1097 Sponsor: IEEE Communications Society Title: A standard for the Classification and Dilineation of Responsibility for Carrier/User Protective Interface Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: O Wanaselja, Phone:603-524-2622 **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jun 13, 1985 Designation: 1099 Sponsor: IEEE Communications Society Title: Standard for Grounding Communications and Signaling Systems, Facilities and Equipment Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: O Wanaselja, Phone:603-524-2622 **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 19, 1985 Designation: 1100-2005 Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Power Systems Engineering Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Powering and Grounding Electronic Equipment Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: May 24, 2006 Technical Contact: Douglas S Dorr, Phone:407-566-8355, Email:d.dorr@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Sep 21, 2000, BD APP: Dec 09, 2005, ANSI APP: Dec 29, 2005 Project Scope: This document presents recommended design, installation, and maintenance practices for electrical power and grounding (including both safety and noise control) and protection of electronic loads such as industrial controllers, computers, and other information technology equipment (ITE) used in commercial and industrial applications. Project Purpose: The main objective is to provide a consensus of recommended practices in an area where conflicting information and confusion, stemming primarily from different viewpoints of the same problem, have dominated. Practices herein address electronic equipment electrical performance and protection issues while maintaining a safe installation, as specified in the National Electrical Code® (NEC®) (NFPA 70, 2005 Edition) [B1]1 and recognized testing laboratories’ standards. This recommended practice is not intended to replace or to take precedence over any codes or standards adopted by the jurisdiction where the installation resides. Abstract: The IEEE Emerald Book™ presents a collection of consensus best practices for thepowering and grounding of electronic equipment used in commercial and industrial applications.The main objective is to provide consensus recommended practices in an area where conflictinginformation and conflicting design philosophies have dominated. The recommended practicesdescribed are intended to enhance equipment performance while maintaining a safe installation. Adescription of the nature and origin of power disturbances is provided, followed by theory on thevarious parameters that impact power quality. Information on quantifying and resolving power andgrounding related concerns using measurement and diagnostic instrumentation and standardizedinvestigative procedures are included. Recommended power protection equipment and wiring andgrounding system design practices are presented. Information on telecommunications systempower protection as well as grounding, industrial system grounding, and noise control is included.Finally a selection of case studies are presented to support the recommended practices presentedthroughout the book. Key Words: commercial applications, electrical power, electronic equipment, grounding, industrialapplications, power conditioning, power disturbance, power monitor, power quality Designation: 1100 Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Power Systems Engineering Title: Recommended Practice for Powering and Grounding Electronic Equipment Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Thomas M Gruzs, Phone:614-841-2733, Email:tom.gruzs@liebert.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 17, 1994 Designation: 1100-1999 Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Power Systems Engineering Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Powering and Grounding Electronic Equipment Status: Superseded History: PAR APP: Mar 18, 1999, BD APP: Mar 22, 1999, ANSI APP: Nov 16, 1999 Project Scope: Recommends design, installation and maintenance practices for electrical power, grounding (including both safety and noise control) and protection of electronic loads such as industrial controllers, computers, and other information technology equipment used in commercial and industrial applications. Project Purpose: To revise and update the first edition of Standard 1100, including the addition of information specificaloly for distributed (networked) information technology equipment and telecommunications equipment. Abstract: " Recommended design, installation, and maintenance practices for electrical powerand grounding (including both power- related and signal-related noise control) of sensitive elec-tronic processing equipment used in commercial and industrial applications are presented. Themain objective is to provide a consensus of recommended practices in an area where conflict-ing information and confusion, stemming primarily from different viewpoints of the sameproblem, have dominated. Practices herein address electronic equipment performance issueswhile maintaining a safe installation. A brief description is given of the nature of power qualityproblems, possible solutions, and the resources available for assistance in dealing with prob-lems. Fundamental concepts are reviewed. Instrumentation and procedures for conducting asurvey of the power distribution system are described. Site surveys and site power analysesare considered. Case histories are given to illustrate typical problems. " Key Words: "commercial applications, electrical power, grounding, industrial applications, sen-sitive equipment" Designation: 1100-1992 Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Power Systems Engineering Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Powering and Grounding Sensitive Electronic Equipment Status: Superseded **IEEE Emerald Book History: PAR APP: Sep 28, 1985, BD APP: Jun 18, 1992, ANSI APP: Jan 04, 1993 Abstract: Recommended design, installation, and maintenance practices for electrical power and grounding (including both power- related and signal-related noise control) of sensitive electronic processing equipment used in commercial and industrial applications are presented. The main objective is to provide a consensus of recommended practices in an area where conflicting information and confusion, stemming primarily from different view points of the same problem, have dominated. Practices herein address electronic equipment performance issues while maintaining a safe installation. A brief description is given of the nature of power quality problems, possible solutions, and the resources available for assistance in dealing with problems. Fundamental concepts are reviewed. Instrumentation and procedures for conducting a survey of the power distribution system are described. Site surveys and site power analysis are considered. Case histories are given to illustrate typical problems. Key Words: grounding, Sensitive equipment, Industrial applications, Electrical power, Commercial applications Designation: 1101-1987 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessors and Microcomputers Title: IEEE Standard for Mechanical Core Specifications for Microprocessors Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Dec 02, 1993. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. Technical Contact: Eike G Waltz, Phone:831-688-6651, Email:eikewaltz@cs.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: BD APP: Jun 11, 1987, ANSI APP: Feb 02, 1988 Key Words: microprocessors, mechanical, core, specifications Designation: 1101.1-1998 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessors and Microcomputers Title: IEEE Standard for Mechanical Core Specifications for Microcomputers Using IEC 603-2 Connectors Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Dec 18, 1998 History: PAR APP: Jun 20, 1996, BD APP: Sep 28, 1998 Project Scope: To correct printing errors causing dimensional relationships to be misunderstood. Project Purpose: The purpose of this revision is to correct printing erros which make IEEE 1101.1 incompatible with IEC 297-4 in certain areas of dimensional relationships. Abstract: " The basic dimensions of a range of modular subracks conforming to IEC 60297-3 (1984-01) and IEC 60297-4 (1995-03) for mounting in equipment according to IEC 60297-1 (1986-09) andANSI/EIA 310-D-1992, together with the basic dimensions of a compatible range of plug-in units,printed boards, and backplanes, are covered. The dimensions and tolerances necessary to ensuremechanical function compatibility are provided. This standard offers total system integration guide-lines with attendant advantages, such as reduction in design and development time, manufacturingcost savings, and distinct marketing advantages. " Key Words: "compatibility, mechanical interchangeability, plug-in units, subracks" Designation: 1101.1-1991 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessors and Microcomputers Title: IEEE Standard for Mechanical Core Specifications for Microcomputers Using IEC 603-2 Connectors Status: Superseded Technical Contact: Eike G Waltz, Phone:831-688-6651, Email:eikewaltz@cs.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 28, 1990, BD APP: Sep 26, 1991, ANSI APP: May 06, 1992 Abstract: The basic dimensions of a range of modular subracks conforming to IEC 297-3 (1984), for mounting in equipment according to IEC 297-1 (1986) and ANSI/EIA 310-C (1977), together with the basic dimensions of compatible range of plug-in units, printed board, and backplanes are covered. The dimensions and tolerances necessary to ensure mechanical function compatibility are provided. This standard offers total system integration guidelines with attendant advantages, such as reduction in design and development time and in manufacturing cost savings,and distinct marketing advantages. Key Words: dimensions, Subracks, Plug-in units, Mechanical interchangeability Designation: 1101.2-1992 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessors and Microcomputers Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2001 Title: IEEE Standard for Mechanical Core Specifications for Conduction-Cooled Eurocards Status: Approved Publication of IEEE History: PAR APP: Jun 27, 1991, BD APP: Jun 18, 1992, ANSI APP: Jan 20, 1993 Abstract: Mechanical characteristics of conduction-cooled versions of Eurocard-based circuit card assemblies are described. This specification is applicable to, but not limited to, the VMEbus standard, an internal interconnect (backplane) bus intended for connecting processing elements to their immediate fundamental resources. The aim is to ensure mechanical interchangeability of conduction-cooled circuit card assemblies in a format suitable for military and rugged applications and to ensure their compatibility with commercial, double-height 16 mm, Eurocard chassis. Key Words: dimensions, Mechanical interchangeability, Eurocard-based, Conduction-cooled, Circuit card assemblies, Card slot requirements Designation: 1101.3-1993 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessors and Microcomputers Title: IEEE Mechanical Standard for Conduction-Cooled and Air-Cooled 10 SU Modules Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 15, 2001. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **administratively withdrawn on 15-Jan-2001. Technical Contact: Kim Clohessy, Phone:602/222-9519, Email:kim@oti.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jun 18, 1992, BD APP: Jun 17, 1993, ANSI APP: Dec 08, 1993 Abstract: The mechanical design requirements for conduction-cooled and air-cooled modules of the 10SU by 6.375 in (161.9 mm) format are established. The specification of dimensions and tolerances is intended to ensure the mechanical intermateability of modules within associated subracks. The basic dimension, frames, PWBs, materials, assembly, and chassis interface of single-sided and double-sided modules are covered. Key Words: Printed wiring board (PWB), Heatsink, Direct air impingement, Convection, Conduction Designation: 1101.4-1993 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessors and Microcomputers Title: IEEE Standard for Military Module, Format E Form Factor Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 15, 2001. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **administratively withdrawn on 15-Jan-2001. Technical Contact: Joseph Toy, Phone:(812) 854-5933 **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 03, 1992, BD APP: Jun 17, 1993, ANSI APP: Dec 08, 1993 Abstract: The mechanical design requirements for a military module, format E form factor are established. The specificaitons of dimensions and tolerances are intended to ensure the mechanical intermateability of military modules within associated subracks. Mechanical characteristics for military applications are also included. Key Words: backplane, Printed wiring board (PWB), Module interface plane, 396- pin connector, 250-pin connector Designation: 1101.4a Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessors and Microcomputers Title: Supplement to 1101.4, IEEE Standard for Military Module, Format E Form Factor, - Errata and Clarifications Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Harry A Andreas, Phone:310-647-0385, Email:haandreas@west.raytheon.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 16, 1995 Project Scope: Supplement IEEE Std. 1101.4-1993 to correct various errors and omissions such as incorrect dimensions and missing data, to wit: Refine the extractor pawl interface dimensions and add force requirements. Change Military standards to commercial standards wherever possible; re-dimension wedge-clamp locations;\add requirement for perpendicularity of frame to connector; correct mis-aligned figure (2a). Modify title to be consistent with titles of other 1101. standards in this series. Project Purpose: To supplement and revise IEEe Std. 1101.4-1993 to correct mistakes and clarify ambiguities that are limiting users of this standard from correctly implementing the design and construction of the SEM-E circuit cards described in this document. To make this standard consistent with the other standards in this series, i.e. 1101.5, 1101.6, 1101.8, 1101.9. Designation: 1101.4b Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessors and Microcomputers Title: Mechanical Standard - Extension for Conduction Cooled Modules, Format E Form Factor - 372 Pin Connector Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Harry A Andreas, Phone:310-647-0385, Email:haandreas@west.raytheon.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 16, 1995 Project Scope: Create an extension to IEEE 1101.4-1993, to add new connector, DESC 14933-93002, and the appropriate interface dimensions to the specification. Project Purpose: Several companies and programs desire to use this 372 pin version of the connector currently specified in 1101.4, to support requirements for added structural integrity, and the capability of adding covers to the module. The mechanical standards working groups have decided to add all connectors to extension documents to avoid making the main document unweildy to use, and to make it easier to specify a particular form factor/connector combination. Designation: 1101.5 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessors and Microcomputers Title: Mechanical Standard For Air-Flow-Through Cooled Modules, Format E Form Factor Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Harry A Andreas, Phone:310-647-0385, Email:haandreas@west.raytheon.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 16, 1995 Project Scope: Create a new standard detailing air-flow-through module interface standards based on the conduction cooled MIL-SEM-E (1101.4) modules. Project Purpose: To develop an air-flow-through version of the IEEE 896.5 MIL- SEM-E (1101.4) module. Conduction cooled MIL-SEM-E modules are not capable of dissipating heat loads of 70 watts or more. Air flow through cooling can attain this level of cooling with higher reliability than conduction cooled formats while utilizing the same air mass flow and temperature. This standard will specify air-flow-through type modules based on the conduction cooled MIL-SEM-E (1101.4) modules. Designation: 1101.5.1 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessors and Microcomputers Title: Mechanical Standard - Extension for Air-Flow-Through Cooled Modules, Format E Form Factor - 396 Pin Connector Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Harry A Andreas, Phone:310-647-0385, Email:haandreas@west.raytheon.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 16, 1995 Project Scope: Create an extension to IEEE 1101.5, detailing the application of the 396 pin EIA E700 connector to the 1101.5 mechanical interface standard. Project Purpose: For ease-of-use reasons, the base 1101.5 standard will not include specific connectors within the body of the document. All connectors will be documented in extensions. Designation: 1101.5.2 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessors and Microcomputers Title: Mechanical Standard - Exteension for Air-Flow-Through Cooled Modules, Format E Form Factor - 372 Pin Connector Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Harry A Andreas, Phone:310-647-0385, Email:haandreas@west.raytheon.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 16, 1995 Project Scope: Create an extension to IEEE 1101.5, detailing the application of the 372 pin EIA E700 connector to the 1101.5 mechanical interface standard. Project Purpose: For eas-of-use reasons, the base 1101.5 standard will no include specific connectors within the body of the document. All connectors will be documented in extensions. Designation: 1101.5.3 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessors and Microcomputers Title: Mechanical Standard - Extension for Air-Flow-Through Cooled Modules, Format E Form Factor - 360 Pin Connector Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Harry A Andreas, Phone:310-647-0385, Email:haandreas@west.raytheon.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jun 14, 1995 Project Scope: Create an extension to IEEE 1101.5 detailing the application of bristle brush type connectors to the 1101.5 mechanical interface standard. Project Purpose: For ease-of-use reasons, the base 1101.5 standard will not include specific connectors within the body of the document. All connectors will be documented in extensions. Designation: 1101.6 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessors and Microcomputers Title: Mechanical Standard For Air-Flow-Through Cooled Modules, 10SU Form Factor Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Harry A Andreas, Phone:310-647-0385, Email:haandreas@west.raytheon.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 16, 1995 Project Scope: Create a new standard detailing air-flow-through module interface standards based on the conduction cooled 10SU (1101.3) modules. Project Purpose: To develop an air-flow-through version of the IEEE 896.5 10SU (1101.3) module. Connduction cooled 10SU modules are not capable of dissipating heat loads of 70 watts or more. Air flow through cooling can attain far above this level of cooling with higher reliability than conduction cooled formats while utilizing the same air mass flow and temperature. This standard will specify air-flow-through type modules based on the conduction cooled 10SU (1101.3) modules. Designation: 1101.6.1 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessors and Microcomputers Title: Mechanical Standard - Extension for Air-Flow-Through Cooled Modules, 10SU Form Factor - 556 Pin Connector Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Harry A Andreas, Phone:310-647-0385, Email:haandreas@west.raytheon.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 16, 1995 Project Scope: Create an extension to 1101.6, detailing the application of the 556 pin EIA E700 connector to the 1101.6 standard. Project Purpose: For ease-of-use reasons, the base 1101.6 standard will not include specific connectors within the body of the document. All connectors will be documented in extensions. Designation: 1101.7-1995 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessors and Microcomputers Title: IEEE Standard for Space Applications Module, Extended Height Format E Form Factor Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 15, 2001. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **administratively withdrawn on 15-Jan-2001. Technical Contact: William A Schneider, Phone:800-808-4932, Email:schneiderb@erols.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 16, 1993, BD APP: Mar 16, 1995, ANSI APP: Oct 27, 1995 Project Scope: This standard establishes the design requirements for a module designated for use in spacecraft, boosters, and other highly rugged, conductively cooled environments. The requirements herein serve to specify the mechanical design of the module. Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is the specification of dimensions and tolerances that will ensure the mechanical intermatability of space and highly ruggedized modules within associated subracks. Modules aspect ratios and materials/processes of current standards do not cover needs. This lack has resulted in emergence of a defacto mechanical standard for space modules, currently being produced by multiple companies. The working group will define parameters to better accommodate high dynamic mechanical stresses, limited thermal dissipation, and use of space qualifiable materials and processes. The defacto space applications standard defined by the Advanced Spaceborne Computer Module will be encompassed. Abstract: The design requirements for a module designated for use in spacecraft, boosters, and other highly rugged, conductively cooled environments are established in this standard. The requirements herein serve to specify the mechanical design of the module. Dimensions and tolerances for racks, modules, printed wiring boards, backplanes, and other connector-related dimensions that are specific to the use of 300-pin and 396-pin connectors are given. These dimensions and tolerances are designed to ensure mechanical function and interoperability. Key Words: module, space applications, SEM Format E extended height, Mechanical interchangeability Designation: 1101.8 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessors and Microcomputers Title: Mechanical Standard for Liquid-Flow-Through Cooled Modules, 10SU Form Factor Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. History: PAR APP: Mar 16, 1995 Project Scope: Create a new standard detailing liquid-flow-through module interface standards based on the conduction cooled 10SU (1101.3) modules, including the liquid quick-disconnects, insertion levers, and other dimensional details. Project Purpose: Liquid-flow-through cooling is an emerging technology that provides the cooling needed for new electronic assemblies that have higher power densities due to more compact packaging. There are currently no standards covering liquid-flow-through cooled electronic modules. This document will provide common interfaces for 10Su size electronic modules. Designation: 1101.8.1 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessors and Microcomputers Title: Mechanical Standard - Extension for Liquid-Flow-Through Cooled Modules, 10SU Form Factor - 556 Pin Connector Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Andrew J Brough, Phone:812/854-6435, Email:brough@avoca.nwscc.sealb.navy.mil **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 16, 1995 Project Scope: Create an extension to 1101.8, detailing the application of the 556 pin EIA E700 connector to the base 1101.8 standard. Project Purpose: For ease-of-use reasons, the base 1101.8 standard will not include specific connectors within the body of the document. All connectors will be documented in extensions. Designation: 1101.9 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessors and Microcomputers Title: Mechanical Standard for Liquid-Flow-Through Cooled Modules, Format E Form Factor Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. History: PAR APP: Mar 16, 1995 Project Scope: Create a new standard detailing liquid-flow-through module interface standards based on the conduction cooled Format E (1101.4) modules, including the liquid quick-disconnects, insertion levers, and other dimensional details. Project Purpose: Liquid-flow-through cooling is an emerging technology that provides the cooling needed for new electronic assemblies that have higher power densities due to more compact packaging. There are currently no standards covering liquid-flow-through cooled electronic modules. This document will provide common interfaces for Format E size electronic modules. Designation: 1101.9.1 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessors and Microcomputers Title: Mechanical Standard - Extension for Liquid-Flow-Through cooled Modules, Format E Form Factor - 396 Pin Connector Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Andrew J Brough, Phone:812/854-6435, Email:brough@avoca.nwscc.sealb.navy.mil **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 16, 1995 Project Scope: Create an extension to 1101.9, detailing the application of the 396 pin EIA E700 connector to the 1101.9 standard. Project Purpose: For ease-of-use reasons, the base 1101.9 standard will not include specific connectors within the body of the document. All connectors will be documented in extensions. Designation: 1101.9.2 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessors and Microcomputers Title: Mechanical Standard - Extension for Liquid-Flow-Through Cooled Modules, Format E Form Factor - 372 Pin Connector Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Andrew J Brough, Phone:812/854-6435, Email:brough@avoca.nwscc.sealb.navy.mil **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 16, 1995 Project Scope: Create an extension to 1101.9, detailing the application of the 372 pin DESC connector to the 1101.9 standard. Project Purpose: For ease-of-use reasons, the base 1101.9 standard will not include specific connectors within the body of the document. All connectors will be documented in extensions. Designation: 1101.9.3 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessors and Microcomputers Title: Mechanical Standard - Extension for Liquid-Flow-Through Cooled Modules, Format E Form Factor - 360 Pin Connector Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Andrew J Brough, Phone:812/854-6435, Email:brough@avoca.nwscc.sealb.navy.mil **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 16, 1995 Project Scope: Create an extension to IEEE 1101.9, detailing the application of bristle brush type connectors to the 1101.9 standard. Project Purpose: For ease-of-use reasons, the base 1101.9 standard will not include specific connectors within the body of the document. All connectors will be documented in extensions. Designation: 1101.9.4 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessors and Microcomputers Title: Mechanical Standard - Extension for Liquid-Flow-Through Cooled Modules, Format E Form Factor - 428 Pin Connector Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Andrew J Brough, Phone:812/854-6435, Email:brough@avoca.nwscc.sealb.navy.mil **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 16, 1995 Project Scope: Create an extension to IEEE 1101.9, detailing the application of box/post connectors per DESC 14933-89065 to the 1101.9 standard. Project Purpose: For ease-of-use reasons, the base 1101.9 standard will not include specific connectors within the body of the document. All connectors will be documented in extensions. Designation: 1101.10-1996 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessors and Microcomputers Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2002 Title: IEEE Standard for Additional Mechanical Specifications for Microcomputers Using the IEEE 1101.1-1998 Equipment Practice Status: Approved Publication of IEEE Technical Contact: Eike G Waltz, Phone:831-688-6651, Email:eikewaltz@cs.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Mar 17, 1994, BD APP: Dec 10, 1996, ANSI APP: May 23, 1997 Project Scope: This generic standard may be applied in all fields of electronics where equipment and installations are required to conform to the 19" Equipment Practice based on IEEE 1101.1, IEC 297-3, and IEC 297-4. Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to specify dimensions which will ensure mechanically interchangeability of Subracks and Plug-in Units based on IEEE 1101.1, IEC 297-3, and IEC 297-4. Abstract: A generic standard that may be applied in all fields of electronics where equipment and installations are required to conform to the 482.6 mm (19 in) equipment practice based on IEEE Std 1101.1-1991, IEC 297-3 (1984), and IEC 297-4 (1995). Dimensions are provided that will ensure mechanical interchangeability of subracks and plug-in units. Key Words: dimensions, mechanical interchangeability, plug-in units, subracks Designation: 1101.11-1998 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessors and Microcomputers Title: IEEE Standard for Mechanical Rear Plug-in Units Specifications for Microcomputers Using the IEEE 1101.10 Equipment Practice Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jun 30, 1998 History: PAR APP: Mar 21, 1996, BD APP: May 21, 1998, ANSI APP: Feb 05, 1999 Project Scope: This generic standard may be applied in all fields of electronics when equipment and installations are required to conform to the 19 inch Equipment Practice based on IEEE 1101.1, 1101.10, IEC 297-3 and IEC 297-4 Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to specify dimensions which will ensure mechanical interchangeability of rear mounted Plug-In units (Transition Modules) in sub racks based on IEEE 1101.1, P1101.10, IEC 297-3 and IEC 297-4. Abstract: " Additional dimensions that will ensure mechanical interchangeability of subracks andplug-in units based on IEEE P1101.1 (D1.0, 1997), IEEE Std 1101.10-1996, and the environmentalrequirements of IEC 61587-1 (May 1998-Draft) and IEC 61587-3 (May 1998- Draft) are specified. " Key Words: "backplane, compatibility, connector, inline configuration, inspection dimension, plug-in unit, printed board, shroud, subrack" Designation: 1102 Title: Fiber Optic Xmsn Loss Budget Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. History: PAR APP: Sep 28, 1985 Key Words: fiiber, optic, transmission, loss, budget Designation: 1103 Title: Meth of Optical Xmsn System Measurements Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. History: PAR APP: Sep 28, 1985 Key Words: 1103 Designation: 1104 Title: Meth of Fiber Dispersion Meas&Defs Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. History: PAR APP: Sep 28, 1985 Key Words: 1104 Designation: 1105 Title: Optical Pwr Meas in Optical Fiber Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: John Sheppard **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 28, 1985 Key Words: 1105 Designation: 1106-2005 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Stationary Batteries Committee Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Installation, Maintenance, Testing, and Replacement of Vented Nickel-Cadmium Batteries for Stationary Applications Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Dec 22, 2005 **Sep-02: Sponsor changed from SCC29 to PE/SB. Technical Contact: James A McDowall, Phone:203-985-2712, Email:Jim.McDowall@saftbatteries.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Mar 30, 2000, BD APP: Jun 22, 2005, ANSI APP: Oct 07, 2005 Project Scope: This recommended practice provides installation design, installation, maintenance and testing procedures, and test schedules that can be used to optimize the life and performance of vented nickel-cadmium batteries. It also provides guidance for determining when these batteries should be replaced. (Scope unchanged from previous version.) Project Purpose: The document should be revised to reflect the latest thinking on maintenance of these batteries, and to resolve issues regarding the capacity calculation method. Abstract: This recommended practice provides recommendations for installation design and for installation, maintenance, and testing procedures that can be used to optimize the life and performance of vented nickel-cadmium batteries used in stationary standby applications. Key Words: battery tests, capacity test methods, stationary applications, vented nickel-cadmium batteries Designation: 1106-1995 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Stationary Batteries Committee Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Installation, Maintenance, Testing, and Replacement of Vented Nickel-Cadmium Batteries for Stationary Applications Status: Superseded **Sep-02: Sponsor changed from SCC29 to PE/SB. History: PAR APP: Mar 16, 1995, BD APP: Jun 14, 1995, ANSI APP: Jan 12, 1996 Project Scope: This recommended practice provides installation design, installation, maintenance and testing procedures, and test schedules that can be used to optimize the life and performance of vented nickel-cadmium batteries used for continuous-float applications. It also provides guidance for determining when these batteries should be replaced. These recommended practices are applicable to all stationary applications. However, specific applications, such as alternative energy, emergency lighting units, and semiportable equipment, may have other appropriate practices and are beyond the scope of this document. Sizing, qualification, other battery types, and battery application are beyond the scope of this recommended practice. Project Purpose: This document provides recommendations for installation, periodic maintenance, testing methods and replacement criteria for nickel- cadmium batteries. The practices and procedures described are frequently not available in sufficient detail from the manufacturers. Abstract: Installation design, installation, maintenance and testing procedures, and test schedules that can be used to optimize the life and performance of vented nickel-cadmium batteries used for continuous-float operations are provided. Guidance for determining when these batteries should be replaced is also provided. This recommended practice is applicable to all stationary applications. However, specific applications, such as alternative energy, emergency lighting units, and semiportable equipment, may have other appropriate practices and are beyond the scope of this recommended practice. Sizing, qualification, other battery types, and battery application are beyond the scope of this recommended practice. Key Words: flooded cell, stationary battery, vented nickel-cadmium battery, state of charge determination, continuous-float operation Designation: 1106-1987 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Energy Development & Power Generation Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Maintenance, Testing, and Replacement of Nickel-Cadmium Storage Batteries for Generating Stations and Substations Status: Superseded Technical Contact: Robert R Beavers, Phone:815-416-3812, Email:robert.beavers@exeloncorp.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: BD APP: Sep 10, 1987, ANSI APP: Feb 24, 1988 Abstract: Maintenance procedures, capacity test schedules, and capacity testing procedures that can be used to optimize the life and performance of nickel-cadmium batteries designed for continuous-float applications are provided. Guidance for determining when these batteries should be replaced is also given. Sizing, installation, qualification, other battery types, and application are not considered. Key Words: 1106 Designation: 1107-1996 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Electric Machinery Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Thermal Evaluation of Sealed Insulation Systems for AC Electric Machinery Employing Random-Wound Stator Coils Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 16, 2004. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **16-Jan-04: Administratively withdrawn. Technical Contact: R. J Flaherty, Phone:410 820 7027 **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 28, 1985, BD APP: Jul 08, 1996, ANSI APP: Jun 18, 1997 Abstract: A test procedure for comparing expected life, at rated temperature, of two or more sealed insulation systems is outlined. The procedure is limited to insulation systems for ac electric machines using random-wound stator coils. It is the intent of this procedure to evaluate insulation systems for use with air cooling under severe environmental conditions where the insulation is exposed to conducting contaminants. It does not cover special requirements such as those for machines enclosed in gas atmospheres, subjected to strong chemicals, or to submersion in liquids. Key Words: stator coils, aging temperature, condensation chamber, environmental conditions, exposure time, humidity exposure, insulation system, mechanical stress, moisture exposure, motorette, prooftesting, random wound machine, machine insulation, screening tests, sealed insulation, service life expectancy, thermal exposure, voltage exposure, water immersion Designation: 1108 Title: Elec Power Load Management Terms Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: PA Bhagchandani, Phone:804-271-2877 **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 28, 1985 Key Words: 1108 Designation: 1109-1990 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Substations Title: IEEE Guide for the Interconnection of User-Owned Substations to Electric Utilities Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 16, 1999. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. Technical Contact: David L Harris, Phone:414-547-0121, Email:david.harris@waukeshaelectric.spx.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: May 31, 1990, BD APP: May 31, 1990, ANSI APP: Oct 12, 1990 Abstract: This standard provides a checklist and selected guidance, for persons not normally practicing in this specialized field, of major technical design areas that should be considered when interconnecting user-owned and utility-owned facilities at substations. Only medium- and high-voltage purchased-power interconnections are addressed. This guide does not discuss the considerable implications of interactive power systems design and operation, nor does it present criteria or directions for the design of substations. Key Words: utility-owned facilities at substations, user-owned facilities at substations, substations, Non-utility generation, Medium-voltage purchased- power, Interconnections, High-voltage purchased-power Designation: 1110-2002 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Electric Machinery Title: IEEE Guide for Synchronous Generator Modeling Practices and Applications in Power System Stability Analyses Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Nov 12, 2003 Technical Contact: Paul L Dandeno, Phone:416-978-3126, Email:pd@power.ele.utoronto.ca **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Sep 27, 2001, BD APP: Nov 11, 2002, ANSI APP: Feb 26, 2003 Project Scope: Review all 7 chapters of the existing Standard and determine which chapters, if any, need updating or significant additions. Correct, where applicable, existing typographical errors. Suggest, when necessary, new figures, illustrations, or references. Project Purpose: The modeling of synchronous machines for stability studies and analyses is subject to continuing review and possible improvements. Both parameter identification for dynamic analysis and accounting for generator saturation must be included. Emphasis will be placed on discussing various aspects of Synchronous Generator/Power System interactions. Abstract: IEEE Std 1110-2002 IEEE Guide for Synchronous Generator Modeling Practices and Applications in Power System Stability Analyses Key Words: "modeling practices, saturation practices, stability data determination and application" Designation: 1110-1991 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Electric Machinery Title: IEEE Guide for Synchronous Generator Modeling Practices in Stability Analyses Status: Superseded **Superseded by 1110-2002. Technical Contact: Paul L Dandeno, Phone:416-978-3126, Email:pd@power.ele.utoronto.ca **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 28, 1986, BD APP: Mar 21, 1991, ANSI APP: Aug 09, 1991 Abstract: Three direct-axis and four quadrature-axis models are categorized, along with the basic transient reactance model. Some of the assumptions made in using various models, including the basic model, are discussed, and the fundamental equations and concepts involved in generator/system interfacing are presented. The various attributes of power system stability are covered in a general way, with two basic approaches being recognized. The first is categorized under large-disturbance nonlinear analysis. The second approach considers small disturbances, where the corresponding dynamic equations are linearized. Applications of a range of generator models are discussed and treated. The manner in which generator saturation is treated in stability studies, both in the initialization process, as well as during large or small disturbance stability analysis procedures is addressed. Saturation functions that are derived either from test data or by the methods of finite elements are developed. Different saturation algorithms for calculating values of excitation and internal power angle, depending upon generator terminal conditions, are compared. The question of parameter determination is thoroughly covered. Two approaches in accounting for generator field and excitation system base quantities are identified. Conversion factors are given for transferring field parameters from one base to another for correct generator/excitation system interface modeling. Suggestions for modeling of negative field currents and other field circuit discontinuities are included. Key Words: models, application, analyses, Synchronous generator stability, Stability data determination , Saturation practices, Modeling practices Designation: 1111 Title: Optical Switching Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Gedi P Kurpis, Phone:(905) 270-5955 **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jun 28, 1986 Key Words: 1111 Designation: 1113 Sponsor: IEEE Communications Society Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. Designation: 1114 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Nuclear Power Engineering Title: Guide for Application of Risk Criteria to Nuclear Power Plants Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Arnold Roby, Phone:(203) 665-3157 **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 12, 1985 Designation: 1115-2000 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Stationary Batteries Committee Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2005 Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Sizing Nickel-Cadmium Batteries for Stationary Applications Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Sep 11, 2000 **Sep-02: Sponsor changed from SCC29 to PE/SB. Technical Contact: James A McDowall, Phone:203-985-2712, Email:Jim.McDowall@saftbatteries.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Sep 16, 1997, BD APP: Mar 30, 2000, ANSI APP: Oct 30, 2000 Project Scope: Scope of original document remains unchanged. Supporting text will be revised to reflect changes in battery technology. Project Purpose: Newer nickel-cadmium battery technology has given rise to some changes that affect many existing and potential users of this battery chemistry. While the basic sizing method will remain unchanged, the supporting text should be updated to accommodate these changes. Abstract: The sizing of nickel-cadmium batteries used in full float operation for stationary applications is covered in this recommended practice. Key Words: "nickel-cadmium batteries, stationary applications" Designation: P1115a Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Stationary Batteries Committee Title: Recommended Practice for Sizing Nickel-Cadmium Batteries for Stationary Applications Amendment 1: Additional Discussion on Sizing Margins Status: Amendment Technical Contact: James A McDowall, Phone:203-985-2712, Email:Jim.McDowall@saftbatteries.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 15, 2006 Project Scope: This amendment provides additional guidance on sizing margins that may be applied when nickel-cadmium batteries are used in stationary applications involving an element of charge-discharge cycling. Project Purpose: Nickel-cadmium batteries are often used in stationary applications where the ac power supply may be unreliable, resulting in an increased frequency of charge-discharge cycling. The extent to which available battery capacity may be affected depends on the frequency and depth of cycling, charging regime and the specific cell design. The guidance in this amendment assists system designers in correctly sizing batteries for such applications. Designation: 1115-1992 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Energy Development & Power Generation Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Sizing Nickel-Cadmium Batteries for Stationary Applications Status: Superseded **Superseded by 1115-2000. Technical Contact: Bradford M Radimer, Phone:201 430 6702 **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 28, 1985, BD APP: Sep 17, 1992, ANSI APP: Mar 09, 1993 Abstract: Methods for defining the dc load and for sizing a nickel-cadmium battery to supply that load are described. Installation, maintenance, qualification, testing procedures, and consideration of battery types other than nickel-cadmium batteries are not included. Design of the dc system and sizing of the battery charger(s) are also not included. Key Words: Stationary applications, Nickel-cadmium batteries Designation: 1116 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Substations Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. Designation: 1117 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Electric Machinery Title: Chopper Controlled DC Machines/Test Proc Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Nabeel A Demerdash, Phone:414 288 6820 **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 28, 1986 Designation: 1118.1 Sponsor: IEEE Instrumentation and Measurement Society/TC8-Automated Instrumentation Title: Standard for Microcontroller System Serial Control Bus Physical Layer Type C Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Bob Goldschmidt, Phone:617 275-0300 **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Feb 15, 1990 Designation: 1119-1988 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Substations Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1993 Title: IEEE Guide for Fence Safety Clearances in Electric-Supply Stations Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Dec 10, 1996. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **W/D by Std Bd 12/10/96 - 97 Edition of NESC includes provisions that SS the guidance offered in 1119. Technical Contact: Shashikant G Patel, Phone:404 675-1886, Email:patel@ee.gatech.edu **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 28, 1986, BD APP: Sep 26, 1988, ANSI APP: May 18, 1989 Abstract: A method for providing fence safety clearances for electric-supply stations is presented. The purpose is to provide design guidance for the location of fences with respect to live parts within a station. The guide applies to electric-supply stations with voltage between phases up to and including 765 000 V. Key Words: Substations, Power generation protection Designation: 1120-2004 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Insulated Conductors Title: IEEE Guide for the Planning, Design, Installation, and Repair of Submarine Power Cable Systems Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Mar 31, 2005 Technical Contact: Neal K Parker, Phone:425-462-3756, Email:n.k.parker@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Dec 07, 2000, BD APP: Sep 23, 2004, ANSI APP: Feb 02, 2005 Project Scope: This guide provides a list of factors to consider when planning, designing, permitting, installing, commissioning and repairing submarine power cable systems. While many factors are common to both power and communication cable, this guide focuses on power cables. Project Purpose: The existing guide is an outline of factors to be consider, with few explanatory notes. It assumes the user is knowledgeable on the topic of submarine cable systems. This guide is being revised so it will have value to a broader audience, including the inexperienced engineer. This is accomplished by expanding the breadth of topics covered and by adding explanations. Abstract: This guide presents a list of factors to consider when planning, designing, installing, and repairing a submarine power cable. Key Words: Submarine cable, underwater cable Designation: 1120-1990 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Insulated Conductors Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1995 Title: IEEE Guide to the Factors to Be Considered in the Planning, Design, and Installation of Submarine Power and Communications Cables Status: Superseded History: PAR APP: Nov 09, 1989, BD APP: Sep 28, 1990, ANSI APP: Jul 16, 1996 Abstract: This standard provides a checklist of factors to be considered in the planning, design, and installation of power and communications cables in a submarine environment. It does not attempt to provide complete cable design criteria. Key Words: Submarine power cable, Submarine communications cable Designation: 1121 Title: Switching Power Supplies Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. **. Technical Contact: Allan Ludbrook, Phone:905-628-0024, Email:a.ludbrook@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jun 28, 1986 Key Words: 1121 Designation: 1122-1998 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Power System Instrumentation and Measurements Title: IEEE Standard for Digital Recorders for Measurements in High Voltage Impulse Tests Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jun 18, 1998 History: PAR APP: Dec 03, 1992, BD APP: Mar 19, 1998 Project Scope: To describe the necessary tests to be performed on digital recorders to ensure they meet the requirements of ANSI/IEEE Std.4 Project Purpose: To simplify the existing standard and to bring it into alignment with the new proposals in the revision of ANSI/IEEE Std. 4 Abstract: " This standard defines the terms specifically related to the digital recorders used formonitoring high-voltage and high- current impulse tests, specifies the necessary performancecharacteristics for such digital recorders to ensure their compliance with the requirements for high-voltage and high-current impulse tests, and describes the tests and procedures that are necessaryto show that these performance characteristics are within the specified limits. " Key Words: 1122-1998_body.f5 Designation: 1122-1987 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Power System Instrumentation and Measurements Title: IEEE Standard for Digital Recorders for Measurements in High-Voltage Impulse Tests Status: Superseded History: BD APP: Sep 10, 1987, ANSI APP: Feb 24, 1988 Abstract: Digital recorders and digital oscilloscopes used for measurements during tests with high-impulse voltages and high-impulse currents are considered. Terms specifically related to the digital recorders used for monitoring high-voltage and high-current impulse tests are defined. The performance characteristics for such recorders, necessary to ensure their compliance with the requirements for high-voltage and for high-current impulse tests, are specified. The tests and procedures that are necessary to show that these performance characteristics are within those specified limits are indicated. Key Words: Oscilloscopes, Measurement-system data handling, Impulse testing Designation: 1123 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Power System Instrumentation and Measurements Title: Guide for the Measurement of HVDC Ground Electrode Parameters Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. History: PAR APP: Mar 28, 1986 Designation: 1124-2003 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transmission and Distribution Title: IEEE Guide for Analysis and Definition of DC Side Harmonic Performance of HVDC Transmision Systems Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Sep 05, 2003 Technical Contact: F. S Prabhakara, Phone:518-783-4744, Email:prabu.prabhakara@us.abb.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Mar 21, 1996, BD APP: Mar 20, 2003, ANSI APP: Jun 19, 2003 Project Scope: This guide is expected to provide definitions, methodology for analysis of dc system harmonics and its effects, and cd filter performance requirements. Project Purpose: Provides necessary information and guidelines which are not readily available from a single source to Electric Utilities, Communication Companies and HVDC equipment suppliers. Abstract: "IEEE Std 1124-2003, IEEE Guide for the Analysis and Definition of DC-Side Harmonic Performance of HVDC Transmission Systems" Key Words: "equivalent disturbing current, filters, harmonic currents, harmonic voltages, HVDC transmission systems, induction, inductive coordination, interference, mitigation methods, mutual impedance, noise, telephone circuits" Designation: 1124 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transmission and Distribution Title: DC Side Harmonic/HVDC Xmsn Sys Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: F. S Prabhakara, Phone:518-783-4744, Email:prabu.prabhakara@us.abb.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jun 28, 1986 Key Words: 1124 Designation: 1125-1993 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Substations Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2004 Title: IEEE Guide for Moisture Measurement and Control in SF6 Gas-Insulated Equipment Status: Approved Publication of IEEE Technical Contact: Steinar Dale, Phone:(919) 515-6000 **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Mar 16, 1993, BD APP: Dec 02, 1993, ANSI APP: Jan 01, 1994 Abstract: Guidelines for moisture level measurement, moisture data interpretation, and moisture control in gas-insulated transmission class equipment (GIE) are provided. Key Words: circuit breakers, gas-insulated equipment (GIE), gas-insulated substations (GIS), moisture measurment, SF6 Designation: 1126 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transmission and Distribution Title: HVDC Transmission Systems Control & Protection Guide Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Karl N Mortensen, Phone:763-241-2365, Email:kmortensen@grenergy.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 28, 1986 Designation: 1126 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transmission and Distribution Title: Guide for the Control and Protection of HVDC Transmission Systems Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Karl N Mortensen, Phone:763-241-2365, Email:kmortensen@grenergy.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 19, 1998 Project Scope: Functional performance of the control and protection of HVDC transmission systems. Project Purpose: To provide a guide for specification and control and protection of HVDC transmission systems. Designation: 1127-1998 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Substations Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2004 Title: IEEE Guide for the Design, Construction, and Operation of Electric Power Substations for Community Acceptance and Environmental Compatibility Status: Approved Publication of IEEE Technical Contact: Richard Cottrell, Phone:517-788-0817, Email:rgcottrell@cmsenergy.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Mar 16, 1995, BD APP: Apr 29, 1998, ANSI APP: Feb 04, 1999 Project Scope: This guide identifies significant community acceptance and environmental compatibility items to be considered during the planning and design phases, the construction period, and the operation of electric supply substations, and documents ways to address these concerns to obtain community acceptance and environmental compatibillity. On-site generation and telecommunication facilities are not considered. Project Purpose: Approvals for new substations or even expansions of existing facilities can be subjected to extensive review for community acceptance and environmental compatibility. A variety of permits are often required by the governing bodies before construction of a substation may begin. Concerns are being voiced by governmental agencies and community groups in areas not considered necessary heretofore in the permitting process. In some instances, land acquired for substations years in advance of construction is deemed impossible to build on under present expectations and requirements. Abstract: " Significant community acceptance and environmental compatibility items to be consideredduring the planning and design phases, the construction period, and the operation of electric supplysubstations are identified, and ways to address these concerns to obtain community acceptance andenvironmental compatibility are documented. On-site generation and telecommunication facilities are notconsidered." Key Words: Author: Unknown Designation: 1127-1990 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Substations Title: IEEE Guide for the Design, Construction, and Operation of Safe and Reliable Substations for Environmental Acceptance Status: Superseded Technical Contact: Richard Cottrell, Phone:517-788-0817, Email:rgcottrell@cmsenergy.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 18, 1986, BD APP: Dec 07, 1990, ANSI APP: May 17, 1991 Abstract: Significant environmental items to be considered during the design phase, the construction period, and the operation of safe and reliable substations for environmental and community acceptance are documented. Key Words: A-weighted sound level, commercial zoning, hazardous material, industrial zoning, noise, residential zoning, wetlands Designation: 1128-1998 Sponsor: IEEE Electromagnetic Compatibility Society/Standards Development Committee Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2006 Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Radio-Frequency (RF) Absorber Evaluation in the Range of 30 MHz to 5 GHz Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Apr 30, 1998 History: PAR APP: Sep 17, 1992, BD APP: Jan 13, 1998 Project Scope: To develop recommended practices for RF absorbers testing in the radiated emission frequesncy range, 30-1000 Mhz, and provide realistic and repeatable figures of merit for the RF absorption characteristics of typical anechoic chamber lining applied to a metallic wall. Abstract: " Realistic and repeatable criteria, as well as recommended test methods, for characteriz-ing the absorption properties of typical anechoic chamber linings applied to a metallic surface aredescribed. Parameters and test procedures are described for the evaluation of RF absorbers to beused for radiated emissions and radiated susceptibility testing of electronic products, in the ab-sorber manufacturer and/or absorber user environment, over the frequency range of 30 MHz to5 GHz." Key Words: "anechoic chamber, radiated emissions, RF absorber, semianechoic chamber" Designation: 1129-1992 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Electric Machinery Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1998 Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Monitoring and Instrumentation of Turbine Generators Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 16, 2004. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **16-Jan-04: Administratively withdrawn. Technical Contact: Bal K Gupta, Phone:416-621-6035, Email:bal.gupta@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 28, 1986, BD APP: Jun 18, 1992, ANSI APP: Jan 04, 1993 Abstract: A basic philosophy and guidelines are established for the design and implementation of monitoring systems for cylindrical- rotor, synchronous turbine generators. Monitoring systems are used to display the status of the generator and auxiliary systems while these systems are operating on line. The basic information needed to choose monitoring schemes best suited for each application is provided. This standard does not specify actual equipment or instrumentation, but it does indicate some critical areas where it is important to provide monitoring capability Key Words: cylindrical-rotor, Synchronous turbine generators Designation: 1130 Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. Designation: 1131-1987 Sponsor: Nuclear and Plasma Sciences Society/Nuclear Instruments and Detectors Title: IEEE Standard Cryostat End-Cap Dimensions for Germanium Semiconductor Gamma-Ray Spectrometers Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Sep 15, 1993. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. History: PAR APP: Sep 28, 1986, BD APP: Dec 10, 1987, ANSI APP: Aug 11, 1988 Designation: 1132 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessors and Microcomputers Title: A Standard for a Versatile Serial Bus Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Ad Willemse, Phone:011-31-40-785-714 **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 11, 1986 Designation: 1133-1988 Sponsor: IEEE Dielectrics and Electrical Insulation Society Title: IEEE Application Guide for Evaluating Nonceramic Materials for High- Voltage Outdoor Applications Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Dec 02, 1993. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. History: PAR APP: Dec 28, 1986, BD APP: Jun 09, 1988, ANSI APP: Jan 01, 1989 Key Words: 1133 Designation: 1134 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. Designation: 1135 Sponsor: IEEE Communications Society Title: Requirements for Primary Standards for the Fiber Optics Industry Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Designation: 1136 Title: Unguided Light Optical Systems Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Gedi P Kurpis, Phone:(905) 270-5955 **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 28, 1987 Designation: 1137-1991 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Power System Communications Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2003 Title: IEEE Guide for the Implementation of Inductive Coordination Mitigation Techniques and Application Status: Approved Publication of IEEE History: PAR APP: Mar 28, 1987, BD APP: Sep 26, 1991, ANSI APP: May 06, 1992 Project Scope: This Guide offers users assistance in controlling or modifying the inductive environment and the susceptibility of affected wire-line telecommunications facilities in order to operate within acceptable levels of steady-state or surge-induced voltage of the environmental interface (probe wire) defined by IEEE Srd 776. The methodology, application, and evaluation of results for mitigative techniques or devices in general are addressed for all Specific Type A and Specific Type B coordination methods also defined by IEEE Std 776. Abstract: Provides guidance for controlling or modifying the inductive environment and the susceptibility of affected wire line telecommunications facilities in order to operate within the acceptable levels of steady-state or surge induced voltages of the environmental interface (probe wire) defined by IEEE Std 776-1987. Procedures for determining the source of the problem are given. Mitigation theory and philosophy are discussed, and mitigation devices are described. The application of typical mitigation apparatus and techniques and installation, maintenance, and inspection of mitigation apparatus are addressed. Advice for determining the best engineering solution is offered, and general safety considerations are discussed. Key Words: Susceptibility, Power, Noise, Mutual, Mitigation, Influence, Inductive, Impedance, ICEP, Harmonic, Coupling, Coordination Designation: 1138-1994 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Power System Communications Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2002 Title: IEEE Standard Construction of Composite Fiber Optic Groundwire (OPGW) for Use on Electric Utility Power Lines Status: Approved Publication of IEEE History: PAR APP: Mar 28, 1987, BD APP: Mar 17, 1994, ANSI APP: Aug 26, 1994 Abstract: The construction, mechanical and electrical performance, installation guidelines, acceptance criteria, and test requirements for a composite overhead ground wire with optical fibers, commonly known as OPGW are discussed. Key Words: fiber optic cable, multimode fiber, optical cable, optical ground wire, single-mode fiber, Stranded metallic wires, Rated breaking strength Designation: P1138 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Power System Communications Title: Standard for Fiber Optic Overhead Ground Wire (OPGW) for Use on Electric Utility Power Lines Status: Revision Project Technical Contact: William A Byrd, Phone:803-781-7112, Email:amosbyrd@aol.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 27, 2001 Project Scope: This standard covers the construction, mechanical and electrical performance, acceptance criteria, and test requirements for optical overhead groundwire (OPGW) designed to be located primarily on overhead power utility facilities. Project Purpose: The standard provides performance and testing requirements that insure within the guidelines of this standard that the mechanical and electrical capabilities of the cable and cable components properly maintain mechanical integrity, optical fiber integrity, and optical transmission. Designation: 1139-1999 Sponsor: SASB/SCC27-Time and Frequency Title: IEEE Standard Definitions of Physical Quantities for Fundamental Frequency and Time Metrology-Random Instabilities Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jul 21, 1999 History: BD APP: Jun 26, 1999, ANSI APP: Oct 26, 1999 Abstract: 1139body.fm Designation: P1139 Sponsor: SASB/SCC27-Time and Frequency Title: Standard Definitions of Physical Quantities for Fundamental Frequency and Time Metrology - Random Instabilities Status: Revision Project Technical Contact: Eva Ferre-Pikal, Phone:307-766-5213, Email:evafp@uwyo.edu **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 08, 2004 Project Scope: This standard covers methods of describing random instabilities of importance to frequency and time metrology. Quantities covered include frequency, amplitude, and phase instabilities; spectral densities of frequency, amplitude, and phase fluctuations; and time-domain measures of frequency fluctuations. In addition, recommendations are made for the reporting of measurements of frequency, amplitude, and phase instabilities, especially as regards the recording of experimental parameters, experimental conditions, and calculation techniques. Basic concepts and definitions, time prediction, confidence limits when estimating the variance from a finite data set, and confidence limits for frequency domain measures are covered in the annexes. The annexes also cover translation between the frequency-domain and time-domain measures, examples on how to calculate the time-domain measures of frequency fluctuations, and an extensive bibliography of the relevant literature. Systematic instabilities, such as environmental effects and aging, are discussed in IEEE Std 1193-1994. Project Purpose: The purpose is to update the existing standard on physical quantities for frequency and time metrology. New measures (quantities) of frequency stability need to be added to the document and some sections defining quantities need to be expanded. Designation: 1139-1999 Sponsor: SASB/SCC27-Time and Frequency Title: Standard Definitions of Physical Quantities for Fundamental Frequency and Time Metrology - Random Instabilities Status: Superseded Publication type: Special Publication History: PAR APP: Mar 20, 1997 Project Scope: Affects all documents dealing with the reporting or specification of time and frequency measurements and instrumentation. Project Purpose: Revision of 1139-1988. Abstract: " Methods of describing random instabilities of importance to frequency and timemetrology is covered in this standard. Quantities covered include frequency, amplitude, and phaseinstabilities; spectral densities of frequency, amplitude, and phase fluctuations; and time-domainvariances of frequency fluctuations. In addition, recommendations are made for the reporting ofmeasurements of frequency, amplitude and phase instabilities, especially as regards the recordingof experimental parameters, experimental conditions, and calculation techniques. " Key Words: 1139body.fm Designation: 1139-1988 Sponsor: SASB/SCC27-Time and Frequency Title: IEEE Standard Definitions of Physical Quantities for Fundamental Frequency and Time Metrology Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: May 20, 1996. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. History: PAR APP: Mar 28, 1987, BD APP: Oct 20, 1988, ANSI APP: May 23, 1989 Designation: 1140-1994 Sponsor: IEEE Electromagnetic Compatibility Society/Standards Development Committee Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2006 Title: IEEE Standard Procedures for the Measurement of Electric and Magnetic Fields from Video Display Terminals (VDTs) from 5 Hz to 400 kHz Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jun 27, 1994 History: PAR APP: Sep 26, 1991, BD APP: Mar 17, 1994, ANSI APP: Sep 02, 1994 Abstract: Procedures for the measurement of electric and magnetic fields in close proximity to video display terminals (VDTs) in the frequency range of 5 Hz to 400 kHz are provided. Existing international measurement technologies and practices are adapted to achieve a consistent and harmonious VDT measurement standard for testing in a laboratory controlled environment. Key Words: magnetic field, electric field, video display terminal (VDT) Designation: 1140.1 Sponsor: IEEE Electromagnetic Compatibility Society Title: Standard Measurement Techniques for ELF and VLF Magnetic Fields and Electrical Fields from Desktop Computer Displays and Associated Desktop Devices Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Charles Abernathy, Phone:508/493-5641 **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 06, 1990 Project Scope: To define standard techniques of measurement of magnetic and electric field strengths from the circuits of desktop computer displays and associated desktop devices. Measurement techniques will focus on primary frequencies and harmonics as well as computer display horizontal frequencies and their harmonies. Designation: 1141 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessors and Microcomputers Title: FORTH: A Computer Language Standard Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Guy Kelley, Phone:619-268-3100 **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 28, 1987 Key Words: FORTH, language Designation: P1142 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Insulated Conductors Title: Guide for the Selection, Testing, Application and Installation of Cables Utilizing Radial and/or Longitudinal Moisture Barriers Status: Revision Project Technical Contact: Joseph Snow, Phone:9798494096x252, Email:jsnow@snowbuilding.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Aug 14, 2003 Project Scope: The original scope of IEEE 1142-1995 was basically limited to moisture protection guidelines for 5 - 35 kV power cable through the use of metal/plastic laminates as radial barriers. A major revision is now planned to include updated moisture protection technology along with a much broader range of cable types and voltage ratings. Radial barriers that combine moisture protection with shielding functions will also be included. Obsolete technology will be deleted in the update. Project Purpose: The purpose of the original guide was to provide cable users with the then current technology on use of metal/plastic laminates as moisture barriers for medium voltage (5 - 46 kV) cable to prevent moisture ingress and subsequent failures due to insulation degradation. While this purpose is still retained, the expanded scope and updates will provide a broader group of cable users with pertinent information on protecting cables of other types and voltage ranges from moisture and other environmental hazards along with dual electrical shielding applications. Designation: 1142-1995 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Insulated Conductors Title: IEEE Guide for the Design, Testing, and Application of Moisture- Impervious, Solid Dielectric, 5-35 kV Power Cable Using Metal-Plastic Laminates Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 15, 2001. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **administratively withdrawn on 15-Jan-2001. History: PAR APP: Dec 06, 1990, BD APP: Mar 16, 1995, ANSI APP: Feb 07, 1996 Abstract: The user of underground cables is provided with information on the design, testing, and application of moisture- impervious, medium-voltage, solid dielectric power cable using metal-plastic laminates as moisture barriers. Information is also provided on selection of jacketing materials and installation practices. Other types of moisture barriers, such as extruded metal sheaths and bare metallic tapes with sealed seams, are beyond the scope of this guide. Key Words: cable jackets, metal-plastic laminates, moisture-impervious cable, on-core moisture barrier, pulling tension calculations, semiconducting jackets, sidewall bearing pressure (SWBP) test, under-jacket moisture barrier, water blocking, water-swellable powders, water-swellable tapes Designation: 1143-1994 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Insulated Conductors Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1999 Title: IEEE Guide on Shielding Practice for Low Voltage Cables Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Apr 13, 1995 History: PAR APP: Jun 28, 1987, BD APP: Sep 22, 1994, ANSI APP: Apr 18, 1995 Abstract: A concise overview of shielding options for various types of interference and recommendations on shielding practices, including suggestions on terminating and grounding methods, are provided. Key Words: grounding methods, interference, low voltage cables, shielding practice, terminating methods Designation: P1143 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Insulated Conductors Title: Guide on Shielding Practice for Low Voltage Cables Status: Revision Project Technical Contact: Kenneth E Bow, Phone:+1 989 695 4659, Email:kblecnslt@consultant.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 16, 2006 Project Scope: This function of this guide on shielding practice for low voltage cables is to inform and familiarize the reader with shielding practice. Overviews of shielding practice, systems and test methods are provided. These tests may not be standardized; however, they are included to inform the reader and provide an overview as to what has been done to characterize shielding. This guide provides the following: a review of shielding techniques to control electrostatic and electromagnetic interference for varying types of low voltage cable used for power, control and instrumentation services, including signal and communications cable; an overview of the functional characteristics of various types of shielding; suggested tests or techniques for measuring shielding effectiveness; recommendations on shielding practices, including suggestions on terminating and grounding methods. Project Purpose: The main purpose of this guide is to show how shielding can minimize the effects of electrostatic and electromagnetic interference. A secondary purpose is to provide recommendations on shielding practice for various applications including suggestions on terminating and grounding methods. Designation: 1144-1996 Sponsor: SASB/SCC21-Fuel Cells, Photovoltaics, Dispersed Generation, and Energy Storage Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Sizing Nickel-Cadmium Batteries for Photovoltaic (PV) Systems Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 10, 2002. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. History: PAR APP: Jun 20, 1996, BD APP: Jun 20, 1996, ANSI APP: Jan 06, 1997 Project Scope: This recommended practice describes methods for sizing nickel/cadmium batteries used with terrestrial photovoltaic (PV) systems. Installation, maintenance, safety, testing procedures, and consideration of battery types other than nickel/cadmium are beyond the scope of this document. Recommended practices for the remainder of the electric systems associated with PV installations are also beyond the scope of this document. Project Purpose: This recommended practice is meant to assist system designers in siziing nickel/cadmium batteries for residential, commercial, and industrial PV systems. Abstract: A method for sizing nickel-cadmium battery storage subsystems used in residential, commercial, and industrial photovoltaic (PV) systems is described. Key Words: battery sizing, nickel-cadmium batteries, terrestrial photovoltaic (PV) systems Designation: 1145-1990 Sponsor: SASB/SCC21-Fuel Cells, Photovoltaics, Dispersed Generation, and Energy Storage Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Installation and Maintenance of Nickel- Cadmium Batteries for Photovoltaic (PV) Systems Status: Superseded **Superseded by 1145-1999. History: PAR APP: Jun 28, 1987, BD APP: Oct 01, 1990 Abstract: Safety precautions, installation design considerations, and procedures for receiving, storing, commissioning, and maintaining pocket and fiber-plate nickel-cadmium storage batteries for photovoltaic power systems are provided. Disposal and recycling recommendations are also discussed. This recommended practice applies to all terrestrial photovoltaic power systems, regardless of size or application, that contain nickel-cadmium battery storage subsystems. Key Words: Batteries, Installation, Photovoltaic power systems, Nickel-cadmium battery, Battery maintenance, Battery installation Designation: 1145-1999 Sponsor: SASB/SCC21-Fuel Cells, Photovoltaics, Dispersed Generation, and Energy Storage Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for the Installation and Maintenance of Nickel-Cadmium Batteries for Photovoltaic (PV) Systems Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 25, 2005. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **Jan2005: Administratively withdrawn. History: PAR APP: Mar 19, 1998, BD APP: Sep 16, 1999, ANSI APP: Jan 13, 2000 Project Scope: This Recommended Practice provides safety precautions, installation design considerations, and procedures for commissioning, maintenance, and storage of pocket and fiber-plate nickel-cadmium storage batteries for photovoltaic (PV) power systems. Disposal and recycling recommendations are also discussed. While this document gives general recommended practices, battery manufacturers can provide specific instructions for battery installation and maintenance. Project Purpose: This recommended practice is meant to assist nickel-cadmium battery users to properly store, install, and maintain nickel-cadmium batteries used in residential, commercial, and industrial photovoltaic (PV) systems. Abstract: " Safety precautions; installation design considerations; and procedures for receiving,storing, commissioning, and maintaining pocket- and fiber-plate nickel-cadmium storage batteriesfor photovoltaic (PV) power systems are provided. Disposal and recycling recommendations arealso discussed. This recommended practice applies to all PV power systems, regardless of size orapplication, that contain nickel-cadmium battery storage subsystems. " Key Words: "battery installation,battery maintenance,nickel-cadmium battery,photovoltaic (PV) power systems" Designation: 1146 Sponsor: SASB/SCC21-Fuel Cells, Photovoltaics, Dispersed Generation, and Energy Storage Title: Grounding of Batteries & Battery Subsystems in PV Systems/Recommended Practice Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: A Levins, Phone:516-271-6200 **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jun 28, 1987 Designation: 1147-2005 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Energy Development & Power Generation Title: IEEE Guide for the Rehabilitation of Hydroelectric Power Plants Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Mar 22, 2006 Technical Contact: Steven R Brockschink, Phone:503-297-1631, Email:brockschink@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Sep 27, 2001, BD APP: Sep 22, 2005, ANSI APP: Jan 26, 2006 Project Scope: This guide describes alternatives that hydroelectric power plant owners should consider when undertaking a rehabilitation of the facilities. It is useful in ensuring that potential improvements are not overlooked in the owner’s process. Project Purpose: This guide is directed to the practicing engineer in the field of hydroelectric power for the purpose of providing guidance in the decision-making processes and design for rehabilitation of hydroelectric power plants. Abstract: This guide is intended for the hydroelectric power industry to assist hydroelectric power plant owners, operators, and designers in the economic (feasibility) and technical evaluation (electrical aspects) of existing hydroelectric installations for rehabilitation. It addresses conventional hydropower. Portions of this guide are relevant to pumped storage but the unique features of pumped storage are not covered. Feasibility study results may indicate redevelopment of the site. Redevelopment will not be treated in detail in this guide. This guide covers all generating equipment up to and including the main transformer and typical auxiliary equipment. Key Words: cable and raceway, compressed air, control, crane, drainage, excitation, fire protection, generator, governor, grounding heating, hydroelectric, lighting, lubrication, machine shop,plant security, protection, rehabilitation, telephone, transformer, turbine, UPS, ventilating and air conditioning, water Designation: 1147-1991 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Energy Development & Power Generation Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1996 Title: IEEE Guide for the Rehabilitation of Hydroelectric Power Plants Status: Superseded Technical Contact: Steven R Brockschink, Phone:503-297-1631, Email:brockschink@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jun 28, 1987, BD APP: Jun 27, 1991, ANSI APP: Dec 12, 1991 Abstract: This Guide is directed to the practicing engineer in the field of hydroelectric power plant design for the purpose of providing guidance in the decision-making processes and design for rehabilitation of hydroelectric power plants. It covers general assessment considerations, rehabilitation of waterways, and rehabilitation of equipment. An extensive bibliography is included. Key Words: rehabilitation, Hydroelectric power plant Designation: 1148 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Energy Development & Power Generation Title: Guide for Cathodic Protection of Power Plant Equipment and Structures Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. **. Technical Contact: Steve A Nikolakakos, Phone:609-720-20948 **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 19, 1996 Project Scope: Prepare a guide that will provide information, identify equipment and structure, and discuss various conditions under whihc cathodic protection can be utilized to minimize corrosion. Various cathodic protection systems will also be discussed in reference to their applicability for power plant equipment. Project Purpose: To provide guidelines for corrosion protection of power plant equipment and structures by means of cathodic protection. Corrosion protection is critical to the longevity of buried facilities. Designation: 1148 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Energy Development & Power Generation Title: Cathodic Protection of Power Plant Equipment & Structures/Recommended Practice Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Steve A Nikolakakos, Phone:609-720-20948 **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jun 28, 1987 Designation: 1149 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Test Technology Title: Standard Testability Bus Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Gordon Robinson, Phone:510-623-5139, Email:gordon_robinson@3mts.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 28, 1987 Key Words: testability, bus Designation: 1149.1-2001 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Test Technology Title: IEEE Standard Test Access Port and Boundary Scan Architecture Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jul 23, 2001 **Supersedes 1149.1-1990, 1149.1a-1993, and 1149.1b-1994. Technical Contact: Chris J Clark, Phone:603-868-7116, Email:cjclark@intellitech.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Jun 26, 1997, BD APP: Jun 14, 2001, ANSI APP: Oct 25, 2001 Project Scope: Corrections, clarifications and enhancements of IEEE Std 1149.1a and Std. 1149.1b. Combine these two standards into one document. Project Purpose: As technology has changed, the original 1149.1 standard does not address the new needs of the end users. The purpose of this PAR is to address these new needs in the IEEE 1149.1 standard. The intended users are silicon vendors, silicon designers, board and system electronic manufacturers and test equiment manufacturers. The benefits are additional capabilities and ease-of-use of 1149.1 for the current technology of mix- signal devices, differential logic and programmable devices. Abstract: " Circuitry that may be built into an integrated circuit to assist in the test, maintenance, andsupport of assembled printed circuit boards is defined. The circuitry includes a standard interfacethrough which instructions and test data are communicated. A set of test features is defined,including a boundary-scan register, such that the component is able to respond to a minimum setof instructions designed to assist with testing of assembled printed circuit boards. Also, a languageis defined that allows rigorous description of the component-specific aspects of such testabilityfeatures. " Key Words: "boundary scan, boundary-scan architecture, Boundary-Scan Description Language, boundary-scan register, BSDL, circuit boards, circuitry, integrated circuit, printed circuit boards, TAP, test, test access port, VHDL, VHSIC Hardware Description Language" Designation: 1149.1-1990 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Test Technology Title: IEEE Standard Test Access Port and Boundary-Scan Architecture Status: Superseded **Revision of Std 1149. Superseded by 1149.1-2001. Technical Contact: Najmi Jarwala, Phone:609-639-3175, Email:najmi.jarwala@worldnet.att.net **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 28, 1988, BD APP: Feb 15, 1990, ANSI APP: Aug 17, 1990 Abstract: Circuitry that may be built into an integrated circuit to assist in the test, maintenance, and support of assembled printed circuit boards is defined. The circuitry includes a standard interface through which instructions and test data are communicated. A set of test features is defined, including a boundary-scan register, such that the component is able to respond to a minimum set of instructions designed to assist with testing of assembled printed circuit boards. Key Words: testability, bus, architecture, Test ports, Printed circuit boards, Circuitry, Circuit boards, Boundary-scan register Designation: 1149.1a-1993 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Test Technology Title: Supplement to Standard Test Access Port and Boundary-Scan Architecture (1149.1) Status: Superseded **Superseded by 1149.1-2001. Technical Contact: Najmi Jarwala, Phone:609-639-3175, Email:najmi.jarwala@worldnet.att.net **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 06, 1990, BD APP: Jun 17, 1993, ANSI APP: Dec 08, 1993 Abstract: A test access port and boundary-scan architecture for digital integrated circuits and for the digital portions of mixed analog/digital integrated circuits are discussed. These facilities seek to provide a solution to the problem of testing assembled printed circuit boards and other products based on highly complex digital integrated circuits and high-density, surface-mounting assembly techniques. The facilities also provide a means of accessing and controlling design-for-test features built into the digital integrated circuits themselves. The circuitry includes a standard interface through which instructions and test data are communicated. A set of test features is defined, including a boundary-scan register, so that the component is able to respond to a minimum set of instructions designed to assist with testing of assembled printed circuit boards. (This publication includes IEEE 1149.1a-1993.) Key Words: boundary-scan, register, circuit, boards, circuitry, printed, test, ports Designation: 1149.1b-1994 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Test Technology Title: IEEE Supplement to Standard Test Access Port and Boundary-Scan Architecture (1149.1) Status: Superseded **Superseded by 1149.1-2001. Technical Contact: Najmi Jarwala, Phone:609-639-3175, Email:najmi.jarwala@worldnet.att.net **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 15, 1993, BD APP: Sep 22, 1994, ANSI APP: Mar 25, 1995 Abstract: A language to describe components that conform to IEEE Std 1149.1-1990 is described in this supplement. The language is based on the VHSIC Hardware Description Language (VHDL). General characteristics, the overall structure of a boundary-scan description language (BSDL) description, special cases, and example packages are included. Key Words: boundary scan architure, description language, BSDL, test access port, VHDL, VHSIC Harware Description Designation: 1149.2 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Test Technology Title: Standard for Shared Input/Output Scan Test Architecture Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. **Revision project for Std 1149. Technical Contact: Bulent Dervisoglu, Phone:415-390-2958, Email:bulent@sgi.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 12, 1995 Project Scope: The scope of this project is to define a scan-based test architecture for integrated circuit components that allows re-use of functional memory elements as part of an I/O-Scan register and also allows the use of a combinational decoder and/or the IEEE 1148.1 Tap Controller as the access mechanism to the components test features. Test features shall be defined to enable coding of intercomponent connections as well as the testing of the component itself. Project Purpose: This project addresses a need seen by many integrated circuit component designers and manufacturers who are unable to provide dedicated circuitry to support test features but wish to use shared logic to do so. Use of shared I/O cells enables component designers to meet their performance and test overhead objectives. Thus, by allowing designers to meet their test objectives without sacrificing performance this standard will extend the use of established scan/boundary-scan techniques for testing components and component assemblies. Furthermore, by providing solutions to address shortcomings of existing techniques and standards, this standard will extend the use of common test techniques and methods. Key Words: testability, bus, serial, digital, interface Designation: 1149.4-1999 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Test Technology Title: IEEE Standard for a Mixed-Signal Test Bus Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Mar 20, 2000 Technical Contact: Adam Cron, Phone:610-530-0780, Email:a.cron@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Dec 12, 1995, BD APP: Jun 26, 1999, ANSI APP: Nov 18, 1999 Project Scope: Interface system between mixed-signal electronic components, assemblies, and systems, and external or built-in-test equipment to provide those components, assemblies, and systems with testability attributes. Project Purpose: To define and describe the signals, functions, and characteristics of the testability bus and to describe how the bus shall be implemented to improve the controllability and observability of mixed-signal designs and to support mixed-signal built-in test structures in order to reduce test development time, testing costs, and improve test quality. Abstract: " The testability structure for digital circuits described in IEEE Std 1149.1-1990 has beenextended to provide similar facilities for mixed-signal circuits. The architecture is described, togetherwith the means of control of and access to both analog and digital test data. Sample implementationand application details (which are not part of the standard) are included for illustration. " Key Words: IEEE Std 1149.4-1999.pdf Designation: 1149.4 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Test Technology Title: Standard for Mixed-Signal Test Bus Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Adam Osseiran, Phone:+41-21-8031194, Email:a.osseiran@ecu.edu.au **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 06, 2001 Project Scope: The Project defines standardized test features to allow mixed- signal (analog or digital) electronic components, Printed Circuit Assemblies or electronic systems to be accessible to external or built-in test equipment for interconnect test, parametric test and internal test. Project Purpose: To define and describe the signals, functions, and characteristics of the testability bus and to describe how the bus shall be implemented to improve the controllability and observability of mixed-signal designs and to support mixed-signal built-in-test structures in order to reduce test development time, testing costs, and improve test quality. Designation: P1149.4 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Test Technology Title: Standard for a Mixed-Signal Test Bus Status: Revision Project Technical Contact: Bambang Suparjo, Phone:503-685-7084, Email:bambang_suparjo@mentor.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 15, 2006 Project Scope: This standard defines a mixed-signal test bus architecture that provides the means of control and access to both analog and digital test signals such that the testability structure for digital circuits described in IEEE Std 1149.1-2001 has been extended effectively to provide similar facilities for mixed-signal circuits. In addition to testing of interconnections in the conventional sense of IEEE 1149.1-2001, the mixed- signal test bus defined by this standard also provides the means for parametric testing and, optionally, the means to access internal test structures. The standard does not mandate implementation details of the test circuitry, although examples of conformant implementations are given for illustration. Further, the standard develops extensions to Boundary- Scan Description Language (BSDL) as a means of describing key aspects of the implementation of this standard within a particular component. At present, the extensions to BSDL defined by this standard specifically omit the description of any and all analog parameters defined by the standard. Project Purpose: Where structures defined by this standard are incorporated into mixed-signal circuits, the testability problems posed by such circuits are mitigated by way of improving the controllability and observability of mixed-signal designs and supporting mixed-signal built-in test structures in order to reduce both test development time and testing costs and to improve test quality. In particular, these standardized test features allow mixed- signal (analog and/or digital) electronic components, printed circuit assemblies, and electronic systems to be accessible to external or built-in test equipment for interconnect test, parametric test, and internal test. A further purpose of this standard is to define the descriptive elements of BSDL and specified extensions sufficient to support the development of automated test algorithms used for testing interconnections between devices that adhere to this standard and, where practical, between such devices intermixed with devices that incorporate IEEE Std 1149.1 or IEEE Std 1149.6 as well. The descriptive elements defined by this standard also largely support the automated construction of analog tests for external components attached to or between components that implement this standard with the caveat that such tests may subsequently require modification to account for undocumented analog features within the conformant components. Designation: 1149.5-1995 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Test Technology Title: IEEE Standard for Module Test and Maintenance Bus (MTM-Bus) Protocol Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Feb 07, 2003. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. Technical Contact: Patrick McHugh, Phone:888-694-2641, Email:patrick.f.mchugh@lmco.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: May 31, 1990, BD APP: Aug 14, 1995, ANSI APP: May 07, 1996 Abstract: This Standard specifies a serial, backplane, test and maintenance bus (MTM-Bus) that can be used to integrate modules from different design teams or vendors into testable and maintainable subsystems. Physical, link, and command layers are specified. Standard interface protocol and commands can be used to provide the basic test and maintenance features needed for a module as well as access to on-module assets (memory, peripherials, etc.) and IEEE Std 1149.1 boundary-scan. Standard commands and functions support fault isolation to individual modules and test of backplane interconnect between modules. Key Words: backplane bus, boundary scan, built in self test, maintenance, MTM bus, subsystem, system diagnostics, system test Designation: 1149.6-2003 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Test Technology Title: IEEE Standard for Boundary-Scan Testing of Advanced Digital Networks Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Apr 17, 2003 Technical Contact: William Eklow, Phone:408-527-0512, Email:beklow@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Feb 14, 2002, BD APP: Mar 20, 2003, ANSI APP: Jun 19, 2003 Project Scope: This project will define an extension to IEEE Std. 1149.1-2001 to standardize the boundary scan structures and methods required to ensure simple, robust, and minimally intrusive boundary scan testing of advanced digital networks not adequately addressed by existing standards, especially those networks that are AC-coupled, differential, or both, in parallel with IEEE Std. 1149.1 testing of conventional digital networks and in conjunction with IEEE Std. 1149.4 testing of conventional analog networks. This project will be complementary to IEEE 1149.4, specifically targeting parallel testing of advanced digital networks while IEEE1149.4 focuses on serial testing of more traditional analog networks. This project will also specify any software or BSDL extensions to IEEE Std. 1149.1-2001 which are required to support this new I/O test structure. Project Purpose: Existing boundary scan test standards (IEEE Std. 1149.1-2001, IEEE Std. 1149.4-1999) do not fully address some of the increasingly common, newer digital network topologies, such as AC-coupled differential interconnections on very high speed (1+ GBps) digital data paths. IEEE Std. 1149.1 structures and methods are intended to test static (that is, DC- coupled), single ended networks. It is unable to test dynamic (that is, AC- coupled) digital networks, since AC-coupling blocks static signals. Differential networks are also inadequately tested by the current IEEE Std. 1149.1-2001, which requires either the insertion of boundary cells between the differential driver or receiver and the chip pads (this often creates an unacceptable performance degradation), or insertion of single boundary cells before the differential driver and after the differential receiver (this reduces controllability and observability to the point that many board assembly defects cannot be detected). IEEE Std. 1149.4-1999 structures and methods are intended for testing analog networks, and in most cases are not able to test these newer digital networks as well. Specifically, IEEE Std. 1149.4-1999 provides the opportunity to inject dynamic (time varying) or analog signals for test, but these structures intended for analog testing are often too intrusive (too high an impact on performance and pin count) for high speed chip designs, and require additional resources and test application time not otherwise required for testing digital circuits. Finally, very high-speed logic imposes new restrictions on test structures that were not considered in IEEE Std. 1149.1. This project will define standard, robust, and minimally intrusive test structures and methods that provide greater detection and diagnostic capability than existing structures and methods for these classes of digital networks. The project will address the physical interface between components, the protocol for sending test data between components and the boundary scan interface. The project will also address any software and BSDL changes that are required to support this proposed standard. Abstract: This standard augments IEEE Std 1149.1 to improve the ability for testing differentialand/or ac-coupled interconnections between integrated circuits on circuit boards and systems. Key Words: "AC-coupled signaling,Boundary-Scan,circuit boards,differential signaling,integratedcircuits,interconnect test,printed circuit boards,test" Designation: P1149.7 Sponsor: IEEE-SA Board of Governors/Corporate Advisory Group, Joint Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Test Technology Title: Standard for Reduced-pin and Enhanced-functionality Test Access Port and Boundary Scan Architecture Status: New Standard Project Publication type: Special Publication Technical Contact: Tom Vial, Phone:+33 4 93 22 15 81, Email:t-vial@ti.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 30, 2006 Project Scope: The standard will define a link between IEEE Std 1149.1 - 2001, IEEE Standard Test Access Port and Boundary Scan Architecture interfaces in Debug and Test Systems (DTS) and IEEE 1149.1 (JTAG) interfaces in Target Systems (TS). The link defined by this standard introduces an additional layer between these legacy interfaces. This layer may be viewed as an adapter that provides new functionality and features while preserving all elements of the original IEEE 1149.1 (JTAG) interfaces. The standard will define the link behavior (including timing characteristics of signals), protocols, and functionality of the adapters deployed within the DTS and TS. The standard will not modify or create inconsistencies with IEEE 1149.1 (JTAG). The standard will define a superset of the IEEE 1149.1 specification and achieve compliance with the IEEE 1149.1 standard. Project Purpose: The purpose of the standard is to define a debug and test interface which meets an expanding set of challenges facing debug and test systems (many which have emerged since the inception of the original IEEE 1149.1) while preserving the hardware and software investments of the many industries currently using IEEE 1149.1. IEEE Computer Society/Test Technology Designation: 1150-1991 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Energy Development & Power Generation Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1998 Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Integrating Power Plant Computer-Aided Engineering (CAE) Applications Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 16, 2004. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **16-Jan-04: Administratively withdrawn. Technical Contact: Robert E Howell, Phone:704-849-9285, Email:RHowell4@Carolina.rr.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jun 28, 1987, BD APP: Sep 26, 1991, ANSI APP: Jun 01, 1995 Abstract: A data model, called the plant information network, that standardizes categories of generating plant data and data relationships is presented. Guidelines are provided for using the model to integrate computer-aided engineering (CAE) applications across the spectrum of plant work activities during the complete cycle of the plant from site selection through decommissioning. Instructions are given to aid the engineering, construction, and operating groups of the utility in specifying integrated CAE applications. The information engineering concepts that are the basis for integrated CAE development are covered. Key Words: plant information networks, cae, applications, computer, aided, data engineering, models, plant data, networks, Data models, Computer-aided engineering, CAE applications Designation: 1151 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessors and Microcomputers Title: Standard for Modula II A Modular High Level Programming Language Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Thomas Pittman, Phone:408-455-0422 **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jun 28, 1987 Key Words: Modula II, modular, high level, programming, language Designation: 1152 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessors and Microcomputers Title: Object Oriented Programming Language & Environment/Standard for Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: P Deutsch, Phone:415-859-1000 **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jun 28, 1987 Key Words: object, oriiented, programming, language, standard Designation: 1153 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society Title: A Standard for a Page Description Language Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Designation: 1154-1991 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessors and Microcomputers Title: IEEE Standard for Programmed Inquiry, Learning, or Teaching (PILOT) Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Mar 06, 2000. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. Technical Contact: John Starkweather, Phone:415-476-7464 **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jun 28, 1987, BD APP: Jun 27, 1991, ANSI APP: Dec 18, 1991 Abstract: Language and coding standards for the PILOT programming language are described. PILOT (Programmed Inquiry, Learning, Or Teaching) is a language for the development of conversational interactive sequences often used for computer-based instruction. The intent is to improve code portability and to minimize the development of dialects of this language, thereby improving the sharing of courseware among teaching institutions. PILOT syntax, core statements, and the core language are defined. Variables and language extensions are covered. Key Words: learning, teaching, Self-evaluation testing, Programmed inquiry, PILOT programming language, Computer-based instruction, Computer-assisted instruction Designation: 1155 Sponsor: IEEE Instrumentation and Measurement Society/TC8-Automated Instrumentation Title: Standard for VMEbus Extensions for Instrumentation: VXIbus Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Frederick Bode, Phone:619-297-1024, Email:fbode@vxinl.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jun 26, 1997 Project Scope: Review any reported interoperability issues from lessons learned in implementation of IEEE 1155-1992. Review IEEE 1155-1992 and its relationship to the American National Standard for VME64. Project Purpose: To improve IEEE 1155-1992 product interoperability to users, and to provide complete and clear specifications to IEEE 1155-1992 product designers. Designation: P1155 Sponsor: IEEE Instrumentation and Measurement Society/TC8-Automated Instrumentation, Joint Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessors and Microcomputers Title: Standard for VME eXtensions for Instrumentation (VXI) Upgrade for Serial Bus (VITA 41.3) Integration and other Enhancements Status: Revision Project Technical Contact: Michael Stora, Phone:973-299-8321, Email:mjs@sysintech.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jun 08, 2006 Project Scope: This standard describes the electrical and mechanical specifications of the IEEE-1155 VME eXtensions for Instrumentation (VXI) Standard that supports an integrated legacy parallel bus and serial bus architecture adopted from VME International Trade Association (VITA) Standard 41.3, and LAN eXtensions for Instrumentation (LXI) Consortium. It also addresses the definition of: (a) a c-size pluggable virtual power module; (b) the direct coupling option of the instrument module to the IEEE- P1505 Receiver Fixture Interface (RFI); (c) enhanced cooling structure; (d) advanced VME Controller/Switch Fabric modules; (e) VME64 connector compliance implementation; ((f) improved noise and ripple isolation for system power source requirements; (g) cooling air flow measurement;(h) LXI protocol/control line implementation; and (i) IEEE-1149 Test Bus implementation. The specification also details: instrument module footprints, connector mechanics and electrical I/O between the backplane and instrument module, cooling/EMI requirements; VXI mainframe mechanical structure, cooling and environmental requirements; and the VXI backplane mechanical and electrical requirements. Project Purpose: The IEEE-1155 VME eXtensions for Instrumentation (VXI) Standard advances the VXI standard to support interchangeable use of legacy parallel bus and new higher speed serial bus (LXI) controlled instrumentation modules in a common mainframe/backplane structure. This permits implementers to continue utilizing current VXI technology, while inserting advanced higher speed serial bus VXI instrumentation under LXI control, as they become available, in same instrument slots. The standard also redefines a common power source specification for the industry which is pluggable into the mainframe, along-side of the instrument modules in a designated slot, and may be virtually applied for either system or unit- under-test (UUT) use. The VXI spec also defines an extended instrument module that can be directly coupled to the RFI system, which serves the test system implementer by eliminating cabling interconnections, enhancing signal integrity, and providing added real estate for instrument/switching/other circuitry. Under rigid mechanical and electrical definitions and requirements for the instrument module, mainframe, and backplane, suppliers of these components are assured interoperability between automated test systems (ATS) and their respective relationship with each other. IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessors and Microcomputers Designation: 1155-1992 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessors and Microcomputers Title: IEEE Standard for VMEbus Extensions for Instrumentation: VXIbus Status: Approved publication of the IEEE. Deemed a stabilized standard. No longer actively maintained. **25-March-2004: Approved as a Stabilized Standard. Technical Contact: Marlyn Miner, Phone:503-627-7977, Email:marlyn.g.miner@tek.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 19, 1992, BD APP: Sep 17, 1992, ANSI APP: Feb 23, 1993 Abstract: A technically sound modular instrument standard base on IEEE Std 1014-1987, IEEE Standard for a Versatile Backplane Bus: VMEbus, which is open to all manufacturers and is compatible with present industry standards, is defined. The VXIbus specification details the technical requirements of VXIbus compatible components, such as mainframes, backplanes, power supplies, and modules. Key Words: high, speed, backplane, instrumentation, VMEbus, VXIbus, Common modular instrument architecture Designation: 1156 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessors and Microcomputers Title: Connectors & Mechanical Packaging for High Reliability Bus Standard for Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: David B Gustavson, Phone:650-961-0305, Email:dbg@scizzl.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jun 28, 1987 Key Words: connectors, mechanical, packaging, reliability, bus Designation: 1156.1-1993 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessors and Microcomputers Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2003 Title: IEEE Standard Microcomputer Environmental Specifications for Computer Modules Status: Approved Publication of IEEE Technical Contact: Rudolf Schubert, Phone:908/758-3185, Email:rudy@troy.cc.bellcore.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: May 31, 1990, BD APP: Jun 17, 1993, ANSI APP: Dec 08, 1993 Abstract: Fundamental information on minimum environmental withstand conditions is provided. The information is intended to be used in those cases in which a generic or detail specification for a certain module has been prepared. The intent is to achieve uniformity and reproducibility in the test conditions for all modules that may make up larger systems and are purported to have a rated environmental performance level. The specifications pertain to both the natural and artificial environments to which modules may be exposed. These conditions include, but are not limited to, thermal, mechanical, electrical, and atmospheric stresses. Key Words: Performance level qualification, Environmental withstand conditions Designation: 1156.2-1996 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessors and Microcomputers Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2003 Title: IEEE Standard for Environmental Specifications for Computer Systems Status: Approved Publication of IEEE Technical Contact: Rudolf Schubert, Phone:908/758-3185, Email:rudy@troy.cc.bellcore.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Mar 16, 1995, BD APP: Jun 20, 1996, ANSI APP: Jun 05, 1997 Project Scope: This specification is designed for use in conjunction with other documents such as IEEE 1101.n (Mechanical Specification for Micro Connectors and Eurocard Form Factors), IEEE 896.n (Futurebus+), IEEE 1596 (Scalable Coherent Interface), IEEE 1014 (VME Bus), and IEEE 1296 (Multi Bus II). This standard is intended to be used as a core specification. It contains minimum environmental withstand conditions applicable to computer systems and all of their associated components. It has been created to provide geberal environmental withstand conditions for one or more of the above listed computer buses or interconnect standards, and electronic equipment in general. While this document was specifically created for use with IEEE Computer Society bus standards, nothing herein is intended to restrict its use for other applications, where applicable. A supplier and user may agree to more or less restrictive environmental specifications than those listed below. However, if their specifications are less restrictive than those listed herein, neither supplier nor user may claim conformance to this document. Project Purpose: There is currently no standard set of environmental specifications that computer "crates" can be built to by vendors or ordered to by customers. The lack of such a general standard increases the cost to build, buy and sell computer systems and reduce the reliability of the final parts. Abstract: This standard is designed for use in conjunction with other documents such as the IEEE 1101 group of standards, the IEEE 896 group of standards, the IEEE 1596 group of standards, the IEEE 1014 group of standards, and ISO/IEC 10861: 1994. This standard is one of the IEEE P1156.x series for environmental specifications. It is intended to be used as a core specification. It contains minimum environmental withstand conditions applicable to computer systems and all of their associated components. It has been created to provide general environmental withstand conditions for one or more of the above listed computer busses or interconnect standards, and electronic equipment in general. Key Words: environmental, computer systems, atmospheric stress, computer systems, conducted immunity, corrision, drop heights, earthquote , electrical stress, electromagnetic, EMI, electrostatic , ESD, environmental, fire resistance, flammability, humidity, mechanical stress, performance level, level qualification, shock, sinusoidal vibration, thermal shock, thermal testing, vibration Designation: 1156.3 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessors and Microcomputers Title: Standard for Power Supply Specifications for Computer Systems. Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Larry Gilbert, Phone:408-748-1555, Email:lgpwr@aol.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 28, 1990 Project Scope: This activity will create generic power supply specifications to support IEEE bus standards and projects. Project Purpose: There are currently no generic power supply specifications for use with computer bus standards which are thorough and complete. Existing bus specifications only provide a brief incomplete set of specifications for the power supply and often none at all. The lack of such a general standard increases the cost to build, buy and sell computer power supplies and reduces the reliabilitiy of the final products. Designation: 1156.4-1997 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessors and Microcomputers Title: IEEE Standard for Environmental Specifications for Spaceborne Computer Modules Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Feb 07, 2003. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. Technical Contact: William A Schneider, Phone:800-808-4932, Email:schneiderb@erols.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 17, 1994, BD APP: Mar 20, 1997, ANSI APP: Aug 20, 1997 Project Scope: This standard will be designed for use in conjunction with P896.10 (Spaceborne Futurebus+ Profile Specifications) for specification of environmental withstand conditions applicable to spaceborne computer modules/circuit boards and all of the components attached to the modules. Project Purpose: Environmental conditions for computer modules intended for use in space vehicles are not currently covered by existing standards. The space vehicle environment is characterized by thermal, mechanical, and electrical conditions not shared by office, industrial, shipboard, and aircraft environments. This environmental standard will promote development of cost-effective, high-reliability computer modules for space. Abstract: Fundamental information on minimum environmental withstand conditions for space electronics is provided. The intent is to achieve uniformity and reproducibility in the test conditions for all spaceborne computer modules that may make up larger systems and are purported to have a rated environmental performance level. The specifications pertain to both the natural and artificial environments to which spaceborne computer modules may be exposed. These conditions include, but are not limited to, thermal, mechanical, electrical, and radiation stresses. Key Words: bus architecture, spaceborne computers, spaceborne modules, spaceborne systems Designation: 1157 Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society Title: Standard for Healthcare Data Interchange - Overview and Framework Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Jack J Harrington, Phone:978-659-3517, Email:jack_harrington@hsgmed.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 19, 1992 Project Scope: This document defines the conceptual framework for standardization of healthcare data interchange in terms of a healthcare information model, healthcare data interchange formates, and standardized profiles for ISO/OSI communication protocols. This document also defines a document architecture for the Framework. The scope of the Framework is standardization of healthcare data interchange in the open systems environment. Project Purpose: The purpose of this document is to provide the overall framework and architectural model for modular development of a consistent set of robust and flexible communications standards for the interchange of healthcare data between heterogeneous healthcare systems. Designation: 1157.1 Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society Title: Standard for Healthcare Data Interchange - Information Model Methods Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Jack J Harrington, Phone:978-659-3517, Email:jack_harrington@hsgmed.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 19, 1992 Designation: 1157.1.1 Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society Title: Standard for Healthcare Data Interchange - Common Healthcare Objects Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Jack J Harrington, Phone:978-659-3517, Email:jack_harrington@hsgmed.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 19, 1992 Designation: 1157.1.2 Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society Title: Standard for Healthcare Data Interchange - Registration Admission/Discharge/Transfer Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Jack J Harrington, Phone:978-659-3517, Email:jack_harrington@hsgmed.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 19, 1992 Designation: 1157.1.3 Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society Title: Standard for Healthcare Date Interchange - Laboratory Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Jack J Harrington, Phone:978-659-3517, Email:jack_harrington@hsgmed.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 19, 1992 Designation: 1157.1.4 Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society Title: Standard for Healthcare Data Interchange - Radiology Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Jack J Harrington, Phone:978-659-3517, Email:jack_harrington@hsgmed.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 19, 1992 Designation: 1157.2 Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society Title: Standard for Healthcare Data Interchange - Interchange Format Methods Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Jack J Harrington, Phone:978-659-3517, Email:jack_harrington@hsgmed.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 19, 1992 Designation: 1157.2.1 Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society Title: Standard for Healthcare Data Interchange - EDI/EDIFACT Interchange Formats Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Jack J Harrington, Phone:978-659-3517, Email:jack_harrington@hsgmed.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 19, 1992 Designation: 1157.2.2 Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society Title: Standard for Healthcare Data Interchange - ODA/ODIF/SGML Interchange Formats Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Jack J Harrington, Phone:978-659-3517, Email:jack_harrington@hsgmed.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 19, 1992 Designation: 1157.2.3 Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society Title: Standard for Healthcare Data Interchange - CMIS/CMIP Interchange Formats Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Jack J Harrington, Phone:978-659-3517, Email:jack_harrington@hsgmed.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 19, 1992 Designation: 1157.3 Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society Title: Standard for Healthcare Data Interchange - Communication Profile Methods Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Jack J Harrington, Phone:978-659-3517, Email:jack_harrington@hsgmed.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 19, 1992 Designation: 1157.4 Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society Title: Standard for Healthcare Data Interchange - Semantics and Knowledge Representation of the Medical Record Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Jack J Harrington, Phone:978-659-3517, Email:jack_harrington@hsgmed.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 19, 1992 Designation: 1157.5 Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society Title: Recommendation for Healthcare Data Interchange - User Needs Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Jack J Harrington, Phone:978-659-3517, Email:jack_harrington@hsgmed.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 19, 1992 Designation: 1158-1991 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Substations Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1996 Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Determination of Power Losses in High- Voltage Direct-Current (HVDC) Converter Stations Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 10, 2002. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. Technical Contact: Duane R Torgerson, Phone:303-202-3933, Email:torgerson@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 28, 1990, BD APP: Sep 26, 1991, ANSI APP: May 06, 1992 Abstract: A set of standard procedures for determining and verifying the total losses of a high-voltage direct-current (HVDC) converter station is recommended. The procedures are applicable to all parts of the converter station and cover standby, partial load, and full load losses and methods of calculation and measurement. All line commutated converter stations used for power exchange in utility systems are covered. Loss determination procedures for synchronous compensators or static var compensators are not included. Key Words: HVDC, Power losses, HVDC converter stations Designation: 1159-1995 Sponsor: SASB/SCC22-Power Quality Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2001 Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Monitoring Electric Power Quality Status: Approved Publication of IEEE History: BD APP: Jun 14, 1995, ANSI APP: Feb 02, 1996 Abstract: " The monitoring of electric power quality of ac power systems, definitions of power qualityterminology, impact of poor power quality on utility and customer equipment, and the measurement ofelectromagnetic phenomena are covered. " Key Words: "data interpretation,electric power quality,electromagnetic phenomena,monitoring,power quality definitions" Designation: P1159 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transmission and Distribution Title: Recommended Practice for Monitoring Electric Power Quality Status: Revision Project Technical Contact: Randy Collins, Phone:864-656-5920, Email:randy.collins@ces.clemson.edu **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 30, 2006 Project Scope: This recommended practice encompasses the monitoring of electrical characteristics of single-phase and polyphase ac power systems. It includes consistent descriptions of conducted electromagnetic phenomena occurring on power systems. The document presents definitions of nominal conditions and deviations from these nominal conditions that may originate within the source of supply or load equipment, or from interactions between the source and the load. Also, this document presents recommendations for measurement techniques, application techniques, and interpretation of monitoring results. Project Purpose: The use of equipment that causes and is susceptible to various electromagnetic phenomena has heightened the interest in power quality. An increase in operational problems has led to a variety of attempts to describe the phenomena. Because different segments of the technical community have used different terminologies to describe these electromagnetic events, this Recommended Practice will provide users with a consistent set of terms and definitions for describing these events. An understanding of how power quality events impact the power system and end- use equipment is required in order to make monitoring useful. Proper measuring techniques are required to safely obtain useful accurate data. Appropriate location of monitors, systematic studies, and interpretation of results will enhance the value of power quality monitoring. The purpose of this Recommended Practice is to assist users as well as equipment and software manufacturers and vendors by describing techniques for defining, measuring, quantifying, and interpreting electromagnetic disturbances on the power system. Designation: 1159.1 Sponsor: SASB/SCC22-Power Quality Title: Recommended Practice for Power Quality Measurements in A.C. Power Supply Systems Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Charles Perry, Phone:865-218-8034, Email:chperry@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 27, 2001 Project Scope: Scope: "Methods for measurement and interpretation of results for power quality parameters in a.c. power supply systems." This recommended practice will establish the data acquisition attributes necessary to characterize the electromagnetic phenomena listed in Table 2 of IEEE Std.1159-1995 (R2001). This recommended will include definitions, instrumentation categories and technical requirements that are related to the type of disturbance to be recorded. The disturbances will be characterized by converting suitably sampled voltage and current data set into specific power quality categories and with specific attributes within each category. Project Purpose: The purpose of this project is to provide a single recommended practice for acquiring and interpreting the attributes of power quality disturbances. There are two components to this work. One objective of this recommended is to describe the technical measurement requirements for each type of disturbance in Std 1159-1995 (R2001) to avoid confusion and interpretation of levels or limits specified in other IEEE standards. The second objective is to provide methods for interpreting these measurements into a quantifiable set of descriptors. The draft international power quality measurement standard IEC 61000-4-30 covers some of these issues, but is limited in scope. This project will use the IEC 61000-4-30 draft standard as a core, and expand upon it by adding the work already done by the P1159.1 Task Force and the P1159.2 Task Force. IEEE Std 1159-1995 (R2001) defines disturbances in 24 categories of typical characteristics of power system electromagnetic phenomena. Each category is discussed in several other standards in terms of emission limits, severity levels, planning levels or immunity levels. Measurement requirements are not currently covered by standards. Therefore, levels or limits may be subjected to interpretation. This adds confusion in the rationale for which standards were drafted. Furthermore, equipment which operates on the ac power system does not respond solely to the phenomena listed in 1159-1995 (R2001). Studies have shown that attributes not commonly quantified by measuring equipment may have a significant impact on the equipment's ability to operate during power quality variations. This standard will provide a set of attributes that are important to equipment connected to the ac power system and provide recommended methods of arriving at these attributes from the measurement devices. Designation: 1159.2 Sponsor: SASB/SCC22-Power Quality Title: Recommended Practice for the Characterization of a Power Quality Event Given an Adequately Sampled Set of Digital Data Points Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Larry Morgan, Phone:704-875-2444, Email:larrymorgan1@yahoo.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 20, 1997 Project Scope: This project will develop a recommended practice for converting a suitably sampled voltage and current data set into specific power quality categories and describe specific attributes within each category. The standard will utilize appropriate definitions, categories and sample rates currently being developed by other task forces under SCC22 and Standard 1159-1995. Project Purpose: Emphasis is being placed on compatibility contracts for power quality between that delivered by power suppliers and that needed by equipment manufacturers. Technical digital definitions for events such as sags (dips) and other non-harmonic events are to be developed. The translation from sets of digital data to statistically comparable events would be used for purposes of comparing power suppliers, comparing susceptibility qualities of equipment, and evaluating performance against specifications or contracts. This work extends existing and proposed phenomena definitions to more completely characterize their effects on typical equipment. Designation: 1159.3-2003 Sponsor: SASB/SCC22-Power Quality Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for the Transfer of Power Quality Data Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jan 12, 2004 Technical Contact: John Csomay, Phone:804-771-3664, Email:J.CSOMAY@IEEE.ORG **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Mar 20, 1997, BD APP: Mar 20, 2003, ANSI APP: Aug 07, 2003 Project Scope: This recommended practice will develop a criteria for the transfer of power quality data between instruments and computers. This data includes raw, processed, simulated, proposed, specified and calculated data. The transfer criteria will include the data as well as appropriate data characterization parameters, such as sampling rate, resolution, calibration status, instrument identification, and other pertinent or desired characteristics or data. The recommended practice will provide criteria guidelines for transferring power quality data. Project Purpose: The power quality industry lacks an adequate open and accepted data format standard for the transfer of power quality data between instruments and computers. This lack of a transfer standard significantly inhibits the analysis process of power quality assessments using multi- vendor and multi-device data. The analysis functions of signature patterns, history, and multiple measurement points are almost non-existent because of the lack of the ability to transfer data from multiple sources to a common analysis computer. Acceptance of an industry standard power quality data transfer format will significantly add to the value of all power quality data and open new opportunities for the resolution, planning and understanding of power quality activities. This will serve to satisfy the validation, trending, overlay, spectrum analysis, and other needs of client activities. Abstract: "IEEE Std 1159.3-2003, IEEE Recommended Practice for the Transfer of Power Quality Data" Key Words: "data interchange, file format, measurement, monitoring, power quality, power quality data interchange format (PQDIF)" Designation: 1160-1993 Sponsor: Nuclear and Plasma Sciences Society/Nuclear Instruments and Detectors Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2006 Title: IEEE Standard Test Procedures for High-Purity Germanium Crystals for Radiation Detectors Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: May 25, 1993 History: PAR APP: Nov 28, 1987, BD APP: Mar 18, 1993, ANSI APP: Aug 30, 1993 Abstract: This standard applies to the measurement of bulk properties of high-purity germanium as they relate to fabrication and performance of germanium detectors for gamma rays and x rays. Such germanium is monocrystalline and has a net concentration of fewer than 1011 electrically active impurity center per cm3, usually on the order of 1010 cm-3. Key Words: Radiation detectors, High-purity germanium (HPGe) Designation: 1161 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Insulated Conductors Title: Guide for Evaluating the Energy Usage of Forced-Cooling Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. History: PAR APP: Sep 28, 1987 Key Words: 1161 Designation: 1163 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Design Automation Title: Interface for IEEE Std 1076-1987 to Computer Aided Design as Manufacturing (CAD/CAM) Tools Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Paul J Menchini, Phone:919-479-1670, Email:mench@mench.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 28, 1987 Key Words: CAD/CAM, interface, design, manufacturing, tools Designation: 1164-1993 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Design Automation Title: IEEE Standard Multivalue Logic System for VHDL Model Interoperability (Std_logic_1164) Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: May 26, 1993 **Mar04-Withdrawn by ANSI as overage. Being revised by P1076. History: PAR APP: Jun 18, 1992, BD APP: Mar 18, 1993, ANSI APP: Sep 20, 1993 Abstract: This standard is embodied in the Std_logic_1164 package declaration and the semantics of the Std_logic_1164 body. An annex is provided to suggest ways in which one might use this package. Key Words: standard logic, multivalue, logic system, VHDL model interoperability Designation: 1164 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Design Automation Title: Standard Multivalue Logic System for VHDL Model Interoperability (Std_logic_1164) Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Peter J Ashenden, Phone:+61883397532, Email:peter@ashenden.com.au **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 07, 2000 Project Scope: To develop a standard VHDL package for the purpose of revising a VHDL model interconnect standard. PAR 1164 will be restricted solely to the restandardization and possible enhancement of a VHDL package entitled STD_LOGIC_1164. Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to provide a means by which VHDL models written by a variety of developers and in a variety of environments can interoperate, and to provide a basis for other standards. Designation: 1165 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Design Automation Title: Recommended Practice for the Interrelationships Between IEEE 1076 VHDL & EIA RS44 EDIF Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. **. Technical Contact: P.H Stanford **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 28, 1987 Key Words: VHDL, RS44, EDIF, 1076, Interrelation Designation: 1167 Title: Optical Test Instruments Optical Variable Attenuator Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. **. Technical Contact: Gedi P Kurpis, Phone:(905) 270-5955 **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 28, 1987 Designation: 1168 Title: Optical Test Instruments Optical Wavelength Measurement Set Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. **. Technical Contact: Gedi P Kurpis, Phone:(905) 270-5955 **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 28, 1987 Designation: 1169 Title: Optical Test Instruments Optical Fiber Profile Measurement Set Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. **. Technical Contact: Gedi P Kurpis, Phone:(905) 270-5955 **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 28, 1987 Key Words: 1169 Designation: 1170 Title: Optical Test Instruments Optical Time Domain Reflectometer Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. **. Technical Contact: Gedi P Kurpis, Phone:(905) 270-5955 **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 28, 1987 Designation: 1171 Title: Optical Test Instruments Chromatic Dispersion Test Set Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. **. Technical Contact: Gedi P Kurpis, Phone:(905) 270-5955 **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 28, 1987 Designation: 1172 Title: Optical Test Instruments Light Source and Power Meter Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. **. Technical Contact: Gedi P Kurpis, Phone:(905) 270-5955 **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 28, 1987 Key Words: 1172 Designation: 1173 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Simulation Interoperability Stds Organization/Stds Activities Committee Title: Standard Set of Functional Components of Simulation Language Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Oryal Tanir, Phone:514-468-5524 **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 28, 1987 Designation: 1174-2000 Sponsor: IEEE Instrumentation and Measurement Society/TC8-Automated Instrumentation Title: IEEE Standard Serial Interface for Programmable Instrumentation Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Feb 14, 2001 History: PAR APP: Mar 19, 1998, BD APP: Jan 30, 2000, ANSI APP: Jun 07, 2000 Project Scope: This project defines a serial, full-duplex, asynchronous, 9-pin DTE communications prot that follows EIA 574 and related standards. Portions of several standards will be referenced along with specific extensions applying to programmable instruments. The resulting draft will apply to polint-to-point instrument systems composed of a measurement, stimulus or interconnect device and an instrumentation controller. It may also apply to certain devices outside the scope of the instrument system environment. The document will cover mechanical, electrical and functional requirements of the interface. Project Purpose: Adapt IEEE Std 488.2 syntax, commands and protocols for use with programmable instrumentation using point-to-point serial interfacing instead of or in addition to IEEE Std 488.1. Retain a high level of commonality of programmable interfacing with devices using IEEE Std 488.2 and IEEE Std. 488.1 as the physical layer. Utilize applicable existing communication protocols where possible. Abstract: " A serial, full-duplex, asynchronous, 9-pin data terminal equipment (DTE) communica-tions port for programmable instrumentation that follows ANSI/TIA/EIA-574-1990 and relatedstandards is defined in this standard. " Key Words: 1174-2000.pdf Designation: 1174 Sponsor: IEEE Instrumentation and Measurement Society/TC8-Automated Instrumentation Title: Standard for Point-to-Point Serial Interface for Programmable Instruments Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Robert S Cram, Phone:503-627-1796, Email:bob.cram@tek.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 02, 1993 Designation: 1175 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee Title: Trial Use Standard Reference Model for Computing System Tool Interconnections Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Robert M Poston **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 15, 1993 Designation: 1175-1991 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee Title: IEEE Standard Reference Model for Computing System Tool Interconnections Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 10, 2002. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. History: PAR APP: Dec 05, 1991, BD APP: Dec 05, 1991 Abstract: Reference models for tool-to-organization interconnections, tool-to-platform interconnections, and information transfer among tools are provided. The purpose is to establish agreements for information transfer among tools in the contexts of human organization, a computer system platform, and a software development application. To make the transfer of semantic information among tools easier, asemantic transfer language (STL) is also provided. Interconnections that must be considered when buying, building, testing, or using computing system tools for specifying behavioral descriptions or requirements of system and software products are described. Key Words: tools, engineering, computing, system, Tool-to-platform interconnection, Tool-to-organization interconnection, Semantic transfer language (STL), Reference model, Information transfer Designation: 1175.1-2002 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee Title: IEEE Guide for CASE Tool Interconnections - Classification and Description Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Feb 09, 2003 Publication type: Special Publication Technical Contact: Carl A Singer, Phone:973-246-4641, Email:csinger@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Jun 26, 1999, BD APP: Nov 11, 2002, ANSI APP: Mar 07, 2003 Project Scope: Introduce and characterize the problem of interconnecting CASE tools with their environment. Distinguish four interrelated contexts for interconnection. Partition interconnection concerns into issues of protocol, syntax, and semantics. Establish an integrating framework for the other parts of the standard; descre their scope of application and their interrelations. This is a significant expansion of Part 1 of 1175. Project Purpose: The material collected into this standard spans many aspects of CASE tool interconnection and serves a variety of software engineering and administrative personnel in the software industry. This overview describes the requirements and problems of CASE tool interconnection and points the reader to the appropriate parts of the standard. The other parts of the standard provide assistance in specifying the protocol, syntax, and semantics issues to be addressed for effectively integrating CASE tools into an organization's processes. Abstract: This guide describes the scope of application and interrelationships for the members ofthe IEEE 1175 family of standards. It points the reader to the appropriate member standard that ad-dresses issues involved in effectively integrating computing system tools into a productive engineer-ing environment . Key Words: "CASE tool integration, CASE tool interconnections, CASE tool interfaces, CASE tool organization issues, CASE tool platform issues" Designation: 1175.2-2006 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee Title: Recommended Practice for CASE Tool Interconnection - Characterization of Interconnections Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jan 15, 2007 Technical Contact: Carl A Singer, Phone:973-246-4641, Email:csinger@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Jun 26, 1999, BD APP: Sep 15, 2006, ANSI APP: Dec 29, 2006 Project Scope: Identify a standard set of attributes that characterize the contexts in which a CASE tool operates. These contexts are organizations, users, platforms, and other tools. The attributes in each context summarize the major factors affecting interconnection of the tool with that context. These are multi-dimensional attributes whose "values" are project-specific, organization-specific, professional, military and/or international standards for these attributes are identified. This is an expansion of Section 2 of the original 1175-1995 standard. Project Purpose: The attributes of CASE tool context are needed by software developers and process support personnel. They are a checklist of interconnecton concerns which must be addressed when selecting, adopting, and using CASE tools. Analysis of a particular tool for these attributes can identify potential discrepancies in its operational interconnections that reduce or eliminate the value of the tool's use in an organization's processes. By cataloguing and characterizing groups of tool implementation factors to be addressed, this recommended practice assists its user's in organizing and using a large number of other industry standards to facilitate the design and realization of large, integrated, multi-vendor software engineering environments. Abstract: Interconnections that need to be understood and evaluated when buying, building, testing, or using Computer-Aided Software Engineering (CASE) tools are described in this recommended practice. This recommended practice is intended to help people interconnect tools by identifying and characterizing various contexts for tool interconnection. Each context serves to define a group of interconnections pertinent to various functional perspectives. Each group contains interconnections that have a common kind of endpoint in the environment. This recommended practice considers four contexts: an organizational context for a tool, the individual user context for a tool, the platform context for a tool, and a peer context for a tool. Within a context, subsets of interconnections are characterized by a collection of common features applicable to a given functional perspective. The purpose of this recommended practice is to establish sets of interconnection features with which each perspective on a CASE tool’s interconnections can be characterized. Key Words: Computer-Aided Software Engineering (CASE) tools, tool communications, tool interconnections Designation: 1175.3-2004 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee Title: IEEE Standard for CASE Tool Interconnections - Reference Model for Specifying Software Behavior Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Sep 08, 2004 Technical Contact: Carl A Singer, Phone:973-246-4641, Email:csinger@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Jun 26, 1999, BD APP: Mar 25, 2004, ANSI APP: Jul 08, 2004 Project Scope: Identify a common set of modeling concepts found in commercial CASE tools for describing the oeprational behavior of software product. Establish a uniform, integrated model and a textual syntaxc for expressing the common properties (attributes and realtionships) of those concepts as they have been used to model software behavior. This is a minor revision of Part 3 of the original standard. It is still useful within its defined scope. Project Purpose: This minor revision of Part 3 of standard 1175 is being included in the revised standard for backward compatibility. The new 1175.4 has a much larger domain of applicability and a more rigorous basis for interpretation. Nevertheless, the previous meta-model is still appropriate for interconnecting CASE tools that have modeling concepts limited to conventional tool models of simple software behavior. Abstract: IEEE Standard for CASE Tool InterconnectionsReference Model for Specifying Software Behavior Key Words: "Computer-Aided Software Engineering (CASE) tools, Semantic Transfer Language (STL), software behavior concept, transfer syntax" Designation: P1175.4 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee Title: IEEE Standard for CASE Tool Interconnections - Reference Model for Specifying System Behavior Status: New Standard Project Technical Contact: Carl A Singer, Phone:973-246-4641, Email:csinger@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jun 26, 1999 Project Scope: Most inter-tool data transfer standards deal with protocol and syntax of the transfer, with a shared semantic basis assumed. This standard provides an explicitly defined meta-model (and meta-meta-model) for specifying system and software behavior. It defines a semantic basis of observables that allows each tool, whatever its own internal ontology, to communicate facts about the behavior of a subject system as precisely as the tool's meta-model allows. Conventional tool model elements are reduced into simpler, directly observable fact statements about system behavior. This meta-model is much expanded over the original meta-model for software behavior in Part 3 of standard 1175. Project Purpose: This reference model provides a comon interpretation basis by which tools may express and communicate the observable features of system/sofware behavior to users and to other tools. Tools incorporating this meta-model in their import/export facilities enable engineers to interconnect best-in-class analysis and specification tools for integrated problem solving. Another feature of this meta-model is that it provides a specification that is directly testable. Finally, the provision of an explicit meta-meta-model enables tool builders to extend the reference meta- model for particular purposes. Designation: P1175.5 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee Title: IEEE Standard for CASE Tool Interconnections - Syntax for Transferring Behavior Specifications Status: New Standard Project Technical Contact: Carl A Singer, Phone:973-246-4641, Email:csinger@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jun 26, 1999 Project Scope: Describing a particular system's operational behavior in terms of the reference meta-model in 1175.4 provides a highly structured set of data elements to be exchanged with users or other tools. The purpose of the transfer syntax is to specify a lossless, textual, human-readable form of such data. Existing communication mechanisms are assumed, and standard syntactic constructs are re-used. Two syntax forms are specified, one that is optimized for tool transfer and for efficient text entry, and one that is optimized for human readability and transfer. Project Purpose: The major contribution of 1175.5 here is to provide textual syntax forms that can be read and written by human users as well as by other CASE tools. The syntax also allows the exchange of meta-model information to enable tool builders to use extensions to the reference meta-model for particular purposes. Designation: 1176 Title: Fibre Optic Sensor Types & Classifications According to Operating Modes & Applications Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. **. Technical Contact: Michael E Griffin, Phone:612-733-6004 **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Feb 28, 1988 Key Words: fiber, optic, sensor, types, classifications Designation: 1177-1993 Sponsor: Nuclear and Plasma Sciences Society/Nuclear Instruments and Detectors Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1999 Title: IEEE FASTBUS Standard Routines Status: Superseded **Sold together with std 960-1989. History: PAR APP: Jun 17, 1993, BD APP: Dec 02, 1993, ANSI APP: Feb 26, 1990 (Ref. Std.: 960) Abstract: 1177-1993 Abstract: Standard software routines for use with the system in IEEE Std 960-1993 are defined. 960-1993 Abstract: Mechanical, signal, electrical, and protocol specifications are given for a modular data bus system, which, while allowing equipment designers a wide choice of solutions, ensure compatibility of all designs that obey the mandatory parts of the specification. This standard applies to systems consisting of modular electronic instrument units that process or transfer data or signals, normally in association with computers or other automatic data processors. Key Words: fastbus, routines Designation: 1178-1990 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessors and Microcomputers Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2002 Title: IEEE Standard for the Scheme Programming Language Status: Approved Publication of IEEE Technical Contact: Christopher T Haynes, Phone:812-855-3376, Email:chaynes@indiana.edu **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Jun 09, 1988, BD APP: Dec 10, 1990, ANSI APP: Jun 17, 1991 Abstract: The form and meaning of programs written in the Scheme programming language, in particular, their syntax, the semantic rules for interpreting them, and the representation of data to be input or output by them, are specified. The fundamental ideas of the language and the notational conventions used for describing and writing programs in the language are presented. The syntax and semantics of expressions, programs, and definitions are specified. Scheme's built-in procedures, which include all of the language's data manipulation and input/output primitives, are described, and a formal syntax for Scheme written in extended Backus-Naur form is provided. Formal denotational semantics for Scheme and some issues in the implementation of Scheme's arithmetic are covered in the appendixes. Key Words: scheme, lisp, Scheme programming language Designation: 1179 Sponsor: IEEE Microwave Theory and Techniques Society/Waveguide Flanges Title: Standard for Improved Waveguide Flanges Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Mario A Maury, Phone:(714) 987-4715 **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Oct 20, 1988 Designation: 1180-1990 Sponsor: IEEE Circuits and Systems Society Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1997 Title: IEEE Standard Specifications for the Implementations of 8x8 Inverse Discrete Cosine Transform Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Feb 07, 2003. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. Technical Contact: Reddeppa N Pothuri, Phone:732-420-6277, Email:naidu@att.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 28, 1990, BD APP: Dec 13, 1990, ANSI APP: May 31, 1991 Project Scope: A standard is described to specify the numerical characteristics of the 8x8 Inverse Discrete Cosine Transform (IDCT) for use in visual telephony and similar applications where the 8x8 IDCT results are used in a reconstruction loop. The specifications ensure the compatibility between different implementations of the IDCT. Abstract: The numerical characteristics of the 8x8 inverse discrete cosine transform (IDCT) for use in visual telephony and similar applications where the 8x8 IDCT results are used in a reconstruction loop are specified. The specifications ensure the compatibility between different implementations of the IDCT. Key Words: implementations, discrete, cosine, transform, inverse, HYBRID CODING, mismatch error, IDCT accuracy, Inverse discrete cosine transf, Discrete cosine transform (DCT Designation: 1181-1991 Sponsor: IEEE Electron Devices Society Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Latchup Test Methods for CMOS and BiCMOS Integrated- Circuit Process Characterization Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Mar 06, 2000. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. History: PAR APP: Oct 20, 1988, BD APP: Jun 27, 1991, ANSI APP: Dec 12, 1991 Abstract: Recommendations are provided for the layout and test methods required to characterize properly latchup behavior in CMOS and BiCMOS integrated circuit processes or other processes that have similar lateral PNPN topographical layout characteristics. The aim is to allow the characterization of an integrated circuit process architecture so that different approaches can be scientifically compared. This allows the evaluation of the process capabilities on a "worst-case" recommended structure and test method independent of an actual integrated circuit product topographical latchup layout practices. Test structures and test philosophy are covered. Key Words: latchup, test, methods, process, characterization, Integrated- circuit testing, Bipolar--CMOS integrated circuits Designation: 1182 Sponsor: IEEE Ultrasonics, Ferroelectrics and Frequency Control Society Title: Guide to Terms and Definitions of Ferroelectric Frequency Control Based Sensors Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Dr. Jeffrey S Schoenwald, Phone:805-373-4236 **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jun 01, 1989 Key Words: ultrasonics, ferroelectric, frequency, control, sensors Designation: 1183 Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society Title: Medical Device Software Development/Maintenance Standard Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. **. Technical Contact: Alan Figler, Phone:206-402-2242, Email:alf1725@aol.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jul 28, 1988 Key Words: medical, decice, software, development, maintenance Designation: 1184-2006 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Stationary Batteries Committee Title: Guide for Batteries for Uninterruptible Power Supply Systems Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Sep 29, 2006 Technical Contact: Bansi Patel, Phone:619-692-6204, Email:bansi.patel@eaton.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Dec 08, 2004, BD APP: Mar 30, 2006, ANSI APP: Sep 11, 2006 Project Scope: This guide discusses various battery systems so that the user can make informed decisions on selection, installation design, installation, maintenance, and testing of stationary standby batteries used in uninterruptible power supply (UPS) systems. This guide describes how the UPS battery charging and converter components can relate to the selection of the battery systems. Design requirements of the UPS components are beyond the scope of this document. Battery back-up systems for dc-output rectifiers are also beyond the scope of this document. While this document applies to all UPS systems, it may be impractical to implement some of its guidance and recommendations with small, self-contained systems, such as products intended to back up individual personal computers. This guide divides the available technologies into the following three main categories: ⎯ Vented lead-acid batteries (VLA) ⎯ Valve-regulated lead acid (VRLA) ⎯ Ni-Cd batteries (Ni-Cd) For each category, the technology and the design of the battery are described in order to facilitate user selection. The specific advantages for particular applications are also listed. Project Purpose: This guide is intended to assist those involved with battery systems for uninterruptible power supply systems. Proper design, installation, and maintenance will enable the user to manage the battery system for optimum operation and results. Abstract: Various battery systems are discussed so that the user can make informed decisions on selection, installation design, installation, maintenance, and testing of stationary standby batteries used in uninterruptible power supply (UPS) systems. This guide describes how the UPS battery charging and converter components can relate to the selection of the battery systems. Design requirements of the UPS components are beyond the scope of this document. Battery back-up systems for dc-output rectifiers are also beyond the scope of this document. Key Words: battery system, Ni-Cd batteries (Ni-Cd), uninterruptible power supply, UPS, valve-regulated leadacid (VRLA), vented lead-acid batteries (VLA) Designation: 1184-1994 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Stationary Batteries Committee Title: IEEE Guide for the Selection and Sizing of Batteries for Uninterruptible Power Systems Status: Superseded History: PAR APP: Oct 20, 1988, BD APP: Dec 19, 1994, ANSI APP: Jul 10, 1994 Abstract: The characteristics of the various battery energy systems available are described so that users can select the system best suited to their requirements. This guide also describes how the rectifier and the inverter components of the uninterruptible power system (UPS) can relate to the selection of the battery system. Key Words: flooded cell, hydrogen evolution, lead-acid battery, nickel-cadmium battery, Planté plate, UPS, VRLA, vented cell, valve-regulated lead-acid cell, uninterruptible power system Designation: 1184 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Stationary Batteries Committee Title: Guide for Batteries for Uninterruptible Power Supply Systems Status: Superseded Technical Contact: Bansi Patel, Phone:619-692-6204, Email:bansi.patel@eaton.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 08, 1998 Project Scope: This Guide discusses various battery systems so the user can make informed decisions on selection, installation, design, installtion, maintenance, and testing. This Guide describes how the UPS battery charging and converter components can relate to the selection of the battery system. Requirements of UPS are beyond the scope of this document. This guide divides the available technologies into the following 3 main categories: vented lead acid batteries, valve-regulated lead acid batteries, nickel- cadmium batteries. Project Purpose: This Guide is intended to asist users of battery systems for uninterruptible power supplies (UPS). Proper design, installation and maintenance will enable the user to manage the battery system for optimum results. Designation: 1185-1994 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Insulated Conductors Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2000 Title: IEEE Guide for Installation Methods for Generating Station Cables Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Sep 28, 1994 History: PAR APP: Feb 02, 1989, BD APP: Jun 14, 1994, ANSI APP: Dec 14, 1994 Abstract: Installation methods to improve cable installation practices in generating stations are provided. These include cable lubrication methods, conduit-cable pulling charts, pull rope selection criteria, pulling attachment methods, and alternative methods to traditional cable pulling tension monitoring. This guide supplements IEEE Std 422-1986 and IEEE Std 690-1984, which provide specific cable installation limits. This guide may also be of benefit to cable pulling crews in commercial and industrial facilities when similar cable types and raceways are used. Key Words: installation, generating, station, cables, cable pullback, cable pullby, cable pulling tension limiting, , Pull rope selection criteria, Pull rope attachment methods, Conduit-cable pulling charts, Cable lubrication techniques Designation: P1185 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Insulated Conductors Title: Recommended Practices for Cable Installation at Generating Stations Status: Modified Revision Project Technical Contact: John E Merando Jr, Phone:+1 240 379 1453, Email:jmerando@bechtel.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 16, 2006 Project Scope: This recommended practice provides guidance for wire and cable installation practices in generating stations and related power production facilities. This document may also be of benefit for the proper installation of wire and cable in industrial, commercial, governmental, and public facilities when similar wire or cables types and raceways are used. Project Purpose: The purpose of this recommended practice is to provide guidance for the proper installation of wire and cable in generating stations and related power production facilities so that potential wire or cable damage can be minimized during the installation process. Designation: 1185 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Insulated Conductors Title: Guide for Installation Methods for Generating Station Cables Status: Superseded Technical Contact: John E Merando Jr, Phone:+1 240 379 1453, Email:jmerando@bechtel.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Oct 31, 2002 Project Scope: The guide provides methods to improve cable installation practices in generating stations, and is intended to supplement and enhance the cable installation information provided in IEEE Std. 422 (withdrawn) and IEEE Std. 690 (under revision process). Project Purpose: Revision to IEEE 1185 is needed to revise the metric tables to show trade size metric conduit adapted by NEC-2000 code, and to revise related information accordingly. Additionally, coordination of information between IEEE 422 (a withdrawn std), and IEEE 690 needs to be performed to minimize differing interpretations of cable installation information. Designation: 1185 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Insulated Conductors Title: Recommended Practice for Recommeded Practices for Cable Installation at Generating Stations and Industrial Facilities Status: Superseded Technical Contact: John E Merando Jr, Phone:+1 240 379 1453, Email:jmerando@bechtel.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 23, 2004 Project Scope: The scope as approved in the PAR dated 10/31/04 reads: "The guide provides methods to improve cable installation practices in generating stations and is intended to supplement and enhance the cable installation information provided in IEEE Std. 422 (withdrawn) and IEEE std 690 (under revision)." The new revised scope will read "This recommended practice provides guidance for acceptable wire and cable installation practices in generating stations and industrial facilities. This document may also be of benefit for the proper installation of wire and cable in commercial, governmental and public facilities when similar wire or cable types and raceways are used." A revision to the scope was necessitated by the inclusion of cable installation information from IEEE 690 and IEEE 422, and the change from a guide to a recommended practice. Project Purpose: "The purpose of this recommended practice is to provide guidance for the proper installation of wire and cable in generating stations and industrial facilities so that potential wire or cable damage can be minimized during the installation process. It is also the purpose of this revision to consolidate wire and cable installation information into one document." Designation: 1186 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Insulated Conductors Title: Recommended Practices for the Evaluation of Installed Cable Systems for Class IE Circuits in Nuclear Power Generating Stations Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Kenneth Hancock, Phone:609-720-2618, Email:kennethhancock2@aol.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Oct 20, 1988 Project Scope: Insulated electrical cable systems for Class 1E circuits installed in raceway, including tray, conduit and duct, in Nuclear Power Generating Stations. Project Purpose: This document will describe recommended practices for evaluating in their existing configuration, i.e. without removal, the adequacy of installed cables to perform their intended function. Key Words: evaluation, cable, system, nuclear, power Designation: 1187-2002 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Stationary Batteries Committee Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Installation Design and Installation of Valve-Regulated Lead-Acid Storage Batteries for Stationary Applications Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: May 31, 2002 **Supersedes 1187-1996. Sep-02: Sponsor changed from SCC29 to PE/SB. Technical Contact: Edward L Davis, Phone:503 264 1788, Email:edward-davis@ccm.jf.intel.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Jun 26, 1999, BD APP: Mar 21, 2002, ANSI APP: Aug 01, 2002 Project Scope: This document provides recommended design practices and procedures for storage, location, mounting, ventilation, instrumentation, preasembly, assembly, and charging of valve-regulated lead-acid (VRLA) batteries in stationary applications. Project Purpose: As part of its 5-year life cycle, the Recommended Practice should be updated to be consistent with similar Recommended Practices. The general understanding of VRLA batteries has improved since the original release of this document, and this will be reflected in the update. Abstract: " This recommended practice provides guidance for the installation and installation designof valve-regulated lead acid (VRLA) batteries. This recommended practice is intended for all float-service stationary installations. However, specific applications, such as emergency lighting unitsand semiportable equipment, may have other appropriate practices and are beyond the scope ofthis recommended practice. Alternate energy applications are not covered." Key Words: "acceptance test, battery capacity, battery installation, battery installation design, battery maintenance, battery terminal voltage, battery testing, connection resistance measurements, float voltage, internal ohmic measurements, standby power application" Designation: 1187-1996 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Stationary Batteries Committee Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Installation Design and Installation of Valve-Regulated Lead-Acid Storage Batteries for Stationary Applications Status: Superseded **Superseded by 1187-2002. Sep-02: Sponsor changed from SCC29 to PE/SB. History: PAR APP: Jun 14, 1995, BD APP: Mar 21, 1996, ANSI APP: Oct 03, 1996 Abstract: Recommended design practices and procedures for storage, location, mounting, ventilation, instrumentation, preassembly, assembly, and charging of valve-regulated lead-acid (VRLA) storage batteries are provided. Recommended safety practices are also included. This recommended practice applies to all VRLA battery stationary installations. Key Words: acceptance test, alarms, assembly, initial charge, installation design criteria, internal ohmic measurements, mounting, parallel-battery strings, protective equipment, resistance measurements, seismic protection, thermal runaway Designation: 1188-2005 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Stationary Batteries Committee Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Maintenance, Testing, and Replacement of Valve-Regulated Lead-Acid (VRLA) Batteries for Stationary Applications Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Feb 08, 2006 **Sep-02: Sponsor changed from SCC29 to PE/SB. Technical Contact: William P Cantor, Phone:717-227-0815, Email:bill.cantor@tpiengineering.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Jun 26, 1999, BD APP: Sep 22, 2005, ANSI APP: Feb 01, 2006 Project Scope: This recommended practice is limited to maintenance, test schedules, and testing procedures that can be used to optimize the life and performance of valve-regulated lead-acid (VRLA) batteries for stationary applications. It also provides guidance to determine when batteries should be replaced. The maintenance and testing programs described in this recommended practice represent “the best program” based on the information reviewed at the time this document was developed. The user should evaluate these practices against their operating experience, operating conditions, manufacturer’s recommendations, resources, and needs in developing a maintenance program for a given application. These maintenance and testing recommendations were developed without consideration of economics, availability of testing equipment and personnel, or relative importance of the application. Development of a maintenance and testing program for a specific application requires consideration of all issues, not just the technical issues considered in this document. Stationary cycling applications, such as those found in alternative energy applications, are also beyond the scope of this recommended practice. This recommended practice does not include any other component of the dc system nor surveillance and testing of the dc system, even though the battery is part of that system. Sizing, installation, qualification, selection criteria, and other battery types and applications are also beyond the scope of this recommended practice. Project Purpose: There is significantly more data available on methods for maintaining and testing VRLA batteries. Changes also have been made on how VRLA batteries are manufactured and more is known concerning the failure mechanisms of these batteries. The document should be revised to reflect these changes. Abstract: This recommended practice is limited to maintenance, test schedules and testing procedures that can be used to optimize the life and performance of valve regulated lead-acid (VRLA) batteries for stationary applications. It also provides guidance to determine when batteries should be replaced Key Words: expected service life, low voltage cells, high voltage cells, value regulated lead-acid (VRLA) batteries, Valve Regulated Lead-Acid (VRLA) Cell Designation: 1188-1996 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Stationary Batteries Committee Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Maintenance, Testing, and Replacement of Valve- Regulated Lead-Acid (VRLA) Batteries for Stationary Applications Status: Superseded **Sep-02: Sponsor changed from SCC29 to PE/SB. History: PAR APP: Jun 14, 1995, BD APP: Jun 20, 1996, ANSI APP: Jan 06, 1997 Abstract: Maintenance, test schedules and testing procedures that can be used to optimize the life and performance of valve- regulated lead-acid (VRLA) batteries for stationary applications are covered. Guidance to determine when batteries should be replaced is also provided. Key Words: maintenance, testing, replacement, valve-regulated, batteries Designation: 1189-1996 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Stationary Batteries Committee Title: IEEE Guide for Selection of Valve-Regulated Lead-Acid (VRLA) Batteries for Stationary Applications Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Sep 11, 1996 **Sep-02: Sponsor changed from SCC29 to PE/SB. History: PAR APP: Jun 14, 1995, BD APP: Jul 31, 1996, ANSI APP: Feb 06, 1997 Abstract: Methods for selecting the appropriate type of valve-regulated, immobilized-electrolyte, recombinant lead-acid battery for any of a variety of potential stationary float applications are described. Key Words: selecting, valve-regulated, batteries, stationary, applications, VRLA, absorbed electrolyte, dryout, electrolysis, failure mechanisms, float voltage, gelled electrolyte, grid corrosion , hydrogen evolution, oxygen recombination, safety, thermal runaway Designation: P1189 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Stationary Batteries Committee Title: Guide for Selection of Valve-Regulated Lead-Acid (VRLA) Batteries for Stationary Applications Status: Revision Project **Sep-02: Sponsor changed from SCC29 to PE/SB. Technical Contact: Jóse A Marrero, Phone:205-992-5527, Email:jamarrer@southernco.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 06, 2001 Project Scope: This guide describes methods for selecting the appropriate type of valve-regulated, immobilized-electrolyte, recombinant lead-acid battery for any of a variety of stationary float applications. Installation, maintenance, sizing, and consideration of battery types other than valve- regulated lead-acid batteries, are beyond the scope of this guide. Design of the dc system and sizing of the dc battery charger(s) are also beyond the scope of this guide. Project Purpose: The purpose of this document is to ensure that the reader is aware of all significant issues that should be considered when selecting VRLA batteries, so that the user might make an informed decision. The existing document is to be revised to reflect the latest knowledge of the characteristics of this battery type. Designation: 1190 Sponsor: IEEE Electromagnetic Compatibility Society/Standards Development Committee Title: Guide for Calibration of Line Impedance Stabilization Networks (LISN) Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Robert J Egan, Email:b_egan@nac.enet.dec.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Oct 20, 1988 Key Words: calibration, line, impedance, stabilization, networks Designation: 1192 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Test Technology Title: Standard for a Microcomputer Database Language Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: M Reinhart, Phone:212-406-7026 **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Oct 20, 1988 Key Words: database, manipulation, language, microcomputer Designation: 1193-2003 Sponsor: SASB/SCC27-Time and Frequency Title: IEEE Guide for Measurement of Environmental Sensitivities of Standard Frequency Generators Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Mar 12, 2004 **Supersedes 1193-1994. Technical Contact: Eva Ferre-Pikal, Phone:307-766-5213, Email:evafp@uwyo.edu **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Jan 30, 2000, BD APP: Jun 12, 2003, ANSI APP: Sep 17, 2003 Project Scope: This project is a revision of the existing guide for measurements of environmental sensitivities of standard frequency generators. It includes effects and metrology of acceleration; temperature, humidity, and pressure; electrical and magnetic fields; ionizing and particle radiation; and aging, warm-up time and retrace. Project Purpose: The purpose is to update effects and metrology of environmental conditions of relevance to frequency generators. The intended audience are manufacturers and users of time and frequency technology. Benefits include information on environmental effects, guide in the measurements of these effects, and aid with the specifications of generators. Abstract: IEEE Std 1193 -2003 (Revision of IEEE Std 1193-1994) IEEE Guide for Measurement of Environmental Sensitivities of Standard Frequency Generators Key Words: "atomic clock, atomic frequency standard, environmental sensitivities, frequency standard, oscillator, quartz crystal oscillator, standard frequency generator" Designation: 1193-1994 Sponsor: SASB/SCC27-Time and Frequency Title: IEEE Guide for Measurement of Environmental Sensitivities of Standard Frequency Generators Status: Superseded **Superseded by 1193-2003. History: PAR APP: Jun 18, 1992, BD APP: Jul 25, 1994, ANSI APP: Dec 14, 1994 Abstract: Standard frequency generators that include all atomic frequency standards and precision quartz crystal oscillators are addressed. Key Words: test, standard frequency generators, quartz crystal oscillator, oscillator, frequency standard, environmental sensitivities, atomic frequency standard, atomic clock Designation: 1194-1991 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessors and Microcomputers Title: IEEE Standard for Backplane Electrical Performance Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Mar 06, 2000. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **Number changed to 1194 from 1194.0 Technical Contact: Rick Henderson, Phone:408-721-4282 **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Oct 20, 1988, BD APP: Apr 05, 1991, ANSI APP: Sep 06, 1991 Abstract: The proper treatment of the electrical elements of the backplane that provides a physical and electrical connection between different modules in a computer system is covered. Techniques for measuring impedance, capacitance, and crosstalk are provided; and crosstalk, ground bounce, and decoupling are discussed. Relationships among the key elements controlling backplane performance, such as driver and receiver characteristics, the distance of the driver and receiver from the backplane, the impedance of the bus traces treated as transmission lines, lumped elements such as connectors and vias, and the termination are examined. Key Words: Transmission lines, Medium-performance backplanes, Measurement techniques, Low-performance backplanes, High-performance backplanes, Bus, Backplane bus Designation: 1194.1-1991 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessors and Microcomputers Title: IEEE Standard for Electrical Characteristics of Backplane Transceiver Logic (BTL) Interface Circuits Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 15, 2001. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **administratively withdrawn on 15-Jan-2001. Technical Contact: Rick Henderson, Phone:408-721-4282 **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Oct 20, 1988, BD APP: Jun 27, 1991 Abstract: The proper treatment of the electrical elements of the backplane that provides a physical and electrical connection between different modules in a computer system is covered. Techniques for measuring impedance, capacitance, and crosstalk are provided; and crosstalk, ground bounce, and decoupling are discussed. Relationships among the key elements controlling backplane performance, such as driver and receiver characteristics, the distance of the driver and receiver from the backplane, the impedance of the bus traces treated as transmission lines, lumped elements such as connectors and vias, and the termination are examined. Key Words: backplane bus, BTL, digital interface, digital circuit, interface circuit, driver, receiver, transceiver, transmission line, Digital interface circuit, Backplane transceiver logic Designation: 1194.2 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessors and Microcomputers Title: Standard for Electrical Characteristics of Small Computer Expandibility Module Transceiver Logic Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. History: PAR APP: Sep 26, 1991 Designation: 1195 Sponsor: IEEE Components, Hybrids and Manufacturing Technology Title: Std for Gaseous Corrosivity Classification of Operating or Storage Sites for Electrical or Electronic Equipment Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Rudolf Schubert, Phone:908/758-3185, Email:rudy@troy.cc.bellcore.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Feb 02, 1989 Key Words: gaseous, corrosivity, classification, electrical, equipment Designation: 1196 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessors and Microcomputers Title: Standard for a Simple 32-Bit Backplane Bus: NuBus Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Michael D Johas Teener, Phone:831-247-9666, Email:mike@teener.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 26, 1991 Designation: 1196-1987 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessors and Microcomputers Title: Standard for a Simple 32-Bit Backplane Bus: NuBus Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Mar 06, 2000. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. Technical Contact: Michael D Johas Teener, Phone:831-247-9666, Email:mike@teener.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: BD APP: Jun 11, 1987, ANSI APP: Feb 24, 1988 Abstract: A simple, high-performance (37.5 Mbyte/s) backplane bus that provides the functions required by multiprocessor systems is defined. NuBus is a synchronous (10 MHz), multiplexed, multimaster bus that provides a fair arbitration mechanism. The logical, electrical, and physical interface standard for circuit boards that allows them to connect to and communicate over a backplane, as well as the backplane environment that must be provided to these boards, is described and specified. The protocol specification covers signal determinacy, bus cycles, transactions, block transfers, attention cycles, arbitration, address space, and utility functions. The physical specification covers timing, dc and ac specifications for signals, backplane (signal) characteristics, voltage and mechanical specifications for triple-height modules. Compliance requirements are stated. Concepts required for a general understanding of the NuBus specification, covering bus lines and bus operation, are included. This document also contains ANSI/IEEE Std 1101-1987, IEEE Standard for Mechanical Core Specifications for Microcomputers. Key Words: simple, 32-bit, backplane, bus, nubus, Protocols, Multimicroprocessing, Microcomputer interfaces, Data buses, transport Designation: 1197 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Insulated Conductors Title: Guide for the Diagnosis & Classification of Cable, Joint,& Termination Troubles on Extruded Dielectric Cables Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: R. W Allen, Phone:508-845-1335, Email:rallen_pdc@msn.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Apr 28, 1988 Key Words: diagnosis, classification, extruded, dielectric, cables Designation: 1198 Sponsor: IEEE Microwave Theory and Techniques Society/Dielectric Modes Title: Mode Nomenclature of Dielectric Resonators & Waveguides Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Jerry Fiedziuszko, Phone:415-852-6868 **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Feb 02, 1989 Designation: 1199 Title: Analog Hardware Descriptive Language Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Joel Schoen, Phone:617/271-2230 **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Feb 02, 1989 Designation: 1200 Sponsor: Nuclear and Plasma Sciences Society/Nuclear Instruments and Detectors Title: Quality Criteria for Software for Analysis of Gamma Spectra for Germanium Detectors Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Louis Costrell, Phone:301-975-5608, Email:louis.costrell@nist.gov **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Feb 02, 1989 Designation: 1201.1 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Portable Applications Title: Standard for Information Technology - Uniform Application Program Interface - Graphical User Interfaces Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Scott E Preece, Phone:217-384-8589, Email:preece@urbana.mcd.mot.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 19, 1992 Designation: 1201.2 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Portable Applications Title: Recommended Practice for User Interfaces—User Portability/Driveability Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Lin Brown, Phone:415-336-5391, Email:lin@sun.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: May 31, 1990 Designation: 1202-2006 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Insulated Conductors Title: IEEE Standard for Flame-Propagation Testing of Wire & Cable Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Sep 14, 2006 Technical Contact: John E Merando Jr, Phone:+1 240 379 1453, Email:jmerando@bechtel.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Dec 11, 2002, BD APP: Jun 08, 2006, ANSI APP: Oct 18, 2006 Project Scope: This standard provides a protocol for exposing cable samples to a theoretical 20 kW (70 000 Btu/h) flaming ignition source for a 20-min test duration. The test determines the flame propagation tendency of singleconductor and multi-conductor cables intended for use in cable trays. Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to establish a test protocol and performance criteria to determine the flame propagation tendency of cables in a vertical cable tray. Abstract: Standardization of cable flame propagation testing is beneficial to cable manufacturers, distributors, and users. Uniform procedures; consistent, repeatable results; and measurable test acceptance criteria are required to allow comparisons among competing products and to allow selection of the correct product for the application. Key Words: 20 kW, 20 min, 70 000 Btu/h, after burn, cable, char, charring, flame propagation, test protocol, vertical cable tray, wire Designation: 1202 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Insulated Conductors Title: Standard for Flame Testing of Cables for Use in Cable Tray in Industrial and Commercial Occupancies Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: James M Daly, Phone:201-327-2524, Email:jim.daly@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 19, 1996 Project Scope: Minor revisions to include information now available that was not known when the standard was originally written. Project Purpose: Update the standard to reflect current industry practices. Designation: 1202-1991 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Insulated Conductors Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1996 Title: IEEE Standard for Flame Testing of Cables for Use in Cable Tray in Industrial and Commercial Occupancies Status: Superseded **Sponsorship of P1202 transferred from IAS/PSE to PE/IC in 2002. History: PAR APP: Jun 01, 1989, BD APP: Mar 21, 1991, ANSI APP: Aug 09, 1991 Abstract: A test protocol and the performance criteria to determine the flame propagation tendency of cables in a vertical cable tray are established. It applies to single insulated and multiconductor cables. The test consists of exposing cable samples to a theoretical 20 kW (70 000 Btu/hr) flaming ignition source for a 20 min duration. The test facility, test sample requirements, test procedure, and evaluation of results are covered. Key Words: cable tray, flame test facility, cable testing, Flame testing of cables, Cable flame testing Designation: 1202.1 Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Power Systems Engineering Title: Standard for Measuring the Release Rates of Smoke and Heat of Wire & Cable for Use in Industrial and Commercial Occupancies Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: James M Daly, Phone:201-327-2524, Email:jim.daly@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jun 18, 1992 Designation: 1202.2 Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Power Systems Engineering Title: Standard for Measuring the Release Rate of Corrosive Gases of Wire & Cable for Use in Industrial and Commercial Occupancies. Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: James M Daly, Phone:201-327-2524, Email:jim.daly@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jun 18, 1992 Designation: 1203 Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Mining Industry Title: Recommended Practice for Atmospheric Monitoring System for Underground Mining Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: H.Kenneth Sacks, Phone:412-386-6617, Email:hes3@cdc.gov **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Feb 02, 1989 Designation: 1204-1997 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transmission and Distribution Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2003 Title: IEEE Guide for Planning DC Links Terminating at AC Locations Having Low Short-Circuit Capacities Status: Approved Publication of IEEE History: PAR APP: Feb 02, 1989, BD APP: Jun 26, 1997, ANSI APP: Apr 24, 1998 Abstract: " Guidance on the planning and design of dc links terminating at ac system locations hav-ing low short-circuit capacities relative to the dc power infeed is provided in this guide. This guide islimited to the aspects of interactions between ac and dc systems that result from the fact that the acsystem is ÒweakÓ compared to the power of the dc link (i.e., ac system appears as a high impedanceat the ac/dc interface bus). This guide contains two parts" Key Words: "ac/dc interaction,fault recovery,frequency instability,harmonic transfer,instability,low short-circuit ratio - SCR - ,power,resonance,subsynchronous torsional interaction,temporary overvoltage - TOV -,voltage instability" Designation: 1205-2000 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Nuclear Power Engineering Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2007 Title: IEEE Guide for Assessing, Monitoring, and Mitigating Aging Effects on Class 1E Equipment Used in Nuclear Power Generating Stations Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Dec 20, 2000 History: PAR APP: Sep 16, 1997, BD APP: Mar 30, 2000, ANSI APP: Oct 30, 2000 Project Scope: This document provides the guidelines for assessing, monitoring, and mitigating aging degradation effects on class 1E equipment used in nuclear power generating stations. Project Purpose: The purpose of this document is to supplement existing IEEE nuclear standards in assessing aging degradation effects. The methods described herein can be used to identify the performance capability of Class 1E equipment beyond its qualified life. The purpose of this revision is to incorporate feedback received from the industry to make the guide more useful and applicable to electrical equipment in nuclear generating stations and, as part of this effort, bring the approaches discussed in the guide into closer conformance with the present industry philosophy. Abstract: " Guidelines for assessing, monitoring, and mitigating aging degradation effects onClass 1E equipment used in nuclear power generating stations are provided. This guide also in-cludes informative annexes on aging mechanisms, environmental monitoring, condition monitoring,aging program essential attributes, and example assessments for five types of equipment (includingelectric cable). " Key Words: "activation energy, aging, aging assessment, aging effects, aging management, aging mechanisms, Arrhenius, condition monitoring, degradation, environmental monitoring, license renewal, radiation model, residual life, stressor, thermal model" Designation: 1205-1993 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Nuclear Power Engineering Title: IEEE Guide for Assessing, Monitoring and Mitigating Aging Effects on Class 1E Equipment Used in Nuclear Power Generating Stations Status: Superseded **Superseded by 1205-2000. History: PAR APP: Mar 19, 1992, BD APP: Mar 18, 1993, ANSI APP: Oct 21, 1993 Abstract: The guidelines are provided for assessing, monitoring, and mitigating degradation of Class 1E equipment used in nuclear power generating stations due to aging. The methods described can be used to identify the performance capability of Class 1E equipment beyond its qualified life. A discussion of stressors and aging mechanisms is included. If aging considerations have been satisfactorily addressed through other means (e.g., equipment qualification), then use of this guide may not be warranted. For some equipment, only partial application of this guide may be warranted. Key Words: degradation, 1E , failure, maintenance, Life management, Life cycle assessment, Condition assessment, Class 1E equipment, Aging effects Designation: 1205-2000/Cor 1-2006 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Nuclear Power Engineering Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2007 Title: IEEE Guide for Assessing, Monitoring, and Mitigating Aging Effects on Class 1E Equipment Used in Nuclear Power Generating Stations - Corrigendum 1: Thermal Aging Model Corrections Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: May 10, 2006 Technical Contact: David A. Horvath, Phone:734-930-7500, Email:dah@adventengineering.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Sep 22, 2005, BD APP: Mar 30, 2006, ANSI APP: Aug 08, 2006 Project Scope: The scope of the corrigendum is to correct three typographical errors of a minor technical nature (two in Clause 6.6.3 and one in Annex D, Clause D.1.7) related to performing thermal aging analysis. Project Purpose: The purpose of the corrigendum is to correct three typographical errors (identified by user feedback) related to the performance of thermal aging analysis. Abstract: Errors identified in IEEE Std 1205-2000 are addressed in this corrigendum. Key Words: Arrhenius weighted temperature, Boltzman constant Designation: 1206-1994 Sponsor: IEEE Communications Society/Transmission Systems Title: IEEE Standard Methods for Measuring Transmission Performance of Telephone Handsets and Headsets Status: Superseded **Superseded by 269-2002. History: PAR APP: Feb 02, 1989, BD APP: Mar 23, 1994, ANSI APP: Aug 30, 1994 Abstract: Practical methods for measuring the transmission characteristics of telephone handset or headset by means of using a test connection to obtain objective measurements are provided. The obtained test results may be used as a means of evaluating or specifying the transmission performance of a handset or headset on a standardized basis. Key Words: telephone handset, telephone headset, transmission perform, Transmission performance Designation: 1207-2004 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Energy Development & Power Generation Title: IEEE Guide for the Application of Turbine Governing Systems for Hydroelectric Generating Units Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Nov 02, 2004 Technical Contact: David L Kornegay, Phone:715-359-0209x19, Email:d.kornegay@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Jun 25, 1998, BD APP: Jun 24, 2004, ANSI APP: Dec 16, 2004 Project Scope: This guide will be a complement to IEEE standard 125 by providing application details and the impact of plant and system features upon hydroelectric governing performance. Project Purpose: There is a heightened awareness within the electric utility industry of the importance in the effective application of governing systems for dynamic stability. The need exists to provide guidance in the effective governing system application for a better understanding among users. Present standards do no adequately address this need. This standard will provide the guidance for the design and application of hydroelectric turbine governing systems. Abstract: This guide is intended to complement IEEE Std 125TM-1988, providing application details and addressing the impact of plant and system features on hydroelectric unit governing performance. It provides guidance for the design and application of hydroelectric turbine governing systems. There is a heightened awareness within the electric utility industry of the importance in the effective application of governing systems for dynamic stability. The need exists to provide guidance in the effective governing system application for a better understanding among users. Key Words: control, governor, governing system, hydroelectric, speed, stability Designation: 1207 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Energy Development & Power Generation Title: Guide for the Application of Turbine Governing Systems for Hydroelectric Generating Stations Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: David L Kornegay, Phone:715-359-0209x19, Email:d.kornegay@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jun 01, 1989 Designation: 1209-1992 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for the Evaluation and Selection of CASE Tools Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 16, 1999. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. History: PAR APP: Dec 05, 1991, BD APP: Dec 03, 1992, ANSI APP: May 14, 1993 Abstract: The evaluation and selection of CASE tools supporting software engineering processes, including project management processes, predevelopment processes, development processes, postdevelopment processes, and integral processes, are addressed. The evaluation and selection processes recommended are based upon the perspective of a CASE tool user. Therefore, the evaluation and selection criteria address only program characteristics visible to the user, such as program inputs and outputs, program function, user interfaces, and documented external program interfaces. Key Words: criteria, User needs, CASE tool selection, CASE tool evaluation Designation: 1210-2004 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Insulated Conductors Title: IEEE Standard Tests for Determining Compatibility of Cable-Pulling Lubricants With Wire and Cable Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Mar 23, 2005 Technical Contact: John M Fee, Phone:651-430-2270, Email:jfee@polywater.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: May 15, 2003, BD APP: Sep 23, 2004, ANSI APP: Feb 02, 2005 Project Scope: The scope of this project will detail test methods and acceptable results for evaluating compatibility of cable pulling lubricants with cable coverings. This revision will be updated to include newer cable jackets included in ICEA/NEMA standards. Project Purpose: The purpose of this project is to revise IEEE Std 1210-1996. Evaluation of pulling lubricants had been done on a non-standard basis. Standardization helps cable users as well as manufacturers by providing accepted evaluation methods and critrea. This revision will update to include newer cable jacket materials in ICEA/NEMA specifications. Abstract: Criteria and test methods for determining the compatibility of cable-pulling lubricants (compounds) with cable jacket or other exterior cable covering are described in this standard. Cable pulling lubricants are used to lower the friction on cable as it is pulled into conduit, duct, or directionally bored holes. Compatibility is important because lubricants should not negatively interact with the cables they lubricate. Compatibility of lubricants with a variety of common cable coverings is considered. Key Words: cable, cable covering, cable jacket, cable pulling, compatibility, compound, dielectric withstand, immersion testing, lubricants, physical properties, volume resistance measurement, wire Designation: 1210-1996 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Insulated Conductors Title: IEEE Standard Tests for Determining Compatibility of Cable-Pulling Lubricants With Wire and Cable Status: Superseded History: PAR APP: Mar 21, 1996, BD APP: May 21, 1996, ANSI APP: Jan 06, 1997 Project Scope: This standard applies to cable lubricants (compounds) and the testing and analysis of their interaction with wire and cable. Cable lubricants are used to lower the tension on cables when they are installed (pulled) into conduits, ducts, or directionally bored holes. These lubricants and/or their residues are in direct contact with the cable exterior covering and may remain so for the life of the cable. Cable lubricants should be compatible with the cable. They should not interfere with the function of any component of the cable system which they contact. Project Purpose: This document will describe standard criteria for testing the interaction of cable pulling compounds (lubricants) with electrical cable jacket or other cable exterior covering. These tests and criteria will be used to determine if the compound is acceptable for use on specific cable types. Abstract: Criteria and test methods for determining the compatibility of cable-pulling lubricants (compounds) with cable jacket or other exterior cable covering are described in this standard. Cable-pulling lubricants are used to lower the tension on cable as it is pulled into conduit, duct, or directionally bored holes. Compatibility is important because lubricants should not negatively interact with the cables they lubricate. Compatiblity of lubricants with a variety of common cable coverings is considered. Key Words: cable, cable covering, cable jacket, cable pulling, compatibility, compound, dielectric withstand, immersion testing, lubricants, physical properties, volume resistence, wire Designation: 1211 Sponsor: IEEE Ultrasonics, Ferroelectrics and Frequency Control Society Title: Standard Definitions, Symbols and Characterization of Ferroelectric Thin Films, Memory Cells and Device Structures Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Dr. Gene H Haertling, Phone:(803) 656-0180 **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jun 01, 1989 Designation: 1212-1991 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessors and Microcomputers Title: IEEE Standard Control and Status Register (CSR) Architecture for Microcomputer Buses Status: Superseded **Incorporated into ISO/IEC 13213:1994. Superseded by 1212-2001. Technical Contact: David V James, Phone:650-494-0926, Email:dvj@alum.mit.edu **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jun 01, 1989, BD APP: Dec 05, 1991, ANSI APP: May 14, 1992 Abstract: The document structure and notation are described, and the objectives and scope of the CSR Architecture are outlined. Transition set requirements, node addressing, node architectures, unit architectures, and CSR definitions are set forth. The ROM specification and bus standard requirements are covered. Key Words: CSR, architecture, bus, standard, interoperability, microprocessors, node, registers, sets Designation: 1212-2001 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessors and Microcomputers Title: IEEE Standard for a Control and Status Registers (CSR) Architecture for Microcomputer Buses Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 18, 2007. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. Technical Contact: Brian D Batchelder, Phone:360-212-4107, Email:batchelder@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 10, 1996, BD APP: Dec 06, 2001, ANSI APP: May 02, 2002 Project Scope: This is a full-use standard, a revision of ISO/IEC 13213:1994; its scope reflects accumulated experience with the CSR architecture since it was first promulgated as a standard in 1991. In the intervening years, two bus standards, Scaleable Coherent Interface (SCI), IEEE Std 1596-199x, and Serial Bus, IEEE Std 1394-1995, have been the source of most practical implementation experience. The revised scope of the CSR architecture is given below: a) The overall architectural framework partitions the total available address space into equal spaces available to individual nodes. A node's address space is in turn partitioned into regions which have different usage models, e.g., memory space, private space for vendor uses, configuration ROM and an I/O space (units space) where transactions may have side effects; b) A minimal transaction set (read, write and lock requests and their associated completion responses) required for compliant bus standards. Bus bridges compliant with this architecture, whether in a homogeneous or heterogeneous environment, are also expected to transport this transaction set; c) Fundamental control and status registers (CSRs) are defined to provide a common infrastructure for all compliant buses. In some cases the details of the registers are entirely bus-dependent but the function is common to all compliant buses; d) Message request and response CSRs are specified to enable directed delivery or broadcast of messages to multiple nodes. The message format permits organizations or vendors to define the meaning of the data payload without the need for a centralized registry of all possible formats; and e) Configuration ROM provides self- descriptive data structures that permit nodes to uniformly characterize the device services available. This is critical for buses that permit live insertion and removal of nodes; each newly inserted node contains sufficient information for it to be uniquely identified and for the requisite device drivers to be loaded. Although the original CSR architecture anticipated widespread development of bridges between heterogeneous bus standards and a diversity of addressing modes, both fixed and variable, no such implementations have been made. As a consequence, the most significant changes in scope between the earlier CSR architecture and this standard are the adoption of a single, fixed addressing model and the removal of tutorial material pertaining to the design of bridges. Project Purpose: The cardinal purpose of any revised standard is to correct or resolve ambiguities or deficiencies in the prior standard that have been revealed by applications (or attempted applications) of the earlier standard. This standard also preserves the following objectives of the original standard: a) Scalability. The CSR architecture is intended to be applicable to a wide range of bus standards and furthermore to a wide range of device capabilities implemented by particular products; b) Extensibility. The architecture supports contemporary processor and bus designs and, to the extent that one can anticipate the future, should be a useful framework for similar new designs. In particular, the addressing model is well suited to 32-bit and 64-bit processors. The CSR architecture creates no obstacles for the designers of adapters that bridge between common system memory and I/O buses; c) Open systems interoperability. The configuration ROM data structures, as well as the fundamental CSRs, provide tools which vendors may use to guarantee that their devices will work with each other. The segregation of one unit architecture from another tends to restrict possible adverse affects by one module, node or unit upon another; d) Manageability. The CSR architecture permits the design of systems that require little or no administration and are simple to support. Automatic configuration based upon configuration ROM is a key feature; indeed, it is essential when the applicable bus standard supports live insertion and removal of devices; and e) Parallelism. Although not directly addressed by this standard, the architecture contains no features that might preclude its use in a multiprocessor configuration. The above is a smaller set of objectives than described in ISO/IEC 13213:1994. The working group responsible for the development of this revised standard believes that its usefulness has been enhanced by restricting some of the unrealized goals of the earlier work. Abstract: " A common bus architecture (which includes functional components--modules, nodes,and units--and their address space, transaction set, CSRs, and configuration information) suitablefor both parallel and serial buses is provided in this standard. Bus bridges are enabled by the archi-tecture, but their details are beyond its scope. Configuration information is self- administered byvendors and organizations based upon IEEE Registration Authority company_id . " Key Words: "address space,architecture,bus,computer,CSR,interconnect,microprocessor,register,tra nsaction set" Designation: 1212.1-1993 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessors and Microcomputers Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2001 Title: IEEE Standard for Communicating Among Processors and Peripherals Using Shared Memory (Direct Memory Access - DMA) Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 18, 2007. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. History: PAR APP: Dec 03, 1992, BD APP: Jun 17, 1993, ANSI APP: Dec 02, 1993 Abstract: Primitive yet high-performance means are defined for passing messages across the bus between the Processor and some form of intelligence in the I/O Unit's Function. This message-passing scheme makes minimal demands on the instruction set and hardware required. In addition, several simple conventions are defined for the structure of the messages passed. The intent is to provide a standard architectural framework that supports the detailed definition of application-dependent I/O Unit and Function interface standards. The algorithms and definitions themselves are useful in the design of integrated circuits for I/O. Key Words: Processor, Memory, I/O, Direct memory access, DMA Designation: 1214-1992 Sponsor: Nuclear and Plasma Sciences Society/Nuclear Instruments and Detectors Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2006 Title: IEEE Standard Multichannel Analyzer (MCA) Histogram Data Interchange Format for Nuclear Spectroscopy Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Feb 08, 1993 Technical Contact: Louis Costrell, Phone:301-975-5608, Email:louis.costrell@nist.gov **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Aug 17, 1989, BD APP: Sep 17, 1992, ANSI APP: Mar 09, 1993 Abstract: A standard format for data interchange used to transfer pulse height data on magnetic media between laboratories is provided. The terms used in file records are defined. The contents consist only of ASCII characters and can be transmitted over networks and other direct links. Example programs to read data in FORTRAN, BASIC and C are provided. Key Words: data transfer, multichannel pulse height data, histogram data interchange, interchange, multichannel analyzer, nuclear spectroscopy Designation: 1215-2001 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Insulated Conductors Title: IEEE Guide for the Application of Separable Insulated Connectors Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Mar 22, 2002 Technical Contact: Daniel J Ward, Phone:804-775-5302, Email:d.ward@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Feb 15, 1990, BD APP: Oct 10, 2001, ANSI APP: Jan 30, 2002 Project Scope: This guide provides general information on the application and operation of separable connectors. It is intended to be basic, and supplement the manufacturer's specific recommendations and established utility practices. Project Purpose: This guide covers the application of separable connectors, rated 601 V and above, 600 A or less, for use on power distribution systems. Included are design considerations and guidelines for the construction, installation, and operation of 200 A loadbreak connectors and for 200 and 600 A deadbreak (non-loadbreak) connectors. Abstract: "IEEE Std 1215-2001, IEEE Guide for the Application of Separable Insulated Connectors" Key Words: "connectors, power distribution, switchgear" Designation: 1216-2000 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Insulated Conductors Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2006 Title: IEEE Guide for the Application of Faulted Circuit Indicators for 200 A, Single-Phase Underground Residential Distribution (URD) Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Apr 13, 2001 Technical Contact: Daniel J Ward, Phone:804-775-5302, Email:d.ward@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Feb 15, 1990, BD APP: Dec 07, 2000, ANSI APP: May 03, 2001 Project Scope: This Application Guide provides information on what a basic faulted circuit indicator (FCI) is designed to do and describes methods for selecting FCIs. The application of FCIs to single-phase, 200 amp URD circuits is described. Project Purpose: The purpose of this guide is to provide the first industry document providing application and use guidelines for faulted circuit indicators in the electric power industry. Abstract: " This application guide provides information on what a basic faulted circuit indicator (FCI)is designed to do, and describes methods for selecting FCIs. The application of FCIs tosingle-phase, 200 A, underground residential distribution (URD) circuits is described." Key Words: "overcurrent protection, power distribution" Designation: 1217-2001 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transmission and Distribution Title: IEEE Guide for Preservative Treatment of Wood Distribution and Transmission Line Structures Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Oct 22, 2001 Technical Contact: Robert Lash, Phone:202 720 2301, Email:bob.lash@wdc.usda.gov **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Sep 19, 1996, BD APP: Jun 14, 2001, ANSI APP: Oct 25, 2001 Project Scope: A practical guide to utility engineers for specifying preservative treatments for wood structures used on distribution and transmission lines. Project Purpose: To consolidate many treatment methods for wood into one document. Abstract: " This guide discusses the preservative treatment of both distribution and transmissionwood poles. The guide includes definitions, descriptions of equipment, methods of treatment,information about preservatives, and preparation and specifications for treatment. " Key Words: "overhead distribution lines, overhead transmission lines, preservative treatment, wood distribution structures, wood transmission structures" Designation: 1218 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transmission and Distribution Title: Guide for Maintenance of Wood Transmission and Distribution Line Structures Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Nelson G Bingel, Phone:716-319-3249, Email:nbingel@osmose.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 06, 1990 Designation: 1218 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transmission and Distribution Title: Guide for Maintenance of Wood Transmission and Distribution Line Structures Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Nelson G Bingel, Phone:716-319-3249, Email:nbingel@osmose.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 08, 1998 Project Scope: A practical guide to utility engineers for inspection, repair, and replacement of wood transmission and distribution line structures. Project Purpose: To provide a guide to engineers that is not now covered by similar documents. Designation: 1219-1998 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee Title: Standard for Software Maintenance Status: Superseded **Being revised as P14764. History: PAR APP: Sep 16, 1997, BD APP: Jun 25, 1998 Project Scope: To address issues and problems of software maintenance and required actions and procedures which can help organizations meet the growing demands of maintaining existing systems. Tools and techniques that may be used to improve the control of software maintenance activities are discusses. Managing the maintenance process and maintenance specific definitions will be included in the standard. In addition it will establish a correlation between the content of software maintenance plan as derfined in 1219 and the content of such plans as defined in IEEE 12207.1, Guide for Information Technology - Software Life Cycle Processes - Life Cycle Data by adding an annex which will correlate the assumptions relating to content of the two documents and trace content between subject documentation. 5/9/97 Project Purpose: To achieve harmonization of the content definition for software life cycle process results among the IEEE software engineering standards and with related international standards. This will help users to produce results consistent with the international standard for software life cycle processes, ISO/IEC 12207. Abstract: The process for managing and executing software maintenance activities is described. Key Words: "life cycle,maintenance,software,software maintenance" Designation: 1219-1992 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee Title: IEEE Standard for Software Maintenance Status: Superseded History: PAR APP: Aug 17, 1989, BD APP: Dec 03, 1992, ANSI APP: Aug 30, 1993 Abstract: The process for managing and executing software maintenance activities is described. Key Words: maintenance, software Designation: 1220-2005 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee Title: IEEE Standard for Application and Management of the Systems Engineering Process Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Sep 09, 2005 Technical Contact: Teresa Doran, Phone:631-266-2191, Email:Terry.Doran@computer.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Oct 31, 2002, BD APP: Mar 20, 2005 Project Scope: (First para of existing 1.1, Scope): "This standard deÞnes the interdisciplinary tasks that are required throughout a system's life cycle to transform customer needs, requirements, and constraints into a system solution. This document is intended to guide the development of systems (which include humans, computers, and software) for commercial, government, military, and space applications. The information applies to an enterprise within an enterprise that is responsible for developing a product design and establishing the life cycle infrastructure needed to provide for life cycle sustainment." The scope of the revision is to be unchanged. Project Purpose: (Existing 1.2, Purpose): "The purpose of this document is to provide a standard for managing a system from initial concept through development, operations, and disposal. The inclusion of computers and associated software in today's products has made the need to engineer each of those products as a total system more acute. The human, physical, and software components should all be addressed to optimize overall system performance." The purpose of the revision project is to harmonize the standard with the new ISO/IEC 15288, System Life Cycle Processes. Abstract: The interdisciplinary tasks that are required throughout a system’s life cycle to transform stakeholder needs, requirements, and constraints into a system solution are defined. This standard is intended to guide the development of systems for commercial, government, military, and space applications. The information applies to a project within an enterprise that is responsible for developing a product design and establishing the life cycle infrastructure needed to provide for life cycle sustainment. Key Words: acquire, analysis, architecture, building block, design, development , component, hardware, interface, life cycle processes, software, supplier, synthesis, system life cycle, system engineering, technical management, validation, verification Designation: 1220-1998 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee Title: IEEE Standard for Application and Management of the Systems Engineering Process Status: Superseded History: PAR APP: Sep 16, 1997, BD APP: Dec 08, 1998, ANSI APP: Nov 16, 1999 Project Scope: This standard defines the tasks which are required throughout the system's life-cycle to transform customer requirements into a system solution. This includes the definition of technical performance measures, the integration of engineering specialties toward the establishment of a system architecture, and the definition of supporting life-cycle processes which balance cost, performance, schedule and risk objectives. The standard is intended for systems for commercial, government, military and space applications. Project Purpose: To clarify the use of terminology in the document. Incorporate lessons learned during the trial use period from both teaching classes based on the document and field experience of users, and clarify relationships with other standards within the IEEE Software Engineering collection. Abstract: " The interdisciplinary tasks, which are required throughout a systemÕs life cycle to trans-form customer needs, requirements, and constraints into a system solution, are defined. In addition,the requirements for the systems engineering process and its application throughout the productlife cycle are specified. The focus of this standard is on engineering activities necessary to guideproduct development while ensuring that the product is properly designed to make it affordable toproduce, own, operate, maintain, and eventually to dispose of, without undue risk to health or theenvironment. " Key Words: 1220-1998_body.fm Designation: 1220-1994 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee Title: IEEE Trial Use Standard for Application and Management of the Systems Engineering Process Status: Superseded History: PAR APP: Sep 22, 1994, BD APP: Dec 13, 1994 Abstract: The interdisciplinary tasks that are required throughout a system's life cycle to transform customer needs, requirements, and constraints into a system solution are defined. This standard applies to a performing activity within an enterprise that is responsible for developing a product design and establishing the life-cycle infrastructure needed to provide for life-cycle sustainment. It specifies the requirements for the systems engineering process and its application throughout the product life cycle. The requirements of this standard are applicable to new products as well as incremental enhancements to existing products. Key Words: enterprise, SEDS, SEMS, SEMP, system engineering plan, master schedule, systems engineering process Designation: 1221-1993 Sponsor: IEEE Dielectrics and Electrical Insulation Society Title: IEEE Guide for Fire Hazard Assessment of Electrical Insulating Materials in Electrical Power Systems Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Mar 06, 2000. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. History: PAR APP: Aug 17, 1989, BD APP: Sep 15, 1993, ANSI APP: Feb 24, 1994 Abstract: " Fire hazards from electrical distribution and utilization systems installed in industrial,residential, and public buildings/areas are covered. A method for practical fire hazard assessmentfor electrical equipment containing insulating materials, based on relevant fire or failure scenariosdrawn from service experience and engineering analysis, is established. The relationship betweensmall-scale material tests and large-scale fire hazard tests is discussed. Written for the electricalengineer responsible for the safety of electrical systems and equipment, this guide providesguidelines for design of insulation systems and selection of insulating materials and aids in the useof codes, regulations, standards, product listings, and testing to improve safety. " Key Words: 1221-1993 Designation: 1222-2003 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Power System Communications Title: IEEE Standard for All-Dielectric Self-Supporting Fiber Optic Cable Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jul 30, 2004 Technical Contact: William A Byrd, Phone:803-781-7112, Email:amosbyrd@aol.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Jun 21, 2000, BD APP: Dec 10, 2003, ANSI APP: Mar 31, 2004 Project Scope: This standard covers the construction, mechanical, electrical and optical performance, installation guidelines, acceptance criteria, test requirements, environmental considerations, and accessories for an all- dielectric self-supporting fiber optic cable designed to be located on overhead or underground electric utility facilities. Project Purpose: The standard provides both construction and performance requirements that insure within the guidelines of this standard that the dielectric capabilities of the cable components and maintenance of optical fiber integrity and optical transmissions are proper. Designation: 1222 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Power System Communications Title: Standard for All-Dielectric Self-Supporting Fiber Optic Cable Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: William A Byrd, Phone:803-781-7112, Email:amosbyrd@aol.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Aug 17, 1989 Designation: P1222 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Power System Communications Title: Standard for All-Dielectric Self-Supporting Fiber Optic Cable Status: Revision Project Technical Contact: William A Byrd, Phone:803-781-7112, Email:amosbyrd@aol.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Nov 18, 2004 Project Scope: This standard covers the construction, mechanical, electrical and optical performance, installation guidelines, acceptance criteria, test requirements, and environmental considerations for an all-dielectric self- supporting fiber optic cable designed to be located on overhead electric power utility and telecommunications facilities. This does not include cables used for underground installations. Project Purpose: The standard is being revised to reflect many advances in both the industry and technology and to transfer hardware requirements to standard P1591.2. Designation: 1223 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Power System Instrumentation and Measurements Title: Guide for the Use of Digital Signal Processing in Analyzing the Records of High Voltage Tests Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Terence R McComb, Phone:(613) 993-2660, Email:terry.mccomb@nrc.ca **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Aug 17, 1989 Designation: 1224-1993 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Portable Applications Title: IEEE Standard for Information Technology—Open Systems Interconnection (OSI) Abstract Data Manipulation—Application Program Interfaces (API) [Language Independent] Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Mar 06, 2000. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. History: PAR APP: Sep 17, 1992, BD APP: Mar 18, 1993, ANSI APP: Oct 22, 1993 Abstract: A general-purpose application program interface (API) for the creation, examination, modification, and deletion of potentially complex Open Systems Interconnection (OSI) information objects is defined in terms that are independent of any particular programming language. The API provides tools for manipulating objects defined using Abstract Syntax Notation One (ASN.1), shielding the application programmer from much of the complexity of ASN.1 It is designed to be used in conjunction with, but is otherwise independent of, application-specific APIs for OSI. Key Words: API, ASN.1, OSI, Open systems interconnection, Open systems, Object management, Language independent, Application portability, Abstract syntax notation Designation: 1224.1-1993 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Portable Applications Title: IEEE Standard for Information Technology—X.400-Based Electronic Messaging—Application Program Interface (API) [Language Independent] Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Mar 06, 2000. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. History: PAR APP: Sep 17, 1992, BD APP: Mar 18, 1993, ANSI APP: Sep 16, 1993 Abstract: Application program interfaces (APIs) to X.400-based electronic messaging services are defined in terms that are independent of any particular programming language. A general-purpose API that makes the functionality of a message transfer system (MTS) accessible to a message store (MS) or user agent (UA), or the functionality of a simple MS accessible to a UA, is provided. An X.400 gateway API divides a message transfer agent (MTA) into two software components, a messaging system gateway and an X.400 gateway service. This standard, and the language bindings derived from it, are intended to be used in conjunction with IEEE Std 1224-1993, which provides a general-purpose API for the creation, examination, modification, and deletion of OSI information objects. Key Words: X.400, Open systems interconnection, Open systems, Object management, OSI, Language independent, Electronic messaging, Application portability, API Designation: 1224.2-1993 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Portable Applications Title: IEEE Standard for Information Technology—Directory Services—Application Programming Interface (API) [Language Independent] Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Mar 06, 2000. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **Formerly P1003.17 History: PAR APP: Sep 17, 1992, BD APP: Mar 18, 1993, ANSI APP: Sep 16, 1993 Abstract: A application program interface (API) to OSI directory services is defined in terms that are independent of any particular programming language. The interface, which supports applications portability at the source-code level, is intended to be used by both applications developers and directory service implementors. Key Words: Portable application, POSIX, Open systems, Directory, Application portability, ASN.1, API Designation: 1224.2 Int-1995 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Portable Applications Title: IEEE Std 1224.2-1993/1327.2/INT, October 1995 Edition Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Mar 06, 2000. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. Publication type: Special Publication Abstract: The Portable Applications Standards Committee of the IEEE Computer Society carried out a series of analyses of various problems encountered by users of IEEE Std 1224.2-1993, IEEE Standard for Information Technology - Directory Services - Application Program Interface (API) [Language Independent] and IEEE Std 1327.2-1993, IEEE Standard for Information Technology - Directory Services C Language Interfaces - Binding for Application Program Interface (API). The results of its deliberations are presented in this documents. The intent is to give the directory services community resonable ways of interpreting unclear portions of these standards. Key Words: directory services, interpretations, X 500, X.500 Designation: 1224/1224.1/1327-1994 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Portable Applications Title: IEEE Standards Interpretations for Std 1224-1993, Std 1327.1-1993, Std 1224.1-1993 Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Mar 06, 2000. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. Publication type: Special Publication Abstract: The Portable Applications Standards Committee of the IEEE Computer Society carried out a series of analyses of various problems encountered by users of IEEE Std 1224-1993, IEEE Standard for Information Technology—Open Systems Interconnection (OSI) Abstract Data Manipulation—Application Program Interface (API); IEEE Std 1327-1993, IEEE Standard for Information Technology—Open Systems Interconnection (OSI) Abstract Data Manipulation C Language Interfaces—Binding for Application Program Interface (API); and IEEE Std 1224.1-1993, IEEE Standard for Information Technology—X.400-Based Electronic Messaging—Application Program Interface (API). The results of its deliberations are presented in this document. The intent is to give the 1224 community reasonable ways of interpreting unclear portions of these standards. Key Words: computer, computer environments, interfaces, interpretations, OM, API, OSI, X.400 Designation: 1226-1993 Sponsor: SASB/SCC20-Test and Diagnosis for Electric Systems Title: IEEE ABBET™ Trial-Use Standard for A Broad-Based Environment for Test (ABBET) Overview and Architecture Status: Superseded Publication type: Trial-Use History: PAR APP: Mar 19, 1992, BD APP: Jun 17, 1993 Abstract: The overall concept of A Broad-Based Environment for Test (ABBET) is defined, and mandatory requirements for implementations of ABBET are specified. The elements of ABBET and their interrelationships are described. Guidelines and requirements governing the elements of the ABBET set of standards and guides are established, and common terms to be used throughout the set are defined. Key Words: ABBET, ABBET layer, base document, component standard, reference document, broad based, environment for test Designation: 1226-1998 Sponsor: SASB/SCC20-Test and Diagnosis for Electric Systems Title: IEEE Standard for a Broad-Based Environment for Test (ABBET™), Overview and Architecture Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 16, 2004. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **16-Jan-04: Administratively withdrawn. History: PAR APP: Dec 02, 1993, BD APP: Dec 08, 1998 Project Scope: ABBET will provide standards for an integrated environment, realizing the capabilities of test related standards including, at a minimum, active standards sponsored by the IEEE Standards Coordinating Committee 20. The ABBET family of standards consists of a base standard and a series (P1226.1, etc.) of componet standards and guides. This PAR is for the base standard which represents an overview of ABBET and its architecture. The architecture describes the elements of ABBET and their inter-relationships. The ABBET base standard also establishes guidelines and requirements to govern the elements of the ABBET component standards and guides. Project Purpose: To define a standard, broad based, environment which uses other standards relating to design, test, and maintenance activities. Abstract: " The overall concept of A Broad-Based Environment for Test (ABBET) TM is defined, andmandatory requirements for implementation of ABBET are specified. The elements of ABBET andtheir interrelationships are described. Guidelines and requirements governing the elements of theABBET set of standards and guides are established, and common terms to be used throughout theset are defined. " Key Words: "ABBET,product test,diagnostis,software framework" Designation: 1226.1-1993 Sponsor: SASB/SCC20-Test and Diagnosis for Electric Systems Title: IEEE ABBET™ Trial-Use Standard for Common Ada Packages for A Broad- Based Environment for Test (ABBET™) Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Mar 19, 1998. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. History: PAR APP: Sep 17, 1992, BD APP: Jun 17, 1993 Abstract: Ada packages that specify general purpose test support data types and services for A Broad-Based Environment for Test (ABBET) are defined. They are to be used to support the specification, implementation, and use of the other IEEE ABBET component standards. ABBET uses the features of Ada to specify a comprehensive environment for integrating product design data, test requirements/strategies, and test results management in the implementation of automated test systems and test control programs. Key Words: Ada, ABBET, CAtlas, broad based environment Designation: 1226.2-1993 Sponsor: SASB/SCC20-Test and Diagnosis for Electric Systems Title: IEEE ABBET™ Trial-Use Standard for Ada-Based ATLAS-Level Test Procedure Interface for A Broad-Based Environment for Test (ABBET™) Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Mar 19, 1998. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. History: PAR APP: Sep 17, 1992, BD APP: Dec 02, 1993 Abstract: Ada packages that specify data types and services for the Ada-based ATLAS-level test procedure interface for a broad-based environment for test (ABBET) are defined. They are to be used to support the development of Ada-based, UUT-directed, signal- oriented test programs. IEEE ABBET uses the features of Ada to specify a comprehensive environment for integrating product design data, test requirements/strategies, and test results management in the implementation of automated test systems and test control programs. Key Words: C/ATLAS, Ada, ABBET Designation: 1226.3-1998 Sponsor: SASB/SCC20-Test and Diagnosis for Electric Systems Title: IEEE Standard for Software Interface for Resource Management for a Broad Based Environment for Test (ABBET™) Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 16, 2004. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **16-Jan-04: Administratively withdrawn. History: PAR APP: Dec 12, 1995, BD APP: Mar 26, 1998 Project Scope: To define the software interface to access Test Equipment Configuration information. This is a component standard of IEEE Standard 1226 9ABBET). Project Purpose: To define the interfaces to services which obtain descriptive and control information about an automatic test system and to define the interfaces to services that perform virtual and real resource management. There is no current standard to provide this capability. Abstract: " The services needed to access and manage descriptive information about resources inan automatic test system (ATS) are covered. This information includes data about the automatictest equipment (ATE) instruments, switching, and the test subject adapter. This standard is a com-ponent of the ABBET set of standards." Key Words: Author: Unknown Designation: 1226.4 Sponsor: SASB/SCC20-Test and Diagnosis for Electric Systems Title: Standard for Software Interface for Instrument Drivers for a Broad Based Environment for Test (ABBET™) Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: J. Richard Weger, Phone:410-667-6295, Email:jr.weger@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 12, 1995 Project Scope: To define the software interface for control of instrument resources in ABBET. This is a Component Standard of IEEE Standard 1226 (ABBET). Project Purpose: To enhance instrument interoperability by providing standard software interfaces to Automatic Test Equipment (ATE) Test Instrumentation Services. There is no current standard to provide this capability. Designation: 1226.5 Sponsor: SASB/SCC20-Test and Diagnosis for Electric Systems Title: Standard for Software Interface to Communication Buses for a Broad Based Environment For Test (ABBET™) Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: J. Richard Weger, Phone:410-667-6295, Email:jr.weger@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 12, 1995 Project Scope: To define the software interface to test resource communication buses within an ABBET system. This is a Component Standard of IEEE Standard 1226 (ABBET). Project Purpose: To enhance the reusability and portability of test resource control software by providing standard software interfaces to test resource communication buses. There is no current standard to provide this capability. Designation: 1226.6-1996 Sponsor: SASB/SCC20-Test and Diagnosis for Electric Systems Title: IEEE ABBET™ Guide for the Understanding of the "A Broad Based Environment for Test (ABBET)™" Standard Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 10, 2002. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. History: PAR APP: Sep 17, 1992, BD APP: Apr 15, 1996 Abstract: As a part of the family of IEEE ABBET™ standards, this guide facilitates an understanding of the relationships of IEEE ABBET 1226-1993 and its component standards, as well as the relationship of an ABBET implementation with the design, production, support, and operational environments with which it may be used. Key Words: ABBET, ABBET layers, base document, component standard, information sharing, product life cycle, software reuse, systems architecture Designation: 1226.7 Sponsor: SASB/SCC20-Test and Diagnosis for Electric Systems Title: Trial Use Standard Product Description Interface for a Broad Based Environment for Test (ABBET™) Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: J. Richard Weger, Phone:410-667-6295, Email:jr.weger@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 02, 1993 Project Scope: Develop an implementation independent description of standard interfaces to product description data required for development of test. The product description data will include test models of the product physical, circuit, logic, and functional design including BIT and BITE. The test models will support design verification, manufacturing test and diagnostics. This is a component standard of the IEEE Standard 1226 (ABBET). The development of standard interfaces to machine processable product description information will support analysis of completed design, manufacturing, and maintenance test issues during the product design. The standard interfaces will support application of design information across manufacturing and maintenance phase test and diagnosis. Project Purpose: The development of standard interfaces to machine processable product description information will support analysis of completed design, manufacturing, and maintenance test issues during the product design. The standard interfaces will support application of design information across manufacturing and maintenance phase test and diagnosis. Designation: 1226.8 Sponsor: SASB/SCC20-Test and Diagnosis for Electric Systems Title: Trial Use Standard Test Strategy and Requirements Interface for a Broad Based Environment for Test (ABBET™) Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: J. Richard Weger, Phone:410-667-6295, Email:jr.weger@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 02, 1993 Project Scope: Develop an implementation independent description of standard interfaces to information used to support products in the following process areas (1) assessment of product testability, (2) test equipment requirements analysis, and (3) test program generation. The interfaces will include: (1) product test requirements, (2) diagnostic performance assessment, (3) test strategies, (4) diagnostic flow generation, (5) automatic test generation, (6) artificial intelligence and expert system interfaces. This is a component standard of the IEEE Standard 1226 (ABBET). Project Purpose: The development of standard interfaces which are machine processable is intended to support (1) the development of automated test and diagnostics, (2) analysis of design, (3) application of design information across manufacturing and maintenance phase test and diagnostics, and (4) the standard graphical display of information for test developer and user. Designation: 1226.9 Sponsor: SASB/SCC20-Test and Diagnosis for Electric Systems Title: Standard for Software Interface for Resource Classes for a Broad Based Environment for Test (ABBET™) Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: J. Richard Weger, Phone:410-667-6295, Email:jr.weger@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 12, 1995 Project Scope: To define the software interface for control of resource classes in ABBET. This is a Component Standard of IEEE Standard 1226 (ABBET). Project Purpose: To enhance instrument interchangeability by providing standard software interfaces to Automatic Test Equipment (ATE) test resources services. There is no current standard to provide this capability. Designation: 1226.10 Sponsor: SASB/SCC20-Test and Diagnosis for Electric Systems Title: Standard for Software Interface for Tuntime Services for a Broad Based Environment for Test (ABBET™) Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Gary L Hardenburg, Phone:619-675-5802, Email:gary.hardenburg@gdesystems.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 12, 1995 Project Scope: To define the software interface for runtime services in ABBET. This is a Component Standard of IEEE Standard 1226 (ABBET). Project Purpose: To provide a standard software interface for communications and control of Automatic Test Equipment (ATE) runtime services. There is no current standard to provide this capability. Designation: 1226.11 Sponsor: SASB/SCC20-Test and Diagnosis for Electric Systems Title: Standard Test Resource Information for a Broad-Based Environment for Test (ABBET) Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Gary L Hardenburg, Phone:619-675-5802, Email:gary.hardenburg@gdesystems.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 19, 1996 Project Scope: To define the test resource information. This is a component standard of IEEE 1226 (ABBET). Project Purpose: The purpose is to defgine the test resource information that describes test system and the interface to that information in an ABBET environment. There is no current standard which provides this capability. Designation: 1226.12 Sponsor: SASB/SCC20-Test and Diagnosis for Electric Systems Title: Standard for Formal Representation and Exchange of Test Requirements Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Gary L Hardenburg, Phone:619-675-5802, Email:gary.hardenburg@gdesystems.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 19, 1998 Project Scope: This standard will provide the methodology and formats for the formal representation of test requirements and will define a common format by which such representation can be exchanged. Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to provide a means to formally represent test requirements such that tools can be developed for technical requirements analysis, test resource needs evaluation, diagnostic process evaluation, and test ptogram generation. Designation: 1226.13 Sponsor: SASB/SCC20-Test and Diagnosis for Electric Systems Title: Standard for Parametric Data Log Format Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Gary L Hardenburg, Phone:619-675-5802, Email:gary.hardenburg@gdesystems.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 19, 1998 Project Scope: This standard will define the file and record formats for parametric test data acquired during a test operation. This standard supports and is part of the IEEE 1226 family of standards. Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to provide a means to log parametric data so that the data can be exchanged for the purpose of analysis and historical trend reporting. Designation: 1227-1990 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transmission and Distribution Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2001 Title: IEEE Guide for the Measurement of DC Electric-Field Strength and Ion Related Quantities Status: Approved Publication of IEEE History: PAR APP: Nov 09, 1989, BD APP: May 31, 1990, ANSI APP: Oct 12, 1990 Abstract: Guidance is provided for measuring the electric-field strength, ion-current density, conductivity, monopolar space-charge density, and net space-charge density in the vicinity of HVDC power lines, in converter substations, and in apparatus designed to simulate the HVDC power-line environment. Key Words: Ion Related, Measurements, DC Electric-Field, Power lines, Net space-charge density, Monopolar space-charge density, Ion-current density, Electric-field strength, Conductivity Designation: 1228-1994 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2002 Title: IEEE Standard for Software Safety Plans Status: Approved Publication of IEEE History: PAR APP: Nov 09, 1989, BD APP: Mar 17, 1994, ANSI APP: Sep 02, 1994 Abstract: The minimum acceptable requirements for the content of a software safety plan are established. This standard applies to the software safety plan used for the development, procurement, maintenance, and retirement of safety-critical software. This standard requires that the plan be prepared within the context of the system safety program. Only the safety aspects of the software are included. This standard does not contain special provisions required for software used in distributed systems or in parallel processors. Key Words: Software safety program, Software safety plan, Safety-critical software, Safety requirements Designation: 1228 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee Title: Standard for Planning Software in Safety Related Systems Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Patricia Trellue, Phone:505-845-9734, Email:patrell@sandia.gov **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jun 25, 1998 Project Scope: Revise the existing Std 1228. Project Purpose: Change title; Changes to existing technology that have occurred since 1994 that affect the standard. In particular, the increasing use of commercial off-the-shelf software in safety applications will be considered. New development paradigms that have attained commercial and governmental use in safety applications. Designation: 1229 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Energy Development & Power Generation Title: Definitions for Electrical Heat Tracing Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Chet Sandberg, Phone:650-474-7870, Email:chetsandberg@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Nov 09, 1989 Designation: 1230 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transmission and Distribution Title: Guide for Measurement of Radio Noise from the Testing of High Voltage Hardware and Insulators Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Robert G Olsen, Phone:509-335-4950, Email:olsen@eecs.wsu.edu **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Nov 09, 1989 Designation: 1232-2002 Sponsor: SASB/SCC20-Test and Diagnosis for Electric Systems Title: IEEE Standard for Artificial Intelligence Exchange and Service Tie to All Test Environments (AI- ESTATE) Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Nov 20, 2002 **Supersedes 1232-1995, 1232.1-1997, and 1232.2-1998. Technical Contact: John W Sheppard, Phone:410-266-2099, Email:jsheppar@arinc.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Sep 19, 1996, BD APP: Jun 13, 2002, ANSI APP: Nov 13, 2002 Project Scope: The standard defines formal specifications for supporting system diagnosis. These specifications support the exchange and processing of diagnostic information, and the control of diagnostic processes. Diagnostic processes include, but are not limited to, testability analysis, diagnosability assessment, diagnostic reasoning, maintenance support and diagnostic maturation. Project Purpose: This standard provides formal models of diagnostic information to ensure unambiguous access to and understanding of the information supportiing system test and diagnosis. The standard unifies and expands upon the specifications published in IEEE Std 1232-1995, IEEE Std 1232.1- 1997, and IEEE Std 1232.2-1998. Abstract: "AI-ESTATE is a set of specifications for data interchange and for standard services forthe test and diagnostic environment. The purpose of AI-ESTATE is to standardize interfacesbetween functional elements of an intelligent diagnostic reasoner and representations of diagnosticknowledge and data for use by such diagnostic reasoners. Formal information models are definedto form the basis for a format to facilitate exchange of persistent diagnostic information between tworeasoners, and also to provide a formal typing system for diagnostic services. This standard thendefines the services to manipulate diagnostic information and to control a diagnostic reasoner." Key Words: "AI-ESTATE, diagnosis, diagnostic inference, diagnostic model, diagnostic services, dynamic context, fault tree, knowledge exchange, system test" Designation: P1232 Sponsor: SASB/SCC20-Test and Diagnosis for Electric Systems Title: Standard for Artificial Intelligence Exchange and Service Tie to All Test Environments (AI-ESTATE) Status: Revision Project Technical Contact: Timothy J Wilmering, Phone:314-234-6781, Email:timothy.j.wilmering@boeing.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 07, 2005 Project Scope: The AI-ESTATE standard defines formal specifications for supporting system diagnosis. These specifications support the exchange and processing of diagnostic information and the control of diagnostic processes. Diagnostic processes include, but are not limited to, testability analysis, diagnosability assessment, diagnostic reasoning, maintenance support, and diagnostic maturation. Project Purpose: The AI-ESTATE standard provides formal models of diagnostic information to ensure unambiguous access to an understanding of the information supporting system test and diagnosis. The standard defines formal information models and software services specific to several different types of diagnostic reasoners. The purpose is to provide semantically sound definitions of diagnostic knowledge and to specify software exchange and service interfaces that are consistent with the state of the practice in modern test and diagnostic systems (e.g., the use of XML and web services). Designation: 1232-1995 Sponsor: SASB/SCC20-Test and Diagnosis for Electric Systems Title: IEEE Standard for Artificial Intelligence and Expert System Tie to Automatic Test Equipment (AI-ESTATE): Overview and Architecture Status: Superseded **Adopted as a full-use standard by StdsBd on16 Sept 97. Superseded by 1232-2002. History: PAR APP: Mar 16, 1993, BD APP: Sep 21, 1995 Abstract: This document is the base standard for the AI-ESTATE set of standards. The overall concept of AIESTATE, which is a set of specifications for data interchange and for standard services for the test and diagnostic environment, is defined; mandatory requirements for implementing AI-ESTATE are specified; the elements of AI-ESTATE and their interrelationships are described; guidelines and requirements to govern the documents in the AI-ESTATE set of standards are established; and the terminology used throughout the set is defined. The purpose of the AI-ESTATE set of standards is to standardize interfaces between functional elements of an intelligent test environment and representations of knowledge and data for the functional elements of the intelligent test environment. Key Words: AI-ESTATE, artificial , intelligence, diagnosis, system test, unit under test, UUT Designation: 1232.1-1997 Sponsor: SASB/SCC20-Test and Diagnosis for Electric Systems Title: IEEE Standard for Artificial Intelligence Exchange and Service Tie to All Test Environments (AI-ESTATE): Data and Knowledge Specification Status: Superseded **Elevated from Trial-Use to Full-Use on 9/16/99. Superseded by 1232-2002. History: PAR APP: Sep 19, 1996, BD APP: Mar 20, 1997 Project Scope: The scope of this component standard is to define the form of the data and knowledge needed to support AI-ESTATE. Project Purpose: The purpose of this component standard is to provide the formal specifications of the data and knowledge necessary to perform system test and diagnosis, and to insure the portability of data and knowledge between AI-ESTATE compliant systems. Abstract: Formal models for information used in system diagnosis are defined. As part of the AI-ESTATE set of standards, this standard includes several models that form the basis for a format to facilitate exchange of persistent diagnostic information between two reasoners, and also provides a formal typing system for the services defined in the AI-ESTATE service specification. Key Words: AI-ESTATE, artificial intelligence, diagnosis, enhanced diagnostic inference model, fault tree model Designation: 1232.2-1998 Sponsor: SASB/SCC20-Test and Diagnosis for Electric Systems Title: IEEE Standard for Artificial Intelligence Exchange and Service Tie to All Test Environments (AI-ESTATE): Service Specification Status: Superseded **Superseded by 1232-2002. History: PAR APP: Sep 19, 1996, BD APP: Sep 16, 1998 Project Scope: The scope of this component standard is to define the services needed to support AI-ESTATE. Project Purpose: The purpose of this component standard is to provide the formal specifications of the services, transactions, and protocols necessary to insure the interoperability of AI-ESTATE compoiant systems. Abstract: " Formal software interfaces to system diagnosis tools and applications are defined. Aspart of the AI-ESTATE set of standards, this standard defines services to manipulate informationmodels as defined in IEEE Std 1232.1-1997 and to control a diagnostic reasoner. This standard in-cludes a new information model to manipulate dynamic information obtained during the process ofsystem diagnosis. Service bindings to ANSI C and ANSI Ada are also provided. " Key Words: "AI-ESTATE,artificial intelligence,diagnosis,dynamic context model,system test" Designation: 1232a Sponsor: SASB/SCC20-Test and Diagnosis for Electric Systems Title: Standard for Amendment to IEEE Standard for Artificial Intelligence Exchange and Service Tie to All Test Environments (AI-ESTATE) Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Timothy J Wilmering, Phone:314-234-6781, Email:timothy.j.wilmering@boeing.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jun 24, 2004 Project Scope: IEEE Std 1232-2002 (AI-ESTATE) provides formal models of diagnostic information to ensure unambiguous access to an understanding of the information supporting system test and diagnosis. This document corrects and augments several portions of these information models and amends the AI- ESTATE exchange mechanism to include XML. Project Purpose: The purpose of this project is two-fold. First, this project will correct errors and deficiencies identified following the publication of IEEE Std 1232-2002. Second, the target user community has been migrating towards using XML as a practical information exchange mechanism. Therefore, this project will incorporate XML Schema into IEEE Std 1232-2002 to improve utilization by the target user community. Designation: 1233-1996 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2002 Title: IEEE Guide for Developing System Requirements Specifications Status: Approved Publication of IEEE History: PAR APP: Feb 15, 1990, BD APP: Apr 17, 1996, ANSI APP: Mar 03, 1997 Project Scope: This guide will be used for developing a system requirements specification. A System is a set of interconnected elements constituted to achieve defined objectives by performing specified functions. Development includes the thought process involved in the collection, analysis, and organization of the requirements. This quide addresses conditions for incorporating coperational concepts and confiquration design requirements into the system specifications. It will also describe the necessary content and qualities of a good system specification and present several prototype outlines. Project Purpose: This document will serve as a guide for defining functional, performance and interface requirements for a system. This guide will recommend methods for specifying the requirements and capabilities for systems. System specifications developed using this guide will: 1) Facilitate a contracting agent to specify requirements for a system to potential designers/developers. 2) Provide templates for writing/auditing system specifications, and 3) Provide a general overview of a system which may be required by trainers, support personnel, or other users. Once completed, this guide will provide a foundation on which an IEEE tutorial on Developing System Specification can be built. Abstract: Guidance for the development of the set of requirements, System Requirements Specification (SyRS), that will satisfy an expressed need is provided. Developing a SyRS includes the identification, organization, presentation, and modification of the requirements. Also addressed are the conditions for incorporating operational concepts, design constaints, and design confiquration requirements into the specification. This guide also covers the necessary characteristics and qualities of individual requirements and the set of all requirements. Key Words: SyRS, requirement, system Designation: 1233-1998 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee Title: IEEE Guide for Developing System Requirements Specifications Status: Superseded Publication type: Special Publication Abstract: " Guidance for the development of the set of requirements, System Requirements Speci-fication (SyRS), that will satisfy an expressed need is provided. Developing an SyRS includes theidentification, organization, presentation, and modification of the requirements. Also addressed arethe conditions for incorporating operational concepts, design constraints, and design configurationrequirements into the specification. This guide also covers the necessary characteristics and qual-ities of individual requirements and the set of all requirements. " Key Words: "requirement,SyRS, system,system requirements specification" Designation: 1233a-1998 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2002 Title: IEEE Guide for Developing System Requirements Specifications Status: Approved Publication of IEEE History: PAR APP: Jun 26, 1997, BD APP: Dec 08, 1998, ANSI APP: Sep 29, 1999 Project Scope: To establish a correlation between the content of systems requirements specification as defined in 1233 and the content of such plans as defined in IEEE 12207.1, Guide for Information Technology - Software Life Cycle Processes - Life Cycle Data by adding an annex which will correlate the assumptions relating to content of the two documents and trace content between subject documentation. Project Purpose: To achieve harmonization of the content definition for software life cycle process results among the IEEE software engineering standards and with related international standards. Designation: P1234 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Insulated Conductors Title: Guide for Fault Locating Techniques on Shielded Power Cable Systems Status: New Standard Project Technical Contact: Wolfgang B Haverkamp, Phone:+49 8093 604326, Email:w.b.haverkamp@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jan 30, 2000 Project Scope: This document will be a guide for cable fault locating techniques on shielded power cable systems. This guide will be applicable to all insulated, shielded power cable systems. Project Purpose: Extruded dielectric cables, their joints and terminations require special attention to cable fault locating. The arbitrary use of high voltages and energies during AC, DC, and surge testing of service aged cables overstresses insulation defects which will become faults after the cables are returned to service. The guide will provide information to identify and locate cable faults with minimum risk of further damaging the cable system. The techniques will maintain cable integrity, reduce customer outage time, consider customer equipment sensitivity along with personnel and equipment safety. Designation: 1234 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Insulated Conductors Title: Guide for Fault Locating on Shielded Power Cables Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Shantanu Nandi, Phone:630-576-6910, Email:s.nandi@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: May 31, 1990 Designation: 1235-2000 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Insulated Conductors Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2006 Title: IEEE Guide for the Properties of Identifiable Jackets for Underground Power Cables and Ducts Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Oct 10, 2000 History: PAR APP: Mar 19, 1998, BD APP: Jun 21, 2000, ANSI APP: Apr 20, 2001 Project Scope: Identification markings of underground power cables and ducts. Included are various methods of identifying underground power cables and ducts and the visual, chemical and mechanical prop[erties of the identification materials and/or methods, and their impact on the properties of the overall jacket or conduit and installation practices Project Purpose: To establish a guide for identification markings of jacketed underground power cables and ducts. Abstract: " Identification markings of jacketed underground power cables and ducts are establishedin this guide. Included are various methods of identifying underground power cables and ducts, andthe visual, chemical, and mechanical properties of the identification materials and/or methods, andtheir impact on the properties of the overall jacket or duct as well as their impact on installationpractices. " Key Words: "duct,identification,jacket,power cables,raised ridge,red stripe" Designation: 1235 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Insulated Conductors Title: Standard Test Methods for Identifying (URD) Underground Residential Distribution Cable Jackets and/or Conduits Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: S. R Szaniszlo, Phone:(514) 640-3706, Email:steveszan@ca.inter.net **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Feb 15, 1990 Designation: 1236 Title: Recommended Practice for Performance Measurement Criteria of Fiber Optic Transmission Systems for Voice, Video and Data Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: John Pryma, Phone:(708) 677-2600 **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: May 31, 1990 Designation: 1237 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society Title: Standard for Information Technology Application Porgram Interface for Remote Procedure Call Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Jim D Isaak, Phone:603-465-3131, Email:ieee2003@jimisaak.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: May 31, 1990 Designation: 1238.1-1994 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Portable Applications Title: IEEE Standard for Information Technology, OSI Application Program Interfaces—File Transfer, Access, and Management [C Language] Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Mar 06, 2000. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. History: PAR APP: Jun 14, 1994, BD APP: Dec 13, 1994, ANSI APP: Jul 07, 1995 Abstract: A C language Application Program Interface (API) to the OSI File Transfer, Access, and Management (FTAM) protocol is defined. The functions of the API implement high-level file transfer and file management operations using the service of an FTAM initiator and service provider that underlie the API. The API uses the services of the OSI Abstract Data Manipulation API (IEEE Std 122-1993) to facilitate passing of data between the API and the user. Key Words: API, application layer, application portabil, C language, file transfer, FTAM, OM, open systems interconnection, OSI, OSI Abstract Data Designation: 1240-2000 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Substations Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2006 Title: IEEE Guide for the Evaluation of the Reliability of HVDC Converter Stations Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Feb 13, 2001 Technical Contact: Farshad John Hormozi, Phone:818-771-6775, Email:john.hormozi@ladwp.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Mar 21, 1996, BD APP: Aug 08, 2000, ANSI APP: Jan 05, 2001 Project Scope: Reliability of HVDC Converter Stations, including stations that are "back-to-back" for connection of AC systems, and DC transmission terminals. Project Purpose: The proposed Guide will give uwers reliability design evaluation criteria, and methods for assessing the reliability of the stations. The benefit will be assessment of the relative reliability of alternate equipment and station designs, and the determination of the appropriate balance of cost and reliability for a particular application. The intended users are electric power engineers in electric utilities, engineering services firms, design/construction contractors, independent power developers, and equipment manufacturing companies. Abstract: " This guide is intended to serve high-voltage direct current (HVDC) converter stationreliability by suggesting significant objectives, design, operation, monitoring, and specificationdetails. This guide includes the CIGRÉ performance protocol and reliability-related mathematicalconcepts." Key Words: "availability, converter, HVDC, maintainability, transmission, RAM, reliability" Designation: 1241-2000 Sponsor: IEEE Instrumentation and Measurement Society/TC10-Waveform Measurement and Analysis Title: IEEE Standard for Terminology and Test Methods for Analog-to-Digital Converters Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jun 22, 2001 Technical Contact: T Michael Souders, Phone:(301) 975-2406, Email:souders@eeel.nist.gov **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Sep 28, 1990, BD APP: Dec 07, 2000, ANSI APP: May 03, 2001 Project Scope: Analog to Digital converters, with or without sample and hold circuitry. 21-Sep-2000 Disapproved because the Sponsor must conduct a recirculation ballot to address substantive changes made to the document subsequent to balloting. The Sponsor is urged to complete coordination with IEC and editorial staff prior to conducting the recirculation ballot. The Sponsor shall also re-examine whether the document was written in accordance with the title and scope of the approved PAR (particularly 'standard' versus 'guide'). Gary Engmann will be the RevCom mentor to the Sponsor. Project Purpose: To provide standard terminology for specifying the performance of A/D converters, and to provide test methods for measuring the performance. The standard will be for general purpose applications and will not focus on highly specialized applications such as video recording. Abstract: Abstract: IEEE Std 1241-2000 identifies analog-to-digital converter (ADC) error sources and provides test methods with which to perform the required error measurements. The information in this standard is useful both to manufacturers and to users of ADCs in that it provides a basis for evaluating and comparing existing devices, as well as providing a template for writing specifications for the procurement of new ones. In some applications, the information provided by the tests described in this standard can be used to correct ADC errors, e.g., correction for gain and offset errors. This standard also presents terminology and definitions to aid the user in defining and testing ADCs. Key Words: "ADC, A/D converter, analog-to-digital, digitizer, terminology, test methods" Designation: P1241 Sponsor: IEEE Instrumentation and Measurement Society/TC10-Waveform Measurement and Analysis Title: Standard for Terminology and Test Methods for Analog-to-Digital Converters Status: Revision Project Technical Contact: Steven J Tilden, Phone:520-746-7587, Email:tilden_steve@ti.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Aug 11, 2005 Project Scope: The material presented in this standard is intended to provide common terminology and test methods for the testing and evaluation of analog-to-digital converters (ADCs). This standard considers only those ADCs whose output values have discrete values at discrete times, i.e. they are quantized and sampled. In general, this quantization is assumed to be nominally uniform (the input-output transfer curve is approximately a straight line) as discussed further in clause 1.3, and the sampling is assumed to be at a nominally uniform rate. Some but not all of the test methods in this standard can be used for ADCs that are designed for non- uniform quantization. The scope is the same as the first paragraph of the scope from IEEE Std 1241-2000. The second and third paragraphs of the existing scope have been moved to the "purpose". Project Purpose: This standard identifies ADC error sources and provides test methods with which to perform the required error measurements. The information in this standard is useful both to manufacturers and to users of ADCs in that it provides a basis for evaluating and comparing existing devices, as well as providing a template for writing specifications for the procurement of new ones. In some applications, the information provided by the tests described in this standard can be used to correct ADC errors, e.g., correction for gain and offset errors. The reader should note that this standard has many similarities to IEEE Std 1057-1994. Many of the tests and terms are nearly the same, since ADCs are a necessary part of digitizing waveform recorders. IEEE Std 1241-2000 did not have a "purpose" clause. This information is the same as paragraphs two and three of the scope clause of IEEE Std 1241-2000. Note: IEEE 1057 is presently under revision and the new edition will be referenced if approved prior to approval of this document. Designation: 1242-1999 Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Petroleum & Chemical Industry Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2005 Title: IEEE Guide for Specifying and Selecting Power, Control, and Special- Purpose Cable for Petroleum and Chemical Plants Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Aug 31, 1999 History: PAR APP: Sep 16, 1998, BD APP: Jun 26, 1999, ANSI APP: Oct 26, 1999 Project Scope: The scope of this project has been expanded to no only cover power and control cables (per original PAR) but many types of special purpose cables used in the petroleum and chemical industry. This Guide provides the user information on cable standards, specifications, applications, installations, testing and areas of interest on cable pertaining to the petrochemical industry. Special purpose cables such as Type PLTC, Tyhpe ITC Fiber Optic, voice and data, coaxial and others are addressed. Figures showing constructgion of the most commonly used cable types are also included. Project Purpose: No specific guide currently exists for specifying and selecting power, control and spcial purpose cables for use in petroleum and chemical plants. This guide provides application guidelines for the type installations found in petroleum and chemical plants as they relate to electrical mechanical, physical, thermal and environmental properties of the cable. In doing so, it addresses those areas of concern including chemical atmospheres, contamination, corrosion, environmental effects, and fire retardant considerations. It is intended to help eliminate premature cable failure due to improper specifications, selection and application of cable in this industry. Abstract: " Information on the specification and selection of power, control, and special-purposecable, as typically used in petroleum, chemical, and similar plants, is provided in this guide. Mate-rials, design, testing, and applications are addressed. More recent developments, such as strandfilling, low-smoke, zero-halogen materials, and chemical-moisture barriers have been included. " Key Words: 1242-1999_body.f5 Designation: 1243-1997 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transmission and Distribution Title: Design Guide for Improving the Lightning Performance of Transmission Lines Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Dec 16, 1997 History: PAR APP: Sep 28, 1990, BD APP: Jun 26, 1997, ANSI APP: Apr 24, 1998 Abstract: The effects of routing, structure type, insulation, shielding, and grounding on transmission lines are discussed. The way these transmission-line choices will improve or degrade lightning performance is also provided. An additional section discusses several special methods that may be used to improve lightning performance. Finally, a listing and description of the FLASH program is presented. Key Words: grounding, lightning protection, overhead electric power transmission, shielding Designation: P1243 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transmission and Distribution Title: Guide for Improving the Lightning Performance of Transmission Lines Status: Revision Project Technical Contact: Kurt Bell, Phone:208-685-6343, Email:kbell@powereng.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Aug 12, 2004 Project Scope: The scope of this project is to review existing guide for accuracy, new lightning data source, revise FLASH Program, incorporate new techniques for grounding assessment, add estimating line arrester energy discharge,add new techniques to improve lightning performance. Project Purpose: This guide is being revised because of new lightning assessment techniques, the need to revise the FLASH program, and present new sources of lightning data. Designation: 1244 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Storage Systems Title: Guide for Storage System Design Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Curtis Anderson, Email:curtisanderson1@comcast.net **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 28, 1990 Project Scope: This project will produce a clear, abstract, model exposing the design features required for storage systems to provide transparent, secure information access in highly distributed, heterogeneous computing environments. The model produced will describe design alternatives and rationales applicable within the spectrum of valid storage system architectures. Emphasis in the model will be placed on net-attached storage, object-oriented design, open source software, minimal licensing alternatives, and maximum scalability. Project Purpose: The work under this project will serve to revise the popular IEEE Mass Storage System Reference Model version 5 of 1994, and use it as a basis for related IEEE Recommended Practices and Standards. Information is being generated at rates in step with the rapidly improving technologies of processors, and while storage media and hardware are improving rapidly as well, storage system software and architecture lag dangerously behind. At the same time demands for access to information in highly distributed and heterogeneous environments are growing. Traditional approaches are not sufficient to meet these needs, and revolutionary or rapid evolutionary changes are needed in storage system design and software. This Model will guide implementers toward interoperability in meeting such demands by suggesting best use of current and emerging technologies. This Model will inspire commercial designs of storage systems and system components from a broad spectrum of implementers, resulting in a high level of interoperability throughout the world. Designation: 1244.1 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Storage Systems Title: Standard Object Identifier for Storage Systems Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: David E Skinner, Phone:303-272-6064, Email:dave.skinner@sun.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 17, 1992 Designation: 1244.1-2000 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Storage Systems Title: IEEE Standard for Media Management System (MMS) Architecture Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 18, 2007. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. History: PAR APP: Jun 25, 1998, BD APP: Jun 21, 2000 Project Scope: To specify the architecture of a distributed, platform- independent, system to manage removable media, including both disk and tape, using robotic and manual methods. The general scheme for managing media, the expected components of the software system, and the data model to be supported by the software system for manageing this media are described by this standard. Details of components of the Media Management System are specified by companion standards. Project Purpose: To provide a standard architecture for media management and enabling components. This architecture and companion components are part of a comprehensive revision of the Mass Storage Systems Reference Model (MSSRM), needed to achieve scalability and meaningful implementability. Abstract: " The architecture of a distributed, platform-independent system that manages removablemedia, including both disk and tape, using robotic and manual methods are specified. The generalschema for managing media, the components of the software system, and the supporting data mod-el used by the software system for managing this media are described by this standard. Details ofmajor components of the system are specified by companion standards. " Key Words: "application independent, architecture, automated tape library, content neutral, data model, device manager, distributed, drive manager, fully scalable, heterogeneous environment, information access, interoperability, language neutral, library management" Designation: 1244.2 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Storage Systems Title: Standard Physical Volume Library for Storage Systems (SSS.PVL) Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. History: PAR APP: Dec 03, 1992 Designation: 1244.2-2000 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Storage Systems Title: IEEE Standard for Media Management System (MMS) Session Security, Authentication, Initialization Protocol (SSAIP) Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 18, 2007. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. Publication type: Special Publication History: PAR APP: Jun 25, 1998, BD APP: Dec 07, 2000 Project Scope: Specify the protocol used to identify, authenticate and establish an initial connection between the software components of the IEEE Media Management System. Details of components of the Media Management System are specified by companion standards. Project Purpose: The Session Security, Authentication, and Initialization protocol enables the IEEE Media Management System to be a secure, distributed system. The protocol allows for future revision of other protocols within the system, and interoperability of an MMS with multiple versions of the different components of the system. Abstract: " The syntax and semantics of the protocol messages that pass between the MMS clientor MMS module and the MM are described. Since this protocol is only used in the context of theMMS, this standard cannot be understood without a thorough understanding of its architecture asdescribed in IEEE Std 1244.1-2000. " Key Words: "application independent, architecture, authentication, automated tape library, X.509 security, session, session initiation, SHA-1, software, SSL, storage, storage management," Designation: 1244.3 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Storage Systems Title: Standard Physical Volume Repository for Storage Systems (SSS.PVR) Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: David E Skinner, Phone:303-272-6064, Email:dave.skinner@sun.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 03, 1992 Designation: 1244.3-2000 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Storage Systems Title: IEEE Standard for Media Management System (MMS) Media Management Protocol (MMP) Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 18, 2007. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. History: PAR APP: Jun 25, 1998, BD APP: Jun 21, 2000, ANSI APP: Apr 26, 2001 Project Scope: Specify the Media Management Protocol which is used by client and administrative applications in the Media Management System to allocate, de-allocate, mount and dismount, volumes and to adminster the system. The MMP includes levels of privilige so that, for example, a client application cannot perform administrative funcetions, or an operator console program cannot perform higher-level management functions. Project Purpose: The Media Management Protocol is the interface to the MMS for application and administrative client programs. Abstract: " All relevant behavior and states of the Media Management System (MMS) and theMedia Manager (MM) from the time the MMS application successfully establishes a session withthe MM, until the session is severed is described. This standard specifies the behavior of the MMitself in response to certain MMP commands and events that occur during the existence of theMM, including but not limited to booting the MM and the un-commanded exit of a MMS client. " Key Words: "application independent, architecture, automated tape library, content neutral, data model device managaer, drive manager, library manager, media management, media neutral, storage management, system architecture" Designation: 1244.4 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Storage Systems Title: Standard Data Mover for Storage Systems (SSS.MVR) Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: David E Skinner, Phone:303-272-6064, Email:dave.skinner@sun.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 03, 1992 Designation: 1244.4-2000 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Storage Systems Title: IEEE Standard for Media Management System (MMS) Drive Management Protocol (DMP) Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 18, 2007. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. History: PAR APP: Jun 25, 1998, BD APP: Jun 21, 2000 Project Scope: Specify the Drive Management Protocol (DMP) used between two software components of the Media Management System (MMS): the central management core and a program that manages a drive which is used to access removable media. Project Purpose: To enable industry to reference and use a standard Media Management System component which defines the drive management application- layer protocol in terms of a language. Abstract: Version 1.0 of the Drive Management Protocol (DMP) is specified. Key Words: "data model, drvie manager, information access, language neutral, media neutral, storage management, system architecture" Designation: 1244.5 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Storage Systems Title: Standard for Storage System Management Interfaces and Managed Object Definitions (SSS.MGT) Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. History: PAR APP: Jun 17, 1993 Designation: 1244.5-2000 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Storage Systems Title: IEEE Standard for Media Management System (MMS) Library Management Protocol (LMP) Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 18, 2007. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. History: PAR APP: Jun 25, 1998, BD APP: Jun 21, 2000, ANSI APP: Apr 20, 2001 Project Scope: Specify the Library Management Protocol (LMP), the interface between two software components of the MMS: the central management core and a program that manages an automated library or a vault. Project Purpose: To enable industry to reference and use a standard Media Managment System component which defines the library management application- layer protocol in terms of a language. Abstract: The protocol syntax and semantics of messages that pass between the Library Manager(LM) and the Media Manager (MM) of an IEEE Media Management System (MMS) are specified.This standard specifies version 1.0 of the Library Management Protocol (LMP). Key Words: "application independent, architecture, automated tape library, data model, drive manager, language neutral, library management, library manager, media management, system architecture" Designation: 1244.6 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Storage Systems Title: Standards for Information Technology for Virtual Storage Services Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Robert Baird, Phone:408/447-2407, Email:bbaird@nsa.hp.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 02, 1993 Designation: 1244.6 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Storage Systems Title: Standard for Media Management System (MMS) Media Manager Interchange Protocol (MMIP) Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Curtis Anderson, Email:curtisanderson1@comcast.net **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jun 25, 1998 Project Scope: Specify the Media Manager Interchange Protocol (MMIP), defining a protocol to allow interchange of information between autonomous Media managers. Project Purpose: To enable industry to reference and use a standard Media Management System component which defines the media management interchange application-layer protocol in terms of a language. Designation: 1244.7 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Storage Systems Title: Standard for Media Management System (MMS) Media Manager Control Interface Protocol (MMCIP) Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Jack Cole, Phone:410 278 9276, Email:jack.cole@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jun 25, 1998 Project Scope: Specify the Media Manager Control Interface Protocol (MMCIP), defining a protocol which permits interfacing the data management component of the MMS with existing library management systems. Project Purpose: To enable industry to reference and use a standard Media Management System component which defines the media manager control interface application-layer protocol in terms of a language. Designation: 1244.8 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Storage Systems Title: Standard for Media Management System (MMS) C Language Procedural Interface Authentication, and Initialization Protocol (SSAIP) Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Curtis Anderson, Email:curtisanderson1@comcast.net **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jun 25, 1998 Project Scope: Specify the C Language Procedural Interface, defines a set of standard programming interfaces which facilitate construction of components of the MMS, particularly client, administrative, and operational applications, library managers, and drive managers. Although the definition will be for the C programming language, the interface will be developed with a view of implementation in languages such as C++ or Java. Project Purpose: To enable industry to reference and use a standard Media Management System which is constructed using a defined set of programming interfaces. Designation: 1244.9 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Storage Systems Title: Standard for Media Management System (MMS) User Mount Commands Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Curtis Anderson, Email:curtisanderson1@comcast.net **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jun 25, 1998 Project Scope: To specify a set of standard commands allowing users to mount, unmount, acquire, and release media. These commands are specified as a part of a command line interface for systems that offer such interfaces, such as the UNIX shell or NT command line interface. Commands may be embedded in scripts to produce more complex or custom functions, or to allow an application program that is not written for MMS to be adaped for use with MMS. Project Purpose: To enable industry to reference and use a standard Media Management System which is constructed using a defined set user commands which permit extensibility and interoperability. Designation: 1244.10 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Storage Systems Title: Standard for Media Managment System (MMS) Standard Administrative and Operational Commands Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Curtis Anderson, Email:curtisanderson1@comcast.net **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jun 25, 1998 Project Scope: To specify a set of MMS Standard Administrative and Operational Commands for the Media Management System. The standard defines a command- line, minimally interactive interface for basic interaction with the MMS; these commands could be used to construct interactive interfaces using scripting-based systems such as web CGI scripting or tcl/tk. Project Purpose: To enable industry to reference and use a standard Media Management System which is constructed using a defined set of standard administrative and operational commands which permit extensibility and interoperability. Designation: 1244.11 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Storage Systems Title: Standard Data Mover for Storage Systems (MOVER) Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Curtis Anderson, Email:curtisanderson1@comcast.net **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jun 25, 1998 Project Scope: To provide the definition, architecture, and software interfaces of a server called a "Mover", which transfers data between two endpoints within a distributed storage system. Project Purpose: To provide standard storage system data Mover architecture and software interfaces for use by the IEEE Media Management System (although MOVER is not an MMS component) and other storage systems. To enable industry to reference and use a standard storage system data mover. Designation: 1245 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Substations Title: Guide for Permanent, Non-grounding, Power Connection Systems Used in Substations. Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: David Lane Garrett, Phone:205-257-6352, Email:dlgarret@southernco.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 28, 1990 Designation: 1246-2002 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Substations Title: IEEE Guide for Temporary Protective Grounding Systems Used in Substations Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Apr 14, 2003 **Supersedes 1246-1997. History: PAR APP: Mar 17, 2001, BD APP: Sep 12, 2002, ANSI APP: Jan 21, 2003 Project Scope: This guide covers the design, performance, use, testing, and installation of temporary protective grounding systems, including the connection points, as used in permanent and mobile substations. This guide does not address series-capacitor compensated systems. Project Purpose: This guide suggests good practices, technical information, and safety criteria to assist in the selection and application of temporary protective grounding systems, including the connection points, as used in permanent and mobile substations. Abstract: The design, performance, use, testing, and installation of temporary protectivegrounding systems, including the connection points, as used in permanent and mobile substations,are covered in this guide. Key Words: grounding, personal safety, protective grounding, safety, temporary grounding, ultimate rating, withstand rating Designation: P1246 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Substations Title: Guide for Temporary Protective Grounding Systems Used in Substations Status: Revision Project Technical Contact: David Lane Garrett, Phone:205-257-6352, Email:dlgarret@southernco.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. Project Scope: This guide covers the design, performance, use, testing, and installation of temporary protective grounding (TPG) systems, including the connection points, as used in permanent and mobile substations. This guide does not address series-capacitor compensated systems. Project Purpose: This guide suggests good practices, technical information, and safety criteria to assist in the selection and application of temporary protective grounding systems, including the connection points, as used in permanent and mobile substations. Designation: 1246-1997 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Substations Title: IEEE Guide for Temporary Protective Grounding Systems Used in Substations Status: Superseded **Superseded by 1246-2002. Technical Contact: David Lane Garrett, Phone:205-257-6352, Email:dlgarret@southernco.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 28, 1990, BD APP: Aug 01, 1996, ANSI APP: Apr 24, 1998 Abstract: The design, performance, use, testing, and installation of temporary protective grounding systems, including the connection points, as used in permanent and mobile substations are covered. Key Words: grounding, personnel safety, protective grounding, safety, temporary grounding, ultimate rating, withstand rating Designation: 1247-2005 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Switchgear Title: IEEE Standard for Interrupter Switches for Alternating Current, Rated Above 1000 Volts Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jun 06, 2006 **NOTE: IEEE PC37.73 (D.9, 1997) is currently under development. Requirements specified by this document will become effective when it is approved as a standard. Technical Contact: Marcel Fortin, Phone:450-922-0925, Email:fortin.marcel@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Sep 12, 2002, BD APP: Dec 07, 2005, ANSI APP: Mar 28, 2006 Project Scope: This standard applies to switching devices, interrupters, and interrupter switches (as defined in IEEE Std C37.100-1992) for alternating current, rated above 1000 volts and used indoors, outdoors, or in enclosures for which a switching rating is to be assigned.While this standard covers the basic requirements of interrupter switches used indoors, outdoors, and in enclosures, other standards such as IEEE Std C37.20.2-1993, IEEE Std C37.20.3-1987, IEEE Std C37.20.4-1996, IEEE Std C37.71-1984, and IEEE PC37.73 (D.9, 1997) also contain requirements for switches used in enclosures. This standard does not apply to load-break separable insulated connectors, which are covered by IEEE Std 386-1995 [B7]. This standard also does not apply to circuit-breakers, circuit-switchers, or reclosers. Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to provide a basic standard for switching devices, interrupters, and interrupter switches. This broad definition of a switch, encompasses devices that meet the strict definition of an interrupter switch in IEEE Std C37.100-1992, and also encompass devices that utilize insulating media other than air. Technical errors have been identified in some of the testing code. The intent of this revision is to produce a technically correct standard, but not to change any of the approach philosophy. Abstract: The basic requirements of interrupter switches used indoors, outdoors, and in enclosures are covered. This standard does not apply to load-break separable insulated connectors. Key Words: enclosed switch, indoor switch, interrupter switch, outdoor switch, switching ability, switching current, switching rating Designation: 1247-1998 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Switchgear Title: IEEE Standard for Interrupter Switches for Alternating Current, Rated Above 1,000 Volts Status: Superseded **Project was known as C37.39. History: BD APP: Jul 22, 1998 Abstract: " The basic requirements of interrupter switches used indoors, outdoors, and in enclosuresare covered. This standard does not apply to load-break separable insulated connectors. " Key Words: "enclosed switch,indoor switch,interrupter switch,outdoor switch,switching ability,switching current,switching rating" Designation: 1248-1998 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Energy Development & Power Generation Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2007 Title: IEEE Guide for the Commissioning of Electrical Systems in Hydroelectric Power Plants Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Sep 21, 1998 History: PAR APP: Dec 06, 1990, BD APP: Jun 25, 1998 Abstract: " Inspection proceedures and tests for use following the completion of the installation ofcomponents and systems through to commercial operation are provided. This guide is directed tothe plant owners, designers, and contractors involved in the commissioning of electrical systems ofhydroelectric plants. " Key Words: "commissioning, hydroelectric power plant" Designation: 1249-1996 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Energy Development & Power Generation Title: IEEE Guide for Computer-Based Control for Hydroelectric Power Plant Automation Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: May 06, 1997 Technical Contact: Robert E Howell, Phone:704-849-9285, Email:RHowell4@Carolina.rr.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Dec 06, 1990, BD APP: Dec 10, 1996, ANSI APP: May 15, 1997 Abstract: The application, design concepts, and implementation of computer-based control systems for hydroelectric power plant automation is addressed. Functional capabilities, performance requirements, interface requirements, hardware considerations, and operator training are discussed. Recommendations for system testing and acceptance are provided, and case studies of actual computer-based control applications are presented. Key Words: computer-based automation, closed-loop control, data acquisition, hydroelectric, power plant, network bus configurations, system architecture, system performance, alarm processing, automatic generation control, automatic voltage control Designation: P1249 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Energy Development & Power Generation Title: Guide for Computer Based Controls for Hydroelectric Power Plant Automation Status: Revision Project Technical Contact: Douglas B Seely, Phone:503-297-1631, Email:Doug.Seely@stantec.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 06, 2001 Project Scope: The original scope of the guide was to provide guidance to the practicing engineer in the field of hydroelectric power plants by describing the application, design concepts and implementation of computer-based control systems for hydroelectric power plant automation. It also addresses functional capabilities, performance requirements, interface requirements, tradeoffs, hardware considerations and includes typical application examples. Project Purpose: The guide has not been revised since completion of the original work on the document in 1996. It is proposed to make revisions to the guide to reflect the advances in technology and to provide actual computer implementation in hydroelectric power plants. The guide will be amended with the latest case studies, software functions, HMI and communications solutions. Designation: 1250-1995 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transmission and Distribution Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2002 Title: IEEE Guide for Service to Equipment Sensitive to Momentary Voltage Disturbances Status: Approved Publication of IEEE **administratively withdrawn on 15-Jan-2001. History: PAR APP: Dec 06, 1990, BD APP: Mar 16, 1995, ANSI APP: Oct 29, 2002 Abstract: Computers, computer-like products, and equipment using solid-state power conversion have created entirely new areas of power quality considerations. There is an increasing awareness that much of this new user equipment is not designed to withstand the surges, faults, and reclosing duty present on typical distribution systems. Momentary voltage disturbances occuring in ac power distribution and utilization systems, their potential effects on this new, sensitive, user equipment, and guidance toward mitigation of these effects are described. Harmonic distortion limits are also discussed. Key Words: surge protection, power conditioners, momentary voltage disturbances, harmonic distortion, faults, disturbance analyzers, Surges, Sensitive equipment, Noise Designation: P1250 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transmission and Distribution Title: Guide for Identifying and Improving Voltage Quality in Power Systems Status: Revision Project Technical Contact: Dennis Hansen, Phone:801-220-4816, Email:dennis.hansen@pacificorp.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 16, 2006 Project Scope: This guide will assist readers in identifying and improving voltage quality in power systems, and will reference publications in this area.<br> More specifically, this Guide includes:<br> 1. Voltage quality levels from benchmarking studies <br> 2. Factors that affect power system performance <br> 3. Mitigation measures that improve power system performance <br> 4. References to current relevant in-depth IEEE standards and other documents<br> This Guide only addresses subjects in depth where no other power quality reference does so. It is a "gateway" document for power quality which points the way to other documents in this field. Project Purpose: The primary purpose in writing this Guide is to assist power delivery system designers and operators in delivering power with voltage quality that is compatible with electrical end-use equipment. Another purpose is to point utility system customers toward power quality solutions that may exist in the power utilization system and equipment. Designation: 1251 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Energy Development & Power Generation Title: Guide for Collection of Data on Personal Injuries in Generating Stations and Substations Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Greg P Rahman, Phone:415-768-4493, Email:grahman@bechtel.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 06, 1990 Designation: 1252 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessors and Microcomputers Title: Standard for a Frame-based Knowledge Representation Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Glenn O Veach, Phone:412/642-6900 **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jun 17, 1993 Designation: 1254 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Insulated Conductors Title: Guide for the Measurement and Use of Soil Thermal Stability Data Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Fred Kimsey **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 06, 1990 Designation: 1254 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Insulated Conductors Title: Guide for the Measurement and Use of Soil Thermal Stability Data Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Mack A. Martin, Phone:(404) 683-0070, Email:mamjr@mindspring.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jun 25, 1998 Project Scope: Provide guidelines for the understanding of moisture migration in soil during thermal property measurements. Provide guidelines for the measurement and use of soil thermal stability data. Project Purpose: To provide cable engineers with guidelines for measurement and application of thermal stability data Designation: 1255-2000 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Electric Machinery Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2006 Title: IEEE Guide for Evaluation of Torque Pulsations During Starting of Synchronous Motors Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Sep 29, 2000 Technical Contact: Thomas A Lipo, Phone:608/262-0287, Email:lipo@engr.wisc.edu **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Mar 19, 1998, BD APP: Aug 07, 2000, ANSI APP: Jan 05, 2001 Project Scope: To assist in providing a uniform method for calculating and measuuring torque pulsations which occur during starting of synchronous motors. Synchronous motors as discussed in this guide specifically refer to salient-pole type motors with wound main field circuits with either a continuous or interrupted amortisseur cage/ In modern installations, direct current is applied to the main field by means of slip rings from a static exciter or by a rotating brushless excitation system to establish synchronous operation. Project Purpose: Define electromagnetic torque pulsations which occur during starting of synchronous motors; Recommends a standard equivalent circuit that can be used to analytically describe the behavior of the synchronous motor during starting; provide the definitions and information necessary to properly determine the circuit parameters in the equivalent circuit; supply equations derived from the circuit which can be used to calculate the magnitude of the torque pulsation which would occur during starting; present a uniform technique for the on-line measurement of torque pulsations during starting based on equations derived from the equivalent circuit. Abstract: " A uniform method for calculating and measuring torque pulsations that occur during start-ing of synchronous motors is provided. Synchronous motors, as discussed in this guide, applies toall types of excited synchronous motors, including laminated or solid, salient or nonsalient ma-chines, as well as nonexcited synchronous-reluctance motors." Key Words: Author: IEEE Designation: 1255 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Electric Machinery Title: Guide for Evaluation of Torque Pulsations During Starting of Synchronous Motors Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Stephen B Kuznetsov, Phone:724-657-2072, Email:stephen@powersuper.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 21, 1991 Designation: 1256 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessors and Microcomputers Title: Standard for an Open Basic Input/Output System (OBIOS) Software Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: L Castelli, Phone:011-39-2-26162329 **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 21, 1991 Designation: 1258 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transformers Title: Trial Use Guide for the Interpretation of Gases Generated in Silicone - Immersed Transformers Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Frank J Gryszkiewicz, Phone:617-926-4900x213, Email:frankg@doble.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jun 14, 1995 Project Scope: This guide is intended to apply to silicone-immersed transformers in which the silicone fluid was the fluid supplied when the transformer was originally manyfactured. This guide also addresses the following: 1.) The theory of combustible gas generation in a silicone-filled transformer. 2.) Recommended procedures for sampling and analysis. 3.) Recommended actions based on the interpretation of results. 4.) A bibliography of related literature. Project Purpose: The purpose of this project is to write a guide to assist the transformer operator in evaluating Dissolved Gas Analysis (DGA) data obtained for silicone-filled transformers. Other techniques such as fixed instruments and gas space analysis may well have utility for silicone filled units;\however, due to a lack of data at this time, this guide will focus only on dissolved gas analysis. Designation: 1260-1996 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transmission and Distribution Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2007 Title: IEEE Guide on the Prediction, Measurement, and Analysis of AM Broadcast Reradiation by Power Lines Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Oct 14, 1996 History: PAR APP: Jun 27, 1991, BD APP: Feb 14, 1996, ANSI APP: Jul 16, 1996 Abstract: A set of procedures to be followed to cope with reradiation of AM broadcast signals from power lines and other large metallic structures is provided. Reradiation may be described as electromagnetic waves radiated from a structure that has parasitically picked up a signal from the environment. A simplified prediction technique called a survey is described to determine which structures could possibly cause a problem. Guidelines for measurements and data analysis are included. Key Words: AM broadcast, interference prediction, measurement, power lines, reradiation Designation: 1262-1995 Sponsor: SASB/SCC21-Fuel Cells, Photovoltaics, Dispersed Generation, and Energy Storage Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Qualification of Photovoltaic (PV) Modules Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 10, 2002. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. History: PAR APP: Jun 27, 1991, BD APP: Dec 12, 1995, ANSI APP: Jul 16, 1996 Abstract: Recommended procedures and specifications for qualification tests that are structured to evaluate terrestrial flat-plate photovoltaic non-concentrating modules intended for power generation applications are established. Key Words: amorphous silicon devices, bypass diode thermal test, crystalline devices, damp heat test, dry hipot test, dynamic load test, electrical isolation test, electrical performance test, ground-continuity test, hail- impact test, hot-spot endurance test, humidity-freeze cycle test, mechanical loading test, outdoor exposure test, photovoltaic (PV) module, power generation, qualification test report, static load test, surface-cut susceptibility test, thermal-cycle test, twist test, ultraviolet conditioning test, visual inspection, wet hipot test, wet insulation- resistance test Designation: 1264-1993 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Substations Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2004 Title: IEEE Guide for Animal Deterrents for Electric Power Supply Substations Status: Approved Publication of IEEE **Mar04-Withdrawn by ANSI as overage. Technical Contact: Michael J Bio, Phone:205-967-0854, Email:mike@bio-direct.net **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Jun 27, 1991, BD APP: Mar 18, 1993, ANSI APP: Aug 30, 1993 Abstract: Methods and designs to mitigate interruptions and equipment damage resulting from animal intrusions into electric power supply substations thereby improving reliability and minimizing the associated revenue loss are addressed. Key Words: barrier, flashover, mitigation, phase-to-phase, Phase-to-phase fault, Phase-to-ground fault Designation: 1264 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Substations Title: Guide for Animal Deterrents for Electric Power Supply Substations Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Michael J Bio, Phone:205-967-0854, Email:mike@bio-direct.net **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 16, 1999 Project Scope: Updating to incorporate industry changes and improvements, since the guide was originally issued. Project Purpose: To identify methods for deterring animals from entering, and if inside, damaging substation facilities. Designation: 1265 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transformers Title: Standard for Bar Coding for Distribution Transformers Status: Superseded **Redesignated C57.12.35 Technical Contact: Ron D Jordan, Phone:619 654 8240 **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. Project Scope: This standard sets forth bar code label requirements for overhead, padmounted, and underground type distribution transformers. Included herein are requirements for data content, symbology, label layout, print quality, and label life expectancy. This standard assumes the existence of central transformer data bases within utility companies so that bar code labels need only carry basic transformer identificaiton data. Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to promote standardization and uniform use of bar code labels on distribution transformers when specified by the user. Longer term, it is hoped that the bar codes provided as a result of this standard will serve as an integral part of electrical utility material and information management systems. Designation: 1266 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Substations Title: Trial-Use Guide for Evaluation and Development of Substation Life Extension Programs Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Gary Klein, Phone:(816) 822-3068, Email:GKLEIN@BURNSMCD.COM **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 21, 1996 Project Scope: Investigate the methods and techniques of a systematic approach to life extension of substation facilities. Project Purpose: Develop a guide which will provide prudent technical and economical criteria for development and implementation of substation life extension programs. Designation: 1267-1999 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Substations Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2005 Title: IEEE Guide for Development of Specification for Turnkey Substation Projects Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Dec 30, 1999 Technical Contact: Arun Arora, Phone:303-670-0399, Email:arun.arora@ptd.siemens.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Mar 19, 1992, BD APP: Jun 26, 1999, ANSI APP: Mar 28, 2006 Abstract: " The technical requirements to engineer, design, specify, fabricate, manufacture, furnish,install, test, commission, and provide as-built documents for air-insulated substations are covered.This guide investigates the methods, practices, and requirements of both users and suppliers in or-der to promogate a systematic and coordinated approach for development of specifications for turn-key substation projects. " Designation: 1268-2005 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Substations Title: IEEE Guide for Safety in the Installation of Mobile Substation Equipment Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Nov 04, 2005 Technical Contact: David Lane Garrett, Phone:205-257-6352, Email:dlgarret@southernco.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Dec 11, 2002, BD APP: Jun 09, 2005, ANSI APP: Oct 07, 2005 Project Scope: This guide contains information on general topics and items pertaining to the installation of mobile substation equipment. The guide recognizes that mobile substations vary widely regarding the particular devices and equipment used. It is beyond the scope of this guide to provide a specific step-by-step set of instructions for individual units. This guide covers installation of mobile substation equipment up to 245 kV. Project Purpose: The purpose of this guide is to establish general transport, setup, and installation guidelines for the safe use of mobile substation equipment. This guide has been developed with the intent to identify specific areas of concern and offer design assistance in those areas. Abstract: Information pertaining to the installation of mobile substation equipment up to 245 kV is provided in this guide. Key Words: grounding, installation, lightning stroke protection, mobile substation equipment, shielding, step voltage, surge protection, touch voltage, transferred voltage Designation: 1268-1997 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Substations Title: IEEE Guide for the Safe Installation of Mobile Substation Equipment Status: Superseded Technical Contact: Shashikant G Patel, Phone:404 675-1886, Email:patel@ee.gatech.edu **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 26, 1991, BD APP: Jun 26, 1997, ANSI APP: Apr 24, 1998 Abstract: Information pertaining to the installation of mobile substation equipment up to 230 kV is provided. Key Words: grounding, installation, lighting, lightning stroke protection, mobile substation equipment, shielding, step voltage, surge protection, touch voltage, transferred voltage Designation: 1275-1994 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessors and Microcomputers Title: IEEE Standard for Boot (Initialization Configuration) Firmware: Core Requirements and Practices Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: May 01, 2000. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. History: PAR APP: Mar 16, 1993, BD APP: Mar 17, 1994, ANSI APP: Aug 23, 1994 Abstract: Firmware is the read-only-memory (ROM)-based software that controls a computer between the time it is turned on and the time the primary operating system takes control of the machine. Open Firmware provides the following: a mechanism for loading and executing programs (such as operating systems) from disks, tapes, network interfaces, and other devices; an ISA-independent method for identifying devices "plugged in" to expansion buses and for providing firmware and diagnostics drivers for these devices; an extensible and programmable command language based on the Forth programming language; methods for managing user- configurable options stored in nonvolatile memory; a "call back" interface allowing other programs to make use of Open Firmware services; and debugging tools for hardware, firmware, firmware drivers, and system software. Key Words: ROM, Plug-in device, Initialization, Forth, Firmware, FCode, Debug, Configuration, Boot Designation: 1275.1-1994 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessors and Microcomputers Title: IEEE Standard for Boot (Initialization Configuration) Firmware: Instruction Set Architecture (ISA) Supplement for IEEE 1754 Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: May 01, 2000. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. Technical Contact: Martin D Walsh, Phone:408/922-9582, Email:martin.walsh@fmi.fujitsu.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jun 17, 1993, BD APP: Sep 22, 1994, ANSI APP: Mar 21, 1995 Abstract: Firmware is the read-only-memory (ROM)-based software that controls a computer between the time it is turned on and the time the primary operating system takes control of the machine. Firmware's responsibilities include testing and initializing the hardware, determining the hardware configuration, loading (or booting) the operating system, and providing interactive debugging facilities in case of faulty hardware or software. The core requirements and practices specified by IEEE Std 1275-1994 must be supplemented by system-specific requirements to form a complete specification for the firmware for a particular system. This standard establishes such additional requirements pertaining to the instruction set architecture (ISA) defined by IEEE Std 1754- 1994: IEEE Standard for a 32-bit Microprocessor Architecture. Key Words: boot, configuration, debug, FCode, firmware, Forth, initialization, plug-in device, ROM Designation: 1275.2-1994 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessors and Microcomputers Title: IEEE Standard for Boot (Initialization Configuration) Firmware: Bus Supplement for IEEE 1496 (SBus) Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: May 01, 2000. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. Technical Contact: Martin D Walsh, Phone:408/922-9582, Email:martin.walsh@fmi.fujitsu.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jun 17, 1993, BD APP: Sep 22, 1994, ANSI APP: Mar 21, 1995 Abstract: Firmware is the read-only-memory (ROM)-based software that controls a computer between the time it is turned on and the time the primary operating system takes control of the machine. Firmware's responsibilites include testing and initializing the hardware, determining the hardware configuration, loading (or booting) the operating system, and providing interactive debugging facilities in case of faulty hardware or software. The core requirements and practices specified by IEEE Std 1275-1994 must be supplemented by system-specific requirements to form a complete specification for the firmware for a particular system. This standard establishes such additional requirements pertaining to the bus architecture defined by IEEE Std 1496-1993, IEEE Standard for a Chip and Module Interconnect Bus: SBus. Key Words: boot, configuration, debug, FCode, firmware, Forth, initialization, plug-in device, ROM Designation: 1275.3 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessors and Microcomputers Title: Standard for Boot (Initialization Configuration) Firmware—IEEE P1014 (VME) Bus Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: William Mitch Bradley, Phone:415/916-6984, Email:williamm.bradley@exeloncorp.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 21, 1996 Project Scope: This document will specify the application of IEEE 1275-1994 Boot Firmware to systems conforming to the 32-bit IEEE standard named IEEE 1014-1987 VME Bus, including VME-specific requirements and practices for address formats, interrupts, probing and related properties and methods. Extensions to the 32-bit IEEE standard, introduced in the newer VME64 bus standard ANSI/VITA-1 1995, which specifies a maximum address space of 64 bits, are outside the scope of this document. Project Purpose: The core requirements and practices specified by IEEE Std 1275-1994 must be supplemented by system specific requirements to form a complete specification for the firmware for a particular system. This standard establishes such additional requirements pertaining to the bus architecture defined by ANSI/IEEE 1014-1987, VME Standard. Designation: 1275.4-1995 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessors and Microcomputers Title: IEEE Standard for Boot (Initialization Configuration) Firmware: Bus Supplement for IEEE 896 (Futurebus+®) Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 15, 2001. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **Supplement to IEEE Std 1275-1994. administratively withdrawn on 15-Jan- 2001. Technical Contact: Martin D Walsh, Phone:408/922-9582, Email:martin.walsh@fmi.fujitsu.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jun 17, 1993, BD APP: Sep 21, 1995, ANSI APP: Jun 06, 1996 Abstract: Abstract: Firmware is the read-only-memory (ROM)-based software that controls a computer between the time it is turned on and the time the primary operating system takes control of the machine. Firmware's responsibilities include testing and initializing the hardware, determining the hardware configuration, loading (or booting) the operating system, and providing interactive debugging facilities in case of faulty hardware or software. The core requirements and practices specified by IEEE Std 1275-1994 must be supplemented by system-specific requirements to form a complete specification for the firmware for a particular system. This standard establishes such additional requirements pertaining to the bus architecture defined by the IEEE Futurebus+® standards: ISO/IEC 10857: 1994[ANSI/IEEE Std 896.1, 1994 Edition], Information technology-Microprocessor systems- Futurebus +®-Logical protocol specifications; and IEEE Std 896.2-1991: IEEE Standard for Futurebus +®-Physical Layer and Profile Specification. Key Words: boot, configuration, debug, FCode, firmware, forth, initialization, plug in device, ROM Designation: 1275.5 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessors and Microcomputers Title: Standard for Boot (Initialization Configuration) Firmware, Supplement for 680X0 ISA Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: William Mitch Bradley, Phone:415/916-6984, Email:williamm.bradley@exeloncorp.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 15, 1993 Project Scope: This document will specify the application of Std 1275 Boot Firmware to the 680x0 Instruction Set Architecture, including 680x0-specific requirements and practices for debugging, client program interface, and data formats. Project Purpose: The core requirements and practices specified by Std 1275.0 must be augmented by system-specific requirements to form a complete specification for the firmware for a particular system. This proposed standard establishes such additional requirements pertaining to the 680x0 Intruction Set Architecture. Designation: 1275.6 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessors and Microcomputers Title: Standard for Boot (Initialization Configuration) Firmware, 64 Bit Extensions Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: David Kahn, Phone:415/786 6203, Email:david.kahn@Sun.COM **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 13, 1994 Project Scope: This document will specify user and device interface extensions suitable for use by bindings to 64 bit processors and bindings to 64 bit buses. Project Purpose: The core requirements and practices specified by IEEE-1275- 1994 do not include user interface and device interface definitions for native 64 bit-wide device and memory access. 64 bit bindings and implementations need a standardized set of interfaces (including allocating a fixed set of FCode numbers) for dealings with native 64 bit access. This proposed standard establishes such additional requirements. Designation: 1275a Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessors and Microcomputers Title: Supplement to IEEE Std 1275-1994, IEEE Standard For Boot (Initialization Configuration) Firmware: Core Requirements and Practices - Errata, Clarifications and Corrections Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: David Kahn, Phone:415/786 6203, Email:david.kahn@Sun.COM **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jun 14, 1995 Project Scope: This supplement will correct errors in and specify clarifications to IEEE 1275-1994. The project will not include extensions or recommended practice to IEEE 1275-1994. Project Purpose: IEEE 1275-1994 has several errors and inconsistencies as published. This project will publish corrections to those errors and clear up the inconsistencies and publish clarifications to items in the standard that are not well understood by the community or are considered vague and open to differing interpretation by the community. Designation: 1276-1997 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transformers Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2006 Title: IEEE Guide for the Application of High-Temperature Insulation Materials in Liquid-Immersed Power Transformers Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Mar 06, 1998 **Upgraded from Trial-Use to Full-Use on 30 March 2000. History: PAR APP: Sep 26, 1991, BD APP: Jun 26, 1997, ANSI APP: Aug 14, 2006 Project Scope: Prepare a trial use guide for General Requirements for Liquid- Immersed Power Transformers utilizing High Temperature Solid Insulating Materials. Project Purpose: To define consensus of existing practices developed from the use of high temperature insulating materials in as yet unstandardized liquid-filled power transformers. Abstract: " Technical information is provided related to liquid-immersed power transformersinsulated with high-temperature materials. Guidelines for applying existing qualified high-temperature materials to certain insulation systems, recommendations for loading high-temperature liquid-immersed power transformers, and technical information on insulation-systemtemperature ratings and test procedures for qualifying new high-temperature materials areincluded. " Key Words: "high-temperature insulation material,hyprid insulation system,liquid-immersed power transformer,loading guide" Designation: 1277-2000 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transformers Title: IEEE General Requirements and Test Code for Dry-Type and Oil-Immersed Smoothing Reactors for DC Power Transmission Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jun 05, 2000 **March 2002: Upgraded from Trial Use. History: PAR APP: Sep 26, 1991, BD APP: Mar 30, 2000 Abstract: " The electrical, mechanical, and physical requirements of oil-immersed and dry-type aircore smoothing reactors for high- voltage direct current (HVDC) applications are specified. Testcode is defined and appropriate technical background information is presented or identified. " Key Words: "construction, dry-type air core, HVDC, oil-immersed, rating, smoothing reactors, testcode application" Designation: P1277 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transformers Title: Standard General Requirements and Test Code for Dry-Type and Oil- Immersed Smoothing Reactors for DC Power Transmission Status: Revision Project Technical Contact: Richard F Dudley, Phone:416-298-8108, Email:richardd@ca.trenchgroup.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Nov 10, 2005 Project Scope: The scope of this standard is the definition and specification of the requirements and test code for dry-type and oil-immersed smoothing reactors for HVDC (high voltage direct current) power transmission. This standard only applies to smoothing reactors for dc transmission. It does not apply to other smoothing reactors such as reactors for power converters for variable speed drives, etc. Project Purpose: The purpose is the same as the original document, which was to define requirements and test code for dry-type and oil-immersed smoothing reactors for HVDC application. Although requirements are usually construction independent, test code is not and the standard reflects this characteristic. This revision is required to upgrade test code, design considerations and application information based on feedback from manufacturers and "end users"; dry-type or oil-immersed specific when required. Test code methodology will be modified to reflect current technology. Designation: 1278-1993 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society Title: IEEE Standard for Information Technology -- Protocols for Distributed Interactive Simulation Applications--Entity Information and Interaction Status: Superseded **Revision was redesignated 1278.1. Technical Contact: Frank R Hill, Phone:404-464-4511, Email:fhill@sdslink.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 05, 1991, BD APP: Mar 18, 1993, ANSI APP: Sep 27, 1993 Abstract: Data messages, called protocol data units (PDUs), that are exchanged between simulation applications are defined. These PDUs provide information concerning simulated entity states and the types of entity interactions that take place in a distributed interactive simulation (DIS). The messages defined are for interactions that are primarily within visual range. Future versions of this standard will contain additional PDUs required to exchange information about interactions and functions not currently supported. Key Words: articulated, parts, attached, parts, dead, reckoning, entity, coordinate, Euler, angles, field, guise, PDUs, right-hand, rule, simulation, application, simulation, entity Designation: 1278.1-1995 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Simulation Interoperability Stds Organization/Stds Activities Committee Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2002 Title: IEEE Standard for Distributed Interactive Simulation - Application Protocols Status: Approved Publication of IEEE **Revision a redesignation of IEEE Std 1278-1993. Technical Contact: Rhonda Lea Freeman, Phone:407-275-8755, Email:rfreeman@ist.ucf.edu **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Mar 17, 1994, BD APP: Sep 21, 1995, ANSI APP: Feb 06, 1997 Abstract: Data messages, known as protocol data units (PDUs), that are exchanged on a network between simulation applications are defined. These PDUs are for interactions that take place within specified domains called protocol families, which include Entity Information/Interaction, Warfare, Logistics, Simulation Management, Distributed Emission Regeneration, and Radio Communications. Key Words: data messages, protocol data units, PDU, DIS, simulation network Designation: P1278.1 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Simulation Interoperability Stds Organization/Stds Activities Committee Title: Standard for Distributed Interactive Simulation - Application Protocols Status: Revision Project Technical Contact: Ralph J Weber, Phone:256-885-7133, Email:rweber@csc.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 20, 2005 Project Scope: This standard is part of a proposed set of standards for DIS applications. Each standard in the proposed set describes one or more of the elements that constitute the DIS environment. As a whole, the set of standards will define an interoperable simulated battle environment. This particular standard addresses the application protocols. Project Purpose: This standard defines the data messages, known as PDUs, which are exchanged on a network between simulation applications. The messages defined are for interactions that take place within specified domains called protocol families. Current protocol families include Entity Information/Interaction, Warfare, Logistics, Simulation Management, Distributed Emission Regeneration, Radio Communications, Simulation Management, Synthetic Environment, Entity Management, Minefield, Live Entity Information/Interaction and Non-Real Time. Future versions of this standard will contain additional PDUs and protocol families to exchange information about interactions and functions not currently supported. Designation: 1278.1a-1998 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Simulation Interoperability Stds Organization/Stds Activities Committee Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2002 Title: IEEE Standard for Distributed Interactive Simulation Application Protocols Status: Approved Publication of IEEE Technical Contact: J. Joseph Brann, Phone:407-658-8323, Email:Joebrann@AOL.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Jun 20, 1996, BD APP: Mar 19, 1998 Project Scope: This standard addresses DIS application protocols to support: Newtonian Collisions, IFF/ATC/NAVAIDS, Underwater Acoustics, Entity Management, Environment, Intercom Communications, Simulation Management with Reliability, and Non Real Time. Project Purpose: The current DIS application protocols do not support the functions and interactions as detailed in section 6. In this supplement the current standard will be extended to define protocols for the above areas which are critical to the overall growth of DIS. Abstract: " Data messages, known as protocol data units (PDUs), that are exchanged on a networkbetween simulation applications are defined. These PDUs are for interactions that take place withinspecified domains called protocol families, which include Entity Information/Interaction, Warfare,Logistics, Simulation Management, Distributed Emission Regeneration, Radio Communications,Entity Management, Minefield, Synthetic Environment, Simulation Management with Reliability,Live Entity Information/Interaction, and Non-Real Time. " Key Words: "data messages, Distributed Interactive Simulation, protocol data units (PDUs), Simulation network" Designation: 1278.2-1995 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Simulation Interoperability Stds Organization/Stds Activities Committee Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2002 Title: IEEE Standard for Distributed Interactive Simulation - Communication Services and Profiles Status: Approved Publication of IEEE Technical Contact: Christina L Bouwens, Phone:407-243-3742, Email:Christina.Bouwens@saic.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Mar 17, 1994, BD APP: Sep 21, 1995, ANSI APP: Jun 07, 1996 Project Scope: This standard is part of a proposed set of standards for DIS applications. Each standard in the proposed set describes one or more of the several elements that constitute the DIS environment. As a whole, the set of standards will define an interoperable simulated battle environment. This particular standard addresses the communications services to be used to support distributed interactive simulation appplications. This standard defines the requirements for the communication services to be used to support DIS applications. This standard also provides two communication profiles which adhere to the service requirements. Project Purpose: Communication requirements for interactive simulations are not currently covered by standards. In fulfilling this need, the working group will also define and recommend an overall action plan to clarify and improve industry understanding for distributed interactive communication requirements. Abstract: Communication services to support information exchange between simulation applications participating in the Distributed Interactive Simulation (DIS) environment are defined. These communication services describe a connectionless information transfer that supports real-time, as well as non-real-time, exchange. Several communication profiles specifying communication services are provided. Key Words: communication , DIS, simulation network, protocol data units, PDU, multicast Designation: 1278.3-1996 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Simulation Interoperability Stds Organization/Stds Activities Committee Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2002 Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Distributed Interactive Simulation - Exercise Management and Feedback Status: Approved Publication of IEEE Technical Contact: William V Tucker, Phone:256-461-3120, Email:william.v.tucker@boeing.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Sep 21, 1995, BD APP: Dec 10, 1996, ANSI APP: Sep 30, 1997 Project Scope: This standard is part of a proposed set of standards for Distributed Interactive Simulation (DIS) applications. Each standard in the proposed set describes one or more of the several elements that constitute the DIS environment. As a whole, the set of standards will define an interoperable simulated battle environment. This particular standard addresses the exercise control and feedback stations connected into DIS networks. Project Purpose: Exercise management and feedback stations are not currently covered by standards. In fulfilling this need, the working group will define the functions that must be implemented in Exercise Management and Feedback Stations. These functions will allow the exercise manager to control exercise participants and to provide feedback of exercise results to participants; both groups distributed geographically. Abstract: Guidelines are established for exercise management and feedback in Distributed Interactive Simulation (DIS) exercises. Guidance is provided to sponsors, providers, and supporters of DIS compliant systems and exercises as well as to developers of DIS exercise management and feedback stations. The activities of the organizations involved in a DIS exercise and the top-level processes used to accomplish those activities are addressed. The functional requirements of the exercise management and feedback process are also addressed. This standard is one of a series of standards developed for DIS to assure interoperability between dissimilar simulations for currently installed and future simulations developed by different organizations. Key Words: automated simulation, computer-generated force (CGF), dead-reckoning algorithms, simulation management, simulator networking, validation, verification, warfare simulation, wargames Designation: 1278.4-1997 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Simulation Interoperability Stds Organization/Stds Activities Committee Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2002 Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Distributed Interactive Simulation - Verification, Validation and Accreditation Status: Approved Publication of IEEE **Dec2002: Upgraded from trial-use to full-use. Technical Contact: Simone Youngblood, Phone:703-824-3436, Email:simone.youngblood@jhuapl.edu **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Jun 26, 1997, BD APP: Dec 09, 1997, ANSI APP: Mar 31, 2003 Project Scope: This document has been developed to assist the DIS technician to plan and conduct the Validation and Verification process. This document presents the data flow and connectivity of all proposed Validation and Verification process model steps and provides rationale and justification of each step. Project Purpose: The DIS Validation and Verification process morrors the difficulties of designing, assembling, and testing a collection of models and simulations. Because a variety of applications ca be supported by the use of DIS, the Validation and Verification process must be clearly and completely defined in terms that will ensure a solid understanding by its various users and designers. Abstract: " Guidelines are established for the verification, validation, and accreditation (VV&A) ofdistributed interactive simulation (DIS) exercises. ""How-to"" procedures for planning and conducting DISexercise VV&A are provided. Intended for use in conjunction with IEEE Std 1278.3-1996, thisrecommended practice presents data flow and connectivity for all proposed verification and validationactivities and provides rationale and justification for each step. VV&A guidance is provided to exerciseusers/sponsors and developers. " Key Words: accreditation; certification; Distributed Interactive Simulation; simulation; validation; verification; warfare simulation; wargames Designation: 1278.5 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Simulation Interoperability Stds Organization/Stds Activities Committee Title: Standard for Distributed Interactive Simulation: Fidelity Description Requirements Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Greg Passmore **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jun 20, 1996 Project Scope: Provide a taxonomy of fidelity characteristics with a consistent and uniform language to describe fidelity at 6 levels: resource, fidelity domain, capability, implementation, characteristic, and descriptor. Project Purpose: Created to address the problem of how to measure, compare, and test for fidelity of interconnected simulations, both individually and collectively. Designation: 1279 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Optical Disk & Multimedia Platforms Title: Standard for Information Technology -- CD-ROM Architectural Profile Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Mike Rubenfeld, Phone:301/975-3064 **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 05, 1991 Designation: 1280 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Optical Disk & Multimedia Platforms Title: Standard for Information Technology--Data Access Language for Full-Text Information Systems: Structured Full-Text Query Language (SFQL) Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Neil R Shapiro, Phone:518/393-1526, Email:n.shapiro@earth.execpc.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jun 18, 1992 Designation: 1281 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Optical Disk & Multimedia Platforms Title: Stand ard for Information Technology -- Use of ISO 9660: 1988 System Use Fields Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Larry Kluger, Phone:415-336-4708 **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 05, 1991 Designation: 1282 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society Title: Standard for Information Technology - Interchange of ISO 9945-1:1990 Filesystems via the ISO 9660:1988 File Structure Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Larry Kluger, Phone:415-336-4708 **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jun 19, 1991 Designation: 1283-2004 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transmission and Distribution Title: IEEE Guide for Determining the Effects of High Temperature Operation on Conductors, Connectors, and Accessories Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Mar 23, 2005 Technical Contact: Jerry L Reding, Phone:360-619-6374, Email:jlreding@bpa.gov **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Mar 18, 1999, BD APP: Sep 23, 2004, ANSI APP: Feb 02, 2005 Project Scope: Prepare an IEEE guide describing the effects of high temperature operation on conductors, connectors, and conductor hardware. The guide will no only identify what constitutes elevated temperature operation and its effects on the above overhead line components, but will also suggest some mitigation techniques for consideration. Project Purpose: Provide guidance to utilities when investigating the impacts of elevated temperature operation on their transmission facilities. Such guidance can assist in avoiding or mitigating described adverse thermal effects. Abstract: The purpose of this guide is to provide general recommendations for consideration when designing new overhead transmission lines that will be operated at high temperatures. It may also evaluate existing transmission lines for operation at higher temperatures. Although this guide is intended for overhead transmission lines, most of the discussion will also be applicable to distribution lines. Key Words: conductors, conductor hardware, connectors, creep, high-temperature operation Designation: 1283 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transmission and Distribution Title: Guide for Determining the Effects of High Temperature Operations on Coonductors, Connectors and Accesssories Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Jerry L Reding, Phone:360-619-6374, Email:jlreding@bpa.gov **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 05, 1991 Designation: 1284-2000 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessors and Microcomputers Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2006 Title: IEEE Standard Signaling Method for a Bidirectional Parallel Peripheral Interface for Personal Computers Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Oct 24, 2000 **Supersedes 1284-1994. Technical Contact: F Donald Wright, Phone:859-825-4808, Email:don@lexmark.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Dec 08, 1998, BD APP: Sep 21, 2000, ANSI APP: Jan 08, 2001 Project Scope: The scope of this revision effort is the same as the original scope for Std1284-1994 with the potential addition of an informational annex to document the register model of common PC implementation of IEEE Std 1284- 1994. Project Purpose: Std 1284-1994 has over 4 years of implementation experience and is currently found on virtually all new PCs and printers. This implementation experience has raised several issues including 1) conflicting text and timing diagrams, 2) unclear text, 3) errors in component values, 4) lack of clear signalling methods for certain boundary conditions. The purpose of this revision effort is to incorporate this learning into the next revision of IEEE STd 1284. Abstract: " A signaling method for asynchronous, fully interlocked, bidirectional parallel communi-cations between hosts and printers or other peripherals is defined. A functional subset of thesignaling method may be implemented on personal computers (PCs) or equivalent parallel porthardware with new software. New electrical interfaces, cabling, and interface hardware thatprovides improved performance while retaining backward compatibility with this subset is detailed . " Key Words: "bidirectional parallel communications, computers, interfaces, PCs, personal computers, printers" Designation: 1284-1994 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessors and Microcomputers Title: IEEE Standard Signaling Method for a Bidirectional Parallel Peripheral Interface for Personal Computers Status: Superseded **Superseded by 1284-2000. Technical Contact: F Donald Wright, Phone:859-825-4808, Email:don@lexmark.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 19, 1992, BD APP: Mar 30, 1994, ANSI APP: Sep 02, 1994 Abstract: A signaling method for asynchronous, fully interlocked, bidirectional parallel communications between hosts and printers or other peripherals is defined. A format for a peripheral identification string and a method of returning this string to the host outside of the bidirectional data stream is also specified. Key Words: bidirectional parallel, computers, interfaces, PCs, personal computers, printers Designation: 1284.1-1997 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessors and Microcomputers Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2003 Title: IEEE Standard for Information Technology -Transport Independent Printer/System Interface (TIP/SI) Status: Approved Publication of IEEE Technical Contact: F Donald Wright, Phone:859-825-4808, Email:don@lexmark.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Jun 14, 1994, BD APP: Jul 29, 1997, ANSI APP: Apr 24, 1998 Project Scope: This project will develop a standard protocol for the control of printers. This protocol will be independent of the underlying datastream or page description language used to create the printed page. This protocol will be usable by all classes of printers. This project is limited to management and control of printers and will not include management or control of printing systems or subsystems. Project Purpose: There is currently no defined, independent standard for controlling printers. Each vendor builds some control into the underlying page description language or datastream. Without an independent, openly defined protocol, applications and operating systems cannot automatically determine the type of printer being addressed. This protocol will provide a minimun implementation subset which will allow automatic identification and configuration of printers and vendor extensibility to provide for growth and product differentiation. Abstract: A protocol and methodology for software developers, computer vendors, and printer manufacturers to facilitate the orderly exchange of information between printers and host computers are defined in this standard. A minimum set of functions that permit meaningful data exchange is provided. Thus a foundation is established upon which compatible applications, computers, and printers can be developed, without compromising an individual organization's desire for design innovation. Key Words: computers, printer communications, printers, printer command sets Designation: 1284.2 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessors and Microcomputers Title: Standard for Test, Measurement and Conformance to IEEE Std 1284 Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Mike Moldovan, Phone:818-865-6600, Email:mmoldovan@g3nova.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jun 20, 1996 Project Scope: This project will develop all necessary and sufficient test, measurement, and certification procedures for timing, electrical, and mechanical characteristics defined in IEEE Std 1284. This standard will not alter, change or redefine the timing, electrical or mechanical characteristics of IEEE Std 1284. Project Purpose: While IEEE Std 1284 specifies all the required mechanical, electrical and timing characteristics necessary to be in compliance, it does not provide all the necessary procedures and methods to test and certify compliance. In order for manufacturers and independent test houses to be able to state compliance with the standard, a set of consistent and sufficient test procedures are needed. Designation: 1284.3-2000 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessors and Microcomputers Title: IEEE Standard for Interface and Protocol Extensions to IEEE Std 1284 Compliant Peripherals and Host Adapters Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Feb 06, 2006. This historical standard is available for sale in electronic format (PDF) through the IEEE Online Store at www.shop.ieee.org. You may also order by calling +1 800 678 IEEE (in the US) or +1 732 981 0060 (outside of the US). Technical Contact: Larry Stein, Phone:858-292-2742, Email:lstein@fapo.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jun 26, 1997, BD APP: Sep 21, 2000, ANSI APP: Jan 08, 2001 Project Scope: This standard, IEEE 1284.3, defines system extensions consistent with the implementation and functionality of IEEE Std 1284. These functions include: Multi-port expansion architectures Multiplexor Daisy Chain Application and Device Driver Programming Interface architecture that can be supported across various operating systems. Data link layer services for supporting IEEE Std 1284 parallel ports. Project Purpose: IEEE Std 1284 (hereafter referred to as Std 1284) specifies all the required mechanical, electrical, and timing characteristics for a high-speed, bi-directional parallel port for printers and other peripherals. While these parameters define the physical environment and protocol requirements for an operational Std 1284 port, there is a need to standardize a number of extensions and operating system interfaces to help facilitate operation across various system platforms and operating environments. Abstract: " System extensions consistent with the implementation and functionality of IEEE Std1284-2000 are covered. Multiport expansion architectures, daisy chains, an application and devicedriver programming interface architecture, and data link layer services are explored." Key Words: "dasiy chain, data link layer services, device driver programmnig interface architecture, IEEE 1284, multiport expansion architecture, port sharing" Designation: 1284.4-2000 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessors and Microcomputers Title: IEEE Standard for Data Delivery and Logical Channels for IEEE Std 1284 Interfaces Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Feb 06, 2006. This historical standard is available for sale in electronic format (PDF) through the IEEE Online Store at www.shop.ieee.org. You may also order by calling +1 800 678 IEEE (in the US) or +1 732 981 0060 (outside of the US). Technical Contact: Larry Stein, Phone:858-292-2742, Email:lstein@fapo.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jun 26, 1997, BD APP: Jun 21, 2000, ANSI APP: Apr 20, 2001 Project Scope: The packet protocol described by this standard allows a device to carry on multiple, concurrent exchanges of data and/or control information with another device across a single point-to-point link. the protocol is not a device control language. The protocol provides basic transportlevel flow control and multiplexing services. The multiplexed information exchanges are independent and blocking of one has no effect on any other. The protocol shall operate over IEEE 1284-1994 interfaces and may operate over other point-to-point interfaces. Project Purpose: Define and describe an updated PC parallel interface by adding multiple modews of operation which provide for higher speed, bi-directional communication between devices. The IEEE 1284-1994 stgandard does not provide anything beyond a physical protocol. The 1284.4 standard specifies a point-to-point protocol with one or more layers above the physical interface and below the application. These layers take on the functions and characteristics of the transport and session layers of the OSI model. Abstract: " A device to carry on multiple, concurrent exchanges of data and/or control informationwith another device across a single point-to-point link allowed by the packet protocol is describedin this standard. The protocol is not a device control language. The protocol provides basictransport-level flow control and multiplexing services. The multiplexed information exchanges areindependent, and blocking of one has no effect on any other. The protocol shall operate over inter-faces such as described in IEEE Std 1284-2000. " Key Words: update:1960 Designation: 1285-2005 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessors and Microcomputers Title: IEEE Standard for Scalable Storage Interface Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Mar 22, 2006 Technical Contact: Martin Freeman, Phone:650-269-6341, Email:martin.freeman@philips.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Feb 21, 2001, BD APP: Sep 22, 2005, ANSI APP: Dec 29, 2005 Project Scope: This standard defines a scalable interface for use with memory- mapped storage units and other devices. The term "storage unit" can encompass rotating, non-rotating, volatile and non-volatile storage. Issues of concurrency, latency, bandwidth, extensibility, and negotiation will be addressed. The interface is intended for use with either a single storage unit or with many coordinated storage units. Project Purpose: This standard provides an efficient physical-layer independent interface architecture for storage units that attach directly to memory access buses. In this interface model, storage units have an attachment to main memory, rather than an attachment to an I/O channel. This simplifies the storage unit design and supports scheduling of data transfers spanning large numbers of units. Abstract: This document specifies a scalable interface between mass-storage devices and controlling hard-ware/software. The interface has been optimized for low-latency interconnects, assuming that the proces-sor/controller and the storage device can often be co-located on the same printed-circuit board. The interface can also be used with longer-distance bus-like interconnects, including (but not limited to) IEEE Std 1394-1995 Serial Bus and IEEE Std 1596-1992 Scalable Coherent Interface. Key Words: storage interface, mass-storage, controller Designation: 1285 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessors and Microcomputers Title: Standard for Scalable Storage Interface Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Martin Freeman, Phone:650-269-6341, Email:martin.freeman@philips.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 19, 1992 Designation: 1286-1997 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Switchgear Title: IEEE Standard for 4.76 kV to 38 kV Rated Grounding and Testing Devices Used in Enclosures Status: Superseded **Number changed to C37.20.6 at 9/16/97 St.Bd. meeting. Superseded by C37.20.6-1997 History: PAR APP: Dec 10, 1987, BD APP: Mar 20, 1997, ANSI APP: Aug 20, 1997 Project Scope: This document will cover the description, design and testing of these devices, which can be inserted in place of drawnout circuit breakers for the purpose of grounding and testing in medium voltage applications. Project Purpose: Ground and test devices are not presently covered by standards. Abstract: Drawout type grounding and testing (G&T) devices for use in medium-voltage metal-clad switchgear rated above 4.76 kV through 38 kV are covered. The description, design, and testing of these accessory devices that are inserted in place of drawout circuit breakers for the purpose of grounding and testing are also covered. Key Words: electrical operation, grounding and testing (G&T) devices, locking/interlocking, manual operation, one or two terminal sets, selector switch, test port Designation: 1288 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee Title: Recommended Practice for Information Technology - Software Function Point Determination from Requirements Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: W. W. Geoff Cozens, Phone:+44-1932-560-474, Email:g.cozens@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 19, 1992 Designation: 1289-1998 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Nuclear Power Engineering Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2004 Title: IEEE Guide for the Application of Human Factors Engineering in the Design of Computer-Based Monitoring and Control Displays for Nuclear Power Generating Stations Status: Approved Publication of IEEE History: PAR APP: Dec 09, 1991, BD APP: Mar 19, 1998, ANSI APP: Mar 24, 2005 Project Scope: This guide provides system design considerations, identifies information display and control techniques for use with computer-based displays, and provides human factors engineering for use of these techniques in specific applications in nuclear power generating stations. Project Purpose: The intent of this standard is to provide human factors engineering principles as guidance to management and engineers who must develop or select computer-based displays either in replacement, modification, or design of instrumentation and control systems. A process for determining display needs, which is related to those of IEEE Std 1023, and descriptions of a wide variety of display formats are provided. Abstract: " System design considerations, information display and control techniques for use withcomputer-based displays, and human factors engineering guidance for the use of these tech-niques in nuclear power generating stations are provided." Key Words: "displays,human factors engineering,nuclear power generating stations" Designation: 1290-1996 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Nuclear Power Engineering Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2005 Title: IEEE Guide for Motor Operated Valve (MOV) Motor Application, Protection, Control, and Testing in Nuclear Power Generating Stations Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Dec 26, 1996 History: PAR APP: Mar 19, 1992, BD APP: Mar 21, 1996, ANSI APP: Jan 06, 1997 Abstract: Motors used to drive valve operators in nuclear power generating stations are discussed. Guidelines to evaluate the adequacy of motors used to drive valve operators; to provide recommendations for motor application; and to provide methods for protection, control, and testing of motors used for valve operation are presented. Key Words: generating stations, motor application, motor control, motor protection, motors, motor testing, nuclear power generating stations, valve operation, valve operators, valves Designation: 1291-1993 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Switchgear Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2005 Title: IEEE Guide for Partial Discharge Measurement in Power Switchgear Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jun 07, 1993 History: PAR APP: Mar 19, 1992, BD APP: Dec 01, 1993, ANSI APP: Aug 30, 1993 Project Scope: Provide a guide for the measurement of partial discharges on all types of power system switchgear rated 1000 volts and above. The guide will include specific methods of test circuit/specimen calibration to ensure accurate,repeatable measurements may be made for the wide range of apparatus size, insulation types and apparatus capacitance. Abstract: This guide defines methods of measuring partial discharges that may occur in energized power switchgear apparatus in flaws, voids, and interfaces of non-self restoring insulation that may then result in dielectric failure of the switchgear. Guidance on instrumentation and calibration technique is also given. Key Words: corona, switchgear, Partial discharge, Dielectric tests, Calibration Designation: 1293-1998 Sponsor: IEEE Aerospace and Electronic Systems Society/Gyro Accelerometer Panel Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2003 Title: IEEE Standard Specification Format Guide and Test Procedure for Linear, Single-Axis, Non-Gyroscopic Accelerometers Status: Approved Publication of IEEE **P1293 is revision combining IEEE Stds 337 and 530. History: PAR APP: Mar 19, 1992, BD APP: Sep 25, 1998, ANSI APP: Sep 17, 2003 Designation: P1293-1998/Cor 1 Sponsor: IEEE Aerospace and Electronic Systems Society/Gyro Accelerometer Panel Title: IEEE Standard Specification Format Guide and Test Procedure for Linear, Single-Axis, Non-Gyroscopic Accelerometers - Corrigendum 1 Status: Corrigenda of Standard Technical Contact: Robert Martinez, Phone:+1 617 258 2564, Email:rmartinez@draper.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. Project Scope: Technical corrections to several equations describing modeling and data analysis. Specifically, P. 207, Equation (K.51) (residual rms) should have a superscript 2 (square) P. 216, Equation (L.5) for K2, should have (EC1* + EC2*) instead of (EC1* - EC2*) P. 218, Table L.1, entry for C2 should have -K3 instead of +K3 Project Purpose: Clarification of data modeling and analysis. Designation: 1294 Sponsor: SASB/SCC31-Automatic Meter Reading and Energy Management Title: See 1390.2 Status: Changed Designation History: PAR APP: Mar 19, 1992 Designation: 1295-1993 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society Title: IEEE Standard for Information Technology—X Window System—Modular Toolkit Environment (MTE) Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Mar 06, 2000. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **Formerly 1295.1 History: PAR APP: Jun 18, 1992, BD APP: Dec 02, 1993, ANSI APP: Jun 03, 1994 Abstract: Graphical user interface (GUI) applications and user interfaces to open systems are covered. This standard defines the application interface to a group of "widgets" built upon the X Window System X Toolkit Intrinsics. Key Words: API, application portability, data processing, graphical user interface, open systems, operating system, portable application, X Window System Designation: 1295.2 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society Title: Standard for Information Technology -- X Window System -- Open Toolkit Environment Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: David A Bealby, Phone:415/336-5585, Email:david.bealby@Sun.Com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jun 18, 1992 Designation: 1296 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessors and Microcomputers Title: Military Form Factor Annex for IEEE 1296-1987 Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Richard Boberg, Email:rich@boberg.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 27, 1991 Designation: 1296-1987 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessors and Microcomputers Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1994 Title: IEEE Standard for a High-Performance Synchronous 32-Bit Bus: MULTIBUS II Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 10, 2002. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **Available as ISO/IEC 10861. Technical Contact: Richard Boberg, Email:rich@boberg.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: BD APP: Jun 11, 1987, ANSI APP: Feb 08, 1988 Abstract: The operation, functions, and attributes of a parallel system bus (PSB), called MULTIBUS II, are defined. A high- performance backplane bus intended for use in multiple-microprocessor systems, the PSB incorporates synchronous, 32-bit multiplexed address/data, with error detection, and uses a 10 MHz bus clock. This design is intended to provide reliable state- of-the-art operation and to allow the implementation of cost-effective high-performance VLSI for the bus interface. Memory, I/O, message, and geographic address spaces are defined. Error detection and retry is provided for messages. The message-passing design allows a VLSI implementation, so that virtually all modules on the bus will utilize the bus at its highest performance—32 to 40 Mbyte/s. An overview of PSB, signal descriptions, the PSB protocol, electrical characteristics, and mechanical specifications are covered. This document also contains IEEE Std 1101-1987, IEEE Standard for Mechanical Core Specifications for Microcomputers. Key Words: high, performance, 32, bit, bus Designation: 1296.2 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessors and Microcomputers Title: Standard for 20 MHz and Live Insertion Extensions to Multibus II Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Jack L Blevins, Phone:217-586-4047, Email:71562.427@compuserve.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jun 18, 1992 Designation: 1297 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee Title: Recommended Practice for Information Technology - Software Reuse Process Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Rebecca L Joos, Email:joos@cig.mot.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 19, 1992 Designation: 1298-1992 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee Title: IEEE Standard Software Quality Management System Part 1: Requirements Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 16, 1999. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **Adopted from Standards Australia - Std AS 3563.1-1991. History: PAR APP: Mar 21, 1991, BD APP: Dec 03, 1992 Abstract: Requirements for a software developer's quality management system are established. Each of the elements of a quality management system to be designed, developed, and maintained by the developer are identified, with the objective of ensuring that the software will meet the requirements of a contract, purchase order, or other agreement (collectively referred to as a "contract"). Key Words: software development, software quality management Designation: 1299-1996 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Insulated Conductors Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2003 Title: IEEE Guide for the Connection of Surge Arresters to Protect Insulated, Shielded Electric Power Cable Systems Status: Approved Publication of IEEE **Also known as Std C62.22.1. History: BD APP: Dec 10, 1996, ANSI APP: May 15, 1997 Designation: P1299 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Insulated Conductors Title: Guide for the Connection of Surge Arresters to Protect Insulated, Shielded Electric Power Cable Systems Status: Revision Project Technical Contact: John P DuPont, Phone:262-691-8303, Email:jdupont@cooperpower.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 11, 2003 Project Scope: This project will review and correct minor errors that were pointed out in the balloting process. This project will review new and more detailed lightning protection information of cable systems. That data will be discussed and studied. The technical information of the guide will be updated to properly reflect that new information. Project Purpose: The original purpose of this document was to provide information as to how to best protect a medium voltage underground cable system from over voltages. The next revision will update that information to provide new information on over voltage protection. Designation: 1300-1996 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Insulated Conductors Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2002 Title: IEEE Guide for Cable Connections for Gas-Insulated Substations Status: Approved Publication of IEEE History: PAR APP: Dec 03, 1992, BD APP: Aug 01, 1996, ANSI APP: Feb 06, 1997 Abstract: The coordination of design, material supply, installation, and test procedures required for the connection of a gas- insulated substation (GIS) is described. Preferred dimensions for mechanical and electrical interchangeability for voltage classes of 69kV and above are established. Key Words: cable connection, gas insulated, substation, GIS Designation: P1300 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Insulated Conductors Title: Guide for Cable Connections for Gas Insulated Substations Status: Revision Project Technical Contact: Milan Uzelac, Phone:708-388-5010, Email:muzelac@gwelec.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 16, 2006 Project Scope: This guide establishes typical dimensions for connections of a gas insulated substation (GIS) to extruded, self contained fluid filled and high pressure fluid filled (pipe type) cables in single and three phase arrangements for voltages 72.5 kV and above. The guide applies to both fluid filled and dry type cable terminations with insulating barrier separating SF6 gas in GIS housing from the termination fluid. It also determines the arrangement for dielectric tests of the termination with simulated GIS enclosure. Responsibilities in grounding connections, installation and field tests are also defined. Project Purpose: Connection of a GIS to cables typically requires the coordination of design, material, installation and test procedures of several parties. This guide provides detailed directions for such coordination. The guide establishes limits of supply between cable termination and switchgear manufacturers and assures interchangeability of the terminations and GIS enclosures. Designation: 1301-1991 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessors and Microcomputers Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2001 Title: IEEE Standard for a Metric Equipment Practice for Microcomputers - Coordination Document Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 18, 2007. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. History: PAR APP: Sep 28, 1990, BD APP: Jun 27, 1991, ANSI APP: Jan 20, 1992 Abstract: The metric mechanical coordination of microcomputer components, including the cabinet, rack, subracks, printed boards, and common connector-dependent dimensions for connector pitches of 2.5, 2.0, 1.5, 1.0, and 0.5 mm is addressed. This generic standard may be applied in all fields of electronics where equipment and installations are required to conform to a metric modular order. This choice of coordination dimensions for the mechanical structure for heights, widths, and depths lies within a homogeneous, metric, modular, three-dimensional grid as specified in IEC 917. The intent is to provide a single metric equipment practice for worldwide use. Key Words: "The metric mechanical coordination of microcomputer components, including the cabinet, rack, subracks, printed boards, and common connector- dependent dimensions for connector pitches of 2.5, 2.0, 1.5, 1.0, and 0.5 mm is addressed. This generic standard may be applied in all fields of electronics where equipment and installations are required to conform to a metric modular order. This choice of coordination dimensions for the mechanical structure for heights, widths, and depths lies within a homo" Designation: 1301.1-1991 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessors and Microcomputers Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2001 Title: IEEE Standard for a Metric Equipment Practice for Microcomputers - Convection-Cooled with 2 mm Connectors Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 18, 2007. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. History: PAR APP: Sep 28, 1990, BD APP: Jun 27, 1991, ANSI APP: Apr 14, 1992 Abstract: Requirements are presented for subracks, plug-in units, printed boards, and backplanes to be used in conjunction with IEEE Std 1301-1991 and with a 2 mm connector as defined in EIA IS-64 (1991). The general arrangement, dimensions, and environment requirements are covered. This standard may be used with other P1.301.x connector implementations in the same subrack. Key Words: "Requirements are presented for subracks, plug-in units, printed boards, and backplanes to be used in conjunction with IEEE Std 1301-1991 and with a 2 mm connector as defined in EIA IS-64 (1991). The general arrangement, dimensions, and environmental requi" Designation: 1301.2-1993 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessors and Microcomputers Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2001 Title: IEEE Recommended Practices for the Implementation of a Metric Equipment Practice (IEEE Std 1301-1991) Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 18, 2007. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. History: PAR APP: Dec 06, 1990, BD APP: Mar 18, 1993, ANSI APP: Aug 30, 1993 Abstract: Recommendations provide guidance in the implementation of the generic standard, IEEE Std 1301-1991, and the connector- related standards, such as IEEE Std 1301.1-1991 and IEEE Std 1301.3-1992. This recommended practice may be applied in all fields of electronics where equipment and installations are required to conform to a metric modular order. The IEEE 1301 metric equipment practices are in accordance with IEC 917 (1988) and IEC 917-0 (1989), including cabinet, rack, subracks, printed boards, and common connector-dependent dimensions for connector pitches of 2.5, 2.0, 1.5, 1.0, and 0.5 mm. Key Words: backplane, cabinet, interchangeability, metric, rack, subrack, Printed board, Plug-in unit, Microcomputer component dimensions Designation: 1301.3-1992 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessors and Microcomputers Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2003 Title: IEEE Standard for a Metric Equipment Practice for Microcomputers - Convection-Cooled with 2.5 mm Connectors Status: Approved Publication of IEEE Technical Contact: Elwood T Parsons, Phone:717-545-6796, Email:etparsons@tycoelectronics.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Jun 27, 1991, BD APP: Dec 03, 1992, ANSI APP: Jun 16, 1993 Project Scope: To generate a detailed standard in accordance with IEE 1301 for a 2.5mm Connector which meets IEC 48D (sec) 189 Abstract: Recommendations provide guidance in the implementation of the generic standard, IEEE Std 1301-1991, and the connector- related standards, such as IEEE Std 1301.1-1991 and IEEE Std 1301.3-1992. This recommended practice may be applied in all fields of electronics where equipment and installations are required to conform to a metric modular order. The IEEE 1301 metric equipment practices are in accordance with IEC 917 (1988) and IEC 917-0 (1989), including cabinet, rack, subracks, printed boards, and common connector-dependent dimensions for connector pitches of 2.5, 2.0, 1.5, 1.0, and 0.5 mm. Key Words: backplane, cabinets, interchangeability, metric microcomputer, Subrack, Rack, Printed board, Plug-in unit, Microcomputer component dimensions, Metric, Connector Designation: 1301.4-1996 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessors and Microcomputers Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2002 Title: IEEE Standard for a Metric Equipment Practice for Microcomputers - Coordination Document for Mezzanine Cards Status: Approved Publication of IEEE Technical Contact: Joseph P Trainor, Phone:508-875-5042, Email:j.trainor@computer.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Dec 02, 1993, BD APP: Dec 10, 1996, ANSI APP: May 15, 1997 Abstract: This standard establishes the metric modular order and coordination dimensions for mezzanine cards for use on host modules. Key Words: front panel, host module, metric, mezzanine, module Designation: 1302-1998 Sponsor: IEEE Electromagnetic Compatibility Society/Standards Development Committee Title: IEEE Guide for the Electromagnetic Characterization of Conductive Gaskets in the Frequency Range DC to 18GHz Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jun 26, 1998 History: PAR APP: Jun 18, 1992, BD APP: May 20, 1998 Abstract: " Information to assist users of gaskets in evaluating gasket measurement techniques todetermine which reveal the properties critical to the intended application, to highlight limitationsand sources of error of the competing measurement techniques, and to provide a basis for com-paring the techniques is provided. Emphasis is placed on those measurement techniques thathave been adopted through incorporation into standards, both commercial and military, or thathave been used extensively. " Key Words: "aperture transmission, electromagnetic interference (EMI) gaskets, electromagnetic shielding, measurement techniques, reverberation chamber, stirred mode, transfer impedance" Designation: P1302 Sponsor: IEEE Electromagnetic Compatibility Society/Standards Development Committee Title: Guide for the Electromagnetic Characterisation of Conductive Gaskets in the frequency range of DC to 18 GHz Status: Revision Project Technical Contact: Johan Catrysse, Phone:+32-59-569034, Email:johan.catrysse@khbo.be **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jun 14, 2001 Project Scope: The scope of the proposed project is to provide manufacturers of gaskets and designers of electronic systems appropriate methods for the characterization of gaskets. It will guide the user in the selection of the appropriate test method in order to determine the level of shielding provided in the intended application. Project Purpose: In the current version of Std. 1302, the following items are not covered: - frequency range over 1 GHz, where only small samples are available (and hence not applicable for MIL STD 285 versions - test methods for small gaskets under near field conditions for INTRA-SYSTEM shielding - correlations between DC tests, Transfer Impedance and shielding methods Some methods in the actual text are only mentioned, but not discussed in depth. This revision proposes to provide additional guidance on the strengths and weaknesses of each of the methods recommended, and provide an in-depth documentation for each method. Thus the proposed revision will specifically: - identify possible measuring methods for small samples of gaskets (including over 1 GHz) - correlation between different methods for characterization of gaskets, such as DC resistance, transfer impedance and different shielding measurement methods - identify possible measuring methods for near field characterization of gaskets, for use in intra-system applications (typically on PCB boards) Designation: 1303-1994 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Substations Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2000 Title: IEEE Guide for Static Var Compensator Field Tests Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Nov 04, 1994 Technical Contact: Philip R Nannery, Phone:201-934-9796, Email:pnannery@oru.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Sep 17, 1992, BD APP: Jun 14, 1994, ANSI APP: Dec 14, 1994 Abstract: General guidelines and criteria for the field testing of static var compensators (SVCs) before they are placed in-service, for the purpose of verifying their specified performance are described. The major elements of a commissioning program are identified so that the user can formulate a specific plan that is most suited for his or her own SVC. Key Words: Mvar, SVC, var, Static var compensator Designation: P1303 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Substations Title: Guide for Static Var Compensator Field Tests Status: Revision Project Technical Contact: Christopher Horwill, Phone:+44 1785 274456, Email:chris.horwill@areva-td.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 07, 2005 Project Scope: This document is a guide for field testing and commissioning of static var compensators (SVCs). As such, the document establishes general guidelines and criteria for field testing to verify the specified performance of SVC systems. This guide does not - Cover factory and simulator tests of SVC system components (but it assumes that such tests have been performed beforehand). - Discuss the division of responsibility between user and supplier, since this division is usually defined in the contract between buyer and supplier. Most often, however, the practice is for the equipment, subsystem, and commissioning tests to be performed by the supplier, and the acceptance tests to be performed by the buyer or user. Project Purpose: The purpose of this guide is to help users of SVCs carry out a field test program prior to placing an SVC into service. The major elements of a commissioning program are identified so that the user can formulate a specific plan that is suited to his or her own SVC. Such a test program should cover the following: - Equipment tests within the SVC system - Tests of the various subsystems that comprise the SVC system - Commissioning tests of the complete SVC system - Acceptance testing of the complete SVC system It should be recognized that there are many ways in which a particular SVC may be commissioned, and also that it is not the purpose of this guide to endorse a specific procedure to the exclusion of other methods. Depending on the purpose of the SVC design (transmission type or smaller size used for other purposes) some tests may not be required. In particular, some control system tests may be included in the factory tests. Also, acceptance tests may be integrated into any of the categories listed above. Designation: 1304 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Power System Instrumentation and Measurements Title: Standard for Current Measuring Systems Which Use Optical Techniques for Power Systems Applications Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Harold Kirkham, Phone:818-354-9699, Email:harold.kirkham@jpl.nasa.gov **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jun 18, 1992 Project Scope: To describe devices, to specify performance characteristics and requirements, to describe tests and calibration techniques. Project Purpose: To provide a standard for current measuring systems which use optical techniques to cover the above scope. These systems are not presently covered by any other standard. Designation: 1305 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Virtual Intelligence Title: Recommended Practice for the Definition of Terms for Artificial Neural Networks Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Mary L Padgett, Phone:334-821-2472, Email:m.padgett@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jun 20, 1996 Project Scope: Terminology used to describe and discuss artificial neural networks including hardware, software and algorithms related to artificial neural networks. Project Purpose: The subject of artificial neural networks is treated in a wide variety of textbooks, technical papers, manuals and other publications. At the present time, there is no widely accedpted guide or standard for the use of technical terms relating to artificial neural networks. It is the purpose of this project to provide a comprehensive glossary of terms recommended for use and to outline algorithm specifications. Designation: 1306 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Virtual Intelligence Title: Guide for the Evaluation of the Speed and Accuracy of Implementations of Feed-Forward Artificial Neural Networks Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Alf Jones, Phone:(407) 367-3182, Email:alf@cse.fau.edu **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jun 20, 1996 Project Scope: Artificial neural network implementations which implement supervised learning through minimization of an error function based on the sum of the squares of residual errors. Project Purpose: Since 1986, a large number of implementations of the feed- forward back-error propagation neural network algorithm have been described with widely varying claims of speed and accuracy. At present, buyers and users of software and/or hardware for the purpose of executing such algorithms have no common set of bench-marks to facilitate the verification of vendor claims. The working group proposes to assemble guidelines and sources for test data. Designation: 1307-2004 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transmission and Distribution Title: IEEE Standard for Fall Protection for Utility Work Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Oct 05, 2004 **Supersedes 1307-1996. Technical Contact: Gernot K Brandt, Phone:425-255-0866, Email:ger2@comcast.net **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Mar 18, 1999, BD APP: Feb 09, 2004, ANSI APP: May 12, 2004 Project Scope: This document provides requirements, guidelines and recommendations for a fall protection progra, for substation, general structures and equipment, communication, (including Community Antenna Television-CATV), and transmission and distribution structures. Project Purpose: To document usage of fall protection, encourage further develo0pment in equipment, work methods, and training related to all protection programs within the utility industry. Designation: 1307-1996 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transmission and Distribution Title: IEEE Trial Use Guide for Fall Protection for the Utility Industry Status: Superseded **Superseded by 1307-2004. Publication type: Trial-Use History: PAR APP: Mar 17, 1994, BD APP: Jun 20, 1996 Abstract: General recommendations for fall protection and worker protection are provided. Sufficient details of the methods, equipment, and training requirements necessary to provide safe and adequate procedures for personnel working at elevated worksites are presented. Key Words: carabiner, engineered system, fall arrester, fall arrest system, fall prevention system, fall protection program, total fall distance, work positioning system, worker certification Designation: 1308-1994 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transmission and Distribution Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2001 Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Instrumentation: Specifications for Magnetic Flux Density and Electric Field Strength Meters - 10 Hz to 3 kHz Status: Approved Publication of IEEE History: PAR APP: Dec 03, 1992, BD APP: Dec 13, 1994, ANSI APP: Jul 10, 1995 Abstract: Specifications that should be provided to characterize instrumentation used to measure the steady state rms value of magnetic and electric fields with sinusoidal frequency content in the range 10 Hz to 3 kHz in residential and occupational settings as well as in transportation systems are identified. The instrumentation, recommended calibration methods, and sources of measurement uncertainty are also described. Key Words: calibration, measurements, quasi-static fields, specifications, measurement uncertainty, magnetic flux density, electric field strength meters Designation: 1309-2005 Sponsor: IEEE Electromagnetic Compatibility Society/Standards Development Committee Title: IEEE Standard for Calibration of Electromagnetic Field Sensors and Probes, Excluding Antennas, from 9 kHz to 40 GHz Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Dec 09, 2005 Technical Contact: John G Kraemer, Phone:319-295-4681, Email:jgkraeme@rockwellcollins.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Mar 21, 2002, BD APP: Jun 09, 2005, ANSI APP: Oct 07, 2005 Project Scope: Revision of Std 1309 to include new field probes and sensors that fall within the original scope of Std 1309 and provide minor clarifications on technical points that have been found difficult to interpret or understand. Original Scope: The scope of this standard includes the calibration of electromagnetic field sensors [1] and probes [2], excluding antennas per se, for the frequency range from 9 kHz to 40 GHz. [1] ANSI/IEEE std. - 1988 Dictionary of Electronical and Electronics Terms, 4th ed. p. 877 (def. 5) [2] IEC Multilingual dictionary of electricity, IEEE & Hiley, 1983, P. 303 (def. 2) Project Purpose: Standard is being revised to include current technologies and to provide minor clarifications on technical points that have been found difficult to interpret or understand. Original Purpose: The manufacturers of electromagnetic field sensors and probes currently calibrate them in accordance with the company standards rather than consensus standards. The result is that calibrations are not consistent. A standard calibration method would produce more uniform results. The calibration shall be readily traceable to NIST. Abstract: Consensus calibration methods for electromagnetic (EM) field sensors and probes are provided. Data recording and reporting requirements are given, and a method for determining uncertainty is specified. Designation: 1309-1996 Sponsor: IEEE Electromagnetic Compatibility Society/Standards Development Committee Title: IEEE Standard for Calibration of Electromagnetic Field Sensors and Probes, Excluding Antennas, from 9 kHz to 40 GHz Status: Superseded History: PAR APP: Jun 18, 1992, BD APP: Jun 20, 1996, ANSI APP: Jan 06, 1997 Abstract: Consensus calibration methods for electromagnetic field sensors and field probes are provided. Data recording and reporting requirements are given, and a method for determining uncertainty is specified. Key Words: calibration, electromagnetic, field probe, field sensor, probe antenna Designation: P1309a Sponsor: IEEE Electromagnetic Compatibility Society/Standards Development Committee Title: Standard for Amendment 1 to IEEE Standard Method for the Calibration of Electromagnetic Field Sensors and Field Probes, Excluding Antennas, from 9 kHz to 40GHz: Probe characteristics, use and measurement uncertainty: Probe Use Status: Amendment Technical Contact: Nigel J Carter, Phone:44-125-239-2500, Email:njcarter@qinetiq.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 23, 2004 Project Scope: This project will produce an amendment defining characteristics, use, and measurement uncertainties for electromagnetic field sensors and field probes, beyond the details about calibration setups and uncertainties already contained in IEEE Std 1309. Specific instructions will be provided for proper calibration of probes for different fields of use. Project Purpose: This project will deal with probe use, characteristics and related measurement uncertainties. Areas to be described in the amendment include but may not be limited to: anisotropy effects, temperature effects, probe linearity effects, modulation effects, source and conductor proximity (near-field) effects, response in multifrequency fields, partial- vs. full- immersion of probe/meter, non-purity and harmonic field effects caused by amplifiers. Designation: 1310-1996 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Electric Machinery Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2004 Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Thermal Cycle Testing of Form-Wound Stator Bars and Coils for Large Generators Status: Approved Publication of IEEE Technical Contact: Chaman L Kaul, Phone:804-273-2332, Email:chaman_kaul@dom.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Mar 21, 1996, BD APP: Jul 03, 1996, ANSI APP: Feb 02, 2005 Project Scope: Test methods for Thermal Cycle-Tests of full size coils and bars used in generators used for cyclic duty. Project Purpose: Combustion turbine and hydraulic turbine generators used for peaking duty are subjected to cyclic operations. This cyclic operation accelerates the aging process of Stator Winding insulation. This document will describe procedures for accelerated aging tests to compare and evaluate insulating systmes used in such machines. Benefits manufacturers/utilities/testing facilities. Abstract: A test method to determine the relative ablility of high-voltage, form-wound stator bars and coils of large rotating machines to resist deterioration due to rapid heating and cooling resulting from machine load cycling is described. Key Words: delamination, form wound stator bars, form wound stator coils, similiar design bar, slot section, virgin bar, virgin coil, thermal cycle testing, similiar design coil Designation: 1312 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Surge Protective Devices/High Voltage Title: Standard for Preferred Voltage Ratings for Alternating-Current Electrical Systems and Equipment Operating at Voltages Above 230 kV Nominal Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Gerald E Lee, Phone:360-619-6697, Email:grblee@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jun 09, 2005 Project Scope: This standard will provide preferred voltage ratings above 230 kV nominal for alternating-current (ac) systems and equipment. Project Purpose: The purpose is to provide guidance in the development and design of alternating-current electrical systems and equipment. Designation: 1312-1993 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Surge Protective Devices/High Voltage Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2004 Title: IEEE Standard Preferred Voltage Ratings for Alternating-Current Electrical Systems and Equipment Operating at Voltages Above 230 kV Nominal Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Mar 28, 2007. This historical standard is available for sale in electronic format (PDF) through the IEEE Online Store at www.shop.ieee.org. You may also order by calling +1 800 678 IEEE (in the US) or +1 732 981 0060 (outside of the US). **Reaffirmation and redesignation of ANSI C92.2-1987. History: PAR APP: Jun 18, 1992, BD APP: Mar 18, 1993, ANSI APP: Aug 30, 1993 Abstract: Perferred voltage ratings above 230 kV nominal for alternating-current (ac) systems and equipment are provided, along with definitions of various types of system voltages. Key Words: alternating current electrical systems, system voltage, voltage ratings Designation: 1313-1993 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Technical Council Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1993 Title: IEEE Standard for Power Systems - Insulation Coordination Status: Superseded **was revised as 1313.1 History: PAR APP: Jun 18, 1992, ANSI APP: Aug 30, 1993 Designation: 1313.1-1996 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Surge Protective Devices/High Voltage Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2002 Title: IEEE Standard for Insulation Coordination - Definitions, Principles and Rules Status: Approved Publication of IEEE **Revision of Std 1313-1993. History: PAR APP: Dec 12, 1995, BD APP: Jul 18, 1996, ANSI APP: Jan 06, 1997 Project Scope: This standard applies to three-phase ac systems above 1 kV. It specifies the procedure for selection of the withstand voltages for equipment phase-to-earth and phase-to-insulation systems. It also identifies a list of standard insulation levels. This standard recommends that the selected insulation level should be based on the voltage stress to which the equipment is being exposed. Insulation coordination studies usually identify overvoltages in per unit of the crest nominal or maximum system voltage to ground. Although the principles of this standard also apply to transmission line insultation systems, the insulation levels may be different from those identified as standard insulation levels. Project Purpose: Theexisting insulation coordination standard became obsolete and utility industry needs an updated standard. This standard updates the old standard by introducing new concepts which were developed in the last decade. Abstract: The procedure for selection of the withstand voltages for equipment phase-to-ground and phase-to-phase insulation systems is specified. A list of standard insulation levels, based on the voltage stress to which the equipment is being exposed, is also identified. This standard applies to three-phase ac systems above 1 kV. Key Words: atmospheric correction, correction factor, basic lightning impulse, BIL, impulse insulation level, basic switching, BSL, crest valve, ground fault factor, insulation coordination, overvoltage, phase to ground, insulation configuration, phase to phase, protective margin, protective ratio, standard withstand voltages, voltage stress Designation: 1313.2-1999 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Surge Protective Devices/High Voltage Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2005 Title: IEEE Guide for the Application of Insulation Coordination Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Nov 15, 1999 History: PAR APP: Dec 12, 1995, BD APP: Jun 26, 1999, ANSI APP: Feb 29, 2000 Project Scope: The insulation coordination standard and guide apply to three- phase ac systems above 1 kV and are divided into two parts. IEEE Std 1313.1-1996 (Part 1) specifies the procedure for selection of the withstand voltages [basic lightning impulse insulation level (BIL) and basic switching impulse insulation level (BSL)] for equipment phase-ground and phase-phase insulation systems. It also identifies a list of standard insulation levels. Although he principles of this standard also apply to transmission line insulation systems, the insulation levels may be different from those identified as standard insulation levels. This guide (Part 2) is an application guide with practical examples, intended to provide guidance in the determination of the withstand voltages and to suggest calculation methods and procedures. The insulation coordination examples for selected equipment are designed to explain the principles of Part 1. The guide is intended for air-insulated ac systems; caution should be exercised in the case of gas-insulated systems (GIS). Project Purpose: It should be recognized that absolute protection of station equipment is theoretically impossible. Even if arresters are located at the terminals of all apparatuses, equipment failures can occur. The probabilistic method, that is, designing for a mean time between failures (MTBF) criterion, is proposed here not only to permit a realistic basis of design, but perhaps more importantly, to form a consistent measure of design based on reliability. Abstract: The calculation method for selection of phase-to-ground and phase-to-phase insulationwithstand votlages for equipment is presented. This guide gives methods for insulation coordinationof different air-insulated systems like transmission lines and substations. The methods of analysisare illustrated by practical examples. Key Words: "atmospheric correction factor,backflash,basic lightning impulse level - BIL -,basic switching impulse insulation level - BSL - ,clearances,crest value,ground fault factor,insulation coordination,insulation design,overvoltage,phase-to-ground insulation configuration,phase-to-phase insulation configuration,protective margin,protective radio,shielding failures,standard withstand voltages,voltage stress" Designation: 1314 Sponsor: IEEE Lasers and Electro-Optics Society Title: Standard Test Method for Measuring Astigmatic Length of Semiconductor Lasers Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. History: PAR APP: Jun 18, 1992 Designation: 1315 Sponsor: IEEE Lasers and Electro-Optics Society Title: Standard Test Method for Generating Far-Field Spacial Mode Distributors of Semiconductor Lasers, and Related Parameter Extraction Techniques Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. History: PAR APP: Jun 18, 1992 Designation: 1316 Sponsor: IEEE Lasers and Electro-Optics Society Title: Standard Test Method for Generating the Characteristic Optical Output Power as a Function of Input Drive Current for Semiconductor Lasers, and Related Parameter Extraction Techniques Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. History: PAR APP: Jun 18, 1992 Designation: 1317 Sponsor: IEEE Lasers and Electro-Optics Society Title: Standard Method for Measuring Feedback Noise in Semiconductor Lasers Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. History: PAR APP: Jun 18, 1992 Designation: 1318-1993 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Switchgear Title: Standard for Wrought Steel Enclosures for Gas-Filled High-Voltage Switchgear & Controlgear CENELEC EN 50 068:1991 Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **Adoption of a CELENEC Standard. This standard was never adopted by IEEE. History: BD APP: Jun 18, 1993 Designation: 1319-1993 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Switchgear Title: Standard for Cast Aluminum Alloy Enclosures for Gas-Filled High-Voltage Switchgear & Controlgear CENELEC EN 50 052:1990 & Amendment A1:1990 Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **Adoption of a CENELEC Standard. This standard was never adopted by IEEE. History: BD APP: Jun 18, 1993 Designation: 1320 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee Title: Standard IDEF Interface Definition Language (IDL) - User Guide and Glossary Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Daniel R Sudnick, Phone:908/949-8032, Email:sudnick@att.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jun 18, 1992 Project Scope: This project will address the standardization of key words and phrases specified in the Users Manuals of both IDEFo and IDEF1x. Standardization of key terms and phrases will serve as the basis for common IDEF (ICAM Definition Language) model data exchange among different software tool applications. Project Purpose: This project will define the formalism required to provide neutral data exchange between different IDEF sofware tools. The IDL is being developed and applied by the IDEF Users Group Modeling Tools and Exhange Formation Working Group and jointly by the National Center for Manufacturing Science Project Group on IDEF repositiories. Key interet and funding support has been provided by General Motors Corporation. Designation: 1320.1-1998 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2004 Title: IEEE Standard for Functional Modeling Language - Syntax and Semantics for IDEF0 Status: Approved Publication of IEEE History: PAR APP: Jun 25, 1998, BD APP: Jun 25, 1998, ANSI APP: Jul 08, 2004 Project Scope: This project will define the standard syntax and semantics of IDEFO language and usage conventions. The IDEFO language deals with constructs, semantics and syntax of the language. It is used to produce a function model which is a structured representation of the functions of a system or environment, and the information and objects which interrelate those functions. Project Purpose: The US Air Force ICAÂ program, and commercial development of similar techniques, yielded the first versions of IDEFO in the 1980s. This standard will facilitate model interchange and improve the consistency of all IDEFO models. Abstract: " IDEF0 function modeling is designed to represent the decisions, actions, and activitiesof an existing or prospective organization or system. IDEF0 graphics and accom-panying textsare presented in an organized and systematic way to gain understanding, support analysis,provide logic for potential changes, specify requirements, and support system-level design andintegration activities. IDEF0 may be used to model a wide variety of systems, composed ofpeople, machines, materials, computers, and information of all varieties and structured by therelationships among them, both automated and nonautomated. For new systems, IDEF0 may beused first to define requirements and to specify functions to be carried out by the future system.As the basis of this architecture, IDEF0 may then be used to design an implementation thatmeets these requirements and performs these functions. For existing systems, IDEF0 can beused to analyze the functions that the system performs and to record the means by which theseare done." Key Words: "enterprise,functional modeling language,IDEF0,language,modeling language" Designation: 1320.1.1 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee Title: Standards User's Manual for the Integrated Computer Aided Manufacturing (ICAM) Function Modeling Method - IDEF0 Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Howard A McQueary, Phone:206-234-2167 **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jun 18, 1992 Designation: 1320.2-1998 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2004 Title: IEEE Standard for Conceptual Modeling Language - Syntax and Semantics for IDEF1X97 (IDEFobject) Status: Approved Publication of IEEE History: PAR APP: Sep 16, 1997, BD APP: Jun 25, 1998, ANSI APP: Jul 08, 2004 Project Scope: This project will define the standard syntax and semanticws of IDEF1X97. IDEF1X97 will consist of two modeling languages, a key-style data modeling language which is downward compatible with the IS Government's standard for data modeling (FIPS PUB 184), and an identity-style language suitable for object-oreiented modeling. Key-style models are data models providing a structured representation of the data, the relationships among the data, and the business rules. Identity-style models are object models providing a structured representation of the objects, the static and dynamic relationships among them, and the business rules. Project Purpose: The US Air Force ICAM program and commercial development of similar techniques, yielded the first versions of IDEF 1X in the 1980s. A US Government Standard (FIPS PUB 184) published in 1993 formally defined the language. Continued evolution of the language and techniques will enable their use in significant information system development efforts, and ensure a common definition among all users, government and commercial. Abstract: "IEEE Std 1320.1-1998, IEEE Standard for Conceptual Modeling Language Syntax and Semantics for IDEF1X97 (IDEFobject)" Key Words: "conceptual schema,data model,IDEF1X,IDEF1X97,identity style,information model,key style,object model" Designation: 1320.2.1 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee Title: Standard for Conceptual Modeling Language - User Guide for IDEF1X97 (IDEFobject) Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Thomas A Bruce, Phone:510-848-8916, Email:tabruce@pacbell.net **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 16, 1997 Project Scope: This project will develop a standard user guide for IDEF1X97. IDEF1X97 will consist of two modeling languages, a key-style data modeling language which is downward compatible with the IS Government's standard for data modeling (FIPS PUB 184), and an identity-style language suitable for object-oreiented modeling. Key-style models are data models providing a structured representation of the data, the relationships among the data, and the business rules. Identity-style models are object models providing a structured representation of the objects, the static and dynamic relationships among them, and the business rules. Project Purpose: The US Air Force ICAM program and commercial development of similar techniques, yielded the first versions of IDEF 1X in the 1980s. A US Government Standard (FIPS PUB 184) published in 1993 formally defined the language. Continued evolution of the language and techniques will enable their use in significant information system development efforts, and ensure a common definition among all users, government and commercial. Designation: 1320.2a Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee Title: Standard for Conceptual Modeling Language, Syntax and Semantics for IDEFIX 97 (IDEF object) - Extensions and Example Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Thomas A Bruce, Phone:510-848-8916, Email:tabruce@pacbell.net **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 08, 1998 Project Scope: The scope includes additional olanguage features deferred from the first release of the standard, and additional informative material on the use of the language. Project Purpose: Produce supplemental information regarding the definition and use of IEEE Standard 1320.2. Additional formally defined language features, deferred from the first release of the standard will enhance its power, giving language users even more powerful analysis and design capabilities. Designation: 1321-1993 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Switchgear Title: Standard for Wrought Aluminum Enclosures for Gas-Filled High-Voltage Switchgear & Controlgear CENELEC EN 50 064:1989 Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **Adoption of a CENELEC Standard. This standard was never adopted by IEEE. History: BD APP: Jun 18, 1993 Designation: 1322-1993 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Switchgear Title: Standard for Welded Composite Enclosures of Cast and Wrought Aluminum Alloys for Gas-Filled High-Voltage Switchgear & Controlgear CENELEC EN 50 069:1991 Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **Adoption of a CENELEC Standard. This standard was never adopted by IEEE. History: BD APP: Jun 18, 1993 Designation: 1323 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee Title: Standard for Information Technology - Reuse of Software Process Artifacts - Source Sode Reuse Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Nenad Marovac, Phone:619-594-4345, Email:nenad@sdsu.edu **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 17, 1992 Designation: 1324 Sponsor: SASB/SCC14-Quantities Units and Letter Symbols Title: Number changed to 260.3 Status: Changed Designation History: PAR APP: Jun 18, 1992 Designation: 1325-1996 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Switchgear Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2002 Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Reporting Field Failure Data for Power Circuit Breakers Status: Approved Publication of IEEE History: PAR APP: Sep 17, 1992, BD APP: Jun 20, 1996, ANSI APP: Jan 06, 1997 Abstract: A format is presented that provides a concise and meaningful method for recording pertinent information on power circuit breaker field failures. It is recommended that this format be utilized in record keeping and directing corrective action to improve field reliability of power circuit breakers. Key Words: power circuit breakers Designation: 1326-1993 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Portable Applications Title: IEEE Standard for Information Technology—Test Methods for Measuring Conformance to Open Systems Interconnection (OSI) Abstract Data Manipulation - Application Program Interface (API) [Language Independent] Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Mar 06, 2000. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. History: PAR APP: Sep 17, 1992, BD APP: Mar 18, 1993, ANSI APP: Oct 22, 1993 Abstract: Test methods for measuring conformance to IEEE Std 1224-1993, which defines a general purpose OSI Abstract Data Manipulation (OM) Application Programming Interface (API) in terms that are independent of any particular programming language, are provided. Key Words: API, OSI, Test methods, Language independent, Abstract data manipulation Designation: 1326.1-1993 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Portable Applications Title: IEEE Standard for Information Technology Test Methods for Measuring Conformance to X.400 Based Electronic Messaging Application Program Interfaces (API) [Language Independent] Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Mar 06, 2000. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. History: PAR APP: Sep 17, 1992, BD APP: Mar 18, 1993, ANSI APP: Sep 16, 1993 Abstract: The test methods that may be used to test conformance to IEEE Std 1224.1-1993, IEEE Standard for Information Technology-- Open Systems Interconnection (OSI) X.400-Based Electronic Messaging--Application Program Interface (API) [Language Independent], are defined. Key Words: X.400, Test methods, Open systems interconnection, OSI, Language independent, Electronic messaging, Application portability, API Designation: 1326.2-1993 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Portable Applications Title: IEEE Standard for Information Technology—Test Methods for Measuring Conformance to Directory Services—Application Program Interface (API) [Language Independent] Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Mar 06, 2000. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. History: PAR APP: Sep 17, 1992, BD APP: Mar 18, 1993, ANSI APP: Sep 16, 1993 Abstract: Test methods for IEEE Std 1224.2-1993, language-independent specification of the applications interface to directory services are defined. Key Words: Portable application, OSI, Directory, Application portability, API Designation: 1327-1993 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Portable Applications Title: IEEE Standard for Interconnection (OSI) Abstract Data Manipulation C Language Interfaces - Binding for Application Program Interfaces (API) Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Mar 06, 2000. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. History: PAR APP: Sep 17, 1992, BD APP: Mar 18, 1993, ANSI APP: Oct 22, 1993 Abstract: A C programming language binding for the general-purpose OSI Abstract Data Manipulation (OM) Application Program Interface (API) in IEEE Std 1224-1993 is defined. This standard is intended for use by application developers, system implementors, test method writers, and users to support application portability at the source-code level. The API defined in this standard contains two major parts: an interface for accessing the services defined in the programming language independent specification, and an interface for language-specific services. Key Words: API, ASN.1, C language, OSI, Open systems interconnection, Open systems, Object management, Language binding, Application program interface, Application portability, Abstract syntax notation Designation: 1327.1-1993 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Portable Applications Title: IEEE Standard for Information Technology—X.400 Based Electronic Messaging C Language Interfaces—Binding for Application Program Interfaces (API) Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Mar 06, 2000. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. History: PAR APP: Sep 17, 1992, BD APP: Mar 18, 1993, ANSI APP: Sep 16, 1993 Abstract: A C language binding to IEEE Std 1224.1-1993, IEEE Standard for Information Technology--X.400-Based Electronic Messaging-- Application Program Interface (API) [Language Independent] is defined. This standard is intended for use by application developers, system implementors, test method writers, and users to support application portability at the source-code level. Key Words: X.400, Language binding, C language, Application program interface, API Designation: 1327.2-1993 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Portable Applications Title: IEEE Standard for Information Technology—Directory Services C Language Interfaces—Binding for Application Program Interface (API) Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Mar 06, 2000. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. History: PAR APP: Sep 17, 1992, BD APP: Mar 18, 1993, ANSI APP: Sep 16, 1993 Abstract: A C programming language binding for the Application Program Interface (API) to directory services in IEEE Std 1224.2-1993 is defined. This standard is intended for use by application developers, system implementors, test method writers, and users to support application portability at the source-code level. The interface is designed for operational, rather than for management, interactions with a directory such as knowledge management or schema management. Security features are not generally visible in the interface in order to permit flexibility in security policies. Key Words: Portable application, Open systems, Directory, C language, Application portability, API Designation: 1328-1993 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Portable Applications Title: IEEE Standard for Information Technology—Test Methods for Measuring Conformance to Open Systems Interconnection (OSI) Abstract Data Manipulation C Language Interfaces—Binding for Application Program Interface (API) Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Mar 06, 2000. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. History: PAR APP: Sep 17, 1992, BD APP: Mar 18, 1993, ANSI APP: Oct 22, 1993 Abstract: Test methods that may be used to test conformance to IEEE Std 1327-1993, IEEE Standard for Information Technology--Open Systems Interconnection (OSI) Abstract Data Manipulation C Language Interfaces--Binding for Application Program Interface (API), are defined. Key Words: C language, Test methods, Language binding Designation: 1328.1-1993 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Portable Applications Title: IEEE Standard for Information Technology—Test Methods for Measuring Conformance to X.400 Based Electronic Messaging C Language Interfaces—Binding for Application Program Interfaces (API) Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Mar 06, 2000. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. History: PAR APP: Sep 17, 1992, BD APP: Mar 18, 1993, ANSI APP: Sep 16, 1993 Abstract: This standard defines test methods that may be used to test conformance to IEEE Std 1327.1-1993, which is a C language binding for IEEE STD 1224.1-1993, IEEE Standard for Information Technology--X.400-Based Electronic Messaging--Application Program Interface (API) [Language Independent]. Key Words: Test methods, Language binding, C language, Application program interface, API Designation: 1328.2-1993 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Portable Applications Title: IEEE Standard for Information Technology—Test Methods for Measuring Conformance to Directory Services C Language Interfaces—Binding for Application Program Interface (API) Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Mar 06, 2000. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. History: PAR APP: Sep 17, 1992, BD APP: Mar 18, 1993, ANSI APP: Sep 16, 1993 Abstract: Test methods for the C language binding defined in IEEE Std 1327.2-1993 for the applications interface to directory services defined in IEEE Std 1224.2-1993 are specified. Key Words: Test methods, Portable application, Open systems, Directory, C language, Application portability, API Designation: 1329-1999 Sponsor: IEEE Communications Society/Transmission Access & Optical Systems Title: IEEE Standard Method for Measuring Transmission Performance of Handsfree Telephone Sets Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: May 02, 2000 History: PAR APP: Jun 26, 1997, BD APP: Sep 16, 1999, ANSI APP: Jan 13, 2000 Project Scope: Techniques for objective measurement of electroacoustic and voice switching characteristics of analog and digital handsfree telephone sets. Project Purpose: Practical methods for makin laboratory measurements of the transmission and voice switching characteristics of hands-free telephone sets so that their performance may be evaluated on a standardized basis. Abstract: " Techniques for objective measurement of electroacoustic and voice switchingcharacteristics of analog and digital handsfree telephones (HFTs) are provided. Due to the variouscharacteristics of HFTs and the environments in which they operate, not all of the test proceduresin this standard are applicable to all HFTs. Application of the test procedures to atypical HFTsshould be determined on an individual basis. " Key Words: "Analog handsfree telephone, digital handsfree telephone, electroacoustic transmission characteristics, handsfree telephone, voice switching characteristics, voice transmission characteristics" Designation: 1329 Sponsor: IEEE Communications Society/Transmission Access & Optical Systems Title: Standard Method for Measuring Transmission Performance of Hands-Free Telephone Sets Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: John Bareham, Phone:734-665-4224, Email:jbareham@mich.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 17, 1992 Designation: P1329 Sponsor: IEEE Communications Society/Standards Committee Title: Standard Method for Measuring Transmission Performance of Handsfree Telephone Sets Status: Revision Project Technical Contact: John Bareham, Phone:734-665-4224, Email:jbareham@mich.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 16, 2006 Project Scope: This standard provides the techniques for objective measurement of electroacoustic and voice switching characteristics of analog and digital handsfree telephones (HFTs). Due to the various characteristics of HFTs and the environments in which they operate, not all of the test procedures in this standard are applicable to all HFTs. Application of the test procedures to atypical HFTs should be determined on an individual basis.<br><br> Although not specifically within the scope of this standard, the methods described are generally applicable to a wide variety of other communication equipment, including cordless, wireless, mobile and IP network communications devices. Performance requirements are not part of this standard. Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to provide practical and repeatable methods for making laboratory measurements of the transmission and voice switching characteristics of HFTs so that their performance may be evaluated on a standardized basis. Designation: 1331 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Power System Relaying Title: Standard for Low Energy Analog Signal Inputs to Protective Relays Status: Changed Designation **This PAR has changed designation to PC37.92 History: PAR APP: Dec 03, 1992 Project Scope: To specify the requirements for low energy analog signals that will be utilized as inputs to protective relays. Some of the requirements to be specified are signal level, frequency bandwidth, and dynamic range. Project Purpose: Devices that develop low energy analog signals are not currently covered by standards. The working group will also define classes of devices that provide low energy analog signals. Designation: 1332-1998 Sponsor: IEEE Reliability Society Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2004 Title: IEEE Standard Reliability Program for the Development and Production of Electronic Systems and Equipment Status: Approved Publication of IEEE History: PAR APP: Mar 19, 1998, BD APP: Jun 30, 1998, ANSI APP: Jul 08, 2004 Project Scope: This project will develop for electronic products and systems a standard set of reliability-program objectives which can be used to express reliability requirements when a customer is contracting with a producer for electronic products. Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to establish a standard set of objectives which provide an effective structure for the life-cycle activities needed in order to design, manufacture and utilize reliable products and systems. These objectives provide a flexible structuring of the relationship between customers selected specific reliability tasks for producers to perform without regard to an integrated set of objectives the tasks were to achieve. Abstract: " Guidance for providing products that satisfy the customer is given. This standard guidessuppliers in planning a program that suits their design philosophy, the product concept, and the resourcesat their disposal, so that every activity adds value. This standard encourages suppliers and customers tocooperatively integrate their reliability processes. Requirements are written to properly establish thecontractual or obligatory relationship between the supplier and customer in a product program. " Key Words: "electronics, electronic equipment, electronic systems, MIL-STD 785, reliability, reliability program, reliability program standard" Designation: 1332 Sponsor: IEEE Reliability Society Title: Standard Reliability Program for the Development and Production of Electronic Systems and Equipment Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Michael Pecht, Phone:301-405-5323, Email:pecht@calce.umd.edu **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jun 17, 1993 Project Scope: Reliability requirements and tasks for the development and production of military and commerical systems and equipment. Project Purpose: Existing military standards do not encompass reliability programs for the development and production of commercial electronics equipment. Therefore, there is a need for a national standard which outlines general reliability requirements and specific reliability accounting, engineering, and management tasks required for the development and production of reliable electronic systems and equipment. Designation: 1333-1994 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Insulated Conductors Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2000 Title: IEEE Guide for Installation of Cable Using the Guided Boring Method Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Feb 06, 2006. This historical standard is available for sale in electronic format (PDF) through the IEEE Online Store at www.shop.ieee.org. You may also order by calling +1 800 678 IEEE (in the US) or +1 732 981 0060 (outside of the US). History: PAR APP: Mar 16, 1993, BD APP: Sep 22, 1994, ANSI APP: Apr 18, 1995 Abstract: The method and equipment involved in proper and economical installation of insulated conductors and/or conduits using the guided boring method are covered. The method addresses installations of insulated cable, cable preinstalled in conduit (CIC), and conduit alone. Key Words: boring, cable, cable preinstalled , conduit, guided boring, insulated cable, CIC, cable preinstalled in conduit Designation: 1341 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessors and Microcomputers Title: Recomended Practices for Multimedia Extensions to Bus Architectures Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: William A Schneider, Phone:800-808-4932, Email:schneiderb@erols.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 16, 1993 Designation: 1342 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessors and Microcomputers Title: Standards Developers' Guide for Bus Architecture Modeling Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: William A Schneider, Phone:800-808-4932, Email:schneiderb@erols.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 16, 1993 Designation: 1343 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Insulated Conductors Title: Guide for Testing the Insulation of Shielded Power Cable Systems in the Field Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: William A Thue, Phone:202-244-3240, Email:wthue@aol.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 21, 1995 Project Scope: The scope is to develop an omnibus Guide to covedr all field test methods for shielded power cable systems. It is proposed that the IEEE 400 designation be given to the general document that introduces all presently available test methods. Present IEEE 400 would be re-numbered as 400.1 with others to be similarly numbered (such as 400.2 for Very Low Frequency Testing, etc.). Project Purpose: The purpose of this guide is to cover all presently used field test methods into one document that introduces each procedure. Brief statements of the advantages and disadvantages of each method will allow the reader to obtain an overview of the tests. Uniform procedures and guidelines for the evaluation of each method will enable users to compare results of one or more tests with field performance. Test methods that are sufficiently developed to have a complete Guide will become a portion of the 400 designation - such as the case with dc testing (now IEEE 400) that would become 400.1. Other methods that are sufficiently advanced so that a companion Guide can be developed will become a portion of the total package as they are approved. Very Low Frequency Testing (0.1 Hz) could become IEEE 400.2, Resonant 400.3, etc. Designation: 1344-1995 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Power System Relaying Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2001 Title: Standard for Synchrophasors for Power Systems Status: Superseded History: PAR APP: Jun 17, 1993, BD APP: Dec 12, 1995, ANSI APP: Aug 01, 1996 Abstract: The synchronizing input and the data output for phasor measurements made by substation computer systems is discussed. Processes involved in computing phasors from sampled data, data-to-phasor conversions, and formats for timing imputs and phasor data output from a Phasor Measurement Unit (PMU) are also addressed. Key Words: anti-aliasing, digital computer based measurement, GPS, Global Positioning System, Nyquist rate, phase lock, phasor, satellites, synchronism, synchronized phasor, time input Designation: 1346-1998 Sponsor: SASB/SCC22-Power Quality Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2004 Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Evaluating Electric Power System Compatibility With Electronic Process Equipment Status: Approved Publication of IEEE History: PAR APP: Jun 14, 1995, BD APP: May 05, 1998, ANSI APP: Feb 04, 1999 Project Scope: The group will develop a recommended practice for evaluating technical and economic compatibility. The scope of the compatibility is industrial and commercial electronic process equipment, facility electrical network, and electric utility feed to the facility. Project Purpose: Develop a standardized methodology for evaluating compatibility that provides a common basis of comparison for equipment manufacturers, utilities, consultants, etc. Abstract: " A standard methodology for the technical and financial analysis of voltage sag compati-bility between process equipment and electric power systems is recommended. The methodologypresented is intended to be used as a planning tool to quantify the voltage sag environment andprocess sensitivity. It shows how technical and financial alternatives can be evaluated. Perfor-mance limits for utility systems, power distribution systems, or electronic process equipment are notincluded. " Key Words: "power quality,power quality monitoring,sensitive equipment,voltage loss,voltage sags" Designation: 1347 Sponsor: SASB/SCC20-Test and Diagnosis for Electric Systems Title: Guide for the Understanding of the Artificial Intelligence and Expert System Tie to Automatic Test Equipment (AI-ESTATE) Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: James E Cottrell, Phone:301-460-5445 **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 16, 1993 Designation: 1348-1995 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for the Adoption of Computer-Aided Software Engineering (CASE) Tools Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 15, 2001. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **administratively withdrawn on 15-Jan-2001. History: PAR APP: Dec 13, 1994, BD APP: Dec 12, 1995, ANSI APP: Aug 01, 1996 Abstract: Difficulties that may be encountered, and how they can be avoided, by organizations intending to adopt CASE tools are addressed. An overview of the adoption process, including analysis of the organization's needs and readiness for automation, use of a pilot project, and definition of activities necessary to interate the new technology into the organization's standard software engineering proctice, is provided. Key Words: CASE, CASE adoption, pilot project, technology transfer, tool, software Designation: 1349-2001 Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Petroleum & Chemical Industry Title: IEEE Guide for Application of Electric Motors in Class I, Division 2 Hazardous (Classified) Locations Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jun 17, 2002 Technical Contact: Lorraine K Padden, Phone:281-579-6550, Email:PaddenEng@aol.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Mar 16, 1993, BD APP: Dec 20, 2001, ANSI APP: Aug 01, 2002 Project Scope: AC Electric Motors in sizes from fractional horsepower up will be considered; primary emphasis will be on the use of general purpose enclosures and precautions against excessive surface temperatures and arcing/sparking of rotor bars and enclosure joints. Project Purpose: Existing codes and standards contain generalized caution notes but do not include definitive recommendations for application of general purpose motors in Class I Division 2 areas. This guide will document industry experience and established practices for the application of general purpose motors in Class I Division 2 areas. Abstract: "This guide was developed to assist individuals, organizations, and suppliers with the application ofmotors in Class I, Division 2 locations, where flammable gases and vapors may occasionally be present. Three-phase and single-phase ac synchronous and induction electric motors, fractional through very large sizes, arecovered in this guide. Primary emphasis is on the use of general-purpose enclosures and precautions againstexcessive surface temperatures and sparking of rotor bars and enclosure joints. Results of motor surfacetemperature tests and calculations performed by Working Group Member companies are documented in theguide. Guidance is included for maintaining the life-cycle integrity of motors in Class I, Division 2 locations.Existing codes and standards contain cautionary notes for general-purpose motor applications in Class I, Division2 areas. Industry experience and established practices are documented for the application of general-purposemotors in Class I, Division 2 locations and guidance is given for applying motors in these locations. This guide isnot a specification and is not intended for use as a specification for purchasing motors installed in Division 2locations." Key Words: "autoignition temperature, Class I, Division 2, classified locations, enclosure sparking, hazardous locations, induction motor, motor, motor enclosure, motor temperature, multisection motor, paint test, rotor, rotor sparking, rotor temperature" Designation: P1349 Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Petroleum & Chemical Industry Title: Guide for Application of Electric Motors in Class I, Division 2 and Class I, Zone 2 Hazardous (Classified) Locations Status: Revision Project Technical Contact: Lorraine K Padden, Phone:281-579-6550, Email:PaddenEng@aol.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 04, 2005 Project Scope: Three-phase and single-phase AC synchronous and induction electric motors in fractional ratings 0.18 kW (1/4 hp) and larger are covered in this Guide. Primary emphasis is on the use of open or nonexplosionproof or nonflameproof enclosed motors in Class I, Division 2 and Class I, Zone 2 locations as covered in NFPA 70-2005. Precautions against excessive surface temperatures and sparking of rotor bars and enclosure joints are also covered. This document also provides guidance for maintaining the life-cycle integrity of motors in Class I, Division 2 and Class I, Zone 2 locations as covered in NFPA 70-2005. This Guide does not cover AC wound rotor motors and DC electric motors. Motors installed in locations other than Class I, Division 2 and Class I, Zone 2 as covered in NFPA 70-2005 are not covered in this Guide. This document is not a specification and is not intended to be used as a specification for purchasing motors. The voltage breaks in this document are 1000 V and less, and over 1000 V. Project Purpose: Existing codes and standards contain cautionary notes for open or nonexplosionproof or nonflameproof enclosed motors in Class I, Division 2 and Class I, Zone 2 locations as covered in NFPA 70-2005. This Guide documents industry experience and established practices and provides guidance for applying motors in these locations. Designation: 1350 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transformers Title: Guide for Protection of Distribution Transformers with Emphasis on Secondary (Low-Voltage) Side Surges Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Georges H Vaillancourt, Phone:450-446-0605, Email:tc42sec@sympatico.ca **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 16, 1993 Designation: 1351-1994 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Portable Applications Title: IEEE Standard for Information Technology—ACSE and Presentation Layer Services—Application Program Interface (API) [C Language Independent] Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Mar 06, 2000. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. History: PAR APP: Jun 17, 1993, BD APP: Sep 22, 1994, ANSI APP: Jun 01, 1995 Abstract: A language-independent Application Program Interface (API) to the ACSE application service element of the OSI application layer and the connection-oriented services of the presentation layer are defined. The purpose of this API is to support portable implementations of application-specific OSI service elements and non-OSI applications. Key Words: ACSE, API, application layer, application portability, language independent, open systems, open system interconnection, OSI, presentation layer Designation: 1353-1994 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Portable Applications Title: IEEE Standard for Information Technology—ASCE and Presentation Layer Services—Application Program Interface (API) [C Language Binding] Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Mar 06, 2000. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. History: PAR APP: Jun 17, 1993, BD APP: Sep 22, 1994, ANSI APP: Apr 06, 1995 Abstract: A C language binding to IEEE Std 1351-1994, a language-independent standard defining an Application Program Interface (API) to the ACSE application service element from the OSI application layer and the connection-oriented services of the presentation layer is defined. The purpose of this API is to support portable implementations of application-specific OSI service elements and non-OSI applications. Key Words: ASCE, API, application layer, application portability, C binding, language binding, open systems interconnection, OSI, presentation layer Designation: 1355 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessors and Microcomputers Title: Standard for Heterogeneous Interconnect (HIC), (Low Cost, Low Latency, Scaleable, Serial Interconnect for Parallel System Construction) Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Paul Walker, Phone:44 1908 566 253, Email:paul@walker.demon.co.uk **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 21, 2000 Project Scope: 1: To correct known errors, particularly in the initialization and disconnection/reconnection sequence of the DS (Data/Strobe encoding) logical layer of the standard. 2: To correct minor inconsistencies, particularly where drawings are inconsistent with accompanying text. 3: To permit the use of modern LVDS circuits (IEEE 1596.3-19996, ANSI/TIA/EIA-644- 1995) as well as the PECL (Pseudo Emitter Coupled Logic) circuits for the DS-DE (Data/Strobe Differential Electrical transmission) signal layer of the standard. 4: Apart from the corrections and the addition of LVDS, to make no further additions to the standard. Project Purpose: The IEEE 1355 standard was originally developed for heterogeneous, high-performance, scalable, modular parallel systems to be constructed with low implementation cost. These characteristics, together with the opportunity that IEEE 1355 gives to build networks with redundant interconnections, led to the standard's use where fault-tolerance is required. Such applications may include satellites in space, IP switches and routers, experimental data acquisition, industrial robotics, networks in the home, and automotive networks. The current standard comes very close to meeting the requirements for fault-tolerance of these applications, but the error in the initialization sequence means that practical implementations must deviate from the standard. The needs of these applications for low power has also resulted in the use of LVDS components, which are almost (but not quite) compatible with the standard. The changes proposed to the standard will bring the standard into line with the requirements of these new applications, and offer a consistent basis for their implementation. Designation: 1355-1995 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessors and Microcomputers Title: IEEE Standard for Heterogeneous InterConnect (HIC), (Low-Cost, Low- Latency Scalable Serial Interconnect for Parallel System Construction) Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 25, 2005. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **Jan2005: Administratively withdrawn. History: PAR APP: Mar 16, 1995, BD APP: Sep 21, 1995, ANSI APP: Apr 08, 1996 Project Scope: Physical connectors and cables, electrical properties, and logical protocols for point to point serial scaleable interconnect, operating at speeds of 10-200 Mbit/sec and at 1 Gbit/sec in copper and optic technologies (as developed in Open Microprocessor systems Initiative/heterogeneous InterConnect Project (OMI/HIC). Project Purpose: To enable high-performance, scaleable, modular, parallel systems to be constructed with low system integration cost; to support communications system fabric; to provide a transparent implementation of a range of high level protocols (communications, e.g. Asynchronous Transfer Mode (ATM), message passing, shared memory transactions e.g. SCI, Futurebus+, etc.; to support links between heterogeneous systems. Abstract: Enabling the construction of high-performance, scalable, modular, parallel systems with low system integration cost is discussed. Complementary use of physical connectors and cables, electrical properties, and logical protocols for point-to-point serial scalable interconnect, operating at speeds of 10-200 Mb/s and at 1 Gb/s in copper and optic technologies, is described. Key Words: flow control, encoding schemes, OMI, HIC, packet routing, parallelism, point to point, serial scalable, scalable, protocols, routing fabric, serial links, serialization, silicon integration, switch chip, transaction layer, wormhole routing, heterogeneous, low latency Designation: 1355-1995 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessors and Microcomputers Title: IEEE Standard for Heterogeneous InterConnect (HIC), (Low-Cost, Low- Latency Scalable Serial Interconnect for Parallel System Construction) Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 25, 2005. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **ISO/IEC version of IEEE Std 1355. Technical Contact: Paul Walker, Phone:44 1908 566 253, Email:paul@walker.demon.co.uk **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: BD APP: Sep 21, 1995 (Ref. Std.: 1355) Abstract: " Enabling the construction of high-performance, scalable, modular, parallel systems withlow system integration cost is discussed. Complementary use of physical connectors and cables,electrical properties, and logical protocols for point-to-point serial scalable interconnect, operatingat speeds of 10­200 Mb/s and at 1 Gb/s in copper and optic technologies, is described. " Key Words: "flow control,encoding schemes,OMI/HIC,packet routing,parallelism,point-to-point serial scalable interconnect,protocols,routing fabric,serial links,serialization,silicon integration,switch chip,transaction layer,wormhole routing" Designation: 1355.1 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessors and Microcomputers Title: Standard Protocols for IEEE Std 1355 on Unshielded Twisted Pair Cable Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. History: PAR APP: Dec 13, 1994 Designation: 1355.2 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessors and Microcomputers Title: Standard for SpaceWire - Links, Nodes, Routers and Networks Optizimized for Space Craft Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Josep Rosello-Guasch, Phone:31-71-565-4058, Email:jrosello@estec.esa.nl **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 07, 2000 Project Scope: SpaceWire is based on two existing commercial standards, IEEE 1355-1995 and ANSI/TIA/EIA-644 which have been combined and adapted for use on-board spacecraft. As with IEEE 1355-1995 and most other communications protocols, SpaceWire can be described and defined at a number of different levels: - The Physical Level, defining cables, connectors and cable assemblies; - The Signal Level, defining electrical characteristics, coding, signal timing and EMC specifications; - The Character Level, defining how data and control characters are encoded; - The Exchange Level, defining the way in which a SpaceWire link operates including link initialisation, normal operation, error detection and error recovery; - The Packet Level, defining the way in which data is encapsulated in packets for transfer across a SpaceWire network; - The Network Level, defining the structure and operation of a SpaceWire networ Project Purpose: The overall purpose of the SpaceWire standard is to provide a unified high-speed data-handling infrastructure for spacecraft, connecting together sensors, processing elements, mass-memory units, downlink telemetry sub-systems and Electronic Ground Support Equipment (EGSE). Particular aspects of this purpose are: · to facilitate the construction of high- performance on-board data-handling systems, · to help reduce system integration costs, · to promote compatibility between data-handling equipment and sub-systems, · to encourage re-use of data-handling equipment across several different missions. Designation: 1356 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessors and Microcomputers Title: Standard Profile for a Multiprotocol Plug-in Modules Supporting Asynchronous Transfer Mode (ATM) Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Edmund H Baulsir, Phone:203/531-1872, Email:dsicons@optonline.net **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 16, 1993 Project Scope: Develop a physical layer module definition and packaging standard utilizing the P1357 Logical Layer specification and IEEE 1301. Project Purpose: To define the standards required to realize a multiprotocol communications platform. Designation: 1357 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessors and Microcomputers Title: Standard for Logical Interconnection of Multi-protocol Plug-in Modules Supporting Asynchronous Transfer Mode (ATM) Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Edmund H Baulsir, Phone:203/531-1872, Email:dsicons@optonline.net **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 16, 1993 Project Scope: Develop and define a logical layer for information transfer among a variety of functional components within a multi-protocol environment. Internal architecture will be capable of supporting protocols such as ATM, HIC, Fiber Channel, Scalable Coherent, Interface (SCI), and Futurebus + Cache Coherent transaction set. Project Purpose: Define a standard method for transferring multiprotocol data and events between and among a variety of plug-in modules within a multiprotocol platform. It is an express goal that the platform support the quality of service requirements of P1341 Multimedia and P896.7 Profile C. Designation: 1358 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee Title: Standard for Information Technology - Signal Processing Applications - Processor Graph Method Software Design Methodology Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Stephen Seidman, Phone:205-844-6305 **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jun 17, 1993 Designation: 1359 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Nuclear Power Engineering Title: Guide for Maintenance and Related Practices for Class 1E Equipment Used in Nuclear Powe Generating Stations Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Carl Weary, Phone:214-812-7138, Email:cweary1@tuelectric.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jun 17, 1993 Designation: 1361-2003 Sponsor: SASB/SCC21-Fuel Cells, Photovoltaics, Dispersed Generation, and Energy Storage Title: IEEE Guide for Selection, Charging, Test and Evaluation of Lead-Acid Batteries Used in Stand-Alone Photovoltaic (PV) Systems Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Dec 19, 2003 Technical Contact: Jay L Chamberlin, Phone:505-296-3135, Email:jaynpatc@aol.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Mar 17, 2001, BD APP: Mar 20, 2003, ANSI APP: Jun 19, 2003 Project Scope: This guide contains a tutorial on lead-acid battery technology, battery charging characteristics, and a laboratory test procedure to evaluate charge parameters and battery performance. The information on lead-acid battery designs and environmental characteristics is provided to help the PV system designer make appropriate battery decisions. PV system parameters and operating conditions are discussed. Charging parameters related to PV systems are also suggested to help in the selection of appropriate test setpoints. Finally, a performance test to verify the battery test setpoints and performance is provided, including discussions on how to interpret test results. This guide is applicable to all stand-alone PV systems where PV is the only charging source. This guide does not include PV hybrid systems. Project Purpose: This document provides guidance in understanding lead-acid battery charging requirements in relation to the operational parameters that affect overall PV system design and battery performance. This document will aid in battery selection, evaluation, PV system design, and provide a test plan for evaluating the selected battery. Abstract: "IEEE Std 1361-2003, IEEE Std IEEE Guide for Selection, Charging, Test, and Evaluation of Lead-Acid Batteries Used in Stand-Alone Photovoltaic (PV) Systems" Key Words: "lead-acid battery test procedure, lead-acid battery tutorial, photovoltaic (PV) battery characteristics, PV battery selection, PV systems, PV battery test procedure" Designation: 1361 Sponsor: SASB/SCC21-Fuel Cells, Photovoltaics, Dispersed Generation, and Energy Storage Title: Guide for the Selection, Test and Evaluation of Lead-Acid Batteries for Stand Alone Photovoltaic (PV) Systems Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. History: PAR APP: Jun 17, 1993 Project Scope: This guide is a tutorial on lead-acid battery technology, and how battery operating characteristics and PV systems performance are interrelated. The guide provides the PV system designer with information on applicable lead-acid battery type designs. Electrical, physical, mechanical and environmental characteristics are discussed. PV system parameters and operating conditions are discussed in relation to battery characteristics and expected system performance. Parameters to optimize the system are suggested to help in the selection of a battery selection and system parameters is provided, included discussion on how to interpret test results. This guide is applicable to all stand-alone PV systems where PV is the only charging source. This guide does not include hybrid systems. Project Purpose: This guide provides guidance to the PV system designer in understanding lead acid battery performance characteristics in relation to operational parameters that affect overall PV system design and battery performance. This document will aid in battery selection and evaluation based on the system requirements and provide a test plan for evaluating the selected battery and its performance using a predetermined set of PV system parameters. Guidance is also provided as to how these test results may be interpreted. Designation: 1362-1998 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee Title: IEEE Guide for Information Technology - System Definition - Concept of Operation Document Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Dec 22, 1998 History: PAR APP: Jun 17, 1993, BD APP: Mar 19, 1998 Project Scope: To prescribe the format and contents of concept of operation document. Project Purpose: To provide a uniform scheme for preparing and presenting a concept of operations document. A concept of operations (CONOPS) document describes the mission of the system and its operational and support environments. The CONOPS describes the functions and characteristics of the computer system within the overall system. The CONOPS represent a consensus among development, support and user organizations on the operational concept of the system being developed. The CONOPS provides the basis for the system requirements document. Abstract: " The format and contents of a concept of operations (ConOps) document are described. AConOps is a user-oriented document that describes system characteristics for a proposed system from theusersÕ viewpoint. The ConOps document is used to communicate overall quantitative and qualitativesystem characteristics to the user, buyer, developer, and other organizational elements (for example,training, facilities, staffing, and maintenance). It is used to describe the user organization(s), mission(s), andorganizational objectives from an integrated systems point of view. " Key Words: "buyer,characteristics,concept of operation,concepts of operations document,ConOps,developer,operational requirements,scenario,software- intensive system,software system,system,user,user requirements,viewpoint" Designation: 1362a-1998 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee Title: Guide for Information Technology - System Definition - Concept of Operations Document: Content Map for IEEE 12207.1 Status: Approved Publication of IEEE History: PAR APP: Jun 26, 1997, BD APP: Sep 16, 1998 Project Scope: To establish a correlation between the content of concept of operations documents as defined in 1362 and the content of such plans as defined in IEEE 12207.1, Guide for Information Technology - Software Life Cycle Processes - Life Cycle Data by adding an annex which will correlate the assumptions relating to content of the two documents and trace content between subject documentation. Project Purpose: To achieve harmonization of the content definition for software life cycle process results among the IEEE software engineering standards and with related international standards. Designation: 1363-2000 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessors and Microcomputers Title: IEEE Standard Specifications for Public-Key Cryptography Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Aug 29, 2000 Technical Contact: Ari Singer, Phone:781-418-2515, Email:asinger@ntru.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Dec 09, 1997, BD APP: Jan 30, 2000, ANSI APP: Jul 27, 2000 Project Scope: Specifications of common public-key cryptographic techniques, including mathematical primitives for secret value (key) derivation, public- key encryption, and digital signatures, and cryptographic schemes based on those primitives. Specifications of related cryptographic parameters, public keys and private keys. Project Purpose: The transition from paper to electronic media brings with it the need for electronic privacy and authenticity. Public-key techniques offer fundamentaltechnology addressing this need. Many alternative public- key techniques have been proposed, each with its own benefits. However, there has been no single, comprehensive reference defining a full range of common public-key techniques covereing key agreement, public-key encryption, digital signatures, and identification from several families, such as discrete logarithms, integer factorization, and elliptic curves. The purpose is to provide a reference for specifications of a variety of techniques from which applications may select. Abstract: " This standard specifies common public-key cryptographic techniques, includingmathematical primitives for secret value (key) derivation, public-key encryption, and digitalsignatures, and cryptographic schemes based on those primitives. It also specifies relatedcryptographic parameters, public keys, and private keys. The purpose of this standard is to providea reference for specifications on a variety of techniques from which applications may select. " Key Words: "digital signature, encryption, key agreement, public-key cryptography" Designation: P1363 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessors and Microcomputers Title: Standard Specifications for Public Key Cryptography Status: Revision Project Technical Contact: William Whyte, Phone:+1 978 844 5215, Email:wwhyte@ntru.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 22, 2005 Project Scope: This document will provide the specifications of common public- key cryptographic techniques, including mathematical primitives for secret value (key) derivation, public-key encryption, digital signatures, and identification, and cryptographic schemes based on those primitives. It also includes specifications of related cryptographic parameters, public keys and private keys. Class of computer and communications systems is not restricted. Project Purpose: The transition from paper to electronic media brings with it the need for electronic privacy and authenticity. Public-key cryptography offers fundamental technology addressing this need. Many alternative public- key techniques have been proposed, each with its own benefits. However, there has been no single, comprehensive reference defining a wide range of common public-key techniques covering key agreement, public-key encryption, digital signatures, and identification from several families, such as discrete logarithms, integer factorization, and elliptic curves. It is not the purpose of this project to mandate any particular set of public-key techniques, or particular attributes of public-key techniques such as key sizes. Rather, the purpose is to provide a reference for specifications of a variety of techniques from which applications may select. This document merges the basic techniques specified in IEEE Std 1363-2000 with the additional techniques specified in IEEE Std 1363a-2004. Designation: P1363.1 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessors and Microcomputers Title: Standard Specification for Public-Key Cryptographic Techniques Based on Hard Problems over Lattices Status: New Standard Project Technical Contact: William Whyte, Phone:+1 978 844 5215, Email:wwhyte@ntru.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 07, 2000 Project Scope: Specifications of common public-key cryptographic techniques based on hard problems over lattices supplemental to those considered in IEEE 1363 and IEEE P1363a, including mathematical primitives for secret value (key) derivation, public-key encryption, identification and digital signatures, and cryptographic schemes based on those primitives. Specifications of related cryptographic parameters, public keys and private keys. Class of computer and communications systems is not restricted. Project Purpose: The transition from paper to electronic media brings with it the need for electronic privacy and authenticity. Public-key cryptography offers fundamental technology addressing this need. Many alternative public- key techniques have been proposed, each with its own benefits. The IEEE 1363 Standard and P1363a project have produced a comprehensive reference defining a range of common public-key techniques covering key agreement, public-key encryption and digital signatures from several families, namely the discrete logarithm, integer factorization, and elliptic curve families. IEEE P1363.1 will specify cryptographic techniques based on hard problems over lattices. These techniques may offer tradeoffs in operating characteristics when compared with the methods already specified in IEEE 1363-2000 and draft P1363a. It is also intended that P1363.1 provide a second-generation framework for the description of cryptographic techniques, as compared to the initial framework provided in 1363-2000 and draft P1363a. It is not the purpose of this project to mandate any particular set of public-key techniques or security requirements (including key sizes) for this or any family. Rather, the purpose is to provide: (1) a reference for specification of a variety of techniques from which applications may select, (2) the relevant number-theoretic background, and (3) extensive discussion of security and implementation considerations so that a solution provider can choose appropriate security requirements for itself. Designation: P1363.2 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessors and Microcomputers Title: Standard Specification for Password-Based Public-Key Cryptographic Techniques Status: New Standard Project Technical Contact: William Whyte, Phone:+1 978 844 5215, Email:wwhyte@ntru.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 07, 2000 Project Scope: Specifications of common public-key cryptographic techniques for performing password-based authentication and key exchange, supplemental to the techniques considered in IEEE P1363 and IEEE P1363a. Specifications of primitives, schemes, and protocols designed to safely utilize passwords and other low-grade secrets as a basis for securing electronic transactions. Class of computer and communications systems is not restricted. Project Purpose: Ensuring privacy and authenticity in personal electronic transactions is a process that necessarily involves human beings. Memorized secrets are an important factor in human authentication. Many common cryptographic methods for authentication require large, random high-grade secret keys, yet, the secrets that human beings can conveniently memorize and reliably reproduce tend to be low-grade secrets. Passwords are widely used low-grade secrets that are typically not-so-random and relatively small, and introduce risks of brute-force attack when inappropriately used as cryptographic keys. P1363.2 will specify public-key cryptographic techniques specifically designed to securely perform password-based authentication and key exchange. These techniques provide a way to authenticate people and distribute high-quality cryptographic keys for people, while preventing off-line brute-force attacks associated with passwords. A resulting high quality key may be more confidently used in combination with other cryptographic methods, such as symmetric encryption methods and public-key encryption, identification, and digital signature methods. P1363.2 will provide a reference for a variety of such password- based techniques within a suitable framework. It is not the purpose of this project to mandate any particular set of password-based techniques or security requirements (including key sizes). Rather, the purpose is to provide: (1) a reference for specification of a variety of techniques from which applications may select, (2) the appropriate theoretic background, and (3) extensive discussion of security and implementation considerations so that a solution provider can choose appropriate security requirements. Designation: P1363.3 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessors and Microcomputers Title: Standard for Identity-Based Cryptographic Techniques using Pairings Status: New Standard Project Technical Contact: William Whyte, Phone:+1 978 844 5215, Email:wwhyte@ntru.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 22, 2005 Project Scope: This document specifies identity-based cryptographic schemes based on the bilinear mappings over elliptic curves known as pairings. Specific techniques include algorithms to compute the pairings, and specification of recommended elliptic curves and curve parameters over which the pairings are defined. Class of computer and communications systems is not restricted. Project Purpose: The proliferation of electronic communication and the internet brings with it the need for privacy and data protection. Public Key Cryptography offers fundamental technology addressing this need. Many alternative public-key techniques have been proposed, each with its own benefits. IEEE Std 1363-2000 and IEEE Std 1363a-2004 have produced a comprehensive reference defining a range of common public-key techniques covering key agreement, public-key encryption and digital signatures from several families, namely the discrete logarithm, integer factorization, and elliptic curve families. IEEE P1363.3 will specify Identity-Based Cryptographic techniques based on Pairings. These offer advantages over classic public key techniques specified in IEEE 1363. Examples are the lack of a requirement to exchange or look up public keys of a recipient and the simplified use of short-lived keys. The Class of computer and communications systems is not restricted. Designation: 1363a-2004 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessors and Microcomputers Title: IEEE Standard Specifications for Public-Key Cryptography - Amendment 1: Additional Techniques Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Sep 02, 2004 Technical Contact: William Whyte, Phone:+1 978 844 5215, Email:wwhyte@ntru.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Dec 09, 1997, BD APP: Mar 25, 2004, ANSI APP: Jul 22, 2004 Project Scope: Specifications of common public-key cryptographic techniques supplemental to those considered in IEEE Std 1363-2000, including mathematical primitives for secret value (key) derivation, public-key encryption, digital signatures, and identification, and cryptographic schemes based on those primitives. Specifications of related cryptographic parameters, public keys and private keys. Class of computer and communications systems is not restricted. Project Purpose: The transition from paper to electronic media brings with it the need for electronic privacy and authenticity. Public-key cryptography offers fundamental technology addressing this need. Many alternative public- key techniques have been proposed, each with its own benefits. However, there has been no single, comprehensive reference defining a full range of common public-key techniques covering key agreement, public-key encryption, digital signatures, and identification from several families, such as discrete logarithms, integer factorization, and elliptic curves. It is not the purpose of this project to mandate any particular set of public-key techniques, or particular attributes of public-key techniques such as key sizes. Rather, the purpose is to provide a reference for specifications of a variety of techniques from which applications may select. When the IEEE P1363a project began, work was in progress in the IEEE P1363 project on specifying many of the basic techniques in a standard way. Additional techniques remained to be specified, which could eventually be added to the IEEE P1363 work. However, many of those additional techniques required further development before being standardized, whereas the basic techniques in IEEE Std 1363-2000 were relatively more established. To facilitate the completion of the work on the basic techniques while also providing a forum for discussing additional techniques, the IEEE P1363 working group sought to have separate projects for the two efforts, which would result in separate, companion standards for some period of time. It is the working group's intention that the standards will be merged during future revisions. Abstract: This standard specifies additional public-key cryptographic techniques beyond those in IEEE Std 1363-2000. It is intended to be merged with IEEE Std 1363-2000 during future revisions. Key Words: digital signature, encryption, key agreement, public-key cryptography Designation: 1363a Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessors and Microcomputers Title: Standard Specifications for Public-Key Cryptography: Additional Techniques Status: Superseded Technical Contact: Ari Singer, Phone:781-418-2515, Email:asinger@ntru.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 09, 1997 Project Scope: Specifications of common public-key cryptographic techniques supplemental to those considered in IEEE P1363, including mathematical primitives for secret value (key) derivation, public-key encryption, digital signatures, and identification, and cryptographic schemes based on those primitives. Specifications of related cryptographic parameters, public keys and private keys. Project Purpose: It is not the purpose of this project to mandate any particular set of public-key techniques, or particular attributes of public- key techniques such as key sizes. Rather, the purpose is to provide a reference for specifications of a variety of techniques from which applicatons may select. Worl is in progress in the IEEE 1363 project on specifying many of the basic techniques in a standard way. Additional techniques remain to be specified, which could eventually be added to the IEEE 1363 work. However, many of those additional techniques require further development before being standardized, whereas the basic techniques in IEEE 1363 are relatively more established. To facilitate the completion of the work on the basic techniques while also providing a forum for discussing additional techniques, the IEEE 1363 working group seeks to have separate projects for the 2 efforts, which would result in separate, companion standards for some period of time. It is the working group's intention that the standards would be merged during future revisions. Designation: 1364-2005 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Design Automation Title: IEEE Standard for Verilog Hardware Description Language Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Apr 07, 2006 Technical Contact: Johny Srouji, Phone:512-838-0252, Email:srouji@us.ibm.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Aug 12, 2004, BD APP: Nov 08, 2005, ANSI APP: Nov 02, 2006 Project Scope: Verilog is a hardware description language (HDL) that was standardized as IEEE Std 1364™-1995 and first revised as IEEE Std 1364-2001. This revision corrects and clarifies features ambiguously described in the 1995 and 2001 editions. It also resolves incompatibilities and inconsistencies of IEEE 1364-2001 with IEEE Std 1800™-2005. The intent of this standard is to serve as a complete specification of the Verilog HDL. This standard contains the following: — The formal syntax and semantics of all Verilog HDL constructs — The formal syntax and semantics of standard delay format (SDF) constructs — Simulation system tasks and functions, such as text output display commands — Compiler directives, such as text substitution macros and simulation time scaling — The programming language interface (PLI) binding mechanism — The formal syntax and semantics of the Verilog procedural interface (VPI) — Informative usage examples — Informative delay model for SDF — The VPI header file Project Purpose: The purpose of the original document, IEEE Std 1364-2001, was to provide an industry standard based on the Verilog Hardware Description Language. The reason for the document's revision is to incorporate corrections that have been identified by the working group since 1364-1995 and 1364-2001 were published by the IEEE. Abstract: The Verilog hardware description language (HDL) is defined in this standard. Verilog HDL is a formal notation intended for use in all phases of the creation of electronic systems. Because it is both macine-readable and human-readable, it supports the development, verification, synthesis, and testing of hardware designs; the communication of hardware design data; and the maintenance, modification, and procurement of hardware. The primary audiences for this standard are the implementors of tools supporting the language and advanced users of the language. Key Words: computer, computer languages, digital systems, electronic systems, hardware, hardware description languages, hardware design, HDL, PLI, programming language interface, Verilog, Verilog HDL, Verilog P Designation: 1364-2001 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Design Automation Title: IEEE Standard Verilog Hardware Description Language Status: Superseded **Supersedes 1364-1995. Technical Contact: Maqsoodul Mannan, Phone:408-432-1001, Email:mannan@dsmtech.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 07, 1999, BD APP: Mar 17, 2001 Project Scope: Verilog is a Hardware Description Language which was standardized as IEEE 1364-1995. It is currently used by integrated circuit designers to specify their designs at the switch, gate and RTL levels. The proposed project will revise Verilog 1364 to include new constructs which improve the utility of the language both at the detailed physical level and at high levels of abstraction to meet industry needs for improved design technology. Project Purpose: To provide an industry standard based on the Verilog Hardware Description Language. Abstract: " The Verilog ® Hardware Description Language (HDL) is defined in this standard. VerilogHDL is a formal notation intended for use in all phases of the creation of electronic systems. Be-cause it is both machine readable and human readable, it supports the development, verification,synthesis, and testing of hardware designs; the communication of hardware design data; and themaintenance, modification, and procurement of hardware. The primary audiences for this standardare the implementors of tools supporting the language and advanced users of the language. " Key Words: "computer,computer languages,digital systems,electronic systems,hardware,hard-ware description languages,hardware design,HDL,PLI,programming language interface,VerilogHDL,Verilog PLI,Verilog ®" Designation: 1364-1995 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Design Automation Title: IEEE Standard Hardware Description Language Based on the Verilog® Hardware Description Language Status: Superseded **Superseded by 1364-2001. History: PAR APP: Jun 17, 1993, BD APP: Dec 12, 1995, ANSI APP: Aug 01, 1996 Abstract: The Verilog® Hardware Description Language (HDL) is defined. Verilog HDL is a formal notation intended for use in all phases of the creation of electronic systems. Because it is both machine readable and human readable, it supports the development, verification, synthesis, and testing of hardware designs; the communication of hardware design data; and the maintenance, modification, and procurement of hardware. The primary audiences for this standard are the implementors of tools supporting the language and advanced users of the language. Key Words: computer, computer languages, electronic systems, digital systems, hardware design, hardware description language, HDL, programming language, language interface, PLI, verilog HDL, verilog PLI Designation: 1364 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Design Automation Title: Standard for Verilog Hardware Description Language Status: Superseded Technical Contact: Michael T McNamara, Phone:650-934-6888, Email:mac@verisity.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 20, 2003 Project Scope: Verilog is a Hardware Description Language which was standardized as IEEE-1364-1995, and revised as 1364-2001. It is currently used by integrated circuit designers to specify their designs at the switch, gate, RTL and system levels. The proposed project will revise Verilog 1364 to clarify features ambiguously described in the 1364-1995 and 1364-2001 revisions, as well as to extend the language by adding new constructs which improve the utility of the language both at the detailed physical level and at high levels of abstraction to meet industry needs for improved design and verification technology. Project Purpose: The purpose of this project is to provide a standard that complements IEEE 1076-IEEE Standard VHDL Language Reference Manual from the register transfer level downward, by providing an industry standard based on the Verilog Hardware Description Language, as well as incorporating enhancements that have been developed by the industry since the 1364-1995 and 1364-2001 were published by the IEEE. Designation: 1364.1-2002 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Design Automation Title: IEEE Standard for Verilog Register Transfer Level Synthesis Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Dec 18, 2002 **IEC dual logo adoption IEC/IEEE 62142:2005 Technical Contact: J Bhasker, Phone:610-439-6831, Email:jbhasker@esilicon.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Jun 25, 1998, BD APP: Dec 11, 2002, ANSI APP: Apr 18, 2003 Project Scope: To develop a standard syntax and semantics for Verilog RTL synthesis. This standard shall define the subset of IEEE 1364 (Verilog HDL) which is suitable for RTL synthesis and shall define the semantics of that subset for the synthesis domain. This standard shall be based on the current existing standard IEEE 1364. Project Purpose: To define syntax and semantics which can be used in common by all compliant RTL synthesis tools to achieve uniformity of results in a similar manner to which simulation tools currently use the IEEE 1364 standard. This will allow users of synthesis tools to produce well-defined designs whose functional characteristics are independent of any particular synthesis implementation by making their design compliant with this developed standard. Abstract: Standard syntax and semantics for Verilog ® HDL-based RTL synthesis are described inthis standard. Key Words: "hardware description language,HDL,RTL,synthesis,Verilog ®" Designation: 1365 Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Petroleum & Chemical Industry Title: Recommended Practice for Design and Installation of Electrical Systems for Floating Offshore Production Facilities Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: H.R Stewart, Phone:281-444-8117, Email:hrsc@earthlink.net **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jun 17, 1993 Designation: 1366-2003 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transmission and Distribution Title: IEEE Guide for Electric Power Distribution Reliability Indices Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: May 14, 2004 **Supersedes 1366-1998. Technical Contact: Cheryl A Warren, Phone:518-433-5081, Email:cheryl.warren@us.ngrid.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Aug 17, 2001, BD APP: Dec 10, 2003, ANSI APP: Apr 26, 2004 Project Scope: This guide identifies distribution reliability indices and factors that affect their calculation. It includes indices, which are useful today, as well as ones that may be useful in the future. The indices are intended to apply to distribution systems, substations, circuits, and defined regions. Project Purpose: The purpose of this guide is twofold. First, it is to present a set of terms and definitions which can be used to foster uniformity in the development of distribution service reliability indices, to identify factors which affect the indices, and to aid in consistent reporting practices among utilities. Secondly, it is to provide guidance for new personnel in the reliability area and to provide tools for internal as well as external comparisons. In the past, other groups have defined reliability indices for transmission, generation, and distribution but some of the definitions already in use are not specific enough to be wholly adopted for distribution. Users of this guide should recognize that not all utilities would have the data available to calculate all the indices. Abstract: Distribution reliability indices and factors that affect their calculations are defined in this guide. The indices are intended to apply to distribution systems, substations, circuits, and defined regions Key Words: circuits, distribution reliability indices, distribution systems, electric power, reliability indices Designation: 1366-1998 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transmission and Distribution Title: IEEE Guide for Electric Power Distribution Reliability Indices Status: Superseded **Mar-01: Upgraded from Trial-Use. Superseded by 1366-2003. History: PAR APP: Dec 13, 1994, BD APP: Dec 10, 1998 Project Scope: To identify a set of terms and definitions which can be used to calculate power distribution reliability indices and factors. Project Purpose: To present a set of terms and definitions which can be used to foster uniformity in the development of distribution service reliability indices and factors. Abstract: " Useful distribution reliability indices, and factors that affect their calculation, are identi-fied. This guide includes indices that are useful today as well as ones that may be useful in thefuture. The indices are intended to apply to distribution systems, substations, circuits, and definedregions. " Key Words: "circuits,distribution reliability indices,distribution systems,electric power,reliability indices" Designation: 1367 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Switchgear Title: Standard for AC High Voltage Circuit Switchers Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Randall L Dotson, Phone:863-834-6494, Email:randall.dotson@lakelandelectric.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 15, 1993 Designation: 1368-2006 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transmission and Distribution Title: Guide for Aeolian Vibration Field Measurements of Overhead Conductors Status: Approved Publication of IEEE Technical Contact: Thomas J Alderton, Phone:850-863-8969, Email:talderton@cox.net **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Sep 21, 2000, BD APP: Dec 06, 2006 Project Scope: Current practices related to field measurements of aeolian vibration of Overhead conductors. Project Purpose: The measurement of Aeolian vibration of overhead conductors is currently being carried out by a variety of devices and methods. The only IEEE document on the subject,a committee report, was written in 1966 and is considered to be in need of review. We will produce a guide which should allow the average utility engineer to improve their understanding of this important evaluation procedure. Designation: 1368 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transmission and Distribution Title: Guide for Vibration Field Measurements of Overhead Conductors Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Dale A Douglass, Phone:518-346-8086, Email:da.douglass@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 15, 1993 Designation: 1369 Sponsor: SASB/SCC31-Automatic Meter Reading and Energy Management Title: Standard for a Utility Industry Crytographic Protocol Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. History: PAR APP: Sep 15, 1993 Designation: 1371 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessors and Microcomputers Title: Standard for Information Technology - Distributed Coherent Memory Architecture Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Thanos Mentzelopoulos, Phone:214 964 2641, Email:thanos@onramp.net **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 15, 1993 Designation: 1372 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Portable Applications Title: Standard for Information Technology—Portable Operating System Interface (POSIX®)—Part 1: System Application Program Interface (API) [Language Independent] Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. **Formerly P1003.1 Technical Contact: John Jay Meyer, Phone:612/635-7348, Email:John.Meyer@UNISYS.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 15, 1993 Designation: 1373 Sponsor: SASB/SCC21-Fuel Cells, Photovoltaics, Dispersed Generation, and Energy Storage Title: Recommended Practice for Field Test Methods and Procedures for Grid- Connected Photovoltaic Systems Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Stephen M Chalmers, Phone:602-955-7124, Email:chalmers@powermark.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 02, 1993 Designation: 1374-1998 Sponsor: SASB/SCC21-Fuel Cells, Photovoltaics, Dispersed Generation, and Energy Storage Title: IEEE Guide for Terrestrial Photovoltaic Power System Safety Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 16, 2004. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **16-Jan-04: Administratively withdrawn. History: PAR APP: Dec 02, 1993, BD APP: Apr 30, 1998, ANSI APP: Feb 04, 1999 Project Scope: This guideline will address the design, equipment applicability and hardware installation of electrically safe stand-alone and grid connected photovoltaic (PV) power design. Project Purpose: Photovoltaic power system designers and installers have a wide range of utility-grade, industrial, commercial, and special purpose cables, over-current devices, disconnects, power conditionners, modules, and other optional equipment to choose from in the design and installation of electrically safe systems. The selection and application of the available equipment is not generally covered in existing standards. This guide will suggest good engineering safety practices for PV system design, equipment selection, and hardware installation. Abstract: " The design, equipment applicability, and hardware installation of electrically safe, stand-alone, and grid-connected PV power systems operating at less than 50 kW output are addressed.Storage batteries and other generating equipment are discussed brießy. " Key Words: "ampacity, cable types, PV system" Designation: 1375-1998 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Stationary Batteries Committee Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2003 Title: IEEE Guide for the Protection of Stationary Battery Systems Status: Approved Publication of IEEE **Sep-02: Sponsor changed from SCC29 to PE/SB. History: PAR APP: Mar 19, 1998, BD APP: Mar 19, 1998, ANSI APP: Feb 04, 1999 Project Scope: Develop guidance for protection of stationary battery systems up to the first battery disconnecting switch or device. Project Purpose: Philosophy of battery protection as well as dc interruptions or ratings of fuses and circuit breakers are not addressed by current standards. The sub-committee will assist industry by providing guidance in these areas. Abstract: "IEEE Std 1375-1998, IEEE Guide for the Protection of Stationary Battery Systems" Designation: 1375-1998 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Stationary Batteries Committee Title: Guide for Protection of Stationary Battery Systems Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. **Sep-02: Sponsor changed from SCC29 to PE/SB. Technical Contact: Harold E Epstein, Phone:978-777-9494, Email:IENENG@AOL.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 02, 1993, BD APP: Mar 19, 1998 Abstract: " Guidance in the protection of stationary battery systems is provided. For the purposes ofthis guide, stationary battery systems include the battery and dc components to and including theÞrst protective device downstream of the battery terminals. This guide does not set requirements;rather, it presents a number of options to the dc system designer of the different types of stationarybattery system protection available. " Key Words: "circuit breaker,current limiting,equipment grounding,fuse,grounding,lead-acid batteries,nickel-cadmium batteries,overvoltage protection,short-circuit current,stationary battery,system grounding,temperature compensation,undervoltage protection" Designation: 1376 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Power System Communications Title: Standard Protocol for Electric Utility Intercontrol Center Data Communications Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Terrence L Saxton, Phone:612-473-3250, Email:tsaxton@worldnet.att.net **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 02, 1993 Project Scope: Define a data communications protocol for the exchange of data between electric utility control centers. This protocol will operate over a full 7-layer ISO Open Systems Interconnnect (OSI)-compliant protocol stack to exchange real-time and historical power system monitoring and control data, scheduling data, energy accounting data, and operator messages. Specifically, this protocol will operate over the Manufacturing Messaging Specification (MMS) Application Service element (ASE) and Association Control Service element (ASCE) in layer 7. Project Purpose: Multiple, non-standard protocols exist today for exhanging data between control centers, ranging from EMS vendor proprietary protocols to unique protocols defined by groups of utilities for sharing data. A single standard protocol would facilitate both interoperability of different vendor's systems and even greater opportunities for sharing data between utilities. The working group will develop a service description, protocol specification, and PICS for a new standard protocol. An Application Profile requiring connection-oriented transport service and an interchange format and representation profile (i.e., an A-Profile and F-Profile, respectively, corresponding to the ISO taxonomy) will also be developed. Designation: 1377 Sponsor: SASB/SCC31-Automatic Meter Reading and Energy Management Title: IEEE Standard for Utility Industry End Device Tables - Revision 1 Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Richard D Tucker, Phone:704/888-2634, Email:richardaet@aol.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 19, 1998 Project Scope: To develop compatible additions to IEEE 1377-1997 such that the existing standard will satisfy new needs of end device technologies and satisfy needs of existing technologies previously unable to comply with the original standard; IEEE 1377-1997. Project Purpose: Increase compatibility with ANSI C12 work. Support new functionality. Correct technical and editorial errors. Designation: P1377 Sponsor: SASB/SCC31-Automatic Meter Reading and Energy Management Title: Standard for Utility Industry Metering Communication Protocol Application Layer Standard (End Device Data Tables) Status: Revision Project Technical Contact: Richard D Tucker, Phone:704/888-2634, Email:richardaet@aol.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 07, 2005 Project Scope: This standard shall provide the application layer data format for the utility data to be passed between an End Device and a computer. The data format shall be based upon the data description provided by the Utility Industry including the Water, Gas, and the Electric Utilities. Also, this standard shall include the read/write command structure for interfacing this application layer to a lower communication layer of various communications technologies such as optical port, telephone, and wide area network. It does not define device design criteria nor specify the lower layers of communication protocol used to transport the End Device Table data. This IEEE P1377 standard is congruent with MC12.19 and ANSI C12.19 standards. Project Purpose: The Utility Industry has need for a standard that provides an operable "plug and play" environment for field metering devices. The purpose of this standard is to define data structures for transporting Utility End Device data to and from End Devices in a uniform and structured manner such that Utility End Devices and ancillary devices can operate in a “plug and play” and multi-source environment. Designation: 1377-1997 Sponsor: SASB/SCC31-Automatic Meter Reading and Energy Management Title: Utility Industry End Device Data Tables Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Feb 07, 2003. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. History: PAR APP: Dec 02, 1993, BD APP: Jun 26, 1997, ANSI APP: Apr 24, 1998 Project Scope: To develop a standard for utility end device application layer communications protocol and the functional data structures which it transports. It is to allow operation of end devices for utility distribution and customer applications. Project Purpose: Current technologies are based upon vendor architectures which inhibit development of an open system. In fulfilling the need of an opern system, the working group will design a standard efficient for simple as well as complex devices and capable of evolving with new functionality. Abstract: " Functionally related utility application data elements, grouped into a single data structurefor transport are described. Data may be utilized peer-to-peer or upstream to readers or billing sys-tems by being carried by one lower layered protocol to another stack of lower layered protocol. Thedata structure does not change from end device to the user of the data. " Key Words: "decade of tables,end device,function-limiting control (FLC) table,time-of-use (TOU) table" Designation: 1377/C12.19-1997 Sponsor: SASB/SCC31-Automatic Meter Reading and Energy Management Title: Standard for Utility Industry End Device Data Tables Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Feb 07, 2003. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. History: PAR APP: Sep 19, 1996, BD APP: Jun 26, 1997, ANSI APP: Apr 24, 1998 Project Scope: To develop a standard for utility end device application layer communications protocol and the functional data structures which it transports. It is to allow operation of end devices for utility distribution and customer applications. Project Purpose: Current technologies are based upon vendor architectures which inhibit development of an open system. In fulfilling the need of an open system, the working group will design a standard efficient for simple as well as complex devices and capable of evolving with new functionality. Designation: 1378-1997 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Substations Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2002 Title: IEEE Guide for Commissioning High-Voltage Direct-Current (HVDC) Converter Stations and Associated Transmission Systems Status: Approved Publication of IEEE Technical Contact: Duane R Torgerson, Phone:303-202-3933, Email:torgerson@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Dec 02, 1993, BD APP: Jul 10, 1997, ANSI APP: Apr 24, 1998 Abstract: General guidelines for commissioning high-voltage direct-current (HVDC) convert stations and associated transmission systems are provided. These quidelines apply to HVDC systems utilizing 6-pulse or 12-pulse thyristor-valve converter units operated as a two-terminal HVDC transmission system or an HVDC back-to-back system. Key Words: high-voltage direct current , HVDC, HVDC transmission systems, off- site tests, on-site tests, precommissioning, commissioning Designation: 1379-2000 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Substations Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2006 Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Data Communications Between Remote Terminal Units and Intelligent Electronic Devices in a Substation Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Mar 16, 2001 **Supersedes 1379-1997. Technical Contact: John T Tengdin, Phone:949-361-9595, Email:j.t.tengdin@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Sep 16, 1999, BD APP: Sep 21, 2000, ANSI APP: Feb 01, 2001 Project Scope: This project will make the Trial Use document a full Recommended Practice. The present standard was published in March 1998 as a Trial Use Recommended Practice. However, the protocols listed in the document were actually selected by the Task Force in 1995. It has already shown to be a valuable standard and is being widely used in the industry. Project Purpose: The protocols listed in the existing Trial Use Recommended Practice IEEE 1379 have proven to be very useful and should be retained as an industry recommended practice. The intent is to re-validate the existing document and delete the words "Trial Use". Abstract: A uniform set of guidelines for communications and interoperations of remote terminalunits (RTUs) and intelligent electronic devices (IEDs) in an electric utility substation is provided. Amechanism for adding data elements and message structures to this recommended practice isdescribed. Key Words: "IED,master station,RTU,slave,supervisory control and data acquisition (SCADA)systems" Designation: 1379-1997 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Substations Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Data Communications Between Intelligent Electronic Devices and Remote Terminal Units in a Substation Status: Superseded **Superseded by 1379-2000. Technical Contact: Kenneth Jackson, Phone:716 385 2281 (H) **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 02, 1993, BD APP: Sep 16, 1997 Project Scope: A common documented protocol and defined data objects to permit uniform interface among intelligent electronic devices and remote terminal units in a substation. Project Purpose: No common communications protocol has been widely adopted for interchanging data among Remote Terminal units (RTUs) and other intelligent electronic devices (IED) in substations. To create the Recommended Practice, the Task Force will examine in detail many existing protocols and profiles, with the goal of adopting (as is) or selecting 1 or more from elements of several others, in order to best meet the evaluation criteria. The evaluation criteria will be determined by consensus among participating utility engineers (users), RTU vendors, IED vendors, and consultants in the field of substations. The recommended practice will also include a basic set of data objects for the application layer of the adopted protocol. A method to allow adding future data objects will be defined and included. The recommended practice will be designated "trial use" because it is intended as a near-term solution which will be incorporated in a larger standards- making effort for utility enterprise-wide communication. Abstract: A uniform set of guidelines for communications and interoperations of Intelligent ElectronicDevices (IEDs) and Remote Terminal Units (RTUs) in an electric utility substation is provided. A mechanismfor adding data elements and message structures to this recommended practice is described. Key Words: Author: Unknown Designation: 1380 Sponsor: IEEE Broadcast Technology Society/RF Techniques Title: Standard Test Methods for Measuring the Spectrum Characteristics of Digitally Modulated Television Signals Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Thomas E Hankinson, Phone:215/878-9700 **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. Designation: 1381 Sponsor: IEEE Broadcast Technology Society/RF Techniques Title: Standard Test Methods for Measuring the Power of Digitally Modulated Television Signals Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Thomas E Hankinson, Phone:215/878-9700 **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 02, 1993 Designation: 1382 Sponsor: IEEE Broadcast Technology Society/RF Techniques Title: Standard Test Methods for Measuring Transmission System Performance of Digitally Modulated Television Signals Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Thomas E Hankinson, Phone:215/878-9700 **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 02, 1993 Designation: 1385 Sponsor: IEEE Electromagnetic Compatibility Society/Standards Development Committee Title: Recommended Practice for Measurement of Radio Disturbances in the Range of 800 MHz to 40 GHz Capable of Interfacing with PCS (Personl Communication Service) Systems Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Dheena Moongilan, Phone:732-834-1806, Email:moongilan@lucent.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 02, 1993 Designation: 1386-2001 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessors and Microcomputers Title: IEEE Standard for a Common Mezzanine Card Family: CMC Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 18, 2007. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. Technical Contact: Wayne P Fischer, Phone:775-832-0447, Email:tahoewayne@nvbell.net **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 10, 1996, BD APP: Jun 14, 2001, ANSI APP: Oct 25, 2001 Project Scope: Provide the parent document for a family of mezzanine cards to be used on single slot VME boards, Multibus boards and desktop computers and other computer applications. Also provide the common mechanical definition and common referenced environmental specification for this family of mezzanine cards. These mezzanine cards will be used to provide modular front panel I/O, rear connector I/O and/or general function expansion for host computers. Project Purpose: Several of the popular RISC and CISC microprocessors are using the same logial and electrical layer for their high speed local bus. These same RISC and CISC processors are being incorporated onto single slot VME boards, Multibus boards, desktop computers and other types of computer system. There is a large market need for modular I/O and modular local function expansion via low profile mezzanine cards. This proposed standard will be the parent document for a series of mezzanine cards, plus will define the base line mechanics for these mezzanine cards that can be used on VME, Multibus, desktop computers and other computer based applications with a similar need. The mechanical definition will be based on IEEE 1301.4 and the other hard metric mechanical standards. A suggested set of environmental standards will be referenced for the environmental layer. Abstract: " The mechanics of a common mezzanine card (CMC) family are defined in this standard.Mezzanine cards, designed to this standard, can be used interchangeably on VME, VME64 andVME64x boards, CompactPCI ¤ boards, Multibus ¤ I and II boards, desktop computers, portablecomputers, servers, and other similar types of applications. Mezzanine cards can provide modularfront panel I/O, backplane I/O or general function expansion or a combination for host computers.Single, wide mezzanine cards are 75 mm wide by 150 mm deep by 8.2 mm high. " Key Words: "backplane I/O, bezel, board, card, CompactPCI, face plate, front panel I/O, host computer, I/O, local bus, metric, mezzanine, module, modular I/O, Multibus, PCI, VME, VME64, VME64x, VMEbus" Designation: 1386.1-2001 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessors and Microcomputers Title: IEEE Standard Physical and Environmental Layers for PCI Mezzanine Cards: PMC Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 18, 2007. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. Technical Contact: Wayne P Fischer, Phone:775-832-0447, Email:tahoewayne@nvbell.net **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 10, 1996, BD APP: Jun 14, 2001, ANSI APP: Oct 25, 2001 Project Scope: Define a family of high speed low profile modular mezzanine cards for VMEbus, Futurebus+(R) desktop computers, and other computer systems with the logical and electrical layers based on PCI Special Interest Group's PCI Specification, Rev 2. The proposed Common Mezzanine Card (CMC) Family standard will be referenced for the mechanical layer. The environmental layer will be specified by the working group. Project Purpose: PCI (peripheral component interface) is a newly defined high speed local bus being used by several CISC and RISC microprocessors. PCI specification defines a 4.2 inch by 12.3 inch board that plugs into a motherboard in a perpendicular fashion. These perpendicular boards are not usable in many computer applications because they use too much vertical space. This proposed standard will define the mechanics of a low profile modular horizontal mezzanine card family that uses the logical and electrical layers of the PCI specification for the local bus. I/O can be via the front panel and/or through the connector to the host computer for rear panel I/O. The proposed CMC family mechanics will be used for the mechanical layer. Abstract: " This standard, in conjunction with IEEE Std 1386-2001, IEEE Standard for a CommonMezzanine Card (CMC) Family, defines the physical and environmental layers of a PCI mezzaninecard (PMC) family to be usable on (but not limited to) single slot VME, VME64 and VME64x boards,CompactPCI boards, Multibus I and Multibus II boards, desktop computers, portable computers,servers, and similar types of applications. The electrical and logical layers are based on the PCIspecification from the PCI Special Interest Group. The PCI mezzanine cards allow for a variety ofoptional function expansions for the host system. I/O functionality from the PMC may be eitherthrough the mezzanine front panel, or via the backplane by routing the I/O signals through themezzanine connector to the host. " Key Words: "backplane I/O, bezel, board, card, CompactPCI, face plate, front panel I/O, metric, host computer, I/O, local bus, mezzanine, module, modular I/O, PCI, Multibus I, Multibus II, VME, VME64, VME64x, VMEbus" Designation: 1386.2 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessors and Microcomputers Title: Standard Physical and Environmental Layers for SBus Mezzanine Cards: SMC Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Wayne P Fischer, Phone:775-832-0447, Email:tahoewayne@nvbell.net **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 17, 1994 Designation: 1387.1 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Portable Applications Title: Standard for Information Technology - Portable Operating System Interface (POSIX®) System Administration - Part 1: Overview Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. **Formerly 1003.7 Technical Contact: Martin J Kirk, Phone:+44-1189508311x2257, Email:m.kirk@opengroup.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 21, 1996 Project Scope: Provide a common set of systems administration interfaces and managed object class definitions consistent with other P1003 standards. The interfaces provide access to administrative functionality. The managed object classes provide a foundation for the definition and implementation of such functionality, especially in a heterogeneous, distributed environment. The systems administration functionality addressed may inlcude (but is not limited to) backup and restore, accounting, filesystem managment, and device management. Project Purpose: The purpose of the proposed standard is to provide systems administration interfaces and supporting managed object definitions to address the following objectives: administrator portability, applications portability and distributed administration. Key Words: interface, administration, computer, operating, environment Designation: 1387.2-1995 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Portable Applications Title: IEEE Standard for Information Technology- Portable Operating System Interface (POSIX®) System Administration - Part 2: Software Administration Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 15, 2001. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **Formerly 1003.7.2. administratively withdrawn on 15-Jan-2001. History: PAR APP: Mar 19, 1992, BD APP: Jun 14, 1995, ANSI APP: Apr 04, 1996 Project Scope: Provide utility program interfaces, service interfaces, managed object definitions, and a standard software packaging layout. Interfaces allow administrators to maintain software products. The managed-object classes provide a common base for the definition and implementation of software administration applications, especially in a distributed environment. The base document for the work is a specification from HP, with reference material drawn from DEC, USL, SNI, ICL, IBM, and SCO. Project Purpose: Software Administration is concerned with the maintenance of software on distributed systems. This maintenance includes, but is not limited to, the creation of distribution media, the loading and installation of software, subsequent verification and listing of installed siftware and possible eventual removal of that software from systems. Abstract: This standard is part of the POSIX ® series of standards for applications and user interfaces to open systems. It defines a software packaging layout, a set of information maintained about software, and a set of utility programs to manipulate that software and information. Key Words: data processing, open systems, operating system, packaging, portable application, POSIX, software, system , administration, utilities Designation: 1387.3-1996 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Portable Applications Title: (POSIX®) System Administration - Part 3: User and Group Account Administration Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 10, 2002. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **Formerly 1003.7.3. History: PAR APP: Mar 21, 1996, BD APP: Dec 10, 1996, ANSI APP: Jun 05, 1997 Project Scope: User administration includes, but is not limited to, tasks such as the creation and maintenance of user accounts and groups in both single systems and heterogeneous destributed environments. P1003.7 is committed in this standard to provide the distributed management for a system conformant with IEEE P1003.1 and P1003.2. Project Purpose: Although P1003.1 describes a user database, a group database, and the concept of a user's home directory, utilities to manage these entities are not described by any current POSIX standard. This standard will address the management of these entities as described in IEEE P1003.1 and P1003.2 as well as the management of optional extensions such as an account password. Abstract: "IEEE Std 1387.3-1996 System Administration Interface/User and GroupAdministration for Computer Operating System Environments, is part of the POSIX®series of standards for applications and user interfaces to open systems. The purpose ofthis standard is to provide a common set of utility programs, for the administration of theUser and Group Account entities described in the ISO/IEC 9945-1:1996 (IEEE Std1003.1-1996) and ISO/IEC 9945-2:1993 (IEEE Std 1003.2-1992) standards." Key Words: "open systems,operating systems,portable application,POSIX,user,group,system administration" Designation: 1387.4 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Portable Applications Title: Standard for Information Technology - Portable Operating System Interface (POSIX®) System Administration - Part 4: Print Administration Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. **Formerly 1003.7.1 Technical Contact: Martin J Kirk, Phone:+44-1189508311x2257, Email:m.kirk@opengroup.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 21, 1996 Project Scope: Provide utility interfaces, service interfaces and managed object definitions for printing services, usage and management. It includes (but is not limited to) interfaces and managed objects for both computer users and system administrators. Base documents for the work will be the MIT Palladium printing system, the USL "lp" printer interfaces, and the BSD "lpr" printer interfaces. Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to provide a common set of utility programs, service interfaces and managed object definitions that ensure the ability to print and to manage printing systems. Designation: 1388 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transformers Title: Standard for the Electronic Reporting of Transformer Test Data Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. **Formerly C57.132 History: PAR APP: Sep 15, 1993 Designation: 1388 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transformers Title: Standard for the Electronic Reporting of Transformer Test Data Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: David S Lyon, Phone:414/524-4414 **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. Designation: 1388-2000 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transformers Title: IEEE Standard for the Electronic Reporting of Transformer Test Data Status: Superseded History: PAR APP: Dec 08, 1998, BD APP: Dec 07, 2000, ANSI APP: May 03, 2001 Project Scope: Specify what information is required and in what format, when supplying transformer test reports through an electronic, computer readable medium. Project Purpose: Purchasers of transformers are requesting the associated certified test reports in many different formats. It would be in the best interest of all concerned to standardize on the required information and format in an electronic medium because errors could be introduced when a supplier of this informnation must go from one format to another; the terms used in describing data in the test report can be misleading; and a standard format will make the development of test report data generating and data analyzing software easier, more efficient, more accurate and more widely available. Abstract: A basis for the electronic reporting of transformer test data on liquid immersed distribu-tion transformers as defined in the ANSI C57.12.2X standards series is provided. The specific setof test data to be reported and the format in which it is to be reported is detailed along with an ex-tended set of data as an option for the user. Key Words: "distribution transformers, electronic reporting, test data" Designation: 1388 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transformers Title: Standard for the Electronic Reporting of Transformer Test Data Status: Superseded Technical Contact: Jerry W Smith, Phone:601-934-0739, Email:jwsmith@power-eng-svc.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. Project Scope: Specify what information is required and in what format, when supplying transformer test reports through an electronic, computer readable medium. Project Purpose: Purchasers of transformers are requesting the associated certified test reports in many different formats. It would be in the best interest of all concerned to standardize on the required information and format in an electronic medium because errors could be introduced when a supplier of this informnation must go from one format to another; the terms used in describing data in the test report can be misleading; and a standard format will make the development of test report data generating and data analyzing software easier, more efficient, more accurate and more widely available. Designation: 1389 Sponsor: SASB/SCC20-Test and Diagnosis for Electric Systems Title: Standard for the Management of Test and Maintenance Information Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Peter Lord, Phone:513-445-4735, Email:Peter.Lord@daytonOH.NCR.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 17, 1994 Designation: 1390 Sponsor: SASB/SCC31-Automatic Meter Reading and Energy Management Title: Utility Telemetry Service Architecture for Switched Telephone Network Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Paul Aubin, Phone:450-375-0556, Email:paubin@nertec.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jun 26, 1999 Project Scope: This standard describes a utility telemetry service architecture operated over the telephone network. The utility telemetry architecture is capable of supporting many different applications. Telemetry calls may be initiated from either the utility/service provider or the telemetry interface unit on the end user's premises. The utility telemetry architecture is supported by multiple access technologies and incorporates off-hook and on-hook data communications. Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to provide a generic architecture under which the telecommunications interfaces and functionality of the Utility Telemetry Service will be defined. This architecture will provide to utilities a facility that is readily available, has short set-up times, and allows for automatic meter reading using the capabilities of the switched telephone network. This architecture can be used for a multitude of different transport applications. Revisions will provide consistency with recent technical developments. Designation: 1390-1995 Sponsor: SASB/SCC31-Automatic Meter Reading and Energy Management Title: IEEE Standard for Utility Telemetry Service Architecture for Switched Telephone Network Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Feb 06, 2006. This historical standard is available for sale in electronic format (PDF) through the IEEE Online Store at www.shop.ieee.org. You may also order by calling +1 800 678 IEEE (in the US) or +1 732 981 0060 (outside of the US). History: PAR APP: Mar 17, 1994, BD APP: Sep 21, 1995, ANSI APP: Apr 08, 1996 Abstract: This standard describes a utility telemetry service architecture operated over the telephone network. The architecture described is a basic transport architecture capable of supporting many different applications. The text is described in terms of a utility meter reading application, but any enhanced service provider (ESP) communication can be transported. Telemetry calls may be initiated by either the utility/service provider (outbound) or the telemetry interface unit (TIU)/CPE (inbound) on the end user's premise. Key Words: automatic meter, meter reading, telemetry, energy management, enhanced service, service provider, meter reading, telephone network, utility communication Designation: P1390.1 Sponsor: SASB/SCC31-Automatic Meter Reading and Energy Management Title: Standard for Utility Telemetry Service Transport Profile Protocols for Switched Telephone Network Status: New Standard Project Technical Contact: Paul Aubin, Phone:450-375-0556, Email:paubin@nertec.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 08, 2004 Project Scope: This standard covers communications protocols that are used for data transport between the Utility Controller and the Telemetry Interface Unit. Project Purpose: Existing Telco wireline based technology for Utility Telemetry are limited to sequential subscriber line access. A telco central office switch feature is being developed to allow parallel access. This standard will support this feature. Designation: 1390.1 Sponsor: SASB/SCC31-Automatic Meter Reading and Energy Management Title: Standard for Utility Telemetry Service Transport Profile Protocols for Switched Telephone Network Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Paul Aubin, Phone:450-375-0556, Email:paubin@nertec.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jun 20, 1996 Project Scope: This standard covers communications protocols that are used for data transport between the Utility Controller and the Telemetry Interface Unit. Project Purpose: Existing Telco wireline based technology for Utility Telemetry are limited to sequential subscriber line access. A telco central office switch feature is being developed to allow parallel access. This standard will support this feature. Designation: 1390.2-1999 Sponsor: SASB/SCC31-Automatic Meter Reading and Energy Management Title: IEEE Standard for Utility Telemetry Service - Telemetry Interface Unit (TIU) to Telephone Network Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Feb 06, 2006. This historical standard is available for sale in electronic format (PDF) through the IEEE Online Store at www.shop.ieee.org. You may also order by calling +1 800 678 IEEE (in the US) or +1 732 981 0060 (outside of the US). History: PAR APP: Jun 26, 1999, BD APP: Jul 02, 1999, ANSI APP: Oct 26, 1999 Project Scope: Define a standard for the communications interface between the telephone network and the device at the customer premise. The device at the customer premise is identified as a Telemetry Interface Unit (TIU) and may provide an interface between the network and devices at the customer premise such as utility meters, alarm devices, control switches and other devices to be determined. Project Purpose: No standard currently exists which provides a definition of On-and Off-Hook methods of using the telephone network for telemetry services of this nature. Abstract: "IEEE Std 1390.2-1999, IEEE Standard for Automatic Meter Reading Via TelephoneNetwork to Telemetry Interface Unit" Key Words: "automatic meter reading, energy management, enhanced service provider, meter reading, telemetry interface unit, telephone network, utility communication" Designation: 1390.3-1999 Sponsor: SASB/SCC31-Automatic Meter Reading and Energy Management Title: IEEE Standard for Automatic Meter Reading via Telephone - Network to Utility Controller Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Feb 06, 2006. This historical standard is available for sale in electronic format (PDF) through the IEEE Online Store at www.shop.ieee.org. You may also order by calling +1 800 678 IEEE (in the US) or +1 732 981 0060 (outside of the US). History: PAR APP: Jun 20, 1996, BD APP: Mar 18, 1999, ANSI APP: Jul 21, 1999 Project Scope: Produce a standard interface between the utility controller and the switched telephone network. Project Purpose: This document will provide a standardized device interface to promote a multivendor environment. Abstract: "IEEE Std 1390.3-1999, IEEE Standard for Automatic Meter Reading Via TelephoneNetwork to Utility Controller" Key Words: "automatic meter reading, energy management, enhanced service provider, meter reading, telemetry, telephone network, utility communication" Designation: 1391 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessors and Microcomputers Title: Standard for Software Interfaces for Knowledge-Based System Interoperability in Sensor-Based Processing Applications Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Glenn Wright, Phone:908-291-7600, Email:glenn@gmal.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 17, 1994 Designation: 1392 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Virtual Intelligence Title: Recommended Practice for Terminology - Definition of Terms for Virtual Reality Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Richard Blade, Phone:719/471-4476, Email:r.blade@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jun 20, 1996 Project Scope: Terminology used to describe and discuss virtual reality including hardware, software and algorithms related to virtual reality. Project Purpose: The subject of virtual reality is treated in a wide variety of textbooks, technical papers, manuals and other publications. At the present time, there is no widely accepted guide or standard for the use of terms relating to virtual reality. It is the purpose of this project to provide a comprehensive glossary of recommended terms to be used by the authors of future publications in this field. Designation: 1393-1999 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessors and Microcomputers Title: IEEE Standard for Spaceborne Fiber Optic Data Bus Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 25, 2005. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **Jan2005: Administratively withdrawn. Technical Contact: Fred J Orlando, Phone:407/951-3983, Email:f.orlando@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jun 14, 1994, BD APP: Feb 04, 1999, ANSI APP: Aug 11, 1999 Project Scope: This standard establishes the design requirements for a fibre optic serial interconnect protocol, topology, and media. The application target for this standard is the interconnection of multiple aerospcae sensors, processing resources, bulk storage resources and communications resources onboard aerospace platforms. The standard is for subsystem interconnection, as opposed to intra-backplane connection. Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is the specification of a highly reliable and fault tolerant fiber optic network, that is compatible with harsh thermal, mechanical, and radiation environments of aerospace applications requiring small size and low power dissipation. Current standards do not cover data rate needs above 200 Mbps. This standard will specify a node-to-node operating data range of 200 Mbps through 1 Gbps. The standard will define physical and logical protocol, and sub-network management functions which allow mixing high-speed synchronous ans asynchronous distributed access for deterministic communications. Abstract: " The design requirements for a fiber-optic serial interconnect protocol, topology, and me-dia is established. The application target for this standard is the interconnection of multiple aero-space sensors, processing resources, bulk storage resources, and communications resourcesonboard aerospace platforms. This standard is for subsystem interconnection, as opposed to intra-backplane connection. " Key Words: "data link layer, fiber optic, fiber-optic bus, fiber-optic network, intranet, management layer, network, physical layer, space, space environment" Designation: 1394-1995 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessors and Microcomputers Title: IEEE Standard for a High Performance Serial Bus Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Aug 30, 1996 History: PAR APP: Sep 26, 1991, BD APP: Dec 12, 1995, ANSI APP: Jul 22, 1996 Abstract: Abstract: A high-speed serial bus that interates well with most IEEE standard 32-bit and 64-bit parallel buses, as well as such nonbus interconnects as the IEEE Std 1596-1992, Scalable Coherent Interface, is specified. It is intended to provide a low- cost interconnect between cards on the same backplane, cards on other backplanes, and external peripherals. This standard follows the IEEE Std 1212-1991 Command and Status Register (CSR) architecture. Key Words: firewire, fire wire, computers, high speed, serial bus, interconnect, parallel buses, parallel bus Designation: P1394 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessors and Microcomputers Title: Standard for a High Performance Serial Bus Status: Revision Project Technical Contact: Peter Johansson, Phone:510-527-3926, Email:PJohansson@ACM.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 11, 2002 Project Scope: This Revision will Incorporate 1394a-2000 and 1394b-2000 into base standard. The 1394 High Speed Serial bus will be revised to keep with current technology and developments in the High Speed Serial Bus marketplace. Project Purpose: The purpose is to merge the existing extensions to create one comprehensive document includeing potential developments from the large 1394 user community. Designation: 1394.1-2004 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessors and Microcomputers Title: IEEE Standard for High Performance Serial Bus Bridges Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jul 01, 2005 Technical Contact: Peter Johansson, Phone:510-527-3926, Email:PJohansson@ACM.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Feb 21, 2001, BD APP: Dec 08, 2004, ANSI APP: Apr 12, 2005 Project Scope: This is a full-use standard whose scope is to extend the already defined asynchronous and isochronous services of High Performance Serial Bus beyond the local bus by means of a device, the bridge, which consists of two nodes, each connected to a separate bus and interconnected with each other by implementation-dependent means. The project is intended to standardize the model, definition and behaviors of High Performance Serial Bus bridges, which are devices that may be used to interconnect two separately enumerable buses. This project extends IEEE Std 1394-1995, as amended by IEEE Std 1394a-2000 and IEEE Std 1394b-2002, and is based upon those documents as well as upon IEEE Std 1212-2001, Control and Status Registers (CSR) Architecture for microcomputer buses. NOTE---The set of IEEE 1394 standards specifies the interfaces, functions, and operations necessary to ensure interoperability between conforming implementations. These standards are functional descriptions. An implementation may employ any design whose behavior is compliant with the pertinent standards. Project Purpose: IEEE Std 1394-1995, High Performance Serial Bus, as amended by IEEE Std 1394a-2000 and IEEE Std 1394b-2002, is a cost-effective desktop interconnect for both computer peripherals and consumer electronics. However, the use of High Performance Serial Bus in other environments, e.g., an interconnect to carry high-speed digital video data between rooms of a house, is hampered by the incomplete architectural and protocol specifications for bridges in the existing standards. This project proposes to adequately specify bridge requirements in order to enable a larger consumer and computer market for High Performance Serial Bus products. Designation: 1394.1 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessors and Microcomputers Title: Standard for High Performance Serial Bus Bridges Status: Superseded Technical Contact: Peter Johansson, Phone:510-527-3926, Email:PJohansson@ACM.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jun 20, 1996 Project Scope: This is a full-use standard whose scope is to extend the already defined asynchronous and isochronous services of High Performance Serial Bus beyond the local bus by means of a device, the bridge, which consists of two nodes, each connected to a separate bus and interconnected with each other by implementation-dependent means. The project is intended to standardize a model for, the definition of and behaviors of High Performance Serial Bus bridges which may be used to interconnect two separately enumerable buses. This project extends IEEE Std 1394-1995, as amended by IEEE Std 1394a-2000, and is based upon those documents as well as upon draft standard IEEE P1212, Control and Status Registers (CSR) Architecture for microcomputer buses. NOTE-The set of IEEE 1394 standards specifies the interfaces, functions, and operations necessary to ensure interoperability between conforming implementations. These standards are functional descriptions. Conforming implementations may employ any design that does not violate interoperability. Project Purpose: IEEE Std 1394-1995, High Performance Serial Bus, as amended by IEEE Std 1394a-2000, is a cost-effective desktop interconnect for both computer peripherals and consumer electronics. However, the use of High Performance Serial Bus in other environments, e.g., an interconnect to carry high-speed digital video data between rooms of a house, is hampered by the incomplete architectural and protocol specifications for bridges in the existing standards. This project proposes to adequately specify bridge requirements in order to enable a larger consumer and computer market for High Performance Serial Bus products. Designation: 1394.2 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessors and Microcomputers Title: Standard for Serial Express: A Scalable Gigabit Extension to the IEEE Standard Serial Bus Status: Approved Publication of IEEE **Renumbered to 2100 Technical Contact: Bill Van Loo, Phone:415-786-6870, Email:bvanloo@sun.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. Designation: 1394.3-2003 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessors and Microcomputers Title: IEEE Standard for a High Performance Serial Bus Peer-to-Peer Data Transport Protocol (PPDT) Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Apr 14, 2004 Technical Contact: Gregory A LeClair, Phone:408-576-4145, Email:gleclair@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Jan 30, 2000, BD APP: Sep 11, 2003, ANSI APP: Jan 29, 2004 Project Scope: This is a full-use standard whose scope is the definition of a peer-to-peer data transport protocol between Serial Bus devices that implement ANSI NCITS 325-1998, Serial Bus Protocol 2. The facilities specified include, but are not limited to device and service discovery, self-configurable (plug and play) binding of software device drivers to PPDT devices and service connection management. Project Purpose: This standard creates a layer of protocol services based upon SBP-2 suited to a peer-to-peer environment which includes printers, facsimile devices, scanners (or multifunction devices that present some combination of these capabilities) when a computer is present but it is also intended to address the peer-to-peer needs of devices to communicate with each other in the absence of a host computer. Abstract: "IEEE Std 1394.3-2003, IEEE Standard for a High Performance Serial Bus Peer-to-Peer Data Transport Protocol (PPDT)" Key Words: "computers,CSR architecture,connect,peer-to-peer,SBP-2,transport protocol" Designation: 1394.3 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessors and Microcomputers Title: Standard for High Performance Serial Bus Peer to Peer Data Transfer Protocol Status: Superseded Technical Contact: Gregory A LeClair, Phone:408-576-4145, Email:gleclair@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jan 30, 2000 Project Scope: This is a full-use standard whose scope is the definition of a peer-to-peer data transport (PPDT) protocol between Serial Bus devices that implement ANSI NCITS 325-1998, Serial Bus Protocol 2. The facilities specified include, but are not limited to, the following: (a) Device and service discovery - PPDT devices may use uniform discovery procedures to locate other PPDT devices on the same bus. These procedures are extensible to an interconnected net of buses, when specified by IEEE P1394.1, Draft Standard for Serial Bus to Serial Bus Bridges. Once other PPDT devices are identified, facilities are provided to permit client applications to discover services; (b) Self-configurable (plug and play) binding of device drivers to PPDT devices in a dynamic environment where users are free to insert and remove devices at will; and (c) Connection management - A PPDT device (either an SBP-2 initiator or target) may establish and manage uni- or bi-directional connections for data transfer with other PPDT devices. The connections may be blocking or nonblocking, dependent upon application requirements, and operate independently of each other. Although the original impetus for the development of this standard came from participants knowledgeable about printers and printing, the work evolved and became relevant to any application that requires efficient, peer-to-peer transport of data between devices. Project Purpose: Experience with SBP-2 has demonstrated its high efficiency for the confirmed transport of large quantities of data between two devices. For historical reasons, SBP-2 is tailored to an environment where one device is the initiator (client) and the other the target (server); this is not necessarily the most natural approach when client applications and their associated servers may be located within the initiator, target or both. This standard creates a new layer of protocol services based upon SBP-2 but that provides building blocks more suited to a peer-to-peer environment. Because SBP-2 is already widely implemented in operating systems, this standard leverages that effort in order to enhance the value of Serial Bus to devices in a wider range of operational circumstances. These include printers, facsimile devices, scanners (or multifunction devices that present some combination of these functions) when a computer is present, but, it is also intended to address the peer-to-peer needs of devices to communicate with each other in the absence of a computer. Designation: 1394a-2000 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessors and Microcomputers Title: IEEE Standard for a High Performance Serial Bus (Amendment) Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jun 30, 2000 History: PAR APP: Sep 19, 1996, BD APP: Mar 30, 2000 Project Scope: This is a full-use standard whose scope is to provide a supplement to IEEE Std 1394-1995 that defines or clarifies features and mechanisms that facilitate management of Serial Bus resources, at reconfiguration or during normal operation, and that defines alternate cables and connectors that may be needed for specialized applications. The following are included in this supplement: a) Cables and connectors for a 4-pin variant (from the 6-pin already standardized); b) Standardization of the PHY/link interface, previously published as informative annex to IEEE Std 1394-1995; c) Performance enhancements to the PHY layer that are interoperable with the existing standard, e.g., a method to shorten the arbitration delay when the last observed Serial Bus activity is an acknowledge packet; d) A redefintion of the isochronous data pakcet, transaction code A16, to permit its use in either the asynchronous or isochronous periods; e) More stringent requirements on the power to be supplied by a cable power source and a clarification of electrical isolation requirements; and f) Significant corrigenda and clarifications to the existing standard that do not clearly fall within any of the topics described above. The preceding are arranged in no particular order. Project Purpose: Experience with Serial Bus has revealed some areas in which additional features or improvements may result in better performance or usability. This supplement to IEEE Std 1394-1995 reflects their consideration by a variety of users and their refinement into generally useful facilities or features. Abstract: " Amended information for a high-speed Serial Bus that integrates well with most IEEE stan-dard 32-bit and 64-bit parallel buses is specified. This amendment is intended to extend the usefulnessof a low-cost interconnect between external peripherals, as described in IEEE Std 1394-1995. Thisamendment to IEEE Std 1394-1995 follows the ISO/IEC 13213:1994 Command and Status Register(CSR) Architecture. " Key Words: "bus, computers, high-speed Serial Bus, interconnect" Designation: 1394b-2002 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessors and Microcomputers Title: Standard for High Performance Serial Bus (High Speed Supplement)] Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Dec 14, 2002 Technical Contact: David R Wooten, Phone:858-613-5502, Email:david.wooten@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Nov 01, 2001, BD APP: Mar 21, 2002, ANSI APP: Aug 01, 2002 Project Scope: This project will amend the existing 1394-1995 and 1394a-2000 standards to include: a) cables and connectors for gigabit signaling and long distance (up to 100 meters); b) detection of physical loops in the bus topology and their subsequent resolution by selective disabling of PHY port(s); c) circuit design that permits the transmission either data/strobe encoded signals or 8B10B encoded signals; d) extension of the PHY/link interface for higher data rates over either an 8-bit parallel or bit-serial bus; f) protocols to encode bus arbitration signals as symbols; f) a method to encapsulate lower speed transmissions within packets transmitted at the buses maximum operating speed; g) protocols for signal speed negotiation between peer devices at the time the connection is detected; h) port initialization protocols suitable for use over AC coupled connections; and i) various informative annexes that describe testing and compliance procedures for gigabit connections. Project Purpose: Technology advances have made gigabit signaling a feasible and attractive extension to the original Serial Bus standard. In particular, the needs of mass storage and home network backbones require higher speeds and longer distances than are specified by IEEE Std 1394-1995 as amended by IEEE Std 1394a-2000. Abstract: Supplemental information for a high-speed serial bus that integrates well with mostIEEE standard 32-bit and 64-bit parallel buses is specified. It is intended to extend the usefulnessof a low-cost interconnect between external peripherals. This standard follows the IEEE Std1212 TM -2001 Command and Status Register (CSR) architecture. Key Words: "bus, Computers, high-speed serial bus, interconnect" Designation: 1394b Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessors and Microcomputers Title: Standard for High Performance Serial Bus (High Speed Supplement) Status: Superseded Technical Contact: David R Wooten, Phone:858-613-5502, Email:david.wooten@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 09, 1997 Project Scope: The project scope is to write a supplement to IEEE Std 1394-1995 (and the 1394A supplement when that is completed) that defines a new set of higher speed transfers; in particular 8x, 16x and 32x the 1394-1995 base rate of 98.304 Mbit/sec; and allow the distance between nodes to be increased from 4.5 M to 50-100M. These new modes shall be electrically backwards compatible with the 1394-1995 protocols, but may require a new connector to support higher speeds. When operating over longer distances, the new modes may require alternate media (e.g., optical fiber) and the new media may require alternative physical connectors. Project Purpose: The computer industry would like to guarantee a long life for 1394-based products, and there will be requirements for higher speed devices with full backwards compatibility in the near future. Speeds of 800, 1600, ad 3200 Mbit/sec were viewed as adequate for the next ten years. There is also a desire to use 1394 as a home LAN protocol which will necessitate the increase in distance between nodes. Designation: 1394c-2006 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessors and Microcomputers Title: Standard for a High Performance Serial Bus - Amendment 3 Status: Approved Publication of IEEE Technical Contact: Michael D Johas Teener, Phone:831-247-9666, Email:mike@teener.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Jun 08, 2006, BD APP: Dec 06, 2006 Project Scope: This is a full-use standard whose scope is to amend the IEEE 1394 base standard (IEEE Std 1394-1995 as amended by IEEE Std 1394a-2000 and IEEE Std 1394b-2002) to specify alternate physical layer(s) that provide greater than S100 data rate over CAT5 or better cable. This physical layer is capable of negotiating with a peer device to select the appropriate next higher protocol layer. Project Purpose: Technology advances have made gigabit signaling over unshielded twisted-pair cables a feasible and attractive extension to IEEE 1394. This will allow S800 (and possibly higher) video and audio networks to be built with a CAT5 (or better) unshielded twisted pair cable plant instead of optical fiber. A negotiation method will be defined to allow peer devices to select the appropriate connection supported at both ends. Designation: 1394c Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessors and Microcomputers Title: Standard for a High Performance Serial Bus Amendment to enhance the physical layer for higher data rates over CAT5 or better rated UTP cable Status: Superseded Technical Contact: Michael D Johas Teener, Phone:831-247-9666, Email:mike@teener.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 11, 2003 Project Scope: This is a full-use standard whose scope is to amend the IEEE 1394 base standard (IEEE Std 1394-1995 as amended by IEEE Std 1394a-2000 and IEEE Std 1394b-2002) to specify alternate physical layer(s) that provide greater than S100 data rate over CAT5 or better cable. This physical layer is capable of negotiating with a peer device to select the appropriate next higher protocol layer. Project Purpose: Technology advances have made gigabit signaling over unshielded twisted-pair cables a feasible and attractive extension to IEEE 1394. This will allow S800 (and possibly higher) video and audio networks to be built with a CAT5 (or better) unshielded twisted pair cable plant instead of optical fiber. A negotiation method will be defined to allow peer devices to select the appropriate connection supported at both ends. Designation: 1395 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessors and Microcomputers Title: PAR withdrawn - work being incorporated into P1396. Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: David B Gustavson, Phone:650-961-0305, Email:dbg@scizzl.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. Designation: 1396 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessors and Microcomputers Title: Standard for Communication Bus (TELECOM Bus): Reference Models Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Gary A Nelson, Phone:708 304 0000, Email:gnelson@zynrgy.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 19, 1992 Project Scope: To provide a guide to the configurations and uses targeted for the TELECOM Bus family of standards. Project Purpose: To provide a firm background and overview to the environments for which TELECOM Bus systems are envisioned. Key Words: communication, bus, hybrid, switching, applications Designation: 1397 Sponsor: SASB/SCC31-Automatic Meter Reading and Energy Management Title: Standard Reference and Topology Model for Automatic Metering and Related Systems Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: George Stephens, Phone:803/638-3601 x4241 **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jun 14, 1994 Designation: 1398 Sponsor: SASB/SCC31-Automatic Meter Reading and Energy Management Title: Standard Method of Data Communication Between a Utility and a Customer End-Device Using a Radio Frequency (RF) Networks Medium Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Michael Surratt, Phone:704-382-8088 **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 22, 1994 Designation: 1399 Sponsor: SASB/SCC31-Automatic Meter Reading and Energy Management Title: Standard Method of Data Communication Between a Utility and a Customer End-Device Using a Power Line Carrier (PL) Nerwork Medium Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Michael Surratt, Phone:704-382-8088 **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 22, 1994 Designation: 1402-2000 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Substations Title: IEEE Guide for Electric Power Substation Physical and Electronic Security Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Apr 04, 2000 Publication type: Special Publication Technical Contact: Michael J Bio, Phone:205-967-0854, Email:mike@bio-direct.net **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Sep 19, 1996, BD APP: Jan 30, 2000, ANSI APP: Jun 07, 2000 Project Scope: This Guide identifies and discusses security issues related to human intervention during the construction, operation, (except for natural disasters) and maintenance of electric power supply substations. It also documents methods and designs to mitigate intrusions. Project Purpose: Access to electric supply substations by unauthorized personnel is an increasing problem for the electric industry. These intrusions may result in loss, damage, and mis-operation of equipment and facilities. This Guide will present various methods of and techniques presently being used to mitigate human intrusions as identified in an industry survey. Abstract: Security issues related to human intrusion upon electric power supply substations areidentified and discussed. Various methods and techniques presently being used to mitigate humanintrusions are also presented in this guide. Key Words: IEEE Std 1402-2000.pdf Designation: P1402 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Substations Title: Guide for Electric Power Substation Physical and Electronic Security Status: Revision Project Technical Contact: Roland E Youngberg, Phone:563-333-8139, Email:reyoungberg@midamerican.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 22, 2005 Project Scope: This guide identifies and discusses security issues related to human intervention during the construction, operation (except for natural disasters), and maintenance of electric power supply substations. It also documents methods and designs to mitigate intrusions. Project Purpose: Access to electric supply substations by unauthorized personnel is an increasing problem for the electric industry. These intrusions may result in loss, damage, and misoperations of equipment and facilities and may create potential safety and environmental liabilities. This guide presents various methods and techniques presently being used to mitigate human intrusions, as identified in an industry survey. In 1994, an IEEE Substation Security Guide Survey was sent to utilities internationally: the responses from this survey are presented in Clause 7 of this Guide. Refer to IEEE Std 1264-1993 R2004 for methods being used to counteract nonhuman intrusions. Designation: 1403 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Substations Title: Guide for Gas Insulated Substations vs. Air Insulated Substations Comparisons Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Daniel Charbonnet, Phone:617-424-3145 **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 22, 1994 Designation: 1403 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Substations Title: Guide for Gas Insulated Substations (GIS) 4kV and Higher vs Air Insulated Substations (AIS) Comparisons Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Arun Arora, Phone:303-670-0399, Email:arun.arora@ptd.siemens.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jun 26, 1999 Project Scope: The project deals with the selection of the equipment technology (GIS or AIS) to employ in a substation. This project will develop a checklist of technical and economic factors for considering in decision making on the type of substation to install. Project Purpose: There is presently no independent standard for selection of GIS (or AIS) substation. Frequently, the first cost of major equipment is considered in initial concept design. This guide will provide factors to consider when developing the conceptual design of a substation that could lead to use GIS as a vaiable alternative to AIS. Designation: 1404-1998 Sponsor: IEEE Vehicular Technology Society/Intelligent Transportation Systems Title: IEEE Guide for Microwave Communications System Development: Design, Procurement, Construction, Maintenance and Operation Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 16, 2004. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **16-Jan-04: Administratively withdrawn. History: PAR APP: Sep 22, 1994, BD APP: Apr 13, 1998, ANSI APP: Feb 04, 1999 Project Scope: A guideline which addresses all elements of the requirements for microwave system design, procurement, construction, maintenance and subsequent operations. Project Purpose: To provide prospective users of microwave systems a generic guide that addresses, step by step, the development of and continued operations of any microwave system. Abstract: " The needs and requirements specific to the design, procurement, construction, mainte-nance, and operation of a microwave system are addressed. Steps for a variety of applications havebeen included in this guide; however, users should select only those steps that apply to their par-ticular system(s) and their procurement policies. " Key Words: "communications infrastructure,digital microwave,loop system,microwave spurs,ring system,star system,teleconferencing,terrestrial microwave system" Designation: 1405 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Switchgear Title: Guide for Testing Metal-Enclosed Switchgear for Internal Arcing Faults Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Michael Wactor, Phone:713-948-4918, Email:mwactor@powl.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 22, 1994 Designation: 1406-1998 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Insulated Conductors Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2004 Title: IEEE Guide to the Use of Gas-In-Fluid Analysis for Electric Power Cable Systems Status: Approved Publication of IEEE **21-Sep-2000 Elevated from trial-use to full-use. History: PAR APP: Sep 22, 1994, BD APP: Apr 30, 1998 Project Scope: Guidelines for gas-in-fluids analysis for diagnostic purposes on cable system condition, and as an operation and maintenance tool to determine when corrective action may be reqyuired. Project Purpose: Cable system operators are finding it increasingly important to determine potential problems that may be due to overstressed, overheated, mechanically-damaged, or improperly operated cables. Directly monitoring the cable itself is not possible without de-energizing the system and removing a sample for laboratory evaluation Periodic gas-in-fluid analysis can allow the utility to reliably determine cable condition and undertake proper corrective action. Abstract: " The application of the analysis of gases dissolved in the fluids of fluid-filled cable systems isdiscussed with respect to the procedures for sampling, obtaining the dissolved gas data, and analyzing theresults. " Key Words: "aging,cable diagnostics,fluid-filled cable,gas analysis,remaining life,transmission cable" Designation: 1407-1998 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Insulated Conductors Title: IEEE Guide for Accelerated Aging Tests for Medium-Voltage Extruded Electric Power Cables Using Water-Filled Tanks Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Apr 07, 1999 **21-Sep-2000 Elevated from trial-use to full-use. History: PAR APP: Sep 22, 1994, BD APP: Oct 14, 1998 Abstract: " Accelerated aging tests on extruded medium-voltage cables using water-filled tanks areaddressed. Information on the equipment, cable samples, test conditions, and measurements toperform the aging tests is provided. Techniques on how to analyze the test data are also inlcuded.The implementation of this guide will allow a better description of the test data obtained by differentlaboratories. " Key Words: "accelerated cable life test (ACLT), accelerated aging test,cross- linked polyethylene (XLPE),ethylene propylene rubber (EPR),medium-voltage cable,tank structure,temperature measurement and profile,test conditions,water-filled tanks" Designation: P1407 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Insulated Conductors Title: Guide for Accelerated Aging Tests for Medium-Voltage (1kV-35 KV) Extruded Electric Power Cables Using Water-Filled Tanks Status: Revision Project Technical Contact: John R Densley, Phone:905-569-3654, Email:j.densley@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 10, 2003 Project Scope: The scope of the original document included the identification of critical test parameters for performing accelerated aging tests on medium-voltage cables using water-filled tanks to facilitate a comparison of data obtained from different labs. Each test parameter is to be revisited with a recommended/commonly used practice provided to narrow the focus of available test parameters. Project Purpose: The purpose of the original document was to provide broad background information on the critical test parameters for performing accelerated aging tests on medium-voltage cables using water-filled tanks. Revisons are necessary to distinguish between cable materials and cable design testing and to narrow the focus of available options for the critical test parameters. Designation: P1409 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transmission and Distribution Title: Guide for the Application of Power Electronics for Power Quality Improvement on Distribution Systems Rated 1 kV Through 38 kV Status: New Standard Project Technical Contact: Ambra Sannino, Phone:+46317723832, Email:ambra.sannino@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jun 25, 1998 Project Scope: This project will develop a guide which introduces and defines the emerging technology of custom power. This technology involves devices and circuit configurations of power electronic equipment used in utility power distribution systems rated 1 kV through 38 kV for the purposes of mitigating problems associated with power quality. This guide will include definitions, general need guidelines, performance objectives, electrical environments, input/output criteria, performance measurements, case studies, bibliography, and engineering tradeoffs. The proposed document will address power assessment techniques as specified by IEEE Std 1250-1005, which defines power quality terms and phenomena, and IEEE Std 1159-1995 which provides a recommended practice for measuring power quality. Project Purpose: To provide guidelines and performance expectations for the application of power electronic-based equipment on utility distribution systems to improve power quality and control in these distribution systems. It will be a resource to utilities as they enter into the competitive marketplace, providing detailed information about custom power devices as options to solving power quality problems. Designation: 1410-2004 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transmission and Distribution Title: IEEE Guide for Improving the Lightning Performance of Electric Power Overhead Distribution Lines Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jul 12, 2004 **Supersedes 1410-1997. History: PAR APP: Sep 12, 2002, BD APP: Feb 09, 2004, ANSI APP: May 12, 2004 Project Scope: This guide will identify factors that contribute to lightning- caused faults on overhead distribution lines and suggest improvements to existing and new constructions. This guide is limited to the protection of distribution-line insulation for system voltages 69 kV and below. Equipment protection considerations are covered in IEEE Std C62.22-1991. Project Purpose: The purpose of this guide is to present alternatives for reducing lightning-caused flashovers on overhead distribution lines. Abstract: "IEEE Std 1410-2004, IEEE Guide for Improving the Lightning Performance of Electric Power Overhead Distribution Lines" Key Words: "distribution networks, IEEE guide, IEEE standards, lightning protection, overhead power distribution lines, power overhead lines, power system lightning protection, power system protection, protection performance improvement" Designation: P1410 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transmission and Distribution Title: Guide for Improving the Lightning Performance of Electric Power Overhead Distribution Lines Status: Revision Project Technical Contact: John S McDaniel, Phone:315.428.6097, Email:john.mcdaniel@us.ngrid.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. Project Scope: This guide will identify factors that contribute to lightning- caused faults on overhead distribution lines and suggest improvements to existing and new constructions. This guide is limited to the protection of distribution-line insulation for system voltages 69 kV and below. Equipment protection considerations are covered in IEEE Std C62.22-1997. Project Purpose: The purpose of this guide is to present alternatives for reducing lightning-caused flashovers on overhead distribution lines. Designation: 1410-1997 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transmission and Distribution Title: Guide for Improving the Lightning Performance of Electric Power Overhead Distribution Lines Status: Superseded **Superseded by 1410-2004. History: PAR APP: Dec 13, 1994, BD APP: Jun 26, 1997 Project Scope: Identify factors which contribute to lightning-caused faults on overhead distribution lines. Suggest improvements to existing and new constructions. Project Purpose: Present alternatives for reducing lightning-caused flashovers on overhead distribution lines. Abstract: "IEEE Std 1410-1997, IEEE Guide for Improving the Lightning Performance of Electric Power Overhead Distribution Lines" Key Words: This scope will identify factors that contribute to lightning-caused faults on overhead distribution lines and suggest improvements to existing and new constructions. This guide is limited to the protection of distribution-line insulation for system volta Designation: 1413-1998 Sponsor: IEEE Reliability Society Title: IEEE Standard Methodology for Reliability Predictions and Assessment for Electronic Systems Equipment Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jan 15, 1999 **Reference: Mil-HDBK-217. History: PAR APP: Dec 13, 1994, BD APP: Dec 08, 1998, ANSI APP: Aug 11, 1999 Project Scope: A standardized medium for developing reliability predictions of electronic systems and equipment. Project Purpose: To provide an approach for developing reliability predictions for electronic systems and equipment which will emphasize the physics-of- failure approach which (1) has models based on science/engineering first principles (2) has information on materials, architectures and operating stresses (3) considers all stresses, including steady state temperature, temperature rate of change and spatial temperature gradients as applicable to each root cause of failure mechanism. Abstract: " The framework for the reliability prediction process for electronic systems and equip-ment, including hardware and software predictions at all levels, is covered. " Key Words: Mil-HDBK-217 Designation: P1413 Sponsor: IEEE Reliability Society Title: Standard Methodology for Reliability Prediction and Assessment for Electronic Systems and Equipment Status: Revision Project Technical Contact: Michael Pecht, Phone:301-405-5323, Email:pecht@calce.umd.edu **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Aug 11, 2005 Project Scope: [original] This standard covers the framework for the reliability prediction process for electronic systems and equipment, including hardware and software predictions at all levels. [Revised] This standard covers the framework for the reliability prediction process for electronic systems and equipment at all levels. Project Purpose: [Original] To provide an approach for developing reliability predictions for electronic systems and equipment which will emphasize the physical-of-failure approach which (1) has models based on science / engineering first principles (2) has information on materials, architectures and operating stresses (3) considers all stresses, including steady state temperature, temperature rate of change and spatial temperature gradients as applicable to each root cause of failure mechanism. There are underlying assumptions associated with all reliability predictions. These assumptions and level and depth of information used in the prediction process determine the level of risk in using a reliability prediction. This standard identifies required attributes for an understandable, credible reliability prediction. A prediction made according to IEEE Standard 1413 includes sufficient information including inputs, assumptions, uncertainties and outputs, that the risks associated with using the prediction are understood. Designation: 1413.1-2002 Sponsor: IEEE Reliability Society Title: IEEE Guide for Selecting and Using Reliability Predictions Based on IEEE 1413 Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Feb 19, 2003 Technical Contact: Michael Pecht, Phone:301-405-5323, Email:pecht@calce.umd.edu **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Mar 30, 2000, BD APP: Sep 12, 2002, ANSI APP: Jan 22, 2003 Project Scope: Processes and methodologies for conducting reliability predictions for electronic systems and equipment. Project Purpose: To assist in the selection and use of reliability prediction methodologies satisfying IEEE 1413. Abstract: A framework for reliability prediction procedures for electronic equipment at all levels isprovided in this guide . Key Words: "baseline,classic reliability,constant failure rate,estimation,failure,goal,item,operat-ing environment,reliability prediction,requirement,system life cycle" Designation: 1414 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Switchgear Title: Standard for Common Requirements of IEEE Power Switchgear Standards Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: L. V McCall, Phone:(905) 842-2192, Email:rlmccall55@aol.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 13, 1994 Designation: 1415-2006 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Electric Machinery Title: IEEE Guide for Induction Machinery Maintenance Testing and Failure Analysis Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Apr 30, 2007 Technical Contact: Lawrence A Wall, Phone:205-992-6354, Email:lawall@southernco.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: BD APP: Dec 06, 2006 Project Scope: This guide provides maintenance testing and failure analysis guidance for form-wound, squirrel cage, induction machinery rated up to 15 kV. The guide addresses the following machine systems: — Stator (winding and wore) — Rotor (winding and core) — Vibration and noise — Bearings and shafts — Structure, frame — Ventilation — Accessories Project Purpose: This document is intended for the following purposes: — To provide guidance concerning the appropriateness of various maintenance tests and interpreting the results of those tests with respect to failure analysis and to routine predictive maintenance activities — To provide a methodology by which the most probable cause of any particular machine failure may be determined — To encourage the establishment of routine and uniform data collection so valuable facts of the failure are not destroyed — To facilitate cooperative efforts by users and manufacturers during failure analysis Abstract: This guide provides maintenance testing and failure analysis guidance for form-wound, squirrel cage, induction machinery rated up to 15 kV. It addresses the following machine systems: Stator (Winding and Core) Rotor (Winding and Core) Vibration and Noise Bearings and Shafts Structure, Frame Ventilation Accessories. This guide is intended for use by personnel at the facility or corporate office responsible for the operation and maintenance of large induction machines. It is a guide to aid the thought processes and procedures necessary to determine root causes for failures. Key Words: failure analysis, induction machinery, induction motor, maintenance tests, maintenance testing, root cause analysis Designation: 1415 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Electric Machinery Title: Guide for Induction Machinery Maintenance Testing and Failure Analysis Status: Superseded Technical Contact: Lawrence A Wall, Phone:205-992-6354, Email:lawall@southernco.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 16, 1995 Project Scope: Document to provide maintenance testing and failure analysis for formwound, squirrel cage, induction machines rated up to 15 kV. The Guide shall address the following systems: stator (winding and core), rotor (winding and core), vibration and noise, bearings and shaft, structure, ventilation, accessories. Project Purpose: Analysis of induction machine failures are not covered by the available standards. The document will provide guidance into performing failure analysis. As part of the failure analysis, certain maintenance tests are suggested. The working group will provide guidance into the appropriateness of the maintenance tests and into the interpreting of the test results. The guidance concerning maintenance testing will be, in general, appropriate to normal maintenance testing (predictive maintenance testing). Designation: 1416-1998 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Substations Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2004 Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for the Interface of New Gas-Insulated Equipment in Existing Gas-Insulated Substations Status: Approved Publication of IEEE Technical Contact: Jean-Marie Delcoustal, Phone:+33-4-7268-3439, Email:jean-marie.delcoustal@tde.aistom.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Jun 14, 1995, BD APP: Sep 28, 1998, ANSI APP: Feb 02, 2005 Project Scope: The scope of the project is the interfaces between existing Gas Insulated Substations (GIS) equipment and gas insulated equipment that is added at a later date, and may be of a different design. The project includes the interfaces at Gas Insulated Transmission Line (GITL) equipment, and Gas Insulated Substations (GIS) equipment. Project Purpose: Interface practice is not currently covered by a consensus document. This document will recommend practices, for both users and suppliers, for identification of, and solution to, interface problems. Abstract: Recommendations for the connection of a gas-insulated substation to another gas-insu-lated substation of a different make are given. Key Words: "gas-insulated substation - GIS -,gas-insulated transmission line - GIL -,interface" Designation: 1417-1996 Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society Title: ANSI/AAMI EC13-1992 - Cardiac Monitors, Heart Rate Meters, and Alarms Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 10, 2002. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. History: BD APP: Sep 19, 1996 Project Scope: This standard establishes minimum safety and performance requirements for electrocardiographic (ECG) heart rate and waveform monitors that are intended for use under the operating conditions specified in this standard. Designation: 1418 Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society Title: ANSI/AAMI PAC49-1993 - Pacemaker Emergency Intervention System Status: Adoption in Progress Project Scope: This standard covers labeling and performance requirements for a pacemaker emergency intervention system (EIS). The EIS is intended for use in hospitals and clinic emergency rooms to permit conversion of conforming implanted bradycardia cardiac pacemakers to a standard high output mode when the pacemaker is perceived by the examiner to be operating in a nonstandard way or in a wy not understood by the examiner. Designation: 1419 Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society Title: ANSI/AAMI DF39-1993 - Automatic External Defibrillators and Remote- Control Defibrillators Status: Adoption in Progress Project Scope: This standard covers minimum labeling, performance, and safety requirements for automatic or semi-automatic (advisory) external defibrillators (AED), remote control defibrillators (RCD), and self-adhesive combination electrodes. Designation: 1420.1-1995 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2002 Title: IEEE Standard for Information Technology - Software Reuse - Data Model for Reuse Library Interoperability: Basic Interoperability Data Model (BIDM) Status: Approved Publication of IEEE **Formerly known as P1420.2. Dev in coop with the Reuse Library Interoperability Group (RIG). History: PAR APP: Dec 13, 1994, BD APP: Dec 12, 1995, ANSI APP: Nov 13, 2002 Abstract: The minimal set of information about assets that reuse libraries should be able to exchange to support interoperability is provided. Key Words: reuse library, software, interoperability, BIDM, software reuse Designation: 1420.1a-1996 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2002 Title: Supplement to IEEE Standard for Information Technology-Software Reuse- Data Model for Reuse Library Interoperability: Asset Certification Framework [Developed in cooperation with the Reuse Library Interoperability Group (RIG)] Status: Approved Publication of IEEE **Formerly known as 1420.1. Technical Contact: Ed Comer, Phone:407-984-3370, Email:erc@sps.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Sep 19, 1996, BD APP: Dec 10, 1996 Project Scope: Definition of guidelines for the consistent structure, labeling, and description of asset evaluation and certification techniques for software. Abstract: A consistent structure for describing a reuse library's asset certification policy in terms of an Asset Certification Framework is defined, along with a standard interoperability data model for interchange of asset certification information. Key Words: certification, data model, interoperability, quality factors, reuse libraries, software Designation: 1420.1b-1999 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2002 Title: IEEE Standard for Information Technology - Software Reuse - Data model for Reuse Library Interoperability: Intellectual Property Rights Framework Status: Approved Publication of IEEE Technical Contact: Scott Wells, Phone:423-974-5803 **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Dec 10, 1996, BD APP: Jun 26, 1999 Project Scope: Draft a standard supplement to the BIDM (1420.1) so that reusable software components may be labeled with information regarding the legal restrictions commonly asserted in the US, such as copyright, patents, licensing and export restrictions. The committee will not deal with international issues, enforcing the legal restrictions, or advocating changes in property rights law. The committee will consider mechanisms for asserting and enforcing legal restrictions for the purpose of describing such mechanisms, but will not develop such mechanisms). Project Purpose: There is a lack of standards for exchanging intellectual property rights information regarding reusable software components. This inhibits interoperability and causes uncertainty about liability risks. This project will provide a standard supplement to the BIDM (1420.1) for labeling intellectual property rights and licensing restrictions that addresses the concerns of academic, commercial and government ruuse libraries. Abstract: This extension to the Basic Interoperability Data Model (IEEE Std 1420.1-1995)incorporates intellectual property rights issues into software asset descriptions for reuse library in-teroperability. Key Words: "data model,intellectual property rights,interoperability,reuse libraries,rights management,software" Designation: 1420.2 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee Title: Standard for Information Technology - Software Reuse - Data Model for Reuse Library Interoperability: Bindings to HTML and SGML Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Timothy Niesen, Phone:508 858 1138, Email:tmn@swl.msd.ray.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jun 26, 1997 Project Scope: To draft a standard specifying the binding of the BIDM (1420.1) and its supplements, such as the Asset Certification Framework extension (P1420.1a), to the interchange formats associated with the WWW, SGML, and HTML. The committee does not plan to consider bindings to other interchange formats or protocols and does not plan to consider other data models. Project Purpose: The BIDM standard (1420.1) does not currently explain how the BIDM model would be realized in terms of existing interchange protocols. This effort will provide bindings of the BIDM (1420.1) to the HTML and SGML languages that would be utilized by reuse libraries to achieve interoperability using the BIDM. Designation: 1420.3 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee Title: Standard for Information Technology - Software Reuse - Data Model for Reuse Library Interoperability: Model Extensions Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Kay Hohn, Phone:304-284-9006, Email:hohnk@source.asset.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 20, 1997 Project Scope: The committee will draft a proposed standard meta-model that would not replace the BIDM (1420.1), but rather explain how the BIDM and its extensions, like ACF (1420.1a) and intellectual property labeling (proposed 1420.1b) can be derived from it. Project Purpose: The existing meta-model does not cover all the modeling features needed for libraries to extend the model for purposes of specific communities. The proposed standard will define explicitly the meta-model implied by the BIDM, provide a style sheet for graphical representations of BIDM, and provide guidance on how compatible extensions to the BIDM can be made. Designation: 1420.4 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee Title: Standard for Information Technology - Software Life Cycle Processes - Reuse Processes Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. **Project renumbered to 1517 - 12/97 Technical Contact: Carma L McClure, Phone:312-337-1147, Email:73733.2037@CompuServ.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jun 26, 1997 Project Scope: The project would develop an additional part of IEEE/EIA 12207 to describe software reuse processes and how they would relate to traditional software life cycle processes described in Part 0 of 12207. Project Purpose: The purpose of the proposed effort is to develop an additional part of the IEEE/EIA 12207 specifying software reuse processes and how they would be incorporated into the life cycle process framework already provided by 12207. The primary purpose would be to facilitate communication between acquirer and supplier, particularly regarding questions on the scope of the contract and questions regarding who bears the expense and gains the benefits of reuse efforts. Designation: 1421 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Virtual Intelligence Title: Recommended Practice for the Evaluation of the Performance of Implementations of Training-Related Algorithms for Multilayer Perceptron Artificial Neural Networks Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Robert W Green, Phone:(508) 9998260, Email:r.green@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jun 20, 1996 Project Scope: Artificial neural network implementations of training-related algorithms for multilayer perceptron artificial neural networks. Project Purpose: A large number of implementations of training procedures for multilayer perceptrons artificial neural networks have been described with widely varying claims of performance. At present, buyers and users have no common set of guidelines for evaluation of vendor claims. The working group proposes to fulfill this need by assembling a set of such guidelines. Designation: 1422 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Virtual Intelligence Title: Recommended Practice for Terminology - Definition of Terms for Evolutionary Computation Systems Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: V. Rao Vemuri, Phone:(510) 424-4051, Email:r.vemuri@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jun 20, 1996 Project Scope: Terminology used to describe and discuss evolutionary systems including hardware, software, and algorithms related to evolutionary systems: genetic and evolutionary algorithms, artificial life and associated topics. Project Purpose: The subject of evolutionary systems is treated in a wide variety of textbooks, technical papers, manuals and other publications. At the present time, there is no widely accepted guide or standard for the use of technical terms relating to evolutionary systems. It is the purpose of this project to provide a comprehensive glossary of recommended terms to be used by the authors of future publications i the field. Designation: 1423 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Virtual Intelligence Title: Recommended Practice for Terminology - Definition of Terms for Fuzzy Systems Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Rhonda Lea Freeman, Phone:407-275-8755, Email:rfreeman@ist.ucf.edu **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jun 20, 1996 Project Scope: Terminology used to describe and discuss fuzzy systems including hardware, software, and algorithms related to fuzzy systems. Project Purpose: The subject of fuzzy systems is treated in a wide variety of textbooks, technical papers, manuals and other publications. At the present time, there is no widely or accepted guide or standard for the use of technical terms relating to fuzzy systems. It is the purpose of this project to provide a comprehensive glossary of recommended terms to be used by the authors of future publications in this field. Designation: 1424 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Virtual Intelligence Title: Recommended Practice for the Definition, Specification and Analysis of Systems Using Artificial Networks, Fuzzy Systems, Evolutionary Systems and/or Virtual Reality Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Mary L Padgett, Phone:334-821-2472, Email:m.padgett@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jun 20, 1996 Project Scope: This project applies to, and provides the basis for, the definition, specification, performance analysis and application of systems using artificial neural networks, fuzzy systems, evolutionary systems and/or virtual reality. Systems covered by this standard typically combine a suite of tools to implement an intelligent system. Project Purpose: Many successful applications of intelligent systems combine artificial neural networks, fuzzy systems, evolutionary systems and/or virtual reality. Guidelines and cautions for the effective combination of these tools into an application are needed to guide the development and evaluation of intelligent systems. It is the purpose of this project to provide a broad outline of such guidelines for the definition, specification, performance analysis and application of computationally intelligent systems. It is anticipated that this project will provide the framework for relating a number of specific standards currently under development or planned. Designation: 1425-2001 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Insulated Conductors Title: IEEE Guide for the Evaluation of the Remaining Life of Impregnated Paper Insulated Transmission Cable Systems Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Mar 29, 2002 Technical Contact: S. Michael Foty, Phone:416-345-6460, Email:michael.medeiros@HydroOne.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Jun 14, 1995, BD APP: Dec 06, 2001, ANSI APP: May 02, 2002 Project Scope: To prepare a guide for the evaluation of the remaining life of impregnated paper insulated transmission cable systems. Project Purpose: Many cable ciircuits are now approaching the end of their theoretical life. There are currently no guidelines for evaluating the remaining life of cables. The guide will provide technical background, brief discussions and advice, with frequent reference to the literature, to those needing to evaluate the remaining life of impregnated paper insulateed transmission cables. Abstract: " This guide provides technical information regarding factors that can affect the life of animpregnated paper-insulated transmission cable system, and it reviews available methods to evaluate theremaining life of such systems and preventive maintenance to extend their service life." Key Words: "extra high voltage (EHV) cable, high-pressure fluid-filled (HPFF) cable, hight-pressure gas-filled (HPGF) cable, impregnated paper-insulated transmission cable systems, self-contained liquid-filled (SCLF) cable, thermal-mechanical bending" Designation: 1426-1996 Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society Title: ANSI/AAMI EC11-1991 - Diagnostic Electrocardiographic Devices Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 10, 2002. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. Technical Contact: Gideon Kantor, Phone:301 946 1043, Email:g.kantor@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: BD APP: Sep 19, 1996 Project Scope: This standard establishes minimum safety and performance requirements for electrocardiographic (ECG) systems with direct working devices which are intended for use, under the operating conditions specified in this standard, in the analysis of rhythm and of detailed morphology of complex cardiac complexes. Designation: 1427-2006 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Substations Title: IEEE Guide for Recommended Electrical Clearances and Insulation Levels in Air Insulated Electrical Power Substations Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: May 04, 2007 Technical Contact: Kenneth D White, Phone:770-270-7585, Email:kenneth.white@gatrans.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Jun 14, 1995, BD APP: Dec 06, 2006, ANSI APP: Apr 26, 2007 Project Scope: This guide, covering three-phase ac systems from 1 kV to 800 kV, provides recommended electrical operating and safety clearances and insulation levels in air-insulated electric supply substations; addresses insulation coordination procedures; provides design procedures for the selection and coordination of the insulation levels within the station as they relate to substation clearances; and addresses how reduced clearances in high-voltage ac substations will allow for compact bus arrangements and substation voltage uprating applications. This guide addresses insulation coordination procedures, including the choice of insulation levels and arrester specification, in limited detail and only as relevant to clearance requirements. Detailed and expanded coverage of insulation coordination procedures is provided in other ANSI and IEEE guides and standards (see Clause 2). This guide focuses on open-air bus assemblies and configurations and excludes apparatus clearances (i.e., bushing clearances for transformers, and breakers). Detailed coverage of apparatus clearances is provided in other applicable guides and standards. Project Purpose: Proper electrical clearances are necessary for the design, construction, and operation of electric supply substations. This document develops guidelines for the application of recommended electrical clearances and insulation levels in air-insulated substations. The recommended clearances incorporate both design/operating clearances and safety clearances. Abstract: This guide, covering three-phase ac systems from 1 kV to 800 kV, provides recommended electrical operating and safety clearances and insulation levels in air-insulated electric supply substations; addresses insulation coordination procedures; provides design procedures for the selection and coordination of the insulation levels within the station as they relate to substation clearances; and addresses how reduced clearances in high-voltage ac substations will allow for compact bus arrangements and substation voltage uprating applications. Key Words: basic lightning impulse insulation level (BIL), basic switching impulse insulation level (BSL), clearances, insulation coordination, insulation levels, substation Designation: 1428-2004 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Insulated Conductors Title: IEEE Guide for Installation Methods for Fiber Optic Cables in Electric Power Generating Stations and in Industrial Facilities Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jul 18, 2005 Technical Contact: John L White Jr., Phone:254-897-6674, Email:j.l.white@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Sep 21, 1995, BD APP: Nov 15, 2004, ANSI APP: Feb 07, 2005 Project Scope: Fiber Optic Cable intended to operate in electrical power generating stations and in other industrial facilities. Project Purpose: The selection and installation of fiber optic cable for use in electric power generating stations or other industrial facilities, is not currently addressed wsithin IEEE documents. This guide will provide assistance in these areas by identifying limitations, precautions, cable construction considerations, and installation criteria, unique to or associated with fiber optic cables. Abstract: This guide is intended for cables designed for use in power generating stations and industrial facilities, in both the outside plant environment and indoor applications - the latter with adequate consideration for requirements of the National Electrical Code® (NEC®.) Key Words: cable construction, electric power generating stations, fiber-optic cables, index of refraction, local area network connections, multimode fibers, numerical aperture, optical cable designs, optical performance, reflectometer, singlemode fibers, telecommunication Designation: 1429 Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Power Systems Engineering Title: Recommended Practice for Electrical Systems in Cleanrooms Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Brian A Rener, Phone:847-328-3555, Email:rener@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jun 14, 1995 Project Scope: Recommended engineering principles and practices for electrical systems in facilities with Cleanrooms. Project Purpose: Cleanroom electrical systems are not currently covered by standards or recommended practices. This document will provide recommended analysis and design practices for electrical systems in facilities that support Cleanrooms. Designation: 1430-1996 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee Title: IEEE Guide for Information Technology Software Reuse-Concept of Operations for Interoperating Reuse Libraries [Developed in cooperation with the Reuse Library Interoperability Group (RIG)] Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 10, 2002. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. History: PAR APP: Jun 14, 1995, BD APP: Dec 10, 1996, ANSI APP: Jun 05, 1997 Project Scope: The scope of the guide will be the system-level concepts which form the context for a network of interoperating reuse libraries, including the identification of properties required of standards, policies and technology required for the context. It does not address the structure or organization of governing bodies, and identification of particular standards or detailed policies. Project Purpose: Providing a foundation for identifying the standards, policies, and infrastructure necessary to support large numbers of interoperating reuse libraries. This will provide guidance in the selection or creation of appropriate standards. Abstract: This document describes the concepts necessary and appropriate for Networks of Interoperating Reuse Libraries (NIRLs). The purpose is to provide a context for standardization efforts toward the goal of supporting and enhancing interoperability. Key Words: reuse libraries, software, interoperability, networks Designation: 1431-2004 Sponsor: IEEE Aerospace and Electronic Systems Society/Gyro Accelerometer Panel Title: IEEE Standard Specification Format Guide and Test Procedure for Coriolis Vibratory Gyros Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Dec 20, 2004 Technical Contact: Randall K Curey, Phone:818-712-7131, Email:Randall.Curey@ngc.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Oct 30, 2003, BD APP: Mar 25, 2004, ANSI APP: Jul 08, 2004 Project Scope: Specification and test requirements for a single-axis Coriolis vibratory gyro (CVG) for use as a sensor in attitude control systems, angular displacement measuring systems, and angular rate measuring systems are defined. A stadard specification format guide for the preparation of a single-axis CVG is provided. A complilation of recommended procedures for testing a CVG, derived from those presently used in the industry, is also provided. Informative annexes cover CVG design features and theoretical principles of operation. Project Purpose: This standard is provided as a guide for the preparation of Coriolis vibratory gyro (CVG) specification and test procedures. The CVG is a device which measures inertial angular rate through the Coriolis force produced from a vibrating mass in a non-inertial reference frame. This gyro type encompasses low cost Micro-Electro-Mechanical-Systems (MEMS) devices on silicon or quartz chips and also inertial navigation grade vibrating shell gyros. Abstract: Specification and test requirements for a single-axis Coriolis vibratory gyro (CVG) for use as a sensor in attitude control systems, angular displacement measuring systems, and angular rate measuring systems are defined. A standard specification format guide for the preparation of a single-axis CVG is provided. A compilation of recommended procedures for testing a CVG, derived from those presently used in the industry, is also provided. Key Words: Keywords: Coriolis vibratory gyro, force-rebalance mode, gyro, gyroscope, inertial instrument, inertial sensor, MEMS, MEMS gyro, micro- electro-mechanical system, open loop mode, ratiometric output, whole angle mode Designation: P1431-2004/Cor 1 Sponsor: IEEE Aerospace and Electronic Systems Society/Gyro Accelerometer Panel Title: IEEE Standard Specification Format Guide and Test Procedure for Coriolis Vibratory Gyros - Corrigendum 1 Status: Corrigenda of Standard Technical Contact: Randall K Curey, Phone:818-712-7131, Email:Randall.Curey@ngc.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. Project Scope: Correction of labeling errors on several figures. Project Purpose: Establish consistent use of symbols and terminology. Designation: 1431 Sponsor: IEEE Aerospace and Electronic Systems Society/Gyro Accelerometer Panel Title: Standard Specification Format Guide and Test Procedure for Coriolis Vibratory Gyros Status: Superseded Technical Contact: Michael E Ash, Phone:617-258-2884, Email:mash@draper.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jun 14, 1995 Project Scope: This standard defines the requirements and test procedures for Coriolis Vibratory Gyros (CVG's). The CVG is a device which measures inertial angular rate through the coriolis force produced from a vibrating mass in a non-inertial reference frame. A characteristic attribute of all such gyros is the presence of a sustained mechanical oscillation providing the linear momentum required to produce Coriolis force. Each gyro consists of a resonator, a drive mechanism, and a pickoff. the resonator can be a fork, cylinder, plate, beam, string, ring, sphere, etc., any structure which has characteristic eigermodes of vibration. These vibratory modes may be sustained in a solid, liquid or gas. CVG drive and pickoff mechanisms can employ peizoelectric, piezoresistive, capacitive or other means. Project Purpose: This standard is provided as a guide for the preparation of Coriolis vibratory gyro specifications and test procedures. An IEEE standard covering Coriolis vibratory gyros is not currently available. Such a standard is expected to be important since CVG's will be the smallest, lowest cost, and most widely applied of the commercial gyro technologies. Designation: 1432 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Virtual Intelligence Title: Recommended Practice for the Specification of Motion Tracking Systems Used in Virtual Reality Systems Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Herschell Murry, Phone:(802) 655-3159, Email:h_murry@Polhemus.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jun 20, 1996 Project Scope: This project will address the definition, specification and documentation of motion tracker systems used in virtual reality systems. Project Purpose: The virtual reality community has requested a set of guidelines to help in the interpretation of system capabilities. Guidelines for the definition, specification and analysis of motion tracking systems will be outlined. Designation: 1433 Sponsor: SASB/SCC22-Power Quality Title: A Standard Glossary of Power Quality Terminology Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Philip P Barker, Phone:518-374-4699, Email:pbarker@nycap.rr.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jun 14, 1995 Project Scope: To develop a common set of definitions describing the various types of power quality disturbances and phenomena which occur. Project Purpose: To develop common definitions to the varied interpretations of power quality phenomena as proposed by several IEEE working groups including: P1159, P1250, P1100, P519A, C62. Designation: 1434-2000 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Electric Machinery Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2005 Title: IEEE Guide to the Measurement of Partial Discharges in Rotating Machinery Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Aug 15, 2000 Technical Contact: William McDermid, Phone:204-474-3787, Email:wmmcdermid@hydro.mb.ca **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Jun 14, 1995, BD APP: Apr 26, 2000, ANSI APP: Dec 29, 2005 Abstract: " A review of the nature of partial discharge in machine windings, how it can be measuredunder both off-line and on-line conditions, how it can be measured for individual form-wound coilsor bars, and the significance and limitations of the measured values are covered. " Key Words: "electrical insulation, form-wound bars, form-wound coils, partial discharge, rotating machine windings" Designation: 1435 Sponsor: IEEE Vehicular Technology Society/Intelligent Transportation Systems Title: Recommended Practice for the Application of Synchronous Optical Network (SONET) Technology to Intelligent Transportation System (ITS) Communucations Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Publication type: Special Publication Technical Contact: Bruce C Abernethy, Phone:214-373-7873, Email:babernethy@bwrcorp.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jun 14, 1995 Project Scope: The application of SONET communications standards network architectural options, capabilities, network management and associated equipment features to ITS voice, data and video communications network requirements. Project Purpose: The use of SONET technology in ITS communication networks is not covered by recommended practices. In fulfilling this need, the working group will define the recommended methods and associated, published standards by which SONET technology can be reliably applied to ITS communications requirements and assuring interoperability between network elements. The project will improve and clarify the understanding of this important technology with the objective of eliminating improper network configurations, errors in interface specifications and data load and network sizing errors. Designation: 1436 Sponsor: IEEE Vehicular Technology Society/Intelligent Transportation Systems Title: Standard for Ground Based Transportation Collision Avoidance Radar Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Publication type: Special Publication Technical Contact: Martin Grace, Phone:408-778-2000, Email:mgrace@anritsu.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 21, 1995 Project Scope: The scope of this project is a standard for the transmission, reception, and processing of collision avoidance radar signals. The standard will include conformance and performance requirements; methods for measuring system parameters and performance; and a SAE compatible interface with the vehicular ITS system. Project Purpose: The purpose of the project is to provide a standard that will set forth the performance requirements for collision avoidance radars and promote compatibility among manufacturer's radar systems. The project will also provide specific methods of measuring collision avoidance parameters and performance to increase the comparability among systems and to ensure accurate testing. Designation: 1437 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Energy Development & Power Generation Title: Standard For the Integration of Plant Condition Monitoring Elements in Hydroelectric Facilities Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Alan Roehl, Phone:503-808-4334, Email:alan.k.roehl@usace.army.mil **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jun 14, 1995 Project Scope: Condition monitoring systems used in hydroelectric facilities. The items monitored may include generators, motors, excitation systems, governors, turbines, pumps, water passage, transformers, switchgear, auxiliary equipment and environment. Project Purpose: The standard will define the information organization, hardware, and communications requirements for compatibility of individual monitoring elements. Use of the standard will allow users to connect individual monitoring elements in an integrated condition monitoring system with minimal effort. Designation: 1438 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Energy Development & Power Generation Title: Guide For the Application of Plant Condition Monitoring For Hydroelectric Facilities Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Jim H Gurney, Phone:604-699-7466, Email:jim.gurney@bctc.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jun 14, 1995 Project Scope: Condition monitoring systems used in hydroelectric facilities. The items monitored may include generator/motor, turbine/pump, excitation system, governor, transformers, switchgear, water passage, auxiliary equipment and environment. Project Purpose: Condition monitoring of hydroelectric facilities is not currently covered by standards. The document will guide owners, operators, manufacturers and consultants on the issues involved in justifying, spedifying, installing and using integrated condition monitoring systems for the various components of hydroelectric facilities. Designation: 1439 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Virtual Intelligence Title: Guide for the Specification of Software Interfaces for Artificial Nueral Networks (ANN) Systems Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Mary L Padgett, Phone:334-821-2472, Email:m.padgett@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jun 20, 1996 Project Scope: This project will develop guidelines for specification of software interfaces for artificial neural network systems. Project Purpose: The purpose of this proposed project is to develop guidelines for software interfaces for artificial neural network systems. This has been requested by government agendies interested in image compression and restoration of ANN codes images using pulse-coupled neural networks (PCNN), and other ANN. Designation: 1440 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Virtual Intelligence Title: Guide For Definition and Specification of Fuzzy Systems in Applications and Their Interfaces With Other Elements of Computational Intelligence (CI) of the System Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Rhonda Lea Freeman, Phone:407-275-8755, Email:rfreeman@ist.ucf.edu **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jun 20, 1996 Project Scope: Guidelines for the definition and specification of fuzzy systems for applications will be developed. These will include syggestions for interfacing fuzzy systems with other computational intelligence elements of the system; neural networks, evolutionary systems and virtual reality. Project Purpose: Many new products use fuzzy systems and other types of computational intelligence. Guidelines for the definition and specification of such systems will help in the evaluation of their performance and in accurately marketing products. Such guidelines have been requested by industry and government users and producers, particularly those interested in interfaces with neural networks evolutionary systems and virtual reality. Designation: 1441-2004 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transmission and Distribution Title: IEEE Guide for Inspection of Overhead Transmission Line Construction Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jun 08, 2005 Technical Contact: Frank Ferracane, Phone:217 362 6322, Email:frank_ferracane@illinoispower.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Dec 12, 1995, BD APP: Dec 08, 2004, ANSI APP: Apr 28, 2005 Project Scope: This guide covers the inspection procedures and practices for right-of-way issues, foundations, structures, and wire installation for overhead lines. Project Purpose: The objective of this guide is to provide a convenient tool to facilitate thorough and consistent administrative and quality control techniques for the transmission line owner. The guidelines and procedures presented in this document are intended to not only document the standards expected of the construction inspectors, but also to help ensure that the project is constructed in compliance with the drawings and specifications. The owner’s specification is the inspector’s primary source of direction when specific guidance is required. In the absence of specific owner’s directions, this guide may be used. Abstract: Various approaches to good inspection practices for the construction of overhead transmission lines are covered in this guide. Inspection responsibilities and reporting, as well as inspection of various overhead transmission line components, are discussed. The guide is intended to be used as a reference for those involved in the ownership, design, and construction of overhead transmission lines. Key Words: construction, inspection, transmission lines Designation: 1442 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transmission and Distribution Title: Guide for Field Testing and Monitoring of In-Service Non-Ceramic Insulators Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: James F Cartwright, Phone:(561) 845-4857 **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 21, 1996 Project Scope: Characterization of service environments, data collection, measurements and analysis of in-service non-ceramic insulators. Project Purpose: Provide technical assistance to organizations interested in monitoring and collecting data from in-service non-ceramic insulators. Define aging, factors that influence aging, methods of monitoring, analysis of data, consequences of aging on insulator performance and recommended practices. Promote collection of comparable data from diverse environments. Promote collection of in-service data that can be compared with laboratory collected data. Designation: 1443 Sponsor: IEEE Microwave Theory and Techniques Society Title: Standard for Microwave Network Parameters Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Roger B Marks, Phone:1-303-725-4626, Email:r.b.marks@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 12, 1995 Project Scope: The project will develop definitions of network parameters, including scattering, impedance, and related parameters. The standard will define these parameters, possibly in more than one form to accommodate current usage. It will also compare and contrast the parameters in their various forms, interrelate them, and state conditions of proper use. The project will focus on the parameters of microwave (transmission-line or waveguide based) circuit theory but will harmonize the results with low- frequency circuit theory. Definitions of characteristic impedance will be considered. Project Purpose: Current definitions of network parameters, particularly scattering parameters, vary greatly, especially when the reference impedence is complex. Many computer-aided design tools use a definitio that differs significantly from that used by measurement instruments; the implications can be dramatic. In both cases, the reults may be incompatible with basic mathematical formulas familiar to engineers. The current IEEE definitions (The New IEEE Standard Dictionary of Electrical and Electronics Terms, Fifth Ed.) are inconsistent with other international standards. Designation: 1445-1998 Sponsor: SASB/SCC20-Test and Diagnosis for Electric Systems Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2004 Title: IEEE Standard for Digital Test Interchange Format (DTIF) Status: Approved Publication of IEEE History: PAR APP: Sep 21, 1995, BD APP: Dec 08, 1998, ANSI APP: Nov 16, 1999 Project Scope: This standard will define the test program set data embodied in a number of ASCII files for stimulus, response, and diagnostics of digital systems for use on digital Automatic Test Systems. Project Purpose: This standard will develop a definition of digital test information for digital test systems to cover UUT Model, stimulus/response, fault dictionary, probe data, and other forms of data. Any existing defacto standards will be given precedence. Abstract: The information content and the data formats for the interchange of digital test programdata between digital automated test program generators (DATPGs) and automatic test equipment(ATE) for board-level printed circuit assemblies are deÞned. This information can be broadlygrouped into data that deÞnes the following Key Words: "automatic test equipment (ATE), digital automated test program generator (DATPG), digital test interchange format (DTIF), Fault Dictionary data" Designation: 1446 Sponsor: SASB/SCC20-Test and Diagnosis for Electric Systems Title: Standard for Ada-Based Test Program Development (AdaTPD) Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: J. Richard Weger, Phone:410-667-6295, Email:jr.weger@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 21, 1995 Project Scope: Combine and update IEEE Trial Use Std 1226.1-1993 and 1226.2- 1993 into one new full use standard. This wil incorporate revisions of the reference standards (ANSI/ISO/IEC 8652:1995 for Ada and IEEE Std 716-1995 for C/ATLAS) and feedback from trial use experience. Project Purpose: To support development of Ada-based test programs that are independent of any specific test system. The goal of this standard is to reduce life cycle costs by reducing test program set development and maintenance time, and supporting test program reusability and transportability. Designation: 1448 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee Status: Superseded **See 12207.0-1996 Designation: 1448.1 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee Title: Guide for Information Technology - Software Life Cycle Processes - Life Cycle Data Status: Superseded **Number changed to 12207.1 History: PAR APP: Dec 10, 1996 Project Scope: The proposed standard will provide an integrated set of data descriptions for recording or capturing the results of the software life cycle processes of ISO 12207. The proposed standard will relate the needs of the developer who produces the life cycle data to the presentation needs of the various parties who use the data. It will provide direction to which IEEE standards provide guidance on presentation and organization of the life cycle data. Project Purpose: The proposed standard will increase harmonization between IEEE standards and ISO 12207; improve useability of ISO/IEC 12207 in the industrial environment; and provide an integrated content view of data produced by life cycle processes. Designation: 1448.2 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee Title: Guide for Information Technology - Software Life Cycle Processes - Implementation Considerations Status: Superseded **Number changed to 12207.2 History: PAR APP: Dec 10, 1996 Project Scope: The proposed standard will provide guidance for software reuse, software process management indicators categories for problem reporting, guidance on software/system architecture, development strategies, tailoring and build planning, and software product evaluations, alternate means of compliance for joint reviews, configuration management and acquirer-supplier interaction. Project Purpose: The proposed standard will increase harmonization between IEEE standards and ISO 12207; improve useability of ISO/IEC 12207 in the industrial environment by providing more options as to its use; improve the implementation of ISO 12207. Designation: 1448a Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee Title: Standard for Information Technology - Software Life Cycle Processes Status: Superseded **Number changed to 12207.0 History: PAR APP: Dec 10, 1996, BD APP: Dec 10, 1996 Project Scope: The base document (ISO/IEC 12207) establishes a common framework for software life cycle processes, with well-defined terminology, that can be referenced by the software industry. It contains activities, and tasks that are to be applied during the acquisition of a system that contains software, a standalone software product, and software service and during the supply, development, operation, and maintenance of software products. software includes software portion of firmware. The supplement will contain the in sum country foreword including compliance methodology, software life cycle process objectives, software life cycle data objectives, key concepts of understanding 12207, and errata. The project will contribute to a suite of standards consisting of 3 parts: 1) 1448 which will include ISO 12207, Software life processes plus the supplement 1448a, which provides the in sum country foreward which includes the IEEE compliance methodology (supported by software life cycle process objectives and software life cycle data objectives), key concepts of understanding 12207, and errata. 2) 1448.1, Life Cycle Data, which will provide an integrated set of data content descriptions for recording or capturing the results of the software life cycle processes of ISO 12207 along with guidance on which existing IEEE standards which provide additional detail. 3) 1448.2, Implementation Considerations, which provide clarifications to 12207 to allow flexibility with prevalent business practices. It will also provide guidance on development strategies and build planning, software reuse, joint management reviews, management indicators, and system architecture. Project Purpose: The base document provides a consistent framework and related methods for the supplier and acquirer of software to establish, understand and communicate between the acquirer and the supplier their respective responsibilities and the requirements for the software. The supplement will add: 1) Enhance compliance approach to fit a variety of situations. 2) Provide clarification to the intent of ISO 12207. 3) Provide additions to meet the conventions of the Software Engineering Standards for process standards. Designation: 1449 Sponsor: IEEE Vehicular Technology Society/Intelligent Transportation Systems Title: Recommended Practice for Engineering Considerations Related to Lightning Protection: Device Placement, Grounding, Bonding and Physical System Geometry Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Publication type: Special Publication Technical Contact: Lawrence Danello, Phone:850-224-4451, Email:omnicom@polaris.net **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 12, 1995 Project Scope: This standard will address engineering practices and procedures for the location of protectors, grounding and bonding practices and site geometry considerations. This standard will not include the physics of atmospheric lightning. Project Purpose: This standard shall provide an organized and prioritized set of practices and procedures to assist design engineers, procurement specialists and end users in developing systems, selecting devices and installing lightning protection systems based on a standard reference that has proven research and engineered testing to support each recommendation. The systems designed using this Practice and Procedure can be predictably modeled. Designation: 1450-1999 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Test Technology Title: IEEE Standard Test Interface Language (STIL) for Digital Test Vector Data Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Aug 27, 1999 Technical Contact: Gregory A Maston, Phone:303-748-2584, Email:g.a.maston@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Jun 20, 1996, BD APP: Mar 18, 1999, ANSI APP: Nov 16, 1999 Project Scope: This project is to define a standard language that a) facilitates the transfer of large volumes of digital test information from computer Aided-Engineering (CAE) environments to Automated Test Equipment (ATE) environments; b) specifies pattern, format, and timing information sufficient to define the application of test vectors to a Device Under Test (DUT); c) supports the large bulk test information generated from structured test and integral test techniques for very large scale and ultra large scale integrated circuit designs in a format optimized for transportation and application in Automated Test Equipment (ATE) environments; d) supports device testing for integrated circuit, very large scale and ultra large scale integrated circuit test environments, but not restrictged from application to other digital test environments. Project Purpose: This standard will serve as a catalyst for the development of a set of standard third party interface tools to both test and design aspects of IC device generation. Abstract: Standard Test Interface Language (STIL) provides an interface between digital test gen-eration tools and test equipment. A test description language is defined that Key Words: "automatic test pattern generator (ATPG), built-in self-test (BIST), computer-aided engineering (CAE), cyclize,device under test (DUT), digital test vectors, event, functional vectors, pattern, scan vectors, signal, structural vectors, timed event, wavefor" Designation: P1450 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Test Technology Title: Standard Test Interface Language (STIL) for Digital Test Vectors Status: Revision Project Technical Contact: Gregory A Maston, Phone:303-748-2584, Email:g.a.maston@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Nov 18, 2004 Project Scope: This is a revision to 1450, to incorporate a series of clarifications that have been developed as questions about the original standard arose. The clarifications to be added are present under http://grouper.ieee.org/groups/1450/dot0/1450_clarifications.pdf. There are no changes to the original scope, which is: This project is to define a standard language that: a) Facilitates the transfer of large volumes of digital test information from Computer-Aided Engineering (CAE) environments to Automated Test Equipment (ATE) environments; b) Specifies pattern, format, and timing information sufficient to define the application of test vectors to a Device Under Test (DUT); c) Supports the large volume of test information generated from structured test such as scan/Automatic Test Pattern Generation (ATPG), integral test techniques such as Built-In Self Test (BIST), and functional test specification for Integrated Circuit designs and their Assemblies, in a format optimized for transportation and application in Automated Test Equipment (ATE) environments. Project Purpose: The purpose of this revision is to add clarifications defined during the initial lifecycle of this standard. There are no changes to the original purpose of this project, which is: Existing CAE tools have unique and differing software output interfaces which are not portable into the unique and proprietary IC ATE input interfaces. Third party support environments have not kept pace with the test requirements of VLSIC device and test data generated from structured test (such as ATPG) or integral test techniques such as BIST. Definition of a standard to support representation of this data in an efficient optimal format is beneficial to three parties: the CAE vendors who must create this data, the IC vendors who must support and manipulate this data, and the ATE vendors who must accept this data. With a common standard between CAE and IC ATE environments, the generation, movement, and processing of this test data is greatly facilitated. This standard also allows for immediate access to test equipment supporting this standard, which benefits both ATE vendors and IC vendors reviewing this equipment. This standard will finally serve as a catalyst for the development of a set of standard third party interface tools to both test and design aspects of IC device generation. Designation: 1450.1-2005 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Test Technology Title: IEEE Standard for Extensions to Standard Test Interface Language (STIL) (IEEE Std. 1450-1999) for Semiconductor Design Environments Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Sep 30, 2005 Technical Contact: Tony Taylor, Phone:650-962-8992, Email:t.taylor@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Jun 26, 1999, BD APP: Jun 09, 2005, ANSI APP: Nov 17, 2005 Project Scope: Define structures in STIL to support usage as semiconductor simulation stimulus; including: 1) mapping signal names to equivalent design references, 2) interface between Scan and BIST, and the logic simulation, 3) data types to represent unresolved states in a pattern, 4) parallel or asynchronous pattern execution on different design blocks, and 5) expression-based conditional execution of pattern constructs. Define structures in STIL to support the definition of test patterns for sub-blocks of a design (i.e., embedded cores) such that these tests can be incorporated into a complete higher-level device test. Define structures in STIL to relate fail information from device testing environments back to original stimulus and design data elements. Project Purpose: Enhance the STIL language definition to support the usage of STIL in the design environment. This includes extending the execution concept to support STIL as a stimulus language, to allow STIL to be used as an intermediate form of data, and to allow STIL to capture design information needed to port simulation data to device test environments. In addition, define extensions to support the definition of sub element tests, and to define the mechanisms to integrate those tests into a complete device test. This effort is to be done in conjunction with IEEE P1500 which is defining standards for the definition and integration of embedded cores. Finally, define the constructs necessary to correlate test failure information back to the design environment, to allow debug and diagnosis operations to be performed based on failure information in STIL format. Abstract: Standard Test Interface Language (STIL) provides an interface between digital test generation tools and test equipment. Extensions to the test interface language (contained in this standard) are defined that (1) facilitate the use of the language in the design environment and (2) facilitate the use of the language for large designs encompassing subdesigns with reusable patterns. Key Words: advanced scan architecture, core, environment, fail feedback, lockstep, parallel patterns, parameterized data, pattern tilling, pragma, signal variable, system on chip (SoC), test protocol Designation: 1450.2-2002 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Test Technology Title: IEEE Standard for Extensions to Standard Test Interface Language (STIL) (IEEE Std 1450-1999) for DC Level Specification Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Mar 18, 2003 Technical Contact: Tony Taylor, Phone:650-962-8992, Email:t.taylor@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Jun 26, 1999, BD APP: Dec 11, 2002, ANSI APP: Apr 18, 2003 Project Scope: Define structures in STIL for specifying the DC conditions for a device under test. Examples of the DC conditions for device power supplies are: device power supply setup, power sequencing to the device, power supply limiting/clamping. Examples of the DC conditions for commonly used signal references are: VIL, VIH, VOL, VOH, IOL, IOH, VREF, VClampLow, VClampHi. Define structures in STIL such that the DC conditions may be specified either globally, by pattern burst, by pattern, or by vector. Define structures in STIL to allow specification of alternate DC levels. Examples of commonly used alternate levels are: VIHH, VIPP, VILL. Define structures in STIL such that the DC levels and alternate levels can be selected within a period, much the same as timed format events. Project Purpose: This effort will define constructs in STIL to specify the DC conditions necessary to execute the digital vectors on Automated Test Equipment (ATE). This will complement the IEEE Std. 1450-1999 definition which defines structures for specification of timing and format information, but does not define the DC conditions under which this information should be applied. Abstract: This standard extends IEEE Std 1450-1999 (STIL) to support the definition of DC levels.STIL language constructs are defined to specify the DC conditions necessary to execute digital vec-tors on automated test equipment (ATE). STIL language extensions include structures for Key Words: "automated test equipment (ATE), comparator, DC levels, device power supply (DPS), device under test (DUT), driver, driver termination, dynamic load, functional test, parametric measurement unit (PMU), power sequence, slew rate, voltage clamp" Designation: 1450.3-2007 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Test Technology Title: Standard for Extensions to Standard Test Interface Language (STIL) (IEEE Std. 1450-1999) for Tester Target Specification Status: Approved Publication of IEEE Technical Contact: Tony Taylor, Phone:650-962-8992, Email:t.taylor@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Jun 26, 1999, BD APP: Mar 08, 2007 Project Scope: Define structures in STIL for the specification of resource mapping of ATE hardware architectures. An example of resource mapping is the assignment of tester resources to waveform characters that are used in STIL-vectors. Define structures in STIL for including ATE specific instructions in-line with the STIL data. Define structures in STIL that allow for 'incremental processing' whereby, a set of STIL files may be targeted to mutliple ATE systems by allowing separately identified ATE data to co-exist. Define structures in STIL for defining tester rules checks to ensure that the set of generated STIL files conform to the selected resources on one or more ATE systems. Define structures in STIL for the specification of the resources required for the execution of a set of STIL files on a given ATE system. Project Purpose: Transferring "tester independent" test program/pattern data as represented in STIL to a specific ATE system is a desired capability. It is required to be able to completely and unambiguously specify how the STIL program/patterns are mapped onto a specific tester's resources. Due to the various different use models for the creation and consumpton of test data, it is necessary to enable certain operations (such as rules checking) very early in the process. Likewise it is desirable to allow other operations (such as resource allocation) to be done very late in the process. The STIL language extensions are to enable the user/creator a standard way of specifying and controlling the application of test program/pattern data to specific ATE systems to the extent necessary for each use model scenario. Designation: P1450.4 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Test Technology Title: Standard for Extensions to Standard Test Interface Language (STIL) (IEEE Std. 1450-1999) for Test Flow Specification Status: New Standard Project Technical Contact: Dave Dowding, Phone:970-635-6928, Email:dave_dowding@agilent.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 25, 2004 Project Scope: Define structures in STIL for specification of the order of execution of test program components. Define structures in STIL such that test flows are specified in a structured manner to facilitate automated modification or maintenance. Define structures in STIL for specifying a common interface between the flow environment and test program components. Define structures in STIL for defining flow related variables and expression processing that is managed by the flow. Create in STIL examples of a test program components for the purpose of illustrating the key features of the interface. An example of a typical set of test program components shall be developed to model and demonstrate the flow methodology and common Flow- Test interface being proposed with this supplement. A set of test program components is to be developed by a separate working group (P1450.5). Define structures in STIL that provide for a hierarchy of flow and test component modules. Examples of the need for hierarchy in STIL is in support of sub-flows and binning. Project Purpose: STIL is the standard for the interchange of digital test data from the test generation environment (where a great deal of design information is used to generate device tests) to the test and manufacturing environment. The STIL standard initially addressed the essential digital test description information (i.e.. signals, timing, vectors and parameter specifications). Other aspects needed for testing devices were to follow in extension activities such as this standard to address test flow extensions to STIL. This extension will provide the constructs to describe the test program flow and sequencing data needed to compose a test program to run on an Automatic Test Equipment platform. Designation: 1450.4 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Test Technology Title: Stnadard for Extensions to Standard Test Interface Language (STIL) (IEEE Std. 1450-1999) for Test Flow Specification Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Tony Taylor, Phone:650-962-8992, Email:t.taylor@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jun 26, 1999 Project Scope: Define structures in STIL for specification of the order of execution of test program components. Define structures in STIL such that test flows are specificed in a structured manner to facilitate automated modification or maintenance. Define structures in STIL for specifying a common interface between the flow environment and test program components. Define structures in STIL for defining flow related variables and expression processing that is managed by the flow. Create in STIL examples of a test program components for the purpose of illustrating the key features of the interface. An example of a typical set of test program components shall be developed to model and demonstrate the flow methodology and common Flow-Test interface being proposed with this supplement. A set of test program components is to be developed by a separate workign group (P1450.5). Define structures in STIL that provide for a hierarchy of flow and test component modules. Examples of the need for hierarchy in STIL is in support of sub- flows and binning. Project Purpose: Provide additional STIL syntax to describe a test flow in terms sufficient to define a test program flow capable of running on an ATE system. Designation: 1450.5 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Test Technology Title: Standard for Extensions to Standard Test Interface Language (STIL) (IEEE Std. 1450-1999) for Semiconductor Test Method Specification Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Tony Taylor, Phone:650-962-8992, Email:t.taylor@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jun 26, 1999 Project Scope: Define the set of test methods common enough across the semiconductor industry to be standardized and define the parameters for each of the test methods. Define the structures in STIL for specification of the test method and the parameters to the test method. Examples of test method parameters are: debug options, characterization options, test algorithm options, throughput optimizing options, and data logging options. Define in device terms the operation that is to be performed by each test method. Note1 - It may be necessary to describe a sequence of operations that are to be done by the test method and to completely explain the expected algorithm. Note2 - This definiton of test methods is to be part of the STIL documentation. Provide examples of how user defined test methods can be created using the defined STIL structures. Project Purpose: Whereas the test flow extensions to STIL (P1450.4) define the structure for creating the test flow, this standard is to define a set of test methods that are to fit within the STIL framework to address the most commonly needed test functions for digital integrated circuits. Designation: 1450.6-2005 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Test Technology Title: IEEE Standard Test Interface Language (STIL) for Digital Test Vector Data---Core Test Language (CTL) Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Apr 05, 2006 Technical Contact: Rohit Kapur, Phone:650-584-1487, Email:rkapur@synopsys.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Sep 27, 2001, BD APP: Nov 17, 2005, ANSI APP: Dec 29, 2005 Project Scope: Unless the logic inside embedded cores can be merged with the surrounding user-defined logic (UDL), the SoC test requires reuse of test data and test structures specific to individual cores (designs) when integrated into larger systems. This standard defines language constructs sufficient to represent the context of a core and of the integration of that core into a system, to facilitate reuse of test data previously developed for that core. The SoC test also requires that the core be embedded in the SoC to allow for efficient testing of the logic external to the core. To that effect, this standard defines constructs that represent the test structures internal to the core for reuse in the creation of the tests for the logic outside the core. This provides constructs that will allow for the wrapping operation of an unwrapped core and the necessary wrapper specific information for a wrapped core. In particular, CTL shall support IEEE Std 1500-2005 for the information needs for wrapped and unwrapped cores. Semantic rules will be defined for the language to facilitate interoperability between the different entities (the core provider, the system integrator, and the automation tools) involved in the creation of an SoC. This standard is limited to SoC testing with multiple and/or hierarchical cores through digital interfaces.All constructs defined in the CTL shall be consistent with IEEE Std 1450-1999 and extensions (STIL) to support the complete description of the test for cores integrated into SoC environments. Although the preferred syntax for the bulk of the test data is STIL, this language provides constructs for linking other test data representations to incorporate legacy cores. The constructs in the language shall support a vast variety of cores and different test methodologies with particular support for the IEEE 1500 standard for embedded core testing. These constructs shall facilitate the transportation of test information from the core provider to the system integrator and support test automation by providing a consistent and uniform definition of the constructs such that the information provided by a core provider is understood in the same way by the system integrator and the tools developed by EDA. Project Purpose: To develop a language which will provide a sufficient description of a core to support reuse of test data developed for that core after integration into SoC environments, and to enable the creation of test patterns for the logic in the SoC external to the core. Abstract: The Core Test Language (CTL) is a language created for a System-on-Chip flow (or SoC flow), where a design created by one group is reused as a sub-design of a design created by another group. In an SoC flow, the smaller design embedded in the larger design is commonly called a core and the larger design is commonly called the SoC. The core is a design provided by a core provider, and the task of incorporating the sub-design into the SoC is called Core System Integration. Key Words: Core Test Language (CTL), Standard Test Interface Language (STIL), System-on-Chip (SoC), wrapped core, unwrapped core Designation: P1450.6.1 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Test Technology Title: Standard for Describing On-Chip Scan Compression Status: New Standard Project Technical Contact: Bruce D. Cory, Phone:408-486-2783, Email:BCory@nvidia.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. Project Scope: This standard defines how the necessary information is passed from scan insertion to pattern generation and from pattern generation to diagnosis such that different tool vendors could be used for each step independent of on-chip scan compression logic used. Project Purpose: To provide a sufficient description of on-chip scan compression structures, operation, and connectivity such that EDA tools may interoperate for pattern generation and diagnosis. Designation: P1450.6.2 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Test Technology Title: Standard for Memory Modeling in Core Test Language (CTL) Status: New Standard Project Technical Contact: Rohit Kapur, Phone:650-584-1487, Email:rkapur@synopsys.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. Project Scope: System on Chip (SoC) test requires reuse of test data and test structures developed for individual cores (designs) when integrated into larger integrated circuits. This activity defines language constructs sufficient to represent the context of a memory-core and of the integration of that memory-core into an SoC, to facilitate development and reuse of test and repair mechanisms for memories. This activity also defines constructs that represent the test structures internal to the memory-core for reuse in the creation of the tests for the logic outside the memory-core. Semantic rules are defined for the language to facilitate interoperability between different entities (the memory-core provider, the system integrator, and the automation tool developer) involved in the creation of an SoC. The capabilities are an extension of IEEE 1450.6-2005. As a result of this extension, CTL's limitations of handling memories are addressed. Project Purpose: To develop an extension to the CTL language that provides a sufficient description of a memory-core to support the development and reuse of test and repair mechanisms for that memory after integration into SoC environment and enable creation of test patterns for the logic on the SoC external to the memory. Designation: 1451.0-2007 Sponsor: IEEE Instrumentation and Measurement Society/TC9-Sensor Technology Title: Standard for a Smart Transducer Interface for Sensors and Actuators - Common Functions, Communication Protocols, and Transducer Electronic Data Sheet (TEDS) Formats Status: Approved Publication of IEEE Technical Contact: Kang Lee, Phone:301-975-6604, Email:kang.lee@nist.gov **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Mar 20, 2003, BD APP: Mar 22, 2007 Project Scope: This project develops a set of common functionality for the family of IEEE P1451 smart transducer interface standards. This functionality is independent of the physical communications media. It includes the basic functions required to control and manage smart transducers, common communications protocols, and media-independent Transducer Electronic Data Sheet (TEDS) formats. It defines a set of implementation-independent application programming interfaces (API). This project does not specify signal conditioning and conversion, physical media, or how the TEDS data are used in applications. Project Purpose: There are several standards in the IEEE P1451 family that all share certain characteristics, but there exists no common set of functions, communications protocols, and TEDS formats that facilitate interoperability among these standards. This standard provides that commonality and simplifies the creation of future standards for different physical layers that are interoperable in the family. Designation: 1451.1-1999 Sponsor: IEEE Instrumentation and Measurement Society/TC9-Sensor Technology Title: IEEE Standard for a Smart Transducer Interface for Sensors and Actuators - Network Capable Application Processor Information Model Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Apr 18, 2000 History: BD APP: Jun 26, 1999, ANSI APP: Oct 26, 1999 Project Scope: This project will establish a standard interface for connecting network capable processors to control networks through the development of a common control network information or object model for smart sensors and actuators. The object model includes transducer block, function block, plysical block, and network block and their underlying structures. This project will not define individual device algorithms or specifics of what is implemented using the model. Project Purpose: Many control network implementations are currently available, each with its own strength and weakness for a specific application class. A common network-independent application model mapping to any sinsor/actuator protocol will reduce effort for interfacing smart sensors and actuators to control netowsrks. It will establish interoperability between sensors/actuators and networks, thus enabling plug and play capability. A standard object model will simplify the support of multiple sensor/actuator control network protocols. Abstract: " This standard defines an object model with a network-neutral interface for connectingprocessors to communication networks, sensors, and actuators. The object model containingblocks, services, and components specifies interactions with sensors and actuators and forms thebasis for implementing application code executing in the processor. " Key Words: "actuators, communication network, object model, sensors" Designation: P1451.1 Sponsor: IEEE Instrumentation and Measurement Society/TC9-Sensor Technology Title: Standard for A Smart Transducer Interface for Sensors and Actuators – Network Capable Application Processor (NCAP) Information Model Status: Revision Project Technical Contact: Jay Warrior, Phone:650-485-2086, Email:jay_warrior@agilent.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 08, 2004 Project Scope: The project stays within the scope of the original standard, IEEE 1451.1-1999, namely to create a network neutral, common object model for the components of a networked smart transducer together with the interfaces to these components. The project updates the standard, as a consequence of technology and implementation experience, in the following areas: 1) Removes functionality unused in most current implementations. 2) Revises the transducer block abstract class (section 9.5) interface specifications to be compatible with the Application Program Interface(API)s in the IEEE 1451.0 standard. 3) Introduces the concept of interfaces to support multiple inheritances and use the concept to simplify the component, service, and data class hierarchy. 4) Revises the conformance requirements to enable simpler, minimally conformant systems. 5) Provide in an advisory addendum a reference mapping of 1451.1 to java, including an on-the wire protocol specification compatible with internet technologies. Project Purpose: Since its introduction, IEEE 1451.1 has provided a basis for implementations of a light-weight, network neutral application model targeted at reducing the effort in interfacing smart sensors and actuators to a network. The purpose of this project is to reflect changes in underlying networking technologies, focusing on the recognized gap between embedded systems and the enterprise. In addition, the project will seek to simplify the specification by omitting unused functionality as reflected in implementation experience and industry needs; and to interface with the IEEE 1451.0 standard, which was developed subsequent to the original IEEE Std 1451.1-1999. Designation: 1451.2-1997 Sponsor: IEEE Instrumentation and Measurement Society/TC9-Sensor Technology Title: IEEE Standard for a Smart Transducer Interface for Sensors and Actuators - Transducer to Microprocessor Communication Protocols and Transducer Electronic Data Sheet (TEDS) Formats Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Sep 25, 1998 History: PAR APP: Mar 21, 1996, BD APP: Sep 16, 1997 Project Scope: This project will develop a standard digital interface for connecting transducers (defined here as sensors and actuators) to microprocessors. It will define a transducer electronic data sheet (TEDS) and its data formats. It will define an electrical interface, read and write logic functions to access the TEDS and transducers. This interface will be usable by a wide variety of sensors and actuators. This project will not specify signal conditioning, signal conversion, or how the TEDS data are used in application. Project Purpose: There is currently no defined independent digital communication interface standard between transducers and microprocessors. Each vendor builds its own interface. Without an independent, openly defined interface, transducer interfacing and integration are time consuming and all vendors' duplicated efforts are economically unproductive. This interface will provide a minimum implementation subset which will allow self-identification and configuration of sensors and actuators and vendor extensibility to provide growth and product differentiation. Abstract: " A digital interface for connecting transducers to microprocessors is deÞned. A TEDS andits data formats are described. An electrical interface, read and write logic functions to access theTEDS and a wide variety of transducers are deÞned. This standard does not specify signal condi-tioning, signal conversion, or how the TEDS data is used in applications. " Key Words: "communication protocol,digital interface,microprocessor,NCAP,sensor interface,smart actuator,smart sensor,smart sensor interface,smart transducer,smart transducer interface,STIM,TEDS,1451" Designation: P1451.2 Sponsor: IEEE Instrumentation and Measurement Society/TC9-Sensor Technology Title: Standard for a Smart Transducer Interface for Sensors and Actuators - Transducer to Microprocessor Communication Protocols and Transducer Electronic Data Sheet (TEDS) Formats Status: Revision Project Technical Contact: James Joseph Wiczer, Phone:847-353-8200, Email:jwiczer@sensorsynergy.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Oct 31, 2002 Project Scope: The scope of the revision is to include alternate physical layers to utilize existing, widely available, low-cost data transfer methods in order to reduce complexity and cost. The TEDS will be assessed for inclusion of new features, including additional control functions to improve communications between STIM (Smart Transducer Interface Module) and NCAP (Network Capable Application Processor) and the creation of a stand-alone mode in which supported NCAP network protocols would be specified. This project will not specify signal conditioning, signal conversion, or how the TEDS data are used in application. Project Purpose: There is currently a great need for open standards to provide economically viable digital communication interfaces between transducers and microprocessors. The purpose of this revision is to make IEEE-1451.2-1997 more widely usable to a larger set of cost sensitive applications. Without a cost effective, easy-to-implement, independent, openly defined transducer interface standard, the development of remote sensing applications for safety, security, industrial automation, and other remote monitoring/ remote control applications will continue to be hindered. Designation: 1451.2a Sponsor: IEEE Instrumentation and Measurement Society/TC9-Sensor Technology Title: Standard for a Smart Transducer Interface for Sensors and Actuators - Connection Schemes Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Stan P Woods, Phone:650-485-5067, Email:stan_woods@agilent.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 19, 1998 Project Scope: The project will define connection schemes for use with the existing IEEE 1451.2 standard. The intent is to specify connection schemes between Smart Transducer Interface Modules (STIMs) and Network Capabile Application Processors (NCAPS0. The solutions will be compatible with the current electrical interface specified in IEEE 1451.2. The project will examine use models for the standard, appropriate physical environments, cable lengths and connector types to determine the solution. Project Purpose: This project enhances the existing IEEE 1451.2 specification by adding connection schemes between STIMs and NCAPs. Standardizing the physical connections between STIMs and NCAPs simplifies the connectivity issue and will greatly benefit the adopters of IEEE 1451.2 Designation: 1451.3-2003 Sponsor: IEEE Instrumentation and Measurement Society/TC9-Sensor Technology Title: IEEE Standard for a Smart Transducer Interface for Sensors and Actuators - Digital Communication and Transducer Electronic Data Sheet (TEDS) Formats for Distributed Multidrop Systems Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Mar 31, 2004 Technical Contact: Larry A Malchodi, Phone:206-655-5695, Email:larry.a.malchodi@boeing.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Sep 16, 1997, BD APP: Sep 11, 2003, ANSI APP: Dec 29, 2003 Project Scope: This project will develop a standard thqt defines a digital interface for connecting multiple physically separated transducers. It will leverage off the IEEE P1451.1 and IEEE P1451.2 standards. The standard will define the TEDS format, the electrical interface, channel identification protocols, hot swap protocols, time synchronization protocols, and the read and write logic functions used to access the TEDS and transducer data. The standard will nto specify signal conditioning, signal conversion, or how an application uses the TEDS data. Project Purpose: There is currently no defined independent standard for interfacing multiple physically separated transducers that allos time synchronization of data. Without such a standard, custom transducer interface solutions are required which are time-consuming and costly. The standard will provide a minimum implementation that allows multidrop, hot swapping, self-identification and configuration of transducers that may not be located in the same enclosure, but are confined to a relatively small space. Abstract: "IEEE Std 1451.3, IEEE Standard for a Smart Transducer Interface for Sensors and ActuatorsDigital Communication and Transducer Electronic Data Sheet (TEDS) Formats for Distributed Multidrop Systems" Key Words: "1451, communication protocol, digital interface, event sensor, microprocessor, NCAP, plug and play, sensor interface, smart actuator, smart sensor, smart sensor interface, smart transducer interface, TBIM, TEDS" Designation: 1451.4-2004 Sponsor: IEEE Instrumentation and Measurement Society/TC9-Sensor Technology Title: IEEE Standard for A Smart Transducer Interface for Sensors and Actuators—Mixed-Mode Communication Protocols and Transducer Electronic Data Sheet (TEDS) Formats Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Dec 06, 2004 Technical Contact: Torben Licht, Phone:+45-208-00564, Email:trlicht@bksv.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Sep 16, 1997, BD APP: May 14, 2004, ANSI APP: Aug 25, 2004 Project Scope: This project will establish a standard that allows analog transducers to communicate digital information with an IEEE 1451 object. The standard will define the protocol and interface. It will also define the format of the transducer TEDS. The transducer TEDS will be based on the IEEE 1451.2 TEDS. The standard will not specify the transducer design, signal conditioning, or the specific use of the TEDS. Project Purpose: A standard is needed that allows analog transducers to communicate digital information for the purposes of self-identification and configuration. Due to the lack of a standard, some transducer manufacturers have introduced various solutions but have seen limited acceptance. An independent and openly defined standard will reduce risk for potential users, transducer and system manufacturers, and system integrators. This will accelerate the emergence and acceptance of this technology. Abstract: This standard defines the protocol and interface that allows analog transducers to communicate digital information with an IEEE 1451 object. It also defines the format of the Transducer TEDS. The Transducer TEDS is based on the IEEE 1451.2™ TEDS. The standard does not specify the transducer design, signal conditioning, or the specific use of the TEDS. Key Words: Keywords: appended TEDS, basic TEDS, device configuration file, family code, IEEE 1451.4 interface, IEEE 1451.4 transducer, mixed-mode Interface (MMI), mixed-mode transducer (MMXDCR), network capable application processor (NCAP), plug-and-play, smart transducer, TEDS, template, template ID, transducer electronic data sheet (TEDS), template description language, transparent protocol, template description language, tbom schema, transducer block Designation: P1451.4-2004/Cor 1 Sponsor: IEEE Instrumentation and Measurement Society/TC9-Sensor Technology Title: Standard for A Smart Transducer Interface for Sensors and Actuators— Mixed-Mode Communication Protocols and Transducer Electronic Data Sheet (TEDS) Formats - Corrigendum 1 Status: Corrigenda of Standard Technical Contact: Torben Licht, Phone:+45-208-00564, Email:trlicht@bksv.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 16, 2006 Project Scope: This standard defines the protocol and interface that allows analog transducers to communicate digital information with an IEEE 1451 object. It also defines the format of the transducer TEDS (Transducer Electronic Data Sheet). The transducer TEDS is based on the IEEE 1451.2 ™ TEDS. The standard does not specify the transducer design, signal conditioning, or the specific use of the TEDS. Project Purpose: An independent and openly defined standard for MMI (mixed-mode interface) and TEDS serves the following purposes: — Provide interoperability, which enables plug-and-play capability — Simplify the implementation of mixed-mode smart transducer systems — Accelerate the emergence and acceptance of the MMI and TEDS. Designation: 1451.5-2007 Sponsor: IEEE Instrumentation and Measurement Society/TC9-Sensor Technology Title: Standard for a Smart Transducer Interface for Sensors and Actuators - Wireless Communication Protocols and Transducer Electronic Data Sheet (TEDS) Formats Status: Approved Publication of IEEE Technical Contact: Steven C Chen, Phone:301-670-6779x509, Email:schens@3eti.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Jun 13, 2002, BD APP: Mar 22, 2007 Project Scope: This project will establish a standard for wireless communication methods and data format for transducers (sensors and actuators). The standard will define a TEDS based on the IEEE 1451 concept, and protocols to access TEDS and transducer data. It will adopt necessary wireless interfaces and protocols to facilitate the use of technically differentiated, existing wireless technology solutions. It will not specify transducer design, signal conditioning, wireless system physical design or use, or use of TEDS. Project Purpose: Many companies are developing various wireless communication interfaces and protocols for sensors. An openly defined wireless transducer communication standard, that can accommodate various existing wireless technologies, will reduce risk for users, transducer manufacturers, and system integrators. It will enhance the acceptance of the wireless technology for transducers connectivity. Designation: P1451.6 Sponsor: IEEE Instrumentation and Measurement Society/TC9-Sensor Technology Title: Standard for A Smart Transducer Interface for Sensors and Actuators - A High-speed CANopen-based Transducer Network Interface for Intrinsically Safe and Non-intrinsically Safe Applications. Status: New Standard Project **CANopen permission obtained for use of CiA DS 404 Technical Contact: Cyrilla Jane Menon, Phone:+1 248 676 9291, Email:menon@can-cia.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 25, 2004 Project Scope: This project establishes a CANopen-based network for multi- channel transducer modules. The standard defines the mapping of IEEE 1451 Transducer Electronic Data Sheet (TEDS) to the CANopen dictionary entries as well as communication messages, process data, configuration parameter, and diagnosis information. It adopts the CANopen device profile for measuring devices and closed-loop controllers. This project defines an intrinsically safe (IS) CAN physical layer. Project Purpose: There are many implementations of CANopen network interfaces based on the CiA DS 404 device profile. In order to make use of the IEEE 1451 Transducer Electronic Data Sheet (TEDS) concept and to achieve data compatibility from a single-sensor to a high-performance closed-loop controller, it is necessary to harmonize the TEDS parameters. The proposed project allows development of lean gateways and cascaded transducer networks based on a combined specification of IEEE 1451 and CANopen. Designation: P1451.7 Sponsor: IEEE Instrumentation and Measurement Society/TC9-Sensor Technology Title: Standard for a Smart Transducer Interface for Sensors and Actuators - Transducers to Radio Frequency Identification (RFID) Systems Communication Protocols and Transducer Electronic Data Sheet Formats Status: New Standard Project Technical Contact: Curtis Rozeboom, Phone:309-292-0567, Email:curt.rozeboom@qed.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. Project Scope: This standard defines communication methods and data formats for transducers (sensors and actuators) communicating with RFID tags that follow the ISO/IEC 24753 standard. The standard also defines Transducer Electronic Data Sheet (TEDS) formats based on the IEEE 1451 family of standards and protocols for accessing TEDS and transducer data. It adopts necessary interfaces and protocols to facilitate the use of technically differentiated, existing technology solutions. It doesn’t specify transducer design or signal conditioning. Project Purpose: There is currently no openly defined independent interface standard between transducers and RFID tags. Each vendor builds its own interface. Without such standard, transducer interfacing and integration to RFID tags and systems are time-consuming and all vendors’ duplicated efforts are economically unproductive. The purpose of this standard is to provide interfaces and methods for interfacing transducers to RFID tags and reporting transducer data within the RFID infrastructure. It also provides means for device and equipment interoperability. Designation: 1453-2004 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transmission and Distribution Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Measurement and Limits of Voltage Fluctuations and Associated Light Flicker on AC Power Systems Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Mar 31, 2005 Technical Contact: Larry Conrad, Phone:(317) 838-2022, Email:l.conrad@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Mar 20, 2003, BD APP: Sep 23, 2004, ANSI APP: Feb 02, 2005 Project Scope: The scope of this project is to develop a recommended practice for measuring voltage fluctuations on AC power systems including a measurement protocol. Recommend limits for the voltage fluctuations using the recommended protocol. Project Purpose: The only requested revision is in the title to change voltage flicker to voltage fluctuations to more accurately reflect and coordinate with other standard definitions of the phenomena. Abstract: Voltage fluctuations on electric power systems sometimes give rise to noticeable illumination changes from lighting equipment. This phenomenon is often referred to as flicker, lamp flicker, and sometimes voltage flicker. This recommended practice provides specifications for measurement of this phenomenon and recommends acceptable levels for 120 V, 60 Hz and 230 V, 50 Hz AC electric power systems. It does not make any flicker emission specifications for certification of individual products manufactured for use on these systems. Key Words: flicker, illumination, lamp flicker, voltage flicker, voltage fluctuations Designation: 1453 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transmission and Distribution Title: Recommended Practice for Measurement and Limits of Voltage Flicker on AC Power Systems Status: Superseded Technical Contact: Larry Conrad, Phone:(317) 838-2022, Email:l.conrad@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 12, 1995 Project Scope: Develop a recommended practice for measuring voltage flicker on AC power systems including a recommended measurement protocol. Recommend limits for voltage flicker using the measurement protocol. Project Purpose: The IEEE does not have a standard for measuring or limiting voltage flicker on AC power systems. Two recommended practices, IEEE 519- 1992 and IEEE 144-1993 suggest similar limits for flicker. No standard measurement protocol exists within IEEE. Further, the suggested limits and measurements are very subjective. Better methods are needed to measure and specify voltage quality with regard to flicker. Designation: 1454 Sponsor: IEEE Vehicular Technology Society/Intelligent Transportation Systems Title: Recommended Practice for the Selection and Installation of Fiber Optic Cable in Intelligent Transportation Systems (ITS) Urban, Suburban, and Rural Environments as Well as Transportation Operations Centers and Associated Campuses Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Publication type: Special Publication Technical Contact: Robert Barrett, Phone:818-393-2702, Email:r.barrett@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 12, 1995 Project Scope: Guidelines for the selection, installation approach, splicing, connectorization of fiber optic cable, and test for urban, suburban, and rural communications requirements as well as operations centers and campuses are to be included. Project Purpose: Fiber optic cable is being deployed on a national basis to meet multimedia communications requirements for Intelligent Transportation systems. There is no known recommended practice that may be utilized to assure that cable is being selected, installed, interconnected and tested to assure performance, communications link reliability and interforce compatibility. Differences in installation requirements for outdoor and indoor are to be included with recommended guidelines. Aerial direct busy and in-conduit installation guidelines will be included. Pre-shipment, pre- installation and post installation test guidelines in conjunction with EIA/TIA 455 test standards options will be included. The Guidelines will provide jurisdictions and agencies which are planning to install fiber as a means for defining requirements. Designation: 1455-1999 Sponsor: IEEE Vehicular Technology Society/Intelligent Transportation Systems Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2006 Title: IEEE Standard for Message Sets for Vehicle/Roadside Communications Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Sep 19, 1999 History: PAR APP: Dec 09, 1997, BD APP: Jun 26, 1999, ANSI APP: Jan 14, 2000 Project Scope: Research, compile, and consolidate information leading to the publication of a standard for exchanging DSRC information, providing for bi- directional message transmission and device control, in a manner which is compatible with but independent of the ASTM efforts to specify DSRC Layers 1 and 2. This will entail specifying the transponder resources, the transponder resource manager, the application message sets, and the sighals and services such as the Electronic Toll and Traffic Mgmt User's Group, the ATA, the CVO community, the vendor community, and other standards bodies to synthesize existing messaging requirements into a single, open industry standard which supports non-interfereing and interoperable DSRC implementations by the various user agencies. Project Purpose: The ETTM field is rapidly emerging with multiple technologies and incompatible products. In addition, the emergence of the ASTM standard for Layers 1 and 2 has created the potential for significant interference between RF compatible systems. The lack of standard message sets, lower layer protocols, and transponder resource definitions threatens to postpone the deployment of this critical technology to the marketplace. The effort behind this PAR will consolidate and publish a standard to support Commercial Vehicle Operation and ETTM. The open nature of the developed interface will ensure that it is extensible to other DSRC areas, e.g. CVO credential information exchange, pre-clearance screening, fleet management and private messaging. Abstract: " Those characteristics of a dedicated short-range communications (DSRC) system thatare independent of the Physical and Data Link Layers (ISO model Layers 1 and 2) are specified.The required and optional features of the roadside equipment (RSE) and the onboard equipment(OBE) are specified. In addition, the Applications Layer (ISO model Layer 7) services and protocols,the RSE resource manager, the corresponding OBE command interpreter, and the application-spe-cific messages are all specified. Standard supports and guidelines are provided for implementingsecure DSRC systems. " Key Words: "access control,application layer,automatic vehicle identification,AVI,beacon,Commercial Vehicle Operations,CVO,data authentication,data privacy,data security,dedicated short-range communications,DSRC,electronic toll collection,ETC,Layer 7,Mailbox,reader,r" Designation: 1456 Sponsor: SASB/SCC39-International Committee on Electromagnetic Safety Title: IRPA/INIRC 1990 - International Radiation Protection Association, International Non-Ionizing Radiation Committee Interim Guidelines on limits of exposure to 50/60 Hz electric and magnetic fields. Health Physics 58 (1): 113-122 Status: Adoption in Progress History: PAR APP: Dec 10, 1995 Project Scope: These guidelines present a set of exposure limits for 50/60 Hz in terms of electric or magnetic fields, both for the general public and occupational personnel as a function of exposure time from a few minutes up to 24 hours. In addition, there are recommended protective measures including education, warning signs, compliance programs and special measures against hazardous RFI (e.g. pacemakers). Project Purpose: The document presents recommended exposure limits and other protective measures to prevent potential bodily harm that may result from human exposures to electric or magnetic fields at 50 or 60 Hz. The guidelines do not apply to deliberate exposure or patients undergoing medical kiagnosis or treatment. Designation: 1457 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Electric Machinery Title: Standard Glossary of Electric Machinery Terminology Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: E.P Smith, Phone:518-393-3132 **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 21, 1996 Project Scope: To create a glossary of terms used in electric machinery. The terms defined in this glossary will eventually be included in the IEEE dictionary. Project Purpose: There are many terms used in electric machinery, but they do not exist in the IEEE dictionary. This glossary being prepared under the proposed standard will define these terms so that they may be included in the future edition of the IEEE dictionary. Precise definitions of these terms will benefit all workers in the field of electric machinery. Designation: 1458-2005 Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Petroleum & Chemical Industry Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for the Selection, Field Testing, and Life Expectancy of Molded Case Circuit Breakers for Industrial Applications Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jun 24, 2005 Technical Contact: Gary Donner, Phone:310-522-6251, Email:gldonner@shellopus.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Mar 21, 1996, BD APP: Jan 24, 2005 Project Scope: To provide the user with a recommended procedure that is safe and easily understood, for the selection, application, and determination of the remaining life in molded case circuit breakers. Project Purpose: Project is necessary because there is widespread misunderstanding on this subject. Because of these misunderstandings, users are unintentionally installing and applying molded case circuit breakers in situations that are potentially dangerous. The proposed recommended practice will provide suggested recommended practices to safely apply and test molded case circuit breakers. Abstract: A recommended procedure for the selection, application, and determination of the remaining life in molder case circuit breaker is provided. Key Words: available fault values, circuit breaker testing, molded case circuit breakers, molded case circuit breakers basics, molded case circuit breakers life, safety Designation: 1459-2000 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Power System Instrumentation and Measurements Title: IEEE Standard Definitions for the Measurement of Electric Power Quantities under Sinusoidal, Non-Sinusoidal, Balanced, or Unbalanced Conditions Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jun 21, 2000 **12-Sep-02: Updated to Full Use from Trial Use. History: PAR APP: Jun 20, 1996, BD APP: Jan 30, 2000 Project Scope: This is a standard for definitions used for measurement of electric power quantities under sinusoidal, nonsinusoidal, balanced, or unbalanced conditions. It lists the mathematical expressions that were used in the past, as well as new expressions, and explains the features of the new definitions. Project Purpose: This standard is meant to provide organizations with criteria for designing and using metering instrumentation. Abstract: " This is a standard for definitions used for measurement of electric power quantitiesunder sinusoidal, nonsinusoidal, balanced, or unbalanced conditions. It lists the mathematicalexpressions that were used in the past, as well as new expressions, and explains the features of the new definitions. " Key Words: "active power, apparent power, nonactive power, power factor, reactive power, total harmonic distortion" Designation: P1459 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Power System Instrumentation and Measurements Title: Standard Definitions for the Measurement of Electric Power Quantities under Sinusoidal, Non-Sinusoidal, Balanced, or Unbalanced Conditions Status: Revision Project Technical Contact: Alexander E Emanuel, Phone:508-831-5239, Email:aemanuel@ece.wpi.edu **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. Project Scope: This document provides definitions of electric power to quantify the flow of electrical energy in single-phase and three-phase circuits under sinusoidal, non-sinusoidal, balanced, and unbalanced conditions. Project Purpose: This document provides organizations with criteria for designing and using metering instrumentation. Designation: 1460-1996 Sponsor: SASB/SCC39-International Committee on Electromagnetic Safety Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2002 Title: IEEE Guide for the Measurement of Quasi-Static Magnetic and Electric Fields Status: Approved Publication of IEEE History: PAR APP: Mar 21, 1996, BD APP: Dec 10, 1996, ANSI APP: Jun 05, 1997 Project Scope: This project describes measurement goals associated with characterizing quasi-static magnetic and electric fields, e.g. power frequency and other extremely low frequency fields, and available methods for accomplishing them. The guide should be used in conjunction with IEEE Std 1308-1994 (IEEE Recommended Practice for Instrumentation: Specifications for Magnetic Flux Density Meters - 10 Hz to 3 kHz), which defines terminology and describes instrumentation, calibration methods, and sources of measurement uncertainty. Project Purpose: The guide compliments IEEE Std 1308-1994 which offers no guidance on performing field measurements. It is intended that the guide fill part of the information gap. The intended users are individuals and groups interested in developing protocols for characterizing quasi-static magnetic and electric fields in different measurement environments. Abstract: A listing of possible measurement goals related to characterizing quasi-static magnetic and electric fields and possible methods for their accomplishment is provided. Key Words: measurement protocols, power frequency, power frequency harmonic fields, quasi-static magnetic fields, quasi-static electric fields Designation: 1461 Sponsor: IEEE Power Electronics Society Title: Recommended Practice for Power Electronics Module Interface Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Dennis M Darcy, Phone:(617) 661-0540, Email:Dmdarcy@aol.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 21, 1996 Project Scope: This project will develop the guidelines for the standardization of the power electronics modules as well as passive support circuitry, so that power modules can be interfaced more readily. The guideline will specify the way of interconnecting circuit components including power modules, busbars, control circuitry, and passive components. The results will enable modular architectures for redundant, scaleable and low-cost systems by using standard building block elements. Project Purpose: Power electronics circuits are being packaged within modules at higher power densities with control electronics integration to a greater degree. Presently, power electronics modules are designed without compatibility between different manufacturers' products. The installation of a power electronics system becomes more and more difficult and costly. This porject is to establish the guidelines for power module manufacturers and the user community so that power module interfaces can be made readily and the unnecessary re-engineering cost can be avoided. Designation: 1462-1998 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2004 Title: IEEE Adoption of ISO/IEC 14102:1995 Information Technology - Guideline for the Evaluation and Selection of CASE Tools Status: Approved Publication of IEEE History: BD APP: Mar 19, 1998 (Ref. Std.: 14402) Project Scope: This standard defines a process for evaluating and selecting a Computer Aided Software Engineering 9CASE) tool for a software development or maintenance activity. The standard addresses the evaluation and selection of tools supporting software engineering processes including: project management processes, development processes, and integral processes. Project Purpose: The primary users of ISO/IEC 14402 are organizations that intend to adopt CASE tools to support their software life cycle processes. CASE tool suppliers may also use 14402 to describe the characteristics of their CASE tools. Abstract: "IEEE Std 1462-1998 (Adoption of International Standard ISO/IEC 14102:1995), Information technologyGuidelines for the evaluation and selection of CASE tools" Key Words: "CASE tools,computer-aided software engineering,computer applications,computersoftware,software engineering" Designation: 1463 Sponsor: IEEE Aerospace and Electronic Systems Society Title: Standard for Global Positioning System Receiver Test Standards Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Stewart P Teasley, Phone:(714) 221-3433, Email:stewart.teasley@nb.rockwell.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 21, 1996 Project Scope: This project is intended to develop a GPS TEst Standards document containing a group of performance tests applicable to several user classes of commercial GPS receivers. The document is limited to GPS performance tests and is not intended in any way to define the entire requirement set for any user class. Velocity tests as well as environmental and other requirments beyond GPS performance are not included. The user classes selected for inclusion in the standard are marine, land and handheld, while some of the tests appropriate for such applications as aviation, military, and survey are excluded. Project Purpose: The purpose of this project is to produce and publish a GPS Test Standards Document jointly with the Institute of Navigation. The standard was originally developed to respond to a stated need for common test procedures and data analysis techniques that could be applied to all GPS receivers. The standard defines the methodology required to test and measure these performance parameters and to present the data in a common format. It is anticipated that the standad will be adopted on a voluntary basis by receiver manufacturers and thus lead to uniform methods of specifying GPS performance. Designation: 1464 Sponsor: IEEE Power Electronics Society Title: Recommended Practice for Test Procedures for Insulated Gate Bipolar Transistor (IGBT) Circuit Simulator Model Validation Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Allen R Hefner, Phone:(301) 975-2071, Email:hefner@nist.gov **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 21, 1996 Project Scope: This project is to develop comprehensive test procedures for validation of Insulated Gate Bipolar Transistor (IGBT) models that are used in circuit simulators. The models are to be validated as to the IGBT external terminal behavior only. Project Purpose: Presently, there are no recognized procedures for comprehensive evaluation of the performance of the IGBT models that are used in various circuit simulators. The inability to determine and specify the performance of circuit simulator models is preventing the effective utilization of circuit simulation tools. This project will provide circuit simulator users and model developers a comprehensive way of validating IGBT models. Designation: 1465-1998 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2004 Title: IEEE Standard - Adoption of International Standard ISO/IEC 12119:1994(E) - Information Technology - Software Packages - Quality Requirements and Testing Status: Approved Publication of IEEE History: BD APP: Jun 25, 1998 (Ref. Std.: 12119) Project Scope: The purpose of the standard is to provide a baseline for contract specifications, design and manufacture of electronic equipment to be supplied for transit rail cars to eliminate unnecessary variability in specifications, allowing manufacturers to provide consistent product lines that can meet the needs of the industry, save costs and improve reliability. Project Purpose: The intended users of ISO/IEC 12119 are Suppliers of software packages; certification bodies which may wish to establish a third-party certification scheme; testing laboratories which will have to follow the instructions for testing when testing for a certificate or mark of conformity; accreditation bodies for accrediting certification bodies and testing laboratories; auditors of testing laboratories; buyers software packages; users who may profit from better products. Abstract: Quality requirements for software packages and instructions on how to test a softwarepackage against these requirements are established. The requirements apply to software packagesas they are offered and delivered, not to the production process (including activities and intermediate products, such as specifications). Key Words: quality requirements,software,software engineering,software package,testing Designation: 1466 Sponsor: SASB/SCC39-International Committee on Electromagnetic Safety Title: Recommended Practice for the Safe Use of Electromagtnetic Energy Sources, Equipment and Systems Operating Between 3 kHz and 300 GHz Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Richard A Tell, Phone:+1 509 684 9999, Email:rtell@radhaz.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jun 20, 1996 Project Scope: Preparation of a guidance document for development of RF safety programs. This standard would provide useful guidance to those implementing ANSI/IEEE C95.1-1992 (IEEE C95.1-1991). Project Purpose: Presently, there exists no recommended approaches for developing safety programs by organizations wishing to implement the use of ANSI/IEEE C95.1-1992. Users would include industrial companies, federal, state and local government agencies. These organizations do not have any documentation of recommended ways for developing and implementing safety programs that are directed to the issue of radio frequency fields. This document would fill this gap in practical guidance. Designation: 1467 Sponsor: IEEE Reliability Society Title: Guide for Reliability Growth Management and Assessment of Systems with Nonhomogeneous Poisson Failure and Failure-Mode Processes Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. **To update and replace US MIL-HDBK-189. History: PAR APP: Jun 20, 1996 Project Scope: This project will develop guidance for managing and assessing the reliability of complex systems (i.e. systems which have failure and failure-mode processes that can reasonably be modeled as non-homogeneous Poisson processes). The guidance will address the planning aspects of reliability ghrowth programs and assessment methodology for measuring reliability growth. Project Purpose: To update and replace US MIL-HDBK-189 entitled Reliability Growth Management, with a non-government guide. This guide will contain current acquisition philosophy and terminology, as well as updated information and methodologies for planning and assessing reliability growth of complex developmental systems. Designation: 1468 Sponsor: IEEE Reliability Society Title: Standard for Customer-Specified Performance-Based Reliability Test Requirements (Statistical Test Design Not Specified) Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Jane G Krolewski, Phone:410-278-4657, Email:hock@arl.mil **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jun 20, 1996 Project Scope: This project will develop a standard for customer-specified reliability testing requirements utilizing performance-based methods. Performance-based reliability requirements to not specify a statistical test design or underlying modeling assumptions which are considered to be "how to" and thus should be developed by the producers. Performance-based reliability test requirements have 4 elements: quantitative reliability requirements, allowable uncertainties (statistical risk), usage conditions, and failure definitions. This project is limited to providing procedures for a performance-based approach to specifying reliability testing requirements and specifying the information required from the producer's test design to enable the customer to evaluate it. This project will not include specifying "how to" methodology. This standard will be supplemented by two concurrently-proposed standards development projects, P1469-Guide for Producers to Develop Statisical Test Designs for Customer-Specified Reliability Test Requirements, and P1470-Guide for Customer Evaluation of Production-Developed Statistical Reliability Test Designs. Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to provide performance-based methods which address reliability testing without imposing a statistical test design on the producer, but specify the information required from the producer's test design to enable the customer to evaluate the producer's proposal. It would be beneficial to both the commercial and military reliability communities to develop such a standard. Designation: 1469 Sponsor: IEEE Reliability Society Title: Guide for Producers to Develop Statistical Test Designs for Customer- Specified Reliability Test Requirements Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Jane G Krolewski, Phone:410-278-4657, Email:hock@arl.mil **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jun 20, 1996 Project Scope: This project will develop a guide for producers developing statistical test designs for customer-specified performance-based reliability testing requirements. With performance-based reliability test requirements, customers do not specify a statistical test design or underlying modeling assumptions, but instead specify the following 4 elements: quantitative reliability requirements, allowable uncertainties (statistical risk), usage conditions, and failure definitions. This project will provide the models and associated statistical procedures needed by producers to develop statistical test designs. This guide will complement the standards development projects Standard for Customer-Specified Performance-Based Reliability Test Requirements (Statistical Test Design Not Specified) and Guide for Customer Evaluation of Producer-Developed Statistical Reliability Test Designs. Project Purpose: To provide producers with the models and associated statistical procedures for developing statistical test designs from requirements developed with the Standard for Customer-Specified Performance- Based Reliability Test Requirmeents (Statistical Test Design Not Specified). It would be beneficial to the reliability community to develop such a guide. Designation: 1470 Sponsor: IEEE Reliability Society Title: Guide for Customer Evaluation of Producer-Developed Statistical Reliability Test Designs Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Jane G Krolewski, Phone:410-278-4657, Email:hock@arl.mil **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jun 20, 1996 Project Scope: This project will develop guidance for customers evaluating a producer's statistical reliability test design. This guide will complement the standard development projects P1468-Standard for Customer-Specified Performance-Based Reliability Test Requirements (Statistical Test Design Not Specified) and P1469-Guide for Producers to Develop Statistical Test Designs for Customer-Specified Reliability Test Requirements. This guide will provide the statistical procedures and assessment methodology needed to evaluate statistical reliability test designs. Project Purpose: To provide customers with the statistical procedures and assessment methodology needed to evaluate the producer's statistical reliability test design. Designation: 1471-2000 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Architectural Description for Software- Intensive Systems Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Oct 09, 2000 Technical Contact: Basil Anton Sherlund, Phone:248-544-3720, Email:sherlund@comcast.net **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Jun 20, 1996, BD APP: Sep 21, 2000, ANSI APP: Aug 02, 2001 Project Scope: The purpose of this standard is to facilitate the expression and communication of architectures and thereby lay a foundation for quality and cost gains through standardization of elements and practices for architectural description. Despite significant efforts to improve engineering practices and technologies, software-intensive systems continue to present formidable risks and difficulties in their design, construction, deployment and evolution. Recent attempts to address these difficulties have focused on the earliest period of design decision-making and evaluation, increasingly referred to as the "architectural level" of system development. The phrases "architectural level" and "architecture" are widely, if imprecisely, used. Their use reflects acceptance of an architectural metaphor in the analysis and development of software-intensive systems. A key premise of this metaphor is that important decisions may be made early in system development in a manner similar to the early decision- making found in the civil architecture profession. Many innovations are resulting from this attention to the architectural level, among them architectural description languages and associated tools and environments, architectural frameworks, models and patterns, and techniques for architectural analysis, evaluation and architecture-based reuse. While these efforts differ considerably in important aspects, sufficient commonality exists to warrant the development of a recommended practice to codify their common elements. These innovations are occurring, and maturing, rapidly within many research and application communities, and they reflect differing interests, influences, insights, and intentions. There is a general consensus on the importance of the "architectural level of systems development," and that that level consists of early decision-making about overall design structure, goals, requirements, and development strategies. However, there has not yet emerged any reliable consensus on a precise definition of a system's "architecture," how it should be described, what uses such descriptions may serve, or where and when it should be defined. The boundaries and relationships between architectural trends and practices and other practices, and between architectural technology and other technology, are not yet widely recognized. In such situations, progress often depends on mediating influences. Potential adopters of architectural practices and technology need a frame of reference within which to address implementation and adoption decisions. Technology developers need a frame of reference within which to communicate the motivating concepts of their technology, and to accumulate and appreciate feedback from early adoption. To these ends, this standard is intended to reflect generally accepted trends in practices for architectural description and to provide a technical framework for further evolution in this area. Furthermore, it establishes a conceptual framework of concepts and terms of reference within which future developments in system architectural technology can be deployed. This standard codifies those elements on which there is consensus; specifically the use of multiple views, reusable specifications for models within views, and the relation of architecture to system context. Project Purpose: An architectural description is used to communicate between client and developer to aid clarification of requirements and their impact on system design. The architectural description is developed in an evolutionary process from the expression of a system concept as a high level abstraction to one of a more detailed and tangible expression that is widely accepted as being an expression of design. An architectural description is used capture style and protocol standards that can be used to facilitate certain common attributes that promote system-to-system consistency. Abstract: " This recommended practice addresses the activities of the creation, analysis, and sus-tainment of architectures of software-intensive systems, and the recording of such architectures interms of architectural descriptions . A conceptual framework for architectural description is estab-lished. The content of an architectural description is defined. Annexes provide the rationale for keyconcepts and terminology, the relationships to other standards, and examples of usage. " Key Words: "architectural description,architecture,software-intensive system,stakeholder con-cerns,system stakeholder,view,viewpoint" Designation: 1471.1 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee Title: Guide for application of Architectural Description IEEE 1471 Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Basil Anton Sherlund, Phone:248-544-3720, Email:sherlund@comcast.net **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jun 26, 1997 Project Scope: This standard will provide guidance for the implementation and application of the conventions that will be described in the IEEE Std 1471. Project Purpose: This guide will provide instruction for knowing, when Architecture is complete, find owners (stakeholders) the Architecture, defining who (audiences) are for the Architecture, selecting of an architect including knowledge and skills, and describing the technical and management duties of the individual. Designation: 1472 Sponsor: SASB/SCC39-International Committee on Electromagnetic Safety Title: Recommended Practice for Determining Safe Distances From Radio-frequency Transmitting Antennas When Using Electric Blasting Caps During Explosive Operations Status: Superseded **Changed designation to C95.4 Technical Contact: George A Koban, Phone:540-653-4296, Email:kobanGA@nswc.navy.mil **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 20, 1997 Project Scope: This project provides recommended practices for the prediction and practical determination of safe distances from radio and radar transmitting antennas when using electric initiators to remotely detonate an explosive charge. Specifically, this document includes mathematical formulas, tables, and charts that allow the user to determine safe distances from RF transmitters with spectrum bands from 0.5 Mhz to 300 GHz, including VHF, UHF television antennas, FM, AM radio transmitting antennas, radar navigation beacons, and portable communication devices. Project Purpose: The purpose of this project is to provide recommendations for the prevention of the inadvertent detonation of electric initiators by radio-frequency electric and magnetic fields generated from transmitting antennas with spectrum bands from 0.5Mhz to 300 GHz. Designation: 1473-1999 Sponsor: IEEE Vehicular Technology Society/Rail Transit Title: IEEE Standard for Communications Protocol Aboard Trains Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jun 30, 1999 History: PAR APP: Sep 19, 1996, BD APP: Mar 22, 1999, ANSI APP: Jul 21, 1999 Project Scope: This standard defines the protocol for Inter-car and Intra-car serial data communications between subsystems aboard passenger trains. It sets forth the minimum acceptable parameters for a network that can simultaneously handle monitoring and controls traffic from multiple systems. While the network itself is not vital, it is intended to be capable of carrying vital messages. The standard will be structured with respect to the OSI seven layer model. Project Purpose: To permit systems provided by a variety of suppliers performing different onboard functions to share a common communications facility. Car wiring and weight will be reduced while systems integration, reliabiity and maintability will be improved. TCRP project G-4 has estimated an expected value of $56.2 million/year savings. Abstract: " Communications protocols to be used for intercar and intracar serial data communica-tions between subsystems aboard passenger trains are defined by this standard. Minimum accept-able parameters for a network that can simultaneously handle monitoring and control traffic frommultiple systems are set forth. While the network is not vital, it is intended to be capable of carryingvital messages. " Key Words: "communications networks,communications protocol,commuter rail transit,light rail transit,rail transit,train bus,vehicle bus" Designation: P1473 Sponsor: IEEE Vehicular Technology Society/Rail Transit Title: Standard for Communications Protocol Aboard Passenger Trains Status: Revision Project Technical Contact: Robert Anderson, Phone:816-350-1956, Email:bobanderson@rssdenver.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Nov 18, 2004 Project Scope: No scope change is proposed. Original Scope: This standard defines the protocol for intercar and intracar serial data communications between subsystems aboard passenger trains. It sets forth the minimum acceptable parameters for a network that can simultaneously handle monitoring and control traffic from multiple systems. While the network itself is not vital, it is intended to be capable of carrying vital messages. This standard will be structured with respect to the OSI seven- layer model. Project Purpose: The existing standard defines a Type-L and Type-T network. For the Type-L network, there have been enhancements in functionality and field experience over the last five years that indicate a need to update the standard. No change in the purpose is proposed. Original purpose: A standard protocol will permit systems provided by a variety of suppliers performing different on-board functions to share a common communications facility. Car wiring and weight will be reduced while systems integration, reliability, and maintainability will be improved. Designation: 1474 Sponsor: IEEE Vehicular Technology Society Title: Standard for Communications Based Train Control Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Publication type: Special Publication Technical Contact: David B Rutherford, Phone:716/292-1440, Email:daver@rsepc.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 19, 1996 Project Scope: Standards for communications based train control (CBTC) individual functional requirements and information flow requirements among functions, independent of implementation architecture. Standards for CBTC functional implementation and information data formats to the extent that viable CBTC implementation architectures are not compromised. Project Purpose: Wide cross section of representatives of rail transit operating authorities. Suppliers and consultants have agreed by ballot that significant interest exists in standardizing all aspects of CBTC to extent practicable. Sponsoring committee estimates cost impact of CBTC standardization at $195 mil/yr. Designation: 1474.1-2004 Sponsor: IEEE Vehicular Technology Society/Rail Transit Title: IEEE Standard for Communications-Based Train Control (CBTC) Performance and Functional Requirements Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Feb 25, 2005 Technical Contact: Alan F Rumsey, Phone:212-266-8527, Email:alan.rumsey@parsons.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Dec 10, 2003, BD APP: Sep 23, 2004, ANSI APP: Feb 01, 2005 Project Scope: Original Scope: This standard establishes a set of performance and functional requirements necessary for enhancing performance, availability, operations, and train protection using a CBTC System.--- Revision: There is no change to the words of the scope. The revisions allow for driverless train operation, including automatic people movers. Project Purpose: Original Purpose: There are currently no independent standards defining the performance and functional requirements to be satisfied by CBTC systems. This standard will enhance performance, availability, operations, and train protection, and will facilitate new CBTC applications. ---Revision: There is no change to the purpose. Abstract: Performance and functional requirements for a communications-based train control (CBTC) system are established in this standard. A CBTC system is a continuous, automatic train control system utilizing high-resolution train location determination, independent of track circuits; continuous, high-capacity, bidirectional train-to-wayside data communications; and train-borne and wayside processors capable of implementing automatic train protection (ATP) functions, as well as optional automatic train operation (ATO) and automatic train supervision (ATS) functions. In addition to CBTC functional requirements, this standard also defines headway criteria, system safety criteria, and system availability criteria for a CBTC system. This standard is applicable to the full range of transit applications including automated people movers. Key Words: automation, communications, signaling, train control Designation: 1474.1-1999 Sponsor: IEEE Vehicular Technology Society/Rail Transit Title: IEEE Standard for Communication Based Train Control Performance Requirements and Functional Requirements Status: Superseded History: PAR APP: Mar 19, 1998, BD APP: Sep 16, 1999, ANSI APP: Feb 11, 2000 Project Scope: This standard establishes a set of performance and functional requirements for enhancing performance, availability, operations, and train protection using a communications based train control (CBTC) system. Project Purpose: There are currently no independent standards defining the performance and functional requirements to be satisfied by communications based train control (CBTC) systems. A standard will enhance performance, availability, operations and t4rain protection as well as facilitate new CBTC applications. Abstract: " Performance and functional requirements for a communications-based train control(CBTC) system are established in this standard. A CBTC system is a continuous, automatic traincontrol system utilizing high-resolution train location determination, independent of track circuits;continuous, high-capacity, bidirectional train-to-wayside data communications; and trainborne andwayside processors capable of implementing automatic train protection (ATP) functions, as well asoptional automatic train operation (ATO) and automatic train supervision (ATS) functions. In addi-tion to CBTC functional requirements, this standard also defines headway criteria, system safetycriteria, and system availability criteria for a CBTC system. " Key Words: "communications, signaling, train control" Designation: 1474.2-2003 Sponsor: IEEE Vehicular Technology Society/Rail Transit Title: IEEE Standard for User Interface Requirements in Communications Based Train Control (CBTC) Systems Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Dec 17, 2003 Technical Contact: Alan F Rumsey, Phone:212-266-8527, Email:alan.rumsey@parsons.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Jun 21, 2000, BD APP: Jun 12, 2003, ANSI APP: Sep 17, 2003 Project Scope: This standard establishes user interface requirements in communications-based train control (CBTC) systems. Project Purpose: This standard will provide for consistent user interfaces that take advantage of the characteristics of communications-based train control (CBTC) systems to enhance service effectiveness of a rail transit system. Abstract: "IEEE Std 1474.2-2003, IEEE Standard for User Interface Requirements in Communications-Based Train Control (CBTC) Systems" Key Words: "automatic train control (ATC),automatic train operation (ATO),automatic train protec-tion (ATP),automatic train supervision (ATS),communications-based train control (CBTC),graphi-cal user interface (GUI)" Designation: P1474.3 Sponsor: IEEE Vehicular Technology Society/Rail Transit Title: Communications-Based Train Control (CBTC) System Design and Functional Allocations Status: New Standard Project Technical Contact: Alan F Rumsey, Phone:212-266-8527, Email:alan.rumsey@parsons.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. Project Scope: This recommended practice establishes a preferred system design and functional allocation for CBTC systems. Project Purpose: The purpose of this recommended practice is to define a preferred CBTC system design/system architecture to achieve the CBTC performance and functional requirements of IEEE Std. 1474.1-2004, and to allocate functions to the major CBTC subsystems. Designation: 1475-1999 Sponsor: IEEE Vehicular Technology Society/Rail Transit Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2005 Title: IEEE Standard for the Functioning of and Interfaces Among Propulsion, Friction Brake, and Train-borne Master Control on Rail Rapid Transit Vehicles Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jun 30, 1999 History: PAR APP: Dec 10, 1996, BD APP: Mar 18, 1999, ANSI APP: Nov 16, 1999 Project Scope: This project will develop standards for the interface functionality among propulsion, friction brake and train-borne master constrol. The standards will encompass performance parameters, communication methods and the means for measurement and verification of performance. Third party systems performing functions traditionally carried out in one of the above systems will also be covered. Project Purpose: There presently are numerous functional protocols for interfaces among train-borne master control, propulsion, friction brake, spin-slide control, etc. This has led to a lack of standardization, compatibility and interchangeability with attendant higher first cost and recurrent integration problems. Standards used by car-builders and system suppliers are expected to lower costs, reduce vehicle introduction problems, improve reliability and facilitate upgrades. Standards will ensure prioritization of safety functionality as well. Cost savings/year could approach 15MM when implemented. Abstract: " The interfaces between and among functional systems on rail rapid transit vehicles isprescribed. The systems themselves are treated as ""black boxes;"" requirements for the input sig-nals and the output response are given. For each category of interface, three types are listed in in-creasing technical sophistication. " Key Words: "friction brake,interfacaes,master control, propulson,rail vehicles,rapid transit" Designation: 1476-2000 Sponsor: IEEE Vehicular Technology Society/Rail Transit Title: IEEE Standard for Passenger Train Auxiliary Power Systems Interfaces Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: May 03, 2000 History: PAR APP: Sep 18, 1996, BD APP: Mar 30, 2000, ANSI APP: Oct 30, 2000 Project Scope: This standard prescribes the electrical interface between the components comprising the auxiliary power systems and their electrical interface with other train-borne systems. As such this standard treats the auxiliary power system components (static inverters and converters, low voltage dc power supplies, back-up battery systems and battery chargers) as black boxes and address only their interface requirements. It does not provide standards or recommendations for the following: 1) Rotating machinery, such as motor alternator sets 2) Motive power systems or auxiliary power systems required for locomotives 3) Mechanical mounting or vibration isolation of equipment 4) Car-body wiring, branch circuits, circuit breakers and protection devices to interconnect the auxiliary power components with other car-borne equipment. Project Purpose: Standardize the electrical input and output requirements of the auxiliary power system components. This will be conducive to the development of standardized designs rather than custom designs of car-borne equipment utilizing the suypply voltages of the auxiliary power systems. It will also aid in more clearly defining the electrical interface requirementsd between the major component parts comprising the auxiliary power systems, thus promoting their standardized design. The combined effect should increase the number of potential suppliers and correspondingly result in reduced railcar costs. Abstract: " The electrical interfaces among the components comprising the auxiliary power systemsand their electrical interface with other train-borne systems are described. As such, this standardtreats the auxiliary power system components (e.g., static inverters and converters, low-voltage dcpower supplies, back-up battery systems, and battery chargers) as black boxes and addresses onlytheir interface requirements. " Key Words: "auxiliary power systems, battery charger, intermediate-voltage power supply, low-voltage power supply batteries, nickel-cadmium batteries, rail-transit vehicles, static inverters and converters" Designation: 1477-1998 Sponsor: IEEE Vehicular Technology Society/Rail Transit Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2003 Title: IEEE Standard for Passenger Information System for Rail Transit Vehicles Status: Approved Publication of IEEE History: PAR APP: Sep 19, 1996, BD APP: Sep 28, 1998, ANSI APP: Mar 31, 2004 Project Scope: Develop standards for external and internal audio/visual communication of regulatory passenger information, destination/trip information, safety and emergency announcements, also advertisement/community information for rail transit vehicles. Project Purpose: Improve availability of products with specific features and known reliability at lower cost. Estimated cost saving $50,000/car for a 30 year life cycle. Abstract: "IEEE Std 1477-1998, IEEE Standard for Passenger Information System for Rail Transit Vehicles" Key Words: "passenger information system,rail transit vehicle,trains" Designation: 1478-2001 Sponsor: IEEE Vehicular Technology Society/Rail Transit Title: IEEE Standard for Environmental Conditions for Transit Rail Car Electronic Equipment Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Oct 18, 2001 Technical Contact: Charles P Elms, Phone:703-968-7883, Email:cpelms@leaelliott.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Sep 19, 1996, BD APP: Jan 26, 2001, ANSI APP: Jun 04, 2001 Project Scope: This standard specifies baseline environmental conditions under which transit rail car electronic equipment shall both operate and/or survive. Special requirements anticipated for applications that have environmental conditions outside these baseline conditions are neither covered nor intended herein. Environmental conditions include: temperature, humidity, atmospheric pressure, water, corrosive elements, and vibration/shock. These conditions depend upon equipment location such as under car, interior, truck mounted, and carbody mounted. Project Purpose: The purpose of the standard is to provide a baseline for contract specifications, design and manufacture of electronic equipment to be supplied for transit rail cars to eliminate unnecessary variability in specifications, allowing manufacturers to provide consistent product lines that can meet the needs of the industry, save costs and improve reliability. Abstract: Baseline environmental conditions under which transit rail car electronic equipment shallboth operate and/or survive are specified in this standard. Key Words: atmospheric pressure,authority having jurisdiction,corrosive elements,equipmentunder test,humidity,temperature,water,vibration. Designation: P1478 Sponsor: IEEE Vehicular Technology Society/Rail Transit Title: Standard for Environmental Conditions for Transit Rail Car Electronic Equipment Status: Revision Project Technical Contact: Lowell Goudge, Email:lowell.goudge@sympatico.ca **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. Project Scope: This standard specifies baseline environmental conditions under which transit rail car electronic equipment shall both operate and/or survive. Special requirements anticipated for applications that have environmental conditions outside these baseline conditions are neither covered nor intended herein. Environmental conditions include: temperature, humidity, atmospheric pressure, water, corrosive elements, and vibration/shock. These conditions depend upon equipment location such as under car, interior, truck mounted, and carbody mounted. Project Purpose: The purpose of the standard is to provide a baseline for contract specifications, design and manufacture of electronic equipment to be supplied for transit rail cars to eliminate unnecessary variability in specifications, allowing manufacturers to provide consistent product lines that can meet the needs of the industry, save costs and improve reliability. Designation: 1479 Sponsor: SASB/SCC21-Fuel Cells, Photovoltaics, Dispersed Generation, and Energy Storage Title: Recommended Practice for the Evaluation of Photovoltaic Module Energy Production Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Benjamin Kroposki, Phone:303-275-2979, Email:benjamin_kroposki@nrel.gov **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 19, 1996 Project Scope: This recommended practice establishes a method for determining the energy production of terrestrial photovoltaic power generation modules for different operating conditions. The document defines module characterization procedures, reference days, and performance models used to calculate energy production. Project Purpose: The purpose of this recommended practice is to provide a method for evaluating photovoltaic module performance in terms of energy production for different environmental and operating conditions. Designation: 1480 Sponsor: SASB/SCC31-Automatic Meter Reading and Energy Management Title: Standard for Application Layer (Open System Interchange Layer 7) Language Minimal Services and Parameters for the End-to-End Transport of Table Information in an Automatic Meter Reading Environment Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Lawrence J Kotewa, Phone:773-269-4008, Email:larryk@energycooperative.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 19, 1996 Project Scope: This project will define the minimal services and parameters required of any application layer language used for the end-to-end transport of table information in an automatic meter reading environment, if that language is to be compliant with all other relevant standards issued by IEEE SCC31. These communication services and parameters apply only to the application layer and are independent of system topology. Project Purpose: Current technologies are based on vendor proprietary languages and data formats which inhibit the development of an open system and the use of devices which are interchangeable and interoperable. In fulfilling the need of an open system, select services and parameters for application layer languages can be used efficiently by simple as well as complex devices in the transport of standard data formats. Application layer languages which comply with this standard will be capable of evolving new functionality. Designation: 1481-1999 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Design Automation Title: IEEE Standard for Integrated Circuit (IC) Delay and Power Calculation System Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: May 12, 2000 History: PAR APP: Mar 20, 1997, BD APP: Jun 26, 1999, ANSI APP: Jan 14, 2000 Project Scope: Delay and power calculation for integrated circuit design. Project Purpose: To provide a standard system for integrated circuit designers to consistently calculate chip delay and power across Electronic Design Automation (EDA) applications and for integrated circuit vendors to express delay and power information only once per technology while enabling sufficient EDA application accuracy. Abstract: " Ways for integrated circuit designers to analyze chip timing and power consistentlyacross a broad set of electric design automation (EDA) applications are covered in this standard.Methods by which integrated circuit vendors can express timing and power information once pergiven technology are also covered. In addition, this standard covers means by which EDA vendorscan meet their application performance and capacity needs. " Key Words: "chip delay, electronic design automation (EDA), integrated circuit design, power calculation" Designation: P1481 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Design Automation Title: Standard for Integrated Circuit (IC) Open Library Architecture (OLA) Status: Revision Project Technical Contact: Harry J Beatty III, Phone:845-892-4212, Email:jbeatty@us.ibm.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Aug 15, 2002 Project Scope: Delay and power calculation for integrated circuit design with support for modeling logical behavior and signal integrity. SUMMARY OF CHANGES - This project updates and extends the original content of IEEE 1481-1999 to include additional industry requirements for IC technology representation. The extensions address the areas of logical behavior and signal integrity. P1481-1999 SCOPE - Delay and power calculation for integrated circuit design. Project Purpose: To improve the IEEE 1481-1999 standard system for integrated circuit designers to more accurately and more completely analyze semiconductor designs across Electronic Design Automation (EDA) applications and for integrated circuit vendors to express logical behavior, signal integrity, delay and power information only once per technology while enabling sufficient EDA application accuracy. SUMMARY OF CHANGES - To extend the standard system (IEEE 1481-1999) so integrated circuit designers can more accurately and completely analyze semiconductor designs across Electronic Design Automation (EDA) applications. P1481-1999 PURPOSE - To provide a standard system for integrated circuit designers to consistently calculate chip delay and power across Electronic Design Automation (EDA) applications and for integrated circuit vendors to express delay and power information only once per technology while enabling sufficient EDA application accuracy. Designation: P1482 Sponsor: IEEE Vehicular Technology Society/Rail Transit Title: Standard for Rail Vehicle Monitoring and Diagnostic Systems Status: New Standard Project Technical Contact: Robert E McHugh, Phone:82.2.3485.5627, Email:robert.mchugh@dmjmkorea.co.kr **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 08, 2004 Project Scope: This standard is for systems which monitor, collect and process and present operating status and fault information for transit vehicles and consists. This standard is limited to monitoring and diagnostics functions and interfaces, excludes the data transmission method(s) and is independent of the hardware and/or software employed for other vehicle systems. This standard identifies functions, parameters, signals, systems and subsystems which should be monitored. Diagnostic features or self-correcting options are described. It is applicable to new or overhauled rail vehicles, categorized by type. Project Purpose: There is currently no defined, independent standard specifying monitoring and diagnostic systems. Each order of new vehicles or overhaul of old vehicles requires engineering effort by all parties to determine which information to monitor, what to capture, how often to sample and how long to preserve the information, requiring a learning curve in this area for every project. Users of this standard will include those who specify, purchase, design and build rail passenger vehicles and their subsystems. They will all benefit from a simplified process of integrating diagnostic information from multiple subsystem suppliers. Designation: 1482 Sponsor: IEEE Vehicular Technology Society/Rail Transit Title: Standard for Rail Vehicle Monitoring and Diagnostic Systems Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Publication type: Special Publication Technical Contact: Linda Sue Boehmer, Phone:412-653-1082, Email:LSBTEC@AOL.COM **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 19, 1996 Project Scope: This project will develop standards for wsystems which monitor, collect, process and present operating status and fault information for transit vehicles and consists. This project is limited to monitoring and diagnostics functions and interfaces, excludes the data transmission method (s) and is independent of the hardware and/or software employed for other vehicle systems. This standard will identify functions, parameters, signals, systems and subsystems which should be monitored. Diagnostic features or self-correcting options will be described. The result will be aplicable to new or overhauled rail vehicles, categorized by type. Project Purpose: There is currently no defined, independent standard specifying monitoring and diagnostic systems. Each order of new vehicles or overhaul of old vehicles requires engineering effort by all parties to determine which information to monitor, how often to sample and how long to preserve the information, requiring a learning curve in this area for every project. Users of this standard will include those who specify, purchase, design and build rail passenger vehicles and their subsystems. All users will benefit from a simplified process for integrating diagnostic information from multiple subsystem suppliers. Designation: 1482.1-1999 Sponsor: IEEE Vehicular Technology Society/Rail Transit Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2005 Title: IEEE Standard for Rail Transit Vehicle Event Recorders Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Sep 03, 1999 History: PAR APP: Sep 16, 1998, BD APP: Jun 26, 1999, ANSI APP: Oct 26, 1999 Project Scope: This standard covers on-board deviceds/systems with crashworthy memory which record data to support accidental incident analysis for rail transit vehciles. this standard is limited to event recorder functions and interrfaces, exclues the data transmission methods and is independent of the hardware and/or software employed for other vehicle systems. this standard identifies functions, parameters, signals, systems and subsystems which shall be captured. Diagnostic features or self-test options are described Project Purpose: There is currently no defined, independent standard defining event recorders for rail transit vehicles. Each order of new vehicles or overhaul of old rail transit vehicles requires engineering effort by all parties to determine which signals to capture, how often to sample and how long to preserve the information, requiring a learning curve in this area for every project. Users of this standard will include those who specify, purchase, design and build rail transit vehicles and their subsystems. They will all benefit from a simplified process of integrating diagnostic information from multiple subsystem suppliers. Abstract: " On-board devices/systems, with crashworthy memory, that record data to support acci-dent/incident analysis for rail transit vehicles, are covered. The requirements of this standard arelimited to event recorder functions and interfaces. Data transmission methods are excluded. Theinformation in this standard is independent of the hardware and/or software employed for other ve-hicle systems. " Key Words: "crashworthiness,input signal,rail transit vehicle event recorder,rail vehicles,rapid transit,self-test" Designation: 1483-2000 Sponsor: IEEE Vehicular Technology Society/Rail Transit Title: IEEE Standard for the Verification of Vital Functions in Processor-based Systems Used in Rail Transit Control Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Apr 05, 2000 History: PAR APP: Sep 19, 1996, BD APP: Mar 30, 2000, ANSI APP: Nov 02, 2000 Project Scope: This document provides a set of standard verficiation tasks for processor-based equipment used in safety critical applications on rail and transit systems. The scope of the standard shall encompass and be limited to processes which verify the level of safety achieved in the implementation of safety critical functions which are required to be fail-safe. It does not address quality assurance or validation processes which also affect the level of overall system safety achieved. Project Purpose: The purpose of this safety verification process standard is to provide a well-defined and well-structured set of analysis methods and documentation which: fulfills the primary purpose of the verification process, is flexible enough to accomodate all viable design methods, and satisfies the safety requirements of the end user. This standard (1) defines a necessary and sufficient set of analyses at the conceptual, functional, and implementation levels which comprehensively identify and verify all functions required to be implemented as fail-safe (2) defines responsibilities for equipment suppliers and end users. Abstract: A set of standard verification tasks for processor-based equipment used in safety-criticalapplications on rail and transit systems is covered. This standard also covers processes that verifythe level of safety achieved in the implementation of safety-critical functions that are required to befail-safe. Quality assurance or validation processes that affect the overall level of system safety arenot covered. Key Words: "rail, safety, safety critical, software, transit, verification, vital" Designation: 1484 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Learning Technology Title: Standard for Information Technology for Education - Personal Learning System (PLS) - Learner Model Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Michael Collett, Phone:44-1234-349261, Email:mike@collett.demon.co.uk **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 19, 1996 Project Scope: This standard will specify the syntax and semantics of a Learner Model which will characterize a learner (student or knowledge worker) and his or her knowledge/abilities. This will include elements such as knowledge, skills, abilities, learning styles, records, and personal information. This standard will allow these elements to be represented in multiple levels of granularity, from a coarse overview, down to the smallest conceivable sub-element. This standard will allow different views of the Learner Model and will substantially address issues of privacy and security. Project Purpose: To enable learners of any age, background, location, means, or school/work situation to create and build a personal Learner Model, based on a national standard, whihc they can utilize throughout their education and work life. Designation: 1484.1-2003 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Learning Technology Title: IEEE Standard for Learning Technology - Learning Technology Systems Architecture (LTSA) Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Dec 19, 2003 Technical Contact: John G Tyler, Phone:703-883-6511, Email:jtyler@mitre.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Dec 11, 2002, BD APP: Jun 12, 2003, ANSI APP: Oct 15, 2003 Project Scope: This Standard specifies a high level architecture for information technology-supported learning, education, and training systems that describes the high-level system design and the components of these systems. This Standard covers a wide range of systems, commonly known as learning technology, education and training technology, computer-based training, computer assisted instruction, intelligent tutoring, etc.. This Standard is pedagogically neutral, content-neutral, culturally neutral, implementation-neutral, and platform-neutral. This Standard (1) provides a framework for understanding existing and future systems, (2) promotes interoperability and portability by identifying abstract, high level system interfaces, and (3) incorporates a technical horizon (applicability) of at least 5-10 years while remaining adaptable to new technologies and learning technology systems. This Standard will facilitate the development of configuration guidelines (e.g., profiles) for general learning technology systems. This Standard is neither prescriptive nor exclusive. Project Purpose: In general, the purpose of developing system architectures is to create high-level frameworks for understanding certain kinds of systems, their subsystems, and their interactions with related systems, i.e., more than one architecture is possible. An architecture is not a blueprint for designing a single system, but a framework for designing a range of systems over time, and for the analysis and comparison of these systems, i.e., an architecture is used for analysis and communication. By revealing the shared components of different systems at the right level of generality, an architecture promotes the design and implementation of components and subsystems that are reusable, cost-effective and adaptable, i.e., abstract, high level interoperability interfaces and services are identified. The architectural framework developed in this standard does not address the specific implementation details necessary to create learning technology system components. Abstract: "IEEE Std 1484.1-2003, IEEE Standard for Learning TechnologyLearning Technology Systems Architecture (LTSA)" Key Words: "encoding,high-level architecture,implementation,interaction,learner,Learning Sys-tems Technology Architecture (LTSA),system component,system notation" Designation: 1484.1 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Learning Technology Title: Standard for Information Technology - Education and Training Systems - Architecture and Reference Model Status: Superseded Technical Contact: John G Tyler, Phone:703-883-6511, Email:jtyler@mitre.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 20, 1997 Project Scope: This standard will specify a Reference Model/Architecture for component-based Computer-Aided Instruction (CAI) systems, specifically including the needs of Intelligent Learning Environment (ILE) and Intelligent Tutoring System software applications. The standard shall (1) define a framework within which to describe CAI system architecture(s), (2) define a vocabulary, including a graphical notation, for describing the architectures of component-based CAI systems, (3) define formats, protocols and methods for information exchange among CAI system components, (4) define required and optional external (programming) interfaces for CAI system components, (5) define requirements, norms and conventions for CAI system component behavior, and (6) specify external services and facilities that CAI system components should use to establish and support information exchange. In addition, this project expects to develop documentation and configuration guidelines for CAI system components. Project Purpose: Initial work on defining standards for Learner Models (P1484) indicates that a common architecture for CAI systems should be developed in parallel. It is clear that Learner Models are expected to function as components of larger CAI systems. A companion architecture specification is required that defines how other CAI system components should interact with a Learner Model. From a broader perspective, standards for CAI system architecture are needed to stimulate industry development of reusable CAI software components. At present, CAI system development is hindered by high production costs that are partly due to a widespread inability to reuse parts of existing systems (including commercial software packages, educational or otherwise). Component software engineering (the technique of building complex software applications from off-the-shelf modules having standard interfaces) promises to significantly reduce CAI system production costs by leveraging the power of component reuse. If this approach is to succeed over the long term, a viable CAI component marketplace must be encouraged. As has been amply demonstrated by the personal computer industry, the existence of architecture standards can provide the cornerstone for such a marketplace. The architecture standards to be developed in this effort should do for the CAI system industry what the Object Management Group's Common Object Request Broker Architecture is doing for the distributed object computing industry. It should establish guidelines (required and recommended) for implementation of CAI system components, and define system services that are to be available to all components. Developers of systems that comply with this architecture can expect to reap several benefits: (1) compliant CAI applications should be easier to maintain and upgrade than today's individually hand-crafted applications; (2) CAI application developers should be able to build new applications reusing parts of their previously-developed compliant applications, thus reducing their development costs; (3) compliant applications should be able to take advantage of distributed object computing; (4) compliant applications should be able to interoperate with commercial software products if those products provide external interfaces; (5) CAI application developers should be able to sell their general-purpose system components in a component marketplace. Designation: 1484.1 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Learning Technology Title: Standard for Learning Technology - Learning Technology Systems Architecture (LTSA) Status: Superseded Technical Contact: John G Tyler, Phone:703-883-6511, Email:jtyler@mitre.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Feb 14, 2002 Project Scope: This Standard specifies a high level architecture for information technology-supported learning, education, and training systems that describes the high-level system design and the components of these systems. This Standard covers a wide range of systems, commonly known as learning technology, education and training technology, computer-based training, computer assisted instruction, intelligent tutoring, metadata, etc.. This Standard is pedagogically neutral, content-neutral, culturally neutral, implementation neutral, and platform-neutral. This Standard (1) Provides a framework for understanding existing and future systems, (2) Promotes interoperability and portability by identifying critical system interfaces, and (3) Incorporates a technical horizon (applicability) of at least 5-10 years while remaining adaptable to new technologies and learning technology systems. The standard will facilitate the development of configuration guidelines for general learning technology systems and will identify the objectives of human activities and computer processes and their involved categories of knowledge. This Standard is neither prescriptive nor exclusive. Project Purpose: In general, the purpose of developing system architectures is to create high-level frameworks for understanding certain kinds of systems, their subsystems, and their interactions with related systems, i.e., more than one architecture is possible. An architecture is not a blue print for designing a single system, but a framework for designing a range of systems over time, and for the analysis and comparison of these systems, i.e., an architecture is used for analysis and communication. By revealing the shared components of different systems at the right level of generality, an architecture promotes the design and implementation of components and subsystems that are reusable, cost-effective and adaptable, i.e., critical interoperability interfaces and services are identified. Designation: 1484.2 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Learning Technology Title: Standard for Information Technology - Learning Systems - Learner Model Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Michael Collett, Phone:44-1234-349261, Email:mike@collett.demon.co.uk **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 20, 1997 Project Scope: This standard will specify the syntax and semantics of a 'Learner Model' which will characterize a learner and his or her knowledge/abilities. This will include elements such as knowledge, skills, abilities, learning styles, records, and personal information. This standard will allow these elements to be represented in multiple levels of granularity, from a coarse overview, down to the smallest conceivable sub- element. The standard will allow different views of the Learner Model. Project Purpose: To enable learners of any age, background, location, means, or school/work situation to create and build a personal Learner Model, based on a national standard, which they can utilize throughout their education and work life. Designation: 1484.3 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Learning Technology Title: Standard for Information Technology - Learning Technology - Glossary Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: James R Schoening, Phone:732-532-5812, Email:james.schoening@mail1.monmouth.army.mil **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 19, 1998 Project Scope: This standard will list and define the terms used in the other standards being developed by the IEEE Computer Society Learning Technology Standards Committee. The first version of this document will not be a comprehensive glossary for the field of Learning Technology, but it is intended that later versions will be. To the extent possible, additional related terms will be included to round out or support the other terms. Project Purpose: To enable the editors of IEEE Computer Society Learning Technology Standards Comm. working groups to use defined and consistent terminology in drafting their standards. To enable users of LTSC standards to understand the meaning of terms used in these documents. To enable others in the field of Learning Technology to understand and use standard terminology. Designation: 1484.4-2007 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Learning Technology Title: Trial Use Recommended Practice for Digital Rights Expression Languages (DRELs) Suitable for eLearning Technologies Status: Approved Publication of IEEE Technical Contact: Magda Mourad, Phone:+1-914-433-7240, Email:magdam@us.ibm.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: May 15, 2003, BD APP: Mar 22, 2007 Project Scope: This project should produce a recommended practice identifying Digital Rights (DR) requirements for eLearning technologies. These requirements should be aligned with the most widely known standards-based specifications for DREL that are being adopted or developed by international, regional, national and private organizations and consortia. Project Purpose: The purpose of this project is to facilitate the creation, management and delivery of digital content for eLearning by technology that implements digital rights expression languages. The recommended practice should determine what, if any, extensions are needed so that these DREL can meet the identified requirements. Designation: 1484.4 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Learning Technology Title: Standard for Information Technology - Learning Systems - Task Model Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: James R Schoening, Phone:732-532-5812, Email:james.schoening@mail1.monmouth.army.mil **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 20, 1997 Project Scope: Theis standard will specify the syntax and semantics of a 'Task Model' which will characterize all static aspects of a given project, including task description, member prerequisites, member roles, schedule, resources, learning objectives, deliverables, and assessment. Project Purpose: To enable employers to provide guidance to students regarding requirements for future employment. To enable students to structure their learning based on employer requirements. To enable students/workers to search, evaluate, and apply for desirable projects or jobs. To enable employers to search, evaluate, recruit, select, and orient desirable students/workers. To facilitate and reduce the cost of matching students with intern assignments. To enable teachers to structure tasks in the same format as intern assignments. Designation: 1484.6 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Learning Technology Title: Standard for Information Technology - Learning Systems - Session Management Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: James R Schoening, Phone:732-532-5812, Email:james.schoening@mail1.monmouth.army.mil **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 20, 1997 Project Scope: This standard will specify a specification language and environment for managing sessions in learning technology systems, e.g., computer-aided instruction, intelligent learning environments, intelligent tutoring systems. The standard will (1) define the specification language, (2) define the control transfer mechanisms and their encodings, (3) define the data transfer mechanisms and their encodings, (4) define an encoding method for storing and transferring session management "programs". Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to provide a common mechanism for exchanging and developing information among the users, proctors, and developers of courseware for individualized instruction. Designation: 1484.7 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Learning Technology Title: Standard for Information Technology - Learning Systems - Tool/Agent Communication Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Randy Saunders, Phone:4437783861, Email:r.saunders@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 20, 1997 Project Scope: This standard applies to educational systems consisting of one or more user tools and one or more instructional agents. The standard is intended to address ways that currently-existing tools can be made to comply with the standard as well as ways that newly-developed tools can be developed to take advantage of the standard. Project Purpose: To establish a protocol to govern interaction between software tools and instructional agents. Designation: 1484.9 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Learning Technology Title: Standard for Information Technology - Learning Systems - Task Ontology Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: James R Schoening, Phone:732-532-5812, Email:james.schoening@mail1.monmouth.army.mil **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 20, 1997 Project Scope: This standard will specify a task ontology for computer-based intelligent learning support systems such as Intelligent Tutoring Systems (ITS) and Intelligent/Interactive Learning Environment (ILE). Project Purpose: This is a companion standard to the Dictionary project and also gains mutual benefits among other projects such as Reference Model/Architecture, Standard for Communication between tools and instructional agents, session management, and Advanced Technology Learning Systems Authoring Tools projects. Designation: 1484.9 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Learning Technology Title: Standard for Information Technology - Learning Technology - Localisation Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Erik Duval, Phone:32-16.32.70.66, Email:ERIK.DUVAL@CS.KULEUVEN.AC.BE **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 30, 2000 Project Scope: This standard will deal with localisation issues for learning technologies. This includes facilitating human language translations (for instance of learning documents or learning object metadata vocabularies), as well as more technical issues (for instance character sets and encodings). Explcitly within scope are locale API issues and technical issues that facilitate support for multicultural communities (for instance descriptions of icon representations or user interface metaphorsso that these can be adapted to local needs. Project Purpose: The purpose is to support the global applicability and understanding of learning technology, so that its appropriate uptake is promoted. The final end users, i.e. the learners, will benefit from this work, as they will be confronted with less inappropriately biased materials. This is especially relevant in the culturally extremely sensitive area of education. Designation: 1484.10 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Learning Technology Title: Standard for Information Technology - Computer Based Training (CBT) - Interchange Language Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Willaim A McDonald, Phone:206-662-8485, Email:William.A.McDonald@fsbti.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 09, 1997 Project Scope: Define the major media data components of CBT courseware (such as audio, video, animations, and graphics) b) Reference existing industry standard data file formats for these components. These data standards would be incorporated by reference (via standards profiles); c) Define or recommend text-based interchange format for conveying logic, flow, and resources, e.g., a programming language; d) Define semantics, range of implementation-defined variations, interchange syntax, and interchange encoding. Project Purpose: Currently, much computer-based training (CBT) courseware produced is not easily portable from one authoring system to anotyher. The primary reason for this is that the content (Audio, Graphics, Video, Composition, and Logic) are often in a format proprietary to the CBT authoring tools used to create the CBT. The purpose of this standard is, a) To enable developers of courseware to assure customers that the content of their courseware is available in a format which can be interchanged with other current and future authoring tools; b) To enable purchasers of custom developed courseware to specify that courseware content shall be interchangeable; c) To enable developers of courseware to acquire authoring tools that will enable courseware content to be interchangeable; d) To enable developers of authoring tools to develop tools that will enable customers to develop courseware that will have content that is interchangeable; e) To enable the creation of courseware delivery systems that are independent of the content. This standard will facilitate the easy interchange and reuse of CBT courseware between CBT authoring tools. Designation: 1484.11 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Learning Technology Title: Standard for Information Technology - Learning Technology - Computer Managed Instruction (CMI) Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Jackie Hyde, Phone:206-662-8484, Email:jack.hyde@fsbti.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 19, 1998 Project Scope: This standard may cover describing what is in a course; some aspects of organizing and sequencing individual lessons in a single course; launching or starting assignable units with course management software (CMI software); communicating information between software managing a group of lessons and the lessons themselves; some aspects of describing objectives in a course and relating them to lessons and groups of lessons.; reporting student performance information, and relating performance to objectives. The standard will not cover curriculum design, contents of individual lessons, behavior of a lesson or structure of a lesson, analysis of student performance data. Project Purpose: Today Computer Based Training (CBT) is being written by a diverse number of parties using very diverse tools or authoring systems. Many of the CBT lessons being developed can complement and work well with other lessons developed in different locations with different tools by different people. There is a need to allow these c9omplementary lessons to be brought together and used in a single course. However, this cannot be done without defining a standard set of CMI functions and a matching set of CBT functions. Additionally, there are reasons for courses to be moved from one environment to another - need to save money by purchasing a single CMI system instead of one for each course to be administered; low cost of administering a single CMI system instead of many. Finally, there is a need to analyze student performance data accumulated in a lesson. The purpose of this standard is to allow different lessons to wlrk with different CMI systems; allow courses to move from one CMI system to another with minimal effort; allow modification/expansion of a course by any instructor with his preferred DMI tools; enable easier analysis of student data from different lessons. Designation: 1484.11.1-2004 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Learning Technology Title: IEEE Standard for Learning Technology--Data Model for Content to Learning Management System Communication Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jan 14, 2005 Technical Contact: Tyde Richards, Phone:750-451-0324, Email:trichards@eduworks.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Mar 21, 2002, BD APP: Sep 23, 2004, ANSI APP: Feb 02, 2005 Project Scope: This Standard describes a data model to support the interchange of agreed upon data elements and their values between a learning-related content object and a runtime service (RTS) used to support learning management. This Standard does not specify the means of communication between a content object and an RTS nor how any component of a learning environment shall behave in response to receiving data in the form specified. This Standard is based on a related data model defined in the "Computer Managed Instruction (CMI) Guidelines For Interoperability," version 3.4, defined by the Aviation Industry CBT Committee (AICC). To balance the need to support existing implementations with the need to make technical corrections and support emerging practice, this Standard selectively includes those data elements from the CMI specification that are commonly implemented; renames some data elements taken from the CMI specification to clarify their intended meaning; modifies the data types of data elements taken from the CMI specification to reflect ISO standard data types and internationalization requirements; removes some organizational structures used in the CMI specification to group data elements that are specific to the AICC community of practice and not generally applicable; and introduces some data elements not present in the CMI specification to correct known technical defects in data elements taken from that specification. Project Purpose: There is widespread acknowledgement that the data model for content object communication defined in the AICC "Computer Managed Instruction (CMI) Guidelines for Interoperability", version 3.4, has broad applicability to systems used for learning management. The purpose of this standard is to build consensus around, resolve ambiguities, and correct defects in this data model for the data exchanged between learning-related content and a runtime service used to support learning management. Abstract: This Standard describes a data model to support the interchange of data elements and their values between a content object and a runtime service (RTS). It is based on a current industry practice called “computer managed instruction” (CMI). The work on which this Standard is based was developed to support a client/server environment in which a learning technology system, generically called a learning management system (LMS), delivers digital content, called content objects, to learners. The data model supports learner data and preferences, interactions, objectives, content-object entry, exit, and status information, time parameters, and scores. Key Words: computer managed instruction (CMI), content object, data model, interoperability, learning content, learning management system (LMS), runtime service (RTS) Designation: 1484.11.1 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Learning Technology Title: Standard for Learning Technology - Data Model for Content to Learning Management System Communication Status: Superseded Technical Contact: Tyde Richards, Phone:750-451-0324, Email:trichards@eduworks.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 21, 2002 Project Scope: This standard is one Part of a multipart standard that covers a current industry practice called "CMI -- Computer Managed Instruction". This CMI specification is based on industry work and existing practice. This Part of the standard is Part 1: Data Model for Content to Learning Management System Communication. This Part covers the development of a common data model for content to Learning Management System communication to support multiple communication bindings to the data model. Project Purpose: The CMI specifications have been implemented and adopted in commercial products (originally in the aviation industry). There is widespread acknowledgement that these specifications have broad applicability in the area of learning management systems. The purpose of this part is to build consensus around, resolve ambiguities, and correct defects in existing specifications for a common data model for the data exchanged between learning-related content and a learning management system. Designation: 1484.11.2-2003 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Learning Technology Title: IEEE Standard for Learning Technology - ECMAScript Application Programming Interface for Content to Runtime Services Communication Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Mar 04, 2004 Technical Contact: Tyde Richards, Phone:750-451-0324, Email:trichards@eduworks.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Mar 21, 2002, BD APP: Sep 11, 2003, ANSI APP: Dec 29, 2003 Project Scope: This Standard describes an ECMAScript application-programming interface (API) for content-to-runtime-services communication. This Standard is based on an API defined in the "CMI Guidelines For Interoperability," version 3.4, defined by the Aviation Industry CBT Committee (AICC). It defines common API services in the ECMAScript language that enable the communication of information between learning-related content and a runtime service (RTS) used to support learning management. This Standard does not address the data structures that may be transmitted, data security, or communication between an RTS and related management systems. Project Purpose: There is widespread acknowledgement that the ECMAScript API for content-to-runtime-services communication defined in the AICC "CMI Guidelines for Interoperability", version 3.4, has broad applicability to systems used for learning management. The purpose of this Standard is to build consensus around, resolve ambiguities, and correct defects in this ECMAScript API for exchanging data between learning-related content and a runtime service used to support learning management. Abstract: "IEEE Std 1484.11.2-2003, IEEE Standard for Learning TechnologyECMAScript Application Programming Interface for Content to Runtime Services Communication" Key Words: "application programming interface,API,computer managed instruction,contentobject,ECMAScript,ECMAScript API,learning content,learning management system,LMS,runt-ime service,RTS." Designation: 1484.11.2 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Learning Technology Title: Standard for Learning Technology - ECMAScript API for Content to Runtime Services Communication Status: Superseded Technical Contact: Tyde Richards, Phone:750-451-0324, Email:trichards@eduworks.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 21, 2002 Project Scope: This standard is one Part of a multipart standard that covers a current industry practice called "CMI -- Computer Managed Instruction". This CMI specification is based on industry work and existing practice. This Part of the standard is Part 2: ECMAScript API for Content to Runtime Services Communication. This Part covers the development of the ECMAScript API for Content to Runtime Services Communication. This Part is harmonized with the existing AICC CMI specification and the ADL SCORM (Sharable Content Object Reference Model) specification. This API enables the communication of information between content and Learning Management System (LMS) via common API services using the ECMAScript language. Project Purpose: The CMI specifications have been implemented and adopted in commercial products (originally in the aviation industry). There is widespread acknowledgement that these specifications have broad applicability in the area of learning management systems. The purpose of this Part is to build consensus around, resolve ambiguities, and correct defects in existing specifications for an ECMAScript API for exchanging data between learning-related content and a learning management system. Designation: 1484.11.3-2005 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Learning Technology Title: IEEE Standard for Learning Technology Extensible Markup Language (XML) Schema Binding for Data Model for Content Object Communication Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: May 08, 2006 Technical Contact: Kerry Blinco, Phone:+61 419 787 992, Email:kblinco@powerup.com.au **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Mar 25, 2004, BD APP: Dec 07, 2005, ANSI APP: Mar 28, 2006 Project Scope: This Standard specifies a World Wide Web Consortium (W3C) Extensible Markup Language (XML) Schema binding of the data model defined in IEEE Std 1484.11.1TM-2004.1 An implementation that conforms to this Standard shall conform to IEEE Std 1484.11.1-2004. Project Purpose: The purpose of this Standard is to allow the creation of IEEE Std 1484.11.1-2004 data-model instances in XML. This Standard uses the W3C XML Schema definition language to specify the encoding of these datamodel instances (see XML Schema Parts 1 and 2), which allows for interoperability and the exchange of data-model instances between various systems. Abstract: This Standard specifies a World Wide Web Consortium (W3C) Extensible Markup Language (XML) binding of the data model defined in IEEE Std 1484.11.1-2004. The purpose of this Standard is to allow for the creation of IEEE Standard 1484.11.1-2004 data-model instances in XML. This Standard uses the W3C XML Schema definition language as the encoding, which allows for interoperability and the exchange of data-model instances between various systems. Key Words: content object, Content Object Communication Data Model, Extensible Markup Language (XML), IEEE Std 1484.11.1-2004, W3C XML Schema definition language, XML, XML binding, XML data instance, XML Schema definition Designation: P1484.11.4 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Learning Technology Title: Standard for Learning Technology - Reference Model for Resource Aggregation for Learning, Education and Training Status: New Standard Project Technical Contact: Kerry Blinco, Phone:+61 419 787 992, Email:kblinco@powerup.com.au **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jun 09, 2005 Project Scope: This Standard defines a reference model that includes a nomenclature and a conceptual model for digital aggregates of resources for learning, education, and training applications. This Standard facilitates interoperability by enabling the interpretation of externalized representations of resource aggregates and their properties. Particular internal compositions and behaviors of resources are not specified nor are any particular means or methods for processing resource aggregates. Project Purpose: Currently, resource aggregates used in learning, education, and training applications are represented in a variety of formats and are defined in a variety of specifications. Examining the commonalities and differences among different representations of resource aggregates reveals that these formats and specifications sometimes lack a documented nomenclature and underlying conceptual model. Without a common nomenclature and conceptual model to inform the interpretation of these formats and specifications, it is difficult to create applications that can interoperate. This Standard facilitates interoperability by providing a nomenclature and conceptual model that can be used to represent a variety of resource aggregation formats and specifications. Interoperability may be achieved by facilitating the creation of crosswalks among the various aggregation formats and specifications and by enabling the development and evolution of standards and specifications. Designation: 1484.12 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Learning Technology Title: Standard for Information Technology - Learning Technology - Learning Objects Metadata Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Wayne Hodgins, Phone:415-507-5759, Email:wayne.hodgins@autodesk.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 19, 1998 Project Scope: This standard will specify the syntax and semantics of Learning Object Metadata, defined as the attributes required to fully/adequately describe a Learning Object. The Learning Object Metadata standards will focus on the minimal set of attributes needed to allow these Learnign Objects to be managed, located, and evaluated. The standrd will suppport security, privacy, commerce, and evaluation, but only to the extent that metadata fields will be provided for specifying descriptive tokens related to these areas, the standard will not concern itself with how these features are implemented. Project Purpose: To enable learners or instructors to search, evaluate, acquire, and utilize Learning Objects; to enable the sharing and exchange of Learning Objects across any technology supported learning systems; to enable the development of learning objects in units that can be combined and decomposed in meaningful ways; to enable computer agents to automatically and dynamically compose personalized lessons for an individual learner; to compliment the direct work on standards that are focused on enabling multiple Learning Objects to work together within an open distributed learning environment; to enable, where desired, the documentation and recognition of the completion of existing or new learning and performance objectives associated with Learning Objects; to enable a strong and growing economy for Learning Objects that supports and sustains all forms of distribution; non-profit, not-for-profit and for profit; to enable education, training and learning organizations, both government, public and private, to express educational content and performance standards in a standardized format that is independent of the content itself; to provide researchers with standrds that support the collection and sharing of comparable data concerning the applicability and effectiveness of Learning Objects; to define a standard that is simple yet extensible to multiple domains and jurisdictions so as to be most easily and broadly adopted and applied; to support necessary security and authentication for the distribution and use of Learning Objects. Designation: 1484.12.1-2002 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Learning Technology Title: IEEE Standard for Learning Object Metadata Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Sep 06, 2002 Technical Contact: Wayne Hodgins, Phone:415-507-5759, Email:wayne.hodgins@autodesk.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Mar 19, 1998, BD APP: Jun 13, 2002, ANSI APP: Nov 14, 2002 Project Scope: This Standard is a multi-part standard that specifies Learning Object Metadata. This Part specifies a conceptual data schema that defines the structure of a metadata instance for a learning object. For this Standard, a learning object is defined as any entity--digital or non- digital-- that may be used for learning, education or training. For this Standard, a metadata instance for a learning object describes relevant characteristics of the learning object to which it applies. Such characteristics may be grouped in general, life cycle, meta-metadata, educational, technical, educational, rights, relation, annotation, and classification categories. The conceptual data schema specified in this part permits linguistic diversity of both learning objects and the metadata instances that describe them. This conceptual data schema specifies the data elements which compose a metadata instance for a learning object. This Part is intended to be referenced by other standards that define the implementation descriptions of the data schema so that a metadata instance for a learning object can be used by a learning technology system to manage, locate, evaluate or exchange learning objects. This Part of this Standard does not define how a learning technology system represents or uses a metadata instance for a learning object. Project Purpose: The purpose of this multi-part Standard is to facilitate search, evaluation, acquisition, and use of learning objects, for instance by learners or instructors or automated software processes. This multi-part Standard also facilitates the sharing and exchange of learning objects, by enabling the development of catalogs and inventories while taking into account the diversity of cultural and lingual contexts in which the learning objects and their metadata are reused. By specifying a common conceptual data schema, this Part of this Standard ensures that bindings of Learning Object Metadata have a high degree of semantic interoperability. As a result, transformations between bindings will be straightforward. This Part of this Standard specifies a base schema, which may be extended as practice develops. e.g., facilitating automatic, adaptive scheduling of learning objects by software agents. Abstract: A conceptual data schema that defines the structure of metadata for a learning object isspecified in this standard. Key Words: "category,datatype,extended data element,LangString,learning object,learning objectmetadata (LOM),smallest permitted maximum,value space" Designation: 1484.12.1 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Learning Technology Title: Standard for Learning Object Metadata Status: Superseded Technical Contact: Wayne Hodgins, Phone:415-507-5759, Email:wayne.hodgins@autodesk.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 19, 1998 Project Scope: This standard specifies a conceptual data schema that defines the structure of a metadata instance for a learning object. For this standard, a learning object is defined as any entity, digital or non- digital, that may be used for learning, education or training. For this standard, a metadata instance for a learning object describes relevant characteristics of the learning object to which it applies. Such characteristics can be regrouped in general, educational, technical and classification categories. The conceptual data schema specified in this standard will allow for linguistic diversity of both learning objects and the metadata instances that describe them. The conceptual data schema defined in this standard specifies the data elements of which a metadata instance for a learning object is composed. This standard will be referenced by other standards that will define the implementation descriptions of the data schema so that a metadata instance for a learning object can be used by a learning technology system to manage, locate, evaluate or exchange learning objects. This standard does not define how a learning technology system will represent or use a metadata instance for a learning object. Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to facilitate search, evaluation, acquisition, and use of learning objects, for instance by learners or instructors. The purpose is also to facilitate the sharing and exchange of learning objects, by enabling the development of catalogs and inventories while taking into account the diversity of cultural and lingual contexts in which the learning objects and their metadata will be exploited. By specifying a common conceptual data schema, bindings of Learning Object Metadata will have a high degree of semantic interoperability. As a result, transformations between bindings will be straightforward. The intent of this standard is to specify a base schema, which can be used to build on as practice develops, for instance in order to facilitate automatic, adaptive scheduling of learning objects by software agents. Designation: 1484.12.2 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Learning Technology Title: Standard for ISO/IEC 11404 binding for Learning Object Metadata data model Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Wayne Hodgins, Phone:415-507-5759, Email:wayne.hodgins@autodesk.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 19, 1998 Project Scope: This standard specifies an ISO/IEC 11404:1996 (Language Independent Datatypes) binding of the IEEE 1484.12.1 data model. An implementation that conforms to 1484.12.2 must conform to 1484.12.1 Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to provide precise data model semantics, as permitted by the 11404 notation. The 11404 notation may be useful for bindings to programming languages and other systems. Designation: 1484.12.3-2005 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Learning Technology Title: IEEE Standard for Extensible Markup Language (XML) Schema Definition Language Binding for Learning Object Metadata Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Nov 10, 2005 Technical Contact: Wayne Hodgins, Phone:415-507-5759, Email:wayne.hodgins@autodesk.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Dec 08, 2004, BD APP: May 10, 2005, ANSI APP: Aug 17, 2005 Project Scope: ORIGINAL Scope: This Standard specifies an eXtensible Markup Language (XML) binding of the learning object metadata (LOM) data model defined in IEEE 1484.12.1–2002 Standard for Learning Object Metadata. An implementation that conforms with this Standard shall conform to IEEE 1484.12.1–2002. ============================================== REVISED Scope: This Standard defines World Wide Web Consortium (W3C) Extensible Markup Language (XML) structure and constraints on the contents of XML 1.1 documents that can be used to represent learning object metadata (LOM) instances as defined in IEEE 1484.12.1–2002, Standard for Learning Object Metadata. This Standard defines the structure and constraints of the XML 1.1 documents in W3C XML Schema definition language. An implementation that conforms to this Standard shall conform to IEEE 1484.12.1–2002. Project Purpose: The purpose of this Standard is to allow the creation of interoperable LOM instances in XML. This Standard uses the W3C XML Schema definition language as the encoding. This allows for interoperability and the exchange of LOM XML instances between various systems. Abstract: This Standard defines a World Wide Web Consortium (W3C) Extensible Markup Language (XML) Schema definition language binding of the learning object metadata (LOM) data model defined in IEEE 1484.12.1–2002 Standard for Learning Object Metadata. The purpose of this Standard is to allow the creation of LOM instances in XML. This allows for interoperability and the exchange of LOM XML instances between various systems. This Standard uses the W3C XML Schema definition language to define the syntax and semantics of the XML encodings. Key Words: 1484.12.1–2002, Extensible Markup Language, learning object metadata, LOM, LOM XML instance, LOM XML Schema binding, metadata, W3C XML Schema definition language, XML, XML Schema definition, XSD Designation: 1484.12.3 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Learning Technology Title: Standard for XML binding for Learning Object Metadata data model Status: Superseded Technical Contact: Wayne Hodgins, Phone:415-507-5759, Email:wayne.hodgins@autodesk.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 19, 1998 Project Scope: This standard specifies an XML binding of the IEEE 1484.12.1 data model. An implementation that conforms to 1484.12.3 must conform to 1484.12.1. Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to provide the XML binding to enable the exchange of LOM instances between conforming systems that implement the 1484.12.1 data model. Abstract: This Standard defines a World Wide Web Consortium (W3C) Extensible Markup Language (XML) Schema definition language binding of the learning object metadata (LOM) data model defined in IEEE 1484.12.1–2002 Standard for Learning Object Metadata. The purpose of this Standard is to allow the creation of LOM instances in XML. This allows for interoperability and the exchange of LOM XML instances between various systems. This Standard uses the W3C XML Schema definition language to define the syntax and semantics of the XML encodings. Key Words: 1484.12.1–2002, Extensible Markup Language, learning object metadata, LOM, LOM XML instance, LOM XML Schema binding, metadata, W3C XML Schema definition language, XML, XML Schema definition, XSD Designation: P1484.12.4 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Learning Technology Title: Standard for Resource Description Framework (RDF) binding for Learning Object Metadata data model Status: New Standard Project Technical Contact: Wayne Hodgins, Phone:415-507-5759, Email:wayne.hodgins@autodesk.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: May 09, 2002 Project Scope: This standard specifies a W3C RDF (Resource Description Framework) binding of the IEEE 1484.12.1 data model. An implementation that conforms to 1484.12.4 must conform to 1484.12.1 Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to provide the RDF binding to enable the exchange of LOM instances between conforming systems that implement the 1484.12.1 data model. Designation: 1484.13 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Learning Technology Title: Standard for Information Technology - Learning Technology - Student Identifier Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: James R Schoening, Phone:732-532-5812, Email:james.schoening@mail1.monmouth.army.mil **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jun 25, 1998 Project Scope: This standard will specify the syntax, semantics, encoding, registration, resolution, and authentication of unique student identifiers. A student identifier is a name, e.g., a login name, that is associated with a student. These identifiers will be simple enough for students (even as young as grade school) to memorize, and for non-technical organizations (such as schools) to issue. No other standard system of unique identifiers meets these requirements. Project Purpose: To enable students to use identifiers for sign-on and record keeping. Many students have special needs. To enab le students to easily obtain and remember their student identifiers. To enable students to maintain appropriate control over records stored in multiple places and under the control of multiple organizations. To enable parents, teachers, schools and other organizations to easily issue unique sudent identifiers to their students or members. To enable students to manage their own records, use a records management service, or allow the multiple sources of those records to manage them. To enable recordkeeping organizations to follow common methods. To enable schools and vendors to offer learning services through distributed managmenet systems and distributed student databases. To enable learning systems to gain quick access to student preferences and profiles, such as learning style, physical capabilities, cognitive capabilities, cultural dependencies. Designation: 1484.14 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Learning Technology Title: Standard for Information Technology - Learning Technology - Semantics and Exchange Bindings Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Tyde Richards, Phone:750-451-0324, Email:trichards@eduworks.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 08, 1998 Project Scope: This standard will define a semantic framework so that semantic elements defined in one conforming standard can be directly integrated into another conforming standard. Possible examples of semantic elements are data elements, abstract data types, and organizational categories. Common semantic elements will be determined by referencing the requirements of other LTSC working groups. The standard will also define related, common conventions for syntax and protocol bindings needed for information exchange. Project Purpose: Enable semantic integration across Learnign Technology standards and encouragere-use of common semantic elements. Enable a common approach to syntax and protocol bindings across multiple Learning Technology standards. Enable interoperability between applications by defining common conventions for the syntax and protocol bindings used to exchange information. Enable the practical adoption of XML as a data exchange format by defining common encoding conventions. Enable a migration path between legacy and emerging data exchange formats on the basis of a common semantics. Designation: 1484.14.1 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Learning Technology Title: Guide for Learning Technology - Data Extension Techniques Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Bruce E Peoples, Phone:703-295-2164, Email:Bruce_E_peoples@raytheon.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Feb 14, 2002 Project Scope: This Guide describes extension techniques that are commonly used when standardizing data models and their bindings in learning technology and related IT applications. In this context, "extension" refers to capabilities beyond those described in a standard. These techniques are general across many application areas. Project Purpose: The purpose of this Guide is to provide guidance for developers of standards and specifications of data models and their bindings regarding commonly used techniques that support competing technical and business interests among users, vendors, and industry. These techniques include interoperability issues that arise when user, vendor, institution, industry, etc., extensions are incorporated into data models and their bindings. The interoperability issues focus on the successful interaction among two or more implementations of a standard and the automation, to the level desired, of these interactions. Examples include several levels of interoperability: Scenario #1: An implementation interoperates only among strictly conforming implementations. Example: The implementation might only include the features of a standard, but no extensions or proprietary features are used. Scenario #2: An implementation interoperates with other implementations from the same vendor, user, or institution. Scenario #3: An implementation interoperates with a wide variety of user-specific, vendor-specific, institution-specific, and/or industry-specific extensions. It is expected that this Guide will be used in connection with the consensus-building process itself for emerging standards and specifications. The use of extensions and their later standardization is a common migration path for new technologies merging into the mainstream. Designation: 1484.14.2 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Learning Technology Title: Guide for Learning Technology - Rule-Based XML Binding Techniques Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Bruce E Peoples, Phone:703-295-2164, Email:Bruce_E_peoples@raytheon.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Feb 14, 2002 Project Scope: This Guide describes techniques for XML coding bindings for data models in learning technology and related IT applications based on a defined set of rules. The content of this Guide may be incorporated into standards and specifications to support rule-based XML bindings. Project Purpose: The purpose of this Guide is to provide common wording for differing types of XML bindings where rule-based XML binding approaches are possible. The Guide describes a rule-based approach that can be adopted by multiple standards and specifications. Designation: 1484.14.3 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Learning Technology Title: Guide for Learning Technology - Rule-Based Dotted Name-Value Pair (DNVP) Binding Techniques Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Bruce E Peoples, Phone:703-295-2164, Email:Bruce_E_peoples@raytheon.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Feb 14, 2002 Project Scope: This Guide describes techniques for dotted name-value pair bindings for data models in learning technology and related IT applications based on a determined set of rules. The content of this Guide may be incorporated into standards and specifications to support rule-based dotted name-value pair bindings. Project Purpose: The purpose of this Guide is to provide common wording for commonly used bindings. The Guide describes a rule-based approach that can be adopted by many standards and specifications. [Note: The following summary is provided for the reader who might not be familiar with this kind of notation.] A name-value pair is common information coding technique, for example: [Name] [Value] priority: high. A dotted name may be used to represent more complex naming and information structures, such as: [Name] [Value] preferences.mail.priority: high Designation: 1484.15 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Learning Technology Title: Standard for Information Technology – Learning Technology – Data Interchange Protocols Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Paul Siegel, Phone:212-486-4700, Email:siegel@farance.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 18, 1999 Project Scope: This standard will provide a common lightweight protocol for exchanging data among clients, servers, and peers. The standard addresses data exchange at a finer granularity than HTTP and is intended to perform better in a wide range of network infrastructures, qualities of service, distributed systems, nomadic semantics that can easily be implemented in networking applications and can easily be bound to APIs Project Purpose: A good number of protocols exist for exchanging data, such as FTP, HTTP, CORBA. However, these protocols don't perform well (e.g. HTTP is not good for fine grain data), they don't have enough semantics (e.g. FTP cannot get/put address attributes, properties, or metadata), or they are difficult to interface to (e.g. CORBA cannot be conveniently accessed in Perl or Tcl). A lightweight protocol that was easily implementable and addressed the needs of learning technology would have wide acceptance and integration within many applications because protocols are one of the key elements to portable, interoperable distributed (distance) learning systems. Designation: 1484.16 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Learning Technology Title: Standard for Information Technology – Learning Technology – HTTP Bindings Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Steve Griffin, Phone:919-623-4572, Email:sgriffin@eduprise.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 18, 1999 Project Scope: This standard will provide common bindings to http for learning technology services. The standard will specify common URL suffixes (e.g. "cgi-bin" paths), http commands, and/or http Post body contents that will correspond to common learning technology services available through web servers. The standard will include the semantic description, syntax and encodings (in the case of post body contents), and interface definition to these services, and extension mechanisms to support future growth. Project Purpose: Web browsers and servers are commonly available, thus, the desire the leverage existing infrastructure. A common standard would allow the developers of learning content, management systems, learner profile systems, metadata systems, and supporting services to access services via a common web-based interface. Designation: 1484.17 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Learning Technology Title: Standard for Information Technology - Learning Technology - Content Packaging Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Neal Nored, Phone:404-238-5466, Email:nnored@blackboard.net **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 18, 1999 Project Scope: This standard will describe the packaging of learning content. Learning content, typically, is a collection of components that are copied, transmitted, purchased, executed, and used as a single unit. Units may be combined to make larger units. This standard will describe the format, coding, encoding, environment, attributes, and interactions of this content. This standard will not describe protable content, but will describe a portable method for packaging content. Project Purpose: The nature of web-based learning, internet delivery, intellectual proterty rights, and electronic commerce motivate the need for a single unit of transmission for these learning systems. A single unit would allow, for example, a simple click of a URL in a browser to activate learning content. This packaging format would allow the compilation of not only media components (text, graphics, audio, video), but would support the common packaging of metadata, attributes, and supporting materials - all within a single transmission unit. Higher quality would be possible because the user or system is no longer responsible for piecing the components together - the common packaging format would eliminate mistakes and would increase interoperability. Designation: 1484.18 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Learning Technology Title: Standard for Information Technology – Learning Technology – Platform And Media Profiles Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Frank Farance, Phone:212-486-4700, Email:frank@farance.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 18, 1999 Project Scope: This standard profile will identify existing standards and specifications of learning technology platforms and their content. Several standards profiles will be developed for several operating scenarios, such as "browser platform", "workstation platform", "web media types". The standard profile will not specify the technical details, but limitations and enhancements to these standards and specifications. It is expected that these profiles will be updated and amended often enough to track current technology. Project Purpose: Many systems require compatibility for common suite of features such as browsers, operating systems, and content. A standard profile would specify functionality (e.g. Java 1.1, JPEF, GIF-89, C95...) rather than implementations (e.g. Netscape 4.0, Windows 95, Adobe PDF plug- in). A specification based on functionality allows consumers and vendors a wider range of implementations that are conforming. Since many standards and specifications may be implied by compatibility, a standard profile would allow consumers and vendors to point to a single document that references the collection of features. Designation: 1484.20 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Learning Technology Title: Standard for Information Technology - Learning Technology - Competency Definitions Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Claude Ostyn, Phone:425-869-8586, Email:Claude@Ostyn.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jan 30, 2000 Project Scope: This standard shall specify the mandatory and optional data elements that constitute a Competency Definition as used in a Learning Management System, or referenced in a Competency Profile. The proposed approach is to use a general definition that can be semantically "tightened" or "loosened" in the data itself, while conserving the same data model regardless of how strictly a particular organization or institution requires the data to be formulated.  Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to define a universally acceptable Competency Definition model to allow the creation, exchange and reuse of Competency Definition in applications such as Learning Management Systems, Competency or Skill Gap Analysis, Learner and other Competency profiles, etc. The standard is needed because there are currently many definitions of the terms "Learning Objective", "Competency" and "Skill", and very little agreement between how those definitions can be used to define reusable data models. This standard also addresses the following needs: a. Enable industry or domain organizations to clearly define and register competencies. b. Allow curriculum developers, trainers and managers to use a common data model to build various competency models, hierarchies and maps c. Enable providers of courses or learning objects to specify prerequisites by referencing existing competency definitions. d. Enable employers to search for and select predefined competencies rather than defining them themselves. e. Enable learners to easily search and find those competencies required by employers, schools, courses, or learning objects. f. Enable developers and managers of training, as well as managers of educational records, to develop databases of persistent, long lived Competency Definitions and certification records that can be created, exchanged among systems, and maintained. g. Enable competency definition users to deal with obsolete or superseded competency definitions in a predictable manner. h. Enable competency record keepers or users to identify the source of the Competency Definition, validation information, and other meta information useful to locate an objective in a repository or collection. i. Enable users of the Learning Objects Metadata Standard developed by a parallel group to integrate competency definition references in Learning Object Metadata. Designation: P1484.20.1 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Learning Technology Title: Standard for Learning Technology - Data Model for Reusable Competency Definitions Status: Modified New Project Technical Contact: Claude Ostyn, Phone:425-869-8586, Email:Claude@Ostyn.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 15, 2006 Project Scope: This Standard defines a data model for describing, referencing, and exchanging competency definitions, primarily in the context of online and distributed learning. This Standard provides a way to represent formally the key characteristics of a competency, independent of its use in any particular context. It enables interoperability among learning systems that deal with competency information by providing a means for them to refer to common definitions with common meanings. This standard enables information about competencies to be encoded and exchanged. It does not define whether a competency is a skill, knowledge, ability, attitude or learning outcome but can be used to capture information about any of these. (The scope has not changed.) Project Purpose: The purpose of this Standard is to publish an IEEE standard based on the existing IMS Global Learning Consortium specification for Reusable Definition of Competency or Educational Objective (RDCEO). This standard is to be defined in such a way that implementations that conform to the IMS specification will be conformant to this Standard.(The purpose has not changed.) Designation: 1484.20.1 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Learning Technology Title: Standard for Learning Technology - Standard for Reusable Competency Definitions Status: Superseded Technical Contact: Claude Ostyn, Phone:425-869-8586, Email:Claude@Ostyn.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 22, 2005 Project Scope: This Standard defines a data model for describing, referencing, and exchanging competency definitions, primarily in the context of online and distributed learning. This Standard provides a way to represent formally the key characteristics of a competency, independent of its use in any particular context. It enables interoperability among learning systems that deal with competency information by providing a means for them to refer to common definitions with common meanings. This standard enables information about competencies to be encoded and exchanged. It does not define whether a competency is a skill, knowledge, ability, attitude or learning outcome but can be used to capture information about any of these. Project Purpose: The purpose of this Standard is to publish an IEEE standard based on the existing IMS Global Learning Consortium specification for Reusable Definition of Competency or Educational Objective (RDCEO). This standard is to be defined in such a way that implementations that conform to the IMS specification will be conformant to this Standard. Designation: 1485 Sponsor: IEEE Electron Devices Society Title: Recommended Practice for Test Procedures for Micro-Electronic MOSFET Circuit Simulator Model Validation Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Britt Brooks, Phone:214-480-3991, Email:brittb@ti.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 19, 1996 Project Scope: This project is to develop comprehensive test procedures for validation of micro-electronic MOSFET models that are used for curcuit simulators. The procedures are to validate the models as to their external terminal behavior only. Project Purpose: Presently, there are no recognized procedures for comprehensive evaluation of the performance of the micro-electronic MOSFET models that are used in various curcuit simulators. The inability to determine and specify the performance of curcuit simulator models is preventing the effective utilization of curcuit simulation tools. This project will provide circuit simulator users and model developers a comprehensive way of validating micro-electronic MOSFET models. Designation: 1486 Sponsor: IEEE Broadcast Technology Society/Audio and Visual Techniques Title: Standard for Measurement of Television Video Signals in the 525 Line Interlaced Format Which Have Been Compressed Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Alan Godber, Phone:(732) 846-4476, Email:agodber@earthlink.net **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 19, 1996 Project Scope: This project will develop measuring techniques to quantify the quality of television video images in the 525 line interlaced format when these images have been digitized and compressed and then decompressed. Multiple measurement methods may be required and these may include subjective as well as objective methods. Measurement methods may cover one compression and decompression process, or multiple sequential compression and decompression processes, using the same or different compression algorithms. Project Purpose: This standard is intended to be used as a tool for broadcasters and manufacturers of television equipment and related industries to be able to determine the image quality of television video signals which have been digitally compressed. This standard will be used to assist design, selection, maintenance and operation of compression equipment. Designation: 1487 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee Title: Standard for Engineering of Systems: Concepts and Principles Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Leonard L Tripp, Phone:206-662-4437, Email:L.TRIPP@COMPUTER.ORG **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 19, 1996 Project Scope: This standard will define the generally accepted concepts, principles and performance-based requirements common to all application environments. It shall cover the full system life cycle: development, manufacture, verification/test, deployment, distribution, operations, support, training, and disposal. Project Purpose: To provide a common framework for systems engineering across all industry segments, to facilitate establishment of a common systems engineering language, incorporates lessons learned from other industries, common process reduces training requirements and builds expertise, reduced amount of documentation required, access to cutting edge technology in systems engineering products and services, rfocuses systems engineering initiatives along a common guideline, and reduces need for unique program directives for systems engineering. Designation: 1488-2000 Sponsor: IEEE Vehicular Technology Society/Intelligent Transportation Systems Title: IEEE Standard for Message Set Template for Intelligent Transportation Systems Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Feb 06, 2006. This historical standard is available for sale in electronic format (PDF) through the IEEE Online Store at www.shop.ieee.org. You may also order by calling +1 800 678 IEEE (in the US) or +1 732 981 0060 (outside of the US). **12-Sep-02: Updated to Full Use from Trial Use. History: PAR APP: Sep 19, 1996, BD APP: Jun 21, 2000 Project Scope: Research, compile and consolidate information leading to the publication of a standard for a template for message sets for intelligent transportation systems (ITS). The template will provide an overall syntax and structure for ITS message sets. Project Purpose: The global interest in interoperability of communication systems in the transportation infrastructure, e.g. vehicles, management centers, and roadside systems has prompted the ITS user community to seek a standard template for message sets. The users of the standard will be the developers of message sets for intelligent transportation systems. The benefit will be the interoperability of systems developed using these message sets. Abstract: " The expanding use of digital communications among subsystems of the transportationinfrastructure has spawned the development of message sets for the communications betweenthese subsystems. A format for Intelligent Transportation System (ITS) message sets, includingcommon terms (e.g., object identifier), as well as attributes necessary to document ITS datamessages, is addressed in this standard. " Key Words: "attribute,data concept,data element,<QUOTE>dataelement,<QUOTE> data frames,<QUOTE>dataframe,<QUOTE> intelligent transportation systems,message,message set,meta-attribute,template,transportation" Designation: 1489 Sponsor: IEEE Vehicular Technology Society/Intelligent Transportation Systems Title: Standard for Data Dictionaries for Intelligent Transportation Systems Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Thomas M Kurihara, Phone:703-516-9650, Email:tkstds@mindspring.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jun 14, 2001 Project Scope: Adopt ISO 14817 as the revise standard supplemented with message set attributes and data registry functional operating procedures consistent with US practices. Withdraw IEEE Standard 1489-1999 and IEEE Trial-Use Standard 1488-2000.] Scope of P1489 PAR Approved 19 September 1996 (IEEE Std 1489-1999). [Research, compile, and consolidate information leading to the publication of a standard for data dictionaries for intelligent transportation systems. Specific issues relative to the development of ITS data dictionaries will be identified and addressed. These issues may include, but are not limited to, ownership, registration, maintenance, coordination among developers of ITS data dictionaries, resolution of conflicts, and identification of common terms (e.g., time, date, and location). The standard will provide a format for ITS data dictionaries. The format is anticipated to include, but not be limited to, identifying attributes, definitional attributes, relational attributes, and administrative attributes. See Explanation of revision project in Item 16. Project Purpose: Incorporate experience gained from the use of and testing the implementation of ITS Data Registry and the field operational test of standards for ITS applications will be used to make the change. Adopt ISO TC204 developed standard that includes basic provisions from IEEE Standard 1489-1999 and IEEE Trial Use Standard 1488-2000. Develop US specific provisions for supplementing the ISO standard that reflects US usage and requirements. Designation: 1489 Sponsor: IEEE Vehicular Technology Society/Intelligent Transportation Systems Title: Standard for Data Dictionaries for Intelligent Transportation Systems Status: Superseded Technical Contact: Thomas M Kurihara, Phone:703-516-9650, Email:tkstds@mindspring.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 21, 2000 Project Scope: Revise the requirements for the registration of data concepts, messages, and data frames for use in the ITS domain based on experience gained from practical experience using the ITS Data Registry functional operating procedures. The standard serves as the foundation standard for all ITS functional area data dictionaries. Revise the standard so that it contains the description of data concepts, in formal terms, to promote a high degree of "unambiguous data interchange" among ITS components. Provide for extending the standard for global use through the development of relationships among data concepts used in the ITS domain. Project Purpose: Experience gained while using and testing the implementation of the ITS Data Registry and the field operational test of standards for ITS applications will be used to make the change. Descriptions of all data concepts will be examined to minimize or eliminate ambiguities and inconsistencies identified during the development and harmonization of data concepts and use during ITS field operational tests. The intended users are system integrators and public agency officials developing ITS applications for information interchange under the Federal Highway Administration Transportation Equity Act for the 21st Century (TEA-21). Designation: 1489-1999 Sponsor: IEEE Vehicular Technology Society/Intelligent Transportation Systems Title: IEEE Standard for Data Dictionaries for Intelligent Transportation Systems Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 18, 2007. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. History: PAR APP: Sep 19, 1996, BD APP: Jun 26, 1999, ANSI APP: Jan 13, 2000 Project Scope: Develop a standard for functional area data dictionaries for intelligent transportation systems. Specific issues will be addressed including documenting and coordinating data elements, ownership and identifying attributes for unambiguous data transfer. Project Purpose: Use of digital communications among intelligent transportation systems, e.g., vehicles, management centers (traffic, transit and emergency) and roadside equipment, has led to development of functional area data dictionaries for communications and unambiguous data reuse between the functional areas. The users of this standard will be the developers of the functional area data dictionaries. Abstract: " The expanding use of digital communications among subsystems of the transportationinfrastructure has spawned the development of data dictionaries for the communications betweenthese subsystems. A format for Intelligent Transportation System (ITS) data dictionaries, includingcommon terms (e.g., time, date, location), as well as meta-attributes necessary to document ITSdata concepts is addressed in this standard. " Key Words: "attribute,classificatin scheme,data dictionary,data element,data element concept,functional-area data dictionary,entity,entity type,generic property domain,information interchange,intelligent transportation systems,ISO/IEC 11179,meta-attribute,metadata st" Designation: 1490-2003 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee Title: IEEE Guide Adoption of PMI Standard - A Guide to the Project Management Body of Knowledge Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: May 24, 2004 **Supersedes 1490-1998. Technical Contact: Susan K Land, Phone:256-876-7004, Email:susan.land@ngc.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Aug 15, 2002, BD APP: Dec 10, 2003, ANSI APP: Apr 26, 2004 Project Scope: The primary purpose of this document is to identify and describe that subset of the PMBOK that is generally accepted and adopt this as IEEE Std 1490-2002. Generally accepted means that the knowledge and practices described are applicable to most projects most of the time, and that there is widespread consensus about their value and usefulness. Generally accepted does not mean that the knowledge and practices described are or should be applied uniformly on all projects; the project management team is always responsible for determining what is appropriate for any given project. This document is also intended to provide a common lexicon within the profession for talking about project management. Project management is a relatively young profession, and while there is substantial commonality around what is done, there is relatively little commonality in the terms used. Footnote: Project Management Body of Knowledge (PMBOK) and Project Management Institute (PMI) are registered as trademarks of the Project Management Institute, Inc. Project Purpose: SESC has previously adopted the 1996 version of PMIBOK to provide a framework for software engineering project management. PMBOK 2000 added new material to reflect the growth of the knowledge and practices in the field of project management by capturing those practices, tools, techniques, and other relevant items that have become generally accepted. Additionally, clarification text and figures, and corrections, have been added that make the document more valuable to users. SESC intends to adopt the current version of PMBOK, replacing the previous version. Abstract: "IEEE Std 1490-2003, IEEE Guide Adoption of PMI Standard A Guide to the Project Management Body of Knowledge" Key Words: "body of knowledge, project, project management" Designation: 1490-1998 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee Title: IEEE Guide - Adoption of PMI Standard, A Guide to the Project Management Body of Knowledge Status: Superseded **Superseded by 1490-2003. History: BD APP: Jun 25, 1998 Project Scope: This document identifies and describes that subset of the Project Management Body of Knowledge which is generally accepted. Generally accepted means that the knowledge and practices described are applicable to most projects most of the time, and that there is widespread consensus about their value and usefulness. Generally accepted does not mean that the knowledge and practices described are or should be applied uniformly on all projects; the project management team is always responsible for determining what is appropriate for any given project. Abstract: " The subset of the Project Management Body of Knowledge that is generally accepted isidentified and described in this guide. ÒGenerally acceptedÓ means that the knowledge and practic-es described are applicable to most projects most of the time, and that there is widespread consen-sus about their value and usefulness. It does not mean that the knowledge and practices should beapplied uniformly to all projects without considering whether they are appropriate. " Key Words: "body of knowledge,project,project management" Designation: 1491-2005 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Stationary Batteries Committee Title: IEEE Guide for Selection and Use of Battery Monitoring Equipment in Stationary Applications Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Nov 15, 2005 **Sep-02: Sponsor changed from SCC29 to PE/SB. Technical Contact: Charles B Cotton, Phone:916-632-8950, Email:cbartcotton@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Dec 10, 1996, BD APP: Jun 09, 2005, ANSI APP: Oct 05, 2005 Project Scope: This guide discusses operational parameters that may be observed by battery monitoring equipment used in stationary applications, and the relative value of such observations. Also discussed are the active supervisory and diagnostic tasks that this equipment may perform. While this guide does not give a listing of commercially available systems, it does provide a means for establishing specifications for the desired parameters to be monitored. Project Purpose: The recent competitive realignments of Utility and telecommunication companies has created a need for unmanned surveillance of stationary battery systems. This guide will propose levels of battery surveillance and methods for achieving useful information for maintenance and replacement purposes. Since communications will play an issue with remote applications, a description of typical arrangements will provide additional insight. Abstract: : Maintaining a fully operational battery system. This guide presents and discusses measurable parameters of lead-acid and nickel-cadmium batteries as used in stationary battery systems and the utilization of such observations. Key Words: airflow, ambient temperature, automated battery monitoring, battery applications, battery current, battery environment, battery monitoring equipment, battery monitoring techniques, battery temperature, battery types, battery voltage, communications interfaces, connection resistance, cycles, grounding, ground fault detection, humidity, ripple current, safety, software, specific gravity Designation: P1491 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Stationary Batteries Committee Title: Guide for Selection and Use of Battery Monitoring Equipment in Stationary Applications Status: Revision Project Technical Contact: Charles B Cotton, Phone:916-632-8950, Email:cbartcotton@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: May 25, 2006 Project Scope: This guide discusses operational parameters that may be observed by battery monitoring equipment used in stationary applications, and the relative value of such observations. Although this guide does not give a listing of commercially available systems, it does provide a means for establishing specifications for the desired parameters to be monitored. Project Purpose: Today’s mission-critical environment has created a need for unmanned surveillance systems for stationary batteries. This guide will propose parameters for battery surveillance to achieve useful information for maintenance and replacement purposes. Because communications will play an issue with remote applications, a description of typical arrangements will provide additional insight. Designation: 1492 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Switchgear Title: Guide for Synthetic Capacitive Current Switching Tests of AC High Voltage Circuit Breakers Status: Changed Designation **See C37.083 History: PAR APP: Dec 10, 1996 Project Scope: Develop a guide to be used when conducting capacitive current switching. This will cover requirements, test circuits, test parameters, test procedures, etc. when using synthetic circuits. Project Purpose: This is a project that was previously authorized. All records seem to have been lost. This will be an aid to both the user, manufacturer and testing laboratory in conducting capacitive current switching tests. Designation: 1493-2006 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Insulated Conductors Title: Guide for the Evaluation of Solvents Used for Cleaning Electrical Cables and Accessories Status: Approved Publication of IEEE Technical Contact: Richard A Hartlein, Phone:404 675 1870, Email:rick.hartlein@neetrac.gatech.edu **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: BD APP: Dec 06, 2006, ANSI APP: Apr 23, 2007 Project Scope: This document serves two primary purposes. The first is to outline many of the issues associated with using a solvent as an electric cable cleaner. The second is to provide a variety of tests that can be used for evaluating the performance of solvents intended for cleaning electric cables or cable accessories used by electric utilities. Tests for assessing the compatibility of a cleaning solvent with various cable and cable accessory components and tests for assessing cleaning effectiveness are included within this guide. While there are a vast number of materials used in cable systems, this document covers only the basic cable and cable accessory components with a focus on electric power cables. The guide may be applied to materials outside the scope of this document at the user’s discretion. The compatibility tests include suggested or target acceptance criteria to help assure that the solvent does not harm the component it is intended to clean. Since this document is a guide, these values are not requirements. They are only provided as guidelines and are based either on industry standard requirements for materials or on the best judgment and experience of the working group members who prepared the document. The cleaning effectiveness tests are comparative tests with no specific performance requirements. Throughout this document, the terms solvent and cleaner are both used to describe the chemical intended for use as a cable cleaner. Project Purpose: There is currently no defined independent guide or standard for evaluating chemicals used to clean electrical cables and accessories. This protocol will provide the test methods and acceptance criteria for the critical properties which determine the acceptability of a chemical for use to clean sensitive electrical cables and accessories. Designation: 1493 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Insulated Conductors Title: Guide for the Evaluation of Solvents Used for Cleaning Electrical Cables and Accessories Status: Superseded Technical Contact: Richard A Hartlein, Phone:404 675 1870, Email:rick.hartlein@neetrac.gatech.edu **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 10, 1996 Project Scope: This projet will develop a protocol for the evaluation of solvents used to clean electrical cables and accessories. This protocol will encompass the evaluation categories, test methods and acceptance criteria for evaluation of chemicals used to clean electrical cables and accessories. Project Purpose: There is currently no defined independent guide or standard for evaluating chemicals used to clean electrical cables and accessories. This protocol will provide the test methods and acceptance criteria for the critical properties which determine the acceptability of a chemical for use to clean sensitive electrical cables and accessories. Designation: 1494 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Portable Applications Title: Guide for National Profiles and Locales Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Nobuo Saito, Phone:81-466-47-5111, Email:ns@sfc.keio.ac.jp **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 10, 1996 Project Scope: This project will define what should be included in National Profiles & Locales and how international users of the 945 series of standards can develop National profiles for application deployment in their location. The guide will include topics on how they are developed, how they interface with ISO 9945-1&2, how they are registered within the international community. This work is based on the initial work in this area as represented by WG15 document number 461. Project Purpose: To produce a guide to developing National Profiles and National Locales within the PASC process for use with IEEE/ISO 9945-1 and 9945-2. This work has been assigned to JTC1 NP 22.14776 at the international level. This guide will assist international users of the standard to develop their National profiles consistent with the style and intentions of the base standard. Designation: 1495 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transmission and Distribution Title: Standard for Harmonic Limits for Single-Phase Equipment Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Daniel J Ward, Phone:804-775-5302, Email:d.ward@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 10, 1996 Project Scope: Current Distortion Limits for Single-Phase Utilization Equipment Rated Under 600 V and up to 40 A. Project Purpose: To establish equipment harmonic limits, much like IEC 1000-3- 2, which deals with both three-phase and single-phase limits for devices under 16 A and with 230 V nominal rating. Existing Std 519 contains site limits on harmonics, and is primarily three-phase. Designation: 1496-1993 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessors and Microcomputers Title: IEEE Standard for a Chip and Module Interconnect Bus: SBus Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: May 01, 2000. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. Technical Contact: Wayne P Fischer, Phone:775-832-0447, Email:tahoewayne@nvbell.net **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jun 17, 1993, BD APP: Jun 17, 1993, ANSI APP: Apr 14, 1994 Abstract: An input/output expansion bus with a 32- or 64-bit width is described in this standard. The SBus is designed for systems requiring a small number of expansion ports. SBus Cards may be connected to a standard SBus Connector mounted on the motherboard. SBus Devices may also be attached to the SBus directly on the system's motherboard. The dimensions of the Sbus Card are 83.8 mm by 146.7 mm, making the cards appropriate for small computer systems that make extensive use of highly integrated circuits. The SBus cards are designed to be installed in a plane parallel to the system's motherboard as mezzanine cards. They are designed to provide connections for devices external to the computer system through an exposed back panel. The form factor is useful in Futurebus+, VMEbus, desktop computers, and similar applications. The SBus has the capability of transferring data rates up to 168 Mbytes/s, depending on the implementation options selected. Key Words: Standard for Boot Firmware, high, reliability, I/O bus, SBus Card Designation: 1497-2001 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Design Automation Title: IEEE Standard for Standard Delay Format (SDF) for the Electronic Design Process Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Dec 14, 2001 **IEC/IEEE Dual Logo Document Technical Contact: Paul J Menchini, Phone:919-479-1670, Email:mench@mench.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Mar 20, 1997, BD APP: Dec 06, 2001, ANSI APP: Aug 01, 2002 Project Scope: SDF (Standard Delay Format) is an existing OVI standard for the representation and interpretation of timing data for use at any stage of the electronic design process. The ASCII data in the SDF file is represented in a tool and language independent way and includes path delays, timing constraint values, interconnect delays and high level technology parameters. Project Purpose: SDF has come to be accepted as a standard by many companies both in the EDA industry and among their customers, but minor differences have gradually arisen, primarily due to the rapid adoption and evolution. IEEE standardization brings with it an opportunity to reduce and eventually eliminate non-standard implementations and usages of SDF, enhance and improve it based on new input, and also to broaden usage around the world. Abstract: "IEEE Std 1497-2001, IEEE Standard for Standard Delay Format (SDF) for the Electronic Design Process" Key Words: "computer,computer languages,delay,delay backannotation,digital systems,electron-ic systems,hardware,hardware design,SDF,timing,timing analysis,timing backannotation,timingverification" Designation: 1498-1995 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee Title: EIA/IEEE Interim Standard for Information Technology - Software Life Cycle Processes - Software Development: Acquirer-Supplier Agreement (Issued for Trial Use) Status: Superseded **Std available as joint EIA/IEEE J-STD-016-1995. Redesignation per MOU dated 11/30/95. History: PAR APP: Sep 21, 1995, BD APP: Sep 21, 1995 Project Scope: Definition of the performance requirements an acquirer and a supplier are to achieve in the development of a software system where the term "software development" is used as an inclusive term encompassing new development, modification, reuse, reengineering, and other activities resulting in software products. Project Purpose: Software is employed in most equipment and business systems. To achieve the expectations of the users of the software, it is essential to have a consistent framework and related methods for the supplier and acquirer of software to establish, understand, and communicate between the acquirer and the supplier their respective responsibilities and the requirements for the software. the purpose of this standard is to harmonize commercial and government requirements for software life-cycle processes and IEEE and ISO software life-cycle processes. This is anticipated to be done in several phases. This project is phase 1. The proposed standard will complement IEEE 1074, which defines the architecture of the software life- ccle processes. Key Words: EIA, acquirer, supplier, life cycle Designation: 1499-1998 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Design Automation Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2004 Title: IEEE Standard Interface for Hardware Description Models of Electronic Components Status: Approved Publication of IEEE History: PAR APP: Mar 20, 1997, BD APP: Dec 16, 1998, ANSI APP: May 25, 1999 Project Scope: Development of a standard simulation and related tool interface for component models written in VHDL, Verilog, C and other description languages. Project Purpose: To provide a standard method for interfacing and managing complex electronic models to design automation tools. This method is aimed at providing efficient, accurate, and tool independent tool interfaces suitable for large designs such as systems on a chip. Abstract: The standard interface for hardware description models of electronic components is de-fined. The primary audiences of this standard are model developers and implementors of softwaresupporting this interface. Key Words: "execution, intellectual property, model integration, model manger, Open Model Interface (OMI), simulator/model interoperability" Designation: 1500-2005 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Test Technology Title: IEEE Standard Testability Method for Embedded Core-based Integrated Circuits Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Aug 29, 2005 Technical Contact: Yervant Zorian, Phone:510-360-8035, Email:zorian@viragelogic.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Jun 27, 1997, BD APP: Mar 20, 2005, ANSI APP: Jun 30, 2005 Project Scope: This project will develop a standard design-for-testability method for Integrated Circuits containing embedded cores, i.e., reusable megacells. This method will be independent of the underlying functionality of the Integrated Circuit or its individual embedded cores. The method will create the necessary testability requirements for detection and diagnosis of such Integrated Circuits, while allowing for ease of interoperability of cores originated from distinct sources. This method will be usable for all classes of digital cores including hierarchial ones. Project Purpose: There is currently no defined standard for testability of Integrated Circuits containing embedded cores from multiple sources. Typically, each core provider builds some testability hooks into the underlying core. Without an independent, openly defined design-for- testability method, core integrators cannot automatically determine the testability features of the individual cores and integrate them with the testability of the next level circuit description. The design-for- testability method will provide a solution that will allow automatic identification and configuration of testability features in Integrated Circuits containing embedded cores. Abstract: This standard defines a mechanism for the test of core designs within a system on chip (SoC). This mechanism constitutes a hardware architecture and leverages the core test language (CTL) to facilitate communication between core designers and core integrators. Key Words: core test, embedded core test, IP test, test reuse Designation: 1501 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Energy Development & Power Generation Title: Guide for Life Management of Electrical Equipment in Generating Stations Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. History: PAR APP: Mar 20, 1997 Project Scope: This application guide will provide recommendations for managing the operating life of electrical equipment used in power generating stations. Programs and activities are identified that may optimize operating life of selected electrical equipment while minimizing the impact on power station availability, and maintaining a reliable and safe generating station. Project Purpose: Life management of electrical equipment and systems is not currently covered in any detail by standards. The working group will particularly emphasize an approach of Condition Based Maintenance which affords the most significant advantages to costs, reliability and availability. Designation: 1502-2007 Sponsor: IEEE Antennas and Propagation Society/Antennas Title: Recommended Practice for Radar Cross Section Test Procedures Status: Approved Publication of IEEE **Formerly known as P360 History: PAR APP: Mar 20, 1997, BD APP: Mar 08, 2007 Project Scope: This standard will write a standard practices guide for the measurement of radar cross section. This guide will discuss RCS measurement practices as they relate to indoor and outdoor measurement in an established range. It will not discuss measurement of foliage, natural events, etc. It will also not discuss near field measurement and other specialty measurements. Project Purpose: This standard will be used by government, industrial and academic organizations that measure radar cross sections of targets. Designation: 1503 Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Industrial Power Converter Title: Standard Practices and Requirements for Semiconductor Power Rectifiers Greater Than 100 kw Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Anthony Siebert, Phone:414 785 3540, Email:tsiebert@amsuper.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jun 26, 1997 Project Scope: This project covers all AC to DC converters with ratings greater than 100 kw unless the converter is part of another equipment (such as a drive) for which another IEEE standard exists. APplications for such converters exist in the following industries: electrochemical, marine, electric furnace, battery charging. Project Purpose: Incorporate new device and systems technology along with the material from the standards listed. Start harmonizing with IEC standards. Designation: 1504 Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Industrial Power Converter Title: Guide for the Specification and Application of Active Harmonic Filters Greater Than 10 kw Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. History: PAR APP: Jun 26, 1997 Project Scope: This project covers all active filters with ratings greater than 10 kw regardless of the application. Project Purpose: To facilitate communication between developers, manufacturers and users. To enable consultants to write clear specifications. To help engineers to a better understanding of the theory and application of Active Filters. Designation: 1505-2006 Sponsor: IEEE Instrumentation and Measurement Society/TC5 - Connectors, Joint Sponsor: SASB/SCC20-Test and Diagnosis for Electric Systems Title: IEEE Standard for Receiver Fixture Interface Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Apr 16, 2007 Technical Contact: David B Droste, Phone:256-895-2311, Email:DDroste@DRS-TEM.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Dec 08, 2004, BD APP: Aug 07, 2006, ANSI APP: Oct 19, 2006 Project Scope: The scope of this document is the development of a common receiver/fixture interface (RFI) specification that is based upon available commercial standards integrated under a common “open” architecture. This mechanical/electrical interface is intended to serve government/commercial interest for applications in test, system integration, manufacturing, monitoring, and other functional requirements that demand large contact densities and quick-disconnect mechanical operation. A joint technical forum has been operational since 1997 under the auspices of the IEEE Std 1505 RFI Working Group and a recently formed industry/government Common Test Interface (CTI) Working Group. Readers of this document are encouraged to comment on details unclear, contradictory, or undefined to the IEEE 1505 RFI Working Group or the IEEE Standards Association for review and change. These organizations can be contacted at the locations described in the preface of this document. As IEEE Std 1505 evolves, additional revisions may be required and reballoted by the IEEE Standards Association. The RFI Working Group serves to encourage vendors to produce same product class types that are intermatable and interchangeable by adhering to performance specifications of this standard. The document has been developed in accordance with Institute of Electrical and Electronic Engineers (IEEE) Standards Assocation Policies and Procedures per the IEEE-SA Standards Board Bylaws [B23],1 the IEEE-SA Standards Board Operations Manual [B24], the IEEE-SA Standards Companion [B25], and the IEEE Standards Style Manual [B26]. Additional guidance and reference was utilized from The Authoritative Dictionary of IEEE Standard Terms [B15] and SI 10™ American National Standard for Use of the International System of Units (SI): The Modern Metric System [B35]. Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to permit interchangeability of mechanical/electrical receiver/fixture/connector product assemblies from various manufacturers under an “open architecture.” To develop within this framework, a defined set(s) of interconnecting connector and mechanical specifications that supports available, accepted, low-cost commercial technology to reduce dependence on proprietary designs and extends life- cycle availability. Technical requirements identified by government and industry include maximum flexibility, scalability, and range of application. Abstract: This standard provides a mechanical and electrical specification for implementing a common interoperable mechanical quick disconnect interconnect system for use by industry for interfacing large numbers of electrical signals (digital, analog, RF, power, etc.). These large interface panels (receiver and fixture panels) are employed primarily in test systems between stimulus/measurement assets and a related unit under test (UUT), although any application involving high density contacts requiring a quick disconnect interface could benefit. The Receiver is a receptacle that is mounted to test system mates with multiple Fixtures. which serve as the “buffer” between the UUT and ATE. Fixtures translate standard I/O signal routing offered at the Receiver to a wiring interface that directly connects to the UUT. These UUT interfaces can represent cable connectors, direct plug-in (printed circuit board edge connectors), sensor monitoring, or manual feedback from the test technician. The primary objectives of this standard are: a) to establish interface standards that permit interchangeability of mechanical/electrical receiver/fixture/connector product assemblies from various manufacturers under an “open architecture”; and b) to develop within this framework a defined set(s) of interconnecting connector and mechanical specifications that supports available, accepted, low- cost commercial technology to reduced dependence on proprietary designs, and extend life- cycle availability. Key Words: connector, fixture, framework, interface, interoperability, mass- interconnect, quick disconnect, receiver, specification SASB/SCC20-Test and Diagnosis for Electric Systems Designation: 1505 Sponsor: IEEE Instrumentation and Measurement Society/TC5 - Connectors Title: Standard for Receiver/Fixture Interface Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Michael Stora, Phone:973-299-8321, Email:mjs@sysintech.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jun 26, 1997 Project Scope: Development of a common Receiver/Fixture Interface Specification that is based upon available commercial standards integrated under a common open architecture. This mechanical/electrical interface is intended to serve government/commercial interests for applications serving test, system integration, manufacturing, monitoring, and other functional requirements, that demand large contact densities and quick-disconnect mechanical operation. A technical forum has been established from the govt. sponsored CIWG effort under the auspices of the RFI Alliance to promote an open Receiver/Fixture Interface (RFI) Standard. Designation: P1505.1 Sponsor: IEEE Instrumentation and Measurement Society/TC5 - Connectors, Joint Sponsor: SASB/SCC20-Test and Diagnosis for Electric Systems Title: Standard for the Common Test Interface Pin Map Configuration for High- Density, Single-Tier Electronics Test Requirements Utilizing IEEE Std 1505 Status: New Standard Project Technical Contact: David B Droste, Phone:256-895-2311, Email:DDroste@DRS-TEM.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 22, 2005 Project Scope: The scope of this standard is the definition of a pin map utilizing the IEEE 1505 Receiver Fixture Interface (RFI). The pin map defined within this standard shall apply to military and Aerospace Automatic Test Equipment (ATE) testing applications. Project Purpose: Standardizing on a common I/O will enable the interoperability of P1505 compliant interface fixtures (also known as interface test adapters, interface devices, or interconnection devices) on multiple ATE systems utilizing the IEEE 1505 Receiver Fixture Interface. SASB/SCC20-Test and Diagnosis for Electric Systems Designation: 1506 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee Title: Standard for Software Engineering - Test Coverage Metric - Condition Independence for Control and Logic Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: John J Chilenski **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 09, 1997 Project Scope: A coverage metric, with a linear degree of effort, to be used during the definition, design, and execution of test cases, and analysis of test results. It is applicable to all types of software. It will apply to both the flow of control in the software and the evaluation of computing results which contribute the software decision making. Project Purpose: It provides an objective measurement criteria for evaluating the completeness of a software test set by users, developers, regulators, and testers. it provides a consistent definition for this class of test metric. It provides insight for organizational software process improvement. Designation: 1508 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Insulated Conductors Title: Standard for Solder-Sweated Split Tinned Copper Connectors 5kV-35kV Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Philip Cox, Phone:901-528-4094, Email:pcox@mlgw.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 09, 1997 Project Scope: This standard specifies the requirements for solder-sweated split-tinned copper connectors commonly used for splicing the conductor portion of paper insulated lead covered medium voltage (5-35 kV) cables, although these connectors may be suitable for splicing other types of electrical conductors. The conductor configuration may be solid, round compact stranded,  and compact sector stranded. This standard includes the requirements for conductor sizes from #8 American Wire Gauge (AWG) to 3000 circular mils (kcmil). Project Purpose: After the Edison Electrical Institute no longer published standard specifications, the responsibilities of the EEI standards were transferred to the National Electrical Manufacturers Association. The NEMA Chairman believed that the specification for this type of connector would be better handled in the Accessories (SC10) Subcommittee of the ICC. He then contacted Robert Gear, the Chairman of ICC-SC10. Mr. Gear accepted the EEI TD160 and TD161 for revision and publication by the IEEE. This Standard is intended for use by manufacturers, sellers, buyers, and users of solder sweated split tinned connectors. It will provide standardized sizing, quality assurance, manufacturing processes, and shipping requirements. Designation: 1509 Sponsor: SASB/SCC20-Test and Diagnosis for Electric Systems Title: Guide to the Use of Test Equipment Description Language (TEDL) Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Michael Blair, Phone:44-1383-822131, Email:michael.blair@gecm.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 16, 1997 Project Scope: The project will develop a TEDL Users Guide to complement the recently approved IEEE Std 993 TEDL. The guide will concentrate on implementation issues and provide step-by-step instructions for creating test equipment descriptions. Project Purpose: To assist potential users of TEDL to create test equipment descriptions and to explain the benefits of TEDL using examples of current test equipment systems. Designation: 1510 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Design Automation Title: Standard for Chip Hierarchical Design System Technical Data (CHDstd) Design Automation Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Steve Grout, Phone:919-481-6844, Email:sgrout@cadence.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 09, 1997 Project Scope: The chip Hierarchical Design System Technical Data (CHDstd) standard is an EDA representation of an EE product or portion of an EE product implemented as an integrated circuit (IC) chip, including the hierarchical information for logical and physical design. CHDStd will include the interface to cell, macro, and chip-core library information; physical chip internal design, manufacturing properties and design aids; and interface to packaging (physical chip and higher level chip integration packaging such as MCM and PCA/PCB. CHDStd will be interoperable with current EDA chip design and implementation standards. Project Purpose: Provide an interoperable comprehensive electronic design automation (EDA) stanbdard for information supporting design, synthesis, verification, and integration with manufacturing for integrated-circuit based electrical and electronic (EE) products. Complex ICs require greater design productivity and a more reliable, integrated, and interoperable EDA standard than provided by today's EDA standards. This method is aimed at providing efficient, accurate, and tool independent IC product information suitable for large complex chip designs such as structured custom microprocessors. Designation: 1511-2004 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Insulated Conductors Title: IEEE Guide for Investigating and Analyzing Power Cable, Joint, and Termination Failures on Systems Rated 5 kV Through 46 kV Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Feb 25, 2005 Technical Contact: Roy E Jazowski, Phone:386-677-9111-x225, Email:rjazowski@homac.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Dec 09, 1997, BD APP: May 12, 2004, ANSI APP: Aug 09, 2004 Project Scope: This guide will discuss the importance of failure analysis on cable, joints and terminations used in power systems rated 5kV through 46kV. Users shoudl review the definitions, and technical papers that are listed in the References and in the Bibliography to gain an understanding of failure analysis issues. Why a cable, joint, or termination fails is an important part of understanding trends and planning for improvements in system reliability. Project Purpose: The purpose of this Guide is to provide an umbrella document for a series of guides that will cover specific methods that may be used in the failure analysis of cable, joints and terminations. A separate guide will be proposed to cover the failure analysis of cable, joints and terminations. The additional guides would have the same document number with a decimal extension similar to the C37 and C57 series of standards. Abstract: This guide will discuss the importance of failure analysis on cable, joints, and terminations used in power systems rated 5kV through 46kV. Users should review the definitions and technical papers that are listed in the References and in the Bibliography to gain an understanding of failure analysis issues. Why a cable, joint, or termination fails is an important part of understanding trands and planning for improvements in system reliability. Designation: P1511.1 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Insulated Conductors Title: Guide for Investigating and Analyzing Shielded Power Cable Failures on Systems Rated 5 kV Through 46 kV Status: New Standard Project Technical Contact: Roy E Jazowski, Phone:386-677-9111-x225, Email:rjazowski@homac.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 15, 2006 Project Scope: This guide covers specific methods of failure classifications and analysis for shielded power cables rated 5 kV through 46 kV. This guide discusses the importance of failure analysis on cables and reviews the different types of failures historically found in cables over the years. With the aging workforce in the utility industry, it is important to pass along the collective knowledge to the next generation regarding cable failure mechanism as it is imperative to improving system reliability. Project Purpose: 1.2 This guide deals with failure analysis of shielded power cable failures. Together with IEEE 1511-2004, the guide provides an introduction to the concepts of failure analysis, discusses use and potential value of failure analysis. The guide covers commonly used methods employed in failure analysis and their application to shielded cables in underground power cable systems. The guide is based on the application of flow charting methods to the analysis of a failure. The guide documents known failure mechanisms and provides a format for the documentation of new failure mechanisms. This guide is the second in a series of guides for analysis of cable system failures. IEEE 1511- 2004 addressed the generic aspects, while each subsequent document addresses failure analysis of a specific component of the underground cable system. The following guides are planned for the series: * IEEE 1511-2004: Guide for investigating and analyzing shielded power cable, joint, and termination failures on systems rated 5 kV through 46 kV * P1511.1 (This document) Guide for investigating and analyzing shielded power cable failures on systems rated 5 kV through 46 kV. * P1511.2 (Future document) Guide for investigating and analyzing joint failures on systems rated 5 kV through 46 kV. * P1511.3 (Future document) Guide for investigating and analyzing termination failures on systems rated 5 kV through 46 kV. * P1511.4 (Future document) Guide for investigating and analyzing separable insulated connector failures on systems rated 5 kV through 46 kV. Designation: 1512-2006 Sponsor: IEEE Vehicular Technology Society/Intelligent Transportation Systems Title: Standard for Common Incident Management Message Sets for Use by Emergency Management Centers Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Aug 08, 2006 Technical Contact: Ann R. Lorscheider, Phone:704-347-6601, Email:alorscheider@dot.state.nc.us **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Jun 08, 2006, BD APP: Jun 08, 2006, ANSI APP: Oct 02, 2006 Project Scope: This standard is the Base Standard for a family of related standards that address the intercommunication needs of emergency management centers and other types of centers engaged in transportation incident management. Incident in this standard includes information concerning any transportation-related event that is received by the emergency management system, including planned roadway closures and special events, whether or not the incident actually affects traffic flow and whether or not a response is required. This standard specifies common incident management message sets to allow vital data exchange for information and coordination. It provides a common mechanism for this data exchange within the defined National ITS Architecture, with latitude for local agencies to determine what level of cooperation, and hence message exchanges, best meets their requirements. This standard is independent of communication protocols used in any local implementation. It also assumes that the mechanics of communication, such as addressing, are handled by communication management, which is not addressed in this standard. Other companion standards, herein referred to as companion volumes, will provide specific content and usage guidance for other types of centers that could participate in a local incident management system. Companion volumes dealing with the unique needs of transportation management, public safety, and hazardous materials centers have been developed as well. The Base Standard specifies messages, data frames, and data elements (DEs) for the basic underlying communication involved in real- time interagency transportation-related incident management. Together, the Base Standard and companion volumes shall be referred to as the “IEEE 1512 Family of Standards.” Clause 6 and Clause 7 present the specified messages, data frames and data elements in ASN.1 format and in XML formats. A complete set of listing in ASN.1 and an XML schema are presented in the annexes. Project Purpose: This standard provides a framework for the exchange of messages used in incident management between emergency management centers and other types of centers, e.g., transportation management centers (TMCs). A minimum set of messages to be accommodated by compliant systems is dictated. Within the framework, there is ample flexibility, in that many messages are in fact composed of lists of optional DEs, so those lists have the function of “vocabularies” of DEs. That is, the actual DEs specified in a local implementation can be selected from those lists. In addition, within some DEs, where there is a list of possible data values (e.g., possible center types and possible causes for evacuation), there are provisions for local implementers to add their own values. This provision provides for both a standardized lexicon for describing events as well as a local derivative list to be used. Because the dispatching systems of each resources that it wishes to exchange data about, this standard provides a flexible set of descriptive elements that can be implemented to provide differing levels of local, regional, and national interoperation. It remains the responsibility of participating local agencies to determine what level of interoperation is suitable for their own needs. In a local implementation, conformance with this standard may require extant interagency agreements to exchange particular messages using particular DEs selected from this standard. Those messages have been structured so that centers using different legacy systems, and centers with different data needs, can still use a set of common messages to exchange information with other centers. Furthermore, this standard shall be implemented in conjunction with related ITS standards that provide other required portions of the entire architecture. The related ITS standards include detailed message formatting with specific center and domain field of use, center-to-center exchange protocols, and messaging processes, including message delivery, security, and gateway functions. This standard acts as a “wrapper,” incorporating such domain-specific knowledge in its own messages to allow exchange of information in each companion volume for each type of center. Abstract: This standard addresses the exchange of vital data about public safety and emergency management issues involved in transportation-related events, through common incident management message sets. The message sets specified are consistent with the National Intelligent Transportation Systems Architecture and are described using Abstract Syntax Notation One ("ASN.1" or "ASN") syntax. This standard comprises the basic volume of the family of incident management standards, a multi-volume set of documents centered around this Base Standard. Other members of that family include three other companion volumes, specifying incident management message sets for transportation-management-related data exchange and hazardous-material- and cargo-related data exchange, etc. Collectively, that family of standards shall be referred to as the "1512 Family of Standards." The goal of that family of standards is to support efficient communication for the real-time, interagency management of transportation related events. Those events include incidents, emergencies, accidents, planned roadway closures, special events, and disasters caused by humans or natural events. Those events include any such event that impacts transportation systems or that causes a report to be received by an emergency management system, whether or not the event actually affects a transportation system and whether or not a response is required. Key Words: 911, Abstract Syntax Notation One (ASN.1), ATMS, computer-aided dispatch (CAD), center-to-center, commercial vehicles, dangerous goods, data exchange, emergency management center (EMC), emergency response, emergency services, emergency management service (EMS), fire, hazardous materials, hazmat, incidents, incident response, incident management, incident command, incident management system, intelligent transportation systems, law enforcement, message sets, police, public safety, traffic incidents, traffic incident management, traffic management, traffic management center (TMC), transportation system management Designation: 1512-2000 Sponsor: IEEE Vehicular Technology Society/Intelligent Transportation Systems Title: IEEE Standard for Common Incident Management Message Sets for use by Emergency Management Centers Status: Superseded History: PAR APP: Dec 09, 1997, BD APP: Jun 21, 2000, ANSI APP: Apr 20, 2001 Project Scope: This standard will be a base standard for Incident Management message sets which will be used by all response and/or dispatch centers such that the exchange of information will be standard and produce the needed responses(s). This standard will be limited to the common incident management message sets for use by emergency management centers. This project shall include the necessary research and compiling, analyzing, and the consolidation of the results into message sets for Incident Management communications. Project Purpose: This standard will produce a set of common message sets required for Incident Management generated and transmitted between the emergency management subsystem to all the other subsystems and Incident Management providers. The result will be consistent standardized communications among Incident Management centers, fleet and freight management centers, information service providers, Emergency Management centers, planning subsystems, Traffic Management centers and Transit Management centers that will reduce duplication of messages among the various subsystems and increase effective response time. Abstract: "47:30+00:00""> The Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers, Inc.3 Park Avenue, New York, NY 10016-5997, USACopyright © 2000 by the Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers, Inc.All rights reserved. Published 7July 2000. Printed in the United States of America. Print" Key Words: "Abstract Syntax Notation One, emergency management centers, HAZMAT, incidents. message sets, National Intelligent Transportation Systems Architecture, public safety, traffic" Designation: 1512 Sponsor: IEEE Vehicular Technology Society/Intelligent Transportation Systems Title: Standard for Common Traffic Incident Message Sets for Use by Emergency Management Centers Status: Superseded Technical Contact: Ann R. Lorscheider, Phone:704-347-6601, Email:alorscheider@dot.state.nc.us **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Oct 30, 2003 Project Scope: This standard will be the base standard for Traffic Incident Management Message Sets which will be used by all response and/or dispatch centers such that the exchange of information will be standard and produce the needed response(s). This standard will be limited to common message sets for use by emergency management centers. Project will incorporate changes to message sets referred to yet defined in other standards. Project Purpose: This standard will produce a set of common message sets required for Traffic Incident Management generated and transmitted between emergency management subsystem to all other subsystems and Traffic Incident Management providers. The result will be consistant standardized communications among Traffic Incident Management centers, fleet and freight management centers, planning subsystem, etc. Designation: 1512.1-2006 Sponsor: IEEE Vehicular Technology Society/Intelligent Transportation Systems Title: Standard for Common Traffic Incident Management Message Sets for Use by Emergency Management Centers Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Nov 02, 2006 Technical Contact: Ann R. Lorscheider, Phone:704-347-6601, Email:alorscheider@dot.state.nc.us **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Dec 08, 2004, BD APP: Oct 31, 2006, ANSI APP: Dec 29, 2006 Project Scope: This standard is a companion volume for IEEE Std 1512-2006, referred to here as the “Base Standard.” This standard specifies messages, data frames, and data elements for communicating information about traffic and infrastructure management in support of real-time interagency transportation-related incident management. The Base Standard specifies messages, data frames, and data elements to describe an incident and form the message infrastructure for communication involved in real-time interagency transportationrelated incident management. Refer to the Base Standard for specification of the scope of the combination of the Base Standard and companion volumes such as this one. Together, the Base Standard and companion volumes shall be referred to as the “IEEE 1512 Family of Standards.” Project Purpose: This standard is part of the IEEE 1512 Family of Standards. The purpose of that family of standards as a whole is presented in the Base Standard and will not be repeated here. The purpose of this standard is to take the real-world, available-information situation confronting the incident commander and the several involved agencies, and then support the exchange of that information among agencies, to make further information available to the incident commander and involved agencies, to best support them in managing the event. That calls for messages to communicate whatever information is available, often quite partial, among the several involved agencies, to accomplish four decision-support functions, corresponding to the five kinds of information exchange listed earlier in this clause: ⎯ Function 1: To disseminate information about current and future traffic flows in the transportation grid, including in particular impacts of an incident and particular route information, to assist in the real- time interagency management of a transportation-related incident or event. ⎯ Function 2: To support the management of traffic to assist in the real-time interagency management of a transportation-related incident or event, including establishing reverse links and the use of priority/preemption technologies. ⎯ Function 3: To support the management of TMC assets and other assets, as necessary to manage traffic, to assist in the real-time interagency management of a transportation-related incident or event. ⎯ Function 4: To support the cleanup, repair, and replacement of damaged infrastructure, treating that operation as part of another incident, or as a separate incident. Abstract: This standard addresses the exchange of vital data about public safety and emergency management issues involved in transportation-related events, through common incident management message sets. The message sets specified are consistent with the National Intelligent Transportation Systems Architecture and are described using Abstract Syntax Notation One ("ASN.1" or "ASN") syntax. This standard comprises the basic volume of the family of incident management standards, a multi-volume set of documents centered around this Base Standard. Other members of that family include three other companion volumes, specifying incident management message sets for transportation-management-related data exchange and hazardous-material- and cargo-related data exchange, etc. Collectively, that family of standards shall be referred to as the "1512 Family of Standards." The goal of that family of standards is to support efficient communication for the real-time, interagency management of transportationrelated events. Those events include incidents, emergencies, accidents, planned roadway closures, special events, and disasters caused by humans or natural events. Those events include any such event that impacts transportation systems or that causes a report to be received by an emergency management system, whether or not the event actually affects a transportation system and whether or not a response is required. Key Words: 911, Abstract Syntax Notation One (ASN.1), ATMS, computer-aided dispatch (CAD), center-to-center, commercial vehicles, dangerous goods, data exchange, emergency management center (EMC), emergency response, emergency services, emergency management service (EMS), fire, hazardous materials, hazmat, incidents, incident response, incident management, incident command, incident management system, intelligent transportation systems, law enforcement, message sets, police, public safety, traffic incidents, traffic incident management, traffic management, traffic management center (TMC), transportation system management Designation: 1512.1-2003 Sponsor: IEEE Vehicular Technology Society/Intelligent Transportation Systems Title: IEEE Standard for Traffic Incident Management Message Sets for Use by Emergency Management Centers Status: Superseded Technical Contact: Ann R. Lorscheider, Phone:704-347-6601, Email:alorscheider@dot.state.nc.us **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 18, 1999, BD APP: Mar 20, 2003, ANSI APP: Aug 07, 2003 Project Scope: This standard will be limited to the development of a comprehensive set of messsages specific to Traffic Management. This work will be a functional partition of the Incident Management Base Standard (P1512) and will be developed as a separate project with a separate time schedule. Project Purpose: This standard will produce a standard set of all the message sets required for Incident Management that is unique to Traffic Management communications. These message sets will be generated and transmitted between the emergency management subsystem to all the other subsystems and Incident Management providers. The result will be consistent standardized communications among Incident Management centers, fleet and freight management centers, information service providers, Emergency Management centers, planning subsystems, Traffic Management centers and Transit Management centers that will reduce duplication of messages among the various subsystems and increase effective response times. Abstract: " The exchange of vital traffic management data and data to support traffic managementdecisions, between the Traffic Management Center and other agencies involved in transportation-related events, through common incident management message sets, is addressed in this stan-dard. Those events include incidents, emergencies, accidents, planned roadway closures, specialevents and disasters caused by humans or natural events. Those events include any such eventthat impacts transportation systems, or that causes a report to be received by an emergency man-agement system, whether or not the event actually affects a transportation system, and whether ornot a response is required. Message sets specified are consistent with the National IntelligentTransportation Systems Architecture and are described using Abstract Syntax Notation One(ASN.1) syntax. This standard comprises one companion volume of the family of incident manage-ment standards centered around a base standard" Key Words: "911,ASN.1,ATMS,CAD,center-to-center,commercial vehicles,data exchange,EMC,emergency services,emergency response,EMS,Hazmat,incidents,incident response,incidentmanagement,incident management system," Designation: 1512.2-2004 Sponsor: IEEE Vehicular Technology Society/Intelligent Transportation Systems Title: IEEE Standard for Public Safety Traffic Incident Management Message Sets for Use By Emergency Management Centers Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Nov 30, 2004 Technical Contact: Ann R. Lorscheider, Phone:704-347-6601, Email:alorscheider@dot.state.nc.us **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Mar 18, 1999, BD APP: Sep 23, 2004, ANSI APP: Feb 02, 2005 Project Scope: Research, compile, analyze and consolidate information leading to the publication of a standards message set for Incident management specifically covering information transfer concerning Public Safety, comprised of Law Enforcement, Fire and Rescue, Emergency Medical Services, and other related functions and services. Project Purpose: Create a standard message set to reduce the duplication of messages among the various subsystems and a common set of message will help providers of services to interact more effectively. Abstract: Abstract: This standard addresses the exchange of vital data about public safety issues involved in transportation-related events, through common incident management message sets. Message sets specified are consistent with the National Intelligent Transportation Systems Architecture and are described using Abstract Syntax Notation One (ASN.1 or ASN) syntax. This standard comprises one companion standard of the family of incident management standards centered around a base standard, IEEE Std 1512®- 2000. Other members of that family include two other companion standards, IEEE Std 1512.1-2003 and IEEE Std 1512.3-2002, specifying incident management message sets for transportation management-related data exchange and hazardous material- and cargo-related data exchange. Collectively, that family of standards shall be referred to as the IEEE 1512® Family of Standards. The goal of that family of standards is to support efficient communication for the real-time, interagency management of transportation-related events. Those events include incidents, emergencies, accidents, planned roadway closures, special events, and disasters caused by humans or natural events. Those events include any such event that impacts transportation systems, or that causes a report to be received by an emergency management system, whether or not the event actually affects a transportation system, and whether or not a response is required. Key Words: 911, ASN.1, ATMS, CAD, center-to-center, commercial vehicles, dangerous goods, data exchange, EMC, emergency response, emergency services, EMS, fire, hazardous materials, hazmat, incident command, incident management, incident management system, incident response, incidents, intelligent transportation systems (ITS), law enforcement, message sets, police, public safety, TMC, traffic incident management, traffic incidents, traffic management, transportation management system Designation: 1512.3-2006 Sponsor: IEEE Vehicular Technology Society/Intelligent Transportation Systems Title: IEEE Standard for Hazardous Material Incident Management Message Sets for Use by Emergency Management Centers Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jul 07, 2006 Technical Contact: Ann R. Lorscheider, Phone:704-347-6601, Email:alorscheider@dot.state.nc.us **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Sep 23, 2004, BD APP: Jun 08, 2006, ANSI APP: Oct 26, 2006 Project Scope: This standard is a companion volume for IEEE Std 1512-2006, referred to here as the “Base Standard.” This standard specifies messages, data frames, and data elements for communicating general and cargo information to other responders in support of real-time interagency transportation-related incident management. It addresses the unique disciplines associated with communications dealing with the control and confinement of hazardous materials during and after an incident. The Base Standard specifies messages, data frames, and data elements for the basic underlying communication involved in real-time interagency transportation- related incident management. Refer to the Base Standard for specification of the scope of the combination of the Base Standard and companion volumes such as this one. Together, the Base Standard and companion volumes shall be referred to as the “IEEE 1512 Family of Standards.” Clause 5 and Clause 6 of this standard present the specified messages, data frames, and data elements in ASN.1 format and in XML formats. Project Purpose: This standard provides a framework for the exchange of messages concerning cargo and content of vehicles and content of buildings involved in transportation-related events, to support the management of those events. The clearest examples of the need for these messages are in cases where the cargo and/or content include hazardous material or hazardous waste. However, these messages are also often needed where the cargo and/or content is nonhazardous, as described in 1.1. This standard is part of the IEEE 1512 Family of Standards. The purpose of that family of standards as a whole is presented in the Base Standard and will not be repeated here.In more detail, the purpose of this standard is to support the communication necessary to take the realworld, available-information situation confronting the incident manager, and use off-site databases to make further information available to that manager, to best support this individual in managing the event. That calls for messages that support communications of whatever information is available, often quite partial, to off-site databases and resources, and (often) then among off-site databases and resources, to accomplish the following two decision-support functions: a) To retrieve further information about what the cargo and/or contents are, based on what are often quite partial cues available on site. That information is available in off-site databases managed by shippers, carriers, and fleet and freight management centers. b) To retrieve information about the characteristics of the cargo and/or contents that is important for incident management, such as toxicity, flammability, danger of explosion, size of a potential toxic plume, environmental damage, recommended set-back distances, and evacuation areas. Abstract: This standard addresses the exchange of vital data about public safety issues involved in transportation-related events, through common incident management message sets. The message sets specified are consistent with the National Intelligent Transportation Systems Architecture and are described using Abstract Syntax Notation One ("ASN.1" or "ASN") syntax. This standard comprises one companion volume of the family of incident management standards centered around a base standard: IEEE Std 1512-2006. Other members of that family included management-related data exchange and hazardous-material and public safety data exchange. Collectively, that family of standards shall be referred to as the "IEEE 1512 Family of Standards." The goal of that family of standards is to support efficient communication for the real-time, interagency management of transportation-related events. Those events include incidents, emergencies, accidents, planned roadway closures, special events, and disasters caused by humans or natural events. Those events include any such event that impacts transportation systems or that causes a report to be received by an emergency management system, whether or not the event actually affects a transportation system and whether or not a response is required. Key Words: 911, ASN.1, ATMS, CAD, Center-to-Center, Commerical Vehicles, Dangerous Goods, Data Exchange, EMC, Emergency Response, Emergency Services, EMS, Fire, Hazardous Materials, Hazmat, Incidents, Incident Response, Incident Management, Incident Command, Incident Management System, Intelligent Transportation Systems, Law Enforcement, Message Sets, Police, Public Safety, Traffic Incidents, Traffic Incident Management, Traffic Management, TMC, Transportation System Management Designation: 1512.3-2002 Sponsor: IEEE Vehicular Technology Society/Intelligent Transportation Systems Title: IEEE Standard for Hazardous Material Incident Management Message Sets for Use by Emergency Management Centers Status: Superseded Technical Contact: Ann R. Lorscheider, Phone:704-347-6601, Email:alorscheider@dot.state.nc.us **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 18, 1999, BD APP: Sep 12, 2002, ANSI APP: Jan 21, 2003 Project Scope: Research, compile, analyze and consolidate information leading to the publication of a standards message set for Incident management specifically covering information transfer concerning Hazardous Materials. Project Purpose: Create a standard message set to reduce the duplication of messages among the various subsystems and a common set of message will help providers of services to interact more effectively. Abstract: " This standard addresses the exchange of vital data about hazardous material and othercargo and contents of vehicles and buildings involved in transportation-related events, throughcommon incident management message sets. That data exchange is specifically to supportreal-time interagency transportation-related incident management. Message sets specified areconsistent with the National Intelligent Transportation Systems Architecture and are describedusing Abstract Syntax Notation One (""ASN.1"") syntax. This standard comprises one companionvolume of the family of incident management standards centered around a base standard:IEEE Std 1512-2000, IEEE Standard for Common Incident Management Message Sets for Useby Emergency Management Centers. Other members of that family that are forthcoming includetwo other companion volumes, specifying incident management message sets for transportationmanagement and public safety. Collectively, this family of standards shall be referred to as the""IEEE 1512 Family of Standards."" The goal of these standards is to support efficient communicationfor the real-time, interagency management of transportation-related events. Those events includeincidents, emergencies, accidents, planned roadway closures, special events, and disasterscaused by humans or natural events. These events include any such event that impactstransportation systems, or that causes a report to be received by an emergency managementsystem, whether or not the event actually affects a transportation system, and whether or not aresponse is required." Key Words: "911, ASN.1, ATMS, CAD, cargo, center-to-center, commercial vehicles, dangerous goods, data exchange, EMC, emergency response, emergency services, EMS, hazardous materials, hazardous waste, hazmat, HM, IM, incident management, incident response, incidents" Designation: P1512.4 Sponsor: IEEE Vehicular Technology Society/Intelligent Transportation Systems Title: Standard for Common Traffic Incident Management Message Sets for Use in Entities External to Centers Status: New Standard Project Technical Contact: Ann R. Lorscheider, Phone:704-347-6601, Email:alorscheider@dot.state.nc.us **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jun 24, 2004 Project Scope: This standard will address Traffic Incident Management Message Sets which will be exchanged by and between mobile data terminals in response vehicles including mobile command posts and to their respective response and/or dispatch centers such that the exchange of information will be standard and produce the needed response(s). This standard will be limited to common message sets for use by emergency management including transportation, fire/rescue, enforcement, HazMat, etc. Project Purpose: Produce a set of common message sets required for Traffic Incident Management exchanged between traffic incident responders. This standard will also address Traffic Incident Management Message sets that are exchanged between responders and other field assets in response vehicles, to centers, such that the exchange of information will be standard and produce the needed response(s). Designation: 1512a Sponsor: IEEE Vehicular Technology Society/Intelligent Transportation Systems Title: Standard for Emergency Management Data Dictionary Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Ann R. Lorscheider, Phone:704-347-6601, Email:alorscheider@dot.state.nc.us **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 18, 1999 Project Scope: Research, compile, analyze, and consolidate data elements used in the 1512 family of documents, which cover message sets for highway incident management. This project will consolidate all such data elements into a format that is compliant with IEEE Standard 1489, and that is suitable for submission to the ITS Data Registry. Project Purpose: Emergency Management, alone among the subsystems in the National Architectures, lacks a data dictionary. In order to maintain consistency with the other ITS data dictionaires, IEEE Standard 1489, and the IEEE-Managed Data Registry process, a data dictionary is required. The Incidernt Management Working Group will prepare the data dictionary as a normal associated activity with preparing the rest of teh 1512 family of standards. Designation: 1512b Sponsor: IEEE Vehicular Technology Society/Intelligent Transportation Systems Title: Standard for Amendment for Data Elements Found In Standard for Common Incident Management Message Sets For Use By Emergency Management Centers, IEEE 1512-2000 Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Ann R. Lorscheider, Phone:704-347-6601, Email:alorscheider@dot.state.nc.us **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jun 14, 2001 Project Scope: This IEEE 1512-2000 amendment summarizes "foreign" data elements. These element definitions have significantly changed from those in the original 1512 Standard. "Foreign" refers to data elements found in other standards. "Foreign" data elements are defined with an ASN.1 language syntax; and published in another ITS Standard. The 1512b effort utilizes the prior 1512 documentation, to insure harmonization and data exchange with definitions related to Incident Management. The proposed 1512b standard will provide new recommended definitions, when a definitional change has occurred. In addition to the scope of work identified above, additional revisions and additions to IEEE 1512-2000 will be made to harmonize data concepts throughout the 1512 Family of Standards due to completion the companion volumes (P1512.1, P1512.2, P1512.3, and P1512a). Project Purpose: This amendment provides either commentary, new ASN.1 definitions, or both as required to implement foreign data elements used by 1512. In some cases, this is simply to restate the elements as they once existed when the committee included them in 1512. In other cases, as ITS harmonization or the efforts of the other committee have changed things, and new (presumably improved) element has been provided reflecting now current practices of ITS. This amendment also provides commentary and/or new ASN.1 definitions to implement data elements used in common by the companion volumes (P1512.1, P1512.2, P1512.3 and P1512a). Guidance relative to the manner in which each volume within the Family of Standards (1512-2000, P1512.1, P1512.2, P1512.3, and P1512a) will also be included as necessary to facilitate future implementation. After the References and Definitions in Clauses Two and Three, the remainder of this standard (Clause Four) provides revised definitions and guidance for each data element identified and changed. Incident Management costs billions in lost productivity and loss of lives. Message sets for Incident Management ranked sixth out of forty-four on the United States Government ITS America 1996 Survey of Standards Needs for an Intelligent Transportation System. It is a major component of intelligent transportation system. Message sets for Incident Management include all message sets generated and transmitted between the emergency management subsystem to all other subsystems and providers. These include the exchange of information about incidents between different centers responding to the incidents, Fleet and Freight Management, Information Service Providers, other Emergency Management Centers, Planning Subsystem, Traffic Management and Transit Management. Therefore, a standard message set will reduce the duplication of messages among the various subsystems and a common set of message will help providers of services to interact more effectively. Designation: 1512b Sponsor: IEEE Vehicular Technology Society/Intelligent Transportation Systems Title: Standard for Amendment for Implementing Foreign Data Elements Found In Standard for Common Incident Management Message Sets For Use By Emergency Management Centers, IEEE 1512-2000 Status: Superseded Technical Contact: Ann R. Lorscheider, Phone:704-347-6601, Email:alorscheider@dot.state.nc.us **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jun 14, 2001 Project Scope: This IEEE 1512-2000 amendment summarizes "foreign" data elements. These element definitions have significantly changed from those in the original IEEE 1512 standard. "Foreign" refers to data elements found in other standards. "Foreign" data elements are defined with an ASN.1 language syntax; and published in another ITS standard. The 1512b effort utilizes the prior 1512 documentation, to insure harmonization and data exchange with definitions related to Incident Management. The proposed 1512b standard will provide new recommended definitions, when a definitional change has occurred. Project Purpose: This amendment provides either commentary, new ASN.1 definitions, or both as required to implement foreign data elements used by 1512. In some cases, this is simply to restate the elements as they once existed when the committee included them in 1512. In other cases, as ITS harmonization or the efforts of the other committee have changed things, and new (presumably improved) element has been provided reflecting now current practices of ITS. After the References and Definitions in Clauses Two and Three, the remainder of this standard (Clause Four) provides revised definitions and guidance for each data element identified and changed. Incident Management costs billions in lost productivity and loss of lives. Message sets for Incident Management ranked sixth out of forty-four on the United States Government ITS America 1996 Survey of Standards Needs for an Intelligent Transportation System. It is a major component of intelligent transportation system. Message sets for Incident Management include all message sets generated and transmitted between the emergency management subsystem to all other subsystems and providers. These include the exchange of information about incidents between different centers responding to the incidents, Fleet and Freight Management, Information Service Providers, other Emergency Management Centers, Planning Subsystem, Traffic Management and Transit Management. Therefore, a standard message set will reduce the duplication of messages among the various subsystems and a common set of message will help providers of services to interact more effectively. Designation: 1513-2001 Sponsor: SASB/SCC21-Fuel Cells, Photovoltaics, Dispersed Generation, and Energy Storage Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Qualification of Concentrator Photovoltaic (PV) Receiver Sections and Modules Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 18, 2007. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. Technical Contact: Robert D McConnell, Phone:303-384-6419, Email:robert_mcconnell@nrel.gov **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 09, 1997, BD APP: Mar 17, 2001, ANSI APP: Aug 02, 2001 Project Scope: This recommended practice establishes recommended procedures and specifications for qualification tests that are structured to evaluate concentrator photovoltaic (PV) receiver sections and modules intended for power generation applications. Project Purpose: The qualification tests provided in this document should assist in evaluating concentrator photovoltaic (PV) receiver sections and modules design performance, reliability, safety, and susceptability to known failure mechanisms. Emphasis is placed on testing for potential degradation of receiver section and module performance resulting from environmental weathering, mechanical loading, or corrosion. The procedures given in this rec. practice provide a common approach for conducting module qualification tests. While acceptable results from these tests should provide reasonable assurance that the modules produced by the same processes as those that pass these tests will perform reliably in field after installation, this recommended practice does not address design, safety, or performance of PV systems. Abstract: " The minimum tests and inspections required to evaluate photovoltaic concentrating mod-ules, and a common approach (e.g., between producer and purchaser) in conducting qualificationtests are provided. " Key Words: "concentrators, modules, photovoltaic (PV), qualification tests, receivers, recommended practices" Designation: 1515-2000 Sponsor: IEEE Power Electronics Society Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Electronics Power Subsystems: Parameter Definitions, Test Conditions, and Test Methods Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Sep 15, 2000 History: PAR APP: Dec 09, 1997, BD APP: Mar 30, 2000, ANSI APP: Nov 02, 2000 Project Scope: Electronic power subsystems is an integral part of any electronic system. They perform the task of power processing, management, and distribution. To develop an IEEE Rec. Practice for electronic power subsystems. It includes parameter definitions, parameter test conditions, and parameter test methods. It is intended for dc, single-phase, or three- phase ac electronic subsystems with power level up to 20 KW, voltage level up to 600 V, and frequency tupto 400 Hz. Project Purpose: Lack of any standards in electronic subsystems engineering often leads to confusion. Different manufacturers and subsystem developers use similar terms to indicate different things. A standard in this regard will allow manufacturers as well as users to use the same set of terminology. This will in turn allow industry as well as Department of Defense system developers to acquire cost and time effective electronic power subsystems and products with great interchangeability. Abstract: " This recommended practice defines many common parameters for ac-dc and dc-dc elec-tronic power distribution components and subsystems. This enables electronic system engineers,manufacturers, and researchers to speak with a common language and hence facilitates effectiveand efficient communications. Furthermore, implementation of a common specification languagewill allow the power electronics industry as well as the user communities, including government sys-tem developers, to acquire cost- and time- effective electronic power subsystems with significantlyenhanced interchangeability. " Key Words: "electronic power distribution, power supply, specification, specification language" Designation: 1516-2000 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Simulation Interoperability Stds Organization/Stds Activities Committee Title: Standard for Modeling and Simulation (M&S) High Level ARchitecture (HLA) - Framework and Rules Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Dec 11, 2000 Technical Contact: Susan F Symington, Phone:703 883 7209, Email:susan@mitre.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Dec 09, 1997, BD APP: Sep 21, 2000, ANSI APP: Feb 23, 2001 Project Scope: This document provides an overview of the High Level Architecture (HLA), defines a family of related HLA documents, and defines the principles of HLA in terms of responsibilities that federates (simulations, supporting utilities, or interfaces to live systems) and federations (sets of federates working together must uphold. Project Purpose: There are many different classes of simulations. Each class has changing application characteristics and each needs to be flexibly supported in order to allow for interoperability and reuse across classes and in order to limit the need to maintain multiple interoperability approaches. The High Level Architecture (HLA) is an integrated architecture which has been developed to provide that common architecture. The related standards need to be considered as a set of products - since changes in one is very likely to have impact on the others. Abstract: " The High Level Architecture (HLA)--Framework and Rules is the capstone document fora family of related HLA standards. It defines the HLA, its components, and the rules that outline theresponsibilities of HLA federates and federations to ensure a consistent implementation.Simulations are abstractions of the real world, and no one simulation can solve all of the functionalneeds for the modeling and simulation community. It is anticipated that technology advances willallow for new and different modeling and simulation (M&S) implementations within the frameworkof the HLA. The standards contained in this architecture are interrelated and need to be consideredas a product set, as a change in one is likely to have an impact on the others. As such, the HLA isan integrated approach that has been developed to provide a common architecture for simulation." Key Words: "architecture, class attribute, federate, federation, federation execution, federation object model, framework, high level architecture, instance attribute, interaction class, joined federate, object class, object model template, rules runtime infrastructu" Designation: P1516 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Simulation Interoperability Stds Organization/Stds Activities Committee Title: Standard for Modeling and Simulation (M&S) High Level Architecture (HLA) — Framework and Rules Status: Revision Project Technical Contact: Roy Scrudder, Phone:512-835-3857, Email:scrudder@arlut.utexas.edu **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 20, 2005 Project Scope: This document provides an overview of the High Level Architecture (HLA), defines a family of related HLA documents, and defines the principles of HLA in terms of responsibilities that federates (simulations, supporting utilities, or interfaces to live systems) and federations (sets of federates working together) must uphold. Project Purpose: This document describes the general principles defining the HLA and delineates the set of rules that apply to HLA federations and federates. Each rule is then described, and the rationale for its inclusion is provided. Many different classes of simulations exist. Each class has changing application characteristics and needs to be flexibly supported to allow for interoperability and reuse across classes and to limit the need to maintain multiple interoperability approaches. The HLA is an integrated architecture, which has been developed to provide that common architecture. The related standards need to be considered as a set of products because changes in one are likely to have an impact on the others. Designation: 1516.1-2000 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Simulation Interoperability Stds Organization/Stds Activities Committee Title: Standard for Modeling and Simulation (M&S) High Level Architecture (HLA) Federate Interface Specification Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Mar 09, 2001 Technical Contact: Susan F Symington, Phone:703 883 7209, Email:susan@mitre.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Dec 09, 1997, BD APP: Sep 21, 2000, ANSI APP: Feb 01, 2001 Project Scope: This document defines the interface between federates (simulations, supporting utilities, or interfaces to live systems) and the underlying software services that support inter-federate communication in a distributed simulation domain. Project Purpose: The High Level Architecture (HLA) has been developed to provide a common architecture for distributed, computer-based modeling and simulation. To facilitate inter-federate communications, HLA federates interact with a runtime infrastructure (analogous to a special-purpose distributed operating system) using a standard application program interface. This specification dedfines the standard services and interfaces to be used by the federates in order to support efficient information exchange when participating in a distributed federation execution. A federation execution occurs when sets of federates are brought together to support an objective. Abstract: " The high level architecture (HLA) has been developed to provide a common architecturefor distributed modeling and simulation. The HLA defines an integrated approach that provides acommon framework for the interconnection of interacting simulations. This document, the secondin a family of three related HLA documents, defines the standard services of and interfaces to theHLA Runtime Infrastructure (RTI). These services are used by the interacting simulations to achievea coordinated exchange of information when they participate in a distributed federation. Thestandards contained in this architecture are interrelated and need to be considered as a productset, when changes are made. They each have value independently." Key Words: "architecture, class attribute, data distribution management, federate, federation, federation execution, federation object model, high level architecture (HLA), instance attribute, instance attribute ownership, interaction class, object class," Designation: P1516.1 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Simulation Interoperability Stds Organization/Stds Activities Committee Title: Standard for Modeling and Simulation (M&S) High Level Architecture (HLA)—Federate Interface Specification Status: Revision Project Technical Contact: Roy Scrudder, Phone:512-835-3857, Email:scrudder@arlut.utexas.edu **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 20, 2005 Project Scope: This document defines the interface between federates (simulations, supporting utilities, or interfaces to live systems) and the underlying software services that support interfederate communication in a distributed simulation domain. Project Purpose: The high level architecture (HLA) has been developed to provide a common architecture for distributed modeling and simulation. To facilitate interfederate communications, HLA federates interact with an underlying software infrastructure. This specification defines the standard services and interfaces to be used by the federates to support efficient information exchange when participating in a distributed federation execution. (A federation execution occurs when sets of federates are brought together to support an objective.) Designation: 1516.2-2000 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Simulation Interoperability Stds Organization/Stds Activities Committee Title: Standard for Modeling and Simulation (M&S) High Level Architecture (HLA) - HLA Object Model Template (OMT) Specification Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Mar 09, 2001 Technical Contact: Susan F Symington, Phone:703 883 7209, Email:susan@mitre.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Dec 09, 1997, BD APP: Sep 21, 2000, ANSI APP: Feb 01, 2001 Project Scope: This document defines the format and syntax for recording the information in HLA object models, to include objects, attributes, interactions, and parameters. It does not define the specific data (e.g. vehicles, unit types) that will appear in the object models. Project Purpose: The High Level Architecture (HLA) has been developed to provide a common architec ture for modeling and simulation. The HLA requires that federations (sets of federates) and individual federates (simulations, supporting utilities, or interfaces to live systems) be described by an object model which identifies the data exchanged at runtime in order to achieve federation objectives. This standard defines that information. Abstract: " The High Level Architecture (HLA)--Object Model Template (OMT) specification definesthe format and syntax (but not content) of HLA object models. Simulations are abstractions of thereal world, and no one simulation can solve all of the functional needs for the modeling andsimulation community. It is anticipated that advances in technology will allow for new and differentmodeling and simulation (M&S) implementations within the framework of the HLA. The standardscontained in this architecture are interrelated and need to be considered as a product set, as achange in one is likely to have an impact on the others. As such, the HLA is an integrated approachthat has been developed to provide a common architecture for simulation." Key Words: "architecture, class attribute, data distribution management, federate, federation, federation execution, federation object model, framework, high level architecture, instance attribute, instance attribute ownership, interaction class, joined federate" Designation: P1516.2 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Simulation Interoperability Stds Organization/Stds Activities Committee Title: Standard for Modeling and Simulation (M&S) High Level Architecture (HLA)—Object Model Template (OMT) Specification Status: Revision Project Technical Contact: Roy Scrudder, Phone:512-835-3857, Email:scrudder@arlut.utexas.edu **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 20, 2005 Project Scope: This document defines the format and syntax for recording information in High Level Architecture (HLA) object models, to include objects, attributes, interactions, and parameters. It does not define the specific data (e.g., vehicles, unit types) that will appear in the object models. Project Purpose: The HLA has been developed to provide a common architecture for modeling and simulation. The HLA requires that federations (sets of federates) and individual federates (simulations, supporting utilities, or interfaces to live systems) be described by an object model that identifies the data exchanged at runtime to achieve federation objectives. This standard defines the documentation of the object model. Designation: 1516.3-2003 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Simulation Interoperability Stds Organization/Stds Activities Committee Title: Recommended Practice for High Level Architecture (HLA) Federation Development and Execution Process (FEDEP) Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Apr 21, 2003 Technical Contact: Robert R Lutz, Phone:240-228-7599, Email:robert.lutz@jhuapl.edu **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Jun 13, 2002, BD APP: Mar 20, 2003, ANSI APP: Aug 07, 2003 Project Scope: This document defines the processes and procedures that should be followed by users of the High Level Architecture (HLA) to develop and execute federations. It is not intended to replace low-level management and systems engineering practices native to HLA user organizations, but is rather intended as a higher-level framework into which such practices can be integrated and tailored for specific uses. Project Purpose: The High Level Architecture (HLA) has been developed to provide a common architecture for modeling and simulation. An HLA federation is a named set of software applications (federates) that interact via the services of the HLA Runtime Infrastructure (RTI) in accordance with a common object model in order to achieve some objective (or set of objectives). The purpose of this document is to provide the HLA user community with a recommended practice for how HLA federations are developed and executed. Abstract: " The processes and procedures that should be followed by users of the High Level Archi-tecture (HLA) to develop and execute federations are defined in this recommended practice. Thisrecommended practice is not intended to replace low-level management and systems engineeringpractices native to HLA user organizations, but is rather intended as a higher-level framework intowhich such practices can be integrated and tailored for specific uses. " Key Words: "federate,federation,Federation Development and Execution Process (FEDEP),HighLevel Architecture (HLA),Object Model (OM),runtime infrastructure (RTI)" Designation: P1516.4 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Simulation Interoperability Stds Organization/Stds Activities Committee Title: Verification, Validation, and Accreditation of a Federation, an Overlay to the High Level Architecture Federation Development and Execution Process Status: New Standard Project Technical Contact: Simone Youngblood, Phone:703-824-3436, Email:simone.youngblood@jhuapl.edu **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. Project Scope: This recommended practice defines the processes and procedures that should be followed to implement Verification, Validation, and Accreditation (VV&A) for federations being developed using the High Level Architecture (HLA) Federation Development and Execution Process (FEDEP). This recommended practice is not intended to replace existing VV&A policies, procedures, and guidance, but rather is intended to focus on the unique aspects of the VV&A of federations. It provides a higher-level framework into which such practices can be integrated and tailored for specific uses. The VV&A overlay provides implementation-level guidance to VV&A practitioners; however, it does not describe the individual techniques that might be employed to execute the VV&A processes for federations. This VV&A overlay focuses upon the VV&A processes that apply to federations and not the VV&A processes associated with individual simulations (federates), but does consider using the information produced by those processes. Users, developers, and VV&A personnel working with simulations and simulation compositions not based upon the HLA and the FEDEP can also benefit from the guidance in this document since the activities that this overlay describes can be tailored to support any type of distributed simulation application. Project Purpose: The VV&A overlay has been designed to apply across a wide range of functional applications. The purpose of this overlay is to provide a more detailed view of the VV&A processes implied by the FEDEP. Currently, these processes represent the best practices available to the VV&A community. The VV&A overlay is a tailorable process and is offered as guidance to all participants in FEDEP activities. This overlay identifies and describes the recommended VV&A processes that should be followed to assure the acceptability and utility of federations for particular intended uses. The overlay also identifies and describes the information feeding and resulting from those processes as well as the relationships between the FEDEP and the VV&A processes and their respective information products. In addition, this overlay defines those terms uniquely needed to characterize the FEDEP VV&A overlay. This overlay takes special care to use and build upon existing standards, standard terms and their definitions whenever possible. Designation: 1517-1999 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2004 Title: IEEE Standard for Information Technology - Software Life Cycle Processes - Reuse Processes Status: Approved Publication of IEEE **Formerly known as 1420.4 History: PAR APP: Dec 09, 1997, BD APP: Jun 26, 1999, ANSI APP: Jan 27, 2000 Project Scope: The project would develop material referencing IEEE/EIA 12207 to describe software reuse processes and how they would relate to traditional software life cycle processes described in Part 0 of 12207. The document will define processes and specify requirements for the processes, but will not specify particular techniques. The scope of the specified processes will be broader than that of 12207.0 because reuse activities transcend the life cycle of any particular system. The specified processes would be suitable on an organization wide basis. Project Purpose: Most software reuse processes are not distinct from the normal life cycle byt instead must be integrated into other life cycle processes. Some acquirers are requiring software reuse because it has the potential to achieve faster time to market, improved quality and cost avoidance. These considerations argue for a process standard that explains how software reuse processes may be incorporated into the life cycle. The purpose of the proposed effort is to develop referencing IEEE/EIA 12207 specifying software reuse processes and how they would be incorporated into the life cycle process framework already provided by 12207. The primary purpose of the document would be to facilitate communication between acquirer and supplier (who may be either internal or external to the organization), oparticularly regarding questions on the scope of the contract and questions regarding who bears the expense and gains the benefits of reuse efforts. The document would be useful within organizations to describe how reuse processes related to traditional life cycle processes, activities, and tasks. Abstract: " A common framework for extending the software life cycle processes of IEEE/EIA Std12207.0-1996 to include the systematic practice of software reuse is provided. This standard spec-ifies the processes, activities, and tasks to be applied during each phase of the software life cycleto enable a software product to be constructed from reusable assets. It also specifies the process-es, activities, and tasks to enable the identification, construction, maintenance, and managementof assets supplied. " Key Words: "asset,domain engineering,process,software life cycle,software reuse" Designation: 1520 Sponsor: IEEE Communications Society Title: Standard Programming Interfaces for Networks: Service/signalling control and switch control and programming interfaces Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Weiguo Wang, Phone:+65-874-6721, Email:wwang@krdl.org.sg **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 09, 1997 Project Scope: This project is part of an effort aiming to establish an open architecture in network control and the interface between network control and management functions. In this approach, a three-tiered model is adopted, with a separation of control intelligence, the upper tier, from the control mechanism which is the middle tier. The middle tier resides on top of the hardware and/or the low level software support. This project shall establish a "programming interface" between the upper tier and the middle tier, and a "supporting interface" between the middle tier and the lower tier. The programming interface specifies in industry standard Interface Definition Languages [1-9], a set of programming interfaces for distributed access to switching functionalities by services control entities, including but not restricted to signalling services entities. The supporting interface specifies, in the form of a set of messages, the interfaces that a swtiching unit must implement, in order to provide minimal standard services supporting the higher level software. The types of switching units to be considered in this standard shall include ATM switches, IP routers [27] and circuit switches currently running the SS7 signalling systems. The standard lends itself to easy programming of QoS (Quality of Service) [10-11, 20-23] functionality through apropriate interfaces. Project Purpose: With the rapid advance in the technological frontiers of computing and communications, there is an opportunity to reconcile the perspectives of these communities in new, more open network architectures based on distributed systems principles. These architectures can support alternative signalling protocols, rapid creation of programmed communications services, enhanced QoS control, and the joint allocation of computing and communications resources. E,powered with modern distributed programming tools, future telecommunication services involving high quality audio/video and multi-point diversity, can be created, re-configured and customized dynamically in response to rapid changes in markets, user demand and competition. The interfaces proposed above permit views of network and switching hardware states to be exposed for independent and flexible signalling service creation. By using the object linking and binding mechanisms provided by distributed object programming environment 1) we can encapsulate different types of signalling protocols, so that they may be accessed from the same generic interface. This will benefit network service developers and application vendors who can realize communication services not specified in standard signalling protocols, and conduct service quality negotiations with network elements. The exposed interfaces will also benefit switch vendors through enhanced external control and management of switching hardware with minimum software development effort. Designation: 1520.2 Sponsor: IEEE Communications Society Title: Standard for Application Programming Interfaces for ATM Networks: Serivce/Signaling Control and Switch Control and Programming Interfaces Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Weiguo Wang, Phone:+65-874-6721, Email:wwang@krdl.org.sg **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jan 30, 2000 Project Scope: This project shall establish a programming interface that specifies in industry standard Interface Definition Languages [1-9], a set of programming interfaces for distributed access to switching functionalities by services control entities, including but not restricted to signalling services entities. This standard is targeted towards ATM switches and lends itself to easy programming of QoS (Quality of Service) [10-11, 20-23] functionality through appropriate interfaces. Project Purpose: Empowered with modern distributed programming tools, future telecommunication services involving high-quality audio/video and multi- point diversity, can be created, re-configured and customized dynamically in response to rapid changes in markets, user demand and competition. The interfaces proposed above permit views of network and switching hardware states to be exposed for independent and flexible signalling service creation. The interfaces will permit enhanced external control and management of switching hardware. Designation: 1520.3 Sponsor: IEEE Communications Society Title: Standard for Application Programming Interfaces for Internet Protocol Network Elements Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Weiguo Wang, Phone:+65-874-6721, Email:wwang@krdl.org.sg **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jan 30, 2000 Project Scope: This project will define programming interfaces for Internet Protocol (IP) routers, switches and other network elements (NEs). These NEs perform various IP processing functions such as forwarding, routing, switching, address translation and filtering. The programming interfaces will be defined at virtual network device level and network generic services level. The programming interface specifies in Interface Definition Language [1-9], a set of interfaces for distributed access to switching functionalities by services control entities. Project Purpose: This standard will permit views of network and routing/switching hardware states to be exposed, enabling independent and flexible services creation by many providers writing to this standard Application Programming Interface. Providing standard interfaces permits generic views of network states that can be exposed for independent and flexible service creation. Designation: 1521-2003 Sponsor: IEEE Broadcast Technology Society/Audio and Visual Techniques Title: IEEE Trial-Use Standard for Measurements of Video Jitter and Wander Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Feb 06, 2004 Technical Contact: Aidan P Moore, Phone:416-490-7779x277, Email:aidan.moore@siliconoptix.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Dec 09, 1997, BD APP: Sep 11, 2003 Project Scope: To allow the creation of instrumentation technology for consistent measurements of video related time-interval errors. Project Purpose: To create instrumentation technology that will allow measurement of the components of time-interval error. Abstract: "IEEE Std 1521-2003, IEEE Trial-Use Standard for Measurement of Video Jitter and Wander" Key Words: "drift rate, frequency offset, jitter, timing interval error (TIE), wander" Designation: 1522-2004 Sponsor: SASB/SCC20-Test and Diagnosis for Electric Systems Title: IEEE Trial Use Standard for Testability and Diagnosability Characteristics and Metrics Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Mar 23, 2005 Technical Contact: Mark Kaufman, Phone:951-273-5725, Email:mark.kaufman@navy.mil **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Mar 19, 1998, BD APP: Sep 23, 2004 Project Scope: This standard defines technology independent testability and diagnosability characteristics and metrics, particularly those based on relevant standard information models including standard AI-ESTATE (IEEE 1232.1 and P1232.3) information models. Project Purpose: This standard will provide consistent, unambiguous definitions of testability and diagnosability characteristics and metrics. This will provide a common basis for system testability and diagnosability assessment. Abstract: This standard was developed to provide standard, unambiguous definitions of testability diagnosability metrics and characteristics. It builds on fundamental definitions derived from elements in formal information models related to test and diagnosis defined in IEEE 1232-2002. Key Words: aggregation fundamentals, cost-related fundamentals, diagnosability, diagnos Designation: 1523-2002 Sponsor: IEEE Dielectrics and Electrical Insulation Society Title: IEEE Guide for the Application, Maintenance, and Evaluation of Room Temperature Vulcanizing (RTV) Silicone Rubber Coatings for Outdoor Ceramic Insulators Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Mar 14, 2003 Technical Contact: Ravi S Gorur, Phone:480-965-4894, Email:ravi.gorur@asu.edu **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Mar 19, 1998, BD APP: Dec 11, 2002, ANSI APP: Mar 31, 2003 Project Scope: Guide to help utilities in application of RTV silicone rubber coatings for outdoor ceramic insulators. Guide covers details of these aspects. Guide to help testing personnel inevaluation of RTV silicone rubber coatings for outdoor ceramic insulators. Project Purpose: Lack of knowledge and information on the benefits and limitations of RTV coatings in the industry was responsible for undertaking this project. This project will help address many utility concerns about RTV silicone rubber coatings. Abstract: " Various important aspects that are needed for satisfactory long-term performance ofHigh-Voltage Insulator Coatings (HVIC) are presented in this guide. Various possible applicationscenarios, maintenance issues on coated insulators, factors affecting long-term performance, thequestion of aging, laboratory accelerated tests, and functional outdoor evaluation are described." Key Words: "aging, evaluation, hydrophobicity, HVIC" Designation: 1524 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transformers Title: Guide for the definition of Thermal Duplicate Liquid-Immersed Distribution, Power, and Regulating Transformers Status: Superseded **This project has been superceded by PC57.145. Technical Contact: Barry L Beaster, Phone:314-679-4838, Email:blbeaster@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jun 25, 1998 Project Scope: To develop a guide that sets the boundaries for a thermal duplicate, as specified in Table 17 of C57.12.00, and provides a set of calculations to permit the thermal performance to be determined. Project Purpose: C57.12.00-1993 does not clearly define when a temperature test is required. A temperature rise test may be omitted whenever a test on a "Thermally duplicate or essentially duplicate unit" is available. The requirements for meeting the thermally duplicate provisions are not specified. Designation: 1525 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Substations Title: Standard for Substation Integrated Protection, Control, and Data Acquisition Communications Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Dennis K Holstein, Phone:562-430-1538, Email:HOLSTEINDK@ADELPHIA.NET **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 19, 1998 Project Scope: Define standard communication requirements, specify message delivery time between intelligent electronic devices, and specify Abstract Syntax Notation (ASN) .1 data structures of information to be exchanged for substation integrated protection, control, and data acquisition. Project Purpose: Utilities will use this standard as part of a specification to develop new substation automation capability, or to modify existing substation automation capability. Vendors will use this standard to build open system communication interfaces for intelligent electronic devices for substation automation. Designation: 1526-2003 Sponsor: SASB/SCC21-Fuel Cells, Photovoltaics, Dispersed Generation, and Energy Storage Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Testing the Performance of Stand-Alone Photovoltaic Systems Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jan 29, 2004 Technical Contact: Benjamin Kroposki, Phone:303-275-2979, Email:benjamin_kroposki@nrel.gov **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Mar 19, 1998, BD APP: Sep 11, 2003, ANSI APP: Dec 29, 2003 Project Scope: The test methods and procedures included in this document cover stand-alone photovoltaic systems. Procedures provided are for conducting performance testing of individual components and complete systems. The methodology includes testing the system outdoors in prevailing conditions and indoors under simulated conditions. Project Purpose: This recommended practice provides test methods and procedures for determining stand-alone photovoltaic system performance and conducting design verification. Test procedures provided in this document are intended to assist designers, manufacturers, system integrators, users, and laboratories in conducting these performance tests. Abstract: "IEEE Std 1526-2003, IEEE Recommended Practice for Testing the Performance of Stand-Alone Photovoltaic Systems" Key Words: "design verification, performance testing, stand-alone photovoltaic (PV) systems" Designation: 1527-2006 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Substations Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for the Design of Flexible Buswork Located in Seismically Active Areas Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Sep 01, 2006 Technical Contact: Jean-Bernard Dastous, Phone:450-652-8341, Email:dastous.jean-bernard@ireq.ca **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Mar 19, 1998, BD APP: Mar 30, 2006, ANSI APP: Aug 14, 2006 Project Scope: The scope of the proposed project is the engineering and design of flexible bus connections for bus and equipment in electric power substations. Project Purpose: The purpose of the proposed project is to give guidance to the substation engineer who is unfamiliar with seismic considerations in the engineering and design of connections, and to provide engineers with the current state of knowledge of the dynamic effects of high voltage connections and conductors. Abstract: The engineering and design of flexible bus connections for bus and equipment in electric power substations is described. This recommended practice gives guidance to the substation engineer who is unfamiliar with seismic considerations in the engineering and design of connections, and provides engineers with the current state of knowledge of the dynamic effects of high- voltage connections and conductors. Key Words: bus, conductor, conductor slack, connections, earthquakes, electrical equipment, flexible bus, flexible buswork, interconnected equipment, interconnection, seismic, substations Designation: 1528-2003 Sponsor: SASB/SCC39-International Committee on Electromagnetic Safety Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Determining the Peak Spatial-Average Specific Absorption Rate (SAR) in the Human Head from Wireless Communications Devices: Measurement Techniques Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Dec 19, 2003 Technical Contact: Howard Bassen, Phone:301-827-4950, Email:hib@cdrh.fda.gov **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Dec 11, 2002, BD APP: Jun 12, 2003, ANSI APP: Oct 15, 2003 Project Scope: To specify protocols for the measurement of the peak spatial- average specific absorption rate (SAR) in a simplified model of the head of users of hand-held radio transceivers used for personal wireless communications services and intended to be operated while held next to the ear. It applies to contemporary and future devices with the same or similar operational characteristics as contemporary devices that operate in the 300 MHz to 3 GHz frequency range and provides a conservative estimate of the spatial peak SAR representative of that which would be expected to occur in the heads of a significant majority of persons during normal use of these devices, but which may not be the absolute maximum value that could possibly occur under every conceivable combination of head size, head shape, handset orientation and spacing relative to the head. Project Purpose: The purpose of this recommended practice is to provide a protocol for the measurement of the peak spatial-average SAR in an anatomical model of the human head of users of wireless handsets intended to be operated while held next to the ear. It provides the users with standardized and accepted protocols, measurement and validation techniques, and means for estimating the overall uncertainty in order to produce valid and repeatable data. Specific SAR limit values are not included since these are found in other documents, e.g., IEEE Std C95. Abstract: IEEE Std 1528-2003 specifies protocols and test procedures for the measurement of the peak spatial-average SAR induced inside a simplified model of the head of users of certain handheld radio transceivers. These transceivers are intended to be used for personal wireless communications services, operate in the 300 MHz–3 GHz frequency range, and are intended to be operated while held against the ear. The results obtained by following the protocols specified in this recommended practice represent a conservative estimate of the peak spatial-average SAR induced in the head of a significant majority of persons, subject to measurement and other uncertainties that are defined in this standard. The results are representative of those expected during conditions of normal use of a handheld wireless device. It is not the intent of this recommended practice to provide a result representative of the absolute maximum SAR value possible under every conceivable combination of head size, head shape, handset orientation, and spacing relative to the head. The measurement of SAR induced in the external tissues of the head, e.g., the external ear (pinna), is not addressed in this standard. The following items are described in detail: measurement concepts, measurement techniques, instruments, calibration techniques, simulated-tissue (phantom) models, including homogeneous anatomical models of the human head and simple phantoms for validation of the SAR measurement system, and the limitations of these systems when used for measuring the spatial-peak mass-averaged SAR. Procedures for calibrating electric field (E-field) probes used for SAR measurements and assessing the SAR measurement and system uncertainties are provided in the annexes. This recommended practice is intended primarily for use by engineers and other specialists who are familiar with electromagnetic (EM) theory and measurement techniques. This standard does not recommend specific SAR limit values since these are found in other documents. The benefits to the users include standardized and accepted protocols, validation techniques, and means for estimating the overall uncertainty in order to produce valid and repeatable data. Key Words: cellular and mobile telephones, dosimetry, handheld wireless transceivers, measurement uncertainty, miniature electric field E-field probes, nonionizing radiation, RFmicrowave exposure assessment, RFmicrowave hazard assessment, SAR measurements, SAR measurement systems Designation: 1528 Sponsor: SASB/SCC39-International Committee on Electromagnetic Safety Title: Recommended Practice for Determining the Peak Spatial-Average Specific Absorption Rate (SAR) in the Human Body Due to Wireless Communications Devices: Experimental Techniques Status: Superseded Technical Contact: Howard Bassen, Phone:301-827-4950, Email:hib@cdrh.fda.gov **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 12, 2002 Project Scope: To specify protocols for the measurement of the peak spatial- average specific absorption rate (SAR) in a simplified model of the head of users of hand-held radio transceivers used for personal wireless communications services and intended to be operated while held next to the ear. It applies to contemporary and future devices that operate in the 300 MHz to 3 GHz frequency range and provides a conservative estimate of the spatial peak SAR representative of that which would be expected to occur in the heads of a significant majority of persons during normal use of these devices, but which may not be the absolute maximum value that could possibly occur under every conceivable combination of head size, head shape, handset orientation and spacing relative to the head. Project Purpose: The purpose of this recommended practice is to provide a uniform test method that will satisfy the needs of wireless handset manufacturers that are required to certify that their products meet specific SAR limits. It provides the users with standardized and accepted protocols, measurement and validation techniques, and means for estimating the overall uncertainty in order to produce valid and repeatable data. Specific SAR limit values are not included since these are found in other documents, e.g., IEEE Std C95. Designation: 1528 Sponsor: SASB/SCC39-International Committee on Electromagnetic Safety Title: Recommended Practice for Determining the Spatial-Peak Specific Absorption Rate (SAR) in the Human Body Due to Wireless Communications Devices: Experimental Techniques Status: Superseded Technical Contact: Howard Bassen, Phone:301-827-4950, Email:hib@cdrh.fda.gov **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 19, 1998 Project Scope: The scope of this project is to describe the concepts and specify techniques, instruments, calibration techniques, models for validation, uncertainities and limitations of systems used for measuring the electric field strength for purposes of determining the spatial-peak specific absorption rate (SAR) in simulated tissue models, including anatomical models of the human body. This document will not recommend specific SAR values since these are found in other documents, e.g. C95.1- 1991. Project Purpose: The purpose of this document is to specify experimental protocols for the measurement of spatial-peak absorption rates (SAR) in the human body of users of certain hand-held wireless transceivers including cellular and personal communications services (PCS) telephones. The SARs will be determined from electric-field strength measurements made insimulated anatomical tissue models. Designation: P1528.1 Sponsor: SASB/SCC39-International Committee on Electromagnetic Safety Title: Recommended Practice for Determining the Peak Spatial Average Specific Absorption Rate (SAR) in the Human Body from Wireless Communications Devices, 30 MHz - 6 GHz: General Requirements for using the Finite Difference Time Domain (FDTD) Method for SAR Calculations Status: New Standard Project Technical Contact: Wolfgang Kainz, Phone:+1 301 827 4972, Email:wolfgang.kainz@fda.hhs.gov **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 22, 2005 Project Scope: This recommended practice describes the concepts, anatomical models for compliance assessments, techniques, validation procedures, uncertainties and limitations of the finite-difference time-domain technique (FDTD) when used for determining the spatial peak specific absorption rate (SAR) in standardized human anatomical models exposed to wireless communication devices. Recommendations for standardized anatomical models and general benchmark data for these models are provided. Specific SAR limit values (basic restrictions) are not included since these are found in other documents, e.g., IEEE C95.1-200X. Project Purpose: The purpose of this recommended practice is to specify numerical techniques and standardized anatomical models used for determining the spatial peak specific absorption rates (SAR) in the human body of users for wireless communication devices. SAR is determined by applying Finite Difference Time Domain (FDTD) techniques to simulate the field conditions produced by wireless devices in anatomically correct models of the human anatomy. Intended users of this practice will be (but will not be limited to) wireless communication device manufacturers and wireless service providers that are required to certify that their products comply with the applicable SAR limits, and government agencies. Designation: P1528.2 Sponsor: SASB/SCC39-International Committee on Electromagnetic Safety Title: Recommended Practice for Determining the Peak Spatial Average Specific Absorption Rate (SAR) in the Human Body from Wireless Communications Devices, 30 MHz - 6 GHz: Specific Requirements for Finite Difference Time Domain (FDTD) Modeling of Vehicle Mounted Antenna Configurations Status: New Standard Project Technical Contact: Wolfgang Kainz, Phone:+1 301 827 4972, Email:wolfgang.kainz@fda.hhs.gov **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 22, 2005 Project Scope: This recommended practice describes the concepts, techniques, vehicle models, validation procedures, uncertainties and limitations of the finite-difference time-domain technique (FDTD) when used for determining the spatial-peak specific absorption rate (SAR) in standardized human anatomical models exposed to vehicle mounted antennas. Recommended vehicle models and general benchmark data for these models are provided. Antenna locations, operating configurations, exposure conditions and positions of persons exposed to the vehicle mounted antennas are defined. Intended users of this practice will be (but will not be limited to) wireless communication devices manufacturers, service providers for wireless communication that are required to certify that their products comply with the applicable SAR limits and government agencies. Specific SAR limit values (basic restrictions) are not included since these are found in other documents, e.g., IEEE C95.1-200X. Project Purpose: The purpose of this recommended practice is to specify numerical techniques, anatomical models, and vehicle models used for determining the spatial peak specific absorption rates (SAR) in the human body when exposed to vehicle-mounted antennas used by wireless communication devices. SAR is determined by applying Finite Difference Time Domain (FDTD) techniques to simulate the field conditions produced by wireless devices in standardized anatomically correct models of the human anatomy. Designation: P1528.3 Sponsor: SASB/SCC39-International Committee on Electromagnetic Safety Title: Recommended Practice for Determining the Peak Spatial-Average Specific Absorption Rate (SAR) in the Human Body from Wireless Communications Devices, 30 MHz - 6 GHz: Specific Requirements for Finite Difference Time Domain (FDTD) Modeling of Mobile Phones/Personal Wireless Devices Status: New Standard Project Technical Contact: Wolfgang Kainz, Phone:+1 301 827 4972, Email:wolfgang.kainz@fda.hhs.gov **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 16, 2006 Project Scope: The scope of this project is to describe the concepts, techniques, models, validation procedures, uncertainties and limitations of the finite-difference time-domain technique (FDTD) when used for determining the spatial-peak specific absorption rate (SAR) in standardized human anatomical models. These models are exposed to personal wireless devices, e.g. mobile phones. It recommends and provides guidance on modeling of personal wireless devices and provides benchmark data for simulation of such models. It defines model contents and provides guidance on meshing and test positions at the anatomical models. This document will not recommend specific SAR values since these are found in other documents, e.g., IEEE C95.1-1999. Project Purpose: The purpose of this document is to specify numerical techniques, and anatomical models to determine spatial peak specific absorption rates (SAR) in the human body of persons exposed to personal wireless devices. SAR will be determined by applying Finite Difference Time Domain (FDTD) techniques to simulate the field conditions produced by wireless devices. It will use standardized anatomically correct models of the human anatomy. Designation: 1528a-2005 Sponsor: SASB/SCC39-International Committee on Electromagnetic Safety Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Determining the Peak Spatial-Average Specific Absorption Rate (SAR) in the Human Head from Wireless Communications Devices: Measurement Techniques - Amendment 1: CAD File for Human Head Model (SAM Phantom) Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Feb 24, 2006 **4 CAD Files are provided with this Amendment. Technical Contact: Howard Bassen, Phone:301-827-4950, Email:hib@cdrh.fda.gov **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Jun 24, 2004, BD APP: Sep 22, 2005, ANSI APP: Dec 29, 2005 Project Scope: The scope of IEEE Std 1528 is to specify protocols for the measurement of the peak spatial-average SAR in a simplified model of the head of users of handheld radio transceivers used for personal wireless communications services and intended to be operated while held next to the ear. This amendment addresses ambiguity in the language of certain sections and provides a compact disk (CD) with a CAD data file of the original project's human head model, which was not included with the original standard. There are no amendments or corrigenda to the original standard. Project Purpose: The purpose of this amendment is to remove editorial and typographical errors, make minor clarifications to the formatting of equations and text, and provide a compact disk (CD) with a CAD data file of the original project's human head model. A CAD file was not provided with IEEE Std 1528 but could be downloaded from several specified Internet sites. Abstract: Abstract: This amendment addresses certain text ambiguities in IEEE Std 1528-2003 and provides CAD data files for the human head model that was not included with the base standard. Key Words: dosimetry, handheld cellular and mobile telephones, measurement uncertainty, miniature electric field (E-field) probes, specific absorption rate (SAR), specific anthropomorphic mannequin (SAM), SAR measurements, SAR measurement systems Designation: P1528b Sponsor: SASB/SCC39-International Committee on Electromagnetic Safety Title: Recommended Practice for Determining the Peak Spatial-Average Specific Absorption Rate (SAR) in the Human Head from Wireless Communications Devices: Measurement Techniques. Amendment 2: Additional Procedures for SAR Measurement at 3 – 6 GHz Status: Amendment Technical Contact: Mark Douglas, Phone:919-472-6334, Email:mark.douglas@motorola.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 22, 2005 Project Scope: The scope of this project is to specify protocols for the measurement of the peak spatial average SAR in a simplified model of the head of users of handheld radio transceivers used for personal wireless communications services and intended to be operated while held next to the ear. It applies to contemporary and future devices with the same operational characteristics as contemporary devices that operate in the 300 MHz–6 GHz frequency range and provides a conservative estimate of the peak spatial average SAR representative of that which would be expected to occur in the heads of a significant majority of persons during normal use of these devices, but which may not be the absolute maximum value that could possibly occur under every conceivable combination of head size, head shape, handset orientation, and spacing relative to the head. Project Purpose: The purpose of this project is to extend the frequency range of IEEE 1528 to include the frequency range 3 – 6 GHz. This extension would bring the total applicable frequency range of IEEE 1528 to be 300 MHz – 6 GHz. Recommendations are needed for the measurement resolution, the probe geometry, the phantom specifications, the dielectric parameters of tissue equivalent liquids, and other measurement parameters. Designation: 1529 Sponsor: SASB/SCC39-International Committee on Electromagnetic Safety Title: Recommended Practice for Determining the Spatial-Peak Specific Absorption Rate (SAR) in the Human Body Due to Wireless Communications Devices: Computational Techniques Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Kwok Chan, Phone:301-725-1585, Email:kchan@fcc.gov **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 19, 1998 Project Scope: The scope of this project is to describe the concepts, techniques, validation procedures, uncertainties and limitations of the finite-difference time-domain technique (FDTD) when used for determining the spatial-peak specific sbsorption rate (SAR) in numerical models, including human anatomical models exposed to hand-held wireless terminals. This document will not recommend specific SAR values since these are found in other documents, e.g. C95.1-1991. Project Purpose: The purpose of this document is to specify numerical techniques to determine spatial-peak specific absorption rates (SAR) in the human body of users of certain hand-held wireless transceivers, including cellular and personal communications services (PCS) telephones. SAR will be determined by applying FDTD techniques to simulate the field conditions produced by hand-held terminals in anatomically correct models of the human anatomy. Designation: 1530 Sponsor: IEEE Electromagnetic Compatibility Society Title: Recommended Practice for the Design and Construction of Calibration Artifacts for Cable and Connector Shielding Test Fixtures for Frequencies from 1Hz to 10 Ghz Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Lothar O Hoeft, Phone:505-298-2065, Email:bud.hoeft@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 19, 1998 Project Scope: This recommended practice will provide recommendations for constructing cable and connector samples with transfer impedance characteristics which are readily calculable with this document. The recommended practice will also facilitate the experimental verification of these samples using round robin measurements among interested parties. These calibration samples (shielding artifacts) should then be used to establish/develop test fixtures and procedures for measuring surface transfer impedance and other electromagnetic shielding characteristics of cables and connectors. Project Purpose: Currently, the measurement of the electromagnetic shielding properties of cables and connectors may be performed using a variety of test fixtures and techniques. A shield with known electromagnetic characteristics is needed to establish the credibility of the test fixture and/or technique. The purpose of this project is to recommend how to construct such a sample or shielding artifact. The project will include a set of standard samples and procedures for designing calibration standards/artifacts for special situations. Designation: 1531-2003 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transmission and Distribution Title: Guide for Application and Specification of Harmonic Filters Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Nov 24, 2003 Technical Contact: Thomas E Grebe, Phone:865-470-9222x133, Email:tgrebe@electrotek.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Mar 19, 1998, BD APP: Jun 12, 2003, ANSI APP: Sep 22, 2003 Project Scope: Provide guidelines for the application and specification of passive shunt harmonic fileters for use on 50 and 60 Hz power systems at 216 volts and above. Project Purpose: No specific standard exists for harmonic filters, although standards do exist for virtually all of the components that are used in a filter. The objective of this document is to define the application and specification criteria which should be considered in designing, controlling and protecting a harmonic filter. Existing standards will be referenced, and additional considerations will be presented as is appropriate. This document would not address harmonic simulations and modeling. It will focus on the equipment. Abstract: "IEEE Std 1531-2003, IEEE Guide for Application and Specification of Harmonic Filters" Key Words: "capacitors, harmonic filters, inductors, notch filters, passive filters, power filters, power system harmonics, reactors, switched capacitor filters" Designation: 1532-2002 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Test Technology Title: IEEE Standard for In-System Configuration of Programmable Devices Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jan 11, 2003 **Supersedes 1532-2001. Technical Contact: Neil G Jacobson, Phone:408-879-4885, Email:n.g.jacobson@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Feb 14, 2002, BD APP: Dec 11, 2002, ANSI APP: Apr 18, 2003 Project Scope: This project will develop a revision to IEEE Std 1532 to incorporate adaptive in system configuration algorithms. These algorithms allow for optimized access to technologies in which the associated configuration access times can vary greatly from device to device. In addition, general corrections to errata within the body of the document will be applied if any are identified by the end-user community during the lifetime of this PAR. Project Purpose: In order to increase the general applicability of the standard to a broader array of implementation technologies (specifically flash memory technology), the working group has decided to specify and standardize the description of adaptive configuration algorithms within the context of 1532. These changes will allow flash programmable devices that are 1532 compliant to be more easily developed. Abstract: " The communication protocol described by IEEE Std 1149.1 TM -2001 (Standard Test Ac-cess Port and Boundary-Scan Architecture) has been adopted by this standard for providingstandardized programming access and methodology for programmable integrated circuit devices.Devices that implement this standard will first be compliant with IEEE Std 1149.1-2001, which isused for testing purposes. A device, or set of devices, implementing this standard can be pro-grammed (written), read back, erased, and verified, singly or concurrently, with a standardized setof resources. Sample implementation and application details (which are not part of this standard)are included for illustrative purposes. " Key Words: "complex programmable logic device (CPLD),erasable programmable read-only mem-ory (EPROM),field programmable gate array (FPGA),Flash RAM,in- system (or in situ)configuration (ISC),programmable device" Designation: 1532-2001 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Test Technology Title: IEEE Standard for In-System Configuration of Programmable Devices Status: Superseded **Supersedes 1532-2000. Superseded by 1532-2002. Technical Contact: Neil G Jacobson, Phone:408-879-4885, Email:n.g.jacobson@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Feb 21, 2001, BD APP: Dec 06, 2001, ANSI APP: May 02, 2002 Project Scope: The project will augment the efforts of 1532 by describing a Boundary-Scan Description Language (BSDL) extension appropriate for describing the configuration algorithm for 1532 compliant devices. Implement errata to body of Standard as necessary. Project Purpose: This completes the work of 1532 by providing an software automatable mechanism (BSDL) for accessing the configurable properties of 1532 compliant devices. Implement errata to body of Standard as necessary. Abstract: " The communication protocol described by IEEE Std 1149.1 (Standard Test Access Portand Boundary-Scan Architecture) has been adopted by this standard for providing standardizedprogramming access and methodology for programmable integrated circuit devices. Devices thatimplement this standard shall first be compliant with IEEE Std 1149.1 used for testing purposes. Adevice, or set of devices implementing this standard may be programmed (written), read back,erased, and verified, singly or concurrently, with a standardized set of resources. Sampleimplementation and application details (which are not part of this standard) are included forillustrative purposes. " Key Words: "complex programmable logic device (CPLD),erasable programmable read-onlymemory (EPROM),field programmable gate array (FPGA),flash ram,in- system (or in-situ)configuration (ISC),programmable device" Designation: 1532-2000 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Test Technology Title: IEEE Standard for In-System Configuration of Programmable Devices Status: Superseded **Superseded by 1532-2001. Technical Contact: Neil G Jacobson, Phone:408-879-4885, Email:n.g.jacobson@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jun 25, 1998, BD APP: Sep 21, 2000, ANSI APP: Jan 08, 2001 Project Scope: The proposed porject will describe a series of mandatory and optional boundary-scan instructions and associated data registers that will define a standard methodology for accessing and configuring programmable devices that already support IEEE Std 1149.1. Project Purpose: The objective of the ISC standardization effort is to enhance user access to 1149.1-based programmable devices. Devices that adhere to the proposed 1149.1-based ISC standard would form the foundation for the realization of tremendous savings in software product development and manufacturing costs related to ISC. These parts would be immediately integratible into existing systems and tools. In addition, these new tools could leverage easily on the existing 1149.1-based tool sets and knowledge base rapidly incorporating the features of ISC parts. Abstract: " The communication protocol described by IEEE Std 1149.1-1990 (Standard Test AccessPort and Boundary-Scan Architecture) has been adopted by this standard for providing standard-ized programming access and methodology for programmable integrated circuit devices. Devicesthat implement this standard shall first be compliant with IEEE Std 1149.1-1990, which is used fortesting purposes. A device, or set of devices, implementing this standard may be programmed (writ-ten), read back, erased, and verified, singly or concurrently, with a standardized set of resources.Sample implementation and application details (which are not part of this standard) are includedfor illustrative purposes. " Key Words: "complex programmable logic device (CPLD), erasable programmable read-only memory (EPROM), field programmable gate array (FPGA), flash ram, in-system (or In-Situ) configuration (ISC), in-system programming (ISP), programmable device" Designation: 1534-2002 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Substations Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Specifying Thyristor-Controlled Series Capacitors Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Nov 20, 2002 Technical Contact: Duane R Torgerson, Phone:303-202-3933, Email:torgerson@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Sep 16, 1998, BD APP: Jun 13, 2002, ANSI APP: Oct 29, 2002 Project Scope: This project will develop a recommendation for specifying Thyristor Controlled Series Capacitor (TCSC) stations used in series with a transmission line. The document will address issues that consider ratings for TCSC thyristor valve assemblies, capacitors, and reactors as well as TCSC control characteristics, protective features, cooling systems, testing, commissioning, operation, and maintenance. Excluded from this document are detailed TCSC modeling considerations. Project Purpose: There is currently no defined standard for specifying Thyristor Controlled Series Capacitor (TCSC) stations. This document will provide assistance and guidance to planning, substation, commissioning, and operation engineers in the course of specifying TCSC stations. Users of this document will find that they should tailor the recommendations provided when addressing specific project requirements. Abstract: "Recommended practices for specifying Thyristor-Controlled Series Capacitor (TCSC)installations used in series with transmission lines are provided. Ratings for TCSC thyristor valveassemblies, capacitors, and reactors as well as TCSC control characteristics, protective features,cooling systems, testing, commissioning, training, documentation, operation, and maintenance areaddressed." Key Words: "power oscillation damping, series capacitors, subsynchronous resonance, TCSC, thyristor valves" Designation: 1535 Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Industrial & Commercial Power Systems Title: Guide for Commissioning Electrical Systems in Commercial, Institutional, and Industrial Buildings Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: C.A Shrive, Phone:513-241-5640, Email:c.shrive@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 16, 1998 Project Scope: This project will develop a guide for use in commissioning the electrical power systems in buildings. This guide will provide a basis for ensuring that building electrical systems are designed, installed, tested, and made operable in conformance with the design intent. Project Purpose: The National Institute of building Sciences (NIBS) is undertaking an effort to develop a set of commissioning standards to address the total building commissioning process. They are doing this in conjunction with professional and technical organizations such as IEEE, who will each develop a standard for a specific system. this project will develop the standard for electrical power systems. Its intended users are owners of buildings, architects, and engineers. No such guide presently exists. NIBS will be developing guides for other than electrical commissioning processes. Designation: 1536-2002 Sponsor: IEEE Vehicular Technology Society/Rail Transit Title: IEEE Standard for Rail Transit Vehicle Battery Physical Interface Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jan 31, 2003 Technical Contact: Stanley Kwa, Phone:646-252-3189, Email:StKwa@NYCT.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Sep 16, 1998, BD APP: Dec 11, 2002, ANSI APP: Mar 31, 2003 Project Scope: This standard prescribes the maximum dimensional requirements of each battery tray for a specific number of cells and battery capacity rating. The battery hardware requirement and battery compartment are also prescribed. Project Purpose: The purpose is to standardize the physical dimensional requirement of a battery tray. Currently, there are no overall dimensional standards for a battery tray. The same rating batteries are being produced in different cell sizes by different manufacturers to suit customer battery compartment requirements. This standard will provide an optimal battery compartment allowing interchangeability of batteries supplied by various manufacturers. Thus, it will facilitate joint multi-agency purchasing. Abstract: The maximum dimensional requirements of each battery tray for a specific number ofcells and battery capacity or performance rating are prescribed in this standard. Key Words: "battery tray,high discharge rate,low discharge rate,medium discharge rate,multi-cellunit" Designation: 1538-2000 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transformers Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2005 Title: IEEE Guide for Determination of Maximum Winding Temperature Rise in Liquid-Filled Transformers Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jul 31, 2000 History: PAR APP: Sep 16, 1998, BD APP: Jun 21, 2000, ANSI APP: May 03, 2001 Project Scope: Produce a guide for developing mathematical models and test procedures to determine the steady state maximum (hottest spot) and average winding temperature rise over ambient for liquid immersed distribution, power, network, and regulating transformers manufactured in accordance with IEEE C57.12.00. Project Purpose: This guide will provide a basis for the transformer manufacturer and user to concur that a transformer meets the temperature requirements in C57.12.00. Those requirements state that the maximum winding temperature rise shall be determined by either direct measurement or calculations. This guide will describe the requirements for a manufacturer's test program or mathematical model to demonstrate compliance with those requirements. Abstract: " Provides guidance for determining the hottest-spot temperature in distribution and powertransformers built in accordance with IEEE Std C57.12.00-2000. Describes the important criteriato be evaluated by any thermal model that can accurately predict the hottest-spot temperature in atransformer. Provides guidance for performing temperature-rise tests with direct measurement ofthe hottest-spot temperatures, and explains the importance of developing an accurate thermal mod-el to properly locate the temperature sensors. " Key Words: "distribution transformer, hottest-spot temperature, power transformers, temperaturerise test, thermal model" Designation: 1539 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Insulated Conductors Title: Guide for Testing Transmission Cable Systems with Extruded Insulation, Part 1, 69 kV through 161 kV Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Torben Aabo, Phone:518-384-1613, Email:t.aabo@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 08, 1998 Project Scope: The guide is intended to help the users of transmission cable systems assure that the components to be specified for the system are of the highest standard and that the cable and accessories are compatible. The guide will address routine testing of cables, sample tests on cables, type tests on cables, type tests on systems, and electrical tests after installation.The proposed guide will incorporate applicable information from AEIC, IEEE and IEC specifications and guides, to make the document applicable to users of transmission cable in the US and abroad. Project Purpose: The use of transmission cables with extruded insulation has been increasing and it appears that the trend will continue up through 500 kV. In order to construct a reliable cable system, the components incorporated must be compatible and of high quality. Therefore, a guide is proposed in order to be able to specify a cable systgem with compatible and quality components. Designation: 1540-2001 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee Title: IEEE Standard for Software Life Cycle Processes - Risk Management Status: Superseded Technical Contact: Robert N Charette, Phone:540-972-8150, Email:charette@itabhi.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 08, 1998, BD APP: Mar 17, 2001, ANSI APP: Aug 02, 2001 Project Scope: This standard will describe a process for the management of risk during software development, operations and maintenance. It will be consistent with IEEE/EIA 12207. Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to provide acquirers and developers with a single unifying risk management process that is suitable for use in conjunction with IEEE/EIA 12207. The standard will not provide detailed risk management techniques, but will instead focus on a process for risk management in which any of several techniques might be applied. The standard will address risk management from the viewpoint of enterprise management, rather than from the viewpoint of the particular project. Abstract: " A process for the management of risk in the life cycle of software is defined. It can beadded to the existing set of software life cycle processes defined by the IEEE/EIA 12207 series ofstandards, or it can be used independently. " Key Words: "acceptability, integrity, risk, risk analysis, risk management, risk treatment" Designation: 1541-2002 Sponsor: SASB/SCC14-Quantities Units and Letter Symbols Title: IEEE Standard Prefixes for Binary Multiples Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Feb 12, 2003 Technical Contact: James Frysinger, Phone:843-953-7644, Email:j.frysinger@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: May 09, 2002, BD APP: Dec 11, 2002, ANSI APP: Jun 30, 2005 Project Scope: This standard will define prefixes that denote multiplication of a unit by the binary multiplier 2^10 and integral powers thereof. The prefixes are for use with all units, in all fields where multiplication by a binary multiplier is found to be appropriate. Project Purpose: The prefixes kilo, mega, etc., are sometimes used to denote powers of two, rather than their internationally standardized meaning as decimal multiples. The binary usage is internationally deprecated. This proposed standard will be consistent with, and will support, a recently adopted IEC standard on the subject. Abstract: " Names and letter symbols for prefixes that denote multiplication of a unit by the binarymultiplier 2 10 n , where n = 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, or 6 are defined. Although the prefixes may be used with allunits in all fields where multiplication by a binary multiplier is found to be appropriate, their primaryuse is in the field of information technology. " Key Words: "binary,binary multiple,computer,exbi,gibi,kibi,mebi,pebi,prefix,tebi" Designation: 1541 Sponsor: SASB/SCC14-Quantities Units and Letter Symbols Title: Standard for Binary Prefixes Status: Superseded Technical Contact: Bruce Barrow, Phone:301-493-4374, Email:b.barrow@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 08, 1998 Project Scope: We shall clarify the use of unit symbol prefixes to distinguish between powers of 10 and powers of 2. Project Purpose: Usage of kilobyte and megabyte varies; in different cases 1 megabyte means 10 to the 6th power bytes and 2 to the 20th power bytes. This standard will stipulate meaning, reserving k, M, G, etc., as powers to 10 prefixes. This standard will be consistent with, and will support, the work underway in the International Electrotechnical Commission. Designation: 1541 Sponsor: SASB/SCC14-Quantities Units and Letter Symbols Title: Standard for Multiples for Binary Prefixes Status: Superseded Technical Contact: Bruce Barrow, Phone:301-493-4374, Email:b.barrow@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Nov 01, 2001 Project Scope: This standard will define prefixes and letter symbols that denote multiplication of a unit by the binary multiplier 2^10 and integral powers thereof. The prefixes and symbols are for use with all units, in all fields where multiplication by a binary multiplier is found to be appropriate. Project Purpose: The prefixes kilo, mega, etc. are sometimes used to denote powers of two, rather than their internationally standardized meaning as decimal multiples. The binary usage is internationally deprecated. This proposed standard will be consistent with, and will support, a recently adopted IEC standard on the subject. Designation: P1542 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transmission and Distribution Title: Guide for Installation, Maintenance, and Operation of Irrigation Equipment Located Near or Under Power Lines Status: New Standard Project Technical Contact: Dave Phillips, Phone:619-553-3057, Email:dave.phillips@navy.mil **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 08, 1998 Project Scope: The proposed Guide is based on industry practices and presents guidelines for installation, maintenance and operation and of irrigation equipment near or under overhead power lines as they pertain to minimum distance to energized conductors and proper grounding to avoid nuisance shocks. The Guide covers a variety of conditions in general terms. Specific recommendations are made for the type of irrigation systems and power line parameters most commonly found. Project Purpose: The Guide is intended for installers and operators of the irrigation equipment as well as electric power utilities. General and specific information is given for installation, maintenance and operation of irrigation equipment as it relates to safety due to the presence of electric power lines. Designation: 1543 Sponsor: IEEE Vehicular Technology Society/Intelligent Transportation Systems Title: Standard for Message Sets Sets for Back Office Applications/Roadside (Resource Manager) Communications Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Irwin H Morse, Phone:619 679 6165, Email:imorse@sps.globalus.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 08, 1998 Project Scope: Research, compile and consolidate information leading to the publication of a standard for exchanging information, providing for bi- directional message transmission and device control between Back Office Applications and a vehicle to roadside communication (VRC) controller on the roadside. This will entail specifying the application message sets, application registration, and application level acknowledgement for the interface. Work with information sources sucn as the Electronic Toll and Traffic Management (ETTM) User's Group, the ATA, the CVO community, the vendor community, and other standards bodies to synthesize existing requirements into a single, open industry standard that supports interoperable implementations. Project Purpose: This standard will provide an interface between the VRC controller and the back office equipment. The PAR will consolidate and publish a Standard to support Commercial Vehicle Operation and ETTM. Designation: P1544 Sponsor: IEEE Vehicular Technology Society/Rail Transit Title: Standard for Transit Communications Interface Profiles (TCIP) for Railcar Basic Operating Unit Interoperability – Data Element Definitions Status: New Standard Project Technical Contact: Fred Woolsey, Phone:215-542-0700, Email:fwoolsey@ltk.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 08, 2004 Project Scope: This standard defines the data elements for communications within and between Basic Operating Units, for applications other than Communications Based Train Control (CBTC). Project Purpose: This standard provides protocol-independent data elements for intra-train communications, allowing development of protocol-specific standards for interoperability between disparate systems and equipment. Designation: 1544 Sponsor: IEEE Vehicular Technology Society/Rail Transit Title: Standard for Transit Communications Interface Profiles for Railcar Basic Operating Unit Interoperability Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Fred Woolsey, Phone:215-542-0700, Email:fwoolsey@ltk.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 07, 2000 Project Scope: This standard defines the data elements, content and structure of messages, and interoperability requirements for data communications within rail vehicles and between basic operating units within a train for applications other than Communications-Based Train Control (CBTC). Project Purpose: This standard provides clearly defined message structures and content for intra-train communications, providing for interoperability between disparate systems and equipment. Through consistent use of this standard, functional entities on rail vehicles will be able to communicate seamlessly with each other. Designation: 1544 Sponsor: IEEE Vehicular Technology Society/Rail Transit Title: Standard for Transit Communications Interface Profiles for Rail Applications Status: Superseded Technical Contact: Robert E McHugh, Phone:82.2.3485.5627, Email:robert.mchugh@dmjmkorea.co.kr **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 08, 1998 Project Scope: This standard will address the concepts of data dictionaries as applied to rail transit. It will provide the interface profiles required to allow data to be shared and information to be transferred among functional on-board systems, rail transit departments and other operating entities. IEEE Standard 1489 for Data Dictionaries and IEEE Standard 1488 for Message Set Templates will provide guidelines for the data dictionary structures used in this standard. The basic concepts related to ISO/IEC 8824, Abstract Syntax Notation One (ASN.1) data definition language and enhanced encoding ethods are used for describing the layout of messages exchanged between application programs running in typically dissimilar hardware and software environments. Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to provide seamless, platform and protocol independent communication of data and information between and among applications within a rail transit environment. Through consistent use (in conformance with this standard) of these common structures and associated conventions and schemes, data and information can be unambiguously interchanged among the various rail transit subsystems. Designation: 1545-1999 Sponsor: SASB/SCC20-Test and Diagnosis for Electric Systems Title: IEEE Standard for Parametric Data Log Format Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 25, 2005. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **Jan2005: Administratively withdrawn. History: PAR APP: Mar 18, 1999, BD APP: Sep 16, 1999, ANSI APP: Feb 11, 2000 Project Scope: This standard will define the file and record formats for parametric test data acquired during a test operation. This standard supports and is part of the IEEE 1226 family of standards. Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to provide a means to log parametric data so that the data can be exchanged for the purpose of analysis and historical trend reporting. Abstract: " A language and file format for describing parametric test data is defined. Data types, dataformats, and file formats are included. " Key Words: "data type, file structure, parametric data log, parametric test data" Designation: 1546-2000 Sponsor: SASB/SCC20-Test and Diagnosis for Electric Systems Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2006 Title: IEEE Guide for Digital Test Interchange Format (DTIF) Application Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Mar 23, 2001 Technical Contact: Mukund U Modi, Phone:732-323-7002, Email:mukund.modi@navy.mil **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Mar 18, 1999, BD APP: Sep 21, 2000, ANSI APP: Jan 08, 2001 Project Scope: This project will develop an aid in the understanding and use of DTIF files. Project Purpose: The application guide will provide information that will be an aid to users in developing tools such as pre-processors and post-processors of DTIF data, and other utilities. Abstract: An aid in the understanding and use of digital test interchange format (DTIF) files isprovided in this guide. This information will be an aid to users in developing tools such aspreprocessors and postprocessors of DTIF data and other utilities. Key Words: "automatic test equipment (ATE), digital automatic test program generator, digital test interchange format (DTIF), unit under test (UUT)" Designation: 1547-2003 Sponsor: SASB/SCC21-Fuel Cells, Photovoltaics, Dispersed Generation, and Energy Storage Title: IEEE Standard for Interconnecting Distributed Resources with Electric Power Systems Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jul 28, 2003 Technical Contact: Richard DeBlasio, Phone:303-275-4333, Email:dick_deblasio@nrel.gov **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Mar 18, 1999, BD APP: Jun 12, 2003, ANSI APP: Oct 20, 2003 Project Scope: This standard establishes criteria and requirements for interconnection of distributed resources (DR) with electric power systems. Project Purpose: This document provides a uniform standard for interconnection of distributed resources with electric power systems. It provides requirements relevant to the performance, operation, testing, safety considerations, and maintenance of the interconnection. Abstract: This standard is the first in the 1547 series of interconnection standards and is a benchmark milestone demonstrating the open consensus process for standards development. Traditionally, utility electric power systems (EPS--grid or utility grid) were not designed to accommodate active generation and storage at the distribution level. As a result, there are major issues and obstacles to an orderly transition to using and integrating distributed power resources with the grid. The lack of uniform national interconnection standards and tests for interconnection operation and certification, as well as the lack of uniform national building, electrical, and safety codes, are understood. IEEE Std 1547 and its development demonstrate a model for ongoing success in establishing additional interconnection agreements, rules, and standards, on a national, regional, and state level. IEEE Std 1547 has the potential to be used in federal legislation and rule making and state public utilities commission (PUC) deliberations, and by over 3000 utilities in formulating technical requirements for interconnection agreements for distributed generators powering the electric grid. Key Words: certification codes commissioning, dc injection design, field, installation, production tests communications diesel generators distributed generation, power resources electric distribution systems dispersed generation, storage energy storage faults flicker fuel cells generators grid harmonics IEEE induction machines inverters interconnection requirements and specifications islanding microturbines monitoring and control paralleling power converters, networks, quality photovoltaic power systems point of common coupling public utility commissions reclosing coordination regulations rule making, federal, national, regional, state standards synchronous machines testing utilities wind energy systems Designation: 1547.1-2005 Sponsor: SASB/SCC21-Fuel Cells, Photovoltaics, Dispersed Generation, and Energy Storage Title: IEEE Standard Conformance Test Procedures for Equipment Interconnecting Distributed Resources with Electric Power Systems Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jul 01, 2005 Technical Contact: James M Daley, Phone:610 866 3673, Email:jmdaley@rcn.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Jun 14, 2001, BD APP: Jun 09, 2005, ANSI APP: Feb 21, 2006 Project Scope: This standard specifies the type, production, and commissioning tests that shall be performed to demonstrate that the interconnection functions and equipment of a distributed resource (DR) conform to IEEE Standard P1547. Project Purpose: Interconnection equipment that connects distributed resources (DR) to an electric power system (EPS) must meet the requirements specified in IEEE Standard P1547. Standardized test procedures are necessary to establish and verify compliance with those requirements. These test procedures must provide both repeatable results, independent of test location, and flexibility to accommodate a variety of DR technologies. Abstract: This standard specifies the type, production, and commissioning tests that shall be performed to demonstrate that the interconnection functions and equipment of the distributed resources (DR) conform to IEEE Std 1547™ Key Words: distributed resources, interconnection, test procedures Designation: P1547.2 Sponsor: SASB/SCC21-Fuel Cells, Photovoltaics, Dispersed Generation, and Energy Storage Title: Guide for Application Guide for IEEE Standard 1547, Interconnecting Distributed Resources with Electric Power Systems Status: New Standard Project **Changed designation to P1547.2 Technical Contact: Thomas S Basso, Phone:303-275-3753, Email:thomas_basso@nrel.gov **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 06, 2001 Project Scope: This guide provides technical background and application details to support the understanding of IEEE 1547, Standard for Interconnecting Distributed Resources with Electric Power Systems. Project Purpose: This document facilitates the use of IEEE 1547 by characterizing the various forms of distributed resource technologies and the associated interconnection issues. Additionally, the background and rationale of the technical requirements are discussed in terms of the operation of the distributed resource interconnection with the electric power system. Presented in the document are technical descriptions and schematics, applications guidance and interconnection examples to enhance the use of IEEE 1547. Designation: P1547.2 Sponsor: SASB/SCC21-Fuel Cells, Photovoltaics, Dispersed Generation, and Energy Storage Title: Guide for Application Guide for IEEE Standard 1547, Interconnecting Distributed Resources with Electric Power Systems Status: New Standard Project Publication type: Special Publication Technical Contact: Thomas S Basso, Phone:303-275-3753, Email:thomas_basso@nrel.gov **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 06, 2001 Project Scope: This guide provides technical background and application details to support the understanding of IEEE 1547, Standard for Interconnecting Distributed Resources with Electric Power Systems. Project Purpose: This document facilitates the use of IEEE 1547 by characterizing the various forms of distributed resource technologies and the associated interconnection issues. Additionally, the background and rationale of the technical requirements are discussed in terms of the operation of the distributed resource interconnection with the electric power system. Presented in the document are technical descriptions and schematics, applications guidance and interconnection examples to enhance the use of IEEE 1547. Designation: P1547.3 Sponsor: SASB/SCC21-Fuel Cells, Photovoltaics, Dispersed Generation, and Energy Storage Title: Guide for Monitoring, Information Exchange, and Control of Distributed Resources Interconnected with Electric Power Systems Status: New Standard Project Technical Contact: Frank Goodman, Phone:650-855-2872, Email:fgoodman@epri.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jun 13, 2002 Project Scope: This document provides guidelines for monitoring, information exchange, and control for distributed resources (DR) interconnected with electric power systems (EPS). Project Purpose: This document facilitates the interoperability of a one or more distributed resources interconnected with electric power systems. It describes functionality, parameters and methodologies for monitoring, information exchange and control for the interconnected distributed resources with or associated with electric power systems. Distributed resources include systems in the areas of fuel cells, photovoltaics, wind turbines, microturbines, other distributed generators, and, distributed energy storage systems. Designation: P1547.4 Sponsor: SASB/SCC21-Fuel Cells, Photovoltaics, Dispersed Generation, and Energy Storage Title: Guide for Design, Operation, and Integration of Distributed Resource Island Systems with Electric Power Systems Status: New Standard Project Technical Contact: Benjamin Kroposki, Phone:303-275-2979, Email:benjamin_kroposki@nrel.gov **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 10, 2003 Project Scope: This document provides alternative approaches and good practices for the design, operation, and integration of distributed resource (DR) island systems with electric power systems (EPS). This includes the ability to separate from and reconnect to part of the area EPS while providing power to the islanded local EPSs. This guide includes the distributed resources, interconnection systems, and participating electric power systems. Project Purpose: This guide is intended to be used by EPS designers, operators, system integrators, and equipment manufacturers. The document is intended to provide an introduction, overview and address engineering concerns of DR island systems. It is relevant to the design, operation, and integration of DR island systems. Implementation of this guide will expand the benefits of using DR by targeting improved electric power system reliability and build upon the interconnection requirements of IEEE 1547. Designation: P1547.5 Sponsor: SASB/SCC21-Fuel Cells, Photovoltaics, Dispersed Generation, and Energy Storage Title: Guide for Technical Guidelines for Interconnection of Electric Power Sources Greater than 10MVA to the Power Transmission Grid Status: New Standard Project Technical Contact: Mallur N Satyanarayan, Phone:612-630-4415, Email:mallur.n.satyanarayan@xcelenergy.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 23, 2004 Project Scope: This document provides guidelines regarding the technical requirements, including design, construction, commissioning acceptance testing and maintenance /performance requirements, for interconnecting dispatchable electric power sources with a capacity of more than 10 MVA to a bulk power transmission grid. Project Purpose: The purpose of this project is to provide technical information and guidance to all parties involved in the interconnection of dispatchable electric power sources to a transmission grid about the various considerations needed to be evaluated for establishing acceptable parameters such that the interconnection is technically correct. Designation: P1547.6 Sponsor: SASB/SCC21-Fuel Cells, Photovoltaics, Dispersed Generation, and Energy Storage Title: Recommended Practice For Interconnecting Distributed Resources With Electric Power Systems Distribution Secondary Networks Status: New Standard Project Technical Contact: Joseph L Koepfinger, Phone:412-264-6148, Email:joseph_l_koepfinger@email.msn.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 20, 2005 Project Scope: This standard builds upon IEEE Standard 1547 for the interconnection of distributed resources (DR) to distribution secondary network systems. This standard establishes recommended criteria, requirements and tests, and provides guidance for interconnection of distribution secondary network system types of area electric power systems (Area EPS) with distributed resources (DR) providing electric power generation in local electric power systems (Local EPS). Project Purpose: This standard focuses on the technical issues associated with the interconnection of Area EPS distribution secondary networks with a Local EPS having DR generation. The standard provides recommendations relevant to the performance, operation, testing, safety considerations, and maintenance of the interconnection. In this standard consideration is given to the needs of the Local EPS to be able to provide enhanced service to the DR owner loads as well as to other loads served by the network. Equally, the standard addresses the technical concerns and issues of the Area EPS. Further, this standard identifies communication and control recommendations and provides guidance on considerations that will have to be addressed for such DR interconnections. Designation: P1549 Sponsor: IEEE Microwave Theory and Techniques Society/Standards Coordinating Committee Title: Recommended Practice for the Definition of Terms for Microwave Filters Status: New Standard Project Technical Contact: Richard Snyder, Phone:(201) 492-1207, Email:r.snyder@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 18, 1999 Project Scope: Terms and definitions regarding microwave filters, including types of filters and filter responses. Project Purpose: This standard will remedy the confusion in definitions regarding microwave filters. Currently, users generally follow a different set of definitions than do designers. The harmonized definitions should alleviate this problem. Designation: 1551 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Design Automation Title: Standard for VHDL Electronic Digital System and Interface Design Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Jim Heaton, Phone:+44-161-427-1975, Email:jim.heaton@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jun 26, 1999 Project Scope: This project will develop standard extensions for the IEEE 1076 VHDL Standard to cover the levels of abstraction and facilities needed for system specification and interface design. The standard will rely on the underlying IEEE 1076 VHDL Standard. The standard will be usable by all classes of the electronics industry. The scope of the standard is limited to digital design. Project Purpose: There is currently no defined, independent standard for system and interface design in the IEEE 1076 VHDL Standard design environment. Each user design team builds some additions to their design environment to raise the level of abstraction to improve the productivity and accuracy of designers. Without an independent, openly defined standard, user design groups cannot fully realise the benefits of these individual efforts through reuse in subsequent projects, across project groups and across division/company boundaries. Designation: 1552 Sponsor: SASB/SCC20-Test and Diagnosis for Electric Systems Title: Structured Architecture for Test Standards Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Michael Stora, Phone:973-299-8321, Email:mjs@sysintech.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 16, 1999 Project Scope: Provide a standard specifying the application of automatic test equipment subsystems and interfaces. The standard will facilitate the use of VME Extension for Instrumentation (VXI), Versatile Modular European (VME), PCI Extensions for Instrumentation (PXI), Receiver Fixture Interface (RFI), Expansion Module Interface (EXI), Power Module for Instrumentation (PMI), M-Module subsystems and other power level test system related standards within a test system environment. Project Purpose: Support the integration and reconfiguarion of test systems by providing a standard reference for integration of existing standards for test system subsystems. The standard will support system control, instrumentation, power, switching, signal conditioning, modularity, chassis multi-frame design and receiver interface subsystems. Designation: 1553-2002 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Electric Machinery Title: IEEE Standard for Voltage Endurance Testing of Form-Wound Coils and Bars for Hydrogenerators Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Mar 07, 2003 Technical Contact: Greg C Stone, Phone:416-620-5600, Email:gstone@irispower.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Jan 30, 2000, BD APP: Dec 11, 2002 Project Scope: This standard applies to voltage-endurance testing of form-wound stator winding bars and coils having a mica-based insulation system with thermo-setting polyester and/or epoxy resins used in hydrogenerators and pumped storage generators operating in air with a rated line-to-line voltage between 4 000 to 22 000 V, and a frequency of 50 Hz or 60 Hz. Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to define the test parameters for the voltage-endurance test and the number of specimens to be used for each test. It also defines the acceptance criteria and the procedures for retesting in the event of a premature failure during the voltage-endurance test. The details of the test procedure are described in IEEE Std 1043TM- 1996. Abstract: The test parameters and acceptance criteria for voltage-endurance testing of form-wound bars and coils for use in large hydrogenerators are covered in this standard. Key Words: electrical insulation, form-wound bars, form-wound coils, hydrogenerators, voltage-endurance testing Designation: 1554-2005 Sponsor: IEEE Aerospace and Electronic Systems Society/Gyro Accelerometer Panel Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Inertial Sensor Test Equipment, Instrumentation, Data Acquisition, and Analysis Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Nov 28, 2005 Technical Contact: Randall K Curey, Phone:818-712-7131, Email:Randall.Curey@ngc.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Sep 16, 1999, BD APP: Jun 09, 2005, ANSI APP: Oct 05, 2005 Project Scope: Recommended practices for gyroscope and accelerometer testing are discussed, ranging from the equipment and instrumentation employed to the way that tests are carried out and data are acquired and analyzed. Project Purpose: This recommended practice is intended for people who test inertial sensors and analyze the results from such testing. The general and specialized test equipment employed in such testing is described, and recommendations are made on techniques for acquisition, filtering, storage, and analysis of the test data in keeping with modern practice. Abstract: Test equipment, data acquisition equipment, instrumentation, test facilities, and data analysis techniques used in inertial sensor testing are described in this recommended practice. Key Words: data acquisition, data analysis techniques, gyro and accelerometer testing, inertial sensor testing, instrumentation, test equipment Designation: 1555 Sponsor: SASB/SCC39-International Committee on Electromagnetic Safety Title: Standard for Maximum Levels of Human Exposure to Electromagnetic Fields, 0 to 3 kHz Status: Changed Designation **Changed designation to PC95.6. Technical Contact: Kent Jaffa, Phone:801-220-4272, Email:kent.jaffa@pacificorp.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 16, 1999 Project Scope: Develop levels for human exposure to electromagnetic fields from 0 to 3 kHz. This standard will be based on the results of an evaluation of the relevant scientific literature and proven effects which are well established and for which thresholds of reaction are understood. Field limits will be derived from threshold current densities or internal electric fields. Project Purpose: To recommend electric and magnetic field exposure levels to prevent established harmful effects in humans exposed to such fields at frequencies between 0 and 3 kHz. Currently there is no voluntary consensus standard over this frequency range. Guidelines have been published by the International Commission on Non-Ionizing Radiation Protection and the American Conference of Governmental and Industrial Hygienists. This project compliments the standard developed by SCC28/SC-4 (IEEE C95.1/1999) that covers the frequency range of 3 kHz to 300 GHz. Designation: 1556 Sponsor: IEEE Vehicular Technology Society/Intelligent Transportation Systems Title: Standard for 5.9 GHz Intelligent Transportation System (ITS) Radio Service Security and Privacy Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Thomas M Kurihara, Phone:703-516-9650, Email:tkstds@mindspring.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 11, 2003 Project Scope: Develop a draft standard for security and privacy for use in Intelligent Transportation Systems applications using DSRC technology based on the requirements defined by the ASTM 2213-02 (Rev), IEEE 1556 WG, IEEE Draft P1609.1, .2, .3, and the MXME and MAC Extension being planned for the revised IEEE P1609.4 standards for the upper layer DSRC applications as well as the IEEE 802.11a, and IEEE 802 security activities. These applications for DSRC technology are specific to the 5.9 GHz frequency band allocated for ITS use by the Federal Communications Commission (FCC) and are principally focused on vehicle (mobile)-to-roadside (fixed), roadside (fixed)-to-vehicle (mobile) and vehicle-to-vehicle uses related to public safety, public transit, commercial vehicle and cargo safety. These applications may directly use or build upon security services defined in this standard which will provide for a secure communications link and enable secure applications. Project Purpose: The purpose is to define the essential protective mechanisms for DSRC applications and communications technology. The main benefit is to offer confidentiality, integrity, and availability protection for the DSRC communications link and offer security services which may enable DSRC applications to offer reliable financial transactions, traveler information, incident notification, and emergency notification and response. The provisions of this standard may be applicable to security and privacy of financial transactions (e.g., toll and fare collection), personal privacy, public safety, and collision avoidance. Designation: 1556 Sponsor: IEEE Vehicular Technology Society/Intelligent Transportation Systems Title: Standard for Security & Privacy of Vehicle/Roadside Communication including Smart Card Communication Status: Superseded Technical Contact: Thomas M Kurihara, Phone:703-516-9650, Email:tkstds@mindspring.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jan 30, 2000 Project Scope: Research, compile, and consolidate information leading to the publication of a standard specifying security and privacy requirements for DSRC messaging. Uni- and bi-directional message transmission and device control will be specified, including smart card interfaces re: layers 3 through 7. The WG will obtain information and seek participation of representatives from relevant agencies and industries, including electronic toll/traffic authorities and related industries, the smart card and CVO industries, ITS companies, security standards groups, and trade bodies. Project Purpose: To promote ITS DSRC communication based on good standard which will further national ITS interoperability under TEA-21. To achieve this prupose, it is necessary that a WG A) settle security/privacy issues raised by IEEE P1455 and ASTM Layers 1 and 2 standards, and B) identify all acceptable security methods to be used in any uni- and/or bi-directional DSRC message transmission at specific frequencies. Designation: 1557 Sponsor: Nuclear and Plasma Sciences Society/Nuclear Instruments and Detectors Title: Standard Test Procedures for Cadmium-Zinc-Telluride (CZT) and Other Wide Bandgap Semiconductor Radiation Detectors Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Louis Costrell, Phone:301-975-5608, Email:louis.costrell@nist.gov **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 16, 1999 Project Scope: Test procedures and terminology for cadmium-zinc-telluride and othe r wide bandgap semiconductor radiation detectors for detection and high-resolution spectrometry of gamma-rays, x-rays, and charged particles that produce electron-hole pairs in the crystal lattice. Project Purpose: To establish standard test procedures and terminology so that they have the same meaning to manufacturers and users. Designation: 1558-2004 Sponsor: IEEE Vehicular Technology Society/Rail Transit Title: IEEE Standard for Software Documentation for Rail Equipment and Systems Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Mar 23, 2005 Technical Contact: Paul E Jamieson, Phone:864-433-6451, Email:pjamieson@wabtec.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Jan 30, 2000, BD APP: Sep 23, 2004, ANSI APP: Feb 02, 2005 Project Scope: This standard establishes the minimum requirements for application software documentation throughout the software development life cycle for rail equipment and systems including assoicated test and maintenance equipment. Project Purpose: Many different requirements for application software documentation are presently being specified for software used in rail equipment and systems and for related applications. This has led to a lack of standardization in the information provided on equipment and systems incorporating software. This standard, when used by the authority having jurisdiction, carbuilders and system/subsystem suppliers is intended to specify documents which improve the understanding of software functionality, facilitate software corrections and upgrades, improve on-time delivery, assist the development of quality software, and lower software acquisition and maintenance costs. Abstract: This standard provides an outline for the software documentation that shall be developed and delivered for rail equipment and systems. Key Words: deliverables, outlines, rail equipment, rail systems, software documentation Designation: P1559 Sponsor: IEEE Aerospace and Electronic Systems Society/Gyro Accelerometer Panel Title: Standard for Inertial Systems Terminology Status: New Standard Project Technical Contact: Sid Bennett, Phone:312-266-7979, Email:s.bennett@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jan 30, 2000 Project Scope: The objective is to provide a source of definitions of terminology used in the developemnt, manufacture, and test of aided and unaided inertial systems used for navigation, guidance, orientation, stabilization, and related applications. This is a companion document to IEEE Std 528. Project Purpose: There is no consistent definition of terms that have arisen in the evolution of aided and unaided inertial navigation and related systems. This document is intended to serve as a basic reference for producers and users of such systems, for preparing industry standards, and for the interpretation of published technical reports. Designation: 1560-2005 Sponsor: IEEE Electromagnetic Compatibility Society/Standards Development Committee Title: IEEE Standard for Methods of Measurement of Radio Frequency Power Line Interference Filter in the Range of 100 Hz to 10 GHz Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Feb 24, 2006 Technical Contact: Kermit Phipps, Phone:865-218-8021, Email:KPhipps@eprisolutions.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Aug 14, 2003, BD APP: Sep 22, 2005, ANSI APP: Jan 25, 2006 Project Scope: The scope of this standard is to develop a standard method of measurement for evaluating the electromagnetic and radio frequency supression capability of filters in the frequency range of 100 Hz to 10 GHz. This will apply to EMI/RFI filters in general i.e. DC, single phase or poly phase systems rated for 600 Volts and below 1000 Amps. The method of measurement will describe general considerations, such as method of standardizing source impedance for nonlinear loads, temperature rise, attentuation measurement, components, and or derating requirements when supplying non-sinusoidal load currents and operating in matched or mismatched impedance enviroments. Project Purpose: The purpose of this project is to provide measurements that evaluate the performance in pratical installation, involve varying load and source impedance. These factors are not usually considered in design and performance verification testing of EMI/RFI filters. Both manufacturers and end-users could benefit from a standard that better defines the ranges and enviroment, expected effects, and test methods to verify filter attributes. Abstract: Uniform methods of measurements of radio-frequency power-line interference filter attenuation performance in the range of 100 Hz to 10 GHz are set forth. Nonloaded and loaded attenuation measurements are presented with varying source impedance, including radiofrequency current injection with linear and nonlinear load impedances. H- and S-parameter measurements are introduced for modeling results. New methods for placing filter performance criteria on a filter label are also included. Key Words: attenuation measurements, crest factor, dB, electromagnetic interference power-line filters, EMI/RFI filters, insertion loss, LISN, no-load insertion loss, nonlinear load, radio-frequency current injection, S-parameters Designation: 1560 Sponsor: IEEE Electromagnetic Compatibility Society/Standards Development Committee Title: Standard for Methods of Measurement of Radio Frequency Interference Filter Suppression Capability in the Range of 100 Hz to 40 GHz Status: Superseded Technical Contact: Kermit Phipps, Phone:865-218-8021, Email:KPhipps@eprisolutions.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jan 30, 2000 Project Scope: Develop a standard method of measurement for establishing Electromagnetic and Radio Frequency Interference (EMI/RFI) filter suppresion capability in the frequency range of 100 Hz to 40 GHz. Will apply to EMI/ RFI filters in general i.e. DC, single phase and or 3 phase systems rated for 600 volts and below 1000 amps. Method of measurement will describe general considerations, such as method of standardizing source impedance for nonlinear loads, temperature rise, attenuation measurement techniques, components, and/or derating requirements when supplying non- sinusoidal load currents and operating in matched or mismatched impedance environments. Project Purpose: Practical installations involve varying load and source impedance, not usually considered in design and performance verification testing of EMI/RFI filters. Both manufacturers and end-users could benefit from a standard that better defines the ranges and environment, expected effects, and test methods to verify filter attributes. Designation: P1561 Sponsor: SASB/SCC21-Fuel Cells, Photovoltaics, Dispersed Generation, and Energy Storage Title: Guide for Optimizing the Performance and Life of Lead-Acid Batteries in Remote Hybrid Power Systems Status: New Standard Project Technical Contact: Jay L Chamberlin, Phone:505-296-3135, Email:jaynpatc@aol.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 10, 2003 Project Scope: This guide provides the rationale and guidance for operating lead-acid batteries in remote hybrid systems considering the system's load, and the capacities of its renewable-energy generator(s), dispatchable generator(s), and battery(s). It also provides guidance for selecting an appropriate lead-acid battery technology for various system operating strategies. Project Purpose: Using the information provided in this guide, the performance and life of the lead-acid battery can be optimized for the particular operational strategy selected for the remote hybrid system. The information provided is intended for use by remote hybrid system designers, system evaluators, owners and operators. Designation: 1561 Sponsor: SASB/SCC21-Fuel Cells, Photovoltaics, Dispersed Generation, and Energy Storage Title: Guide for Sizing Hybrid Stand-Alone Energy Systems Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Jay L Chamberlin, Phone:505-296-3135, Email:jaynpatc@aol.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jan 30, 2000 Project Scope: This guide provides methods and procedures for sizing the major components of hybrid stand-alone energy systems. Such systems generally consist of one or more renewable power-generation sources, a fossill-fueled power generator, an energy storage subsystem and a power-conversion subsystem. The methods include sizing each components in an integrated system according to design criteria including low cost, maximum performance and expected operating environment. Project Purpose: The purpose of this guide is to provide procedures to size the major components according to accepted methods to improve the performance, cost-effectiveness and lifetimes of stand-alone PV systems. These procedures are intended to assist designers, manufacturers, system integrators, users and laboratories with sizing information necessary for well-integrated systems. Designation: P1562 Sponsor: SASB/SCC21-Fuel Cells, Photovoltaics, Dispersed Generation, and Energy Storage Title: Guide for Array and Battery Sizing in Stand-Alone Photovoltaic (PV) Systems Status: New Standard Project Technical Contact: Jay L Chamberlin, Phone:505-296-3135, Email:jaynpatc@aol.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jan 30, 2000 Project Scope: This guide provides information to assist in sizing the array and battery of a stand-alone photovoltaic (PV) system. Systems considered in this guide consist of PV as the only power source and a battery for energy storage. These systems also commonly employ controls to protect the battery form being over or under charged, and may employer a power conversion subsystem (inverter or convertor). Project Purpose: The purpose of this guide is to provide procedures to size the PV array and battery according to accepted mehtods to improve the performance, cost-effectiveness and lifetimes of stand-alone PV systems. The issues of array utilization, battery charge efficiency and system losses are also considered in terms of their effect on system sizing. These procedures are intended to assist designers, manufacturers, system integrators, users and laboratories with sizing information necessary for well-integrated systems. Designation: 1563.1 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Storage Systems Title: Recommended Practice for Portable Tape Driver Architecture Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Curtis Anderson, Email:curtisanderson1@comcast.net **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jan 30, 2000 Project Scope: To provide a reference model for tape driver architectures that is portable across multiple operating system environments, fully featured, and high performance. Project Purpose: To provide a fully realized architecture that industry can base their implementations on that will reduce the effort required to support a new tape device on a given platform and thereby increase the available choice of drives on any given platform. This will benefit the application vendor and the end customer. Designation: 1563.2 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Storage Systems Title: Standard for Common Tape Driver Semantics Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Curtis Anderson, Email:curtisanderson1@comcast.net **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jan 30, 2000 Project Scope: To define a common set of operations and semantics for access to tape drives across multiple operating system platforms. Project Purpose: To ease the task of porting and supporting applications that use tape storage across multiple operating system environments. This will enable application vendors to port to more platforms and thereby increase the end customer's available choices. Designation: 1563.3 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Storage Systems Title: Standard for Common Format for Data on Tape Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Curtis Anderson, Email:curtisanderson1@comcast.net **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jan 30, 2000 Project Scope: To define a self-identifying format and record structure for the storage of data and meta-data on tapes, a structure that contains the key to understanding the format of the data stream as well the data itself. An analogue from the networking world would be the Document Type Definition (DTD) structure used to describe documents in XML (eXtended Markup Language). Project Purpose: To enable data written by one application to be accessible by other applications without those applications having to know how each other encodes data written to tape. Designation: P1564 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transmission and Distribution Title: Guide for Voltage Sag Indices Status: New Standard Project Technical Contact: Dennis Hansen, Phone:801-220-4816, Email:dennis.hansen@pacificorp.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. Project Scope: This guide identifies appropriate voltage sag indices and characteristics as well as the methods for calculating them. Methods are provided for quantifying the severity of individual events (single-event characteristics), for quantifying the performance at a specific location (single-site indices), and for quantifying the performance of the whole system (system indices). Multiple methods are presented for each. The methods are appropriate for use in transmission, distribution, and utilization electric power systems. Project Purpose: This document identifies and defines different characteristics and indices. It does not recommend the use of a specific set of indices, but instead recommends the method for calculating specific indices when such an index is used. The large variation in customers sensitive to voltage sags and power providers supplying them makes it impossible to prescribe a specific set of indices. Instead this document aims at assisting in the choice of index and ensuring reproducibility of the results after a certain index has been chosen. The user of this document may decide to calculate the value for just one index or for a number of different indices, depending on the application. Designation: 1564 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transmission and Distribution Title: Recommended Practice for the Establishment of Voltage Sag Indices Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Michael Sheehan, Phone:206 224-2231, Email:msheeh@puget.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jan 30, 2000 Project Scope: This recommended practice identifies useful voltage sag indices for customers, vendors and the electric utilities. The document will identify the method of calculating such indices. The indices are intended to be applied to distribution substations, circuits and defined regions. Project Purpose: Sag indices are needed to indicate the different performance levels experienced at the transmission, subtransmission, substation and distribution circuit levels. In addition, the characteristic exposure that a typical distribution system encounter needs to be quantified in order to guide manufacturers in the appropriate design of ride-through alternatives for user load equipment. The proposed standard should help utilities and manufactures to compute the advantages/disadvantages of various connections to the electrical system. Sag indices will be determined using the work of IEEE 1250-1995, Std 1159-1995, Std 1346-1998, Chapter 9 of IEEE Std 493, and recent surveys of power quality users and utility systems. Designation: 1566-2005 Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Petroleum & Chemical Industry Title: IEEE Standard for Performance of Adjustable Speed AC Drives Rated 375 kW and Larger Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jun 07, 2006 Technical Contact: William Lockley, Phone:403-239-2164, Email:lockley@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: May 10, 2005, BD APP: Dec 07, 2005, ANSI APP: May 15, 2006 Project Scope: This standard applies to AC adjustable speed drive (ASD) systems rated over 375 kW and above 750 V output voltage as used in petrochemical and similar applications. It covers the performance requirements for an ASD system including, but not limited to, input transformer or reactor as required, power electronics, control interfaces, cooling system, switchgear, and motor. Requirements for power quality, engineering analysis, start-up assistance, training, and spare parts are also included. Certain items such as the motor, switchgear or transformer may be excluded from the scope of vendor supply if specified in the data sheets; the system vendor shall specify any special requirements for the excluded equipment. Project Purpose: The purpose of this document is to assist users in defining the required performance of a drive system in clear terms. It is not intended to specify a particular technology that must be followed. It is intended to be used with the data sheets given in Annex A and Annex B. Abstract: This standard applies to AC adjustable speed drive (ASD) systems rated over 375 kW and above 750 V output voltage as used in petrochemical and similar applications. It covers the performance requirements for an ASD system including, but not limited to, input transformer or reactor as required, power electronics, control interfaces, cooling system, switchgear, and motor. Requirements for power quality, engineering analysis, start-up assistance, training, and spare parts are also included. Certain items such as the motor, switchgear or transformer may be excluded from the scope of vendor supply if so specified in the data sheets; however the system vendor shall specify any special requirements for the equipment thus excluded. Key Words: adjustable speed, large drives Designation: 1566 Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Petroleum & Chemical Industry Title: Performance Standard for Adjustable Frequency Drives Rated 500 HP and Larger Status: Superseded Technical Contact: William Lockley, Phone:403-239-2164, Email:lockley@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jan 30, 2000 Project Scope: Write a performance standard for adjustable frequency drives and their auxiliaries from 500 HP to the largest ratings. These drives are normally medium voltage systems. The standard will concentrate on performance requirements and not specify particular technologies that may become outdated during the currency of the standard. The project will have input from both users and vendors of drives. Project Purpose: Adjustable frequency drives of all ratings are being used in increasing proportions in various industries. At present there are no good industry standards for higher power adjustable frequency drives. This means that much work is repeated by purchasers generating the specifications, and much work is spent by vendors interpreting requirements. A standardized document would reduce overall engineering time for both users and vendors and reduce the level of possible confusion in interpreting requirements. Designation: 1567 Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Petroleum & Chemical Industry Title: Guide for Applying Safer Electrical Systems Design Options Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: H Landis Floyd, Phone:302-999-6390, Email:h.l.floyd@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 30, 2000 Project Scope: The scope of this project includes electric power and control systems applied in industrial facilities. Project Purpose: The purpose of this project is to identify and document design options that exceed generally recognized and accepted design practices, and offer users options to enhance safety of electrical systems. Designation: 1568-2003 Sponsor: IEEE Vehicular Technology Society/Rail Transit Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Electrical Sizing of Nickel-Cadmium Batteries for Rail Passenger Vehicles Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Dec 19, 2003 Technical Contact: Alexander Sinyak, Phone:215-639-1444, Email:asinyak@juno.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Jun 21, 2000, BD APP: Jun 12, 2003, ANSI APP: Sep 22, 2003 Project Scope: This recommended practice describes methods for electrical sizing of nickel-cadmium batteries for application on rail passenger vehicles used for battery back-up of low voltage dc auxiliary power systems. It encompasses various factors that govern the electrical size of the battery including but not limited to number of cells, rated capacity, maximum system voltage, minimum system voltage, correction factors, and margins. It does not describe methods for defining the dc load profile nor address the physical sizing, installation or maintenance of the batteries. Nor does it apply to batteries used for motive power or starting internal combustion engines. Design of the low voltage dc system and sizing of the low voltage power supply and battery charger(s), and consideration of battery types other than nickel-cadmium batteries are also beyond the scope of this recommended practice. Project Purpose: This recommended practice provides methods for electrical sizing of nickel-cadmium batteries for use aboard rail passenger vehicles. Abstract: "IEEE Std 1568-2003, IEEE Recommended Practice for Electrical Sizing of Nickel-Cadmium Batteries for Rail Passenger Vehicles" Key Words: "ampere hours,available capacity,constant current load,constant power load,fully-charged capacity,nickel-cadmium battery,period,rated capacity,resistive load,state of charge" Designation: 1570-2002 Sponsor: IEEE Vehicular Technology Society/Rail Transit Title: IEEE Standard for the Interface Between the Rail Subsystem and the Highway Subsystem at a Highway Rail Intersection Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Oct 14, 2002 Technical Contact: William Petit, Phone:585-349-2305, Email:bill.petit@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Jun 21, 2000, BD APP: Sep 12, 2002, ANSI APP: Jan 22, 2003 Project Scope: This standard defines the logical and physical interfaces, and the performance attributes for the data communication interfaces between the rail subsystem and the highway subsystem at a highway rail intersection. Project Purpose: Coordination between the rail subsystem and the highway subsystem is part of creating a National Intelligent Transportation System covering multiple modes of transportation. Existing standards address analog interfaces between these subsystems at the highway rail intersection. This standard will extend that information to include serial digital communication. Standardizing the interface will allow interoperability between a wide variety of equipment and enhance safety through a set of well-defined interface and performance attributes. Abstract: The logical and physical interfaces and the performance attributes for the interface be-tween the rail subsystem and the highway subsystem at a highway rail intersection are defined inthis standard. Key Words: "highway rail grade crossing, highway rail intersection" Designation: 1571 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transmission and Distribution Title: Guide for Application and General Specification of Active Harmonic Filter Systems For Low and Medium Voltage Systems Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Charles A Gougler, Phone:330-854-5337, Email:cgoug@aol.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jun 21, 2000 Project Scope: This project will develop an application and general specification for the type and use of active harmonic filter systems. Active harmonic filter systems are intended for use in low voltage (up to 1000v ac) and medium voltage (up to 15 kV) applications. Project Purpose: Presently, no standards, specifications, or guidelines exist for active harmonic filter systems. With the increase of components available to support this new technology, utilization of active harmonic filters will also increase. Designation: 1572-2004 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transmission and Distribution Title: IEEE Guide for Application of Composite Line Post Insulators Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Nov 03, 2004 Technical Contact: George G Karady, Phone:480-965-6569, Email:karady@asu.edu **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Jun 21, 2000, BD APP: Jun 24, 2004, ANSI APP: Jan 10, 2005 Project Scope: An application guide for non-ceramic line posts is being drafted. The guide will include handling recommendations, interpretation of manufacturer ratings, contamination considerations, and equivalency with porcelain. Project Purpose: Users of non-ceramic line posts have questions regarding the use of the products which are not answered due to the lack of any official standard. Abstract: This is a guide for the application of composite post insulators to overhead transmission and distribution lines. It is based on utility field experiences, results of research laboratory tests, and manufacturers’ recommendations. Key Words: composite line post insulators, core, end fittings, grading devices, transmission and distribution lines, weathersheds Designation: 1573-2003 Sponsor: IEEE Power Electronics Society Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Electronic Power Subsystems: Parameters, Interfaces, Elements, and Performance Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Mar 31, 2004 Technical Contact: F Dong Tan, Phone:310-814-5250, Email:dong.tan@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Jun 21, 2000, BD APP: Sep 11, 2003, ANSI APP: Feb 11, 2004 Project Scope: The Recommended Practice applies to ac-dc and dc-dc electronic power subsystems. The range of power subsystems includes dc, single phase, and three-phase inputs, with elements having power levels from a fraction of a watt to 20 kW. The voltage range is 600 V and below, at a frequency or frequencies of dc -1 kHz. The recommended practice may be used outside the range where applicable. Project Purpose: There are no defined interfaces for power electronic subsystems. The Recommended Practice is intended for designers, integrators and manufacturers of power electronics. This document provides interface definitions and application guidance, including parametric values for power electronic subsystems consisting of single or multiple elements. Abstract: "IEEE Std 1573-2003, IEEE Recommended Practice for Electronic Power Subsystems: Parameters, Interfaces, Elements, and Performance" Key Words: "adaptation, commercial or military electronic power distribution, electronic power subsystem, integrators interaction, logistics, power electronics, power supply, specification, specification language, system interface" Designation: 1574 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Nuclear Power Engineering Title: Recommended Practice for Conducting Human Reliability Analysis for Nuclear Power Generating Stations Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: James P Bongarra, Phone:301-415-1046, Email:jxb@nrc.gov **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 21, 2000 Project Scope: The scope of this project is to provide recommended practices for conducting Human Reliability Analysis to support risk-informed applications for Nuclear Power Generating Stations. Project Purpose: The purpose of this project is to recommend practices to implement steps of the Human Reliability Analysis (formerly Human Action Reliability Analysis) process that focus on the analysis of human interactions identified in IEEE STD-1082 "IEEE Guide for Incorporating Human Action Reliability Analysis for Nuclear Power Generating Stations." Also, this standard will assist analysts by providing recommended approaches for analyzing risk important human interactions and human recovery actions and their recovery as associated with nuclear power generating station equipment and systems. This includes the screening, characterization, quantification, and documentation of failed human interactions and failed human recovery actions. Designation: 1575 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessors and Microcomputers Title: Standard for Advanced Microcomputer Power Distribution System Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Bob Davis, Phone:408-857-1273, Email:bob@scsi.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 21, 2000 Project Scope: The Advanced Microcomputer Power Distribution System Standard defines a distributed power system using SELV power rails with scalable, redundant, power delivery capabilities to more than 1000 watts per consuming module, with a maintenance/control bus and connector system to provide the high reliability, availability and serviceability needs required for modern server class computer systems. Project Purpose: This standard will provide a common system for distributed, redundant, scalable power systems with a maintenance and control system to meet changing power, reliability, availability, and serviceability needs of server class systems with and interchangeable common connector system. Today's high availability systems have changing power needs over the life of the system and changing system demands, a common supply system available from multiple suppliers will provide a solution for this needed growth. Designation: 1576 Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Power Systems Engineering Title: Standard for Lightning Protection System Using the Charge Transfer System for Industrial and Commercial Installations Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Donald W Zipse, Phone:610-358-1462, Email:don.zip@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 07, 2000 Project Scope: The charge transfer system ionization design parameters, installation methods for the ionizer(s), grounding system parameters and installation requirements, methods of installation of the connection(s) from the grounding system to the ionizer(s) and details of the operation theory as it applies industrial and commercial installation(s). Project Purpose: This method of preventing lightning strikes is being installed throughout the world at a rate of approximately 500 systems per year, yet there are no standards that users could reference to insure the equipment will function or is being installed correctly. There are several manufactures of the charge transfer system, yet no unbiased industry standards exist. Some manufacturers have "so-called" standards. Designation: 1577 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Design Automation Title: Standard for Object-Oriented Extensions to IEEE Standard VHDL Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Peter J Ashenden, Phone:+61883397532, Email:peter@ashenden.com.au **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 07, 2000 Project Scope: To define new language features and to extend existing language features of VHDL to allow object-oriented and generic modeling of electronic systems. Among the approaches to be considered are: expression of abstract data types, including encapsulated data and applicable operations; inheritance of data and operations; polymorphism of objects; and genericity of types. Project Purpose: Object-oriented and generic modeling offer mechanisms for abstraction and encapsulation of descriptions of designs and testbenches, and thus provide significant potential for reuse. These mechanisms are important for managing the increasing complexity of design descriptions. The overall goal is to increase the productivity of electronic system design engineers. Designation: P1578 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Stationary Batteries Committee Title: Recommended Practice for Stationary Battery Electrolyte Spill Containment and Management Status: Modified New Project Technical Contact: Harold F Taylor, Phone:404-506-7023, Email:hftaylor@southernco.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 30, 2006 Project Scope: This recommended practice discusses factors relating to electrolyte spill containment and management for vented lead-acid (VLA), valve-regulated lead-acid (VRLA), vented nickel-cadmium (Ni-Cd), and valve regulated nickel-cadmium stationary batteries. Suggestions are made for drafting model codes. Project Purpose: This recommended practice is intended to assist code-writing organizations. It seeks to develop a full understanding of and describe some electrolyte spill containment and management issues related to stationary battery systems, and the ways in which battery chemistry and construction can influence requirements for spill containment and neutralization. Designation: 1578 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Stationary Batteries Committee Title: Guide for Battery Spill Containment Status: Superseded **Sep-02: Sponsor changed from SCC29 to PE/SB. Technical Contact: Harold F Taylor, Phone:404-506-7023, Email:hftaylor@southernco.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 07, 2000 Project Scope: This guide discusses factors relating to spill containment for vented lead acid (VLA), valve-regulated lead-acid (VRLA), and vented nickel- cadmium (Ni-Cd) stationary batteries. Suggestions are made for model codes. Project Purpose: This guide is intended to assist code-writing organizations in developing a full understanding of spill containment issues related to stationary battery systems, and the ways in which battery chemistry and construction can influence requirements for spill containment and neutralization. Designation: 1578 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Stationary Batteries Committee Title: Recommended Practice for Battery Electrolyte Spill Containment and Management Status: Superseded Technical Contact: Harold F Taylor, Phone:404-506-7023, Email:hftaylor@southernco.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 23, 2004 Project Scope: This guide discusses factors relating to electrolyte spill containment and management for vented lead-acid (VLA), valve-regulated lead- acid (VRLA), vented nickel-cadmium (Ni-Cd), and valve regulated nickel- cadmium stationary batteries. Suggestions are made for model codes. Project Purpose: This guide is intended to assist code-writing organizations. It seeks to develop a full understanding of electrolyte spill containment and management issues related to stationary battery systems, and the ways in which battery chemistry and construction can influence requirements for spill containment and neutralization. Designation: 1578 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Stationary Batteries Committee Title: Recommended Practice for Stationary Battery Electrolyte Spill Containment and Management Status: Superseded Technical Contact: Harold F Taylor, Phone:404-506-7023, Email:hftaylor@southernco.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Aug 11, 2005 Project Scope: This guide discusses factors relating to electrolyte spill containment and management for vented lead-acid (VLA), valve-regulated lead- acid (VRLA), vented nickel-cadmium (Ni-Cd), and valve regulated nickel- cadmium stationary batteries. Suggestions are made for model codes. Project Purpose: This guide is intended to assist code-writing organizations. It seeks to develop a full understanding of and describe some electrolyte spill containment and management issues related to stationary battery systems, and the ways in which battery chemistry and construction can influence requirements for spill containment and neutralization. Designation: 1579 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessors and Microcomputers Title: Standard for Parallel 10 Gb/s Signaling (LiteLink) Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: David V James, Phone:650-494-0926, Email:dvj@alum.mit.edu **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 07, 2000 Project Scope: Define a byte-wide interface to support unidirectional, supply- voltage independent, point-to-point, 10 Gb/sec data transfers between VLSI network chips on a motherboard, or between limited numbers of cards on the backplane. Project Purpose: To enable cost-effective partitioning of high-bandwidth network processing tasks between multiple VLSI chips. The intent is not to support long distance transmissions, where serial (as opposed to parallel) signaling technologies are appropriate. Designation: 1580-2001 Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Petroleum & Chemical Industry Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Marine Cable for Use on Shipboard and Fixed or Floating Platforms Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Dec 17, 2001 Technical Contact: Frank H Rocchio, Phone:609-748-0277, Email:rocchio@okonite.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Jun 21, 2000, BD APP: Jun 14, 2001 Project Scope: The scope of this recommended practice is the design, construction, and properties to comply with the special needs of cables used in Marine Shipboard applications. The recommended practice will cover marine cable constructions and applications for the installation of cable on Shipboard and Fixed or Floating Platforms. This recommended practice is needed for cable manufacturer's to comply with the special needs of cables used in Marine applications involving electric apparatus for lighting, signaling, communication, power, and propulsion. Project Purpose: The recommended practice will cover marine cable requirements and the required properties of various cable materials. It is intended for marine designers and cable manufacturers. Marine cable where materials and properties are changing rapidly can be handled in a more timely basis by covering marine cable in an individual recommended practice. Abstract: " Requirements are given for single or multiconductor cables, with or without metal armorand/or jacket, and rated 300 V to 35 kV, intended to be installed aboard marine vessels, fixed andfloating offshore facilities, and in accordance with industry installation standards and the regula-tions of the authorities having jurisdiction (AHJ). " Key Words: "marine cable,platforms,shipboard" Designation: P1580 Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Petroleum & Chemical Industry Title: Recommended Practice for Marine Cable for use on Shipboard and Fixed or Floating Platforms Status: Revision Project Technical Contact: Rudy Bright, Phone:713-896-5841, Email:mrbright@amercable.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 21, 2002 Project Scope: The scope of this recommended practice is the design, construction, and properties to comply with the special needs of cables used in Marine Shipboard applications. This will cover constructions for the installation of cable on Shipboard and Fixed or Floating Platforms. This recommended practice is needed for cable manufacturer's to comply with the special needs of cables used in Marine applications involving electrical apparatus for lighting, signaling, communication, power, and propulsion. The scope statement remains the same from the previous PAR. Project Purpose: This revision of the practice will cover in greater detail the performance requirements for Marine cable and the specific properties of various cable materials. If possible, it will be harmonized with the International Electrochemical Commission (IEC) Marine cable standards. Designation: P1581 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Test Technology Title: Standard for Static Component Interconnection Test Protocol and Architecture Status: New Standard Project Technical Contact: Heiko Ehrenberg, Phone:512-502-3010, Email:h.ehrenberg@goepel.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Feb 21, 2001 Project Scope: This project will develop a standard protocol for testing the interconnection of low-cost complex memory ICs where additional pins for testing are not available and implementing boundary scan (IEEE 1149.1) is not feasible. This protocol will describe the implementation rules for the SCITT test logic in ICs which is needed for testing and describes test mode access/exit. The project is limited to the behavioral description of the implementation and will not include the technical design for the test. Project Purpose: There is currently no defined, independent standard for this new test technology. Each vendor is free in the way of implementing test hardware functionality in their ICs. Without an independent standard, testability is reduced and test coverage may not be complete - making the test technology less useful for others. This Standard will provide the specification of the protocol and implementation rules for the highest fault coverage and diagnosis. This Standard will also provide a specification for test mode access/exit, provide guidance to both IC vendors, implementing the standard, and test manufacturers to support this standard. The standard also allows for implementation in devices other than memories. In contrast to IEEE 1149.1 standard this standard provides a static test method, requires less pins and is lower in cost. Designation: 1582 Sponsor: IEEE Vehicular Technology Society/Rail Transit Title: Standard for Environmental Requirements for Rail Transit Automatic Train Control Systems Wayside Equipment Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Harold C Gillen, Phone:412-688-2776, Email:hcgillen@switch.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 17, 2001 Project Scope: This standard establishes baseline environmental requirements for rail transit automatic train control (ATC) systems wayside equipment. Environmental requirements include temperature, humidity, vibration and electromagnetic interference (EMI). Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to provide environmental requirements that cover the conditions encountered in the application of automatic train control (ATC) systems wayside equipment in the rail transit industry. It will provide consistent requirements that can be used uniformly by the industry. Designation: 1583 Sponsor: SASB/SCC38-Voting System Engineering Title: Standard for the Evaluation of Voting Equipment Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Herb Deutsch, Phone:8153978144, Email:hdeutsch@essvote.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Feb 14, 2002 Project Scope: Develop a standard for the evaluation of election voting equipment. Project Purpose: The purpose of this project is to develop an evaluation standard for election voting equipment. The standard will provide technical specifications for electronic, mechanical, and human factors that can be used by manufacturers of voting machines or by those purchasing such machines. The tests and criteria developed will assure equipment: Confidentiality, Security, Reliability, Accuracy, Usability, Accessibility. Designation: 1583 Sponsor: IEEE-SA Standards Board Title: Standard for the Evaluation of Voting Equipment Status: Superseded Technical Contact: Stephen Berger, Phone:512-864-3365, Email:stephen.berger@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jun 14, 2001 Project Scope: Develop a standard for the evaluation of election voting equipment. Project Purpose: The purpose of this project is to develop an evaluation standard for election voting equipment. The standard will provide technical specifications for electronic, mechanical, and human factors that can be used by manufacturers of voting machines or by those purchasing such machines. The tests and criteria developed will assure equipment: · Confidentiality, · Security, · Reliability, · Accuracy, · Usability, · Accessibility. Designation: 1584-2002 Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Petroleum & Chemical Industry Title: IEEE Guide for Performing Arc Flash Hazard Calculations Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Sep 23, 2002 Technical Contact: Craig M Wellman, Phone:302-731-0798, Email:c.m.wellman@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Mar 17, 2001, BD APP: Sep 12, 2002, ANSI APP: Jan 21, 2003 Project Scope: This guide provides techniques for designers and facility operators to apply in determining the arc-flash hazard distance and the incident energy to which employees could be exposed during their work on or near electrical equipment. Project Purpose: This guide presents methods for the calculation of arc-flash incident energy and arc-flash boundaries in three-phase ac systems to which workers may be exposed. It covers the analysis process from field data collection to final results, presents the equations needed to find incident energy and the flash-protection boundary, and discusses software solution alternatives. Applications cover an empirically derived model including enclosed equipment and open lines for voltages from 208 V to 15 kV, and a theoretically derived model applicable for any voltage. Included with the standard are programs with embedded equations, which may be used to determine incident energy and the arc-flash-protection boundary.1 Single- phase ac systems and dc systems are not included in this guide. Abstract: This guide provides techniques for designers and facility operators to apply indetermining the arc-flash hazard distance and the incident energy to which employees could beexposed during their work on or near electrical equipment. Key Words: arc fault currents, arc-flash hazard, arc-flash hazard analysis, arc-flash hazard marking, arc in enclosures, arc in open air, bolted fault currents, electrical hazard, flash protection boundary, incident energy, personal protective equipment, protective device coordination study, short- circuit study, working distances Designation: P1584 Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Petroleum & Chemical Industry Title: Guide for Performing Arc-Flash Hazard Calculations Status: Revision Project Technical Contact: Craig M Wellman, Phone:302-731-0798, Email:c.m.wellman@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jun 12, 2003 Project Scope: Original scope and revised scope are the same: This guide provides techniques for designers and facility operators to apply in determining the arc-flash hazard distance and the incident energy to which employees could be exposed during their work on or near electrical equipment. The revision will allow an update to the models based on further testing and analysis. It will also allow separation of the text of the standard and the spreadsheet based calculator. Any calculator developed will be issued as a separate item under this PAR. Project Purpose: Purpose of original document: This guide presents methods for the calculation of arc-flash incident energy and arc-flash boundaries in three-phase ac systems to which workers may be exposed. It covers the analysis process from field data collection to final results, presents equations needed to find incident energy and the flash-protection boundary, and discusses software solution alternatives. Applications cover an empirically derived model including enclosed equipment and open lines for voltages from 208 V to 15 kV, and a theoretically derived model applicable for any voltage. Included with the standard are programs with embedded equations, which may be used to determine incident energy and the arc-flash- protection boundary. Single-phase ac systems and dc systems are not included in this guide. The revision will allow further testing and analysis by the working group to improve the accuracy of the models, to extend the range of applications covered, and to determine the pressures generated from arc flashes. Actual testing conducted will be determined by the amount of funding contributed. The working group intends to conduct tests to: extend the test database range of voltages and test box sizes; investigate dc arc flashes; investigate the pressure from arc flashes; correlate used equipment experience to the test database. Continuing analysis has shown ways to improve the R-square of the equations in the model. With additional testing further improvements are expected. Testing with additional box sizes can improve understanding of 208 V and medium voltage arcs. Testing with direct current can allow inclusion of dc equations in the model. Testing for pressure can allow development of pressure based equations and separate treatment of the pressure hazard. Testing with used equipment can enable validation of the model relative to real equipment. Work conducting arc flash studies has yielded an understanding of ways to reduce the incident energy hazard and they can be documented in the second edition. Designation: 1584a-2004 Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Petroleum & Chemical Industry Title: IEEE Guide for Performing Arc-Flash Hazard Calculations—Amendment 1 Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Nov 29, 2004 Technical Contact: Craig M Wellman, Phone:302-731-0798, Email:c.m.wellman@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Feb 27, 2004, BD APP: Sep 23, 2004, ANSI APP: Feb 02, 2005 Project Scope: The guide provides techniques for designers and facility operators to apply in determining the arc-flash hazard distance and the incident energy to which employees could be exposed during their work on or near electrical equipment. The amendment will correct text errors in Clauses 5.2, last paragraph; Clauses 5.6, 5.7, and 7.1; and an equation error in the spreadsheet based calculator, Data-Normal Sheet, column I. Project Purpose: The amendment will correct a number of errors in the text and spreadsheet based calculator. This will enable users of the Guide to better understand the Guide text and apply its calculators. Abstract: This amendment provides additions and corrections to IEEE Std 1584-2002. Key Words: arc fault currents, arc-flash hazard, arc-flash hazard analysis, arc-flash hazard marking, arc in enclosures, arc in open air, bolted fault currents, electrical hazard, flash protection boundary, incident energy, personal protective equipment, protective device coordination study, short- circuit study, working distances Designation: 1585-2002 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Substations Title: IEEE Guide for the Functional Specification of Medium Voltage (1- 35kV) Electronic Series Devices for Compensation of Voltage Fluctuations Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Oct 08, 2002 Technical Contact: George G Karady, Phone:480-965-6569, Email:karady@asu.edu **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Sep 27, 2001, BD APP: Sep 12, 2002, ANSI APP: Jan 22, 2003 Project Scope: This document provides general guidelines for the preparation of a functional specification for solid state electronic devices used mainly for compensation of voltage fluctuation. The guide covers devices rated to medium voltage (1 kV-35 kV). This device contains in general :an inverter, rectifier or dc to dc converter, energy storage device, injection transformer connected in series with the load and normally open by-pass switch. In order to interface these devices with the load additional equipment should be provided including current and potential transformer bypass and isolation breakers and three -phase low voltage service for auxiliary power. Project Purpose: The guide includes technical clauses describing the user's requirements, including operation methods and environmental conditions. It specifies basic requirements of solid state electronic devices used for compensation of voltage fluctuations. Also the guide covers the required installation and start up services. Abstract: An approach to prepare a specification for an electronic device connected in series tocompensate voltage fluctuations is presented. This guide intends to provide a base specification toallow users to modify specific parts of the document to meet their practical needs. Key Words: "energy storage, injection transformer, inverter, power electronics, power quality, sensitive loads, series compensation, voltage control" Designation: 1586 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Nuclear Power Engineering Title: Recommended Practice for Human Interactions With Operating Experience Programs for Nuclear Facilities Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Bruce Breslau, Phone:301-903-7343, Email:bruce.breslau@eh.doe.gov **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: May 30, 2001 Project Scope: This project will establish methodologies for identification, analysis, dissemination, and utilization of knowledge gained through human interactions with complex systems and other high hazard industry operational activities. Project Purpose: The purpose of this project is to recommend practices that focus on human interactions with complex systems in nuclear facilities and other high hazards industry. The document This recommended practice enables improved sharing within the nuclear and power generating industry to improve system and equipment performance. Proven standardized principles for lessons learned enhance formulation of industry wide issues and sharing of effective practices through more common approaches that enhance communication and cost effectiveness. Designation: 1587 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Nuclear Power Engineering Title: Guide for Principles of Qualitative Risk Management for Nuclear Facilities Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: G.W Hannaman, Phone:858-826-4964, Email:hannamang@ds-s.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: May 30, 2001 Project Scope: This project illustrates techniques to support qualitative risk management of nuclear facilities. The techniques are usable for a wide range of facilities and are especially applicable to facilities containing nuclear materials and other hazards. It uses information produced in risk applications to support continued management. It does not address techniques for risk assessment addressed in other standards, but addresses use of such information in site safety management. Project Purpose: This guide provides techniques for qualitatively integrating the results of base line risk assessments and safety documentation for periodic examination of facilities and evaluation of event experience. Designation: 1588-2002 Sponsor: IEEE Instrumentation and Measurement Society/TC9-Sensor Technology Title: IEEE Standard for a Precision Clock Synchronization Protocol for Networked Measurement and Control Systems Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Oct 31, 2002 Technical Contact: John C Eidson, Phone:650-485-4263, Email:john_eidson@agilent.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Jun 14, 2001, BD APP: Sep 12, 2002, ANSI APP: Jan 22, 2003 Project Scope: This project will define a protocol enabling precise synchronization of clocks in measurement and control systems implemented with technologies such as network communication, local computing and distributed objects. The protocol will be applicable to systems communicating by local area networks supporting multicast messaging including but not limited to Ethernet(tm). The protocol will enable heterogeneous systems that include clocks of various inherent precision, resolution and stability to synchronize. The protocol will support system- wide synchronization accuracy in the sub-microsecond range with minimal network and local clock computing resources. The default behavior of the protocol will allow simple systems to be installed and operated without requiring the administrative attention of users. Project Purpose: Measurement and control applications are increasingly using distributed system technologies such as network communication, local computing, and distributed objects. Many of these applications will be enhanced by having an accurate system-wide sense of time achieved by having local clocks in each sensor, actuator, or other system device. Without a standardized protocol for synchronizing these clocks, it is unlikely that the benefits will be realized in the multi-vendor system component market. Existing protocols for clock synchronization are not optimum for these applications. For example NTP, Network Time Protocol, targets large distributed computing systems with millisecond synchronization requirements. The protocol proposed in this PAR specifically addresses the needs of measurement and control systems: · Spatially localized, · Microsecond to sub-microsecond accuracy, · Administration free, and most importantly, · Accessible for both high-end devices and low-cost, low-end devices. Abstract: " A protocol to synchronize independent clocks running on separate nodes of a distributedmeasurement and control system to a high degree of accuracy and precision is specified. The pro-tocol is independent of the networking technology, and the system topology is self-configuring. " Key Words: "clocks, distributed system, master clock, measurement and control systems, real-time clock, synchronized clocks" Designation: P1588 Sponsor: IEEE Instrumentation and Measurement Society/TC9-Sensor Technology Title: Standard for a Precision Clock Synchronization Protocol for Networked Measurement and Control Systems Status: Revision Project Technical Contact: John C Eidson, Phone:650-485-4263, Email:john_eidson@agilent.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 20, 2005 Project Scope: This standard defines a protocol enabling precise synchronization of clocks in measurement and control systems implemented with technologies such as network communication, local computing and distributed objects. The protocol will be applicable to systems communicating by local area networks supporting multicast messaging including but not limited to Ethernet™. The protocol will enable heterogeneous systems that include clocks of various inherent precision, resolution and stability to synchronize. The protocol will support system- wide synchronization accuracy in the sub-microsecond range with minimal network and local clock computing resources. The default behavior of the protocol will allow simple systems to be installed and operated without requiring the administrative attention of users. The standard includes mappings to UDP/IP, DeviceNet and a layer-2 Ethernet implementation. It includes formal mechanisms for message extensions, higher sampling rates, correction for asymmetry, a clock type to reduce error accumulation in large topologies, and specifications on how to incorporate the resulting additional data into the synchronization protocol. The standard permits synchronization accuracies better than 1 nanosecond. The protocol has features to address applications where redundancy and security are a requirement. The standard defines conformance and management capability. There is provision to support unicast as well as multicast messaging. The standard includes a section on recommended practices. Project Purpose: Measurement and control applications are increasingly using distributed system technologies such as network communication, local computing, and distributed objects. Many of these applications will be enhanced by having an accurate system-wide sense of time achieved by having local clocks in each sensor, actuator, or other system device. Without a standardized protocol for synchronizing these clocks, it is unlikely that the benefits will be realized in the multi-vendor system component market. Existing protocols for clock synchronization are not optimum for these applications. For example, Network Time Protocol (NTP), targets large distributed computing systems with millisecond synchronization requirements. The protocol in this standard specifically addresses the needs of measurement and control and operational systems in the fields of test and measurement, industrial automation, military systems, manufacturing systems, power utility systems and certain telecommunications applications. These requirements needs: • Spatially localized but with option for larger systems, • Microsecond to sub-microsecond accuracy, • Administration free, • Accessible for both high-end devices and low-cost, low-end devices • Provisions for management of redundancy and fault tolerance. A number of different application areas such as industrial automation, telecommunication, semiconductor manufacturing, military systems, and utility power generation have emerged that require the standard to be revised. Designation: 1589 Sponsor: SASB/SCC21-Fuel Cells, Photovoltaics, Dispersed Generation, and Energy Storage Title: Standard for Conformance Tests Procedures for Equipment Interconnecting Distributed Resources with Electric Power Systems Status: Approved Publication of IEEE **Changed designation to P1547.1 Technical Contact: James M Daley, Phone:610 866 3673, Email:jmdaley@rcn.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Jun 14, 2001 Project Scope: This standard specifies the type, production, and commissioning tests that shall be performed to demonstrate that the interconnection functions and equipment of a distributed resource (DR) conform to IEEE Standard P1547. Project Purpose: Interconnection equipment that connects distributed resources (DR) to an electric power system (EPS) must meet the requirements specified in IEEE Standard P1547. Standardized test procedures are necessary to establish and verify compliance with those requirements. These test procedures must provide both repeatable results, independent of test location, and flexibility to accommodate a variety of DR technologies. Designation: 1590-2003 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Power System Communications Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for the Electrical Protection of Optical Fiber Communication Facilities Serving, or Connected to, Electrical Supply Locations Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: May 12, 2004 Technical Contact: Percy E Pool, Phone:972-418-0341, Email:pepool@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Sep 27, 2001, BD APP: Dec 10, 2003, ANSI APP: May 03, 2004 Project Scope: This Recommended Practice presents engineering design procedures for the electrical protection of optical fiber communication facilities serving, or connected to, electric supply locations. Other telecommunication alternatives, such as radio and cable with metallic members are excluded from this document. Project Purpose: This Recommended Practice presents safe and reliable methods for providing telecommunication facilities serving electrical supply locations using optical fiber. Abstract: The main emphasis of this recommended practice is the engineering design of optical fiber communication facilities serving, or connected to, electrical supply locations. This document includes methods for providing telecommunication facilities serving electrical supply locations using optical fiber cables extending across the zone of influence (ZOI). Key Words: electrical power stations, electrical supply locations, ground potential rise, high-volt-age environment Designation: P1590 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Power System Communications Title: Recommended Practice for the Electrical Protection of Communication Facilities Serving Electric Supply Locations Using Optical Fiber Systems Status: Revision Project Technical Contact: Percy E Pool, Phone:972-418-0341, Email:pepool@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 22, 2005 Project Scope: This recommended practice presents engineering design procedures for the electrical protection of communication facilities serving electric supply locations using optical fiber systems. Services utilizing wire-line protection systems are addressed in IEEE Std. 487. Other telecommunication alternatives such as radio and microwave systems are excluded from this document. Project Purpose: This recommended practice presents safe and reliable methods for the protection of communication facilities serving electric supply locations using optical fiber systems. Designation: 1591 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Power System Communications Title: Standard for Testing and Performance of Hardware for Optical Ground Wire (OPGW) Status: Superseded **Project Superceded by P1591.1 Technical Contact: William A Byrd, Phone:803-781-7112, Email:amosbyrd@aol.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 27, 2001 Project Scope: This standard covers the construction, mechanical, and electrical performance, test requirements, environmental considerations, and acceptance criteria for qualifying hardware for use with optical ground wire (OPGW). Project Purpose: The standard is to provide standard manufacturing, testing and procurement specifications for optical ground wire (OPGW) hardware in order to simplify procurement, standardize testing, assure product quality, and assist usage. Designation: P1591.1 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Power System Communications Title: Standard for Testing and Performance of Hardware for Optical Groundwire (OPGW) Status: Modified New Project Technical Contact: William A Byrd, Phone:803-781-7112, Email:amosbyrd@aol.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 21, 2002 Project Scope: This standard covers the construction, mechanical and electrical performance, test requirements, environmental considerations, and acceptance criteria for qualifying hardware for use with optical ground wire (OPGW). Project Purpose: The standard is to provide standard manufacturing, testing, and procurement specifications for use with optical ground wire (OPGW) hardware in order to simplify procurement, standardize testing, assure product quality, and assist usage. Designation: P1591.2 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Power System Communications Title: Standard for Testing and Performance of Hardware for All-Dielectric Self-Supporting (ADSS) Fiber Optic Cable Status: New Standard Project Technical Contact: William A Byrd, Phone:803-781-7112, Email:amosbyrd@aol.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 21, 2002 Project Scope: This standard covers the construction, mechanical and electrical performance, test requirements, environmental considerations, and acceptance criteria for qualifying hardware for use with all-dielectric self-supporting (ADSS) fiber optic cable. Project Purpose: Present standards do not cover hardware for all-dielectric self-supporting (ADSS) fiber optic cable. Provision of such a standard will simplify procurement, standardize testing, assure product quality, and assist usage. Designation: P1591.3 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Power System Communications Title: Standard for Qualifying Hardware for Helically-Applied Fiber Optic Cable Systems (WRAP Cable) Status: New Standard Project Technical Contact: William A Byrd, Phone:803-781-7112, Email:amosbyrd@aol.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 21, 2002 Project Scope: This standard covers hardware for use with all-dielectric fiber optic (WRAP) cable designed to be helically wrapped around a conductor or other messenger on overhead power facilities. This covers mechanical, and electrical performance, test requirements, environmental considerations, and acceptance criteria for qualification of the hardware. Project Purpose: Present standards do not cover hardware for helically-applied fiber optic cable systems (WRAP) cable. Provision of such a standard will simplify procurement, standardize testing, assure product quality, and assist usage. Designation: P1594 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Power System Communications Title: Standard for Helically-Applied Fiber Optic Cable Systems (WRAP Cable) for Use on Overhead Utility Lines Status: New Standard Project Technical Contact: William A Byrd, Phone:803-781-7112, Email:amosbyrd@aol.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 21, 2002 Project Scope: This standard covers an all-dielectric fiber optic (WRAP) cable designed to be helically wrapped around a conductor or other messenger on overhead power facilities. This covers the mechanical, electrical, and optical performance, installation guidelines, acceptance criteria, test requirements, environmental considerations, and accessories. Project Purpose: Present standards do not cover all-dielectric fiber optic (WRAP) cable designed to be helically wrapped around a conductor or other messenger on overhead power facilities. Provision of such a standard will simplify procurement, standardize testing, assure product quality, and assist usage. Designation: P1595 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Energy Development & Power Generation Title: Standard for the Quantification of CO2 Emission Credits for Electrical Industry Processes Status: New Standard Project Technical Contact: Jim McConnach, Phone:705-645-5524, Email:jsmcconnach@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Aug 17, 2001 Project Scope: The Standard is intended to cover the measurement and quantification of CO2 reductions for emissions credits in the electricity supply and demand industry, as brought about by technology applications, innovations and improvements. As such it covers "cradle to grave" project life-cycles in all aspects of the industry, ie fuel chain and processing, energy conversion systems (generation); emission control systems (pre and post combustion); delivery systems (transmission and distribution); and end uses (demand side management and conservation). Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to establish an internationally acceptable basis for measuring, evaluating and quantifying the eligible, real, measurable, verifiable, and unique reduction in CO2 emissions attributable to a specific technology project, for use in emissions trading systems. The Standard will help provide an answer to the generic question how can one country or jurisdiction to an emissions trade be assured and satisfied that it is getting real and true value for a purchased emissions credit from another country or jurisdiction. Designation: 1596-1992 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessors and Microcomputers Title: IEEE Standard for Scalable Coherent Interface (SCI) Status: Approved Publication of IEEE Technical Contact: David B Gustavson, Phone:650-961-0305, Email:dbg@scizzl.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Aug 28, 1988, BD APP: Mar 19, 1992, ANSI APP: Oct 23, 1992 Abstract: The scalable coherent interface (SCI) provides computer-bus-like services but, instead of a bus, uses a collection of fast point-to-point unidirectional links to provide the far higher throughput needed for high-performance multiprocessor systems. SCI supports distributed, shared memory with optional cache coherence for tightly coupled systems, and message-passing for loosely coupled systems. Initial SCI links are defined at 1 Gbyte/s (16-bit parallel) and 1 Gb/s (serial). For applications requiring modular packaging, an interchangeable module is specified along with connector and power. The packets and protocols that implement transactions are defined and their formal specification is provided in the form of computer programs. In addition to the usual read-and-write transactions, SCI supports efficient multiprocessor lock transactions. The distributed cache-coherence protocols are efficient and can recover from an arbitrary number of transmission failures. SCI protocols ensure forward progress despite multiprocessor conflicts (no deadlocks or starvation). Key Words: scalable, coherent, interface, bus architecture, bus standard, cache coherence, distributed memory, fiber optic, interconnect, IO system, link, mesh, multiprocessor, network, packet protocol, ring, shared memory, switch, transaction set, Seamless distributed computer, I/O system Designation: P1596a Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessors and Microcomputers Title: Standard for Amendment to Standard for Scalable Coherent Interface (SCI) Status: Amendment Technical Contact: David B Gustavson, Phone:650-961-0305, Email:dbg@scizzl.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jun 13, 2002 Project Scope: This standard will encompass two levels of interface, defining operation over distances less than 10 m. The physical layer will specify electrical, mechanical, and thermal characteristics of connectors and cards. The logical level will describe the address space, data transfer protocols, cache coherence mechanisms, synchronization primitives, control and status registers, and initialization and error recovery facilities. This Amendment will ballot the differences between the ISO/IEC edited version and the IEEE version, and amend the IEEE version of the document to remove any differences between the two documents. Project Purpose: The purpose of the proposed project is to define an interface standard for very high performance multiprocessor systems that supports a coherent shared-memory model scalable to systems with up to 64K nodes. This standard is to facilitate assembly of processor, memory, I/O, and bus adaptor cards from multiple vendors into massively parallel systems with throughputs ranging up to more than 10**12 operations per second.This Amendment will ballot the differences between IEEE and the ISO/IEC edited version and amend the IEEE version of the document to remove any differences between the two documents. Designation: P1596 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessors and Microcomputers Title: Standard for Scalable Coherent Interface (SCI) Status: Revision Project Technical Contact: David B Gustavson, Phone:650-961-0305, Email:dbg@scizzl.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jun 09, 2005 Project Scope: This standard will encompass two levels of interface, defining operation over distances less than 10m. The physical layer will specify electrical, mechanical, and thermal characteristics of connectors and cards. The logical level will describe the address space, data transfer protocols, cache coherence mechanisms, synchronization primitives, control and status registers, and initialization and error recovery facilities. Project Purpose: The purpose is to define an interface standard for very high performance multiprocessor systems that supports a coherent shared-memory model scalable to systems with up to 64K nodes. This standard is to facilitate assembly of processor, memory, I/O, and bus adaptor cards from multiple vendors into massively parallel systems with throughputs ranging up to more than 10^12 operations per second. Designation: 1596.1 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessors and Microcomputers Title: Standard for SCI to VME (IEEE 1596 to IEEE 1014) Bridge Architecture Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Bjorn Solberg, Phone:+47-22-627000 **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 13, 1994 Project Scope: Multiple vendors may produce bridges between 1596 and 1014 and it is necessary to have a standard architecture to simplify the software support for these bridges. Project Purpose: Multiple vendors may produce bridges between 1596 and 1014 and it is necessary to have a standard architecture to simplify the software support for these bridges. Designation: 1596.2 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessors and Microcomputers Title: Recommended Practice for Cache Optimizations for Large Numbers of Processors using the Scalable Coherent Interface Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Stein Gjessing, Phone:+47-92695558, Email:steing@simula.no **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 09, 1997 Project Scope: Define protocols for reducing the latency of accessing cached data shared by large numbers of processors. This involves combining multiple coherent requests into one before they rech a shared memory controller. These protocols will generate tree-like structures compatible with the linear structures defined by IEEE-P1596. These protocols also support efficient distribution of data (when many processors read shared data) and purging of stale copies (when the previously-shared data is written). The data distribution protocols will include support for combinable operations (such as fetch-and-add). Project Purpose: The IEEE-P1596 draft standard specifies a coherence protocol that works with large numbers of processors. However, these protocols have performance limitations when the number of processors actively sharing the data becomes very large. There is a need to develop compatible extensions to the SCI coherence protocols that reduce the data-access latencies from order N or order log (N), where N is the number of processors. Designation: 1596.3-1996 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessors and Microcomputers Title: IEEE Standard for Low-Voltage Differential Signals (LVDS) for Scalable Coherent Interface (SCI) Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 10, 2002. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. Technical Contact: Stephen Kempainen, Phone:408-721-7269, Email:stephen.kempainen@nsc.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 21, 1996, BD APP: Mar 21, 1996, ANSI APP: Jan 06, 1997 Project Scope: Specify a process-technology independent low voltage (less than 1V swing) to point to signal interface optimized for IEEE 1596 (SCI), using a defferential driver connected to a terminated receiver through a constant impedance transmission line. Project Purpose: The IEEE-1596 (SCI) standard specifies an ECL electrical interface. Although compatible with current circuit technologies, the power dissipation and cost of this interface may prevent its use on low-cost systems. Abstract: Scalable Coherent Interface (SCI), specified in IEEE Std 1596-1992, provides computer-bus-like services but uses a collection of fast point-to-point links instead of a physical bus in order to reach far higher speeds. The base specification defines differential ECL signals, which provide a high transfer rate (16 bits are transferred every 2 ns), but are inconvenient for some applications. IEEE Std 1596.3-1996, an extension to IEEE Std 1596-1992, defines a lower-voltage differential signal (as low as 250 mV swing) that is compatible with low-voltage CMOS, BiCMOS, and GaAs circuitry. The power dissipation of the transceivers is low, since only 2.5 mA is needed to generate this differential voltage across a 100 W termination resistance. Signal encoding is defined that allows transfer of SCI packets over data paths that are 4-, 8-, 32-, 64-, and 128-bits wide. Narrow data paths (4 to 8 bits) transferring data every 2 ns can provide sufficient bandwidth for many applications while reducing the physical size and cost of the interface. The wider paths may be needed for very-high-performance systems. Key Words: backplane, bus, cable, differential, low power, point to point, scalable, signal Designation: 1596.4-1996 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessors and Microcomputers Title: IEEE Standard for High-Bandwidth Memory Interface Based on Scalable Coherent Interface (SCI) Signaling Technology (RamLink) Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 10, 2002. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. Technical Contact: David B Gustavson, Phone:650-961-0305, Email:dbg@scizzl.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jun 27, 1991, BD APP: Mar 19, 1996, ANSI APP: Jan 06, 1997 Project Scope: Define a high-bandwidth interface that will permit access to the large internal bandwidth already available in dynamic memory chips. The goal is to increase the performance and reduce the complexity of memory systems by using a subset of SCI protocols. Hierarchical memory systems will be considered, from multi-level caches to main-memory systems. The interface specification will apply to individual memory chips as well as their controllers. The interface should be applicable to commodity parts that will fulfill the requirements of near-future (3-5 years) and subsequent generations of computor systems. Project Purpose: The performance of microprocessors doubles every 2-3 years. The density of main memory components used within these systems also doubles, but memory-access bandwidth has lagged behind. To meet their memory-access bandwidth requirements, designers currently build complex interleaved memory systems, which use 30-40 components. Application of SCI concepts will break through the performance of high-end workstations as well as the entry for low-end computers. Abstract: A high-bandwidth interface optimized for interchanging data between a memory controller and one or more dynamic RAMs is specified. RamLink is an applicable interface for other RAM-like devices as well. Key Words: high bandwidth, sci, scalable coherent interface, signaling technology, ramlink, dynamic RAM Designation: 1596.5-1993 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessors and Microcomputers Title: IEEE Standard for Shared-Data Formats Optimized for Scalable Coherent Interface (SCI) Processors Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 25, 2005. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **Mar04-Withdrawn by ANSI as overage. Jan2005: Administratively withdrawn. Technical Contact: David V James, Phone:650-494-0926, Email:dvj@alum.mit.edu **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 26, 1991, BD APP: Jun 17, 1993, ANSI APP: Nov 24, 1993 Abstract: Formats for interchanging integer, bit-field, and floating point data between heterogeneous multiprocessors in a Scalable Coherent Interface (SCI) system are specified. The defined data formats can also be used to share data among multiprocessors on other bus standards that support the read, write, and lock transaction set defined by IEEE Std 1212-1991 CSR Architecture. The intent is to support efficient data transfers among heterogeneous workstations within a distributed computing environment. Key Words: data formats, data interchange, floating point, integer, shared data, Heterogeneous multiprocessors Designation: 1596.6 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessors and Microcomputers Title: Standard for the Scalable Coherent Interface for Realtime Applications (SCI/RT) Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Ralph Lachenmaier, Phone:215-441-1634, Email:Lachenmaier@nade.navy.mil **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jun 19, 1996 Project Scope: Define modifications to the IEEE Std 1596-1992 Scalable Coherent Interface that exchange SCI's forward progress guarantees under unknown computing loads for predictable behavior in a priority-structured known computing load. Define extensions to SCI that meet the fault tolerance requirements of typical military or telecom applications. Attempt to make these changes in such a way that a bridge may easily connect SCI and SCI/RT subsystems. Project Purpose: IEEE Std 1596-1992 Scalable Coherent Interface (SCI) is a very high performance computer bus replacement designed for multiprocessor use. SCI guarantees forward progress under an inknown computing load, but does not directly relate latency to task priority. Real-time applications require certain deadlines to be met by the multiprocessor system. To accomplish this, the application is thoroughly analyzed and its tasks are assigned various priorities. If access to system resources (including interconnect latency) is determined by task priority, it is possible to use scheduling techniques such as Rate Monotonic Scheduling to determine whether critical tasks might ever miss their deadlines. This project will modify the SCI protocols so that scheduling techniques can be used to determine whether critical tasks might ever miss their deadlines. Designation: 1596.7 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessors and Microcomputers Title: Standard for a High-Speed Memory Interface (SyncLink) Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Wilbur C Vogley, Phone:(713) 274-3894, Email:w-vogley@ti.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 21, 1995 Project Scope: To define a protocol based on Ram link, electrical signaling, and mechanical packaging, optimized for interconnecting DRAM (Dynamic Random Access Memory) within a memory system. Project Purpose: We are approaching the point where the capacity of DRAM packages is not well matched to their applications, i.e. one needs a certain number of chips to get the band width the system requires. That many chips provides an unreasonably large amount of memory for low-end but improtant high volume applications like PCs and workstations. To solve this problem one must increase the bandwidth of the DRAM package significantly so that the number of devices is not driven by the bandwidth need, but by system memory requirements. SyncLink will provide cost-effective high performance with a small number of DRAM devices by improving bandwidth per I/O pin. Designation: 1596.8 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessors and Microcomputers Title: Standard for Parallet Links to the Scalable Coherent Interface Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Robert W Beauchamp, Phone:508-898-7325, Email:Bob_Beauchamp@dg.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 19, 1996 Project Scope: This project will define parallel links for the Scalable Coherent Interface (Std 1596) and for Serial Express (1394.2) including the definition of standard cables and connectors, pin assignments for the connectors, and such signal encodings as may be found necessary or desirable for: DC-coupled applications, AC-coupled applications, increasing distance, increasing speed, or reducing error rates. Project Purpose: The existing Scalable Coherent Interface standard defines cable connectors, signal levels, and pinouts, but the specified connector family did not achieve broad acceptance and there is no clear definition of standard cables. Vendors need specifications that allow them to manufacture cable systems that will work reliably. Designation: 1596.9 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessors and Microcomputers Title: Standard for Physical Layer Application Programming Interface for the Scalable Coherent Interface (SCI PHY-API) Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Volker Lindenstruth, Phone:06221 54 4303, Email:lindenstruth@computer.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jun 20, 1996 Project Scope: This project will define a standard C-language API for the IEEE Std 1596 for Scalable Coherent Interface. This API will accommodate a broad range of SCI interface implementations by allowing software to transparently implement functionality that is not provided by the particular hardware. The standard SCI API will support packet mode and transparent mode hardware, specifically without unnecessary overhead in case of transparent hardware. Automatic address mapping from the local address to an SCI address will be supported. Project Purpose: The Scalable Coherent Interface standard defines the protocol for communication at the hardware level. There is no user-software interface layer defined. Furthermore there are many different SCI implementations possible, with different trade-offs between direct hardware implementation and software emulation of features. A standard SCI API will allow writing SCI application software without knowing the specifics of the given physical SCI interface. A standard physical-level SCI API essentially adds a software layer where needed to give an SCI hardware interface a standard appearance to user-level software. This makes it very easy to interchange any SCI hardware in a given system, and will improve software portability between systems. It can also serve as the foundation for higher level layers such as MPI, facilitating their portability as well. Designation: 1596.10 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessors and Microcomputers Title: Standard for SCI/LAMP Multiport Bus Interface Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Khan Kibria, Phone:714-587-0628, Email:kkibria@iss-us.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jun 25, 1998 Project Scope: This standard defines one or more protocols and the corresponding signals for user-side interfaces to IEEE Std 1596 interface ICs. Project Purpose: Standard 1596-1992 defines a very high performance interconnect that can be integrated into and dirrectly connect processors, memories, and I/O devices. However, there will be an extended transition period during which it is necessary to interface 1596 to existing chipsets and buses, using a separate 1596-interface IC. Standard 1596 defines one side of that IC, but says nothing about the other side, the user side. This standard will define protocols and signals for the user side of these 1596 interface chips, whihc will make it possible to use the same basic design for products that incorporate 1596 interfaces from a variety of suppliers, and having various cost/performance characteristics. Designation: P1597.1 Sponsor: IEEE Electromagnetic Compatibility Society/Standards Development Committee Title: Standard for Validation of Computational Electromagnetics (CEM) Computer Modeling and Simulation Status: New Standard Project Technical Contact: Andrew Drozd, Phone:315-337-4396, Email:andro1@aol.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 27, 2001 Project Scope: Develop a standard for validation of CEM computer modeling and simulation codes in differing applications. The standard will provide a basis for analytical and empirical validation of CEM codes and configurations. Several key areas will be addressed, including: Validation by use of canonical models. Specification of canonical modeling elements (primitives) as a function of ensemble parameters (frequency, desired accuracy or fidelity, physics and numerical solution method, etc.); Validation by simulation vs. measurement. Included in the validations will be associated model-based parameter estimation (model- vs. measurement- driven uncertainty estimates). Project Purpose: This standard is being proposed to guide the validation of CEM application models. Concerns persist throughout the EM Community that there are no well-defined methodologies that can be used to achieve code-to-code or simulation-to-measurement validations within a consistent level of accuracy. The proposed standard is to address these concerns and provide a method for the validation of CEM codes and models. Designation: P1597.2 Sponsor: IEEE Electromagnetic Compatibility Society/Standards Development Committee Title: Recommended Practice for Computational Electromagnetics (CEM) Computer Modeling and Simulation Applications Status: New Standard Project Technical Contact: Andrew Drozd, Phone:315-337-4396, Email:andro1@aol.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 27, 2001 Project Scope: Develop a recommended practice for use in CEM computer modeling and simulation applications. This recommended practice will guide EMC design of PCBs (Printed Circuit Boards) to large, complex systems. Areas to be addressed include: general guidelines for development of CEM models; development of modeling methodologies for small-to-large scale "canonical" systems platform types or composite models; methodologies for developing and applying collaborative, multi-disciplinary engineering modeling schemes; and computation of uncertainty for modeling applications. Project Purpose: This recommended practice is being proposed to aid modelers and analysts in the selection and application of appropriate M&S methodologies, physics solution techniques to achieve accurate results and to complement measurements and EMC design tasks. There are currently no standards or recommended practices for CEM M&S applications. Only informal guidelines and recommend rules of thumb have been documented in any form. Designation: 1598 Sponsor: SASB/SCC20-Test and Diagnosis for Electric Systems Title: Standard for Test Requirements Model (TeRM) Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Timothy J Wilmering, Phone:314-234-6781, Email:timothy.j.wilmering@boeing.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jun 24, 2004 Project Scope: This standard will specify the information content of test requirements, which are defined to be constraints on the behavior of a system under test during test execution. Additionally, this standard will define a common format by which conformant information may be exchanged. Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to provide a means to formally represent test requirements such that tools can be developed for technical requirements analysis, test resource needs evaluation, diagnostic process evaluation, and testability analysis during product design and development. This standard, by virtue of defining consistent semantics and a common exchange format, will facilitate the flow of test requirements information between these tools. Designation: 1598 Sponsor: SASB/SCC20-Test and Diagnosis for Electric Systems Title: Standard for Test Requirements Model (TeRM) Status: Superseded Technical Contact: John W Sheppard, Phone:410-266-2099, Email:jsheppar@arinc.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 27, 2001 Project Scope: This standard will specify the information content of test requirements, which are defined to be constraints on the behavior of a system under test during test execution. Additionally, this standard will define a common format by which conformant information may be exchanged. Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to provide a means to formally represent test requirements such that tools can be developed for technical requirements analysis, test resource needs evaluation, diagnostic process evaluation, and testability analysis during product design and development. This standard, by virtue of defining consistent semantics and a common exchange format, will facilitate the flow of test requirements information between these tools. Designation: P1599 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Standards Activities Board Title: Recommended Practice for Definition of a Commonly Acceptable Musical Application Using the XML Language Status: New Standard Project Technical Contact: Goffredo Haus, Phone:390258356222, Email:haus@dsi.unimi.it **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 27, 2001 Project Scope: This project will develop an XML application defining a standard language for symbolic music representation. The language will be a meta- representation of music information for describing and processing said music infromation within a multilayered environment, for achieving integration among structural, score, MIDI, and digital sound levels of representation. Furthermore, the proposed standard should integrate music representation with already defined and accepted common standards. The standard will be accepted by any kind of software dealing with music information, e.g. score editing, OMR systems, music performance, musical databases, and composition and musicological applications. Project Purpose: There is currently no defined, independent standard for representing music information that can describe and process all the different layers which characterize music information. For each layer of music infomration, there is one or more accepted standards (e.g. MIDI for performances, NIFF for notation and so on) and/or one or more proprietary formats. None of them can be suitably applied to other layers. This standard will make easier the integration, interchange, and translation from one layer to another of music information across different applications and even for different users. Designation: 1600.1 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Standards Activities Board Title: Standard Upper Ontology -- High-Level Concepts, Definitions and Relationships Processable by Computer Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: James R Schoening, Phone:732-532-5812, Email:james.schoening@mail1.monmouth.army.mil **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 07, 2000 Project Scope: This standard will specify an upper ontology that will enable computers to utilize it for applications such as data interoperability, information search and retrieval, automated inferencing, and natural language processing. An ontology is similar to a dictionary or glossary, but with greater detail and structure that enables computers to process its content. An ontology consists of a set of concepts, axioms, and relationships that describe a domain of interest. An upper ontology is limited to concepts that are meta, generic, abstract and philosophical, and therefore are general enough to address (at a high level) a broad range of domain areas. Concepts specific to given domains will not be included; however, this standard will provide a structure and a set of general concepts upon which domain ontologies (e.g. medical, financial, engineering, etc.) could be constructed. Project Purpose: A. AUTOMATED REASONING: The standard will be suitable for automated logical inference to support knowledge-based reasoning applications. B. INTER-OPERABILITY: The standard will provide a basis for achieving Inter-Operability among various software and database applications. 1) Application developers can define new data elements in terms of a common ontology, and thereby gain some degree of interoperability with other conformant systems. 2) Applications based on domain-specific ontologies that are compliant with this standard will be able to interoperate (to some degree) by virtue of the shared common terms and definitions. 3) The SUO will play the role of a neutral interchange format whereby owners of existing applications will be able to map existing data elements just once to a common ontology. This provides a degree of interoperability with other applications whose representations conform to SUO. This entails the SUO being able to be mapped to more restricted forms such as XML, database schema, or object oriented schema. C: APPLICATION AREAS 1) E-commerce applications from different domains that need to interoperate at both the data and semantic levels. 2) Educational applications in which students learn concepts and relationships directly from, or expressed in terms of, a common ontology. This will also enable a standard record of learning to be kept. 3) Natural language understanding tasks in which a knowledge-based reasoning system uses the ontology to disambiguate among likely interpretations of natural language statements. Designation: P1601 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Power System Instrumentation and Measurements Title: Standard for Optical A.C. Current and Voltage Sensing Systems Status: New Standard Project Technical Contact: Harley Gilleland, Phone:919-676-4855, Email:hargil@msn.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 06, 2001 Project Scope: This standard is intended for use as a basis for performance and interchangeability of equipment covered, and to assist in the proper selection of such equipment. This standard covers certain electrical, dimensional, and mechanical characteristics of optical current and voltage sensing systems used in the measurement of electricity and the control of equipment associated with the generation, transmission and distribution of alternating current. Project Purpose: To provide a standard for current and voltage sensing systems which use optical techniques to cover the above scope. Designation: 1602 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessors and Microcomputers Title: Standard for Electronic Affidavits Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Joe Ravenis, Phone:858-627-4654, Email:joe.ravenis@cubic.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jun 13, 2002 Project Scope: This project will develop the operational requirements, protocol, and operating procedures for conducting a transaction with a portable electronic affidavit. The operational requirements will be independent of the underlying datastream of affidavit language and data content. The radio frequency communication power, signal interface, initialization, and transmission protocol will be useable by all classes of system transceivers. Project Purpose: There is currently no defined, independent standard for interfacing and performing reads and writes to portable electronic affidavits. All affidavits in existence are hard copy printed/paper based documents. The size, shape, format, etc., of the documents are manifold. Without an independent openly defined set of requirements, protocols, applications and operating system the information on the documents cannot be easily transferred. Furthermore, the data stored on the current affidavits cannot be electronically accessed and executed. This project will provide a fundamental implementation of an electronic affidavit which will allow vendors to uniformly design and develop systems that will perform the automatic authentication of the holder of an electronic affidavit and perform digital transactions on the data contained therein. Designation: 1603-2003 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Design Automation Title: IEEE Standard for an Advanced Library Format (ALF) Describing Integrated Circuit (IC) Technology, Cells, and Blocks Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Feb 20, 2004 Technical Contact: Wolfgang Roethig, Phone:408-588-5349, Email:wroethig@necelam.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Aug 17, 2001, BD APP: Sep 11, 2003, ANSI APP: Dec 29, 2003 Project Scope: ALF shall serve as the data specification language of library elements for design applications used to implement integrated circuits. The range of abstraction shall include from the register-transfer level (RTL) to the physical level. The language shall model behavior, timing, power, signal integrity, physical abstraction and physical implementation rules of library elements. Project Purpose: The purpose of ALF is to provide a modeling language and semantics for functional, physical and electrical performance description of technology-specific libraries for cell-based and block-based design. Without a standard, design implementation tools would use multiple proprietary and tool-specific library descriptions. The semantics would be defined by tool implementations only, which are subject to change and prone to mis- interpretation. Also there would be redundancy using multiple descriptions for similar library aspects. Therefore a standard is proposed to create a consistent library view suitable as a reference for all design implementation applications. Abstract: of electrical, functional, and physical models in a formal language suitable for electronic design automation (EDA) application tools targeted for design and analysis of an IC. This standard provides rules that describe ALF and how tool developers, integrators, library creators, and library users should use it. Key Words: behavioral, block, cell, derate, EDA, electrical, format, functional, gate-level, integratedcircuit, language, layout, library, modeling, physical, power, RTL, signal integrity, technology, timing Designation: 1604 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Design Automation Title: Standard for Inclusion of VHDL Library Units in the VHDL Library IEEE Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Peter J Ashenden, Phone:+61883397532, Email:peter@ashenden.com.au **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Nov 01, 2001 Project Scope: The standard will specify a process for determining which items are permitted to reside in the predefined library named STD, defined in IEEE Standard 1076, and the library named IEEE, referenced in associated standards (such as 1164). This standard will also specify requirements on the internal documentation in the source code for such items. Project Purpose: Users expect that only IEEE-approved items reside in library IEEE, but some vendors have placed non-standard items in their version of this library. This standard will prevent the portability and compatibility problems that arise when the contents of the library IEEE contain non- standard items. Designation: 1605 Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Codes and Standards Title: Guide for Comparison of Existing Installation Requirements for Electrical Distribution and Utilization Equipment in North America and Europe Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Melvin Sanders, Phone:515-964-1574, Email:sanders.m.k@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 12, 2002 Project Scope: This document will compare the installation practices of electrical distribution and utilization equipment such as enclosed high voltage switchgear, low voltage switchgear, transformers, motor control centers, switchboard, panel boards, motor control centers etc. The comparison will compare the requirements contained in the existing installation practices and requirements in North American Standards such as National Electrical Code (NEC) & Canadian Electrical Code (CEC) and European installation practices and requirements contained in relevant IEC and EN documents. The document will not introduce any new requirements not already in the existing documents. Project Purpose: The purpose of the guide is to utilize the collective experience of North America and Europe by providing a comparison of the installation practices and requirements of electrical distribution and utilization equipment included in their respective standards. Designation: 1606 Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Codes and Standards Title: Guide for Comparison of Existing Electrical Safety Standards for Employee Workplace in North America and Europe Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: William E Anderson, Phone:513-945-4303, Email:anderson.we@pg.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 12, 2002 Project Scope: This document will compare employee workplace safety requirements included in existing North American & European Standards . The comparison will address requirements contained in North American Standards ( OSHA, NFPA 70E) & European Standard EN 50110 highlighting similarities and differences in the these standards. This document will not introduce any new requirements not already in the existing documents. Project Purpose: The purpose of the guide is to derive benefit from the collective experience of North America and Europe by providing a comparison of the employee workplace safety requirements included in their respective standards. Designation: 1607 Sponsor: IEEE Power Electronics Society/Electronic Transformers Title: Recommended Practice for Electronic Inductors Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: David N Ratliff, Phone:517-546-6330, Email:marelco@htonline.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 06, 2001 Project Scope: This recommended practice pertains to applications, definitions, testing information and performance characteristics such as loss evaluation, inductance characteristics and operation limitations regarding inductors. Project Purpose: The information provided in this document is to be ultilized as a guide and is based upon commonly used industry practices. Designation: P1609.0 Sponsor: IEEE Vehicular Technology Society/Intelligent Transportation Systems Title: Trial-Use Standard for Wireless Access in Vehicular Environments (WAVE) - Architecture Status: New Standard Project Technical Contact: Thomas M Kurihara, Phone:703-516-9650, Email:tkstds@mindspring.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. Project Scope: This standard describes the Wireless Access in Vehicular Environments (WAVE/DSRC) architecture and services necessary for multi- channel DSRC/WAVE devices to communicate in a mobile vehicular environment. Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to describe the architecture of the DSRC/WAVE operations currently represented by the family of IEEE 1609 standards and IEEE P802.11p. Designation: 1609.1-2006 Sponsor: IEEE Vehicular Technology Society/Intelligent Transportation Systems Title: Standard for Trial-Use Standard for Wireless Access in Vehicular Environments (WAVE) - Resource Manager Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Oct 18, 2006 Technical Contact: Thomas M Kurihara, Phone:703-516-9650, Email:tkstds@mindspring.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: May 25, 2006, BD APP: Sep 15, 2006 Project Scope: The scope of this standard is to specify the services and interfaces of the WAVE RM, including protective mechanisms for security and privacy, applicable and available to all users of DSRC and WAVE mode operations in the 5.9 GHz band authorized by the Federal Communication Commission (FCC) for intelligent transportation systems (ITS). NOTE—This version of the standard does not specify explicitly the details of the security interface. Security provisions are in IEEE Std 1609.2™.1, 2 Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to enable complete interoperability of applications using WAVE in a manner that simplifies the onboard vehicle systems, reducing cost and improving performance. Effective use of the memory pages by applications can also minimize configuration management issues over the life of a system. This standard is intended to enable a wide range of applications to be supported by an OBU of the lowest possible cost. The low cost is enabled by removing the need for the OBU to interpret application messages. There is no OBU software representing applications using RM; thus the processing, memory, and configuration management requirements are removed from the OBU. Instead of putting such processing requirements on the OBU, they are placed on the RSU or an application processor remote from the RSU. The only processing requirement is that of interpreting the specific commands and message headers defined herein, which is application independent. The OBU merely serves as a mobile mailbox to carry application messages and data from one RSU to another or as a common interface point to transfer data to other onboard systems. By allowing memory to be assigned to an application at any time during the life of the OBU, future applications can be developed and deployed without onboard hardware or software modification. For applications using RM as a mobile mailbox, with no onboard use of the data stored in memory, there are significant security advantages. By having the OBU treat each application’s messages as a bit-stream to be saved and later retrieved from memory, such data can be encrypted in a manner that is not known to the OBU. There is no need for the OBU to support the encryption schemes used by these applications, and such security schemes can be under the total and absolute control of each of these applications. Abstract: This standard specifies a wireless access in vehicular environments (WAVE) dedicated short-range communications (DSRC) application, known as the WAVE resource manager (RM), designed to allow applications at remote sites to communicate with devices known as onboard units (OBUs), which are mounted in vehicles, through devices known as roadside units (RSUs), which are mounted on the roadside. The WAVE RM, acting like an application layer, multiplexes the communications of multiple remote applications, each communicating with multiple OBUs. The purpose of the communication is to conduct information interchange, needed to implement the requirements of the remote WAVE DSRC applications. Key Words: DSRC, WAVE, resource manager Designation: 1609.1 Sponsor: IEEE Vehicular Technology Society/Intelligent Transportation Systems Title: Standard for Dedicated Short Range Communications (DSRC) Resource Manager Status: Superseded Publication type: Special Publication Technical Contact: Thomas M Kurihara, Phone:703-516-9650, Email:tkstds@mindspring.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 06, 2001 Project Scope: To create a modified version of the Resource Manager standard originally defined in IEEE 1455. The 1455 version of Resource Manager has been adopted and significantly modified by ISO TC204/WG15. This work is continuing and requires coordination with this IEEE committee. The new IEEE standard will be a version of, or reference, this ISO standard rather than an amendment or modification of 1455. Project Purpose: The existing IEEE 1455 standard includes a version of the Resource Manager, but reduction to practice has identified numerous changes that are required. In addition, it is now intended for use throughout the world and this also forces significant changes to the existing standard. These changes are underway in ISO TC204/WG15 This project will bring this work back into IEEE in order to satisfy the North American needs. Designation: 1609.1 Sponsor: IEEE Vehicular Technology Society/Intelligent Transportation Systems Title: Standard for Wireless Access in Vehicular Environments (WAVE)- Resource Manager Status: Superseded Technical Contact: Thomas M Kurihara, Phone:703-516-9650, Email:tkstds@mindspring.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jun 09, 2005 Project Scope: Old Scope: To create a modified version of the Resource Manager standard originally defined in IEEE Standard 1455-1999. The IEEE Standard 1455 version of Resource Manager has been adopted and significantly modified by ISO TC204 WG15. This work is continuing and requires coordination with the IEEE Committee. The new IEEE Standard will be a version of, or reference, this ISO standard rather than an amendment or modification of IEEE Standard 1455-1999. New scope: The scope of this project is to specify the services and interfaces of the WAVE Resource Manager, including protective mechanisms for security and privacy, applicable and available to all users of the DSRC and Wireless Access in Vehicular Environment (WAVE) mode operations in the 5.9 GHz band authorized by the Federal Communication Commission for Intelligent Transportation System (ITS). Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to describe the services and interfaces, including security and privacy protection mechanisms, associated with the DSRC Resource Manager operating at 5.9GHz band authorized by the Federal Communications Commission (FCC) and to satisfy the Intelligent Transportation System (ITS) wireless communications requirements. Designation: 1609.2-2006 Sponsor: IEEE Vehicular Technology Society/Intelligent Transportation Systems Title: Standard for Trial-Use Standard for Wireless Access in Vehicular Environments - Security Services for Applications and Management Messages Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jul 06, 2006 Technical Contact: Thomas M Kurihara, Phone:703-516-9650, Email:tkstds@mindspring.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: May 25, 2006, BD APP: Jun 08, 2006 Project Scope: The scope of this standard is to define secure message formats, and the processing of those secure messages, within the DSRC/WAVE system. The standard covers methods for securing WAVE management messages and application messages, with the exception of vehicle-originating safety messages. It also describes administrative functions necessary to support the core security functions. Project Purpose: The safety-critical nature of many DSRC/WAVE applications makes it vital that services be specified that can be used to protect messages from attacks such as eavesdropping, spoofing, alteration, and replay. Additionally, the fact that the wireless technology will be deployed in personal vehicles, whose owners have a right to privacy, means that in as much as possible the security services must be designed to respect that right and not leak personal, identifying, or linkable information to unauthorized parties. This standard describes security services for WAVE management messages and application messages, with the exception of vehicle- originating safety messages, to meet these requirements. It is anticipated that vehicle-originating safety messages will be added in an amendment to this standard. Abstract: Secure message formats, and the processing of those secure messages, within the DSRC/WAVE system are defined. The standard covers methods for securing WAVE management messages and application messages, with the exception of vehicle-originating safety messages. It also described administrative functions necessary to support the core-security functions. Key Words: authentication, Dedicated Short Range Communications (DSRC), encryption, vehicular communications, Wireless Access in Vehicular Environments (WAVE) Designation: 1609.2 Sponsor: IEEE Vehicular Technology Society/Intelligent Transportation Systems Title: Standard for Dedicated Short Range Communications (DSRC) Application Layer Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Thomas M Kurihara, Phone:703-516-9650, Email:tkstds@mindspring.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 06, 2001 Project Scope: To create an application layer (L7) standard to be used for 5.9 GHz DSRC. The new 5.9 GHz DSRC standards will support several protocol stacks, including one representing traditional DSRC systems, TCP/IP, and streaming audio/video. The proposed standard will interface with the lower layer standards being developed by ASTM. Project Purpose: The existing IEEE 1455 standard includes an application layer for 915 MHz DSRC, but this will not be suitable for the new 5.9 GHz systems. The existing 1455 will be used as a basis, but requires considerable revision for this new class of DSRC. Designation: 1609.2 Sponsor: IEEE Vehicular Technology Society/Intelligent Transportation Systems Title: Standard for 5.9GHz Intelligent Transportation Systems (ITS) Application Service Security and Privacy Status: Superseded Technical Contact: Thomas M Kurihara, Phone:703-516-9650, Email:tkstds@mindspring.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 22, 2005 Project Scope: The scope of this standard is to define secure message formats, and the processing of those secure messages, within the Dedicated Short Range Communications/Wireless Access in Vehicular Environment (DSRC/WAVE) system. The standard covers the respective methods for securing WAVE management messages and application messages, with the exception of anonymity-preserving vehicle safety messages. It also describes administrative functions necessary to support the core security function. Project Purpose: The safety-critical nature of many DSRC/WAVE applications makes it vital that security and privacy services be specified that can be used to protect messages from attacks such as eavesdropping, spoofing, alteration and replay. Designation: 1609.2 Sponsor: IEEE Vehicular Technology Society/Intelligent Transportation Systems Title: Standard for Wireless Access in Vehicular Environments - Security Services for Applications and Management Messages Status: Superseded Technical Contact: Thomas M Kurihara, Phone:703-516-9650, Email:tkstds@mindspring.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Nov 10, 2005 Project Scope: The scope of this standard is to define secure message formats and the processing of secure messages within the DSRC/WAVE system; and describes administrative functions necessary to support the core security functions. Corrected Scope. The scope of this standard is to define secure message formats, and the processing of those secure messages, within the DSRC/WAVE system. The standard covers methods for securing WAVE management messages and application messages, with the exception of vehicle- originating safety messages. It also describes administrative functions necessary to support the core security functions. Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to define secure message formats, and the processing of those secure messages, within the DSRC/WAVE system. The standard covers the respective methods for securing WAVE management messages and application messages, with the exception of anonymity-preserving vehicle safety messages. It also describes administrative functions necessary to support the core security function. Corrected Purpose. The safety-critical nature of many DSRC/WAVE applications makes it vital that services be specified that can be used to protect messages from attacks such as eavesdropping, spoofing, alteration and replay. Additionally, the fact that the wireless technology will be deployed in personal vehicles, whose owners have a right to privacy, means that in as much as possible the security services must be designed to respect that right and not leak personal, identifying, or linkable information to unauthorized parties. This standard describes security services for WAVE management messages and application messages, with the exception of vehicle- originating safety messages, to meet these requirements. It is anticipated that vehicle-originating safety messages will be added in an amendment to this standard. Designation: 1609.3-2007 Sponsor: IEEE Vehicular Technology Society/Intelligent Transportation Systems Title: Trial-Use Standard for Wireless Access in Vehicular Environments (WAVE) - Networking Services Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Apr 20, 2007 Technical Contact: Thomas M Kurihara, Phone:703-516-9650, Email:tkstds@mindspring.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: May 25, 2006, BD APP: Mar 22, 2007 Project Scope: The scope of this standard is to define services, operating at the network and transport layers, in support of wireless connectivity among vehicle-based devices, and between fixed roadside devices and vehicle-based devices using the 5.9 GHz DSRC/WAVE mode. Project Purpose: WAVE networking services represents layers 3 and 4 of the OSI communications stack. The purpose of this standard is to provide addressing and routing services within a WAVE system, enabling multiple stacks of upper layers above WAVE networking services and multiple lower layers beneath WAVE networking services. Upper layer support includes in-vehicle applications offering safety and convenience to their users. Abstract: WAVE Networking Services provides services to WAVE devices and systems. It represents roughly layers 3 and 4 of the OSI model and the IP, UDP, and TCP elements of the Internet model. The services provided include management and data services within WAVE devices. Key Words: OBU, onboard unit, Provider Service Identifier, PSID, roadside unit, RSU, WAVE, Wireless Access in Vehicular Environments, WSM Designation: 1609.3 Sponsor: IEEE Vehicular Technology Society/Intelligent Transportation Systems Title: Standard for IP Interface for Dedicated Short Range Communications (DSRC) Status: Superseded Publication type: Special Publication Technical Contact: Thomas M Kurihara, Phone:703-516-9650, Email:tkstds@mindspring.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 06, 2001 Project Scope: The new 5.9 GHz DSRC will support multiple protocol stacks, one for the traditional DSRC, one for streaming audio/video, and another for TCP/IP. There may also be others, the architecture is still being finalized. The project will evaluate and define the interfaces between these multiple stacks and the lower layer services of 5.9 GHz DSRC (IEEE 802.11a R/A). Project Purpose: The existing DSRC upper layers (above L2) are well served by existing or proposed standards. With the new DSRC, additional higher layer communication stacks must be supported, including TCP/IP. An architecture and general interface must be defined to support these multiple stacks and appropriate standards written. Designation: 1609.3 Sponsor: IEEE Vehicular Technology Society/Intelligent Transportation Systems Title: Standard for Wireless Access in Vehicular Environments (WAVE) - Networking Services Status: Superseded Technical Contact: Thomas M Kurihara, Phone:703-516-9650, Email:tkstds@mindspring.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jun 09, 2005 Project Scope: Old Scope: The new 5.9 GHz DSRC will support multiple protocol stacks, one for the traditional DSRC, one for streaming audio/video, and another for TCP/IP. There may also be others, the architecture is still being finalized. The project will evalauate and define the interfaces between thesemultiples tacks and the lower layer services of 5.9GHz DSRC (IEEE 802.11a (R/A). New Scope: The scope of this standard is to define services, operating at the network and transport layers, in support of wireless connectivity among vehicle-based devices, and between fixed roadside devices and vehicle-based devices using the 5.9 GHz DSRC/WAVE mode. Project Purpose: Old Purpose: The existing DSRC upper layers (above L2) are well served by existing or proposed standards. With the new DSRC, additional higher layer communication stacks must be supported, including TCP/IP. An architecture and general interface must be defined to support these multiple stacks and appropriate standards written. New Purpose. The purpose of this standard is to provide connectivity in support of in-vehicle application offering safety alerts and convenience to users, while at the same time offering a level of confidentiality and data security using the 5.9GHz DSRC/WAVE mode Designation: 1609.4-2006 Sponsor: IEEE Vehicular Technology Society/Intelligent Transportation Systems Title: Standard for Trial-Use Standard for Wireless Access in Vehicular Environments (WAVE) - Multi-Channel Operation Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Nov 29, 2006 Publication type: Special Publication Technical Contact: Thomas M Kurihara, Phone:703-516-9650, Email:tkstds@mindspring.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: May 25, 2006, BD APP: Nov 16, 2006 Project Scope: This standard describes multi-channel wireless radio operations, WAVE mode, medium access control (MAC) and physical layers (PHYs), including the operation of control channel (CCH) and service channel (SCH) interval timers, parameters for priority access, channel switching and routing, management services, and primitives designed for multi-channel operations. Project Purpose: To enable effective mechanisms that control the operation of upper layer across multiple channels, without requiring knowledge of PHY parameters, and describe the multi-channel 1 operation channel routing and switching for different scenarios. Abstract: Multi-channel operation is an extension to the IEEE 802.11 ™ WAVE mode that describes how to support a multi- channel system with the IEEE 802.11 medium access control (MAC) and physical layers (PHYs) via a control channel (CCH) and multiple service channels (SCHs). Specifically, the multi-channel operation (channel coordination) provides mechanisms for prioritized access, channel routing and coordination, and data transmission. Key Words: channel coordination, multi-channel operation, OBU, RSU, user priority, WAVE, wireless access in vehicular environments Designation: 1609.4 Sponsor: IEEE Vehicular Technology Society/Intelligent Transportation Systems Title: Standard for Data Dictionary and Message Sets for Dedicated Short Range Communications (DSRC) Status: Superseded Technical Contact: Thomas M Kurihara, Phone:703-516-9650, Email:tkstds@mindspring.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 06, 2001 Project Scope: To update the Data Dictionary and Message Set (DD/MS) definitions in the existing 1455 and to make them applicable to the new set of 5.9 GHz DSRC standards. This project will also review and respond to changing DD/MS as a result of the IEEE Data Registry project as well as the expanded range of DSRC applications that will be supported in the future. Project Purpose: The existing IEEE 1455 standard includes a set of DD/MS definitions for 915 MHz DSRC as well as the Application Layer and the Resource Manager application. These other portions of 1455 will be removed and published under different document numbers necessitating a modification to 1455. While undertaking this modification, additional changes may be required to make them suitable for the new 5.9 GHz systems. Designation: 1609.4 Sponsor: IEEE Vehicular Technology Society/Intelligent Transportation Systems Title: Standard for Intelligent Transportation System (ITS) Dedicated Short Range Communication (DSRC) Media Access (MAC) Extension and MAC Extension Management Entity (MXME) Status: Superseded Technical Contact: Thomas M Kurihara, Phone:703-516-9650, Email:tkstds@mindspring.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 09, 2003 Project Scope: Former project scope: To update the Data Dictionary and Message Set (DD/MS) definitions in the existing 1455 and to make them applicable to the new set of 5.9 GHz DSRC standards. This project will also review and respond to changing DD/MS as a result of the IEEE Data Registry project as well as the expanded range of DSRC applications that will be supported in the future. Revised Scope: To create a MAC Extension layer standard to be used for 5.9 GHz DSRC. This standard will enable the management and control of each radio channel on the basis of the needs of each data packet. This will also provide channel switching control in accordance with the rules of operation for the applicable channels in the band. The standard must be compatible with all other standards for 5.9 GHz DSRC.] Project Purpose: Former project purpose: The existing IEEE 1455 standard includes a set of DD/MS definitions for 915 MHz DSRC as well as the Application Layer and the Resource Manager application. These other portions of 1455 will be removed and published under different document numbers necessitating a modification to 1455. While undertaking this modification, additional changes may be required to make them suitable for the new 5.9 GHz systems. Revised project purpose: The new 5.9 GHz DSRC standards support multiple radio channels from a common routing in the network layer using IPv6. There needs to be a means of managing these channels on a packet by packet basis in addition to channel switching required by the band rules in effect. This will be a sublayer between the MAC and the LLC. The proposed standard will provide for radio channel management. Designation: 1609.4 Sponsor: IEEE Vehicular Technology Society/Intelligent Transportation Systems Title: Standard for Wireless Access in Vehicular Environments (WAVE) - Multi- Channel Operations Status: Superseded Technical Contact: Thomas M Kurihara, Phone:703-516-9650, Email:tkstds@mindspring.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jun 09, 2005 Project Scope: Initial PAR Scope: To update the Data Dictionary and Message Set (DD/MS) definitions in the existing 1455 and to make them applicable to the new set of 5.9 GHz DSRC standards. This project will also review and respond to changing DD/MS as a result of the IEEE Data Registry project as well as the expanded range of DSRC applications that will be supported in the future. Revised Scope: To create a MAC Extension layer standard to be used for 5.9 GHz DSRC. This standard will enable the management and control of each radio channel on the basis of the needs of each data packet. This will also provide channel switching control in accordance with the rules of operation for the applicable channels in the band. The standard must be compatible with all other standards for 5.9 GHz DSRC.] New Revised Scope (2005): The standard describes multi-channel wireless radio operations, that uses the IEEE 802.11p, WAVE mode, medium access control and physical layers, including the operation of control channel and service channel interval timers, parameters for priority access, channel switching and routing, management services, and primitives designed for multi-channel operations. Project Purpose: Intial PAR Purpose (2001): The existing IEEE 1455 standard includes a set of DD/MS definitions for 915 MHz DSRC as well as the Application Layer and the Resource Manager application. These other portions of 1455 will be removed and published under different document numbers necessitating a modification to 1455. While undertaking this modification, additional changes may be required to make them suitable for the new 5.9 GHz systems. Revised project purpose (2003): The new 5.9 GHz DSRC standards support multiple radio channels from a common routing in the network layer using IPv6. There needs to be a means of managing these channels on a packet by packet basis in addition to channel switching required by the band rules in effect. This will be a sublayer between the MAC and the LLC. The proposed standard will provide for radio channel management. New Revised Purpose (2005): To enable effective mechanisms that control the operation of upper layer across multiple channels, without requiring knowledge of physical layer parameters; and describe the multi-channel operation channel routing and switching for different scenarios. Designation: P1610 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transmission and Distribution Title: Guide for the Application of Faulted Circuit Indicators for 200 / 600 A, Three-Phase Underground Distribution Status: Modified New Project Technical Contact: John Banting, Phone:262-691-8308, Email:jbanting@cooperpower.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 15, 2006 Project Scope: This application guide provides information on what a Faulted Circuit Indicator (FCI) is designed to do and describes methods for selecting FCI's for three-phase, 200 / 600 amp underground distribution. This application guide will complement the existing single phase application guide. Project Purpose: The purpose of this guide is to provide an industry document that provides information for the application and use of FCI's on three phase circuits in the electric power industry. Designation: 1610 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transmission and Distribution Title: Guide for the Application of Faulted Circuit Indicators for Three Phase Electric Power Systems Status: Superseded Technical Contact: John Banting, Phone:262-691-8308, Email:jbanting@cooperpower.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 21, 2002 Project Scope: This application guide provides information on what a Faulted Circuit Indicator (FCI) is designed to do and describes methods for selecting FCI's for use on three phase circuits. This application guide will complement the existing single phase application guide. Project Purpose: The purpose of this guide is to provide an industry document which provides information for the application and use of FCI's on three phase circuits in the electric power industry. Designation: 1611 Sponsor: SASB/SCC21-Fuel Cells, Photovoltaics, Dispersed Generation, and Energy Storage Title: Recommended Practice for Characterizing Solar Tracker Controllers Used for Solar Electric Systems Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Robert D McConnell, Phone:303-384-6419, Email:robert_mcconnell@nrel.gov **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 21, 2002 Project Scope: This project will develop a recommended practice specification for characterizing the functionalities of the solar tracker controllers used for solar electric systems, both flat plate and concentrators. This recommended practice will be usable by solar tracker vendors as well as the users. Project Purpose: There is currently no industry-wide defined recommended practice for solar tracker controllers. Each vendor designs, builds and specifies the functionality and accuracy without uniform definition. Therefore, it is difficult to specify the requirements for purchasing, to compare the products from different vendors, and to verify the quality of the products. This recommended practice will define the minimum parameters to be specified when defining a solar tracker, and the method to measure these parameters. Designation: 1612 Sponsor: IEEE Vehicular Technology Society/Rail Transit Title: Standard for Wireless Transport of Non-Train-Control Data between Rail Transit Vehicle and Wayside Systems Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Jerry L. Graham, Phone:410-266-4086, Email:jgraham@arinc.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 21, 2002 Project Scope: This standard will define the protocols that constitute a suite of communication services for use in the transport of non-train-control data between rail transit vehicle and wayside systems. Project Purpose: A standard protocol is needed to enable wireless communications between rail transit vehicle and wayside systems to share common communications services while reducing development cycle time and risk. Vehicle wiring and weight can be reduced through the elimination of redundant transmitters and receivers, with resulting improvements in systems integration, reliability, and maintainability. In addition, rail vehicle operation can be more tightly integrated with overall transit system operation through the availability, both on the vehicle and at the wayside, of timely information regarding vehicle and off-vehicle system status. Designation: 1613-2003 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Substations Title: IEEE Standard Environmental and Testing Requirements for Communications Networking Devices in Electric Power Substations Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Aug 12, 2003 Technical Contact: John T Tengdin, Phone:949-361-9595, Email:j.t.tengdin@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Mar 20, 2003, BD APP: Mar 20, 2003, ANSI APP: Jul 29, 2003 Project Scope: Original "This project covers communications networking devices installed in electric power substations. Such devices include modems, auto dialers, Ethernet hubs and switches, routers, and firewalls. It will not cover such equipment designed for operation in other environments, such as office locations." The only change being proposed is to add the words: and Testing to the Title. Project Purpose: Original -To develop standard service conditions, standard ratings, environmental performance requirements, and testing requirements for networking devices installed in electric power substations. Revised - add the words: and Testing to the title. Abstract: "IEEE Std 1613-2003, IEEE Standard Environmental and Testing Requirements for Communications Networking Devices in Electric Power Substations" Key Words: "autodialers, bridges, communications networking device, derating, dielectric test, environmental requirements, ESD test, Ethernet hubs, fast transient test, firewalls, humidity, impulse test, insulation test, modems, RF test, routers, SWC test, switches" Designation: 1613 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Substations Title: Standard Environmental and Testing Requirements for Communications Networking Devices in Electric Power Substations Status: Superseded Technical Contact: John T Tengdin, Phone:949-361-9595, Email:j.t.tengdin@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 21, 2002 Project Scope: This project covers communications networking devices installed in electric power substations. Such devices include modems, auto dialers, Ethernet hubs and switches, routers, and firewalls. It will not cover such equipment designed for operation in other environments, such as office locations. Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to define the standard service conditions, standard ratings, environmental performance requirements, and testing requirements for communications networking devices installed in electric power substations. The requirements will be based on four existing standards developed by the Power System Relaying Committee(C37.90, C37.90.1, C37.90.2, & C37.90.3). For this application, the requirements are expected to be less severe than for relaying. Designation: 1613-2003/Cor 1-2006 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Substations Title: IEEE Standard Environmental and Testing Requirements for Communications Networking Devices in Electric Power Substations - Corrigendum 1 Status: Revision of Corrigenda Technical Contact: John T Tengdin, Phone:949-361-9595, Email:j.t.tengdin@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 30, 2006, BD APP: Mar 30, 2006, ANSI APP: Aug 08, 2006 Project Scope: The scope is to delete one paragraph to bring IEEE 1613 in conformance with the recently balloted revision to IEEE C37.90, an effort by the Power Systems Relaying Committee. Project Purpose: The purpose is to correct IEEE 1613-2003 per the scope shown. Abstract: Error identified in IEEE Std 1613-2003 are addressed in this corrigendum. Key Words: impulse test requirement, impulse voltage tests, insulation tests Designation: 1613-2003/Cor 1 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Substations Title: Standard Environmental and Testing Requirements for Communications Networking Devices Installed in Electric Power Substations---Corrigendum 1: Removal of provisions for field impulse tests Status: Superseded Technical Contact: John T Tengdin, Phone:949-361-9595, Email:j.t.tengdin@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jun 09, 2005 Project Scope: The scope is to delete one paragraph to bring IEEE 1613 in conformance with the recently balloted revision to IEEE C37.90, an effort by the Power Systems Relaying Committee. Project Purpose: The purpose is to correct IEEE 1613-2003 per the scope shown. Designation: 1615-2007 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Substations Title: Recommended Practice for Network Communication in Electric Power Substations Status: Approved Publication of IEEE Technical Contact: Michael Thesing, Phone:770-414-6685, Email:mike.thesing@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Jun 13, 2002, BD APP: Mar 08, 2007 Project Scope: This project will develop a recommended practice for communication and interoperation of devices connected on an electric power substation network. It will not establish an underlying communications standard. Instead, the document will prescribe a specific set of existing conventions and definitions. Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to provide direction for implementers who wish to produce interoperable communications equipment for an electric power substation network. It also provides criteria for users, system integrators, and equipment manufacturers who need to establish baseline requirements for the transfer of operational and non-operational data as well as configuration management. Designation: 1616-2004 Sponsor: IEEE Vehicular Technology Society/Land Transportation Title: IEEE Standard for Motor Vehicle Event Data Recorder (MVEDR) Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Feb 10, 2005 Technical Contact: Thomas Kowalick, Phone:910-692-5209, Email:tkowalick@nc.rr.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Dec 11, 2002, BD APP: Sep 23, 2004, ANSI APP: Feb 23, 2005 Project Scope: Motor Vehicle Event Data Recorders (MVEDRs) collect, record, store and export data related to motor vehicle pre-defined events. This standard defines a protocol for MVEDR output data compatibility and export protocols of MVEDR data elements. This standard does not prescribe which specific data elements shall be recorded, or how the data are to be collected, recorded and stored. It is applicable to event data recorders for all types of motor vehicles licensed to operate on public raodways, whether offered as original or aftermarket equipment, whether stand-alone or integrated within the vehicle. Project Purpose: Many light-duty motor vehicles, and increasing numbers of heavy commercial vehicles, are equipped with some form of MVEDR. These systems, which are designed and produced by individual motor vehicle manufacturers and component suppliers, are diverse in function, and propriettary in nature. The continuing implementation of MVEDR systems provides an opportunity to voluntarily standardize data output and retrieval protocols to facilitate analysis and promote compatibility of MVEDR data. Adoption of the standard will therefore make MVEDR data more accessible and useful to end users. Abstract: Motor Vehicle Event Data Recorders (MVEDRs) collect, record, store and export data related to motor vehicle pre-defined events. This standard defines a protocol for MVEDR output data compatibility and export protocols of MVEDR data elements. This standard does not prescribe which specific data elements shall be recorded, or how the data are to be collected, recorded and stored. It is applicable to event data recorders for all types of motor vehicles licensed to operate on public roadways, whether offered as original or aftermarket equipment, whether stand-alone or integrated within the vehicle. Key Words: Crash data, event data recorder, motor vehicle Designation: 1616 Sponsor: IEEE Vehicular Technology Society/Land Transportation Title: Standard for Motor Vehicle Event Data Recorder (MVEDR) Status: Superseded Technical Contact: Thomas Kowalick, Phone:910-692-5209, Email:tkowalick@nc.rr.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 06, 2001 Project Scope: This project will develop a minimum workable standard protocol for utilization of tamper proof crashworthy memory devices/systems called Motor Vehicle Event Data Recorders (MVEDRs) on-board all types and classes of highway and roadway vehicles except motorcycles. Project Purpose: Despite years of productive worldwide research and development there is currently no defined, independent standard for controlling on-board Motor Vehicle Event Data Recorders (MVEDRs) in the highway mode of transportation. Each vehicle OEM and aftermarket vendor builds some control into these emerging automotive recorders. Without an independent, openly defined protocol, applications and operating systems cannot automatically determine the type of data to capture and share. This protocol will provide a minimum MVEDR implementation subset which will allow uniformity and enhance the value of the crash data extensibility to provide for growth and product differentiation. Designation: P1616a Sponsor: IEEE Vehicular Technology Society/Land Transportation Title: Standard for Motor Vehicle Event Data Recorders (MVEDRs) - Amendment 1: Brake and Electronic Control Unit (ECU) Electronic Fault Code Data Elements Status: Amendment Technical Contact: Thomas Kowalick, Phone:910-692-5209, Email:tkowalick@nc.rr.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 25, 2004 Project Scope: The scope of this project is to develop an amendment for brake and transmission electronic control units that requires units to store a full history of electronic fault codes that are time stamped using a recognized clock synchronized with other on-board motor vehicle event data recording devices. Project Purpose: Despite years of productive worldwide research and development there is currently no defined, independent standard for electronic fault codes in heavy vehicles used in the highway mode of transportation. Each vehicle OEM and aftermarket vendor builds some control into brake systems and Electronic Control Units. Without an independent, openly defined communications protocol, applications and operating systems cannot automatically determine the type of data to capture and share. This communications protocol will provide uniform data elements which will allow uniformity and enhance the value of the crash data extensibility to provide for growth and product differentiation. Designation: P1617 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Insulated Conductors Title: Guide for Detection, Mitigation, and Control of Concentric Neutral Corrosion in Medium Voltage Underground Cables Status: New Standard Project Technical Contact: Vern L Buchholz, Phone:604-298-2279, Email:vern.buchholz@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jun 13, 2002 Project Scope: The primary focus of this guide is unjacketed, underground distribution cable installed direct buried or in conduit. The causes of corrosion in cable concentric neutral wire and strap and the methods available to detect this corrosion are described. The purpose of the concentric neutral and consequences of significant loss of the concentric neutral are discussed. Recommendations are made for the mitigation and control of the cable concentric neutral corrosion. Project Purpose: This document is to provide guidance for the detection, mitigation and control of corrosion in medium voltage cable concentric neutral wires and straps. Designation: 1618 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Storage Systems Title: Standard for Public Key Infrastructure Certificate Issuing and Management Components Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Jack Cole, Phone:410 278 9276, Email:jack.cole@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jun 13, 2002 Project Scope: Digital certificates establish credentials for individuals and other entities in many kinds of network-based transactions where trust is important. This standard (1) specifies components of systems that issue and manage digital certificates; (2) uses international standards for such specifications; (3) permits interoperability of components between systems implemented in a variety of ways; and (4) applies to widely-varying security requirements. Project Purpose: The primary purpose of this standard is to provide specifications of technology enabling essential interoperability of certificate issuing and management components used in Public Key Infrastructure schemes. Further purposes of this standard are to specify a variety of security levels for these components to accommodate a range of situations, and to enhance interoperability by couching these specifications in terms of the International Organization for Standardization Common Criteria framework. Designation: P1619 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Storage Systems, Joint Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Information Assurance Title: Standard for Cryptographic Protection of Data on Block-Oriented Storage Devices Status: Modified New Project Project Scope: This standard specifies elements of an architecture for cryptographic protection of data on block-oriented storage devices, describing the methods, algorithms, and modes of data protection to be used. Project Purpose: This standard defines specific elements of an architecture for cryptographically protecting data stored in constant length blocks. Specification of such a mechanism provides an additional and improved tool for implementation of secure and interoperable protection of data residing in storage. IEEE Computer Society/Information Assurance Designation: 1619 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Storage Systems Title: Standard Architecture for Encrypted Shared Storage Media Status: Superseded Technical Contact: James Hughes, Phone:202 375 0311, Email:james.hughes@sun.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Aug 15, 2002 Project Scope: This standard specifies the architecture for protection-use-data in sector-level storage devices, describing the methods, algorithm(s), and modes of data protection to be used. Project Purpose: This standard provides a standard architecture for media security and enabling components. Present non-standard, insecure encrypted storage methodologies are augmented, and users will be able to create higher-assurance, standard, interoperable solutions. Designation: P1619.1 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Information Assurance Title: Standard for Authenticated Encryption with Length Expansion for Storage Devices Status: Modified New Project Technical Contact: James Hughes, Phone:202 375 0311, Email:james.hughes@sun.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. Project Scope: This standard specifies requirements for cryptographic modules that provide encryption and authentication for data contained within storage media. Furthermore, this standard facilitates interchange between two compliant solutions through the specification of standard encryption algorithms. However, full interchange requires additional format specifications (such as compression algorithms) that are beyond the scope of this standard. Project Purpose: This standard is especially suitable for encryption of data stored on tape because tape easily accommodates length-expanding ciphertext. In addition, this standard applies to hard disk drives if these support storing extra metadata with each record. The algorithms of this standard are suitable for ensuring the confidentiality and integrity of stored data within systems requiring a high level of assurance. By following this standard, a vendor creates encryption devices that a consumer can differentiate from proprietary implementations with generally lower security and limited interoperability. Designation: 1619.1 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Information Assurance, Joint Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Storage Systems Title: Standard Architecture for Encrypted Variable Block Storage Media Status: Superseded Technical Contact: James Hughes, Phone:202 375 0311, Email:james.hughes@sun.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Aug 11, 2005 Project Scope: This standard specifies the architecture for protection-use-data in Variable Block storage devices, describing the methods, algorithm(s), and modes of data protection to be used. Project Purpose: This standard provides a standard architecture for media security and enabling components. Present non-standard, insecure encrypted storage methodologies are augmented, and users will be able to create higher-assurance, standard, interoperable solutions. IEEE Computer Society/Storage Systems Designation: P1619.2 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Information Assurance, Joint Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Storage Systems Title: Standard for Wide-Block Encryption for Shared Storage Media Status: New Standard Project Technical Contact: James Hughes, Phone:202 375 0311, Email:james.hughes@sun.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. Project Scope: This standard specifies an architecture for encryption of data in random access storage devices, oriented towards applications which benefit from wide encryption-block sizes of 512 bytes and above. Project Purpose: This standard specifies an architecture for media security and enabling components. Wide encryption blocks are well suited to environments where the attacker has repeated access to cryptographic communication or ciphertext, or is able to perform traffic analysis of data access patterns. The standard is oriented towards fixed-size encryption blocks without data expansion, but anticipates an optional data expansion mode to resist attacks involving data tampering. IEEE Computer Society/Storage Systems Designation: P1619.3 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Information Assurance, Joint Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Storage Systems Title: Standard for Key Management Infrastructure for Cryptographic Protection of Stored Data Status: New Standard Project Technical Contact: James Hughes, Phone:202 375 0311, Email:james.hughes@sun.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. Project Scope: This standard specifies an architecture for the key management infrastructure for cryptographic protection of stored data, describing interfaces, methods and algorithms. Project Purpose: This standard defines methods for the storage, management, and distribution of cryptographic keys used for the protection of stored data. This standard augments existing key management methodologies to address issues specific to cryptographic protection of stored data. This includes stored data protected by compliant implementations of other standards in the IEEE 1619 family. IEEE Computer Society/Storage Systems Designation: 1620-2004 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessors and Microcomputers Title: Standard for Test Methods for the Characterization of Organic Transistors and Materials Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Apr 29, 2004 Technical Contact: Daniel Gamota, Phone:847-576-5084, Email:dgamota@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Jun 12, 2003, BD APP: Feb 09, 2004, ANSI APP: May 12, 2004 Project Scope: This project will develop standard methods for the characterization of organic transistors and materials. The methods will be independent of processing routes used to fabricate the transistors. The characterization methods will be usable for all transistors comprised of organic semiconductor materials. Project Purpose: There is currently no defined standard for characterizing organic transistors and materials and means of reporting performance and other data. This is intended to replace the diverse sets of procedures and measurements currently being used. However, without openly defined standard test methods the acceptance and diffusion of organic semiconductor technology will be severely impeded. These methods will enable the creation of a testing and reporting standard that will be used by research through manufacturing as the technology is developed. Moreover, the standards will provide the necessary tools and procedures for validation. Abstract: "IEEE Std 1620-2004, IEEE Standard for Test Methods for the Characterization of Organic Transistors and Materials" Key Words: "field-effect transistor, organic electronic technology, organic materials, organic transis-tors, organic semiconductor technology, polymer field-effect transistor" Designation: P1620 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessors and Microcomputers Title: Standard for Test Methods for the Characterization of Organic Transistors and Materials Status: Revision Project Technical Contact: Daniel Gamota, Phone:847-576-5084, Email:dgamota@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jun 08, 2006 Project Scope: This standard describes a method for characterizing organic electronic devices, including measurement techniques, methods of reporting data, and the testing conditions during characterization. Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to provide a method for systematically characterizing organic transistors. These standards are intended to maximize reproducibility of published results by providing a framework for testing organic devices, whose unique properties cause measurement issues not typically encountered with inorganic devices. This standard stresses disclosure of the procedures used to measure data and extract parameters so that data quality may be easily assessed. This standard also sets guidelines for reporting data, so that information is clear and consistent throughout the research community and industry. Designation: 1620 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessors and Microcomputers Title: Standard Test Methods for the Characterization of Organic and Molecular Transistors and Materials Status: Superseded Technical Contact: Daniel Gamota, Phone:847-576-5084, Email:dgamota@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jun 13, 2002 Project Scope: This project will develop standard methods for the characterization of organic and molecular transistors and materials. The methods will be independent of processing routes used to fabricate the transistors. The characterization methods will be usable for all transistors comprised of organic and molecular semiconductor materials. Project Purpose: There is currently no defined standard for characterizing organic and molecular transistors and materials and means of reporting performance and other data. This is intended to replace the diverse sets of procedures and measurements currently being used. However, without openly defined standard test methods the acceptance and diffusion of organic and molecular semiconductor technology will be severely impeded. These methods will enable the creation of a testing and reporting standard that will be used by research through manufacturing as the technology is developed. Moreover, the standards will provide the necessary tools and procedures for validation. Designation: 1620.1-2006 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessors and Microcomputers Title: Standard for Test Methods for the Characterization of Organic Transistor-Based Ring Oscillators Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Nov 08, 2006 Technical Contact: Daniel Gamota, Phone:847-576-5084, Email:dgamota@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Nov 10, 2005, BD APP: Jun 08, 2006, ANSI APP: Sep 28, 2006 Project Scope: This is a full-use standard that specifies methods for the characterization of organic transistor-based ring oscillators. The methods are applicable to all ring oscillators fabricated from organic semiconductor materials and are independent of the fabrication process. Project Purpose: The purpose of this project is to develop a standard methodology to characterize organic transistor based-ring oscillators and to allow reporting of their performance and associated data. Abstract: Recommended methods and standardized reporting practices for electrical characterization of printed and organic ring oscillators are covered. Due to the nature of printed and organic circuits, significant measurement errors can be introduced if the electrical characterization design-of-experiment is not properly addressed. This standard describes the most common sources of measurement error, particularly for high-impedance electrical measurements commonly required for printed and organic ring oscillators. This standard also gives recommended practices in order to minimize and/or characterize the effect of measurement artifacts and other sources of error encountered while measuring printed and organic ring oscillators. Key Words: electrical characterization, high-impedance printing, organic transistor, printed electronics, ring oscillator Designation: 1620.1 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessors and Microcomputers Title: Standard for Test Methods for the Characterization of Organic Transistor Based Ring Oscillators Status: Superseded Technical Contact: Daniel Gamota, Phone:847-576-5084, Email:dgamota@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jun 24, 2004 Project Scope: This is a full-use standard that specifies methods for the characterization of organic transistor-based ring oscillators. The methods are applicable to all ring oscillators fabricated from organic semiconductor materials and are independent of the fabrication process. Project Purpose: The purpose of this project is to develop a standard methodology to characterize organic transistor based-ring oscillators and to allow reporting of their performance and associated data. Designation: P1620.2 Sponsor: IEEE Nanotechnology Council/Standards Committee, Joint Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessors and Microcomputers Title: Standard Methods for the Characterization of Printed and Organic Diode Bridge Structures for RF Devices Status: New Standard Project Technical Contact: Paul Brazis, Phone:847-756-1561, Email:paul.brazis@motorola.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 30, 2006 Project Scope: This standard describes standard methods for the characterization of printed and organic diode bridges for RF devices. The methods are independent of processing routes used to fabricate the electronic devices. Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to provide and suggest procedures for characterization and reporting of data. These methods are described for use as a uniform reporting standard that is intended to be applicable for characterizing and reporting both research results and manufacturing data, with its primary use expected to shift as printed electronics technology matures. The standard recommends the necessary tools and procedures for validation. IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessors and Microcomputers Designation: 1621-2004 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessors and Microcomputers Title: IEEE Standard for User Interface Elements in Power Control of Electronic Devices Employed in Office/Consumer Environments Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jun 08, 2005 Technical Contact: Bruce Nordman, Phone:510-486-7089, Email:bnordman@lbl.gov **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Sep 12, 2002, BD APP: Dec 08, 2004, ANSI APP: Mar 24, 2005 Project Scope: This standard covers the user interface for the power status control of electronic devices that ordinary people commonly interact with in their work and home lives, including, but not limited to, office equipment and consumer electronics. Key elements are terms, symbols, and indicators. This standard does not specify maximum power levels, address safety issues, or cover internal mechanisms or interfaces for industrial devices. Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to accomplish a similarity of experience of power controls across all electronic devices so that users will find them easier to use and be more likely to use power management features that save energy. Abstract: Test equipment, data acquisition equipment, instrumentation, test facilities, and data analysis techniques used in inertial sensor testing are described in this recommended practice. Key Words: electronic device, power control, power indicator, power state, sleep state, user interface Designation: P1622 Sponsor: SASB/SCC38-Voting System Engineering Title: Standard for Voting Equipment Electronic Data Interchange Status: New Standard Project Technical Contact: Peter M Zelechoski, Phone:402-970-1242, Email:pzelechoski@essvote.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 12, 2002 Project Scope: This project will develop electronic data interchange formats to be used by components of the voting system for exchange of electronic data. Project Purpose: The "Voting System" is composed of a number of components, the voter registration system, the candidate filing process, the petition system, ballot definition, voting, tabulations and reporting systems. This standard will develop standard data interchange formats to allow the exchange and interoperability of these various systems. Designation: 1623-2004 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Substations Title: IEEE Guide for the Functional Specification of Medium Voltage (1 kV - 35 kV) Electronic Shunt Devices for Dynamic Voltage Compensation Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: May 11, 2005 Technical Contact: George G Karady, Phone:480-965-6569, Email:karady@asu.edu **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Sep 12, 2002, BD APP: Nov 15, 2004, ANSI APP: Feb 07, 2005 Project Scope: This project provides guidelines for preparation of functional specification for solid state shunt device used to compensate voltage fluctuation. The guide covers devices rated to medium voltage (1-35kV). The device contains in general: an inverter, rectifier or DC converter, energy storage device, coupling transformer connected in parallel. In addition, additional equipment should be provided to assure proper interface with the electric network. The additional equipment includes: voltage and current transformers, disconnect switches, circuit breakers and three phase low voltage service for auxiliary power. Project Purpose: The purpose of the guide is to provide information to utilities and other users to prepare a specification when they intend to purchase a shunt device. The Medium Voltage (1kV-35kV) Electronic Shunt Devices For Dynamic Voltage Compensation are new devices and utility engineers are not familiar with their requirements. Abstract: This document provides general guidelines for the preparation of a functional specification for solid-state electronic shunt devices used mainly for compensation of voltage fluctuation. The guide covers devices rated to medium voltage (1 kV–35 kV). This device contains in general: an inverter, rectifier or DC converter, energy storage device, and coupling transformer. The device typically is connected in parallel with the network using a coupling transformer. Key Words: coupling transformer, energy storage, inverter, parallel compensation, power electronics, power quality, sensitive loads, voltage control Designation: P1624 Sponsor: IEEE Reliability Society Title: Guide for Organizational Reliability Capability Status: Modified New Project Technical Contact: Michael Pecht, Phone:301-405-5323, Email:pecht@calce.umd.edu **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 04, 2005 Project Scope: This project will develop a guide for defining the reliability capability of organizations. This guide will be reusable by all organizations which design, manufacture or procure electrical/electronics components or products. Although the concepts described in this guide could be applied to both hardware and software reliability capability, the focus of the guide is on hardware reliability capability. Project Purpose: This is an independent guide for defining the criteria for assessing the reliability capability of an organization. The reliability capability will be defined by key processes and associated metrics. This proposed standard does not seek to create or propose creation of certifying bodies that assess if any company meets the definitions of reliability capability. This standard can be used for self-assessment by companies or for supplier/customer relationship development between members of supply chain. Designation: 1624 Sponsor: IEEE Reliability Society Title: Guide for Organizational Reliability Capability Definition Status: Superseded Technical Contact: Michael Pecht, Phone:301-405-5323, Email:pecht@calce.umd.edu **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 11, 2002 Project Scope: This project will develop a guide for a protocol defining the self-definition of the reliability of organization-supply chain processes. This protocol will be useable by all organizations which design, manufacturer or procure electrical/electronic components or products. Footnote: This proposed standard does not seek to create or propose creation of certifying bodies that assess if any company meets the definitions of reliability capability. It is proposed that this standard be used only for self assessment by companies or for supplier/customer relationship development between members of supply chain. Project Purpose: This is an independent guide for defining the reliability capability of an organization. The reliability capability will be defined by key processes and associated metrics. These will be used by organizations from which reliable products are sought. Designation: 1625-2004 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Stationary Batteries Committee Title: IEEE Standard for Rechargeable Batteries for Portable Computing Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: May 28, 2004 Technical Contact: Jeff Layton, Phone:512-728-1192, Email:jeff_layton@dell.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Feb 27, 2004, BD APP: Apr 08, 2004, ANSI APP: Jul 08, 2004 Project Scope: This standard establishes criteria for design analysis for qualification, quality, and reliability of rechargeable battery systems for portable computing. It also provides methods for quantifying the operational performance of these batteries and their associated management and control systems, including considerations for end-user notification. This standard covers rechargeable battery systems for mobile computing. The battery technologies covered are limited to Li-ion and Li-ion polymer, but future versions of this standard may include technologies that are not in general use at present. Also included are: battery pack electrical and mechanical construction; system, pack, and cell level charge and discharge controls; and battery status communications. The following are addressed: qualification process, manufacturing process control, energy capacity and demand management, levels of management and control in the battery systems, current and planned lithium-based battery chemistries, packaging technologies, and considerations for end-user notification. Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to ensure reliable user experience and operation of batteries in portable computing environments. The battery industries need standardized criteria for design and qualification of rechargeable battery systems and for verifying the quality and reliability of those batteries. This standard, and its accompanying annexes, provides no guarantee of protection or safety for battery users. This standard sets forth recommendations for design analyses and certain testing procedures. The level of assurance for protection and safety resulting from applying this standard depends on the implementation by the manufacturer/supplier and the actions of the end user. In the recommendations for design analyses contained herein, this standard contemplates reasonable intended use by the end user, but it does not provide a complete guarantee against hazards to the end user, such as fire, explosion, and leakage. Abstract: "IEEE Std 1625-2004, IEEE Standard for Rechargeable Batteries for Portable Computing" Key Words: "battery, battery pack, cell, host device, lithium-ion (Li-ion), lithium-ion polymer (Li-ion polymer), notebook computer, pack," Designation: P1625 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Stationary Batteries Committee Title: Standard for Rechargeable Batteries for Portable Computing Status: Revision Project Publication type: Special Publication Technical Contact: David Y. Ling, Phone:650-857-5057, Email:david.ling@hp.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. Project Scope: This standard establishes criteria for design analysis for qualification, quality and reliability of rechargeable battery systems for portable computing. It also provides methods for quantifying the operational performance of these batteries and their associated management and control systems including considerations for end user notification. This standard covers rechargeable battery systems for mobile computing. The battery technologies covered are limited to lithium ion and lithium ion polymer, but future versions of this document may include technologies that are not in general use at present. Also included are: battery pack electrical and mechanical construction; system, pack, and cell level charge and discharge controls; and battery status communications. The following are addressed: Qualification Process; Manufacturing Process Control; Energy Capacity and Demand Management; Levels of management and control in the battery systems; Current and planned lithium-based battery chemistries, packaging technologies, and considerations for end-user notification. Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to ensure reliable user experience and operation of batteries in portable computing environments. The battery industries need standardized criteria for design and qualification of rechargeable battery systems and for verifying the quality and reliability of those batteries. Designation: 1625 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Stationary Batteries Committee Title: Standard for Rechargeable Batteries for Portable Computers Status: Superseded Technical Contact: Jeff Layton, Phone:512-728-1192, Email:jeff_layton@dell.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 12, 2002 Project Scope: This standard establishes criteria for qualification, quality and reliability of rechargeable battery systems for portable computers. It also provides methods for quantifying the operational performance of these batteries and their associated management and control systems. This standard covers rechargeable battery systems for commercial mobile computing applications (inclusive of notebook and handheld solutions). The battery technologies covered are limited to lithium ion and lithium ion polymer, but future versions of this document may include technologies that are not in general use at present. Also included are: battery pack electrical and mechanical construction; system, pack and cell level charge and discharge controls; and battery status communications. Measurement methods are provided for: Qualification Process and Requirements; Manufacturing Process Control Requirements; Energy Capacity and Demand Management; Levels of management and control in the battery systems; Current and planned lithium- based battery chemistries and packaging technologies. Project Purpose: To reduce the incidence of user problems, the portable computer and battery industries need standardized criteria for qualification of rechargeable battery systems and for verifying the quality and reliability of those batteries. Designation: 1625 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Stationary Batteries Committee Title: Standard for Rechargeable Batteries for Portable Computers Status: Superseded Technical Contact: Jeff Layton, Phone:512-728-1192, Email:jeff_layton@dell.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jun 12, 2003, BD APP: Apr 08, 2004 Project Scope: ORIGINAL SCOPE: This standard establishes criteria for qualification, quality and reliability of rechargeable battery systems for portable computers. It also provides methods for quantifying the operational performance of these batteries and their associated management and control systems. This standard covers rechargeable battery systems for commercial mobile computing applications (inclusive of notebook and handheld solutions). The battery technologies covered are limited to lithium ion and lithium ion polymer, but future versions of this document may include technologies that are not in general use at present. Also included are: battery pack electrical and mechanical construction; system, pack and cell level charge and discharge controls; and battery status communications. Measurement methods are provided for: Qualification Process and Requirements; Manufacturing Process Control Requirements; Energy Capacity and Demand Management; Levels of management and control in the battery systems; Current and planned lithium-based battery chemistries and packaging technologies. REVISED SCOPE: This standard establishes criteria for qualification, quality and reliability of rechargeable battery systems for portable computing. It also provides methods for quantifying the operational performance of these batteries and their associated management and control systems including considerations for end-user notification. This standard covers rechargeable battery systems for commercial mobile computing applications (inclusive of notebook and handheld solutions). The battery technologies covered are limited to lithium ion and lithium ion polymer, but future versions of this document may include technologies that are not in general use at present. Also included are: battery pack electrical and mechanical construction; system, pack and cell level charge and discharge controls; and battery status communications. The following are addressed: Qualification Process; Manufacturing Process Control; Energy Capacity and Demand Management; Levels of management and control in the battery systems; Current and planned lithium-based battery chemistries, packaging technologies, and considerations for end-user notification. Project Purpose: ORIGINAL PURPOSE: To reduce the incidence of user problems, the portable computer and battery industries need standardized criteria for qualification of rechargeable battery systems and for verifying the quality and reliability of those batteries. REVISED PURPOSE: To reduce the frequency of occurrence of user problems, the portable computing and battery industries need standardized criteria for design and qualification of rechargeable battery systems and for verifying the quality and reliability of those batteries. Designation: P1626 Sponsor: IEEE Vehicular Technology Society/Rail Transit Title: Standard for dc Overhead Contact System Insulation Requirements for Transit Systems Status: New Standard Project Technical Contact: Lou DiMichele, Phone:416-393-4402, Email:lou.dimichele@ttc.ca **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jun 13, 2002 Project Scope: This standard provides minimum insulation requirements for dc overhead contact systems for heavy rail, light rail, and trolley bus systems. Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to develop minimum requirements for levels of insulation for heavy rail, light rail, and trolley bus systems. This will control hazards and improve life cycle costs. Designation: P1627 Sponsor: IEEE Vehicular Technology Society/Rail Transit Title: Standard for Grounding Practices for dc Electrification Overhead Contact Systems, Including Application of Lightning Arresters, for Transit Systems Status: New Standard Project Technical Contact: Nick Rassias, Phone:610-650-7730, Email:nrassias@gfnet.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jun 13, 2002 Project Scope: The scope of this standard covers practices for grounding overhead contact systems used in dc electrification for rail, light rail, and trolley bus including the proper application of lightning arresters. Project Purpose: At the present time there are no uniform practices for grounding overhead contact systems used in DC traction electrification or for application of lightning arresters. Such a standard will provide increased protection to passengers, personnel, and equipment, reduce maintenance and initial costs and improve system performance. Designation: P1628 Sponsor: IEEE Vehicular Technology Society/Rail Transit Title: Recommended Practice for Maintenance for dc Overhead Contact Systems for Transit Systems Status: New Standard Project Technical Contact: Michael N. Lewis, Phone:973-824-6216, Email:Michael.n.lewis@parsons.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jun 13, 2002 Project Scope: This recommended practice provides overhead contact system maintenance practices and procedures including maintenance techniques, site inspection and test procedures, and maintenance tolerances, for heavy rail, light rail, and trolley bus systems. Project Purpose: There are no known Industry-wide guidelines. Guidelines will result in improved reliability and reduced maintenance costs of Overhead Contact Systems for transit. Designation: P1629 Sponsor: IEEE Vehicular Technology Society/Rail Transit Title: Standard for Performance of dc Overhead Current Collectors for Transit Vehicles Status: New Standard Project Technical Contact: Jeffrey Sisson, Phone:617-222-5479, Email:jsisson@mbta.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jun 13, 2002 Project Scope: This standard provides minimum acceptable performance requirements for overhead current collectors used for light rail vehicles, heavy rail vehicles and trolley bus vehicles. Specific areas to be addressed include oscillation of collectors, arcing and electrical transients, all weather operation, the wire/collector interface, and dewirement and entanglement hazards. Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to develop performance requirements for overhead current collectors on transit vehicles to control hazards, improve performance and reliability, and reduce life cycle cost. Designation: P1630 Sponsor: IEEE Vehicular Technology Society/Rail Transit Title: Standard for Supporting Structures for dc Overhead Contact Systems for Transit Systems Status: New Standard Project Technical Contact: Steve Adkins, Phone:412-394-3534, Email:steven.r.adkins@parsons.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jun 13, 2002 Project Scope: This standard determines minimum structural requirements for structural supports used for overhead contact systems for heavy rail, light rail, and trolley bus systems, including loading, safety factors and deflection. Project Purpose: At the present time there are no suitable standards governing structural requirements for supports used for overhead contact systems. Such standards will improve design efficiency for new and existing rail transit projects. Designation: P1631 Sponsor: IEEE Broadcast Technology Society/RF Techniques Title: Recommended Practice for Measurement of 8-VSB Digital Television Transmission Mask Compliance for the USA Status: Modified New Project Technical Contact: Greg Best, Phone:816-792-2913, Email:gbconsulting@kc.rr.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. Project Scope: This document provides a standardized body of theory, techniques and procedures for measuring the spectral characteristics of 8-VSB transmitters used for terrestrial transmission of digital television (DTV) in the frequency range near their assigned channels (near-band). Essential characteristics are specified and measurement procedures are given to ensure that all parties will obtain comparable results. The theory and techniques presented are applicable to all 8-VSB transmitters. However, the specification and interpretation of these measurements is primarily focused on DTV transmitters used within the United States of America Project Purpose: This document is intended to provide manufacturers, installers, TV station personnel and other concerned parties with a standardized body of information for the purpose of determining whether DTV transmission systems are in compliance with the specifications prescribed in the FCC rules. . Designation: 1631 Sponsor: IEEE Broadcast Technology Society/RF Techniques Title: Standard Test Methods for Measuring the Spectrum Characteristics of Digitally Modulated Television Signals Status: Superseded Technical Contact: William T. Hayes, Phone:515-242-3116, Email:wt_hayes@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 12, 2002 Project Scope: The proposed standard will create a new document to specify techniques of measuring frequency spectrum characteristics of digitally modulated television signals. The techniques will relate to the measure ment of the frequency spectrum, in and out of channel and include definitions fo correctly apply and interpret the measurement techniques. Project Purpose: This project will provide a standard method for measuring the frequency spectrum characteristics of digitally modulated television signals. The standard will be used by manufacturers and engineers to insure compliance with federal regulations and accepted engineering practices. Designation: 1632 Sponsor: IEEE Broadcast Technology Society/RF Techniques Title: Standard Test Methods for Measuring Power of Digitally Modulated Television Signals Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: William T. Hayes, Phone:515-242-3116, Email:wt_hayes@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 12, 2002 Project Scope: The standard specifies the techniques of power measurement for digitally modulated television signals. The techniques relate to the measurement of the power and address varying power levels and include definitions to correctly apply and interpret the measurement techniques. Project Purpose: This project will provide a standard method for power measurement of a digitally modulated television signals. The standard will be used by manufacturers and engineers to insure compliance with federal regulations and accepted engineering practices. Designation: P1633 Sponsor: IEEE Reliability Society Title: Recommended Practice on Software Reliability Status: New Standard Project Technical Contact: Norman Schneidewind, Phone:831-656-2719, Email:nschneid@nps.navy.mil **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Feb 13, 2003 Project Scope: Software Reliability (SR) models have been evaluated & ranked for their applicability to various situations. The revision will reflect advances in SR since 1992, including modeling & prediction for distributed & network systems. Situation specific usage guidance will be refined & updated. The included methodology tools will be extended over the software life cycle. Project Purpose: The document promotes a systems approach to SR prediction. Although there are some distinctive characteristics of aerospace software, the principles of reliability are generic, and the results can be beneficial to practitioners in any industry. Many improvements have been made in SR modeling & prediction since 1992 including SR modeling in networks. Designation: 1634 Sponsor: IEEE Vehicular Technology Society/Intelligent Transportation Systems Title: Standard for Common Data Dictionary for Use in Intelligent Transportation Systems Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Thomas M Kurihara, Phone:703-516-9650, Email:tkstds@mindspring.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Oct 31, 2002 Project Scope: This standard is the result of an effort to research, compile, and consolidate common data dictionary terms for use in intelligent transportation systems. The standard describes the common data dictionary terms using meta attributes defined in IEEE Standard 1489-1999 and Abstract Syntax Notation 1 (ASN.1). The standard will provide the specification for common data elements such as person, time, date, and location to minimize or eliminate ambiguities and inconsistencies when there are more than one group defining similar data element definitions. The common data dictionary terms are intended to be used with the Intelligent Transportation System (ITS) Data Registry. Project Purpose: Experience gained from the use of and testing the implementation of ITS Data Registry and field operational tests of standards for ITS applications has indicated that there is a need for a single definitive data dictionary describing the common data elements. Various technology specific data dictionaries have been developed and often each one has standardized on its own the data elements for common variables such as time. This IEEE standard will attempt to replace these with a single data element, which can be used by all of ITS data dictionaries. Designation: P1635 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Stationary Batteries Committee Title: Guide for the Ventilation and Thermal Management of Batteries for Stationary Applications Status: Modified New Project Technical Contact: Mark S. Clark, Phone:361-972-8234, Email:sclark@stpegs.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. Project Scope: This guide discusses the ventilation and thermal management of stationary battery systems as applied to: a) Vented (flooded) lead- acid b) Valve-regulated lead acid (VRLA) c) Nickel-cadmium (Ni-Cd) For each category, both the technology and the design of the battery are described in order to facilitate user understanding of the environmental issues associated with each type of technology. The scope of this document includes only stationary batteries under conditions of expected use. Multiple operating modes are identified. Specifically not included in this document are: • Ventilation for spilled electrolyte, as a spill is considered an accident condition. Temporary ventilation for fumes associated with spills due to handling of batteries is addressed in IEEE Std 1578-200A, IEEE Recommended Practice for Electrolyte Spill Containment and Management • Recharging stations for motive power or automotive batteries. These stations use different charging regimes from stationary float applications, although the charging gases produced can be managed in accordance with the guidelines in this document • Batteries that are embedded in small equipment such as desk-top Uninterruptible Power Supply (UPS) systems and emergency lighting systems • Battery installations in classified (hazardous) environments • Ventilation for gases or other byproducts given off by battery installations involved in fires. The latter are not considered conditions of expected use, and in such circumstances ventilation could be disabled • Lithium-based batteries • Ventilation of the charger, UPS, or other equipment associated with the battery system • Battery Room design for fire or smoke events. The ventilation practices described in this guide represent “the ventilation practices described in this guide are recommended” based on the information available at the time this document was developed. The user should evaluate these practices against their operating experience, operating conditions, number and size of battery systems, manufacturer’s recommendations, resources and needs in developing an environment that is both safe and conducive to optimum operation of the equipment. These recommendations were developed without consideration of economics, availability of equipment and personnel, or relative importance of the application. Design of a ventilation system for a specific battery installation requires consideration of all issues, not just the technical issues considered in this document. Project Purpose: No change to existing purpose. Designation: P1635 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Stationary Batteries Committee Title: Guide for the Ventilation and Thermal Management of Batteries for Stationary Applications Status: New Standard Project Technical Contact: Mark S. Clark, Phone:361-972-8234, Email:sclark@stpegs.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 11, 2002 Project Scope: This guide discusses the ventilation and thermal management of stationary battery systems (flooded lead-acid batteries, VRLA and Ni-Cd). For each category, both the technology and the design of the battery are described in order to facilitate user understanding of the environmental issues associated with each type of technology. Ventilation for electrolyte spills is not discussed in this guide. Project Purpose: The purpose of this document is to provide HVAC and battery system designers and users with information and recommendations concerning the ventilation and thermal management of stationary battery installations. Designation: P1636 Sponsor: SASB/SCC20-Test and Diagnosis for Electric Systems Title: Standard for Software Interface for Maintenance Information Collection and Analysis Status: New Standard Project Technical Contact: Mark Kaufman, Phone:951-273-5725, Email:mark.kaufman@navy.mil **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 20, 2003 Project Scope: The scope of the Standard Software Interface for Maintenance Information Collection and Analysis (SIMICA) is an implementation independent specification for a software interface to information systems containing data pertinent to the diagnosis and maintenance of complex systems consisting of hardware, software, or any combination thereof. These interfaces will support service definitions for creating application programming interfaces (API) for the access, exchange, and analysis of historical diagnostic and maintenance information. The standard will use the information models of IEEE Std 1232-2002 - Artificial Intelligence Exchange and Service Tie to All Test Environments (AI-ESTATE) as a foundation. Project Purpose: The purpose of the IEEE P1636 Standard Software Interface for Maintenance Information Collection and Analysis (SIMICA) is to specify a software interface for access, exchange, and analysis of product diagnostic and maintenance information. This will address the pervasive need of organizations to assess the effectiveness of diagnostics for complex systems throughout the product lifecycle. The use of formal information models will facilitate exchanging historical maintenance information between information systems and analysis tools. The models will facilitate creating open system software architectures for maturing system diagnostics. Designation: P1636.1 Sponsor: SASB/SCC20-Test and Diagnosis for Electric Systems Title: Standard for Software Interface for Maintenance Information Collection and Analysis (SIMICA): Exchanging Test Results and Session Information via the Extensible Markup Language (XML) Status: Modified New Project Technical Contact: Mark Kaufman, Phone:951-273-5725, Email:mark.kaufman@navy.mil **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Nov 10, 2005 Project Scope: The scope of this standard is the definition of an exchange format, utilizing XML, for exchanging data resulting from executing tests of a Unit Under Test (UUT) via a test program in an automatic test environment. Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to promote and facilitate interoperability between components of an automatic test system (e.g., between test executive and diagnostic reasoner) where test results need to be shared. The standard thus facilitates the capture of test results data in storage devices and databases, facilitating online and offline analysis. The test results schema becomes a class of information that can be used within the SIMICA family of standards. Designation: 1636.1 Sponsor: SASB/SCC20-Test and Diagnosis for Electric Systems Title: Standard for Software Interface for Maintenance Information Collection and Analysis (SIMICA): Exchanging Test Results via the Extensible Markup Language (XML) Status: Superseded Technical Contact: Mark Kaufman, Phone:951-273-5725, Email:mark.kaufman@navy.mil **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 04, 2005 Project Scope: The scope of this standard is the definition of an exchange format, utilizing XML, for exchanging data resulting from executing tests of a Unit Under Test (UUT) via a test program in an automatic test environment. Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to promote and facilitate interoperability between components of an automatic test system (e.g., between test executive and diagnostic reasoner) where test results need to be shared. The standard thus facilitates the capture of test results data in storage devices and databases,facilitating online and offline analysis. The test results schema becomes a class of information that can be used within the SIMICA family of standards. Designation: P1636.2 Sponsor: SASB/SCC20-Test and Diagnosis for Electric Systems Title: Standard for Software Interface for Maintenance Information Collection and Analysis (SIMICA): Exchanging Maintenance Action Information via the Extensible Markup Language (XML). Status: New Standard Project Technical Contact: Mark Kaufman, Phone:951-273-5725, Email:mark.kaufman@navy.mil **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jun 08, 2006 Project Scope: The scope of this standard is the definition of an exchange format, utilizing XML, for exchanging maintenance action information associated with the removal, repair, and replacement of system components to maintain/support an operational system. Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to promote and facilitate interoperability between components of a test system and applications in a maintenance environment where maintenance action information needs to be shared. The standard will facilitate the capture and exchange of unit under test-specific maintenance information, facilitating online and offline analysis of the maintenance process. The maintenance action schema defines a class of information to be used within the SIMICA family of standards.. Designation: P1637 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Insulated Conductors Title: Guide to Select Terminations for Shielded Power Cables 5-46kV Status: New Standard Project Technical Contact: R.D Fulcomer, Phone:718-828-0220x1432, Email:bfulcomer@plymouthrubber.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 11, 2002 Project Scope: This guide will discuss the reasons why a termination is necessery on a shielded power cable. Included is a short tutorial on termination theory, a general discussion of design and materials and a selection flow chart. Project Purpose: The purpose of this project is to guide the reader in selecting terminations for shielded power cables 5-46kv. Designation: P1639 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessors and Microcomputers Title: Standard for transmission of Musical Instrument Digital Interface (MIDI) data within Local Area Networks: Distributed MIDI - DMIDI Status: New Standard Project Technical Contact: Phil Kerr, Phone:+44-141-330-5740, Email:philkerr@elec.gla.ac.uk **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 11, 2002 Project Scope: This standard specifies the communication protocol for the transmission of MIDI (Musical Instrument Digital Interface) data for communication between MIDI capable hardware and software within a local area network. Project Purpose: This standard specifies the low-level protocols and high-level addressing schema for interconnecting MIDI capable devices over local area networks. The standard seeks to extend the reach of MIDI by enabling it's transmission over Ethernet and 802.11 networks whilst retaining backwards compatibility with existing hardware and software. Designation: 1640 Sponsor: IEEE Communications Society/Standards Committee Title: Standard for Wireless Messaging Networks Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Terence E. Sumner, Phone:1-972-463-5709, Email:t.e.sumner@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 11, 2002 Project Scope: This project will provide specifications for interoperable protocols and other standards to support Wireless Messaging, historically used in the paging industry, including air protocols, end-to-end application protocols, and exterior and interior network protocols. Project Purpose: Millions of wireless messaging devices are deployed around the world. These devices are connected by various air protocols to wireless messaging service providers, traditionally referred to as paging services. Wireless messaging service providers offer connectivity from the public switched telephone network (PSTN) for numeric display messaging devices, from dedicated text input devices for alpha text display messaging devices, and from computers (PCs) for messaging devices with application layer functionality. By standardizing the various protocols and specifications for device performance, interoperability across various networks, including the Internet, PSTN, LANs and private networks for a wide variety of applications can be assured. Designation: P1640.2 Sponsor: IEEE Communications Society/Standards Committee Title: Standard for TAP (Telocator(TM) Alphanumeric Protocol) - A Wireless Messaging Network Exterior Protocol Status: New Standard Project Technical Contact: Terence E. Sumner, Phone:1-972-463-5709, Email:t.e.sumner@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Feb 13, 2003 Project Scope: The scope of this project is to provide specifications for interoperable exterior input-output network protocols to support Wireless Messaging, historically used in the paging industry. Project Purpose: Tens of thousands of sources for wireless messaging devices are deployed around the world. These sources are connected by one of several input-output protocols to the exterior of the networks of wireless messaging service providers. Wireless messaging service providers offer connectivity for alpha display messaging devices from text input devices using modems over the public switched telephone network (PSTN). The traditional modem protocol for exterior input-output from a messaging network has been referred to as Telocator alpha protocol (TAP). By standardizing the modem protocol specifications, interoperability across various networks can be assured. Designation: P1640.5 Sponsor: IEEE Communications Society/Standards Committee Title: Standard for TNPP (Telocator(TM) Network Paging Protocol) - A Wireless Messaging Network Interior Protocol Status: New Standard Project Technical Contact: Terence E. Sumner, Phone:1-972-463-5709, Email:t.e.sumner@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Feb 13, 2003 Project Scope: The scope of this project is to provide specifications for interoperable wireless messaging network interior protocols to support Wireless Messaging, historically used in the paging industry. Project Purpose: Millions of wireless messaging devices are deployed around the world. These devices are connected to wireless messaging service providers. Inside these networks various protocols are used pass messages from internal nodes to other internal nodes, where various processing is performed, such as format conversion, routing, storage, and filtering. In addition, other data related to messaging is passed inside the network, such as for accounting and provisioning. The traditional network protocol for interior data handling has been referred to as Telocator network paging protocol (TNPP). By standardizing these specifications, interoperability across various networks can be assured. Designation: 1641-2004 Sponsor: SASB/SCC20-Test and Diagnosis for Electric Systems Title: IEEE Standard for Signal and Test Definition Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Mar 25, 2005 Technical Contact: Keith Ellis, Phone:0114401438821555, Email:keith.ellis@eads-ts.co.uk **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Mar 20, 2003, BD APP: Sep 23, 2004, ANSI APP: Feb 02, 2005 Project Scope: The scope of this project is to provide the means to define and describe signals used in testing. The standard provides a set of common basic signals, mathematically underpinned so that signals can be combined to form complex signals usable across all test platforms. The provision of language elements supports test signal descriptions for interoperability. Project Purpose: The purpose of the standard is to provide a common signal reference for use throughout the life cycle of a unit under test or test system. This will in turn facilitate information transfer, test reuse and broader application of test information - accessible through commercially available development tools. Abstract: To provide the means to define and describe signals used in testing. The standard provides a set of common basic signals, mathematically under pinned so that signals can be combined to form complex signals useable across all test platforms. The provision of language elements supports test signal descriptions for interoperability. Key Words: ATE, ATLAS, automatic test equipment, signal definitions, test definitions, test requirements, test signals, unit under test, UUT Designation: 1641.1-2006 Sponsor: SASB/SCC20-Test and Diagnosis for Electric Systems Title: IEEE Guide for the Use of IEEE Std 1641, Standard for Signal and Test Definition Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Apr 30, 2007 Technical Contact: Keith Ellis, Phone:0114401438821555, Email:keith.ellis@eads-ts.co.uk **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Mar 20, 2005, BD APP: Nov 16, 2006, ANSI APP: May 02, 2007 Project Scope: This guide provides application information and guidance for users who write, develop, implement, and support test requirements, signal definitions, and signal responses using IEEE Std 1641™-2004, known as the signal and test definition (STD) standard.1 Examples of the definition and use of signal models in different environments are included. Project Purpose: The purpose of this guide is to explain how to implement signal definitions and test requirements in conformance with IEEE Std 1641-2004. It also provides background information, tutorial support, and examples of signal definitions and test requirements for users of the STD standard. Abstract: Guidance in the use of the signal and test definition (STD) standard is provided. STD provides the means to define and describe signals used in testing. This guide describes how to implement, apply, and use a set of common basic signals to form complex signals usable across all test platforms. Key Words: ATE, ATLAS, ATML, ATS, automatic test equipment, signal definitions, test definitions, test requirements, test signals, unit under test, UUT Designation: P1641a Sponsor: SASB/SCC20-Test and Diagnosis for Electric Systems Title: Standard for Signal and Test Definition - Amendment 1: Enhancement of Measurement Capabilities and Technical Corrections Status: Amendment Technical Contact: Ion A Neag, Phone:703-264-1080, Email:ion@tyx.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 07, 2005 Project Scope: The means to define and describe signals used in testing has been identified in IEEE Std 1641-2004. This amendment corrects and enhances various definitions within the standard. Project Purpose: The purpose of the standard is to provide a common signal reference for use throughout the life cycle of a unit under test or test system. The purpose of the amendment is to resolve issues discovered during use and to improve the usability of the standard. Designation: P1642 Sponsor: IEEE Electromagnetic Compatibility Society/Standards Development Committee Title: Recommended Practice for Protecting Public Accessible Computer Systems from Intentional EMI Status: New Standard Project Technical Contact: William Radasky, Phone:805-683-5681, Email:wradasky@aol.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Feb 13, 2003 Project Scope: This recommended practice will establish appropriate EM threat levels, protection methods, monitoring techniques, and test techniques for different classes of computer equipment. Project Purpose: The users will be those that build computer systems that are to be used by the public but require a high level of security to prevent interference. The users could also be organizations that purchase these computer systems. This project will provide these users with required guidance on threat levels, protection methods, monitoring and testing techniques. Designation: P1643 Sponsor: IEEE Electromagnetic Compatibility Society/Standards Development Committee Title: Recommended Practice for Protecting Voting Equipment and Systems from Intentional EMI Status: New Standard Project Technical Contact: William Radasky, Phone:805-683-5681, Email:wradasky@aol.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Feb 13, 2003 Project Scope: This recommended practice will establish appropriate EM threat levels, protection methods, monitoring techniques, and test techniques for voting equipment and systems. Project Purpose: The users will be those responsible for equipment design, specification and system integrity of voting equipment and systems. This project will executed in parallel with a more general effort being proposed for the IEEE EMC Society and will provide specific guidance for voting equipment and systems on threat levels, protection methods, monitoring and testing techniques. Designation: P1644 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee Title: Recommended Practice for Software Nomenclature - Software Naming Conventions for Application Software Status: New Standard Project Technical Contact: Yvette A Tanious, Phone:202-781-1827, Email:taniousya@navsea.navy.mil **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: May 15, 2003 Project Scope: This project will develop a standard Software Naming Convention (SNC) as a recommended practice to be used for developing nomenclature for software applications. The SNC is independent and will not impact the coding or the purpose of the software itself and it will not control the mechanism of the writing or the development of Software codes or programs. Project Purpose: Currently, there are no defined, independent standards for naming software applications. Software developers tend to use their own naming methodology, which lacks uniformity, consistency, and is difficult to interpret. The consequences are many (i.e. difficult to track and manage software, lack of sustainability, lack of control, etc.) The purpose of SNC is to develop a SW product naming convention for any stand alone executable SW application. The proposed SNC would use a unique reference structure that links the software name to its related support system, functionality, and software release date. SNC would improve the tracking, controlling, and managing of software releases. Designation: P1645 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transmission and Distribution Title: Guide for In Service Classification of Damage to Non Ceramic Insulators Status: New Standard Project Technical Contact: Andrew Schwalm, Phone:585-924-2127x219, Email:aschwalm@victorinsulators.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 20, 2003 Project Scope: In cooperation with IEEE Subcommittee on Engineering in Safety, Maintenance and Operation of Lines (ESMOL), the Task Force will develop a common vocabulary and inspection criteria for the various changes in dielectric materials of transmission, distribution and substation non ceramic insulators that occur with time and exposure. Electronic presentation of the results on an appropriate web site is a target deliverable. Project Purpose: The aim of this project is to develop and promulgate effective information regarding the types of deterioration and damage that occur on Non Ceramic Insulators. This information will assist qualified personnel in determining the relative longevity of insulators that exhibit various types of deterioration and damage. Presently there is no universal method or terminology available to the power industry for accurately determining the extent of damage and deterioration on NCI insulators. The target audience will be Power Engineers and other qualified personnel responsible for the safe and continuous operation of, and maintenance on, high voltage power lines. Benefits are that the Task Force will provide readily available information (in photographic form) illustrating the common types of deterioration and or damage found on NCIs and the potential severity of such damage or deterioration will be described. This is particularly important as at present there is no known method for readily determining the safety status or possible hazard presented to workers or the public of an in- service non ceramic insulator. Designation: 1646-2004 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Substations Title: IEEE Standard Communication Delivery Time Performance Requirements for Electric Power Substation Automation Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Feb 25, 2005 Technical Contact: Dennis K Holstein, Phone:562-430-1538, Email:HOLSTEINDK@ADELPHIA.NET **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: May 15, 2003, BD APP: Sep 23, 2004, ANSI APP: Mar 23, 2005 Project Scope: This standard defines communication delivery time of information to be exchanged within and external to substation integrated protection, control, and data acquisition systems. Project Purpose: Uitilities will use communication performance requirements as part of a procurement specification to develop new substation automation systems, or to modify existing substation automation systems. Vendors will use communication performance requirements to build open system communication interfaces for intelligent electronic devices for substation automation. Abstract: A standard defining communication delivery times of information to be exchanged within and external to substation integrated protection, control, and data acquisition systems is described. Communication capabilities and system capabilities to deliver data on time are also specified. Key Words: automatic control, data acquisition, SCADA, supervisory control, communication, intelligent electronic devices, IED, distributed processing, communication message delivery performance measures Designation: 1647-2006 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Design Automation Title: Standard for the Functional Verification Language 'e' Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Sep 29, 2006 Technical Contact: Yaron Kashai, Phone:+1 408 914 6335, Email:kashai@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Jun 12, 2003, BD APP: Mar 30, 2006, ANSI APP: Aug 08, 2006 Project Scope: The scope of this standard is the definition of the e functional verification language. The e functional verification language is an application-specific programming language, aimed at automating the task of verifying electronic designs with respect to their specifications. This standard aims to serve as an authoritative source for the definition of the following: a) syntax and semantics of e language constructs b) the e language interaction with standard simulation languages c) e language libraries Project Purpose: Electronic systems are integrated circuits (ICs), boards, or modules combining multiple ICs together, along with optional embedded processors and software components. Electronic systems are built to specifications that anticipate the environment in which such systems are expected to function and define the expected system functionality. Functional verification measures how well a system meets its specification. Even with moderately complex systems this question cannot be answered by inspection. For all modern electronic systems, a sophisticated verification process needs to accompany the design process to ensure compliance with the specification. Many electronic design automation (EDA) tools are used to carry out the functional verification process. The most prominent functional verification method, used to verify virtually all system designs, is called dynamic verification or simulation-based verification . Simulation-based verification makes use of a functional model of the system being designed. The functional model is simulated in the context of a mockup of the anticipated system environment. This mock-up is called the verification environment. There are many requirements a verification environment needs to fulfill. — It needs to create input stimulus and feed it into the system being verified. — It needs to collect the output from the system being verified, as well as the state of selected internal nodes. — It needs to check the output matches the expectations, based on the functional requirements, the state of the system being verified, and the inputs provided. — It needs to measure functional coverage : the extent to which functions of the system being verified have been exercised by the verification environment. — It needs to facilitate error identification, isolation, and debug. For that purpose, test environments contain combinational and temporal assertions, as well as various messaging and logging capabilities. — The verification environment needs to be able to mimic all possible variations and configurations the system being verified might face in practice. — The verification environment needs to be able to throw a wide variety of error conditions at the system being verified, in order to test error handling and error recovery. — The verification environment should be easily controllable, to allow steering by the verification engineers. The verification environment is a primary component in a simulation-based verification process. The environment needs to drive the system being verified through enough diverse scenarios to cover a statistically meaningful portion of the systems state space. Coverage data collected throughout the process should provide the foundation to an informed decision about the production readiness of the system being designed. Sophisticated verification environments are complex software systems, representing a significant investment. Reuse of verification components is a primary way of minimizing this investment. Reusability is typically an artifact of a well thought-out software architecture, but in the case of e , the language itself facilitates reuse through aspect- oriented programming (AOP) constructs and the semantics of generation. The purpose of the e functional verification language is to facilitate the creation of sophisticated verification environments. e features many constructs that automate and support common verification environment tasks. A standard definition of the e language should serve both practicing verification engineers and EDA tool developers. Engineers using e to build verification environments and reusable verification components need to ensure the valuable intellectual property (IP) they create can be interpreted by others. Tool developers need to agree on consistent syntax and semantics to ensure interoperability between tools. These goals are best facilitated by means of an open standard. Abstract: The e functional verification language is an application-specific programming language, aimed at automating the task of verifying an electronic design with respect to its specification. Verification environments written in e provide a model of the environment in which the design is expected to function, including the kinds of erroneous conditions the design needs to withstand. A typical verification environment is capable of generating user-controlled test inputs with statistically interesting characteristics. Such an environment can check the validity of the design responses. Functional coverage metrics are used to control the verification effort and gauge the quality of the design. e verification environments can be used throughout the design cycle, from a high-level architectural model to a fully realized system. This standard contains a definition of the e language syntax and semantics, and how tool developers and verification engineers should use them. Key Words: assertion, concurrent programming, constraint, dynamic verification, functional coverage, functional verification, simulation, temporal logic, test generation Designation: P1647 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Design Automation Title: Standard for the Functional Verification Language 'e' Status: Revision Project Technical Contact: Yaron Kashai, Phone:+1 408 914 6335, Email:kashai@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jul 28, 2006 Project Scope: The scope of this standard is the definition of the e functional verification language. This standard aims to serve as an authoritative source for the definition of (a) syntax and semantics of e language constructs (b) the e language interaction with standard simulation languages (c) e language libraries This revision extends the standard to cover novel verification-related features Project Purpose: This standard serves the community involved with functional verification of electronic designs using the e language. It provides an implementation independent definition of the e language and facilitates the development of e language based design automation tools. The revision project extends the standard to include novel verification related features. Designation: P1648 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee Title: Recommended Practice for Establishing and Managing Software Development Efforts Using Agile Methods Status: New Standard Project Technical Contact: Scott P Duncan, Phone:(706) 561-8739, Email:sduncan@computer.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 10, 2003 Project Scope: This Recommended Practice describes a process that a software development client should adopt and use in contracting with and working with an Agile software developer. It is intended that both the technical and project management personnel should apply these recommendations to be aware of and control the three aspects of software development: development status of specific features, progress through the development cycle, and expenditure of contract funds. Project Purpose: The purpose of this Recommended Practice is to provide software acquirers with a process that is suitable for establishing and managing an Agile-style software development. This Recommended Practice focuses on the definition and control of feature development and does not address aspects of software development independent of the Agile development methodology. Designation: P1649 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Power System Communications Title: Recommended Practice on Information Security Risk Assessment in Power System Operations Status: New Standard Project Technical Contact: Frances M Cleveland, Phone:408-366-8700, Email:fcleve@ix.netcom.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 10, 2003 Project Scope: The scope of this project is the development of Recommended Practices, educational material, and other information related to the assessment of information security risks in power system operations. Project Purpose: Information security has become increasingly important in power system operations. Although security measures have been developed in the broader communications industry and standardization work is currently underway for security in power system communications protocols, very little effort has been undertaken on how to assess security risks in power system operations, and therefore what security measures need to be implemented. Therefore, the purpose of this Working Group will be to develop methods by which the information security risks can be assessed by utilities. These efforts will be closely coordinated with the on-going work on security standards for power system communications in the IEC TC57 WG15, the on-going work on recommended practices for security solutions in IEEE SCC36, the IEEE PES SCC TF on Electronic Security in IEEE PES Standards, and other security industry efforts. Designation: 1650-2005 Sponsor: IEEE Nanotechnology Council/Standards Committee Title: IEEE Standard Test Methods for Measurement of Electrical Properties of Carbon Nanotubes Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jan 09, 2006 Technical Contact: Daniel Gamota, Phone:847-576-5084, Email:dgamota@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Jun 12, 2003, BD APP: Dec 07, 2005, ANSI APP: Apr 21, 2006 Project Scope: This project will develop standard methods for the electrical characterization of carbon nanotubes (CNTs). The methods will be independent of processing routes used to fabricate the CNT's. Project Purpose: There is currently no defined standard for the electrical characterization of CNT's and the means of reporting performance and other data. Without openly defined standard test methods the acceptance and diffusion of CNT technology will be severely impeded. This is intended to provide and suggest procedures for characterization and reporting of data. These methods will enable the creation of a suggested reporting standard that will be used by research through manufacturing as the technology is developed. Moreover, the standards will recommend the necessary tools and procedures for validation. Abstract: Recommended methods and standardized reporting practices for electrical characterization of carbon nanotubes (CNTs) are covered. Due to the nature of CNTs, significant measurement errors can be introduced if the electrical characterization design- of-experiment is not properly addressed. The most common sources of measurement error, particularly for high-impedance electrical measurements commonly required for CNTs, are described. Recommended practices in order to minimize and/or characterize the effect of measurement artifacts and other sources of error encountered while measuring CNTs are given. Key Words: Carbon nanotube, electrical characterization, high-impedance measurement, nanotechnology Designation: P1651 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transmission and Distribution Title: Standard for Guidelines for Reducing Bird Related Outages Status: New Standard Project Technical Contact: Rajeswari Sundararajan, Phone:480-727-1507, Email:raji@asu.edu **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 10, 2003 Project Scope: This guide documents proven methods and designs to reduce bird related outages, such as contamination outages, straemer outages and electrocution/collision/contact outages on transmission lines, in substations, and on distribution lines, thereby improving the reliability and minimizing the associated revenue loss Project Purpose: Recommended procedures and techniques for reducing bird related contamination, streamer, electrocution and collision (contact) outages on transmission lines, in substations and on overhead distribution lines, including all apparatuses and devices, such as insulators, transformers, surge arresters, capacitor banks, poles etc. are provided.The information in this guide was drawn from electric utilities, suppliers, universities, related industries, and personal observations. Included in this guide are methods for reducing various bird related outages that have been shown to be effective. The information presented is of particular benefit to utilities that are experiencing various bird related outages, some not even aware of the problem. It is also of value to those utilities who are in the process of erecting new lines in areas where birds are prevalent. Designation: P1652 Sponsor: IEEE Communications Society/Transmission Access & Optical Systems Title: Standard for the Application of Free Field Acoustic Reference to Telephony Measurements Status: New Standard Project Technical Contact: John Bareham, Phone:734-665-4224, Email:jbareham@mich.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: May 13, 2004 Project Scope: This standard provides the techniques and rationale for referencing acoustic telephony measurements to the free field. It applies to ear related measurements such as receive, sidetone and overall. Project Purpose: A common acoustic reference point is needed for comparing electroacoustic performance of handset, headset, handsfree and other kinds of telephone terminals. It is also needed for comparing telephone terminals with other devices such as loudspeakers, mobile communication devices, multimedia terminals and consumer audio equipment. The free field is the appropriate reference point because the results relate closely to what we hear. Therefore, the free field is a more widely applicable reference point for telephony measurements than the traditional ERP (ear reference point). Designation: P1653.1 Sponsor: IEEE Vehicular Technology Society/Rail Transit Title: Standard for Traction Power Rectifier Transformers for Substation Applications up to 1500 Volts dc Nominal Output Status: New Standard Project Technical Contact: Tristan Kneschke, Phone:+1 215 641 8821, Email:tkneschke@ltk.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Feb 27, 2004 Project Scope: This standard covers design, manufacturing, and testing unique to application of power rectifier transformers intended to operate in dc supplied transportation substation applications up to 1500 volts dc nominal output. Project Purpose: At the present time there are no suitable standards governing all requirements for traction power transformers. This standard will provide requirements specific to traction power rectifier transformers supplying power to dc supplied transportation equipment. Designation: P1653.2 Sponsor: IEEE Vehicular Technology Society/Rail Transit Title: Standard for Uncontrolled Traction Power Rectifiers for Substation Applications up to 1500 Volts dc Nominal Output Status: New Standard Project Technical Contact: RW Benjamin Stell, Phone:781-565-5937, Email:bstell@hntb.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Feb 27, 2004 Project Scope: This standard covers design, manufacturing, and testing unique to application of uncontrolled semiconductor power rectifiers for dc supplied transportation substation applications up to 1500 volts dc nominal output. Project Purpose: At the present time there are no suitable standards governing requirements for traction power rectifiers. This standard will provide requirements specific to traction power rectifiers supplying power to dc supplied transportation equipment. Designation: P1653.4 Sponsor: IEEE Vehicular Technology Society/Rail Transit Title: Standard for dc Traction Power System Field Testing and Acceptance Criteria for System Applications up to 1500 Volts dc Nominal Status: New Standard Project Technical Contact: Jay Sender, Phone:619-557-4563, Email:jsender@mtdb.sdmts.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Feb 27, 2004 Project Scope: This standard defines field testing and acceptance criteria for transportation system applications powered by a dc traction power system up to 1500 volts nominal. Project Purpose: The purpose is to ensure that the installed equipment will function as intended by the plans and specifications, thereby providing reliable service for the anticipated life of the equipment. Designation: P1654 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transmission and Distribution Title: Guide For Establishing A Safety Program For Protection Of Electrical Workers In The Vicinity Of Wireless Communication Antennas Adjacent Or Attached To Electrical Power Line Structures Status: New Standard Project Technical Contact: Nestor Kolcio, Phone:614-873-6473, Email:nkolcio@att.net **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Aug 12, 2004 Project Scope: This Guide presents information on establishing an effective safety program to assure compliance with the applicable regulations for radio frequency (RF) protection of electrical workers in the vicinity of wireless communication antennas adjacent or attached to electrical power line structures. The Guide also provides information on power frequency electric and magnetic field immunity of RF personal monitors and RF protective clothing. Project Purpose: Electric utilities are required to meet the requirements established by applicable regulations ( e.g. OSHA, FCC, etc.) for protection of electrical workers in the vicinity of wireless communication antennas adjacent or attached to electrical power line structures. This Guide presents information on establishing an effective safety program to assure compliance with these regulatory requirements, including information on RF exposure limits, power frequency electric and magnetic field immunity of RF personal monitors, and RF protective clothing. Designation: P1656 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transmission and Distribution Title: Guide for Testing the Electrical, Mechanical, and Durability Performance of Wildlife Protective Devices on Overhead Power Distribution Systems Rated up to 38kV Status: Modified New Project Technical Contact: Shaun Whitey, Phone:+1 602 371 6646, Email:shaun.whitey@aps.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 30, 2006 Project Scope: This guide is applicable to wildlife protective products installed on overhead electrical distribution systems rated up to and including 38 kV. The guide provides test recommendations regarding these products that are in direct contact or in the proximity of energized parts and conductors. Project Purpose: The purpose of this guide is to recommend test procedures to evaluate the electrical, mechanical, and durability performance of wildlife protective products. The guide provides the end user with test recommendations to ensure that these products will not compromise the dielectric performance of the supporting structure, will not cause premature failure due to normal environmental conditions, and will minimize the possibility of a momentary or permanent outage to the electrical system in the event of wildlife interaction. Designation: 1656 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transmission and Distribution Title: Guide for Trial-Use Guide for Testing the Electrical, Mechanical, and Durability Performance of Wildlife Guards and Deterrents Used on Overhead Power Distribution Systems Rated up to 38 k.V. Status: Superseded Technical Contact: Shaun Whitey, Phone:+1 602 371 6646, Email:shaun.whitey@aps.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 25, 2004 Project Scope: This guide is applicable to wildlife protective products used on overhead electrical distribution systems rated up to and including 38 kV. The guide provides test recommendations regarding these products that are in direct contact or in the proximity of energized parts and conductors. Project Purpose: The purpose of the guide is to recommend test procedures to evaluate the electrical, mechanical, and durability performance of wildlife protective products. The guide will provide the end user with test recommendations to ensure that these products will not compromise the dielectric performance of the supporting structure, will not cause premature failure due to normal environmental conditions, and will prevent a momentary or permanent outage to the electrical system in the event of wildlife interaction. Designation: P1657 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Stationary Batteries Committee Title: Guide for Personnel Qualifications for Installation, Maintenance, and Operation of Stationary Batteries Status: New Standard Project Technical Contact: Curtis Ashton, Phone:(303) 707-5699, Email:cashton@Qwest.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 25, 2004 Project Scope: This document defines the areas of recommended knowledge for installers, maintainers and operators of stationary batteries, and related systems to the extent that they affect the battery. Design of the dc system and sizing of the dc battery charger(s) are beyond the scope of this guide. Project Purpose: The purpose of this document is to provide an outline of the necessary items that must be covered by those developing training programs for stationary battery installation, operations, and maintenance personnel. The order in which the items in this document are covered is at the discretion of the training developer/provider. Designation: P1658 Sponsor: IEEE Instrumentation and Measurement Society/TC10-Waveform Measurement and Analysis Title: Standard for Terminology and Test Methods of Digital-to-Analog Converter Devices Status: New Standard Project Technical Contact: Steven J Tilden, Phone:520-746-7587, Email:tilden_steve@ti.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: May 13, 2004 Project Scope: This project will define the terminology and test methods to clearly document standard world-wide terms used to describe and test Digital to Analog Converters (DAC's). It will be restricted to monolithic, hybrid and module DAC's and not cover systems encompassing DAC's. Project Purpose: This standard is being written to clear up confusion relating to the terms and definitions of DAC's. Test methods will be defined with expected output and analysis of the data generated from these test methods. Product specifications will be defined in clear terms that will be understandable by all international users and manufacturers. Designation: P1659 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Insulated Conductors Title: Standard for Connectors used in Underground Cable Splices and Terminations for Voltages of 5 to 35 kV Status: New Standard Project Technical Contact: Wolfgang B Haverkamp, Phone:+49 8093 604326, Email:w.b.haverkamp@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: May 13, 2004 Project Scope: This standard will define the test procedure and requirements, which apply to compression and mechanical connectors used in joints and terminations for underground primary network systems using copper and aluminum conductors. This standard applies to compression and mechanical connectors for underground cable in primary networks for rated voltages 5 kV - 35kV (E0 = 2.9 KV - 22kV) This guide is not applicable to connectors for overhead conductors. 1. The conductor of the cable shall conform to the requirements of ICEA S97-682 with cross sections of no. 6 and larger for copper and no. 4 and larger for aluminum. 2. The maximum continuous operating temperature is less or equal to 90°C. 3. The maximum emergency temperature is less or equal to 130°C Project Purpose: Currently primary cable systems operate more often to design limits, and above. (90°C continuous conductor temperature, long emergency duration, etc.). Since the load factor in underground systems are increasing and redundancy is reduced, underground cable systems (including connectors) are more heavily thermally and mechanically stressed than ever before. There is currently no IEEE standard or guide present, which adresses these requirements. Existing connector standards like ANSI 119.1; ANSI 119.4 and UL 486 cover overhead line connectors and/or secondary network applications. Designation: P1660 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Stationary Batteries Committee Title: Guide for Application and Management of Stationary Batteries Used in Cycling Service Status: New Standard Project Technical Contact: Garth P Corey, Phone:505-844-1722, Email:gpcorey@sandia.gov **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jun 24, 2004 Project Scope: This guide provides information on the differences between stationary standby and stationary cycling applications and appropriate battery management strategies in cycling operations. While the primary emphasis is on lead-acid batteries, information is also provided on alternative and emerging storage technologies. The management of battery systems in stationary standby service is covered in other IEEE documents and is beyond the scope of this guide. Project Purpose: This guide is meant to provide assistance to users of stationary battery systems in determining appropriate battery management strategies that may be applied by addressing the primary similarities and differences in battery design and operation for standby vs. cycling applications. Designation: P1661 Sponsor: SASB/SCC21-Fuel Cells, Photovoltaics, Dispersed Generation, and Energy Storage Title: Guide For Test and Evaluation of Lead-acid Batteries Used in Photovoltaic (PV) Hybrid Power Systems Status: New Standard Project Technical Contact: Jay L Chamberlin, Phone:505-296-3135, Email:jaynpatc@aol.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jun 24, 2004 Project Scope: This guide contains a field test procedure for lead-acid batteries used in Photovoltaic (PV) hybrid power systems. Battery charging parameters are discussed with respect to PV hybrid power systems. The field test procedure is intended to verify the battery’s operating setpoints and battery performance. Discussions on how to interpret test results are also included. This guide is applicable to all PV hybrid power systems where PV and an engine generator are the only charging sources. This guide does not include stand-alone PV only systems. Project Purpose: This document provides a field test and evaluation procedure for lead-acid batteries used in PV hybrid power systems. It is intended to help system owners, designers, and funding organizations select, manage, and verify lead-acid battery performance in PV hybrid power systems. Designation: P1662 Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Petroleum & Chemical Industry Title: Guide for the design and application of Power Electronics in Electrical Power Systems on Ships Status: Modified New Project Technical Contact: Yuri Khersonsky, Phone:714-488-0690, Email:ykhersonsky@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. Project Scope: This document will summarize current electrical engineering methods and practices for applying power electronics in Electrical Power Systems on Ships. It will describe analytical methods,preferred parameters and performance charachteristics from a common frame of reference for reliable integrated marine electrical power systems Project Purpose: The purpose of this document is to recommend a methodology for analysis and specifications parameters of power electronics equipment for marine electrical power systems. It will analyze impact of such concepts as Power Electronica Building Blocks or Integrated Power Systems on size, life cycle cost, weight, fuel efficiency and risk reduction of implementation Designation: 1662 Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Petroleum & Chemical Industry Title: Recommended Practice for Guide for the design and application of Power Electronics in Electrical Power Systems on Marine Ships Status: Superseded Technical Contact: Yuri Khersonsky, Phone:714-488-0690, Email:ykhersonsky@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jun 24, 2004 Project Scope: This document will summarize current electrical engineering methods and practices for applying power electronics in Electrical Power Systems on Marine Ships. It will describe analytical methods,preferred parameters and performance charachteristics from a common frame of reference for reliable integrated marine electrical power systems Project Purpose: The purpose of this document is to recommend a methodology for analysis and specifications parameters of power electronics equipment for marine electrical power systems. It will analyze impact of such concepts as Power Electronica Building Blocks or Integrated Power Systems on size, life cycle cost, weight, fuel efficiency and risk reduction of implementation Designation: P1663.1 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Substations Title: Guide for the Application of Medium Voltage Gas-Insulated Substations 1kV to 52kV Status: New Standard Project Technical Contact: George Becker, Phone:860-665-6741, Email:beckegw@nu.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Aug 12, 2004 Project Scope: The guideline will describe engineering criteria including equipment selection, arrangements, ratings, controls, and construction considerations including installation, testing, and operations & maintenance factors. Project Purpose: This guideline will be developed to assist substation engineers with the application, operations and maintenance of gas-insulated medium voltage (1kV to 52kV) installations. The technology in the area of Medium Voltage Gas-Insulated equipment has become competitive with Air- Insulated equipment for switchgear applications. Designation: P1665 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Electric Machinery Title: Guide for the Rewind of Synchronous Generators, 50 and 60 Hz, rated 1 MVA and above Status: New Standard Project Technical Contact: William H Bartley, Phone:860-722-5483, Email:william_bartley@hsb.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Nov 18, 2004 Project Scope: The general parameters for this Guide apply to 50 or 60 hertz synchronous generators driven by reciprocating engines, steam turbines, combustion turbines, and hydro turbines. The guide generally applies to the stator and rotor of generators with rated outputs of 1 MVA and above. The guide does not address machine auxiliaries or the excitation system. Project Purpose: This Guide will provide the generator owner with insight into the considerations that are necessary when rewinding or refurbishing a generator. Particular emphasis is placed on the complete rewind of each of the components of the stator and rotor. Designation: 1666-2005 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Design Automation, Joint Sponsor: IEEE-SA Board of Governors/Corporate Advisory Group Title: IEEE Standard SystemC(R) Language Reference Manual Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Mar 31, 2006 Technical Contact: Victor Berman, Phone:978 927 0555 x 27, Email:victorb@improvsys.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Nov 18, 2004, BD APP: Dec 07, 2005, ANSI APP: Mar 28, 2006 Project Scope: This standard defines SystemC®1 as an ANSI standard C++ class library for system and hardware design. Project Purpose: The general purpose of this project is to provide a C++-based standard for designers and architects who need to address complex systems that are a hybrid between hardware and software. The specific purpose of this standard is to provide a precise and complete definition of the SystemC class library so that a SystemC implementation can be developed with reference to this standard alone. This standard is not intended to serve as a users’ guide or to provide an introduction to SystemC, but does contain useful information for end users. Abstract: SystemC(R) is defined in this standard. SystemC(R) is an ANSI standard C++ class library for system and hardware design for use by designers and architects who need to address complex systems that are a hybrid between hardware and software. This standard provides a precise and complete definition of the SystemC(R) class library so that a SystemC(R) implementation can be developed with reference to this standard alone. The primary audiences for this standard are the implementors of the SystemC(R) library, the implementors of tools supporting the class library, and users of the class library. Key Words: C++, computer languages, digital systems, discrete event simulation, electronic design automation, electronic system level, electronic systems, embedded software, fixed-point, hardware description language, hardware design, hardware verification, SystemC, system modeling, system-on-chip, transaction level IEEE-SA Board of Governors/Corporate Advisory Group Designation: 1667-2006 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Information Assurance, Joint Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Storage Systems Title: Standard Protocol for Authentication in Host Attachments of Transient Storage Devices Status: Approved Publication of IEEE Technical Contact: Ariel Sobelman, Phone:650-773-0751, Email:ariel.sobelman@m-systems.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Nov 18, 2004, BD APP: Dec 06, 2006, ANSI APP: Apr 23, 2007 Project Scope: This project defines a standard protocol for secure authentication of dynamically attached devices, such as USB flash drives. The protocol has only an indirect relationship with data integrity/security, and does not directly address that issue. Project Purpose: This project enables the secure functionality of devices such as USB flash drives when connected transiently to hosts. IEEE Computer Society/Storage Systems Designation: P1668 Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Power Systems Engineering Title: Recommended Practice for Voltage Sag and Interruption Ride-through Testing for End-use Electrical Equipment Less than 1,000 Volts Status: New Standard Project Technical Contact: Christopher J Melhorn, Phone:865-218-8013, Email:c.melhorn@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Nov 18, 2004 Project Scope: This project will undertake the development of a standard for the response of electrical equipment to voltage sags. The standard will describe a level of performance to be used as a criteria for acceptance of the product. End users will be able to use the standard in their purchase specifications to ensure the required level of performance. The project will apply to any electrical equipment that can experience nuisance shutdowns due to reductions in supply voltage. Project Purpose: There is currently no standard in place that effectively specifies equipment response to voltage sags, with the exception of SEMI F47, which is exclusively for semiconductor equipment. Customers outside the semiconductor industry have no way to ensure equipment performance before purchasing. This standard will provide a minimum performance criteria for customers to specify during the purchasing process. This standard will also recommend a technically defensible test method for determining electrical equipment sensitivity to voltage sags, swells, and interruptions. Designation: P1670 Sponsor: IEEE Nanotechnology Council/Standards Committee Title: Standard for Chemical Vapor Deposition (CVD) Techniques for Nanotechnologies including Measurements and Analysis to control CVD Nanoscale Processes Status: New Standard Project Technical Contact: Harvey Mecham, Phone:801-863-8629, Email:mechamha@uvsc.edu **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Nov 18, 2004 Project Scope: This document establishes a foundation standard for CVD processes. It addresses measurement schemes or analytical techniques needed for control of CVD nanoscale processes. Project Purpose: There are no formal standards for CVD techniques as they apply to nanoscale processing. Standardization will enable reproducible results. Designation: 1671-2006 Sponsor: SASB/SCC20-Test and Diagnosis for Electric Systems Title: IEEE Trial-Use Standard for Automatic Test Markup Language (ATML) for Exchanging Automatic Test Equipment and Test Information via XML Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Dec 15, 2006 Technical Contact: Chris C Gorringe, Phone:+44 1202 872800, Email:Chris.Gorringe@racalinstrumentsgroup.co.uk **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Dec 08, 2004, BD APP: Sep 15, 2006 Project Scope: ATML defines a standard exchange medium for sharing information between components of automatic test systems. This information includes test data, resource data, diagnostic data, and historic data. The exchange medium is defined using the eXtensible Markup Language (XML). This document specifies the framework for the family of ATML standards. Project Purpose: The purpose of ATML is to support test program, test asset, and Unit Under Test (UUT) interoperability within an automatic test environment. ATML accomplishes this through a standard medium for exchanging UUT, test, and diagnostic information between components of the test system. The purpose of this document is to provide an overview of ATML goals as well as to provide guidance for usage of the ATML family of standards. Abstract: This trial-use standard specifies the framework for the family of ATML standards. ATML defines a standard exchange medium for sharing information between components of an Automatic Test System (ATS), usng the eXtensible Markup Language (XML). Key Words: Automatic Test Equipment (ATE), Automatic Test Markup Language (ATML), ATML instance document, automatic test system (ATS), XML Schema Designation: P1671.1 Sponsor: SASB/SCC20-Test and Diagnosis for Electric Systems Title: Trial-Use Standard Automatic Test Markup Language (ATML) for Exchanging Automatic Test Equipment and Test Information via XML: Exchanging Test Descriptions Status: New Standard Project Technical Contact: Keith Ellis, Phone:0114401438821555, Email:keith.ellis@eads-ts.co.uk **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jun 09, 2005 Project Scope: The scope of this standard is the definition of an exchange format, utilizing XML, for exchanging the test description information defining test performance,test conditions, diagnostic requirements, and support equipment to locate, align, and verify the proper operation of a Unit Under Test (UUT). This is in support of the development of Test Program Sets (TPSs) that will be used in an automatic test environment. Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to promote and facilitate interoperability between components of Automatic Test Systems (ATSs) (e.g., rehosting test requirements between ATS platforms) where UUT test requirement definitions need to be shared. This standard will also facilitate the preparation or documentation of test program(s). The Test Description Schema becomes a class of information that can be used within the ATML family of standards. Designation: P1671.2 Sponsor: SASB/SCC20-Test and Diagnosis for Electric Systems Title: Trial-Use Standard Automatic Test Markup Language (ATML) for Exchanging Automatic Test Equipment and Test Information via XML: Exchanging Instrument Descriptions Status: New Standard Project Technical Contact: Keith Ellis, Phone:0114401438821555, Email:keith.ellis@eads-ts.co.uk **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jun 09, 2005 Project Scope: The scope of this standard is the definition of an exchange format, utilizing XML, for exchanging the static description of an instrument. Instances of InstrumentDescription will be utilized in conjunction with other instances of InstrumentDescription in support of the execution of test programs in an automatic test environment. Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to promote and facilitate interoperability between components of Automatic Test Systems (ATSs) (e.g., between a test executive and a resource allocator) where instrument descriptions need to be shared. This standard will also facilitate the description of tester configuration as well as synthetic/virtual/composite instrumentation. The InstrumentDescription Schema becomes a class of information that can be used within the ATML family of standards. Designation: P1671.3 Sponsor: SASB/SCC20-Test and Diagnosis for Electric Systems Title: Standard Automatic Test Markup Language (ATML) for Exchanging Automatic Test Information via XML (Xtensible Markup Language): Exchanging UUT (Unit-Under-Test) Description Information Status: New Standard Project Technical Contact: Chris C Gorringe, Phone:+44 1202 872800, Email:Chris.Gorringe@racalinstrumentsgroup.co.uk **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: May 25, 2006 Project Scope: The scope of this standard is the definition of an exchange format, utilizing XML (Xtensible Markup Language), for information that uniquely describes a category or type of Unit-Under-Test (UUT). The format will include the ability to specify multiple manufacturers for each UUT, as there may be cases where a single UUT is supplied by a variety of manufacturers. This information is intended to support all aspects of the test and maintenance environment. Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to promote and facilitate interoperability between components of test and maintenance support systems by defining a common set of identification information for UUTs. The UUT description Schema becomes a class of information that can be used within the ATML family of standards. This standard will allow a common UUT description to be transportable across a variety of test and maintenance environments including, but not limited to, the automotive, semiconductor, aerospace and military industries. Designation: P1671.4 Sponsor: SASB/SCC20-Test and Diagnosis for Electric Systems Title: Standard for Automatic Test Markup Language (ATML) for Exchanging Automatic Test Information via XML: Exchanging Test Configuration Information Status: New Standard Project Technical Contact: Chris C Gorringe, Phone:+44 1202 872800, Email:Chris.Gorringe@racalinstrumentsgroup.co.uk **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jun 08, 2006 Project Scope: The scope of this standard is the definition of an exchange format, utilizing XML, for identifying all of the hardware, software and documentation that may be used to test and diagnose a Unit Under Test (UUT) on an Automatic Test System (ATS). Project Purpose: Test Configuration provides a framework, which enables test program set data to be exchanged between compliant systems. The data supports the acquisition and itemization of test assets required to be in place prior to testing a UUT on the test system. Designation: P1671.5 Sponsor: SASB/SCC20-Test and Diagnosis for Electric Systems Title: Standard for Automatic Test Markup Language (ATML) for Exchanging Automatic Test Information via XML: Exchanging Test Adapter Information Status: New Standard Project Technical Contact: Chris C Gorringe, Phone:+44 1202 872800, Email:Chris.Gorringe@racalinstrumentsgroup.co.uk **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jun 08, 2006 Project Scope: The scope of this standard is the definition of an exchange format, utilizing XML, for exchanging the test adapter information by defining the interface between the Unit Under Test (UUT) and the Test Station, which includes the description of the test adapter (e.g., physical and electrical characteristics, capabilities/performance, and identification/classification). Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to provide a standardized format to promote and facilitate interoperability between components of non- manual test systems, by allowing the exchange of test adapter information. The Test Adapter Schema becomes a class of information that can be used within the ATML family of standards. Each instance document contains the definition of a single test adapter model. The Test Adapter schema provides a structure for describing test adapter capabilities and structure. This standard will allow test adapter information to be transportable across a variety of ATE within the automotive, semiconductor, aerospace and military industries. Designation: P1671.6 Sponsor: SASB/SCC20-Test and Diagnosis for Electric Systems Title: Standard for Automatic Test Markup Language (ATML) for Exchanging Automatic Test Information via XML: Exchanging Test Station Information Status: New Standard Project Technical Contact: Chris C Gorringe, Phone:+44 1202 872800, Email:Chris.Gorringe@racalinstrumentsgroup.co.uk **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jun 08, 2006 Project Scope: The scope of this standard is the definition of an exchange format, utilizing XML, for exchanging the test station information by defining the description of the test station (e.g., physical and electrical characteristics, components, capabilities/performance, and identification/classification). Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to provide a standardized format to promote and facilitate interoperability between components of non- manual test systems, by allowing exchange of test station information. The Test Station Schema becomes a class of information that can be used within the ATML family of standards. Each instance document contains the definition of a single test station model. The Test Station schema provides a structure for describing test station capabilities and structure. This standard will allow common test station information to be transportable across a variety of ATE within the automotive, semiconductor, aerospace and military industries. Designation: 1672-2006 Sponsor: IEEE Aerospace and Electronic Systems Society/Ultrawideband Radar Committee Title: Standard for Ultrawideband Radar Definitions Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: May 04, 2007 Technical Contact: Stephen L Johnston, Phone:205-881-9020, Email:radarslj@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Dec 08, 2004, BD APP: Dec 06, 2006 Project Scope: This document organizes and standardizes the terms and definitions used in the field of ultrawideband (UWB) radar. Project Purpose: The definitions presented in this standard represent a consensus of UWB radar experts at the time of publication. Wherever possible, the definitions have been adopted from governing bodies such as the United States Federal Communications Commission (FCC) responsible for regulating commercial use of UWB radio and radar systems. For historical perspective, alternative definitions used before the establishment of government standards are also given. UWB radar is a field of radar that is finding multiple applications in the United States and internationally. The purpose of this standard is to promote clarity and consistency in the use of the terminology used in UWB radar applications. Changes to this standard are anticipated, and industry professionals in this area of practice are encouraged to communicate directly concerning issues with the current definitions, suggested changes, and/or the addition of new definitions. Abstract: The terms and definitions used in the field of ultrawideband radar are organized and standardized in this document. Key Words: baseband, carrier-free, GPR, Harmuth orthogonal functions, high resolution radar, impulse radar, nonsinusoidal radar, spread spectrum, terminology, ultrawideband radar, ultrawideband radar, video pulse Designation: P1672-2006/Cor 1 Sponsor: IEEE Aerospace and Electronic Systems Society/Ultrawideband Radar Committee Title: Standard for Ultrawideband Radar Definitions - Corrigendum 1: Change in definition of “ultrawideband” to harmonize with IEEE Std 686 and P1672 Status: Corrigenda of Standard Technical Contact: Stephen L Johnston, Phone:205-881-9020, Email:radarslj@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. Project Scope: The definition of the term Utrawideband will be harmonized with P686. Project Purpose: To achieve harmonization between two IEEE standards. This is an accomodation to P686 by P1672. Designation: P1673 Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Petroleum & Chemical Industry Title: Standard for Requirements for Conduit & Cable Seals for Field Connected Wiring To Equipment in Petroleum And Chemical Industry exposed to pressures above 1.5 kilopascals (0.22 psi) Status: New Standard Project Technical Contact: Paul S. Babiarz, Phone:315-477-5110, Email:paul.babiarz@crouse-hinds.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: May 10, 2005 Project Scope: The scope of this project is to develop installation and evaluation requirements for conduit and cable seals used in the field connected power , control and instrumentation wiring systems to equipment in the petroleum and chemical industry exposed to pressures above 1.5 kilopascals (0.22 psi) and at above or below ambient temperatures. This standard does not cover seals provided by manufacturers as part of the listed equipment. Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to provide consistent requirements for installation and evaluation of seal fittings for field installed cable and conduits systems for equipment subjected to pressures higher than 1.5 kilopascals (0.22 psi) containing flammable or combustible process fluids. A failure of seals could allow the migration of flammable process fluids and gases to unclassified areas containing ignition sources. Designation: P1675 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Power System Communications Title: Standard for Broadband over Power Line Hardware Status: New Standard Project Technical Contact: Terrence Burns, Phone:602-371-6443, Email:terrence.burns@aps.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jun 24, 2004 Project Scope: The scope of this standard will be to provide testing and verification standards for the commonly used hardware, primarily couplers and enclosures, for Broadband over Power Line (BPL) installations, and provide standard installation methods to ensure compliance with applicable codes and standards. This project will not cover repeater/node hardware, data transmission, protocols, or other aspects of BPL related to the internal workings of this technology. Project Purpose: The Broadband over Power Line (BPL) industry in the United States is in its infancy. For this technology to become widespread, standards must be put in place that will enable utilities to quickly develop a BPL program without the tedious task of investigating every possible hardware solution for safety and useability. A BPL standard will give both the utilities and the BPL industry the ability to confidently pursue a BPL installation. In addition, because of the nature of BPL, non-utility personnel will be working in close proximity to areas that are commonly considered off-limits to all personnel except for qualified linemen. This standard will provide the boundries of what is strictly the working area for linemen only in the utility environment, and detail construction practices that will provide adherance to applicable codes and standards. Designation: 1676 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Substations Title: Guide for Control Architecture for High Power Electronics (1 MW and Greater) used in Electric Power Transmission and Distribution Systems Status: Superseded Technical Contact: Narain G Hingorani, Phone:+1 650 941 5240, Email:nhingorani@aol.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jun 09, 2005 Project Scope: The scope of this project is to define and characterize control architecture for high power electronics from power semiconductor device levels to the power system level. This project covers the application of power electronics in the areas of Power Quality/Custom Power, Flexible AC Transmission Systems (FACTS), High Voltage DC Transmission (HVDC), Distributed Generation, Storage applications, with a power range from hundreds of kW to thousands of MW, but with emphasis on the 1 MW to hundreds of MW. Project Purpose: The purpose of this project is to define hierarchical control architecture, define various parameters/functions that need to be handled within each level and those that need to be communicated between the layers and their required speed levels. When the control functions of many different power electronic systems are investigated and evaluated, a significant degree of common functionality emerges, irrespective of the target application. Using the concept of system levels (or layers), it is possible to define a hierarchical control architecture for the high power electronics based systems. In order to exploit commonality, it is important to consider the division of the control architecture into distinct layers in high power electronics applications. These layers include: System control level that determines the overall mission of the system, converter control level responsible for maintaining overall functions of the power electronics, converter control level with the many common functions of converters irrespective of the final applications and the device level control including the functioning of the power electronics system and its devices. These levels have different communication speed requirements. Designation: P1677 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Substations Title: Guide for Application and User Guide for Gas-Insulated Transmission Lines (GIL), Rated 72.5 kV and Above Status: New Standard Project Technical Contact: Darin Penner, Phone:+1 816 822 3884, Email:dpenner@burnsmcd.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jun 09, 2005 Project Scope: This project will develop a guide for the planning, permitting, design, equipment specification, installation, commissioning, operation, and maintenance of gas insulated transmission lines. The guide will address technical aspects only. Commercial and legal issues associated with gas insulated transmission lines are not considered. This guide applies to AC transmission lines rated for maximum operating voltage of 72.5 kV and higher. Project Purpose: There is currently no complete guide covering planning, design, installation, and operation of gas insulated transmission lines. The guide produced by this project will fill this void and become a useful reference for electric power engineers considering the installation of gas insulated lines. Designation: P1678 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transmission and Distribution Title: Guide for Braced Post Insulator Assemblies for Overhead Transmission Lines 69 kV and Greater Status: New Standard Project Technical Contact: Tom Grisham, Phone:+1 630 584 1992, Email:griscut@aol.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jun 09, 2005 Project Scope: This guide will cover all types of fixed base and fully articulated braced insulator assemblies using either ceramic or non-ceramic insulators. Project Purpose: The purpose it to provide guidance to transmission line designers for the proper application of all types of braced insulator assemblies. Designation: P1679 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Stationary Batteries Committee, Joint Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Emerging Technologies Coordinating Committee Title: Recommended Practice for the Characterization and Evaluation of Emerging Energy Storage Technologies in Stationary Applications Status: Modified New Project Technical Contact: James A McDowall, Phone:203-985-2712, Email:Jim.McDowall@saftbatteries.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 15, 2006 Project Scope: This document covers recommended information for an objective evaluation of an emerging energy storage technology by a potential user for any stationary application. Energy storage technologies are those that provide a means for the reversible storage of electrical energy, i.e. the device receives electrical energy and is able to discharge electrical energy at a later time. The storage medium may be electrochemical (e.g. batteries), kinetic (e.g. flywheels), electrostatic (e.g. electric double-layer capacitors), thermal, or some other medium. Devices recharged by non- electrical means, such as fuel cells, are beyond the scope of this document. For the purposes of this document, “emerging” technologies are defined as those technologies recently, or soon to be, made available for sale under customary commercial terms, e.g., defined scope-of-supply, warranted performance, etc. Stationary applications include both standby and cycling operation. The document provides a common basis for the expression of performance characteristics and the treatment of life-testing data. A standard approach for analysis of failure modes is also provided, including assessment of safety attributes. The intent of this document is to ensure that characterization information, including test conditions and limits of applicability, is sufficiently complete to allow valid comparisons to be made. The document does not specify test methods, minimum requirements, or pass/fail criteria. This recommended practice does not describe individual energy storage technologies, nor does it provide guidance on their suitability for a particular application. This document does not cover sizing, installation, maintenance and testing techniques, except insofar as they may influence the evaluation of a technology for its intended application. Project Purpose: This recommended practice describes a format for the characterization of emerging energy storage technologies in terms of performance, service life and safety attributes. This format will provide a framework for developers to describe their products. The resulting information will assist users in evaluating the possible application of emerging energy storage technologies. IEEE Power Engineering Society/Emerging Technologies Coordinating Committee Designation: 1679 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Stationary Batteries Committee Title: Recommended Practice for the Characterization and Evaluation of Emerging Battery Technologies in Stationary Applications Status: Superseded Technical Contact: James A McDowall, Phone:203-985-2712, Email:Jim.McDowall@saftbatteries.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 22, 2005 Project Scope: This document covers recommended information for an objective evaluation of an emerging battery technology by a potential user for any stationary application. For the purposes of this document, emerging battery technologies are defined as those technologies recently, or soon to be, made available for sale under customary commercial terms, e.g., defined scope-of- supply, warranted performance, etc. The document provides a common basis for the expression of performance characteristics and the treatment of life- testing data. A standard approach for analysis of failure modes is also provided, including assessment of safety attributes. The intent of this document is to ensure that characterization information, including test conditions and limits of applicability, is sufficiently complete to allow valid comparisons to be made. The document does not specify test methods, minimum requirements, or pass/fail criteria. While this document primarily targets the characterization of emerging battery technologies, the recommendations are broadly applicable to other energy storage technologies. This recommended practice does not describe individual battery technologies, nor does it provide guidance on their suitability for a particular application. This document does not cover sizing, installation, maintenance and testing techniques, except insofar as they may influence the evaluation of a technology for its intended application. Project Purpose: This recommended practice describes a format for the characterization of emerging battery technologies in terms of performance, service life and safety attributes. This format will provide a framework for developers to describe their products. The resulting information will assist users in evaluating the possible application of emerging battery technologies. Designation: 1680-2006 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Standards Activities Board Title: IEEE Standard for Environmental Assessment of Personal Computer Products, including Laptop Personal Computers, Desktop Personal Computers, and Personal Computer Monitors Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Apr 28, 2006 Technical Contact: Holly Elwood, Phone:+1 202 564 8854, Email:elwood.holly@epa.gov **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Aug 11, 2005, BD APP: Mar 30, 2006 Project Scope: This Standard defines environmental performance standards for personal computer products, including desktop computers, notebook computers, and computer monitors that are marketed to institutions, and includes key concepts and implementation procedures relating to reduction or elimination of environmentally sensitive materials, materials selection, design for end of life, life cycle extension, energy conservation, end of life management, corporate performance and packaging. Project Purpose: This Standard provides a clear and consistent set of performance criteria for the design of personal computer products that are marketed to institutions, and provides an opportunity to secure market recognition for efforts to reduce the environmental impact of electronic products. The environmental performance criteria of this Standard are intended to define a measure of environmental leadership in: the design and manufacture of personal computer products that are marketed to institutions; the delivery of specified services that are associated with the sale of the product to institutions; and in associated corporate performance characteristics. This Standard is defined with the intention that the criteria are technically feasible to achieve, but that only products demonstrating the leading environmental performance currently available in the marketplace would meet them at the time of their adoption. As the environmental performance of products that are available in the marketplace improves, it is intended that the criteria will be updated and revised to set a higher performance standard for leadership products. This Standard is intended to serve as a baseline for further environmental standards for additional electronic products to be developed in the future. Abstract: IEEE Std 1680-2006 provides a set of environmental performance criteria for notebook computers, desktop computers, and computer monitors. In addition, it defines the methods by which manufacturers may declare such products as conforming with the Standard and by which such conformance may be verified. The Standard provides a measure of environmental leadership in product design, manufacture, service and end-of-life management. It is intended for use by institutional purchasers to select personal computer products, and by product manufacturers who wish to sell such products. There are three levels of conformance with this Standard. To achieve the first level, the product shall conform to all of the 23 required environmental criteria. To achieve the second level, the product shall conform to all of the required criteria plus at least 50% of the 28 optional criteria, and to achieve the third level the product shall conform to all the required criteria and at least 75% of the optional criteria. It is intended that this Standard shall be a baseline for further environmental standards for additional electronic products and shall be updated and revised on a periodic basis to continue to set a higher performance standard for leadership products. Key Words: computer, computer monitor, electronic product, electronic product design, environment, environmental leadership, environmental performance, notebook computer, personal computer Designation: P1681 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transmission and Distribution Title: Guide for Application of Active Harmonic Filter Systems for AC Low and Medium Voltages (208V to 17.5kV) Status: New Standard Project Technical Contact: William A (Bill) Moncrief, Phone:770-453-1459, Email:bmoncrief@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 22, 2005 Project Scope: This guide provides application and general specification for the use of active harmonic filter systems. Active harmonic filter systems are intended for use in low voltages (208V and up to 1000V) and medium voltages (up to 17.5kV). Project Purpose: Presently, there are no standards, specification or guidelines for active harmonic filter systems. With the increase of components availabe to support this new technology, utilization of active harmonic filters will also increase. Designation: P1682 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Nuclear Power Engineering, Joint Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Insulated Conductors Title: Standard for Qualifying Fiber Optic Cables, Connections, and Optical Fiber Splices for Use in Safety Systems of Nuclear Power Generating Stations Status: New Standard Project Technical Contact: Jan S Pirrong, Phone:508-384-7811, Email:jpirrong@cablelan.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Nov 10, 2005 Project Scope: This standard provides requirements, directions, and methods for qualifying fiber optic cables, connections, and optical fiber splices for use in safety systems of nuclear power generating stations. Project Purpose: The principal purpose of this standard is to provide specific directions for the implementation of IEEE Std 323-2003 for qualification of fiber optic cables, including hybrid cables, connections and optical fiber splices. IEEE Power Engineering Society/Insulated Conductors Designation: P1683 Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Petroleum & Chemical Industry Title: Standard for Motor Control Centers Rated up to 1000 volts with Requirements Intended to Reduce Injuries and Improve Reliability Status: New Standard Project Technical Contact: Ben McClung, Phone:304-984-3877, Email:blmcclung@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 07, 2005 Project Scope: This standard provides functional design and factory test requirements for motor control centers rated up to 1000 volts AC 50/60 Hz intended to reduce the possibility of injuries caused by shock or internal arcing events to employees performing normal operations on the motor control center. These requirements are also intended to allow more reliable operation. Normal operations are considered to include: - operation of door mounted controls - testing for absence of voltage in unit and on bus - troubleshooting for failed components or faulted conductors in or connected to the unit - replacement of any fuses and resetting of any protective devices which could blow or trip due to an external failure or overload - disconnection and removal of removable units - reinsertion and reconnection of removable units - adjustment of settings in the unit - replacement of indicator lamps. The requirements of this guide are intended to supplement the existing requirements of the applicable standards for motor control centers, including NEMA ICS 18-2001 “Motor Control Centers” and ANSI/UL 845-2005 “Motor Control Centers” (also known as NMX-J-353-ANCE-2006 and CSA C22.2 No. 254-05). Compliance with this standard is optional, and when required, must be specifically stated as a requirement in the purchase contract. Project Purpose: This standard enables equipment suppliers to provide a motor control center (MCC) designed and factory tested with a specific set of features. These features are intended to reduce the rate of user employee shock and arc flash injuries. They are also intended to improve reliability i.e. increase the mean time between failures compared to equipment meeting the base NEMA and ANSI/UL standards referenced above. This standard enables suppliers of MCCs to offer users MCCs meeting an IEEE standard for increased safety and reliability. Equipment specified to this standard may be subject to less onerous operating and maintenance requirements in a future edition of NFPA 70E “Standard for Electrical Safety Requirements for Employee Workplaces.” Designation: P1684 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Nuclear Power Engineering Title: Standard Criteria for Security of Digital Computers in Safety Systems of Nuclear Power Generating Stations Status: New Standard Project Technical Contact: Charles Roslund, Phone:412-374-6613, Email:rosluncj@notes.westinghouse.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 07, 2005 Project Scope: This project will define requirements and provide guidance in addressing security for digital computers and software used in safety systems of nuclear power generating stations. Project Purpose: Currently there are no defined security requirements and implementation guidance for digital computers and software used in safety systems of nuclear power generating stations. The purpose of this standard is to provide this guidance. Designation: P1685 Sponsor: IEEE-SA Board of Governors/Corporate Advisory Group, Joint Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Design Automation Title: Standard for IP-XACT, Standard Structure for Packaging, Integrating and Re-using IP within Tool-flows Status: Modified New Project Technical Contact: Victor Berman, Phone:978 927 0555 x 27, Email:victorb@improvsys.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 15, 2006 Project Scope: This standard describes an XML Schema for meta-data documenting Intellectual Property (IP) used in the development, implementation and verification of electronic systems and an Application Programming Interface (API) to provide tool access to the meta-data. This schema provides a standard method to document IP that is compatible with automated integration techniques. The API provides a standard method for linking tools into a System Development framework, enabling a more flexible, optimized development environment. Tools compliant with this standard will be able to interpret, configure, integrate and manipulate IP blocks that comply with the proposed IP meta-data description. The proposed standard is based on version 1.4 IP-XACT of The SPIRIT Consortium. The standard is independent of any specific design processes. It does not cover those behavioral characteristics of the IP that are not relevant to integration. Project Purpose: This standard enables the creation and exchange of IP in a highly automated design environment IEEE Computer Society/Design Automation Designation: 1685 Sponsor: IEEE-SA Board of Governors/Corporate Advisory Group, Joint Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Design Automation Title: Standard Structure for Packaging, Integrating and Re-using IP within Tool-flows, (SPIRIT). Status: Superseded Technical Contact: Victor Berman, Phone:978 927 0555 x 27, Email:victorb@improvsys.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Aug 11, 2005 Project Scope: This standard describes a meta-data schema for the description of Intellectual Property (IP) and an Application Programming Interface (API) to provide tool access to this schema. This schema provides a standard method to describe IP that is compatible with automated integration techniques. The API provides a standard method for linking tools into an IP framework, enabling a more flexible, optimized development environment. Tools compliant with this standard will be able to interpret, configure, integrate and manipulate IP blocks that comply with the proposed IP meta-data description. The proposed project will create an IEEE standard based on version 1.5 of the SPIRIT schema and API. The IEEE will refine the schema and API and clarify how they are used in the context of hardware design languages such as IEEE 1364 Verilog, IEEE 1666 SystemC, and IEEE 1076 VHDL. Project Purpose: The purpose of this project is to provide a well-defined meta- data schema to define the characteristics of Intellectual Property (IP) required for the automation of the configuration and integration of IP blocks; and to define an Application Programming Interface (API) to make this meta-data directly accessible to automation tools. IEEE Computer Society/Design Automation Designation: P1686 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Substations Title: Standard for Substation Intelligent Electronic Devices (IED) Cyber Security Standards Status: New Standard Project Technical Contact: Samuel C Sciacca, Phone:203-881-1287, Email:samuels@microsol.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Nov 10, 2005 Project Scope: The standard will define the functions and features to be provided in substation intelligent electronic devices (IEDs) to accommodate critical infrastructure protection programs. The standard will address security regarding the access, operation, configuration, firmware revision and data retrieval from an IED, including the substation RTU. Encryption for the secure transmission of data both within and external to the substation will not be part of this standard as this is being addressed in other efforts. Project Purpose: The standard will define the functions and features to be provided in substation intelligent electronic devices(IEDs)to accommodate critical infrastructure protection programs. Specifically, the standard will state what safeguards, audit mechanisms and alarm indications shall be provided by the vendor of the IED with regards to all activities associated with access, operation, configuration, firmware revision and data retrieval from an IED, including the substation RTU. The standard will also allow the user to define a security program around these features, and alert the user if an IED does not meet this standard as to the need for other defensive measures (technical and/or procedural) which may need to be taken. The Encryption for the secure transmission of data both within and external to the substation will not be part of this standard as this is being addressed in other efforts. Designation: P1687 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Test Technology Title: Standard for Access and Control of Instrumentation Embedded within a Semiconductor Device Status: New Standard Project Technical Contact: Kenneth Posse, Phone:+1 970 223 2103, Email:kepos@comcast.net **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 16, 2006 Project Scope: This standard develops a methodology for access to embedded instrumentation without defining the instruments or their features themselves, via the IEEE 1149.1 Test Access Port (TAP) and additional signals that may be required. The elements of the methodology include a description language for the characteristics of the features and for communication with the features, and requirements for interfacing to the features. Project Purpose: The IEEE 1149.1 standard specifies circuits to be embedded within a semiconductor device to support board test; namely, the Test Access Port (TAP), TAP Controller, and a number of internal registers. In practice the TAP and TAP Controller are being used for other functions well beyond boundary-scan in an ad-hoc manner across the industry to access a wide variety of embedded instruments. The purpose of the IJTAG initiative is to provide an extension to the IEEE 1149.1 standard specifically aimed at using the TAP to manage the configuration, operation, and collection of data from this embedded instrumentation circuitry. Designation: P1688 Sponsor: IEEE Electromagnetic Compatibility Society/Standards Development Committee Title: Standard for Module Electromagnetic Interference (EMI) Testing Status: New Standard Project Technical Contact: Fred Heather, Phone:+1 301 342 6975, Email:heatherf@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 16, 2006 Project Scope: The scope of the standard is limited to EMI levels and test methods for replaceable electronic modules (i.e. cards, electronic subunits). Project Purpose: The purpose of the standard is to provide Electromagnetic Interference (EMI) levels and test methods for characterizing the EMI of replaceable electronic modules. Designation: P1689 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Substations Title: Trial Use Standard for Cyber Security of Serial SCADA Links and IED Remote Access Status: New Standard Project Technical Contact: John T Tengdin, Phone:949-361-9595, Email:j.t.tengdin@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 30, 2006 Project Scope: This trial use standard defines the general requirements to protect serial communications between master stations and remote terminal units from cyber attack, and remote access to maintenance ports in Remote Terminal Units (RTUs) and other Intelligent Electronic Devices (IEDs). This standard defines the requirements to retrofit existing communications in such a manner as to minimize the changes needed to existing equipment and software. The test plan defines specific tests and evaluations that should be performed to ensure that the cyber security mechanisms are working properly. Project Purpose: Utilities will use the cyber security requirements as part of a procurement specification to retrofit existing communications to protect against cyber attack. Vendors will use the cyber security requirements to build open system cyber security devices that protect existing asynchronous serial communications and dial-up communications from cyber attack. Designation: P1690 Sponsor: IEEE Nanotechnology Council/Standards Committee Title: Standard Methods for the Characterization of Carbon Nanotubes Used as Additives in Bulk Materials Status: New Standard Project Technical Contact: Krishna Kalyanasundaram, Phone:+1 847 576 9596, Email:krishnak@motorola.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 22, 2005 Project Scope: This recommended practice provides standard methods for the characterization of carbon nanotubes used as additives in bulk materials. Project Purpose: The purpose of the proposed project is to provide and suggest procedures for characterization and reporting of data. These methods will enable the creation of a suggested reporting standard that will be used by research through manufacturing as the technology is developed. Moreover, the standards will recommend the necessary tools and procedures for validation. Designation: 1691-1 Title: Design automation—VHDL language reference manual Status: Approved Publication of IEEE Publication type: Special Publication Designation: 1691-2 Title: Standard Multivalue Logic System for VHDL Model Interoperability (Std_logic_1164) Status: Approved Publication of IEEE Publication type: Special Publication Designation: P1692 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Power System Communications Title: Guide for the Protection of Communication Installations from Lightning Effects Status: New Standard Project Technical Contact: Percy E Pool, Phone:972-418-0341, Email:pepool@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 30, 2006 Project Scope: This document presents engineering design guidelines for the prevention of lightning damage to communications equipment within structures. Project Purpose: The purpose of this guide is to provide reliable engineering methods and practices to minimize damages to communications equipment located within a structure. Designation: P1693 Sponsor: IEEE Instrumentation and Measurement Society/TC8-Automated Instrumentation Title: Standard for Modular Interconnect Packaging for Scalable Systems Status: New Standard Project Technical Contact: Steve Mann, Phone:+1 978 663 2525x126, Email:smann@bco-inc.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 30, 2006 Project Scope: This standard defines the electrical and mechanical specifications of a modular interconnect packaging system design for Automatic Test System (ATS). It specifically describes a building block approach based upon the integration of three elements: (1) the outer enclosure and the inner Eurocard standard mechanical chassis that forms the mechanical structure of the building block with alignment features to mate with other enclosures [building blocks]; (2) upgraded IEEE-1155 Standard for VME eXtensions for Instrumentation (VXI), that adds serial bus control to the backplane, a new pluggable virtual power source, and extends the VXI module length to directly couple with rear connectors of the IEEE-P1505 Receiver Fixture Interface [RFI] Standard; and (3) the segmentation of the IEEE-P1505 RFI Receiver Framework to match size of the basic building block while also meeting the intent of the IEEE-P1505.1 Common Test Interface (CTI) Pin Map Standard. Project Purpose: The project establishes an integration standard for Automatic Test Systems that will permit integrators to quickly assemble systems under a plug&play architecture. It further defines for the VXI module suppliers an extended interconnect capability that will support direct plug- in of the VXI module to the RFI connector eliminating custom wire requirements. Building block segmentation that supports direct coupled VXI-RFI interconnectivity at the block level, permits scalability of the test system without cable integration of the building blocks. Designation: P1694 Sponsor: IEEE-SA Board of Governors/Corporate Advisory Group Title: Standard for Enterprise Strategic Decision Management Status: New Standard Project Technical Contact: Gary DeGregorio, Phone:847-576-4892, Email:gary.degregorio@motorola.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jun 08, 2006 Project Scope: This project defines a standard framework for the enterprise- level management of strategic decisions. It defines common methods and work products for 1) decision planning, analysis, traceability and execution, 2) collaboration within and among enterprises and 3) linkages with other business processes. Project Purpose: This project enables common decision management methods to be used across all parts of an enterprise (or among enterprises), including, but not limited to, strategy, portfolio management, technology/capability management, systems/platform engineering and “product” development. - The term “Product” includes product, platform, software, process, system, solutions, services etc. What we will be standardizing as part of this document primarily includes: 1) Common ontology 2) A common decision management process framework that can be customized for different domains and industries 3) A high-level information model that defines the minimum information that is needed to be passed between decisions as well as between different roles Designation: P1695 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transmission and Distribution Title: Trial-Use Guide for Assessing Voltages at Publicly and Privately Accessible Locations Status: New Standard Project Technical Contact: Chuck DeNardo, Phone:+1 414 221 3073, Email:chuck.denardo@we-energies.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 15, 2006 Project Scope: This guide addresses the normal and abnormal voltages that exist at publicly and privately accessible locations as a result of the delivery and use of electrical energy (often referred to as stray voltage). It focuses primarily on the presence of power frequency related voltages, and discusses definitions, causes, impacts, testing techniques, mitigation strategies, and hazard levels. Project Purpose: There is presently no industry wide guide or standard that describes the variety of publicly and privately accessible voltages resulting from the delivery and use of electrical energy. This guide will help dispel misinformation surrounding this topic and enhance public safety. Designation: P1696 Sponsor: IEEE Instrumentation and Measurement Society/TC10-Waveform Measurement and Analysis Title: Standard for Terminology and Test Methods for Circuit Probes Status: New Standard Project Technical Contact: Nick Paulter, Phone:301-975-2405, Email:nicholas.paulter@nist.gov **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jun 08, 2006 Project Scope: This standard provides test method(s) and describes transfer (artifact) standards for characterizing electrical circuit probes and probes systems. The systems may include waveform acquisition hardware and software and signal/waveform analysis software. The probe will include the mechanism by which the circuit is contacted. This method and standard will be applicable to all individual probes having one signal conductor and one ground conductor or two signal conductors, and having an input impedance greater than the impedance of the circuit under test. Project Purpose: There is currently no defined, industry-accepted method for characterizing the performance of electrical circuit probes. Each vendor has its own proprietary methods for characterization, leaving probe customers and users without a valid means of comparing probe performance and/or understanding the circuit-loading effect of the probe. This method or these methods developed will provide an industry-accepted, unbiased means for characterizing probe performance. Designation: P1698 Sponsor: IEEE Vehicular Technology Society/Rail Transit Title: Guide for the Calculation of Braking Distances for Rail Transit Vehicles Status: New Standard Project Technical Contact: David Thurston, Phone:610 358 4396, Email:dthurston@systrausa.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 15, 2006 Project Scope: This guide provides methods and assumptions used in calculating the braking distances of rail transit vehicles. The methods encompass automatic train protection and signal system operation, propulsion and brake system operation, environmental conditions, operator interfaces, toleraces, and failure modes. Project Purpose: The design of automatic train protection and signal systems for rail transit vehicles requires knowledge of braking distance. This guide provides methods of performing braking distance calculations. Designation: P1699 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Design Automation Title: Standard for the Rosetta Systems Level Design Language Definition Status: New Standard Project Technical Contact: W. Perry Alexander, Phone:785-864-7741, Email:perry.alexander@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. Project Scope: This standard presents the Rosetta specification language and its base collection of domains. The language definition specifies concrete and abstract syntax, denotational semantics for language constructs, and required libraries for AST definition and reflection. The domain definition specifies a collection of base modeling domains required of all Rosetta implementations. The document includes both formal definitions and descriptive text. Project Purpose: As electronic system complexity continues to grow, so does the need to integrate design information from multiple, heterogeneous design domains, each with their own vocabulary and semantics. The primary purpose of the Rosetta Standard is to define language and semantic support for designing such system. Specifically, this standard defines a language for developing, composing and analyzing specification models from multiple, concurrent domains. Designation: P1700 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Information Assurance Title: Standard for Information System Security Assurance Architecture (ISSAA) Status: Modified New Project Technical Contact: Jack Cole, Phone:410 278 9276, Email:jack.cole@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Aug 12, 2004 Project Scope: This standard specifies the architecture of a systematic approach for managing the health/state of the security controls of information systems, including the cost-effective selection, documentation, implementation, and ongoing assessment of security controls, and for making and maintaining system security accreditation decisions. The general schema and description of related components are provided. Project Purpose: Activities critical to societal infrastructure are highly dependent on information systems for continuity and survival. This standard will improve confidence that a system's controls are adequate and effective in protecting information and that interconnecting systems can be trusted. Designation: 1700 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Information Assurance Title: Standard Security Architecture for Certification and Accreditation of Information Systems Status: Superseded Technical Contact: Jack Cole, Phone:410 278 9276, Email:jack.cole@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 11, 2003 Project Scope: This standard specifies the architecture of a systematic approach to security certification and accreditation of information systems. The general schema and description of related components are provided. Project Purpose: Activities critical to societal infrastructure are highly dependent on information systems for continuity and survival. This standard will improve confidence that a systemís controls are adequate and effective in protecting information and that interconnecting systems can be trusted. Designation: P1701 Sponsor: SASB/SCC31-Automatic Meter Reading and Energy Management Title: Standard for Optical Port Communication Protocol to complement the Utility Industry End Device Data Tables Status: New Standard Project Technical Contact: Richard D Tucker, Phone:704/888-2634, Email:richardaet@aol.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 07, 2005 Project Scope: This standard (P1701) is congruent with MC12.18 and ANSI C12.18. This standard details the criteria required for communications with a Utility End Device by another device via an optical port. The other device could be a hand held reader, a laptop or portable computer, a master station system, or some other electronic communications device. It shall provide the optical port lower layers communication protocol for the Utility metering Industry including specifically Water, Gas, and Electric. This work is complementary with the proposed Utility Industry End Device Data Tables. Project Purpose: The Utility Industry has need for a standard that provides an operable "plug and play" environment for field metering devices. The purpose of this standard is to define the means to transport the Utility Industry End Device Data Tables via an optical port such that multi-source environment and End Device interchangeability is possible. Designation: P1702 Sponsor: SASB/SCC31-Automatic Meter Reading and Energy Management Title: Standard for Telephone Modem Communication Protocol to complement the Utility Industry End Device Data Tables Status: New Standard Project Technical Contact: Richard D Tucker, Phone:704/888-2634, Email:richardaet@aol.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 07, 2005 Project Scope: This standard details the criteria required for communications between a Utility End Device and a utility host via a modem connected to the switched telephone network. The utility host could be a laptop or portable computer, a master station system, another utility End Device, or some other electronic communications device. This standard does not specify the implementation requirements of the telephone switched network to the modem, nor does it include definitions for the establishment of the communication channel. This document shall provide details for an implementation of the OSI 7 layer model. The protocol specified in this standard is designed to transport data in the Utility End Device Table format provided in IEEE P1377 or MC12.19 or ANSI C12.19 standards. (This standard, IEEE P1702, is congruent with MC12.21 and ANSI C12.21) This document specifies the differences between ANSI Std C12.18 – 1996, Protocol Specification for ANSI Type 2 Optical Port and IEEE P1377, Utility Industry End Device Data Tables and those features and services required to describe a protocol specification for Telephone Modem Communications. This standard shall provide the telephone modem lower layers communication protocol for the Utility metering Industry including specifically Water, Gas, and Electric. This work is complementary with the proposed Utility Industry End Device Data Tables, IEEE P1377 or MC12.19 or ANSI C12.19. Project Purpose: The Utility Industry has need for a standard that provides an operable "plug and play" environment for field metering devices. The purpose of this standard is to define the means to transport the Utility Industry End Device Data Tables via a telephone modem such that a multi- source environment and end device interchangeability is possible. Designation: P1703 Sponsor: SASB/SCC31-Automatic Meter Reading and Energy Management Title: Standard for Local Area Network/Wide Area Network (LAN/WAN) Node Communication Protocol to complement the Utility Industry End Device Data Tables Status: New Standard Project Technical Contact: Richard D Tucker, Phone:704/888-2634, Email:richardaet@aol.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 07, 2005 Project Scope: This document defines interfaces between IEEE P1377 devices and network protocols (IEEE P1377, MC12.19, and ANSI C12.19 standards are congruent). This standard shall provide the Local Area Network/Wide Area Network (LAN/WAN) lower layers communication protocol for the Utility metering Industry including specifically Water, Gas, and Electric. This work is complementary with the proposed Utility Industry End Device Data Tables, IEEE P1377, MC12.19 and ANSI C12.19. Specific goals identified by this committee were: 1. Defining a Datagram that may convey IEEE P1377 or MC12.19 or ANSI C12.19 data Tables through any network. This is accomplished by: • Assuming that the data source is IEEE P1377 or MC12.19 or ANSI C12.19 data Tables. • Defining the Application Layer services (language). • Defining the interface lower layers; layers; 4 (Transport), 3 (Network), 2 (Data Link) and 1 (Physical). 2. Providing a full stack definition for interfacing an end device to a “Network Communication Module”. This is accomplished by: • Defining the physical interface requirements between the end device and the “Network Communication Module”. • Defining the interface lower layers; 4 (network), 3 (transport), 2 (data link) and 1 (physical). 3. Providing a full stack definition for point-to-point communication to be used over local ports such as optical ports, or modems. This is accomplished by defining a Layer 4 (Transport Layer) and Layer 2 (Data Link Layer). 4. Providing support for efficient one-way messaging (blurts) (IEEE P1703, MC.22, and ANSI C12.22 standards are congruent) This is accomplished by: • Defining a compact message format that can be easily transformed to a standard IEEE P1703 or MC12.22 or ANSI C12.22 Datagram. • Assuring that all needed layers defined in this Standard can support one-way messaging 5. Providing network architecture compatible with this protocol. (IEEE P1703, MC12.22, and ANSI C12.22 are congruent) This is accomplished by: • Defining different type of nodes such as IEEE P1703 Relay, IEEE P1703 Master Relay, IEEE P1703 Host, IEEE P1703 Authentication Host, IEEE P1703 Notification Host, IEEE P1703 Gateway. • Defining the role and responsibilities of each of these IEEE P1703 Nodes. 6. Providing data structure definitions in support of this protocol. (IEEE P1377, MC12.19, and ANSI C12.19 standards are congruent) This is accomplished by: • Defining an IEEE P1377 Decade to be used by IEEE P1703 Nodes. • Defining an IEEE P1377 Decade to be used by IEEE P1703 Relays. • Defining new procedures in support of this protocol. • Defining a new table for enhanced security. Project Purpose: The Utility Industry has need for a standard that provides an operable "plug and play" environment for field metering devices. The purpose of this standard is to define the means to transport the Utility End Device Data Tables via a local Area/Wide Area network interface such that a multi-source environment and end device interchangeability is possible. Designation: P1704 Sponsor: SASB/SCC31-Automatic Meter Reading and Energy Management Title: Standard for Utility Industry End Device Communications Module Status: New Standard Project Technical Contact: Richard D Tucker, Phone:704/888-2634, Email:richardaet@aol.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 16, 2006 Project Scope: This document defines the physical interface between IEEE P1377 end devices (such as meters or distribution automation devices) and communication modules. The communication modules are described as being attachable and removable to/from the end device. Included in this standard are the physical dimensions, electrical connections, and module positioning which involves the secure physical mounting, weather elements, and communications propagation considerations. This standard serves as the extension of the proposed standards, IEEE P1703, MC12.22-2006, and ANSI C12.22-2006 in regard to the communications module description and specification. Project Purpose: Utility end devices such as meters are becoming utilized as remote metering devices in Automatic Meter Reading systems. The purpose of this standard is to describe uniform physical characteristics for the communications devices which will be attaching/detaching to the utility end devices. Designation: P1705 Sponsor: SASB/SCC31-Automatic Meter Reading and Energy Management Title: Standard for Compliance Testing Standard for Utility Industry metering communications protocol standards Status: New Standard Project Technical Contact: Richard D Tucker, Phone:704/888-2634, Email:richardaet@aol.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 07, 2005 Project Scope: This work shall provide the Utility Metering Industry with one document for building and testing for compliance to the following Utility Industry Metering Communications protocols: 1. The Utility Industry Metering Communication Protocol Application Layer Std (Proposed congruent standards, IEEE P1377, ANSI C12.19-2006 and MC12.19-2006) 2. Optical Port Communication Protocol (Proposed congruent standards, IEEE P1701, MC12.18- 2006 and ANSI C12.18-2006) to complement The Utility Industry Metering Communication Protocol Application Layer Std. 3. Telephone Port Communication Protocol (Proposed congruent standards, IEEE P1702, MC12.21- 2006 and ANSI C12.21-2006) to complement the Utility Industry Metering Communication Protocol Application Layer Std. 4. Local Area Network/Wide Area Network (LAN/WAN) Communication Protocol (Proposed congruent standards, IEEE P1703, MC12.22-2006 and ANSI C12.22-2006) to complement the Utility Industry Metering Communication Protocol Application Layer Std. Project Purpose: The Utility Industry has need for a standard that provides an operable "plug and play" environment for field metering devices. The purpose of this standard is to define the means to test Utility End Devices and ancillary devices for compliance to the communications standards stated in the scope of this document. Designation: P1706 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Power System Relaying Title: Guide for Power System Protective Relay Applications over Digital Communication Channels Status: New Standard Project Technical Contact: Mike Meisinger, Phone:773-852-9004, Email:mmeisinger@sandc.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 15, 2006 Project Scope: This document is a a guide for the application of digital communication for protective relaying systems and schemes, including transmitting and receiving equipment, digital channels, application principals, performance, installation, troubleshooting, testing and maintenance. Reflected in this guide is the knowledge and experience of equipment manufacturers and power utility users. This guide is not intended to supplant specific or general instructions contained in manufacturers' instruction books or any contractual agreement. Project Purpose: The primary purpose of this document is to guide the power system user in applying, installing and operating digital communication channels for the purpose of protective relaying. The guide is prepared not only for those considering digital communication relaying for the first time, but as a reference for the experienced. Designation: P1708 Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/Standards Committee Title: Standard for Wearable Cuffless Blood Pressure Measuring Devices Status: New Standard Project Technical Contact: Yuang-Ting Zhang, Phone:(852) 2609-8459, Email:ytzhang@ee.cuhk.edu.hk **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. Project Scope: It is intended to establish a standard for the objective evaluation of wearable cuffless blood pressure (BP) measurement devices. The standard is independent of the form of the device or the vehicle the device is attached to or embedded in. The standard is applicable to all types of wearable BP measurement devices that have different modes of operation (e.g. to measure short-term, long-term, snapshot, continuous, beat(s)-to-beat(s) BP or BP variability). This standard is, however, limited to evaluation of devices that does not use a cuff during measurement and does not cover evaluation of all sphygmomanometers that are used with an occluding or inflatable cuff for the indirect determination of BP on the upper arm or wrist. Project Purpose: There is currently no defined, independent standard for wearable cuffless BP measurement devices, which have drawn growing interest in recent years. Existing standards for evaluating sphygmomanometers are only intended for devices that are used with an occluding cuff and therefore, do not cover all aspects needed for the emerging wearable devices. This standard provides guidelines for manufacturers to qualify and validate their products, potential purchasers or users to evaluate and select prospective products, and health care professionals to understand the manufacturing practices on wearable BP devices. Designation: P1711 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Substations Title: Trial Use Standard for a Cryptographic Protocol for Cyber Security of Substation Serial Links Status: New Standard Project Technical Contact: David E Whitehead, Phone:509-332-1890, Email:david_whitehead@selgs.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. Project Scope: This trial use standard defines the cryptographic protocol for cyber security of serial supervisory control and data acquisition (SCADA) links and engineering access points that implement the requirements of IEEE P1689. Project Purpose: The purpose of this trial use standard is to provide part of a procurement specification that can be used by utilities to ensure that cyber security devices built by different solution providers are interoperable. Solution providers will use cryptographic protocols to build interoperable open system cyber security devices that protect existing asynchronous serial communications against cyber attack. Designation: P1712 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Substations Title: Guide for Sulphur Hexafluoride (SF6) Gas Handling for High Voltage Equipment Status: New Standard Project Technical Contact: Gordon Luke van der Zel, Phone:704-595-2232, Email:lvanderz@epri.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. Project Scope: This guide describes significant aspects of handling SF6 gas used in electric power equipment such as gas recovery, reclamation, recycling in order to keep the gas permanently in a closed cycle and avoiding any deliberate release in environment. Project Purpose: To provide state-of-the-art technologies and procedures to minimize SF6 gas emission to a minimum functional level for the electric power equipment to preserve the environment. This Guide will include all the aspects for consideration during commissioning and recommissioning, topping up, refilling, checking the gas quality at site, sampling and shipment for off-site gas analysis, recovering and reclaiming during normal operation and at the end of the life of power equipment while dismantling. This Guide also presents the state-of-the art tools and measuring devices including the necessary personnel protective equipment. The basis for the preparation of this Guide is CIGRE Brochure No. 276 - Guide for preparation of Customised " Practical SF6 Handling Instructions", August 2005 edition which was developed by the Study Committee B3, Task Force B3.02.01. Designation: P1713 Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Petroleum & Chemical Industry Title: Electrical Shore-to-Ship Connections Status: New Standard Project Technical Contact: Kevin L Peterson, Phone:562-497-2999, Email:kevin.peterson@p2seng.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. Project Scope: This standard covers system components necessary for connecting large commercial ships including the shore power supply, shore connection boxes, cable connections, ship incoming panel and control system. The standard also addresses safety considerations, maintenance and inspection. Project Purpose: Providing medium voltage shore power connections to ships has initiated many challenges to ports around the world. This standard provides cohesive international recommended practices that are easy to follow and provides methods for connecting container ships, bulk carriers and cruise ships. Designation: P1714 Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Petroleum & Chemical Industry Title: Recommended Practice for Industrial Uninterruptible Power Supply (UPS) Systems Status: New Standard Project Technical Contact: Donald G Dunn, Phone:281-452-8809, Email:donald.dunn@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. Project Scope: Recommended practice for typical UPS Systems installed in industrial facilities including the application, specification, performance, and testing of the UPS System. UPS systems provide uninterruptible power to process control, standby and other critical equipment. This recommended practice includes UPS System configurations and loads, accepted design practices, control strategies and operating principles, redundancy, reliability, installation, commissioning/startup verification, and maintenance considerations. Also included in this recommended practice are hardware associated considerations for batteries, static switch, ferroresonant transformers, isolation transformers, panelboards, motor control centers, and harmonic and EMI filters. Project Purpose: This recommended practice provides cohesive, easy to use guidance for both national and international UPS applications. Designation: P1715 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Power System Instrumentation and Measurements Title: Power Measurements Under Low Power Factor Conditions Status: New Standard Project Technical Contact: Eddy So, Phone:613-990-5806, Email:Eddy.So@nrc.ca **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. Project Scope: To provide background information and general recommendations for accurate measurements of power at high voltage under low power factor conditions; identifies suitable measurement techniques including instrumentation to meet these recommendations; identifies on-site test techniques including instrumentation to calibrate power loss measuring systems and recommendations for maintaining their accuracy specifications, including obtaining traceability to higher echelon standards. Project Purpose: There is currently no defined, independent guide for providing background and general recommendations for accurate measurements of power at high voltage under low power factor conditions. The guide identifies suitable measurement and on-site test techniques, including instrumentation, to meet these recommendations and calibration of power loss measuring systems. The guide also provides recommendations for maintaining the accuracy specifications of the power loss measuring systems, including obtaining traceability to higher echelon standards. Designation: P1716 Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Petroleum & Chemical Industry Title: Managing Natural Disaster Impact on key electrical systems and installations in Petroleum and Chemical Facilities Status: New Standard Project Technical Contact: Ed Thornton, Phone:281-586-2532, Email:ED.THORNTON@USA.dupont.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. Project Scope: This document provides recommendations and guidelines for managing natural disaster impact on key electrical facilities and systems in petroleum and chemical facilities in order to minimize economic damage by pre-assessment risk evaluation of electrical facilities, by Identification of mitigation techniques and system designs to minimize impact and by outlining procedures for faster recovery of electrical systems after a natural disaster. Project Purpose: The purpose of this project is to provide guidelines and recommendations to minimize the economic impact to petroleum and chemical facilities throughout the globe due to natural disasters. The document provides information to users on how to pre assess damage potential based on the defined disasters; protect facilities during natural disasters, and implement processes to be followed for a speedier recovery effort of key electrical systems. The document begins with addressing basic human needs after a natural disaster prior to addressing the financial considerations. Designation: P1717 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Insulated Conductors Title: Standard for Testing Circuit Integrity Cables Using A Hydrocarbon Pool Fire Test Protocol Status: New Standard Project Project Scope: This standard provides cable and/or system requirements and methods for performing circuit integrity tests on energized low voltage power, control, and instrumentation cables at temperatures simulating a hydrocarbon pool fire. Project Purpose: The purpose of the document is to provide circuit integrity test methodology and performance requirements for cables and/or cable systems, which may be subjected to a hydrocarbon pool fire. This protocol may be useful when selecting cables for applications where circuit integrity is critical to plant shutdown under hydrocarbon fire conditions. It can also be a useful tool in the development of technology to design cables that maintain circuit integrity during such a fire. Designation: P1719 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Electric Machinery Title: Guide for Evaluating Stator Cores of AC Synchronous Electric Machines Rated 1 MVA and Higher Status: New Standard Project Technical Contact: Glenn Mottershead, Phone:905-855-0242x263, Email:gmtrshd@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. Project Scope: This guide describes methods which may be used to evaluate the condition of stator cores of ac electric machines including generators, motors, and synchronous condensers. The methods outlined herein are generally applicable to machines rated 1 MVA (1340 HP) and higher. However, these methods may be applicable to units of lower rating. This guide is not intended to provide detailed inspection, testing, and maintenance procedures Project Purpose: The purpose of this guide is to provide assistance to engineering and maintenance personnel responsible for planning, performing, and assessing results of stator core evaluations. The results of a successful evaluation program may be used to: 1) Identify needed maintenance and repairs. 2) Support strategic decisions relative to core replacement. 3) Provide guidance for developing purchase specifications. 4) Help to optimize the core life from an asset management perspective. Designation: P1720 Sponsor: IEEE Antennas and Propagation Society/Antennas Title: Recommended Practice for Near-Field Antenna Measurements Status: New Standard Project Project Scope: This document describes recommended near-field test practices for the measurement of antenna properties. It provides information on developments in near-field measurements that have occurred since the approval of IEEE Std 149-1979 (IEEE Standard Test Procedures for Antennas). This document recommends near-field measurement practices for the three principal geometries: cylindrical, planar, and spherical, and also recommends measurement practices for the calibration of probes used as reference antennas in near-field measurements. Project Purpose: The purpose of this recommended practice document is to provide practical guidance to those who are planning to do near-field measurements. This document also specifies capabilities required of a near- field measurement system. Designation: 1725-2006 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Stationary Batteries Committee Title: IEEE Standard for Rechargeable Batteries for Cellular Telephones Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Apr 18, 2006 Technical Contact: Jason Howard, Phone:770-338-3306, Email:Jason.Howard@motorola.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Sep 23, 2004, BD APP: Mar 30, 2006, ANSI APP: Aug 08, 2006 Project Scope: This standard establishes criteria for design analysis for qualification, quality, and reliability of rechargeable lithium ion and lithium ion polymer batteries for cellular telephone applications. Also included in the standard are: battery pack electrical and mechanical construction, packaging technologies, and pack and cell level charge and discharge controls and overall system considerations. Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to ensure reliable user experience and operation of cell phone batteries. The battery and cellular telephone industries need standardized criteria for design and qualification of rechargeable battery systems and for verifying the quality and reliability of those batteries. Abstract: This standard establishes criteria for design analysis for quality and establishes criteria for reliability of rechargeable Li-Ion and Li-Ion polymer batteries for mobile telephone applications. Also included in the standard are battery pack electrical and mechanical construction, packaging technologies, pack and cell level charge and discharge controls, and overall system considerations. Key Words: ac/dc adapter, ac/dc charger, battery pack, cell, dc/dc adapter, dc/dc charger, failure mode and effects analysis (FMEA), host device, Li- Ion polymer battery, mobile telephone battery, rechargeable Li-Ion battery Designation: 1754-1994 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessors and Microcomputers Title: IEEE Standard for a 32-bit Microprocessor Architecture Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 15, 2001. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **administratively withdrawn on 15-Jan-2001. Technical Contact: Phillip Huelson, Phone:415-967-6929, Email:huelson@netcom.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 03, 1992, BD APP: Mar 17, 1994 Abstract: A 32-bit microprocessor architecture, available to a wide variety of manufacturers and users, is defined. The standard includes the definition of the instruction set, register model, data types, instruction op-codes, and coprocessor interface. Key Words: computer, ISA, microprocessor, instruction set architecture Designation: P1775 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Power System Communications, Joint Sponsor: IEEE Electromagnetic Compatibility Society/Standards Development Committee Title: Standard for Powerline Communication Equipment - Electromagnetic Compatibility (EMC) Requirements - Testing and Measurement Methods Status: New Standard Project Technical Contact: Aron Viner, Phone:+1 617 614 6729, Email:aviner@ambientcorp.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: May 10, 2005 Project Scope: The scope of this standard will be electromagnetic compatibility (EMC) criteria, and consensus test and measurements procedure for broadband Power Line Communication (also known as BPL) equipment and installations. The standard will reference existing national and international standards for BPL equipment and installations. It will not include the specific emission limits, which are subject to national regulations. Project Purpose: By providing test and measurement guidance as well as EMC criteria, this proposed EMC standard will serve as a bridge between national spectrum regulations, power utility practice and other interested party concerns. It is also will clearly identify the basic definitions of the applicable EMC parameters for BPL equipment and installations as well as measurements conditions and settings. IEEE Electromagnetic Compatibility Society/Standards Development Committee Designation: P1776 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Electric Machinery Title: Recommended Practice for Thermal Evaluation of Unsealed or Sealed Insulation Systems for AC Electric Machinery Employing Form-Wound Pre- insulated Stator Coils for Machines Rated 15000 V and Below Status: Modified New Project Technical Contact: Charles A Wilson, Phone:+1-512-869-8451, Email:229@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. Project Scope: This recommended practice outlines test procedures for comparing two or more insulation systems in accordance with their expected life at rated temperature. The procedure is limited to insulation systems for ac electrical machines using form-wound preinsulated stator coils rated 15000 V and below. This procedure does not cover special requirements, such as those for machines enclosed in gas atmospheres or machines subjected to strong chemicals or submersion in liquid, etc. The procedure includes instructions for testing candidate systems in comparison with known systems having a proven record of service experience and interpreting the results of these tests. Project Purpose: This document combines the procedures given in IEEE Std 275- 1992(unsealed systems) with those of IEEE Std 429-1994(sealed systems). The purpose of this procedure is to classify insulation systems for the machinery used in normal service and machinery used in severe environmental conditions (and falling within the scope of this recommended practice) in accordance with their temperature capabilities by test, rather than by chemical composition. Data from such tests may be used to establish the temperature classification of new insulation systems before they are service-proven. In order to provide data from which a base of reference for temperature classification can be established, service-proven systems should also be tested according to this test procedure. Designation: 1776 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Electric Machinery Title: Recommended Practice for Thermal Evaluation of Sealed and Unsealed Insulation Systems for AC Electric Machinery Employing Form-Wound Pre- insulated Stator Coils for Machines Rated 15000 V and Below Status: Superseded Technical Contact: Charles A Wilson, Phone:+1-512-869-8451, Email:229@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 15, 2006 Project Scope: This recommended practice outlines test procedures for comparing two or more insulation systems in accordance with their expected life at rated temperature. The procedure is limited to insulation systems for ac electrical machines using form-wound preinsulated stator coils rated 15000 V and below. This procedure does not cover special requirements, such as those for machines enclosed in gas atmospheres or machines subjected to strong chemicals or submersion in liquid, etc. The procedure includes instructions for testing candidate systems in comparison with known systems having a proven record of service experience and interpreting the results of these tests. Project Purpose: This document combines the procedures given in IEEE Std 275- 1992(unsealed systems) with those of IEEE Std 429-1994(sealed systems). The purpose of this procedure is to classify insulation systems for the machinery used in normal service and machinery used in severe environmental conditions (and falling within the scope of this recommended practice) in accordance with their temperature capabilities by test, rather than by chemical composition. Data from such tests may be used to establish the temperature classification of new insulation systems before they are service-proven. In order to provide data from which a base of reference for temperature classification can be established, service-proven systems should also be tested according to this test procedure. Designation: P1777 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Power System Communications Title: Recommended Practice for Using Wireless Data Communications in Power System Operations Status: New Standard Project Technical Contact: Frances M Cleveland, Phone:408-366-8700, Email:fcleve@ix.netcom.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 15, 2006 Project Scope: These Recommended Practices describe and make recommendations on the functional, performance, security, and on-site testing issues related to using wireless data communication technologies in different aspects of power system operations, including within electric power substations, in underground vaults, along transmission and distribution circuits, within generation and distributed generation plants, for customer electrical and metering equipment, and other electric power environments. These recommended practices focus on the newer wireless data communication technologies such as WiFi, Bluetooth, Zigbee, WiMax, and cellular phone systems. The different types of communication functions include high-speed, high reliability protective relaying, “real-time” monitoring within electric sites with high EMI, control within electric sites, non-operational monitoring and control (e.g. maintenance, archival data, physical plan monitoring, etc.), mobile functions, temporary functions, and emergency functions. Appendices include the Questionnaires utilized to collect the user requirements from power system experts for functions or applications which potentially could use wireless data communications. These user requirements form the basis for the wireless issues that are discussed and the recommendations that are made. Project Purpose: These Recommended Practices provide guidelines to utilities on potential uses and the key issues related to using wireless technologies in different aspects and environments of power system operations. Wireless data communications are becoming widespread in many industries, since they offer significant benefits over wired communications, including low cost installations, rapid deployment, easy user access, and mobility. At the same time, the use of wireless technologies in power system environments presents a number of security and reliability concerns. These concerns include the impact of noisy electrical environments on the wireless media, the reliability of the currently available commercial wireless equipment, the overloading of the available bandwidth (particularly during emergency conditions), and the security of communications. Utilities are therefore wisely skeptical and cautious about introducing wireless communications in their substations. Nonetheless, the potential advantages and low costs of wireless technologies cannot be ignored. Therefore, questionnaires (Use Cases), filled out by power system experts, are used to determine what functions or applications could potentially benefit from using wireless technologies in power system operations. These functions/ applications are then analyzed to determine where wireless technologies could provide viable, secure, safe, and reliable alternatives to wired solutions, and what additional development of wireless technologies are needed, particularly with respect to robustness of equipment, security, and reliability. Designation: P1778 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Design Automation Title: Standard for Esterel v7 Language Reference Manual Status: New Standard Project Technical Contact: Gérard Berry, Phone:+33 4 92 02 40 65, Email:Gerard.Berry@esterel-technologies.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. Project Scope: This standard is a Reference Manual for the Esterel v7 Language, which is dedicated to the specification and implementation of hardware or software reactive systems. The standard ensures unambiguous definition of the language syntax and semantics, and, therefore, full interoperability between Esterel-based software compilation, circuit synthesis, static analysis, and verification tools. Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to provide the Electronic Design Automation, Semiconductor, Systems Design, and Software communities with a well-defined and official IEEE definition of the Esterel v7 language. Esterel v7 is not a minor variant of existing HDLs or software languages that could be defined with an addendum to existing standards. Esterel v7 is unique in its way to formally merge the kind of sequencing only found in software languages, the kind of large-scale synchronous concurrency found in hardware description languages, specific temporal control primitives that drive the life and death of activities, and full support for multiclock designs. For datapath specification, Esterel v7 supports formally defined arbitrary precision exact arithmetic, bitvectors with conversion from and to numbers according to predefined or user-defined numerical encodings, and arrays of arbitrary dimensions and types. Esterel v7 is interoperable with other standards since it can generate synthesizable HDL code (Verilog, VHDL, etc.) as well as executable software code (C, C++, SystemC, etc.). Designation: P1796 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessors and Microcomputers Title: Standard for Resilient backplane ring (RBR) Status: New Standard Project Technical Contact: David V James, Phone:650-494-0926, Email:dvj@alum.mit.edu **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jun 24, 2004 Project Scope: Resilient backplane ring (RBR) is a backplane interconnect based on the dual-ring resilient topology of resilient packet ring (RPR) and the 802 MAC addressing structure. RBR includes features appropriate for the low- latency backplane environment: destination-based flow control, low-power short-haul PHY, backplane-to-backplane links, transport of IEEE-1394 isochronous data, and support of IEEE-1596 memory-update operations. Project Purpose: The purpose of this project is to leverage the benefits of network-compatible resilient interconnects within low-latency backplane environment. Designation: 1800-2005 Sponsor: IEEE-SA Board of Governors/Corporate Advisory Group, Joint Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Design Automation Title: IEEE Standard for SystemVerilog: Unified Hardware Design, Specification and Verification Language Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Nov 22, 2005 Technical Contact: Johny Srouji, Phone:512-838-0252, Email:srouji@us.ibm.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Jun 24, 2004, BD APP: Nov 08, 2005, ANSI APP: Mar 20, 2006 Project Scope: SystemVerilog is a Unified Hardware Design, Specification and Verification language that is based on the work done by Accellera, a consortium of Electronic Design Automation (EDA), semiconductor, and system companies. The proposed project will create an IEEE standard that is leveraged from Accellera SystemVerilog 3.1a. The new standard will include design specification methods, embedded assertions language, test bench language including coverage and assertions API, and a direct programming interface. The proposed SystemVerilog standard enables a productivity boost in design and validation, and covers design, simulation, validation, and formal assertion based verification flows. Project Purpose: The purpose of this project is to provide the EDA, Semiconductor, and System Design communities with a well-defined and official IEEE Unified Hardware Design, Specification and Verification standard language. The language is designed to co-exist and enhance those hardware description languages presently used by designers while providing the capabilities lacking in those languages. Abstract: A set of extensions to the IEEE Std 1364 Verilog(R) Hardware Description Language to aid in the reaction and verification of abstract architectural level models. Includes design specification methods, embedded assertion language, test bench language including coverage and an assertion API, and a direct programming interface. Enables a productivity boost in design and validation, and covers design, simulation, validation, and formal assertion based verification flows. Key Words: Assertions, Design Automation, Design Verification, Hardware Description Language (HDL), Verilog, Programming Language Interface (PLI), Verilog Programming Interface (VPI), SystemVerilog IEEE Computer Society/Design Automation Designation: P1800 Sponsor: IEEE-SA Board of Governors/Corporate Advisory Group, Joint Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Design Automation Title: Standard for SystemVerilog: Unified Hardware Design, Specification and Verification Language Status: Revision Project Technical Contact: Johny Srouji, Phone:512-838-0252, Email:srouji@us.ibm.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jul 28, 2006 Project Scope: SystemVerilog 1800 is a Unified Hardware Design, Specification and Verification language. Verilog 1364-2005 is a design language. Both standards were approved by the IEEE-SASB in November 2005. This standard creates new revisions of the Verilog 1364 and SystemVerilog 1800 IEEE standards, which include Errata fixes and resolutions; enhancements; Enhanced assertion language; Merge of Verilog LRM and SystemVerilog 1800 LRM into a single LRM; Integration with AMS; and insures interoperability with other languages such as SystemC and VHDL. Project Purpose: The purpose of this project is to provide the EDA, Semiconductor, and System Design communities with a solid and well-defined IEEE Unified Hardware Design, Specification and Verification standard language, while resolving Errata and developing enhancements to current SystemVerilog 1800 IEEE standard. The language is designed to co-exist, be interoperable, possibly merge, and enhance those hardware description languages presently used by designers. IEEE Computer Society/Design Automation Designation: P1801 Sponsor: IEEE-SA Board of Governors/Corporate Advisory Group, Joint Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Design Automation Title: Standard for Design and Verification of Low Power Integrated Circuits Status: New Standard Project Project Scope: This standard establishes a format used to define the low power design intent for electronic systems and electronic intellectual property. The format provides the ability to specify the supply network, switches, isolation, retention and other aspects relevant to power management of an electronic system. The standard defines the relationship between the low power design specification and the logic design specification captured via other formats (e.g., standard hardware description languages). Project Purpose: The standard provides portability of low power design specifications that can be used with a variety of commercial products throughout an electronic system design, analysis, verification and implementation flow. IEEE Computer Society/Design Automation Designation: 1802.3-2001 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks Title: IEEE Conformance Test Methodology for IEEE Standards for Local and Metropolitan Area Networks - Specific Requirements - Part 3: Carrier Sense Multiple Access With Collision Detection (CSMA/CD) Access Method and Physical Layer Specifications Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Oct 19, 2001 **Supersedes 1802.3-1991 and 1802.3d-1993. Technical Contact: Geoffrey O Thompson, Phone:408-495-2107, Email:thompson@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Jan 30, 2000, BD APP: Oct 10, 2001, ANSI APP: Jan 30, 2002 Project Scope: Editorial merge of existing material. Project Purpose: To editorially merge the front matter from 1802.3 with the technical matter from 1802.3d (10BASE-T Conformance Test) whilst removing obsolete material (AUI Cable Conformance Test). Abstract: " Carrier SenseMultiple Access with Collision Detection(CSMA/CD) Access Method and Physical Layer SpecificationsPublished by The Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers, Inc.3 Park Avenue, New York, NY 10016-5997, USA19 October 2001IEEE Computer SocietySponsored by theLAN/MAN Standards CommitteeIEEE StandardsPrint" Key Words: "AUI, compliance, conformance testing, MAC, MAU, PICS, PIXIT, PLS" Designation: 1802.3-1991 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks Title: Local and Metropolitan Area Networks: Conformance Test Methodology- CSMA/CD Access Method and Physical Layer Specifications - Currently Contains Attachment Unit Interface (AUI) Cable (Section 4) Status: Superseded **IEEE Supplement to IEEE Std 802-1990: Methodology and Implementation for AUI Cable Conformance Testing. Superseded by 1802.3-2001. History: PAR APP: Mar 21, 1991, BD APP: Mar 21, 1991, ANSI APP: Aug 09, 1991 (Ref. Std.: 802.3g) Abstract: Methods for conformance testing to satisfy requirements arising from the ISO/IEC 8802-3 [ANSI/IEEE Std 802.3] standard are defined. The conformance test suite is intended to detect incorrect implementations of the ISO/IEC 8802-3 [ANSI/IEEE Std 802.3] standard. It is comprised of two categories of test groups. The first category relates to basic interconnection testing and the second to capability and behavior testing. The test setups, adapters, and instruments used are described. Key Words: LAN, local, networks, AUI, compliance, MAC, MAU, PICS, PIXIT, PLS, Conformance testing Designation: 1802.3d-1993 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks Title: Local and Metropolitan Area Networks: Conformance Test Methodology- CSMA/CD Access Method and Physical Layer Specifications—Type 10BASE-T Medium Attachment Unit (MAU) (Section 6) Status: Superseded **Supplement to IEEE Std 1802.3-1991. Superseded by 1802.3-2001. History: PAR APP: Sep 26, 1991, BD APP: Sep 15, 1993, ANSI APP: Feb 24, 1994 Abstract: Methods for conformance testing to satisfy requirements arising from the ISO/IEC 8802-3 [ANSI/IEEE Std 802.3] standard are defined. The conformance test suite is intended to detect incorrect implementations of the ISO/IEC 8802-3 standard, clause 14. It comprises two categories of test groups. The first category relates to basic interconnection testing and the second to capability and behavior testing. The test setups, adapters, and instruments used are described. Key Words: Unshielded twisted pair (UTP), Medium attachment unit (MAU), Local area networks, Conformance testing, Compliance, Abstract test suite, 10BASE- T Designation: P1825 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Stationary Batteries Committee Title: Rechargeable Batteries for Digital Cameras and Camcorders Status: New Standard Project Technical Contact: Jean M Baronas, Phone:408-955-5758, Email:jean.baronas@am.sony.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. Project Scope: This standard establishes criteria for design analysis for quality, and reliability of rechargeable batteries used in digital camera and camcorder applications. Also included in the standard are battery pack electrical and mechanical construction, packaging technologies, pack and cell level charge and discharge controls, and overall system considerations. Project Purpose: This standard is intended to ensure reliable user experience and operation of digital cameras and camcorders. The battery and camera industries benefit from standardized criteria for design and qualification of rechargeable battery systems and for verifying the quality and reliability of those batteries. Designation: 1850-2005 Sponsor: IEEE-SA Board of Governors/Corporate Advisory Group, Joint Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Design Automation Title: IEEE Standard for Property Specification Language (PSL) Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Oct 17, 2005 Technical Contact: Harry Foster, Phone:650-625-9830 x239, Email:harry@jasper-da.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Sep 23, 2004, BD APP: Sep 22, 2005, ANSI APP: Dec 29, 2005 Project Scope: This standard defines the property specification language (PSL), which formally describes electronic system behavior. This standard specifies the syntax and semantics for PSL and also clarifies how PSL interfaces with various standard electronic system design languages. Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to provide a well-defined language for formal specification of electronic system behavior, one that is compatible with multiple electronic system design languages, including IEEEStd 1076™ (VHDL), IEEE Std 1364™ (Verilog®), IEEE P1800™ (SystemVerilog®), and IEEE P1666™(SystemC), to facilitate a common specification and verification flow for multi-language and mixed-language designs. Abstract: The IEEE Property Specification Language (PSL) is defined in this standard. PSL is aformal notation for specification of electronic system behavior, compatible with multiple electronicsystem design languages, including IEEE Std 1076™ (VHDL®), IEEE Std 1364™ (Verilog®), IEEEP1666™ (SystemC®), and IEEE P1800™ (SystemVerilog®), thereby enabling a commonspecification and verification flow for multi-language and mixed-language designs. PSL capturesdesign intent in a form suitable for simulation, formal verification, formal analysis, and hybridverification tools. PSL enhances communication among architects, designers, and verificationengineers to increase productivity throughout the design and verification process. The primary audiences for this standard are the implementors of tools supporting the language and advancedusers of the language. Key Words: ABV, assertion, assertion-based verification, assumption, cover, model checking,property, PSL, specification, temporal logic, verification IEEE Computer Society/Design Automation Designation: P1896 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessors and Microcomputers Title: Standard for Scalable Memory Interface Status: Modified New Project Technical Contact: Bob Davis, Phone:408-857-1273, Email:bob@scsi.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jun 08, 2006 Project Scope: No changes requested Project Purpose: No changes requested Designation: 1896 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessors and Microcomputers Title: Standard for Memory Channel Standard Status: Superseded Technical Contact: Bob Davis, Phone:408-857-1273, Email:bob@scsi.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jun 24, 2004 Project Scope: The scope of this project is to develop a flexible, scalable, secure data interface to transfer data to and from storage. This protocol will be technology independent, to be supported by current communications links, and will remove size and distance limitations on data retrieval, with additional data redundancy and data coherency methods. Project Purpose: This project will develop a memory transport protocol capable of supporting data growth and data security requirements in the changing microprocesor environment. Memory is stored data in many forms and locations. This Memory Channel protocol shall be independent of link technology. This protocol shall be capable of transparent, secure, access to large, local and remote memory systems, employing coherent and redundant storage methods. Designation: P1900.1 Sponsor: IEEE Communications Society/Standards Committee, Joint Sponsor: IEEE Electromagnetic Compatibility Society/Standards Development Committee Title: Standard Terms, Definitions and Concepts for Spectrum Management, Policy Defined Radio, Adaptive Radio and Software Defined Radio Status: New Standard Project Technical Contact: James Hoffmeyer, Phone:303-828-5240, Email:jhoffmeyer@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 04, 2005 Project Scope: This standard will provide technically precise definitions and explanations of key concepts in the fields of spectrum management, policy defined radio, adaptive radio, software defined radio, and related technologies. The document will go beyond simple, short definitions by providing amplifying text that explains these technologies from different perspectives. The document will also describe how these technologies interrelate and can be use in a wide variety of communication service environments to achieve new capabilities while at the same time providing mechanisms supportive of new spectrum management paradigms and spectrum access. Project Purpose: New concepts and technologies are rapidly emerging in the fields of spectrum management, policy defined radio, adaptive radio, software defined radio, reconfigurable radio and networks and related technologies. Many of the terms used do not have precise definitions or have multiple definitions. This document will facilitate the development of these technologies by clarifying the terminology and how these technologies relate to each other. IEEE Electromagnetic Compatibility Society/Standards Development Committee Designation: P1900.2 Sponsor: IEEE Electromagnetic Compatibility Society/Standards Development Committee, Joint Sponsor: IEEE Communications Society/Standards Committee Title: Recommended Practice for the Analysis of In-Band and Adjacent Band Interference and Coexistence between Radio Systems Status: New Standard Project Technical Contact: Stephen Berger, Phone:512-864-3365, Email:stephen.berger@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 20, 2005 Project Scope: This standard will provide technical guidelines for analyzing the potential for coexistence or in contrast interference between radio systems operating in the same frequency band or between different frequency bands. Project Purpose: New concepts and technologies are rapidly emerging in the fields of spectrum management, policy defined radio, adaptive radio and software defined radio. A primary goal of these initiatives is to improve spectral efficiency. This standard will provide guidance for the analysis of coexistence and interference between various radio services. IEEE Communications Society/Standards Committee Designation: P1900.3 Sponsor: IEEE Electromagnetic Compatibility Society/Standards Development Committee, Joint Sponsor: IEEE Communications Society/Standards Committee Title: Recommended Practice for Conformance Evaluation of Software Defined Radio (SDR) Software Modules Status: New Standard Project Technical Contact: Andre Kruetzfeldt, Phone:+1 650 352 4754, Email:andre.kruetzfeldt@sun.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: May 10, 2005 Project Scope: This recommended practice will provide technical guidelines for analyzing Software Defined Radio (SDR) software modules to ensure compliance with regulatory and operational requirements. Project Purpose: New concepts and technologies are rapidly emerging in the fields of spectrum management, policy defined radio, adaptive radio and software defined radio, defined in P1900.1. A primary purpose of this initiative is to provide recommended practices that will help assure compliance with requirements for spectrum use by using formal mathematical concepts and methods. The methods developed in this document will provide an initial evaluation to be used before hardware testing and will support the evaluation being developed in P1900.2. This recommended practice will provide guidance for validity analysis of proposed SDR terminal software prior to programming and activation of an SDR terminal or SDR components. IEEE Communications Society/Standards Committee Designation: P1900.4 Sponsor: IEEE Communications Society/Standards Committee, Joint Sponsor: IEEE Electromagnetic Compatibility Society/Standards Development Committee Title: Architectural Building Blocks Enabling Network-Device Distributed Decision Making for Optimized Radio Resource Usage in Heterogeneous Wireless Access Networks Status: New Standard Project Technical Contact: Soodesh Buljore, Phone:+33169352566, Email:Soodesh.Buljore@motorola.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. Project Scope: The standard defines the building blocks comprising i) network resource managers, ii) device resource managers and iii) the information to be exchanged between the building blocks, for enabling coordinated network- device distributed decision making which will aid in the optimization of radio resource usage, including spectrum access control, in heterogeneous wireless access networks. The standard is limited to the architectural and functional definitions at a first stage. The corresponding protocols definition related to the information exchange will be addressed at a later stage. Project Purpose: The purpose is to improve overall composite capacity and quality of service of wireless systems in a multiple Radio Access Technologies (RATs) environment, by defining an appropriate system architecture and protocols which will facilitate the optimization of radio resource usage, in particular, by exploiting information exchanged between network and mobile Terminals, whether or not they support multiple simultaneous links and dynamic spectrum access. IEEE Electromagnetic Compatibility Society/Standards Development Committee Designation: P1901 Sponsor: IEEE Communications Society/Standards Committee Title: Standard for Broadband over Power Line Networks: Medium Access Control and Physical Layer Specifications Status: New Standard Project Publication type: Special Publication Technical Contact: Jim Mollenkopf, Phone:301-515-7617 x212, Email:jim.mollenkopf@currenttechnologies.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jun 09, 2005 Project Scope: The project will develop a standard for high speed (>100 Mbps at the physical layer) communication devices via alternating current electric power lines, so called Broadband over Power Line (BPL) devices. The standard will use trannsmission frequencies below 100 MHz. This standard will be usable by all classes of BPL devices, including BPL devices used for the first-mile/last-mile connection (<1500m to the premise) to broadband services as well as BPL devices used in buildings for LANs and other data distribution (<100m between devices). This standard will focus on the balanced and efficient use of the power line communications channel by all classes of BPL devices, defining detailed mechanisms for coexistence and interoperability between different BPL devices, and ensuring that desired bandwidth and quality of service may be delivered. The standard will address the necessary security questions to ensure the privacy of communications between users and allow the use of BPL for security sensitive services. This standard is limited to the physical layer and the medium access sub-layer of the data link layer, as defined by the International Organization for Standardization (ISO) Open Systems Interconnection (OSI) Basic Reference Model. The effort will begin with an architecture investigation, and this will form the basis for detailed scope of task groups that will work within P1901 to develop the components of the final standard. Project Purpose: New modulation techniques offer the possibility to use the power lines for high speed communications. This new high speed media is open, and locally shared by several BPL devices. Without an independent, openly defined standard, BPL devices serving different applications will conflict with one another and provide unacceptable service to all parties. The standard will provide a minimum implementation subset which allows the fair coexistence of the BPL devices. The full implementation will provide the interoperability among the BPL devices, as well as interoperability with other networking protocols, such as bridging for seamless interconnection via 802.1. It is also the intent of this effort to quickly progress towards a robust standard so powerline applications may begin to impact the marketplace. The standard will also comply with EMC limits set by national regulators, so as to ensure successful coexsitence with wireless and telecommunications systems. Designation: P1902.1 Sponsor: IEEE-SA Board of Governors/Corporate Advisory Group, Joint Sponsor: IEEE Communications Society/Standards Committee Title: Standard for Long Wavelength Wireless Network Protocol Status: New Standard Project Technical Contact: John Stevens, Phone:+1 603 418 8721, Email:john@visible-assets.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jun 08, 2006 Project Scope: The project will develop a physical layer and data link layer protocol standard for long wavelength (< 450Khz), low speed (300-9600 Baud), low power, medium range (50’ to 100’) industrial visibility networks. It will fill a gap between non-network-based RF-ID standards (e.g., ISO/IEC CD 15961-3, ISO 18000-6C or 7) and existing high bandwidth network standards such as IEEE 802.11 a,b,g and IEEE 802.15.4 e. Project Purpose: The purpose of this project is to produce a protocol standard for use in applications where bandwidth is not an issue; but low cost, high tag (client) count, long battery life and use in harsh environments (near steel and water) are key performance criteria. Example applications include visibility of medical devices in hospitals, patient and physician visibility in OR’s, product visibility in retail stores, and livestock visibility. Many cost-sensitive, power “limited” applications exist (e.g., most industrial visibility networks) that may not require high bandwidth, yet do require real-time, peer-to-peer networking with extended battery life. The purpose of the proposed standard will be to provide a definition for full physical interoperability for all components (chips, tags, routers, and handhelds) within a long-wavelength network. Asset tracking systems provide asset history. Tracking is based on portal or beacon readers that read a barcode or RF-ID tag as it passes though a location (door or on conveyor). A "Visibility Network" provides tracking data, but also provides real-time, interactive asset status. A Visibility Network is a real-time on-demand, local area network, so real-time sensor alerts are possible (e.g. temperature, jog, flow), real-time asset location (e.g. asset is on the shelf now or in use in the operating room), real-time asset status (e.g. the box is unopened), and real-time pair-wise linking (the patient and the blood type match) is possible. A Visibility Network may also be interactive in that it can operate efectors (e.g. open locks; flash LED's for pick and place; or display information on an LCD display). Thus, asset tracking provides history (pedigree where asset has been). Visibility Networks provide asset tracking, but also provide real-time, interactive, local area network status of an asset (pedigree and where it is now). IEEE Communications Society/Standards Committee Designation: P1953 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessors and Microcomputers Title: Standard for Bioinformatics Data Structures – Framework and Overview Status: New Standard Project Technical Contact: Vicky Markstein, Phone:650-851-4588, Email:v.markstein@computer.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Nov 18, 2004 Project Scope: The scope of this project is to develop a framework for standards and protocols, incorporating existing standards where appropriate, to support the bioinformatics sciences with common definition, storage and exchange of information between them. The project will define efforts in the area of nomenclature, databases, access protocols, benchmarks, and validation suites for a variety of bioinformatics data (e.g., genomics, proteomics, transcriptomes, gene ontology, structural ontology, biological pathways, pharmacogenomics and more). Project Purpose: The purpose is to provide a framework standard for the development of new standards where needed, incorporating existing standards where appropriate and providing a consistent interface for the development of common solutions for discovery, collection, access, and use of bioinformatics data. Designation: P1953.1 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessors and Microcomputers Title: Standard for Sequence Ontology Status: New Standard Project Technical Contact: Suzanna Lewis, Phone:+1 510 486 7508, Email:suzi@fruitfly.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jun 09, 2005 Project Scope: The Sequence Ontology is a well developed current working procedure in the Bioinformatics community, this work will formalize that methodology into a standard. The Sequence Ontology (SO) is designed for three different, but related, purposes. The first of these is to provide a structured controlled vocabulary for the description of features that may be describe by their spatial location upon sequences and thus annotate these sequences; the second is to provide a structured controlled vocabulary for the description of genes, in terms of their sequence characteristics; the third is to provide a structured vocabulary for the description of chromosome and sequence variation within organism. The SO will also provide associated tools for applying and using the vocabularies to support the exchange genomic sequence annotation. Project Purpose: The purpose of the SO is to facilitate the exchange and analysis of primary sequence data, whether these sequences are nucleic acids or amino acids. The "locatable feature" node provides terms for describing expressed or control regions on biological sequence, crucial to understanding the transfer and encoding of genetic information. The "sequence attribute" node of SO provides terms for describing "genes", for example, by their cellular location, by the properties of their primary transcripts and by the attributes of their processed transcripts. The "sequence variation features" node of the SO provides terms for the description of sequence variation. This enables organism databases to capture ploidy, chromosomal rearrangements, and mutational descriptions. Designation: P1953.2 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessors and Microcomputers Title: Standard for Bioinformatics Standards for Flow Cytometry Status: New Standard Project Technical Contact: Ryan Brinkman, Phone:+1 604 675 8132, Email:rbrinkman@bccrc.ca **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 22, 2005 Project Scope: This standard supports the common definition, storage and exchange of flow cytometry data. Existing standards are incorporated where appropriate. Project Purpose: The purpose is to provide a consistent interface for the recording of flow cytometry data and analysis providing for the development of common solutions for the discovery, collection, access and use of flow cytometry data. Designation: 1996 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessors and Microcomputers Title: Standard for an Extendable High Reliability Enhanced PCI Bus Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Bob Davis, Phone:408-857-1273, Email:bob@scsi.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 19, 1996 Project Scope: This project will develop a Standard for an Extendable High Reliability Enhanced PCI Bus for transportation, telecommunications, and process control systems. This bus will define and use PCI-style protocol, extending it to include packet messages as defined in the SCI(1596-1992) and Serial Express (P1394.2) projects. This bus will include redundancy and support hot swap of boards for fault tolerant, high availability operation. This project will include the physical and electrical implementation of this bus and define the interface to a high speed serial interconnect such as the Serial Express bus. For telecommunication applications, an optional Time Division Multiplexed bus using international signaling rates from the Synchronous Digital Hierarchy will be defined. Project Purpose: The transportation, telecommunications, and process control industries need reliable high availability fault tolerant systems that support harsh environments and extended temperature ranges, with packet protocols that support serial interconnections to similar systems at speeds form 10 megabits/second to >1gigabit/second. There is no currently no defined standard for such systems that can take advantage of the enormous industrial support for the PCI system by way of silicon, software, adn tools. This standard is intended to fill that need. Designation: 2000.1-1998 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Portable Applications Title: IEEE Standard for Information Technology: Standard for Year 2000 Terminology Status: Superseded History: PAR APP: Mar 19, 1998, BD APP: Jun 25, 1998 Project Scope: To identify terms and concepts pertinent to the resolution of the year 2000 issue and to provide definitions of these terms and descriptions of these concepts. Project Purpose: To provide a common lexicon with descriptions and definitions to the information technology industry for use in the development of year 2000 solutions. Designation: 2000.1-1999 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Portable Applications Title: IEEE Standard for Information Technology: Standard for Year 2000 Terminology Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 25, 2005. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **Jan2005: Administratively withdrawn. History: PAR APP: Sep 16, 1998, BD APP: Jun 26, 1999 Project Scope: To add definitions into this terminologyt standard. Specifically, "Date Invariance Range"; and requisite definitions to support this and revise to resolve outstanding issues. Project Purpose: Additional definitions can improve the communications between interested and affected parties related to addressing technology functionality as operations span from the 20th to the 21st century. Abstract: " This standard revises IEEE Std 2000.1-1998. It provides a detailed set of definitions. Inaddition, it addresses calendar information that is helpful in understanding the timeline issues sur-rounding the year 2000 rollover. The definitions section remains the core of the standard. With thisexpanded set of definitions, the standard now addresses areas that are relevant to both engineeringand business environments. An increased degree of specificity has been added to the definition ofÒYear 2000 compliance,Ó making it more precise in its meaning and application. " Key Words: "calendar information,date component,remediation techniques,Year 2000 compliant" Designation: 2000.1-1999 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Portable Applications Title: ISO/IEC 16509: 1999 (IEEE Std 2000.1-1998) Year 2000 Terminology Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 25, 2005. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. Publication type: Special Publication History: (Ref. Std.: 2000.1) Abstract: IEEE Std 2000.1-1999 (Revision of IEEE Std 2000.1-1998) IEEE Standard for Year 2000 Terminology Designation: 2000.2-1999 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Portable Applications Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Information Technology - Year 2000 Test Methods Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 25, 2005. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **Jan2005: Administratively withdrawn. History: PAR APP: Dec 09, 1997, BD APP: Jun 26, 1999, ANSI APP: Feb 01, 2000 Project Scope: Identify best practices for defining a user-specific test plan for "Y2K" (Year 2000 rollover and related date-specific issues) validation. A taxonomy of system elements and features which are likely to exhibit Y2K failures. A user-customizeable template for test plans and test scenarios for detection of defective (with respect to Y2K) system elements and features. A user-customizeable methodology and process for determining the testing impact of various remediation, validation, and reporting methods. It is not intended that these practices be employable in a mechanical or rote fashion: significant engineering judgment must be exercised by the user of this document in applying its recommendations. Project Purpose: To provide users of computer software, firmware, and hardware systems with recommended practices for assessing the system elements within their organization that may be at risk of failure due to Year 2000 rollover or related date-specific issues. Abstract: " This document provides users of computer hardware, firmware, software, or data systems withrecommended practices for assessing and demonstrating the system elements within their organization thatmay be at risk of failure due to the Year 2000 problem and related date-specific issues. This recommendedpractice provides the framework for detailed planning and execution of all steps and tasks involved in testingfor Year 2000 compliance. The resulting plan will outline the testing approach and identify system elementsthat are at risk of failure when crossing into the Year 2000 or using data that includes dates after 2000-01-01. " Key Words: "bridge,date,real-time clock (RTC), remediation,rollover,system time,test,Year 2000,Y2K" Designation: 2001-2002 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee Title: Recommended Practice for the Internet - Web Site Engineering, Web Site Management and Web Site Life Cycle Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Mar 03, 2003 **Supersedes 2001-1999. Had been developed by C/Internet Best Practices. Technical Contact: James W Moore, Phone:+1 703 983 7396, Email:james.w.moore@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Aug 17, 2001, BD APP: Sep 12, 2002, ANSI APP: Jan 21, 2003 Project Scope: Define recommended practices for World Wide Web page engineering for Intranet and Extranet environments, based on World Wide Web Consortium (W3C) and related industry guidelines. (Expanded from previous PAR which specifically mentioned HTML and XML) Project Purpose: to address items identified in Annex A (future work) of the approved standard, and identified during balloting which can be well defined. Respond to emerging technology and changes in practice that may result in new material or changes to approved recommendations. (And from previous PAR:) This is intended to provide guidance to web page developers in Intranet (organizational internal), and Extranet (amongst a limited domain of organizational participants) web environments on recommended practices for web page engineering. The objective is to improve the productivity of Intra/Extranet web operations in terms of locating relevant information, and efficient development and maintenance practices. Abstract: " Recommended practices for World Wide Web page engineering for Intranet and Extra-net environments, based on World Wide Web Consortium (W3C ® ) and related industry guidelines,are defined in this recommended practice. This recommended practice does not address stylisticconsiderations or human-factors considerations in web page design beyond limitations that reflectgood engineering practice. " Key Words: "Extranet,Internet,Intranet,Web page,Web site,Web site engineering,Web site lifecycle,Web site management,well-engineered Web page,World Wide Web" Designation: 2001-1999 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Internet Practices - Web Page Engineering - Intranet/Extranet Applications Status: Superseded **Superseded by 2001-2002. History: PAR APP: Dec 09, 1997, BD APP: Mar 18, 1999, ANSI APP: Nov 16, 1999 Project Scope: Define recommended practices for WWW page engineering for Intranet and Extranet environments, based on HTML (Hypertext Markup Language) 3.2 (potentially 4.0) specifications, migration to XML (Extensible Markup Language), and related industry guidelines. Project Purpose: This is intended to provide guidance to web page developers in Intranet (organizational internal), and Extranet (amongst a limited domain of organizational participants) web environments on recommended practices for web page engineering. issues to be considered include copyright, proprietary data declarations, indexing and content classification of pages, use of epoch transparent dates, context (author, responsible organization, currency,...), multinational sensitivities, browser tolerance, accommodation of persons with disabilities, and bandwith efficiencies. The objective is to improve the productivity of Intranet/Extranet web operations in terms of locating relevant information, and efficient development and maintenance practices. Abstract: This standard defines recommended practices for Web page engineering. It addressesthe needs of Webmasters and managers to effectively develop and manage World Wide Webprojects (internally via an intranet or in relation to specific communities via an extranet). This stan-dard discusses life cycle planning Key Words: "accessibility,Internet best practices,Internet ease-of-use,risk reduction,Web management,Web page engineering,World Wide Web" Designation: 2001 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society Title: Recommended Practice for Internet Practices – Web Page Engineering – Intranet/Extranet Application Status: Superseded Technical Contact: Jim D Isaak, Phone:603-465-3131, Email:ieee2003@jimisaak.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 18, 1999 Project Scope: Define recommended practices for World Wide Web page engineering for Intranet and Extranet environments, based on World Wide Web Consortium (W3C) and related industry guidelines. (Expanded from previous PAR which specifically mentioned HTML and XML) Project Purpose: To address items identified in Annex A (future work) of the approved standard, and identified during balloting which can be well defined. Respond to emerging technology and changes in practice that may result in new material or changes to approved recommendations. This is intended to provide guidance to web page developers in Intranet and Extranet web environments on recommended practices for web page engineering. The objective is to improve the productivity of Intra/Extranet web operations in terms of locating relevant information, and efficient development and maintenance practices. Designation: 2001a Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee Title: Recommended Practice for the Internet - Web Site Engineering, Web Site Management and Web Site Life Cycle - Amendment 1: Requirements for International Adoption Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: James W Moore, Phone:+1 703 983 7396, Email:james.w.moore@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 22, 2005 Project Scope: IEEE Std 2001 has been approved in fast-track balloting as ISO/IEC 23036. However, balloting comments were received and must be disposed. Disposition of these comments may require minor modifications to IEEE Std 2001 so that the two standards will be identical. The scope of change is restricted to disposing the comments received in the fast-track ballot. Project Purpose: IEEE Std 2001 has been approved in fast-track balloting as ISO/IEC 23036. However, balloting comments were received and must be disposed. Disposition of these comments may require minor modifications to IEEE Std 2001 so that the two standards will be identical. The purpose of this amendment project is to make the necessary changes to IEEE Std 2001. Designation: 2002 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society Title: Internet Security Practices Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Fred Starkey, Phone:703-494-1341, Email:starkey@digitalaccess.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 16, 1999 Project Scope: Define recommended engineering security practices for organizations that connect to the Internet. This standard will assume organizations are implementing internal security practices such as those defined in BSI 7799 (and others to be referenced in this standard). This work will be based on IETF, W3C and related guidelines, as well as experience from CERT/CC (Reg. TM of CMU) and other sources of expertise. This standard will focus on engineering principles that have a multiyear role, as opposed to rapidly changing technical characteristics. This standard will not focus on management practices. Project Purpose: To establish a foundation of engineering practices that can be applied to maintain security of operations when connected to the Internet. The audience for this standard is the technical manager responsible for implementing these security practices. Many of these may also be of value for operation in Intranet, Extranet and other network environments. Assurance of secure operations cannot necessarily be expected as a result of application of this work. This document will also: Reference applicable management practice standards and guidelines (Risk Assessment...); Provide reference(s) to resources providing "current" threat alerts and reporting channels; Identify practices that reduce vulnerabilities resulting from connection to external networks; Provide a basis for dialogue on trusted interoperability with partners. Designation: 2003-1999 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Portable Applications Title: ISO/IEC 13210 : 1999 (IEEE Std 2003-1997), Information technology—Requirements and guidelines for test methods, specifications and test method implementations for measuring conformance to POSIX® standards Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Dec 30, 1999 Publication type: Special Publication History: (Ref. Std.: 2003) Designation: 2003-1997 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Portable Applications Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2003 Title: IEEE Standard for Information Technology - Requirements and Guidelines for Test Methods Specifications and Test Method Implementations for Measuring Conformance to POSIX Standards Status: Approved Publication of IEEE **Revision and redesignation of 1003.3-1991 History: PAR APP: Dec 09, 1997, BD APP: Dec 09, 1997, ANSI APP: Sep 17, 2003 Project Scope: This standard defines broad requirements, and provides guidelines for test method specifications and implementations for all POSIX standards. This standard will revise, enhance, and replace the existing 1003.3-1991 standard. Project Purpose: The revision of the existing standard has three purposes. First, to apply the lessons learned from industry use of the existing standard. To redefine, revise and clarify requirements for test method specifications and implementations. Second, to provide guidelines for satisfying those requirements. Third, to address test method issues resulting from the creation of profile standards. Abstract: This standard defines the requirements and guidelines for test methodspecifications and test method implementations for measuring conformance toPOSIXstandards. Test specification standard developers for other ApplicationProgramming Interface (API) standards are encouraged to use this standard.This document is aimed primarily at developers and users of test methodspecifications and implementations. Key Words: "assertion,assertion test,implementation under test,option,conformance,document,conformance test procedure,conformance test software,test method implementation,test method specification,test result code" Designation: 2003.1-1992 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Portable Applications Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2000 Title: IEEE Standard for Information Technology—Test Methods for Measuring Conformance to POSIX®—Part1: System Interfaces Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Feb 06, 2006. This historical standard is available for sale in electronic format (PDF) through the IEEE Online Store at www.shop.ieee.org. You may also order by calling +1 800 678 IEEE (in the US) or +1 732 981 0060 (outside of the US). **formerly 1003.3.1. This document is now known as ISO/IEC 14515-1:2000 History: PAR APP: May 31, 1990, BD APP: Dec 03, 1992, ANSI APP: May 12, 1993 (Ref. Std.: 14515-1:2000) Abstract: This standard provides a definition of the requirements placed upon providers of POSIX test methods for POSIX.1 (IEEE Std 1003.1-1990; ISO/IEC 9945-1:1990). These requirements consist of a POSIX.1-ordered list of assertions defining those aspects of POSIX.1 that are to be tested and the associated test methods that are to be used in performing those tests. This standard is aimed primarily at POSIX.1 test suite providers and POSIX.1 implementors. This standard specifies those aspects of POSIX.1 that shall be verified by conformance test methods. Key Words: assertion, Test result code, Test method, POSIX, POSIX Conformance Test Suite, POSIX Conformance Test Procedure, POSIX Conformance Document, Extended assertion, Conditional feature, Base assertion, Assertion test Designation: 2003.1b-2000 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Portable Applications Title: IEEE Standard for Information Technology-Test Methods Specifications for Measuring Conformance to POSIX® - Part 1: System Application Program Interface (API) -Amendment 1: Realtime Extension [C Language] Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Feb 06, 2006. This historical standard is available for sale in electronic format (PDF) through the IEEE Online Store at www.shop.ieee.org. You may also order by calling +1 800 678 IEEE (in the US) or +1 732 981 0060 (outside of the US). History: PAR APP: Mar 17, 1994, BD APP: Mar 30, 2000, ANSI APP: Nov 02, 2000 Project Scope: This document will specify the aspects of the POSIX.1b standard that shall be verified by conformance test methods. Project Purpose: There is currently no standard that specifies what should be tested in POSIX.1b. This project will provide a standard for testing conformance to POSIX.1b. Abstract: This standard defines the test method specifications for IEEE Std 1003.1b-1993 (basedon the document corresponding to the merger of IEEE Std 1003.1-1990 and IEEE Std 1003.1b-1993). The test method specifications consist of assertions to be tested and related test procedures.As an amendment to IEEE Std 1003.1-1990, this standard is structured to amend those portions ofIEEE Std 2003.1-1992 {4} (the test method specification for IEEE Std 1003.1-1990) that correspondto the amended parts of IEEE Std 1003.1- 1990. This standard is aimed primarily at providers of testmethods for IEEE Std 1003.1b-1993 and at implementors of IEEE Std 1003.1b-1993. Key Words: assertion, assertion test, C programming language, POSIX, POSIX Conformance Document, POSIX Conformance Test Procedure, POSIX Conformance Test Suite, realtime, test method specification, test result code Designation: 2003.2-1996 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Portable Applications Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2002 Title: IEEE Standard for Information Technology -Test Methods for Measuring Conformance to POSIX® - Part II: Shell and Utilities Status: Approved Publication of IEEE **Formerly P1003.3.2 History: PAR APP: May 31, 1990, BD APP: Jun 20, 1996, ANSI APP: Jan 13, 1997 Project Scope: This standard defines the test methods to be used to measure conformance to IEEE 1003.2 (Shell and Utility Application Interface for Computer Operating System Environments). Project Purpose: To define test methods and requirements for implementation of test suites to verify conformance of implementations to the Standard Shell and Utility Application Interface for Computer Operating System Environments. Abstract: " A definition of the requirements placed upon providers of aPOSIXConformance Test Suite for thePOSIX.2 standard (ISO/IEC9945-2:1993,IEEE/ANSIStd. 1003.2-1992) is provided. These requirements consist of a list ofassertions defining those aspects ofPOSIX.2 that are to be tested and the associ-ated test methods that are to be used in performing those tests. This standard isprimarily aimed at test suite providers but it also defines toPOSIX.2 implementorsthose aspects of the standard that will be verified by a conformance test suite." Key Words: "conformance, POSIX, Shell and Utilities, test methods" Designation: 2003.5 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Portable Applications Title: Standard for Information Technology - Test Methods for Measuring Conformance to IEEE 1003.5-1992 (Ada) Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: James P Lonjers, Phone:612 456 3518, Email:james. lonjers@lmco.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 22, 1994 Project Scope: This document will specify the aspects to the IEEE Std 1003.5- 1992 standard to be verified by a conformance test suite. The document will be consistent with an approved IEEE standard for the development of test methods. Project Purpose: There is currently no standard which specifies what should be tested for IEEE Std 1003.5-1992. This project will provide a standard for testing IEEE Std 1003.5-1992. It is intended to be used to develop conformance test suites for IEEE Std 1003.5-1992. Designation: P2063 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee Title: Standard for System and Software Life Cycle Processes—Requirements Engineering Status: Revision Project Technical Contact: Paul R Croll, Phone:540-644-6224, Email:pcroll@csc.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jun 09, 2005 Project Scope: The scope of this project is requirements engineering for systems and software, encompassing the activities associated with requirements definition, analysis, and management. The product descriptions that form the basis of IEEE 830-1998, Recommended Practice for Software Requirements Specifications and IEEE 1233-1998, IEEE Guide for Developing System Requirements Specifications, will be retained, with appropriate updating to reflect current practice, in informative annexes. This standard will be consistent with IEEE/EIA 12207.0-1996, Software Life Cycle Processes and IEEE 15288-2005, System Life Cycle Processes. Project Purpose: The purpose of this project is to replace two existing product standards, IEEE 830-1998, Recommended Practice for Software Requirements Specifications and IEEE 1233-1998, IEEE Guide for Developing System Requirements Specifications, with a new process-based standard that elaborates the process objectives and expected outcomes for the engineering of systems and software requirements, as specified in the life cycle framework standards, IEEE/EIA 12207.0-1996, Software Life Cycle Processes and IEEE 15288-2005, System Life Cycle Processes. It is expected that this standard will be used in support of process definition under 12207 and 15288. Designation: 2100 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessors and Microcomputers Title: Standard for Serial Express: A Scalable Gigabit Extension to the IEEE Standard Serial Bus Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. **Formerly known as 1394.2 Technical Contact: Bill Van Loo, Phone:415-786-6870, Email:bvanloo@sun.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jun 20, 1996 Project Scope: To define a point-to-point interconnect that transports IEEE Std 1394-1995 IEEE Std for High Performance Serial Bus at higher bandwidths (in excess of 1 Gigabit/second) over longer distances (at least 25 meters). Project Purpose: The existing IEEE Std 1394 Serial Bus standard is a cost- effective desktop interconnect but has bandwidth and cable-length restrictions. Although this is sufficient for attaching multimedia devices, a longer-distance higher-bandwidth backbone interconnect is needed to interconnect clusters of Serial Bus devices in the home. This interconnect can also be used to connect high-speed computer-peripherals to personal computers. Direct support of Serial Bus Asynchronous/isochronous services allows existing Serial Bus system software to be used. Designation: P2200 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Information Assurance Title: Standard for Baseline Operating Systems Security (TM) (BOSS TM) Status: New Standard Project Technical Contact: Jack Cole, Phone:410 278 9276, Email:jack.cole@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jun 12, 2003 Project Scope: This standard identifies reasonable security requirements for general-purpose, commercial-off-the-shelf operating systems, expressed in terms of the International Organization for Standardization Common Criteria framework. Project Purpose: Many security features of information technology depend on operating systems currently designed without consistent baseline security requirements. This standard provides such requirements, permitting essential security and enhanced interoperability for general-purpose, commercial-of- the-shelf operating systems, benefiting both producers and consumers by enabling mass-produced technology that is resilient in the face of world- class threats. Designation: P2407 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Standards Activities Board Title: Standard for an Architecture Framework and Reference Model for Personalized Health Informatics Status: New Standard Project Technical Contact: Jose C Lacal, Phone:+1 954 723-6456, Email:EJL038@email.mot.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jul 28, 2006 Project Scope: This standard will provide an Architecture Framework and Reference Model for Personalized Health Informatics (PHI). Included are high level descriptions of necessary functions, services, interfaces, protocols, and tools. This project will develop standards to facilitate a world of consumer-mandated demand for data to be posted to the consumer’s own health- related record. Project Purpose: These standards will facilitate the development and usage of a comprehensive set of Internet-based tools that place the individual (and his/her dependents) at the center of an encompassing architecture of services that promote and enhance health. This standard is geared towards optimizing an individual's health, mostly outside of the scope of a healthcare provider. This standard is not about personal health records (that is being addressed already by many other organizations). This proposal is to create a "family health dashboard" where all relevant information (nutrition, environmental issues, published research, etc.) are brought together in an easy-to-use tool to enhance a family's health. Designation: P2600 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Information Assurance Title: Standard for Information Technology: Hardcopy Device and System Security Status: Modified New Project Technical Contact: F Donald Wright, Phone:859-825-4808, Email:don@lexmark.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. Project Scope: This standard defines security requirements (all aspects of security including but not limited to authentication, authorization, privacy, integrity, device management, physical security and information security) for manufacturers, users and others on the selection, installation, configuration and usage of hardcopy devices and systems; including printers, copiers, and multifunction devices. This standard identifies security exposures for these hardcopy devices and systems and instructs manufacturers and software developers on appropriate security capabilities to include in their devices and systems and instructs users on appropriate ways to use these security capabilities. Project Purpose: In today's Information Technology environment, significant time and effort are being spent on security for workstations and servers. However, today's hardcopy devices (printers, copiers, multifunction devices, etc.) are connected to the same local area networks and contain many of the same communications, processing and storage components, and are subject to many of the same security problems as workstations and servers. At this time, there are no standards to guide manufacturers or users of hardcopy devices in the secure installation, configuration, or usage of these devices and systems. The purpose of this document is to serve as such a standard and its goals are: 1) To provide guidance in the secure architecture, design, and out-of-box configuration of hardcopy devices for manufacturers; 2) To provide guidance in the secure installation, configuration, and use of hardcopy devices for end users and their supporting organizations. Designation: 2600 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Information Assurance Title: Standard for Information Technology: Hardcopy System and Device Security Status: Superseded Technical Contact: F Donald Wright, Phone:859-825-4808, Email:don@lexmark.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 10, 2003 Project Scope: This standard defines security requirements (including all aspects of security including but not limited to authentication, authorization, privacy, integrity, device management, physical security and information security) for manufacturers, users and others on the selection, installation, configuration and usage of hardcopy devices and systems including printers, copiers, and multifunction devices and the computer systems that support these devices. This standard identifies security exposures for these hardcopy devices and systems and instructs manufacturers and software developers on appropriate security capabilities to include in their devices and systems and instructs users on appropriate ways to use these security capabilities. Project Purpose: In today's Information Technology environment, significant time and effort are being spent on security for workstations and servers. However, today's hardcopy devices (printers, copiers, multifunction devices, etc.) are connected to the same local area networks and contain communications, processing and storage components just as subject to security problems as workstations and servers. At this time, there are no standards to guide manufacturers or users of hardcopy devices or the computer systems that support them in the secure installation, configuration or usage of these devices and systems. Designation: 2600 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Information Assurance Title: Standard for Information Technology: Hardcopy Device and System Security Status: Superseded Technical Contact: F Donald Wright, Phone:859-825-4808, Email:don@lexmark.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 15, 2006 Project Scope: This standard defines security requirements (all aspects of security including but not limited to authentication, authorization, privacy, integrity, device management, physical security and information security) for manufacturers, users and others on the selection, installation, configuration and usage of hardcopy devices and systems; including printers, copiers, and multifunction devices. This standard identifies security exposures for these hardcopy devices and systems and instructs manufacturers and software developers on appropriate security capabilities to include in their devices and systems and instructs users on appropriate ways to use these security capabilities. Project Purpose: In today's Information Technology environment, significant time and effort are being spent on security for workstations and servers. However, today's hardcopy devices (printers, copiers, multifunction devices, etc.) are connected to the same local area networks and contain many of the same communications, processing and storage components, and are subject to many of the same security problems as workstations and servers. At this time, there are no standards to guide manufacturers or users of hardcopy devices in the secure installation, configuration, or usage of these devices and systems. The purpose of this document is to serve as such a standard and its goals are: 1) To provide guidance in the secure architecture, design, and out-of-box configuration of hardcopy devices for manufacturers; 2) To provide guidance in the secure installation, configuration, and use of hardcopy devices for end users and their supporting organizations; and, 3) To act as the basis for Common Criteria [ISO/IEC 15408] evaluation of hardcopy devices (see the Protection Profiles in annexes A through D). Designation: P2600.1 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Information Assurance Title: Standard for a Protection Profile in Operational Environment A Status: New Standard Project Technical Contact: F Donald Wright, Phone:859-825-4808, Email:don@lexmark.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. Project Scope: Standard for a Protection Profile for Hardcopy Devices in a restrictive commercial information processing environment in which a relatively high level of document security, operational accountability, and information assurance, are required. Typical information processed in this environment is trade secret, mission-critical, or subject to legal and regulatory considerations such as for privacy or governance. This environment is not intended to support life-critical or national security applications. This environment will be known as "Operational Environment A." Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to create security protection profiles hardcopy devices in Operational Environment A as defined in P2600. Designation: P2600.2 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Information Assurance Title: Standard for a Protection Profile in Operational Environment B Status: New Standard Project Technical Contact: F Donald Wright, Phone:859-825-4808, Email:don@lexmark.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. Project Scope: Standard for a Protection Profile for Hardcopy Devices in a commercial information processing environment in which a moderate level of document security, network security, and security assurance, are required. Typically, the day-to-day proprietary and non-proprietary information needed to operate an enterprise will be handled by this environment. This environment will be known as "Operational Environment B." Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to create security protection profiles hardcopy devices in Operational Environment B as defined in P2600. Designation: P2600.3 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Information Assurance Title: Standard for a Protection Profile in Operational Environment C Status: New Standard Project Technical Contact: F Donald Wright, Phone:859-825-4808, Email:don@lexmark.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. Project Scope: Standard for a Protection Profile for Hardcopy Devices in a public-facing environment in which document security is not guaranteed, but access control and usage accounting are important to the operator of the environment. A retail copy center, public library, Internet café, and hotel business center are typical applications of this environment. This environment will be known as "Operational Environment C." Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to create security protection profiles hardcopy devices in Operational Environment C as defined in P2600. Designation: P2600.4 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Information Assurance Title: Standard for a Protection Profile in Operational Environment D Status: New Standard Project Technical Contact: F Donald Wright, Phone:859-825-4808, Email:don@lexmark.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. Project Scope: Standard for a Protection Profile for Hardcopy Devices in a small, private information processing environment in which most elements of security are provided by the physical environment, but basic network security is needed to protect the device and its network from misuse from outside of the environment. Small offices and home offices are typical applications of this environment. This environment will be known as "Operational Environment D." Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to create security protection profiles hardcopy devices in Operational Environment D as defined in P2600. Designation: 5001-1999-1999 Title: IEEE-ISTO Nexus 5001™ Forum, IEEE-ISTO 5001-1999 Global Embedded Processor Debug Interface Standard Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Nov 30, 1999 Designation: 8802-2-1998 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks Title: Logical link control (with Amendments 3, 6, and 7) Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: May 07, 1998 Publication type: International Publication Designation: 8802-2-1994 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks Title: ISO/IEC 8802-2:1994: Information Technology - Telecommunications and information exchange between systems - Local and metropolitan area networks - Specific requirements - Part 2: Logical link control Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Dec 30, 1994 **Incorporating IEEE Stds 802.2-1989, 802.2a-1993, 802.2b-1993, 802.2d-1993, 802.2e-1993, and 802.5p-1993. Publication type: International Publication Abstract: This standard is part of a family of local area network (LANs) and metropolitan area network (MANs) that deals with the physical and data link layers as defined by the ISO Open Systems Interconnection Reference Model. The functions, features, protocol, and services of the Logical Link Control (LLC) sublayer, which constitutes the top sublayer in the data link layer of the ISO/IEC 8802 Local Area Network Protocol, are described. The services required of, or by, the LLC sublayer at the logical interfaces with the network layer, the MAC sublayer, and the LLC sublayer management function are specified. The protocol data unit (PDU) structure for data communication systems is defined using bit-oriented procedures, as are three types of operation for data communication between service access points. In the first type of operation, PDUs are exchanged between LLCs without the need for the establishment of a data link connection. In the second type of operation, a data link connection is established between two LLCs prior to any exchange of information-bearing PDUs. In the third type of operation, PDUs are exchanged between LLCs without the need for the establishment of a data link connection, but stations are permitted to both send data and request the return of data simultaneously. Key Words: Local area networks, protocols, logical link control, LAN Designation: 8802.2-1989 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks Title: Information processing systems - Local area networks - Part 2: Logical link control Status: Superseded History: PAR APP: Aug 17, 1989, BD APP: Aug 17, 1989 Designation: 8802-2,Amd.3-1995 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks Title: ISO/IEC 8802-4, Amd 3 IEEE [P802.2C]Information technology - Telecommunications and information exchange between systems - Local and metropolitan area networks - Specific requirements - Part 2: Logical link control AMENDMENT 3: Conformance requirements Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jun 28, 1995 **Amendment to 8802-2:1994 (Draft 802.2c) Publication type: International Publication Abstract: Conformance requirements for ISO/IEC 8802-2: 1994[ANSI/IEEE Std 802.2, 1994] are provided. Key Words: logical link control, protocols, local area networks, LAN Designation: 8802-3-1996 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks Title: ISO/IEC 8802-3:1996: Information technology - Local and Metropolitan Area Networks - Part 3: Carrier Sense Multiple Access with Collision Detection(CSMA/CD) Access Method and Physical Layer Specifications Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jul 29, 1996 **Incorporates IEEE Stds 802.3a-1988, 802.3b-1985, 802.3c-1985, 802.3d-1987, 802.3e-1987, 802.3h-1990, 802.3i-1990, 802.3j-1993, 802.3k-1992, 802.3l- 1992, 802.3m-1995, 802.3n-1995, 802.3p-1993, 802.3q-1993, 802.3s-1995, 802.3t-1995 and 802.3v-1995. Publication type: International Publication Abstract: This Local and Metropolitan Area Network standard, ISO/IEC 8802-3: 1996 [ANSI/IEEE Std 802.3, 1996 Edition], specifies the media access control characteristics for the Carrier Sense Multiple Access with Collision Detection (CSMA/CD) access method. It also specifies the media, Medium Attachment Unit (MAU) and physical layer repeater unit for 10 Mb/s baseband and broadband systems, and it provides a 1Mb/s baseband implementation. Specifications for MAU types 10BASE5, 10BASE2, FOIRL (fiber optic inter-repeater link), 10BROAD36, 1BASE5, 10BASE-T, and 10BASE-F are included. System considerations for multisegment 10Mb/s baseband networks are provided. Layer and sublayer interface specifications are aligned to the ISO/IEC Open Systems Interconnection Basic Reference Model and 8802 models. The 8802-3 internal model is defined and used. Key Words: attachment unit interface (AUI), data processing, ethernet, information interchange, local area networks, LAN, management, mode of data transmission, network interconnection, models, repeater Designation: 8802-3-1993 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks Title: ISO/IEC 8802-3:1993: Information technology - Local and metropolitan area networks - Part 3: Carrier sense multiple access with collision detection (CSMA/CD) access method and physical layer specifications Status: Superseded **Contains IEEE Stds 802.3-1988, 802.3c-1985, 802.3d-1987, 802.3b-1985, 802.3i-1990 and corrections resulting from Maintenance Ballot #1. Publication type: International Publication Designation: 8802-3-1992 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks Title: Information Processing System - Local Area Network - Part 3 : Carrier Sense Multiple Access with Collision Detection (CSMA/CD) Status: Superseded Publication type: Special Publication Key Words: data, processing, information, interchange, local, area, networks, mode, data, transmission, network, interconnection, models Designation: 8802-3-1990 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks Title: Information Processing System - Local Area Network - Part 3 : Carrier Sense Multiple Access with Collision Detection (CSMA/CD) Access Method and Physical Layer Specifications Status: Superseded **Approved by ISO/IEC/ANSI. Supersedes 8802-3 : 1989. History: BD APP: Feb 15, 1990 (Ref. Std.: 802.3) Designation: 8802-3-1989 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks Title: Information Processing Systems - Local Area Networks - Part 3: Carrier sense multiple access with collision detection (CSMA/CD) access method and physical layer specifications Status: Superseded **This publication is a revision of 802.3 (ISO apprvd 1988). History: BD APP: Jun 09, 1988, ANSI APP: Jan 12, 1989 Designation: 8802-3:2000-2000 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks Title: ISO/IEC 8802-3:2000 (IEEE Std 802.3, 2000 Edition) Information Technology—Local and Metropolitan Area Networks—Part 3: Carrier Sense Multiple Access with Collision Detection (CSMA/CD) Access Method and Physical Layer Specifications Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Nov 22, 2000 **This version is superseded by 802.3-2000 Publication type: Special Publication Designation: 8802-4-1990 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1995 Title: ISO/IEC 8802-4:1990: Information processing systems - Local area networks - Part 4:Token-passing bus access method and physical layer specifications Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Aug 17, 1990 **Revision of IEEE Std 802.4-1985. Publication type: International Publication History: BD APP: Feb 27, 1990, ANSI APP: Jul 19, 1990 (Ref. Std.: 802.4) Abstract: This standard is part of a family of local area network (LAN) and metropolitan area network (MAN) standards dealing with the physical and data link layers as defined by the International Organization for Standardization (ISO) Open Systems Interconnection Reference Model. The following are specified in this standard: the electrical and/or optical and physical characteristics of the transmission medium; the electrical or optical signaling method used; the frame formats transmitted; the actions of a station upon receipt of a frame; the services provided at the conceptual interface between the medium access control (MAC) sublayer and the Logical Link Control (LLC) sublayer above it; and the actions, entities, and values used to manage the MAC sublayer and physical layer entity. Key Words: LAN Designation: 8802-5-1998 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks Title: Information Technology—Telecommunications and information exchange between systems—Local and metropolitan area networks—Specific requirements—Part 5: Token ring access method and physical layer specifications Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jun 01, 1998 Publication type: International Publication Designation: 8802.5-1995 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks Title: ISO/IEC 8802-5:1995 : Information Technology Processing Systems - Telecommunications and information exchange between systems - Local and metropolitan area networks - Specifc requirements, Part 5:Token ring access method and physical Layer Specification Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Dec 29, 1995 **Revision of 8802-5:1992 and incorporates TR 10738:1992. Publication type: International Publication History: PAR APP: Dec 03, 1992, BD APP: Jun 14, 1995, ANSI APP: Dec 01, 1995 (Ref. Std.: 802.5) Abstract: This Local and Metropolitan Area Network standard, ISO/IEC 8802-5: 1995, is part of a family of local area network (LAN) standards dealing with the physical and data link layers as defined by the ISO Open System Interconnection Reference Model. Its purpose is to provide compatible interconnection of data processing equipment by means of a local area network using the token- passing ring access method. The frame format, including delimiters, addressing, and frame check sequence, are defined, as are medium access control (MAC) frames, timers, and priority stacks. The MAC protocol is defined. The finite-state machine and state tables are supplemented with a prose description of the algorithms. The physical layer (PHY) functions of symbol encoding and decoding, symbol time, and latency buffering are defined. The services provided by the MAC to the station management (SMT) and the services provided by the PHY to SMT and the MAC are described. These services are defined in terms of service primitives and associated parameters. The 4 and 16 Mb/s, shielded twisted pair attachment of the station to the medium, including the medium interface connector (MIC) are also defined. The applications environment for the LAN is intended to be commercial and light industrial. The use of token ring LANs in home and heavy industrial environments, while not precluded, has not been considered in the development of the standard. A Protocol Implementation Conformance Statement (PICS) proforma is provided as an annex to the standard. Designation: 8802-5-1992 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks Title: ISO/IEC 8802-5:1992: Information technology– Local and metropolitan area networks - Part 5: Token ring access method and physical layer specifications Status: Superseded **Revision of IEEE Std 802.5-1989. Revision to harmonize IEEE & ISO versions. Publication type: International Publication History: PAR APP: Mar 19, 1992, BD APP: Mar 19, 1992 Key Words: data, processing, interconnection, local, area, network, medium, access, control Designation: 8802-5 Amd 1-1998 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks Title: ISO/IEC 8802-5:1998, Amd.1 (ANSI/IEEE Std 802.5 and 802.5j, 1998 Edition) Information Technology-Telecommunications and information exchange between systems-Local and metropolitan area networks-Specific requirements- Part 5: Token ring access method and physical layer specification-Amendment 1: Dedicated token ring operation and fiber optic media Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jul 13, 1998 Publication type: International Publication History: (Ref. Std.: 802.5j) Designation: 8802-6-1994 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks Title: ISO/IEC 8802-6:1994: Information technology- Telecommunications and information exchange between systems - Local and metropolitan area networks - Specific requirements - Part 6: Distributed Queue Dual Bus (DQDB) access method and physical layer specifications Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Mar 07, 1994 **Incorporating IEEE Stds 802.6-1990, 802.6d-1993 and 802.6f-1993. Publication type: International Publication History: (Ref. Std.: 802.6) Abstract: This standard is part of a family of standards for local area networks (LANs) and metropolitan area networks (MANs) that deals with the Physical and Data Link Layers as defined by the International Organization for Standardization (ISO) Open Systems Interconnection Reference Model. A high-speed shared medium access protocol for use over a dual, counterflowing, unidirectional bus subnetwork is defined. The Physical Layer and Distributed Queue Dual Bus (DQDB) Layer are required to support a Logical Link Control (LLC) Sublayer by means of a connectionless Media Access Control (MAC) Sublayer service in a manner consistent with other IEEE 802 networks. Additional DQDB Layer functions are specified as a framework for other services. These additional functions will support Isochronous Service Users and Connection-Oriented Data Service Users, but their implementation is not required for conformance. Designation: 8802-6 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks Title: Distributed Queue Dual Bus (DQDB) access method and physical layer specifications (with Amendments 1, 2, and 3) Status: Approved Publication of IEEE Publication type: International Publication Designation: 8802-9-1996 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks Title: ISO/IEC 8802-9:1996 Information technology - Telecommunications and information exchange between systems - Local and metropolitan area networks - Specific requirements - Part 9: Integrated Services (IS) LAN Interface at the Medium Access Control (MAC) and Physical (PHY) Layers Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Mar 07, 1997 **This edition contains editorial changes to IEEE Std 802.9-1994, which occurred during ISO/IEC approval. Publication type: International Publication History: (Ref. Std.: 802.9) Abstract: A unified access method that offers integrated services (IS) to the desktop for a variety of publicly and privately administered backbone networks (e.g., ANSI FDDI, IEEE 802.x and ISDN) is defined. In addition, the interface at the MAC sublayer and the PHY Layer is specified. Key Words: access unit (AU), data link layer, hybrid multiplexer (HMUX), integrated services digital network, ISDN, intergrated services terminal equipment, ISTE, layer management entity, LAN, logical link control, managed object, management information base (MIB), MAC, medium access control, MAN, physical medium dependent, physical signalling, private switching network, protocol data unit (PDU), service access point, time division multiplexer (TDM) Designation: 8802-11-1999 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks Title: ISO/IEC 8802-11: 1999 [IEEE Std 802.11-1999(R2003)] Information technology—Telecommunications and information exchange between systems— Local and metropolitan area networks—Specific requirements—Part 11: Wireless LAN Medium Access Control (MAC) and Physical Layer (PHY) specifications Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Sep 30, 2005 History: (Ref. Std.: 802.11) Abstract: The medium access control (MAC) and physical characteristics for wireless local area networks (LANs) are specified in this standard, part of a series of standards for local and metropolitan area networks. The medium access control unit in this standard is designed to support physical layer units as they may be adopted dependent on the availability of spectrum. This standard contains three physical layer units: two radio units, both operating in the 2400–2500 MHz band, and one baseband infrared unit. One radio unit employes the frequency-hopping spread spectrum technique, and the other employs the direct sequence spread spectrum technique. Key Words: ad hoc network, infrared, LAN, local area network, mobility, radio frequency, wireless Designation: 8802-11:1999/Amd 4:2006 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks Title: ISO/IEC 8802-11:1999/Amd 4:2006(E) [IEEE Std 802.11g-2003] Information technology—Telecommunications and information exchange between systems—Local and metropolitan area networks—Specific requirements—Part 11: Wireless LAN Medium Access Control (Mac) and Physical Layer (PHY) Specifications—Amendment 4: Further Higher Data Rate Extension in the 2.4 GHz Band Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Aug 15, 2006 Abstract: Changes and additions to IEEE Std 802.11, 1999 Edition, as amended by IEEE Stds 802.11a-1999, 802.11b-1999, 802.11b- 1999/Cor 1-2001, and 802.11d-2001, are provided to support the further higher data rate extension for operation in the 2.4 GHz band. Key Words: LAN, local area network, radio frequency, wireless Designation: 8802-11:1999/Amd 5:2006 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks Title: ISO/IEC 8802-11:1999/Amd 5:2006(E) [IEEE Std 802.11h-2003] Information technology—Telecommunications and information exchange between systems—Local and metropolitan area networks—Specific requirements—Part 11: Wireless LAN Medium Access Control (Mac) and Physical Layer (PHY) Specifications—Amendment 5: Spectrum and Transmit Power Management Extensions in the 5 GHz band in Europe Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Aug 15, 2006 Project Scope: Defines mechanisms for dynamic frequency selection (DFS) and transmit power control (TPC) that may be used to satisfy regulatory requirements for operation in the 5 GHz band in Europe. The regulations and conformance tests are listed in Clause 2. Abstract: This amendment specifies the extensions to IEEE 802.11™ for wireless local area networks (WLANs) providing mechanisms for dynamic frequency selection (DFS) and transmit power control (TPC) that may be used to satisfy regulatory requirements for operation in the 5 GHz band in Europe. Key Words: dynamic frequency selection (DFS), local area network (LAN), transmit power control (TPC) Designation: 8802-11/Amd 1-2000 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks Title: ISO/IEC 8802-11:1999/Amd 1: 2000 (E), Information Technology—Telecommunications and Information Exchange Between Systems—Local and Metropolitan Area Networks—Part II: Wireless LAN Medium Access Control (MAC) and Physical Layer (PHY) Specifications—Amendment 1: High-Speed Physical Layer in the 5 GHz Band Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Nov 21, 2000 Publication type: Special Publication History: (Ref. Std.: 802.11a) Designation: 8802-12-1998 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks Title: Part 12: Demand-priority access method, physical layer and repeater specifications, ISO/IEC 8802-12: 1998, Information technology—Telecommunications and information exchange between systems—Local and metropolitan area networks —Specific requirements— Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Sep 30, 1998 Publication type: International Publication History: (Ref. Std.: 802.12) Designation: 8802-11/Amd.6:2006(E) Title: Information technology — Telecommunications and information exchange between systems — Local and metropolitan area networks — Specific requirements Part 11: Wireless LAN Medium Access Control (MAC) and Physical Layer (PHY) specifications AMENDMENT 6: Medium Access Control (MAC) Security Enhancements Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jan 31, 2007 Abstract: Security mechanisms for IEEE 802.11 are defined in this amendment, which includes a definition of WEP for backward compatibility with the original standard, IEEE Std 802.11, 1999 Edition. This amendment defines TKIP and CCMP, which provide more robust data protection mechanisms than WEP affords. It introduces the concept of a security association into IEEE 802.11 and defines security association management protocols called the 4-Way Handshake and the Group Key Handshake. Also, it specifies how IEEE 802.1X may be utilized by IEEE 802.11 LANs to effect authentication. Key Words: AES, authentication, CCM, CCMP, confidentiality, countermeasures, data authenticity, EAPOL-Key, 4-Way Handshake, Group Key Handshake, IEEE 802.1X, key management, key mixing, Michael, RC4, replay protection, robust security network, RSN, security, security association, TKIP, WEP Designation: 9945-2003 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Portable Applications Title: ISO/IEC 9945:2002/Cor 1: 2003 (E) Information Technology--Portable Operating System Interface (POSIX®)-- Technical Corrigendum 1 Status: Approved Publication of IEEE Publication type: Special Publication Designation: 9945-1-2003 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Portable Applications Title: ISO/IEC 9945-1:2003 (E) Information Technology--Portable Operating System Interface (POSIX®) -- Part 1 Base Definitions Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Sep 02, 2003 **This is sold only as a set with 9945-2, 9945-3, and 9945-4 Publication type: Special Publication Designation: 9945-1-1996 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Portable Applications Title: ISO/IEC 9945-1:1996 [ANSI/IEEE Std 1003.1, 1996 Edition] Information technology - Portable Operating System Interface (POSIX®)-Part 1: System Application Program Interface (API) [C Language] Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jul 12, 1996 **Incorporating IEEE Stds 1003.1-1990, 1003.1b-1993, 1003.1c-1995 and 1003.1i-1995. Publication type: International Publication History: (Ref. Std.: 1003.1) Abstract: This standard is part of the POSIX series of standards for applications and user interfaces to open systems. It defines the applications interface to basic system services for input/output, file system access, and process management. It also defines a format for data interchange. When options specified in the Realtime Extension are included, the standard also defines interfaces appropriate for realtime applications. When options specified in the Threads Extension are included, the standard also defines interfaces appropriate for multithreaded applications. This standard is stated in terms of its C language binding. Key Words: API, application , portability, C language, data processing, information, interchange, open systems, operating systems, POSIX, programming, realtime, system configuration, computer interface, threads Designation: 9945-1-1990 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Portable Applications Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1995 Title: ISO/IEC 9945-1:1990: Information technology - Portable Operating System Interface (POSIX®) - Part 1: System Application Program Interface (API) [C Language] Status: Superseded **Also known as IEEE Std 1003.1-1990. Publication type: Special Publication History: (Ref. Std.: 1003.1) Designation: 9945-2-2003 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Portable Applications Title: ISO/IEC 9945-2:2003 (E) Information Technology--Portable Operating System Interface (POSIX®) -- Part 2: System Interfaces Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Sep 02, 2003 **This is sold only as a set with 9945-1, 9945-3, and 9945-4 Publication type: Special Publication Designation: 9945-2-1993 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Portable Applications Title: ISO/IEC 9945-2:1993: Information technology—Portable Operating System Interface (POSIX®) — Part 2: Shell and Utilities Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Dec 22, 1993 **Incorporates IEEE Stds 1003.2-1992 and 1003.2a-1992. Publication type: International Publication History: (Ref. Std.: 1003.2) Abstract: This standard is part of the POSIX® series of standards for applications and user interfaces to open systems. It defines the applications interface to a shell command language and a set of utility programs for complex manipulation. When the User Portability Utilities Option is included, the standard also defines a common environment for general-purpose time-sharing users on character-oriented display terminals. Key Words: API, data processing, open systems, operating systems, portable application, POSIX, shell , utilities, user portability Designation: 9945-3-2003 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Portable Applications Title: ISO/IEC 9945-3:2003(E) Information Technology--Portable Operating System Interface (POSIX®) -- Part 3: Shell and Utilities Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Sep 02, 2003 **This is sold only as a set with 9945-1, 9945-2, and 9945-4 Publication type: Special Publication Designation: 9945-4-2003 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Portable Applications Title: ISO/IEC 9945-4:2003 (E) Information Technology--Portable Operating System Interface (POSIX®) -- Part 4: Rationale Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Sep 02, 2003 **This is sold only as a set with 9945-1, 9945-2, and 9945-3 Publication type: Special Publication Designation: 10038-1993 Title: ISO/IEC 10038-1993: Information technology-Telecommunications and information exchange between systems - Local area networks - Media access control (MAC) bridges Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jul 08, 1993 **Incorporates IEEE Stds 802.1D-1990, 802.1i-1992, and 802.5m-1993. Publication type: International Publication Abstract: An architecture for the interconnection of IEEE 802 Local Area Networks (LANs) below the level of the MAC Service, which is transparent to logical link control (LLC) and higher layer protocols, is defined. Transparent Bridging between Fibre Distributed Data Interface (FDDI) LANs and between FDDI LANs and IEEE 802 LANs is included. The operation and management of the connecting Bridges is specified. A Spanning Tree Algorithm and Protocol ensures a loop-free topology and provides redundancy. The Bridging method is not particular to any MAC Type; criteria for additional MAC-specific Bridging methods are defined. Source-Routing Transparent (SRT) Bridges are defined in an annex, and the protocols for the operation of source routing in an SRT Bridge are specified. Key Words: "data processing,information interchange,local area networks,metropolitan area networks,fibre distributed data interface - FDDI -,mode of data transmission ,network interconnection ,models,source routing,Source-Routing Transparent - SRT - Bridge" Designation: 10738-1993 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks Title: ISO/IEC TR 10738:1993 [ANSI/IEEE Std 802.5b-1993 Edition] Information technology - Local and Metropolitan area networks - Token ring access method and physical layer specifications - Recommended practice for use of unshielded twisted pair cable (UTP) for token ring data transmission at 4 Mbit/s Status: Superseded **Available in ISO/IEC 8802-5. Abstract: The recommended practice for using unshielded twisted pair cables (UTP) for transmitting data at 4 Mb/s is described. Signal characteristics, unshielded twisted pair transmission characteristics, medium interface connection, cable routing, bit error rate, safety, and reliability are covered. Key Words: token ring access method, token ring data transmission, token ring networks, unshielded twisted pair cable Designation: 10857-1994 Title: ISO/IEC 10857:1994: Information Technology — Microprocessor Systems — Futurebus+® - Logical Protocol specification Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Apr 27, 1994 **Incorporates IEEE Stds 896.1-1991 and 896.1a-1993. Publication type: International Publication History: (Ref. Std.: 896.1) Abstract: This International Standard provides a set of tools with which to implement a Futurebus+ architecture with performance and cost scalability over time, for multiple generations of single- and multiple-bus multiprocessor systems. Although this specification is principally intended for 64-bit address and data operation, a fully compatible 32-bit subset is provided, along with compatible extensions to support 128- and 256-bit data highways. Allocation of bus bandwidth to competing modules is provided by either a fast centralized arbiter, or a fully distributed, one or two pass, parallel contention arbiter. Bus allocation rules are provided to suit the needs of both real-time (priority based) and fairness (equal opportunity access based) configurations. Transmission of data over the multiplexed address/data highway is governed by one of two intercompatible transmission methods: a) a technology-independent, compelled-protocol, supporting broadcast, broadcall, and transfer intervention (the minimum requirement for all Futurebus+ systems), and b) a configurable transfer-rate, source-synchronized protocol supporting only block transfers and source-synchronized broadcast for systems requiring the highest possible performance. Futurebus+ takes its name from its goal of being capable of the highest possible transfer rate consistent with the technology available at the time modules are designed, while ensuring compatibility with all modules designed to this standard both before and after. The plus sign (+) refers to the extensible nature of the specification, and the hooks provided to allow further evolution to meet unanticipated needs of specific application architectures. It is intended that this International Standard be used as a key component of an approved IEEE Futurebus+ profile. Key Words: bus architecture, futurebus +, logical protocol, multiprocessor systems Designation: 10861-1994 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessors and Microcomputers Title: ISO/IEC 10861:1994: Information Technology—High-performance synchronous 32-bit bus: MULTIBUS II Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Apr 27, 1994 **Incorporates IEEE Std 1296-1987. Publication type: International Publication History: (Ref. Std.: 1296) Abstract: The operation, functions, and attributes of a parallel system bus (PSB), called MULTIBUS II, are defined. A high- performance backplane bus intended for use in multiple processor systems, the PSB incorporates synchronous, 32-bit multiplexed address/data, with error detection, and uses a 10 MHz bus clock. This design is intended to provide reliable state-of-the-art operation and to allow the implementation of cost-effective, high-performance VLSI for the bus interface. Memory, I/O, message, and geographic address spaces are defined. Error detection and retry are provided for messages. The message-passing design allows a VLSI implementation, so that virtually all modules on the bus will utilize the bus at its highest performance—32 to 40 Mbyte/s. An overview of PSB, signal descriptions, the PSB protocol, electrical characteristics, and mechanical specifications are covered. Key Words: high performance synchronous, synchronous 32 bit bus, multibus , multibus II, system bus architectures Designation: 11073-00000 Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/11073 Committee Title: Health informatics-- Point-of-care medical device communication-- Framework and overview Status: Approved Publication of IEEE Publication type: Special Publication Designation: P11073-00000 Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/11073 Committee Title: Standard for Health informatics - Point-of-care medical device communication - Framework and overview Status: Revision Project **This project was originally designated as IEEE P1073. Technical Contact: Todd H Cooper, Phone:858-435-0729, Email:t.cooper@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 27, 2001 Project Scope: The scope of this family of standards is to provide for open systems communications in healthcare applications, primarily between patient-connected medical devices and patient care information systems, optimized for the acute care setting. The scope of this document is to provide the overall definition of the family of standards. It does so by defining a conceptual model, an information model, and a communication model for medical device communications, as well as by specifying constraints for conformance to the set of standards. Project Purpose: This family of medical device communications standards allows hospitals and other healthcare providers to achieve plug-and-play interoperability between medical instrumentation and computerized healthcare information systems, especially in a manner that is compatible with the acute care environment. The purpose of this document is to define the overall architecture for communications between medical devices and host computers and to provide a framework for the overall family of standards. This document defines certain logical and functional entities, and as such no particular implementation is implied by this standard. This revision addresses harmonization efforts with related CEN TC251 WGIV and ISO TC215 WG2 standards, and provides a more accurate overview and framework of the family of standards. Designation: P11073-00101 Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/11073 Committee Title: Health informatics - Point-of-care medical device communication - Technical report - Guidelines for the use of RF wireless technology Status: Modified New Project Technical Contact: Joseph Morrissey, Phone:+1 954 723 5008, Email:ejm037@motorola.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. Project Scope: This document provides guidance for using radio-frequency (RF) wireless communication technologies for IEEE 11073™ point-of-care medical devices that exchange vital signs and other medical device information using shared information technology (IT) infrastructure. Use cases specific to these technologies are evaluated and key functional and performance criteria are identified, including quality of service (QoS) management, privacy and security, co-existence with other RF wireless technologies, environmental requirements (EMI/EMC), and power management. Guidelines are provided for each of these areas. Technologies include but are not limited to IEEE 802.11™ and IEEE 802.15™. Use case environments include traditional clinical settings, as well as personal (home- and mobile-) healthcare. The intent of the guidance document is to be global with respect to wireless spectrum and equipment, although working group participation and expertise have favored detail of scenarios from the US. Importantly, this guidance document will not be periodically updated, but instead will act as a source of information for follow-on IEEE 11073 RF wireless transport standards that will supersede it. These IEEE 11073 RF wireless transport standards will detail the use of specific wireless networked technology for the purpose of transporting medical data. Periodic updates will be performed on the IEEE 11073 standards only. Project Purpose: In recent years there has been rapid growth of RF technology to support wireless communication and data transport, as evidenced by the growing use of personal communication devices (e.g., mobile phones, WiFi enabled laptop computers). The incorporation of RF technology into PoC medical devices for wireless data transport has the potential to offer significant benefits to healthcare, although there are many issues that need to be understood and managed in order to ensure data transfer to computer servers, healthcare professionals, terminal data collection units, or other medical devices is accurate, efficient and reliable. Specific recommendations are aimed at different stakeholder groups that make up the audience for this guidance document including healthcare providers, medical device manufacturers / vendors, wireless equipment manufacturers / vendors, and relevant agency groups. The different functionality and operating environment of medical devices is addressed, ranging from core hospital equipment providing complex waveform and other physiological data to single parameter, low data rate sensors worn in a mobile health scenario. Further, patients, healthcare workers, medical equipment, and medical data move across different areas of the healthcare topology and necessitate that data track in a seamless and managed manner. Quality of Service (QoS) requirements (e.g., priority, throughput, latency) can vary significantly across different medical data types (e.g., alarms, real time wave forms, chart data, asset tracking, e-prescriptions), and simultaneous transport of different data types on a shared IT infrastructure are considered for the design of appropriate solutions. Other issues associated with operation on standardized "open" networks are security and privacy. Coexistence becomes a significant issue as a growing number of medical devices from multiple manufacturers, perhaps using multiple technologies (e.g., IEEE 802.15.1(tm) with IEEE 802.11b(tm)), start to crowd the RF spectrum and compete for bandwidth and channel access. Other issues considered include EMI/EMC, cost, power consumption, and technology configurability. Several factors influence the performance of the wireless system itself, including whether it operates on a shared IT network (e.g., WLAN, WWAN) or simply maintains a point-to-point connection. The former example is especially important when considering the operation of multiple medical devices from different manufacturers, each with different QoS requirements. An overall effort to promote plug-and-play (PnP) operability between commercially available medical devices and wireless systems (i.e., IEEE, ISO, ANSI, ITU-R, ITU-T), is supported in this guidance document, as well as in follow-on IEEE 11073 profile standards. As private homes are increasingly outfitted with wireless networks, and home- and mobile- management of healthcare and chronic conditions becomes increasingly common, additional issues may emerge. Recommendations provided in this document are not prescriptive, but instead offer general guidance aimed at the different stakeholders to facilitate design and management of wireless medical data transport to support the necessary QoS and performance requirements as well as co-exist in a complex environment with other wireless traffic. Likewise, exercises and comparisons included in this document are not intended to endorse any particular medical device, wireless technology, or data exchange format, but to offer examples for reference and comparison. Ultimate solutions will vary greatly depend greatly on healthcare needs, resources, sizes, and environments. Designation: 11073-00101 Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/11073 Committee Title: Guide for Health informatics - Point-of-care medical device communication - Technical report - Guidelines for the use of RF wireless technology Status: Superseded **This project was originally designated as IEEE P1073.0.1.1. Technical Contact: Joseph Morrissey, Phone:+1 954 723 5008, Email:ejm037@motorola.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Aug 14, 2003 Project Scope: This project provides guidance on the usage of radio-frequency (RF) wireless communication technologies for IEEE 1073 point-of-care medical devices that exchange vital signs and other medical device information using shared information technology (IT) infrastructures. Use cases specific to these technologies are evaluated and key functional and performance criteria are identified, including quality of service (QoS) management, privacy and security, co-existence with other RF wireless technologies, environmental requirements (EMI/EMC), and power management. Guidelines are provided for each of these areas. Technologies include but not be limited to IEEE 802.11 and 802.15. Use case environments include traditional clinical settings, as well as homecare and mobile. Project Purpose: The development and use of RF wireless technologies is increasing at a very rapid rate; however, there are many issues that need to be properly understood and managed in order to ensure that the medical device systems which use them can operate in a safe and effective manner. This is especially the case when devices from different manufacturers and with widely varying quality of service requirements are expected to provide reliable and consistent services using a shared IT infrastructure (e.g., a single 802.11b wireless LAN), such as real-time waveform delivery and alarm notifications. Additional problems arise when different communication systems use technologies which have difficulty co-existing, and thus result in a degradation in the quality of service that can be provided. By analysing the use cases that include IEEE 1073 devices using RF wireless communications interfaces, and by providing guidelines for the management of the performance requirements and issues that are identified, reliability and safety can be significantly improved. Designation: P11073-00103 Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/11073 Committee Title: Health Informatics - Personal Health Device Communication - Technical Report - Overview Status: New Standard Project Technical Contact: Todd H Cooper, Phone:858-435-0729, Email:t.cooper@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. Project Scope: Within the context of the ISO/IEEE 11073 family of standards for device communication, this guideline describes the landscape of transport- independent applications and information profiles for personal telehealth devices. These profiles define data exchange, data representation, and terminology for communication between personal telehealth devices and compute engines (e.g. health appliances, set top boxes, cell phones, personal computers). The guideline provides a definition of personal telehealth devices as devices used for life activity, wellness monitoring, and/or health monitoring in domestic home, communal home, and/or mobile applications. Use cases relevant to these scenarios and environments are also presented. Project Purpose: This guideline sets a context for other personal telehealth standards in the ISO/IEEE 11073 framework of standards and describes the need for interoperability in personal telehealth environments. Interoperability is key to growing the potential market for these devices and enabling people to manage their own health independently. Designation: P11073-00201 Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/11073 Committee Title: Recommended Practice for Health informatics - Point-of-care medical device communication - Recommended practice - Profile template Status: New Standard Project **This project was originally designated as IEEE P1073.0.2.1 Technical Contact: Todd H Cooper, Phone:858-435-0729, Email:t.cooper@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 22, 2005 Project Scope: This document presents a set of recommended practices for creating communication profiles that leverage new or existing technology for application within an ISO/IEEE 11073 communicaton framework. A template is defined that specifies the component elements that need to be contained in a profile, as well as instructions for how it should be completed and documented, including the definition and completion of related protocol implementation configuration statements (PICS) needed by referenced standards. Project Purpose: As various organizations and system developers define communication profiles (or "stacks") for point-of-care medical devices, they require guidance for how ISO/IEEE 11073 component standards, as well as other non-ISO/IEEE 11073 standards may be combined and configured to achieve the primary design goal for the family of standards, namely real-time plug- and-play interoperability. Though there is information about protocol implementation conformance statements ("PICS") throughout the standards, there is no general guidance or "template" provided for how to create a complete profile. This document provides recommended practices for how to create these profiles using the specified template in such a manner as to properly use existing standards as well as to provide specifications that may become future standards within the ISO/IEEE 11073 family. Designation: P11073-10101 Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/11073 Committee Title: Standard for Health informatics - Point-of-care medical device communication - Nomenclature Status: Revision Project **This project was originally designated as IEEE P1073.1.1.1. Technical Contact: Todd H Cooper, Phone:858-435-0729, Email:t.cooper@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Nov 10, 2005 Project Scope: The scope of this standard is nomenclature architecture for point-of-care (POC) medical device communication (MDC). It consists of three parts: the body of the standard, which defines the overall architecture of the organization and relationships among nomenclature components; normative Annex A and Annex B, which provide specifications of semantics and syntaxes, respectively; and informative Annex C, the bibliography. This standard is intended for use within the context of IEEE Std 1073,1 which sets out the relationship between this and other documents in the POC MDC series. Project Purpose: [from published standard's PAR] The purpose of this standard is to define the unique terms and concepts required for point-of-care medical device data communication. This document will serve as the data dictionary for present and future medical device data communication applications. Designation: P11073-10102 Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/11073 Committee Title: Standard for Health informatics - Point-of-care medical device communication - Nomenclature - Annotated ECG Status: New Standard Project **This project was originally designated as IEEE P1073.1.1.2. Technical Contact: Todd H Cooper, Phone:858-435-0729, Email:t.cooper@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 08, 2004 Project Scope: This standard extends the base IEEE 1073.1.1.1 Nomenclature to provide support for ECG annotation terminology. It may be used either in conjunction with other IEEE 1073 standards (e.g., IEEE 1073.1.2.1 Domain information model) or independently. Major subject areas addressed by the nomenclature include ECG beat annotations, wave component annotations, rhythm annotations, and noise annotations. Project Purpose: This standard provides a single, comprehensive and coherent terminology for ECG annotation semantics, making it suitable for any medical device data exchange that requires inclusion of ECG annotations. This consolidates numerous other standard and non-standard terminologies that are in current use, resulting in the harmonization of how ECG annotation information is identified, and thus, interoperability and information exchange at the application level. Designation: P11073-10103 Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/11073 Committee Title: Standard for Health informatics - Point-of-care medical device communication - Nomenclature - Implantable device, cardiac Status: New Standard Project **This project was originally designated IEEE P1073.1.1.3. Technical Contact: Todd H Cooper, Phone:858-435-0729, Email:t.cooper@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 08, 2004 Project Scope: This project extends the base nomenclature provided in IEEE 1073.1.1.1 to support terminology for implantable cardiac devices (IDC) (e.g., pacemakers). Its primary focus is semantics included in IDC program configuration reports, namely between the IDC programmer and other enterprise-based applications, not between the programmer and the actual implanted device. The nomencalture extensions may be used in conjunction with other IEEE 1073 standard components (e.g., IEEE 1073.1.2.1 Domain Information Model) or with other standards, such as HL7. Project Purpose: This project enables and standardizes the reporting of IDC configuration information to enterprise-based applications (e.g., clinical orders system). Currently no such standardization exists, typically resulting in the reports being managed as paper documents, and not electronically. Designation: P11073-10104 Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/11073 Committee Title: Standard for Health informatics - Point-of-care medical device communication - Nomenclature - Virtual attributes Status: New Standard Project **This project was originally designated IEEE P1073.1.1.4. Technical Contact: Jan Wittenber, Phone:978-659-3593, Email:jan.wittenber@philips.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 22, 2005 Project Scope: This project focuses on the extension of the ISO/IEEE 11073- 10101 Nomenclature related to semantics for “virtual attributes”, which is an unpopulated partition defined in the base Nomenclature Standard. The primary application of these semantics are for external control of medical devices based on the provisions made within the ISO/IEEE 11073 family of standards. Project Purpose: Though a Virtual Attribute partition was allocated in the base nomenclature standasrd, no specific semantics were defined. This standard extends the base Nomenclature by filling in the Virtual Attribute Partition to support relevant applications, including those within the scope of the IEEE P1073.1.3.x set of device specialization standards or as identified during development of this standard, for example to harmonize with other related standards, particularly HL7. Designation: P11073-10201 Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/11073 Committee Title: Standard for Health informatics - Point-of-care medical device communication - Domain information model Status: Revision Project **This project was originally designated P1073.1.2.1. Technical Contact: Kai Hassing, Phone:+49 7031 14 1064, Email:Kai.Hassing@philips.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Nov 10, 2005 Project Scope: Within the context of the ISO/IEEE 11073 family of standards, this standard addresses the definition and structuring of information that is communicated or referred to in communication between application entities. This standard provides a common representation of all application entities present in the application processes within the various devices independent of the syntax. The definition of association control and lower layer communication is outside the scope of this standard. Project Purpose: [from the PAR of the currently published standard] The purpose of this project is to provide a general object-oriented information model that may be used to standardize communication with specific medical devices. Designation: 11073-10300 Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/11073 Committee Title: Standard for Health informatics - Point-of-care medical device communication - Device specializations - Framework and overview Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. **This project was originally designated IEEE P1073.1.3. Technical Contact: Todd H Cooper, Phone:858-435-0729, Email:t.cooper@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 10, 1996 Project Scope: The scope of this standard is the specification of the manner by which device specializations can be defined using the generalized mechanisms defined in IEEE 1073 and related standards for establishing plug-and-play interoperable communications with point-of-care medical devices. Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to define a general set of heuristics for how specific device specializations can be defined using the more general mechanisms that are defined in other 1073 and related standards, and to provide a framework for device specialization standards. The end result will be consistency across device specializations, and ease of use by those using the standards. Designation: 11073-10316 Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/11073 Committee Title: Standard for Health informatics - Point-of-care medical device communication - Device specialization - Dialysis device Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. **This project was originally designated IEEE P1073.1.3.16. Technical Contact: Todd H Cooper, Phone:858-435-0729, Email:t.cooper@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 21, 2002 Project Scope: The scope of this project is medical device communication for dialysis medical devices, including renal intensive care devices. It will specialize definitions provided by other IEEE 1073 standards, including general data format standards, application profile standards, and transport standards. The project will define data model and semantics specifically related to dialysis devices, as well as, specifications leveraged from other 1073 device specializations, including infusion device, pulse-oximeter, blood pressure, temperature, and weighing scale. Project Purpose: The purpose of this project is to establish a normative definition of communication between dialysis devices and other medical devices and information systems in a manner that enables plug-and-play interoperability. By providing standardized communication for these devices, information from these systems will be more readily acquired and integrated into the healthcare enterprise information infrastructure, ultimately reducing the cost of implementing such systems and increasing the availability of this class of data. Designation: P11073-10400 Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/11073 Committee Title: Health Informatics - Personal Health Device Communication - Device Specialization - Common Framework Status: New Standard Project Technical Contact: Todd H Cooper, Phone:858-435-0729, Email:t.cooper@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. Project Scope: Within the context of the ISO/IEEE 11073 family of standards for device communication, this standard establishes a normative framework of communication between personal telehealth devices and compute engines (e.g. cell phones, personal computers, personal health appliances, set top boxes) in a manner that enables plug-and-play interoperability. It leverages appropriate portions of existing standards including ISO/IEEE 11073 terminology, information model, application profile, and transport standards. It specifies the use of specific term codes, formats, and behaviors in a telehealth environment restricting optionality in base frameworks in favor of interoperability. This standard establishes a common core of communications functionality shared by one or more of the personal telehealth device specializations, including common ways of receiving information and managing the devices, and allows vendor extensibility to access non-standardized features. Project Purpose: This standard addresses a need for an openly defined, independent standard for controlling information exchange to and from personal health devices and compute engines (e.g. cell phones, personal computers, personal health appliances, set top boxes). Interoperability is key to growing the potential market for these devices and enabling people to be better informed participants in the management of their health. Designation: P11073-10404 Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/11073 Committee Title: Health Informatics - Personal Health Device Communication - Device Specialization - Pulse Oximeter Status: New Standard Project Technical Contact: Todd H Cooper, Phone:858-435-0729, Email:t.cooper@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. Project Scope: Within the context of the ISO/IEEE 11073 family of standards for device communication, this standard establishes a normative definition of communication between personal telehealth pulse oximeter devices and compute engines (e.g. cell phones, personal computers, personal health appliances, set top boxes) in a manner that enables plug-and-play interoperability. It leverages appropriate portions of existing standards including ISO/IEEE 11073 terminology, information models, application profile standards, and transport standards. It specifies the use of specific term codes, formats, and behaviors in telehealth environments restricting optionality in base frameworks in favor of interoperability. This standard defines a common core of communication functionality for personal telehealth pulse oximeters. Project Purpose: This standard addresses a need for an openly defined, independent standard for controlling information exchange to and from personal health devices and compute engines (e.g. cell phones, personal computers, personal health appliances, set top boxes). Interoperability is key to growing the potential market for these devices and enabling people to be better informed participants in the management of their health. Designation: P11073-10406 Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/11073 Committee Title: Health Informatics - Personal Health Device Communication - Device Specialization - Heart Rate Monitor Status: New Standard Project Technical Contact: Todd H Cooper, Phone:858-435-0729, Email:t.cooper@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. Project Scope: Within the context of the ISO/IEEE 11073 family of standards for device communication, this standard establishes a normative definition of communication between personal telehealth heart rate monitor devices and compute engines (e.g. cell phones, personal computers, personal health appliances, set top boxes) in a manner that enables plug-and-play interoperability. It leverages appropriate portions of existing standards including ISO/IEEE 11073 terminology, information models, application profile standards, and transport standards. It specifies the use of specific term codes, formats, and behaviors in telehealth environments restricting optionality in base frameworks in favor of interoperability. This standard defines a common core of communication functionality for personal telehealth heart rate monitors. In this context, heart rate monitor is being used broadly to cover heart rate monitors that infer heart rate by monitoring a heart’s electrical activity as well as those that infer from pulse measurements. Project Purpose: This standard addresses a need for an openly defined, independent standard for controlling information exchange to and from personal health devices and compute engines (e.g. cell phones, personal computers, personal health appliances, set top boxes). Interoperability is key to growing the potential market for these devices and enabling people to be better informed participants in the management of their health. Designation: P11073-10407 Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/11073 Committee Title: Health Informatics - Personal Health Device Communication - Device Specialization - Blood Pressure Monitor Status: New Standard Project Technical Contact: Todd H Cooper, Phone:858-435-0729, Email:t.cooper@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. Project Scope: Within the context of the ISO/IEEE 11073 family of standards for device communication, this standard establishes a normative definition of communication between personal telehealth blood pressure monitor devices and compute engines (e.g. cell phones, personal computers, personal health appliances, set top boxes) in a manner that enables plug-and-play interoperability. It leverages appropriate portions of existing standards including ISO/IEEE 11073 terminology, information models, application profile standards, and transport standards. It specifies the use of specific term codes, formats, and behaviors in telehealth environments restricting optionality in base frameworks in favor of interoperability. This standard defines a common core of communication functionality for personal telehealth blood pressure monitors. Project Purpose: This standard addresses a need for an openly defined, independent standard for controlling information exchange to and from personal health devices and compute engines (e.g. cell phones, personal computers, personal health appliances, set top boxes). Interoperability is key to growing the potential market for these devices and enabling people to be better informed participants in the management of their health. Designation: P11073-10408 Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/11073 Committee Title: Health Informatics - Personal Health Device Communication - Device Specialization - Thermometer Status: New Standard Project Technical Contact: Todd H Cooper, Phone:858-435-0729, Email:t.cooper@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. Project Scope: Within the context of the ISO/IEEE 11073 family of standards for device communication, this standard establishes a normative definition of communication between personal telehealth thermometer devices and compute engines (e.g. cell phones, personal computers, personal health appliances, set top boxes) in a manner that enables plug-and-play interoperability. It leverages appropriate portions of existing standards including ISO/IEEE 11073 terminology, information models, application profile standards, and transport standards. It specifies the use of specific term codes, formats, and behaviors in telehealth environments restricting optionality in base frameworks in favor of interoperability. This standard defines a common core of communication functionality for personal telehealth thermometers. Project Purpose: This standard addresses a need for an openly defined, independent standard for controlling information exchange to and from personal health devices and compute engines (e.g. cell phones, personal computers, personal health appliances, set top boxes). Interoperability is key to growing the potential market for these devices and enabling people to be better informed participants in the management of their health. Designation: P11073-10415 Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/11073 Committee Title: Health Informatics - Personal Health Device Communication - Device Specialization - Weighing Scale Status: New Standard Project Technical Contact: Todd H Cooper, Phone:858-435-0729, Email:t.cooper@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. Project Scope: Within the context of the ISO/IEEE 11073 family of standards for device communication, this standard establishes a normative definition of communication between personal telehealth weighing scale devices and compute engines (e.g. cell phones, personal computers, personal health appliances, set top boxes) in a manner that enables plug-and-play interoperability. It leverages appropriate portions of existing standards including ISO/IEEE 11073 terminology, information models, application profile standards, and transport standards. It specifies the use of specific term codes, formats, and behaviors in telehealth environments restricting optionality in base frameworks in favor of interoperability. This standard defines a common core of communcation functionality for personal telehealth weighing scales. Project Purpose: This standard addresses a need for an openly defined, independent standard for controlling information exchange to and from personal health devices and compute engines (e.g. cell phones, personal computers, personal health appliances, set top boxes). Interoperability is key to growing the potential market for these devices and enabling people to be better informed participants in the management of their health. Designation: P11073-10417 Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/11073 Committee Title: Health Informatics - Personal Health Device Communication - Device Specialization - Glucose Meter Status: New Standard Project Technical Contact: Todd H Cooper, Phone:858-435-0729, Email:t.cooper@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. Project Scope: Within the context of the ISO/IEEE 11073 family of standards for device communication, this standard establishes a normative definition of communication between personal telehealth glucose meter devices and compute engines (e.g. cell phones, personal computers, personal health appliances, set top boxes) in a manner that enables plug-and-play interoperability. It leverages appropriate portions of existing standards including ISO/IEEE 11073 terminology, information models, application profile standards, and transport standards. It specifies the use of specific term codes, formats, and behaviors in telehealth environments restricting optionality in base frameworks in favor of interoperability. This standard defines a common core of communication functionality for personal telehealth glucose meters. Project Purpose: This standard addresses a need for an openly defined, independent standard for controlling information exchange to and from personal health devices and compute engines (e.g. cell phones, personal computers, personal health appliances, set top boxes). Interoperability is key to growing the potential market for these devices and enabling people to be better informed participants in the management of their health. Designation: P11073-20000 Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/11073 Committee Title: Standard for Health informatics - Point-of-care medical device communication - Application profile - Framework and overview Status: New Standard Project **This project was originally designated IEEE P1073.2. Technical Contact: Todd H Cooper, Phone:858-435-0729, Email:t.cooper@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 10, 2003 Project Scope: This project provides a general description of the IEEE 1073 application profile standards (IEEE 1073.2.x), including the role they play in supporting use cases where point-of-care medical devices are used to communicate vital signs and other device information. The framework of application profile substandards is provided, giving guidance as to how new components can be added to the set and showing users how they may be combined to provid general services needed for specific applications. Profile capabilities include abstract to transfer syntax standards and general services required to establish logical connections between systems, OSI service and presentation layer capabilities, and services needed to perform communication tasks. Additionally the relationship between these standards and other IEEE 1073 groups (e.g., 1073.1.x) are presented, detailing how they can be combined to provide a complete ISO OSI 7-layer communications stack. Project Purpose: Application profiles supply a key component in the IEEE 1073 set of standards, providing the generic services needed to encode and decode information that is transferred between systems, to establish logical associations between systems, to dynamically configure optional capabilities, and to effect exchange of vital signs and medical device data. By providing non-device specific application services, technology can be reused across different device types, as well as more easily extended and maintained. Service profiles may also be created for target applications, using the specific technologies or the minimum set of capabilities required to support the intended use cases. This framework and overview standard supports those who need to either create a profile of application services for a specific device or system interface or need to add new capabilities to support additional use cases. Designation: 11073-20102 Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/11073 Committee Title: Standard for Health informatics - Point-of-care medical device communication - Application profiles - MIB elements Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. **This project was originally designated as IEEE P1073.2.1.2. Technical Contact: Todd H Cooper, Phone:858-435-0729, Email:t.cooper@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 21, 2002 Project Scope: The scope of this project is the definition of MIB ("Management Information Base") Element objects as used in the IEEE 1073 family of standards for point-of-care medical device communication. Prototypical MIB Element object definitions are contained in the IEEE P1073.1.2.1 Domain Information Model standard. References to MIB Element definitions in specific IEEE 1073 transport standards (e.g., P1073.3.3) shall also be included. Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to provide in one document location the definitions for non-transport specific MIB Element objects used in point-of-care medical device communication, as well as references to MIB Element definitions that may be contained in specific IEEE 1073 transport or internetworking standards. Designation: P11073-20103 Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/11073 Committee Title: Standard for Health informatics - Point-of-care medical device communication - Application profile - Clinical context management (CCoM) Status: New Standard Project **This project was originally designated IEEE P1073.2.1.3. Technical Contact: Jan Wittenber, Phone:978-659-3593, Email:jan.wittenber@philips.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Nov 10, 2005 Project Scope: This project is an extension to Standard IEEE 1073.2.1.1, MDAP Base Standard. The scope is the synchronization of medical device operational contextual information, particularly security-related, in RF wireless contexts; patient identification; and clinical patient care logistical, particularly Admit, Discharge, and Transfer (ADT) information. Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to facilitate safe and effective application of IEEE 802-based profiles in the context of medical device communication in the scope of the IEEE 1073 in which synchronization of medical device, patient, and clinical logistical information is required among heterogeneous real-time medical data processors. Designation: P11073-20200 Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/11073 Committee Title: Standard for Health informatics - Point-of-care medical device communication - Application profile - Association control function Status: New Standard Project **This project was originally designated IEEE P1073.2.2.0. Technical Contact: Todd H Cooper, Phone:858-435-0729, Email:t.cooper@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: May 10, 2005 Project Scope: This standard defines a profile for utilizing ISO Open Systems Interconnection (OSI) service for an Association Control Service Element (ACSE) in point-of-care medical device communication within the framework of the ISO/IEEE 11073 standards. This service provides for the establishment, release and aborting of an association between a medical device agent and another system acting as a manager. Service establishment includes dynamic negotiation of presentation layer functions such as message encoding and abstract syntax, as well as application layer services to be used. Project Purpose: Association control services provide a core element of the ISO OSI protocols and support the dynamic configuration of presentation and application layer services. For medical device communication, all application profile operational modes must share a common association control service that provides the means for selecting required and optional components. Therefore, this document is referenced by the other application profile mode standards within the ISO/IEEE 11073 family. Designation: 11073-20201 Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/11073 Committee Title: Health informatics-- Point-of care medical device communication-- Application profile-- Polling mode Status: Approved Publication of IEEE Publication type: Special Publication Designation: P11073-20201 Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/11073 Committee Title: Standard for Health informatics - Point-of-care medical device communication - Application profile - Polling mode Status: New Standard Project **This project was originally designated IEEE P1073.2.2.1. Technical Contact: Todd H Cooper, Phone:858-435-0729, Email:t.cooper@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: May 10, 2005 Project Scope: This standard defines the service and dynamic models for medical devices that communicate using a polling-type of protocol. This standard builds upon the definitions provided in the Base MDAP standard (ISO/IEEE 11073-20101), and defines the method for retrieving application-specific data formatted in accordance with the ISO/IEEE 11073-1xxxx set of standards. It does not define application-specific message content. Project Purpose: As part of the ISO/IEEE 11073 family of standards for medical device communication, this document is needed to provide a set of generic capabilities that may be used by agent and manager systems to exchange information defined in accordance with the ISO/IEEE 11073-1xxxx standards. Designation: 11073-20202 Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/11073 Committee Title: Health informatics-- Point-of-care medical device communication-- Application profile-- Baseline Status: Approved Publication of IEEE Publication type: Special Publication Designation: P11073-20202 Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/11073 Committee Title: Standard for Health informatics - Point-of-care medical device communication - Application profile - Baseline asynchronous mode Status: Modified New Project **This project was originally designated IEEE P1073.2.2.2. Technical Contact: Todd H Cooper, Phone:858-435-0729, Email:t.cooper@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: May 10, 2005 Project Scope: This standard defines the service and dynamic models for medical devices that communicate using an event-driven type of protocol, where data updates are communicated automatically by the device when they are available. This standard builds upon the definitions provided in the Base MDAP standard (ISO/IEEE 11073-20101), and defines the method for retrieving application-specific data formatted in accordance with the ISO/IEEE 11073- 1xxxx set of standards. It is intended for use by the majority of medical device specializations and is titled "asynchronous" because it enables devices to send information either periodically or episodically as needed and without a manager system first issuing a request. It does not define application-specific message content. Project Purpose: As part of the ISO/IEEE 11073 family of standards for point- of-care medical device communication, this standard provides a set of generic services that support asynchronous event-driven communication between agent and manager systems, including association control function extensions for dynamic negotiation of profile configuration options, full support for objects defined in the Domain Information Model (11073-10201), and optional packages that may be layered on top of this "baseline" set of services. Designation: P11073-20301 Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/11073 Committee Title: Standard for Health informatics - Point-of-care medical device communication - Application Profile - Optional package, remote control Status: New Standard Project **This project was originally designated IEEE P1073.2.3.1. Technical Contact: Todd H Cooper, Phone:858-435-0729, Email:t.cooper@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 08, 2004 Project Scope: This standard extends the capabilities of the IEEE 1073 family standards to provide an optional service for remote control of medical devices. It builds upon the capabilities provided by other application profile standards, namely IEEE 1073.2.2.2 Application Profile - Baseline, to enable the discovery, configuration, invocation, and monitoring of remote control services. It also leverages objects defined in the IEEE 1073.1.2.1 Domain Information Model and terminology defined in the IEEE 1073.1.1.1 Nomenclature standard. Both open and closed loop applications are supported. "Remote" includes both device-external but physicall local control, as well as control of geographically distant devices. Specific device control semantics (e.g., for a ventilator) are not included in this standard. Project Purpose: This standard is needed to provide plug-and-play interoperability for applications that require remote control of medical devices. It supports a single, consistent service model that supports reliable control applications, including both open and closed loop. Designation: 11073-20302 Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/11073 Committee Title: Standard for Health informatics - Point-of-care medical device communication - Application profile - Optional package, symmetric communication Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. **This project was originally designated IEEE P1073.2.3.2. Technical Contact: Todd H Cooper, Phone:858-435-0729, Email:t.cooper@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 21, 2002 Project Scope: This standard defines the service and dynamic models for communicating medical devices and systems, both agents and managers, which function both as clients and as servers of information. The standard builds upon services defined in other 1073 Application Profile standards, such as the Baseline Application Profile standard (IEEE P1073.2.2.2), and defines the methods by which agent devices may both publish the data and services that they provide, as well as discover and acquire information provided by managers. Likewise, it defines the methods by which manager systems can not only discover the data and services provided by an agent device, but also publish and supply data and services that are provided by the manager system. It is intended for use by any of the medical device specializations defined in the IEEE 1073.1.3.x standards that can benefit from dynamically acquiring information from the device or system to which they are connected. Project Purpose: This standard extends the plug-and-play interoperability for medical devices defined in other 1073 standards, such that devices which can benefit from data and services provided by external communicating systems, have a standardized manner in which to discover and acquire that information. Potential applications include devices that acquire patient information such as ID, height, weight, sex, and age, and then use this information to customize their operation (e.g., pharmacokinetic drug dosing models used by infusion devices, or modes used by ventilators). Another would be devices that acquire drug dosing and pharmacy order information, or adverse drug event database data, ensuring that the right drug is being delivered to the right patient in accordance with the prescribed dosage. By standardizing this type of communications interface, device developers and system applications providers can reap the benefits afforded by greatly enhanced interoperability, ultimately benefiting and enhancing the quality of patient care. Designation: P11073-20401 Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/11073 Committee Title: Health Informatics - Point-of-Care Medical Device Communication - Application Profile - Common Networking Infrastructure Status: New Standard Project Technical Contact: Todd H Cooper, Phone:858-435-0729, Email:t.cooper@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. Project Scope: This document focuses on the application of the Internet Protocol (IP) family of protocols for use in medical device communication. The scope is enumerating the specific mechanisms necessary for real-time plug-and-play interoperability in the medical device environment. The specific mechanisms cover areas such as obtaining IP addresses, service advertisement & discovery, timely message delivery, network access control, network availability, quality of service, time services, network management services, security and authentication. Also included is any appropriate Ethernet (layer 2) switching and VLAN functionality. Project Purpose: This standard defines a comprehensive set of protocol and service profiles consistent with the ISO/IEEE 11073 and Internet Protocol (IP) family of protocols for common use by medical devices in networked operating contexts. The ISO/IEEE 11073 design goal to provide real-time plug-and-play interoperability will be extended to include a broad selection of networking technologies. Designation: P11073-20601 Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/11073 Committee Title: Health Informatics - Personal Health Device Communication - Application Profile - Optimized Exchange Protocol Status: New Standard Project Technical Contact: Todd H Cooper, Phone:858-435-0729, Email:t.cooper@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. Project Scope: Within the context of the ISO/IEEE 11073 family of standards for device communication, this project defines a common framework for making an abstract model of personal health data available in transport independent transfer syntax required to establish logical connections between systems, provide presentation capabilities and services needed to perform communication tasks. The protocol is optimized to personal health usage requirements and leverages commonly-used methods and tools wherever possible. Project Purpose: This document addresses a need for an openly defined, independent standard for converting the information profile into an interoperable transmission format so the information can be exchanged to and from personal telehealth devices and compute engines (e.g. cell phones, personal computers, personal health appliances, set top boxes). Designation: 11073-30200 Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/11073 Committee Title: ISO/IEEE Health informatics-- Point-of-care medical device communication--Part 30200: Transport profile--Cable connected Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Dec 15, 2004 Publication type: Special Publication Abstract: A connection-oriented transport profile and physical layer suitable for medical device communications in legacy devices is established. Communications services and protocols consistent with specifications of the Infrared Data Association are defined. Key Words: bedside, Infrared Data Association, IrDA, legacy device, medical device, medical device communications, MIB, patient, SNTP Designation: P11073-30400 Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/11073 Committee Title: Standard for Health informatics - Point-of-care medical device communication - Transport profile - Cabled Ethernet Status: Modified New Project Technical Contact: Todd H Cooper, Phone:858-435-0729, Email:t.cooper@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 15, 2006 Project Scope: This document focuses on the application of the Ethernet family (IEEE 802.3) of protocols for use in medical device communication. The scope is limited to referencing the appropriate Ethernet family specifications and calling out any specific special needs or requirements of the 11073 environment, with a particular focus on easing interoperability and controlling costs. Project Purpose: This standard defines a comprehensive set of protocols consistent with the ISO/IEEE 11073 and Ethernet family of protocols for common use by medical devices in networked operating contexts. By providing this standard, the ISO/IEEE 11073 design goal to provide real-time plug-and- play interoperability will be extended to a broad set of network interfaces. Designation: 11073-30400 Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/11073 Committee Title: Standard for Health informatics - Point-of-care medical device communication - Transport profile - Inter-LAN Status: Superseded **This project was originally designated P1073.3.4. Technical Contact: Mark Schnell, Phone:+1 919 392 2931, Email:mschnell@cisco.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Nov 10, 2005 Project Scope: This project focuses on the application of primarily Internet Protocol (IP) and Ethernet (IEEE 802.3) technologies for use in medical device communication. While the scope is primarily Transport-to-Physical Layer methods, significant upper-layer methods such as obtaining IP addresses, discovering servers/services, [near]real-time message delivery, and virtual network management will be included. Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to define a comprehensive set of protocols and services consistent with the IEEE 1073, IEEE 802, and Internet Protocol architectures for common use by medical devices in LAN and embedded LAN operating contexts, including bridging with related methods such as RF Wireless. By providing this standard, the design goal of ISO/IEEE 11073 standards to provide real-time plug-and-play interoperability shall be signficantly enhanced when LAN technologies are being utilized. Designation: 11073-30500 Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/11073 Committee Title: Standard for Health informatics - Point-of-care medical device communication - Transport profile - RF wireless - Framework and overview Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. **This project was originally designated as IEEE P1073.3.5. Technical Contact: Todd H Cooper, Phone:858-435-0729, Email:t.cooper@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Nov 10, 2005 Project Scope: This project is an extension of, and linked to, project number 1073.0.1.1 (Health informatics - Point-of-care medical device communication - Technical report - Guidelines for the use of RF wireless technology). The scope of this standard is to outline more specifically the different follow- on transport standards associated with wireless data transport from IEEE- 1073 point-of-care (POC) medical devices using personal area (WPAN), local area (WLAN), wide area (WWAN), and other networks. The document will outline unique concerns and requirements relating to the use of various RF wireless technologies operating on such networks. Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to provide the healthcare enterprise, medical device manufacturers, the telecommunications industry, and government regulatory agencies a set of recommendations and performance benchmarks associated with the transport of medical device data using various personal area, local area, and wide area networks. Designation: P11073-30503 Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/11073 Committee Title: Standard for Health informatics - Point-of-care medical device communication - Transport profile - RF wireless - Local area network (wLAN) Status: New Standard Project **This project was originally designated IEEE P1073.3.5.3. Technical Contact: Jan Wittenber, Phone:978-659-3593, Email:jan.wittenber@philips.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Nov 10, 2005 Project Scope: This project is a subset of project number 1073.3.5 (Health informatics - Point-of-care medical device communication – RF Wireless Profile – Framework and Overview. The scope of this standard is medical device data communication profiles based on IEEE 802.11 Standards, particularly IEEE 802.11b/g with sufficient Quality of Service and Security attributes for mobile medical device applications across emergency, critical, acute, and sub-acute care areas of hospitals. As a result, multiple subsets of IEEE 802.11, particularly IEEE 802.e (QoS) and IEEE 802.11i (Security); IEEE 802.3 (“Ethernet”), and widely-used Internet protocols, such as DHCP, TCP/ and UDP/IP; will be integrated. Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to facilitate safe and effective application of IEEE 802.11-based profiles in the context of medical device communication in the scope of the IEEE 1073. Designation: P11073-30505 Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/11073 Committee Title: Standard for Health informatics - Point-of-care medical device communication - Transport profile - RF wireless - Wide area (Mobile Phone) Network (wWAN) Status: New Standard Project **This project was originally designated IEEE P1073.3.5.5. Technical Contact: Todd H Cooper, Phone:858-435-0729, Email:t.cooper@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Nov 10, 2005 Project Scope: This project is an extension of, and linked to, project number 1073.0.1.1 (Health informatics - Point-of-care medical device communication - Technical report - Guidelines for the use of RF wireless technology) and a further extension of project number 1073.3.5 (Health Informatics - Framework and Overview Structure for Wireless Medical Data Transport using Personal Area, Local Area, Wide Area, and other Wireless Networks). The scope of this standard is to identify recommended protocols as well as to evaluate expected performance for the transport of medical data between IEEE-1073 point-of-care (POC) and / or body worn sensors along wireless wide area networks (WWAN) via gateway devices (e.g., mobile phones, PDAs) to an end server or attending healthcare professional in a home-based or mobile health scenario. Recommendations are made with the goal of developing common protocols for plug-and-play compatability between medical devices and WWAN gateway equipment. Point-of-care (POC) or body worn sensor data is envisioned to range from non-critical physiologic parameters used for general health maintenance to critical parameters such as real time waveforms and alarms / alerts. The standard also attempts to characterize general expected performance of wireless data transport between point-of- care (POC) or body worn sensor devices and the WWAN gateway given existing technology options, as well as over the WWAN to the end server or attending healthcare professional. Acceptable performance may depend upon the individual case, nature the medical data, and expected quality of service (i.e., data throughput, latency, fidelity, privacy and security, co- existence with other RF wireless technologies, environmental requirements, EMI/EMC, power management). Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to provide the healthcare enterprise, medical device manufacturers, the telecommunications industry, and government regulatory agencies a set of recommended technology specifications and performance benchmarks associated with the transport of medical device sensor data across WWAN via a mobile phone or other appropriate gateway device. Designation: 11802-5-1997 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks Title: ISO/IEC 11802-5 [ANSI/IEEE Std 802.1H, 1997 Edition], Information technology—Telecommunications and information exchange between systems—Local and metropolitan area networks—Technical reports and guidelines—Part 5: Media Access Control (MAC) Bridging of Ethernet V2.0 in Local Area Networks Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Aug 12, 1997 Publication type: Special Publication History: (Ref. Std.: 802.1H) Abstract: Extensions to the behavior of ISO/IEC 10038 (IEEE 802.1D) media access control (MAC) Bridges, in order to facilitate interoperability in bridged local area networks (LANs) comprising CSMA/CD networks interconnected with other types of LAN using MAC Bridges, where the CSMA/CD networks contain a mixture of ISO/IEC 8802-3 and Ethernet V2.0 end stations, are specified. Additionally, guidelines are provided for the development of nonstandard 802 protocols, with particular emphasis on conversion of existing Ethernet protocols and the behavior to be expected from a Bridge, for the purpose of avoiding future incompatibilities Key Words: carrier sense multiple access, CSMA/CD, collection detection, data processing, ethernet, FDDI, fibre distributed data interface, information interchange, LAN protocols, LAN, local area networks, media access control bridges, MAC, network interconnection, selective translation, selective translation table Designation: 12207.0-1996 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee Title: Standard for Information Technology - Software Life Cycle Processes Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Mar 31, 1998 **This project was originally known as P1448 and includes 1448a. History: PAR APP: Sep 16, 1997, BD APP: Dec 10, 1996 Project Scope: The base document ISO/IEC 12207, establishes a common framework for software life cycle processes, with well-defined terminology, that can be referenced by the software industry. It contains activities, and tasks that are to be applied during the acquisition of a system that contains software, a stand-alone software product, and software service and during the supply, development, operation, and maintenance of software products. Software includes software portion of firmware. The supplement will contain the in sum country foreward including compliance methodology, software life cycle prodess objectives, software life cycle data objectives, key concepts of understanding 12207, and errata. The project will contribute to a suite of standards consisting of three parts: ISO 12207, 12207.1, and 12207.2. Project Purpose: The base document provides a consistent framework and related methods for the supplier and acquirer of software to establish, understand, and communicate between the acquirer and the supplier their respective responsibilities and the requirements for the software. The supplement will add: (1) enhance compliance approach to fit a variety of situations. (2) provide clarification to the intent of ISO 12207, (3) provide additions to meet the conventions of the Software Engineering Standards for process standards. Designation: 12207 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee Title: ISO/IEC 12207, International Standard - Information Technology - Software Life Cycle Processes Status: Adoption Complete **This project was formerly known as 1448. The complete title is IEEE/EIA 12207-1996 History: PAR APP: Sep 21, 1995, BD APP: Dec 10, 1996, ANSI APP: Mar 12, 1998 Project Scope: ISO/IEC 12207 is an organized set processes, tasks and activities for acquiring and supplying of software covering the life cycle from conceptualization of ideas through retirement. It provides a common framework for reducing the proliferation of standards, procedures, methods, tools, and environments for developing and managing software. it also will provide a basis for international trade for software development, maintenance, and operation. Project Purpose: This international standard establishes a common framework for software life cycle processes, with well-defined terminology, that can be referenced by the software industry. It contains activities, and tasks that are to be applied during the acquisition of a system that contains software, a stand-alone software product, and software service and during the supply, development, operation, and maintenance of software products. Software includes the software portion of firmware. Designation: P12207 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee Title: Standard for Software Engineering -- Software Life Cycle Processes Status: Revision Project Technical Contact: James W Moore, Phone:+1 703 983 7396, Email:james.w.moore@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 16, 2006 Project Scope: IEEE previously adopted ISO/IEC 12207 as IEEE 12207.0. ISO/IEC JTC 1/SC 7 is now revising the document that we adopted. This project will permit IEEE to provide comments to the revision and adopt the result. The scope of the document is substantively unchanged from the previous version: "This International Standard establishes a common framework for software life cycle processes, with well-defined terminology, that can be referenced by the software industry. It contains processes, activities, and tasks that are to be applied during the acquisition of a software product or service and during the supply, development, operation, and maintenance of software products. Software includes the software portion of firmware." Project Purpose: IEEE previously adopted ISO/IEC 12207 as IEEE 12207.0-1996. ISO/IEC JTC 1/SC 7 is now revising the document that we adopted. The purpose of this project is to permit IEEE to provide comments to the revision and adopt the result. Designation: 12207.1-1997 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee Title: Guide for Information Technology - Software Life Cycle Processes - Life Cycle Data Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Apr 27, 1998 **This project was formerly known as P1448.1 History: PAR APP: Sep 16, 1997, BD APP: Dec 09, 1997 Project Scope: The base document ISO/IEC 12207, establishes a common framework for software life cycle processes, with well-defined terminology, that can be referenced by the software industry. It contains activities, and tasks that are to be applied during the acquisition of a system that contains software, a stand-alone software product, and software service and during the supply, development, operation, and maintenance of software products. Software includes software portion of firmware. The standard will provide an integrated set of data descriptions for recording or capturing the results of the software life cycle processes of ISO 12207. The proposed standard will relate the needs of the developer who produces the life cycle data to the presentation needs of the various parties who use the data. It will provide direction to which IEEE standards provide guidance on presentation and organization of the life cycle data. Project Purpose: The base document provides a consistent framework and related methods for the supplier and acquirer of software to establish, understand, and communicate between the acquirer and the supplier their respective responsibilities and the requirements for the software. The proposed standard will increase harmonization between IEEE standards and ISO 12207. Improve useability of ISO/IEC 12207 in the industrial environment. Provide an integrated content view of data produced by life cycle processes. Abstract: " ISO/IEC 12207 provides a common framework for developing and managing software. IEEE/EIA12207.0 consists of the clarifications, additions, and changes accepted by the Institute of Electrical andElectronics Engineers (IEEE) and the Electronic Industries Association (EIA) as formulated by a joint project ofthe two organizations. IEEE/EIA 12207.1 provides guidance for recording life cycle data resulting from the lifecycle processes of IEEE/EIA 12207.0." Key Words: update:2376 Designation: 12207.2-1997 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee Title: Guide for Information Technology - Software Life Cycle Processes - Implementation Considerations Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Apr 27, 1998 **This project was formerly known as P1448.2 History: PAR APP: Sep 16, 1997, BD APP: Dec 09, 1997 Project Scope: The base document ISO/IEC 12207, establishes a common framework for software life cycle processes, with well-defined terminology, that can be referenced by the software industry. It contains activities, and tasks that are to be applied during the acquisition of a system that contains software, a stand-alone software product, and software service and during the supply, development, operation, and maintenance of software products. Software includes software portion of firmware. The proposed standard will provide guidance for software reuse, software process management indicators, categories for problem reporting, guidance on software/system architecture, development strategies, tailoring and build planning, and software product evaluations, alternate means of compliance for joint reviews, configuration management and acquirer-supplier interaction. Project Purpose: The base document provides a consistent framework and related methods for the supplier and acquirer of software to establish, understand, and communicate between the acquirer and the supplier their respective responsibilities and the requirements for the software. The proposed standard will increase harmonization between IEEE standards and ISO 12207. Improve useability of ISO/IEC 12207 in the industrial environment by providing more options as to its use. Improve the implementation of ISO 12207. Designation: 13210-1994 Title: ISO/IEC 13210: 1994, Information Technology—Test Methods for Measuring Conformance to POSIX® Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Dec 30, 1994 **Incorporates IEEE Std 1003.3-1991. Publication type: International Publication History: (Ref. Std.: 1003.3) Abstract: The general requirements and test methods for measuring conformance to POSIX standards are defined. This document is aimed primarily at working groups developing test methods for POSIX standards, developers of POSIX test methods, and users of POSIX test methods. Key Words: assertion, assertion test, base assertion, conditional feature, extended assertion, POSIX, POSIX conformance test suite, test method, test result code Designation: 13213-1994 Title: ISO/IEC 13213:1994, Information technology—Microprocessor systems—Control and Status Registers (CSR) Architecture for microcomputer buses Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Oct 05, 1994 **Incorporates IEEE Std 1212-1991. Publication type: International Publication History: (Ref. Std.: 1212) Abstract: The document structure and notation are described, and the objectives and scope of the CSR Architecture are outlined. Transition set requirements, node addressing, node architectures, unit architectures, and CSR definitions are set forth. The ROM specification and bus standard requirements are covered. Key Words: CSR architecture, bus architecture, bus standard, interoperability, microprocessors, node addressing, registers, transaction sets Designation: 13961:2000 Title: ISO/IEC 13961:2000 (IEEE Std 1596-1992) Standard for Scalable Coherent Interface (SCI) Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: May 22, 2001 Publication type: Special Publication Designation: 14143.1-2000 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2005 Title: IEEE Adoption of ISO/IEC 14143-1:1998 Information Technology - Software Measurement - Functional Size Measurement - Part 1: Definition of Concepts Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Apr 05, 2000 History: BD APP: Jan 30, 2000, ANSI APP: Jul 27, 2000 Project Scope: This part of ISO/IEC 14143 defines the fundamental concepts of Functional Size Measurement (FSM) and describes the general principles for applying an FSM method. This part of ISO/IEC 14143 does not provide detailed rules on how to 1) measure Functional Size of software using a particular method, 2) use the results obtained from a particular method, 3) select a particular method. The definition of FSM in this part of ISO/IEC 14143 is applicable when determining if a method for sizing software is a Functional Size Measurement Method. It does not prevent the development of various methods, but rather provides a basis for assessing whether a particular method conforms to FSM. This part of ISO/IEC 14143 is intended for use by those persons associated with the acquisition, development, use, support, maintenance and audit of software. Project Purpose: The purpose of the adoption is to harmonize IEEE practices for functional size measurement with relevant international standards. The purpose of the standad is to provide criteria for conforming functional measurement methods. Abstract: Implementation notes that relate to the IEEE interpretation of ISO/IEC 14143-1:1998 aredescribed. Key Words: "function point,Functional Size Method,measurement,metrics" Designation: 14252-1996 Title: ISO/IEC 14252: [IEEE Std 1003.0-1995] Guide to the POSIX® Open Systems Environment Status: Approved Publication of IEEE **This is an exact duplicate of IEEE Std 1003.0-1995 and the IEEE will not carry this publication. If you need to purchase the ISO/IEC publication, please contact ANSI @ 212.642.4900 or ISO @ 41.22.919.0111 directly. Publication type: International Publication History: (Ref. Std.: 1003.0) Abstract: This guide presents an overview of open system concepts and their applications. Information is provided to persons evaluating systems based on the existence of, and interrelationships among, application software standards, with the objective of enabling application portability and system interoperability. A framework is presented that identifies key information system interfaces involved in application portability and system interoperability and describes the services offered across these interfaces. Standards or standards activities associated with the services are identified where they exist or are in progress. Gaps are identified where POSIX® Open System Environment services are not currently being addressed by formal standards. Finally, the concept of a profile is discussed with examples from several application domains. Key Words: application portability, application interoperability, open system environments, profiles, POSIX® Designation: 14515-1:2000-2000 Title: ISO/IEC 14515-1:2000 /Amd.1: 2003(E), Information Technology--Portable Operating System Interface (POSIX)--Test Methods for Measuring Conformance to POSIX--Part 1: System Interfaces Amendment 1: Realtime Extension (C Language) Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Sep 04, 2003 **This publication is a revision of IEEE Std 2003.1-1992 (ISO approved November 2000) Publication type: Special Publication Designation: 14515-2:2003 Title: Information technology--Portable Operating System Interface (POSIX)-- Test methods for measuring conformance to POSIX--Part 2:Shell and utilities Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Aug 15, 2004 Publication type: Special Publication History: (Ref. Std.: 2003.2) Designation: 14519-1999 Title: ISO/IEC 14519 : 1999 (IEEE Std 1003.5b), Information technology—POSIX® Ada Language Interfaces—Binding for System Application Program Interface (API)—Realtime Extensions Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Mar 29, 1999 Publication type: Special Publication History: (Ref. Std.: 1003.5b) Abstract: This standard is part of the POSIX series of standards for applications and userinterfaces to open systems. It defines the Ada language bindings as package specificationsand accompanying textual descriptions of the application program interface (API). Thisstandard supports application portability at the source code level through the binding be-tween ISO 8652 Designation: 14536-1995 Title: ISO/IEC 14536:1995 [ANSI/IEEE Std 896.5-1995] Information technology - Microprocessor systems - Futurebus+®, Profile M (Military) Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Dec 29, 1995 **Incorporates IEEE Stds 896.5-1993 and 896.5a-1994. Publication type: International Publication History: (Ref. Std.: 896.5) Abstract: This International Standard provides a set of tools with which to implement a Futurebus+® architecture. This high- performance bus-based system architecture provides a wide range of performance and cost scalability over time for multiple generations of single- and muliple-bus multiprocessor systems. This document, a companion standard to ISO/IEC 10857:1994 [ANSI/IEEE Std 896.1,1994 Edition], builds on the logical layer by adding requirements for three military profiles. It is to these profiles that products will claim conformance. Key Words: bus architecture, error logging, fault logging, futurebus+, live insertion, military profiles, multiprocessor , node management, open architecture, serial bus, software debug Designation: 14575:2000 Title: ISO/IEC 14575:2000 (IEEE Std 1355-1995) Standard for Heterogeneous InterConnect (HIC) (Low-Cost, Low-Latency Scalable Serial Interconnect for Parallel System Construction) Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: May 22, 2001 Publication type: Special Publication Designation: 14764-2006 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee Title: Standard for Software Engineering - Software Life Cycle Processes - Maintenance Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Sep 01, 2006 Technical Contact: Paul R Croll, Phone:540-644-6224, Email:pcroll@csc.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Aug 14, 2003, BD APP: Mar 30, 2006, ANSI APP: Sep 20, 2006 Project Scope: This standard describes an iterative process for managing and executing software maintenance activities. Use of this standard is not restricted by size, complexity, criticality, or application of the software product. This standard uses a process model to discuss and depict each phase of software maintenance. The criteria established apply to both the planning of maintenance for software while under development, as well as the planning and execution of software maintenance activities for existing software products. Ideally, maintenance planning should begin during the stage of planning for software development. This International Standard provides the framework within which generic and specific software maintenance plans may be executed, evaluated, and tailored to the maintenance scope and magnitude of given software products. This International Standard provides the framework, precise terminology, and processes to allow the consistent application of technology (tools, techniques, and methods) to software maintenance. This International Standard provides guidance for the maintenance of software. The basis for the Maintenance Process and its activities comes from the definitions of ISO/IEC 12207. It defines the activities and tasks of software maintenance, and provides maintenance planning requirements. It does not address the operation of software and the operational functions, e.g., backup, recovery, system administration, which are normally performed by those who operate the software. This International Standard is written primarily for maintainers of software and additionally for those responsible for development and quality assurance. It may also be used by acquirers and users of systems containing software who may provide inputs to the maintenance plan. Project Purpose: This International Standard provides guidance on the management of (or how to perform) the Maintenance Process. It identifies how the Maintenance Process can be invoked during acquisition and operation. This lnternational Standard also emphasizes the following in the Maintenance Process: the maintainability of software products; the need for maintenance service models; and the need for a maintenance strategy and plan. Abstract: The process for managing and executing software maintenance activities is described. Key Words: life cycle, maintenance, software, software maintenance Designation: P14817 Sponsor: IEEE Vehicular Technology Society/Intelligent Transportation Systems Title: Standard for (Not a Draft) Transport information and control systems - Requirements for an ITS/TICS central data registry and ITS/TICS data dictionaries (ISO14817:2002) Status: New Standard Project Technical Contact: Thomas M Kurihara, Phone:703-516-9650, Email:tkstds@mindspring.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: May 15, 2003 Project Scope: The scope of this PAR is to adopt "Transport information and control systems - Requirements for an ITS/TICS central data registry and ITS/TICS data dictionaries, ISO14817:2002" as IEEE/ANSI/ISO Standard 14817- 200x. Project Purpose: The US TAG for ISO TC204 and IEEE WG P1489/P1488 contributed significant effort to evolve the IEEE Standard 1489-1999, "IEEE Standard for Data Dictionaries for Intelligent Transportation Systems," IEEE Standard 1488-2002, "IEEE Standard for Message Set Template for Intelligent Transportation Systems," and the "IEEE ITS Data Registry Functional Operating Procedures, 2000," into a single international standard, ISO14817:2002. The intent is to adopt the international standard for use in the US ITS community and as a potential replacement for the IEEE standards. The experts in ISO TC204 agreed that a single international standard for an ITS Data Registry would benefit the global ITS community leading to compatible use of data concepts for developing ITS sysrtems and implementing and operating ITS data registries. The existance of a number of different national standards for a sector-specific data registry is not beneficial for developers and users of ITS systems. Designation: P15026 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee Title: Standard for System and Software Engineering - System and Software Assurance Status: New Standard Project History: PAR APP: Jun 08, 2006 Project Scope: This Standard provides life cycle processes expectations and their associated outcomes for systems and software that must satisfy critical requirements. It specifies activities that must be undertaken, to ensure that systems and software are acquired, developed, and maintained in such a way that is likely to satisfy these requirements, and to provide assurance that the implemented system or software does in fact satisfy these requirements throughout its life cycle. The following life cycle processes expectations and their associated outcomes are covered by this Standard: a) Plan assurance activities, b) Establish and maintain the assurance case, and c) Monitor and control assurance activities and products. No assumption is made in this Standard as to the specific nature of the critical requirements. This Standard applies to whatever risk dimensions are relevant to the system or software (e.g. safety, security, prevention of financial loss). This Standard is intended to occupy a position between domain-specific standards, such as IEC 61508 for the safety of programmable electronic systems, and ISO/IEC 15443, Parts 1-3, Famework for IT Security Assurance, and the system and software life cycle framework standards, IEEE Std 15288, System Life Cycle Processes, and IEEE 12207, Software Life Cycle Processes. Project Purpose: The life cycle process standards for the system and software life cycles do not adequately address specific process expectations and outcomes for system and software assurance. This Standard provides a life cycle approach to system and software assurance, consistent with, and amplifying the the requirements of IEEE 15288, System Life Cycle Processes and IEEE 12207, Software Life Cycle Processes, and providing specific process expectations and outcomes for system and software assurance. Designation: 15205:2000-2000 Title: ISO/IEC 15205:2000 (IEEE Std 1496-1993) Standard for a Chip Module Interconnect Bus: SBus Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: May 30, 2001 Publication type: Special Publication History: (Ref. Std.: 1496) Designation: 15287-2:2000-2000 Title: ISO/IEC 15287-2:2000 (IEEE Std 1003.13, 1998 Edition) Information technology—Standardized Application Environment Profile—Part 2: Posix® Realtime Application Support (AEP) Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Feb 28, 2000 Publication type: Special Publication History: (Ref. Std.: 1003.13) Designation: P15288 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee Title: Standard for Systems Engineering -- System Life Cycle Processes Status: Revision Project Technical Contact: James W Moore, Phone:+1 703 983 7396, Email:james.w.moore@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 16, 2006 Project Scope: IEEE previously adopted ISO/IEC 15288 as IEEE 15288:2005. ISO/IEC JTC 1/SC 7 is now revising the document that we adopted. This project will permit IEEE to provide comments to the revision and adopt the result. The scope of the document is unchanged from the previous version: "This International Standard establishes a common framework for describing the life cycle of systems created by humans. It defines a set of processes and associated terminology. These processes can be applied at any level in the hierarchy of a system’s structure. Selected sets of these processes can be applied throughout the life cycle for managing and performing the stages of a system's life cycle. This is accomplished through the involvement of all interested parties with the ultimate goal of achieving customer satisfaction." Project Purpose: IEEE previously adopted ISO/IEC 15288 as IEEE 15288:2005. ISO/IEC JTC 1/SC 7 is now revising the document that we adopted. The purpose of this project is to permit IEEE to provide comments to the revision and adopt the result. Designation: 15288-2004 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee Title: Standard for Systems engineering -- System life cycle processes Status: Superseded Technical Contact: James W Moore, Phone:+1 703 983 7396, Email:james.w.moore@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 10, 2003, BD APP: Dec 08, 2004, ANSI APP: Apr 28, 2005 Project Scope: This is an adoption of ISO/IEC 15288. Its scope is: This ... Standard provides a common process framework covering the life cycle of man- made systems. This life cycle spans the conception of ideas through to the retirement of a system. It provides the processes for acquiring and supplying systems. In addition, this framework provides for the assessment and improvement of the life cycle processes. Project Purpose: This is an adoption of ISO/IEC 15288. The IEEE Software Engineering Standards Committee has a set of reference processes for software engineering that is shared with ISO/IEC JTC1/SC7. Sharing this material permits both organizations to write compatible standards. Adoption of 15288 is the first step to expanding the set of reference processes to encompass systems engineering. Abstract: This standard establishes a common framework for describing the life cycle of systems created by humans. It defines a set of processes and associated terminology. These processes can be applied at any level in the hierarchy of a system’s structure. Selected sets of these processes can be applied throughout the life cycle for managing and performing the stages of a system's life cycle. This is accomplished through the involvement of all interested parties with the ultimate goal of achieving customer satisfaction. This standard is identical with ISO/IEC 15288: 2002 but contains an additional informative annex, Annex E, explaining the relationship of this standard to other IEEE standards. Key Words: adoption, ISO/IEC, life cycle processes, systems engineering Designation: P15289 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee Title: Standard for Systems and Software Engineering — Content of systems and software life cycle process information products (Documentation) Status: New Standard Project Technical Contact: Annette D Reilly, Phone:301-214-3338, Email:annette.d.reilly@lmco.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 15, 2006 Project Scope: This standard identifies the purpose and content of all identified Systems and Software Life Cycle information items. The information item contents are defined according to generic document types, and the specific purpose of the document. The generic document types (which may be referred to as information item types) are to be used to identify the information necessary to support the ISO/IEC 15288 agreement, enterprise, project, and technical processes; and the ISO/IEC 12207 primary, supporting, and organizational life cycle processes. Project Purpose: The purpose of this International Standard is to guide users of ISO/IEC 12207 Information technology -- Software life cycle processes, and ISO/IEC 15288 Systems engineering — System life cycle processes, in identifying and planning the specific information items to be produced during systems and software life cycles. Designation: P15289 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee Title: Standard for Systems and Software Engineering — Content of systems and software life cycle process information products (Documentation) Status: Revision Project Technical Contact: Annette D Reilly, Phone:301-214-3338, Email:annette.d.reilly@lmco.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. Project Scope: This standard identifies the purpose and content of all identified Systems and Software Life Cycle information items. The information item contents are defined according to generic document types, and the specific purpose of the document. The generic document types (which may be referred to as information item types) are to be used to identify the information necessary to support the ISO/IEC 15288 agreement, enterprise, project, and technical processes; and the ISO/IEC 12207 primary, supporting, and organizational life cycle processes. Project Purpose: The purpose of this International Standard is to guide users of ISO/IEC 12207 Information technology -- Software life cycle processes, and ISO/IEC 15288 Systems engineering — System life cycle processes, in identifying and planning the specific information items to be produced during systems and software life cycles. Designation: 15289 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee Title: Standard for Systems and Software Engineering — Content of systems and software life cycle process information products (Documentation) Status: Superseded Technical Contact: Annette D Reilly, Phone:301-214-3338, Email:annette.d.reilly@lmco.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. Project Scope: This standard identifies the purpose and content of all identified Systems and Software Life Cycle information items. The information item contents are defined according to generic document types, and the specific purpose of the document. The generic document types (which may be referred to as information item types) are to be used to identify the information necessary to support the ISO/IEC 15288 agreement, enterprise, project, and technical processes; and the ISO/IEC 12207 primary, supporting, and organizational life cycle processes. Project Purpose: The purpose of this International Standard is to guide users of ISO/IEC 12207 Information technology -- Software life cycle processes, and ISO/IEC 15288 Systems engineering — System life cycle processes, in identifying and planning the specific information items to be produced during systems and software life cycles. Designation: 15802-2-1995 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks Title: ISO/IEC 15802-2:1995: Information technology - Telecommunications and information exchange between systems - Local and metropolitan area networks - Common specifications - Part 2: LAN/MAN management Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Mar 10, 1995 **Incorporates IEEE Stds 802.1B-1992 and 802.1k-1993. ANSI/IEEE Std 802.1B, 1995 Edition Publication type: International Publication History: (Ref. Std.: 802.1B) Abstract: Services and protocol elements that permit the exchange of management information between stations attached to ISO/IEC standard local and metropolitan area networks are defined. The standard includes the specification of managed objects that permit the operation of the protocol elements to be remotely managed. In addition, an architecture for station discovery and the dynamic control of event forwarding is defined. Services and protocols that support station discovery and the dynamic control of event forwarding are defined. Key Words: event forwarding, local area networks, management, metropolitan area networks, LAN, MAN Designation: 15802-3-1998 Title: [ANSI/IEEE Std 802.1D, 1998 Edition] Information Technology—Telecommunications and information exchange between systems—Local and metropolitan area networks—Common specifications—Media access control (MAC) bridges Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Dec 11, 1998 Designation: 15802-4-1994 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks Title: ISO/IEC 15802-4:1994: Information technology - Telecommunications and information exchange between systems - Local and metropolitan area networks - Common specifications - Part 4: System load protocol Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: May 16, 1994 **Incorporates IEEE Stds 802.1E-1990 and 802.1m-1993. Publication type: International Publication History: (Ref. Std.: 802.1E) Abstract: Services and protocol elements that permit the downloading of memory images to data processing equipment attached to IEEE 802 Local and Metropolitan Area Networks are defined. The protocol makes use of the group addressing capabilities inherent in LAN/MAN technologies to permit simultaneous loading of the same memory image to mulitiple destination systems. The standard includes the specification of managed objects that permit the operation of the load protocol to be remotely managed. Key Words: local area networks, management, metropolitan area networks, system load protocol, LAN, MAN Designation: 15802-5-1998 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Local and Metropolitan Area Networks Title: (ANSI/IEEE std 802.1G, 1998 Edition) Information technology—Telecommunications and information exchanges between systems—Local and Metropolitan area networks—Common specifications—Part 5: Remote Media Access Control (MAC) Bridging Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Mar 12, 1998 History: PAR APP: Sep 19, 1996, BD APP: Oct 09, 1996, ANSI APP: Mar 12, 1997 (Ref. Std.: 802.1G) Project Scope: Specification of the requirements placed on MAC (Meduim Access Control) Bridges which interconnect Local Area Networks using other transmission media or services. Project Purpose: 1-Ensure compatabilities of operation with Bridges which connect Local Area Networks directly. 2-Specify the constraints on the variation of the quality of the MAC Service offered to communication end service. 3-Consider management aspects of the Bridges within the framework by OSI Mgmt. Key Words: MAC, Sublayer, Interconnection, geographically, LAN Designation: 16085-2006 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee Title: Standard for Systems and Software Engineering-Life Cycle Processes-Risk Management Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Dec 15, 2006 Technical Contact: Robert N Charette, Phone:540-972-8150, Email:charette@itabhi.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: BD APP: Dec 06, 2006 Project Scope: This project is being performed jointly with ISO/IEC JTC 1/SC 7. As a result of balloting in ISO, the statement of scope was modified as follows: "This standard describes a process for the management of risk during systems or software acquisition, supply, development, operations, and maintenance." Project Purpose: As a result of balloting in ISO, the statement of purpose was modified as follows: "The purpose of this standard is to provide suppliers, acquirers, developers, and managers with a single set of process requirements suitable for the management of a broad variety of risks. This standard does not provide detailed risk management techniques, but instead focuses on defining a process for risk management in which any of several techniques may be applied." Abstract: A process for the management of risk in the life cycle is defined. It can be added to the existing set of software life cycle processes defined by the ISO/IEC 12207 or ISO/IEC 15288 series of standards, or it can be used independently. Key Words: integrity, risk, risk acceptance, risk analysis, risk management, risk treatment Designation: 16085 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee Title: Standard for Software Engineering - Software Life Cycle Processes - Risk Management Status: Superseded Publication type: Special Publication Technical Contact: Robert N Charette, Phone:540-972-8150, Email:charette@itabhi.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jun 12, 2003 Project Scope: The scope of the original standard is: This standard will describe a process for the management of risk during software development, operations and maintenance. It will be consistent with IEEE/EIA 12207. The revision is being performed jointly with ISO/IEC JTC1/SC7. The scope of the revision is to resolve the issues raised during the fast-track ballot of IEEE 1540 (DIS 16085). Project Purpose: The purpose of the original standard is: The purpose of this standard is to provide acquirers and developers with a single unifying risk management process that is suitable for use in conjunction with IEEE/EIA 12207. The standard will not provide detailed risk management techniques, but will instead focus on a process for risk management in which any of several techniques might be applied. the standard will address risk management from the viewpoint of enterprise management, rather than from the viewpoint of the particular project. The standard is being revised so that it may be jointly adopted by IEEE and by ISO/IEC JTC1/ SC7. Abstract: A process for the management of risk in the life cycle of software is defined. It can be added to the existing set of software life cycle processes defined by the IEEE/EIA 12207 series of standards, or it can be used independently. Key Words: acceptability, integrity, risk, risk analysis, risk management, risk treatment Designation: 16085 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee Title: Standard for Systems and Software Engineering-Life Cycle Processes-Risk Management Status: Superseded Technical Contact: Robert N Charette, Phone:540-972-8150, Email:charette@itabhi.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 04, 2005 Project Scope: Additions to the previously approved scope are shown in brackets: "The scope of the original standard is: This standard will describe a process for the management of risk during [systems and] software development, operations and maintenance. It will be consistent with IEEE/EIA 12207 [and IEEE Std 15288]. The revision is being performed jointly with ISO/IEC JTC1/SC7. The scope of the revision is to resolve the issues raised during the fast-track ballot of IEEE 1540 (DIS 16085)." Project Purpose: Additions to the previously approved purpose are shown in brackets: "The purpose of the original standard is: The purpose of this standard is to provide acquirers and developers with a single unifying risk management process that is suitable for use in conjunction with IEEE/EIA 12207 [and IEEE Std 15288]. The standard will not provide detailed risk management techniques, but will instead focus on a process for risk management in which any of several techniques might be applied. The standard will address risk management from the viewpoint of enterprise management, rather than from the viewpoint of the particular project. The standard is being revised so that it may be jointly adopted by IEEE and by ISO/IEC JTC1/ SC7." Designation: P16326 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee Title: Standard for Software Engineering - Project management Status: Revision Project Technical Contact: Mark O Henley, Phone:254-867-2423, Email:Mark.Henley@L-3com.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Aug 11, 2005 Project Scope: This project is a revision of IEEE Std 1058-1998 (IEEE Standard for Software Project Management Plans) to become an international standard by merging it with an existing ISO/IEC Technical Report 16326-1999 (Software engineering -- Guide for the application of ISO/IEC 12207 to Project Management). The current ISO/IEC TR 16326 provides guidance to people responsible for managing the performance of the primary software life cycle processes of ISO/IEC 12207-1995 (IEEE/EIA 12207.0 - Information technology - - Software life cycle processes). The process guidance provided by the current Technical Report will be updated. From IEEE Std 1058 will come normative provisions for the content of a software project management plan. To incorporate both process guidance and document requirements, it is within the scope of the project to develop a one-part standard or a multi-part standard. Furthermore, depending on the pace of SC7 harmonization activities, it is permitted to extend the scope of this effort to system- level project management. Project Purpose: The purpose of the revision is to update the current standard, extend it to include project execution as well as planning, to promote it to the status of an International Standard, and to achieve greater harmonization with: a. Software engineering standards of JTC1/SC7, b. The relevant standards of ISO TC176, IEEE, and PMI, c. Emerging systems engineering standards of JTC1/SC7. Designation: P20000.1 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee Title: Standard for ISO/IEC 20000-1:2005, Information Technology — Service Management — Part 1: Specification Status: New Standard Project Technical Contact: Teresa Doran, Phone:631-266-2191, Email:Terry.Doran@computer.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 15, 2006 Project Scope: This is an IEEE adoption of ISO/IEC 20000-1. The scope of ISO/IEC 20000-1 is: This part of ISO/IEC 20000 defines the requirements for a service provider to deliver managed services of an acceptable quality for its customers. Project Purpose: This standard provides the high level specification of requirements for delivery of managed services. It supports managed service acquisition, proposal, consistency, benchmarking or appraisal, and process improvement. Designation: P20000.2 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee Title: Standard for ISO/IEC 20000-2:2005, Information Technology — Service Management — Part 2: Code of Practice Status: New Standard Project Technical Contact: Teresa Doran, Phone:631-266-2191, Email:Terry.Doran@computer.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 15, 2006 Project Scope: This is an adoption of ISO/IEC 20000-2. The scope of ISO/IEC 20000-2 is: This part of ISO/IEC 20000 represents an industry consensus on quality standards for IT service management processes. These service management processes deliver the best possible service to meet a customer’s business needs within agreed resource levels, i.e. service that is professional, cost-effective and with risks which are understood and managed. Project Purpose: This part of ISO/IEC 20000 describes the best practices for service management processes in the form of guidance and recommendations that should be used in conjunction with ISO/IEC 20000-1, Information Technology — Service Management — Part 1: Specification. ISO/IEC 20000-1 defines the requirements for a service provider to deliver managed services of an acceptable quality for its customers. Designation: P25051 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee Title: Software engineering —- Software product Quality Requirements and Evaluation (SQuaRE) — Requirements for quality of Commercial Off-The- Shelf (COTS) software product and instructions for testing Status: Revision Project Project Scope: The Scope clause of the international standard to be adopted is long. The portion that corresponds to an IEEE scope is as follows: This International Standard establishes: a) Quality requirements for COTS software products; b) Requirements for test documentation for the testing of COTS software products, including test requirements, test cases, and test reporting; c) Instructions for conformity evaluation of COTS software products. NOTE The collection of documents for test is called “test documentation”. It includes also recommendations for safety or business critical COTS software products. Project Purpose: The international standard being adopted has no distinct purpose clause. The portion of its Scope clause that best matches an IEEE purpose is as follows: The intended users of this International Standard include: a) suppliers when: 1) specifying requirements for a COTS software product; 2) advertising performance claims for their product (ISO 9127); 3) assessing their own software products against the claimed performance; 4) issuing declarations of conformity (ISO/IEC 17050); 5) applying for certificates or marks of conformity (ISO/IEC Guide 23); b) certification bodies that may wish to establish a third-party certification scheme (international, regional or national) (ISO/IEC Guide 28); c) testing laboratories which will have to follow the instructions for testing when testing for a certificate or a mark of conformity (ISO/IEC 17025); d) accreditation bodies for accrediting registration or certification bodies and testing laboratories; e) potential acquirers who may: 1) compare the requirements for the intended work task with the information in product descriptions of existing software products; 2) look for certified COTS software product; 3) check if the requirements are otherwise met; f) end users who may profit from better software products; g) organizations: 1) establishing management and engineering environments based on the quality requirements and methods of this international standard; and 2) managing and improving their quality processes and personnel; h) regulatory authorities who may require or recommend the requirements of this International Standard for COTS software products used in safety or business-critical applications. Designation: 60488-1:2004-2004 Title: IEC/IEEE Higher performance protocol interface for programmable instrumentation -- Part 1: General Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Nov 22, 2004 History: (Ref. Std.: 488.1) Abstract: nonprogrammable electronic measuring apparatus with other apparatus and accessories necessary to assemble instrumentation systems. It applies to the interface of instrumentation systems, or portions of them, in which the a) Data exchanged among the interconnected apparatus is digital (as distinct from analog) b) Number of devices that may be interconnected by one contiguous bus does not exceed 15 c) Total transmission path lengths over the interconnecting cables does not exceed 20 m d) Data rate among devices does not exceed 8 000 000 B/s The basic functional specifications of this standard may be used in digital interface applications that require longer distances, more devices, increased noise immunity, or combinations of these. Different electrical and mechanical specifications may be required (for example, symmetrical circuit configurations, high threshold logic, special connectors, or cable configurations) for these extended applications. Key Words: GPIB, HPIB, HS488, non-interlocked handshake, three-wire handshake Designation: 60488-2:2004-2004 Title: IEC/IEEE Standard digital interface for programmable instrumentation-- Part 2: Codes, formats, protocols and common commands Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: May 15, 2004 **International Standard IEC 60488-2 First edition 2004-05 IEEE 488.2 IEC/IEEE dual logo document History: (Ref. Std.: 488.2) Project Scope: This standard specifies a set of codes and formats to be used by devices connected via the IEEE 488.1 bus. This standard also defines communication protocols necessary to effect application independent device- dependent message exchanges and further defines common commands and characteristics useful in instrument system applications. This standard is intended to apply directly to small-scale to medium-scale instrument systems. It applies to systems comprised mainly of measurement, stimulus, and interconnect devices with an instrumentation controller. The standard may also apply to certain devices outside the scope of the instrument system environment. As well aas defining a variety of device-dependent messages, this standard extends and further interprets certain interface functions contained in IEEE Std 488.1 while remaining compatible with that standard. Project Purpose: A set of codes and formats to be used by devices connected via the IEEE 488.1 bus is specified. This standard also defines communication protocols that are necessary to effect application-independent and device- dependent message exchanges, and further defines common commands and characteristics useful in instrument system applications. It is intended to apply to small-scale to medium-scale instrument systems comprised mainly of measurement, stimulus, and interconnect devices with an instrumentation controller. The standard may also apply to certain devices outside the scope of the instrument system environment. IEEE 488.1 subsets, standard message- handling protocols including error handling, unambiguous program and response-message syntactic structures, common commands useful in a wide range of instrument system applications, standard status reporting structures, and system configuration and synchronization protocols are covered. Designation: 61523-3:2004 Title: IEC/IEEE Delay and power calculation standards -- Part 3: Standards Delay Format (SDF) for the electronic design process Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Nov 15, 2004 Publication type: Special Publication History: (Ref. Std.: 1497) Abstract: The Standard Delay Format (SDF) is defined in this standard. SDF is a textual file format for representing the delay and timing information of electronic systems. While both human and machine readable, in its most common usage it will be machine written and machine read in support of timing analysis and verification tools, and of other tools requiring delay and timing information. The primary audience for this standard is the implementors of tools supporting the format, but anyone with a need to understand the format’s contents will find it useful. Key Words: computer, computer languages, delay, delay backannotation, digital systems, electronic systems, hardware, hardware design, SDF, timing, timing analysis, timing backannotation, timing verification Designation: 61588:2004 Title: IEC/IEEE Precision clock sychronization protocol for networked measurement and control systems Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Nov 15, 2004 Publication type: Special Publication History: (Ref. Std.: 1588) Abstract: A protocol to synchronize independent clocks running on separate nodes of a distributed measurement and control system to a high degree of accuracy and precision is specified. The protocol is independent of the networking technology, and the system topology is self-configuring. Key Words: clocks, distributed system, master clock, measurement and control systems, real-time clock, synchronized clocks Designation: 61691-1-1:2004 Title: IEC/IEEE Behavioural languages-- Part 1-1: VHDL language reference manual Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Nov 15, 2004 Publication type: Special Publication History: (Ref. Std.: 1076) Abstract: VHSIC Hardware Description Language (VHDL) is defined. VHDL is a formal notation intended for use in all phases of the creation of electronic systems. Because it is both machine readable and human readable, it supports the development, verification, synthesis, and testing of hardware designs; the communication of hardware design data; and the maintenance, modification, and procurement of hardware. Its primary audiences are the implementors of tools supporting the language and the advanced users of the language. Key Words: computer languages, electronic systems, hardware, hardware design, VHDL Designation: 61691-4:2004 Title: IEC/IEEE Behavioural languages-- Part 4: Verilog (R) hardware description language Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Nov 15, 2004 Publication type: Special Publication History: (Ref. Std.: 1364) Abstract: The Verilog® Hardware Description Language (HDL) is defined in this standard. Verilog HDL is a formal notation intended for use in all phases of the creation of electronic systems. Because it is both machine readable and human readable, it supports the development, verification, synthesis, and testing of hardware designs; the communication of hardware design data; and the maintenance, modification, and procurement of hardware. The primary audiences for this standard are the implementors of tools supporting the language and advanced users of the language. Key Words: computer, computer languages, digital systems, electronic systems, hardware, hardware description languages, hardware design, HDL, PLI, programming language interface, Verilog HDL, Verilog PLI, Verilog Designation: 61691-5:2004 Title: IEC/IEEE Behavioural languages: Part 5: VITAL ASIC (application specific integrated circuit) modeling specification Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Nov 15, 2004 Publication type: Special Publication History: (Ref. Std.: 1076.4) Abstract: The VITAL (VHDL Initiative Towards ASIC Libraries) ASIC Modeling Specification is defined in this standard. This modeling specification defines a methodology which promotes the development of highly accurate, efficient simulation models for ASIC (Application-Specific Integrated Circuit) components in VHDL. Key Words: ASIC, computer, computer languages, constraints, delay calculation, HDL, modeling, SDF, timing, Verilog, VHDL Designation: 62032 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transformers Title: IEC/IEEE Guide for the application, specification, and testing of phase- shifting transformers Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Apr 01, 2005 Publication type: Special Publication History: (Ref. Std.: C57.135) Abstract: Theory, application of phase-shifting transformers, and the difference of specification and testing to standard system transformers are described. Various types of phase-shifting transformers and how to select the optimal design to achieve required control of power flow are covered. An understanding of the terminology, types, construction, and testing specifical to phase-shifting transformers is provided. Designation: 62050:2005 Title: IEC/IEEE VHDL Register Transfer Level (RTL) synthesis Status: Approved Publication of IEEE History: (Ref. Std.: 1076.6) Designation: P90003 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee Title: Guide for Adoption of ISO/IEC 90003: Software Engineering - Guidelines for the Application of ISO 9001:2000 to Computer Software Status: New Standard Project Technical Contact: Scott P Duncan, Phone:(706) 561-8739, Email:sduncan@computer.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Nov 18, 2004 Project Scope: The scope of this project is the IEEE Adoption of ISO/IEC 90003 with the addition of an informative annex to cross-reference IEEE Software & Systems Engineering (S2ESC) standards to ISO 9001:2000 clauses and subclauses. Project Purpose: The purpose of this project is to provide guidance to users of IEEE standards as to how they could apply them to meet the quality management expectations of ISO 9001:2000 clauses and subclauses in a software development context by adopting ISO/IEC 90003 (the software development guidance document for 9001) and adding an informative annex to cross-reference IEEE S2ESC standards to relevant 9001 material. Designation: C2-1997 Sponsor: National Electrical Safety Code Title: National Electrical Safety Code® C2-1997 Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Aug 01, 1996 Publication type: Special Publication Abstract: This standard covers basic provisions for safeguarding of persons from hazards arising from the installation, operation, or maintenance of 1) conductors and equipment in electric supply stations, and 2) overhead and underground electric supply and communication lines. It also includes work rules for the construction, maintenance, and operation of electric supply and communication lines and equipment. The standard is applicable to the systems and equipment operated by utilities, or similar systems and equipment, of an industrial establishment or complex under the control of qualified person. This standard consists of the introduction, definitions, grounding rules, list of referenced and bibliographic documents, and Parts 1, 2, 3, and 4 of the 1997 Edition of the National Electrical Safety Code. Key Words: communication, industry safety, communication lines, electric supply line, supply stations, utility stations, electrical safety, high voltage safety, power station, public utility , safety work rules, underground, electric line safety Designation: C2-1997 Sponsor: National Electrical Safety Code Title: National Electrical Safety Code® 1997 Edition First Errata Sheet - dated 3 September 1996 (Includes TIA 97-1) Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Sep 03, 1996 **(available on-line http://standards.ieee.org/reading/ieee/updates/nesc/) Publication type: Special Publication Designation: C2-1997 Sponsor: National Electrical Safety Code Title: National Electrical Safety Code® 1997 Edition Second Errata Sheet - 28 February 1997 Status: Approved Publication of IEEE **(available on-line http://standards.ieee.org/reading/ieee/updates/nesc/) Publication type: Special Publication Designation: C2-1997 Sponsor: National Electrical Safety Code Title: Tentative Interim Amendment 97-1 to the 1997 National Electrical Safety Code® Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Mar 27, 1996 **(available on-line http://standards.ieee.org/reading/ieee/updates/nesc/) Publication type: Special Publication Designation: C2-1997 Sponsor: National Electrical Safety Code Title: 1997 National Electrical Safety Code® on CD-Rom Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Apr 09, 1997 **One CD-Rom and a 24 page booklet. This electronic product is built into an information database using FolioVIEWS®, a full-text search software. System Requirements: you must have a PC running Microsoft Windows® 3.1 (or higher) or Windows95® with the following specifications: 486 or Pentium, 8 megabytes of RAM, VGA monitor, 10 megabytes of disk space. Publication type: Electronic Product Designation: C2-1997 Sponsor: National Electrical Safety Code Title: 1997 National Electrical Safety Code® Diskette package Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Apr 09, 1997 **Three diskettes and a 24 page booklet. This electronic product is built into an information database using FolioVIEWS®, a full-text search software. System Requirements: you must have a PC running Microsoft Windows® 3.1 (or higher) or Windows95® with the following specifications: 486 or Pentium, 8 megabytes of RAM, VGA monitor, 10 megabytes of disk space. Publication type: Electronic Product Designation: C2-1992 Sponsor: National Electrical Safety Code Title: National Electrical Safety Code Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Aug 03, 1992 Technical Contact: Sue Vogel, Phone:732-562-3817, Email:s.vogel@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. Designation: C2-1990 Sponsor: National Electrical Safety Code Title: Tables from the National Electrical Safety Code Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Aug 01, 1989 History: ANSI APP: Jun 26, 1989 Abstract: The tables from the 1990 edition of the National Electrical Safety Code are presented in a larger, more legible format. Designation: C2-1990 Sponsor: National Electrical Safety Code Title: National Electric Safety Code Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Aug 01, 1989 Technical Contact: Sue Vogel, Phone:732-562-3817, Email:s.vogel@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: ANSI APP: Jun 26, 1989 Abstract: This standard covers basic provisions for safeguarding of persons form hazards arising from the installation, operation, or maintenance of 1) conductors and equipment in electric supply stations, and 2) overhead and underground electricity supply and communication lines. Work rules for the construction, maintenance, and operation of electric supply and communication lines and equipment are included. The provisions are applicable to the systems and equipment operated by utilities, or to similar systems and equipment of an industrial establishment or complex under the control of qualified persons. Designation: C2 Sponsor: National Electrical Safety Code Title: Interps Collection 97 Status: Approved Publication of IEEE Designation: C2-1987 Sponsor: National Electrical Safety Code Title: National Electrical Safety Code Status: Superseded History: ANSI APP: Jun 23, 1986 Abstract: Basic provisions are set forth for safeguarding of persons from hazards arising from the installation, operation, or maintenance of (1) conductors and equipment in electric-supply stations, and (2) overhead and underground, electric-supply and communication lines. Work rules for the construction, maintenance, and operation of electric-supply and communication lines and equipment are included. The rules and provisions are applicable to the systems and equipment operated by utilities, or to similar systems and equipment of an industrial establishment or complex under the control of qualified persons. Designation: C2-1984 Sponsor: National Electrical Safety Code Title: National Electrical Safety Code Status: Superseded History: ANSI APP: Jul 15, 1983 Abstract: Basic provisions are set forth for safeguarding of persons from hazards arising from the installation, operation, or maintenance of (1) conductors and equipment in electric-supply stations, and (2) overhead and underground, electric-supply and communication lines. Work rules for the construction, maintenance, and operation of electric-supply and communication lines and equipment are included. The rules and provisions are applicable to the systems and equipment operated by utilities, or to similar systems and equipment of an industrial establishment or complex under the control of qualified persons. Designation: C2-1981 Sponsor: National Electrical Safety Code Title: National Electrical Safety Code Status: Superseded History: ANSI APP: Aug 15, 1980 Designation: C2-1977 Sponsor: National Electrical Safety Code Title: National Electrical Safety Code Status: Superseded Designation: C2-1973 Sponsor: National Electrical Safety Code Title: National Electrical Safety Code Status: Superseded Designation: C2-1987 Sponsor: National Electrical Safety Code Title: Tables from the National Electrical Safety Code Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. History: ANSI APP: Jun 23, 1986 Designation: C2-1997 Sponsor: National Electrical Safety Code Status: Approved Publication of IEEE Designation: C2-2002-2002 Sponsor: National Electrical Safety Code Title: National Electric Safety Code Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Aug 01, 2001 Designation: C2-2002, NESC®-2000 Sponsor: National Electrical Safety Code Title: National Electrical Safety Code®-Committee Draft Document 1 Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Aug 18, 2000 Publication type: Special Publication Designation: C2-2007 Sponsor: National Electrical Safety Code Title: 2007 National Electrical Safety Code Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Aug 01, 2006 Project Scope: This standard covers basic provisions for safeguarding of persons from hazards arising from the installation, operation, or maintenance of 1) conductors and equipment in electric supply stations, and 2) overhead and underground electric supply and communication lines. It also includes work rules for the construction, maintenance, and operation of electric supply and communication lines and equipment. The standard is applicable to the systems and equipment operated by utilities, or similar systems and equipment, of an industrial establishment or complex under the control of qualified persons. This standard consists of the introduction, definitions, grounding rules, list of referenced and bibliographic documents, and Parts 1, 2, 3, and 4 of the 2007 Edition of the National Electrical Safety Code. Key Words: communications industry safety; construction of communication lines; construction of electric supply lines; electrical safety; electric supply stations; electric utility stations; high-voltage safety; operation of communications sys­tems; operation of electric supply systems; power station equipment; power station safety; public utility safety; safety work rules; underground communication line safety; underground electric line safety. Designation: C12.1-1988 Sponsor: Accredited Standards Committee on Electricity Metering Title: American National Standard Code for Electricity Metering Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Mar 31, 1989 **Revision of ANSI C12.1-1982. Technical Contact: Raymond S Turgel, Phone:301-299-4049, Email:r.s.turgel@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: ANSI APP: Jun 10, 1988 Abstract: Acceptable performance criteria for new types of AC watthour meters, demand meters, demand registers, pulse devices, instrument transformers, and auxiliary devices are established. Acceptable in-service performance levels for meters and devices used in revenue metering are stated. Information on recommended measurement standards, installation requirements, test methods, and test schedules is included. Some of the provisions outlined in this standard apply to direct current watthour meters. Acceptable in-service performance levels for these meters are provided. Key Words: electricity metering, Wattmeters Designation: C12.4-1984 Sponsor: Accredited Standards Committee on Electricity Metering Title: American National Standard for Mechanical Demand Registers Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Dec 14, 1984 **Revision of ANSI C12.4-1978. History: ANSI APP: Jun 12, 1984 Abstract: The voltage and frequency rating, full-scale values, scale classes, demand intervals, multiplying constants, timing mechanism, and other general features of mechanical demand registers required for use on watthour meters are covered. Single- pointer-form, cumulative-form, and multiple-pointer-form registers are included. Although mechanical demand registers are designed for use as accessories in watthour meters, items relating to watthour meters are not covered. Key Words: mechanical, demand registers, Watthour meters Designation: C12.6-1987 Sponsor: Accredited Standards Committee on Electricity Metering Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1992 Title: American National Standard for Marking and Arrangement of Terminals for Phase-Shifting Devices Used in Metering Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Oct 30, 1987 **Revision of ANSI C12.6-1978. Technical Contact: Raymond S Turgel, Phone:301-299-4049, Email:r.s.turgel@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: ANSI APP: Sep 19, 1986 Abstract: Phase-shifting devices designed to provide the proper lagged voltages required for kVAR and kVA measurement are covered. Terminal marking for universal devices, as well as devices for specific types of services, is considered. The number of terminals and the provision of diagrams of internal connections are specified. Key Words: marking, phase shifting, metering, Wattmeters, Watthour meters, Phase shifters Designation: C12.7-1993 Sponsor: Accredited Standards Committee on Electricity Metering Title: American National Standard Requirements for Watthour Meter Sockets Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Mar 10, 1994 **Revision of ANSI C12.7-1987. No longer available through the IEEE Publication type: Special Publication Abstract: The general requirements and pertinent dimensions applicable to watthour meter sockets rated up to and including 600 V, and up to and including 320 A continuous duty per socket opening, are covered. Electrical ratings, performance requirements, and construction requirements are specified. Key Words: conduit connection, knockout, ringless socket, socket jaw, Watthour meter socket, Socket ceiling ring, Single-stator watthour meter, Multistator Designation: C12.7-1987 Sponsor: Accredited Standards Committee on Electricity Metering Title: American National Standard Requirements for Watthour Meter Sockets Status: Superseded **Available in C12 Collection -1993. History: ANSI APP: Dec 08, 1993 Designation: C12.8-1981 Sponsor: Accredited Standards Committee on Electricity Metering Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1991 Title: American National Standard for Test Blocks and Cabinets for Installation of Self-Contained A-Base Watthour Meters Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Aug 31, 1981 **Available in 1993 C12 Collection only. Abstract: The dimensions and functions of test blocks and cabinets used with self-contained A-base watthour meters are covered. Standard ratings are defined, and general requirements are addressed. Key Words: self contained, A base, watthour meters, test blocks Designation: C12.9-1993 Title: American National Standard for Test Switches for Transformer-Rated Meters Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Mar 10, 1994 **Revision of ANSI C12.9-1987. No longer available through the IEEE. Publication type: Special Publication Abstract: The dimensions and functions of meter test switches used with transformer-rated watthour meters in conjunction with instrument transformers are covered. Key Words: current switch, meter test switch, test jack, test plug, voltage switch, Transformer-rated meter Designation: C12.9-1987 Sponsor: Accredited Standards Committee on Electricity Metering Title: American National Standard for Test Switches for Transformer-Rated Meters Status: Superseded **Available in C12 Collection-1993 only. History: ANSI APP: Dec 09, 1993 Abstract: The dimensions and functions of meter test switches used with transformer-rated watt-hour meters in conjunction with instrument transformers are covered. Standard ratings are specified, and general requirements are addressed. Key Words: test switches, transformer rated, meters Designation: C12.10-1987 Sponsor: Accredited Standards Committee on Electricity Metering Title: American National Standard for Electromechanical Watthour Meters Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Oct 01, 1988 **Revision of ANSI C12.10-1978. Publication type: Special Publication Technical Contact: Raymond S Turgel, Phone:301-299-4049, Email:r.s.turgel@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: ANSI APP: Dec 02, 1987 Abstract: Class designations, voltage and frequency ratings, test-current values, internal wiring arrangements, pertinent dimensions, rotor markings, register requirements, and other general specifications are covered for both detachable and bottom- connected electromechanical watthour meters. Combination devices utilizing the essential elements of watthour meters are also covered insofar as their application is practicable. The terminal arrangements and mounting dimensions covered by this standard are essentially those adopted by the watthour meter industry from 1928 to 1936. Key Words: electromechanical, watthour meters Designation: C12.11-1987 Sponsor: Accredited Standards Committee on Electricity Metering Title: American National Standard for Instrument Transformers for Revenue Metering, 10 kV BIL Through 350 kV BIL (0.6 kV NSV through 69 kV NSV) Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: May 20, 1988 **Available in 1993 C12 Collection only. Revision of ANSI C12.11-1987. Publication type: Special Publication Technical Contact: Raymond S Turgel, Phone:301-299-4049, Email:r.s.turgel@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: ANSI APP: Jun 13, 1987 Abstract: The general requirements, metering accuracy, thermal ratings, and dimensions are established for current and inductively coupled voltage transformers for revenue metering. Both indoor and outdoor types are covered. Key Words: revenue metering, instrument , transformers, BIL, Voltage transformers, Power system measurements, Energy measurement, Current transformers Designation: C12.13-1991 Sponsor: Accredited Standards Committee on Electricity Metering Title: American National Standard for Electronic Time-of-Use Registers for Electricity Meters Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Dec 20, 1991 **Revision of ANSI C12.13-1985. Available in 1993 C12 Collection only. Technical Contact: Raymond S Turgel, Phone:301-299-4049, Email:r.s.turgel@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: ANSI APP: Oct 24, 1991 Abstract: Electronic time-of-use registers for use in conjunction with electricity meters are covered. The following features are included: numbers and format of displays; voltage, frequency, and temperature ratings; demand intervals; multiplying constants; timing systems; other general requirements; and communication requirements. Test procedures and performance requirements are given. Specifications for the watthour meter are not covered. Key Words: electronic, time of use, registers, electricity meters, Wattmeters, Time measurement, Testing Designation: C12.13-1985 Sponsor: Accredited Standards Committee on Electricity Metering Title: Time-of-Use Registers for Electromechanical Watthour Meters, American National Standard Status: Superseded Abstract: Revision ballot in progress 1/91 - not an IEEE Std (Sue). Designation: C12.14-1982 Sponsor: Accredited Standards Committee on Electricity Metering Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1987 Title: American National Standard for Magnetic Tape Pulse Recorders for Electricity Meters Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Nov 30, 1982 **Available in 1993 C12 Collection only. Technical Contact: Raymond S Turgel, Phone:301-299-4049, Email:r.s.turgel@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: ANSI APP: Aug 05, 1981 Abstract: Minimum requirements for magnetic tape pulse recorders for electricity meters are recommended. The voltage, frequency ratings, recording format, enclosure requirements, and other general specifications are covered. The intent is to ensure recorder reliability to the extent that such a quality can be demonstrated by laboratory testing. Key Words: magnetic tape pulse, pulse recorders, electricity meters, Watthour meters, Magnetic tape recording Designation: C12.15-1990 Sponsor: Accredited Standards Committee on Electricity Metering Title: American National Standard for Solid-State Demand Registers for Electromechanical Watthour Meters Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Dec 13, 1990 Technical Contact: Raymond S Turgel, Phone:301-299-4049, Email:r.s.turgel@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: ANSI APP: Jul 24, 1990 Designation: C12.16-1991 Sponsor: Accredited Standards Committee on Electricity Metering Title: American National Standard for Solid-State Electricity Meters Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jul 19, 1991 **Available in 1993 C12 Collection only. Technical Contact: George E Page, Phone:404-362-5815 **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: ANSI APP: Mar 29, 1991 Abstract: Acceptable performance criteria for solid-state electricity meters are established. Detachable socket, type S, and bottom- connected, type A, as well as any other arrangement agreed upon between the manufacturer and the user are included. Class designations, voltage and frequency ratings, test current values, service connection arrangements, pertinent dimensions, form designations, and environmental tests are covered. Key Words: solid state, electricity, metering, Watthour meters Designation: C12.17-1991 Sponsor: Accredited Standards Committee on Electricity Metering Title: American National Standard for Cartridge-Type Solid-State Pulse Recorders for Electricity Metering Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: May 17, 1991 **Available in 1993 C12 Collection only. Technical Contact: Raymond S Turgel, Phone:301-299-4049, Email:r.s.turgel@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: ANSI APP: Mar 19, 1991 Abstract: Minimum requirements for cartridge-type solid-state pulse recorders for electricity metering are recommended. Voltage and frequency ratings, performance requirements, enclosure requirements, and other general specifications for such recorders are covered. The intent is to assure recorder reliability to the extent that such a quality can be demonstrated by laboratory testing. Key Words: cartridge, pulse recorders, electric metering, recorders, Watthour meters, Recording Designation: C37-1991 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Switchgear Title: C37 Spring 1991 Edition: Guides and Standards for Circuit Breakers, Switchgear, Relays, Substations and Fuses Status: Superseded Publication type: Collection Key Words: switchgear, relays, fuses, substations, circuit breakers Designation: C37-1989 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Switchgear Title: C37: Complete 1989 Edition; Circuit Breakers, Switchgear, Relays, Substations and Fuses Status: Superseded **1989 Complete Edition Designation: C37-1987 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Switchgear Title: C37 Series Status: Superseded **Consolidates C37 docs Designation: C37.1-1994 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Substations Title: IEEE Standard Definition, Specification and Analysis of Systems Used for Supervisory Control, Data Acquisition, and Automatic Control Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Oct 31, 1994 History: PAR APP: Dec 28, 1987, BD APP: Mar 17, 1994, ANSI APP: Jan 03, 1995 Abstract: Distributed multi-computer master stations and distributed remote terminal units (RTUs) are introduced. Submaster RTUs used in an automated distribution system with downstream feeder RTUs is defined. Local area networks with master stations are discussed. Intelligent electronic devices (IEDs) with respect to their interface to RTUs and master stations are defined. New surge withstand capability (SWC) standards and their applicability to SCADA is shown. An example channel loading calculation is provided. Key Words: automatic control, data acquisition, SCADA, supervisory control Designation: PC37.1 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Substations Title: Standard for SCADA and Automation Systems Status: Revision Project Technical Contact: John T Tengdin, Phone:949-361-9595, Email:j.t.tengdin@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jun 26, 1999 Project Scope: The present standard does not cover SCADA applications using microprocessor based protection and monitoring (IEDs), nor does it cover substation automation systems. Both will be added in this revision. The intended users are electric utility engineers specifying such systems, vendors, and consultants. Project Purpose: The present title of C37.1 is "Definition, Specification, and Analysis of Systems Used for Supervisory Control, Data Acquisition, and Control". Since the standard was last updated in 1994, substantial changes in technology have taken place. The proposal is to update the standard, incorporating the new technology, and with a new title "Standard for SCADA and Automation Systems." The automation systems to be covered are in electric substations. Designation: C37.1-1987 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Substations Title: IEEE Standard Definition, Specification, and Analysis of Systems Used for Supervisory Control, Data Acquisition, and Automatic Control Status: Superseded Technical Contact: John D McDonald, Phone:678-966-0363x227, Email:jmcdonald@kemaconsulting.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: BD APP: Mar 22, 1984, ANSI APP: Dec 02, 1986 Key Words: analysis, systems, supervisory, acquisition, control Designation: C37.2-1996 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Substations Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2001 Title: IEEE Standard Electrical Power System Device Function Numbers and Contact Designations Status: Approved Publication of IEEE **Revision of IEEE Std C37.2-1991. Technical Contact: Floyd W Greenway **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Sep 19, 1996, BD APP: Dec 10, 1996, ANSI APP: May 15, 1997 Project Scope: This standard applies to the definition and application of function numbers for devices used in electrical substations and generating plants and in installations of power utilization and conversion apparatus. Project Purpose: A device function number, with an appropriate prefix and suffix where necessary, is used to identify the function of each device in all types of switchgear. These numbers are to be used in drawings, elementary and connection diagrams, instruction books, publications, and specfications. In addition, the number may be placed on, or adjacent to, each device on the assembled equipment so the device may be readily identified. This PAR is proposed to revise C37.2-1991 to reflect current technology and usage. Abstract: The definition and application of function numbers for devices used in electrical substations and generating plants and in installations of power utilization and conversion apparatus are covered. The purpose of the numbers is discussed, and 94 numbers are assigned. The use of prefixes and suffixes to provide a more specific definition of the function is considered. Device contact designation is also covered. Key Words: device functions, device function numbers, relay designations, switchgear Designation: PC37.2 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Substations Title: Standard Electrical Power System Device Function Numbers and Contact Designations Status: Revision Project Technical Contact: John T Tengdin, Phone:949-361-9595, Email:j.t.tengdin@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 16, 2006 Project Scope: The present scope of C37.2-1996 is "This standard applies to the definitions and application of function numbers for devices used in electrical substations and generating plants and in installations of power utilization and conversion apparatus." The scope will remain unchanged Project Purpose: Old Purpose: “A device function number, with an appropriate prefix and appended suffix, is used to identify the function(s) of each device installed in electrical equipment. This includes manual, partial- automatic, and automatic switchgear. These numbers are to be used in drawings, elementary and connection diagrams, instruction books, publications, and specifications. In addition, for automatic switchgear, the device number may be physically placed on, or adjacent to, each device on the assembled equipment. This will enable the device to be readily identified. ”<br><br> New Purpose: “A device function number, with an appropriate prefix and appended suffix, is used to identify the function(s) of each device installed in electrical equipment. These numbers are to be used in drawings, elementary and connection diagrams, instruction books, publications, and specifications.” Designation: C37.2-1991 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Substations Title: IEEE Standard Electrical Power System Device Function Numbers Status: Superseded **Revision of IEEE Std C37.2-1987. Technical Contact: Luther W Kurtz, Phone:503-244-9321, Email:lkurtz@powereng.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: May 31, 1990, BD APP: Mar 21, 1991, ANSI APP: Dec 12, 1991 Abstract: The definition and application of function numbers for devices used in electrical substations and generating plants, and in installations of power utilization and conversion apparatus are covered. The purpose of the numbers is discussed, and 94 numbers are assigned. The use of prefixes and suffixes to provide a more specific definition of each function is considered. Device contact designation is also covered. Key Words: function, numbers, switchgear, device Designation: C37.2-1987 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Substations Title: IEEE Standard Electrical Power System Device Function Numbers Status: Superseded Technical Contact: Luther W Kurtz, Phone:503-244-9321, Email:lkurtz@powereng.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: BD APP: Jun 11, 1987 Key Words: electrical, power, system, device, function Designation: C37.04-1999 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Switchgear Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2006 Title: IEEE Standard Rating Structure for AC High-Voltage Circuit Breakers Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Dec 30, 1999 History: PAR APP: Dec 03, 1992, BD APP: Jun 26, 1999, ANSI APP: Oct 26, 1999 Abstract: " This standard covers the rating structure for all high-voltage circuit breakers, which include allvoltage ratings above 1000 V ac and comprise both indoor and outdoor types having the preferredratings as listed in ANSI C37.06-1997. Typical circuit breakers covered by these standards havemaximum voltage ratings ranging from 4.76 kV through 800 kV, and continuous current ratings of 600 A,1200 A, 2000 A, and 3000 A associated with the various maximum voltage ratings. The rating structureestablishes the basis for all assigned ratings, including continuous current, dielectric withstand voltages,short-circuit current, transient recovery voltage, and capacitor switching, plus associated capabilitiessuch as mechanical endurance, load current, and out-of- phase switching. This standard does not covergenerator circuit breakers, which are covered in IEEE Std C37.013-1997. " Key Words: "capacitance current switching,dielectric withstand,fast transient recovery voltage,indoor,initial,interrupting time,mechanical endurance,operating duty,outdoor,power frequency,ratings,related capabilities,short-circuit current,shortline fault,voltage dist" Designation: PC37.04b Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Switchgear Title: Standard for Amendment to "IEEE Standard for Rating Structure for AC High-Voltage Circuit Breakers Rated on a Symmetrical Current Basis" to change the description of Transient Recovery Voltage for harmonization with IEC 60056 Status: Amendment Technical Contact: R. Kirkland Smith, Phone:607-796-3370, Email:KirklandSmith@eaton.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Nov 08, 2000 Project Scope: The Circuit Breaker rating structure is being revised to make the voltage / time envelope that describes the Transient Recovery Voltage (TRV) match the description used in IEC 60056. The present IEEE TRV envelope is a combination of an initial exponential component with a 1-cosine component at higher currents and a 1-cosine at lower currents. This will be changed respectively to the 4 parameter or 2 parameter TRV envelope used in IEC 60056. This change will make the TRV descriptions the same as those used in the international standard that is applicable to the same type of equipment. Project Purpose: This change is being done to harmonize the IEEE standards with the IEC standards that are applicable to the same equipment used in the same power system environment. This change will benefit all parties concerned. The manufacturers will benefit since one set of tests will be applicable to both standards. The users will benefit since a consistent method of application can be employed. Designation: C37.04-1979 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Switchgear Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1989 Title: IEEE Standard Rating Structure for AC High-Voltage Circuit Breakers Rated on a Symmetrical Current Basis Status: Superseded **Revision of IEEE C37.04-1964 and NOW includes supplement IEEE C37.04c- 1985. History: BD APP: Apr 06, 1979, ANSI APP: Feb 04, 1988 Abstract: A rating structure for AC high-voltage circuit breakers rated on a symmetrical current basis is established. The rating structure applies to indoor and outdoor types of AC high-voltage circuit breakers rated above 1000 V. Service conditions, construction, and nameplate markings are also considered. Key Words: rating, structure, hvcb, symmetrical, current, Circuit breakers Designation: C37.04-1999/Cor 1 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Switchgear Title: Standard Rating Structure for AC High-Voltage Circuit Breakers Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Ruben D Garzon, Phone:615-459-8453, Email:garzonr@squared.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 21, 2000 Project Scope: Change the value of surge impedance for for the Initial Transient RecoveryVoltage (subclause 5.9.2.3 ) from 450 ohms to 260 ohms. Project Purpose: The value for the surge impedance related to ITRV on high- voltage circuitbreakers rated above 100 kV had inadvertently been changed. This correction willbring the document into agreement with previously published and internationallyaccepted standards. Designation: C37.04a-2003 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Switchgear Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2006 Title: Standard Rating Structure for AC High-Voltage Circuit Breakers Rated on a Symmetrical Current Basis: Amendment 1 Capacitance Current Switching Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jul 25, 2003 Technical Contact: Roy W Alexander, Phone:610-774-4684, Email:r.alexander@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Jun 21, 2000, BD APP: May 12, 2003 Project Scope: The scope of PC37.04a is to incorporate IEC 62271-100 capacitance current switching treatment into the circuit breaker rating structure. This applies to Circuit Breakers above 1000V ac. Project Purpose: Capacitance current switching was not addressed in C37.04-1999 to take advantage of a joint IEC/IEEE working group on this subject. This Amendment will bring about harmonization with the new IEC 62271-100. Abstract: "IEEE Std C37.04a-2003, IEEE Standard Rating Structure for AC High-Voltage Circuit Breakers Rated on a Symmetrical Current BasisAmendment 1: Capacitance Current Switching" Key Words: "capacitance current, capacitance current switching, capacitor bank switching, restrike" Designation: C37.04a Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Switchgear Title: Standard Capacitance Current Switching Requirements for High Voltage Circuit Breakers Status: Superseded Technical Contact: Roy W Alexander, Phone:610-774-4684, Email:r.alexander@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jun 21, 2000 Project Scope: Addendum to address Capacitance Current Switching Requirements. Incorporating IEC 60056 treatment. Project Purpose: Capacitance current switching was not addressed in the 1999 revision to take advantage of a joint IEC/IEEE working group on this subject. This amendment will bring about harmonization with the new IEC 60056. This applies to Circuit Breakers above 1000V ac. Designation: C37.04b Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Switchgear Title: Rating Structure Generator CBs Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **In WG (C37.013) . As of 6/17/91 - incorporated into PC37.013 Key Words: rating, structure, generator, CBs Designation: C37.04c-1982 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Switchgear Title: Altitude Correction Factors Status: Superseded **ANSI Apvd 2/82. Included in C37.013-1993 (section 6) History: PAR APP: Dec 28, 1981, BD APP: Mar 18, 1993 Key Words: altitude, correction, factors, C37.04c Designation: C37.04d-198 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Switchgear Title: CBs for GIS Applications Status: Superseded Key Words: CBs, GIS, applications Designation: C37.04e-198 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Switchgear Title: Definitions for TRV Terms Status: Superseded **ANSI Apvd 83 (C37.100b) Key Words: definitions, TRV, terms Designation: C37.04f-1990 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Switchgear Title: Supplement to IEEE Standard Rating Structure for AC High-Voltage Circuit Breakers Rated on a Symmetrical Current Basis Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: May 20, 1996. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **Supplement to IEEE C37.04-1979. History: PAR APP: Sep 28, 1990, BD APP: Dec 06, 1990 Abstract: Supplement to IEEE Standard Rating Structure for AC High-Voltage Circuit Breakers Rated on a Symmetrical Current Basis (IEEE C37.04-1979). Key Words: trip, free, clarification, sub 6.5 Designation: C37.04g-1986 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Switchgear Title: Supplement to IEEE Standard Rating Structure for AC High-Voltage Circuit Breakers Rated on a Symmetrical Current Basis Status: Superseded **Supplement to IEEE C37.04-1979. Superseded by C37.04-1999 History: PAR APP: Dec 12, 1985, BD APP: Mar 13, 1986, ANSI APP: Feb 04, 1988 Abstract: Supplement to IEEE Standard Rating Structure for AC High-Voltage Circuit Breakers Rated on a Symmetrical Current Basis (IEEE C37.04-1979). Key Words: Circuit breakers Designation: C37.04h-1986 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Switchgear Title: Terminal Connection Mechanical Loading Sub 6.2 Status: Superseded **(supplement to IEEE C37.04-1979) History: BD APP: Mar 13, 1986 Key Words: C37.04h Designation: C37.04h-1990 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Switchgear Title: Supplement to IEEE Standard Rating Structure for AC High-Voltage Circuit Breakers Rated on a Symmetrical Current Basis Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: May 20, 1996. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **Supplement to IEEE C37.04-1979. Revision of IEEE C37.04h-1986 History: PAR APP: Sep 28, 1990, BD APP: Dec 06, 1990, ANSI APP: May 20, 1991 Abstract: Supplement to IEEE Standard Rating Structure for AC High-Voltage Circuit Breakers Rated on a Symmetrical Current Basis (IEEE C37.04-1979). Key Words: Author: Unknown Designation: C37.04i-1991 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Switchgear Title: Supplement to IEEE Standard Rating Structure for AC High-Voltage Circuit Breakers Rated on a Symmetrical Current Basis Status: Superseded **Supplement to IEEE C37.04-1979. Superseded by C37.04-1999 History: BD APP: Feb 11, 1991, ANSI APP: Dec 09, 1991 Abstract: This supplement replaces the last paragraph of 5.11.4.2 in C37.04-1979 and adds a new section, 5.11.4.3, Initial Transient Recovery Voltage. Key Words: Circuit breakers Designation: PC37.06 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Switchgear Title: Standard for AC High-Voltage Circuit Breakers Rated on a Symmetrical Current Basis - Preferred Ratings and Related Required Capabilities for Voltages above 1000 Volts Status: Modified New Project Technical Contact: Georges F Montillet, Phone:724-483-7830, Email:georges.montillet@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Feb 13, 2003 Project Scope: This standard applies to all indoor and outdoor types of AC high-voltage circuit breakers rated above 1000 volts and rated on a symmetrical current basis. Project Purpose: Inconsistency in application of preferred ratings of high- voltage circuit breakers may result in wrong application of interrupting current and voltage levels. The recommendations outlined in the following clauses are intended to provide consistent functionality for high-voltage circuit breakers rated above 1000 V. Designation: C37.06 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Switchgear Title: Standard for AC High-Voltage Circuit Breakers - Preferred Ratings and Related Required Capabilities Status: Superseded Technical Contact: Georges F Montillet, Phone:724-483-7830, Email:georges.montillet@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Feb 13, 2003 Project Scope: This standard is applicable to three-pole circuit breakers used in three-phase systems and single-pole circuit breakers used in single-phase systems, both indoor and outdoor AC high-voltage types, rated above 1000 volts on a symmetrical current basis. This standard does not cover circuit breakers used at rated frequencies other than 50 Hz or 60 Hz, or generator circuit breakers that are covered in IEEE Std. C37.013. Project Purpose: Since the existing rating structures are being revised under related projects PC37.04a, PC37.04b, PC37.09a, PC37.09b, PC37.011 and PC37.012, the purpose of this work is to provide relevant values of preferred ratings for the new rating structures. Another purpose is to integrate C37.06, formerly sponsored by NEMA, into the IEEE-SA process of standards dvelopment. Sponsorship is now being transferred to the IEEE Switchgear Committee. Designation: C37.09-1999 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Switchgear Title: IEEE Standard Test Procedure for AC High-Voltage Circuit Breakers Rated on a Symmetrical Current Basis Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Mar 28, 2000 History: PAR APP: Dec 03, 1992, BD APP: Jun 26, 1999, ANSI APP: Jan 20, 2000 Abstract: " The testing procedures for all high-voltage circuit breakers that include all voltage ratingsabove 1000 V ac and comprise both indoor and outdoor types having the prefered ratings as listed inANSI C37.06-1997 are covered. Typical circuit breakers covered by these standards have maximumvoltage ratings from 4.76 kV through 800 kV, and continuous current ratings of 600 A, 1200 A, 2000 A,and 3000 A associated with the various maximum voltage ratings. The test procedures verify all assignedratings, including continuous current, dielectric withstand voltages, short-circuit current, transient recov-ery voltage, and capacitor switching, plus associated capabilities such as mechanical endurance, loadcurrent, and out-of-phase switching. Production test procedures are also included. This standard doesnot cover generator circuit breakers as these are covered in IEEE Std C37.013-1993. " Key Words: IEEE Std C37.09-1999 Designation: C37.09-1979 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Switchgear Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1988 Title: IEEE Standard Test Procedure for AC High-Voltage Circuit Breakers Rated on a Symmetrical Current Basis Status: Superseded History: BD APP: Sep 08, 1977, ANSI APP: Feb 02, 1989 Abstract: The various tests that are made on AC high-voltage circuit breakers are summarized. Accepted methods used in making the tests are described, and the tests that will demonstrate ratings under ANSI/IEEE standards are specified. The following categories of tests are considered: design tests, production tests, tests after delivery, field tests, and conformance tests. Key Words: test, procedures, AC, HVCBs, Circuit-breaker testing Designation: C37.09-1999/Cor 1-2007 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Switchgear Title: IEEE Standard Test Procedure for AC High-Voltage Circuit Breakers Rated on a Symmetrical Current Basis - Corrigendum 1 Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: May 02, 2007 Technical Contact: Georges F Montillet, Phone:724-483-7830, Email:georges.montillet@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Mar 16, 2006, BD APP: Mar 08, 2007 Project Scope: This corrigendum corrects technical and other non-editorial errors made during the preparation of C37.09-1999, which covers test procedures for all high-voltage circuit breakers rated over 1000 Vac . Editorial corrections have been made separately in an errata. The scope of C37.09-1999 is as follows: <br> "This test procedure summarizes the various tests that are made on ac high-voltage indoor and outdoor circuit breakers, except for generator circuit breakers, which are covered in IEEE Std C37.013-1997. It describes accepted methods used in making the tests and specifies the tests that will verify assigned ratings under ANSI/IEEE standards. This procedure does not preclude the use of other equivalent or more effective methods of demonstrating ratings.<br> The tests are divided into the following classifications: <br> a) Design tests (Referred to in IEC 60056-1987 and IEC 60694-1996 as Type Tests) <br> b) Production tests (Referred to in IEC 60056-1987 and IEC 60694-1996 as Routine Tests)<br> c) Tests after delivery<br> d) Conformance tests" Project Purpose: The purpose of this project is to correct errors introduced in C37.09-1999 between final balloting and publishing of the 1999 document. The 1999 document was created using manual methods, prior to the introduction of the modern electronic methods now in place in the IEEE Standards Association. C37.09 is a fundamental document to the testing of high-voltage circuit breakers, and therefore, the errors in the present document must be corrected prior to any general revision effort. Abstract: This corrigendum corrects technical and other non-editorial errors made during the preparation of IEEE Std C37.09-1999 latest version, second printing 19 December 2005, which covers test procedures for all high-voltage circuit breakers rated over 1000 VAC. This text also includes corrections to the errata dated 19 December 2005, which adjusts Figure 17 on page 62 of the main text (under 7.2). As of the printing of this corrigendum, IEEE Std C37.09-1999 includes all of the following: • IEEE Std C37.09-1999 latest version, second printing 19 December 2005; • Errata to IEEE Std C37.09-1999 (edited 18 April 2007), which corrects typographical and editorial errors to the standard (note that these alterations have been made to the most current electronic version of the standard which is available online—http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore/); • IEEE Std C37.09a- 2005, amendment to IEEE Std C37.09-1999, which adds additional content to the standard; and • this corrigendum, IEEE Std C37.09-1999/Cor 1-2007, which makes technical corrections to both the original IEEE Std C37.09-1999 and the subsequently published errata. Key Words: fast transient recovery voltage, indoor, initial, mechanical endurance, operating duty, outdoor, power frequency, short-circuit current, short-line fault, single-phase testing, test data reporting, three-phase testing, unit test, voltage distribution synthetic test Designation: C37.09a-2005 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Switchgear Title: Standard for American National Standard Test Procedure for AC High- Voltage Circuit Breakers Rated on a Symmetrical Current Basis Amendment 1 Capacitance Current Switching Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Sep 16, 2005 Technical Contact: Roy W Alexander, Phone:610-774-4684, Email:r.alexander@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Jun 21, 2000, BD APP: Mar 20, 2005, ANSI APP: Jul 25, 2005 Project Scope: The scope of PC37.09a is to incorporate IEC 62271-100 capacitance current switching treatment into the circuit breaker test code. This applies to Circuit Breakers above 1000V ac. Project Purpose: Capacitance current switching was not addressed in C37.09-1999 to take advantage of a joint IEC/IEEE working group on this subject. This Amendment will bring about harmonization with the new IEC 62271-100. Abstract: The scope of IEEE Std C37.09a-2005 is to incorporate IEC 62271-100 capacitance current switching treatment into the circuit breaker test code. This applies to Circuit Breakers above 1000V ac. Key Words: fast transient, indoor, initial, mechanical endurance, operating duty, outdoor, power frequency, recovery voltage, short-circuit current, short-line fault, single-phase testing, test data reporting, three-phase testing, unit test, voltage distribution synthetic test Designation: C37.09a-1991 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Switchgear Title: IEEE Standard Test Procedure for AC High-Voltage Circuit Breakers Rated on a Symmetrical Current Basis Status: Superseded **Supplement to IEEE C37.09-1979. Superseded by C37.09-1999 History: BD APP: Dec 05, 1991 Abstract: The required load current switching capability and life are defined, and load current switching tests are specified. Key Words: Load-current switching tests, High-voltage circuit breakers, Circuit breakers Designation: C37.09a-1980 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Switchgear Title: Distri Load Current Swtchg&Rev Test Duty Section 4.12 Status: Superseded Key Words: C37.09a Designation: C37.09a Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Switchgear Title: Standard Capacitance Current Switching Test Code for High Voltage Circuit Breakers Status: Superseded Technical Contact: Roy W Alexander, Phone:610-774-4684, Email:r.alexander@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jun 21, 2000 Project Scope: Addendum to address Capacitance Current Switching Test Code for High voltage Circuit Breakers. Incorporating IEC 60056 treatment. Project Purpose: Capacitance current switching was not addressed in the 1999 revision to take advantage of a joint IEC./IEEE working group on this subject. This amendment will bring about harmonization with the new IEC 60056. This applies to Circuit Breakers above 1000V ac. Designation: PC37.09b Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Switchgear Title: Standard Test Procedure for AC High-Voltage Circuit Breakers Rated on a Symmetrical Current Basis -- Amendment 2: Transient Recovery Voltage Requirements During Power Tests Status: Amendment Technical Contact: Kirk Smith, Phone:607-796-3370, Email:r.kirkland.smith@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 07, 2005 Project Scope: PC37.09b amends C37.09, the test procedure, to be consistent with amendment PC37.04b, of the rating structure C37.04, in which the voltage / time envelopes that describes the Transient Recovery Voltage (TRV) is being changed to match the descriptions used in IEC 62271-100, the international standard that is applicable to the same type of equipment. Project Purpose: This revision harmonizes the IEEE requirements for transient recovery voltage during power tests with those in IEC 62271-100. This is a continuation of an effort to harmonize requirements in the IEEE standards with those of IEC that first began in the 1950s. Broadly speaking, the functional requirements to be demonstrated in power testing are changed only slightly, whereas the manner in which the requirements are represented graphically is simplified considerably. Designation: C37.09b-1993 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Switchgear Title: Test Proc for Generator Circuit Breakers Status: Superseded **Incorporated into PC37.013-1993 (section 6) History: BD APP: Mar 18, 1993 Key Words: C37.09b Designation: C37.09c-1984 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Switchgear Title: IEEE Standard Test Procedure for AC High-Voltage Circuit Breakers Rated on a Symmetrical Current Basis Status: Superseded **Supplement to IEEE C37.09-1979. Superseded by C37.09-1999 Abstract: The required load-current switching capability and life are defined, and load-current switching tests are specified. Key Words: Circuit-breaker testing Designation: C37.09d Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Switchgear Title: CBs for GIS Appl Status: Superseded Key Words: C37.09d Designation: C37.09e-1985 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Switchgear Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1988 Title: IEEE Standard Test Procedure for AC High-Voltage Circuit Breakers Rated on a Symmetrical Current Basis Status: Superseded **Supplement to IEEE C37.09-1979. Superseded by C37.09-1999 Abstract: This supplement to IEEE C37.09-1979 replaces 4.6.5.3 (2). Key Words: Circuit-breaker testing Designation: C37.09f Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Switchgear Title: Shunt Reactor Switching Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **WG developing. As of 6/17/91 - Project incorporated into P1259 Key Words: C37.09f Designation: C37.09g-1991 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Switchgear Title: IEEE Standard Test Procedure for AC High-Voltage Circuit Breakers Rated on a Symmetrical Current Basis Status: Superseded **Supplement to IEEE C37.09-1979. Superseded by C37.09-1999 History: BD APP: Feb 11, 1991, ANSI APP: Dec 09, 1991 Abstract: This supplement to C37.09-1979 adds a paragraph at the end of 4.6.5.4, contains a new section for the initial transient recovery voltage, and makes a change to 4.6.6, Methods of Demonstrating the Short-Circuit Current Rating of a Circuit Breaker. Key Words: Circuit-breaker testing Designation: C37.010-1999 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Switchgear Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2005 Title: IEEE Application Guide for AC High-Voltage Circuit Breakers Rated on a Symmetrical Current Basis Status: Approved Publication of IEEE History: PAR APP: Dec 03, 1992, BD APP: Sep 16, 1999, ANSI APP: Jan 13, 2000 Project Scope: This application guide applies to the ac indoor and outdoor high-voltage circuit breakers rated in accordance with the methods given in IEEE Std. C37.04-1999, listed in IEEE Std. C37.06-1997, and tested in accordance with IEEE Std. C37.09-1999. Circuit breakers rated and manufactured to meet other standards should be applied in accordance with application procedures adapted to their specific ratings or applications. Abstract: This guide covers the application of indoor and outdoor high-voltage circuit breakers rated above 1000 V for use in commercial, industrial, and utility installations. It deals with usage under varied service conditions, temperature conditions affecting continuous current compensation, reduced dielectrics, reclosng derating as applicable, calculation of system short- circuit current, compensation at different X/R ratios, detailed calculations with application curves, out-of-phase switching, and general application. Key Words: "ambient compensation/emergency operation, capacitor switching, high-voltage circuit breakers, indoor drawout, line closing, load current switching, outdoor, pollution level creepage distance, power frequency, rated maximum voltage, short-circuit, TRV, tra" Designation: C37.10-1995 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Switchgear Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2002 Title: IEEE Guide for Diagnostics and Failure Investigation of Power Circuit Breakers Status: Approved Publication of IEEE History: PAR APP: Mar 21, 1991, BD APP: Dec 12, 1995, ANSI APP: Jan 06, 1997 Abstract: Procedures to be used to perform failure investigations of power circuit breakers are recommended. Although the procedure may be used for any circuit breaker, it is mainly focused on high-voltage ac power circuit breakers used on utility systems. Recommendations are also made for monitoring circuit breaker functions as a means of diagnosing their suitability for service condition. Key Words: diagnostics, investigation, failure, power circuit, circuit breaker Designation: C37.010-1979 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Switchgear Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1988 Title: IEEE Application Guide for AC High-Voltage Circuit Breakers Rated on a Symmetrical Current Basis Status: Superseded **Includes supplement IEEE C37.010d-1984. Superseded by C37.010-1999. History: BD APP: May 29, 1975 Abstract: AC high-voltage circuit breakers rated in accordance with the methods given in ANSI/IEEE C37.04-1979 and listed in ANSI C37.06-1979 are covered. Service conditions are discussed, and factors to be considered in the application of circuit breakers are addressed. Short-circuit considerations are included. Key Words: Circuit breakers Designation: C37.10.1-2000 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Switchgear Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2006 Title: IEEE Guide for the Selection of Monitoring for Circuit Breakers Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Apr 18, 2001 Technical Contact: W J Bergman, Phone:403-862-1504, Email:bergman@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Dec 08, 1998, BD APP: Dec 07, 2000, ANSI APP: May 03, 2001 Project Scope: The Guide provides direction in the selection of monitoring and the diagnostic parameters used for power circuit breakers. It provides guidance on appropriate parameters for various circuit breaker technologies. Project Purpose: To guide owners, manufacturers and third parties in selection of key circuit breaker parameters to be monitored. This information will help the industry reduce failures, minimize maintenance and improve future designs with the application of appropriate monitoring. Abstract: " Direction is provided for the selection of monitoring and for diagnostic parameters to beused with high-voltage circuit breakers (i.e., above 100 V). Guidance on appropriate parameters tobe considered for monitoring applied to various circuit breaker technologies is also provided." Key Words: "failure characteristics; failure modes and effects analysis (FMEA); failure modes, effects, and criticality analysis (FMECA); faiure rate; high- voltage circuit breakers; monitoring; online condition monitoring; risk assessment" Designation: C37.010b-1985 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Switchgear Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1988 Title: IEEE Standard for Emergency Load Current-Carrying Capability Status: Superseded **Supplement to IEEE C37.010-1979. Superseded by C37.010-1999. Abstract: A section on emergency load current-carrying capability is added to IEEE C37.010-1979 as 4.4.4. Key Words: Author: Unknown Designation: C37.010c Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Switchgear Title: Generator Circuit Breakers Status: Superseded **Incorporated into C37.013-1993 (section 6).. Superseded by C37.013-1993 History: PAR APP: Sep 28, 1981, BD APP: Mar 18, 1993 Designation: C37.010d-1984 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Switchgear Title: Switching Surge Reclosing Times Status: Superseded **ANSI Apvd 4/83 . Incorporated into reprint of C37.010-1979. Key Words: C37.010d Designation: C37.010e-1985 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Switchgear Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1988 Title: Supplement to IEEE C37.010-1979: IEEE Application Guide for AC High- Voltage Circuit Breakers Rated on a Symmetrical Current Basis Status: Superseded **Supplement to ANSI/IEEE C37.010-1979. Replaces section 3.2.1 - Applications at Altitudes Above 3300 ft (1000 m). Superseded by C37.010- 1999. History: BD APP: Sep 18, 1980, ANSI APP: Feb 09, 1982 Abstract: A revised version of 3.2.1, Applications at Altitudes Above 3300  ft (1000 m), of IEEE C37.010-1979, is provided. Designation: C37.010f Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Switchgear Title: Circuit Breakers for GIS Applications Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Designation: C37.010g Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Switchgear Title: Shunt Reactor Switching Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **As of 6/17/91, project incorporated into P1259 Key Words: C37.010g Designation: C37.011-2005 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Switchgear Title: Guide for IEEE Application Guide for Transient Recovery Voltage for AC High-Voltage Circuit Breakers Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Feb 10, 2006 Technical Contact: Denis Dufournet, Phone:33-4-72-68-3582, Email:denis.dufournet@areva-td.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Dec 06, 2001, BD APP: Sep 22, 2005, ANSI APP: Dec 29, 2005 Project Scope: This application guide covers procedures and calculations necessary to apply the standard transient recovery voltage (TRV) ratings for ac high-voltage circuit breakers rated above 1000 V. The capability limits of these circuit breakers are determined to a great degree by the TRV. This application guide is not included in other existing circuit breaker standards. In this document, the TRV ratings are compared with typical system TRV duties. An example TRV calculation is given in Annex A. Project Purpose: The purpose of this guide is to provide an application guide on the TRV ratings given in IEEE Std C37.041 for ac high-voltage circuit breakers rated on a symmetrical current basis. Definitions, rating structure, test procedures, and preferred transient voltage ratings and related required capabilities are included in IEEE Std C37.04, ANSI C37.06, ANSI C37.06.1, and IEEE Std C37.09. IEEE Std C37.010 applies in other respects to these circuit breakers. Abstract: Procedures and calculations necessary to apply the standard transient recovery voltage (TRV) ratings for ac high-voltage circuit breakers rated above 1000 V and on a symmetrical current basis are covered. The capability limits of these circuit breakers are determined to a great degree by the TRV. TRV ratings are compared with typical system TRV duties. Key Words: Keywords: high-voltage circuit breakers, transient recovery voltage Designation: C37.11-1997 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Switchgear Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2003 Title: IEEE Standard Requirements for Electrical Control for AC High-Voltage Circuit Breakers Rated on a Symmetrical Current Basis Status: Approved Publication of IEEE History: PAR APP: Mar 17, 1994, BD APP: Mar 20, 1997, ANSI APP: Aug 20, 1997 Abstract: Standard requirements for all types of electrical control circuits for ac high-voltage breakers rated above 1000 V are given. This standard is applicable for any type of power-operated mechanism and for both ac and dc control power. Only basic control elements of the circuit breaker, including reclosing where required, are included in this standard. Devices or circuits for protective relaying, special interlocking, etc., are not included. Key Words: ac high-voltage circuit breakers, alarm circuits, auxiliary contacts, auxiliary switch, closing, control schemes, electrical control, grounding, heater circuits, metal-clad switchgear, metal-enclosed switchgear, motor circuits, opening, re-closing, tripping Designation: C37.011-1994 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Switchgear Title: IEEE Application Guide for Transient Recovery Voltage for AC High- Voltage Circuit Breakers Rated on a Symmetrical Current Basis Status: Superseded **Revision of IEEE Std C37.011-1979. History: PAR APP: Dec 06, 1990, BD APP: Sep 22, 1994 Abstract: Procedures and calculations necessary to apply the standard transient recovery voltage (TRV) ratings for ac high-voltage circuit breakers rated above 1000 V and on a symmetrical current basis are covered. The capability limits of these circuit interrupting devices are determined largely by the TRV. TRV ratings are compared with typical system TRV duties. Key Words: transient recovery voltage, High-voltage circuit breakers Designation: C37.011-1979 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Switchgear Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1988 Title: IEEE Application Guide for Transient Recovery Voltage for AC High- Voltage Circuit Breakers Rated on a Symmetrical Current Basis Status: Superseded History: BD APP: Jun 02, 1977, ANSI APP: Feb 02, 1989 Abstract: Transient recovery voltage requirements for ac high-voltage circuit breakers rated above 1000 V and on a symmetrical current basis are addressed. The effect of circuit parameters and the circuit breaker on the transient recovery voltage is considered, and transient recovery voltage tests are specified. Circuit breaker rating and application, calculation of transient recovery voltages, a short method of calculating TRV limits, and typical values of capacitance and its calculation for various equipment are covered. Key Words: C37.011 Designation: C37.11 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Switchgear Title: IEEE Standard Requirements for Electrical Control for AC High-Voltage Circuit Breakers Rated on a Symmetrical Current Basis or a Total Current Basis Status: Superseded History: PAR APP: Sep 28, 1990, BD APP: Sep 23, 1991, ANSI APP: Feb 21, 1992 Designation: C37.011a Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Switchgear Title: Circuit Breakers for GIS Applications Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Designation: C37.012-2005 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Switchgear Title: Guide for IEEE Application Guide for Capacitance Current Switching for AC High-Voltage Circuit Breakers Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Dec 09, 2005 Technical Contact: Anne Bosma, Phone:+46 240 782403, Email:anne.bosma@se.abb.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: May 30, 2001, BD APP: Jun 09, 2005, ANSI APP: Oct 28, 2005 Project Scope: This project will revise the application guide for capacitance current switching for high-voltage circuit breakers rated in accordance with IEEE C37.04 and listed in C37.06. It is intended to supplement C37.010. Project Purpose: With the introduction of new requirements for capacitive current switching stated in C37.04 and the relevant test procedure stated in C37.09, the application guide for capacitance current switching needs to be updated. Abstract: Guidance for the application of ac high-voltage circuit breakers for capacitance current switching is provided. The document addresses the general theory of capacitance current switching, the notion of restrike, reignition, NSDD and voltage factors are explained. Application of circuit breakers for different network conditions and different capacitive loads (lines, cables, capacitor and filter banks) is treated. Key Words: ac high voltage circuit breakers, application, capacitance current switching, restrike, reignition, NSDD, overvoltages Designation: PC37.12 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Switchgear Title: Guide for Specifications of High Voltage Circuit Breakers (over 1000 volts) Status: Modified New Project Technical Contact: W J Bergman, Phone:403-862-1504, Email:bergman@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. Project Scope: These specifications continue to apply to all indoor and outdoor types of ac high-voltage circuit breakers rated above 1000 volts. This document is still issued as a guide for use in compiling specifications for ac high-voltage circuit breakers. The imperative mode of the language is illustrative of that used in specifications. It does not imply that this document is anything other than advisory in its scope. Specifically, the new revision will align the text with ANSI/IEEE Std C37.04-1999, ANSI C37.06- 2000, ANSI/IEEE Std C37.09-1999, ANSI/IEEE Std C37.010-1999, ANSI/IEEE Std C37.011-1994, ANSI/IEEE Std C37.012-1979 (R2000), ANSI/IEEE Std C37.11-1991, and current revisions of the above documents. Project Purpose: The purpose of the proposed project is to revise the specification guide to make it consistent with the new requirements in the revised standards ANSI/IEEE Std C37.04-1999, ANSI C37.06-2000, ANSI/IEEE Std C37.09-1999, ANSI/IEEE Std C37.010-1999, ANSI/IEEE Std C37.011-1994, ANSI/IEEE Std C37.012-1979 (R2000), ANSI/IEEE Std C37.11-1991, and revisions of the above documents being worked on concurrently. Specifically this revision is necessary for two reasons: First, the specification requirements for High-Voltage circuit breakers have changed since the last revision of this document and secondly, the other standards for High-Voltage circuit breakers, listed above, have changed requiring references in this document to change to align with the above documents. Designation: C37.012-1979 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Switchgear Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2000 Title: IEEE Application Guide for Capacitance Current Switching for AC High- Voltage Circuit Breakers Rated on a Symmetrical Current Basis Status: Superseded History: BD APP: Jun 02, 1977, ANSI APP: Sep 16, 1977 Abstract: AC high-voltage circuit breakers rated in accordance with ANSI/IEEE C37.04-1979, Rating Structure for AC High-Voltage Circuit Breakers, and listed in ANSI C37.06-1979, Schedules of Preferred Ratings and Related Required Capabilities for AC High- Voltage Circuit Breakers Rated on a Symmetrical Current Basis, are covered. Considerations for capacitance-current switching applications include maximum voltage for application, frequency, capacitance current, interrupting time, transient overvoltage, open-wire transmission lines, capacitor banks, cables, switching through transformers, unusual circuits, effect of load, effect of reclosing, resistor thermal limitations, and the current pause method. Capacitance currents and recovery voltages under fault conditions are also addressed. Key Words: current, switching, high-voltage, breakers, symmetrical, Circuit breakers Designation: C37.012 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Switchgear Title: Guide for Application Guide for Capacitance Current Switching for A.C. High-Voltage Circuit Breakers Rated on a Symmetrical Current Basis Status: Superseded Technical Contact: Anne Bosma, Phone:+46 240 782403, Email:anne.bosma@se.abb.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: May 30, 2001 Project Scope: This project will revise the application guide for capacitance current switching for high-voltage circuit breakers rated in accordance with IEEE C37.04 and listed in C37.06. It is intended to supplement C37.010. Project Purpose: With the introduction of new requirements for capacitive current switching stated in C37.04 and the relevant test procedure stated in C37.09, the application guide for capacitance current switching needs to be updated. Abstract: Guidance for the application of ac high-voltage circuit breakers for capacitance current switching is provided. The document addresses the general theory of capacitance current switching, the notion of restrike, reignition, NSDD and voltage factors are explained. Application of circuit breakers for different network conditions and different capacitive loads (lines, cables, capacitor and filter banks) is treated. Key Words: ac high voltage circuit breakers, application, capacitance current switching, restrike, reignition, NSDD, overvoltages Designation: C37.12 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Switchgear Title: Guide for Standard for AC High-Voltage Circuit Breakers - Specification Guide Status: Superseded Technical Contact: Kenneth S Edwards, Phone:360-418-8204, Email:ksedwards@bpa.gov **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Feb 13, 2003 Project Scope: These specifications continue to apply to all indoor and outdoor types of ac high-voltage circuit breakers rated above 1000 volts. This document is still issued as a guide for use in compiling specifications for ac high-voltage circuit breakers. The imperative mode of the language is illustrative of that used in specifications. It does not imply that this document is anything other than advisory in its scope. Specifically, the new revision will align the text with ANSI/IEEE Std C37.04-1999, ANSI C37.06- 2000, ANSI/IEEE Std C37.09-1999, ANSI/IEEE Std C37.010-1999, ANSI/IEEE Std C37.011-1994, ANSI/IEEE Std C37.012-1979 (R2000), ANSI/IEEE Std C37.11-1991, and current revisions of the above documents. Project Purpose: The purpose of the proposed project is to revise the specification guide to make it consistent with the new requirements in the revised standards ANSI/IEEE Std C37.04-1999, ANSI C37.06-2000, ANSI/IEEE Std C37.09-1999, ANSI/IEEE Std C37.010-1999, ANSI/IEEE Std C37.011-1994, ANSI/IEEE Std C37.012-1979 (R2000), ANSI/IEEE Std C37.11-1991, and revisions of the above documents being worked on concurrently. Specifically this revision is necessary for two reasons: First, the specification requirements for High-Voltage circuit breakers have changed since the last revision of this document and secondly, the other standards for High-Voltage circuit breakers, listed above, have changed requiring references in this document to change to align with the above documents. Designation: PC37.12.1 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Switchgear Title: Guide for High Voltage (>1000V) Circuit Breaker Instruction Manual Content Status: New Standard Project Technical Contact: W J Bergman, Phone:403-862-1504, Email:bergman@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jun 24, 2004 Project Scope: This guide identifies and summarizes circuit breaker manufacturer’s information that knowledgeable users will find useful for the receipt, installation, commissioning, operation and maintenance, and decommissioning of high-voltage (>1000V) circuit breakers. This guide recommends categories and an arrangement for the presentation of information in circuit breaker instruction manuals. Project Purpose: The purpose of the document is to provide guidance for authors and those who specify Instruction Manuals for HV circuit breakers. The instruction manual structured format will allow knowledgeable users a means to effectively and quickly find the information they need: - to safely receive, install and commission, new HV circuit breakers, - to safely operate, inspect, maintain and repair HV circuit breakers throughout their lives, and finally, - to safely de-commission and dispose of the HV CBs at the end of life. Designation: C37.013-1997 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Switchgear Title: IEEE Standard for AC High-Voltage Generator Circuit Breakers Rated on a Symmetrical Current Basis Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Dec 05, 1997 History: PAR APP: Dec 12, 1995, BD APP: Mar 20, 1997 Project Scope: The various asymetrical currents are all expressed with S- factors. They shall be transformed to the development concept to make the standard easier to apply in practice. The content will in principle not be technically changed. Project Purpose: The various asymetrical currents are now all expressed with S- factors and this created difficulties in the practical application of the standard. Furthermore, some of these factors make technically no sense. To avoid the confusion experienced in the past, all asymetrical currents shall be defined by using the d.c. component concept. Correction sheet will also be built in. This simplifies the application of the standard for the users to a great extent. Abstract: " Ratings, performance requirements, and compliance test methods are provided for ac high-voltage generator circuit breakers rated on a symmetrical current basis that are installed between thegenerator and the transformer terminals. Guidance for applying generator circuit breakers is given. Pumpedstorage installations are considered a special application, and their requirements are not completelycovered by this standard." Key Words: "ac high-voltage generataor,application,application guidance,generator circuit breakers,symmetrical current-rating structure,terminals of large generators,testing procedures" Designation: C37.13-1990 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Switchgear Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1995 Title: IEEE Standard for Low-Voltage AC Power Circuit Breakers Used in Enclosures Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: May 21, 1991 **Revision of C37.13-1981. History: PAR APP: Dec 08, 1983, BD APP: Oct 22, 1990, ANSI APP: Mar 05, 1991 Abstract: This standard covers enclosed low-voltage AC power circuit breakers of the stationary or draw-out type of two- or three- pole construction, with one or more rated maximum voltages of 635 V (600 V for units incorporating fuses), 508 V, and 254 V for application on systems having nominal voltages of 600 V, 480 V, and 240 V; with unfused or fused circuit breakers; manually or power operated; and with or without electromechanical or solid-state trip devices. It deals with service conditions, ratings, functional components, temperature limitations and classifications of insulating materials, insulation (dielectric) withstand voltage requirements, test procedures, and application. Key Words: Unfused circuit breaker, Open-fuse trip device, Low-voltage ac power circuit breaker, Fused circuit breaker Designation: PC37.13 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Switchgear Title: Standard for Low-Voltage AC Power Circuit Breakers Used in Enclosures Status: Modified Revision Project Technical Contact: Douglas J Edwards, Phone:919-365-2337, Email:doug.edwards@siemens.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 11, 2002 Project Scope: [Original (1990) Scope]: The scope of this standard includes enclosed low-voltage ac power circuit breakers, as follows: (1) Stationary or draw-out type of two- or three-pole construction, with one or more rated maximum voltages of 635 V (600 V for units incorporating fuses), 508 V, and 254 V for application on systems having nominal voltages or 600 V, 480 V, and 240 V. (2) Unfused or fused type (3) Manually operated or power operated, with or without electromechanical or solid-state trip devices. NOTE: In this standard the term circuit breaker shall mean enclosed low- voltage ac power circuit breaker, either fused or unfused. The term unfused circuit breaker shall mean a circuit breaker without integral fuses, and the term fused circuit breaker shall mean a circuit breaker incorporating current limiting fuses as an integral part of the circuit breaker. [New Scope of document]: The scope of this standard includes enclosed low- voltage ac power circuit breakers, as follows: a) Stationary or drawout type of two-, three-pole, or four-pole construction, with one or more rated maximum voltages of 635 V (600 V for units incorporating fuses), 508 V, and 254 V for application on systems having nominal voltages of 600 V, 480 V, and 240 V. b) Unfused or fused type c) Manually operated or power operated, with or without electromechanical or electronic trip devices. d) Fused drawouts consisting of current-limiting fuses in a drawout assembly intended to be connected in series with a low-voltage ac power circuit breaker to form a nonintegrally fused circuit breaker. NOTE In this standard the term circuit breaker shall mean enclosed low-voltage ac power circuit breaker, either fused or unfused. The term unfused circuit breaker shall mean a circuit breaker without integral fuses, and the term fused circuit breaker shall mean a circuit breaker incorporating current-limiting fuses. This document applies to both integrally and nonintegrally fused circuit breakers. For nonintegrally fused circuit breakers, reference IEEE C37.27/D9 (July 25, 2005) for additional application information. Project Purpose: [Original (1990) purpose]: The original C37.13-1990 does not include a statement of purpose. Designation: C37.013-1993 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Switchgear Title: IEEE Standard for AC High Voltage Generator Circuit Breakers Rated on a Symmetrical Current Basis Status: Superseded History: PAR APP: Jun 27, 1991, BD APP: Mar 18, 1993, ANSI APP: Aug 18, 1993 Abstract: Ratings, performance requirements, and compliance test methods are provided for ac high-voltage generator circuit breakers rated on a symmetrical current basis that are installed between the generator and the transformer terminals. Guidance for applying the circuit breakers is given. Pumped storage installations are considered a special application, and their requirements are not completely covered by this standard. Key Words: Testing procedures, Terminals of large generators, Symmetrical current-rating structure, Circuit breakers, Application guidance, AC high- voltage generator Designation: C37.013-1989 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Switchgear Title: IEEE Standard for AC High-Voltage Generator Circuit Breakers Rated on a Symmetrical Current Basis Status: Superseded History: BD APP: Nov 09, 1989, ANSI APP: Jun 21, 1990 Key Words: C37.013 Designation: C37.13-1981 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Switchgear Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1990 Title: LV AC PCBs Used in Enclosures Status: Superseded History: PAR APP: Dec 28, 1983 Key Words: C37.13 Designation: C37.13 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Switchgear Title: Standard for Low-Voltage AC Power Circuit Breakers Used in Enclosures Status: Superseded Technical Contact: Douglas J Edwards, Phone:919-365-2337, Email:doug.edwards@siemens.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 11, 2002 Project Scope: [Original (1990) scope]: "The scope of this standard includes enclose low-voltage ac power circuit breakers, as follows: 1) Stationary or draw-out type of two- or three-pole construction, with one or more rated maximum voltages of 635 V (600 V for units incorporating fuses), 508 V, and 254 V for application on systems having nominal voltages of 600 V, 480 V, and 240 V; 2) Unfused or fused type; 3) Manually operated or power operated, with or without electromechanical or electronic trip devices. Note - In this standard the term circuit breaker shall mean enclosed low- voltage ac power circuit breaker, either fused or unfused. The term unfused circuit breaker shall mean a circuit breaker without intergal fused, and the term fused circuit breaker shall mean a circuit breaker incorporting current limiting fuses as an intergal part of the unit." [New scope of document]: No change - Scope remains the same. Project Purpose: [Original (1990) purpose]: The original C37.13-1990 does not include a statement of purpose. [New purpose of document]: The structure of the standard is not changed from the original C37.13-1990 standard and thus does not include a purpose of document statement. Purpose of this project: The project will modify all dimensional information to provide metric dimensions. This is necessary to gain global acceptance of this standard. Changes will be made to coordinate with related standards (e.g. C37.20.1- 2002 - Standard for Metal-Enclosed Low-Voltage Power Circuit Breaker Switchgear, C37.50-R2000 - Switchgear Low Voltage AC Power Circuit Breakers Used in Enclosures - Test Procedures, and C37.51-R1995 - Switchgear Metal Enclosed Low Voltage AC Power Circuit Breaker Switchgear Assemblies - Conformance Test Procedures). Updates associated with the extensive use of electronic trip devices on low-voltage breakers are to be reviewed and detailed. Designation: C37.13.1-2006 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Switchgear Title: Standard for Definite Purpose Switching Devices for Use in Metal- Enclosed Low-Voltage Power Circuit Breaker Switchgear Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Oct 18, 2006 Technical Contact: Robert J Puckett, Phone:302-456-0583, Email:robert.j.puckett@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Mar 30, 2000, BD APP: Jun 08, 2006, ANSI APP: Oct 02, 2006 Project Scope: The scope of this standard is to provide requirements for low- voltage (600 V (ac) and below) definitepurpose switching (DPS) devices (other than power circuit breakers) for use in metal-enclosed, lowvoltage, power circuit breaker switchgear described in IEEE Std C37.20.1™-2002.1 These switching devices may be used in motor control or other repetitive duty applications and have the following characteristics: a) Drawout type, three-pole construction b) Integral current-limiting fuses for short-circuit protection c) Power operated, with integral or separately mounted overcurrent protective device In this standard, the term “DPS device” denotes a definite-purpose switching device conforming to the requirements of this standard. Project Purpose: This standard provides guidance in evaluating switching devices, other than low-voltage power circuit breakers conforming to IEEE Std C37.13™, that are intended to be applied in metal-enclosed, low-voltage power circuit breaker switchgear. Abstract: Definite-purpose switching devices for use in metal-enclosed low-voltage power circuit breaker switchgear are covered in this standard. The switching devices shall be fused, drawout type, three-pole construction, with one or more rated maximum ac voltages of 600 V, 508 V, and 254 V for application on systems having nominal ac voltages of 600 V, 480 V, and 240 V. The switching devices are power operated with integral or separately mounted overcurrent protective devices. Service conditions, ratings, functional components, temperature limitations and classifications of insulating materials, insulation (dielectric) withstand voltage requirements, test procedures, and application are addressed in this standard. The switching devices are normally used in applications that require frequency of operation greater than normal operations expected of low-voltage power circuit breakers. Key Words: definite-purpose switching device, low-voltage ac power circuit breaker Designation: C37.13.1 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Switchgear Title: Standard for Definite Purpose Switching Devices for Use in Metal Enclosed Low Voltage Power Circuit Breaker Switchgear Status: Superseded Technical Contact: Robert J Puckett, Phone:302-456-0583, Email:robert.j.puckett@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 30, 2000 Project Scope: To write a standard that would aid a user in determining the correct process for evaluating a switching device that is intended to utilize switching devices other than circuit breakers in low voltage (up to 1000V) switchgear. Project Purpose: There is currently no standard to guide a user in evaluating a swtiching device that is intended to utilize switching devices other than circuit breakers in low voltage (up to 1000V) switchgear. This standard would define the type of replacement, outline the required interlocks, suggest appropriate testing and establish a marking system that would identify the devices as being replacements for specific types of circuit breakers. Designation: C37.013a-2007 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Switchgear Title: Standard for AC High Voltage Generator Circuit Breakers Rated on a Symmetrical Current Basis - Amendment 1: Supplement for Use with Generators Rated 10-100 MVA Status: Approved Publication of IEEE Technical Contact: R W (Bill) Long, Phone:412-398-3348, Email:bill.long@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Dec 07, 2000, BD APP: Mar 08, 2007 Project Scope: The amendment is to address the specific requirements relative to ac high-voltage generator circuit breakers intended for use with generators rated between 10 MVA and 100 MVA. Project Purpose: The 1997 edition of C37.013 failed to win approval as an ANSI standard because, although the Scope says that it covers "...all ac high- voltage generator circuit breakers...", the requirements for small generator circuit breakers were not adequately addressed. It is the main purpose of this supplement to add specific requirements for smaller generator circuit breaker applications, focusing on generators rated in the 10 MVA to 100 MVA range. Designation: C37.14-2002 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Switchgear Title: IEEE Standard for Low-Voltage DC Power Circuit Breakers Used in Enclosures Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Apr 22, 2003 **Supersedes C37.14-1999. Technical Contact: George R Nourse, Phone:330-479-4202, Email:gnourse@chempower.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Jun 21, 2000, BD APP: Dec 11, 2002, ANSI APP: Apr 18, 2003 Project Scope: Revision to incorporate both 1000V and 1200V maximum design voltage ratings. Review and revise as necessary the requirements for peak current design testing. Revise for metrification requirement. Project Purpose: Revision to remain in synchronism with the requirements of C37.16, which is being changed to have both 1000V and 1200V maximum design voltage ratings. Review to incorporate comments received during the last revision and for IEEE metrification requirements. Abstract: " This standard covers enclosed low-voltage dc power circuit breakers of the stationary ordraw-out type of one- or two- pole construction with one or more rated maximum voltages of 300 V,325 V, 800 V, 1000 V, 1200 V, 1600 V, or 3200 V for applications on dc systems having nominalvoltages of 250 V, 275 V, 750 V, 850 V, 1000 V, 1500 V, or 3000 V, with general-purpose, high-speed, semi-high-speed and rectifier circuit breakers; manually or power-operated; and with orwithout electromechanical or electronic trip devices. It deals with service conditions, ratings, func-tional components, temperature limitations and classification of insulating materials, dielectric with-stand voltage requirements, test procedures, and application." Key Words: "current-limiting, general purpose, high-speed, impulse trip device, reverse-current trip device, semi-high-speed or rectifier circuit breaker" Designation: C37.14-1999 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Switchgear Title: IEEE Standard for Low-Voltage DC Power Circuit Breakers Used in Enclosures Status: Superseded **Superseded by C37.14-2002. History: PAR APP: Dec 09, 1997, BD APP: Mar 18, 1999, ANSI APP: Jul 21, 1999 Project Scope: Revision of present 1000V rating to 1200V, and clarification of endurance test requirements. Coordination with C37.16 to provide revised line 3 of tables II and IIA, and also line 2 of table 12. Project Purpose: The return of a 1200V rating is to recognize the requirements of presently installed transit systems. The endurance test requirements are being clarified in order to eliminate confusion on the number of electrical operations required. Abstract: " This standard covers enclosed low-voltage dc power circuit breakers of the stationary ordraw-out type of single- or two- pole construction with one or more rated maximum voltages of300 V, 325 V, 800 V, 1200 V, 1600 V, or 3200 V for applications on dc systems having nominalvoltages of 250 V, 275 V, 750 V, 1000 V, 1500 V, or 3000 V, with general-purpose, high-speed,semi-high- speed and rectifier circuit breakers; manually or power-operated; and with or withoutelectro-mechanical or electronic trip devices. It deals with service conditions, ratings, functionalcomponents, temperature limitations and classification of insulating materials, dielectric withstandvoltage requirements, test procedures, and application. " Key Words: "current-limiting,general purpose,high-speed,impulse trip device,reverse-current trip device,semi-high-speed or rectifier circuit breaker" Designation: C37.14-1992 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Switchgear Title: IEEE Standard for Low-Voltage DC Power Circuit Breakers Used in Enclosures Status: Superseded History: PAR APP: Dec 28, 1987, BD APP: Dec 03, 1992, ANSI APP: Sep 29, 1993 Abstract: This standard covers enclosed low-voltage dc power circuit breakers of the stationary or draw-out type of single-or two- pole construction; with one or more rated maximum voltages of 300 V, 325 V, 800 V, 1000 V, 1600 V, or 3200 V for applications on systems having nominal voltages of 250 V, 275 V, 750 V; 850 V, 1500 V, or 3000 V, with general-purpose, high-speed, semi-high- speed and rectifier circuit breakers; manually or power operated; and with or without electromechanical or solid-state trip devices. It deals with service conditions, ratings, functional components, temperature limitations and classifications of insulating materials, insulation (dielectric) withstand voltage requirements, test procedures, and application. Key Words: rectifier circuit breaker, Semi-high-speed circuit breaker, Reverse- current trip device, Impulse trip device, General purpose, Current limiting Designation: C37.14-1979 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Switchgear Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1990 Title: IEEE Standard for Low-Voltage DC Power Circuit Breakers Used in Enclosures Status: Superseded History: PAR APP: Dec 28, 1987, BD APP: Dec 09, 1976, ANSI APP: Jan 09, 1979 Key Words: C37.14 Designation: C37.015-1993 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Switchgear Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2006 Title: IEEE Application Guide for Shunt Reactor Switching Status: Approved Publication of IEEE History: PAR APP: Jun 27, 1991, BD APP: Dec 02, 1993, ANSI APP: Jun 03, 1994 Abstract: Guidance for the application of ac high-voltage circuit breakers for shunt reactor switching is provided. Overvoltage generation for the three cases of directly grounded, ungrounded, and neutral reactor grounded shunt reactors is addressed in terms of derivation and limitation methods. Circuit breaker specification for the purpose and the use of laboratory test results to predict field performance is also covered by this guide. Key Words: ac high voltage circuit breake, Small inductive currents, Shunt reactor switching, Overvoltages, Application Designation: C37.016-2006 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Switchgear Title: Standard for AC High Voltage Circuit Switchers rated 15.5kV through 245kV Status: Approved Publication of IEEE Technical Contact: Randall L Dotson, Phone:863-834-6494, Email:randall.dotson@lakelandelectric.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Sep 15, 2006, BD APP: Dec 06, 2006, ANSI APP: Apr 23, 2007 Project Scope: This Standard is applicable to AC circuit switchers designed for outdoor installation and for rated power frequencies of 50 and 60 Hz and rated maximum voltages of 15.5 kV through 245 kV. It is only applicable to three-pole circuit switchers for use in three-phase systems. This Standard is also applicable to the operating devices of circuit switchers and to their auxiliary equipment. Project Purpose: The proposed standard is being written to aid both manufacturers and users a standard in the design and selection of this widely used protective/switching device. It will establish the rating basis, preferred ratings, & test procedures. This standard is being written in a format that is compatible and acceptable to IEC standard users and is expected to adopted by that organization in our harmonization efforts. The document does not contain a purpose clause. Designation: PC37.16 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Switchgear Title: Preferred Ratings, Related Requirements, and Application Recommendations for Low-Voltage AC (635V and below) and DC (3200V and below) Power Circuit Breakers Status: New Standard Project Technical Contact: Nancy Gunderson, Phone:803-783-7766, Email:n.gunderson@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. Project Scope: This standard provides the preferred ratings for low-voltage ac (635V and below) power circuit breakers, fused low-voltage ac (600V and below) power circuit breakers, general purpose dc (325V and below) power circuit breakers, and low-voltage dc (3200V and below) power circuit breakers. Project Purpose: This standard provides preferred ratings to establish a uniform basis of product design and testing for low voltage ac and dc power circuit breakers. The ratings in this standard are preferred but are not restrictive. Manufacturers may choose to offer, and users may elect to require, ratings which differ from those in this standard. This revision updates the preferred ratings to reflect changes in the state of the art. Ratings for some obsolete products have been eliminated and new ratings added. This revision is coordinated with the changes in companion standards C37.13, C37.14, C37.17, and C37.27. Designation: C37.016 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Switchgear Title: Standard for AC High Voltage Circuit Switchers rated 15kV through 245kV Status: Superseded Technical Contact: Randall L Dotson, Phone:863-834-6494, Email:randall.dotson@lakelandelectric.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: May 30, 2001 Project Scope: The proposed standard is for AC High Voltage Circuit Switchers rated 15 KV and above. These devices are designed and intended to be used for line, transformer, reactor, and cacitor switching and protection applications. Project Purpose: The proposed standard is being written to aid both manufacturers and users a standard in the design and selection of this widely used protective/switching device. It will establish the rating basis, preferred ratings, & test procedures. This standard is being written in a format that is compatible and acceptable to IEC standard users and is expected to adopted by that organization in our harmonization efforts. Designation: PC37.17 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Switchgear Title: Standard for Direct-Acting Trip Systems for Low-Voltage (up to 635 V) AC and General Purpose Low Voltage (up to 325 V) DC Power Circuit Breakers Status: Revision Project Technical Contact: Jeff Mizener, Phone:+1 817 652 6437, Email:jeff.mizener@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 07, 2005 Project Scope: This standard pertains to the requirements for direct acting current and voltage protective functions of: 1) direct-acting overcurrent electro-mechanical trip devices 2) direct-acting overcurrent electronic trip system 3) reverse-current trip systems 4) undervoltage trip devices that are integral with low voltage AC and DC power circuit breakers covered by ANSI/IEEE C37.13, ANSI/IEEE C37.14, and ANSI C37.16. Additional information, communication and/or additional internal or external protective functions or devices are not covered by this standard. This standard should not be interpreted to restrict the inclusion of such functionality in the device. Project Purpose: The purpose of this project is to bring the standard up-to- date and to correct several serious changes to the text which were made during the publishing process after the final balloting in 1996. These changes rendered the standard incomplete and inaccurate. Additionally, since the document was transferred from NEMA to IEEE in 2002, it must be brought into compliance with the formatting and titling requirements of IEEE-SA standards. Designation: C37.18-1979 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Switchgear Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2003 Title: IEEE Standard Enclosed Field Discharge Circuit Breakers for Rotating Electric Machinery Status: Approved Publication of IEEE History: BD APP: Dec 09, 1976, ANSI APP: Aug 06, 1991 Abstract: Low-voltage power circuit breakers that are intended for use in field circuits of apparatus such as generators, motors, synchronous condensers, or exciters, and that embody contacts for establishing field discharge circuits are covered. Service conditions, ratings, and functional components are discussed. Temperature limitations and classification of insulating materials, insulation (dielectric) withstand voltage requirements, and test requirements are addressed. An application guide is included. Key Words: Rotating-machine protection, Circuit-breaker testing, Circuit breakers Designation: C37.20 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Switchgear Title: Switchgear Assemblies - Including Metal Enclosed Bus Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. History: (Ref. Std.: 27) Designation: C37.20.1-2002 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Switchgear Title: IEEE Standard for Metal-Enclosed Low-Voltage Power Circuit Breaker Switchgear Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Oct 09, 2002 **Supersedes C37.20.1-1993 (R1998). Technical Contact: Ned Simon, Phone:828-687-3270, Email:NedHSimon@eaton.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Jun 21, 2000, BD APP: Jun 13, 2002, ANSI APP: Oct 29, 2002 Project Scope: This project will provide a revision of the current C37.20.1 Standard. The current revision was issued in 1993 and reaffirmed in 1998. The equipment covered by this Standard has been and continues to be a vital element of industrial, commercial, institutional and utility electrical distribution systems. Project Purpose: The available and demanded level of technology makes it necessary to revise the Standard to keep it current. Features such as 5000A circuit breakers and communications ability are now commonplace; the Standard needs to properly address them. Other reasons that make this work advisable include recognizing the need to keep this Standard aligned with its HV counterpart (C37.20.2), concerns that dc applications are not adequately addressed in the current revision, and the need to improve the clarity of certain technical requirements. Abstract: "Low-voltage metal-enclosed switchgear--which contains either stationary or drawout,manually or electrically operated low- voltage ac or dc power circuit breakers in individual groundedmetal compartments, in three-pole, two-pole, or single-pole construction--is covered. Ratedmaximum voltage levels are 254 V, 508 V, or 635 V (ac) and 300/325 V, 800 V, 1000 V, 1200 V,1600 V, or 3200 V (dc). The preferred continuous current ratings of the main bus in ac designs are1600 A, 2000 A, 3000 A, 3200 A, 4000 A, or 5000 A. For dc designs, the preferred ratings are1600 A, 2000 A, 2500 A, 3000 A, 4000 A, 5000 A, 6000 A, 8000 A, 10 000 A, or 12 000 A. Theswitchgear may also contain associated control, instruments, metering, protective, and regulatingdevices as necessary. The standard deals with service conditions, ratings, temperature limitations,and classification of insulating materials, insulation (dielectric) withstand voltage requirements, testprocedures, and application." Key Words: "circuit breaker, control, cumulative loading, current transformers, drawout, indoor, instrumentation, load current-carrying, metering, outdoor, protection, stationary" Designation: C37.20.1-1993 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Switchgear Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1998 Title: IEEE Standard for Metal-Enclosed Low-Voltage Power Circuit Breaker Switchgear Status: Superseded **Superseded by C37.20.1-2002. History: PAR APP: Sep 28, 1990, BD APP: Sep 15, 1993, ANSI APP: Jun 03, 1994 Abstract: Low-votage metal-enclosed switchgear, which can contain either stationary or drawout, manually or electrically operated low-voltage ac or dc power circuit breakers in individual grounded metal compartments, in three-pole, two-pole, or single-pole construction is covered. Rated maximum voltage levels can be 254 V, 508 V, or 635 Vac and 300/325 Vm 800V, 1000 V, 1600V, or 3200 Vdc. The continuous current ratings of the main bus in ac designs can be 1600 A, 2000 A, 2500 A, 4000 A, 6000 A, 8000 A, 10 000 A, or 12 000 A. The switchgear can also contain associated control, instruments, metering, protective, and regulating devices as necessary. The standard deals with service conditions, rating, temperature limitations, and classification of insulating materials, insulation (dielectric) withstand voltage requirements, test procedures, and application. Key Words: Stationary, Qualifying terms, Protection, Outdoor, Metering, Load current-carrying, Instrumentation, Indoor, Drawout, Current transformers, Cumulative loading, Control, Common related terms Designation: C37.20.1-1987 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Switchgear Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1992 Title: IEEE Standard for Metal-Enclosed Low-Voltage Power Circuit-Breaker Switchgear Status: Superseded History: BD APP: Sep 22, 1983, ANSI APP: Aug 07, 1986 Designation: C37.20.1a-2005 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Switchgear Title: IEEE Standard for Metal-Enclosed Low-Voltage Power Circuit Breaker Switchgear---Amendment 1: Short-Time and Short-Circuit Withstand Current Tests---Minimum Areas for Multiple Cable Connections Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Dec 30, 2005 Technical Contact: Ted Burse, Phone:713-948-4599, Email:tburse@powl.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Sep 23, 2004, BD APP: Sep 22, 2005, ANSI APP: Dec 29, 2005 Project Scope: 1.) Remove references to "dummy elements" in 6.2.4 and 6.2.5.2. (They are non-existent in low-voltage equipment.) Replace with text similar to that found in C37.51-1989, 4.7 and 4.8. 2.) Table 10 contains "square centimeters" in the title, but the table units are in square inches. Correct table to square centimeters. Project Purpose: The purpose of this project is to correct errors in C37.20.1- 2002 with respect to dummy elements and metrification of Table 10. Abstract: This amendment revises IEEE Std C37.20.1-2002. Use of “dummy elements,” previously allowed for short-circuit tests in 6.2.4 and 6.2.5.2, is eliminated. Errors made in converting areas in Table 10 to metric units are corrected. Key Words: cable connections, short-time withstand Designation: C37.20.1a Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Switchgear Title: Standard for Amendment to C37.20.1 - IEEE Standard for Metal-Enclosed Low-Voltage Power Circuit Breaker Switchgear Status: Superseded Technical Contact: Ted Burse, Phone:713-948-4599, Email:tburse@powl.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 23, 2004 Project Scope: The scope of this project is to: 1. Remove references to "dummy elements" in 6.2.4 and 6.2.5. (They are non-existent in low voltage equipment.) Replace with text similar to that found in C37.51 - 1989, 4.7 and 4.8.; 2) Table 10 contains "square centimeters" in the title, but the table units are in square inches. Correct Table to square centimeters. Project Purpose: The purpose of this project is to correct errors in C37.20.1 - 2002 with respect to dummy elements and metrification of table 10. Designation: C37.20.1b-2006 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Switchgear Title: Standard for Metal-Enclosed Low-Voltage Power Circuit Breaker Switchgear - Amendment 2: Additional Requirements for Control and Auxiliary Power Wiring in DC Traction Power Switchgear Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Apr 20, 2007 Technical Contact: Ted Burse, Phone:713-948-4599, Email:tburse@powl.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Dec 07, 2005, BD APP: Dec 06, 2006, ANSI APP: Apr 23, 2007 Project Scope: This amendment addresses additional requirements of auxiliary power wiring and control wiring within dc switchgear of traction power substations up to 3200 volts dc nominal output. Project Purpose: This amendment provides control and power wiring methods for dc traction power switchgear intended to increase reliability of the operation of the equipment, improve protection, reduce maintenance cost and initial cost, and improve overall performance of the dc traction power switchgear. Abstract: This amendment addresses additional requirements of auxiliary power wiring and control wiring within dc switchgear of traction power substations with rated maximum voltage up to 3200 volts dc. This amendment provides control and power wiring methods for dc traction power switchgear intended to increase reliability of the operation of the equipment, improve protection, reduce maintenance cost and initial cost, and improve overall performance of the dc traction power switchgear. Key Words: control wiring, dc switchgear, dc traction power switchgear, traction power substation Designation: C37.20.2-1999 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Switchgear Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2005 Title: IEEE Standard for Metal-Clad Switchgear Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jul 07, 2000 Technical Contact: T W Olsen, Phone:919-365-2208, Email:ted.olsen@siemens.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Sep 22, 1994, BD APP: Oct 01, 1999, ANSI APP: Mar 14, 2000 Abstract: " Metal-clad (MC) medium-voltage switchgear that contains drawout electrically operatedcircuit breakers is covered. MC switchgear is compartmentalized to isolate all components such asinstrumentation, main bus, and both incoming and outgoing connections with grounded metalbarriers. Rated maximum voltage levels for metal-clad switchgear range from 4.76 kV to 38 kV withmain bus continuous current ratings of 1200 A, 2000 A, and 3000 A. MC switchgear also containsassociated control, instruments, metering, relaying, protective, and regulating devices, asnecessary. Service conditions, ratings, temperature limitations and classification of insulatingmaterials, insulation (dielectric) withstand voltage requirements, test procedures, and applicationsare discussed. " Key Words: "control,cumulative loading,current transformers,drawout,indoor,instrumentation,load current-carrying,metal-clad (MC)switchgear," Designation: C37.20.2-1993 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Switchgear Title: IEEE Standard for Metal-Clad and Station-Type Cubicle Switchgear Status: Superseded **Superseded by C37.20.2-1999. History: PAR APP: Sep 28, 1990, BD APP: Sep 15, 1993, ANSI APP: Jun 03, 1994 Abstract: Metal-enclosed medium voltage switchgear (ME), which can contain either drawout electrically operated circuit breakers or stationary electrically operated circuit breakers in individual three-pole grounded metal compartments, is covered. Further, metal-clad switchgear (MC) is compartmentalized to isolate all components such as instrumentation, main bus, and both incoming and outgoing connections with grounded metal barriers. Rated maximum voltage levels for metal-clad switchgear (MC) range from 5 kV through 38 kV with main bus continuous current ratings of 1200 A, 2000 A, and 3000 A. Rated maximum voltage levels for station-type cubicle switchgear (SC) range from 15.5 kV through 72.5 kV with main bus continuous current ratings of 2000 A, 3000 A, 4000 A, and 5000 A. ME switchgear also contains associated control, instruments, metering, relaying, protective, and regulating devices as necessary. Service conditions, ratings, temperature limitations, and classification of insulating materials, insulation (dielectric) withstand voltage requirements, test procedures, and application are discussed. Key Words: Voltage transformers, Transformer accuracy, Switchgear assemblies, Stationary, Station-type cubicle switchgear, Qualifying terms, Protection, Outdoor, Metering, Metal-enclosed power switchgear, Metal-clad switchgear (MC), Load current-carrying, Indoor, Drawout, Current transformers, Cumulative loading, Cubicle switchgear, Control Designation: C37.20.2-1987 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Switchgear Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1992 Title: IEEE Standard for Metal-Clad and Station-Type Cubicle Switchgear Status: Superseded History: BD APP: Sep 22, 1983, ANSI APP: Aug 07, 1986 Designation: C37.20.2 Title: C37.20.2 Supplement Status: Superseded Designation: C37.20.2b-1994 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Switchgear Title: Supplement to IEEE Standard for Metal-Clad and Station-Type Cubicle Switchgear: Current Transformers Accuracies Status: Superseded **Superseded by C37.20.2-1999. History: PAR APP: Dec 02, 1993, BD APP: Jun 14, 1994 Abstract: Supplement to IEEE Std C37.20.2-1993. Designation: C37.20.3-2001 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Switchgear Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2006 Title: IEEE Standard for Metal-Enclosed Interrupter Switchgear Status: Approved Publication of IEEE **Supersedes C37.20.3-1996. Technical Contact: Eldridge R Byron, Phone:615-459-8475, Email:eldridge.byron@us.schneider-electric.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Jun 26, 1997, BD APP: Mar 17, 2001, ANSI APP: Nov 01, 2001 Project Scope: This standard covers metal-enclosed interrupter (MEI) switchgear assemblies containing, but not limited to, such devices as interrupter switches; selector switches; power fuses; control, instrumentation and metering devices; and protective equipment. It includes, but is not specifically limited to, equipment for the control and protection of apparatus used for distribution of electrical power. This standard is concerned with enclosed (rather than open), indoor and outdoor switchgear assemblies rated above 1000 V. It includes equipment that is part of primary and secondary unit substations. It does not include gas-insulated substation equipment nor switching devices mounted integrally within a transformer enclosure. Project Purpose: The current standard is being revised to bring it in line with current technology and operating practices. The original standard was approved in 1987 and reaffirmed in 1992. This standard includes equipments that are part of primary and secondary unit substations. Much of this equipment has been or is current being third party certified. This standard is used as the base document for this activity. Abstract: " This standard covers metal-enclosed interrupter (MEI) switchgear assemblies containing, but notlimited to, such devices as interrupter switches; selector switches; power fuses; control, instrumentationand metering devices; and protective equipment. It includes, but is not specifically limited to, equipment forthe control and protection of apparatus used for distribution of electrical power. " Key Words: "metal-enclosed interrupter (MEI)switchgear,metal enclosed power switchgear,switchgear,switchgear assembly" Designation: C37.20.3-1996 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Switchgear Title: Standard for Metal-Enclosed Interrupter Switchgear Status: Superseded **Superseded by C37.20.3-2001 History: PAR APP: Sep 28, 1990, BD APP: Jan 17, 1996 Designation: C37.20.3-1987 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Switchgear Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1992 Title: IEEE Standard for Metal-Enclosed Interrupter Switchgear Status: Superseded History: BD APP: Sep 22, 1983, ANSI APP: Aug 07, 1986 Project Scope: This standard covers metal-enclosed low-voltage power circuit breaker switchgear assemblies containing, but no limited to, such devices as low-voltage power circuit breakers (fused or unfused); other interrupting devices; switches, control, instrumentation, and metering; and protective and regulating equipment. This standard is concerned with enclosed, rather than open, indoor and outdoor switchgear assemblies. It includes types of equipment that are part of secondary unit substations. It does not apply to equipment covered by industrial control standards, communication switchboards, comminication switching equipment, switchboards for use on board ships, or dead-front distribution switchboards. In this standard, metal-enclosed low-voltage power circuits breaker switchggear shall be called LV switchgear. For ac LV switchgear, the voltage shall be 1000 V or below; for dc LV switchgear, the voltage shall be 3200 V or below. Abstract: Metal-enclosed interrupter switchgear assemblies rated above 1000V containing but not limited to such devices as interrupter switches, selector switches, power fuses, control, instrumentation and metering, and protective equipment are covered. The concern is with equipment for the control and protection of apparatus used for distribution of electrical power, but the standard is not specifically limited to such equipment. Equipment that is part of primary and secondary unit substations is included. Gas-insulated substation equipment and switching devices mounted integrally within a transformer enclosure are not covered. Key Words: Interrupters Designation: C37.20.4-2001 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Switchgear Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2006 Title: IEEE Standard for Indoor AC Switches (1 kV - 38 kV) for Use in Metal- Enclosed Switchgear Status: Approved Publication of IEEE **Supersedes C37.20.4-1996 Technical Contact: Eldridge R Byron, Phone:615-459-8475, Email:eldridge.byron@us.schneider-electric.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Jun 26, 1999, BD APP: Mar 17, 2001, ANSI APP: Aug 02, 2001 Project Scope: This standard covers indoor ac switches rated above 1 kV through 38 kV for use in metal-enclosed switchgear as follows: a) Stationary or drawout b) Manual or power operation c) Fused or unfused The term ‘‘indoor’’ is intended to indicate that the enclosure provides a degree of protection to the switch and the enclosure may be suitable for indoor, outdoor, or other service conditions and complies with the requirements of switchgear assemblies as defined by IEEE C37.20.2-1999 or IEEE C37.20.3-2001 This standard does not apply to subsurface load interrupting switches in IEEE Std C37.71-1984, switches intended for use in padmounted switchgear in ANSI C37.72-1987 and ANSI C37.73-1998, or to high-voltage air switches in ANSI C37.30-1997. Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to define the basic design and performance requirements for indoor medium voltage switches intended for use in Metal-Enclosed Switchgear covered in ANSI/IEEE C37.20.2 and C37.20.3. This standard is based upon design criteria stated in ANSI/IEEE C37.30, definitions and requirements for high voltage air switches, insulators and bus supports, ANSI C37.32 Schedules for preferred ratings, manufacturing specifications, and applications guide for high voltage air switches, bus supports and switch accessories and ANSI/IEEE C37.34 and C37.39 test codes for high voltage air switches. For other switches see references C37.30, C37.32, C37.34 and C37.39 Abstract: "Indoor ac medium-voltage switches for use in enclosures for application in power circuitsat voltages above 1 kV through 38 kV are covered. These include stationary or drawout, manual orpower operation, fused or unfused." Key Words: "indoor ac switches, metal-enclosed switchgear" Designation: C37.20.4-1996 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Switchgear Title: IEEE Trial-Use Standard for Indoor AC Switches (1 kV-38 kV) for Use in Metal-Enclosed Switchgear Status: Superseded **Superseded by C37.20.4-2001 Publication type: Trial-Use History: PAR APP: Mar 21, 1996, BD APP: Mar 21, 1996 Project Scope: This standard covedrs indoor AC medium-voltage switches for use in enclosures for application in power circuits at voltages above 1000 V through 38kV as follows: Stationary or drawout; manual or power operation; fused or unfused. Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to define the basic design and performance requirements for indoor medium voltage switches intended for use in metal enclosed switchgear covered in C37.20.2 and C37.20.3. Abstract: Indoor ac medium-voltage switches for use in enclosures for application in power circuits at voltages above 1 kV through 38 kV are covered. These include stationary or drawout, manual or power operation, fused or unfused. Key Words: indoor ac switches Designation: C37.20.6-1997 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Switchgear Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2003 Title: IEEE Standard for 4.76 kV to 38 kV Rated Grounding and Testing Devices Used in Enclosures Status: Approved Publication of IEEE **Number formerly known as P1286. History: BD APP: Mar 20, 1997, ANSI APP: Aug 20, 1997 Project Scope: This document will cover the description, design and testing of these devices, which can be inserted in place of drawnout circuit breakers for the purpose of grounding and testing in medium voltage applications. Project Purpose: Ground and test devices are not presently covered by standards. Abstract: Drawout type grounding and testing (G&T) devices for use in meduim-voltage metal-clad switchgear rated above 4.76 kV through 38 kV are covered. The description, design, and testing of these accessory devices that are inserted in place of drawout circuit breakers for the purpose of grounding and testing are also covered. Key Words: electrical operation, grounding and testing devices, G&T, locking/interlocking, manual operation, one or two terminal sets, selector switch, test port Designation: PC37.20.6 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Switchgear Title: Standard for 4.76 kV to 38 kV Rated Grounding and Testing Devices Used in Enclosures Status: Revision Project Technical Contact: Ted Burse, Phone:713-948-4599, Email:tburse@powl.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 07, 2005 Project Scope: This standard covers drawout type, indoor medium-voltage grounding and testing (G&T) devices for use in drawout metal-clad switchgear rated above 4.76 kV through 38 kV as described in IEEE Std C37.20.2-1999. Three G&T device types are generally supplied for temporary circuit maintenance procedures for insertion in place of the circuit breaker as follows: a) Simple manual devices b) Simple electrical devices c) Complex electrical devices There may be more complex G&T devices that may include current and/or voltage transformers, glow-tubes, or other accessory components and may also have the ability to interrupt short- circuit current. These more complex devices are not addressed by this standard. Due to their complexity, additional testing and interlocking are required and manufacturers should be consulted for the availability and ratings of these types of devices. Project Purpose: Although grounding and testing devices (G&T) have been used as accessory devices in metal-clad switchgear for decades, they were not addressed in the standards until the IEEE C37.20.6-1997 was approved. This is because they are specialized accessory devices, designed and tested in accordance with applicable sections of circuit breaker standards, and based on user-unique operational requirements. This revised standard complements IEEE Std C37.20.2-1999, IEEE Standard for Metal-Clad Switchgear, and addresses the more popular G&T device types. This standard also clarifies that G&T devices are not required to have the interrupting and continuous current ratings of the circuit breakers they may temporarily replace for the purpose of grounding and testing medium-voltage circuits. Designation: C37.20.7-2001 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Switchgear Title: IEEE Guide for Testing Medium-Voltage Metal-Enclosed Switchgear for Internal Arcing Faults Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: May 20, 2002 Technical Contact: Michael Wactor, Phone:713-948-4918, Email:mwactor@powl.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Jun 26, 1999, BD APP: Dec 06, 2001, ANSI APP: Nov 14, 2002 Project Scope: This guide establishes a method by which medium-voltage metal- enclosed switchgear, as defined by IEEE Standards C37.20.2 and C37.20.3, may be tested for resistance to the effects of arcing due to an internal fault. This guide applies only to equipment utilizing air as the primary insulating medium and rated above 1000VAC. It applies to both indoor and outdoor equipment, however special consideration must be given to the building size and construction for indoor applications ( not addressed by this document ). The tests and assessments described in this guide are only applicable to arcing faults occurring entirely in air within the enclosure when all doors and covers are properly secured. This guide does not apply to arcing faults which occur within a component of the switchgear assembly, such as instrument transformers, sealed interrupting devices, fuses, etc. Switchgear designs which meet the requirements of this guide will be referred to as arc resistant metal-enclosed interrupter switchgear or arc resistant metal-clad switchgear as applicable, or generally, as arc resistant switchgear. Project Purpose: This project is intended to continue the work of the original project, P1405, with the correct document designation from C37. The original purpose is as follows: There are presently no U.S. testing methods for evaluating metal-enclosed switchgear under the effects of internal arcing. There are, however, specific references to this phenomenon in the national electric code and in OSHA safety documents. The current testing methods come from IEC 298 appendix AA, EEMAC G14-1, and SAA 1136.1 appendix D. These document are similar but there is no effort to unify the procedure or evaluation results. Therefore, there is inconsistency in the testing methods used in the U.S. This guide would consolidate the desirable aspects of all existing documents and provide an evaluation and rating structure that is compatible with U.S. standards. This revision to PC37.20.7 is to add the term "Medium-Voltage" to the title and throughout the document as the more correct term for describing the equipment concerned. Abstract: " A procedure for testing and evaluating the performance of medium-voltage metal-enclosedswitchgear for internal arcing faults is covered in this guide. A method of identifying the capabilities of thisequipment is given. Service conditions, installation, and application of equipment are also discussed. " Key Words: "accessibility, arc, internal arcing faults, bus, compartment, metal-clad switchgear, metal-enclosed interrupter switchgear, metal-enclosed switchgear, overpressure, protection" Designation: PC37.20.7 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Switchgear Title: Guide for Testing Metal-Enclosed Switchgear Rated Up to 38kV for Internal Arcing Faults Status: Modified Revision Project Publication type: Special Publication Technical Contact: Michael Wactor, Phone:713-948-4918, Email:mwactor@powl.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 25, 2004 Project Scope: This guide establishes methods by which metal-enclosed switchgear, as defined by IEEE Std C37.20.1, IEEE Std C37.20.2 and IEEE Std C37.20.3, may be tested for resistance to the effects of arcing due to an internal fault. This guide applies only to equipment utilizing air as the primary insulating medium and rated up to 38kV ac. It applies to both indoor and outdoor equipment, however special consideration must be given to the building size and construction for indoor applications (not addressed by this document). The tests and assessments described in this guide are only applicable to arcing faults occurring entirely in air within the enclosure when all doors and covers are properly secured. This guide does not apply to arcing faults which occur within components of the switchgear assembly, such as instrument transformers, sealed interrupting devices, fuses, etc. Switchgear designs that meet the requirements of this guide will be referred to as arc resistant metal-enclosed low-voltage ac power circuit breaker switchgear, arc resistant metal-enclosed interrupter switchgear, or arc resistant metal-clad switchgear as applicable, or generally, as arc resistant switchgear. Project Purpose: This project is intended to revise the existing C37.20.7 to harmonize with IEC documents, correct inconsistencies in the procedure, and add an application guide as an informative annex. The scope of C37.20.7 will also be extended to cover low-voltage metal-enclosed ac power circuit breaker switchgear. Designation: C37.20.7 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Switchgear Title: Guide for Testing Metal-Enclosed Switchgear Rated 1kV through 38kV for Internal Arc Faults Status: Superseded Technical Contact: Michael Wactor, Phone:713-948-4918, Email:mwactor@powl.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 25, 2004 Project Scope: This guide establishes a method by which metal-enclosed switchgear, as dedined by C37.20.2 and C37.20.3, may be tested for resistance to the effects of arcing due to internal fault. This guide applies only to equipment utilizing air as the primary insulating medium and rated above 1000VAC. It applies to both indoor and outdoor equipment. Scope of previous project: This guide establishes a method by which medium- voltage metal-enclosed switchgear, as defined by IEEE Standards C37.20.2 and C37.20.3, may be tested for resistance to the effects of arcing due to an internal fault. This guide applies only to equipment utilizing air as the primary insulating medium and rated above 1000VAC. It applies to both indoor and outdoor equipment, however special consideration must be given to the building size and construction for indoor applications ( not addressed by this document ). The tests and assessments described in this guide are only applicable to arcing faults occurring entirely in air within the enclosure when all doors and covers are properly secured. This guide does not apply to arcing faults which occur within a component of the switchgear assembly, such as instrument transformers, sealed interrupting devices, fuses, etc. Switchgear designs which meet the requirements of this guide will be referred to as arc resistant metal-enclosed interrupter switchgear or arc resistant metal-clad switchgear as applicable, or generally, as arc resistant switchgear. Project Purpose: This project is intended to revise the existing C37.20.7 to harmonize with IEC documents, correct inconsistencies in the procedure, and add an application guide as an informative index. Designation: C37.21-2005 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Switchgear Title: IEEE Standard for Control Switchboards Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Dec 01, 2005 Technical Contact: Douglas J Edwards, Phone:919-365-2337, Email:doug.edwards@siemens.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Sep 16, 1999, BD APP: Jun 09, 2005, ANSI APP: Oct 07, 2005 Project Scope: This standard covers ratings, construction, and testing of dead- front control switchboards containing but not limited to devices such as switches, control devices, instrumentation, metering, monitoring, protective and auxiliary relays, and regulating devices and accessories. Project Purpose: This project will modify all dimensional information to provide metric dimensions. This is necessary to gain global acceptance of this standard. Also, due to changes in related standards (e.g. C37.20.1 and C37.20.2) revisions will be made to provide similar requirements between these related standards. Abstract: This standard covers ratings, construction, and testing of dead-front control switchboards containing but not limited to devices such as switches, control devices, instrumentation, metering, monitoring, alarms, annunciators, protective and auxiliary relays, and regulating devices and accessories. It includes, but is not specifically limited to, switchboards for the control and protection of apparatus used for or associated with power generation, conversion, transmission, and distribution. Types of switchboards may include control, vertical, dead-front, enclosed, dual, or duplex switchboards. Other construction types include control desks, consoles, benchboards, dual or duplex benchboards, fixed rack, cabinet, and swing rack cabinets. It does not apply to industrial controls, communication equipment, switchboards for use on board ships, or Class 1E switchboards for use in nuclear generating stations. Key Words: control switchboard, vertical switchboard, dead-front switchboard, enclosed switchboard, dual switchboard, duplex switchboard, control desk, console, benchboard, dual or duplex benchboard, fixed rack cabinet, or swing rack cabinet Designation: C37.21-1985 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Switchgear Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1998 Title: IEEE Standard for Control Switchboards Status: Superseded History: BD APP: Sep 19, 1985, ANSI APP: Apr 20, 1992 Abstract: Ratings, construction, and testing of dead-front control switchboards containing, but not limited to, devices such as switches, control devices, instrumentation, metering, monitoring, protective and auxiliary relays, and regulating devices and accessories are covered. Switchboards for the control and protection of apparatus used for or associated with power generation, conversion, transmission, and distribution are included, but the standard is not limited to these. Industrial controls, communication equipment, switchboards for use on board ships, Class 1E switchboards for use in nuclear generating stations, and human factors are not considered. Key Words: Switchgear testing, Switches Designation: C37.23-2003 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Switchgear Title: IEEE Standard for Metal-Enclosed Bus Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Apr 26, 2004 **Supersedes C37.23-1987 (R1991). Technical Contact: Edward Peters, Phone:440-324-0311, Email:epeters@unibus.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Sep 26, 1991, BD APP: Sep 11, 2003, ANSI APP: Jan 29, 2004 Project Scope: This standard covers assemblies of metal-enclosed conductors along with associated interconnections, enclosures, and supporting structures. When switches and disconnecting links are included, they shall conform to this standard. This standard is concerned with performance characteristics of enclosed, rather than open, indoor and outdoor conductor assemblies with rated maximum operating voltages through 38 kV. While this standard does cover 600 volt assemblies, it does not pertain to ANSI/UL 857 type busways and associated fittings, nor does it pertain to metal enclosed bus assemblies utilizing cables as the primary conductors. Project Purpose: The Standard for Metal-Enclosed Bus was last updated in 1987. The standard needs to be updated to harmonize with certain other standards within the C37.2XXX series of documents. Abstract: "IEEE Std C37.23-2003, IEEE Standard for Metal Enclosed Bus" Key Words: "isolated-phase bus, metal-enclosed bus, nonsegregated-phase bus, segregated-phase bus" Designation: C37.23-1987 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Switchgear Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1991 Title: IEEE Guide for Metal-Enclosed Bus and Calculating Losses in Isolated- Phase Bus Status: Superseded **Superseded by C37.23-2003. History: BD APP: Dec 08, 1983, ANSI APP: Apr 20, 1992 Abstract: Assemblies of metal-enclosed conductors and their associated interconnections, enclosures, supporting structures, switches, and disconnecting links are addressed. Ratings, tests, construction, miscellaneous accessories, and loss calculation for isolated-phase buses are covered. Specifically excluded are busways or bus assemblies for distribution of electric power less than 600 V, which consist of enclosed sectionalized prefabricated bus bars or associated structures and fittings, such as feeder busways (indoor or outdoor), plug-in busways (indoor only), and bus assemblies utilized at voltages in excess of 38.0 kV. Key Words: Switchgear testing, Insulation testing, Busbars Designation: C37.23 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Switchgear Title: Standard for Metal-Enclosed Bus and Guide for Calculating Losses in Isolated-Phase Bus Status: Superseded Technical Contact: David F Gray, Phone:(604) 528-3034, Email:dan6040@aol.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 26, 1991 Designation: C37.24-2003 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Switchgear Title: IEEE Guide for Evaluating the Effect of Solar Radiation on Outdoor Metal-Enclosed Switchgear Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Feb 26, 2004 **Supersedes C37.24-1986 (R1998). Technical Contact: Dave Gohil, Phone:573-642-6811x34, Email:DaveGohil@azz.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Sep 16, 1999, BD APP: Jun 12, 2003, ANSI APP: Oct 09, 2003 Project Scope: The general information in this Guide is intended to assist in evaluating the effect of solar radiation on outdoor metal-enclosed switchgear and is applicable to outdoor metal-enclosed power switchgear, control switchboards and metal-enclosed bus. Specific data are given in current temperature relationship and tabulation form for outdoor metal- enclosed low-voltage power circuit breaker switchgear, outdoor metal-clad switchgear and outdoor metal-enclosed interrupter switchgear. Project Purpose: Switchgear will perform satisfactorily and have a reasonable life when operated within the temperature limits estab-lished in ANSI/IEEE C37.20.1, C37.20.2, C37.20.3, C37.21 and C37.23. These standards specify the temperature rise limits above a standard (maximum) ambient temperature of 40 C. This is satisfactory for indoor applications where the temperature rise is due entirely to heat release (internal losses). In outdoor applications, the limiting tem-peratures result from the net effect of internal losses and external influences, principally the sun, wind and local am-bient temperatures. All of these must be considered in determining the current-carrying capacity of outdoor metal-enclosed switchgear. The magnitude of these factors will vary geographically and from season to season. The time relationship of maxi-mum circuit loads with respect to maximum ambient temperature is important. It is not practical to design switch-gear on the basis that all adverse factors reach their maxima coincident with maximum loads. If this does not occur, full current ratings may be realized. Recommendations will be made to point out the cumulative effect of these various influences. Abstract: This guide provides information to assist in evaluating the effect of solar radiation on outdoor metal-enclosed switchgear including metal-enclosed bus and control switchboards. Specific data are given in the form of a continuous current capability factor for specific maximum monthly normal temperatures at the installation location, to adjust the continuous current capability of outdoor metal-enclosed switchgear to the solar radiation condition required. Tables of maximum monthly normal temperatures at various locations in the US and Canada are provided. Key Words: absorption coefficient, finish, guide, metal-enclosed switchgear, outdoor, solarconstant, solar radiation, temperature Designation: C37.24-1986 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Switchgear Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1998 Title: IEEE Guide for Evaluating the Effect of Solar Radiation on Outdoor Metal-Enclosed Switchgear Status: Superseded **Superseded by C37.24-2003. History: BD APP: Sep 18, 1986, ANSI APP: Apr 20, 1992 Abstract: This standard applies to all forms of outdoor metal-enclosed switchgear. It covers operating limitations; the effect of ambient temperature, solar radiation, and wind on internal operating temperatures; ventilation and condensation control; enclosure color and finish considerations; current-carrying capabilities of switchgear, and suggested modifications of standard designs. Key Words: switchgear, Thermal factors, Switches, Solar radiation Designation: C37.24 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Switchgear Title: Guide for Evaluating the Effect of Solar Radiation on Outdoor Metal- Enclosed Switchgear Status: Superseded Technical Contact: Dave Gohil, Phone:573-642-6811x34, Email:DaveGohil@azz.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 16, 1999 Project Scope: The general information in this guide is applicable to all forms of outdoor metal-enclosed switchgear. The specific data are given in current-temperature relationship, and tabulation form for it's application to outdoor metal-enclosed low voltage power circuit breaker switchgear, outdoor metal-clad switchgear, and outdoor metal-enclosed interrupter switchgear. Project Purpose: The existing guide for effect of solar radiation on outdoor metal-enclosed switchgear has been very useful. This guide has not been revised since 1986. One of the long range goals of the IEEE is to tranform the Institute into a truly global organization. The revisions consistent with C37.20.1, C37.20.2, C37.20.3, C37.23, and C37.21 and the metric conversion of this standard will produce an internationally acceptable standard. Designation: C37.26-2003 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Switchgear Title: IEEE Guide for Methods of Power-Factor Measurement for Low-Voltage Inductive Test Circuits Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Feb 26, 2004 **Supersedes C37.26-1972 (R1996). Technical Contact: T W Olsen, Phone:919-365-2208, Email:ted.olsen@siemens.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Dec 11, 2002, BD APP: Sep 11, 2003, ANSI APP: Dec 29, 2003 Project Scope: [Original (1972) scope]: "Scope: This standard describes three methods used to measure the power factor in 60 Hz inductive low-voltage (1000 volts and below) test circuits. Similar methods may apply at other frequencies. These methods are 1) ratio method, 2) dc decrement method, 3) phase relationship method. These preferred methods are shown in Table 1." [New scope of document] "Scope: This guide describes three methods used in the measurement of power factor of inductive low-voltage (1000 volts and below) test circuits. These methods may be used at any frequency; however, the values in the tables are specifically for 60 Hz test circuits. The three methods are: 1) Ratio Method, 2) dc decrement method, 3) Phase relationship method. Table 1 lists the preferred method to be used for different levels of test currents and for different levels of power factor. While this guide is primarily intended for use on low-voltage test circuits, the methods discussed are also usable at higher voltages." Project Purpose: [Original (1972) purpose]: "Purpose. The purpose of this standard is to recommend methods of measuring power factor for inductive test circuits by such means as oscillographic records, so that the preferred method, giving the greatest accuracy, is recommended for any particular circuit." [New purpose of document]: "The purpose of this guide is to recommend methods of measuring power factor for inductive test circuits, so that the preferred method giving the greatest accuracy is recommended for any particular circuit." Purpose of this project: The methods contained in the 1972 standard have proven accurate and usable under laboratory conditions. This project will update the format of the standard to present norms, and modify language and format, and incorporate technical changes resulting from use of the earlier version of the document. Abstract: This guide provides methods for determining the value of power factor for inductive low-voltage (1000 volts ac and below) test circuits. These methods are used in determining power factor during short-circuit current tests in high power laboratories. It is preferred that these methods be used during short-circuit current testing. Alternatively, other methods (including use of computerized or digital techniques) may be used, but the method used must have been validated as producing results equivalent to those obtained using the methods in this guide. The methods described are intended for use in low-voltage test circuits (under 1000 volts ac), but may also be used for higher voltages. Key Words: inductive test circuits, power factor Designation: C37.26-1972 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Switchgear Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1996 Title: IEEE Standard Guide for Methods of Power-Factor Measurement for Low- Voltage Inductive Test Circuits Status: Superseded **Superseded by C37.26-2003. History: BD APP: Sep 16, 1971, ANSI APP: Feb 20, 1991 Abstract: Methods used to measure the power factor in low-voltage test circuits are covered. Since the power factor measurement for high-capacity test circuits is particularly difficult, and different methods may yield different results, the methods that are least likely to yield errors are recommended for particular circuit conditions. The ratio method is recommended for fast clearing devices that may have total interruption times of 0.5 cycle or less. The DC decrement method is recommended for circuits with a 30% power factor or less when the device to be tested interrupts at a point in time more than 0.5 cycle from the initiation of the current. The phase relationship method, using current and voltage waves, is recommended for circuits having power factors over 30%. Key Words: Reactive power, Power measurement, Electric variables measurement, Circuit-breaker testing Designation: C37.27-1987 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Switchgear Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1998 Title: IEEE Standard Application Guide for Low-Voltage AC Nonintegrally Fused Power Circuit Breakers (Using Separately Mounted Current-Limiting Fuses) Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jul 06, 1987 **Mar04-Withdrawn by ANSI as overage. History: BD APP: May 21, 1981, ANSI APP: May 30, 1986 Abstract: Low-voltage power circuit breakers of the 600 V insulation class with separately mounted current-limiting fuses, for use on ac circuits with available short-circuit current of 200 000 A (rms symmetrical) or less, are covered. Guidance is provided respecting coordination of circuit breaker and fuse, location of fuses, open fuse trip devices, addition of fuses to existing installations, protection of connected equipment, and tested combinations of circuit breakers and fuses. Key Words: Circuit breakers Designation: PC37.27 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Switchgear Title: Guide for Application Guide for Low-Voltage AC Nonintegrally Fused Power Circuit Breakers (Using Separately Mounted Current-Limiting Fuses) Status: Modified Revision Project Technical Contact: Douglas J Edwards, Phone:919-365-2337, Email:doug.edwards@siemens.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 11, 2002 Project Scope: The scope changed from the original PAR. Original PAR Scope was: This guide applies to low-voltage power circuit breakers of the 600 V insulation class with separately mounted current-limiting fuses for use on ac circuits with available short-circuit currents of 200 000 A (rms symmetrical) or less. Low-voltage integrally fused power circuit breakers and combinations of fuses and molded-case circuit breakers are not covered by this guide. This guide sets forth recommendations believed essential for the selection of current-limiting fuses (see ANSI C97.1-1972 (R 1978) [3]) for use in combination with low-voltage power circuit breakers, rated in accordance with ANSI/IEEE C37.13-20XX and applied in Metal-Enclosed Low- Voltage Power Circuit Breaker Switchgear in accordance with ANSI/IEEE C37.13-1981 [4]. Revised Scope is: This guide applies to low- voltage power circuit breakers of the 600 V maximum voltage class with separately mounted current-limiting fuses for use on ac circuits with available short-circuit currents of 200 000 A (rms symmetrical) or less. Low-voltage integrally fused power circuit breakers and combinations of fuses and molded-case circuit breakers are not covered by this guide. This guide sets forth recommendations believed essential for the selection of current-limiting fuses (see NEMA FU-1 and UL248-1) for use in combination with low-voltage power circuit breakers, rated in accordance with ANSI/IEEE C37.13-20XX and applied in Metal-Enclosed Low-Voltage Power Circuit Breaker Switchgear in accordance with ANSI/IEEE C37.20.1-2002. Project Purpose: This PAR is being revised to reflect a revision to this Scope. [Revised 2004-08-16 Scope]. The scope change includes revisions to the referenced standards C97.1 which was withdrawn and not superceded. Referenced NEMA and UL standards provide the required references associated with current-limiting fuses. The purpose of the original project remains unchanged and is as follows: The structure of the standard is not changed from the original C37.27-1987 standard and thus does not include a purpose of document statement. Purpose of this project: This project is to address the following issues: 1) short-circuit protection of unprotected wiring on circit breakers, 2) modification of all dimensional information to provide metric dimensions, 3) general revision for harmonization related standards 4) general revision for current products and applications. Designation: C37.27 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Switchgear Title: Guide for Application Guide for Low-Voltage AC Nonintegrally Fused Power Circuit Breakers (Using Separately Mounted Current-Limiting Fuses) Status: Superseded Technical Contact: Douglas J Edwards, Phone:919-365-2337, Email:doug.edwards@siemens.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 11, 2002 Project Scope: [Original (1987) scope]: Scope: This guide applies to low- voltage power circuit breakers of the 600 V insulation class with separately mounted current-limiting fuses for use on ac circuits with available short- circuit current of 200 000 A (rms symmetrical) or less. Low-voltage integrally fused power circuit breakers and combinations of fuses and molded-case circuit breakers are not covered by this guide. This guide sets forth recommendations believed essential for the selection of current- limiting fuses (see ANSI C97.1-1972 (R 1978) [3]) for use in combination with low-voltage power circuit breakers, rated in accordance with ANSI/IEEE C37.13-1981 [4]." [New scope of document]: No change made in scope except to update the references. The Scope of the standard has not changed. Project Purpose: [Original (1987) purpose]: The original 1987 standard does not include a "Purpose" statement. [New purpose of document]: "The structure of the standard is not changed from the original C37.27-1987 standard and thus does not include a purpose of document statement. Purpose of this project: This project is to address the following issues: 1) short-circuit protection of unprotected wiring on circit breakers, 2) modification of all dimensional information to provide metric dimensions, 3) general revision for harmonization related standards 4) general revision for current products and applications. Designation: C37.29 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Switchgear Title: Standard for LV AC Power Circuit Protectors Used in Enclosures Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: David Swindler, Phone:615-459-1311 **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 30, 2000 Project Scope: To update the present C37.29 document to include requirements of low voltage fuse switches used with high close and latch capability for use as a service disconnecting means for step up transformers. Project Purpose: Step up transformers when energized have very high inrush currents which often exceed the capability of switches as defined in UL 891. This document is to define requirements for high close and latch capability low voltage fused switches required for energization of step up transformers and meet the requirements of a service disconnect. Designation: C37.29-1981 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Switchgear Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1985 Title: IEEE Standard for Low-Voltage AC Power Circuit Protectors Used in Enclosures Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Feb 06, 2006. This historical standard is available for sale in electronic format (PDF) through the IEEE Online Store at www.shop.ieee.org. You may also order by calling +1 800 678 IEEE (in the US) or +1 732 981 0060 (outside of the US). History: BD APP: Dec 18, 1980, ANSI APP: Sep 02, 1981 Abstract: This standard covers enclosed low-voltage ac power circuit protectors that are manually operated or power operated. Addressed are circuit protectors of the stationary type with 2-pole or 3-pole construction, having one or more rated maximum voltages of 508 V and 254 V rms for application on systems having nominal voltages of 480 V and 240 V RMS. The circuit protectors considered are furnished with current-limiting fuses such that the entire device is suitable for application on circuits capable of delivering not more than 200 000 An rms symmetrical short-circuit current. Service conditions and ratings are discussed, and the functional components of the circuit protectors are described. Temperature limitations and classification of insulating materials are covered. Insulation(dielectric) withstand voltage requirements are specified, and an application guide is given. Test procedures are also specified. Key Words: Insulation, Circuit breakers Designation: C37.30-1997 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Switchgear Title: IEEE Standard Requirements for High Voltage Switches Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Mar 05, 1998 History: PAR APP: Dec 03, 1992, BD APP: Sep 16, 1997, ANSI APP: Feb 05, 1998 Abstract: Required ratings and constructional requirements for switches above 1000 V are described. Key Words: high-voltage switches Designation: C37.30-1992 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Switchgear Title: IEEE Standard Requirements for High Voltage Air Switches Status: Superseded History: PAR APP: May 31, 1990, BD APP: Jun 18, 1992, ANSI APP: Jul 26, 1993 Abstract: Requirements for all high-voltage enclosed indoor or outdoor and nonenclosed indoor or outdoor air switches rated in excess of 1000 V are specified. This includes requirements for such switch types as disconnecting, selector, horn-gap, grounding, interrupter, etc., for manual or power operation except for distribution-enclosed single-pole air switches and distribution cutouts fitted with disconnecting blades. Definitions are given, and service conditions and ratings are discussed. Nameplate marking requirements are given. Key Words: Outdoor air switches, Indoor air switches, High-voltage air switches Designation: C37.30-1971 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Switchgear Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1987 Title: American National Standard Definitions and Requirements for High-Voltage Air Switches, Insulators, and Bus Supports Status: Superseded History: PAR APP: Apr 01, 1946, BD APP: Dec 15, 1977, ANSI APP: Apr 14, 1971 Key Words: C37.30 Designation: PC37.30.1 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Switchgear Title: Standard Requirements For High Voltage Air Switches And Interrupting Switches for Alternating Current, Rated Above 1,000 Volts Status: Modified New Project Technical Contact: Carl D Reigart, Phone:978-465-4251, Email:creigart@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. Project Scope: This standard covers preferred ratings, construction and testing requirements, and application, loading, installation, operation and maintenance guidelines for all high-voltage enclosed and non-enclosed, indoor and outdoor switches rated in excess of 1000 V. This includes such switch types as disconnect, horn-gap, fault-initiation, interrupter, and ground for manual or power operation. The following switch types are not covered by this standard: distribution cutouts fitted with disconnecting blades, and switches used in metal-enclosed and pad-mounted switchgear. This standard also does not apply to load-break separable insulated connectors, circuit-breakers, circuit-switchers, or reclosers. Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to provide a basic standard for switches. The broad definition of a switch encompasses devices that meet the strict definition of an interrupter switch in IEEE Std C37.100-1992 and encompasses devices that utilize insulating media other than air. Designation: C37.30.1 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Switchgear Title: Standard Requirements For High Voltage Air Switches, Switching Devices, and Interrupters Status: Superseded Technical Contact: Alexander Dixon, Phone:410-922-0014, Email:dixon.alex@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jun 21, 2000 Project Scope: The proposed standard is intended to be a consolidation of existing standards C37.30, C37.32, C37.33, C37.34, C37.35, C37.36b, C37.37 and P1247. During this consolidation, the contents of the existing standards will be updated. This applies to equipment above 1000V ac. Project Purpose: The proposed project is the first phase of a two-part process to facilitate harmonization of the C37.3X series of standards with existing IEC documents covering switch devices. Due to the complexity and divergent formats between the C37.3X series and IEC documents, the working group determined that consolidation of the C37.3X series would facilitate comprehension of project. Moreover, the consolidation of the C37.3X series would benefit users by providing one document rather than 8 separate documents to be used as a reference. The second phase of the process (not included under this PAR) will involve line-by-line comparisons of the IEEE and IEC documents to achieve harmonization. The second phase will be more difficult to resolve due to the negotiations required to coordinate or merge the contents and formats of the IEEE and IEC documents. Designation: C37.30.1 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Switchgear Title: Standard Requirements for High Voltage Air Switches, Switching Devices, and Interrupters Status: Superseded Technical Contact: Alexander Dixon, Phone:410-922-0014, Email:dixon.alex@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jun 21, 2000 Project Scope: The proposed standard is intended to be a consolidation of existing standards C37.30, C37.32, C37.33, C37.34, C37.35, C37.36b, and C37.37. During this consolidation, the contents of the existing standards will be updated. Scope of Standard - This standard covers preferred ratings; construction and testing requirements; and application, loading, installation, operation and maintenance guidelines for all high-voltage enclosed and non-enclosed, indoor or outdoor switches rated in excess of 1000 V. This includes such switch types as disconnect, horn-gap, fault- initiation, interrupter, and ground for manual or power operation. The following switch types are not covered by this standard -- distribution cutouts fitted with disconnecting blades, switches used in metal-enclosed and pad-mounted switchgear. This standard does not apply to load-break separable insulated connectors, circuit-breakers, circuit-switchers, or reclosers. Project Purpose: The proposed project is the first phase of a two-part process to facilitate harmonization of the C37.3X series of standards with existing IEC documents covering switch devices. Due to the complexity and divergent formats between the C37.3X series and IEC documents, the working group determined that consolidation of the C37.3X series would facilitate comprehension of project. Moreover, the consolidation of the C37.3X series would benefit users by providing one document rather than 8 separate documents to be used as a reference. The second phase of the process (not included under this PAR) will involve line-by-line comparisons of the IEEE and IEC documents to achieve harmonization. The second phase will be more difficult to resolve due to the negotiations required to coordinate or merge the contents and formats of the IEEE and IEC documents. Designation: C37.30.1 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Switchgear Title: Standard Requirements For High Voltage Air Switches And Interrupting Switches for Alternating Current, Rated Above 1,000 Volts Status: Superseded Technical Contact: Carl D Reigart, Phone:978-465-4251, Email:creigart@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jun 21, 2000 Project Scope: The proposed standard is intended to be a consolidation of existing standards C37.30, C37.32, C37.34, C37.35, C37.36B and C37.37. During this consolidation, the contents of the existing documents will be updated. This applies to equipment above 1000V AC. Project Purpose: The proposed project is the first phase of a two-part process to facilitate harmonization of the C37.3X series of standards with existing IEC documents covering switch devices. Due to the complexity and divergent formats between the C37.3X series and IEC documents, the working group determined that consolidation of the C37.3X series would facilitate comprehension of project. Moreover, the consolidation of the C37.3X series would benefit users by providing one document rather than 6 separate documents to be used as a reference. The second phase of the process (not included under this PAR) will involve line-by-line comparisons of the IEEE and IEC documents to achieve harmonization. The second phase will be more difficult to resolve due to the negotiations required to coordinate or merge the contents and formats of the IEEE and IEC documents. Designation: C37.30a-1974 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Switchgear Title: Mech Operations/Def/Ratings Status: Superseded Key Words: C37.30a Designation: C37.30c-1984 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Switchgear Title: Definitions of Ice Testing (R88) Status: Superseded Key Words: C37.30c Designation: C37.30d Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Switchgear Title: Definitions for Fault Closing Testing Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. History: PAR APP: Sep 28, 1983 Key Words: C37.30d Designation: C37.30e-1984 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Switchgear Title: Mechanical Operations Testing;Definition (R88) Status: Superseded Key Words: C37.30e Designation: C37.30f Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Switchgear Title: Switching Impulse Test; Definitions Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. History: (Ref. Std.: 271) Designation: C37.30g-1985 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Switchgear Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1987 Title: Standard Definitions and Requirements for High Voltage Air Switches, Insulators, and Bus Supports Status: Superseded **Supplement to C37.30-1971. Key Words: C37.30g Designation: C37.30h-1978 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Switchgear Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1987 Title: Allowable Short-Circuit Temperatures for Air Switches Status: Superseded **Supplement to C37.30-1971. History: BD APP: Jun 16, 1978, ANSI APP: Jun 28, 1991 Key Words: C37.30h, definitions, high-voltage, air switches, insulators, bus supports, short-circuit, temperatures Designation: C37.30i Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Switchgear Title: Definitions for Circuit Switchers Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. History: PAR APP: Apr 28, 1988 Key Words: C37.30i Designation: C37.34-1994 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Switchgear Title: IEEE Standard Test Code for High-Voltage Air Switches Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Apr 25, 1995 History: PAR APP: May 31, 1990, BD APP: Sep 22, 1994 Abstract: Design test requirements for all high-voltage enclosed indoor and outdoor and non-enclosed indoor and outdoor air switches rated above 1000 V are specified. This includes requirements for such switches as disconnecting, selector, horn-gap, grounding, interrupter, etc., for manual and power operation, except for distribution-enclosed single-pole air switches and distribution cutouts fitted with disconnecting blades. Key Words: mechanical operations, lightning impulse, ice breaking, Switching impulse, Outdoor air switches, Indoor air switches, High-voltage air switches, Corona Designation: C37.34-1971 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Switchgear Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1992 Title: IEEE Standard Test Code for High Voltage Air Switches Status: Superseded **Includes C37.34a-1978, C37.34b-1985, C37.34d-1984 and C37.34e-1979. History: BD APP: Jun 07, 1987 Key Words: C37.34, corona, high-voltage air swi, ice breaking, lightning impulse, mechanical operation, outdoor air switches, switching impulses Designation: C37.34a-1978 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Switchgear Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1992 Title: IEEE Standard Test Code for High-Voltage Air Switches, Corona Tests Supplement to ANSI/IEEE C37.34-1971 Status: Superseded **Included in C37.34-1971 (R1992). History: BD APP: Sep 09, 1972, ANSI APP: Aug 04, 1975 Abstract: Procedures for corona testing of nonenclosed and enclosed switches with a rated maximum voltage of 121 kV and above are established. Test requirements and conditions are specified, and a test procedure is given. Simultaneous corona and radio- influence testing is addressed. Key Words: C37.34a Designation: C37.34b-1985 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Switchgear Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1992 Title: Standard Test Code for High-Voltage Air Switches, Ice Tests Status: Superseded **Supplement to C37.34-1971 (R1992). Key Words: C37.34b Designation: C37.34c Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Switchgear Title: Fault Closing Tst Proc & Def for HV Swit Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. History: PAR APP: Sep 28, 1983 Key Words: C37.34c Designation: C37.34d-1984 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Switchgear Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1992 Title: Standard Test Code for High-Voltage Air Switches, Mechanical Operations Test Status: Superseded **Included in C37.34-1971 (R1992) History: BD APP: Sep 13, 1984, ANSI APP: Oct 21, 1988 Abstract: Procedures for corona testing of nonenclosed and enclosed switches with a rated maximum voltage of 121 kV and above are established. Test requirements and conditions are specified, and a test procedure is given. Simultaneous corona and radio- influence testing is addressed. Key Words: C37.34d Designation: C37.34e-1979 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Switchgear Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1992 Title: IEEE Standard Test Code for High-Voltage Air Switches, Switching-Impulse Testing of Extra-High-Voltage Switches Status: Superseded **Revision of std 271-1966. Supplement to IEEE C37.34-1971 (R1992) History: BD APP: Jun 07, 1979, ANSI APP: Dec 03, 1990 (Ref. Std.: 271) Abstract: The technical requirements for the design, fabrication, testing, and installation of a gas-insulated substation (GIS) are covered; its intent is advisory. This guide discusses parameters to be supplied by the purchaser and technical requirements for the design, fabrication, testing, and installation to be furnished by the manufacturer. Environmental conditions, general and specific equipment requirements, and a proposal data sheet form are included to aid the user. Key Words: C37.34e, extra high voltage, air switches, switching impulse , wave shape, switches, high voltage Designation: C37.35-1995 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Switchgear Title: IEEE Guide for the Application, Installation, Operation, and Maintenance of High-Voltage Air Disconnecting and Interrupter Switches Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Mar 29, 1996 **Revision of IEEE Std C37.35-1976. History: PAR APP: Jun 14, 1994, BD APP: Sep 13, 1995, ANSI APP: Jul 16, 1996 Abstract: Guidance for users in the application, installation, operation, and maintenance of high-voltage air switches and interrupter switches is provided. Key Words: high voltage, air switches, disconnecting switch, outdoor switches, interrupter switch, switches Designation: C37.35-1976 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Switchgear Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1992 Title: IEEE Guide for the Application, Installation, Operation, and Maintenance of High-Voltage Air Disconnecting and Load Interrupter Switches Status: Superseded History: BD APP: Dec 17, 1981, ANSI APP: Feb 02, 1972 Abstract: Suggestions on application, installation, operation, and maintenance are presented as an aid to obtaining satisfactory performance from indoor and outdoor high-voltage air disconnecting and load interrupter switches rated in excess of 1000 V ac. It is assumed that properly designed and maintained supporting structures are provided for the disconnecting equipment, taking into account such factors as location, soil conditions, wind and ice loadings, seismic considerations, and mechanical loads, including electromagnetic forces imposed by the switches, buses, or other equipment mounted thereon. Key Words: C37.35 Designation: C37.36 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Switchgear Title: Capacitor Switching/Interrupter Switches Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. History: PAR APP: Sep 28, 1979 Key Words: C37.36 Designation: C37.36a Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Switchgear Title: Line & Cable Switching Req Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. History: PAR APP: Sep 28, 1979 Key Words: C37.36a Designation: C37.36b-1990 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Switchgear Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1996 Title: IEEE Guide to Current Interruption with Horn-Gap Air Switches Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Aug 15, 1990 History: PAR APP: Mar 28, 1982, BD APP: Feb 15, 1990, ANSI APP: Jul 19, 1990 Abstract: This standard is intended to aid air switch users in establishing suggested maximum values of excitation, resisted and capacitive currents that may be successfully interrupted while using outdoor air switches. This guide pertains to air switches mounted in the normal horizontal-upright position and not equipped with interrupting aids. Key Words: Resistive current, Horn-gap air switches, Excitation current, Current interruption, Capacitive current, Air switch Designation: C37.36b Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Switchgear Title: Guide to Current Interruption with Horn-Gap Air Switches Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: David F Gray, Phone:(604) 528-3034, Email:dan6040@aol.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 28, 1990 Designation: C37.37-1996 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Switchgear Title: IEEE Loading Guide for AC High-Voltage Air Switches (in Excess of 1000 V) Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Dec 20, 1996 **Revision of IEEE Std C37.37-1979. History: PAR APP: Dec 03, 1992, BD APP: Jun 20, 1996, ANSI APP: Jan 06, 1997 Abstract: An aid to users to determine (1) the allowable continuous current class (ACCC), (2) the continuous load current capabilities of air switches under various conditions of ambient temperature, and (3) the emergency load current capabilities of air switches under various conditions of ambient temperature, is provided. This guide does not apply to switches used in enclosures covered by IEEE Std C37.20.2-1993, IEEE Std C37.20.3-1996, IEEE Std C37.23-1987, IEEE Std C37.71-1984, and ANSI C37.72-1987. Key Words: ACCC, allowable continuous current class, current capabilities, emergency loading, high voltage air switches, outdoor switches Designation: C37.37-1979 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Switchgear Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1993 Title: IEEE Loading Guide for AC High-Voltage Air Switches (in excess of 1000 volts) Status: Superseded History: BD APP: Mar 11, 1976, ANSI APP: Mar 26, 1979 Abstract: The concepts of allowable continuous current, allowable continuous current class, and loadability factors are used to establish the criteria for designating the load-current carrying capabilities of air switches over a range of ambient temperatures. This is accomplished through a family of loadability factor curves. The loadability factors are also presented in tabular form. Key Words: Air break switches Designation: C37.37a-1992 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Switchgear Title: IEEE Loading Guide for AC High-Voltage Air Switches Under Emergency Conditions Status: Superseded **Supplement to IEEE C37.37-1979. Superseded by C37.37-1996 History: PAR APP: Sep 28, 1980, BD APP: Dec 03, 1992, ANSI APP: Jun 28, 1993 Abstract: Guidance for users and manufacturers in the determination of (1) the Allowable Continuous Current Class (ACCC) designations, (2) the continuous load current-carrying capabilities of air switches under various conditions of ambient temperature, and (3) the emergency load current-carrying capabilities of air switches under various conditions of ambient temperature is provided. This guide applies to ac high-voltage air switches in excess of 1000 V Key Words: ac high-voltage air switches, Emergency conditions Designation: C37.38 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Switchgear Title: Standard for Switching Ratings and Design Tests for Gas Insulated Switches Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: David F Gray, Phone:(604) 528-3034, Email:dan6040@aol.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 06, 1990 Designation: C37.38-1989 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Switchgear Title: IEEE Standard for Gas Insulated, Metal-Enclosed Disconnecting, Interrupter, and Grounding Switches Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 10, 2002. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. History: PAR APP: Sep 28, 1978, BD APP: Feb 02, 1989, ANSI APP: Aug 16, 1989 (Ref. Std.: 760) Abstract: Requirements for switches rated 72.5 kV and above, intended for use in metal-enclosed, gas-insulated substations, are presented. These switches are characterized by grounded, leak-tight metal enclosures that are filled with a gas (most commonly sulfur hexafluoride, SF6) at some pressure above atmospheric. Live parts are contained within the housing and insulated therefrom by the gas and by suitable solid insulation that supports the live parts in their proper position. Gas-insulated switches are normally electrically connected to and structurally joined to other gas-insulated components, such as buses, gas-to-air bushings, circuit breakers, instrument transformers, cable terminations, etc. Switches may be manually or power operated. Service conditions, ratings, supporting structures, and nameplates are covered. Testing of disconnecting and grounding switches is covered. Key Words: Substation switching, Interrupters, Grounding, Gas-insulated switchgear, Disconnecting switches Designation: C37.39 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Switchgear Title: Standard for Interrupter Switches for Alternating Current, Rated Above 1,000 Volts Status: Changed Designation **This project was was published as P1247, approved 22 July 98 History: PAR APP: Dec 06, 1990 Designation: C37.40-2003 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Switchgear Title: IEEE Standard Service Conditions and Definitions for High-Voltage Fuses, Distribution Enclosed Single-Pole Air Switches, Fuse Disconnecting Switches, and Accessories Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Feb 25, 2004 **Supersedes C37.40-1993 and C37.40b-1996. Technical Contact: John G Leach, Phone:828-322-2860, Email:jgleach@hi-techfuses.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Dec 07, 2000, BD APP: Sep 11, 2003, ANSI APP: Jan 15, 2004 Project Scope: This project will add new definitions and revise existing definitions to bring the document up to date. Altitude correction factors will be revised to reflect the recommendations of the Switchgear Committee "Common Clauses" working group. Standard C37.40b, definitions for Capacitor Fuses, will be incorporated into the new document. Project Purpose: Changes have been made to other C37 High-Voltage fuse standards, and the definitions listed in C37.40 need to be modified to reflect these changes. The present C37.40 is experiencing difficulty in being re-affirmed due to a disagreement over the altitude correction factors. Because C37.40 is essential to the other documents (it contains the temperature rise requirements that they use) changes to the altitude correction factors may be needed to keep the standard in print. Abstract: Service conditions and definitions for high-voltage fuses (above 1000 V), distribution en-closed single-pole air switches, fuse disconnecting switches, and accessories for ac distribution systems are covered. These include enclosed, open, and open-link types of distribution cutouts and fuses; distribution current-limiting fuses; distribution enclosed single-pole air switches; power fuses, including current-limiting types; outdoor and indoor fuse disconnecting switches; fuse supports, mountings, switch sticks, and links, all of the type used exclusively with the above; and removable switch blades for certain products among the above. Key Words: distribution enclosed single-pole air switch, fuse accessories, fuse disconnectingswitch, high-voltage fuse Designation: C37.40-1993 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Switchgear Title: IEEE Standard Service Conditions and Definitions for High Voltage Fuses, Distribution Enclosed Single-Pole Air Switches, Fuse Disconnecting Switches & Accessories Status: Superseded **Includes C37.40a. Superseded by C37.40-2003. History: PAR APP: Feb 02, 1989, BD APP: Mar 18, 1993, ANSI APP: Aug 18, 1993 Abstract: Service conditions and definitions for high-voltage fuses (above 1000 V), distribution enclosed single-pole air switches, fuse disconnecting switches, and accessories for ac distribution systems are covered. These include enclosed, open, and open-link types of distribution cutouts and fuses; distribution current-limiting fuses; distribution oil cutouts; distribution enclosed single-pole air switches; power fuses, including current-limiting types; outdoor and indoor fuse disconnecting switches; fuse supports, mountings, hooks, and links, all of the type used exclusively with the above; and removable switch blades for certain products among the above. Key Words: air switch, High-voltage fuse, Fuse disconnecting switch, Fuse accessories, Distribution enclosed single-pole Designation: C37.40-1981 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Switchgear Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1988 Title: American National Standard Service Conditions and Definitions for High- Voltage Fuses, Distribution Enclosed Single-Pole Air Switches, Fuse Disconnecting Switches, and Accessories Status: Superseded History: BD APP: Sep 18, 1980, ANSI APP: Jan 12, 1981 Key Words: C37.40 Designation: C37.40a-1987 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Switchgear Title: Definitions for Slant Rated Cutouts Status: Superseded **Included in revision of C37.40-1993 Revision of C37.40-1981 History: BD APP: Jun 11, 1987, ANSI APP: May 03, 1988 Key Words: C37.40a Designation: C37.40b-1996 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Switchgear Title: IEEE Standard Service Conditions and Definitions for External Fuses for Shunt Capacitors Status: Superseded **Supplement to IEEE Std C37.40-1993. Superseded by C37.40-2003. History: PAR APP: Dec 28, 1981, BD APP: Aug 09, 1996, ANSI APP: Jan 06, 1997 Abstract: Definitions for high-voltage external capacitor fuses (above 1000 V) used for the protection of shunt capacitor banks are covered in this supplement. Key Words: external capacitor fuses Designation: C37.40c Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Switchgear Title: Standard Definitions for Full Range Current Limiting Fuse Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Richard H Arndt, Phone:414-548-9115, Email:RHArndt@email.pitnet.net **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Feb 15, 1990 Designation: C37.41-2000 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Switchgear Title: IEEE Standard Design Tests For High-Voltage Fuses, Distribution Enclosed Single-Pole Air Switches, Fuse Disconnecting Switches, and Accessories Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Nov 30, 2000 **This standard supersedes C37.41-1994 and C37.41e-1996. History: PAR APP: Jun 14, 1995, BD APP: Jan 30, 2000, ANSI APP: Jun 07, 2000 Project Scope: Make technical revisions, reorganize the standard for improved clarity, and further the harmonization efforts with comparable IEC documents on current limiting and expulsion type fuses. Project Purpose: To consider and implement several needed technicql revisions/additions, such as prospective short circuit current of test circuits, homogeneous series for expulsion fuses, etc. In addition, the document will be reorganized to greatly improve understanding and utility plus harmonize with the latest IEC standards where possible. Abstract: " Required procedures for performing design tests for high-voltage distribution class andpower-class fuses, as well as for fuse-disconnecting switches and enclosed single-pole air switch-es, are specified. These design tests, as appropriate to a particular device, include the following testtypes" Key Words: "distribution enclosed single-pole air switches, fuse accessories, fuse design tests, fuse disconnecting switches, high-voltage fuses" Designation: PC37.41 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Switchgear Title: Standard design tests for high-voltage (>1000 V) fuses, distribution enclosed single-pole air switches, fuse disconnecting switches, and accessories. Status: Revision Project Technical Contact: John G Leach, Phone:828-322-2860, Email:jgleach@hi-techfuses.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 08, 2004 Project Scope: This standard specifies design test requirements for high- voltage (above 1000 V) fuses, distribution enclosed single-pole air switches, fuse disconnecting switches, and accessories for use on alternating current distribution systems. Project Purpose: The project is to update the existing document, bringing it into agreement with current requirements for high-voltage (>1000 V) fuses and switches. Designation: C37.41-1994 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Switchgear Title: IEEE Standard Design Tests for High-Voltage Fuses, Distribution Enclosed Single-Pole Air Switches, Fuse Disconnecting Switches and Accessories Status: Superseded **This standard was superseded by C37.41-2000. History: PAR APP: Feb 02, 1989, BD APP: Sep 22, 1994, ANSI APP: Jan 03, 1995 Abstract: Required procedures for performing design tests for high-voltage distribution-class and power-class fuses, as well as for fuse disconnecting switches and enclosed single-pole air switches are specified. These design tests, as appropriate to a particular device, include the following test types--dielectric, interrupting, load-break, making current, radio-influence, short-time current, temperature-rise, time-current, mechanical, and liquid-tightness. Key Words: high-voltage fuses, fuse disconnecting switches, fuse design tests, distribution enclosed single-pole, Fuse accessories Designation: C37.41-1988 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Switchgear Title: IEEE Standard Design Tests for High-Voltage Fuses, Distribution Enclosed Single-Pole Air Switches, Fuse Disconnecting Switches, and Accessories Status: Superseded History: BD APP: Mar 10, 1988 Abstract: Tests for high-voltage fuses (above 600 V), distribution enclosed single-pole air switches, fuse disconnecting switches, and accessories (for AC distribution systems) are covered. These include enclosed, open, and open-link types of distribution cutouts and fuses; distribution current-limiting fuses; distribution oil cutouts; distribution enclosed single-pole air switches; power fuses, including current-limiting types; outdoor and indoor fuse disconnecting switches; fuse supports, fuse mountings, fuse hooks, fuse tongs, and fuse links of the type used exclusively with the above products; and removable switch blades for certain of the above. Designation: C37.41-1981 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Switchgear Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1987 Title: HVFuses, Distr. Enclosed Single-Pole Air Switches, Fuse Disconnecting Switches & Accessories, Design Test for Status: Superseded History: PAR APP: Mar 28, 1986, BD APP: Jan 01, 1987 Key Words: C37.41 Designation: C37.41b Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Switchgear Title: Transient Recovery Voltage Status: Superseded **incorporated into C37.41-1988 History: PAR APP: Mar 28, 1986 Key Words: C37.41b Designation: C37.41c-1992 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Switchgear Title: IEEE Test Standard for Expulsion Fuses in Enclosures (Supplement to C37.41-1988) Status: Superseded **Supplement to C37.41-1988 History: PAR APP: Sep 26, 1991, BD APP: Sep 26, 1991, ANSI APP: Mar 20, 1992 Abstract: Procedures are given for performance testing of liquid-submerged and in-air expulsion fuses in enclosures. Key Words: inair, expulsion, fuses, liquid, submerged Designation: C37.41d-1987 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Switchgear Title: X/R Values for Interrupting Tests on Slant Rated Cutouts Status: Superseded **incorporated into C37.41-1988 History: BD APP: Mar 12, 1987 Key Words: C37.41d Designation: C37.41e-1996 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Switchgear Title: IEEE Standard Design Tests for External Fuses for Shunt Capacitors Status: Superseded **Supplement to IEEE Std C37.41-1994. This standard was superseded by C37.41-2000. History: PAR APP: Dec 28, 1981, BD APP: Aug 09, 1996, ANSI APP: Jan 06, 1997 Abstract: The design testing required for high-voltage external capacitor fuses (above 1000 V) used for the protection of shunt capacitor banks is covered in this supplement. Key Words: external capacitor fuses Designation: C37.41f-1987 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Switchgear Title: Mechanical Design Tests for Distribution Cutouts Status: Superseded **Incorporated into C37.41-1988 History: BD APP: Mar 12, 1987 Key Words: C37.41f Designation: C37.41h Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Switchgear Title: Standard Design Tests for Full Range Current Limiting Fuse Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Richard H Arndt, Phone:414-548-9115, Email:RHArndt@email.pitnet.net **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Feb 15, 1990 Designation: PC37.43 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Switchgear Title: Standard Specifications for High-Voltage Expulsion, Current-Limiting and Combination Type Distribution and Power Class External Fuses, With Rated Voltages from 1 through 38Kv, Used for the Protection of Shunt Capacitors Status: New Standard Project Technical Contact: Mark Stavnes, Phone:773-338-1000, Email:mstavnes@sandc.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 10, 2003 Project Scope: This standard establishes specifications for high voltage (above 1000 volts) distribution and power class expulsion, current-limiting and combination type external capacitor fuses and accessories for protecting shunt capacitors complying with IEEE std 18 and NEMA std CP-1. All of these devices are intended for use on alternating current systems. These fuses may be used with capacitor units, groups of units, or entire banks and include specific capacitor line [group] and capacitor unit fuse types as follows: a) Current limiting fuses. b) Expulsion fuses. c) Combination of current limiting and expulsion fuses. d) Fuse supports, fuse mountings, and accessories used with fuses listed in a) through c), above. e) Current- limiting, expulsion and combination type capacitor fuses, items a) through c), used in fuse enclosure packages (FEP). Project Purpose: The proposed standard is a new IEEE (ANSI)American Standard covering Specifications for High-Voltage Distribution and Power Class Expulsion, Current-Limiting and Combination Types of External Fuses for Shunt Capacitors. This standard will be prepared by the IEEE Subcommittee on High Voltage Fuses. Liaison will be maintained with the International Electrotechnical Commission (IEC) during the development of the revisions in order to incorporate the latest thinking up to the time of publication. Designation: C37.45-2007 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Switchgear Title: Standard Specifications for High Voltage Distribution Class Enclosed Single-Pole Air Switches with Rated Voltages from 1 through 8.3 kV Status: Approved Publication of IEEE Technical Contact: Mark Stavnes, Phone:773-338-1000, Email:mstavnes@sandc.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Oct 30, 2003, BD APP: Mar 22, 2007 Project Scope: This standard establishes specifications for high voltage (above 1000 volts) distribution class enclosed single-pole air switches and associated accessories with rated voltages from 1 through 8.3 Kv. All of these devices are intended for use on alternating current distribution systems. These specifications apply to the following specific types of equipment: a) Distribution class enclosed single-pole air switches. b) Supports, mountings, fuse hooks, tongs, all of the type used exclusively with distribution class enclosed single-pole air switches. c) Distribution class enclosed single-pole air switches used in enclosure packages. Project Purpose: This standard is a revision of American National Standard Specifications for Distribution Enclosed Single-Pole Air Switches, ANSI C37.45-1981(R1992), to bring it up to date and in line with present day requirements for high-voltage switches. This standard was previously developed by the NEMA High Voltage Fuse Technical Committee (SG2). As of 2003 the responsibility for this standard has been transferred to the IEEE High-Voltage Fuse Subcommittee. Liaison was maintained with the International Electrotechnical Commission (IEC) during the development of the revisions in order to incorporate the latest thinking up to the time of publication. Designation: C37.48-2005 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Switchgear Title: IEEE Guide for the Application, Operation, and Maintenance of High- Voltage Fuses, Distribution Enclosed Single-Pole Air Switches, Fuse Disconnecting Switches, and Accessories Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: May 20, 2005 Technical Contact: John G Leach, Phone:828-322-2860, Email:jgleach@hi-techfuses.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Feb 13, 2003, BD APP: Jan 24, 2005, ANSI APP: Feb 07, 2005 Project Scope: Document is a guide to the application, operation and Maintenance of all types of High-Voltage fuses and associated equipment covered by the C37.4X series of standards. The project will revise approximately 20% of the document, while retaining the origional document scope. [Original Scope - Revise/update scope, make improvements, and expand application to cover other devices (specifically full-range fuses, capacitor fuses, expulsion fuses in enclosures).] Project Purpose: The standard provides use guidance on fuses and associated equipment. The proposed revision is to clarify and expand certain areas. Some of these were identified by comments to the vote on the last revision of the standard, while others have been identified by user feedback since that date. [Original Purpose - To bring the document up to date.] Abstract: Information on the application, operation and maintenance of high-voltage fuses (above 1,000 V and through 169 kV), distribution enclosed single-pole air switches, fuse disconnecting switches, and accessories for use on ac distribution systems is provided. These include enclosed, open, and open-link types of distribution cutouts and fuses; distribution current-limiting fuses; distribution enclosed single-pole air switches; power fuses, including current-limiting types; outdoor and indoor fuse disconnecting switches; fuse supports, mountings, and links, all of the type used exclusively with the above; and removable switch blades for certain products among the above. This guide is one of a series of complimentary standards so arranged that this guide plus two other standards apply to all devices, while one or more of the other standards provides additional specifications for a particular device. For each device, IEEE Std C37.40-2003 and IEEE Std C37.41-2000 plus the standard(s) covering that device constitute a complete set of standards for each device. In addition to this application, operation and maintenance guide which covers all of the above devices, additional operation, classification, application, and coordination information for current-limiting fuses can be found in IEEE Std C37.48.1-2002, a "tutorial" style document. Key Words: current-limiting fuses, expulsion type fuses, distribution class fuses, power class fuses, fuse enclosure packages, high-voltage fuses, fuse, fuse applications, fuse disconnecting switches Designation: C37.48-1997 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Switchgear Title: IEEE Guide for the Application, Operation, and Maintenance of High- Voltage Fuses, Distribution Enclosed Single-Pole Air Switches, Fuse Disconnecting Switches, and Accessories Status: Superseded History: PAR APP: Jun 26, 1997, BD APP: Jul 18, 1997 Project Scope: Revise/update scope, make improvements, and expand application to cover other devices (specifically full-range fuses, capacitor fuses, expulsion fuses in enclosures). Project Purpose: To bring the document up to date. Abstract: Information on the application, operation and maintenance of high-voltage fuses (above 1000 V), distribution enclosed single-pole air switches, fuse disconnecting switches, and accessories for use on ac distribution systems is provided. This guide is one of a series of complementary standards covering various types of high-voltage fuses and switches, so arranged that two of the standards apply to all devices while each of the other standards provide additional specifications for a particular device. For each device, IEEE Std C37.40-1993, IEEE Std C37.41-1994, plus the standard covering that device, constitute a complete set of standards for each device. In addition, IEEE Std C37.48-1997 is an application, operation, and maintenance guide for all the devices. Key Words: current-limiting fuses, distribution class fuses, expulsion type fuses, fuse enclosure packages, fuses, power class fuses Designation: C37.48-1987 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Switchgear Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1992 Title: IEEE Guide for Application, Operation, and Maintenance of High-Voltage Fuses, Distribution Enclosed Single-Pole Air Switches, Fuse Disconnecting Switches, and Accessories Status: Superseded **Revision includes C37.48a. History: PAR APP: Mar 28, 1986, BD APP: Dec 08, 1983, ANSI APP: Jul 09, 1987 Abstract: High-voltage fuses (above 600 V), distribution enclosed single-pole air switches, fuse disconnecting switches, and accessories for AC distribution systems are covered. These include enclosed, open, and open-link types of distribution cutouts and fuses; distribution current-limiting fuses; distribution oil cutouts; distribution enclosed single-pole air switches; power fuses including current-limiting types; outdoor and indoor fuse disconnecting switches; fuse supports, fuse mountings, fuse hooks, fuse tongs, and fuse links of the type used exclusively with the above products; and removable switch blades for certain of the above. Key Words: Switchgear testing, Fuses, Disconnecting switches, Air break switches Designation: C37.48.1-2002 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Switchgear Title: IEEE Guide for the Operation, Classification, Application, and Coordination of Current Limiting Fuses with Rated Voltages 1-38kV Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Aug 06, 2002 Technical Contact: Frank J Muench, Phone:262-691-8310, Email:fmuench@cooperpower.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Jun 25, 1998, BD APP: May 13, 2002, ANSI APP: Sep 04, 2002 Project Scope: A user survey indicated considerable misunderstanding on the different types of high voltage current limiting fuses in regard to their operation, classification, application, and coordination. Hence, the guide will deal with these issues in a tutorial fashion and provide a much needed enhancement to the existing C37.48 document. Project Purpose: There is currently no technical document which explains to the user or specifier the basic differences between various types of current limiting fuses, how they work, applicational rules and guidelines, and how to apply or coordinate them with other system elements. This project will provide an addition to C37.48 and give a clear understanding to the user regarding function, selection, and application of these devices. Abstract: Additional guidelines for application and coordination of high-voltage power- and distri-bution-class current-limiting fuses are provided. Key Words: "coordination, current-limiting fuses, disconnecting switches, fuse application, high voltage, high-voltages fuses, rated maximum voltage, single pole air switches, time-current-characteristics, TCC" Designation: C37.48a-1984 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Switchgear Title: Appl Current Limiting Fuses in Encl TU Status: Superseded **Incl with revision C37.48 History: PAR APP: Mar 28, 1986 Key Words: C37.48a Designation: C37.48b Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Switchgear Title: External Capacitor Fuses Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. History: (Ref. Std.: IEEE 418b) Designation: C37.48c-1991 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Switchgear Title: IEEE Guide for Application of Expulsion Fuses in Enclosures (Supplement to C37.48-1987) Status: Superseded **Supplement to C37.48-1987. Superseded by C37.48-1997 History: PAR APP: Sep 26, 1991, BD APP: Sep 26, 1991, ANSI APP: Mar 20, 1992 Abstract: Guidelines are provided for the application and maintenance of liquid-submerged and in-air expulsion fuses in enclosures. The operation of liquid-submerged fuses is also covered. Key Words: singlepole, Liquid-submerged expulsion fuse, In-air expulsion fuses Designation: C37.48d Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Switchgear Title: Standard Application, Operation and Maintenance Guidelines for Full Range Current Limiting Fuse Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. **Supplement to C37.48-1997 Technical Contact: Richard H Arndt, Phone:414-548-9115, Email:RHArndt@email.pitnet.net **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Feb 15, 1990 Designation: PC37.53.1 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Switchgear Title: Standard Conformance Test Procedures for High-Voltage Current-Limiting Motor-Starter Fuses With Rated Voltages from 1 Through 38 Kv Status: New Standard Project Technical Contact: Mark Stavnes, Phone:773-338-1000, Email:mstavnes@sandc.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 10, 2003 Project Scope: This standard covers the conformance test procedures for alternating-current high-voltage motor-starter fuses covered in the applicable Standards listed in clause 2. High-voltage motor-starter fuses are backup, current-limiting fuses used in conjunction with high-voltage Class E2 motor starters. This standard does not cover installations under the exclusive control of electric utilities for the purposes of communication or metering, or for the generation, control, transformation, transmission, and distribution of electric energy located in buildings used exclusively by utilities for such purposes, or located outdoors on property owned or leased by the utility or on public highways, streets, roads, and the like, or located outdoors by established rights on private property. Project Purpose: This standard is a revision of American National Standard for Switchgear - High Voltage Current Limiting Motor-Starter Fuses - Conformance Test Procedures, ANSI C37.53.1-1989, to bring it up to date and in line with present day requirements for high-voltage switches. This standard was previously developed by the NEMA High Voltage Fuse Technical Committee (SG2). As of 2003 the responsibility for this standard has been transferred to the IEEE High-Voltage Fuse Subcommittee. Liaison was maintained with the International Electrotechnical Commission (IEC) during the development of the revisions in order to incorporate the latest thinking up to the time of publication. Designation: C37.59-2002 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Switchgear Title: IEEE Standard Requirements for Conversion of Power Switchgear Equipment Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Mar 12, 2003 **Supersedes C37.59-1996. Technical Contact: Peter W Dwyer, Phone:610-296-1273, Email:pete.dwyer@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Mar 18, 1999, BD APP: Sep 12, 2002, ANSI APP: Jan 22, 2003 Project Scope: Conversion of switchgear is a relatively new and rapidly expanding practice which has limited guidance from existing industry standards. Designers and manufacturers of these conversions as well as those contrafting for the conversions may have limited design knowledge and there is a strong need for guidance which reflects both the evolving technology as well as the experience of technical experts of both manufacturer and user. Unfortunately, there have already been fatal accidents involving conversions. Although existing versions of C37.59 provide some requirements, industry experience has already defined additional information which is needed including additional definitions, coverage of contractors being substituted for breaker elements, dynamic matching of mechanism operated contracts with the driving mechanisms as well as editorial changes. This PAR is to revise the existing C37.59-1996 to reflect the needs of the power industry. Project Purpose: The purpose of this project is to provide better requirements and guidance for conversion in the Power industry. Added safety will be one of the benefits. Abstract: " Directions and requirements are provided for the conversion of qualified powerswitchgear equipment. Examples such as low-voltage power circuit breakers; high-voltage outdoorand medium-voltage indoor drawout power circuit breakers; low- and medium-voltage fusedcontactors; low- and medium-voltage ground and test devices; medium-voltage fused loadinterrupter switches; and all metal-enclosed switchgear are covered. Existing design standards arereferenced with appropriate guidance on design testing necessary to design-verify the conversions.Reconditioning, which concerns the maintenance of existing equipment without alteration, is notcovered. " Key Words: "conversion, power switchgear equipment, qualified design" Designation: PC37.59 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Switchgear Title: Standard Requirements for Conversion of Power Switchgear Equipment Status: Modified Revision Project Technical Contact: Peter W Dwyer, Phone:610-296-1273, Email:pete.dwyer@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. Project Scope: This standard covers power switchgear equipment that is converted from a qualified design. It provides direction and guidance in those conversions and specifies required design verification in accordance with applicable American National Standards Institute (ANSI), National Electrical Manufacturers Association (NEMA), Underwriters Laboratories Inc. (UL) or IEEE standards. This standard also recognizes that production/field testing does not provide design verification. This can only be accomplished by means of design testing and technical evaluation. Project Purpose: The existing 2002 and proposed documents do not have a "purpose" clause. Conversions of existing installed switchgear is a relatively young technology, and as such, is rapidly evolving. As such, new types of conversions are being created, and these need to be addressed in this standard. In addition, experience is growing with existing types of conversions, suggesting areas in the existing document that should be expanded to give a fuller treatment of the issues and the design and verification activities needed. Issues have been raised by users, converters, producers, and third-party agencies. A few of these are: testing of trip device modifications to LVPCBs (low voltage power circuit breakers); molded-case CB adaptations to LVPCB switchgear; effect on dielectric performance of sensors added in high voltage compartments; conversion of non-arc-resistant equipment to obtain arc-resistant performance; effect of substitution of a circuit breaker without high current instantaneous release in a product originally supplied with such a release; and many others. Designation: C37.59-1996 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Switchgear Title: IEEE Standard Requirements for Conversion of Power Switchgear Equipment Status: Superseded **Revision of IEEE Std C37.59-1991. Superseded by C37.59-2002. History: PAR APP: Sep 22, 1994, BD APP: Dec 10, 1996 Abstract: Power switchgear equipment that is converted from the original manufacturer's designs, whether the conversion is performed in manufacturing plants or at installation sites, is covered. Key Words: conversion, power switchgear equipment Designation: C37.59-1991 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Switchgear Title: IEEE Standard Requirements for Conversion of Power Switchgear Equipment Status: Superseded History: PAR APP: Sep 26, 1991, BD APP: Dec 05, 1991, ANSI APP: Apr 20, 1992 Abstract: Direction and requirements for the conversion of power switchgear equipment from the original manufacturers' designs, whether the conversion is performed in manufacturing plants or at installation sites, are provided. Low-voltage power circuit breakers, high-voltage outdoor and drawout indoor type power circuit breakers, and metal-enclosed switchgear are covered. Existing design standards are fully referenced with appropriate guidance on what type of design testing is necessary to design- verify the conversions. Reconditioning, which concerns the maintenance of existing equipment without alteration, is not covered. Key Words: switchgear, equipment, conversion Designation: C37.59 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Switchgear Title: Standard Requirements for Conversion of Power Switchgear Equipment Status: Superseded Technical Contact: Peter W Dwyer, Phone:610-296-1273, Email:pete.dwyer@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 23, 2004 Project Scope: Existing Scope: This standard covers power switchgear equipment that is converted from a qualified design. It provides direction and guidance in those conversions and specifies required design verification in accordance with applicable American National Standards Institute (ANSI), National Electrical Manufacturers Association (NEMA), Underwriters Laboratories Inc. (UL) or IEEE standards. This standard also recognizes that production/field testing does not provide design verification. This can only be accomplished by means of design testing and technical evaluation. As part of this revision, the title of clause 1 will be changed to "scope" and clause 1.1 (presently titles "scope") will be retitled as "background". The text of the standard will undergo substantial revisions throughout. Project Purpose: Conversions of existing installed switchgear is a relatively young technology, and as such, is rapidly evolving. As such, new types of conversions are being created, and these need to be addressed in this standard. In addition, experience is growing with existing types of conversions, suggesting areas in the existing document that should be expanded to give a fuller treatment of the issues and the design and verification activities needed. Issues have been raised by users, converters, producers, and third-party agencies. A few of these are: testing of trip device modifications to LVPCBs (low voltage power circuit breakers); molded-case CB adaptations to LVPCB switchgear; effect on dielectric performance of sensors added in high voltage compartments; conversion of non-arc-resistant equipment to obtain arc-resistant performance; effect of substitution of a circuit breaker without high current instantaneous release in a product originally supplied with such a release; and many others. Designation: C37.60-2003 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Switchgear Title: IEEE Standard Requirements for Overhead, Pad Mounted, Dry Vault, and Submersible Automatic Circuit Reclosers and Fault Interrupters for alternating current systems up to 38 kV Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Aug 11, 2003 **Supersedes C37.60-1981 (R1992). Technical Contact: David Stone, Phone:414-339-2875, Email:dtstone@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Mar 21, 1996, BD APP: Mar 20, 2003, ANSI APP: Aug 05, 2003 Project Scope: This standard applies to all overhead, pad-mounted, dry vault, and submersible single- or multipole alternating current automatic circuit reclosers and fault interrupters for rated maximum voltages above 1000V and up to 38 kV. In order to simplify this standard where possible, the term recloser/FI (reclosers/FIs) has been substituted for automatic circuit recloser or fault interrupter or both. NOTE--When reclosers are applied in substation, special considerations may apply. Project Purpose: The purpose of this project is to revise existing standard including, but not limited to: a) general update to bring the standard in line with current technology; b) update information on BIL, altitude correction, temperature rise; c) add information on other interrupting/insulating media (e.g. SF6); d) add transient recovery voltage requirements; e) add voltage ratings common to systems outside of North America Abstract: "IEEE Std C37.60-2003, IEEE Standard for Overhead, Pad-Mounted, Dry Vault, and Submersible Automatic Circuit Reclosers and Fault Interrupters for Alternating Current Systems Up to 38 kV" Key Words: "dry vault, fault interrupter, overhead, pad-mounted, recloser, submersible, standard operating duty, switchgear" Designation: IEC 62271-111 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Switchgear Title: Standard for High voltage switchgear and controlgear – Part 111: Overhead, pad-mounted, dry vault, and submersible automatic circuit reclosers and fault interrupters for alternating current systems up to 38 kV Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jul 12, 2006 **This document is an IEC/IEEE Dual Logo Document. It is a compendium of IEEE Std C37.60-2003 and IEEE Std C37.60-2003/Cor 1-2004. Technical Contact: David Stone, Phone:414-339-2875, Email:dtstone@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Mar 21, 1996 Project Scope: This Standard applies to all overhead, pad mounted, dry vault and submersible single or multi-pole alternating current automatic circuit reclosers and fault interrupters for rated maximum voltages above 1000 V and up to 38 kV. The following is also included in section 1: In order to simplify this standard where possible, the term recloser/FI (reclosers/FIs) has been substituted for automatic circuit recloser or fault interrupter or both. NOTE--When reclosers are applied in substation, special considerations may apply. Project Purpose: The purpose of this project is to revise existing standard including, but not limited to: a) general update to bring the standard in line with current technology; b) update information on BIL, altitude correction, temperature rise; c) add information on other interrupting/insulating media (e.g. SF6); d) add transient recovery voltage requirements; e) add voltage ratings common to systems outside of North America Abstract: "IEEE Std C37.60-2003, IEEE Standard for Overhead, Pad-Mounted, Dry Vault, and Submersible Automatic Circuit Reclosers and Fault Interrupters for Alternating Current Systems Up to 38 kV" Key Words: "dry vault, fault interrupter, overhead, pad-mounted, recloser, submersible, standard operating duty, switchgear" Designation: PC37.60 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Switchgear Title: Standard Requirements for Overhead, Pad Mounted, Dry Vault, and Submersible Automatic Circuit Reclosers and Fault Interrupters for alternating current systems up to 38 kV Status: Revision Project Technical Contact: David Stone, Phone:414-339-2875, Email:dtstone@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. Project Scope: This Standard applies to all overhead, pad mounted, dry vault and submersible single or multi-pole alternating current automatic circuit reclosers and fault interrupters for rated maximum voltages above 1000 V and up to 38 kV. In order to simplify this standard where possible, the term recloser/FI (reclosers/FIs) has been substituted for automatic circuit recloser or fault interrupter or both. NOTE--When reclosers are applied in substation, special considerations may apply. Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to define the rating structure, preferred ratings, test, and construction requirements for overhead, pad-mounted, dry vault, and submersible single- or multipole alternating current automatic circuit reclosers and fault interrupters for rated maximum voltages above 1000 V and up to 38 kV. Designation: C37.60-1981 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Switchgear Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1992 Title: IEEE Standard Requirements for Overhead, Pad Mounted, Dry Vault, and Submersible Automatic Circuit Reclosers and Fault Interrupters for AC Systems Status: Superseded **Superseded by C37.60-2003. History: BD APP: Mar 15, 1979, ANSI APP: Nov 25, 1980 Abstract: The requirements set forth apply to all overhead, pad mounted, dry vault and submersible single- or multipole ac automatic circuit reclosers and fault interrupters for rated maximum voltages above 1000 V. Service conditions and ratings are discussed. Conditions and procedures are specified for design tests, including dielectric, interruption, current, partial discharge, radio- influence voltage, surge-current, temperature-rise, time-current, mechanical operations, and surge-withstand tests. Production tests and construction requirements are covered. Key Words: Switchgear testing, Reclosing devices, Interrupters Designation: C37.60 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Switchgear Title: Standard Requirements for Overhead, Pad Mounted Dry Vault and Submersible Automatic Circuit Reclosers and Fault Interrupters for AC Systems Status: Superseded Technical Contact: David Stone, Phone:414-339-2875, Email:dtstone@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 21, 1996 Project Scope: This standard describes all requirements, including rating information, design tests, production tests, and construction requirements for overhead, pad mounted, dry vault and submersible automatic circuit reclosers and fault interrupters for rated maximum voltage above 1000 volts. Project Purpose: A general update to bring this standard in line with current technology. Include current information on BIL, altitude correction and temperature rise. Include information on other interrupting/insulation media (SF6). Consider and include, if appropriate, transient recovery voltage values. Designation: C37.60-2003/Cor 1-2004-2004 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Switchgear Title: IEEE Standard Requirements for Overhead Pad-Mounted, Dry Vault, and Submersible Automatic Circuit Reclosers and Fault Interrupters for Alternating Current Systems Up to 38 kV--Corrigendum 1 Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Apr 08, 2005 Technical Contact: David Stone, Phone:414-339-2875, Email:dtstone@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Dec 10, 2003, BD APP: Sep 23, 2004, ANSI APP: Feb 02, 2005 Project Scope: The scope of this project is to prepare a corrigendum for C37.60-2003 to correct editorial and technical errors that have been identified since RevCom approval in early 2003. Four errors have been identified, others may surface now that the document has been published. Project Purpose: The purpose of this project is to correct known errors in the published standard. This standard has been approved by the PE Switchgear Standards Main Committee for submittal to IEC for Dual Logo Status. The members feel that a corrigendum should be issued before that submittal is made. Abstract: Required definitions, ratings, procedures for performing design tests, production tests, and construction requirements for overhead, pad-mounted, dry vault, and submersible automatic circuit reclosers and fault interrupters for alternating systems up to 38 kV are specified. Key Words: dry vault, fault interrupter, overhead, pad-mounted, recloser, submersible, standard operating duty, switchgear Designation: C37.60a Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Switchgear Title: Partial Discharge Tests Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. History: PAR APP: Dec 28, 1979 (Ref. Std.: IEEE437a) Key Words: C37.60a Designation: C37.61 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Switchgear Title: Guide for the Application, Operation and Maintenance of Automatic Circuit Reclosers Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: David Stone, Phone:414-339-2875, Email:dtstone@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 21, 1996 Project Scope: This application guide provides information on the selection, application, operation, and maintenance of alternating current automatic circuit reclosers. Project Purpose: A general update to bring this standard in line with current technology. Include current information on BIL, altitude correction - temperature rise. Include information on other interrutping insulation media. Consider and include, if appropriate, transient recovery voltage values. Designation: C37.61-1973 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Switchgear Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1992 Title: IEEE Standard Guide for the Application, Operation, and Maintenance of Automatic Circuit Reclosers Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Feb 07, 2003. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. History: BD APP: Jun 22, 1972, ANSI APP: Jun 14, 1973 Abstract: Information on the selection, application, operation, and maintenance of single-or multi-pole AC automatic circuit reclosers is provided. The principle characteristics of reclosers are identified, and the necessary system information is indicated. Step-by-step procedures for selecting reclosers for specific applications are given. Key Words: Reclosing devices Designation: C37.63-2005 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Switchgear Title: IEEE Standard Requirements for Overhead, Pad-Mounted, Dry-Vault, and Submersible Automatic Line Sectionalizers for AC Systems Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Aug 12, 2005 Technical Contact: Marcel Fortin, Phone:450-922-0925, Email:fortin.marcel@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Jun 13, 2002, BD APP: Feb 14, 2005, ANSI APP: May 06, 2005 Project Scope: This standard applies to all overhead, pad-mounted, dry-vault, and submersible single-pole or multipole alternating current automatic line sectionalizers for rated maximum voltages above 1000 V. Project Purpose: Revise the C37.63 standard to allign it with latest edition of P1247: IEEE Standard for Interrupter Switches for Alternating current above 1000 V C37.60: Standard Requirements for Overhead, Pad Mounted, Dry Vault, and Submersible Automatic Circuit Reclosers and Fault interrupters for AC Systems C37.74: Standard for Interrupter Switches for Altenating Current, Rated Above 1000 V Abstract: Required definitions (for cutout type sectionalizers), ratings, procedures for performing design tests and production tests, constructional requirements, and application considerations for overhead and pad-mounted, dry-vault, and submersible automatic line sectionalizers for ac systems are specified. Key Words: sectionalizers: cutout type, dry-vault, pad-mounted; submersible Designation: C37.63-1997 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Switchgear Title: IEEE Standard Requirements for Overhead, Pad-Mounted, Dry-Vault and Submersible Automatic Line Sectionalizers for AC Systems Status: Superseded **Revision of IEEE Std C37.63-1984. History: PAR APP: Sep 28, 1990, BD APP: Mar 20, 1997, ANSI APP: Aug 20, 1997 Abstract: Required definitions (for cutout type sectionalizers), ratings, procedures for performing design tests and production tests, constructional requirements, and application considerations for overhead and pad-mounted, dry-vault, and submersible automatic line sectionalizers for ac systems are specified. Key Words: sectionalizers, cutout type, dry-vault sectionalizers, pad-mounted, submersible Designation: C37.63-1984 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Switchgear Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1990 Title: IEEE Standard Requirements for Overhead, Pad-Mounted, Dry-Vault, and Submersible Automatic Line Sectionalizers for AC Systems Status: Superseded History: BD APP: May 29, 1980, ANSI APP: Oct 08, 1990 Abstract: This standard applies to all overhead, pad-mounted, dry-vault, and submersible single-pole or multipole ac automatic line sectionalizers for rated maximum voltages above 1000 V. It covers service conditions, ratings, design tests, production tests, and construction requirements. Key Words: switchgear, Switches Designation: C37.66-2005 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Switchgear Title: IEEE Standard Requirements for Capacitor Switches for AC Systems (1 kV to 38 kV) Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Mar 22, 2006 Technical Contact: Harold J. Hirz, Phone:216-377-2203, Email:harold.hirz@joslynhv.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Mar 16, 1995, BD APP: Sep 22, 2005, ANSI APP: Feb 01, 2006 Project Scope: This standard applies to single- or multi-pole ac switches for rated maximum voltage above 1 kV to 38 kV for use in switching shunt capacitor banks (see the note in this clause). This standard covers the application of capacitive load switching wherein the capacitive loads are separated by sufficient inductance to limit the high-frequency transient- making peak current to the peak values shown in Table 2 and Table 3. Switches designed and built in accordance with this standard are not intended for use as fault current or noncapacitive load current interrupting devices. NOTE—This standard is intended to be a comprehensive standard for all “specific duty” applications of switches in the area of switching shunt capacitor banks, but it is limited in scope up to and including 38 kV. However, subject to agreement between the user and manufacturer, it may be used as a specification guide for other rated voltages.1 Project Purpose: Revision of this standard to provide for switches using media other than oil, as well as oil, as a dielectric and load interrupting medium, title will be changed as well to remove reference to "oil filled". Abstract: Required definitions, ratings, and procedures for performing design tests, production tests, and construction requirements for capacitor switches for ac systems from 1kV to 38 kV are covered. Key Words: back-to-back capacitor switching, capacitor load, capacitor switches, inrush current, operation, pole discrepancy, probability of restrike classification, restrike, simultaneous operation Designation: C37.66-1966 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Switchgear Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1997 Title: IEEE Requirements for Oil Filled Capacitor Switches for AC Systems Status: Superseded History: ANSI APP: May 03, 1988 Designation: C37.70 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Switchgear Title: Auto Switch Operating Mechanisms Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. History: (Ref. Std.: IEEE 534) Designation: C37.71-2001 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Switchgear Title: IEEE Standard for Three-Phase Manually Operated Subsurface and Vault Load-Interrupting Switches for Alternating-Current Systems Status: Superseded **Supersedes C37.71-1984 (R1990). Superseded by C37.74-2003. Technical Contact: Donald R Martin, Phone:708-388-5010, Email:dmartin@gwelec.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jun 26, 1997, BD APP: Mar 17, 2001, ANSI APP: Aug 30, 2001 Project Scope: This project will be to review and revise the current ANSI/IEEE C37.71 to be consistent with other standards int his group and to include vault style switches. Project Purpose: There is currently no standard for vault style switches. C37.71 is typically followed for vault style switches, however there are operational and construction differences between vault and subsurface switches which need to be clarified. Abstract: " Requirements are given for three-phase group operated subsurface and vault load-interrupting switchgear with maximum ratings of 600 A and 38 kV, and for utilizing separableinsulated connectors. Definitions are given, and service conditions and ratings are discussed.Design tests, production tests, and construction requirements are included." Key Words: "subsurface switchgear, switched way, vault switchgear" Designation: C37.71-1984 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Switchgear Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1990 Title: IEEE Standard for Three-Phase, Manually Operated Subsurface Load Interrupting Switches for Alternating-Current Systems Status: Superseded **Superseded by C37.71-2001 History: BD APP: Jun 23, 1983, ANSI APP: Oct 08, 1990 Abstract: This standard applies to three-phase group-operated 60-Hz subsurface load-interrupting switches with maximum ratings of 600 A and 38 kV that utilize separable insulated connectors. It covers service conditions; ratings and test requirements; design, production, and conformance tests; construction requirements; and shipping requirements. Key Words: Switchgear testing, Interrupters Designation: C37.72 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Switchgear Title: Standard for Manually-Operated Dead-Front Padmounted Switchgear with Load Interrupting Switches and Separable Connectors for Alternating-Current Systems Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: John G Wood, Phone:415-973-3355, Email:jgw5@pge.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 10, 1996 Project Scope: This PAR is the official paperwork to transfer ownership of C37.72 from NEMA to the IEEE. Project Purpose: C37.71, C37.72, and C37.73 all harmonize with each other and should have the same ownership. The long range plan is to combine these three standards into one. Designation: C37.72-1987 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Switchgear Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1999 Title: Standard for Manually-Operated Dead-Front Padmounted Switchgear with Load/Interrupting Switches and Separable Connectors for Alternating-Current Systems Status: Superseded **This was a NEMA standard that had ownership transferred to the IEEE via a PAR for revision that was approved on 12/10/96. Superseded by C37.74-2003. History: ANSI APP: Jan 14, 2000 Designation: C37.73-1998 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Switchgear Title: Standard Requirements for Pad-Mounted Fused Switchgear Status: Superseded **Superseded by C37.74-2003. History: PAR APP: Dec 10, 1987, BD APP: Jul 13, 1998 Project Scope: This standard applies to 60 Hz pad mounted, fused load interrupting switches with maximum ratings of 600A and 38 kV, and utilizing separable insulated connectors. Project Purpose: The purpose of this project is to develop a requirements standard for pad-mounted, fused, load interrupting devices utilizing separable insulated connectors. Abstract: " Requirements for assemblies of single-phase and three-phase, dead-front and live-front,pad-mounted, load-interrupter switches with expulsion, current-limiting, and other types of fuses inenclosures up to 38 kV rated maximum voltage are given. Definitions are given, and service condi-tions and ratings are discussed. Design tests, production tests, and construction requirements areincluded. " Key Words: "fused-loadbreak way,fused-switched way,fused way,pad-mounted fused switchgear,switched way" Designation: C37.74-2003 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Switchgear Title: IEEE Standard Requirements for Subsurface, Vault, and Padmounted Load- Interrupter Switchgear and Fused Load-Interrupter Switchgear for Alternating Current Systems up to 38 kV Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Sep 26, 2003 **Supersedes C37.71-2001, C37.72-1987 (R1999), and C37.73-1998. Technical Contact: Steven Meiners, Phone:860-747-7817, Email:steven.meiners@ge.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Jan 30, 2000, BD APP: Mar 20, 2003, ANSI APP: Aug 07, 2003 Project Scope: This standard applies to enclosed assemblies of single-phase and three-phase, dead-front and live-front, subsurface, vault, and pad-mounted load-interrupter switches with or without protective devices, such as fuses or fault interrupters, up to 38 kV rated maximum voltage. Project Purpose: The purpose of this project is to consolidate three existing standards that are very similar in scope, content, and requirements. In doing so, a reduction in the future maintenance of the standard(s) should be realized. Abstract: "IEEE Std C37.74-2003, IEEE Standard Requirements for Subsurface, Vault, and Pad-Mounted Load-Interrupter Switchgear and Fused Load-Interrupter Switchgear for Alternating Current Systems Up to 38 kV" Key Words: "fused, load-interrupter, pad-mounted, subsurface, switchgear, vault, way" Designation: PC37.74 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Switchgear Title: Standard Requirements for Subsurface, Vault, and Padmounted Load- Interrupter Switchgear and Fused Load-Interrupter Switchgear for Alternating Current Systems up to 38 kV Status: Revision Project Technical Contact: Steven Meiners, Phone:860-747-7817, Email:steven.meiners@ge.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. Project Scope: This standard applies to enclosed assemblies of single-phase and three-phase, dead-front and live-front, subsurface, vault, and pad-mounted load-interrupter switches with or without protective devices, such as fuses or fault interrupters, upto 38 kV rated maximum voltage. Project Purpose: The purpose of this project is to make general standard updates and revisions. Also, to incorporate construction and testing additions as discovered by existing TF on solid dielectric swithces and breakers. Designation: C37.077 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Switchgear Title: Requirement for Current Transformers for use with AC-High-Voltage Circuit Breakers Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. History: PAR APP: Jun 28, 1977 (Ref. Std.: 670) Key Words: C37.077 Designation: C37.81-1989 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Switchgear Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2005 Title: IEEE Guide for Seismic Qualification of Class 1E Metal-Enclosed Power Switchgear Assemblies Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jan 30, 1990 **This guide complements Std 344-1987. History: PAR APP: Jun 28, 1978, BD APP: Nov 09, 1989, ANSI APP: Apr 13, 1990 Abstract: This standard provides specific requirements and guidance for seismic qualification of metal-enclosed power switchgear assemblies. This guide may also be used in other applications in which seismic response of metal-enclosed power switchgear assemblies is a consideration. Key Words: "Class 1E metal-enclosed power switchgear assemblies, general response spectrum (GRS), performance requirements, seismic criteria" Designation: C37.081-1981 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Switchgear Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2007 Title: IEEE Guide for Synthetic Fault Testing of AC High-Voltage Circuit Breakers Rated on a Symmetrical Current Basis Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jun 12, 1981 History: BD APP: Sep 14, 1978, ANSI APP: Oct 01, 1988 Abstract: Guidelines are established for synthetic testing of circuit breakers, as well as test criteria for demonstrating the short-circuit current rating of circuit breakers on a single-phase basis. Criteria for evaluating results are also provided. The standard covers short-circuit current interruption process; basic principles of synthetic testing; synthetic test circuits; requirements for synthetic test methods; parameters, test procedures, and tolerances; short-line fault; multiple loops; circuit breakers equipped with parallel impedance; duty cycle; and test records. Key Words: Circuit-breaker testing Designation: C37.081a-1997 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Switchgear Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2007 Title: Supplement to IEEE Guide for Synthetic Fault Testing of AC High Voltage Circuit Breakers Rated on a Symmetrical Current Basis Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Apr 03, 1998 History: PAR APP: Sep 21, 1995, BD APP: Dec 09, 1997, ANSI APP: Feb 04, 1999 Project Scope: This revision will provide information on how to determine the Transient Recovery Voltage wave shapes for asymmetric terminal faults. The basis of rating is given and the factors to be applied for various fault conditions, i.e., degree of asymmetry and time of interruption. Project Purpose: Add ratings for asymmetric faults to existing standard. This represents work that has been done to develop the ratings. Abstract: " The transient recovery voltage needs to be modified when interrupting asymmetrical currents.The voltage rate R, the peak voltage E2 and the rate of change of current di/dt all change with theasymmetrical current zero. Guidance is provided on how to make these corrections when compared to thesymmetrical case." Key Words: "asymmetrical current,correction factors,major current zeros,minor current zeros,X/R ratio" Designation: C37.82-1987 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Switchgear Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2004 Title: IEEE Standard for the Qualification of Switchgear Assemblies for Class 1E Applications in Nuclear Power Generating Stations Status: Approved Publication of IEEE History: BD APP: Dec 08, 1983, ANSI APP: Feb 05, 1987 Project Scope: This document describes the methods and requirements for qualifying switchgear assemblies for indoor areas outside of the containment in nuclear power generating stations. These assemblies include: 1) Mettal- enclosed low-voltage power circuit breaker switchgear assemblies, as defined in ANSI/IEEE C37.20.1; 2) Metal-clad switchgear assemblies, as defined in ANSI/IEEE C37.20.2; 3) Metal-enclosed bus, as defined in ANSI/IEEE C37.23; 4) Metal-enclosed interrupter switchgear assemblies, as defined in ANSI/IEEE C37.20.3 Project Purpose: The purpose of this document is to provide amplification of the general requirements of ANSI/IEEE Std 323-1983 as they apply to the specific features of Class 1E switchgear assemblies. Where differences exist between this document and ANSI/IEEE Std 323-1983, this document takes precedence insofar as switchgear assemblies are concerned. Abstract: Methods and requirements for qualifying switchgear assemblies for indoor areas outside of the containment area in nuclear power generating stations are described. These assemblies include metal-enclosed low-voltage power circuit breaker switchgear assemblies, metal-clad switchgear assemblies, and metal-enclosed interrupter switchgear assemblies. This standard amplifies the general requirements of ANSI/IEEE 323-1983, IEEE Standard for Qualifying Class 1E Equipment for Nuclear Power Generating Stations, as they apply to Class 1E switchgear assemblies. Key Words: Switchgear terminology, Power generation testing, Nuclear power generation protection Designation: C37.082-1982 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Switchgear Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2006 Title: IEEE Standard Methods for the Measurement of Sound Pressure Levels of AC Power Circuit Breakers Status: Approved Publication of IEEE History: BD APP: Jun 07, 1979, ANSI APP: Oct 01, 1988 Abstract: Guidelines for uniform measurement and reporting of sound produced by AC power circuit breakers are established. The methods are intended for measuring the sound produced by outdoor circuit breakers in a free-field environment. The methods may be used indoors or in a restricted field, provided that precautions are observed in measurement and interpretation of results. Three types of tests are described: design tests, conformance tests, and field tests. The methods are intended to provide data that can be used in evaluating the effects of circuit breaker sound on human observers, but the evaluation itself is not covered. Key Words: Power transmission acoustic noise, Power system measurements, Power distribution acoustic noise, Circuit breakers, Acoustic noise measurement Designation: C37.083-1999 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Switchgear Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2007 Title: IEEE Guide for Synthetic Capacitive Current Switching Tests of AC High- Voltage Circuit Breakers Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Sep 08, 1999 History: PAR APP: Dec 10, 1996, BD APP: Jun 26, 1999, ANSI APP: Oct 26, 1999 Project Scope: Develop a Guide to be used when conducting capacitive current switching. This will cover requirements, test circuits, test parameters, test procedures, etc. when using synthetic circuits. Project Purpose: This is a project that previously authorized P1492. The purpose was to develop a document to aid the user, manufacturer and testing laboratory in conducting capacitive switching tests. Abstract: As an aid in testing circuit breakers under conditions of switching capacitive currents syn-thetic test circuits may be used. The design of the circuit should simulate the stress of actual serviceconditions as closely as possible. A number of circuits are given as examples. The limitation of theuse of synthetic test methods is that the breaker under test must not display evidence of reignitionor restriking. The known circuits do not properly represent the interaction between the source andthe capacitive load under this condition. Such breakers must be tested using direct circuits. Key Words: "capacitive current switching,closing poenomena,opening phenomena,synthetic circuits,testing circuit breakers" Designation: C37.90-2005 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Power System Relaying Title: IEEE Standard for Relays and Relay Systems Associated with Electric Power Apparatus Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jan 31, 2006 Technical Contact: Mario M Ranieri, Phone:781-335-1195, Email:mranieri@electroswitch.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Mar 21, 2002, BD APP: Sep 22, 2005 Project Scope: This standard specifies standard service conditions, standard ratings, performance requirements, and testing requirements for relays and relay systems used to protect and control power apparatus. A relay system may include computer interface equipment and/or communications interface equipment, such as a carrier transmitter/receiver or audio tone equipment. It does not cover relays designed primarily for industrial control, for switching communication or other low-level signals, or any other equipment not intended for control of power apparatus. Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to establish a common reproducible basis for designing and evaluating relays and relay systems. Abstract: Service conditions, electrical ratings, thermal ratings, and testing requirements are defined for relays and relay systems used to protect and control power apparatus. This standard establishes a common reproducible basis for designing and evaluating relays and relay systems. Key Words: ac component in dc, contact rating, current range, derating, dielectric test, humidity, impulse test, insulation test, power apparatus, protection relay, temperature range, temperature rise, voltage range Designation: C37.90 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Power System Relaying Title: Standard for Relays and Relay Systems Associated with Electric Power Apparatus Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Mario M Ranieri, Phone:781-335-1195, Email:mranieri@electroswitch.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 21, 2002 Project Scope: The scope of the project will be it identify the standard service conditions, ratings, and requirements for testing relays and relay systems taking in to consideration that these are to be applied to the devices that are manufactured with previous technologies and the numerical technology being used these days. The standard will apply to relays and relay systems used in electric generation, transmission and distribution systems. Project Purpose: The purpose of this project is to revise the standard to bring it in line with the present state of the technology. Designation: C37.90 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Power System Relaying Title: Standard for Relays and Relay Systems Associated with Electrical Power Apparatus Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Mario M Ranieri, Phone:781-335-1195, Email:mranieri@electroswitch.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jun 27, 1991 Designation: C37.90-1989 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Power System Relaying Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1994 Title: IEEE Standard for Relays and Relay Systems Associated with Electric Power Apparatus Status: Superseded History: BD APP: Aug 17, 1989, ANSI APP: Dec 07, 1989 Abstract: This standard applies to relay systems that protect and control apparatus that generate, and distribute and use electric power. This standard defines service conditions and specifies relay performance requirements and performance information that relay manufacturers shall provide. Key Words: Protective relaying Designation: C37.90-1978 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Power System Relaying Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1982 Title: IEEE Standard for Relays and Relay Systems Associated with Electric Power Apparatus Status: Superseded History: PAR APP: Mar 28, 1985 (Ref. Std.: IEEE 313) Key Words: relay, system, electric, power, apparatus Designation: C37.90.1-2002 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Power System Relaying Title: IEEE Standard Surge Withstand Capability (SWC) Tests for Relays and Relay Systems Associated with Electric Power Apparatus Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: May 24, 2002 **Supersedes C37.90.1-1989 (R1994). Technical Contact: Jeffrey G Gilbert, Phone:610-774-4321, Email:jggilbert@pplweb.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Mar 16, 1995, BD APP: Mar 21, 2002, ANSI APP: Aug 01, 2002 Project Scope: Revise and update C37.90.1-1989, "IEEE Standard Surge Withstand Capability (SWC) Tests for Protective Relays and Relay Systems". Project Purpose: The standard surge withstand capability (SWC) tests for protective relays and relay systems has been re-affirmed. With the increased application of new technologies the purpose is that C37.90.1 be reviewed and revised as needed to clarify and improve indsssustry understanding. (Also, comparable IEC standards will be used to include material to make it acceptable to the international engineering community. Abstract: " Two types of design tests for relays and relay systems that relate to the immunity of thisequipment to repetitive electrical transients are specified. Test generator characteristics, test wave-forms, selection of equipment terminals on which tests are to be conducted, test procedures, criteriafor acceptance, and documentation of test results are described. This standard has been harmo-nized with IEC standards where consensus could be reached. " Key Words: "IEEE Std C37.90.1-2002(Revision of IEEE Std C37.90.1-1989), IEEE Standard for Surge Withstand Capability (SWC)Tests for Relays and Relay Systems Associated with" Designation: C37.90.1-1989 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Power System Relaying Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1994 Title: IEEE Standard Surge Withstand Capability (SWC) Tests for Protective Relays and Relay Systems Status: Superseded **Superseded by C37.90.1-2002. History: PAR APP: Apr 05, 1979, BD APP: Oct 20, 1988, ANSI APP: Jun 05, 1989 Abstract: Design tests intended for protective relays and relay systems, including those incorporating digital processors, are specified. The tests are intended to be applied to a complete relay system under simulated operating conditions. Oscillatory and fast transient test-wave shapes and characteristics are defined. The equipment to be tested and the test conditions are described, and the points of application of the test wave are shown. Acceptance is defined, and the requisite test data are specified. Key Words: Protective relaying, Power system transients, Power distribution testing Designation: C37.90.1-1974 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Power System Relaying Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1979 Title: IEEE Standard Surge Withstand Capability Test For Proctective Relays and Relay Systems Status: Superseded Key Words: C37.90.1 Designation: C37.90.2-2004 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Power System Relaying Title: IEEE Standard for Withstand Capability of Relay Systems to Radiated Electromagnetic Interference from Transceivers Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Dec 17, 2004 Technical Contact: Jeffrey A Burnworth, Phone:618-654-2341x449, Email:JeffBurnworth@Basler.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Dec 07, 2000, BD APP: Sep 23, 2004, ANSI APP: Feb 01, 2005 Project Scope: The scope of this project is to establish a test method for evaluating the susceptibility of protective relays to single-frequency electromagnetic fields in the radio frequency domain, such as those generated by portable or mobile radio transceivers. Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to provide a common reference and test procedure that industry can use for evaluating the performance of static protective and control relays used in electric power facilities. Abstract: Design tests for relays and relay systems that relate to the immunity of this equipment to Radiated Electromagnetic Interference from Transceivers are specified. Field strength, test frequencies, modulation, sweep rates, equipment setup and connection, test procedures, criteria for acceptance, and documentation for test results are described. This standard has been harmonized with IEC standards where consensus could be reached. Key Words: field strength, keying test, Radiated Electromagnetic Interference, relay, relay systems, step test, sweep test, transceivers Designation: C37.90.2-1995 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Power System Relaying Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2001 Title: Standard for Withstand Capability of Relay Systems to Radiated Electromagnetic Interference from Transceivers Status: Superseded **Revision of IEEE TU C37.90.2-1987. History: PAR APP: Mar 21, 1991, BD APP: Mar 16, 1995, ANSI APP: Oct 27, 1995 Abstract: A design test to evaluate the susceptibility of protective relays to single-frequency electromagnetic fields in the radio frequency domain, such as those generated by portable or mobile radio transceivers is established. Key Words: electromagnetic compatibility, protective relays, radiated electromagnetic , electromagnetic interference, relay systems, transceivers Designation: C37.90.2-1987 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Power System Relaying Title: IEEE Trial-Use Standard Withstand Capability of Relay Systems to Radiated Electromagnetic Interference from Transceivers Status: Superseded Publication type: Trial-Use History: BD APP: Dec 12, 1985 Key Words: withstand, radiated, electromagnetic, interference, relay Designation: C37.90.3-2001 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Power System Relaying Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2006 Title: IEEE Standard Electrostatic Discharge Tests for Protective Relays Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Oct 22, 2001 Technical Contact: James Teague, Phone:610-399-1049, Email:jteague@localnet.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Jun 25, 1998, BD APP: Jun 14, 2001, ANSI APP: Oct 25, 2001 Project Scope: Specify general requirements for Electrostatic Discharge Tests of protective relays. The object of the type test described in this standard is to conform that the equipment being tested will not misoperate or be damaged when installed, energized, and subjected to a specified electrostatic discharge. Project Purpose: This standard is intended to specify ESD test waveforms test methods and pass/fail criteria for protective relays. This standard will provide manufacturers and users with a definable repeatable method to test ESD withstand capability of protective relays. This standard will provide clarification, improvements and expansion to IEC 255-22-2. Abstract: " This standard describes test procedure, test point selection, test level, and acceptancecriteria for repeatable electrostatic discharge immunity evaluations for tabletop and floor-standingprotective relay equipment. Simulator characteristics for hand/metal ESD testing are specified forboth the air and contact discharge methods. This standard has been harmonized with other ESDstandards where consensus could be reached." Key Words: "air discharge, contact discharge, coupling plane, direct application, electrostatic discharge (ESD), indirect application, protective relay" Designation: C37.91-2000 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Power System Relaying Title: IEEE Guide for Protective Relay Applications to Power Transformers Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Oct 09, 2000 History: PAR APP: Mar 19, 1992, BD APP: Mar 08, 2000, ANSI APP: Jun 14, 2000 Abstract: " The protection of power transformers is covered; various electrical protection schemesare explored; and guidelines are given for the application of these schemes to transformers. Alter-native detection methods including mechanical, thermal, and gas analysis are discussed. " Key Words: "power,protection,relaying,transformer" Designation: PC37.91 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Power System Relaying Title: Guide for Protecting Power Transformers Status: Revision Project Technical Contact: Mohindar S Sachdev, Phone:306-374-0730, Email:sachdev@sasktel.net **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Oct 30, 2003 Project Scope: The scope of the guide will be the application of relays and other devices for protecting transformers used in electric power utility transmission networks and distribution systems Project Purpose: The purpose of this project is to provide a document, to protection engineers, that would help them in properly applying relays and other devices to protect transformers used in transmission and distribution systems. Designation: C37.91-1985 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Power System Relaying Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1990 Title: IEEE Guide for Protective Relay Applications to Power Transformers Status: Superseded **Superseded by C37.91-2000. History: BD APP: Mar 22, 1984, ANSI APP: May 20, 1991 (Ref. Std.: IEEE 273) Abstract: A guide to the effective application of relays and other devices for the protection of power transformers is provided. Emphasis is placed on practical applications. The general philosophy and economic considerations involved in transformer protection are reviewed, the types of faults experienced are described, and technical problems with such protection, including current transformer behavior during fault conditions, are discussed. Various types of electrical, mechanical, and thermal protective devices are described, and associated problems such as fault clearing and re-energizing considerations are discussed. Key Words: relay, applications, transformers, Protective relaying, Power transformer protection Designation: C37.92-2005 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Power System Relaying Title: IEEE Standard for Analog Inputs to Protective Relays From Electronic Voltage and Current Transducers Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Sep 20, 2005 Technical Contact: Eric A Udren, Phone:412-531-8739, Email:EUdren@KEMA.us **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Mar 30, 2000, BD APP: Mar 20, 2005, ANSI APP: Jul 25, 2005 Project Scope: The scope is to specify the requirements for analog signals from electronic voltage and current transducers to be used as inputs to protective relays. Requirements to be specified include signal level, frequency bandwidth, and dynamic range. The standard recognizes that other substation electronic devices utilizing voltage and current waveform measurements may connect to the same transducers. Project Purpose: Electronic devices that develop or utilize analog signals are not presently covered by standards. This Standard provides interface connectivity of modern power-system signal transducers based on electronics, such as magneto-optic current transducers, and electronic relays. The existing standardized levels from familiar magnetic current and voltage transformers are not readily generated by new types of electronic signal transducers. Abstract: Electronic devices that develop or utilize analog signals are not presently covered by standards. This Standard provides interface connectivity of modern power-system signal transducers based on electronics, such as magneto-optic current transducers, and electronic relays. The existing standardized levels from familiar magnetic current and voltage transformers are not readily generated by new types of electronic signal transducers. Key Words: phase correction, phase error, polarity, sensing system, transient response Designation: C37.92 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Power System Relaying Title: standard for Low Energy Analog Signal Inputs to Protective Relays Status: Superseded Technical Contact: Eric A Udren, Phone:412-531-8739, Email:EUdren@KEMA.us **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 03, 1992 Project Scope: To specify the requirements for low energy analog signals that will be utilized as inputs to protective relays. Some of the requirements to be specified are signal level, frequency bandwidth, and dynamic range. Project Purpose: Devices that develop or utilize low energy analog signals are not presently covered by standards. This standard provides interface connectivity of modern power-system signal transducers, such as magneto- optic current transducers, and electronic relays. The existing standardized levels from familiar magnetic current and voltage transformers require energy levels not readily generated by new types of signal transducers. Designation: C37.93-2004 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Power System Relaying Title: IEEE Guide for Power System Protective Relay Applications of Audio Tones Over Voice Grade Channels Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Aug 23, 2004 Technical Contact: Kenneth Fodesco, Phone:954-344-9822, Email:ken.fodesco@pulsartech.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Jun 25, 1998, BD APP: Mar 25, 2004, ANSI APP: Jul 08, 2004 Project Scope: Review and revise the existing standard to incorporate current industry practice and technology. Project Purpose: Since this document's last reaffirmation, many changes have occurred in the telecommunications industry. The purpose of this project is to bring this guide up to date with the current technology. Abstract: "IEEE Std C37.93-2004, IEEE Guide for Power System Protective Relay Applications of Audio Tones Over Voice Grade Channels" Key Words: "audio tone, dependability, frequency shift keying, power system, protective relaying, security, telephone circuits, teleprotection, voice grade channels" Designation: C37.93-1987 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Power System Relaying Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1999 Title: IEEE Guide for Power System Protective Relay Applications of Audio Tones over Telephone Channels Status: Superseded History: BD APP: Sep 10, 1987, ANSI APP: Nov 04, 1987 (Ref. Std.: IEEE 305) Abstract: Information and recommendations are provided for applying, installing, and testing audio tones over telephone channels for power system relaying. A basic introduction to and description of leased telephone channels is provided. Also included are typical interface requirements and the transmission-line characteristics of three channel offerings, along with examples. The intent is to provide a reference for equipment manufacturers engaged in the design and application of relaying equipment and for telephone personnel engaged in providing telecommunications channels for audio-tone protective relay schemes. The guide has been prepared not only for those considering audio-tone relaying for the first time, but also as a reference for the experienced user. Key Words: applications, audio, telephone, Protective relaying, Power system communication Designation: C37.94-2002 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Power System Relaying Title: IEEE Standard for N times 64 kilobit per second Optical Fiber Interfaces Between Teleprotection and Multiplexer Equipment Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Mar 31, 2003 Technical Contact: Gary L Michel, Phone:305-691-1725, Email:g.michel@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Nov 08, 2000, BD APP: Sep 12, 2002, ANSI APP: Jan 21, 2003 Project Scope: This standard describes the interconnection details for N times 64 kilobit per second connections of teleprotection equipment to digital multiplexers using optical fiber. Requirements for both physical connection and the communications timing are also included. Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to define an interconnection of different vendors' relays with different vendors' multiplex equipment, without any restriction on the ocntent of the N times 64 kilobit per second data, using up to 2 kilometer of 50 micrometer or 62.5 micrometer multimode fiber. Abstract: " An optical interface for use between teleprotection and digital multiplexer equipment thatcan operate at a data rate of N times 64 kilobit per second where N = 1, 2...12 is described.Requirements for both physical connection and the communications timing are also included. " Key Words: "alarm indication signal, bit error rate, cyclic redundancy check, loss of frame, loss of signal, multimode optical fiber, multiplexer,remote defect indication, teleprotection, unit interval" Designation: C37.94 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Power System Relaying Title: Standard for N times 64 kilobit per second Optical Fiber Interfaces Between Teleprotection and Multiplexer Equipment Status: Superseded Technical Contact: Gary L Michel, Phone:305-691-1725, Email:g.michel@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jan 30, 2000 Project Scope: This standard describes the interconnection details for N times 64 kilobit per second connections of teleprotection equipment to digital multiplexers using optical fiber. Requirements for both physical connection and the communications timing are also included. Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to define an interconnection of different vendors' relays with different vendors' multiplex equipment, without any restriction on the ocntent of the N times 64 kilobit per second data, using up to 2 kilometer of 50 micrometer or 62.5 micrometer multimode fiber. Designation: C37.94a Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Power System Relaying, Joint Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Power System Communications Title: Standard for N Times 64 Kilobit Per Second Optical Fiber Interfaces Between Teleprotection and Multiplexer Equipment - Amendment 1: Addition of Alternate Interface Using Single-mode Fiber Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Thomas Dahlin, Phone:973-334-3100, Email:tom.dahlin@rflelect.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: May 10, 2005 Project Scope: The scope of this project is to create an amendment for C37.94 to include an alternate interface using Single-mode fiber. The current C37.94 standard only specifies the use of Multimode fiber as the Optical Fiber Interface Between Teleprotection and Multiplexer Equipment. Project Purpose: There are two different types of fiber readily available today. The purpose of this amendment would be to allow users to choose between Multimode or Single-mode fiber as a communications media between Teleprotection and Multiplexer Equipment. IEEE Power Engineering Society/Power System Communications Designation: C37.95-2002 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Power System Relaying Title: IEEE Guide for Protective Relaying of Utility-Consumer Interconnections Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Apr 17, 2003 **Supersedes C37.95-1989 (R1994). Technical Contact: Irwin O Hasenwinkle, Phone:517-788-3924, Email:iohasenwinkle@cai-engr.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Sep 19, 1996, BD APP: Dec 11, 2002, ANSI APP: Apr 18, 2003 Project Scope: The scope of C37.95 covers protective relay applications involving service that normally requires transformation betwen the tuility's supply voltage and the consumer's utilization voltage. This revision will update the guide to reflect current practices, advances in technology and will provide additional information regarding the protection of interconnections with local generation. Project Purpose: This revision will provide updated information to help those who are responsible for relaying on the electrical interconnection between the utility and consumer's power system. Abstract: "IEEE Std C37.95-2002, IEEE Guide for Protective Relaying of Utility-Consumer Interconnections" Key Words: "backup protection, breaker-failure relaying, bus protection, electric service, non-utility generation, protective relays, transformer protection, utility-consumer interconnection" Designation: C37.95-1989 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Power System Relaying Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1994 Title: IEEE Guide for Protective Relaying of Utility-Consumer Interconnections Status: Superseded **Revision of C37.95-1973. Superseded by C37.95-2002. History: PAR APP: Mar 12, 1987, BD APP: Jun 01, 1989, ANSI APP: Nov 27, 1989 Abstract: Information on a number of different protective relaying practices for the utility--consumer interconnection is provided. The following are covered: establishing consumer service requirements and supply method, typical utility--consumer interconnection configurations, protection theory, system studies, and interconnection examples. The information is provided only for applications involving service to a consumer that normally requires a transformation between the utility's supply voltage and the consumer's utilization voltage. Interconnections supplied at the ultimate utilization voltage are not covered. Key Words: Protective relaying Designation: C37.95-1973 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Power System Relaying Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1979 Title: Guide for Protective Relaying of Utility - Consumer Interconnections Status: Superseded History: BD APP: Jan 28, 1980 Key Words: protective, relaying, utility, consumer, interconnection Designation: C37.96-2000 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Power System Relaying Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2006 Title: IEEE Guide for AC Motor Protection Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Sep 08, 2000 History: PAR APP: Dec 02, 1993, BD APP: Mar 30, 2000, ANSI APP: Oct 30, 2000 Abstract: " Generally accepted methods of protection for ac motors are provided. This guide identi-fies and summarizes the functions necessary for adequate protection of motors based on type, size,and application. This guide does not purport to detail the protective requirements of all motors inevery situation. " Key Words: "ac motor protection, adjustable-speed drive motr protection, induction motor protection, mocroprocessor-based motor protection, rotation machinery protection, synchronous motor protection, wound rotor motor protection" Designation: C37.96-1976 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Power System Relaying Title: AC Motor Protection Guide **** Status: Superseded History: PAR APP: Dec 28, 1980 Key Words: ac, motor, protection, guide Designation: C37.96-1988 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Power System Relaying Title: IEEE Guide for AC Motor Protection Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: May 20, 1996. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. History: BD APP: Jun 09, 1988, ANSI APP: Jun 30, 1989 Abstract: Guidance in applying relay protection to squirrel-cage and wound-rotor induction motors and synchronous motors is provided. The generally accepted forms of motor protection are reviewed, and the use of relays and devices, singly and in combination, is summarized so that the user can select the necessary equipment to obtain adequate motor protection. This guide is concerned primarily with the protection of three-phase integral horsepower motors and variable-speed motors where specifically indicated. It does not detail the protective requirements of all motors in every situation. The recommendations are of a general nature, designed to cover the usual or typical motor installations. Designation: C37.97 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Power System Relaying Title: Guide for Protective Relay Applications to Power System Buses Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Stephen P Conrad, Phone:505-241-2642, Email:sconrad@pnm.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 10, 1987, ANSI APP: May 20, 1991 Designation: C37.97 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Power System Relaying Title: Guide for Protective Relay Applications to Power System Buses Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Stephen P Conrad, Phone:505-241-2642, Email:sconrad@pnm.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 08, 1998 Project Scope: To revise and bring up to date the existing Bus Protection Guide C37.97. Introduce and discuss new technologies used to improve clearing times for bus faults. Consideration for the location of cts and connections will be discussed. Project Purpose: The detecting and clearing a fault on the power system bus(es) is of primary concern to the electric utilities, industrial and commercial plants and facilities. This revised guide will be used by the utility and plant engineers to help ensure that the power system bus(es) is properly protected. Designation: C37.97-1979 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Power System Relaying Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1990 Title: IEEE Guide for Protective Relay Applications to Power System Buses Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 25, 2005. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **Jan2005: Administratively withdrawn. History: BD APP: Sep 08, 1977, ANSI APP: Feb 15, 1979 Abstract: The effective application of relays for protection of power system electrical buses is addressed. Common bus arrangements and some special arrangements used in the United States are covered; not all bus protection systems or all possible bus arrangements are included. Factors that determine the need and type of bus protection, and basic principles of bus protection operation are discussed. Relay input sources are covered. Bus protection systems and common bus arrangements with relay input sources are described. Also discussed are current transformer locations, wiring and grounding, location of the bus on the system, bus construction, problems associated with switching and bypassing, auxiliary tripping relays, reclosing of breakers after a bus differential operation, testing of bus differential relaying, and bus backup protection. Key Words: guide, relay, applications, power, system, Protective relaying Designation: C37.98 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Power System Relaying Title: Standard Seismic Testing of Relays Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Marie Nemier, Phone:513-528-7900, Email:mnemier@trentec.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jun 21, 2000 Project Scope: This standard specifies the procedure to be used in the seismic testing of the relays used in power system facilities. Project Purpose: The purpose of the standard is to establish procedures for determining the seismic capabilities of protective and auxiliary relays. Revision will update the definitions and new testing techniques presently used in the industry and harmonize with IEC standards. Designation: C37.98-1987 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Power System Relaying Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1999 Title: IEEE Standard Seismic Testing of Relays Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 18, 2007. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. History: BD APP: Jun 13, 1985, ANSI APP: May 20, 1991 (Ref. Std.: 501) Abstract: The procedures to be used in the seismic testing of relays used in power system facilities are specified. The concern is with determining the seismic fragility level of relays. Recommendations for proof testing are given. Documentation and generalization of test results are discussed. Key Words: relays, Seismic factors, Protective relaying, Power system testing Designation: C37.99-2000 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Power System Relaying Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2006 Title: IEEE Guide for the Protection of Shunt Capacitor Banks Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: May 30, 2000 **This guide supersedes C37.99-1990 (R1994). History: PAR APP: Mar 21, 1996, BD APP: Jan 30, 2000, ANSI APP: Jun 07, 2000 Project Scope: This guide applies to the protection of shunt power capacitor and filter banks. Included are guidelines for reliable applications of protection methods intended for use in many shunt capacitor applications and designs. The guide does not include a discussion of pole-mounted capacitor banks on distribution circuits or application of capacitors connected to rotating apparatus. Project Purpose: This guide has been prepared to assist in the application of relays and other devices for the protection of shunt capacitor banks used in substations. It covers methods of protection for many commonly used shunt capacitor bank configurations. Capacitor bank design trade-offs are also discussed because bank design influences the protection. Additionally, this guide covers the protection of filter banks and large extra-high voltage (EHV) shunt capacitor banks. Abstract: The protection of shunt power capacitor and filter banks are covered. Guidelines forreliable applications of protection methods intended for use in many shunt capacitor applicationsand designs are included. The protection of pole-mounted capacitor banks on distribution circuitsand the application of capacitors connected directly to routing apparatus are not included. Key Words: capacitor, fuseless, power capacitor, protection, relaying, shunt, unbalance protection Designation: C37.99-1990 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Power System Relaying Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1994 Title: IEEE Guide for the Protection of Shunt Capacitor Banks Status: Superseded **Revision of IEEE C37.99-1980. This guide was superseded by C37.99-2000. History: PAR APP: Sep 13, 1984, BD APP: Sep 28, 1990, ANSI APP: Feb 26, 1991 Abstract: This standard assists in the effective application of relays and other devices for the protection of shunt capacitors used in substations. It covers the protective considerations, along with recommended and alternate methods of protection for the most commonly used capacitor bank configurations. Capacitor bank design tradeoffs are also discussed. This guide covers protection of filter tanks and very large EHV capacitor banks, but does not include a discussion of pole-mounted capacitor banks on distribution circuits or application of capacitors connected to rotating apparatus. Key Words: bank connections, bus voltage, capacitor units, equipment, protection of banks, Y-banks, relaying methods, Equipment considerations, Delta-connected banks Designation: C37.99-1980 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Power System Relaying Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1985 Title: IEEE Guide for Protection of Shunt Capacitor Banks Status: Superseded History: BD APP: Mar 15, 1979, ANSI APP: Jan 14, 1980 (Ref. Std.: 569) Key Words: shunt, capacitor, banks Designation: C37.100-1992 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Switchgear Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2001 Title: IEEE Standard Definitions for Power Switchgear Status: Approved Publication of IEEE **Revision of C37.100-1981 History: PAR APP: Feb 02, 1989, BD APP: Mar 19, 1992 Abstract: Terms that encompass the products within the scope of the C37 project are defined. These include power switchgear for switching, interrupting, metering, protection, and regulating purposes as used primarily in connection with generation, transmission, distribution, and conversion of electric power. The definitions do not purport to embrace other meanings that the terms may properly have when used in connection with other subjects. Key Words: power, switchgear, definitions, terminology Designation: C37.100-1981 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Switchgear Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1989 Title: IEEE Standard Definitions for Power Switchgear Status: Superseded History: PAR APP: Jun 28, 1986, BD APP: Feb 01, 1989, ANSI APP: Jun 21, 1989 Key Words: C37.100 Designation: PC37.100.1 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Switchgear Title: Standard of Common Requirements for High Voltage Power Switchgear Rated Above 1000 V Status: Modified New Project Project Scope: This standard applies to alternating current switchgear, designed for both indoor and outdoor installation and for operation at service frequencies up to and including 60 Hz on systems having voltages above 1000 V. Application of this standard shall be indicated by normative reference to C37.100.1-20xx in the relevant equipment standard on a clause- by-clause basis. Project Purpose: In conformity with the IEC style of IEC 62271-1, this document will not have a "Purpose" clause. However, the purpose of the document is best expressed in the following material contained in the "Foreword": This is a new standard written specifically to collect into one document the requirements that are common in many IEEE Power Switchgear Standards. It follows the concept already in place in IEC 62271-1. The expected benefits of this concept is to reduce the minor inconsistencies among the various switchgear standards and, where differences must remain, to have them highlighted by exception to these common requirements. It is the intention of the IEEE Switchgear Committee that the relevant [switchgear] standards will adopt the provisions of this standard by normative reference. Specific clauses may be adopted (a) without exception (the default), (b) with exceptions, (c) with additional requirements or a combination of (b) and (c), as deemed appropriate to the relevant standard. Refer to informative annex A for specific recommendations for use with a relevant standard. Note: IEC TC17 SC17A MT34 is currently developing IEC 62271-1. When the IEC 62271-1 standard is issued, it will replace IEC 60694. In an effort to promote harmonization, this standard is formatted similar to the IEC Standard. Designation: C37.100.1 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Switchgear Title: Standard of Common Requirements for Power Switchgear Status: Superseded Technical Contact: David Stone, Phone:414-339-2875, Email:dtstone@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jun 21, 2000 Project Scope: To collect and publish in one document the clauses which are common in Switchgear Standards. IEC60694 will be used as a guide in development of this standard, and as a means of promoting IEC harmonization. Project Purpose: There are many common requirements, such as service conditions and temperature rises, that are found in each of the individual C37 switchgear standards. In many instances, they do not agree with each other, which is technically incorrect. All of these common requirements should be contained in one technical document,as is done with IEC. Designation: C37.100.1 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Switchgear Title: Standard of Common Requirements for High Voltage Power Switchgear Rated 1000 V and Above Status: Superseded Technical Contact: David Stone, Phone:414-339-2875, Email:dtstone@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jun 21, 2000 Project Scope: This standard applies to alternating current switchgear, designed for both indoor and outdoor installation and for operation at service frequencies up to and including 60 Hz on systems having voltages above 1000 V. Application of this standard shall be indicated by normative reference to C37.100.1-20xx in the relevant equipment standard on a clause- by-clause basis. Project Purpose: In conformity with the IEC style of IEC 62271-1, this document will not have a "Purpose" clause. However, the purpose of the document is best expressed in the following material contained in the "Foreword": This is a new standard written specifically to collect into one document the requirements that are common in many IEEE Power Switchgear Standards. It follows the concept already in place in IEC 62271-1. The expected benefits of this concept is to reduce the minor inconsistencies among the various switchgear standards and, where differences must remain, to have them highlighted by exception to these common requirements. It is the intention of the IEEE Switchgear Committee that the relevant [switchgear] standards will adopt the provisions of this standard by normative reference. Specific clauses may be adopted (a) without exception (the default), (b) with exceptions, (c) with additional requirements or a combination of (b) and (c), as deemed appropriate to the relevant standard. Refer to informative annex A for specific recommendations for use with a relevant standard. Note: IEC TC17 SC17A MT34 is currently developing IEC 62271-1. When the IEC 62271-1 standard is issued, it will replace IEC 60694. In an effort to promote harmonization, this standard is formatted similar to the IEC Standard. Designation: C37.100a Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Switchgear Title: CBs for GIS Applications Status: Superseded Designation: C37.100b-1986 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Switchgear Title: Definitions for TRV Terms Status: Superseded Key Words: C37.100b Designation: C37.100c Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Switchgear Title: Definition of Trip Free Status: Superseded Designation: C37.100d-1991 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Switchgear Title: Supplement to C37.100-1981, IEEE Standard Definitions for Power Switchgear Status: Superseded History: BD APP: Feb 11, 1991, ANSI APP: Dec 09, 1991 Designation: C37.101-2006 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Power System Relaying Title: Guide for Generator Ground Protection Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: May 14, 2007 Technical Contact: Joe T Uchiyama, Phone:303-445-2845, Email:juchiyama@do.usbr.gov **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Jun 21, 2000, BD APP: Sep 15, 2006, ANSI APP: Feb 01, 2007 Project Scope: The guide is intended to assist protection engineers in applying relays and relaying schemes that protect generators during stator ground faults. The revised guide will include new stator-ground-protection principles that have evolved with the use of new technologies in relay designs. Additional application examples will be included, and other issues raised by the users will be addressed. Project Purpose: The existing guide is needed to cover the new areas due to rapid technology development, and working group will make revision and expansion to clarify those new areas. Designation: PC37.101-2006/Cor 1 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Power System Relaying Title: Guide for Generator Ground Protection - Corrigendum 1: Annex A.2 Phasor Analysis (Informative) Status: Corrigenda of Standard Technical Contact: Joe T Uchiyama, Phone:303-445-2845, Email:juchiyama@do.usbr.gov **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. Project Scope: Correction of five (5) equations and one (1) figure in the Annex A.2 of the final document (PC37.101). Project Purpose: Correction of five(5) equations and one (1) figure in the Annex A.2 of the final document (PC37.101). Designation: C37.101-1993 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Power System Relaying Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2000 Title: IEEE Guide for Generator Ground Protection Status: Superseded History: PAR APP: Jun 01, 1989, BD APP: Aug 05, 1993, ANSI APP: Dec 16, 1993 Abstract: Guidance in the application of relays and relaying schemes for protection against stator ground faults on high-impedance grounded generators is provided. Key Words: Synchronous generator, Stator fault, Ground-fault protection Designation: C37.101-1985 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Power System Relaying Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1990 Title: IEEE Guide for Generator Ground Protection Status: Superseded History: BD APP: Dec 17, 1981, ANSI APP: May 21, 1991 (Ref. Std.: IEEE 490) Designation: C37.102-2006 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Power System Relaying Title: Guide for AC Generator Protection Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Feb 16, 2007 Technical Contact: Murty V Yalla, Phone:727 544 2326, Email:myalla@beckwithelectric.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Sep 21, 2000, BD APP: Nov 16, 2006 Project Scope: This application guide for the relay protection of synchronous generators presents a review of the generally accepted forms of protection for the synchronous generator and its excitation system. It summarizes the use of relays and devices and serves as a guide for the selection of equipment to obtain adequate protection. The guide is primarily concerned with protection against faults and abnormal operating conditions for large hydraulic, steam, and combustion turbine generators. Basing generator protection on machine size is difficult because the desired protection may be determined more by the importance of the generator to the power system than by the size of the generator. The recommendations made pertain to typical synchronous generator installations. However, sufficient background information relating to protection requirements, applications, and setting philosophy is given to enable the reader to evaluate the need, to select, and to apply suitable protection for most situations. The protective functions discussed in this guide may be implemented with a multifunction microprocessor based protection system (digital system). The protection philosophy, practices, and limits are essentially identical to those of the implementation using discrete component relays. The algorithms used to perform some of the protection functions may be different, but should produce equal or better protection. However, the performance and capability may be superior using the digital systems such as improved frequency response (bandwidth) and thresholds (pickup settings). Other additional features may be available from these digital systems that enhance the functionality. This guide does not purport to detail the protective requirements of all generators in every situation. For example, standby and emergency-use generators are specifically excluded. Project Purpose: This Guide summarizes the use of relays and devices such that the reader may select the necessary equipment to provide adequate protection for AC generators from short circuits and abnormal operating conditions. Improved protection schemes have now been proven and multifunction relays now available provide the user more choices. These concepts need to be added to the Guide to maintain its completeness. Abstract: A review of the generally accepted forms of relay protection for the synchronous generator and its excitation system is presented. This guide is primarily concerned with protection against faults and abnormal operating conditions for large hydraulic, steam, and combustion turbine generators. Key Words: ac generator protection, relay protection, synchronous generator Designation: C37.102-1995 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Power System Relaying Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2001 Title: IEEE Guide for AC Generator Protection Status: Superseded **Revision of Std C37.102-1987. History: PAR APP: Sep 26, 1991, BD APP: Dec 12, 1995, ANSI APP: Jan 06, 1997 Abstract: A review of the generally accepted forms of relay protection for the synchronous generator and its excitation system is presented. This guide is primarily concerned with protection against faults and abnormal operating conditions for large hydraulic, steam and conbustion-turbine generators. Key Words: ac generator , generator protection, relay protection, synchronous Designation: C37.102-1987 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Power System Relaying Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1990 Title: IEEE Guide for AC Generator Protection Status: Superseded History: BD APP: Sep 19, 1985, ANSI APP: May 21, 1991 (Ref. Std.: 604) Abstract: The generally accepted forms of relay protection for the generator and its excitation system are reviewed. Guidance for the selection of equipment to obtain adequate protection is provided. The primary concern is with protection against faults and abnormal operating conditions for large hydraulic, steam, and combustion-turbine generators. Standby and emergency-use generators are excluded. Key Words: generator, protection, guide Designation: C37.103-2004 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Power System Relaying Title: IEEE Guide for Differential and Polarizing Relay Circuit Testing Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Dec 16, 2004 Technical Contact: Mohindar S Sachdev, Phone:306-374-0730, Email:sachdev@sasktel.net **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Sep 19, 1996, BD APP: Sep 23, 2004, ANSI APP: Dec 29, 2003 Project Scope: This project will review and summarize as well as update the testing specified in the 1990 Guide for Testing of Differential and Polarizing Relay Circuit Testing. This project will be limited to proven, in use test being conducted at the present time by users. Project Purpose: This revised guide will serve as a reference for all users whether utility, industrial or contractors, to choose the most accurate and efficient method of testing using the resources available to ensure correct connections and therefore correct operators. Abstract: The issues concerning testing and verification of the correctness of differential and polarizing circuits are described and discussed in this guide. The intention of this guide is to help the reader to detect errors in the wiring of protective relays that might cause erroneous operations of protection systems. It is essential to follow systematic testing procedures and record the observations in a proper organized manner. The records should include documentation of all measurements and a comparison with the desired results. Key Words: differential protection, generator protection, line protection, polarized ground fault relays, polarized line protection relays, relay testing, transformer protection Designation: C37.103-1990 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Power System Relaying Title: IEEE Guide for Differential and Polarizing Relay Circuit Testing Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: May 20, 1996. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. History: PAR APP: Mar 28, 1980, BD APP: Feb 15, 1990, ANSI APP: Jul 24, 1990 (Ref. Std.: 815) Abstract: This standard covers the testing and verification required to ensure correct connections for ground relay polarizing and differential relay connections. Relay calibration, setting, insulation, and instrument transformer tests are referred to in this guide and are assumed to be developed by the individual user. This guide is not intended to discuss these aspects in detail. Key Words: differential, polarizing, relay, circuits Designation: C37.104-2002 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Power System Relaying Title: IEEE Guide for Automatic Reclosing of Line Circuit Breakers for AC Distribution and Transmission Lines Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Apr 04, 2003 Technical Contact: William M Strang, Phone:618-346-2277, Email:billstrang@juno.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Sep 19, 1996, BD APP: Sep 12, 2002, ANSI APP: Jan 21, 2003 Project Scope: Describe current reclosing practices for transmission and distribution lines. Also discussed will be application considerations and coordination practices of reclosing. Project Purpose: There presently does not exist a document defining the available practices for reclosing automatically on the power system. A document defining current practice and the reasons for it is a necessary reference or less experienced engineers. Abstract: Guidelines for the application of automatic reclosing facilities to circuit breakers areestablished. Decisions concerning the use of such facilities in specific cases are left to the user. Key Words: "automatic operation, circuit breaker, distribution, reclosing, transmission" Designation: C37.105-1987 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Power System Relaying Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1999 Title: IEEE Standard for Qualifying Class 1E Protective Relays and Auxiliaries for Nuclear Power Generating Stations Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Dec 31, 1987 History: BD APP: Mar 22, 1984, ANSI APP: May 21, 1991 (Ref. Std.: 798) Abstract: The basic principles, requirements, and methods for qualifying Class 1E protective relays and auxiliaries, such as test and control switches, terminal blocks, and indicating lamps, for applications in nuclear power generating stations are described. The qualification procedure is generic in nature and can be used to demonstrate the design adequacy of such equipment under normal, abnormal, design-basis-event, and post-design-basis-event conditions. Protective relays and auxiliaries located inside primary containment areas in a nuclear power generating station are not covered. Key Words: qualifying, relays, auxiliaries, systems, Protective relaying, Nuclear power generation protection Designation: PC37.105 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Power System Relaying Title: Standard for Qualifying Class 1E Protective Relays and Auxiliaries for Nuclear Power Generating Stations Status: Revision Project Technical Contact: Sahib M Usman, Phone:509-371-5406, Email:susman@bechtel.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jan 30, 2000 Project Scope: Determine procedures for pre-conditioning relays to the end of their qualified life prior to seismic testing for nuclear power facilities and revise the existing standard. Project Purpose: Update the standard - This standard applies to Class 1E, Safety Related, equipment in nuclear power plants and needs to be updated to reflect the current technology. Designation: C37.106-2003 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Power System Relaying Title: IEEE Guide for Abnormal Frequency Protection for Power Generating Plants Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Feb 27, 2004 **Supersedes C37.106-1987 (R1992). Technical Contact: G Benmouyal, Phone:450-448-9823, Email:gabrielb@qc.aira.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Mar 20, 1997, BD APP: Jun 16, 2003, ANSI APP: Sep 22, 2003 Project Scope: The WG will revise ANSI/IEEE C37.106 to better reflect current utility practices and manufacturers' current recommendations regarding turbine-generator underfrequency protection schemes. Project Purpose: Existing underfrequency protective relaying schemes in the Guide will be reviewed and revised to reflect current relay technologies, in light of the possibilities offered by present digital multi-function relay packages. Abstract: "IEEE Std C37.106-2003, IEEE Guide for Abnormal Frequency Protection for Power Generating Plants" Key Words: "load shedding, overexcitation, overfrequency, underfrequency" Designation: C37.106-1987 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Power System Relaying Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1992 Title: IEEE Guide for Abnormal Frequency Protection for Power Generating Plants Status: Superseded **Superseded by C37.106-2003. History: BD APP: Mar 22, 1984, ANSI APP: Sep 12, 1986 (Ref. Std.: 750) Abstract: This guide has been prepared to assist the protection engineer in applying relays for the protection of generating plant equipment from damage caused by operation at abnormal frequencies including overexcitation. Emphasis is placed on the protection of the major generating station components at steam generating stations, nuclear stations, and at combustion-turbine installations. Consideration is also given to the effect of abnormal frequency operation on those associated station auxiliaries whose response can affect plant output. The guide also presents background information regarding the hazards caused by operating generating equipment at abnormal frequencies. It documents typical equipment capabilities and describes acceptable protective schemes. Recommended methods for coordinating the underfrequency protective scheme with system-load shielding schemes are also included. Sufficient information is provided to apply suitable coordinated protection for given specific situations. Key Words: abnormal, frequency, generating, plants, Protective relaying, Power generation protection Designation: C37.107 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Power System Relaying Title: Digital Protective Relay Sys Interface Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Stig L Nilsson, Phone:408-353-6572, Email:snilsson@exponent.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 28, 1985 Designation: C37.108-2002 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Power System Relaying Title: IEEE Guide for the Protection of Network Transformers Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Sep 13, 2002 **Supersedes C37.108-1989 (R1994). Technical Contact: Charles R Sufana, Phone:219-923-8308, Email:c.r.sufana@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Mar 21, 1996, BD APP: Mar 21, 2002, ANSI APP: Aug 01, 2002 Project Scope: To revise and update the Guide for the Protection of Network transformers, ANSI C37.108-1989. Project Purpose: This guide will be revised to aid relay protection engineers, vendors, and utility customers to address the use of network transformers protection by independent power producers. Additionally, the guide will be revised to introduce new transformer protection and techniques that may include the computer type relays, fiber optics, ultra-violet detectors, and current limiting protection devices. Abstract: Guidelines for the application of network protectors are established. The use of networktransformers and protectors with distributed resources is addressed. Key Words: "distribution generation,master relay,network limiter,network protector,network relays,network transformers,spot networks" Designation: C37.108-1989 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Power System Relaying Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1994 Title: IEEE Guide for the Protection of Network Transformers Status: Superseded **Superseded by C37.108-2002. History: PAR APP: Sep 28, 1984, BD APP: Feb 02, 1989, ANSI APP: Jul 26, 1989 (Ref. Std.: 1056) Abstract: "IEEE Std C37.108-1989, IEEE Guide for the Protection of Network Transformers" Key Words: Network transformer vaults are fire retardant enclosures within buildings or adjacent to them that contain two or more power transformers. These transformers are aupplied from different subtransmission or distribution lines and are paralleled on their low Designation: C37.109-2006 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Power System Relaying Title: Guide for the Protection of Shunt Reactors Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Apr 23, 2007 Technical Contact: Kevin A Stephan, Phone:316-291-8855, Email:kevin_stephan@wr.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Jan 30, 2000, BD APP: Dec 06, 2006, ANSI APP: Apr 30, 2007 Project Scope: The scope of the original standard was a guide for acceptable methods and configurations for the protection of shunt reactors. This PAR's intent is to make the existing guide more comprehensive by including reactor configurations and reactor protection schemes not now in the guide. Review and updating of the existing guide is needed to consider protection of shunt reactors with auxiliary power windings, improved turn-to-turn fault protection, use of digital/microprocessor relays and other items specific to shunt reactor protection as brought before the working group. Project Purpose: The purpose of the original guide was to provide users of shunt reactors with a complete guide of acceptable methods and configurations for protection of shunt reactors. Several users have indicated the existing guide needs to be revised to cover the protective schemes of other reactor configurations presently in use. Designation: C37.109-1988 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Power System Relaying Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1999 Title: IEEE Guide for the Protection of Shunt Reactors Status: Superseded History: PAR APP: Mar 28, 1985, BD APP: Oct 20, 1988, ANSI APP: May 10, 1989 (Ref. Std.: 1080) Abstract: This standard discusses the protection of shunt reactors used typically to compensate for capacitive shunt reactance of transmission lines. The more common circuit arrangements and protective relaying schemes presently in use are discussed and illustrated. Key Words: reactor, shunt, protection, Protective relaying, Inductors Designation: C37.110-1996 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Power System Relaying Title: IEEE Guide for the Application of Current Transformers Used for Protective Relaying Purposes Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Dec 31, 1996 History: PAR APP: May 31, 1990, BD APP: Apr 18, 1996, ANSI APP: Oct 03, 1996 Abstract: The characteristics and classification of current transformers (cts) used for protective relaying are described. This guide also describes the conditions that cause the ct output to be distorted and the effects on relaying systems of this distortion. The selection and application of cts for the more common protection schemes are also addressed. Key Words: current transformers, protective relaying Designation: PC37.110 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Power System Relaying Title: Guide for the Application of Current Transformers used for Protective Relaying Purpose Status: Revision Project Technical Contact: George Moskos, Phone:781-441-8619, Email:george_moskos@nstaronline.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 08, 1998 Project Scope: To revise and update C37.110-1996. To present two comprehensive treatments of theory and applicaton of CTS to assist the relay applicaton engineer in the correct selection and application of CTS for protective relaying purposes. More application examples will be added to the Guide to make it easier for the relay engineer to apply CTS. New topices of discussion will also be added to the Guide. Project Purpose: To present a comprehensive treatment of the theory and application of Cts to assist the relay engineer in the selection of Cts. To add more examples to the existing document as well as add next topics of discussion along with their examples. Designation: C37.111-1999 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Power System Relaying Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2004 Title: IEEE Standard Common Format for Transient Data Exchange (COMTRADE) for Power Systems Status: Approved Publication of IEEE History: PAR APP: Sep 19, 1996, BD APP: Mar 18, 1999, ANSI APP: Jul 21, 1999 Project Scope: Revise the C37.111 standard. Project Purpose: Standard will be modified to include binary file format data files and codify interpretations required by operational experience. Abstract: " A common format for data files and exchange medium used for the interchange of vari-ous types of fault, test, or simulation data for electrical power systems is defined. Sources of tran-sient data are described, and the case of diskettes as an exchange medium is recommended.Issues of sampling rates, filters, and sample rate conversions for transient data being exchangedare discussed. Files for data exchange are specified, as is the organization of the data. A samplefile is given. " Key Words: "configuration file,data file,header file,information file,transient data" Designation: PC37.111 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Power System Relaying Title: Standard for Common Format for Transient Data Exchange (COMTRADE) for Power Systems Status: Revision Project Technical Contact: Ratan Das, Phone:+1 610 395 7333, Email:ratan.das@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jun 09, 2005 Project Scope: This standard defines a format for files containing transient waveform and event data collected from power systems or power system models. The format is intended to provide an easily interpretable form for use in exchanging data. The standard is for files stored on currently used physical media such as portable external hard drives, USB drives, flash drives, CD, DVD. It is not a standard for transferring data files over communication networks. Project Purpose: This standard defines a common format for the data files and exchange medium needed for the interchange of various types of fault, test, and simulation data. The rapid evolution and implementation of digital devices for fault and transient data recording and testing in the electric utility industry have generated the need for a standard format for the exchange of data. These data are being used with various devices to enhance and automate the analysis, testing, evaluation, and simulation of power systems and related protection schemes during fault and disturbance conditions. Since each source of data may use a different proprietary format, a common data format is necessary to facilitate the exchange of such data between applications. This will facilitate the use of proprietary data in diverse applications and allow users of one proprietary system to use digital data from other systems. Designation: C37.111-1991 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Power System Relaying Title: IEEE Standard Common Format for Transient Data Exchange (COMTRADE) for Power Systems Status: Superseded History: PAR APP: Jun 27, 1991, BD APP: Jun 27, 1991, ANSI APP: Dec 24, 1991 Abstract: A common format for the data files and exchange medium needed for the interchange of various types of fault, test, or simulation data is defined. Sources of transient data are described, and the case of diskettes as an exchange medium is recommended. Issues of sampling rates, filters, and sample rate conversions for transient data being exchanged are discussed. Files for data exchange are specified, as is the organization of the data. A sample file is given. Key Words: Transient data, Header file, Data file, Configuration file Designation: C37.112-1996 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Power System Relaying Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2007 Title: IEEE Standard Inverse-Time Characteristic Equations for Overcurrent Relays Status: Approved Publication of IEEE History: PAR APP: Jun 27, 1991, BD APP: Sep 19, 1996, ANSI APP: Feb 27, 1997 Abstract: The inverse-time characteristics of overcurrent relays are defined in this standard. Operating equations and allowances are provided in the standard. The standard defines an integral equation for microprocessor relays that ensures coordination not only in the case of constant current input but for any current condition of varying magnitude. Electromechanical inverse-time overcurrent relay reset characteristics are defined in the event that designers of microprocessor based relays and computer relays want to match the reset characteristics of the electromechanical relays. Key Words: inverse time Designation: C37.113-1999 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Power System Relaying Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2004 Title: IEEE Guide for Protective Relay Applications to Transmission Lines Status: Approved Publication of IEEE History: PAR APP: Mar 20, 1997, BD APP: Sep 16, 1999, ANSI APP: Jan 13, 2000 Project Scope: Produce a guide for protective relay applications to transmission lines. Project Purpose: Provide a reference document to be utilized by those responsible for the relay protection of transmission lines. Abstract: This newly developed guide compiles information on the application considerations ofprotective relays to ac transmission lines. The guide describes accepted transmission lineprotection schemes and the different electrical system parameters and situations that affect theirapplication. Its purpose is to provide a reference for the selection of relay schemes and to assistless experienced protective relaying engineers in their application. Key Words: "protective relaying,relay application,relaying,transmission line protection" Designation: PC37.113 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Power System Relaying Title: Guide for Protective Relay Applications to Transmission Lines Status: Revision Project Technical Contact: Mohindar S Sachdev, Phone:306-374-0730, Email:sachdev@sasktel.net **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jun 09, 2005 Project Scope: Concepts of transmission line protection are discussed in this guide. Applications of these concepts to various system configurations and bus arrangements are presented. Many important issues, such as coordination of settings, operating times, characteristics of relays, mutual coupling of lines, automatic reclosing, use of communication channels, are examined. Special protection systems, multi-terminal lines and single phase tripping and reclosing are also included. The impact that system parameters and system performance have on the selection of relays and relay schemes is discussed as well. Project Purpose: The purpose of this project is to revise C37.113 - IEEE Guide for Protective Relay Applications to Transmission Lines. This guide was originally approved in 1999 and was reaffirmed in 2004. Designation: C37.114-2004 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Power System Relaying Title: IEEE Guide for Determining Fault Location on AC Transmission and Distribution Lines Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jun 08, 2005 Technical Contact: Karl Zimmerman, Phone:618-233-1010, Email:karl_zimmerman@selinc.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Mar 20, 1997, BD APP: Dec 08, 2004 Project Scope: This guide outlines the techniques and application considerations for determining the location of a fault on ac transmission and distribution lines. This document reviews traditional approaches and the primary measurement techniques used in modern devices: one-terminal and two- terminal impedance-based methods and traveling wave methods. Application considerations include: two- and three-terminal lines, series-compensated lines, parallel lines, untransposed lines, underground cables, fault resistance effects, and other power system conditions, including those unique to distribution systems. Project Purpose: This guide provides assistance to power system engineers and operators in applying fault location techniques on their systems. They will learn the strengths and limitations of fault location data and when further analysis may be required. The user will also learn when more advanced methods are required or more data must be gathered. Abstract: Electrical faults on transmission and distribution lines are detected and isolated bysystem protective devices. Once the fault has been cleared, outage times can be reduced if thelocation of the fault can be determined more quickly. This guide outlines the techniques andapplication considerations for determining the location of a fault on ac transmission and distributionlines. The document reviews traditional approaches and the primary measurement techniques usedin modern devices: one- terminal and two-terminal impedance-based methods and traveling wavemethods. Application considerations include: two- and three- terminal lines, series-compensatedlines, parallel lines, untransposed lines, underground cables, fault resistance effects, and otherpower system conditions, including those unique to distribution systems. Key Words: fault location, relays, system protection, traveling waves Designation: C37.115-2003 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Power System Relaying Title: IEEE Standard Test Method for Use in the Evaluation of Message Communications Between Intelligent Electronic Devices in an Integrated Substation Protection, Control and Data Acquisition System Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jun 30, 2004 Technical Contact: Dennis K Holstein, Phone:562-430-1538, Email:HOLSTEINDK@ADELPHIA.NET **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Mar 20, 1997, BD APP: Nov 10, 2003, ANSI APP: May 03, 2004 Project Scope: This standard will define standard communication test scenarios for messages to be exchanged between electrical power substation intelligent electronic devices (IEDS). The scenarios will define message transactions between applications within the substation and between substation IEDs and remotely located applications. The scenarios will not specify the communication protocol required to implement the transactions. Project Purpose: There are currently no standard communication test scenarios for the evaluation of one or more implementation concepts for message communications between substation intelligent electronic devices (IEDs) within a substation or between a substation and remote IEDs. Utilities and vendors will use this standard to evaluate, on a common basis, one or more implementation solutions. Abstract: "IEEE Std C37.115-2003, IEEE Standard Test Method for Use in the Evaluation of Message Communications between Intelligent Electronic Devices in an Integrated Substation Protection, Control, and Data Acquisition System" Key Words: "automatic control, communication, communication evaluation criteria, communication performance measures, data acquisition, distributed processing, IEDs, intelligent electronic devices, SCADA, supervisory control, test scenario, UML" Designation: C37.116-2007 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Power System Relaying Title: Guide for Protective Relay Application to Transmission-Line Series Capacitor Banks Status: Approved Publication of IEEE Technical Contact: Frank P Plumptre, Phone:604-528-2758, Email:f.plumptre@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Dec 07, 1999, BD APP: Feb 07, 2007 Project Scope: To provide a guide for the application of protective relays on transmission-line series capacitor banks. The guide will provide alternative approaches to the design, testing, and maintenance of protective relays based on the latest knowledge and the application experience of the industry. The guide will also cover issues related to the reliability of the protective relay system. Project Purpose: There are a variety of factors to be considered in the application of protective relays to series capacitor banks which are presently not documented in any standard or guide. Applications of series capacitors are sufficiently diverse that protective relay engineers need some guidance on the considerations to be used. As the addition of series capacitor banks is on the rise, there is a need for such a guide to be introduced. Designation: C37.117-2007 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Power System Relaying Title: Guide for the Application of Protective Relays Used for Abnormal Frequency Load Shedding and Restoration Status: Approved Publication of IEEE Technical Contact: Alexander P Apostolov, Phone:310-478-5967, Email:aapostolov@comcast.net **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Mar 30, 2000, BD APP: Mar 08, 2007 Project Scope: This project will develop a Guide for the application of protective relays used for load shedding and restoration during electric power system abnormal frequency conditions. It will present background information, bibliography, and recommendations. It discusses abnormal frequency power system behavior, existing load shedding and restoration practices, the abnormal frequency function of typical protective relays, and possible new methods for improved load shedding and restoration. This project is limited to electric power system applications and will not include Abnormal Frequency Protection of Power Generating Plants. Project Purpose: There is currently no IEEE Guide for the application of protective relays used for load shedding and restoration during electric power system abnormal frequency conditions. This Guide will complement the IEEE Guide for Abnormal Frequency Protection of Power Generating Plants. It will provide information to assist in the application of load shedding and restoration schemes. Methods and examples will be provided. Designation: C37.118-2005 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Power System Relaying Title: IEEE Standard for Synchrophasors for Power Systems Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Mar 22, 2006 Technical Contact: Kenneth Martin, Phone:360-418-2694, Email:kemartin@bpa.gov **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Sep 21, 2000, BD APP: Oct 21, 2005, ANSI APP: Feb 01, 2006 Project Scope: This is a standard for synchronized phasor measurement systems in power systems. It addresses the definition of a synchronized phasor, time synchronization, application of timetags, method to verify measurement compliance with the standard, and message formats for communication with a phasor measurement unit (PMU). In this context, a PMU can be a stand-alone physical unit or a functional unit within another physical unit. This standard does not specify limits to measurement response time, accuracy under transient conditions, hardware, software, or a method for computing phasors. Project Purpose: This standard defines synchronized phasor measurements in substations so that the measurement equipment can be readily interfaced with associated systems. It specifies data formats and synchronization requirements to allow correlating phasors from various sources and compares them with similar data from different measurement systems. Abstract: This standard defines synchronized phasor measurements used in power system applications. It provides a method to quantify the measurement, tests to be sure the measurement conforms to the definition, and error limits for the test. It also defines a data communication protocol including message formats for communicating this data in a real-time system. Explanation, examples, and supporting information are also provided. Key Words: phasor, phasor measurement, synchophasor, phasor measurement unit, PMU, data concentrator, DC, PDC, GPS synchronization, total vector error, TVE, IRIG Designation: C37.119-2005 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Power System Relaying Title: IEEE Guide for Breaker Failure Protection of Power Circuit Breakers Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Mar 06, 2006 Technical Contact: Roger A Hedding, Phone:414-422-1524, Email:rhedding@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Aug 17, 2001, BD APP: Sep 22, 2005, ANSI APP: Dec 29, 2005 Project Scope: This guide is intended to help the relay engineer understand the application considerations when applying breaker failure protection (BFP) to power circuit breakers. The discussion is limited to those instances where the breaker does not clear the fault after a protective relay has issued a command to open (trip) the circuit breaker. Failure to close, failure while closed, and failure while open are not discussed. The intent of this guide is not to give the reader methods of protecting a power circuit breaker from failing; rather, it is to give the reader a guide in how to detect that a breaker has failed to clear a fault, and how to electrically isolate the fault after the breaker has failed to clear the fault. Project Purpose: Currently, there are no guidelines for applying breaker failure protection. The last IEEE PSRC document was a Summary Update of Practices written in March of 1981. A guide needs to be written to help engineers arrive at the proper breaker failure protection scheme for their system. Abstract: This guide compiles information on the application considerations for breaker failure protection. The reasons for local backup protection are described. Breaker failure schemes are discussed. Issues relating to the settings of current detectors and timers are discussed for various applications. Key Words: breaker failure, local backup, protection, relay application, relaying Designation: C37.121 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Switchgear Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2006 Title: American National Standard for Switchgear - Unit Substations - Requirements Status: Approved Publication of IEEE Designation: C37.122-1993 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Substations Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2002 Title: IEEE Standard for Gas-Insulated Substations Status: Approved Publication of IEEE **Revision of IEEE Std C37.122-1983 and includes IEEE Std C37.122a-1991. History: PAR APP: Jun 18, 1992, BD APP: Dec 02, 1993, ANSI APP: Oct 29, 2002 Project Scope: This standard establishes ratings and requirements for planning, design, testing, installation, and operation of gasinsulated substations (GIS) for alternating-current applications for voltages from 72.5 to 800 kV. Typical installations are assemblies of specialized devices such as circuit breakers, switches, bushings, buses, instrumentation, and the gasinsulating system. It does not include certain items that may be directly connected to gas-insulated substations, such as power transformers and protective relaying. Project Purpose: Update and expand existing C37.122-1983. Separate standards and guides in two distinct documents. Abstract: Guidance in the application of relays and relaying schemes for protection against stator ground faults on high-impedance grounded generators is provided. Key Words: gas-insulated substation, GIS design, GIS equipment, GIS installation, GIS testing, SF6, sulfur hexafluoride Designation: C37.122 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Substations Title: Standard for Gas Insulated Substations Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Arun Arora, Phone:303-670-0399, Email:arun.arora@ptd.siemens.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 09, 1997 Project Scope: Revision of C37.122-1993 and C37.122.1-1993 to incorporate technology development, e.g. interrupters and operator for circuit breaker; CT's and VT's in optical sensors; fiber optic communication for control, sensors for temperature, pressure, partial discharge; disconnect/ground switch combination; life cycle cost considerations. Project Purpose: Evolutionary changes in technology resulted in redesign and modification of equipment. Physical size of GIS is reduced allowing more economical application. Designation: PC37.122 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Substations, Joint Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Switchgear Title: Standard for High Voltage Gas-Insulated Substations, rated above 52 kV Status: Revision Project Technical Contact: John H Brunke, Phone:+1 360 632 0557, Email:john.brunke@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. Project Scope: This standard establishes ratings and requirements for planning, design, testing, installation, and operation of gas-insulated substations (GIS) for alternating-current applications using equipment rated above 52 kV. Typical installations are assemblies of specialized gas-insulated devices such as circuit-breakers, switches, bushings, buses, instrumentation, and the gas-insulating system. It does not include certain items that may be directly connected to gas-insulated substations, such as power transformers and protective relaying. Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to address the special requirements, voltage ranges, and application practices of the North American Utility and Industrial market for high voltage gas-insulated substations, providing guidance for both users and manufacturers. Developed by a joint working group of The Substation and Switchgear Committees it brings together in one place the expertise from both groups and the information before covered in multiple locations into one document. This document also, where feasible, aligns with international norms and standards and recognizes international practices used outside North America. It will therefore provide a comprehensive standard with widespread application. IEEE Power Engineering Society/Switchgear Designation: C37.122-1983 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Substations Title: IEEE Standard for Gas-Insulated Substations Status: Superseded History: BD APP: Mar 17, 1983, ANSI APP: Jan 01, 1989 (Ref. Std.: IEEE 468) Designation: C37.122.1-1993 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Substations Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2002 Title: IEEE Guide for Gas-Insulated Substations Status: Approved Publication of IEEE **Revision of IEEE C37.122-1983. administratively withdrawn on 15-Jan-2001. Technical Contact: Rusko Matulic, Phone:201 792 5767, Email:matulic@yahoo.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Jun 18, 1992, BD APP: Dec 02, 1993, ANSI APP: Oct 29, 2002 Abstract: The technical requirements for the design, fabrication, testing, and installation of a gas-insulated substation (GIS) are covered. Parameters to be supplied by the purchaser are suggested, and technical requirements for the design, fabrication, testing, and installation to be furnished by the manufacturer are established. Key Words: gas-insulated substation, GIS design, GIS equipment, GIS installation, GIS testing, SF6, sulfur hexafluoride Designation: C37.122a-1991 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Substations Title: IEEE Supplement to IEEE C37.122-1983, IEEE Standard Gas-Insulated Substations (Section 2.2.2: Pressurized Enclosures) Status: Superseded **Available only in IEEE Std C37.122-1993. Superseded by C37.122-1993 History: PAR APP: Sep 26, 1991, BD APP: Dec 05, 1991, ANSI APP: Apr 20, 1992 Abstract: Detailed requirements for pressurized enclosures for gas insulated substations are set forth. Criteria for enclosure design, including temperatures; thermal cycling, vibration, shock, and seismic requirements; design pressure; and calculation methods are specified. Stress under abnormal pressure, pressure relief devices, routine pressure tests, tests after erection on site, and design tests are covered. Key Words: Pressurized enclosures, Gas-insulated substations Designation: C37.123-1996 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Substations Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2002 Title: IEEE Guide to Specifications for Gas-Insulated, Electric Power Substation Equipment Status: Approved Publication of IEEE **Revision of IEEE Std C37.123-1991. Technical Contact: Rusko Matulic, Phone:201 792 5767, Email:matulic@yahoo.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Sep 22, 1994, BD APP: Sep 19, 1996, ANSI APP: Feb 27, 1997 Abstract: Technical requirements for the design, fabrication, testing, and installation of a gas-insulated substation (GIS) are provided. Parameters to be supplied by the purchaser and the technical requirements for the design, fabrication, testing, and installation to be furnished by the manufacturer are discussed. Environmental conditions, general and specific equipment requirements, and a proposal data sheet form are provided to aid the user. Key Words: gas-insulated substations, GIS, GIS design, GIS equipment, GIS installation Designation: C37.123-1991 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Substations Title: IEEE Guide to Specifications for Gas-Insulated Substation Equipment Status: Superseded History: PAR APP: Dec 28, 1987, BD APP: Jan 14, 1991, ANSI APP: Jul 15, 1991 Abstract: The technical requirements for the design, fabrication, testing, and installation of a gas-insulated substation (GIS) are covered; its intent is advisory. This guide discusses parameters to be supplied by the purchaser and technical requirements for the design, fabrication, testing, and installation to be furnished by the manufacturer. Environmental conditions, general and specific equipment requirements, and a proposal data sheet form are included to aid the user. Key Words: GIS Equipment, Gas-insulated substations, GIS testing, GIS installation, GIS design Designation: PC37.230 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Power System Relaying Title: Guide for Protective Relay Applications to Distribution Lines Status: Modified New Project Technical Contact: William P Waudby, Phone:517-788-0372, Email:wwaudby@cmsenergy.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 12, 2002 Project Scope: The scope of this Guide will be to discuss the application and coordination of protection for radial power-system distribution lines. It will include the descriptions of the fundamentals, line configurations and schemes. In addition to these, the scope will include identification of problems with the methods used in distribution line protection and the solutions for those problems. Project Purpose: This Guide will educate and provide information on distribution protection schemes to utility engineers, consultants, educators and manufacturers. The Guide will examine the advantages and disadvantages of schemes presently being used in protecting distribution lines. This would provide the user the rationale for determining the best approach for protecting an electric power distribution system. Designation: C37.230 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Power System Relaying Title: Guide for Protective Relay Applications to North American Distribution Lines Status: Superseded Technical Contact: William P Waudby, Phone:517-788-0372, Email:wwaudby@cmsenergy.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 12, 2002 Project Scope: The scope of this Guide will be to discuss the application and coordination of protection for radial power-system distribution lines. It will include the descriptions of the fundamentals, line configurations and schemes. In addition to these, the scope will include identification of problems with the methods used in distribution line protection and the solutions for those problems. Project Purpose: This Guide will educate and provide information on distribution protection schemes to utility engineers, consultants, educators and manufacturers. The Guide will examine the advantages and disadvantages of schemes presently being used in protecting distribution lines. This would provide the user the rationale for determining the best approach for protecting an electric power distribution system. Designation: C37.231-2006 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Power System Relaying Title: Recommended Practice for Microprocessor-Based Protection Equipment Firmware Control Status: Approved Publication of IEEE Technical Contact: Bob Beresh, Phone:416-207-6000x6505, Email:rberesh@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Sep 12, 2002, BD APP: Dec 06, 2006 Project Scope: The scope of this Recommended Practice will be to identify the means for timely and efficient exchange of information between manufacturers and users of protection related equipment with respect to (i) changes in device firmware and (ii) the impact of those changes. It will also include an examination of the technical and operational ramifications resulting from changes in the device firmware. Only hardware changes that impact firmware changes will be included. Project Purpose: The purpose of the proposed project will be to develop a Recommended Practice that would facilitate the exchange of information, between manufacturers and users of mircoprocessor based protection equipment, on the changes in the firmware and the impact those changes will have in the performance of the devices. Designation: C37.232-2007 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Power System Relaying Title: Recommended Practice for Naming Time Sequence Data Files Status: Approved Publication of IEEE Technical Contact: Amir Makki, Phone:215-275-3835, Email:amir@softstuf.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Mar 25, 2004, BD APP: Mar 22, 2007 Project Scope: The scope of the document is a procedure that is recommended for naming time sequence data (TSD) files, such as, transient records, event sequences and periodic logs. The file names include, among other feature, the key portions of the information contained in the file including, but not limited to, the name of the circuit, substation and recording device, and the date and time of the occurrence. Project Purpose: The purpose of this project is to develop a document that would recommend a procedure for naming TSD files; a procedure that is needed to resolve many of the problems associated with reporting, saving, exchanging, archiving and retrieving large numbers of files. There is no defined standard for naming TSD files at this time. Designation: PC37.233 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Power System Relaying Title: Guide For Power System Protection Testing Status: New Standard Project Technical Contact: Vahid Madani, Phone:510-874-2300, Email:VxM6@pge.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Aug 11, 2005 Project Scope: This guide covers suggested test requirements for Power System Protection Scheme Testing, System Application Tests, the scope and level of tests based on the application, and benefits of the overall protective schemes testing. This guide encompasses overall system testing procedures (generators, line, line reactors, transformer, capacitors, Special protection schemes, end-to-end testing, distributed application within substation, etc.), data collection requirements, as well as the test procedure definitions. The Guide describes the methods, extent, and types of system tests for protection applications, at various voltage levels. Control functions which are inherent to the protective systems are included. Importance of line testing, indirect trip applications, and open / closed loop tests (dynamic / non-linear tests) are also covered. Project Purpose: This guide is intended for power system protection professionals. It includes a reference list of type tests for protective devices as well as overall protection scheme performance tests for various types of protection schemes. The Guide describes the methods, extent, and types of protection scheme tests. Interlocking and control functions inherent to the protective schemes are included. Designation: PC37.234 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Power System Relaying Title: Guide for Protective Relay Applications to Power System Buses Status: New Standard Project Technical Contact: Bogdart Kasztenny, Phone:905-201-2199, Email:Bogdan.Kasztenny@GE.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 22, 2005 Project Scope: Concepts of power bus protection are discussed in this guide. Consideration is given to availability and location of breakers, current transformers and disconnectors as well as bus switching scenarios, and their impact on selection and application of bus protection. A number of bus protection schemes are presented; their adequacy, complexity, strengths and limitations with respect to variety of bus arrangements are discussed; specific application guidelines are provided. Breaker failure protection is discussed as pertaining to bus protection. Means of securing bus protection schemes against corrupted relay input signals are also included. Project Purpose: The purpose of the guide is to assist utility, industrial and commercial plant engineers in selecting and engineering proper bus protection. Designation: PC37.235 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Power System Relaying Title: Guide for the Application of Rogowski Coils used for Protective Relaying Purposes Status: New Standard Project Technical Contact: Ljubomir Kojovic, Phone:262-835-1511, Email:lkojovic@cooperpower.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 22, 2005 Project Scope: This Guide establishes criteria and requirements for application of Rogowski Coils (RC) (air-core current sensor) used for protective relaying in electric power systems. The selection and application of RCs for the more common protection schemes are addressed. Project Purpose: This document provides a guide for application of Rogowski Coils used for protective relaying in electric power systems. It is intended to assist the relay application engineer in the correct selection and application of RCs for protective relaying purposes. It provides requirements relevant to the performance, operation, testing, safety considerations, and maintenance of Rogowski Coil based current transducers. This guide applies to all types of Rogowski Coils used for Protective Relaying Purposes. Designation: PC37.237 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Power System Relaying Title: Recommended Practice for Time Tagging of Power System Protection Events Status: New Standard Project Technical Contact: Bill J. Dickerson, Email:billdickerson@shaw.ca **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. Project Scope: This is a recommended practice for time tagging protection events and associated analog and derived measurements in electric power systems. It defines the meaning of a time tag, and defines reference times for common events and time-varying quantities. It provides methods to describe measurement and transport delays, and the overall accuracy of time tagging. Potential problems caused by delays in ancillary equipment and the use of different time scales in different locations (local time zones, for example) are identified and addressed. Project Purpose: This recommended practice establishes a consistent method for time tagging event records and measurement data in substations. This allows information from different sources to be more easily compared, thereby simplifying the process of event reconstruction. This will lead to better power system reliability, gained through improved understanding of system operation under stressed conditions; and a reduction in the cost of event analysis.The purpose of this R.P. is to propose a recommended methodology to describe time tag accuracy for event records, by describing how time tags should be correlated to actual power system events, and then by showing how to estimate the difference between the 'ideal' time tag and an actual time tag generated by real equipment. Designation: PC37.301 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Switchgear Title: Recommended Practice for Partial Discharge Measurement in Power Switchgear Rated above 1000 V Status: Revision Project Technical Contact: Marcel Fortin, Phone:450-922-0925, Email:fortin.marcel@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 22, 2005 Project Scope: This recommended test procedure applies to the detection and measurement of partial discharges occurring in switchgear equipment and/or components rated above 1000 V. The following types of equipment are included: high-voltage fuses, high-voltage switches, high-voltage circuit breakers, reclosers and sectionalizers, pad-mounted switchgear and switchgear assemblies. Project Purpose: The electrical PD measurement has been proven since many years as a valuable tool for assessment of the insulation condition of HV equipment. The procedure is preferably performed on the basis of the PD quantity apparent charge using either the wide-band or a narrow-band measuring method. This Recommended Practice covers only the wide-band method that allows partial discharge pattern recognition. This recommended practice: defines the terms used; defines the quantities to be measured; describes test and measuring circuits which may be used; defines analogue and digital measuring methods required for common applications; specifies methods for calibration and requirements of instruments used for calibration; gives guidance on test procedures and test set-up; gives some assistance concerning the discrimination of partial discharges from external Interference. Partial discharge limits and specific test procedures are not part of this recommended practice and shall be defined in particular product standards. Designation: C50.10 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Electric Machinery Title: Standard Requirements for Synchronous Machines Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: James R Michalec, Phone:614-716-1776, Email:j.r.michalec@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 16, 1998 Project Scope: This standard contains general requirements and definitions applicable to all types of 60 Hz synchronous machines, except fractional horsepower motors. Specific requirements for salient-pole synchronous generators will be found in IEEE C50.12 and cylindrical rotor synchronous generators in IEEE C50.13. Project Purpose: The purpose of this revision is towfold. 1) update the document to current industry standards and criteria and 2) evaluate this document with IEC 34.1 and 34.3 and seek compatibility where it can be found, thus bringing the document in closer harmonization, yet keeping within this PAR's target completion date of Juy 2000. Designation: C50.10-1977 Sponsor: Accredited Standards Committee on Rotating Electrical Machinery Title: American National Standard General Requirements for Synchronous Machines Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. History: ANSI APP: Aug 04, 1975 Designation: C50.12-2005 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Electric Machinery Title: IEEE Standard for Salient-Pole 50 Hz and 60 Hz Synchronous Generators and Generator/Motors for Hydraulic Turbine Applications Rated 5 MVA and Above Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Feb 15, 2006 **This standard is a revision of ANSI C50.12-1982, which is a NEMA standard. Copyright was transferred to the IEEE from NEMA. Technical Contact: James R Michalec, Phone:614-716-1776, Email:j.r.michalec@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Sep 16, 1998, BD APP: Sep 22, 2005, ANSI APP: Dec 29, 2005 Project Scope: The requirements in this standard apply to all types of 50 Hz and 60 Hz salient-pole synchronous generators and generator/motors rated 5 MVA and above to be used for hydraulic turbine or hydraulic pump/turbine applications. Salient-pole generators and generator/motors below this rating are generally covered by NEMA MG 1-2003 [B13].1 Project Purpose: The purpose of this revision is two fold: 1) update the document to current industry standards and criteria, and 2) evaluate this document with IEC 34-1 and 34-3 and seek compatability where it can be found, thus bringing the documents in closer harmonization. Abstract: The requirements in this standard apply to all types of 50 Hz and 60 Hz salient-pole synchronous generators and generator/motors rated 5 MVA and above to be used for hydraulic turbine or hydraulic pump/turbine applications. Key Words: ac generator, generator, hydro generator, salient-pole rotor, synchronous generator Designation: C50.12 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Electric Machinery Title: Standard for Salient-Pole Rotor Synchronous Generators and Generator/Motors for Hydraulic Turbine Applications Status: Superseded Technical Contact: James R Michalec, Phone:614-716-1776, Email:j.r.michalec@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 16, 1998 Project Scope: This standard contains requirements for all types of 60 Hz salient-pole suynchronous generators and generator/motors rated 5000 KVA and above to be used for hydraulic turbine or hydraulic pump/turbine applications. Project Purpose: The purpose of this revision is twofold 1) update the document to current industryt standards and criteria, and 2) evaluate this document with IEC 34.1 and 34.3 and seek compatibility where it can be found, thus bringing the documents in closer harmonization, yet keeping within this PAR's target completion date of July 2000. Designation: C50.13-2005 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Electric Machinery Title: IEEE Standard for Cylindrical-Rotor 50 Hz and 60 Hz Synchronous Generators Rated 10 MVA and Above Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Feb 15, 2006 **This standard is a revision of ANSI C50.13-1989, which is a NEMA standard. Copyright was transferred to the IEEE from NEMA. Technical Contact: James R Michalec, Phone:614-716-1776, Email:j.r.michalec@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Sep 16, 1998, BD APP: Sep 22, 2005, ANSI APP: Dec 29, 2005 Project Scope: The requirements in this standard apply to all 50 Hz and 60 Hz, two-pole and four-pole, cylindrical-rotor synchronous generators driven by steam turbines and/or by combustion gas turbines. The drive may be direct or through a gearbox or other device that permits different speeds for the turbine and the generator. The generators covered by this standard are to have rated outputs of 10 MVA and above. Cylindrical-rotor, two-pole and four-pole generators below this rating are generally covered by NEMA MG 1- 2003 [B18].1 Project Purpose: The purpose of this revision is to: 1) update the document to current industry standards and criteria, 2) evaluate this document with IEC 34-1 and 34-3 and seek compatability where it can be found, thus bringing the documents in closer harmonization, and 3) combine the scopes of C50.14 and C50.15 into this one document addressing cylinderical rotor synchronous generators. Abstract: The requirements in this standard are applied to 50 Hz and 60 Hz, two-pole and four-pole, cylindrical-rotor synchronous generators driven by steam turbines and/or by combustion gas turbines. The drive may be direct or through a gearbox or other device that permits different speeds for the turbine and the generator. The generators covered by this standard are to have rated outputs of 10 MVA and above. Key Words: ac generator, combustion gas turbine generator, cylindrical-rotor generator, steam turbine generator, synchronous generator, turbine generator Designation: C50.13-1977 Sponsor: Accredited Standards Committee on Rotating Electrical Machinery Title: American National Standard Requirements for Cylindrical-Rotor Synchronous Generators Status: Superseded History: ANSI APP: Aug 04, 1975 Abstract: Requirements for 60-Hz cylindrical-rotor synchronous generators, except those covered in standard C50.14-1977, are set forth. The standard covers classification, usual service conditions, rating, temperature rise, abnormal conditions, efficiency, overspeed, telephone influence factor, tests, direction of rotation, name plate marking, and performance specification forms. Key Words: Synchronous generators Designation: C50.13 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Electric Machinery Title: Standard for Cylindrical Rotor Synchronous Generators Status: Superseded Technical Contact: James R Michalec, Phone:614-716-1776, Email:j.r.michalec@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 16, 1998 Project Scope: This standard contains requirements for all types of 60 Hz cylindrical rotor synchronous generators rated 1000 KVA and above and combustion gas driven synchronous generators rated 10,000 KVA and above. General requirements will be found in IEEE C50.10. Project Purpose: The purpose of this revision is twofold 1) update the document to current industryt standards and criteria, and 2) evaluate this document with IEC 34.1 and 34.3 and seek compatibility where it can be found, thus bringing the documents in closer harmonization, yet keeping within this PAR's target completion date of July 2000 and 3) combine the scopes of IEEE C50.14 and ANSI C50.15 into one document addressing cylindrical rotor synchronous generators. Designation: C50.14-1977 Sponsor: Accredited Standards Committee on Rotating Electrical Machinery Title: American National Standard Requirements for Combustion Gas Turbine Driven Cylindrical Rotor Synchronous Generators Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jun 10, 1977 History: ANSI APP: Jun 25, 1976 Abstract: Requirements are provided for 60-Hz open-ventilated air-cooled cylindrical-rotor synchronous generators rated 10,000 kVA and above. Classification, service conditions, output rating and capabilities, temperature, abnormal and short-circuit requirements, efficiency, overspeed, telephone influence factor, tests, direction of rotation, and nameplate marking are covered. A performance specification form is shown. Key Words: Synchronous generators Designation: C50.14 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Electric Machinery Title: Standard Requirements for Combustion Gas Turbine Driven Cylindrical Rotor Synchronous Generators Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: James R Michalec, Phone:614-716-1776, Email:j.r.michalec@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 16, 1998 Project Scope: The requirements in this standard apply to 60 HZ open-ventilated air-cooled cylindrical rotor synchronous generators rated 10,000 KVA and above. Project Purpose: The purpose of this porject is to combine the requirements of this document into IEEE C50.13 and declare C50.14 revoked. Designation: C50.15 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Electric Machinery Title: Standard for Torating Machinery Hydrogen-Cooled, Combustion-Gas- Turbine-Driven, Cylindrical-Rotor Synchronous Generator Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: James R Michalec, Phone:614-716-1776, Email:j.r.michalec@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 16, 1998 Project Scope: The requirements in this standard apply to the 60-Hz, hydrogen- cooled, cylindrical-rotor synchronous generators, rated 10,000 KVA and above, and driven by combustion gas turbines. Project Purpose: The purpose of this project is to combine the requirements of this document into IEEE C50.13 and declare C50.15 revoked. Designation: C57-2002 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transformers Title: IEEE Standards Collection Special Edition: Power Distribution & Regulator Transformers on CD- ROM Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Oct 21, 2002 Designation: C57-1994 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transformers Title: IEEE Standards Collection Distribution, Power and Regulatng Transformers 1994 Edition (C57) Status: Superseded Publication type: Collection Designation: C57-1992 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transformers Title: C57 Standards Collection, Winter 1992 Edition: Distribution, Power and Regulating Transformers Status: Superseded Publication type: Collection Designation: C57-1990 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transformers Title: C57 Complete 1990 Edition: Distribution, Power, and Regulating Transformers Status: Superseded Publication type: Collection Designation: C57-1986 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transformers Title: C57 Series Status: Superseded **Consolidates C57 documents Designation: C57.12.00-2006 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transformers Title: Standard General Requirements for Liquid-Immersed Distribution, Power, and Regulating Transformers Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Feb 28, 2007 Technical Contact: Dong S Kim, Phone:626-302-8049, Email:dong.kim@sce.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Jun 14, 2001, BD APP: Sep 15, 2006, ANSI APP: Jan 26, 2007 Project Scope: This standard is a basis for the establishment of performance, limited electrical and mechanical interchangeability, and safety requirements of equipment described. It is also a basis for assistance in the proper selection of such equipment. This standard describes electrical, mechanical, and safety requirements of liquid-immersed distribution and power transformers, and autotransformers and regulating transformers, single-phase and polyphase, with voltages of 601 V or higher in the highest voltage winding. This standard applies to all liquid- immersed distribution, power, and regulating transformers that do not belong to the following types of apparatus: a) Instrument transformers b) Step voltage and induction voltage regulators c) Arc furnace transformers d) Rectifier transformers e) Specialty transformers f) Grounding transformers g) Mobile transformers h) Mine transformers Project Purpose: This standard is a basis for the establishment of performance, limited electrical and mechanical interchangeability, and safety requirements of equipment described. It is also a basis for assistance in the proper selection of such equipment. This standard is being revised to include technical changes to the document, which have been proposed by various technical working groups and sub-committees within the PES Transformers Committee. Abstract: Electrical, mechanical, and safety requirements are set forth for liquid-immersed distribution and power transformers, and autotransformers and regulating transformers; single and polyphase, with voltages of 601 V or higher in the highest voltage winding. This standard is a basis for the establishment of performance, limited electrical and mechanical interchangeability, and safety requirements of equipment described; and for assistance in the proper selection of such equipment. The requirements in this standard apply to all liquid-immersed distribution, power, and regulating transformers except the following: instrument transformers, step-voltage and induction voltage regulators, arc furnace transformers, rectifier transformers, specialty transformers, grounding transformers, mobile transformers, and mine transformers. Key Words: autotransformers, distribution transformers, electrical requirements, mechanical requirements, power transformers, regulating transformers, safety requirements Designation: C57.12.00-2000 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transformers Title: IEEE Standard General Requirements for Liquid-Immersed Distribution, Power, and Regulating Transformers Status: Superseded **Supersedes C57.12.00-1993. Superseded by C57.12.00-2006. History: PAR APP: Jun 14, 1995, BD APP: Jun 21, 2000 Project Scope: This standard is a basis for the establishment of performance, limited electrical and mechanical interchangeability, and safety requirements of equipment described. It is also a basis for assistance in the proper selection of such equipment. This standard describes electrical mechanical, and safety requirements of liquid-immersed distribution and power transformers, and auto transformers and regulating transformers, single phase and polyphase, with voltage of 601 V and higher in the highest voltage winding. This standard applies to all liquid-immersed distribution, power, and regulating transformers that do not belong to the following types of apparatus: Instrument transformers; Step voltage and induction voltage regulators; Arc furnace transformers; Rectifier transformers; Specialty transformers; Grounding transformers; Mobile transformers; Mine transformers. When this standard is used on a mandatory basis, the words shall and must indicate mandatory requirements. The words should and may refer to matters that are recommended or permissive, but not mandatory. Project Purpose: This standard is a basis for the establishment of performance, limited electrical and mechanical interchangeability, and safety requirements of the equipment covered. It is also a basis for assistance in the proper selection of such equipment. Abstract: " Electrical, mechanical, and safety requirements are set forth for liquid-immersed distri-bution and power transformers, and autotransformers and regulating transformers; single andpolyphase, with voltages of 601 V or higher in the highest voltage winding. This standard is a basisfor the establishment of performance, limited electrical and mechanical interchangeability, andsafety requirements of equipment described; and for assistance in the proper selection of suchequipment. The requirements in this standard apply to all liquid-immersed distribution, power, andregulating transformers except the following" Key Words: "autotransformers,distribution transformers,electrical requirements,mechanical requirements,power transformers,regulating transformers,safety requirements" Designation: C57.12.00-1993 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transformers Title: IEEE Standard General Requirements for Liquid-Immersed Distribution, Power and Regulating Transformers Status: Superseded **Superseded by C57.12.00-2000. History: PAR APP: Jun 18, 1992, BD APP: Jun 17, 1993, ANSI APP: Sep 29, 1993 Abstract: Electrical, mechanical, and safety requirements are set forth for liquid-immersed distribution and power transformers, and autotransformers and regulating transformers; single and polyphase, with voltages of 601 V or higher in the highest voltage winding. This standard is the basis for the establishment of performance, limited electrical and mechanical interchangeability, and safety requirements of equipment described; and for assistance in the proper selection of such equipment. The requirements in this standard apply to all liquid-immersed distribution, power, and regulating transformers except the following: instrument transformers; step-voltage and induction voltage regulators; arc furnace transformers; rectifier transformers; specialty transformers; grounding transformers, mobile transformers; and mine transformers. Key Words: Safety requirements, Regulating transformers, Power transformers, Mechanical requirements, Electrical requirements, Distribution transformers, Autotransformers Designation: C57.12.00-1987 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transformers Title: IEEE Standard General Requirements for Liquid-Immersed Distribution, Power, and Regulating Transformers Status: Superseded History: BD APP: Jun 13, 1985, ANSI APP: Mar 20, 1987 Key Words: requirements, liquid-immersed, distribution, regulating, transformers Designation: C57.12.00c Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transformers Title: Xfrmr Loss Measurements & Tolerances Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: William R Henning, Phone:262-547-0121, Email:whenning@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jun 28, 1979, BD APP: Sep 17, 1992 Key Words: C57.12.00c Designation: C57.12.00d Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transformers Title: Wording for Ratio Tolerance Section Status: Superseded **Incorporated into C57.12.00-1987 Key Words: wording, ratio, tolerance, section Designation: C57.12.00e Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transformers Title: Dielectric Test Requirements Status: Superseded **Incorporated into C57.12.00-1987 History: PAR APP: Sep 28, 1981 (Ref. Std.: IEEE 462e) Key Words: dielectric, test, requirements Designation: C57.12.00f-198 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transformers Title: Alternate Dielectric Test Req Status: Superseded **Incorporated into C57.12.00-1987 Key Words: C57.12.00f Designation: C57.12.00g-198 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transformers Title: Telephone Influence Test Status: Superseded **Suppl to C57.12.00 . Incorporated into C57.12.00-1987 Key Words: C57.12.00g Designation: C57.12.00h Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transformers Title: Table 9, Note 4-Nameplates Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. **Supplement to C57.12.00 Technical Contact: Robert H Frazer, Phone:(919) 734-8900 x-439 **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 28, 1986, BD APP: Sep 17, 1992 Key Words: C57.12.00h Designation: C57.12.00i Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transformers Title: Table 9, Note 2-Nameplates Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. **Supplement to C57.12.00 Technical Contact: John W Matthews, Phone:410-597-7687, Email:jmatthews@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 28, 1986, BD APP: Sep 17, 1992 Designation: C57.12.00j Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transformers Title: External Phase to Phase Clearances for Power Transformers-Section 6.8 . Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. **Supplement to C57.12.00-1980. This work became part of C57.12.00-1993. Technical Contact: Robert A Veitch, Phone:905-731-9178 **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 28, 1986, BD APP: Sep 17, 1992 Designation: C57.12.00k Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transformers Title: Table 17, Note 1/Supple to C57.12.00 Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Charles J McMillen, Phone:828-322-6297, Email:chuckmc@abts.net **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 28, 1987, BD APP: Sep 17, 1992 Designation: C57.12.00l Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transformers Title: Standard General Requirements for Liquid Immersed Distribution, Power and Regulating Transformers, Section 8 Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Robert L Grubb, Phone:262-549-9699 **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: May 31, 1990 Designation: C57.12.01-2005 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transformers Title: Standard General Requirements for Dry-Type Distribution and Power Transformers Including Those with Solid Cast and/or Resin Encapsulated Windings Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: May 19, 2006 Technical Contact: John C Sullivan, Phone:813-884-5424, Email:jcsullivan@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Mar 18, 1999, BD APP: Dec 07, 2005, ANSI APP: Apr 21, 2006 Project Scope: This revision will include the addition of reference to NEMA Std ST-20 definitions and terminology. Major change in partial discharge requirements, change in testing requirements of tables 3A and 3B, additional information on flame retardation seismic cautions and minimum temperature for cast resin transformers. Project Purpose: This revision will fill a void that now exists in reference with similar items in NEMA standards. Improved partial discharge requirements, update testing guidelines, add suggestions on minimum temperature for cast resin transformers and make the entire standard easier to read and understand with the addition of definition and terminology. Abstract: Electrical, mechanical, and safety requirements of ventilated, non-ventilated, and sealed dry-type distribuion and power transformers or autotransformers (single and polyphase, with a voltage of 601 V or higher in the highest voltage winding)are described. Key Words: power transformer, dry-type distribution, autotransformer, primary winding Designation: C57.12.01-1998 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transformers Title: IEEE Standard General Requirements for Dry-Type Distribution and Power Transformers Including Those with Solid Cast and/or Resin Encapsulated Windings Status: Superseded History: PAR APP: Mar 19, 1998, BD APP: Sep 16, 1998 Project Scope: To consider the addition of general purpose transformers 600 volts and below to C57.12.01. NEMA standard St-20-1992 and UL-1561 reference C57.12.01 in their respective standards. Project Purpose: To consider the addition of general purpose transformers 600 volts and below to C57.12.01. Abstract: " Electrical, mechanical, and safety requirements of ventilated, nonventilated, and sealeddry-type distribution and power transformers or autotransformers, single and polyphase, with a volt-age of 601 V or higher in the highest voltage winding, are described. Information that can be usedas a basis for the establishment of performance, interchangeability, and safety requirements ofequipment described, and for assistance in the proper selection of such equipment, is given. " Key Words: "autotransformer connection,basic lightning impulse insulation level (BIL),dielectric strength,distribution transformer,nonventilaed dry-type transformer,power transformer,resin encapulated,short circuit,single- phase,solid cast,temperature rise, three phas" Designation: C57.12.01-1979 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transformers Title: Dry-Type Transformers Incorporating Solid Cast and/or Resin-Encapsulated Windings Status: Superseded History: PAR APP: Sep 28, 1982 Key Words: dry-type, transformers, cast, encapsulated, windings Designation: C57.12.01-1989 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transformers Title: IEEE Standard General Requirements for Dry-Type Distribution and Power Transformers Including Those with Solid Cast and/or Resin-Encapsulated Windings Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 17, 1997. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. History: BD APP: Feb 02, 1989 Abstract: Electrical, mechanical, and safety requirements of ventilated, nonventilated, and sealed dry-type distribution and power transformers or autotransformers, single- and polyphase, with a voltage of 601 V or higher in the highest voltage winding. Service conditions, rating data, construction, short-circuit characteristics, testing and calculations, tolerances, and connection of transformers for shipment are covered. These requirements are intended to provide a basis for the establishment of performance, interchangeability, and safety requirements of the equipment described, and for assistance in the proper selection of such equipment. Instrument transformers, step-voltage and induction-voltage regulators, arc furnace transformers, rectifier transformers, specialty transformers, and mine transformers are not included. Key Words: Power transformers Designation: PC57.12.10 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transformers Title: Standard Requirements for Liquid-Immersed Power Transformers Status: New Standard Project Technical Contact: Javier Arteaga, Phone:414-547-0121, Email:javier.arteaga@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jun 13, 2002 Project Scope: This is a product standard which covers certain electrical, dimensional, and mechanical characteristics of 50 and 60 Hz, liquid-immersed power and auto- transformers. Such power transformers may be remotely or integrally associated with either primary switchgear or substations, or both, for step-down or step-up purposes base rated as follows: 833kva and above Single-Phase, 750 kva and above Three-Phase. This standard applies to all liquid-immersed power and auto transformers that do not belong to the following types of apparatus: Instrument Transformers; Step voltage and induction voltage regulators; Arc-Furnace Transformers; Rectifier Transformers; Specialty Transformers; Grounding Transformers; Mobile Transformers; Mine Transformers Project Purpose: The purpose of this project is to update C57.12.10 and to remove any reference to distribution transformers which will be covered in a new stand alone standard, C57.12.36. Designation: C57.12.11-1980 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transformers Title: IEEE Guide for Installation of Oil-Immersed Transformers (10 MVA and Larger, 69-287 kV Rating) Status: Superseded **Superceded by C57.93-1995. History: BD APP: May 29, 1975, ANSI APP: May 09, 1980 Abstract: New, large, oil-immersed power transformers with high-voltage windings rated 69--287 kV inclusive are primarily considered. Inspection on receipt, internal inspection, handling, assembly of fittings, vacuum treatment, filling with oil, tests, and field drying are covered. Appropriate sections of the guide may be applied to lower-voltage transformers when similar conditions and similar transformer construction exist, and may also be used in servicing older transformers that have been opened for maintenance or repair work. Key Words: guide, installation, oil-immersed, transformers, Power transformers Designation: C57.12.12-1980 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transformers Title: IEEE Guide for Installation of Oil-Immersed EHV Transformers 345 kV and Above Status: Superseded **Superceded by C57.93-1995. History: BD APP: Dec 15, 1977, ANSI APP: May 09, 1980 Abstract: Large, oil-immersed power transformers with high-voltage windings rated 345 kV and above are considered. Inspection on receipt, internal inspection at the site, preliminary oil filling, assembly, vacuum treatment and final filling, vacuum drying of insulation, recirculation, and energization are covered. Key Words: guide, installation, oil-immersed, ehv, tranformers, Power transformers Designation: C57.12.14-1982 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transformers Title: IEEE Trial-Use Standard for Dielectric Test Requirements for Power Transformers for Operation at System Voltages from 115 kV Through 230 kV Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Mar 21, 1991. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. Publication type: Trial-Use Technical Contact: Wallace B Binder, Phone:724-654-3839, Email:wbbinder@adelphia.net **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: BD APP: Sep 17, 1981 (Ref. Std.: IEEE 740) Key Words: dielectric, test, requirements, power, transformers Designation: C57.12.20-2005 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transformers Title: Standard for Overhead Type Distribution Transformers, 500 kVA and Smaller: High Voltage, 34500 Volts and Below; Low Voltage, 7970/13800Y Volts and Below Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Dec 09, 2005 Technical Contact: Glenn W Andersen, Phone:704-382-4323, Email:gwanders@duke-energy.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Dec 06, 2001, BD APP: Jun 09, 2005, ANSI APP: Oct 28, 2005 Project Scope: This project is a revision of an existing product standard covering certain electrical, dimensional and mechanical characteristics and safety features of single and three phase, 60 HZ, mineral oil immersed, self cooled, overhead type distribution transformers 500 kVA and smaller, High Voltages 34500 volts and below with Low Voltages 7970/13800Y volts and below. Project Purpose: This project is to maintain and update the subject standard which is intended for use as a basis for determining the performance, interchangeability and safety of overhead type distribution transformers and to assist in the proper selection of this equipment. Abstract: This standard covers certain electrical, dimensional, and mechanical characteristics and safety features of single- and three-phase, 60 Hz, mineral-oil-immersed, self-cooled, overhead-type distribution transformers 500 kVA and smaller, high voltages 34 500 V and below and low voltages 7970/13 800Y V and below. Designation: PC57.12.20 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transformers Title: Standard for Overhead Type Distribution Transformers, 500 kVA and Smaller: High Voltage, 34 500 Volts and Below; Low Voltage, 7970/13 800Y Volts and Below Status: Revision Project Technical Contact: Alan Wilks, Phone:731-285-9121, Email:awilks@ermco-eci.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 15, 2006 Project Scope: This standard covers certain electrical, dimensional, and mechanical characteristics and safety features of single- and three-phase, 60 Hz, mineral-oil-immersed, self-cooled, overhead-type distribution transformers 500 kVA and smaller, high voltages 34 500 V and below and low voltages 7970/13 800Y V and below. Project Purpose: This standard is intended for use as a basis for determining the performance, interchangeability and safety of overhead-type distribution transformers and to assist in the proper selection of this equipment. Designation: C57.12.20-1997 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transformers Title: Standard for Overhead Type Distribution Transformers, 500 kVA and Smaller, High-Voltage 34 500 Volts and Below; Low-Voltage, 7970/13 800 Y Volts and Below Status: Superseded History: PAR APP: Dec 05, 1991, BD APP: Jun 20, 1996 Abstract: "ANSI C57.12.20-1997, American National Standard for TransformersSandard for Overhead Type Distribution Transformers, 500 kVA and Smaller: High Voltage, 34500 Volts and Below; Low Voltage, 7970/12800Y Volts and Below" Key Words: Author: National Electrical Manufacturers Association Designation: C57.12.22-1995 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transformers Title: Standard for Pad-Mounted, Compartmental-Type, Self-Cooled, Three-Phase Distribution Transformers With High-Voltage Bushings, 2500 kVA and Smaller; High Voltage, 34 500 GrdY/19 920 Volts and Below; Low Voltage, 480 Volts and Below Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 15, 2001. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **Nov-2000: Sponsor supports administrative withdrawal. administratively withdrawn on 15-Jan-2001. Technical Contact: Kenneth S Hanus, Phone:817-475-9283, Email:ken.hanus@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jun 27, 1991, BD APP: Jan 09, 1995 Designation: C57.12.23-2002 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transformers Title: Standard for Underground Type, Self-Cooled, Single-Phase, Distribution Transformers with Separable Insulated High-Voltage Connectors; High Voltage 25000 V and Below; Low Voltage 600 V and Below; 167 kVA and Smaller Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Aug 08, 2002 **Supersedes C57.12.23-1992 (R1999). Technical Contact: Alan R Traut, Phone:859-879-2912, Email:atraut@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Mar 18, 1999, BD APP: Jun 13, 2002, ANSI APP: Oct 29, 2002 Project Scope: This project will revise the present Standard for Underground Single-Phase Transformers with Seperable High-Voltage Connectors; High Voltage 24940 GrdY/14400 and below; Low Voltage 240/120 V and below; 167 kVA and Smaller. The scope is being expanded to include High Voltage ratings 25000 V and below and Low Voltage ratings 600 V and below. Project Purpose: To update the existing Standard to reflect current requirements and revised Scope. Abstract: " Electrical, dimensional, and mechanical characteristics and certain safety features ofsingle-phase, 60 Hz, mineral-oil- immersed, self-cooled, distribution transformers with separable in-sulated high-voltage connectors are covered. Ratings, testing, and construction are discussed. " Key Words: "distribution transformer, mineral-oil-immersed, self-cooled, single-phase, submersible, subsurface, transformer, underground" Designation: PC57.12.23 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transformers Title: Standard for Submersible Single-Phase Transformers; 167kVA and Smaller; High-Voltage 25 000 Volts and Below; Low Voltage 600 Volts and Below Status: Revision Project Technical Contact: Alan R Traut, Phone:859-879-2912, Email:atraut@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 04, 2005 Project Scope: This standard covers certain electrical, dimensional, and mechanical characteristics and takes into consideration certain safety features of single-phase, 60 Hz, liquid-immersed, self-cooled, underground distribution transformers with separable insulated high-voltage connectors. These transformers are rated 167 kVA and smaller, with high voltages of 25 000 V and below and with low voltages of 600 V and below. These transformers are generally used for step-down purposes from an underground primary cable supply. These transformers are typically installed in an enclosure below ground level, operated from above and suitable for submerged operation. This standard does not cover the electrical and mechanical requirements of any accessory devices that may be supplied with the transformer. Project Purpose: This standard is intended for use as a basis for determining performance, interchangeability, and safety of the equipment covered, and to assist in the proper selection of such equipment. Designation: C57.12.23-1992 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transformers Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1999 Title: IEEE Standard for Transformers—Underground-Type, Self-Cooled, Single- Phase Distribution Transformers with Separable, Insulated, High-Voltage Connectors; High Voltage (24 940 GrdY/14 400 V and Below) and Low-Voltage (240/120 V, 167 kVA and Smaller) Status: Superseded **Superseded by C57.12.23-2002. History: PAR APP: Jun 27, 1991, BD APP: Mar 19, 1992, ANSI APP: Oct 26, 1999 Abstract: Electrical, dimensional, and mechanical characteristics and certain safety features of single-phase, 60 Hz, mineral-oil- immersed, self-cooled, distribution transformers with separable insulated high-voltage connectors are covered. Ratings, testing, and construction are discussed. These transformers are generally used for step-down pruposes from an underground primary cable supply and are suitable for occasional submerged operation. The intent is to provide a basis for determining their performance, interchangeability, and safety, and for their selection. This standard does not cover the electrical and mechanical requirements of accessory devices that may be supplied with the transformer Key Words: distribution, interchangeability, performance, safety, transformers Designation: C57.12.23 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transformers Title: Standard for Transformers – Underground-Type, Self-Cooled, Single- Phase Distribution Transformers with Separable, Insulated High Voltage Connectors; High Voltage (24 940 GrdY/14 400 V and Below) and Low Voltage (240/120 V, 167 kVA and Smaller) Status: Superseded Technical Contact: Alan R Traut, Phone:859-879-2912, Email:atraut@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. Project Scope: This project will revise the present standard. Project Purpose: To update existing standard to reflect current requirements. Designation: C57.12.24 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transformers Title: Standard Requirements for Underground-Type Three-Phase Distribution Transformers 2500 kVA and Smaller; High Voltage: 34,500 GrdY/29 920 Volts and Below; Low Voltage: 480 Volts and Below Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Carl G Niemann, Phone:630-437-2921, Email:jandandcarl@worldnet.att.net **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jun 20, 1996 Project Scope: This standard is intended to set forth characteristics relating to performance, limited electrical and mechanical interchangeability, and safety of the equipment described, and to assist in the proper selection of such equipment. Project Purpose: There were comments received on the affirmative ballots that have suggested possible improvements to the standard. Also, consistency with similar standards needs to be checked. These will provide the basis for the required 1999 revision of this standard. Designation: PC57.12.24 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transformers Title: Standard for Submersible, Three-Phase Transformers, 3750 kVA and Smaller: High Voltage, 34 500 GrdY/19 920 Volts and Below; Low Voltage, 600 Volts and Below Status: Revision Project Technical Contact: Giuseppe Termini, Phone:215-841-5638, Email:giuseppe.termini@peco-energy.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. Project Scope: This standard covers certain electrical, dimensional, and mechanical characteristics and takes into consideration certain safety features of three-phase, 60-Hz, liquid-immersed, self-cooled, submersible transformers with separable insulated high-voltage connectors. These transformers are rated 3750 kVA and smaller with high voltages of 34 500GrdY/19 920 volts and below and with low voltages of 600 volts and below. These transformers are generally used for step-down purposes from an underground primary cable supply. These transformers are typically installed in an enclosure below ground level, operated from above and suitable for continuous submerged operation. Project Purpose: The previous document did not include a purpose. This standard is intended for use as a basis for establishing the performance, electrical and mechanical interchangeability, and safety of the equipment covered, and to assist in the proper selection of such equipment. Designation: C57.12.24-1994 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transformers Title: Requirements for Transformers— Underground-Type, Three-Phase Distribution Transformers: High Voltage (34 500 GrdY/19 920 V and Below) and Low Voltage (480 V and Below, 2500 kVA and Smaller) Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 15, 2001. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **Nov-2000: Sponsor supports administrative withdrawal. administratively withdrawn on 15-Jan-2001. History: PAR APP: Jun 27, 1991, BD APP: Mar 17, 1994 Project Scope: 1.1 This standard is intended to set forth characteristics relating to performance, limited electrical and mechanical interchangeability, and safety of the equipment described, and to assist in the proper selection of such equipment. NOTE — Refer to the latest Federal Regulations concerning polychlorinated biphenyls (PCB) contamination in transformers. 1.2 This standard describes certain electrical and mechanical characteristics and takes into consideration certain safety features of three-phase, 60-Hz, liquid-immersed, self-cooled, underground- type distribution transformers rated 2500 kVA and smaller with high voltages of 34 500GrdY/19 920 volts and below and with low voltages of 480 volts and below. These transformers are generally used for step-down purposes from an underground primary cable supply and are suitable for occasional submerged operation. 1.3 This standard does not cover the electrical and mechanical requirements of any accessory devices that may be supplied with the transformer. Abstract: C57_12_24_bk1.front Key Words: C57_12_24_bk1.front Designation: C57.12.25 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transformers Title: Standard for Transformers—Pad-Mounted, Compartmental-Type, Self-Cooled, Single-Phase Distribution Transformers with Separable Insulated High-Voltage Connectors: High Voltage (34 500 GrdY/19 920 Volts and Below) and Low- Voltage (240/120 Volts; 167 kVA and Smaller) Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Norvin Mohesky, Phone:314-239-9366, Email:norvin.mohesky@pauwels.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jun 27, 1991 Designation: C57.12.25 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transformers Title: Standard for Pad-Mounted, Compartmental-Type, Self-Cooled, Single-Phase Distribution Transformers with Separable Insulated High-Voltage Connectors; High Voltage, 34500 GrdY/19920 Volts and Below, Low Voltage, 240/120 Volts; 167 kVA and Smaller - Requirements Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Ali A Ghafourian, Phone:731-285-9121, Email:aghafourian@ermco-eci.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 08, 1998 Project Scope: This product standard covers certain electrical, dimensional, and mechanical characteristics and safety features of single phase, 60 Hz mineral oil filled, self-cooled, pad-mounted, compartmental type distribution transformer with separable insulated high-voltage connectors. Transformers are rated 167 kVA and smaller with high voltage of 34500 GrdY/19 920 Volts and below for operation between one phase and grounded neutral and low voltages of 240/120V. Project Purpose: Review and revise standard. Designation: C57.12.26-1992 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transformers Title: IEEE Standard for Pad-Mounted, Compartmental-Type, Self-Cooled, Three- Phase Distribution Transformers for Use with Separable Insulated High- Voltage Connectors (34 500 GrdY/19 920 Volts and Below, 2500 kVA and Smaller) Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Mar 06, 2000. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. Technical Contact: Gerald A Paiva, Phone:909-734-6728, Email:paivag@sce.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 05, 1991, BD APP: Jun 18, 1992, ANSI APP: Jul 09, 1993 Abstract: "IEEE Std C57.12.26-1992 (Revision of ANSI C57.12.26-1987) IEEE Standard for Pad-Mounted, Compartmental-Type, Self-Cooled, Three-Phase Distribution Transformers for Use With Separable Insulated High-Voltage Connectors (34 500 Grd Y/19 920 V and Below;" Key Words: "This standard is intended for use as a basis for determining performance, interchangeability, and safety of the equipment covered, and for assisting in the proper selection of equipment. It covers certain electrical, dimensional, and mechanical characteristics and takes into consideration certain safety features of three-phase, 60 Hz, mineral-oil- immersed, self-cooled, pad-mounted, compartmental-type distribution transformers with separable insulated high-voltage connectors. These transformers a" Designation: C57.12.27 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transformers Title: Standard for Transformers—Liquid Filled Distribution Transformers Used in Pad-Mounted Installations, Including Unit Substations Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Jim R Miller, Phone:(314) 634-2111 **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jun 27, 1991 Designation: C57.12.28-2005 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transformers Title: Standard for Pad Mounted Equipment - Enclosure Integrity Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Sep 30, 2005 Technical Contact: Robert C Olen, Phone:262-835-3362, Email:rolen@cooperpower.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: May 09, 2002, BD APP: May 10, 2005, ANSI APP: Aug 02, 2005 Project Scope: This standard covers conformance tests and requirements for the integrity of above grade pad mounted enclosures containing apparatus energized in excess of 600 volt that may be exposed to the public including, but not limited to, the following types of equipment enclosures: a. Pad- mounted distribution transformers; b. Pad-mounted capacitors or inductors; c. Pad-mounted junction enclosures; d. Pad mounted metering equipment; e. Pad mounted switchgear This standard does not cover installations that are under the exclusive control of electric utilities and are located in such a manner that access to the equipment is controlled exclusively by the utility. Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to describe the requirements for a comprehensive integrity system for pad-mounted enclosures providing long field life with minimum maintenance and features required to prevent access to live parts by unauthorized personnel. This standard was originally published by ANSI in 1988 (Revised and republished in 1999) with NEMA as the secretariat. The copyright of this document is now being shared between IEEE and NEMA with IEEE responsible for the maintenance of this standard. This PAR is being submitted for approval so that the C57.12.28 standard can be converted to the IEEE format for publication and future development. The other objective is to review all aspects of this standard and evaluate the corrosion paint tests to better reflect current technology. Abstract: Conformance tests and requirements for the integrity of above-grade pad-mounted enclosures that contain apparatus energized in excess of 600 V and that may be exposed to the public, including but not limited to the following types of equipment enclosures—pad-mounted capacitors or inductors, pad-mounted distribution transformers, pad-mounted junction enclosures, pad- mounted metering equipment, and pad-mounted switch gear—are covered. Key Words: enclosure integrity, pad-mounted equipment, switches, transformers Designation: C57.12.29-2005 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transformers Title: Standard for Pad Mounted Equipment - Enclosure Integrity for Coastal Environments Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Nov 10, 2005 Technical Contact: Robert C Olen, Phone:262-835-3362, Email:rolen@cooperpower.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: May 09, 2002, BD APP: May 10, 2005, ANSI APP: Aug 02, 2005 Project Scope: This standard covers conformance tests and requirements for the integrity of above grade pad mounted enclosures intended for installation in coastal environments containing apparatus energized in excess of 600 volt that may be exposed to the public including, but not limited to, the following types of equipment enclosures: a. Pad-mounted distribution transformers; b. Pad-mounted capacitors or inductors; c. Pad-mounted junction enclosures; d. Pad mounted metering equipment; e. Pad mounted switchgear This standard does not cover installations that are under the exclusive control of electric utilities and are located in such a manner that access to the equipment is controlled exclusively by the utility. Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to describe the requirements for a comprehensive integrity system for pad-mounted enclosures providing long field life with minimum maintenance and features required to prevent access to live parts by unauthorized personnel. This standard was originally published by ANSI in 1991 (Revised and republished in 1999) with NEMA as the secretariat. The copyright of this document is now being shared between IEEE and NEMA with IEEE responsible for the maintenance of this standard. This PAR is being submitted for approval so that the C57.12.29 standard can be converted to the IEEE format for publication and future development. The other objective is to review all aspects of this standard and evaluate the corrosion paint tests to better reflect current technology. Abstract: Covered in this standard are conformance tests and requirements for the integrity ofabove-grade pad-mounted enclosures for application in coastal environments that containapparatus energized in excess of 600 V and that may be exposed to the public including, but notlimited to, the following types of equipment enclosures: pad-mounted capacitors or inductors, pad-mounted distribution transformers, pad-mounted junction enclosures, pad-mounted meteringequipment, pad-mounted switch gear. Key Words: enclosure integrity, pad-mounted equipment, switches, transformers Designation: PC57.12.30 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transformers, Joint Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Switchgear Title: Standard for Pole-Mounted Equipment - Enclosure Integrity for Coastal Environments Status: New Standard Project Technical Contact: Robert C Olen, Phone:262-835-3362, Email:rolen@cooperpower.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. Project Scope: This standard covers conformance tests and requirements for the enclosure integrity of pole-mounted equipment for installations in coastal environments, containing apparatus energized in excess of 600v, typically not accessible to the general public, such as but not limited to the following types of equipment: pole-mounted distribution transformers, pole- mounted switches, pole-mounted regulators, pole-mounted metering equipment, pole-mounted reclosers/sectionalizers, pole-mounted capacitors. Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to describe the requirements for a comprehensive integrity system for pole-mounted enclosures providing long service life with minimum maintenance. IEEE Power Engineering Society/Switchgear Designation: C57.12.31-2002 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transformers Title: Standard for Pole Mounted Equipment - Enclosure Integrity Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Mar 06, 2003 Technical Contact: Daniel H Mulkey, Phone:415-973-4699, Email:dhmulkey@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Dec 06, 2001, BD APP: Sep 12, 2002, ANSI APP: Jan 22, 2003 Project Scope: This standard covers conformance tests and requirements for the coating integrity of carbon steel pole mounted enclosures containing apparatus energized in excess of 600 volts, typically located out of reach of the general public, including, but not limited to the following types of equipment enclosures: a. Pole-mounted distribution transformers; b. Pole- mounted switches; c. Pole-mounted regulators; d. Pole-mounted metering equipment; e. Pole-mounted reclosers; f. Pole-mounted switchgear Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to describe the requirements of a coating system for pole-mounted equipment enclosures to ensure long field life with minimum maintenance. This standard was originally published by ANSI in 1996 with NEMA as the secretariat. The copyright of this document is now being shared between IEEE and NEMA with IEEE responsible for the maintenance of this standard. This PAR is being submitted for approval so that the C57.12.31 standard can be converted to the IEEE format for publication and future development. Abstract: Conformance tests and requirements for the coating integrity of carbon steel pole mounted enclosures containing apparatus energized in excess of 600 volts, typically located out of reach of the general public, including, but not limited to, the following types of equipment enclosures: polemounted distribution transformers, pole-mounted switches, pole-mounted regulators, pole-mounted metering equipment, pole-mounted reclosers, and pole-mounted switchgear are covered. Key Words: coating integrity,enclosure integrity,pole-mounted equipment,switches,transformers Designation: PC57.12.31 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transformers, Joint Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Switchgear Title: Standard for Pole Mounted Equipment - Enclosure Integrity Status: Revision Project Technical Contact: Robert C Olen, Phone:262-835-3362, Email:rolen@cooperpower.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. Project Scope: This standard covers conformance tests and requirements for the enclosure integrity of pole-mounted equipment containing apparatus energized in excess of 600v, typically not accessible to the general public, such as but not limited to the following types of equipment: pole-mounted distribution transformers, pole-mounted switches, pole-mounted regulators, pole-mounted metering equipment, pole-mounted reclosers/sectionalizers, pole-mounted capacitors. Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to describe the requirements for a comprehensive system for pole-mounted enclosures providing long service life with minimum maintenance. IEEE Power Engineering Society/Switchgear Designation: C57.12.32-2002 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transformers Title: IEEE Standard for Submersible Equipment - Enclosure Integrity Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Mar 07, 2003 Technical Contact: Daniel H Mulkey, Phone:415-973-4699, Email:dhmulkey@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Dec 06, 2001, BD APP: Sep 12, 2002, ANSI APP: Jan 22, 2003 Project Scope: This standard covers conformance tests and requirements for the coating integrity of carbon steel and copper bearing steel submersible electrical enclosures intended for installation in submerged or partially submerged environments. These enclosures contain apparatus energized in excess of 600 volts (with the exception of network protectors), that may be exposed to the public including but not limited to, the following types of equipment enclosures: a. Submersible distribution transformers; b. Submersible network transformers; c. Submersible network protectors; d. Submersible switchgear; e. Submersible capacitors or inductors; f. Submersible junction enclosures; g. Submersible metering equipment Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to describe the requirements for a comprehensive integrity system for submersible enclosures providing long field life with minimum maintenance. This standard was originally published by ANSI in 1994 with NEMA as the secretariat. The copyright of this document is now being shared between IEEE and NEMA with IEEE responsible for the maintenance of this standard. This PAR is being submitted for approval so that the C57.12.32 standard can be converted to the IEEE format for publication and future development. Abstract: Evaluation and testing of the coating integrity of carbon steel and copper bearing steelenclosures used with submersible electrical equipment are covered. Key Words: "coating integrity,enclosure integrity,submersible equipment,switches,transformers" Designation: C57.12.33 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transformers Title: Guide for Distribution Transformer Loss Evaluation Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Thomas J Pekarek, Phone:330-761-7800, Email:tjpekarek@firstenergycorp.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jun 25, 1998 Project Scope: This standard is intended for the use as a basis for determining the energy efficiency performance of the equipment covered and to assist in the proper selection of such equipment. This standard covers distribution transformers, 10-833 kVA single-phase and 15-2500 kVA three-phase, 60 Hertz, 601-34500 volts high voltage, liquid filled and dry type transformers. Project Purpose: This standard will offer definitions and a methodology that the utility transformer user can apply to determine the equivalent first cost of core and load losses. The use of standardized definitions and methodology will allow transformer manufacturers to tailor the transformer design to the unique economic situation of each user. Designation: C57.12.34-2004 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transformers Title: Standard for Requirements for Pad-Mounted, Compartmental-Type, Self- Cooled, Three-Phase DistributionTransformers, 2500 kVA and Smaller: High- Voltage, 34 500GrdY/19 920 Volts and Below; Low Voltage, 480 Volts and Below Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Mar 08, 2005 Technical Contact: Stephen Shull, Phone:417-625-6110, Email:sshull@empiredistrict.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Sep 21, 1995, BD APP: Sep 23, 2004, ANSI APP: Mar 10, 2005 Project Scope: This standard covers certain electrical, dimensional, and mechanical characteristics and takes into consideration certain safety features of three-phase, 60 Hz., mineral-oil-immersed, self-cooled, pad- mounted, compartmental-type distribution transformers. These transformers are rated 2500 kVA and smaller, with high voltages of 34 500 GrdY/ 19 920 volts and below, and with low voltages of 480 volts and below. These transformers are generally used for step-down purposes from an underground primary cable supply. This standard covers the connector, bushing and terminal arrangements for radial or loop feed systems. Either certain minimum dimensions (see Figures 1,2,3,7,8,11) or certain specific dimensions (see Figures 4,5,6,9,10,12) shall be specified. This standard does not cover the electrical and mechanical requirements of any accessory devices that may be supplied with the transformer. NOTE: Refer to latest federal regulations concerning PCB contamination in transformers. Project Purpose: This standard is intended for use as a basis for determining performance, interchangeability, and safety of the equipment covered, and to assist in the proper selection of such equipment. Abstract: Certain electrical, dimensional, and mechanical characteristics are set forth as well as certain safety features of three- phase, 60 Hz, mineral-oil-immersed, self-cooled, pad-mounted, compartmental-type distribution transformers. These transformers are rated 2500 kVA and smaller, with high voltages of 34 500 GrdY / 19 920 volts and below, and with low voltages of 480 volts and below. This standard covers the connector, bushing, and terminal arrangements for radial or loop feed systems. This standard does not cover the electrical and mechanical requirements of any accessory devices that may be supplied with the transformer. Key Words: compartmental, connector arrangements, loop, pad mounted, radial, three phase, three-phase pad-mounted distribution transformers, transformer Designation: PC57.12.34 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transformers Title: Standard for Requirements for Pad-Mounted, Compartmental Type, Self Cooled, Three Phase Distribution Transformers, 5 MVA and Smaller; High Voltage, 34.5kV Nominal System Voltage and Below; Low Voltage, 15kv Nominal System Voltage and Below Status: Revision Project Technical Contact: Ronald J Stahara, Phone:870-543-6532, Email:rjstahara@centralmoloneyinc.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 20, 2005 Project Scope: This standard covers certain electrical, dimensional, and mechanical characteristics and takes into consideration certain safety features of three-phase, 60 Hz., liquid filled, self-cooled, pad-mounted, compartmental-type distribution transformers. These transformers are rated 5 MVA and smaller, with the high voltage limit of 34.5 kV system nominal voltage and below, and with low voltage limit of 15 kV system nominal voltage and below. These transformers are generally used for step-down purposes from an underground primary cable supply. This standard covers the connector, bushing and terminal arrangements for radial or loop feed systems. Either certain minimum dimensions or certain specific dimensions shall be specified. This standard does not cover the electrical and mechanical requirements of any accessory devices that may be supplied with the transformer. Project Purpose: This standard is intended for use as a basis for determining performance, interchangeability, and safety of the equipment covered, and to assist in the proper selection of such equipment. Designation: C57.12.34 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transformers Title: Standard Requirements for Three Phase Pad-mounted Distribution Transformers (up to 25 KVA and up to 38 KV) Status: Superseded Technical Contact: Ronald J Stahara, Phone:870-543-6532, Email:rjstahara@centralmoloneyinc.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 21, 1995 (Ref. Std.: 1447) Project Scope: This project covers certain electrical, dimensional, and mechanical characteristics and takes into consideration certain safety features of three-phase, 60 Hz, mineral-oil-immersed, self-cooled, pad- mounted, compartmental-type distribution transformers with high-voltage bushings or separable insulated high-voltage connectors. Project Purpose: This project will combine C57.22-1980 and C57.12.26-1992 into a single document. Since both existing standards are similare (except for high-voltage bushings or separable insulated connectors), consolidation will ultimately require less resources for review, revision and publication. Designation: C57.12.35-1996 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transformers Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2004 Title: IEEE Standard for Bar Coding for Distribution Transformers Status: Approved Publication of IEEE **Formerly P1265. History: PAR APP: Jun 27, 1991, BD APP: Jun 20, 1996, ANSI APP: Dec 16, 2004 Project Scope: This standard sets forth bar code label requirements for overhead, padmounted, and underground type distribution transformers. Included herein are requirements for data content, symbology, label layout, print quality, and label life expectancy. This standard assumes the existence of central transformer data bases within utility companies so that bar code labels need only carry basic transformer identification data. Project Purpose: To promote standardization and uniform use of bar code labels on distribution transformers when specified by the user. Longer term, it is hoped that the bar codes provided as a result of this standard will serve as an integral part of electrical utility material and information management systems. Abstract: This standard sets forth bar code label requirements for overhead, padmounted, and underground-type distribution transformers. Included herein are requirements for data content, symbology, label layout, print quality, and label life expectancy. Key Words: distribution transformers, bar coding Designation: PC57.12.35 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transformers Title: Standard for Bar Coding for Distribution Transformers and Step-Voltage Regulators Status: Revision Project Technical Contact: Lee Matthews, Phone:601-422-1533, Email:lmatthews@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 04, 2005 Project Scope: This standard sets forth bar code label requirements for overhead, pad-mounted, and underground-type distribution transformers and step-voltage regulators. Included herein are requirements for data content, symbology, label layout, print quality, and label life expectancy. This standard assumes the existence of central transformer databases within utility companies so that bar code labels need only carry basic transformer identification data. Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to promote standardization and uniform use of bar code labels on distribution transformers and step-voltage regulators when specified by the user. Longer term, it is hoped that the bar codes provided as a result of this standard will serve as an integral part of electrical utility material and information management systems. Designation: PC57.12.36 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transformers Title: Standard Requirements for Liquid-Immersed Distribution Substation Transformers Status: New Standard Project Technical Contact: John R Rossetti, Phone:901-528-4743, Email:jrossetti@mlgw.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jun 13, 2002 Project Scope: This project is to develop a standard for 50 and 60 Hz liquid immersed distribution substation transformers with ratings of 10 000 kVA and below three phase, 6667 kVA and below single phase with a primary voltage 69 000 and below, and a secondary voltage of 34 500 and below. The standard will cover indoor/outdoor application, cover/wall terminations and switchgear coordination issues. Project Purpose: This document sets forth the requirements for distribution substation transformers. Existing standards do not provide adequate requirements for distribution substation transformers. Designation: C57.12.37-2006 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transformers Title: Standard for the Electronic Reporting of Distribution Transformer Test Data Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jul 21, 2006 Technical Contact: Richard Hollingsworth, Phone:601-422-1105, Email:rhollin@howard-ind.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Nov 01, 2001, BD APP: Mar 30, 2006, ANSI APP: Oct 02, 2006 Project Scope: This standard provides a basis for electronic reporting of transformer test data on liquid immersed distribution transformers, specifically, those defined in the ANSI C57.12.2X standards series. This standard defines the standard set of test data to be reported and the format in which it is to be reported when electronic reporting of test data is specified. In addition, it defines an extended set of data for those users who have a need for data. This revision will modify the Title of the Standard to specifically designate it as being for 'Distribution' Transformers. The omission of 'Distribution" in the title could cause confusion for the user. While the Scope in the current Standard makes this clear, the title is not as specific as the Scope. Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to define standard methods of reporting and communicating transformer test data in order to allow users and producers to design computer based systems for preparing, communicating, and storing test data. The standard includes test data content, test data format, and test data communications methods. This review for revision will address new technology and related changes in data communication and storage means. This revision will address and investigate the inclusion of various data items which were considered for, but not included in, the current standard. Also, this revision will address the possibility of expanding the list of data elements to include additional data items of interest to users doing Power Quality and Thermal Evaluation work. Changes in currently used computer software will allow consideration of other possible data formats. Abstract: This standard provides a basis for the electronic reporting of transformer test data on liquid immersed distribution transformers as defined in the ANSI/IEEE C57.12.2X standards series. The specific set of test data to be reported, and the report format, is detailed along with an extended set of data as an option for the user. Key Words: distribution transformers, electronic reporting, test data Designation: PC57.12.38 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transformers Title: Standard for Padmounted Type, Self-Cooled, Single Phase Distribution Transformers; High Voltage, 34500 GrdY/19920 Volts and below, Low voltage, 240/120 Volts; 167 kVA and smaller Status: Modified New Project Technical Contact: Ali A Ghafourian, Phone:731-285-9121, Email:aghafourian@ermco-eci.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Aug 11, 2005 Project Scope: This standard covers certain electrical, dimensional, mechanical characteristics and safety requirements of single-phase, 60 HZ, liquid filled, self-cooled, padmounted, compartmental-type distribution transformers. These transformers are rated 167 kVA and smaller, with the high voltages of 34 500 GrdY/19 920 volts and below for operation between one phase and grounded neutral, and low voltage of 240/120 volts. These transformers are generally used for step-down purposes from an underground primary cable supply. This standard covers the connector, bushing and terminal arrangements for radial or loop feed systems. This standard does not cover the electrical and mechanical requirements of any accessory devices that may be supplied with the transformer. Project Purpose: This standard is intended to define the electrical, mechanical, dimensional, performance and interchangeability requirements of the transformers covered under this standard and to assist in the proper selection of such equipment. These requirements will provide a more standard transformer design which will benefit manufacturers by reducing the number of designs. Users will be provided a document which can be used to purchase a transformer of standard design, without having to develop any additional standards. This will be helpful to less experienced users. It also will promote standardization of these types of transformers. This standard will replace C57.12.21 & C57.12.25. Designation: C57.12.38 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transformers Title: Standard for Padmounted Type, Self-Cooled, Single Phase Distribution Transformers; High Voltage, 34500 GrdY/19920 Volts and below, Low voltage, 480 Volts and below; 167 KVA and smaller Status: Superseded Technical Contact: Ali A Ghafourian, Phone:731-285-9121, Email:aghafourian@ermco-eci.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Aug 11, 2005 Project Scope: This standard covers certain electrical, dimensional, mechanical characteristics and safety requirements of single-phase, 60 HZ, liquid filled, self-cooled, padmounted, compartmental-type distribution transformers. These transformers are rated 167 KVA and smaller, with the high voltage limit of 34.5 KV system nominal voltage and below, and low voltage of 480 volts & below. These transformers are generally used for step-down purposes from an underground primary cable supply. This standard covers the connector, bushing and terminal arrangements for radial or loop feed systems. This standard does not cover the electrical and mechanical requirements of any accessory devices that may be supplied with the transformer. Project Purpose: This standard is intended to define the electrical, mechanical, dimensional, performance and interchangeability requirements of the transformers covered under this standard and to assist in the proper selection of such equipment. These requirements will provide a more standard transformer design which will benefit manufacturers by reducing the number of designs. Users will be provided a document which can be used to purchase a transformer of standard design, without having to develop any additional standards. This will be helpful to less experienced users. It also will promote standardization of these types of transformers. This standard will replace C57.12.21 & C57.12.25. Designation: C57.12.40-2006 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transformers Title: Standard for Requirements for Secondary Network Transformers, Subway and Vault Types (Liquid-Immersed) Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Sep 15, 2006 **This Standard was originally a NEMA/ANSI Standard least published as ANSI C57.12.40-2000. There were a number of editorial errors in that publication and this Standard only corrects those editorial errors and now published this Standard as an IEEE document. Technical Contact: David S. Blew, Phone:973-430-7743, Email:david.blewiv@pseg.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Dec 06, 2001, BD APP: Mar 30, 2006, ANSI APP: Sep 05, 2006 Project Scope: This standard is intended for use as a basis for establishing the performance, interchangeability, and safety of the equipment covered and to assist in the proper selection of such equipment. Project Purpose: This standard covers certain electrical, dimensional, and mechanical characteristics and takes into consideration certain safety features of three-phase, 60 Hz, liquid-immersed, secondary network transformers with a three-position grounding switch, subway and vault types, rated 2500 kVA and smaller; primary 34 400 V and below; secondary 216Y/125 V and 480Y/277 V. A subway-type network transformer is one that is suitable for frequent or continuous submerged operation. A vault-type network transformer is one that is suitable for occasional submerged operation. Abstract: This standard is intended for use as a basis for establishing the performance,interchangeability, and safety of the equipment covered and to assist in the proper selection of such equipment. Key Words: copper-bearing steel, grounding switch, magnetizing switch, network, subway, transformer, vault Designation: C57.12.40 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transformers Title: Standard Requirements for Secondary Network Transformers, Subway and Vault Types (Liquid Immersed) Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: R. Leon Plaster, Phone:804-476-4672, Email:lplaster@halifax.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jun 26, 1997 Project Scope: This standard is intended to provide characteristics relating to performance, limited electrical and mechanical interchangeability, and safety of the equipment described, and to assist in the proper selection of such equipment. Project Purpose: Statements received on affirmative ballots and other comments suggest possible improvements to the standard. Also, consistency with similar standards need to be investigated. These will provide the basis for the required year 2000 revision of this standard. Designation: PC57.12.40 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transformers Title: Standard for Network, Three-Phase Transformers, 2500 kVA and Smaller; High Voltage, 34 500 GrdY/19 920 and Below; Low Voltage, 600 Volts and Below; Subway and Vault Types (Liquid Immersed) Status: Revision Project Technical Contact: Brian Klaponski, Phone:204-633-7220, Email:brian.klaponski@carte.ca **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. Project Scope: This standard covers certain electrical, dimensional, and mechanical characteristics and takes into consideration certain safety features of three-phase, 60-Hz, liquid-immersed, self-cooled, network transformers with a primary grounding switch. These transformers are rated 2500 kVA and below with high voltages of 34 500GrdY/19 920 volts and below. These transformers are generally used for step-down purposes from underground primary cables and supply a secondary network system through network protectors. These transformers are typically installed below ground level. Project Purpose: This standard is intended for use as a basis for establishing the performance, electrical and mechanical interchangeability, safety of the equipment covered, and to assist in the proper selection of such equipment. Designation: C57.12.40-1993 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transformers Title: Standard for Requirements for Secondary Network Transformers - Subway and Vault Types (Liquid Immersed) Status: Superseded History: PAR APP: Dec 05, 1991, BD APP: Dec 02, 1993, ANSI APP: Jan 12, 1995 Designation: C57.12.44-2005 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transformers Title: Standard Requirements for Secondary Network Protectors Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jun 07, 2006 Technical Contact: Daniel H Mulkey, Phone:415-973-4699, Email:dhmulkey@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Feb 14, 2002, BD APP: Dec 07, 2005, ANSI APP: Apr 24, 2006 Project Scope: This standard describes certain electrical, dimensional, and mechanical characteristics and takes into consideration certain safety features of three-phase, 60 Hz, low-voltage (600 V and below) network protectors. They are used for automatically connecting and disconnecting a network transformer from a secondary spot or grid network. Project Purpose: This standard is intended for use as a basis for establishing the performance, electrical and mechanical inter-changeability, and safety of the equipment covered and to assist in the proper selection of such equipment. Abstract: The performance, electrical and mechanical interchangeability, and the safety of the equipment are covered. The proper selection of such equipment is established as a basis for use in this standard. Certain electrical, dimensional, and mechanical characteristics are described; and certain safety features of three-phase, 60 Hz, low-voltage (600 V and below) network protectors are taken into consideration. This equipment is used for automatically connecting and disconnecting a network transformer from a secondard spot or grid network. Key Words: grid network, network, protector, spot network Designation: C57.12.44-2000 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transformers Title: Standard Requirements for Secondary Network Protectors Status: Superseded **Supersedes C57.12.44-1994. Technical Contact: Daniel H Mulkey, Phone:415-973-4699, Email:dhmulkey@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 21, 1995, BD APP: Aug 10, 2000, ANSI APP: Jan 05, 2001 Project Scope: This standard establishes the electrical, mechanical, and dimensional characteristics of three-phase, 60 Hz, low voltage (600v and below) network protectors. It covers performance, interchangeability, and safety of this equipment which is used to automatically conenct and disconnect network transformers from secondary spot and grid networks. Project Purpose: There were many comments that were received on the affirmative ballots that have suggested possible improvements to the standard. Also, the specialized network protector fuses and their relationship, compatibility, and electrical and mechanical interchangeability in the various protectors needs expanding. These will provide the basis for the required 1999 revision of this standard. Abstract: " The performance, electrical and mechanical interchangeability, and the safety of theequipment are covered. The proper selection of such equipment is established as a basis for usein this standard. Certain electrical, dimensional, and mechanical characteristics are described; andcertain safety features of three-phase, 60 Hz, low-voltage (600 V and below) network protectors aretaken into consideration. This equipment is used for automatically connecting and disconnecting anetwork transformer from a secondary spot or grid network. " Key Words: "grid network,network,protector,spot network" Designation: C57.12.44-1994 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transformers Title: IEEE Standard Requirements for Secondary Network Protectors Status: Superseded **Superseded by C57.12.44-2000. History: PAR APP: Jun 18, 1992, BD APP: Mar 17, 1994, ANSI APP: May 23, 1994 Abstract: The performance, electrical and mechanical interchangeability as well as the safety of the equipment are covered. The proper selection of such equipment is established as a basis for use in this standard. Certain electrical, dimensional, and mechanical characteristics are described, and certain safety features of three-phase, 60 Hz, low-voltage 600 V and below network protectors are taken into consideration. They are used for automatically connecting and disconnecting a network transformer from a secondary spot or grid network. Key Words: grid network, network, protector, spot network Designation: C57.12.44 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transformers Title: Standard Requirements for Secondary Network Protectors Status: Superseded Technical Contact: Daniel H Mulkey, Phone:415-973-4699, Email:dhmulkey@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Feb 14, 2002 Project Scope: This standard describes certain electrical, dimensional, and mechanical characteristics and takes into consideration certain safety features of three-phase, 60-Hz, low-voltage (600 V and below) network protectors. They are used for automatically connecting and disconnecting a network transformer from a secondary spot or grid network. Project Purpose: This standard is intended for use as a basis for establishing the performance, electrical and mechanical inter-changeability, and safety of the equipment covered and to assist in the proper selection of such equipment. Revision is required to update the standard to include the new composite case breakers; make changes as required to improve standard; and take action, as appropriate, on the ballot comments held from last ballot. Designation: PC57.12.51 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transformers Title: Standard for Ventilated Dry-type Power Transformers, 501 kVA and Larger, Three-Phase, with High-Voltage 601 to 34500 Volts; Low-Voltage 208Y/120 to 4160 Volts - General Requirements Status: New Standard Project Technical Contact: Paulette Payne Powell, Phone:202-388-2335, Email:papayne@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 15, 2006 Project Scope: This standard is intended to set forth characteristics relating to performance, limited electrical and mechanical interchangeability, and safety of the equipment described, and to assist in the proper selection of such equipment. Specific rating combinations are described in the range from 750/1000 to 7500/10 000 kVA inclusive, with high-voltage 2400 to 34 500 volts inclusive and low-voltage 208Y/120 to 4160 volts inclusive. This standard does not apply to other types of transformers such as specialty, ventilated dry-type 500 kVA and smaller, sealed dry-type, pad-mounted dry- type, liquid immersed, instrument, regulating, furnace, mine, and rectifier transformers. Transformers with high voltage 600 volts or less are excluded. Project Purpose: This standard describes certain electrical and mechanical characteristics and takes into consideration certain safety features of 60- Hz, two-winding, three-phase, ventilated dry-type transformers with self- cooled ratings 501 kVA and larger, generally used for step-down purposes. Forced-air-cooled ratings for certain sizes are listed in Part II. Designation: PC57.12.52 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transformers Title: Standard for Sealed Dry-Type Power Transformers, 501 kVA and Larger, Three-Phase, with High-Voltage 601 to 34500 Volts, Low-Voltage 208Y/120 to 4160 Volts- General Requirements Status: New Standard Project Project Scope: This standard is for sealed dry-type transformers, 501 kVA and larger, with high-voltage 601 to 34500 Volts inclusive and low-voltage 208Y/120 to 4160 Volts inclusive. This standard is intended to set forth characteristics relating to performance, limited electrical and mechanical interchangeability, and to assist in the proper selection of such equipment. This standard does not apply to other types of transformers, such as specialty, ventilated dry-type, pad-mounted dry-type, liquid immersed, instrument, regulating, furnace, mine, and rectifier operations. Project Purpose: This standard describes certain electrical and mechanical characteristics of 60-Hz, two-winding, three-phase, sealed dry-type transformers rated 501 kVA and larger, generally used for step down purposes. This standard will accomplish this by presenting basic electrical and mechanical requirements and describing other requirements or alternatives which may be specified for some applications. Designation: C57.12.56-1986 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transformers Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1998 Title: IEEE Standard Test Procedure for Thermal Evaluation of Insulation Systems for Ventilated Dry-Type Power and Distribution Transformers Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Oct 03, 1986 **Being revised by PC57.12.60 (PAR approved in Dec2003). History: BD APP: Dec 17, 1981, ANSI APP: Jan 04, 1994 Abstract: A test procedure for determining the temperature classification of ventilated dry-type power and distribution transformer insulation systems by test rather than by chemical composition is established. The intent is to provide a uniform method for providing data for selection of the temperature classification of the insulation system, for providing data that may be used as a basis for a loading guide, and for comparative evaluation of different insulation systems. Voltage-withstand endpoint criteria are related to the impulse voltage distribution within the coil or to the initial voltage-withstand of the coil. A relationship between impulse withstand of the insulation and short-term 60-Hz-withstand is identified so that 50/60--Hz testing of model coils is possible. Key Words: evaluation, dry-type, thermal , Power transformer insulation Designation: C57.12.57-1992 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transformers Title: Requirements for Ventilated Dry-Type Network Transformers 2 500 kVA and Below, Three-Phase with High-Voltage 34 500 Volts and Below, Low Voltage 216Y/125 and 480Y/125 Volts Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 15, 2001. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **Nov-2000: Sponsor supports administrative withdrawal. administratively withdrawn on 15-Jan-2001. History: PAR APP: Dec 05, 1992, BD APP: Mar 19, 1992 Designation: C57.12.58-1991 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transformers Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2002 Title: IEEE Guide for Conducting a Transient Voltage Analysis of a Dry-Type Transformer Coil Status: Approved Publication of IEEE History: PAR APP: Jun 28, 1978, BD APP: Jun 27, 1991, ANSI APP: Oct 11, 1991 Abstract: General recommendations for measuring voltage transients in dry-type distribution and power transformer are provided. Recurrent surge voltage generator circuitry, instrumentation, test sample, test point location, mounting the test coil, conducting the test, and reporting results are covered. Key Words: Author: Unknown Designation: C57.12.59-2001 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transformers Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2006 Title: IEEE Guide for Dry-Type Transformer Through-Fault Current Duration Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jan 08, 2002 Technical Contact: Paulette Payne Powell, Phone:202-388-2335, Email:papayne@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Sep 21, 2000, BD APP: Dec 06, 2001, ANSI APP: Apr 30, 2002 Project Scope: Update reference documents, general technical review, and revise in accordance with IEEE Style. Project Purpose: Inquiries have been received into the availability of the Guide, which was rescinded January 1997. The document is useful in ascertaining mechanical considerations of through-fault current duration for dry type transformers. Abstract: This guide sets forth recommendations believed essential for the application of overcur-rent protective devices that limit the exposure time of dry-type transformers to short-circuit currents.This guide is not intended to imply overload capability. Key Words: "dry-type transformers, normal base current, overcurrent protective devices, transformer short-circuit impedance" Designation: C57.12.59-1989 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transformers Title: IEEE Guide for Dry-Type Transformer Through-Fault Current Duration Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 17, 1997. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. History: PAR APP: Sep 28, 1984, BD APP: Jun 01, 1989, ANSI APP: Aug 09, 1991 (Ref. Std.: 1052) Abstract: Recommendations for the application of overcurrent protective devices to limit the exposure time of dry-type transformers to short circuits are provided. The transformer coordination curves in this guide pertain to the temperature rise of the windings during time intervals less than 100 s, wherein nearly all the heat generated is stored in the conductors. Key Words: Power transformer protection Designation: C57.12.60-1998 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transformers Title: IEEE Guide for Test Procedures for Thermal Evaluation of Insulation Systems for Solid Cast and Resin-Encapsulated Power and Distribution Transformers Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Aug 17, 1998 History: PAR APP: Jun 26, 1997, BD APP: Mar 19, 1998, ANSI APP: Feb 04, 1999 Project Scope: Modify an existing standard to a Guide and expand its scope for improved application of the procedures for thermal evaluation of resin cast transformers. Project Purpose: Provide alternate procedures/guidelines for the thermal evaluation of resin cast transformers to allow more practical and more rapid testing and evaluation by manufacturers and to result in a thermal classification system of this equipment by transformer users. Abstract: A uniform method is established for determining the temperature classiÞcation of solid-cast and resin-encapsulated power and distribution transformer insulation systems by testingrather than by chemical composition. These insulation systems are intended for use in transform-ers covered by IEEE Std C57.12.01-1989 and IEEE Std C57.12.91-1995 as they apply to solid-cast and resin-encapsulated transformers whose highest voltages exceed nominal 600 V. Key Words: "insulation systems,model transformer coils,resin-encapsulated transformers,solid-cast transformers,thermal evaluation" Designation: PC57.12.60 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transformers Title: Standard Test Procedure for Thermal Evaluation of Insulation Systems for Dry Type Power and Distribution Transformers, Including Ventilated, Solid- Cast and Resin Encapsulated Transformers Status: Revision Project Technical Contact: Richard L Provost, Phone:(302) 999-2225, Email:richard.l.provost@kor.dupont.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 10, 2003 Project Scope: This Test Procedure for the thermal evaluation of insulation systems of dry type power and distribution transformers, including both ventilated technology and solid-cast / encapsulated technology is to be used for determining the temperature classification of the insulation systems. Project Purpose: Two Existing Documents (C57.12.56 and C57.12.60) provide similar technical testing procedures for Thermal Evaluation of two different types of dry transformers (ventilated and resin cast). The procedures are similar enough to be combined into a single document, with modifications. The final document will simplify procedures for this test to make it easier for manufacturers to qualify their systems and for users to judge and compare results. Designation: C57.12.60-1992 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transformers Title: IEEE Trial-Use Standard Test Procedures for Thermal Evaluation of Insulation Systems for Solid-Cast and Resin-Encapsulated Power and Distribution Transformers Status: Superseded Publication type: Trial-Use History: PAR APP: Dec 28, 1985, BD APP: Oct 25, 1992 Abstract: This standard provides a uniform method for determining the temperature classification of solid-cast and resin- encapsulated power and distribution transformer insulation systems by testing rather than by chemical composition. This standard covers insulation systems that are intended for use in transformers covered by IEEE C57.12.01-1989 and IEEE C57.12.91-1979 as they apply to solid-cast and resin-encapsulated transformers whose highest voltages exceed nominal 600 V. Key Words: Thermal evaluation, Solid-cast transformers, Resin-encapsulated transformer, Insulations systems Designation: PC57.12.70 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transformers Title: Standard Terminal Markings and Connections for Distribution and Power Transformers Status: Revision Project Technical Contact: Stephen Shull, Phone:417-625-6110, Email:sshull@empiredistrict.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. Project Scope: This standard defines the terminal markings and connections for distribution, power and regulating transformers covered in the C57 series of the IEEE standards, guides and recommended practices. Project Purpose: The standard provides a consistent method for terminal markings and connections for single-phase and three phase distribution, power, and regulating transformers. It designates terminal markings for interchangeability showing the sequence, external terminations, neutral terminations, grounded terminations, and marking of full and tap winding terminations. It also puts forth the connections of single-phase transformers in various configurations and describes the angular displacement of three-phase transformers when connected to various system phase displacements. Designation: C57.12.70-2000 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transformers Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2006 Title: Standard Terminal Markings and Connections for Distribution and Power Transformers Status: Superseded **Supersedes C57.12.70-1978 (R1992). Technical Contact: Thomas P Traub, Phone:312-266-7647, Email:tptraub@ix.netcom.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jun 14, 1995, BD APP: Dec 07, 2000, ANSI APP: May 03, 2001 Project Scope: Terminal markings and connections for distribution and power transformers, not including rectifier transformers. Project Purpose: To review and update C57.12.70 which was last issued in 1978. Abstract: " Standard terminal markings and connections are described for single-phase and three-phase distribution, power, and regulating transformers. For terminal markings, it covers sequencedesignation, external terminal designation, neutral terminal designation, grounded terminaldesignation, and marking of full and tap winding terminals. Additive and subtractive polarity andparallel transformer operation are described. Connections of single-phase transformers in variousconfigurations and angular displacement of three-phase transformers to connect to various systemphase displacements are covered. " Key Words: "transformer connections,transformer terminals,transformer polarity" Designation: C57.12.70-1978 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transformers Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1992 Title: American National Standard Terminal Markings and Connections for Distribution and Power Transformers Status: Superseded **Revision of ANSI C57.12.70-1964. (only available C57 Collection). Superseded by C57.12.70-2000. History: PAR APP: Jun 18, 1992, ANSI APP: Jul 09, 1993 Abstract: ANSI C57.12.70-1978 [Revision of ANSI C57.12.70-1964 (R 1971)] American National Standard Terminal Markings and Connections for Distribution and Power Transformers Key Words: "This standard describes the terminal markings and connections for distribution and power transformers covered in American National Standards C57.12.00, C57.12.01, C57.12.10, C57.12.20, C57.12.21, C57.12.22, C57.12.23, C57.12.24, C57.12.25, C57.12.26, C57." Designation: C57.12.80-2002 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transformers Title: IEEE Standard Terminology for Power and Distribution Transformers Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Nov 13, 2002 **Supersedes C57.12.80-1978 (R1992). Technical Contact: Thomas P Traub, Phone:312-266-7647, Email:tptraub@ix.netcom.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Jun 14, 1995, BD APP: May 13, 2002, ANSI APP: Sep 09, 2002 Project Scope: Terminology and definitions for transformers, regulators, reactors, associated apparatus and for power system and insulation terms which are commonly involved in transformer technology. Project Purpose: To review and update C57.12.80 which was last issued in 1978. Abstract: " This standard is a compilation of terminology and definitions primarily related to electricaltransformers and associated apparatus included within the scope of C57, Transformers, Regula-tors, and Reactors standards. It also includes similar data relating to power systems and insulation,which is commonly involved in transformer technology. " Key Words: "definitions,distribution transformers,insulation,power systems,power transformers,terminology" Designation: C57.12.80-1978 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transformers Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1992 Title: Standard Terminology for Power and Distribution Transformers Status: Superseded **Superseded by C57.12.80-2002. History: BD APP: Jun 03, 1976, ANSI APP: Apr 07, 1977 Abstract: This standard is a compilation of terminology and definitions primarily related to electrical transformers and associated apparatus included within the scope of ANSI Committee C57, Transformers, Regulators, and Reactors. It also includes similar data relating to power systems and insulation that is commonly involved in transformer technology. Key Words: terminology, distribution, Power transformers Designation: PC57.12.80a Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transformers Title: Standard Terminology for Power and Distribution Transformers - Amendment 1: Definition of Thermally Upgraded Paper Status: Amendment Technical Contact: Timothy Raymond, Phone:518-884-0297, Email:tc.raymond@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Nov 10, 2005 Project Scope: This standard is a compilation of terminology and definitions primarily related to electric power and distribution transformers and associated apparatus. It also includes similar data relating to power systems and insulation that is commonly involved in transformer technology. Cross-references are made to certain terms that appear in IEC 50, the international standard for International Electrotechnical Vocabulary. These terms can be identified when “(IEC)” follows the term. A definition for "thermally upgraded paper" is to be added to the current list of definitions in the document. No other changes will be made with this amendment. Project Purpose: The purpose of the amendment project is to add a definition for "thermally upgraded paper". Designation: PC57.12.90 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transformers Title: Standard Test Code for Liquid-Immersed Distribution, Power, and Regulating Transformers Status: Revision Project Technical Contact: Stephen Antosz, Phone:724-873-2153, Email:santosz@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. Project Scope: This standard describes methods for performing tests specified in IEEE Std C57.12.00TM-2006 and other standards applicable to liquid- immersed distribution, power, and regulating transformers. It is intended for use as a basis for performance and proper testing of such transformers. This standard applies to all liquid-immersed transformers, except instrument transformers, step-voltage and induction voltage regulators, arc furnace transformers, rectifier transformers, specialty transformers, grounding transformers, and mine transformers. Transformer requirements and specific test criteria are not a part of this standard, but they are contained in appropriate standards, such as IEEE Std C57.12.00-2006, ANSI C57.12.10-1988, ANSI C57.12.20-1997, and ANSI C57.12.40-1994,1 or in user specifications. Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to provide test procedure information for tests specified in IEEE Std C57.12.00-2006 and other standards applicable to liquid-immersed distribution, power, and regulating transformers. It is intended for use as a basis for performance and proper testing of such transformers. Designation: C57.12.90-2006 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transformers Title: Standard Test Code for Liquid-Immersed Distribution, Power, and Regulating Transformers Status: Superseded Technical Contact: Subhash C Tuli, Phone:262-547-0121x1428, Email:subhash.tuli@waukeshaelectric.spx.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jun 14, 2001, BD APP: Sep 15, 2006, ANSI APP: Jan 29, 2007 Project Scope: This standard describes methods for performing tests specified in IEEE Std C57.12.00 and other standards applicable to liquid-immersed distribution, power, and regulating transformers. It is intended for use as a basis for performance, safety, and proper testing of such transformers. This standard applies to all liquid-immersed transformers except instrument transformers, step-voltage and induction voltage regulators, arc Furnace transformers, rectifier transformers, specialty transformers, grounding transformers, and mine transformers. This standard is being revised to include technical changes to the document, which have been proposed by various technical working groups and sub-committees within the PES Transformers Committee. As this standard describes the standard test code for liquid immersed distribution, power and regulating transformers it is the intention of the working group to keep it as up-to-date as possible. Project Purpose: This standard describes methods for performing tests specified in IEEE Std C57.12.00 and other standards applicable to liquid-immersed distribution, power, and regulating transformers. It is intended for use as a basis for performance, safety, and proper testing of such transformers. This standard is being revised to include technical changes to the document, which have been proposed by various technical working groups and sub- committees within the PES Transformers Committee. As this standard describes the standard test code for liquid immersed distribution, power and regulating transformers it is the intention of the working group to keep it as up-to-date as possible. Abstract: Methods for performing tests specified in IEEE Std C57.12.00TM-2006 and other standards applicable to liquid-immersed distribution, power, and regulating transformers are described. Instrument transformers, step-voltage and induction voltage regulators, arc furnace transformers, rectifier transformers, specialty transformers, grounding transformers, and mine transformers are excluded. This standard covers resistance measurements, polarity and phaserelation tests, ratio tests, no- load-loss and excitation current measurements, impedance and load loss measurements, dielectric tests, temperature tests, short-circuit tests, audible sound level measurements, calculated data, and certified test data. Key Words: tests, transformers, transformer tests Designation: C57.12.90-1999 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transformers Title: IEEE Standard Test Code for Liquid-Immersed Distribution, Power, and Regulating Transformers Status: Superseded History: PAR APP: Jun 14, 1995, BD APP: Jun 26, 1999, ANSI APP: Oct 26, 1999 Abstract: " Methods for performing tests specified in IEEE Std C57.12.00-1993 and other standardsapplicable to liquid-immersed distribution, power, and regulating transformers are described. Instru-ment transformers, step-voltage and induction voltage regulators, arc furnace transformers, rectifiertransformers, specialty transformers, grounding transformers, and mine transformers are excluded.This standard covers resistance measurements, polarity and phase-relation tests, ratio tests, no-load- loss and excitation current measurements, impedance and load loss measurements, dielectrictests, temperature tests, short-circuit tests, audible sound level measurements, calculated data,and certified test data. " Key Words: "tests, transformers, transformer tests" Designation: C57.12.90-1993 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transformers Title: IEEE Standard Test Code for Liquid-Immersed Distribution, Power and Regulating Transformers and IEEE Guide for Short-Circuit Testing of Distribution and Power Transformers Status: Superseded **Revision of IEEE C57.12.90-1987. History: PAR APP: Jun 18, 1992, BD APP: Mar 18, 1993, ANSI APP: Aug 18, 1993 Abstract: Methods for performing tests specified in IEEE C57.12.00-1993, IEEE Standard General Requirements for Liquid-Immersed Distribution, Power, and Regulating Transformers, and other standards applicable to liquid-immersed distribution, power, and regulating transformers are described. Instrument transformers, step-voltage and induction-voltage regulators, arc furnace transformers, rectifier transformers, specialty transformers, grounding transformers, and mine transformers are excluded. This standard covers resistance measurement, polarity and phase-relation tests, ratio tests, no-load-loss and excitation current measurements, impedance and load-loss measurements, dielectric tests, temperature tests, short-circuit tests, and audible-sound- level measurements. Key Words: transformers, transformer tests Designation: C57.12.90-1987 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transformers Title: IEEE Standard Test Code for Liquid-Immersed Distribution, Power, and Regulating Transformers and IEEE Guide for Short-Circuit Testing of Distribution and Power Transformers Status: Superseded **Reprint w/C57.12.90a. History: PAR APP: Mar 28, 1982, BD APP: Jun 13, 1985, ANSI APP: Mar 18, 1987 Key Words: liquid-immersed, distribution, transformers, short-circuit, testing Designation: C57.12.90 (1) Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transformers Title: Standard Test Code For Liquid-Immersed Distribution, Power, and Regulating Transformers Status: Superseded Project Scope: This standard describes methods for performing tests specified in IEEE C57.12.00 and other standards applicable to liquid-immersed distribution, power, and regulating transformers. It is intended for use as a basis for performance, safety, and proper testing of such transformers. This standard applies to all liquid-immersed transformers except instrument transformers, step-voltage and induction voltage regulators, arc furnace transformers, rectifier transformers, specialty transformers, grounding transformers, and mine transformers. When this standard is used on a mandatory basis, the words shall and must indicate mandatory requirements; and the words should and may refer to matters that are recommended or permitted, but not mandatory. Project Purpose: To maintain C57.12.90-19xx as a current standard and to remove from it the Guide for Short-Circuit Testing of Distribution and Power Transformers, which is currently included in it as Part II. Designation: C57.12.90a-1978 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transformers Title: Alternate Dielectric Test Requirements Status: Superseded History: (Ref. Std.: 262A) Key Words: alternate, dielectric, test, requirements Designation: C57.12.90b Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transformers Title: Section 13-Sound Power Measurement Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Allan M Teplitzky, Phone:(212) 460-4859 **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jun 28, 1986 Key Words: C57.12.90b Designation: C57.12.90c Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transformers Title: Routine Impulse Test for Distribution Transformers Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: William R Henning, Phone:262-547-0121, Email:whenning@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 28, 1987 Designation: C57.12.90d Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transformers Title: Standard Test Code for Liquid Immersed Distribution, Power and Regulating Transformers Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Michael S Altman, Phone:708-410-5653, Email:DPRMY@CCmail.ceco.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 28, 1990 Designation: C57.12.90e Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transformers Title: Revision of Section 8 & 9 of C57.12.90 Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. **Incorporated into C57.12.90 Technical Contact: William R Henning, Phone:262-547-0121, Email:whenning@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jun 28, 1979 (Ref. Std.: IEEE 262e) Key Words: C57.12.90e Designation: C57.12.91-2001 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transformers Title: Standard Test Code for Dry-Type Distribution and Power Transformers Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Mar 09, 2001 **Supersedes C57.12.91-1995. Technical Contact: David A Barnard, Phone:520-445-5633, Email:dbarnard@weidmann-systems.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Jun 26, 1997, BD APP: Jan 09, 2001 Project Scope: This standard describes methods for performing tests specified in IEEE Std C57.12.01-1998 1 and other referenced standards applicable to dry-type distribution and power transformers. It is intended for use as a basis for performance, safety, and the proper testing of dry-type distribution and power transformers. This standard applies to all dry-type transformers except instrument transformers, step-voltage and induction voltage regulators, arc furnace transformers, rectifier transformers, specialty transformers, and mine transformers. Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to provide test procedure information. Transformer requirements and specific test criteria are not a part of this standard but are contained in appropriate standards such as IEEE Std C57.12.01-1998 or in user specifications. Abstract: " Methods for performing tests specified in IEEE Std C57.12.01-1998 and other referencedstandards applicable to dry-type distribution and power transformers are described. This standardis intended for use as a basis for performance, safety, and the proper testing of dry-type distributionand power transformers. This standard applies to all dry-type transformers except instrumenttransformers, step-voltage and induction voltage regulators, arc furnace transformers, rectifiertransformers, specialty transformers, and mine transformers. " Key Words: "dry-type transformer,power transformer" Designation: C57.12.91a Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transformers Title: IEEE Standard Test Code for Dry-Type Distribution and Power Transformers – Amendment 1 Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Derek R Foster, Phone:815-678-2421, Email:dfoster@olsun.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jun 09, 2005 Project Scope: This amendment address substantive changes to Clause 5, 9, 10, 11 and 13 of existing C57.12.91-2001 to reflect current practice in the testing procedures of dry-type transformers. This amendment does not address transformer requirements and specific test criteria; rather they are contained in appropriate standards such as IEEE Std C57.12.01-1998 or in user specifications. Project Purpose: The purpose of this amendment is to provide the most up-to- date information regarding the procedures for the testing of dry-type transformers. This standard is being amended to include substantive changes to Clause 5, 9, 10, 11, and 13 that reflect current practice in the testing of dry-type transformers. Designation: PC57.12.91 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transformers Title: Standard Test Code for Dry-Type Distribution and Power Transformers Status: Revision Project Project Scope: This revision will review all Clauses of the existing C57.12.91- 2001 to reflect current practice in the testing procedures of dry-type transformers. This revision does not address transformer requirements and specific test criteria; rather they are contained in appropriate standards such as IEEE Std C57.12.01-1998 or in user specifications. Project Purpose: The purpose of this revision is to provide the most up-to-date information regarding the procedures for the testing of dry-type transformers. This standard is being revised to include substantive changes to Clause 5, 9, 10, 11, and 13 and any other clauses which are considered to require revision following full review of all clauses, that reflect current practice in the testing of dry-type transformers. Designation: PC57.12.91 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transformers Title: Standard Test Code for Dry-Type Distribution and Power Transformers Status: Revision Project Technical Contact: Derek R Foster, Phone:815-678-2421, Email:dfoster@olsun.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. Project Scope: This standard describes methods for performing tests specified in IEEE Std C57.12.01-1998 and other referenced standards applicable to dry type distribution and power transformers. It is intended for use as a basis for performance, safety, and the proper testing of dry type distribution and power transformers. This standard applies to all dry type transformers except instrument transformers, step-voltage and induction voltage regulators, arc furnace transformers, rectifier transformers, specialty transformers, and mine transformers. Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to provide information regarding the procedures for the testing of dry-type transformers. Transformer requirements and specific test criteria are not a part of this standard but are contained in appropriate standards such as IEEE Std C57.12.01-2005 or in user specifications. Designation: C57.12.91-1995 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transformers Title: IEEE Standard Test Code for Dry-Type Distribution and Power Transformers Status: Superseded **Revision of C57.12.91-1979. Superseded by C57.12.91-2001. History: PAR APP: Jun 01, 1989, BD APP: Jun 14, 1995, ANSI APP: Jan 03, 1995 Abstract: Methods for performing tests specified in IEEE Std C57.12.01-1989 and other referenced standards applicable to dry-type distribution and power transformers are described. This standard is intended for use as a basis for performance, safety, and the proper testing of dry-type distribution and power transformers. This standard applies to all dry-type transformers except instrument transformers, step-voltage and induction voltage regulators, arc furnace transformers, rectifier transformers, specialty transformers, and mine transformers. Key Words: dry type, transformers, power transformer, test code Designation: C57.12.91-1979 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transformers Title: IEEE Standard Test Code for Dry-Type Distribution and Power Transformers Status: Superseded History: BD APP: Jun 16, 1978, ANSI APP: Nov 29, 1978 Abstract: Methods for performing tests specified in ANSI/IEEE C57.12.01-1979, General Requirements for Dry-Type Distribution and Power Transformers, and other referenced standards applicable to dry-type distribution and power transformers are described. Instrument transformers, step-voltage and induction-voltage regulators, arc furnace transformers, rectifier transformers, specialty transformers, and mine transformers are excluded. Procedures are provided for resistance measurement, polarity and phase-relation tests, ratio tests, no-load-loss and excitation current measurements, impedance and load-loss measurements, dielectric tests, temperature tests, short-circuit tests, audible-sound-level measurements, and mechanical tests. Key Words: test, dry-type, distribution, power, transformers Designation: C57.13-1993 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transformers Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2003 Title: IEEE Standard Requirements for Instrument Transformers Status: Approved Publication of IEEE History: PAR APP: May 29, 1980, BD APP: Jun 17, 1993, ANSI APP: Apr 26, 2004 Abstract: Electrical, dimensional, and mechanical characteristics are covered, taking into consideration certain safety features, for current and inductively coupled voltage transformers of types generally used in the measurement of electricity and the control of equipment associated with the generation, transmission, and distribution of alternating current. The aim is to provide a basis for performance, interchangeability, and safety of equipment covered, and to assist in the proper selection of such equipment. Accuracy classes for metering service are provided. The test code covers measurement and calculation of ratio and phase angle, demagnetization, impedance and excitation measurements, polarity determination, resistance measurements, short-time characteristics, temperature-rise tests, dielectric tests, and measurement of open-circuit voltage of current transformers. Key Words: Secondary winding, Rated voltage, Rated secondary voltage, Primary winding, Instrument transformer, Current transformer Designation: C57.13 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transformers Title: Standard Requirements for Instrument Transformers Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Thomas L Nelson, Phone:301-975-2986, Email:tnelson@nist.gov **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jun 14, 1994 Designation: PC57.13 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transformers Title: Standard Requirements for Instrument Transformers Status: Revision Project Technical Contact: Thomas L Nelson, Phone:301-975-2986, Email:tnelson@nist.gov **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 10, 2003 Project Scope: This standard is intended for use as a basis for performance, interchangeability, and safety of equipment covered, and to assist in the proper selection of such equipment. This standard covers certain electrical, dimensional, and mechanical characteristics, and takes into consideration certain safety features of current and inductively coupled voltage transformers of types generally used in the measurement of electricity and the control of equipment associated with the generation, transmission, and distribution of alternating current. Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to provide the performance requirements for electrical system and test interchangeability of current and inductively coupled voltage transformers. These transformers are for both indoor and outdoor application. Designation: C57.13-1978 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transformers Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1986 Title: IEEE Standard Requirements for Instrument Transformers Status: Superseded History: BD APP: Sep 09, 1976, ANSI APP: Mar 30, 1978 (Ref. Std.: 546) Key Words: instrument, transformers, requirements Designation: C57.13.1-2006 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Power System Relaying Title: IEEE Guide for Field Testing of Relaying Current Transformers Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Feb 28, 2007 Technical Contact: Mohindar S Sachdev, Phone:306-374-0730, Email:sachdev@sasktel.net **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Sep 15, 2006, BD APP: Nov 16, 2006, ANSI APP: May 02, 2007 Project Scope: The scope of this guide is to describe field test methods that assure current transformers (CTs) are connected properly, are of marked ratio and polarity, and are in a condition to perform as designed both initially and after being in service for a period of time. Annex A describes wiring integrity checks, uses of test jacks and current shorting switch, and relay test equipment. Annex B illustrates excitation voltage measurement differences between rms responding voltmeters, commonly used under field conditions, and average responding voltmeters commonly used in laboratory tests and also discusses the effect of the source impedance. Annex C describes the characteristics, and other pertinent information, for optical current sensor systems used with protective relaying. It provides an overview of the components used in an optical sensor system, discusses the differences from conventional CTs, and provides testing information. Annex D is the bibliography for this guide. Project Purpose: The purpose of the guide is to provide information on the current technology for field testing of instrument transformers and to more closely coordinate the information with the other industry standards, for example, National Electrical Safety Code® (NESC®). Abstract: This guide describes field test methods that assure that current transformers are connected properly, are of marked ratio and polarity, and are in a condition to perform as designed both initially and after having been in service for a period of time. Key Words: current transformers, excitation, field testing, insulation, polarity, ratio, relaying Designation: C57.13.1-1981 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Power System Relaying Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1999 Title: IEEE Guide for Field Testing of Relaying Current Transformers Status: Superseded History: BD APP: Mar 09, 1978, ANSI APP: Dec 31, 1980 Abstract: A description is given of field-test methods that will ensure that the current transformers used as a source of relay input current are connected properly, are of marked ratio and polarity, and are in condition to perform as designed both initially and after a period of service. The standard covers safety considerations; current transformer types and construction and the effect of these on test methods; insulation resistance tests; ratio tests; polarity check; winding and lead resistance (internal resistance); excitation tests; burden measurements; and specialized situations. Key Words: field testing, relaying, current, transformers, Power distribution testing, Current transformers Designation: C57.13.1 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Power System Relaying Title: Guide for Field Testing of Relaying Current Transformers Status: Superseded Technical Contact: Mike Meisinger, Phone:773-852-9004, Email:mmeisinger@sandc.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jun 25, 1998 Project Scope: This project will revise and update IEEE C57.13.1-1981. Project Purpose: To describe field test methods that will assure that the current transformers are connected properly, are of marked ratio and polarity, and are in condition to perform as designed both initially and after a period of service. Designation: C57.13.2-2005 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transformers Title: Standard for Conformance Test Procedure for Instrument Transformers Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Sep 29, 2005 Technical Contact: Vladimir Khalin, Phone:859-879-2797, Email:vladimir@kuhlman.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: May 15, 2003, BD APP: Jun 09, 2005, ANSI APP: Nov 17, 2005 Project Scope: The scope of this project is to establish test and documentary requirements for conducting conformance tests on instrument transformers, primary system voltages from 600 volts through 38 kV. Project Purpose: The purpose of this project is to harmonize with IEEE Std C57.13-1993 and broaden the application range by reducing the number of restrictions. Abstract: Test requirements for conducting conformance tests on instrument transformers used on 60 Hz primary systems with voltages from 600 V through 38 kV are covered. This standard also covers selection of transformers for conformance testing, basis for conformance, treatment of failures, tests required, (e.g., impulse, voltage withstand, accuracy, temperature rise, mechanicalrating), insulation system acceptance, and production monitoring. Key Words: conformance test, instrument transformer Designation: C57.13.2-1986 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transformers Title: American National Standard Conformance Test Procedures for Instrument Transformers Status: Superseded History: ANSI APP: Apr 16, 1986 Abstract: 3/14/91-Reaffirmation ballot in progress/Bien Designation: C57.13.2-1991 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transformers Title: IEEE Standard Conformance Test Procedures for Instrument Transformers Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Dec 09, 1997. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. History: PAR APP: Sep 26, 1991, BD APP: Dec 05, 1991, ANSI APP: Dec 23, 1992 Abstract: Conformance test requirements are provided for current and inductively coupled voltage transformers used for measurement and control functions in unit substations at primary system voltages above 600 V, but not exceeding 38 kV, except for those in certain installations as set forth in the standard. The selection of transformers for conformance testing, basis for conformance, and treatment of failures within a test sequence are covered. Impulse, voltage-withstand, accuracy, and temperature-rise are specified. Insulation systems acceptance and production monitoring are considered. Key Words: Instrument transformers, Conformance test Designation: C57.13.3-2005 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Power System Relaying Title: Guide for Grounding of Instrument Transformer Secondary Circuits and Cases Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: May 08, 2006 Technical Contact: Mohindar S Sachdev, Phone:306-374-0730, Email:sachdev@sasktel.net **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Jun 25, 1998, BD APP: Nov 08, 2005, ANSI APP: Mar 20, 2006 Project Scope: The scope of the guide includes the grounding practices presently used and the practices that were not previously reported. Specifically, the issue of the grounding of cases of electronic transducers is addressed. Project Purpose: This guide provides information on the grounding of the following: ⎯ Secondary circuits of electromagnetic CT and VT circuits ⎯ Cases of relays, CTs, and VTs ⎯ Secondary circuits of optoelectronic CTs and VTs The primary emphases of this guide are personnel safety and proper performance of relays at electric power frequencies. Abstract: The scope of the guide includes the grounding practices presently used and the practices that were not previously reported. Specifically, the issue of the grounding of cases of electronic transducers is addressed. Key Words: current transformers, grounding of cases of instrument transformers, grounding secondary circuits of instrument transformers, instrument transformers, low energy transducers, voltage transformers Designation: C57.13.3-1983 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Power System Relaying Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1990 Title: IEEE Guide for the Grounding of Instrument Transformer Secondary Circuits and Cases Status: Superseded History: BD APP: Sep 22, 1983, ANSI APP: May 21, 1991 Abstract: General and specific recommendations for grounding current and voltage transformer secondary circuits and cases of connected equipment are provided. The practices recommended apply to all transformers of this type, including capacitive voltage transformers and linear couplers, irrespective of primary voltage or whether the primary windings are connected to, or are in, power circuits or are connected in the secondary circuits of other transformers as auxiliary current or voltage transformers. The primary emphasis is personnel safety and proper performance of relays at power-line frequencies. The grounding and shielding of cables and other grounding considerations are not addressed. Key Words: grounding, instruments, transformer, secondary, circuits Designation: C57.13.3 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Power System Relaying Title: Guide for Grounding of Instrument Transformer Secondary Circuits and Cases Status: Superseded Technical Contact: Mohindar S Sachdev, Phone:306-374-0730, Email:sachdev@sasktel.net **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jun 25, 1998 Project Scope: Revise and update IEEE C57.13.3-1983. Project Purpose: Describe methods for grounding current and voltage transformer secondary circuits and cases of connected equipment to insure personnel safety and proper performance of relays at powerline frequencies. Designation: C57.13.4 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transformers Title: Detection of Partial Discharge and Measurement of Apparent Charge Within Instrument Transformers Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Anthony J Jonnatti, Phone:727-785-2788, Email:premo2@aol.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: May 28, 1980 (Ref. Std.: 832) Designation: C57.13.5-2003 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transformers Title: Standard of Performance and Test Requirements of Instrument Transformers of a Nominal Voltage of 115 kV and Above Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Aug 01, 2003 Technical Contact: Joseph Ma, Phone:706-554-8800, Email:joe.ma@areva-td.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Sep 19, 1996, BD APP: Mar 20, 2003 Project Scope: This standard applies to new single-phase instrument transformers of 115 kV nominal system voltage and above with capacitive insulation system for line-to-ground connection and for both indoor and outdoor application. It is intended for use as a supplement to IEEE Std C57.13 and as a basis for performance and safety of equipment. It also describes test sequences, criteria, methods and documentation for the tests. Project Purpose: This standard is intended to provide supplement to IEEE Std C57.13 on: a) Up-to-date test requirements and sequence and b) Refinements of certain performance requirements and clarification of test procedure, documentations Abstract: IEEE Std C57.13.5-2003 Key Words: "design tests, high voltage, instrument transformers, routine tests, special tests, test criteria, test method, test requirements, test sequence" Designation: PC57.13.5 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transformers Title: Standard of Performance and Test Requirements for Instrument Transformers of a Nominal System Voltage of 115 kV and Above Status: Revision Project Technical Contact: Pierre Riffon, Phone:514-840-3000 x-3424, Email:riffon.pierre@hydro.qc.ca **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 07, 2005 Project Scope: This standard applies to single-phase instrument transformers of a nominal system voltage of 115 kV and above with capacitive insulation system for line-to-ground connection and for both indoor and outdoor application. This standard is intended for use as a supplement to IEEE Std C57.13 and as a basis for performance and safety of equipment. It also describes test sequences, criteria, methods and documentation for the test. Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to supplement the IEEE Std C57.13 - IEEE Standard Requirements for Instrument Transformers with specific requirements to single-phase instrument transformers of a nominal system voltage of 115 kV and above, with capacitive insulation system for line-to-ground connection and for both indoor and outdoor application. Designation: C57.13.5 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transformers Title: Standard for Test Requirements of Instrument Transformers of a Nominal System Voltage of 115 kV and Above Status: Superseded Technical Contact: Joseph Ma, Phone:706-554-8800, Email:joe.ma@areva-td.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 19, 1996 Project Scope: The scope applies to new single-phase instrument transformers of 115 kV nominal system voltage and above with capacitive insulation system for line-to-ground connection and for both indoor and outdoor application. It is intended for use as a supplement to IEEE Std C57.13-1991 and as a basis for performance and safety of equipment. It also describes test sequences, criteria, methods and documentation for the tests. Project Purpose: To provide as a supplement to IEEE Std. C57.13-1993 on a) up- todate test requirements and sequences, and b) refinements of certain performance requirements and clarification of test procedures and documentations Designation: C57.13.5 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transformers Title: Standard for Test Requirements for Instrument Transformer of a Nominal Voltage of 115 kV and Above Status: Superseded Technical Contact: Joseph Ma, Phone:706-554-8800, Email:joe.ma@areva-td.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 19, 1996 (Ref. Std.: 1400) Project Scope: This standard is intended for use as a basis for performance, interchangeability, and safety of equipment covered, and to assist in the proper selection of such equipment. Project Purpose: To furnish an addition to C57.13, Standard Requirements for Instrument Transformers, to insure that the performance, interchangeability and safety of instrument transformers for nominal voltage of 115KV and above is defined. Designation: C57.13.6-2005 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transformers Title: Standard for High Accuracy Instrument Transformers Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Dec 09, 2005 Technical Contact: Christopher W Ten-Haagen, Phone:603-749-8433, Email:chris.tenhaagen@ge.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Feb 13, 2003, BD APP: Sep 22, 2005, ANSI APP: Dec 29, 2005 Project Scope: (Change first three words of scope FROM:"This trial guide..." TO: This Standard defines one new 0.15 voltage transformer accuracy class, two new 0.15 current transformer accuracy classes, two new current transformer burdens, and two new current transformer routine accuracy test methods. These supplement IEEE Std. C57.13-1993R, Standard Requirements for Instrument Transformers. The new burdens shall be considered for use when current transformers are to be used with electronic meters, and the total in-circuit burden will be less than B0.1 (2.5Volt-Amperes at 5 Amp, 0.9 power factor) defined in IEEE Std. C57.13-1993R. The new accuracy classes, 0.15 and 0.15S are available to complement the capabilities of solid state electricity metering of equipment associated with the generation, transmission, and distribution of alternating current. Project Purpose: (The purpose is the same as the previous project.) Widespread use of electronic meters and relays necessitate new current transformer test burden definitions, because they present lower impedance than traditional induction devices. This can result in applications where the total circuit burden on the current transformer is less than the lowest IEEE Std. C57.13- 1993R definition of B0.1 (2.5Volt-Amperes at 5Amp, 0.9 power factor). Under these conditions, a current transformer meeting a given accuracy class at B0.1 is not assured. In addition, new accuracy classes are needed by industry to to more closely complement the accuracy and dynamic capabilities of modern electronic meters. The new accuracy classes more closely complement the capabilities of electronic meters in both accuracy and dynamic range. Abstract: This standard defines one new 0.15 accuracy class for voltage transformers, two new 0.15 accuracy classes for current transformers, two new current transformer burdens, and two new current transformer routine accuracy test methods. Key Words: accuracy class, burden, CT, current transformer, high-accuracy, instrument transformer, metering, meters, phase angle, PT, ratio correction factor, RCF, relays, revenue metering, TCF, transformer correction factor, voltage transformer, VT Designation: C57.13.6 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transformers Title: Standard for High Accuracy Instrument Transformers Status: Superseded Technical Contact: Christopher W Ten-Haagen, Phone:603-749-8433, Email:chris.tenhaagen@ge.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Feb 13, 2003 Project Scope: This trial guide defines three new accuracy classes, two new burdens, and two new routine test methods. These supplement IEEE C57.13- 1993, Standard Requirements for Instrument Transformers. The new burdens shall be considered for use when current transformers are to be used with electronic meters and relays, and the total in-circuit burden will be less than B0.11 (2.5Volt-Amperes at 5Amp, 0.9 power factor) defined in IEEE C57.13-1993. The new accuracy classs, 0.15 and 0.15 S are available to complement the capabilities of electronic electricity metering of equipment associated with the generation, transmission, and distribution of alternating current. Project Purpose: Widespread use of electronic meters and relays necessitate new current transformer test burden definitions, because they present lower impedance than traditional induction devices. This can result in applications where the total circuit burden on the current transformer is less than the lowest IEEE C57.13-1993 definition of B0.1 (2.5Volt-Amperes at 5Amp, 0.9 power factor). Under these conditions, a current transformer meeting a given accuracy class at B0.1 is not assured. In addition, new accuracy classes are needed by industry to more closely complement the accuracy and dynamic capabilities of modern electronic meters. Designation: C57.15-1999 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transformers Title: IEEE Standard Requirements, Terminology, and Test Code for Step-Voltage Regulators Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Apr 14, 2000 History: PAR APP: Sep 21, 1995, BD APP: Sep 16, 1999, ANSI APP: Jan 13, 2000 Project Scope: This standard is intended as a basis for the establishment of performance, limited electrical and mechanical interchangeability, and safety requirements of equipment described; and for assistance in the proper selection of such equipment. Project Purpose: Review need to maintain induction-voltage regulators in standard. Define allowable temperature rise for sealed and non-sealed regulators. Abstract: " Electrical, mechanical, and safety requirements of oil-filled, single- and three-phasevoltage regulators not exceeding regulation of 2500 kVA (for three-phase units) or 833 kVA (forsingle-phase units) are covered. " Key Words: "electrical, mechanical, safety, step-voltage regulators, test code" Designation: C57.15 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transformers Title: Standard Requirements, Terminology, and Test Code for Step-Voltage Regulators Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Craig A Colopy, Phone:262-896-2342, Email:ccolopy@cooperpower.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 07, 2000 Project Scope: This standard will list and reflect the terms used in other standards developed by the IEEE Transformers Committee of the IEEE Power Engineering Society and related documents. Project Purpose: Update the 1999 issue of C57.15 to the latest referenced documents and Standards, address temperature rise ratings, maximum ampacity, and design KVA size by (type) rating. Designation: PC57.15 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transformers Title: Standard Requirements, Terminology, and Test Code for Step-Voltage Regulators Status: Revision Project Technical Contact: Craig A Colopy, Phone:262-896-2342, Email:ccolopy@cooperpower.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jun 09, 2005 Project Scope: This standard describes electrical and mechanical requirements of liquid-immersed, single- and three-phase, step-voltage regulators, not exceeding a regulation of 3000 kVA (for three-phase units) or 1000 kVA (for single-phase units). This standard does not apply to load tap-changing power transformers. Project Purpose: The purpose of this project is to revise the existing C57.15- 1999 standard. This standard is intended as a basis for the establishment of performance, limited electrical and mechanical interchangeability, and general requirements of equipment described. It also assists in the proper selection of such equipment. Designation: C57.15-1986 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transformers Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1992 Title: IEEE Standard Requirements, Terminology, and Test Code for Step-Voltage and Induction-Voltage Regulators Status: Superseded **Superseded by C57.15-1999. History: BD APP: Jun 19, 1986, ANSI APP: Mar 18, 1987 Abstract: Electrical, mechanical, and safety requirements are set forth for step-voltage and induction-voltage regulators, single- phase and three-phase, oil-filled and dry-type, not exceeding 2500 kVA of regulation for three-phase units, or not exceeding 833 kVA of regulation for single-phase units. These provide a basis for the establishment of performance, limited electrical and mechanical interchangeability, and safety requirements of equipment described and for assistance in the proper selection of such equipment. Key Words: requirements, terminology, step, induction, regulators, Voltage control Designation: C57.16-1996 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transformers Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2001 Title: IEEE Standard Requirements, Terminology, and Test Code for Dry-Type Air- Core Series-Connected Reactors Status: Approved Publication of IEEE History: PAR APP: Dec 12, 1995, BD APP: Dec 10, 1996, ANSI APP: May 07, 1997 (Ref. Std.: IEEE 732) Project Scope: This standard applies to "series connected" dry-type air-core single-phase or three-phase outdoor or indoor reactors of distribution and transmission voltage class that are connected in the power system to control power flow under steady state conditions and/or limit fault current under short-circuit conditions. Dry-type air-core reactors covered by this standard are self-cooled by natural air convection. With some restrictions, this standard is applicable to filter reactors, shunt capacitor reactors (used with shunt capacitor banks), and discharge current-limiting reactors (used with series capacitor banks). Annexes A, B, and C are included to provide guidance.This standard does not apply to devices such as a) Shunt reactors (see IEEE Std C57.21-1990, IEEE Standard Requirements, Terminology, and Test Code for Shunt Reactors Rated Over 500 kVA), b) Arc suppression coils, c) Neutral grounding devices [see IEEE Std 32-1972 (Reaff 1990), IEEE Standard Requirements, Terminology, and Test Procedures for Neutral Grounding Devices], d) Line resonant reactors, e) High-Voltage direct current (HVDC) smoothing reactors, f) Forced cooled reactors, and g) Line traps and radio interference (RI) filter reactors (ANSI C93.3-1995). Project Purpose: The existing ANSI C57.16-1958, which is still in use by the industry, is out of date and has been withdrawn as an IEEE standard. It has now been revised to reflect modern product technology, to describe up-to- date test methods, and to present application requirements for series reactors. Abstract: Series-Connected dry-type air-core single-phase and three-phase outdoor or indoor reactors of distribution and transmission voltage class that are connected in the power system to control power flow under steady-state conditions and/or limit fault current under short-circuit conditions are covered. Dry-Type air-core reactors covered by this standard are self- cooled by natural air convection. With some restrictions, other reactors, including shunt capacitor reactors (used with shunt capacitor banks), filter reactors, shunt capacitor reactors (used with series capacitor banks), and discharge current-limiting reactors, are also covered. Key Words: air core reactors, discharge current limiting reactors, dry type air core reactors, dry type reactors, filter reactors, harmonic filters, reactors, series capacitor bank applications, series connected reactors, series reactor applications, shunt capacitor bank applications, shunt capacitor reactors Designation: PC57.16 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transformers Title: Standard Requirements, Terminology, and Test Code for Dry-Type Air-Core Series-Connected Reactors Status: Revision Project Technical Contact: Richard F Dudley, Phone:416-298-8108, Email:richardd@ca.trenchgroup.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. Project Scope: This standard applies to series-connected dry-type air-core single-phase and three-phase outdoor or indoor reactors of distribution and transmission voltage class that are connected in the power system to control power flow under steadystate conditions and/or limit fault current under short-circuit conditions. Dry-type air-core reactors covered by this standard are self-cooled by natural air convection. With some restrictions, this standard is applicable to filter reactors, shunt capacitor reactors (used with shunt capacitor banks), and discharge current-limiting reactors (used with series capacitor banks). Annexes A, B, and C are included to provide guidance. This standard does not apply to devices such as a) Shunt reactors (see IEEE Std C57.21-1990, IEEE Standard Requirements, Terminology, and Test Code for Shunt Reactors Rated Over 500 kVA), b) Arc suppression coils, c) Neutral grounding devices [see IEEE Std 32-1972 (Reaff 1990), IEEE Standard Requirements, Terminology, and Test Procedures for Neutral Grounding Devices], d) Line resonant reactors, e) High-Voltage direct current (HVDC) smoothing reactors, f) Forced cooled reactors, and g) Line traps and radio interference (RI) filter reactors (ANSI C93.3-1995). Project Purpose: The purpose of the standard is to define the requirements and test code for series connected dry-type air-core reactors and with some restrictions filter reactors, shunt capacitor reactors and discharge current-limiting reactors. Designation: PC57.17 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transformers Title: Standard Requirements for Arc Furnace Transformers Status: New Standard Project Project Scope: This standard covers electrical characteristics and mechanical features of liquid-immersed transformers 69 kV or less, used for supplying electric power to direct arc-melting furnaces. All characteristics and definitions, except as specifically covered in this standard, shall be in accordance with the IEEE Requirements for Liquid-Immersed Distribution, Power, and Regulating Transformers. Project Purpose: To provide an industry standard on the design and application of power and distribution transformers for the specific application of feeding arc furnaces and related foundry equipment. Designation: C57.18.10-1998 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transformers Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2003 Title: IEEE Standard Practices and Requirements for Semiconductor Power Rectifier Transformers Status: Approved Publication of IEEE History: PAR APP: Sep 16, 1997, BD APP: Mar 19, 1998, ANSI APP: Feb 04, 1999 Project Scope: To develop a standard for transformers serving semiconductor power rectifiers employing monochrystalline semiconductor diodes or thyristors. Excepted applications are welding equipment, static precipitators, HVDC converters, and low power applications; such as radio receivers and other non-linear loads. The standard includes loads rated: single phase 300 KW and above and three phase 500 KW and above. Project Purpose: This standard will replace the lapsed C57.18-1964 for pool- cathode mercury-arc rectifiers. Abstract: " Practices and requirements for semiconductor power rectifier transformers for dedicatedloads rated single-phase 300 kW and above and three-phase 500 kW and above are included.Static precipitators, high-voltage converters for dc power transmission, and other nonlinear loadsare excluded. Service conditions, both usual and unusual, are specified, or other standards arereferenced as appropriate. Routine tests are specified. An informative annex provides severalexamples of load loss calculations for transformers when subjected to nonsinusoidal currents,based on calculations provided in the standard. " Key Words: semiconductor, rectifier, transformer Designation: PC57.18.10a Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transformers Title: Standard Practices and Requirements for Semiconductor Power Rectifier Transformers - Amendment 1: Technical and Editorial Corrections Status: Amendment Technical Contact: Sheldon P Kennedy, Phone:716-896-6500, Email:skennedy@niagaratransformer.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 04, 2005 Project Scope: This standard includes semiconductor power rectifier transformers for dedicated loads rated: a. Single phase 300 kW and above; b. Three phase 500 kW and above. The scope of this standard excludes: c. Static precipatators; d. High voltage converters for dc power transmission; e. Other non-linear loads. Project Purpose: The purpose of this project is to correct errors and include missing definitions in the published document. Designation: C57.19.00-2004 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transformers Title: Standard General Requirements and Test Procedure for Power Apparatus Bushings Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jun 08, 2005 Technical Contact: Keith Ellis, Phone:615-847-2157, Email:keithcota@aol.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Jun 20, 1996, BD APP: Dec 08, 2004, ANSI APP: Apr 13, 2005 Project Scope: Expand scope of standard to include indoor apparatus bushings (title modified as shown above). Update technical content as required to keep standard current. Project Purpose: 5 year update of standard for renewal. Abstract: This standard spplies to power apparatus bushings that have basic impulse insulation levels of 110 kV and above for use as components of oil-filled transformers and oil-filled reactors. Key Words: apparatus bushings, bushings, oil-filled reactors, oil-filled transformers Designation: C57.19.00-1991 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transformers Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1997 Title: IEEE Standard General Requirements and Test Procedure for Outdoor Power Apparatus Bushings Status: Superseded **Formerly Std 21. History: PAR APP: Sep 27, 1979, BD APP: Sep 26, 1991, ANSI APP: Mar 31, 1992 (Ref. Std.: 21) Abstract: Service conditions, rating, general requirements, and test procedures for outdoor apparatus bushings are set forth. They apply to outdoor power apparatus bushings that have basic impulse insulation levels of 110 kV and above for use as components of oil-filled transformers, oil-filled reactors, and oil circuit breakers. The following are not covered: high-voltage-cable terminations (potheads), bushings for instrument transformers, bushings for test transformers, bushings in which the internal insulation is provided by a gas, bushings applied with gaseous insulation (other than air at atmospheric pressure) external to the bushing, bushings for distribution-class circuit breakers and transformers, bushings for automatic circuit reclosures and line sectionalizers, and bushings for oil-less and oil-poor apparatus. Key Words: Oil-filled transformers, Oil-filled reactors, Oil circuit breakers, Apparatus bushings Designation: C57.19.00-1976 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transformers Title: General Requirements and Test Procedures for Outdoor Apparatus Bushings Status: Superseded History: (Ref. Std.: 21) Designation: C57.19.01-2000 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transformers Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2005 Title: IEEE Standard Performance Characteristics and Dimensions for Outdoor Apparatus Bushings Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Mar 24, 2000 **This standard supersedes C57.19.01-1991 (R1997). History: PAR APP: Jun 20, 1996, BD APP: Jan 30, 2000, ANSI APP: Jul 05, 2000 Project Scope: Electrical, Dimensions, and Related requirements for outdoor apparatus bushings that have insulation levels (BILs) 110 kV and above. Project Purpose: To standardize the dimensions, ratings, test levels and performance characteristics of outdoor power apparatus bushings having insulation levels (BILs) 110 kV and above. Abstract: " Electrical, dimensional, and related requirements for outdoor power apparatus bushingsthat have basic impulse insulation levels (BILs) of 200 kV and above are covered. Specific valuesfor dimensional and related requirements that are to be interpreted, measured, or tested, in accor-dance with IEEE Std C57.19.00-1991, are provided. " Key Words: "basic impulse insulation levels (BILs),cantilever test,capacitance,creepage distance,flashover,line-to-ground voltage,nominal system voltage,power apparatus bushings,power factor" Designation: C57.19.01-1991 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transformers Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1997 Title: IEEE Standard Performance Characteristics and Dimensions for Outdoor Apparatus Bushings Status: Superseded **Revision and redesignation of IEEE Std 24-1984. This standard was superseded by C57.19.01-2000. History: PAR APP: Nov 09, 1989, BD APP: Sep 26, 1991, ANSI APP: Mar 20, 1992 (Ref. Std.: 24) Abstract: Electrical, dimensional, and related requirements for outdoor power-class apparatus bushings that have basic impulse insulation levels of 110 kV and higher are covered. Specific values for dimensional and related requirements that are to be interpreted, measured, or tested in accordance with IEEE C57.19.00-1991 are provided. Bushings covered by this standard are intended for use as components of oil-filled transformers, oil-filled reactors, and oil circuit breakers. Key Words: Oil-filled transformers, Oil-filled reactors, Oil circuit breakers, Apparatus bushings Designation: C57.19.01-1984 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transformers Title: Outdoor Apparatus Bushings;Char & Dim Status: Superseded History: (Ref. Std.: IEEE 24) Key Words: C57.19.01 Designation: C57.19.03-1996 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transformers Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2002 Title: IEEE Standard Requirements, Terminology, and Test Code for Bushings for DC Applications Status: Approved Publication of IEEE History: PAR APP: Jun 20, 1996, BD APP: Jun 20, 1996, ANSI APP: Jan 06, 1997 Project Scope: Outdoor and indoor power apparatus bushings of condenser type which have basic impulse insulation levels of 110 kv and above for use a scompionents of oil-filled converter transformers and smoothing reactors as well as wall bushings. Project Purpose: Define special terms used, service conditions, ratings, general requirements, electrical insulation characteristics and test procedures for bushings for DC application. Abstract: This standard applies to outdoor and indoor power apparatus dc bushings of condenser type that have basic impulse insulation levels of 110 kV and above for use as components of oil-filled converter transformers and smoothing reactors, as well as air-to-air dc bushings. This standard defines the special terms used, service conditions, rating, general requirements, electrical insulation characteristics, and test procedure for the bushings for dc application. Key Words: bushings, dc application Designation: C57.19.03-1996/Cor 1-20xx-2005 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transformers Title: Standard Requirements, Terminology, and Test Code for Bushings for DC Applications - Corrigendum 1 Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jun 06, 2006 Technical Contact: Fred E Elliott, Phone:360-418-2269, Email:felliott@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Feb 27, 2004, BD APP: Dec 07, 2005, ANSI APP: Mar 28, 2006 Project Scope: Correct errors in IEEE Std C57.19.03 - Standard General Requirements and Test Procedure for Power Apparatus Bushings. Project Purpose: This standard defines the special terms used, service conditions, rating, general requirements, electrical insulation characteristics, and test procedure for the bushings for dc applications. This corrigendum corrects errors in the initial publication of this standard. Abstract: This corrigendum corrects IEEE Std C57.19.03-1996. The standard applies to outdoor and indoor power apparatus dc bushings of condenser type that have basic impulse insulation levels of 110 kV and above for use as components of oil-filled converter transformers and smoothing reactors, as well as air-to-air dc bushings. This standard defines the special terms used, service conditions, rating, general requirements, electrical insulation characteristics, and test procedure for the bushings for dc application. Key Words: bushings, dc application Designation: C57.19.100-1995 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transformers Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2003 Title: IEEE Guide for Application of Power Apparatus Bushings Status: Approved Publication of IEEE **Contains rev for IEEE Std C57.19.101-1992. History: BD APP: Mar 16, 1995, ANSI APP: Jan 12, 1995 (Ref. Std.: 800) Abstract: Guidance on the use of outdoor power apparatus bushings is provided. The bushings are limited to those built in accordance with IEEE Std C57.19.00-1991. General information and recommendations for the application of power apparatus bushings, when incorporated as part of power transformers, power circuit breakers, and isolated-phase bus, are provided. Key Words: application, circuit breakers, transformers, power apparatus bushings, isolated-phase bus Designation: PC57.19.100 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transformers Title: Guide for Application of Power Apparatus Bushings Status: Revision Project Technical Contact: Thomas W. Spitzer, Phone:817-215-6457, Email:tommy.spitzer@txued.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 30, 2006 Project Scope: Guidance on the use of outdoor power apparatus bushings is provided in this document. The bushings are limited to those built in accordance with IEEE Std C57.19.00-1991. Project Purpose: The purpose of this guide is to present general information and recommendations for the application of power apparatus bushings when incorporated as part of power transformers, power circuit breakers, and isolated-phase bus. The loading model developed in this guide is based on oil-impregnated, paper-insulated, capacitance-graded bushings. Similar loading models could be developed for other bushing constructions. Designation: C57.19.101-1989 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transformers Title: IEEE Guide for Loading Power Apparatus Bushings Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Dec 12, 1995. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. Technical Contact: Fred E Elliott, Phone:360-418-2269, Email:felliott@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: BD APP: Jun 18, 1992, ANSI APP: Jul 09, 1993 (Ref. Std.: 757) Abstract: Electrical, dimensional, and related requirements for outdoor power- class apparatus bushings that have basic impulse insulation levels of 110 kV and higher are covered. Specific values for dimensional and related requirements that are to be interpreted, measured, or tested in accordance with IEEE C57.19.00-1991 are provided. Bushings covered by this standard are intended for use as components of oil-filled transformers, oil-filled reactors, and oil circuit breakers Designation: C57.21-1990 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transformers Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2004 Title: IEEE Standard Requirements, Terminology, and Test Code for Shunt Reactors Rated Over 500 kVA Status: Approved Publication of IEEE **Revison of C57.21-1981 History: PAR APP: Jun 09, 1988, BD APP: Aug 13, 1990, ANSI APP: Aug 09, 1991 Abstract: All oil-immersed or dry-type, single phase or three-phase, outdoor or indoor shunt reactors rated over 500 kVA are covered. Terminology and general requirements are stated, and the basis for rating shunt reactors is set forth. Routine, design, and other tests are described, and methods for performing them are given. Losses and impedance, temperature rise, dielectric tests, and insulation levels are covered. Construction requirements for oil-immersed reactors and construction and installation requirements for dry-type reactors are presented. Key Words: Dielectric Tests, oil-immersed shunt, Oil-immersed shunt reactor, Dry-type shunt reactor Designation: PC57.21 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transformers Title: Standard Requirements, Terminology, and Test Code for Shunt Reactors Rated Over 500 kVA Status: Revision Project Technical Contact: Richard F Dudley, Phone:416-298-8108, Email:richardd@ca.trenchgroup.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 11, 2003 Project Scope: The current standard applies to all oil-immersed or dry-type, single phase or three phase outdoor or indoor shunt reactors rated over 500 kVA. The revision process will address comments received with negative ballots and approved with comments ballots during the 2002-3 reaffirmation process. In addition 2 new annexes will be added to the document, one covering thyristor controlled dry-type air-core shunt reactors used in static VAR compensators and the other addressing dielectric switching stresses seen by shunt reactors during switching operations. These annexes are being added as a result of needs within the power industry. Project Purpose: The primary purpose of the original document was to define recommended tests and test procedures for oil-immersed and dry-type air-core shunt reactors rated over 500 kVA. The document also included information on the application of shunt reactors. The revision of C57.21 will address testing issues raised in comments during the recent reaffirmation process. In response to needs expressed by "end users", application information will be expanded to include dielectric stresses experienced by shunt reactors during switching; an annex will be utilized. Additionally C57.21 has been used on an "adhoc" basis by the power industry in the manufacture, testing and application of thyristor controlled shunt reactors. An annex will be added to formally cover this application. Designation: C57.21-1981 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transformers Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1995 Title: IEEE Standard Requirements, Terminology, and Test Code for Shunt Reactors Rated Over 500 kVA Status: Superseded History: BD APP: Sep 27, 1979, ANSI APP: Jan 12, 1981 Key Words: shunt, reactors, over, 500kVA Designation: C57.21a Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transformers Title: Shunt Reactor Dielectric Tests Sections 8.2 and 12.2 Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: S Kennedy, Phone:301-771-4800 **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 28, 1986 Designation: PC57.32 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transformers Title: Standard Requirements, Terminology and Test Procedures for Neutral Grounding Devices Status: Revision Project **This is a revision of IEEE Std 32-1972 Technical Contact: Steven Schappell, Phone:919-580-3240, Email:steven.schappell@waukeshaelectric.spx.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 11, 2002 Project Scope: This standard applies to devices used for the purpose of controlling the ground current or the potentials to ground of an alternating current system. These devices are: grounding transformers, ground-fault neutralizers, resistors, reactors, capacitors, or combinations of these. Project Purpose: Present requirements, such as those for transformers and resistors used for grounding, may be out of date with existing standards for these apparatus. Users are those who manufacture and apply such devices. Benefit: To provide information and data as outlined in the title. Designation: C57.91-1995 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transformers Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2004 Title: IEEE Guide for Loading Mineral-Oil-Immersed Transformers Status: Approved Publication of IEEE **Revision of IEEE Stds C57.91-1981, C57.92-1981 & C57.115-1991. Dec2002: Reaffirmation disapproved. 2-yr extension granted to allow the Sponsor time to submit a PAR for revision or to reaffirm the base document + the corrigenda. History: PAR APP: Jun 13, 1985, BD APP: Jun 14, 1995, ANSI APP: Dec 21, 2004 Abstract: General recommendations for loading 65 °C rise mineral-oil-immersed distribution and power transformers are covered. Key Words: distribution , transformer, loading, minerial oil, oil immersed, power transformer Designation: PC57.91 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transformers Title: Guide for Loading Liquid Immersed Transformers and Voltage Regulators Status: Revision Project Technical Contact: Timothy Raymond, Phone:518-884-0297, Email:tc.raymond@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: May 10, 2005 Project Scope: This guide provides recommendations for loading mineral-oil- immersed transformers and voltage regulators with insulation systems rated for a 65°C average winding temperature rise at rated load. This guide applies to transformers manufactured in accordance with IEEE C57.12.00 and tested in accordance with IEEE C57.12.90, and voltage regulators manufactured and tested in accordance with C57.15. Because a substantial population of transformers and voltage regulators with insulation systems rated for 55C average winding temperature rise at rated load are still in service, recommendations that are specific to this equipment are also included. Project Purpose: Applications of loads in excess of nameplate rating involve some degree of risk. It is the purpose of this guide to identify these risks and to establish limitations and guidelines, the application of which will minimize the risks to an acceptable level. Designation: C57.91-1981 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transformers Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1991 Title: IEEE Guide for Loading Mineral-Oil-Immersed Overhead and Pad-Mounted Distribution Transformers Rated 500kVA and Less with 65 °C or 55 °C Average Winding Rise Status: Superseded History: BD APP: Mar 15, 1979, ANSI APP: Jan 13, 1992 (Ref. Std.: IEEE 631) Abstract: General recommendations for loading 65 degrees Centigrade-rise mineral-oil-immersed overhead and pad-mounted distribution transformers are covered. Recommendations for 55 degrees Centigrade-rise transformers are included because a substantial percentage of these transformers are still in service. The recommendations are based on winding hottest-spot calculations only. Other factors that may limit the permissible load to lower values are listed. A method to establish winding temperature and loss of life by nomographs is given. Key Words: loading, overhead, pad-mounted, transformers, 500kVA Designation: C57.91-1995/Cor 1-2002 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transformers Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2004 Title: Corrigenda for C57.91-1995, Guide for Loading Mineral-Oil-Immersed Trasnformers Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jun 12, 2003 Technical Contact: Linden W Pierce, Phone:706-235-1805, Email:piercelw@aol.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Mar 30, 2000, BD APP: Dec 11, 2002 Project Scope: This project will develop a corrigenda with corrections to IEEE C57.91-1995, Guide for Loading Mineral-Oil-Immersed Transformers. The Scope of the present standard is general recommendations for loading 65 C rise mineral-oil-immersed distribution and power transformers. It also gives recommendations for loading 55 C rise transformers. Project Purpose: Since C57, 12, 91-1995 was published on April 25, 1996, members of the original Working Group and other users have pointed out errors in the published document. A corrigenda is needed to inform users of the corrections and to permit incorporation of corrections into future printed copies. A corrigenda is also needed prior to conducting a Reaffirmation ballot prior to the document expiration date of April 25, 2001. IEEE has a duty to past and future purchasers of this document to publish a corrigenda. Abstract: Errors identified in IEEE Std C57.91-1995 are addressed in this corrigendum. Key Words: loading, mineral-oil-immersed Designation: C57.92-1981 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transformers Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1991 Title: IEEE Guide for Loading Mineral-Oil-Immersed Power Transformers Up to and Including 100 MVA with 55 °C or 65 °C Average Winding Rise Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Nov 20, 1995. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **Folded into C57.91-1995 Technical Contact: Linden W Pierce, Phone:706-235-1805, Email:piercelw@aol.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jun 28, 1985, BD APP: Sep 27, 1979, ANSI APP: Jan 13, 1992 (Ref. Std.: 507) Abstract: General recommendations for loading mineral-oil-immersed power transformers and other oil-insulated power transformer having up to and including 100 MVA maximum nameplate rating are covered. They are based mostly on aging of the winding insulation. This guide may also be used for askarel-filled transformers. The method used for computer calculation of the capability tables for normal and moderate sacrifice of life and examples for developing them by hand calculations are given. Key Words: loading, mineral-oil, immersed, transformers, 100MVA Designation: C57.93-1995 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transformers Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2001 Title: IEEE Guide for Installation of Liquid-Immersed Power Transformers Status: Approved Publication of IEEE **Revision of ASA C57.93-1958, IEEE Stds C57.12.11-1980 and C57.12.12-1980. History: PAR APP: Dec 28, 1982, BD APP: Dec 12, 1995, ANSI APP: Jan 06, 1997 Abstract: Guidance is given for the shipping, handling, inspection, and maintenance of liquid-immersed power transformers rated 501 kVA and above with secondary voltage of 1000 V and above. The entire range of power transformers is covered, including EHV transformers, with distinctions as required for various sizes, voltage sizes, voltage ratings, and liquid insulation types. Key Words: installation, liquid immersed, load tap changers, LTC, transformers Designation: PC57.93 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transformers Title: Guide for Installation and Maintenance of Liquid-Immersed Power Transformers Status: Modified Revision Project Technical Contact: Michael Lau, Phone:604-699-7521, Email:mike.lau@bctc.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jun 13, 2002 Project Scope: The recommendations presented in this guide apply to the shipping, handling, inspection, installation, and maintenance of liquid- immersed power transformers rated 501 kVA and above with secondary voltages of 1000 V and above. This guide covers the entire range of power transformers, including extra high voltage (EHV) transformers. This guide does not cover special transformers such as furnace transformers, rectifier transformers etc. Distinctions are made as required for various MVA ratings, voltage ratings, and types of liquid insulation.<br><br> Clause ‎3 contains information for use with transformers rated below 10 MVA with high voltages less than 69 kV. Clause ‎4 applies to transformers rated 10 MVA and above with primary voltages of 69 kV and above, including EHV transformers.<br><br> NOTE 1: For transformers with primary voltages that are less than 69 kV and larger than 10 MVA, users should follow Clause 4.<br> NOTE 2: The user should carefully read the instruction book supplied by the manufacturer. Any conflict with this guide that may occur should be resolved with the manufacturer for each specific installation. Project Purpose: This Guide intents to provide the users the procedures, criteria and current practices in the installation and maintenance of liquid immersed power transformers. Designation: C57.931 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transformers Title: Guide for Installation of Liquid-Immersed Power Transformers Status: Superseded Technical Contact: Michael Lau, Phone:604-699-7521, Email:mike.lau@bctc.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jun 13, 2002 Project Scope: TThe Scope of this project is to revise the existing guide for installation operating and maintenance of liquid-immersed power transformers. The revised guide will incorporate the best present practices, with respect to methodology and criteria, in the areas including insulation dryout, energization of transformer at cold temperatures, soaking time and general maintenance practices. Project Purpose: The Purpose of this project is to revise the Guide to reflect the present practises in the industry. Some criteria and methodology are out-of-date and needed to be revised. PURPOSE FROM PREVIOUS PAR - The purpose of this project is to provide a guide for installation covering the full range of power transformers by combining, consolidating and updating the current ANSI/IEEE C57.12.11 and C57.12.12, together with appropriate parts of the rescinded C57.93 and additional material. Designation: C57.94-1982 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transformers Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2006 Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Installation, Application, Operation, and Maintenance of Dry-Type General Purpose Distribution and Power Transformers Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jun 07, 1982 History: BD APP: Mar 15, 1979, ANSI APP: Apr 20, 2001 (Ref. Std.: IEEE 547) Abstract: The application, installation, operation, and maintenance of single- and polyphase dry-type general purpose, distribution, power, and autotransformers are covered. The following types are included: ventilated, indoor and outdoor, self- or forced-air cooled; nonventilated, indoor and outdoor, self- or forced-air cooled; and sealed, indoor and outdoor, self-cooled. Instrument transformers, step voltage and induction-voltage regulators, arc furnace transformers, rectifier transformers, and specialty transformers are not covered. Key Words: dry-type, Power transformers, Power transformer testing, Autotransformers Designation: C57.95-1984 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transformers Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1991 Title: IEEE Guide for Loading Liquid-Immersed Step-Voltage and Induction- Voltage Regulators Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 17, 1997. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. Technical Contact: David S Takach, Phone:(314) 554-3097 **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: BD APP: Mar 22, 1984, ANSI APP: Jan 13, 1992 Abstract: General recommendations for loading mineral-oil-immersed, 55 degrees Centigrade rise, step-voltage and induction-voltage regulators are set forth. Loading recommendations are given in tabular form and cover a wide range of ambient conditions and loss of life. The method and equations used for calculation of the tables are given. Key Words: loading, oil, immersed, coltage, regulators, Voltage control Designation: C57.96-1999 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transformers Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2004 Title: IEEE Guide for Loading Dry-Type Distribution and Power Transformers Status: Approved Publication of IEEE History: PAR APP: Dec 10, 1996, BD APP: Jun 26, 1999, ANSI APP: Oct 26, 1999 Project Scope: Update the existing document to resolve negative ballots received during re-affirmation and to include a section incorporating transformers with solid cast and/or resin encapsulated epoxy windings. Project Purpose: To provide users with a more accurate determination of how to load transformers while maintaining its integrity and to give user of transformers with epoxy windings a loading guide. Abstract: " General recommendations for the loading of dry-type distribution and power transformersthat have 80 °C, 115 °C, and 150 °C average winding rises and insulation systems limited to 150 °C,180 °C, and 220 °C maximum hottest-spot operating temperatures, respectively, are covered in thisguide. Recommendations for ventilated, nonventilated, and sealed dry-type transformers having im-pregnated insulation systems are included. " Key Words: "ambient temperature,cast-resin transformer,constant load,derating factors,hottest-spot temperature,loading capability,loading transformer,rated output,resin-encapsulated,solid-cast,time constant,transient loading" Designation: C57.96 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transmission and Distribution Title: Guide for Loading Dry Type Distribution and Power Transformers Including Those with Solid Cast and/or Resin Encapsulated Windings Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Linden W Pierce, Phone:706-235-1805, Email:piercelw@aol.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 05, 1991 Designation: C57.96-1989 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transformers Title: Loading Dry Type Transformers, Guide for Status: Superseded History: PAR APP: Sep 28, 1981 Abstract: This guide covers general recommendations for the loading of dry-type distribution and power transformers that have 80, 115, and 150 degrees Centigrade average winding rises and insulation systems limited to 150, 185, and 220 degrees Centigrade maximum hottest-spot operating temperatures, respectively. Transformers through 10000 kVA are included. Recommendations for ventilated, nonventilated, and sealed dry-type transformers having impregnated insulation systems are provided Key Words: guide, loading, dry, type, transformers Designation: C57.96-1989 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transformers Title: IEEE Guide for Loading Dry-Type Distribution and Power Transformers Status: Superseded History: BD APP: Mar 06, 1989, ANSI APP: Apr 26, 1989 Abstract: This guide covers general recommendations for the loading of dry-type distribution and power transformers that have 80°C, 115°C, and 150°C average winding rises, and insulation systems limited to 150°C, 185°C, and 220°C maximum hottest-spot operating temperatures, respectively. Transformers through 10 000 kVA are included. Recommendations for ventilated, nonventilated, and sealed dry-type transformers having impregnated insulation systems are provided. Key Words: Power transformers Designation: C57.98-1994 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transformers Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1999 Title: IEEE Guide for Transformer Impulse Tests Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Nov 11, 1994 History: PAR APP: Dec 11, 1986, BD APP: Dec 02, 1993, ANSI APP: May 10, 1995 Abstract: Guidance on the use of outdoor power apparatus bushings is provided. The bushings are limited to those built in accordance with IEEE Std C57.19.00-1991. General information and recommendations for the application of power apparatus bushings, when incorporated as part of power transformers, power circuit breakers, and isolated-phase bus, are provided. Key Words: digital recording, switching impulse, transformer impulse Designation: PC57.98 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transformers Title: Guide for Transformer Impulse Tests Status: Revision Project Technical Contact: Arthur Molden, Phone:845-225-0993, Email:ameesco@worldnet.att.net **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 12, 2002 Project Scope: To aid in the interpretation and application of the impulse testing requirements of the IEEE Standard Test Codes for Transformers. Project Purpose: To revise, update and expand upon the existing guide with particular regard to the utilization of modern digital recording techniques. Designation: C57.98-1986 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transformers Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1992 Title: IEEE Guide for Transformer Impulse Tests Status: Superseded History: BD APP: Mar 11, 1982, ANSI APP: Aug 19, 1985 Designation: C57.98a Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transformers Title: Guide for Performing Routine Lightning Impulse Tests on Distribution Transformers, Supplement to C57.98 Status: Changed Designation **PAR revised and redesignated to C57.138 History: PAR APP: Sep 26, 1991 Designation: C57.99 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transformers Title: Loading Current Limiting Reactors Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. History: PAR APP: Mar 28, 1978 (Ref. Std.: IEEE 731) Key Words: loading, current, limiting, reactors Designation: C57.100-1999 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transformers Title: IEEE Standard Test Procedure for Thermal Evaluation of Liquid-Immersed Distribution and Power Transformers Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Oct 07, 1999 History: PAR APP: Dec 10, 1996, BD APP: Jun 26, 1999, ANSI APP: Jan 20, 2000 Project Scope: The procedure is intended to provide a direct evaluation of the composite insulation system of either a power or distribution, liquid immersed transformer. Project Purpose: The purpose is to establish a uniform method for investigating the effect of operating temperature on the life expectancy of liquid- immersed power and distribution transformers. Abstract: " A test procedure is established to provide a uniform method for investigating the effect of operating temperature on the life expectancy of liquid-immersed transformers. The test proce-dures are intended to provide data for the selection of a limiting hottest-spot temperature for rating purposes, provide data which may serve as the basis for a guide for loading, and permit the com-parative evaluation of a proposed insulation system with reference to a system that has proven to be acceptable in service. " Key Words: "aging,distribution transformers,life tests,liquid immersed,power transformers,test procedures,thermal evaluation" Designation: C57.100 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transformers Title: Standard Test Procedure for Thermal Evaluation of Oil-Immersed Distribution and Power Transformers Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Larry A Lowdermilk, Phone:828-465-1749, Email:llowdermilk@charter.net **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Oct 20, 1988 Designation: PC57.100 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transformers Title: Standard Test Procedure for Thermal Evaluation of Insulation Systems for Liquid-Immersed Distribution and Power Transformers Status: Revision Project Technical Contact: Roger Wicks, Phone:804-383-3300, Email:roger.c.wicks@usa.dupont.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 08, 2004 Project Scope: This standard provides test procedures to evaluate the thermal aging characteristics of insulation systems used in liquid-immersed distribution or power transformers. The dielectric liquid is part of the insulation system. The test procedure shall simulate practical service conditions of the insulation system, with the main emphasis on the thermal aging of materials in the candidate insulation system as compared to a conventional insulation system. Project Purpose: The purpose of the this revision of C57.100 is to deal with issues raised during the last ballot for this document as well as in meetings held to resolve that ballot. This revision is required, as the document is near the end of it’s 5 year life. These issues include, but are not limited to: 1.Defining what a “conventional insulation system” is. 2. Understanding when a manufacturer must test per this document. 3. Understanding that the type of equipment produced (power vs. distribution transformer) may dictate the type of testing available to the equipment manufacturer. Designation: C57.100-1986 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transformers Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1992 Title: IEEE Standard Test Procedure for Thermal Evaluation of Oil-Immersed Distribution Transformers Status: Superseded History: BD APP: Sep 22, 1983, ANSI APP: Aug 19, 1985 Abstract: A uniform method for investigating the effect of operating temperature on the life expectancy of oil-immersed distribution transformers is presented. A direct evaluation of the composite insulation system of an oil-immersed distribution transformer tested as an integral unit is given. The oil in which the transformer is immersed is considered to be a part of the insulation system. Each component of the insulation structure operates during the test under conditions that are, as nearly as possible, the same as those that it would encounter in service. Provision is made for thermal cycling in the test procedure. Key Words: thermal, evaluation, oil, immersed, transformers, Power transformer insulation , Insulation life Designation: C57.103-1976 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transformers Title: Specification for New, Unused Transformer-Type Askarels Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 17, 1997. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **aka Std 423 History: BD APP: Sep 09, 1976 (Ref. Std.: 423) Key Words: new, unused, transformer, type, askarels Designation: C57.104 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transformers Title: Guide for the Interpretation of Gases Generated in Oil-Immersed Transformers Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Frank W Heinrichs, Phone:724-941-6924, Email:frankus2@connecttime.net **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 10, 1996 Project Scope: Revise and update C57.104-1991. Project Purpose: C57.104 has been widely used to provide early detection and interpretation of internal thermal and/or electrical problems in operating oil filled transformers and to decide on status and continued operation of transformer. Designation: PC57.104 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transformers Title: Guide for the Interpretation of Gases Generated in Oil-Immersed Transformers Status: Revision Project Technical Contact: Richard K Ladroga, Phone:617-393-3133, Email:rladroga@doble.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. Project Scope: This guide applies to mineral-oil-immersed transformers and addresses: 1) The theory of combustible gas generation in a transformer; 2) The interpretation of gas analysis; 3) Suggested operating procedures; 4) Various diagnostic techniques, such as key gases, Dornenberg ratios, and Rogers ratios; 5) Instruments for detecting and determining the amount of combustible gases present; and 6) A bibliography of related literature. Project Purpose: The purpose of this document is to provide the transformer owner and/or operator with a Guide for operating transformers using analytical tools and methods involving transformer mineral oil and associated developed gases. Designation: C57.104-1978 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transformers Title: IEEE Guide for the Detection and Determination of Generated Gases in Oil-Immersed Transformers and Their Relation to the Serviceability of the Equipment Status: Superseded History: BD APP: Jun 02, 1977, ANSI APP: Jun 07, 1978 Abstract: ANSI withdrew on 3/2/89. Key Words: generated, gases, oil-immersed, transformer Designation: C57.104-1991 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transformers Title: IEEE Guide for the Interpretation of Gases Generated in Oil-Immersed Transformers Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Feb 06, 2006. This historical standard is available for sale in electronic format (PDF) through the IEEE Online Store at www.shop.ieee.org. You may also order by calling +1 800 678 IEEE (in the US) or +1 732 981 0060 (outside of the US). History: PAR APP: May 31, 1990, BD APP: Jun 27, 1991, ANSI APP: Nov 20, 1991 Abstract: Detailed procedures for analyzing gas from gas spaces or gas-collecting devices as well as gas dissolved in oil are described. The procedures cover: (1) the calibration and use of field instruments for detecting and estimating the amount of combustible gases present in gas blankets above oil, or in gas detector relays; (2) the use of fixed instruments for detecting and determining the quantity of combustible gases present in gas-blanketed equipment; (3) obtaining samples of gas and oil from the transformer for laboratory analysis; (4) laboratory methods for analyzing the gas blanket and the gases extracted from the oil; and (5) interpreting the results in terms of transformer serviceability. The intent is to provide the operator with positive and useful information concerning the serviceability of the equipment. An extensive bibliography on gas evolution, detection, and interpretation is included. Key Words: Oil-filled transformers, Gas analysis Designation: C57.105-1978 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transformers Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1999 Title: IEEE Guide for Application of Transformer Connections in Three-Phase Distribution Systems Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Oct 20, 1978 History: BD APP: Jun 02, 1977, ANSI APP: Jul 09, 1993 Abstract: The characteristics of the various transformer connections and possible operating problems under normal or abnormal conditions are treated for three-phase distribution systems. These systems are characterized by primary voltages up to and including 34.5 kV, usually have a preponderance of connected transformers with low-voltage windings below 1000 V, and furnish electric service to consumers. All combinations of Delta and Y, grounded and ungrounded, T connected, zigzag, and certain special connections are considered. Only two-winding transformers are included. Phasing procedures and loading practices are not covered. Key Words: application, transformer, connections, three-phase, distribution Designation: C57.106-2006 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transformers Title: Guide for Acceptance and Maintenance of Insulating Oil in Equipment Status: Approved Publication of IEEE Technical Contact: James A Thompson, Phone:605-534-3571, Email:jathompson@trservice.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Dec 11, 2002, BD APP: Dec 06, 2006 Project Scope: This guide applies to mineral oil used in transformers, load tap changers, voltage regulators, reactors, and circuit breakers. The guide discusses the following: a) Analytical tests and their significance for the evaluation of mineral insulating oil; b) The evaluation of new, unused mineral insulating oil before and after filling into equipment; c) Methods of handling and storage of mineral insulating oil; d) The evaluation of service-aged mineral insulating oil; e) Health and environmental care procedures for mineral insulating oil. The characteristics of the oils discussed in this guide does not include oil that is in factory fill lines, nor does this guide cover reclaimed oil installed in new equipment. The characteristics of the oils discussed in this guide does not include oil that is in factory fill lines, nor does this guide cover reclaimed oil installed in new equipment. The qualities of such oil, if used, should be agreed upon by the manufacturer and the user of the equipment. Project Purpose: The purpose of this guide is to assist the user of the equipment in evaluating the serviceability of new, unused oil being received in equipment; oil as received for filling new equipment at the installation site; and oil as processed into equipment. It also assists the operator in maintaining the oil in serviceable condition. Designation: C57.106-2002 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transformers Title: Guide for Acceptance and Maintenance of Insulating Oil in Equipment Status: Superseded **Supersedes C57.106-1991 (R1998). Technical Contact: Joseph J Kelly, Phone:330/633-2666 x3210 **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 09, 1997, BD APP: Jun 13, 2002, ANSI APP: Oct 30, 2002 Project Scope: This guide discusses and recommends analytical test and evaluation procedures for acceptance and use of conventional petroleum (mineral) dielectric oils. Minimum standards, methods of maintenance for these fluids and levels at which these methods become necessary and included. The mineral oils covered in this guide are used in transformers, voltage regulators, switchgear, reactors, circuit breakers and load tap changers. The Characteristic of the oils discussed in this guide does not include oil that is in factory fill lines nor does this guide cover reclaimed oil installed in new equipment. The qualities of such oil, if used, should be agreed upon by the manufacturer and the user of equipment. Project Purpose: The purpose of this guide is to assist the power equipment operator in evaluating the serviceability of new, unused oil being received in equipment; oil as received for filling new equipment at the installation site; and oil as processed into equipment. It also assists the operator in maintaining the oil is serviceable conditions. Abstract: " Recommendations regarding oil tests and evaluation procedures are made in this guide; referencesare made to methods of reconditioning and reclaiming conventional petroleum (mineral) dielectric insulatingoils; the levels at which these methods become necessary; and the routines for restoring oxidation resistance,where required, by the addition of oxidation inhibitors. The intent is to assist the power equipment operator inevaluating the serviceability of oil received in equipment, oil as received from the supplier for filling new equip-ment at the installation site, and oil as processed into such equipment; and to assist the operator in maintainingoil in serviceable condition. The mineral oil covered is used in transformers, reactors, circuit breakers, load tapchangers, and voltage regulators. " Key Words: "insulation testing,load tap changers,oil circuit breakers,oil insulation,power distribution mainte-nance,power transformer insulation,reactors,transformers,voltage regulators" Designation: C57.106-1991 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transformers Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1998 Title: IEEE Guide for Acceptance and Maintenance of Insulating Oil in Equipment Status: Superseded **Superseded by C57.106-2002. History: PAR APP: Jun 19, 1986, BD APP: Jun 27, 1991, ANSI APP: Nov 20, 1991 Abstract: Recommendations are made regarding oil tests and evaluation procedures, methods of reconditioning and reclaiming conventional petroleum (mineral) dielectric oils, the levels at which these become necessary, and the routines for restoring oxidation resistance, where required, by the addition of inhibitors. The intent is to assist the power equipment operator in evaluating the serviceability of oil received in equipment, oil as received from the refiner for filling new equipment at the installation site, and oil as processed into such equipment and to assist the operator in maintaining his oil in serviceable condition. The mineral oil covered is used in transformers, switchgear, reactors and current breakers. Key Words: inductors, switchgear, Power transformer insulation, Power distribution maintenance, Oil insulation, Oil circuit breakers, Insulation testing Designation: C57.106-1977 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transformers Title: IEEE Guide for Acceptance and Maintenance of Insulating Oil in Equipment Status: Superseded History: BD APP: Sep 09, 1976, ANSI APP: Jun 16, 1978 Designation: C57.109-1993 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transformers Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2000 Title: IEEE Guide for Liquid-Immersed Transformers Through-Fault-Current Duration Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Oct 15, 1993 History: PAR APP: Jun 27, 1991, BD APP: Mar 18, 1993, ANSI APP: Sep 29, 1993 Abstract: Recommendations believed essential for the application of overcurrent protective devices applied to limit the exposure time of transformers to short-circuit current are set forth. Transformer coordination curves are presented for four categories of transformers. There is no intent to imply overload capability Key Words: Liquid-immersed transformer Designation: C57.109-1985 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transformers Title: IEEE Guide for Transformer Through-Fault-Current Duration Status: Superseded History: BD APP: Jun 23, 1983, ANSI APP: Aug 19, 1985 Key Words: transformer, through, fault, current, duration Designation: C57.110-1998 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transformers Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2004 Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Establishing Transformer Capability When Supplying Nonsinusoidal Load Currents Status: Approved Publication of IEEE History: PAR APP: Sep 15, 1993, BD APP: Jul 02, 1998, ANSI APP: Jul 08, 2004 Project Scope: The recommended practice applies only to two winding transformers covered by ANSI/IEEE C57.12.00, ANSI/IEEE C57.12.01 and NEMA St. 20. It does not apply to Rectifier Transformers. Project Purpose: The purpose of this document is to establish uniform methods for determining the capability of transformers to supply nonsinusoidal load currents of known characteristics. Abstract: " Methods are developed to conservatively evaluate the feasibility of supplying additionalnonsinusoidal load currents from an existing installed dry-type or liquid-Þlled transformer, as a por-tion of the total load. ClariÞcation of the necessary application information is provided to assist inproperly specifying a new transformer expected to carry a load, a portion of which is composed ofnonsinusoidal load currents. A number of examples illustrating these methods and calculationsare presented. Reference annexes make a comparison of the document calculations to calcula-tions found in other industry standards and suggested temperature rise methods are detailed forreference purposes. " Key Words: "current,eddy-current losses,harmonic current,harmonic load losses,harmonic loss factor,harmonics,K-factor,load currents,nonsinusoidal,transformer" Designation: PC57.110 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transformers Title: Recommended Practice for Establishing Liquid-Filled and Dry-Type Power and Distribution Transformer Capability When Supplying Nonsinusoidal Load Currents Status: Revision Project Technical Contact: Richard P Marek, Phone:804-383-2376, Email:richard.p.marek@usa.dupont.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Nov 18, 2004 Project Scope: This recommended practice applies only to two winding transformers covered by IEEE Std C57.12.00-1993,IEEE Std C57.12.01-1998, and NEMA ST20-1992. It does not apply to rectifier transformers. The WG will incorporate all information from the errata sheet and update as necessary. Project Purpose: The purpose of this document is to establish uniform methods for determining the capability of transformers to supply nonsinusoidal load currents of known characteristics. Designation: C57.110-1986 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transformers Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1992 Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Establishing Transformer Capability When Supplying Nonsinusoidal Load Currents Status: Superseded History: BD APP: Jun 19, 1986, ANSI APP: Aug 21, 1987 Abstract: Uniform methods are established for determining the capability of transformers to supply nonsinusoidal load currents of known characteristics without loss of normal life expectancy. Two methods are described. The first is intended for use by those with access to detailed information on loss-density distribution within the transformer windings. The second method is less accurate and is intended for use by those with access to transformer certified test-report data only. It is anticipated that the first method will be used primarily by transformer design engineers, and the second primarily by users. The recommendations apply to evaluating the feasibility of applying nonsinusoidal load currents to existing transformers and for specifying new transformers to supply nonsinusoidal loads. Key Words: harmonic, load, current, heating, Power transformers Designation: C57.111-1989 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transformers Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2003 Title: IEEE Guide for Acceptance of Silicone Insulating Fluid and Its Maintenance in Transformers Status: Approved Publication of IEEE History: PAR APP: Dec 28, 1987, BD APP: Feb 02, 1989, ANSI APP: May 26, 1995 Abstract: Tests and evaluation procedures for silicone transformer fluid are recommended. Criteria for maintenance and methods of reconditioning silicone fluid are described. The aim is to assist the transformer operator in evaluating the silicone insulating fluids in transformers, fluid received from the manufacturer for filling transformers at the installation site, and fluid processed into such transformers, as well as in maintaining the properties of silicone fluid in operating transformers. Key Words: Silicone insulation, Power transformer insulation Designation: C57.112 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transformers Title: Control of Transformer Sound Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Allan M Teplitzky, Phone:(212) 460-4859 **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 28, 1973 (Ref. Std.: IEEE 523) Designation: C57.113-1991 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transformers Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2002 Title: IEEE Guide for Partial Discharge Measurement in Liquid-Filled Power Transformers and Shunt Reactors Status: Approved Publication of IEEE History: PAR APP: Sep 26, 1991, BD APP: Dec 05, 1991, ANSI APP: Mar 31, 2003 Project Scope: This test procedure applies to the detection and measurement by the wide-band apparent charge method of partial discharges occurring in liquid-filled power transformers and shunt reactors during dielectric tests, where applicable. Project Purpose: Partial discharge measurements in transformers and shunt reactors may preferably be made on the basis of measurement of the apparent charge. Relevant measuring systems are classified as narrow-band or wide- band systems. Both systems are recognized and widely used. Without giving preference to one or the other, it is the object of this document to describe the wide-band method. General principles of partial discharge measurements, including the narrow-band method, are covered in IEEE Std 454- 1973 [7]1, IEC 270 (1981) [2], and IEC 76-3 (1980) [1]. Abstract: The detection and measurement by the wide-band apparent charge method of partial discharges occurring in liquid-filled power transformers and shunt reactors during dielectric tests are covered. This standard covers the measuring instrument, calibrator characteristics, test circuits, calibration procedure, and partial discharge measurement during induced-voltage tests. Key Words: Shunt reactor, Partial discharge, Liquid-filled transformer Designation: C57.113 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transformers Title: Recommended Practice for Partial Discharge Measurement in Liquid-Filled Power Transformers and Shunt Reactors Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Bertrand Poulin, Phone:408-957-8326, Email:bertrand.f.poulin@ca.abb.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jun 20, 1996 Project Scope: This test procedure applies to the detection and measurement by the wide-band apparent charge method of partial discharges occurring in liquid-filled power transformers and shunt reactors during dielectric tests, where applicable. Project Purpose: Partial discharge measurements in transformers and shunt reactors may preferably be made on the basis of measurement of the apparent charge. Relevant measuring systems are classified as narrow-band or wide- band systems. Both systems are recognized and widely used. Without giving preference to one or the other, it is the object of this document to describe the wide-band method. General principles of partial discharge measurements, including the narrow-band method, are covered in IEEE Std 454- 1973 [7]1, IEC 270 (1981) [2], and IEC 76-3 (1980) [1]. Abstract: The detection and measurement by the wide-band apparent charge method of partial discharges occurring in liquid-filled power transformers and shunt reactors during dielectric tests are covered. This standard covers the measuring instrument, calibrator characteristics, test circuits, calibration procedure, and partial discharge measurement during induced-voltage tests. Key Words: Liquid-filled transformer, partial discharge, shunt reactor Designation: PC57.113 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transformers Title: Recommended Practice for Partial Discharge Measurement in Liquid-Filled Power Transformers and Shunt Reactors Status: Revision Project Technical Contact: Bertrand Poulin, Phone:450-652-2901 X1288, Email:bertrand.f.poulin@ca.abb.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. Project Scope: This recommended practice describes the test procedure for the detection and measurement by the wide-band apparent charge method of partial discharges occurring in liquid-filled power transformers and shunt reactors during dielectric tests, where applicable. Project Purpose: Partial discharge measurements in transformers and shunt reactors should preferably be made on the basis of measurement of the apparent charge. Relevant measuring systems are classified as narrow-band or wide-band systems. Both systems are recognized and widely used. Without giving preference to one or the other, it is the object of this document to describe the wide-band method. General principles of partial discharge measurements, including the narrow-band method, are covered in IEC 60270 (2000), and IEC 60076-3 (2000). Designation: C57.113-1988 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transformers Title: IEEE Trial-Use Guide for Partial Discharge Measurement in Liquid-Filled Power Transformers and Shunt Reactors Status: Superseded Publication type: Trial-Use History: BD APP: Jun 19, 1986 Key Words: C57.113 Designation: C57.114-1990 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transformers Title: IEEE Seismic Guide for Power Transformers and Reactors Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: May 20, 1996. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. Technical Contact: Georges H Vaillancourt, Phone:450-446-0605, Email:tc42sec@sympatico.ca **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 28, 1973, BD APP: Feb 15, 1990, ANSI APP: Aug 09, 1991 (Ref. Std.: IEEE 513) Abstract: This standard specifies recommendations for the design and installation of power transformers and reactors to withstand the effects of earthquakes. Designation: C57.115-1984 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transformers Title: IEEE Guide for Loading Mineral-Oil-Immersed Power Transformers Rated in Excess of 100 MVA (65 °C Winding Rise) Status: Superseded **See C57.91 History: BD APP: Mar 21, 1991, ANSI APP: Jan 13, 1992 (Ref. Std.: 756) Key Words: loading, mineral, oil, immersed, transformers Designation: C57.115-1991 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transformers Title: IEEE Guide for Loading Mineral-Oil-Immersed Power Transformers Rated in Excess of 100 MVA (65°C Winding Rise) (Folded into C57.91-1995) (65°C Winding Rise) Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **Adopted as full-use on 3/21/91. Redesignation of IEEE Std 756 issued for trial use in May 1984. Folded into C57.91-1995 Technical Contact: Linden W Pierce, Phone:706-235-1805, Email:piercelw@aol.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: BD APP: Mar 21, 1991, ANSI APP: Jan 13, 1992 (Ref. Std.: IEEE 756) Abstract: This guide covers modern power transformers rated above 100 MVA, three-phase equivalent, and 65 degrees Centigrade rise. The general approach is tutorial. Four different types of loading, that is, normal life expectancy, planned loading beyond nameplate rating, long-time emergency loading and short-time emergency loading, are considered. The various effects of loading a transformer in excess of its nameplate rating are discussed. Temperature and maximum loading limitations are suggested. Key Words: emergency loading, loading, mineral oil, immersed power, transformers, nameplate rating, power, temperature, transformers Designation: C57.116-1989 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transformers Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2005 Title: IEEE Guide for Transformers Directly Connected to Generators Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Sep 29, 1989 History: PAR APP: Jun 28, 1979, BD APP: Jan 03, 1989, ANSI APP: Jan 21, 1995 (Ref. Std.: 785) Abstract: The selection, application, and specification considerations for the unit transformer and unit auxiliaries transformers are described, taking into account their connections, voltage and kilovoltampere ratings, and excitation and through-fault capabilities during possible operating conditions, both normal and abnormal. Consideration is given to direct connections and connections through generator breakers and load-break switches. Both hydroelectric and thermal electric generating stations are covered. Phasing procedures, basic impulse insulation-level selection, and loading practices are not covered. Key Words: Generators, Power transformers, Hydroelectric power generation Designation: C57.117-1986 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transformers Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2005 Title: IEEE Guide for Reporting Failure Data for Power Transformers and Shunt Reactors on Electric Utility Power Systems Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Apr 01, 1988 History: BD APP: Jun 19, 1986, ANSI APP: Aug 21, 1987 (Ref. Std.: IEEE 786) Abstract: The reporting and statistical analysis of reliability of power transformers and shunt reactors used on electric utility power systems are addressed. The following types and applications of transformers are covered: power transformers, autotransformers, regulating transformers, phase-shifting transformers, shunt reactors, HVDC converter transformers, substation transformers, transmission tie transformers, unit transformers, unit auxiliary transformers, and grounding transformers. The format for the collection and reporting of data is presented, and the kinds of reports that may be useful to both users and manufacturers of transformers are illustrated. Key Words: Power transformers, Power system reliability, Inductors Designation: C57.119-2001 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transformers Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Performing Temperature Rise Tests on Oil Immersed Power Transformers at Loads Beyond Nameplate Rating Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Mar 12, 2002 Technical Contact: Subhash C Tuli, Phone:262-547-0121x1428, Email:subhash.tuli@waukeshaelectric.spx.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: May 16, 2000, BD APP: Oct 10, 2001, ANSI APP: Jan 30, 2002 Project Scope: Write Recommended Practice for performing Temperature Rise Tests on Power Transformers for the purpose of: A. Determining the Thermal Characteristics of a transformer required to calculate the Thermal Performance of a Transformer loaded at Loads other than name plate rating. B. Verify that a Transformer can be loaded with a specified load profile without exceeding specified Temperature Rises. C. Asses a Transformer performance during loading simulating A LOAD CYCLE including loads in excess of nameplate rating. Project Purpose: Present Standard Temperature Rise Tests, to verify the rating, do not provide adequate data to evaluate transformer temperature rises at load cycles beyond Nameplate Ratings. This recommended practice document provides the additional data required for assesing transformer temperature under time-varying loads. Abstract: " Recommendations are made, where possible, regarding the performance and evaluationof temperature rise tests on oil- immersed power transformers beyond nameplate ratings. The intentis to assist power transformer manufacturers, and the ultimate users, in evaluating thermalperformance of the transformers under varying loads. " Key Words: "mineral-oil-immersed, power transformers, rated load, thermal capacity, top oil temperature" Designation: C57.119 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transformers Title: Recommended Practice for Performing Temperature Rise Tests on Oil- Immersed Power Transformers at Loads Beyond Nameplate Rating Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Robert L Grubb, Phone:262-549-9699 **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 17, 1992 (Ref. Std.: IEEE 838) Designation: C57.120-1991 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transformers Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2006 Title: IEEE Loss Evaluation Guide for Power Transformers and Reactors Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Aug 12, 1992 History: PAR APP: Sep 28, 1980, BD APP: Sep 16, 1991, ANSI APP: Feb 28, 1992 (Ref. Std.: 842) Abstract: A method for establishing the dollar value of the electric power needed to supply the losses of a transformer or reactor is provided. Users can use this loss evaluation to determine the relative economic benefit of a high-first-cost, low-loss unit versus one with a lower first cost and higher losses, and to compare the offerings of two or more manufacturers to aid in making the best purchase choice. Manufacturers can use the evaluation to optimize the design and provide the most economically unit to bid and manufacture. The various types of losses are reviewed. Key Words: economic, reactors, transformers, Loss evaluation Designation: C57.121-1998 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transformers Title: IEEE Guide for Acceptance and Maintenance of Less-Flammable Hydrocarbon Fluid in Transformers Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Dec 18, 1998 History: PAR APP: Mar 21, 1996, BD APP: Sep 16, 1998 Project Scope: This guide recommends tests and evaluation procedures, as well as criteria and methods of maintenance for less Flammable hydrocarbon transformer insulating fluids. Abstract: IEEE Std C57.121-1998 (Revision of IEEE Std C57.121-1988) IEEE Guide for Acceptance and Maintenance of Less Flammable Hydrocarbon Fluid in Transformers Key Words: "high molecular weight hydrocarbon fluid,HMWH fluid,hydrocarbon fluid,insulating fluid,less flammable hydrocarbon fluid,LFH fluid,transformer" Designation: C57.121-1989 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transformers Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1995 Title: IEEE Guide for Acceptance and Maintenance of Less Flammable Hydrocarbon Fluid in Transformers Status: Superseded History: PAR APP: Jun 28, 1982, BD APP: Feb 22, 1988, ANSI APP: Aug 09, 1991 Abstract: This standard covers the evaluation and handling procedures for less-flammable hydrocarbon transformer insulating fluids. Its purpose is to assist the transformer operator in receiving new fluids, filling transformers, and maintaining the fluids in serviceable condition. Designation: C57.123-2002 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transformers Title: IEEE Guide for Transformer Loss Measurement Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Dec 05, 2002 History: PAR APP: Sep 16, 1999, BD APP: Jun 13, 2002, ANSI APP: Nov 13, 2002 Project Scope: This guide applies to liquid-immersed-power and distribution transformers, dry-type transformers, and stepvoltage regulators. Additionally, it applies to both single- and three-phase transformers. Project Purpose: The purpose of the guide is to: a) Describe the basis and methodology by which the accuracy requirements of (Clause 8 and Clause 9) of IEEE Std C57.12.90-1999 for liquid-immersed transformers and IEEE Std C57.12.91-2001 for dry-type transformers can be achieved. b) Explain why the test code specifies certain procedures and limits. c) Explain advantages and disadvantages of different test methods where alternative methods are available. d) Explain practical limitations and valid means of overcoming them. e) Give theoretical basis for interpolation/extrapolation of tested data and valid limits. f) Explain test anomalies—how they result, what they mean, and how to handle them. g) Give procedures for calibration, certification, and traceability of measurement processes to reference standards. h) Discuss procedures for grounding, shielding, safety precautions, etc. i) Provide schematics and examples to clarify concepts and demonstrate methodologies. Abstract: Information and general recommendations of instrumentation, circuitry, calibration, and measurement techniques of no-load losses (excluding auxiliary losses), excitation current, and loadlosses of power and distribution transformers are provided. The guide is intended as a complement to the test code procedures given in Clause 8 and Clause 9 of IEEE Std C57.12.90-1999. Key Words: calibration,load loss,no-load loss,testing,transformers Designation: C57.123 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transformers Title: Transformer Loss Measurement Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: William R Henning, Phone:262-547-0121, Email:whenning@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jun 28, 1985 (Ref. Std.: IEEE 1098) Designation: C57.124-1991 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transformers Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2002 Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for the Detection of Partial Discharge and the Measurement of Apparent Charge in Dry-Type Transformers Status: Approved Publication of IEEE History: PAR APP: Jun 27, 1991, BD APP: Jun 27, 1991, ANSI APP: Oct 11, 1991 Abstract: The detection of partial discharges occurring in the insulation of dry-type transformers or their components and the measurement of the associated apparent charge at the terminals when the alternating test voltage is applied are covered. The wideband method is used. The detection system and calibrator characteristics are described, and the test procedures are established. Key Words: corona, Ventilated dry-type transformer, Partial discharge, Dry-type transformers, Cost coil transformers, Apparent charge Designation: C57.125-1991 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transformers Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2005 Title: IEEE Guide for Failure Investigation, Documentation, and Analysis for Power Transformers and Shunt Reactors Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: May 01, 1992 History: PAR APP: Jun 28, 1987, BD APP: Jun 27, 1991, ANSI APP: Nov 20, 1991 Abstract: A procedure to be used to perform a failure analysis is recommended. The procedure is primarily focused on power transformers used on electrical utility systems, although it may be used for an investigation into any ac transformer failure. This document provides a methodology by which the most probable cause of any particular transformer failure may be determined. This document is also intended to encourage the establishment of routine and uniform data collection procedures, consistency of nomenclature and compatibility with similar efforts by other organizations, and cooperative effects by users and manufacturers during the failure analysis. Key Words: Failure analysis, Electrical tests, Diagnostic tests Designation: C57.126 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transformers Title: Standard Test Procedure for Thermal Evaluatio of Oil-Immersed Power Transformers Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: James H Harlow, Phone:256-643-3934, Email:j.h.harlow@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 10, 1987 Designation: C57.127-2007 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transformers Title: Guide for the Detection and Location of Acoustic Emissions from Partial Discharges in Oil-Immersed Power Transformers and Reactors Status: Approved Publication of IEEE Technical Contact: John W Harley, Phone:330-242-0046, Email:jack@harleyinc.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Feb 13, 2003, BD APP: Mar 22, 2007 Project Scope: This guide is applicable to the detection and location of acoustic emissions from partial discharges and other sources in oil immersed power transformers and reactors. Both electrical (partial discharge) and mechanical sources (such as loose clamping, bolts or insulation parts) generate these emissions. There are descriptions of acoustic instrumentation, test procedures, and interpretation of results. When this guide is used with oil-immersed reactors, it must be understood that interpretation of signals may be different because of the construction of the reactor. Accuracy of location depends on the type of fault, configuration of tank, type of instrumentation and experience. Project Purpose: This guide is intended to provide a means of associating the relative magnitude and position of partial discharges and other sources with the acoustic signals obtained by strategically located transducers. Users are intended to be persons knowledgeable in this field such as utility engineers, consultants, academics and manufacturers. The reason for revising the guide is to include information on location and characteristics of emissions and test methods. Designation: C57.127 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transformers Title: Guide for the Detection of Acoustic Emissions from Partial Discharges in Oil Immersed Power Transformers Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Edgar Howells, Phone:414-423-1595 **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 28, 1987 Designation: C57.127-2000 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transformers Title: Guide for the Detection of Acoustic Emissions From Partial Discharges in Oil-Immersed Power Transformers Status: Superseded Technical Contact: John W Harley, Phone:330-242-0046, Email:jack@harleyinc.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jun 26, 1997, BD APP: Sep 21, 2000 Project Scope: This procedure applies to the detection of partial discharge in power transformers. It takes advantage of the acoustic emissions produced by partial discharges. Although primarily intended for field use, it can also be used in the factory environment if required. Project Purpose: Organize acoustic emission detection measurement methods so that results may be compared by persons knowledgeable in this field such as utility engineers, consultants, academics and manufacturers. Abstract: " This trial-use guide applies to the detection of partial discharges in powertransformers. It takes advantage of the acoustic emissions produced by partial discharges.Although primarily intended for field use, it can also be used in the factory environment, ifrequired. " Key Words: "acoustic emission (AE), attenuation, burst, gas-in-oil anaylsis, low-amplitude discharges, partial discharge (PD), power transformers" Designation: C57.128 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transformers Title: Fire Prevention and Protection Guide for Liquid-Filled Power Transformers Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Herb Johnson, Phone:206-684-3573 **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jun 01, 1989 Designation: C57.129-1999 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transformers Title: IEEE General Requirements and Test Code for Oil Immersed HVDC Converter Transformers Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jun 06, 2000 **March 2002: Upgraded from Trial-Use. History: PAR APP: Sep 26, 1991, BD APP: Sep 16, 1999 Project Scope: Oil-Immersed HVDC Converter Transformers (This standard specifies the electrical, mechanical and physical requirements of oil- immersed single-phased and three-phased converter transformers.). Abstract: " The electrical, mechanical, and physical requirements of oil-immersed single-phase andthree-phase converter transformers are specified. Tests are described and test code defined.Devices such as arc furnace transformers and rectifier transformers for industrial or locomotiveapplications are not covered. " Designation: PC57.129 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transformers Title: Standard for General Requirements and Test Code for Oil-Immersed HVDC Converter Transformers Status: Revision Project Technical Contact: Richard F Dudley, Phone:416-298-8108, Email:richardd@ca.trenchgroup.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jun 24, 2004 Project Scope: The scope of the original document covered oil-immersed HVDC converter transformers. The revision process will upgrade the test code based on feedback, from manufacturers and "end users", obtained in the process of applying the original document. Annexes will be added to cover transformers used in conjunction with voltage sourced converter based HVDC schemes, overloading of HVDC converter transformers and design review. Project Purpose: The purpose of the original document was to define recommended tests and test procedures for HVDC converter transformers, with particular emphasis on dielectric tests and harmonic losses. The revision is required to upgrade test code, design considerations and application information based on feedback from manufacturers and "end users". Test code methodology will be modified to reflect current technology. In addition, current developments in HVDC technology, such as voltage source converters, will be addressed. Designation: PC57.130 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transformers Title: IEEE Trial-Use Guide for the Use of Dissolved Gas Analysis During Factory Temeprature Rise Tests for the Evaluation of Oil-Immersed Transformers and Reactors Status: New Standard Project Technical Contact: Frank J Gryszkiewicz, Phone:617-926-4900x213, Email:frankg@doble.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jan 30, 2000 Project Scope: This trial-use guide consists of general recommendations for evaluation procedures and acceptance criteria for gases generated in oil- filled transformers and reactos during factory temperature rise tests. Project Purpose: The purpose of this trial-use guide is to provide information to the users so that they can sample, detect, analyze, and interpret what is going on inside the transformer tank. Designation: C57.130 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transformers Title: Guide for Use of Dissolved Gas Analysis During Factory Thermal Tests for the Evaluation of Oil Immersed Transformers and Reactors Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Publication type: Special Publication Technical Contact: Henry A Pearce, Phone:(412) 376-3182 **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 16, 1993 Designation: C57.131-1995 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transformers Title: IEEE Standard Requirements for Load Tap Changers Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Sep 21, 1995 History: PAR APP: Aug 17, 1989, BD APP: Mar 16, 1995 Abstract: Electrical and mechanical performance and test requirements for load tap changers installed in power transformers and voltage regulating transformers of all voltage and kVA ratings are covered. Key Words: load tap changer, phase shifting transformer, regulating transformer Designation: PC57.131 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transformers Title: Standard Requirements for Tap Changers Status: Revision Project Technical Contact: William R Henning, Phone:262-547-0121, Email:whenning@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: May 15, 2003 Project Scope: The scope of original document was: This standard covers electrical and mechanical performance and test requirements for load tap changers installed in power transformers and voltage regulating transformers of all voltage and kVA ratings. It relates mainly to load tap changers immersed in transformer mineral oil, but may also be used for other insulating fluids insofar as conditions are applicable. This project expands the scope to include deenergized type tap changers. Project Purpose: The purpose of the orginal document was to provide standard performance and test requirements for load tap changers. The document revision has the purpose of providing additional information for deenergized tap changers. Designation: PC57.133 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transformers Title: Guide for Short-Circuit Testing of Distribution and Power Transformers Status: New Standard Project Technical Contact: Tom A Prevost, Phone:802-751-3458, Email:tom.prevost@wicor.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 04, 2005 Project Scope: This test guide describes testing techniques and methods of analysis of the results for conducting short-circuit tests of distribution and power transformers, with ratings of 5 kVA and above. Project Purpose: This guide was formerly published as C57.12.90-1993, Part II, as an integral part of the test code procedure document, Part I. It was decided to remove this from C57.12.90 and publish it as a stand alone guide. Designation: C57.133 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transformers Title: Guide for Short Circuit Testing of Distribution and Power Transformers Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Nigel P McQuin, Phone:412-824-2165, Email:n.p.mcquin@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 21, 1995 Project Scope: This test guide describes testing techniques and methods of analysis of the results, for short-circuit tests of distribution, and power transformers with rating of five kilovoltamperes and above. Project Purpose: To revise the technical content of the existing guide, and to establish the material as a separate documents from C57.12.90 which is a standard that also includes the present guide as Part II. Designation: C57.134-2000 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transformers Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2006 Title: IEEE Guide for Determination of Hottest-Spot Temperature in Dry-Type Transformers Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Apr 05, 2000 History: PAR APP: Sep 21, 1995, BD APP: Jan 30, 2000, ANSI APP: Jun 07, 2000 (Ref. Std.: 1444) Project Scope: Descrive methodologiesw for determination of hottest spot temperature in dry type distribution and power transformers with ventilated, sealed, solid cast and encapsulated windings, built in accordnace with C57.12.01. Project Purpose: Assumption regarding the relation of hot spot temperature to average winding temperature rise are not representative of all dry type transformer constructions and winding size. A uniform methodology for determination of hottest spot termperature will provide consistency in testing/calculation for Manufacturers' verification of the hotspot to the user, and for validation/review of hot spot temperature limits specified in C57.12.01. Abstract: " Methodologies for determination of the steady-state winding hottest-spot temperature indry-type distribution and power transformers with ventilated, sealed, solid cast, and encapsulatedwindings built in accordance with IEEE Std C57.12.01-1998 and IEC 60726 (1982-01) are de-scribed in this guide. Converter transformers are not included in this guide. " Key Words: "ambient temperature,average winding temperature rise,dry-type transformer,production transformer,prototype transformer,temperature measurement,temperature sensors,transformer model,winding hottest-spot temperature" Designation: C57.135-2001 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transformers Title: IEEE Guide for the Application, Specification, and Testing of Phase- Shifting Transformers Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: May 24, 2002 History: PAR APP: Jun 20, 1996, BD APP: Dec 06, 2001, ANSI APP: Aug 01, 2002 Project Scope: This guide covers the application, specification, theory of operation, and factory and field testing of singlephase and three-phase oil-immersed phase-shifting transformers (PSTs). This guide is limited to matters particular to PSTs and does not include matters relating to general requirements for power transformers covered in existing standards, recommended practices, or guides. Project Purpose: The terminology, function, application, theory of operation and protection, and design of PSTs are not covered by existing transformer standards and guides. The purpose of this document is to provide guidance to those specifying, designing, and using PSTs. Abstract: Theory, application of phase-shifting transformers, and the difference of specificationand testing to standard system transformers are described. Various types of phase-shiftingtransformers and how to select the optimal design to achieve required control of power flow arecovered. An understanding of the terminology, types, construction, and testing specifical to phase- shifting transformers is provided. Key Words: advance phase angle, dual-core design, main transformer, power transfer, phaseshifting transformer, retard phase angle, series transformer, single-core design, special tests Designation: PC57.135 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transformers Title: Guide for the Application, Specification and Testing of Phase Shifting Transformers Status: Revision Project Technical Contact: Hyeong Jin Sim, Phone:919-580-3234, Email:jin.sim@waukeshaelectric.spx.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. Project Scope: This guide covers the application, specification, theory of operation, and factory and field testing of singlephase and three-phase oil- immersed phase-shifting transformers (PSTs). This guide is limited to matters particular to PSTs and does not include matters relating to general requirements for power transformers covered in existing standards, recommended practices, or guides. Project Purpose: The terminology, function, application, theory of operation and protection, and design of PSTs are not covered by existing transformer standards and guides. The purpose of this document is to provide guidance to those specifying, designing, and using PSTs. Designation: C57.136-2000 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transformers Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2005 Title: Guide for Sound Level Abatement and Determination for Liquid-Immersed Power Transformers and Shunt Reactors Rated Over 500 kVA Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Mar 30, 2001 Technical Contact: Alan W Darwin, Phone:44-1785-274-370, Email:alan.darwin@areva-td.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Mar 21, 1996, BD APP: Sep 21, 2000, ANSI APP: Jan 08, 2001 Project Scope: This document is intended to provide guidelines for selecting suitable external methods for noise reduction in liquid-immersed power transformers and shunt reactors rated over 500 kVA. Many noise abatement procedures are described that are presently available for achieving various levels of noise reductions in transformer and shunt reactor installations. For backgroung information, this document will also discuss the noise producing sources within the transformers and reactors. Project Purpose: The purpose of this document is to provide guidelines for reducing the noise level by external means on liquid-immersed power transformers and shunt reactors rated over 500 kVA. This document will also describe noise abatement procedures that are presently available to reduce noise levels in transformers and shunt reactor installations. Background information tabout noise producing sources within the transformers and shunt reactors will also be discussed in this document. Abstract: Guidelines are provided for the selection of suitable sound reduction methods in oil-im-mersed power transformers and shunt reactors over 500 kVA. Sound-producing sources withintransformers and reactors are discussed. Sound abatement procedures are described for achievingvarious levels of sound reduction in transformer and shunt reactor installations. Key Words: "liquid-immersed power transformers and shunt reactors,sound,sound abatement,sound reduction methods" Designation: C57.138-1998 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transformers Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2005 Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Routine Impulse Test for Distribution Transformers Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jul 22, 1998 History: PAR APP: Apr 30, 1991, BD APP: Mar 19, 1998, ANSI APP: Feb 04, 1999 Project Scope: This recommended practice is to assist manufacturers of distribution transformers in the set-up and operation of a routine impulse test, and to assist users in understanding the routine impulse test and how it differs from design tests. Project Purpose: This recommended practice for routine impulse testing of distribution transformers will assist manufacturers of distribution transformers in designing the facilities and performing the tests defined by subclause 10.4 of IEEE C57.12.90. Abstract: " General test procedures for performing routine quality control test that is suitable forhigh-volume, production line testing. Transformer connections, test methods, circuit configurations,and failure detection methods are addressed. This recommended practice covers liquid-immersed,single- and three-phase distribution transformers. " Key Words: "distribution transformers,routine impulse test, production line testing" Designation: PC57.139 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transformers Title: Guide for Dissolved Gas Analysis in Transformer Load Tap Changers Status: New Standard Project Technical Contact: Richard K Ladroga, Phone:617-393-3133, Email:rladroga@doble.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 11, 2002 Project Scope: This guide discusses and recommends methods of testing and evaluating dissolved gasses in mineral based transformer oils found in Load Tap Changers (LTCs). General types of LTC mechanisms, breathing configurations and electrical design will be included as evaluation criteria in determining when mechanical damage or failure has occurred. Dissolved Gas of the LTC is required. This guide will not be manufacturuer specific, rather category specific. Project Purpose: The purpose of this guide is to assist a maintenance or test technician in evaluating the mechanical condition of a load tap changer (LTC) without the need to deenergize the transformer in question or remove the LTC oil and open the inspection hatch. Additionally, repairs to the LTC can be made in a timely fashion based on accurate gas analysis preventing premature repairs or post failure rebuilds. Designation: C57.139 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transformers Title: Guide for Dissolved Gas Analysis in Transformer Load Tap Changers Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Richard K Ladroga, Phone:617-393-3133, Email:rladroga@doble.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 09, 1997 Project Scope: This guide discusses and recommends methods of testing and evaluating dissolbed gases in mineral transformer oils found in Load Tap Changers (LTCs). General types of LTC mechanisms, breathing configurations and electrical design will be included as evaluation criteria in determining when mechanical damage or failure has occurred. Dissolved Gas Analysis (DGA) provides a non invasive means of signaling when maintenance of the LTC is required. This guide will not be manufacture specific, rather category specific. Project Purpose: The purpose of this guide is to assist a maintenance or test technician in evaluating the mechanical condition of a Load Tap Changer (LTC) without the need to deenergize the transformer in question or remove the LTC oil and open the inspection hatch. Additionally, repairs to the LTC can be made in a timely fashion based on accurate gas analysis preventing premature repairs or post failure rebuilds. Designation: C57.140-2006 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transformers Title: IEEE Guide for Evaluation and reconditioning of Liquid Immersed Power Transformers Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Apr 27, 2007 Technical Contact: Rowland I James, Jr, Phone:504-365-3652, Email:r.james@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Sep 16, 1999, BD APP: Nov 16, 2006 Project Scope: This guide includes guidelines for the following: insulating oil maintenance and diagnostics, oil reclamation, testing methods for the determination of remaining insulation (paper) life, and upgrades of auxiliary equipment such as bushings, gauges, deenergized tap changers (DETCs), load tap changers (LTCs) (where applicable), and coil reclamping. The goal of this guide is to assist the user in extending the useful life of a transformer. Project Purpose: Up to now, there have been no formal guidelines for evaluation and reconditioning of transformers. Users that do have evaluation and reconditioning programs may have only specific practices they use, but may not be aware of other activities and processes that are available to them. The purpose of this guide is to develop a comprehensive document that will aid users in selecting the proper direction for their unique needs. Abstract: This guide includes guidelines for the following: insulating oil maintenance and diagnostics, oil reclamation, testing methods for the determination of remaining insulation (paper)life, and upgrades of auxiliary equipment such as bushings, gauges, deenergized tap changers (DETCs), load tap changers (LTCs) (where applicable), and coil reclamping. The goal of this guide is to assist the user in extending the useful life of a transformer. Key Words: evaluation, life extension, reconditioning, risk assessment Designation: C57.141 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transformers Title: Guide for the Application of Load Tap Changers Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: William R Henning, Phone:262-547-0121, Email:whenning@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jun 26, 1999 Project Scope: This guide covers the application of load tap changers immersed in transformer oil but may be used for other insulation fluids in so far as conditions are applicable. Project Purpose: The purpose of this guide is to aid in the selection, installation, and field servicing of load tap changers. Designation: PC57.142 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transformers, Joint Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Switchgear Title: Guide to Describe the Occurrence and Mitigation of Switching Transients Induced by Transformer, Switching Device, and System Interaction Status: New Standard Project Technical Contact: Robert C Degeneff, Phone:888-403-9084, Email:degenr@ustpower.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. Project Scope: This Guide addresses the application of transformers in the presence of oscillatory switching transients. These oscillatory transients are typically produced by the interaction of the switching device, transformer, load, and system. This Guide defines operating conditions that may produce switching voltages damaging to the transformer insulation system. It discusses the electrical characteristics of the system source, switching device, transformer, and load and the nature of their transient interaction. It outlines several mitigation methods. Two examples are included. This Guide recognizes that many devices and/or system operations can produce the oscillatory transient waveforms addressed in this guide. The focus of this Guide is on the interaction between a transformer, system, and switching device as a result of several reports of transformer internal winding failures. This Guide does not cover semiconductor switching devices. Project Purpose: When a transformer is switched into or out of a system, the transient voltage produced at the terminals of the transformer may contain several high frequency oscillatory components. When this oscillatory transformer terminal voltage has a frequency component near one of the natural frequencies of the transformer and is of sufficient magnitude and duration, permanent damage to the transformer internal insulation structure may result. The purpose of this Guide is to provide aid in the recognition of conditions and applications where transformers are subjected to terminal oscillatory switching transients that may produce internal winding voltages damaging to their internal insulation structure. This is accomplished by developing necessary expressions that characterize this interaction. This guide also characterizes the transformer, switching device, system, and load during this type of event. Many of the parameters that influence this system is be presented, to assist the user in developing an understanding when a potential concern exists. Finally, several mitigation methods are outlined. IEEE Power Engineering Society/Switchgear Designation: C57.142 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transformers Title: Guide for A Guide To Describe The Occurrence And Mitigation Of Switching Transients Induced By Transformer-Breaker Interaction Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Robert C Degeneff, Phone:888-403-9084, Email:degenr@ustpower.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 07, 2000 Project Scope: This working group will create a guide that describes the physical conditions where the interaction of the breaker and transformer (with both breaker and transformer meeting existing standards) combine to produce a system interaction that produce voltages within the transformer that will fail the transformer. This guide will describe the condition, outline its physical characteristics, and suggest mitigation methods. Project Purpose: At present there is a hole in the standards in regard to the transient voltage interaction of transformers and breakers at intermediate voltage. This guide will bring together all the pertinent information (of transformers and breakers), provide suggested screening and mitigation methods for users and manufacturers of transformers located in close proximity to breakers. Designation: PC57.143 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transformers Title: Guide for Application for Monitoring Equipment to Liquid-Immersed Transformers and Components Status: New Standard Project Technical Contact: Andre Lux, Phone:919-546-3187, Email:andre.lux@pgnmail.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 21, 2002 Project Scope: This guide covers identification of the key parameters that can be monitored for obtaining an indication of the condition of liquid-immersed transformers. It also covers risk/benefit analysis, sensor application, and monitoring systems application. This guide does not cover interpretation of monitoring results. Project Purpose: The purpose of this document is to provide guidance to those who specify, apply, install, and use on-line monitoring equipment on liquid- immersed power transformers and their components. Designation: C57.144-2004 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transformers Title: Guide to Metric Conversion of Transformer Standards Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Oct 22, 2004 Technical Contact: Tim W Olson, Phone:204-474-4080, Email:tolson@hydro.mb.ca **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Mar 21, 2002, BD APP: Jun 24, 2004, ANSI APP: Dec 16, 2004 Project Scope: The intent of this proposed Guide is to assist the Working Groups within the Transformers Committee, thus specific examples will be taken from transformer-related standards. We have recognized that identification of general principles and procedures could have broader application. Project Purpose: The purpose of this project is to issue an IEEE Guide that will assist Transformers Committee Working Groups in the interpretation of IEEE SI-10-1997 and other appropriate standards as they convert their documents to SI units. Designation: C57.145 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transformers Title: Guide for the Definition of Thermal Duplicate Liquid-Immersed Distribution, Power, and Regulating Transformers Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Barry L Beaster, Phone:314-679-4838, Email:blbeaster@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jun 25, 1998 Project Scope: To define the requirements for a "Thermally duplicate or essentially duplicate unit" as specified in Table 19 of C57.12.00-2000, IEEE Standard General Requirements for Liquid-Immersed Distribution, Power, and Regulating Transformers. Project Purpose: This draft guide will extend C57.12.00, IEEE Standard General Requirements for Liquid-Immersed Distribution, Power, and Regulating Transformers, to clearly define when a temperature rise test is required. A temperature rise test may be omitted whenever a test on a "Thermally duplicate or essentially duplicate unit" is available. The requirements for meeting the thermally duplicate provisions will now be specified by this draft guide. Designation: C57.146-2005 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transformers Title: Guide for interpretation of gasses generated in silicone-immersed transformers Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Mar 10, 2006 Technical Contact: William H Bartley, Phone:860-722-5483, Email:william_bartley@hsb.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Oct 31, 2002, BD APP: Sep 22, 2005, ANSI APP: Dec 29, 2005 Project Scope: This guide is intended to apply to silicone-immersed transformers in which the silicone fluid was the fluid supplied when the transformer was originally manufactured. This guide also addresses the following: a) The theory of combustible gas generation in a silicone- immersed transformer; b) Recommended procedures for sampling and analysis; c) The interpretation of Gas Analysis; d) Recommended actions based on the interpretation of the results and e) A bibliography of related literature. Project Purpose: The purpose of this project is to write a guide to assist the transformer operator in evaluating Dissolved Gas Analysis (DGA) data obtained for silicone-filled transformers. Other techniques such as fixed instruments and gas space analysis may well have utility for silicone-filled units; however, due to a lack of data at this time, this guide will focus only on Dissolved Gas Analysis. Abstract: This guide is intended to apply to silicone-immersed transformers in which the silicone fluid was the fluid supplied when the transformer was originally manufactured. Key Words: Dissolved Gas Analysis (DGA), silicone-immersed transformers, total dissolved combustible gas (TDCG), total combustible gas (TCG) Designation: PC57.147 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transformers Title: Guide for Acceptance and Maintenance of Natural Ester Fluids in Transformers Status: New Standard Project Technical Contact: Charles Patrick McShane, Phone:414-524-4591, Email:cpmcshane@cooperpower.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 10, 2003 Project Scope: This guide recommends tests and evaluation procedures, as well as criteria and methods of maintenance, for natural ester based (NEB) transformer insulating fluids. These base fluids are also known as vegetable seed oils. Methods of reconditioning NEB insulating fluids are also described. Where instructions given by the transformer or fluid manufacturer differ from those given in this guide, the manufacturer's instructions are to be given preference. Project Purpose: There is gorwing interest and usage of natural ester dielectric coolants for trasnformer applications. These fluids are currently being used in the range of small distribution class trasnformers to medium power transformers. They are being applied in new equipment as a retrofill for existing equipment. It is important that a guide be developed to assist the transformer operator in evaluating and processing fluids received in new transformers, as received from the fluid manufacturer for filling transformers, and as processed into such equipment. It also assists the operator in maintaining the fluid in serviceable condition. This guide, therefore, recommends standard tests and evaluation procedures, methods of reconditioning and reclaiming natural ester fluids, and the analysis results at which these process become necessary. It will also address the routines for restoring resistance to oxidation, where desired, by the addition of inhibitors. Designation: PC57.148 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transformers Title: Standard for Control Cabinets for Power Transformers Status: New Standard Project Technical Contact: Joe D Watson, Phone:561-691-2206, Email:joe_watson@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Feb 27, 2004 Project Scope: This standard will provide minimum and optional function, layout and construction requirements for standard control cabinet designs. It will also include a coding system for specifying standard control cabinets with the required options. This standard will apply to Series 1 and Series 2 power transformers and will not apply to distribution nor padmount design transformers. Project Purpose: This document will provide users and manufacturers with a set of standard designs that can be easily specified. The document should greatly reduce the engineering time required by manufacturers to create and by users to review control cabinet designs. Currently, there are no such Standards or Guides for power transformer control cabinets. Designation: PC57.149 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transformers Title: Guide for the Application and Interpretation of Frequency Response Analysis for Oil Immersed Transformers Status: New Standard Project Technical Contact: Rowland I James, Jr, Phone:504-365-3652, Email:r.james@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jun 24, 2004 Project Scope: This guide is applicable to the measurement of Frequency Response Analysis (FRA) of an oil immersed power transformer. The guide will include requirements and specifications for instrumentation, procedures for performing the tests, techniques for analyzing the data, and recommendations for long-term storage of the data and results. This specification can be used in both field and factory applications. Project Purpose: The purpose of this guide is to provide the user with information that will assist in making frequency response measurements and interpreting the results from these measurements. It will provide guidance for all current methods employed in taking these measurements. Designation: PC57.150 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transformers Title: Guide for the Transportation of Transformers and Reactors Rated 10,000 kVA or larger Status: New Standard Project Technical Contact: Gregory W Anderson, Phone:402-926-7045, Email:gwanderson@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Nov 18, 2004 Project Scope: This is a guide for the transportation of transformers and reactors rated 10,000 kVA or larger. It provides information for minimizing the risk of damage and delays in the moving of transformers and reactors. Project Purpose: This guide will provide information for minimizing the risk of damage and delays in moving transformers and reactors rated 10,000 kVA or larger. Designation: PC57.151 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transformers Title: Guide for Sound Level Measurement Guide for Liquid Filled and Dry Type Transformers and Reactors Status: New Standard Project Technical Contact: Jeewan L Puri, Phone:704-821-6638, Email:manopuri@worldnet.att.net **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 07, 2005 Project Scope: This user guide provides supporting information to help both manufacturers and purchasers apply the measurement techniques described in IEEE C57.12.90 and IEEE C57.12.91. The sources and characteristics of transformer and reactor sound are described. Practical guidance on making measurements is given, and factors that may influence the accuracy of the methods are discussed. This user guide also clarifies those factors which should be agreed between manufacturer and purchaser when specifying a transformer or reactor, and indicates why values measured in the factory may differ from those measured on site. Guidance is also given on the interpretation of sound level measurements when demonstrating compliance with customer specifications. The information given in this user guide is applicable to transformers and reactors together with their associated cooling auxiliaries. Project Purpose: This guide provides an understanding of sound power radiation and measurement principles. The measurement methods and the measurement environment can have a major influence on the accuracy of the results. Recognizing the nature of sound producing sources in transformers and reactors, this document provides guidance toward optimizing the accuracy of sound level measurements according to test procedures of IEEE C57.12.90 and C57.12.91 test codes. The relationship between factory measurements and the resulting sound levels at far-field locations is also discussed. Designation: C57 Coll., 2000 Title: IEEE Standards Collection- Distribution, Power, and Regulating Transformers Status: Approved Publication of IEEE Publication type: Special Publication History: (Ref. Std.: C57 Coll) Designation: C62-1992 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Surge Protective Devices/High Voltage Title: Guides and Standards for Surge Protection 1992 Edition Status: Superseded Designation: C62-1989 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Surge Protective Devices/High Voltage Title: Complete 1989 edition: Guides and Standards for Surge Protection Status: Superseded Designation: C62.1-1984 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Surge Protective Devices/High Voltage Title: IEEE Standard for Surge Arresters for AC Power Circuits Status: Superseded Key Words: surge, arresters, ac, power, circuits Designation: C62.1-1989 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Surge Protective Devices/High Voltage Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1994 Title: IEEE Standard for Gapped Silicon-Carbide Surge Arresters for AC Power Circuits Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Mar 06, 2000. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **Revision of C62.1-1984 History: PAR APP: Nov 09, 1989, BD APP: Nov 09, 1989 Abstract: This standard describes the service conditions, classifications and voltage ratings, design tests with corresponding performance characteristics, conformance tests, and certification test procedures for station, intermediate, distribution and secondary class arresters. Terminal connections, housing leakage distance, mounting and identification requirements are defined. Definitions are provided to clarify the required test procedures and other portions of the text. Key Words: Substations, Arresters Designation: C62.2-1989 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Surge Protective Devices/High Voltage Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1994 Title: IEEE Guide for the Application of Gapped Silicon-Carbide Surge Arresters for Alternating Current Systems Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Mar 06, 2000. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. History: BD APP: Mar 12, 1987, ANSI APP: Feb 04, 1988 Abstract: The application of gapped silicon-carbide surge arresters to safeguard electric power equipment against the hazards of abnormally high voltage surges of various origins is addressed. General considerations with respect to overvoltages, valve arresters, protective levels, insulation-withstand, separation effects, and insulation coordination are discussed. Procedures for the protection of stations and distribution systems are provided. Designation: C62.2.01 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Surge Protective Devices/High Voltage Title: Application Guide for Surge Protection of Electric Generation Plants Status: Superseded History: PAR APP: Jun 28, 1984 (Ref. Std.: P1041) Designation: C62.11-2005 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Surge Protective Devices/High Voltage Title: IEEE Standard for Metal-Oxide Surge Arresters for AC Power Circuits (> 1 kV) Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Mar 22, 2006 Technical Contact: Michael G Comber, Phone:330-335-2361x329, Email:m.g.comber@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Sep 27, 2001, BD APP: Sep 22, 2005, ANSI APP: Dec 29, 2005 Project Scope: This standard applies to metal-oxide surge arresters (MOSAs) designed to repeatedly limit the voltage surges on 48 Hz to 62 Hz power circuits (>1000 V) by passing surge discharge current and automatically limiting the flow of system power current. This standard applies to devices for separate mounting and to devices supplied integrally with other equipment. NOTE—These tests demonstrate that an arrester can survive the rigors of reasonable environmental conditions and system phenomena while protecting equipment and/or the system from damaging overvoltages caused by lightning, switching, and other undesirable surges.1 Project Purpose: To provide improved procedures for the testing of metal-oxide arresters to better assure product quality and integrity. This will be accomplished by refining existing test procedures and adding new requirements that better demonstrate arrester capability. Where new test requirements more suitably or more comprehensively demonstrate the capability of arresters than do existing requirements, existing requirements may be eliminated. Abstract: This standard applies to metal-oxide surge arresters (MOSAs) designed to repeatedly limit the voltage surges on 48 Hz to 62 Hz power circuits (>1000 V) by passing surge discharge current and automatically limiting the flow of system power current. This standard applies to devices for separate mounting and to devices supplied integrally with other equipment. The tests demonstrate that an arrester can survive the rigors of reasonable environmental conditions and system phenomena while protecting equipment and/or the system from damaging overvoltages caused by lightning, switching, and other undesirable surges. Key Words: discharge current, discharge voltage, duty-cycle voltage rating, lightning protection, maximum continuous operating voltage, MCOV, metal- oxide surge arrester, MOSA, surge arrester, valve arrester Designation: PC62.11a Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Surge Protective Devices/High Voltage Title: IEEE Standard for Metal-Oxide Surge Arresters for AC Power Circuits (> 1 kV) - Amendment: Short-circuit tests for station, intermediate and distribution arresters Status: Amendment Technical Contact: Michael G Comber, Phone:330-335-2361x329, Email:m.g.comber@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. Project Scope: New procedures for short-circuit testing of station, intermediate and distribution arresters would replace existing pressure- relief and short-circuit test procedures for these classes of arrester. Project Purpose: SPDC WG 3.3.11 has been working on a revision to the pressure- relief and short-circuit testing requirements for station, intermediate and distribution arresters for some time. The activity was following similar activity in IEC TC37, with the intent that the new IEEE procedure would harmonize as closely as possible with the approved IEC procedure. It was initially hoped to have the work completed in time for inclusion in the 2005 edition of C62.11, but was delayed as a result of delays in the IEC process. It was felt important to have the IEC issues settled before finalizing the C62.11 procedure. Now that the issues have been resolved, WG 3.3.11 has finalized the procedure for C62.11 and wishes to get it out into the public domain soon, without waiting until the next full revision of the standard (not expected to occur until 2009-2010). Designation: C62.11-1999 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Surge Protective Devices/High Voltage Title: IEEE Standard for Metal-Oxide Surge Arresters for Alternating Current Power Circuits (>1KV) Status: Superseded History: PAR APP: Jun 14, 1994, BD APP: Mar 22, 1999, ANSI APP: Nov 16, 1999 Abstract: Metal-oxide surge arresters designed to repeatedly limit the voltage surges on 48­62 Hzpower circuits (>1 kV) are covered in this standard. These devices operate by discharging surgecurrent. Devices for separate mounting and those supplied integrally with other equipment are alsodiscussed. Key Words: "classifying current,discharge current,discharge voltage,duty-cycle voltage rating,maximum continuous operating voltage - MCOV -,maximum design cantilever load-static- MDCL-static -,metal-oxide surge arrester - MOSA - ,operating duty cycle,rating,reference current - Iref -,reference voltage - Vref -,sparkover,surge arrester,ultimate mechanical strength-static - UMS- static -,valve" Designation: C62.11-1993 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Surge Protective Devices/High Voltage Title: IEEE Standard for Metal-Oxide Surge Arresters for Alternating Current Power Circuits Status: Superseded History: BD APP: Sep 15, 1993, ANSI APP: Feb 14, 1994 Abstract: Metal-oxide surge arresters designed to repeatedly limit the voltage surges on 48-Hz to 62-Hz power circuits by passing surge discharge current and automatically limiting the flow of system power current,are discussed. This standard applies to devices for separate mounting and to those supplied integrally with other equipment. Key Words: Metal-oxide surge arrester, Liquid-immersed arrester, Duty-cycle voltage rating, Design test, Dead front arrester, Conformance test, Arrester Designation: C62.11-1987 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Surge Protective Devices/High Voltage Title: IEEE Standard for Metal-Oxide Surge Arresters for AC Power Circuits Status: Superseded History: BD APP: Dec 12, 1985, ANSI APP: Jan 16, 1987 Key Words: C62.11, Z0001 Designation: C62.21-2003 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Surge Protective Devices/High Voltage Title: IEEE Guide for the Application of Surge Voltage Protective Equipment on AC Rotating Machinery 1000 Volts and Greater Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Apr 28, 2004 Technical Contact: David W Jackson, Phone:508/935-1669, Email:djackson@rwbeck.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Mar 21, 1996, BD APP: Dec 10, 2003, ANSI APP: Mar 31, 2004 Project Scope: This guide covers the application of surge voltage protective equipment to AC rotating machines rated 1000 volts and greater. The guide does not cover motors applied in solid-state switched adjustable speed drives. Part 1 covers the insulation surge withstand strength of motors and generators with windings having form-wound multi-turn coils and the application of surge protection to form-wound multi-turn coil motors. Part 2 will cover application of surge protection to generators with form-wound multi-turn coils, plus insulation surge withstand strength and surge protection of single-turn coil generators and motors. Project Purpose: This guide is intended to aid engineers at all levels of surge protection knowledge in deciding whether particular machines should have surge protection. The guide may be used in estimating the surge withstand capability and switching surge exposure of ac rotating machinery in usual, not extreme exposure, installations. The manufacturer should be contacted for specific insulation surge voltage withstand values for machinery of particular interest or importance. For those machines which should be protected, the purpose is to provide guidance in selecting and applying the protective devices. A simple look-up method using tables and a graph is provided for quick estimation of surge rise times and surge voltage levels, and for general use where accuracies in the order of 10% to 15% are acceptable. This method is based on single-phase analysis, neglecting the influence of ground mode surge propagation. A more complex method is provided by formulas to model the three-phase and ground mode propagation. The formulas can be used with calculators or personal computers. Abstract: The application of surge voltage protective equipment to AC rotating machines rated 1000 V and greater is covered.The guide does not cover motors applied in solid-state switched adjustable speed drives. Key Words: AC rotating machines,coil insulation,generator insulation,groundwall installation,impulse voltage,insulation strength,insulation withstand,motor insulation,surge arrester,surge voltage,surge withstand,turn installation,winding insulation Designation: PC62.21-2003/Cor 1 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Surge Protective Devices/High Voltage Title: IEEE Guide for the Application of Surge Voltage Protective Equipment on AC Rotating Machinery 1000 Volts and Greater - Corrigendum 1: Correction to Equation A.3 Status: Corrigenda of Standard Technical Contact: David W Jackson, Phone:508/935-1669, Email:djackson@rwbeck.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jun 08, 2006 Project Scope: Remove the square root radical from Equation A.3 in Annex A and correct three numbers in the associated illustrative example. Project Purpose: Provide a correct illustrative example of surge protectiion to a motor. Make it possible for the IEEE-SA group that is attempting to convert a standard into an interactive software document for users to apply to their own problems, to use this standard for that purpose. Designation: PC62.21-2003/Cor 2 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Surge Protective Devices/High Voltage Title: Guide for the Application of Surge Voltage Protective Equipment on AC Rotating Machinery 1000 Volts and Greater - Corrigendum 2: Replace Table 2 and Annexes A.1 and A.2. Status: Revision of Corrigenda Technical Contact: David W Jackson, Phone:508/935-1669, Email:djackson@rwbeck.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. Project Scope: Replace Table 2 and Annexes A.1 and A.2. Project Purpose: In Table 2: correct an error in the K value for Y grounded primary to Delta secondary connection; and clarify the ambiguity in Y ungrounded primary to Y grounded and Y ungrounded secondary connections. Provide a correct illustrative example of surge protection to a motor by use of the equations in Annexes A.1 and A.2. Make it possible for an IEEE-SA staff group to develop software on a CD (a VuSpec to accompany the paper standard that will enable the user to solve these equations for their own problems) to use this standard for that purpose. To enable comparison of the approximate solutions by a Table-Look-Up procedure presented in the main body of the standard with the more accurate solutions by calculator/computer using the equations in Apppendix A. Designation: C62.21 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Surge Protective Devices/High Voltage Title: Surge Voltage Prot've Eqpt Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: David W Jackson, Phone:508/935-1669, Email:djackson@rwbeck.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 28, 1977 (Ref. Std.: IEE687) Key Words: C62.21 Designation: C62.21 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Surge Protective Devices/High Voltage Title: Guide for the Application of Surge Voltage Protective Equipment on AC Rotating Machinery 1000 Volts and Greater Status: Superseded Technical Contact: David W Jackson, Phone:508/935-1669, Email:djackson@rwbeck.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 21, 1996 Project Scope: This project will develop a guide for the selection and application of surge voltage protective equipment such as surge arresters, capacitors, resistors, inductors, cable and conduit grounding for overvoltage surge protection of ac motors and generators rated 1000 volts and greater, in electric utility systems. It will incorporate knowledge concerning machine insulation, surge strength of materials currently in use, and will incorporate results of recent theoretical and practical researches into the response of machine windings to overvoltage surges known to occur in practice. Project Purpose: There is no current US national or international surge protective device application guide or standard which embodies knowledge of present machine construction materials and application experience. The proposed guide will provide IEEE endorsement to and broad dissemination of new knowledge gained from a series of recent research projects. Those standards which do exist deal only with the designed impulse strength of machine insulation and test to prove it. They do not treat the application of surge protection, or the considerable body of recently obtained data on the surge environment to which machines are actually exposed. Designation: PC62.21.1 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Surge Protective Devices/High Voltage Title: Recommended Practice for the Application of Surge Voltage Protective Equipment on AC Rotating Machinery Rated 1 kV to 30 kV, Generators and Single-Turn Coil Motors Status: New Standard Project Technical Contact: David W Jackson, Phone:508/935-1669, Email:djackson@rwbeck.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 20, 2005 Project Scope: This recommended practice covers the application of surge voltage protective equipment to ac rotating machinery rated 1 kV to 30 kV. This recommended practice covers rotating generators with and without generator circuit breakers, and single-turn coil motors. This recommended practice extends the surge protection guidance provided for form-wound multi-turn coil motors in IEEE C62.21-2003 to cover here the insulation surge voltage withstand strength, the surge environment and the application of surge voltage protection to motors and generators with windings having single-turn coils, and the surge environment and application of surge voltage protection to generators with windings having form-wound multi-turn coils. Project Purpose: This recommended practice will aid engineers at all levels of surge protection knowledge to decide whether particular machines should have surge protection. This recommended practice may be used in estimating the surge withstand capability and switching surge exposure of ac rotating machinery in usual, not extreme exposures. The manufacturer should be contacted for specific insulation surge voltage withstand values for machinery of particular interest. For those machines that should be protected, the purpose is to describe good practice in selecting and applying surge protective devices. Designation: C62.22-1997 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Surge Protective Devices/High Voltage Title: IEEE Guide for Application of Metal-Oxide Surge Arresters for Alternating-Current Systems Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jul 17, 1998 Technical Contact: Jonathan J Woodworth, Phone:716-375-7278, Email:jwoodworth@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Dec 02, 1993, BD APP: Dec 09, 1997 Abstract: " The application of metal-oxide surge arresters to safeguard electric power equipmentagainst the hazards of abnormally high voltage surges of various origins is covered. Step-by-step directions toward proper solutions of various applications are provided. In many cases, theprescribed steps are adequate. More complex and special solutions requiring study by experi-enced engineers are described, but specific solutions are not always given. The procedures arebased on theoretical studies, test results, and experience. " Key Words: "electric power equipment,high-voltage surges,metal-oxide surge arresters,surge arresters,surge-protective devices" Designation: PC62.22 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Surge Protective Devices/High Voltage Title: Guide for the Application of Metal-Oxide Surge Arresters for Alternating-Current Systems Status: Revision Project Technical Contact: Reigh A Walling, Phone:518-385-5370, Email:reigh.walling@ps.ge.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 08, 1998 Project Scope: To implement new information to reflect evolving technology and industry practices, and to clarify, reorganize, and improve the presentation of the application Guide. The scope of the revised standard will be the same as the current standard, including arresters applied to a transformer secondary below 1000 V ac for the purpose of protecting the transformer. Project Purpose: Metal oxide arrester technology and application techniques continue to evolve. In addition, there are changes developing in power systems, such as introduction of dispersed generation, which provide new challenges to the successful application of arresters. The proposed revision of C62.22 will be made to reflect current technology and practices. Designation: C62.22-1991 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Surge Protective Devices/High Voltage Title: IEEE Guide for the Application of Metal Oxide Surge Arresters for AC Systems Status: Superseded History: PAR APP: Mar 28, 1986, BD APP: Dec 05, 1991, ANSI APP: Aug 06, 1992 Project Scope: This guide covers the application of metal oxide surge arresters to safeguard electric power equipment against hazards of abnormally high voltage surges of various origins. Such overvoltages may cause flashovers and serious damage to equipment and thereby jeopardize the supply of power to users. It is essential to prevent this by the proper coordination of surge-protective devices with the insulation strength of the protected equipment. Abstract: The application of metal-oxide surge arresters to safeguard electric power equipment against the hazards of abnormally high voltage surges of various origins is covered. Step-by-step directions toward proper solutions for various applications are provided. In many cases, the prescribed steps are adequate. More complex and special situations requiring study by experienced engineers are described, but specific solutions are not always given. The procedures are based on theoretical studies, test results, and experience. Key Words: Surge-protected devices, Surge arresters, Metal-oxide surge arresters, High-voltage surges, Electric power equipment Designation: C62.22.1-1996 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Insulated Conductors Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2003 Title: IEEE Guide for the Connection of Surge Arresters to Protect Insulated, Shielded Electric Power Cable Systems Status: Approved Publication of IEEE **Also known as IEEE Std 1299. History: PAR APP: Dec 12, 1995, BD APP: Dec 10, 1996, ANSI APP: May 15, 1997 (Ref. Std.: 1299) Project Scope: Surge arrester installation intended to provide overvoltage protection of insulated, shielded conductors for distribution and transmission systems. Project Purpose: Overvoltage protection of insulated conductors may be compromised with incorrect connection techniques. At present, there is little literature available that addresses connection practices for arresters to protect insulated, shielded conductors. The purpose of the guide will be to suggest suitable connection techniques to improve overvoltage protection schemes involving shielded conductors. Abstract: " This guide suggests surge arrester installation methods at distribution cable terminalpoles in order to minimize the total impressed transient voltage on medium-voltage distribution ca-bles. Grounding electrode techniques, pole ground values, and system ground grid values are notaddressed or considered in this document. " Key Words: "cable,lead length,margin of protection,surge arresters" Designation: C62.22.2 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Surge Protective Devices/High Voltage Title: Guide for Amendment 2 for High Voltage Insulation Coordination to the existing standard C62.22 "IEEE Guide for the Application of Metal-Oxide Surge Arresters for AC Systems Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Eva J Tarasiewicz, Phone:416/592-9720, Email:EVA.TARASIEWICZ@HYDROONE.COM **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 21, 2000 Project Scope: The proposed Project is an Amendment to the existing standard C62.22 and its content will be included in the future revisions of the C62.22 " IEEE Guide for the Application of Metal-Oxide Surge Arresters for AC Systems" Standard. This Amendment describes the transformer insulation strength volt-time curve, its interpretation and application criteria relevant to insulation coordination in the application of surge protective devices (surge arresters) to transformer protection. Project Purpose: The purpose of this Amendment is to introduce a new concept of insulation coordination that provides a new method applicable to long duration waves (exceeding 60 microsecond duration). Designation: C62.23-1995 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Surge Protective Devices/High Voltage Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2001 Title: IEEE Application Guide for Surge Protection of Electric Generating Plants Status: Approved Publication of IEEE History: PAR APP: Sep 15, 1993, BD APP: Jan 18, 1995, ANSI APP: May 02, 2002 Abstract: This standard consolidates most electric utility power industry practices, accepted theories, existing standards/guides, definitions, and technical references as they specifically pertain to surge protection of electric power generating plants. Where technical information is not readily available, guidance is provided to aid toward proper surge protection and to reduce interference to communication, control, and protection circuits due to surges and other overvoltages. It has to be recognized that this application guide approaches the subject of surge protection from a common or generalized application viewpoint. Complex applications of surge protection practices may require specialized study by experienced engineers. Key Words: electric utilities, electric power, electric generating , power plants, surge protection, electric generating plants Designation: C62.23 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Surge Protective Devices/High Voltage Title: Application Guide for Surge Protection of Electric Generating Plants Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: James R Detweiler, Phone:216 447 2463 **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 16, 1997 Project Scope: Update Clause 4 Power Lines with recent industry work and change in technology. Update bibliography. Include findings of recent work regarding lightning related operating events at nuclear power plants. Project Purpose: The Guide consolidates industry practices, accepted theories, and existing IEEE and ANSI Standards and Guides as they specifically pertain to lightning and transient overvoltage surge protection of high voltage and low voltage power and protective equipment associated with electric generating plants. This project will update the existing guide with recent industry findings and technology applications and remove obsolete material. Designation: PC62.23 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Surge Protective Devices/High Voltage Title: Guide for Application Guide for Surge Protection of Electric Generating Plants Status: Revision Project Technical Contact: Russell Robbins, Phone:205-992-7659, Email:rarobbin@southernco.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 20, 2005 Project Scope: This guide covers surges entering an electric generating plant via transmission and distribution lines and methods to reduce them; methods of protecting indoor and outdoor equipment, controls and communication systems within the plant switchyard, the plant proper and ancillary facilities within the premises such as fuel, ash, water, cooling, weather and warning systems, against direct strokes, incoming and internally generated surges. For the scope of IEEE Std C62.23-1995 standard, please see the attached pages from that standard. Project Purpose: This guide will aid engineers at all levels of surge protection knowledge to decide whether particular generating plants or parts of plants should have surge protection. The guide may be used in estimating the lightning surge and switching surge exposure of electric generating plants in usual, not extreme exposures. For those plants or parts of plants that should be protected, the purpose is to provide guidance in selecting and applying surge protective devices. Designation: C62.31-2006 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Surge Protective Devices/Low Voltage Title: Standard Test Methods for Low-Voltage Gas-Tube Surge-Protective Device Components Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Dec 08, 2006 Technical Contact: Hans-Wolfgang Oertel, Phone:805-571-0255, Email:wolfgang_oertel@bourns.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Sep 15, 2006, BD APP: Sep 15, 2006, ANSI APP: Jan 08, 2007 Project Scope: This standard applies to gas-tube surge-protective device components for application on systems with voltages less than or equal to 1000 V rms or 1200 V dc. These protective devices are designed to limit voltage surges on balanced or unbalanced communication circuits and on power circuits operating from direct current (dc) to 420 Hz. This standard contains a series of standard test criteria for determining the electrical characteristics of gas-tube surge-protective devices. The tests in this standard are intended as design tests as defined in The Authoritative Dictionary of IEEE Standard Terms [B1]1 and provide a means of comparison among various gas-tube surge-protective device components.2 Gas-tube devices are used to provide over-voltage protection in electrical circuits. When the breakdown voltage of the gas tube is exceeded, the normal high- impedance state of the tube changes to a low impedance state to allow the gas tube to conduct the surge discharge current. After the tube conducts the surge discharge current, it interrupts the flow of power follow current and returns to its high-impedance state. This standard’s test criteria and definitions provide a common engineering language that is beneficial to the user and manufacturer of gas-tube surge-protective devices. Project Purpose: The purpose for the revision is to integrate comments made by members of the balloting group during the reaffirmation ballot in 1997. These changes will be limited to some editorial corrections and some technical updates limited to paragraphs 4.1, 4.7, 4.17, additions to Table 1 on page 14 and an additional definition for balanced voltage. Additionally, it is the purpose to harmonize with relevant IEC documents and later IEEE documents to change the title from “Standard test Specification” to “Standard Test Method” and add the word “Components” after Surge-Protective Devices to read: IEEE Standard Test Methods for Gas-Tube Surge-Protective Device Components. The draft itself does not have a purpose clause. Abstract: This standard applies to gas-tube surge-protective devices for application on systems with voltages, 1000 V rms or 1200 V dc. Key Words: voltage, capacitance, current, discharge current, discharge voltage, dc holdover voltage, dc sparkover voltage, follow current, gas-tube surge protector, glow current, glow-to-arc transition current, glow voltage, impulse sparkover voltage, insulation resistance, longitudinal mode voltage, short circuit, transfer time, transition time, transverse mode voltage, wave shape Designation: C62.31-1987 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Surge Protective Devices/Low Voltage Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1998 Title: IEEE Standard Test Specification for Gas-Tube Surge Protective Devices Status: Superseded History: BD APP: Dec 12, 1987, ANSI APP: Feb 05, 1999 Project Scope: This standard applies to gas-tube surge-protective devices for application on systems with voltages less than or equal to 1000 V rms or 1200 V dc. These protective devices are designed to limit voltage surges on balanced or unbalanced communication circuits and power circuits operating from dc to 420 Hz. This standard contains a series of standard test criteria for determining the electrical characteristics of these gas-tube surge-protective devices. Project Purpose: The tests in this standard are intended as design tests as defined under design tests in ANSI/IEEE Std 100-1988, IEEE Standard Dictionary of Electrical and Electronics rTerms and provide a means of comparison among various gas-tube surge-protective devices. Abstract: Gas-tube surge-protective devices for application on systems with voltages 1000 V rms or 1200 V dc are covered. These protective devices are designed to limit voltage surges on balanced or unbalanced communication circuits and on power circuits operating from dc to 420 Hz. Test criteria for determining the electrical characteristics of these devices are provided. Key Words: test, specifications, gas-tube, protective, devices, Arresters Designation: C62.31 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Surge Protective Devices/Low Voltage Title: Standard Test Specification for Gas-Tube Surge-Protective Devices Status: Superseded Technical Contact: Hans-Wolfgang Oertel, Phone:805-571-0255, Email:wolfgang_oertel@bourns.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 11, 2002 Project Scope: 1.1 This standard applies to gas-tube surge-protective devices for application on systems with voltages, 1000 Vrms or 1200 Vdc. These protective devices are designed to limit voltage surges on balanced or unbalanced communication circuits and on power circuits operating from dc to 420 Hz. This standard contains a series of standard test criteria for determining the electrical characteristics of these gas-tube surge- protective devices. 1.2 The tests in this standard are intended as design tests as defined under design tests in IEEE 100, Authoritative Standard Dictionary of Electrical and Electronics Terms, and provide a means of comparison among various gas-tube surge-protective devices. 1.3 Gas-tube devices are used to provide over-voltage protection in electrical circuits. When the breakdown voltage of the gas tube is exceeded, the normal high- impedance state of the tube changes to a low-impedance state to allow the gas tube to conduct the surge discharge current. After the tube conducts the surge discharge current, it interrupts the flow of power follow current and returns to its high-impedance state. Project Purpose: The purpose for the revision is to integrate comments made by members of the balloting group during the reaffirmation ballot in 1997. These changes will be limited to some editorial corrections and some technical updates limited to paragraphs 4.1, 4.7, 4.17, additions to Table 1 on page 14 and an additional definition for balanced voltage. Additionally, it is the purpose to harmonize with relevant IEC documents and later IEEE documents to change the title from “Standard test Specification” to “Standard Test Method” and add the word “Components” after Surge-Protective Devices to read: IEEE Standard Test Methods for Gas-Tube Surge-Protective Device Components Designation: C62.32-2004 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Surge Protective Devices/Low Voltage Title: IEEE Standard Test Methods for Low-Voltage Air Gap Surge-Protective Device Components (Excluding Valve and Expulsion Types) Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: May 11, 2005 Technical Contact: Hans-Wolfgang Oertel, Phone:805-571-0255, Email:wolfgang_oertel@bourns.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Dec 07, 2000, BD APP: Dec 08, 2004, ANSI APP: Apr 12, 2005 Project Scope: 1.1 This standard applies to air gaps for over-voltage protection applications on systems with operating voltages equal to or less than 600 V rms. These protective devices are designed for limiting the voltages on balanced or unbalanced communication and signaling circuits. Specifically excluded from this standard are valve and expulsion type devices covered by ANSI/IEEE C62.1-1989, Standard for Surge Arresters for Alternating-Current Power Circuits. This standard contains a series of standard tests for determining the electrical characteristics of these air gap devices. 1.2 The tests in this standards are intended as design tests as defined in ANSI/IEEE Std 100-1996, Standard Dictionary of Electrical and Electronic Terms, and provide a means of comparison among various air gap surge protective devices. For those parameters affected by the interaction of the arrester with its associated mounting arrangement, some tests are necessarily applicable to the protector.1 1.3 Air gap devices are used to provide over-voltage protection in electrical circuits. When the device's breakdown voltage is exceeded, its normal high impedance state changes to a low impedance state to allow conduction of the surge discharge current. After the device conducts the surge discharge current, it interrupts the flow of system follow current and returns to its high impedance state. I the event of continuing current not representing normal system conditions, the device continues to provide a low impedance pass until an external bypass mechanism activates, the source of undesired current is de-energized, or a coordinated protective current element operates. This standard's test criteria and definitions provide a common engineering language beneficial to user and manufacturer of air gap surge protective devices. 1.4 Due to the voltage and energy levels employed in the majority of tests contained herein , all measurements should be considered dangerous and appropriate caution should be taken in their performance. Project Purpose: The original document does not have a Section "Purpose", the purpose of the document is included in the scope section. The purpose for the revision is to integrate comments made by members of the balloting group during the reaffirmation ballot in 1997. These changes will be limited to some editorial corrections and one technical change from1000V/s to 2000V/s in the foot note of paragraph 4.6 "DC Breakdown Voltage Test". Additionally it is the purpose to harmonize with relevant IEC documents and change the title from "Standard test Specification" to "Standard Test Method" and add the word "Components" after Surge-Protective Devices to read: IEEE Standard Test Methods for Low-Voltage Air Gap Surge-Protective Device Components (Excluding Valve and Expulsion Types) Abstract: This standard applies to air gaps for overvoltage protection applications on systems with operating voltages equal to or less than 600 V rms. This standard contains a series of standard tests for determining the electrical characteristics of these air gap devices. This standard’s test criteria and definitions provide a common engineering language beneficial to users and manufacturers of air gap surge protective devices. Key Words: ac discharge current, air backup gap, air gap, air gap surge protector, back up gap, capacitance, current, discharge current, dc breakdown voltage, dc holdover voltage, dc impulse voltage, dc sparkover voltage, discharge voltage, fail safe, follow on current, impulse life, insulation resistance, maximum single discharge, sparkover, wave shape Designation: C62.32 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Surge Protective Devices/Low Voltage Title: errata Status: Approved Publication of IEEE Designation: C62.32-1981 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Surge Protective Devices/Low Voltage Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1997 Title: IEEE Standard Test Specifications for Low-Voltage Air Gap Surge- Protective Devices (Excluding Valve and Expulsion Type Devices) Status: Superseded History: BD APP: May 21, 1981, ANSI APP: Dec 04, 1999 Project Scope: This standard applies to air gaps for over-voltage protection applications on systems with operating voltages equal to or less than 600 Vrms. These protective devices are designed for limiting the voltages on balanced or unbalanced communication and signaling circuits. Specifically, excluded from this standard are value and expulsion type devices covered by ANSI/IEEE C62.1-1981, Standard for Surge Arresters for Alternating-Current Power Circuits. This standard contains a series of standard tests for determining the electrical characteristics of these air gap device. Abstract: Air gaps for overvoltage protection applications on systems with operating voltages equal to or less than 600 V rms are covered. These protective devices are designed for limiting the voltages on balanced or unbalanced communication, power, and signaling circuits. A series of standard design tests for determining the electrical characteristics of these air gap devices is specified. The tests provide a means of comparison among various air gap surge-protective devices. Key Words: test, low-voltage, air, gap, spd, Testing, Arresters Designation: C62.32 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Surge Protective Devices/Low Voltage Title: Standard Test Specification for Low Voltage Air Gap Surge-Protective Devices (Excluding Valve and Expulsion Type Devices) Status: Superseded Technical Contact: Hans-Wolfgang Oertel, Phone:805-571-0255, Email:wolfgang_oertel@bourns.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 07, 2000 Project Scope: 1.1 This standard applies to air gaps for over-voltage protection applications on systems with operating voltages equal to or less than 600 V rms. These protective devices are designed for limiting the voltages on balanced or unbalanced communication and signaling circuits. Specifically excluded from this standard are valve and expulsion type devices covered by ANSI/IEEE C62.1-1989, Standard for Surge Arresters for Alternating-Current Power Circuits. This standard contains a series of standard tests for determining the electrical characteristics of these air gap devices; 1.2 The tests in this standards are intended as design tests as defined in ANSI/IEEE Std 100-1996, Standard Dictionary of Electrical and Electronic Terms, and provide a means of comparison among various air gap surge protective devices. For those parameters affected by the interaction of the arrester with its associated mounting arrangement, some tests are necessarily applicable to the protector; 1.3 Air gap devices are used to provide over-voltage protection in electrical circuits. When the device's breakdown voltage is exceeded, its normal high impedance state changes to a low impedance state to allow conduction of the surge discharge current. After the device conducts the surge discharge current, it interrupts the flow of system follow current and returns to its high impedance state. I the event of continuing current not representing normal system conditions, the device continues to provide a low impedance pass until an external bypass mechanism activates, the source of undesired current is de-energized, or a coordinated protective current element operates. This standard's test criteria and definitions provide a common engineering language beneficial to user and manufacturer of air gap surge protective devices; 1.4 Due to the voltage and energy levels employed in the majority of tests contained herein , all measurements should be considered dangerous and appropriate caution should be taken in their performance. Project Purpose: The original document does not have a Section "Purpose", the purpose of the document is included in the scope section. The purpose for the revision is to integrate comments made by members of the balloting group during the reaffirmation ballot in 1997. These changes will be limited to some editorial corrections and one technical change from1000V/s to 2000V/s in the foot note of paragraph 4.6 "DC Breakdown Voltage Test". Additionally it is the purpose to harmonize with relevant IEC documents and change the title from "Standard test Specification" to "Standard Test Method" and add the word "Components" after Surge-Protective Devices to read: IEEE Standard Test Methods for Low-Voltage Air Gap Surge-Protective Device Components (Excluding Valve and Expulsion Types) Designation: C62.33-1982 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Surge Protective Devices/Low Voltage Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2000 Title: IEEE Standard Test Specifications for Varistor Surge-Protective Devices Status: Approved Publication of IEEE History: BD APP: Sep 17, 1981, ANSI APP: Jul 01, 1983 Abstract: Varistors for surge-protective applications on systems with dc to 420 Hz frequency and voltages equal to or less than 1000 V rms, or 1200 V dc, are covered. Definitions, service conditions, and a series of test criteria for determining the electrical characteristics of the varistors are provided. The tests are intended as design tests and provide a means of comparing various surge-protective devices. Key Words: varistor, surge protective, devices, R88 Designation: PC62.33 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Surge Protective Devices/Low Voltage Title: Standard Test Specifications for Varistor Surge-Protective Devices Status: Revision Project Technical Contact: Michael J Maytum, Phone:+44 7879 697652, Email:m.j.maytum@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 21, 2002 Project Scope: This revision will apply to varistor components for surge protection: Transient overvoltages EFT ESD System voltages up to 1000 vac Applications up to 100mHz, tests of both polarities Statistical life evaluations Characteristics of construction evaluation: Monolithic multilayer surface mount Leaded Project Purpose: Original This test specification has been developed for the purpose of testing and comparing varistor type surge protective devices. The varistor device is a surge diverter used for limiting transient over voltages in power and communication circuits. Two types of material have been used for many years, silicon carbide, primarily in high voltage arresters, and metal oxide varistors. The interest in low voltage varistors has grown with the trend to highly sophisticated electrical and electronic devices which are exposed to surges from the environment. Initially, there were no standard terms or tests to define or compare these devices. The IEEE Surge Protection Devices Committee formed its Low Voltage Surge Protection Devices Working Group in 1970 to define these parameters. Experts were drawn from many fields in communications and power utilities, electronic manufacturers and users, test equipment manufacturers and laboratories, and producers of varistors themselves. The requirements, experiences and vocabularies of these representatives were melded to produce this document as a guide to potential users of varistor surge protective devices. Proposed Purpose 1. To include new technology that has come into existence that was not available when C62.33 was last written. 2. Review the Terms and Descriptions to determine if they are sufficient for all the mediums of zinc-oxide Varistors. Maybe some should be added, some deleted (e.g. Will the symbol for multi-layer Varistors be the same as leaded Varistors?). 3. Evaluate the current test topologies to determine if they need updating, eliminated, or other test techniques need to be added (e.g. Multi-layer Varistors are geared toward ESD protection applications). 4. Update and include reliability testing of Varistors (e.g. Use or modify the accelerated aging procedure in C62.34 or C62.11). Designation: C62.34-1996 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Surge Protective Devices/Low Voltage Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2001 Title: IEEE Standard for Performance of Low-Voltage Surge-Protective Devices (Secondary Arresters) Status: Approved Publication of IEEE History: PAR APP: Sep 22, 1994, BD APP: Dec 10, 1996, ANSI APP: Jun 05, 1997 Project Scope: This standard applies to surge protective devices designed for application on the low-voltage ac mains (1000 V rms and less, frequency beetween 48 and 62 Hz.) This performance standard applies to surge protective devices intended to be connected at locations between and including the secondary terminals of the distribution transformer and the main service entrance panel. Surge protective devices limit transient overvoltages by diverting surge current and subsequently automatically interrupting the passage of follow current. Project Purpose: Secondary arresters have been used since 1940 to protect the secondary winding of distribution transformers, kw.h meters, and electrical loads downstream from breakdown of insulation during lightning strikes. Performance criteria for secondary arresters are included in standards for performance of high voltage arresters IEEE C62.1-1989 and IEEE C62.11-1993. With the proliferation of electronic equipment installed inside buildings, the emphasis has shifted away from protection of insulation on wiring devices to vulnerable electronic equipment. The purpose of this standard is to address that changed emphasis while, as far as possible, harmonizing with relevant international standards. Abstract: Surge-protective devices designed for application on the low-voltage ac supply mains (1000 V rms and less, frequency between 48 Hz and 62 Hz) are covered. Key Words: low voltage, secondary arresters, surge-protective devices Designation: PC62.34 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Surge Protective Devices/Low Voltage Title: Standard for Test Methods and Performance of Low-Voltage (1000 V rms or less, 48-62 Hz) Surge Protective Devices (Secondary Arresters) Status: Revision Project Technical Contact: Raymond C Hill, Phone:404-675-1881, Email:ray.hill@neetrac.gatech.edu **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. Project Scope: This standard applies to surge protective devices designed for application on the low-voltage supply mains (1000 V rms and less, frequency between 48 and 62 Hz) and intended to be connected at locations between, and including, the secondary terminals of the distribution transformer and the line side of the service entrance panel. Such surge protective devices are also known as secondary arresters. This is coordinated with C62.44 (the application guide), NEC Article 580, and UL 1449 3rd Edition. Project Purpose: This revision will bring C62.34 up to current industry practice. Other standards such as C62.44 (the application guide) will be used in the revision of this standard. The recently published UL 1449 3rd Edition and NEC Article 580 will affect how these products are applied and tested. Performance criteria along with failure mode and other tests will be considered and included. Designation: C62.34 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Surge Protective Devices/Low Voltage Title: Standard for Performance of Low-Voltage (1000 V rms or less, frequency between 48 Hz and 62 Hz) Surge Protective Devices (Secondary Arresters) Status: Superseded Technical Contact: Raymond C Hill, Phone:404-675-1881, Email:ray.hill@neetrac.gatech.edu **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jun 13, 2002 Project Scope: This standard (C62.34) applies to surge-protective devices designed for application on the low-voltage supply mains (1000 V rms and less, frequency between 48 Hz and 62 Hz). Low-voltage surge-protective devices (secondary arresters) are intended to be connected at locations between, and including, the secondary terminals of the distribution transformer and the main service entrance panel. Surge-protective devices limit transient overvoltages by diverting surge and subsequently automatically interrupting the passage of follow current. This standard will be coordinated with C62.44, the application guide and NEC(2002) article 580. PREVIOUS SCOPE - This standard applies to surge protective devices designed for application on the low-voltage ac mains (1000 V rms and less, frequency beetween 48 and 62 Hz.) This performance standard applies to surge protective devices intended to be connected at locations between and including the secondary terminals of the distribution transformer and the main service entrance panel. Surge protective devices limit transient overvoltages by diverting surge current and subsequently automatically interrupting the passage of follow current. Project Purpose: This standard will bring C62.34 up to current industry practice. Other standards such as C62.44 will be used in the revision of this document. The latest NEC (2002) article 580 will affect how these products are applied and tested. A number of failure mode and other tests will be considered. PREVIOUS PURPOSE - Secondary arresters have been used since 1940 to protect the secondary winding of distribution transformers, kw.h meters, and electrical loads downstream from breakdown of insulation during lightning strikes. Performance criteria for secondary arresters are included in standards for performance of high voltage arresters IEEE C62.1- 1989 and IEEE C62.11-1993. With the proliferation of electronic equipment installed inside buildings, the emphasis has shifted away from protection of insulation on wiring devices to vulnerable electronic equipment. The purpose of this standard is to address that changed emphasis while, as far as possible, harmonizing with relevant international standards. Designation: C62.35-1987 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Surge Protective Devices/Low Voltage Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2000 Title: IEEE Standard Test Specifications for Avalanche Junction Semiconductor Surge Protective Devices Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jan 31, 1989 History: PAR APP: Sep 28, 1986, BD APP: Sep 10, 1987 Abstract: A two-terminal avalanche junction surge suppressor for surge-protective application on systems with dc to 420-Hz frequency and voltages equal to or less than 1000 V rms or 1200 V dc is considered. The device is a single package that may be assembled from any combination of series and/or parallel diode chips. Definitions, service conditions, and a series of test criteria for determining its electrical characteristics are provided. These devices are used as surge diverters for limiting transient overvoltages in power and communications circuits. Key Words: Transients, Semiconductor device testing, Power system transients, Avalanche diodes Designation: PC62.35 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Surge Protective Devices/Low Voltage Title: Standard Test Specifications for Avalanche Junction Semiconductor Surge Protective Devices Status: Revision Project Technical Contact: Richard Odenberg, Phone:208-772-8515, Email:rodenberg@transtector.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 16, 1999 Project Scope: Add new test methods for device characterization that are required for high frequency circuit applications and mutliple components within a single package. These tests will require updating the document to include new terms, definitions, and device description. Some specific test methods to be added are ESD Limiting Voltage, Crosstalk, Insertion Loss, Signal Line Balance, Simultaneous Surge, and Bit error Rate. Project Purpose: These test methods are required to characterize the device for applications in high speed circuits and determine the effects of data loss due to crosstalk and insertion loss. Additionally, these tests will provide the designer with protection effectiveness of the component when used to protect sensitive IC components & equipment. Standardized test methods are needed to insure component performance when subjected to fast transient events such as ESD and EFT. Designation: C62.36-2000 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Surge Protective Devices/Low Voltage Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2006 Title: IEEE Standard Test Methods for Surge Protectors Used in Low-Voltage Data, Communications, and Signaling Circuits Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Oct 13, 2000 **Supersedes C62.36-1994. History: PAR APP: Dec 10, 1996, BD APP: Jun 21, 2000, ANSI APP: Apr 20, 2001 Project Scope: Revisions to some test methods new in C62.36-1994 will be made to reflect improvements resulting from its use. Additional test methods will more explicitly cover surge protectors on coaxial circuits, and multiport protectors combining protection for paired-conductor and coaxial circuits. Project Purpose: Revisions to C62.36-1994 are needed to more fully cover protectors addressing the fast-paced introduction of broadband circuits in the wire-line communications industry. In addition, there is growing recognition that multiport protectors can help avoid surge damage to electronic components that increasingly interrface with more than one type of wire-line circuit. The proposed changes and additions address the test methods for these emerging products. Abstract: " Methods for testing and measuring the characteristics of surge protectors used in low-voltage data, communications, and signaling circuits with voltages less than or equal to 1000 V rmsor 1200 V dc are established. The surge protectors are designed to limit voltage surges, currentsurges, or both. The surge protectors covered are multiple-component series or parallel combina- tions of linear or nonlinear elements. Tests are included for characterizing standby performance,surge-limiting capabilities, and surge lifetime. Packaged single gas-tube, air-gap, varistor, or ava-lanche junction surge-protective devices are not covered, nor are test methods for low-voltagepower circuit applications." Key Words: "communications circuits, current limiters, data circuits, electrical protection, signaling circuits, surge protectors, surge- protective devices, voltage limiters" Designation: C62.36-1994 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Surge Protective Devices/Low Voltage Title: IEEE Standard Test Methods for Surge Protectors Used in Low-Voltage Data, Communications, and Signaling Circuits Status: Superseded **Revision of IEEE Std C62.36-1991. Superseded by C62.36-2000. History: PAR APP: Sep 15, 1993, BD APP: Sep 22, 1994 Abstract: Methods are established for testing and measuring the characteristics of surge protectors used in low-voltage data, communications, and signaling circuits with voltages less than or equal to 1000 V rms or 1200 Vdc. The surge protectors are designed to limit voltage surges, current surges, or both. The surge protectors covered are multiple-component series or parallel combinations of linear or nonlinear elements. Tests are included for characterizing standby performance, surge-limiting capabilities, and surge lifetime. Packaged single gas-tube, air-gap, varistor, or avalanche junction surge-protective devices are not covered, nor are test methods for low-voltage power circuit applications. Key Words: communications circuits, data circuits, electrical protection, signaling circuits, surge protectors, surge protective devices, voltage limiters Designation: C62.36-1991 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Surge Protective Devices/Low Voltage Title: IEEE Standard Test Methods for Surge Protectors Used in Low-Voltage Data, Communications, and Signaling Circuits Status: Superseded History: PAR APP: Mar 28, 1984, BD APP: Jun 27, 1991, ANSI APP: Jan 13, 1992 Abstract: Methods are established for testing and measuring the characteristics of surge protectors used in low-voltage data, communications and signaling circuits with voltages less than or equal to 1000 V RMS, or 1200 V DC. The surge protectors are designed to limit voltage surges, current surges, or both. The surge protectors covered are multiple-component series or parallel combinations of linear or nonlinear elements. Tests are included for characterizing standby performance, surge-limiting capabilities, and surge lifetime. Packaged single-gas tube, air-gap, varistor, or avalanche junction surge protective devices are not covered, nor are test methods for low-voltage power circuit applications. Key Words: C62.36, communications, circuits, data, electrical, protection, signaling, surge, protectors, devices, voltage, limiters, Voltage limiters, Surge-protective devices, Signaling circuits, Electrical protection, Data circuits, Communications circuits Designation: C62.37-1996 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Surge Protective Devices/Low Voltage Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2002 Title: IEEE Standard Test Specification for Thyristor Diode Surge Protective Devices Status: Approved Publication of IEEE History: PAR APP: Mar 12, 1987, BD APP: Oct 23, 1996, ANSI APP: Apr 01, 1997 Abstract: This standard applies to two or three terminal, four or five layer, thyristor surge protection devices (SPDs) for application on systems with voltages equal to or less than 1000 V rms or 1200 V dc. Key Words: test specification, thyristor surge protective devices Designation: C62.37.1-2000 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Surge Protective Devices/Low Voltage Title: IEEE Guide for the Application of Thyristor Surge Protective Devices Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Apr 18, 2001 Technical Contact: Richard Odenberg, Phone:208-772-8515, Email:rodenberg@transtector.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Dec 08, 1998, BD APP: Sep 21, 2000, ANSI APP: Jan 08, 2001 Project Scope: This Guide is intended to complement the IEEE Standard Test Specification for Thyristor Diode Surge Protective Devices (ANSI/IEEE C62.37-1996) The definitions used are the same. This publication contains information on basic function and component description, general terms and definitions, electrical environment, comparative SPD technologies, parameter interpretation and application, example designs. Project Purpose: This application guide applies to Thyristor Surge Protective Devices components used in systems with voltages up to 1000Vrms or 1200Vdc. These components are designed to limit overvoltages and divert surge currents by limiting the voltage and switching to a low impedance actions. Although telecommunication circuits are the main application of Thyristor SPDs, this guide will also provide useful information for other protection applications. When properly applied it protects telecommunication circuits from failure and damage. Abstract: Applications information on fixed voltage and gated thyristor surge protective devices(SPDs) are provided. Key device parameters and their sensitivities are explained. Several workedtelecommunication circuit design examples are given. Key Words: "application guide, telecommunication circuits, thyristor surge protection devices" Designation: C62.38-1995 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Surge Protective Devices/Low Voltage Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1999 Title: IEEE Guide on Electrostatic Discharge (ESD): ESD Withstand Capability Evaluation Methods (for Electronic Equipment Subassemblies) Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 25, 2005. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **Revised PAR (9/91) splits work into two projects, C62.38 and C62.47. Jan2005: Administratively withdrawn. History: PAR APP: Sep 26, 1991, BD APP: Oct 24, 1994, ANSI APP: Oct 26, 1999 (Ref. Std.: 1093) Abstract: This guide establishes test methods for the evaluation of ESD withstand capability for electronic equipment subassemblies. It includes information about test conditions, test equipment, and test procedures for ESD tests of printed circuit boards and other subassemblies. Key Words: electronic equipment, electrostatic discharge, ESD, subassemblies, withstand capability Designation: PC62.39 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Surge Protective Devices/Low Voltage Title: Test Methods for Self-Restoring Current Limiter Components used in Telecommunication Surge Protectors Status: New Standard Project Technical Contact: Michael J Maytum, Phone:+44 7879 697652, Email:m.j.maytum@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. Project Scope: This standard sets terms, test methods and measurement procedures for series connected, self-restoring current limiter components used in low-voltage telecommunication circuit surge protectors. It is only applicable for components in telecommunications circuits with voltages equal to or less than 1000 V rms or 1200 V dc. The self-restoring current limiters covered by this standard have the following properties: · Excessive current causes a transition from a low-resistance state to a high-resistance state · Reverts to a low-resistance state when the excessive current ends · Directly operated by the current flow through the component · Solid-state (no moving parts) · Withstands specified levels of impulse · Withstands specified AC voltage levels when in the high-resistance state Examples of this type of current limiter technology are positive temperature coefficient step-function thermistors of ceramic or polymeric material and silicon semiconductor based electronic circuits. This standard does not cover self-restoring current limiter components used in other applications, such as heaters, inrush-current limiters or sensing devices. Current interrupting type components, which reduce the current to zero by a mechanical circuit break, are not covered by this standard. In this standard, a telecommunications circuit is a circuit that uses metallic conductors to handle the remote transmission of information, such as data, communications and signalling. Project Purpose: The test criteria and terms of this standard provide a means of component comparison and a common engineering language for users and manufacturers of self-restoring current limiter components intended for use in low-voltage telecommunication circuit surge protectors. The test and measurement of low-voltage telecommunication (data, communications, and signalling) surge protectors is given in IEEE Standard C62.36. This standard provides the corresponding component tests for the surge protector non-surge and active tests. Designation: C62.41 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Surge Protective Devices/Low Voltage Title: Recommended Practice on Surge Voltages in Low-Voltage AC Power Circuits Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Hans Steinhoff, Phone:505-682-4664, Email:hsteinhoff@zianet.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jun 20, 1996 Project Scope: Review entire standard. Add new field test data if available. Remove some waveshape tolerances. Move main service disconnect into location category C. Remove 1 and 2 sublocation categories. Revise impedance for 10kA wave. Project Purpose: Update with more recent field data. Remove waveshape tolerances that have incorporated into C62.45. Revise location categories. Simplify location categories to one each, A,B,C. Designation: C62.41-1991 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Surge Protective Devices/Low Voltage Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1995 Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Surge Voltages in Low-Voltage AC Power Circuits Status: Superseded **Superseded by C62.41.1-2002 and C62.41.2-2002. History: PAR APP: Jun 19, 1986, BD APP: Feb 25, 1991, ANSI APP: Sep 06, 1991 Abstract: A practical basis is provided for the selection of voltage and current tests to be applied in evaluating the surge withstand capability of equipment connected to utility power circuits, primarily in residential, commercial, and light industrial applications. The recommended practice covers the origin of surge voltages, rate of occurrence and voltage levels in unprotected circuits, waveshapes of representative surge voltages, energy and source and impedance. Three locations categories are defined according to their relative position from the building service entrance. For each category, representative waveforms of surge voltages and surge currents are described, organized in two recommended "standard waveforms" and three suggested "additional waveforms." Key Words: Wave shape, Voltage tests, Test waveforms, Surges, Surge voltages, Surge test waveforms, Surge monitoring, Current tests, AC power circuits Designation: C62.41-1980 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Surge Protective Devices/Low Voltage Title: IEEE Guide for Surge Voltages in Low-Voltage AC Power Circuits Status: Superseded History: PAR APP: Jun 28, 1986, BD APP: Dec 19, 1979, ANSI APP: Jan 31, 1983 (Ref. Std.: 587) Key Words: surge, voltages, lv, power, circuits Designation: C62.41.1-2002 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Surge Protective Devices/Low Voltage Title: IEEE Guide on the Surge Environment in Low-Voltage (1000 V and less) AC Power Circuits Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Apr 11, 2003 History: PAR APP: Jun 26, 1999, BD APP: Nov 11, 2002, ANSI APP: Apr 10, 2003 Abstract: " This is a guide describing the surge voltage, surge current, and temporary overvoltages(TOV) environment in low-voltage [up to 1000 V root mean square (rms)] ac power circuits. Thisscope does not include other power disturbances, such as notches, sags, and noise." Key Words: "lightning surges, low-voltage ac power circuit, surge environment, surge testing, surge withstand level, switching surges" Designation: PC62.41.1 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Surge Protective Devices/Low Voltage Title: Guide on the Surge Environment in Low-Voltage (1000 V and less) AC Power Circuits Status: Revision Project Technical Contact: James Funke, Phone:403-717-2001, Email:funke@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jun 09, 2005 Project Scope: This is a guide describing the surge voltage, surge current and temporary overvoltage environment in low-voltage (up to 1000 V rms) ac power circuits. This scope does not include other power disturbances such as notches, sags and noise. The surges considered in this guide do not exceed one-half period of the normal mains waveform in duration. They can be periodic or random events and can appear in any combination of line, neutral, or grounding conductors. They include those surges with amplitudes, durations, or rates of change sufficient to cause equipment damage or operational upset. While surge-protective devices (SPDs) acting primarily on the amplitude of the voltage are often applied to divert the damaging surges, the upsetting surges may require other remedies. The rationale for including a description of temporary overvoltages (TOVs) in this guide on the surge environment is given in the following subclause 1.2. Project Purpose: This guide, the first of a Trilogy of three IEEE standards addressing surges in low-voltage ac power circuits, focuses on the surge environment and on the TOV environment. This part provides readers with basic information on the occurrence of surges, as a database for the second document of the Trilogy, IEEE Std C62.41.2-2002 where recommendations are presented on the selection of representative surge parameters to be considered in assessing equipment immunity and performance of SPDs. The third document of the Trilogy, IEEE Std C62.45.-2002, presents recommendations on surge testing procedures for obtaining reliable measurements and enhancing operator safety. Including a description of TOVs in a document that has surges as its principal topic is necessary for the following reason: Correct application of SPDs.a topic not addressed directly in this Trilogy.does require knowledge of the TOVs to which these SPDs will be exposed to ensure compatibility of the SPDs with the TOV-related stresses. Thus, this information will serve as an input for other documents addressing the application of SPDs in the environment of low-voltage ac power systems. Designation: C62.41.2-2002 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Surge Protective Devices/Low Voltage Title: IEEE Recommended Practice on Characterization of Surges in Low-Voltage (1000 V and less) AC Power Circuits Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Apr 11, 2003 Technical Contact: Hans Steinhoff, Phone:505-682-4664, Email:hsteinhoff@zianet.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Jun 26, 1999, BD APP: Nov 11, 2002, ANSI APP: Mar 10, 2003 Project Scope: The scope of this recommended practice is to characterize the surge environment at locations on ac power circuits described in C62.41.1 by means of standardized waveforms and other stress parameters. Project Purpose: The project has several purposes, technical coordination with its two companions, C62.41.1 and C62.45. It consists of a restructuring of C62.41-1991 (reaff '96) with an update of the data base. The recommended practice (dot 2 of C62.41) will apply the data base contained in C64.41.1 to recommend a limited set of test waveforms and other stress parameters to enable equipment designers to make technically sound and economic decisions concerning surge-protective devices. The two companion projects, C62.41.1 (PAR is being submitted simultaneously) and C62.45, will be developed in parallel so that the three documents will be published in synchronism rather than the staggered schedule occurring in the past for C62.41 and C62.45. Abstract: " The scope of this recommended practice is to characterize the surge environment atlocations on ac power circuits described in IEEE Std C62.41.1-2002 by means of standardizedwaveforms and other stress parameters. The surges considered in this recommended practice donot exceed one half-cycle of the normal mains waveform (fundamental frequency) in duration. Theycan be periodic or random events and can appear in any combination of line, neutral, or groundingconductors. They include surges with amplitudes, durations, or rates of change sufficient to causeequipment damage or operational upset. While surge protective devices (SPDs) acting primarily onthe amplitude of the voltage or current are often applied to divert the damaging surges, the upsettingsurges might require other remedies." Key Words: "low-voltage ac power circuit, surge testing, surge withstand level" Designation: PC62.41.2 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Surge Protective Devices/Low Voltage Title: Recommended Practice on Characterization of Surges in Low-Voltage (1000 V and less) AC power circuits Status: Revision Project Technical Contact: James Funke, Phone:403-717-2001, Email:funke@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jun 09, 2005 Project Scope: The scope of this recommended practice is to characterize the surge environment at locations on ac power circuits described in IEEE Std C62.41.1-2002 by means of standardized waveforms and other stress parameters. The surges considered in this recommended practice do not exceed one half-cycle of the normal mains waveform (fundamental frequency) in duration. They can be periodic or random events and can appear in any combination of line, neutral, or grounding conductors. They include surges with amplitudes, durations, or rates of change sufficient to cause equipment damage or operational upset (see Figure 1). While surge protective devices (SPDs) acting primarily on the amplitude of the voltage or current are often applied to divert the damaging surges, the upsetting surges might require other remedies. Project Purpose: The purpose of this recommended practice is to offer to equipment designers and users a set of standard and additional surge-testing waveforms and stress levels derived from the surge environment described in the companion guide IEEE Std C62.41.1-2002. The selection and specification of which waveform and what stress level should be considered for specific equipment remain the prerogative and responsibility of designers and users. This recommended practice is only the basis for making an informed decision made possible by a simplification of a complex database. This simplification will then allow consistent, repeatable, and cost-effective specification of surge performance for equipment connected to low-voltage ac power circuits. Designation: C62.41.2 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Surge Protective Devices/Low Voltage Title: Draft Recommended Practice on Characterization of Surges in Low-Voltages (1000 V and less) AC Power Circuits Status: Superseded Designation: C62.42-2005 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Surge Protective Devices/Low Voltage Title: IEEE Guide for the Application of Component Surge-Protective Devices for Use in Low-Voltage [Equal to or Less than 1000 V (ac) Or 1200 V (dc)] Circuits Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: May 31, 2006 Technical Contact: Donald B Turner, Phone:847-699-2910, Email:d.b.turner@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Sep 22, 1994, BD APP: Dec 07, 2005, ANSI APP: May 04, 2006 Project Scope: This guide covers the application of component air gaps, gas tubes, MOVs, and avalanche junction semiconductor surge-protective devices for use within surge protectors, equipment, or systems involving lowvoltage power, data, communication, and/or signaling circuits. This guide is intended to be used with, or to complement, the related documents referred to in 2.1. Project Purpose: The present guide only covers the application of component air gap and gas tube surge protective dev ices for use in low voltage circuits. The purpose of this project is to revise IEEE C62.42 to include guidance for the application of component varistors and av alanche junction semiconductor surge-protective devices. Abstract: Assistance in selecting the most appropriate type of low-voltage component surge-protective device (gas tube, air gap, metal-oxide varistor, or avalanche junction semiconductor) for a particular application is provided. Evaluation of the characteristics of each device to meet specific service requirements is also given. Key Words: air gap surge arrester, avalanche junction semiconductor, breakdown voltage, communication circuits, gas tube surge arrester, metal-oxide varistor, power circuits, SPD, surge, surge-protective device, surge protector Designation: PC62.42 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Surge Protective Devices/Low Voltage Title: Guide for the Application of Component Surge-Protective Devices for Use in Low-Voltage [Equal to Or Less Than 1000 V (ac) Or 1200 V (dc)] Circuits Status: Revision Project Technical Contact: Thomas R. Conrad, Phone:208-762-6014, Email:t.r.conrad@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 15, 2006 Project Scope: This guide covers the application of air gap, gas tube, metal oxide varistor, and avalanche junction semiconductor components used in surge protective devices, equipment, or systems involving low-voltage power, data, communications and signaling circuits. This guide is intended to be used with, or to complement, related documents IEEE C62.31, C62.32, C62.33 and C62.35. Project Purpose: The purpose of this guide is to provide manufacturers, designers and users of low-voltage power, data, communication and signaling circuits with component surge protective device applications and the interaction and coordination of two or more components surge protective devices. Designation: C62.42-1992 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Surge Protective Devices/Low Voltage Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1999 Title: IEEE Guide for the Application of Gas Tube and Air Gap Arrester Low- Voltage (Equal to or Less than 1000 V rms or 1200 V dc) Surge Protective Devices Status: Superseded History: PAR APP: Dec 06, 1990, BD APP: Dec 03, 1992, ANSI APP: Jan 28, 1993 Abstract: This guide establishes test methods for the evaluation of ESD withstand capability for electronic equipment subassemblies. It includes information about test conditions, test equipment, and test procedures for ESD tests of printed circuit boards and other subassemblies. Key Words: current, Power circuits, Gas tube surge arrester, Communication circuits, Breakdown voltage, Air gap surge arrester Designation: C62.42-1987 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Surge Protective Devices/Low Voltage Title: IEEE Guide for the Application of Gas Tube Arrester Low-Voltage Surge- Protective Devices Status: Superseded History: BD APP: Sep 19, 1985, ANSI APP: Oct 29, 1986 Key Words: C62.42 Designation: C62.43-2005 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Surge Protective Devices/Low Voltage Title: IEEE Guide for the Application of Surge Protectors Used in Low-Voltage (Equal to or Less than 1000 Vrms or 1200 Vdc) Data, Communications, and Signaling Circuits Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Nov 23, 2005 Technical Contact: Bill Curry, Phone:919-557-8552, Email:bill.curry@tycoelectronics.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Sep 21, 2000, BD APP: May 10, 2005, ANSI APP: Jul 29, 2005 Project Scope: This guide applies to surge protectors used in balanced or unbalanced data, communication and signaling circuits with voltages equal to or less than 1000Vrms or 1200 Vdc. The surge protectors covered are multiple-component series or parallel combinations of linear or non-linear elements, packaged for the purpose of limiting voltage, current, or both. This guide is intended to complement the IEEE Std C62.36-2000. The definitions used in the Application Guide and the Test Methods Standard are the same. For other terms not defined in the Guide or the Standard, see IEEE Std 100-1996. This guide is not intended to apply to packaged single- component gas tube or air gap arresters, which are covered by IEEE C62.42. The purpose of this guide is to enable the reader to understand the function and performance tests of the various types of multiple-component data, communication and signaling circuit protectors in terms of particular applications. Consideration is given to the characteristics of multiple- component protectors and the concepts necessary to choose the appropriate product and interpret its specifications. Project Purpose: This guide is intended for users and suppliers of multiple- component surge protectors that are intended for use on communication, data, and signaling circuits. It is being revised to reflect recent changes in test methods contained in its companion document, C62.36. It is also being revised to include application of protectors on the high-speed communication lines that have become so important in modern wire-line communications. The revision will also include editorial modifications intended to compress material and improve overall readability. Abstract: This guide provides assistance in selecting the most appropriate type of surge protector for a particular data, communication, and/or signaling circuit application. The purpose of this guide is to enable an understanding and an evaluation of the functions of the various types of multiple-component data, communications, and signaling circuit protectors in terms of particular applications. Designation: C62.43-1999 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Surge Protective Devices/Low Voltage Title: IEEE Guide for the Application of Surge Protectors Used in Low-Voltage (Less Than Or Equal To 1000 Vrms or 1200 Vdc) Data, Communications, and Signaling Circuits Status: Superseded History: PAR APP: Mar 17, 1994, BD APP: Sep 16, 1999, ANSI APP: Jan 13, 2000 Abstract: " Assistance is provided for the selection of the most appropriate type of low-voltage data,communications, and/or signalling circuit surge protector for a particular application or set ofconditions. Surge protector functions and characteristics are also explained and evaluated. ACpower circuit applications are not addressed in this document. " Key Words: "breakdown voltage, communications circuits, data circuits, signaling circuits, surgeprotectors, surge-protective devices" Designation: PC62.44 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Surge Protective Devices/Low Voltage Title: Guide for the Application of Low-Voltage (1000 Volts rms or Less) Surge Protective Devices Used on Secondary Distribution Systems (Between the Transformer Low-Voltage Terminals and the Line Side of the Service Entrance Panel) Status: Modified New Project Technical Contact: Raymond C Hill, Phone:404-675-1881, Email:ray.hill@neetrac.gatech.edu **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jun 08, 2006 Project Scope: This guide encompasses the application of surge protective devices (secondary arresters) from the secondary terminals of the distribution transformer to the line side of the service entrance panel. This guide will provide insight into using the standard for performance of low-voltage surge-protective devices on ac mains (1000V rms and less, frequency 48 and 62 Hz). Also, this guide will address coordination from the primary arrester to sensitive loads and grounding practices Project Purpose: To address all the pertinent requirements necessary to provide proper protection as well as providing guidance in the use of the IEEE Standard for Performance of Low-Voltage Surge-Protective Devices (Secondary Arresters) C62.34-1996. Designation: C62.44 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Surge Protective Devices/Low Voltage Title: Guide for the Application of Low-Voltage (1000 Volts rms or Less) Surge Protective Devices Used on Secondary Distribution Systems (Between the Transformer Low-Voltage Terminals and the Load Side of the Service Entrance Panel) Status: Superseded Technical Contact: Raymond C Hill, Phone:404-675-1881, Email:ray.hill@neetrac.gatech.edu **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jun 25, 1998 Project Scope: This guide encompasses the application of surge protective devices (secondary arresters) from the secondary terminals of the distribution transformer to the load side of the distribution panel. This guide will provide insight into using the standard for performance of low- voltage surge-protective devices on ac mains (1000V rms and less, frequency 48 and 62 Hz). Also, this guide will address coordination from the primary arrester to sensitive loads and grounding practices. Project Purpose: To address all the pertinent requirements necessary to provide proper protection as well as providing guidance in the use of the IEEE Standard for Performance of Low-Voltage Surge-Protective Devices (Secondary Arresters) C62.34-1996. Designation: C62.45-2002 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Surge Protective Devices/Low Voltage Title: IEEE Recommended Practice on Surge Testing for Equipment Connected to Low-Voltage (1000 Vand less) AC Power Circuits Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Apr 11, 2003 Technical Contact: Hans Steinhoff, Phone:505-682-4664, Email:hsteinhoff@zianet.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Mar 19, 1998, BD APP: Nov 11, 2002, ANSI APP: Mar 10, 2003 Project Scope: Review entire document. Revise waveform tolerance to coordinate with IEC documents. Add new waveforms, such as 10/350 us, if found appropriate. Project Purpose: To keep up to date with the revision of C62.41. Abstract: " The scope of this recommended practice is the performance of surge testing on electricaland electronic equipment connected to low-voltage ac power circuits, specifically using therecommended test waveforms defined in IEEE Std C62.41.2TM-2002. Nevertheless, theserecommendations are applicable to any surge testing, regardless of the specific surges that may beapplied." Key Words: "low-voltage ac power circuit, surge testing, surge withstand level" Designation: PC62.45 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Surge Protective Devices/Low Voltage Title: Recommended Practice on Surge Testing for Equipment Connected to Low- Voltage AC Power Circuits Status: Revision Project Technical Contact: James Funke, Phone:403-717-2001, Email:funke@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jun 09, 2005 Project Scope: The scope of this recommended practice is the performance of surge testing on electrical and electronic equipment connected to low- voltage ac power circuits, specifically using the recommended test waveforms defined in IEEE Std C62.41.2.-2002.1 Nevertheless, these recommendations are applicable to any surge testing, regardless of the specific surges that may be applied. Project Purpose: This recommended practice, the third document in a Trilogy of three IEEE standards addressing surges in low voltage ac power circuits, focuses on test procedures, using representative surge waveforms developed on the basis of the two other documents of the Trilogy. There are no specific models that are representative of all surge environments; the complexities of the real world need to be simplified to produce a manageable set of standard surge tests. To this end, a surge environment classification scheme is presented in IEEE Std C62.41.2-2002. This classification provides a practical basis for the selection of waveforms and amplitudes for surge- voltages and surge-currents that may be applied to evaluate the surge withstand level capability of equipment connected to these power circuits. It is important to recognize that proper coordination of equipment capability and environment characteristics is required: each environment and the equipment to be protected have to be characterized and the two have to be reconciled. Regardless of the particular surge specification, equipment connected to the power system have to be capable of satisfactory operation, or at least survival, under these surge voltages or surge currents, with or without additional protection as the case may be. The assignment of withstand level remains the prerogative and responsibility of the users of this document. Surge testing is therefore required to demonstrate this capability. To illustrate the process of surge testing procedures, Figure 1 shows a flow diagram of the guiding considerations that are essential to obtaining reliable test results. Note that the assignment of withstand levels for equipment is not included in the scope of this recommended practice. Surge testing on signal or data interfaces is also not included in the scope of this recommended practice, but should not be overlooked in the complete evaluation of specific equipment. Designation: C62.45-1992 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Surge Protective Devices/Low Voltage Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1997 Title: IEEE Guide on Surge Testing for Equipment Connected to Low-Voltage AC Power Circuits Status: Superseded **Superseded by C62.45-2002. History: PAR APP: Mar 19, 1992, BD APP: Dec 03, 1992, ANSI APP: Apr 22, 1993 Abstract: Guidance is provided for applying surge testing to AC power interfaces of equipment connected to low-voltage ac power circuits that are subject to transient overvoltages. Signal and data lines are not addressed in this document, nor are any specifications stated on the withstand levels that might be assigned to specific equipments. An important objective of the document is to call attention to the safety aspects of surge testing. Key Words: overvoltage, Test procedures, Surge-protective device Designation: C62.45-1987 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Surge Protective Devices/Low Voltage Title: IEEE Guide on Surge Testing for Equipment Connected to Low-Voltage AC Power Circuits Status: Superseded Technical Contact: Hans Steinhoff, Phone:505-682-4664, Email:hsteinhoff@zianet.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 19, 1998, BD APP: Sep 19, 1985, ANSI APP: Oct 29, 1986 Key Words: C62.45 Designation: C62.45 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Surge Protective Devices/Low Voltage Title: Guide on Surge Testing for Equipment Connected to Low-Voltage AC Power Circuits Status: Superseded Technical Contact: Hans Steinhoff, Phone:505-682-4664, Email:hsteinhoff@zianet.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 19, 1998 Project Scope: Review entire document. Revise waveform tolerances to coordinate with IEC documents. Add new waveforms, such as 10.350 us, if found appropriate. Project Purpose: To keep document up to date with revisions of C62.41. Designation: C62.47-1992 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Surge Protective Devices/Low Voltage Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1997 Title: IEEE Guide on Electrostatic Discharge: Characterization of the ESD Environment Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Feb 07, 2003. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. History: PAR APP: Sep 26, 1991, BD APP: Mar 19, 1992, ANSI APP: Dec 23, 1992 (Ref. Std.: 1093) Abstract: This guide describes the electromagnetic threat posed to electronic equipment and subassemblies by actual electrostatic discharge (ESD) events from humans and mobile furnishings. This guide organizes existing data on the subject of ESD in order to charaterize the ESD surge environment. This guide is not an ESD test standard. It is intended to be a resource for equipment designers, and for preparers and users of ESD test standards. The manufacturing, handling, packaging, and transportation of individual electronic components, including integrated circuits, are not discussed, and this guide does not deal with mobile items such as automobiles, aircraft, and other masses of comparable size. Key Words: characterization, Surges, Electrostatic discharge, Electromagnetic, ESD Designation: C62.48-2005 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Surge Protective Devices/Low Voltage Title: IEEE Guide on Interactions Between Power System Disturbances and Surge Protective Devices Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Nov 11, 2005 Technical Contact: James Funke, Phone:403-717-2001, Email:funke@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Nov 08, 2000, BD APP: Jun 09, 2005, ANSI APP: Oct 28, 2005 Project Scope: This guide applies to surge-protective devices (SPDs) manufactured to be connected to 50 Hz or 60 Hz ac power circuits rated at 100–1000 V rms. This guide describes the effects on SPDs of power system disturbances occurring in these low-voltage ac power circuits. The disturbances are not limited to surges. The effects of the presence and operation of SPDs on the quality of power available to the connected loads are described. The interaction among multiple SPDs on the same circuit is also described. This guide discusses both voltage and current surges. The current surges discussed in this guide are the result of voltage surges. Current surges that are solely the result of load changes and do not result in voltage increases, such as a short circuit, are not discussed in this guide. An SPD’s primary purpose is to provide surge protection. Devices discussed in this guide contain at least one nonlinear component for diverting surge current and/or dissipating surge energy, such as a metal oxide varistor (MOV), silicon avalanche diode (SAD), thyristor, or spark gap. Uninterruptible power supplies (UPSs), ferroresonators, motor- generators, and filters containing only inductive and/or capacitive components are not considered SPDs in this guide. Project Purpose: The purpose of this document is to provide information on the interactions between power system disturbances and SPDs that is not readily available in other standards. This document provides summary information on power system disturbances that affect or can affect SPDs. The description of the interactions is intended to inform the potential user of such SPDs as to what can be expected from such devices. Abstract: Information is provided to users and manufacturers of surge-protective devices (SPDs) about the interactions that can occur between SPDs and power system disturbances. This guide applies to SPDs manufactured to be connected to 50 or 60 Hz ac power circuits rated at 100–1000 V RMS. The effects of the presence and operation of SPDs on the quality of power available to the connected loads are described. The interaction between multiple SPDs on the same circuit is also described. Key Words: harmonics, noise, power system disturbance, surge-protective device (SPD), swell, voltage sag, voltage surge Designation: C62.48-1995 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Surge Protective Devices/Low Voltage Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2000 Title: IEEE Guide on Interactions Between Power System Disturbances and Surge- Protective Devices Status: Superseded History: PAR APP: Jun 27, 1991, BD APP: Jun 14, 1995 Abstract: Information is provided to users and manufacturers of surge-protective devices(SPDs) about the interactions that may occur between SPDs and power system disturbances. This guide applies to SPDs manufactured to be connected to 50 or 60 Hz ac power circuits rated at 100-1000 V rms. The effects and side effects of the presence and operation of SPDs on the quality of power available to the connected loads are described. The interaction between multiple SPDs on the same circuit is also described. Key Words: harmonics, noise, power system, system disturbance, surge protective device, SPD, swell, voltage sag, voltage surge Designation: PC62.50 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Surge Protective Devices/Low Voltage Title: Standard for Performance Criteria and Test Methods for Plug-in (Portable) Multiservice (Multiport) Surge-Protective Devices for Equipment Connected to a 120/240 V Single Phase Power Service and metallic conductive communication line(s) Status: Modified New Project Technical Contact: Antony John Surtees, Phone:440 708 1121, Email:surtees@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. Project Scope: The scope of this standard is to define performance criteria and test methods for Plug-in (Portable) Multiservice (Multiport) Surge Protective Devices (MPSPD) intended to protect equipment connected to one or more metallic conductive communication line(s) and a 120/240 V single phase AC Power Service, with the neutral grounded at the service equipment. These devices are intended for installation at receptacles supplying power via a branch circuit of the installation, and jointly at receptacles or jacks delivering signals from communications services, for the purpose of providing protected power and signals to a variety of information technology equipment. Project Purpose: The purpose of this project is to provide a uniform specification/test document for design and application engineers, specifiers, and test laboratories to use in designing and testing this type of surge protective device. Designation: C62.50 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Surge Protective Devices/Low Voltage Title: Standard for Performance Criteria and Test Methods of Plug-in, Portable, Multiport (Multiservice) Surge-Protective Devices for Equipment Connected to 120/240 V Single Phase Power Service and Communications Lines Status: Superseded Technical Contact: Richard Cohen, Phone:415-499-3900 x3918, Email:rcohen@panamax.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 20, 2003 Project Scope: The scope of this project is to define performance criteria and test methods of Plug-in Multiport (Multiservice) surge protective devices to protect equipment connected to one or more communication lines and 120/240 V single phase AC power, with the neutral grounded at the service equipment. Project Purpose: The purpose of this project is to provide a uniform specification/test document for design and application engineers, specifiers, and test laboratories to use in designing and testing this type of surge protective device. Designation: PC62.51 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Surge Protective Devices/Low Voltage Title: Standard for Performance Criteria and Test Methods for Hardwired Multiservice (Multiport) Surge-Protective Devices for Equipment Connected to a 120/240 V Single Phase Power Service and metallic conductive communication line(s) Status: Modified New Project Technical Contact: Antony John Surtees, Phone:440 708 1121, Email:surtees@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. Project Scope: The scope of this standard is to define performance criteria and test methods for Hardwired Multiservice (Multiport) Surge Protective Devices (MPSPD) intended to protect equipment connected to one or more metallic conductive communication line(s) and a 120/240 V single phase AC Power Service, with the neutral grounded at the service equipment. These devices are intended for installation at the service equipment location. Project Purpose: The purpose of the project is to provide a uniform specification/test document for design and application engineers, specifiers, and test laboratories to use in the designing and testing of this type of surge protective device. Designation: C62.51 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Surge Protective Devices/Low Voltage Title: Standard for Performance Criteria and test Methods of Hardwired Multiport (Multiservice) Surge-Protective Devices for Equipment Connected to 120/240 V Single Phase Power Service and Communication Lines Status: Superseded Technical Contact: Richard Cohen, Phone:415-499-3900 x3918, Email:rcohen@panamax.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 11, 2002 Project Scope: The scope of the project is to define performance criteria and test methods of Hardwired Multiport (Multiservice) surge-protective devices to protect equipment connected to one or more communications lines and 120/240 V single phase AC power, with the neutral grounded at the service equipment. Project Purpose: The purpose of the project is to provide a uniform specification/test document for design and application engineers, specifiers, and test laboratories to use in the designing and testing of this type of surge protective device. Designation: C62.61 Title: Gas Tube Surge Arresters on Wire Line Telephone Circuits Status: Superseded History: ANSI APP: Aug 18, 1993 Designation: C62.62-2000 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Surge Protective Devices/Low Voltage Title: IEEE Standard Test Specifications for Surge Protective Devices for Low Voltage AC Power Circuits Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jun 07, 2000 History: PAR APP: Jun 20, 1996, BD APP: Feb 29, 2000, ANSI APP: Feb 01, 2001 Project Scope: Establish performance characteristics for surge protective devices connected to low-voltage AC power circuits. Develop and recommend standard methods for testing and rating surge protective devices. Project Purpose: Recommend standard methods for test specifications and ratings for low voltage AC surge protective devices. Abstract: " This standard establishes methods for testing and measuring the performance charac-teristics for surge-protective devices used in low-voltage ac power circuits. Definitions are statedthat apply specifically to surge-protective devices. The testing requirements are categorized intotwo groups, in which a minimum set of basic tests (BTs) are prescribed for all surge- protectivedevices within the scope of its documents, supplemented by additional tests (ATs) that might beneeded to establish particular application requirements. " Key Words: "discharge voltage, electromagnetic compatibility (EMI), flashover, impulse, lightning, surge-protective devices" Designation: PC62.62 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Surge Protective Devices/Low Voltage Title: Standard Test Specifications for Surge-Protective Devices for AC Voltages below 1kV Power Circuits Status: Revision Project History: PAR APP: Dec 08, 2004 Project Scope: Scope of existing document is supplied below. This revision will expand detail on the basic and additional tests prescribed in the existing document based on field experiences since the publication of the current version in 2004. The document will also be closely alligned with draft IEC and draft NEMA documents with similar test specification content. Existing Scope (this will not change) This standard applies to surge- protective devices intended to be installed on the load side of the main service disconnect packaged to be connected to 50 or 60 Hz ac power circuits rated at 1000 volts (rms) or less. Performance characteristics and standard methods for testing and rating are established for these devices that may be composed of any combination of components. The tests in this standard are aimed at providing comparisons among the variety of surge-protective devices available. Many of the tests described in this standard may stress a surge-protective device. Care should be taken to ensure that stressed devices are not compared with unstressed devices unless that is the desired intent. The suppression characteristics of some surge-protective devices change with successive surging as well as with changes in the environment. These changes may be permanent in nature. Selection and careful organization of appropriate tests can reduce the quantity of test samples needed. The voltage and energy levels employed in the majority of the tests described in this document are hazardous and appropriate cautions must be exercised in their performance. Project Purpose: The original documents purpose was to provide testing facilities with consistent, repeatable, and safe methodologies for testing low voltage SPD's. Currently there are a selection of basic tests (BT's) and additional tests (AT's). Some of the additional tests will likely become basic tests and some of the existing test protocols need to be reviewed and coordinated with the other efforts underway by NEMA and IEC in this area. Currently C62.62 is the only one of the three documents approved and published. Designation: C62.62.1 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Surge Protective Devices/Low Voltage Title: Guide for the Use of Standard Test Specifications for Surge Protective Devices for AC Low Voltage Power Circuits Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Matthew S Wakeham, Phone:718-281-6031, Email:mwakeham@leviton.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 19, 1996 Project Scope: This guide is intended to be a companion document complementing C62.62, Standard Test Specifications for Surge Protective Devices for AC Low Voltage Power Circuits. Project Purpose: The purpose of this project is to serve as a companion guide to C62.62. Designation: C62.64-1997 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Surge Protective Devices/Low Voltage Title: IEEE Standard Specifications for Surge Protectors Used in Low-Voltage Data, Communications, and Signaling Circuits Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Nov 03, 1997 History: PAR APP: Mar 17, 1994, BD APP: Jan 21, 1997, ANSI APP: May 28, 1997 Abstract: This standard applies to surge protectors for application on multiconductor and coaxial, balanced or unbalanced, data, communications, and signaling circuits with voltages less than or equal to 1000 V rms, or 1200 V dc. These surge protectors are intended to limit voltage surges, current surges, or both. Key Words: communications circuits, data circuits, electrical protection, signaling circuits, surge protectors Designation: PC62.64 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Surge Protective Devices/Low Voltage Title: Standard Specifications for Surge Protectors Used in Low-Voltage Data, Communications, and Signaling Circuits Status: Modified Revision Project Technical Contact: Albert R Martin, Phone:650-361-5822, Email:amartin@tycoelectronics.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 11, 2002 Project Scope: This standard is to be revised to include new technology and devices and like the original will provide preferred values and parameters used to specify the performance of these surge protectors. This standard will be coordinated with its companion document C62.36. Project Purpose: This revision will add new technology and devices and will assist the user in the specification and use of these data, signaling and communication devices. Information will be added on a Multiport SPD and will harmonize with C62.36. Designation: C62.64 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Surge Protective Devices/Low Voltage Title: Standard Specification for Surge Protectors Used in Data Communications and Signaling Circuits Status: Superseded Technical Contact: Bill Curry, Phone:919-557-8552, Email:bill.curry@tycoelectronics.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 11, 2002 Project Scope: This standard is to be revised to include new technology and devices and like the original will provide preferred values and parameters used to specify the performance of these surge protectors. This standard will be coordinated with its companion document C62.36. Project Purpose: This revision will add new technology and devices and will assist the user in the specification and use of these data, signaling and communication devices. Information will be added on a Multiport SPD and will harmonize with C62.36. Designation: PC62.69 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Surge Protective Devices/Low Voltage Title: Standard Specifications for Self-Restoring Current Limiter Components used in Telecommunication Surge Protectors Status: New Standard Project Technical Contact: Michael J Maytum, Phone:+44 7879 697652, Email:m.j.maytum@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. Project Scope: This standard provides performance criteria and tables of preferred values for performance for series-connected, self-resetting current limiter components used in low-voltage telecommunication circuit surge protectors. It is only applicable for components in telecommunications circuits with voltages equal to or less than 1000 V rms or 1200 V dc. The test circuits used for performance measurement are from IEEE PC62.39(Test Methods for Self-Restoring Current Limiter Components used in Telecommunication Surge Protectors) The self-restoring current limiters covered by this standard have the following properties: · Excessive current causes a transition from a low-resistance state to a high-resistance state · Reverts to a low-resistance state when the excessive current ends · Directly operated by the current flow through the component · Solid-state (no moving parts) · Withstands specified levels of impulse · Withstands specified AC voltage levels when in the high-resistance state Examples of this type of current limiter technology are positive temperature coefficient step-function thermistors of ceramic or polymeric material and semiconductor based electronic circuits. This standard does not cover self- resetting current limiter components used in other applications, such as heating, inrush-current limiting or temperature sensing. Current interrupting type components, which reduce the current to zero by a mechanical circuit break, are not covered by this standard. In this standard, a telecommunications circuit is a circuit that uses metallic conductors to handle the remote transmission of information, such as data, communications and signalling. Project Purpose: The performance values of this standard provide a means of component specification for users and manufacturers of self-restoring current limiter components intended for use in low-voltage telecommunication circuit surge protectors. The specification of low-voltage telecommunication (data, communications, and signalling) surge protectors is given in IEEE Standard C62.64. This standard provides the corresponding component specifications for the surge protector current limiting and transmission specifications. Designation: C62.72-2007 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Surge Protective Devices/Low Voltage Title: Guide for the Application of Surge Protective Devices for Low Voltage (1000 Volts or Less) AC Power Circuits Status: Approved Publication of IEEE Technical Contact: Douglas S Dorr, Phone:407-566-8355, Email:d.dorr@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Nov 10, 2005, BD APP: Mar 08, 2007 Project Scope: The transient overvoltages or surge events that are described and discussed in this guide are those that originate outside of a building or facility and impinge on a power distribution system through the service entrance conductors. Transient overvoltages or surge events that originate from equipment within a specific facility are not within the scope of this document. This guide applies to: • Surge Protective Devices (SPDs) that are manufactured for connections to 50 or 60Hz ac power circuits that are rated between 100Vac - 1000Vac. • SPDs that are specifically identified, labeled, or listed for connections on the load side of the service entrance main overcurrent protective device. • SPDs manufactured for use in an association with electrical power distribution equipment such as load centers, motor control centers, panelboards, switchboards, switchgear, and end-use equipment installed in commercial and industrial facilities. • SPDs that contain at least one nonlinear component for either diverting surge currents or dissipating surge energy, or both. Examples of such nonlinear components are metal oxide varistors, silicon avalanche diodes, spark gap tubes, or thyristors. This guide does not cover : • SPDs identified, labeled, or tested as a Secondary Surge Arrester intended for connections on the line side of the service entrance main overcurrent protective device. • SPDs associated with retail and consumer appliances and components for residential use. • This guide does not specify or set limits on insulation levels of any components associated with power distribution systems or end use equipment. • Individual SPD component specifications associated with any specific manufacturer of surge protection products. Ferroresonators, motor-generators, uninterruptible power supplies, and filters containing only inductive or capacitive components are not considered SPDs in the guide. Project Purpose: The primary purpose of an SPD is to provide a desirable level of surge protection by diverting surge currents and reducing surge voltages to a level that can be tolerated by the power distribution system and the equipment connected to the system. When specifying and installing any SPD in low voltage power distribution equipment associated with commercial and industrial installations, there are numerous application considerations that should be reviewed and evaluated before installation. Failure to consider the applications or misapplications of any SPD can directly influence the expected performance of the SPD and can result in undesirable effects on a power distribution system or end use equipment, or both. It is the intent of this guide to inform specifiers and users of SPDs, such as specifying engineers, electrical inspectors, facilities engineers, or Authorities Having Jurisdiction, of application and installation considerations for the purpose of desirable and satisfactory application of SPDs. Designation: C62.72 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Surge Protective Devices/Low Voltage Title: Guide for the Application of Surge Protective Devices for Low Voltage 1000 Volts or Less AC Power Circuits Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Matthew S Wakeham, Phone:718-281-6031, Email:mwakeham@leviton.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 19, 1996 Project Scope: This guide may be used for the purpose of proper installation and application of L.V. AC surge protective devices with express consideration to North American power and grounding systems. Project Purpose: To provide the user with application guidelines in the proper selection and installation of L.V. AC surge protective devices. Designation: C62.74 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Surge Protective Devices/Low Voltage Title: Guide for the Application of Surge Protective Devices for Equipment Connected to the 120/240V AC Power System and to Communication Circuits Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Richard Cohen, Phone:415-499-3900 x3918, Email:rcohen@panamax.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jan 30, 2000 Project Scope: The Guide will cover the applications of Multi-Port Surge- Protective Devices to protect: *Equipment connected to AC power and communication circuits. *On premises supplied by 120/240 vrms split-phase AC power with neutral grounded at the panel. *On the load side of the service disconnect and the premises side of the interface with the communications network. Project Purpose: The guide is to inform electricians and contractors, architects, and electronic technicians and engineers NOT expert in surge protection about the proper application and integration of surge protection devices. This document should fill a long-felt need for reliable, non- proprietary information on good surge protection practices for the residential and small-business environment. Designation: PC62.82.1 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Surge Protective Devices/High Voltage Title: Standard for Insulation Coordination - Definitions, Principles, and Rules Status: Revision Project Technical Contact: Gerald E Lee, Phone:360-619-6697, Email:grblee@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 12, 2002 Project Scope: This insulation coordination standard and guide apply to three- phase ac systems above 1 kV and are divided into two parts. This standard, the first part, specifies the procedure for selection of withstand voltages [basic lightning impulse insulation level (BIL) and basic switching impulse insulation level (BSL)] for equipment phase-to-ground and phase-to-phase insulation systems. It also identifies a list of standard insulation levels, based on the voltage stress to which the equipment is being exposed. Although the principles of this standard also apply to transmission line insulation systems, the insulation levels may be different from those identified as standard insulation levels. The other part is an application guide with practical examples, intended to provide guidance in the determination of the withstand voltages and to suggest calculation methods and procedures. Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to a) define applicable terms, b) outline insulation coordination procedures, and c) identify standard insulation levels. This project will improve the existing standard by addressing comments received during the reaffirmation. Designation: PC62.82.2 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Surge Protective Devices/High Voltage Title: Guide for the Application of Insulation Coordination Status: Revision Project Technical Contact: Gerald E Lee, Phone:360-619-6697, Email:grblee@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 11, 2002 Project Scope: The insulation coordination standard and guide apply to three- phase as systems above 1 kV and are divided into two parts. This guide, the second part, is an application guide with practicle examples, intended to provide guidance in the determination of the withstand voltages and to suggest calculation methods and procedures. The insulation coordination examples for selected equipment are designed to explain the principles of Part 1. The guide is intended for air-insulated as systems; caution should be exercised in the case of gas-insulated systems (GIS) This revision of the guide will address comments recived during the recent document reaffirmation, will also address items contained in an IEC document on the same subject and will address any new information that is found. Project Purpose: It should be recognized that absolute protection of station equipment is theoretically impossible. Even if arresters are located at the terminals of all apparatuses, equipment failures can occur. The probabilistic method, that is, designing for a mean time between failures (MTBF) criterion, is proposed here not only to permit a realistic basis of design, but perhaps more importantly, to form a consistent measure of design based on reliability. Designation: PC62.82.2 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Surge Protective Devices/High Voltage Title: Guide for the Application of Insulation Coordination Status: Revision Project Technical Contact: Iuda Morar, Phone:503-813-6937, Email:iuda.morar@pacificorp.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. Project Scope: The insulation coordination standard and guide apply to three- phase ac systems above 1 kV and are divided into two parts. This guide, the second part, is an application guide with practical examples, intended to provide guidance in the determination of the withstand voltages and to suggest calculation methods and procedures. The insulation coordination examples for selected equipment are designed to explain the principles of Part 1. The guide is intended for air-insulated ac systems. Caution should be exercised in the case of gas-insulated systems (GIS). Project Purpose: It should be recognized that absolute protection of station equipment is theoretically impossible. Even if arresters are located at the terminals of all apparatuses, equipment failures can occur. The probabilistic method, that is, designing for a mean time between failures (MTBF) criterion, is proposed here not only to permit a realistic basis of design, but perhaps more importantly, to form a consistent measure of design based on reliability. Designation: C62.91 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transformers Title: Standard Requirements, Terminology, and Test Procedure for Neutral Grounding Devices Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. **Revision project of Std 32-1972. Technical Contact: Edgar R Taylor, Jr, Phone:412/242-5224, Email:ertjr1@earthlink.net **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 21, 1996 (Ref. Std.: 32) Project Scope: To review and update requirements and tests for equipment used for neutral grounding devices, and the terminology presently used. Project Purpose: Present requirements, such as those for transformers and capacitors used for grounding, may be out of date with existing standards for these apparatus. Users are those who manufacture and apply such devices. Benefit: To provide information and data as outlined in the title. Designation: C62.92-1987 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Surge Protective Devices/High Voltage Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1993 Title: IEEE Guide for the Application of Neutral Grounding in Electrical Utility Systems, Part 1 - Introduction Status: Superseded **Superseded by C62.92.1-2000. History: BD APP: Dec 12, 1985, ANSI APP: Oct 19, 1987 (Ref. Std.: IEEE143) Abstract: Some basic considerations for the selection of neutral grounding parameters that will provide for the control of ground- fault current and overvoltage on all portions of three-phase electrical utility systems are presented. These considerations apply specifically to electric utility systems and do not recognize the neutral grounding requirements for dispersed storage and generation. They are intended to serve as an introduction to a series of standards on neutral grounding in electrical utility systems. Designation: C62.92.1-2000 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Surge Protective Devices/High Voltage Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2005 Title: IEEE Guide for the Application of Neutral Grounding in Electrical Utility Systems, Part 1 - Introduction Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Mar 30, 2001 **revision of C62.92-1987 (R1993). Supersedes C62.92-1987 (R1993). Technical Contact: Douglas C Dawson, Phone:818-508-8006, Email:d.c.dawson@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Sep 21, 1995, BD APP: Sep 21, 2000, ANSI APP: Jan 08, 2001 Project Scope: Present basic considerations for the selection of neutral grounding parameters that will provide for the control of ground-fault current and over-voltage on all portions of three-phase electric utility systems. Project Purpose: Update the current standard to improve clarity and readability. Abstract: Some basic considerations for the selection of neutral grounding parameters thatwill provide for the control of ground- fault current and overvoltage on all portions of three-phase electric utility systems are presented. These considerations apply specifically to electric utility systems and do not recognize the neutral grounding requirements for dispersed storage and generation. They are intended to serve as an introduction to a series of standards on neutral grounding in electrical utility systems. Key Words: "class of grounding, coefficient of grounding (COG), earth-fault factor (EFF), earth-return path, effectively grounded, electrical utility systems, grounded solidly" Designation: C62.92.3-1993 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Surge Protective Devices/High Voltage Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2005 Title: IEEE Guide for the Application of Neutral Grounding in Electrical Utility Systems, Part III - Generator Auxiliary Systems Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jun 03, 1994 Technical Contact: John B Posey, Phone:330-887-5129, Email:jbposey@verizon.net **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Sep 28, 1987, BD APP: Dec 02, 1993, ANSI APP: Aug 01, 1994 Abstract: Basic factors and general considerations in selecting the class and means of neutral grounding for electrical generating plant auxiliary power systems are given in this guide. Apparatus to be used to achieve the desired grounding are suggested, and methods to specify the grounding devices are given. Sensitivity and selectivity of equipment ground-fault protection as affected by selection of the neutral grounding device are discussed, with examples. Key Words: electrical generation, neutral grounding, Grounding, Ground-fault protection, Generator auxiliary systems, Electrical utility systems, Electrical generating plants Designation: PC62.92.3 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Surge Protective Devices/High Voltage Title: Guide for the Application of Neutral Grounding in Electrical Utility Systems, Part III—Generator Auxiliary Systems Status: Revision Project Technical Contact: Steve G Whisenant, Phone:704-382-6608, Email:sgwhisen@duke-energy.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 08, 2004 Project Scope: The scope of this project is to summarize the general considerations in grounding of generating station auxiliary power systems, the factors to be considered in selecting between the appropriate grounding classes and specifying equipment ratings. This guide applies to both medium-voltage (1 kV-15 kV) and low-voltage (less than 1 kV) auxiliary power systems. The intent of this guide is to discuss grounding methods which may be used to limit equipment damage. The emphasis is on reliability and availability of auxiliary power system service, achieved through control of ground-fault currents and transient overvoltages. Project Purpose: The purpose of the Guide is to present some basic considerations for the selection of neutral grounding parameters that will provide for the control of ground-fault currents and overvoltages on auxiliary systems of electrical utility three-phase generators. The purpose of this revision is to update Clause 4.3 Damage Criterion with current research on equipment damage, update all references, and to ensure no intrusion or overlap with IEEE Std 1584 or Arc Flash Hazards Analysis for personnel safety. Designation: C62.92.4-1991 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Surge Protective Devices/High Voltage Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2002 Title: IEEE Guide for the Application of Neutral Grounding in Electrical Utility Systems, Part IV-Distribution Status: Approved Publication of IEEE Technical Contact: John B Posey, Phone:330-887-5129, Email:jbposey@verizon.net **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Sep 28, 1987, BD APP: Dec 05, 1991, ANSI APP: Jul 13, 1992 Project Scope: This section of the guide is concerned with the neutral grounding of single- and three-phase alternating current (ac) electric utility primary distribution systems with nominal voltages in the range of 2.4 kV to 34.5 kV. For the purpose of this guide, the term "distribution" includes the substation providing power to distribution feeders, the distribution feeders, and the distribution transformers providing service at utilization voltages. The scope of this guide does not include the grounding of the low-voltage secondary systems supplied by distribution transformers, or consumer-owned facilities that are covered by other standards such as the National Electrical Code (NEC) (B6) Project Purpose: SEE SCOPE. Abstract: The neutral grounding of single- and three-phase ac electric utility primary distribution systems with nominal voltages in the range of 2.4--34.5 kV is addressed. Classes of distribution systems grounding are defined. Basic considerations in distribution system grounding--concerning economics, control of temporary overvoltages, control of ground-fault currents, and ground relaying--are addressed. Also considered are use of grounding transformers, grounding of high-voltage neutral of wye/delta distribution transformers, and interconnection of primary and secondary neutrals of distribution transformers. Key Words: Primary distribution systems, Neutral grounding, Electric utilities, Distribution systems, Distribution system grounding Designation: PC62.92.4 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Surge Protective Devices/High Voltage Title: Guide for the Application of Neutral Grounding in Electrical Utility Systems, Part IV - Distribution Status: Revision Project Technical Contact: Steve G Whisenant, Phone:704-382-6608, Email:sgwhisen@duke-energy.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 07, 2005 Project Scope: This guide is concerned with the neutral grounding of single- and three-phase alternating current (ac) electric utility primary distribution systems with nominal voltages in the range of 2.4 kV to 34.5 kV. For the purpose of this guide, the term "distribution" includes the substation providing power to distribution feeders, the distribution feeders, and the distribution transformers providing service at utilization voltages. The scope of this guide does not include the grounding of the low-voltage secondary systems supplied by distribution transformers, ar consumer-owned facilities that are covered by other standards such as the National Electrical Code (NEC). Project Purpose: This guide is intended to provide useful information to the user for determining the class of distribution system grounding to be applied and to review several basic considerations in the selection of the type of grounding. The guide also covers several special considerations in the design of distribution system grounding. Designation: C62.92.5-1992 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Surge Protective Devices/High Voltage Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2001 Title: IEEE Guide for the Application of Neutral Grounding in Electric Utility Systems, Part V - Transmission Systems and Subtransmission Systems Status: Approved Publication of IEEE Technical Contact: John B Posey, Phone:330-887-5129, Email:jbposey@verizon.net **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: BD APP: Jun 18, 1992, ANSI APP: Dec 08, 1992 Abstract: Basic factors and general considerations in selecting the class and means of neutral grounding for a particular ac transmission or subtransmission system are covered. An apparatus to be used to achieve the desired grounding is suggested, and methods for specifying the grounding devices are given. Transformer tertiary systems, equipment-neutral grounding, and the effects of series compensation on grounding are discussed. Key Words: Transmission systems, Transformer tertiary systems, Subtransmission systems, Series compensation, Neutral grounding, Equipment neutral grounding, Electric utility systems Designation: PC62.92.5 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Surge Protective Devices/High Voltage Title: Guide for the Application of Neutral Grounding in Electrical Utility Systems, Part V - Transmission Systems and Subtransmission Systems Status: Revision Project Technical Contact: Steve G Whisenant, Phone:704-382-6608, Email:sgwhisen@duke-energy.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jun 09, 2005 Project Scope: The scope of this document is to give the basic factors and general considerations in selecting the class and means of neutral grounding for a particular ac transmission or subtransmission system, and the suggested method and apparatus to be used to achieve the desired grounding. Definitions of grounding terms used in this part of the guide may be found in IEEE Std. C62.92.1-2000 [1]. Project Purpose: This document will provide the user with insight on the basic factors and general considerations in selecting the class and means of neutral grounding for a particular ac tranmission or subtransmission system. An apparatus to achieve the desired grounding is suggested, and methods for specifying the grounding devices will be given. Designation: C62.92.2-1989 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Surge Protective Devices/High Voltage Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2005 Title: IEEE Guide for the Application of Neutral Grounding in Electrical Utility Systems, Part II - Grounding of Synchronous Generator Systems Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Sep 29, 1989 Technical Contact: Joseph C Osterhout, Phone:708/301-6599, Email:joeosterhout@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Mar 10, 1988, BD APP: Feb 02, 1989, ANSI APP: Oct 13, 1989 Abstract: General considerations for grounding synchronous generator systems are summarized, focusing on the objectives of generator grounding. The factors to be considered in the selection of a grounding class and the application of grounding methods are discussed. Four generator grounding types are considered: unit-connected generation systems, common-bus generators without feeders, generators with feeders directly connected at generated voltage, and three-phase, 4-wire connected generators. Designation: C63-1989 Sponsor: Accredited Standards Committee on Electromagnetic Compatibility Title: C63: Complete 1989 Edition; Electromagnetic Compatability Status: Superseded Publication type: Collection Designation: C63.2-1996 Sponsor: Accredited Standards Committee on Electromagnetic Compatibility Title: American National Standard for Electromagnetic Noise and Field Strength Instrumentation, 10 Hz to 40 GHz - Specifications Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Mar 12, 1996 **Revision of ANSI C63.2-1987. Publication type: Special Publication Technical Contact: Ralph M Showers, Phone:215-898-8123, Email:showers@ee.upenn.edu **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: ANSI APP: Jan 12, 1996 Abstract: Electromagnetic compatibility techniques for instruments measuring quasi-peak, peak, rms, and average values for electrical and electronic equipment for various applications are provided. Key Words: electromagnetic, compatibility, field strength, instrumentation, noise Designation: C63.2-1987 Sponsor: Accredited Standards Committee on Electromagnetic Compatibility Title: American National Standard for Instrumentation - Electromagnetic Noise and Field Strength, 10kHz to 40 GHz - Specifications Status: Superseded Publication type: Special Publication History: ANSI APP: Feb 05, 1987 Abstract: Requirements for electromagnetic noise instrumentation for the frequency range of 10 kHz to 40 GHz incorporating quasi- peak, peak, rms, and average detectors are presented. The basic instrument is a frequency-selective voltmeter. With appropriate coupling devices such as antennas and current probes, the instrumentation will also measure other physical quantities such as field strength and current. Spectrum analyzers are not covered. Key Words: Voltage measurements, Electromagnetic measurements, Electromagnetic interference Designation: C63.4-2003 Sponsor: Accredited Standards Committee on Electromagnetic Compatibility Title: IEEE Standard for Methods of Measurement of Radio-Noise Emission from Low-Voltage Electrical and Electronic Equipment in the Range of 9 kHz to 40 GHz Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jan 27, 2004 Publication type: Special Publication Abstract: "ANSI C63.4-2003, American National Standard for Methods of Measurement of Radio-Noise Emissions from Low-Voltage Electrical and Electronic Equipment in the Range of 9 kHz to 40 GHz" Key Words: "conducted emission testing,conducting ground plane,digital equipment,electric fieldmeasurement,line impedance stabilization network,low-voltage electrical equipment,low-voltageelectronic equipment,magnetic field measurement,normalized site attenuation," Designation: C63.4-2000 Title: American National Standard Methods of Measurement of Radio-Noise Emission from Low-Voltage Electrical and Electronic Equipment in the Range of 9 kHz to 40 GHz Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jun 22, 2001 Publication type: Special Publication Abstract: " U.S. consensus standard methods, instrumentation, and facilities for measurement of ra-dio-frequency (RF) signals and noise emitted from electrical and electronic devices in the frequencyrange 9 kHz to 40 GHz are specified. This standard does not include generic nor product-specificemission limits. Where possible, the specifications herein are harmonized with other national andinternational standards used for similar purposes. " Key Words: "conducted emission testing, conducted ground plance, digital equipment, electric field measurement, line impedance stabilization network (LISN)" Designation: C63.4-1992 Sponsor: Accredited Standards Committee on Electromagnetic Compatibility Title: IEEE Methods of Measurement of Radio-Noise Emissions from Low-Voltage Electrical and Electronic Equipment in the Range of 9 kHz to 40 GHz Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jul 17, 1992 **This supercedes C63.4-1991 (8/96) Technical Contact: Ralph M Showers, Phone:215-898-8123, Email:showers@ee.upenn.edu **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: ANSI APP: May 26, 1992 Abstract: Uniform methods of measurement of radio noise emitted from low-voltage electrical and electronic equipment, including digital and other information technology equipment, in the frequency range of 9 kHz to 40 GHz are set forth. Both unintentional and certain intentional radiators are included. Methods for the measurement of radiated and powerline conducted radio noise are covered and may be applied to any such equipment unless otherwise specified by individual equipment requirements. Key Words: Unintentional radiators, Site attenuation, Radio-noise power, Radio- noise emissions, Radiated emission testing, Powerline conducted radio noise, Periodic intentional radiators, Normalized site attenuation, Magnetic field measurement, Low-voltage electronic equipment, Low-voltage electrical equipment, Line impedance stabilization network, Intentional radiators, Information technology equipment, Electric field measurement, Digital equipment, Conducting ground plane, Conducted emission testing Designation: C63.4-1991 Sponsor: Accredited Standards Committee on Electromagnetic Compatibility Title: Methods of Measurement of Radio-Noise Emissions from Low-Voltage Electrical and Electronic Equipment in the Range of 9 kHz to 40 GHz Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Mar 21, 1991 **Revision of ANSI C63.4-1988. Technical Contact: Ralph M Showers, Phone:215-898-8123, Email:showers@ee.upenn.edu **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: ANSI APP: Jan 17, 1991 Abstract: Some basic considerations for the selection of neutral grounding parameters that will provide for the control of ground- fault current and overvoltage on all portions of three-phase electrical utility systems are presented. These considerations apply specifically to electric utility systems and do not recognize the neutral grounding requirements for dispersed storage and generation. They are intended to serve as an introduction to a series of standards on neutral grounding in electrical utility systems. Designation: C63.4-1988 Sponsor: Accredited Standards Committee on Electromagnetic Compatibility Title: American National Standard Methods of Measurement of Radio-Noise Emissions from Low-Voltage Electrical and Electronic Equipment in the Range of 10 kHz to 1GHz Status: Superseded **Superceded by C63.4-1991. History: ANSI APP: Jun 16, 1988 Designation: C63.5-2006 Sponsor: Accredited Standards Committee on Electromagnetic Compatibility Title: American National Standard for Electromagnetic CompatibilityRadiated Emission Measurements in Electromagnetic Interference (EMI) ControlCalibration of Antennas (9 kHz to 40 GHz) Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Apr 21, 2006 Publication type: Special Publication Technical Contact: Ralph M Showers, Phone:215-898-8123, Email:showers@ee.upenn.edu **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. Project Scope: This standard provides methods for determining antenna factors of antennas used for radiated emission measurements of electromagnetic interference (EMI) from 9 kHz to 40 GHz. Antennas included are linearly polarized antennas, such as loops, rods (monopoles), tuned dipoles, biconical dipoles, log-periodic dipole arrays, hybrid linearly polarized arrays, broadband horns, etc., that are used in measurements governed by ANSI C63.4-2003.1 The methods include standard site, reference antenna, equivalent capacitance substitution, standard transmitting loop, standard antenna, and standard field methods. The latter three methods are incorporated by reference in 4.5. Harmonization of this standard with international standards is achieved by providing one-measurement geometry in the 30 MHz to 1000 MHz frequency range. The word “shall” is used in this document to indicate mandatory requirements. The words “should” or “may” are used to indicate that among several possibilities one is strongly recommended but not mandatory. Abstract: Methods for determining antenna factors of antennas used for radiated emission measurements of electromagnetic interference (EMI) from 9 kHz to 40 GHz are provided. Antennas included are linearly polarized antennas such as loops, rods (monopoles), tuned dipoles, biconical dipoles, log-periodic dipole arrays, hybrid linearly polarized arrays, broadband horns, etc., which are used in measurements governed by ANSI C63.4-2001. The methods include standard site (i.e. 3-antenna), reference antenna, equivalent capacitance substitution, standard transmitting loop, standard antenna, and standard field methods. Key Words: antenna factors, equivalent capacitance substitution, linearly polarized antennas, near free space, reference antenna, standard antenna, standard site, standard transmitting loop Designation: C63.5-2004 Sponsor: Accredited Standards Committee on Electromagnetic Compatibility Title: American National Standard for Electromagnetic CompatibilityRadiated Emission Measurements in Electromagnetic Interference (EMI) ControlCalibration of Antennas (9 kHz to 40 GHz) Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Dec 20, 2004 Publication type: Special Publication Technical Contact: Ralph M Showers, Phone:215-898-8123, Email:showers@ee.upenn.edu **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. Abstract: Methods for determining antenna factors of antennas used for radiated emission measurements of electromagnetic interference (EMI) from 9 kHz to 40 GHz are provided. Antennas included are linearly polarized antennas such as loops, rods (monopoles), tuned dipoles, biconical dipoles, log-periodic dipole arrays, hybrid linearly polarized arrays, broadband horns, etc., which are used in measurements governed by ANSI C63.4-2001. The methods include standard site (i.e. 3-antenna), reference antenna, equivalent capacitance substitution, standard transmitting loop, standard antenna, and standard field methods. Key Words: antenna factors, equivalent capacitance substitution, linearly polarized antennas, near free space, reference antenna, standard antenna, standard site, standard transmitting loop Designation: C63.5-1998 Sponsor: Accredited Standards Committee on Electromagnetic Compatibility Title: American National Standard for Calibration of Antennas Used for Radiated Emission Measurements in Electromagnetic Interference (EMI) Control Calibration of Antennas (9 kHz to 40 GHz) Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Dec 07, 1998 **Revision of '88 std. Technical Contact: H. Robert Hofmann, Phone:630 3552440, Email:hrhofmann@att.net **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: ANSI APP: Oct 28, 1998 Abstract: " Methods for determining antenna factors of antennas used for radiated emission mea-surements of electromagnetic interference (EMI) from 9 kHz to 40 GHz are provided. Antennas in-cluded are linearly polarized antennas such as loops, rods (monopoles), tuned dipoles, biconicaldipoles, log-periodic dipole arrays, broadband horns, etc., which are used in measurements gov-erned by ANSI C63.4-1992. The methods include standard site (i.e., 3-antenna), reference antenna,equivalent capacitance substitution, standard transmitting loop, standard antenna, and standardÞeld methods. " Key Words: calibration, antennas, radiated emission, emi, interference Designation: C63.6-1996 Sponsor: Accredited Standards Committee on Electromagnetic Compatibility Title: American National Standard Guide for the Computation of Errors in Open- Area Test Site Measurements Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Dec 08, 1997 **Revision of C63.6-1988 Publication type: Special Publication Technical Contact: Edwin L Bronaugh, Phone:512-258-6687, Email:ed.bronaugh@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: ANSI APP: Sep 27, 1996 Abstract: The basis for the acceptability criterion of ý4 dB for the site attenuation measurements required in ANSI C63.4-1992 is provided. Key Words: acceptability criterion, antenna factor, attenuator uncertainty, electromagnetic noise, error analysis, error budget Designation: C63.6-1988 Sponsor: Accredited Standards Committee on Electromagnetic Compatibility Title: American National Standard Guide for the Computation of Errors in Open- Area Test Site Measurements Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Nov 23, 1988 Technical Contact: Ralph M Showers, Phone:215-898-8123, Email:showers@ee.upenn.edu **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: ANSI APP: Jun 16, 1988 Abstract: The basis for the acceptability criterion of plus or minus 4 dB for the site attenuation measurements required by ANSI C63.4-1988, American National Standard Methods of Measurements of Emissions from Low-Voltage Electrical and Electronics Equipment in the Range of 10 kHz to 1 GHz, is shown. Key Words: Electromagnetic interference Designation: C63.7-2003 Sponsor: Accredited Standards Committee on Electromagnetic Compatibility Title: Standard Guide for Construction of Open Area Test Sites for Performing Radiated Emission Measurements Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Apr 07, 2006 Publication type: Special Publication Technical Contact: Ralph M Showers, Phone:215-898-8123, Email:showers@ee.upenn.edu **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. Project Scope: This guide provides information that is useful in constructing an open-area test site (OATS) used to perform radiated emission measurements in the frequency range of 30-1000 MHz. Final validity of the test site can only be made by performing site attenuation measurements as described in ANSI C63.4-2003, Sec 5.4.6. Abstract: Information that is useful in constructing an open-area test site (OATS) used to perform radiated emission measurements in the frequency range of 30-1000 MHz is provided. Final validity of the test site can only be made by performing site attenuation measurements as described in ANSI C63.4-2003 Key Words: emission measurement, open-area test sites, radiated emission measurement Designation: C63.7-1992 Sponsor: Accredited Standards Committee on Electromagnetic Compatibility Title: American National Standard Guide for Construction of Open-Area Test Sites for Performing Radiated Emission Measurements Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Mar 12, 1993 **11-Apr-2003: Withdrawn by ANSI as overage. Technical Contact: Ralph M Showers, Phone:215-898-8123, Email:showers@ee.upenn.edu **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: ANSI APP: Dec 23, 1992 Abstract: Information that is useful in constructing an open-area test site (OATS) used to perform radiatedemission measurements in the frequency range of 30-1000 MHz is provided. Final validity of the test sitecan only be made by performing site attenuation measurements as described in ANSI C63.4-1992. Key Words: "emission measurement, open-area test sites, radiated emission measurement" Designation: C63.011-2000 Title: American National Standard for Limits and Methods of Measurement of Radio Disturbance Characteristics of Industrial, Scientific, and Medical (ISM) Radio-Frequency Equipment Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Nov 18, 2000 Publication type: Special Publication Abstract: " This standard republishes CISPR 11:1997 (with Amendment 1, 1999-05) as an AmericanNational Standard to make it easily available to U.S. manufacturers. " Key Words: Electromaganetic Compatibility (EMC) Designation: C63.12-2000 Title: American National Standard for Electromagnetic Compatibility Limits-- Recommended Practice Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Mar 28, 2000 Publication type: Special Publication Designation: C63.12-1987 Sponsor: Accredited Standards Committee on Electromagnetic Compatibility Title: American National Standard for Electromagnetic Compatibility Limits - Recommended Practice Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Aug 31, 1988 Technical Contact: Ralph M Showers, Phone:215-898-8123, Email:showers@ee.upenn.edu **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: ANSI APP: Dec 31, 1987 Abstract: A suggested set of limits that may find general application is set forth. A rationale for developing limits is presented, and a set of limits that are representative of current practice is recommended. Environmental radio noise and the selection of measurement parameters are described. The measurement of amplitude distribution, the measurement set envelope amplitude distribution, and the amplitude probability distribution are discussed in the appendixes. Key Words: Electromagnetic measurements, Electromagnetic interference Designation: C63.12 Title: American National Standard for Electromagnetic Compatibility Limits—Recommended Practice Status: Approved Publication of IEEE Designation: C63.13-1991 Sponsor: Accredited Standards Committee on Electromagnetic Compatibility Title: American National Standard Guide on the Application and Evaluation of EMI Power-Line Filters for Commercial Use Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Aug 07, 1991 Technical Contact: Ralph M Showers, Phone:215-898-8123, Email:showers@ee.upenn.edu **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: ANSI APP: Jun 28, 1991 Abstract: A basic understanding of the application, evaluation, and safety considerations of electromagnetic interference (EMI) power-line filters used in both AC and DC applications is provided. The construction of an EMI power-line filter and its functions in providing suppression of conducted noise are described. The functions and performance of the filter components, particularly the capacitors and inductors, are discussed. It is explained why seemingly identical filters may not give the same performance in a particular application. No-load insertion-loss test methods are presented. Proper installation of the filters in equipment is discussed. Safety regulations are briefly addressed. Key Words: capacitors, common mode, noise currents, differential mode, electromagnetic, interference, power line filters, inductors, no load insertion, insertion loss, Power filters Designation: C63.14-1998 Sponsor: Accredited Standards Committee on Electromagnetic Compatibility Title: American National Standard Dictionary for Technologies of Electromagnetic Compatibility (EMC), Electromagnetic Pulse (EMP) and Electrostatic Discharge (ESD) (Dictionary of EMC/EMP/ESD Terms and Definitions) Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Dec 03, 1998 Publication type: Special Publication Technical Contact: J. L. Norman Violette, Phone:703-506-0528, Email:enviolette@msn.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. Abstract: " Terms associated with electromagnetic compatibility (EMC), electromagnetic pulse(EMP), and electrostatic discharge (ESD) are defined. Quantities, units, multiplying factors, sym-bols, and abbreviations are covered. " Key Words: dictionary, EMC, EMP, ESD, pulse, discharge Designation: C63.14-1992 Sponsor: Accredited Standards Committee on Electromagnetic Compatibility Title: American National Standard Dictionary for Technologies of Electromagnetic Compatability (EMC), Electromagnetic Pulse (EMP), and Electrostatic Discharge (ESD) Status: Superseded Publication type: Special Publication History: ANSI APP: Apr 21, 1992 Abstract: Terms associated with electromagnetic compatibility (EMC), electromagetic pulse (EMP), and electrostatic discharge (ESD) are defined. Quantities, units, multiplying factors, symbols, and abbreviations are covered. Key Words: terms, definitions, Electrostatic discharge (ESD), Electromagnetic pulse (EMP), Electromagnetic compatibility Designation: C63.15 Sponsor: Accredited Standards Committee on Electromagnetic Compatibility Title: Immunity Measurement of Electronic Products Status: Approved Publication of IEEE Technical Contact: Ralph M Showers, Phone:215-898-8123, Email:showers@ee.upenn.edu **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. Designation: C63.16-1993 Sponsor: Accredited Standards Committee on Electromagnetic Compatibility Title: American National Standard Guide for Electrostatic Discharge Test Methodologies and Criteria for Electronic Equipment Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Mar 15, 1994 Publication type: Special Publication Technical Contact: Ralph M Showers, Phone:215-898-8123, Email:showers@ee.upenn.edu **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: ANSI APP: Nov 22, 1993 Abstract: Based upon ESD events on electronic equipment in actual-use environments, a process to establish ESD test criteria is provided. Test procedures for highly repeatable ESD immunity evaluation of tabletop and floor-standing equipment are described. Simulator characteristics for hand/metal and furniture ESD testing are specified both for air and contact discharge methods. Statistical criteria is given to determine the number of test trials required, based on the confidence factor desired and various pass/fail categories. This ANSI ESD guide has been harmonized with other international ESD standards except where other standards have technical approaches that would reduce equipment quality or result in degraded product operation. Key Words: air discharge, contact discharge, coupling plane, direct discharge, ESD event, ESD simulator, ESD test criteria, ESD waveform charact, furniture ESD, hand/metal ESD, human/touch ESD, indirect discharge, Electrostatic discharge (ESD), ESD waveform characterization Designation: C63.16 Sponsor: Accredited Standards Committee on Electromagnetic Compatibility Title: American National Standard Guide for Electrostatic Discharge Test Methodologies and Criteria for Electronic Equipment Status: Approved Publication of IEEE Technical Contact: William T Rhoades, Phone:714-871-5919, Email:wrhoades1@earthlink.net **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. Key Words: electrostatic, discharge, criteria Designation: C63.17-2006 Sponsor: Accredited Standards Committee on Electromagnetic Compatibility Title: American National Standard Methods of Measurement of the Electromagnetic and Operational Compatibility of Unlicensed Personal Communications Services (UPCS) Devices Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jan 15, 2007 Publication type: Special Publication History: ANSI APP: Jun 28, 2006 Project Scope: This standard sets forth uniform methods of measurement of the electromagnetic and operational compatibility of unlicensed personal communications services (UPCS) devices. This standard does not cover licensed personal communications services (PCS) devices. The recommended methods are applicable to the radio transmitter and monitoring devices contained in the UPCS device. These methods apply to the measurement of individual UPCS devices. Additional methods may be added to this standard to fulfill future requirements. In addition to the measurements specified herein, UPCS devices may also be required to be tested in accordance with other standards. Examples are listed in Annex A. Abstract: Specific test procedures are established for verifying the compliance of unlicensed personal communications services (UPCS) devices with applicable regulatory requirements regarding radio-frequency emission levels and spectrum access procedures. Key Words: etiquette, personal communications, RF emissions, spectrum access, unlicensed devices, UPCS Designation: C63.17 Sponsor: Accredited Standards Committee on Electromagnetic Compatibility Title: American National Standard Methods of Measurement of the Electromagnetic and Operational Compatibility of Unlicensed Personal Communications Services (UPCS) Devices Status: Approved Publication of IEEE Publication type: Special Publication Technical Contact: Arthur H. Light, Phone:703-247-7713, Email:artlight@cox.net **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: ANSI APP: Feb 05, 1998 Project Scope: This standard sets forth uniform methods of measurement of the electromagnetic and operational compatibility of unlicensed personal communications services (UPCS) devices. This standard does not cover licensed personal communications services (PCS) devices. The recommended methods described are applicable to the radio transmitter and monitoring devices contained in the UPCS device. These methods apply to the measurement of individual UPCS devices. Additional methods may be added to this standard to fulfill future requirements. In addition to the measurements specified herein, UPCS devices may also be required to be tested in accordance with other standards. Examples are listed in Annex A. Abstract: Specific test procedures are established for verifying the compliance of unlicensed personal communications services (UPCS) devices with applicable regulatory requirements regarding radio-frequency (RF) emission levels and spectrum access procedures. Key Words: etiquette, personal communications, RF emissions, spectrum access, unlicensed devices Designation: C63.18-1997 Sponsor: Accredited Standards Committee on Electromagnetic Compatibility Title: Recommended Practice for an On-site, Ad-Hoc Test Method for Estimating Radiated Electromagnetic Immunity of Medical Devices to Specific Radio Frequency Transmitters Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Dec 31, 1997 Publication type: Special Publication Technical Contact: Herbert Mertel, Phone:8584596717, Email:hmertel@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. Abstract: Guidance is provided for health-care organizations in evaluating the radiated RF electromagnetic immunity of their existing inventories of medical devices to their existing inventories of RF transmitters, as well as to RF transmitters that are commonly available. This recommended practice can also be used for newly purchased medical devices and RF transmitters, as well as for pre-purchase evaluation. It applies to medical devices used in health-care facilities and to portable transmitters with a rated power output of 8 W or less. It does not apply to implantable medical devices, transport environments such as ambulances and helicopters, or to RF transmitters rated at more than 8 W. Key Words: ad hoc testing, electromagnetic compatibility, EMC, electromagnetic immunity, electromagnetic interference, EMI, health-care facilities, in-situ testing, medical devices, on-site testing, portable RF transmitters, test method, test procedure Designation: C63.19-2007 Sponsor: Accredited Standards Committee on Electromagnetic Compatibility Title: Method of Measurement for Hearing Aid Compatibility with Wireless Communications Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: May 07, 2007 Publication type: Special Publication Technical Contact: Stephen Berger, Phone:512-864-3365, Email:stephen.berger@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. Designation: C63.19-2006 Sponsor: Accredited Standards Committee on Electromagnetic Compatibility Title: Method of Measurement for Hearing Aid Compatibility with Wireless Communications Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jun 12, 2006 Publication type: Special Publication Technical Contact: Stephen Berger, Phone:512-864-3365, Email:stephen.berger@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: ANSI APP: Apr 06, 2006 Project Scope: This standard applies to both wireless communications devices (WDs) and hearing aids. It sets forth uniform methods of measurement and parametric requirements for the electromagnetic and operational compatibility and accessibility of hearing aids used with WDs, including cordless, cellular, personal communications service (PCS) phones, and voice over internet protocol (VoIP) devices, operating in the range of 800 MHz to 3 GHz. However, this version is focused on existing services, which are in common use. Accordingly, in this version tests are provided for services in the 800 MHz to 950 MHz and 1.6 GHz to 2.5 GHz frequency bands. Future versions may add tests for other frequency bands, as they come into more common use. This standard is intended to apply to all types of hearing aids with acoustic output, including, as examples, behind-the-ear (BTE), in- the-ear (ITE), in-the-canal (ITC), and completely-in-the-canal (CIC) types. Test methods are provided for hearing aids operating in acoustic (microphone input) mode or in T-Coil input mode. The field levels called for in various places shall be maintained within the limits for radio frequency (RF) safety, set forth in ANSI C95.1-1999.1 Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to establish categories for hearing aids and for WDs that can indicate to healthcare practitioners and hearing aid users which hearing aids are compatible with which WDs and to provide tests that can be used to assess the electromagnetic characteristics of hearing aids and WDs and assign them to these categories. The various parameters required, in order to demonstrate compatibility and accessibility are measured. The design of the standard is such that when a hearing aid and WD achieve one of the categories specified, as measured by the methodology of this standard, the indicated performance is realized. Abstract: Uniform methods of measurement for compatibility between hearing aids and wireless communications devices are set forth. Key Words: American National Standard, electromagnetic compatibility, hearing aid, hearing aid compatibility (HAC), measurement methods, operational compatibility, personal communications service (PCS), wireless communications device Designation: C63.19-2001 Title: American National Standard for Methods of Measurement of Capatibility between Wireless Communication Devices and Hearing Aids Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Sep 28, 2001 History: BD APP: Jun 02, 2001 Abstract: Uniform methods of measurement for compatibility between hearing aids and wirelesscommunications devices are set forth in this standard. Key Words: "American National Standard,electromagnetic compatibility,hearing aid,hearing aidcompatibility (HAC),measurement methods,operational compatibility,personal communicationsservice (PCS),wireless communications device" Designation: C63.20 Sponsor: Accredited Standards Committee on Electromagnetic Compatibility Title: Limits for Hearing Aid Compatibility with Wireless Communications Status: Approved Publication of IEEE Technical Contact: Stephen Berger, Phone:512-864-3365, Email:stephen.berger@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. Designation: C63.21 Sponsor: Accredited Standards Committee on Electromagnetic Compatibility Title: American National Standard for Radiated Radio Frequency Electromagnetic Field Immunnity of Medical Devices Connected to Patients Status: Approved Publication of IEEE Technical Contact: Howard Bassen, Phone:301-827-4950, Email:hib@cdrh.fda.gov **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. Designation: C63.22-2004 Sponsor: Accredited Standards Committee on Electromagnetic Compatibility Title: American National Standard Guide for Automated Electromagnetic Interference Measurements Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Dec 22, 2004 Publication type: Special Publication Abstract: U.S. consensus guideline for automation of conducted and radiated EMI compliance measurements is provided in this guide. This document does not include mandatory specifications for automation tools (i.e., application software, automated test equipment, computers and peripherals). Where possible, the guidance provided herein is harmonized with other national and international standards used for similar purposes. Key Words: conducted emissions, data analysis tools, data handling, exploratory measurements, facility integrity, final measurements, prescans, probability of signal intercept, radiated emissions, sweep times, scan rates Designation: C63.022-1996 Sponsor: Accredited Standards Committee on Electromagnetic Compatibility Title: American National Standard for Limits and Methods of Measurement of Radio Disturbance Characteristics of Information Technology Equipment Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Dec 12, 1997 **Adoption of CISPR 22 (1993) and Amendment 1 (1995) with an American Forward. Publication type: Special Publication Technical Contact: Herbert Mertel, Phone:8584596717, Email:hmertel@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: ANSI APP: Sep 27, 1996 Abstract: " Emission limits are provided that are an are acceptable alternative for limits of the current issueof FCC Part 15, Subpart B, for Information Technology Equipment (ITE). This document republishes CISPR 22 (1993) and Amendment 1 (1995) as an American National Standard, ANSI C63.022-1996, whichis recognized within the U.S. " Key Words: "conducted emissions,emission limits,emission measurement,information technology equipment,radiated emissions,radio disturbance,radio interference" Designation: C92.2-1987 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Surge Protective Devices/High Voltage Title: American National Standard for Power Systems - Alternating-Current Electrical Systems and Equipment Operating at Voltages Above 230 kV Nominal- Preferred Voltage Ratings Status: Superseded **Superseded by 1312-1993 History: ANSI APP: Apr 28, 1987 Designation: PC93.4 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Power System Communications Title: Standard for Power-Line Carrier Line-Tuning Equipment (30-500 kHz) Associated With Power Transmission Lines Status: New Standard Project Technical Contact: Roger E Ray, Phone:954-344-9822x208, Email:roger.ray@pulsartech.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jun 09, 2005 Project Scope: This standard applies to power-line carrier line-tuning equipment connected between the coupling capacitors and power-line carrier transmitter/receiver terminals operating in the frequency range of 30 to 500 kHz over power transmission lines and cables or to similar line-tuning equipment in a carrier bypass. Power-line carrier line-tuning equipment includes assemblies and components: tuning inductor, impedance matching transformer, balancing transformer, tuning capacitor, inductance- capacitance (LC) tuning unit, hybrid, filter, protective unit, interconnecting cables and enclosure. This standard includes the protective devices that facilitate the safe operation and maintenance of the line tuning components under normal and usual operating conditions. This standard will develop technical definitions, performance ratings, testing methods, and manufacturing requirements for the included line-tuning equipment. Project Purpose: This standard is vital to the application of Power-Line Carrier Systems on all transmission lines 69 kV and above. Power-Line carrier systems are used for protection systems and other communications. The Line tuner is the part of the system that allows the carrier signal to reach the power line with the minimum of loss. Performance requirements will be established so that tuner is important that the types of tuners and their interaction with the power system is known and performance can be predicted. Designation: C95.1-2005 Sponsor: SASB/SCC39-International Committee on Electromagnetic Safety Title: Standard for Safety Levels with Respect to Human Exposure to Radio Frequency Electromagnetic Fields, 3 kHz to 300 GHz Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Apr 19, 2006 Technical Contact: C. K Chou, Phone:954-723-5387, Email:ck.chou@motorola.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Jun 26, 1997, BD APP: Oct 03, 2005, ANSI APP: Nov 02, 2006 Project Scope: Recommendations are made to protect against established adverse health effects in human beings associated with exposure to electric, magnetic and electromagnetic fields in the frequency range of 3 kHz to 300 GHz. The recommendations are expressed in terms of basic restrictions (BRs) and maximum permissible exposure (MPE) values. The BRs are limits on internal fields, specific absorption rate (SAR), and current density; the MPEs, which are derived from the BRs, are limits on external fields and induced and contact current. The recommendations, which protect against effects associated with electrostimulation and tissue and wholebody heating, are intended to apply to all human exposures except for exposure of patients by, or under the direction of, physicians and medical professionals. These recommendations are not intended for the purpose of preventing interference with medical and other devices that may exhibit susceptibility to radio frequency (RF) fields. The recommendations at 300 GHz are compatible with existing recommendations for safe exposure in the infrared frequency range, which begins at 300 GHz, cf., ANSI Z136.1-2000 [B7]1, ICNIRP guidelines [B63], and IEC 60825-1 [B65]. IEEE Std C95.6-20022 is the applicable standard for use at frequencies below 3 kHz. Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to provide exposure limits to protect against established adverse effects to human health induced by exposure to RF electric, magnetic and electromagnetic fields over the frequency range of 3 kHz to 300 GHz. Abstract: Recommendations to protect against harmful effects in human beings exposed to electromagnetic fields in the frequency range from 3 kHz to 300 GHz are provided in this standard. These recommendations are intended to apply in controlled environments and for general population exposure. These recommendations are not intended to apply to the exposure of patients by or under the direction of physicians and medical professionals. Key Words: basic restrictions (BR), maximum permissible exposure (MPE), radio frequency (RF), RF exposure, RF safety, specific absorption rate (SAR) Designation: C95.1-1991 Sponsor: SASB/SCC39-International Committee on Electromagnetic Safety Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1997 Title: IEEE Standard for Safety Levels with Respect to Human Exposure to Radio Frequency Electromagnetic Fields, 3 kHz to 300 GHz Status: Superseded **Revision of ANSI C95.1-1982. History: PAR APP: Mar 16, 1993, BD APP: Sep 26, 1991, ANSI APP: Nov 18, 1992 Abstract: Recommendations are made to prevent harmful effects in human beings exposed to electromagnetic fields in the frequency range from 3 kHz to 300 GHz. The recommendations are intended to apply to exposures in controlled, as well as uncontrolled, environments. They are not intended to apply to the purposeful exposure of patients by or under the direction of practitioners of the healing arts. The recommendations at 300 GHz are compatible with existing recommendations on safe exposure in the infrared frequency range (starting at 300 GHz). A rationale that describes how the recommendations were arrived at, and the factors taken into account in formulating them, is included. Key Words: microwave, MPE, RFPG, radio frequency, Safety levels, Radiation protection, Nonionizing radiation, Exposure limits, Electromagnetic fields Designation: C95.1-1982 Sponsor: SASB/SCC39-International Committee on Electromagnetic Safety Title: Electromagnetic Radiation with Respect to Personnel, American National Standard Safety Level of Status: Superseded Designation: C95.1 Sponsor: SASB/SCC39-International Committee on Electromagnetic Safety Title: Standard for Safety Levels with Respect to Human Exposure to Radio Frequency Electromagnetic Fields, 3 kHz to 300 GHz Status: Superseded History: PAR APP: Jun 26, 1997 Project Scope: Develop revised maximum permissible exposure (MPE) levels for exposures to electromagnetic fields for exposures in controlled and uncontrolled environments at frequencies between 3 kHz and 300 Ghz. The MPEs will be expressed in terms of quantifiable parameters such as electric- field strength, magnetic-field strength, power density, induced current and contact current. Exclusions and peak limits for pulsed fields will be included. Project Purpose: To revise IEEE C95.1-1991 to reflect new data and to eliminate certain ambiguities that have been brought to the attention of SCC28. Designation: C95.1a-1998 Sponsor: SASB/SCC39-International Committee on Electromagnetic Safety Title: IEEE Standard for Safety Levels with Respect to Human Exposure to Radio Frequency Electromagnetic Fields, 3 kHz to 300 GH - Supplement Status: Superseded History: PAR APP: Sep 16, 1998, BD APP: Dec 08, 1998 Project Scope: This supplement will clarify and revise sections of the standard. The supplement will provice new induced current limits, criteria for when induced current measurements are not required, minimum measurement distance from re-radiating structures, and will more precisely define spatial average with regard to compliance with the maximum permissible exposure limits, and radiated power and averaging volume for low-power hand- held devices. Project Purpose: To provide more realistic limits for induced currents and criteria to eliminate the need for unnecessary induced current measurements. It addresses certain ambiguities that have been consistently reported by users of the staandard. Designation: C95.1b Sponsor: SASB/SCC39-International Committee on Electromagnetic Safety Title: Standard for Amendment to: "IEEE Standard for Safety Levels with Respect to Human Exposure to Radio Frequency Electromagentic Fields, 3 kHz to 300 GHz, IEEE C95.1-1991 (1999 ed)" Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. History: PAR APP: Jan 30, 2000 Project Scope: This Amendment will clarify the standard by specifically defining additional portions of the human body, e.g., the outer ear (pinna), as extremities subject to similar specific absorption rate (SAR) limits as extremities already defined, e.g., hands, feet, wrist and ankles. Project Purpose: This amendment will allow SCC-34/SC-2 to proceed with their efforts, before the revision of C95.1-1991 is completed, to finalize the appropriate head model and complete a recommended practice for certifying that hand-held wireless devices meet existing SAR criteria. Designation: C95.1b-2004 Sponsor: SASB/SCC39-International Committee on Electromagnetic Safety Title: IEEE Standard for Safety Levels with Respect to Human Exposure to Radio Frequency Electromagnetic Fields, 3 kHz to 300 GHz - Amendment 2: Specific Absorption Rate (SAR) Limits for the Pinna Status: Superseded History: PAR APP: Sep 11, 2003, BD APP: Jun 24, 2004 Project Scope: This Amendment will clarify the standard by specifically defining additional portions of the human body, e.g., the outer ear (pinna), as extremities subject to similar specific absorption rate (SAR) limits as extremities already defined, e.g., hands, feet, wrist and ankles. Project Purpose: This amendment will allow SCC-34/SC-2 to proceed with their efforts, before the revision of C95.1-1991 is completed, to finalize the appropriate head model and complete a recommended practice for certifying that hand-held wireless devices meet existing SAR criteria. Abstract: This Amendmendment modifies IEEE Std C95.1-1991, as amended by C95.1a-1998 by assigning the same SAR requirements to the outer ear (pinna) that are required for the extremeties, e.g., hands, feet, wrists, and ankles. Key Words: electromagnetic fields, exposure limits, microwave and radio frequency safety, safety levels, specific absorption rate Designation: C95.2-1999 Sponsor: SASB/SCC39-International Committee on Electromagnetic Safety Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2005 Title: IEEE Standard for Radio-Frequency Energy and Current-Flow Symbols Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Dec 30, 1999 History: PAR APP: Jun 25, 1998, BD APP: Sep 16, 1999, ANSI APP: Oct 05, 2005 Project Scope: Description of warning symbols for radio frequency radiation and radio frequency induced and contact currents in the frequency range of 3 kHz to 300 GHz. Project Purpose: To revise C95.2-1988 so it is more compatible with the newly approved exposure standard, IEEE C95.1-1991. Abstract: Symbols to inform people about the presence of potentially hazardous levels of radio-frequency energy or the presence of contact current hazards in the frequency range of 3 kHz to300 GHz are specified. Guidance is given about how these symbols should be used on warningsigns and labels. Key Words: IEEE Std C95.2-1999.pdf Designation: C95.2-1982 Sponsor: SASB/SCC39-International Committee on Electromagnetic Safety Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1988 Title: American National Standard Radio Frequency Radiation Hazard Warning Symbol Status: Superseded **Superseded by C95.2-1999. History: ANSI APP: Aug 05, 1981 Abstract: The design and colors of a symbol denoting the incidence of electromagnetic energy in the frequency range from 0.3 MHz to 100 GHz are defined. The application of this symbol in signs intended to warn workers or the public of the presence of potentially hazardous levels of nonionizing electromagnetic radiation is also considered. Key Words: Symbols, Biological radiation effects Designation: C95.3-2002 Sponsor: SASB/SCC39-International Committee on Electromagnetic Safety Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Measurements and Computations with Respect to Human Exposure to Radio Frequency Electromagnetic Fields, 100 kHz to 300 GHz Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jan 11, 2003 **Supersedes C95.3-1991 (R1997). Technical Contact: Howard Bassen, Phone:301-827-4950, Email:hib@cdrh.fda.gov **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Jun 26, 1997, BD APP: Dec 11, 2002, ANSI APP: Apr 18, 2003 Project Scope: Revise and develop specifications for preferred methods for measuring and computing external radiofrequency electromagnetic fields to which persons may be exposed. In addition, the document will specify preferred methods for the measurement and computation of the resulting fields and currents that are induced in bodies of humans exposed to these fields over the frequency range of 100 kHz to 300 GHz. Project Purpose: To provide information on the application of new instruments, measurement techniques, and sophisticated computational methods that have become available since the publication of lEEE Recommended Practice for the Measurement of Potentially Hazardous Electromagnetic Fields -RF and Microwave," IEEE C95.3-1991. Techniques recommended in this practice can be used to ascertain compliance with the provisions of IEEE C95.1 "IEEE Standard for Safety Levels with Respect to Human Exposure to Radio Frequency Electromagnetic Fields, 3 kHz to 300 GHz" for frequencies above 100 kHz. Abstract: " Techniques and instrumentation for the measurement and computation of potentiallyhazardous electromagnetic (EM) fields both in the near field and the far field of the electromagneticsource are specified. The specifications previously set forth in IEEE Std C95.3 -1991 are extendedand combined. Leakage and near-field measurements and a description of the concepts,techniques, and instruments that can be applied to the measurement of specific absorption rate(SAR) or the electric field strength in organisms (including humans) and phantoms exposed toelectromagnetic fields are included. Below 100 MHz, the current flowing through the body to groundis measurable and can be used to determine the SAR and, therefore, a brief treatment of low-frequency body current measurement is included. " Key Words: "electromagnetic field computation,electromagnetic field measurements,exposureassessment,non-ionizing radiation,RF/microwave hazard assessment,RF/microwave surveyinstruments,RF/microwave surveys,specific absorption rate (SAR)assessment" Designation: C95.3-1991 Sponsor: SASB/SCC39-International Committee on Electromagnetic Safety Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1997 Title: Recommended Practice for the Measurement of Potentially Hazardous Electromagnetic Fields - RF and Microwave Status: Superseded **Revision of ANSI C95.3-1973 and ANSI C95.5-1981. Superseded by C95.3- 2002. History: PAR APP: Jun 26, 1997, BD APP: Sep 26, 1991, ANSI APP: May 06, 1992 Abstract: This standard specifies techniques and instrumentation for the measurement of potentially hazardous electromagnetic fields. The recommendations apply to hazards to personnel. However, the measurement techniques and instruments described are also applicable to the measurement of fields in the neighborhood of flammable materials and explosive devices, even though exposure standards for these situations have not been established. Key Words: Microwave fields, Electromagnetic fields, SAR measurement, RF microwave survey instrument, RF microwave instrumentation, RF hazard determination, RF fields, Potentially hazardous fields Designation: PC95.3.1 Sponsor: SASB/SCC39-International Committee on Electromagnetic Safety Title: Recommended Practice for Measurements and Computation of Electric, Magnetic and Electromagnetic Fields With Respect to Human Exposure to Such Fields, 0 - 100 kHz Status: New Standard Project Technical Contact: Howard Bassen, Phone:301-827-4950, Email:hib@cdrh.fda.gov **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 10, 2003 Project Scope: This recommended practice describes 1) methods for measuring external electric and magnetic fields and contact currents to which persons may be exposed, 2) instrument characteristics and the methods for calibrating such instruments, and 3) methods for computation and the measurement of the resulting fields and currents that are induced in bodies of humans exposed to these fields. This recommended practice is applicable over the frequency range of 0 to100 kHz. Project Purpose: The purpose of this recommended practice is to describe preferred measurement techniques and computational methods that can be used to ascertain compliance with contemporary standards for human exposure to electric and magnetic fields in the frequency range of 0 to 100 kHz such as IEEE Stds C95.1, C95.6 and similar standards. This document is intended primarily for use by engineers, biophysicists, and other specialists who are familiar with basic electromagnetic (EM) field theory and practice, and the potential hazards associated with exposure to EM fields. It will also be useful to bioeffects researchers, instrument developers and manufacturers, those developing calibration systems and standards, and individuals involved in critical hazard assessments or surveys. Designation: C95.4-2002 Sponsor: SASB/SCC39-International Committee on Electromagnetic Safety Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Determining Safe Distances From Radio Frequency Transmitting Antennas When Using Electric Blasting Caps During Explosive Operations Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Dec 11, 2002 Technical Contact: John DeFrank, Phone:410-671-3353, Email:John.DeFrank@amedd.army.mil **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Aug 17, 2001, BD APP: Nov 11, 2002, ANSI APP: Feb 05, 2003 Project Scope: This project provides recommended practices for the prediction and practical determination of safe distances from radio and radar transmitting antennas when using electric initiators to remotely detonate an explosive charge. Specifically, this document includes mathematical formulas, tables, and charts that allow the user to determine safe distances from RF transmitters with spectrum bands from 0.5 MHz to 300 GHz, including VHF, UHF television antennas, FM, AM radio transmitting antennas, radar navigation beacons, and portable communication devices. This document excludes criteria for the use of electro-explosive devices (EEDs) within electrically conductive enclosures or weapons and does not include discussion of hazards deriving from electromagnetic fields generated by other sources of energy such as electrical storms, electromechanical equipment, electrical power plants or power transmission lines. Project Purpose: The purpose of this project is to provide recommendations for the prevention of the inadvertent detonation of electric initiators by radio-frequency electric and magnetic fields generated from transmitting antennas with spectrum bands from 0.5 MHz to 300 GHz. The intended users of this document may include, but are not limited to, the domestic international commercial demolition industries and the armed forces. Abstract: " This project provides recommended practices for the prediction and practicaldetermination of safe distances from radio and radar transmitting antennas when using electricblasting caps to remotely detonate an explosive charge. Specifically, this document includesmathematical formulas, tables, and charts that allow the user to determine safe distances from RFtransmitters with spectrum bands from 0.5 MHz to 300 GHz, including VHF, UHF televisionantennas, FM, AM radio transmitting antennas, radar, navigation beacons, and portablecommunication devices. " Key Words: "blasting caps, detonation, explosive charge, RF transmitters, transmitting antennas, safe distance" Designation: C95.5-1981 Sponsor: SASB/SCC39-International Committee on Electromagnetic Safety Title: American National Standard Recommended Practice for the Measurement of Hazardous Electromagnetic Fields - RF and Microwave Status: Superseded **included in C95.3-1991 History: ANSI APP: Mar 16, 1981 Abstract: Techniques and instrumentation for the measurement of potentially hazardous electromagnetic fields are specified. The recommendations apply to hazards to personnel. However, the measurement techniques and instruments described are also applicable to the measurement of fields in the neighborhood of flammable materials and explosive devices, even though exposure standards for these situations have not been established. Designation: C95.6-2002 Sponsor: SASB/SCC39-International Committee on Electromagnetic Safety Title: IEEE Standard for Safety Levels With Respect to Human Exposure to Electromagnetic Fields, 0 to 3 kHz Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Oct 23, 2002 Technical Contact: Kent Jaffa, Phone:801-220-4272, Email:kent.jaffa@pacificorp.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Sep 16, 1999, BD APP: Sep 12, 2002 Project Scope: Develop safety levels for human exposure to electromagnetic fields from 0 to 3kHz. This standard will be based on the results of an evaluation of the relevant scientific literature and proven effects which are well established and for which thresholds of reaction are understood. Field limits will be derived from threshold current densities or internal electric fields. Project Purpose: To recommend electric and magnetic field exposure limits to prevent established harmful effects in humans exposed to such fields at frequencies between 0 and 3 kHz. Currently there is no voluntary consensus standard over this frequency range. Guidelines have been published by the International Commission on Non-Ionizing Radiation Protection and the American Conference of Governmental and Industrial Hygienists. This project complements the standard developed by SCC28/SC-4 (IEEE C95.1-1991/1999) that covers the frequency range of 3 kHz to 300 GHz. Abstract: " Recommendations are given to prevent harmful effects in human beings exposed toelectromagnetic fields in the frequency range of 0­3 kHZ. The recommendations are intended toapply to exposures of the general public, as well as to individuals in controlled environments. Theyare not intended to apply to the purposeful exposure of patients by or under the direction of practi-tioners of the healing arts and may not be protective with respect to the use of medical devices orimplants. A rationale that describes how the recommendations were arrived at, and the factors tak-en into account in formulating them, is included. " Key Words: "contact currents,electric fields,electrical excitation,electromagnetic fields,electrostim-ulation,exposure limits,magnetic fields,non-ionizing radiation protection,safety levels" Designation: C95.7-2005 Sponsor: SASB/SCC39-International Committee on Electromagnetic Safety Title: Recommended Practice for Radio Frequency Safety Programs - 3 kHz to 300 GHz Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Mar 22, 2006 Technical Contact: Richard A Tell, Phone:+1 509 684 9999, Email:rtell@radhaz.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Jun 24, 2004, BD APP: Sep 22, 2005, ANSI APP: Feb 02, 2006 Project Scope: This recommended practice presents guidelines and procedures that can form the basis of a radio frequency exposure safety program (RFSP) that provides guidance for controlling hazards associated with RF sources that operate in the frequency range of 3 kHz to 300 GHz This is a general- purpose document intended for application in most RF exposure scenarios with the goal of avoiding potentially hazardous exposures to electromagnetic fields, currents, and/or contact voltages. In some complex cases, however, the required elements of an adequate RFSP may exceed those described in this document. In such cases, additional guidance may be necessary to effect a satisfactory RF safety solution. There are many ways of accomplishing the goal of a satisfactory RF safety program. While this recommended practice outlines certain schemes for providing a safe environment for persons who may be exposed to excessive levels of electromagnetic energy, other schemes may be equally effective. Project Purpose: These guidelines are provided to assist in the development of RF safety programs for the use of RF energy-producing devices, equipment, and systems, and to control any potentially hazardous exposure of workers or the public. The means for accomplishing this are by first characterizing areas into one of four exposure categories according to the potential risk for exposure above prescribed RF exposure limits, as described in 1.3, then specifying the appropriate controls to reduce the likelihood of over- exposure. For many situations, this guidance will assist in the development of site-specific RF safety programs, while in others the programs may be developed to apply across a wide range of exposure environments. These guidelines are designed to complement the ICES TC-95 family of standards on electromagnetic safety, but may find use in the development of effective programs to ensure conformance with other guidelines, standards, or regulations for controlling human exposure to electromagnetic energy. This Recommended Practice provides guidelines for establishing RF safety programs, but other recommendations may already exist that are deemed sufficient by local regulatory authorities for achieving RF safety in particular environments. Hence, other recommendations could potentially replace or be used in conjunction with the recommendations in this document. Guidelines developed for specific applications, for example, radio amateur operations [B4], and electrical transmission/distribution personnel working near mobile phone base-station antennas installed on electric utility structures [B23], represent two such examples. Abstract: Elements of a radio frequency (RF) exposure safety program that can prevent or control potential risks associated with exposure to the electromagnetic fields from RF sources that operate in the frequency range of 3kHz to 300 GHz are described in this recommended practice. The means for accomplishing this are classifying exposure locations into one of four categories based on the potential hazard, as defined by exposure limits, and specifying appropriate controls for each category. Such controls include engineering and administrative controls as well as the use of personal protective equipment, placement of appropriate RF safety signage, designation of restricted access areas, the use of personal RF monitors, and RF safety awareness training. These recommendations are not intended to apply to the purposeful exposure of patients by or under the direction of medical practitioners, but can be used in the development of safety programs for medical staff and other persons working with or incidentally exposed to RF fields, and for those wearing implanted or external medical electronic devices. Although designed to complement IEEE Std C95.1, this recommended practice may also be used for the development of programs to insure conformance with IEEE Std C95.6 and with other guidelines, standards, or regulations for controlling human exposure to electromagnetic energy. Key Words: access restriction, electromagnetic exposure, electromagnetic fields (EMF), exposure assessment, exposure categorization, non-ionizing radiation (NIR), personal monitors, personal protective equipment (PPE), radio frequency (RF), radio frequency exposure, radio frequency safety programs (RFSP), RF awareness training, RF protection, RF safety committee, RF safety officer, signage Designation: C95.7 Sponsor: SASB/SCC39-International Committee on Electromagnetic Safety Title: Recommended Practice for Radio Frequency Safety Programs, 3 kHz to 300 GHz Status: Superseded Technical Contact: Richard A Tell, Phone:+1 509 684 9999, Email:rtell@radhaz.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jun 24, 2004 Project Scope: This recommended practice presents guidelines and procedures of a radiofrequency safety program (RFSP) to provide reasonable and adequate guidance for preventing or controlling hazards associated with RF sources that operate in the frequency range of 3 kHz to 300 GHz under many circumstances. This is a general purpose document intended for application in most RF exposure scenarios. In some complex cases, the required elements of an adequate RFSP may exceed those described in this document. In such cases, additional guidance may be necessary to effect a satisfactory RF safety solution. These recommendations are not intended to apply to the purposeful exposure of patients by or under the direction of medical practitioners. Project Purpose: This Recommended Practice provides guidance for developing RF safety programs for the safe use of electromagnetic energy-producing devices, equipment, and systems, to prevent any potentially hazardous exposure of workers or the public. For many situations, this guidance will assist in the development of site-specific RF safety programs, while in others the programs may be developed to apply across a wide range of exposure environments. These guidelines are designed to be independent of specific electromagnetic exposure standards, guidelines or other regulatory documents or requirements. Specialized RF safety program recommendations may already exist that are sufficient for achieving RF safety, and, hence, would supplant the recommendations in this document. Designation: C135.1-1999 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transmission and Distribution Title: IEEE Standard for Zinc-Coated Steel Bolts and Nuts for Overhead Line Construction Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Dec 30, 1999 History: PAR APP: Dec 03, 1992, BD APP: Sep 16, 1999, ANSI APP: Jan 13, 2000 Project Scope: This standard covers requirements for the carriage bolts, machine bolts, double-arming bolts, double end bolts and nuts used in overhead line construction. Project Purpose: A need exists for a stamdard indicating the basic dimensional and performance requirements for the above bolts and nuts used on overhead lines. Abstract: " The requirements for inch-based carriage bolts, machine bolts, double-arming bolts, anddouble-end bolts and nuts, commonly used in overhead line construction and where the appliedload is primarily a tensile load, are covered. " Key Words: "double-arming bolts,double-end bolts,double-end nuts, inch-based carriage bolts,machine bolts" Designation: PC135.1 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transmission and Distribution Title: Standard for Zinc-Coated Steel Bolts and Nuts for Overhead Line Construction Status: Revision Project Technical Contact: Robert C Peters, Phone:610-775-2003, Email:Rcpenginrg@cs.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jun 09, 2005 Project Scope: This standard covers the requirements for inch-based carriage bolts machine bolts, double-arming bolts, and double-end bolts and nuts commonly used in overhead line construction. Metric bolts and nuts are not covered by this standard. Project Purpose: The proposed revision of this standard will provide shear strength data for the hardware covered by this standard to allow the design engineer to properly design connections in overhead transmission and distribution structures considering both the tensile stength of the hardware, as currently listed, and the shear strength data being proposed. Designation: C135.2-1999 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transmission and Distribution Title: IEEE Standard for Threaded Zinc-Coated Ferrous Strand-Eye Anchor Rods and Nuts for Overhead Line Construction Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Dec 30, 1999 History: PAR APP: Mar 20, 1997, BD APP: Sep 16, 1999, ANSI APP: Jan 13, 2000 Project Scope: This standard will cover the dimensional and performance requirements for threaded zinx-coated ferrous strand-eye anchor rods and nuts commonly used for overhead line construction. Project Purpose: A need exists for a standard for the anchor rods and nuts used in guying overhead lines. Abstract: Requirements for threaded zinc-coated ferrous strand-eye anchor rods and nuts com-monly used in overhead line construction are covered in this standard. Key Words: "anchor rods,anchor rod threads,bend test,nuts,nut threads,strand- eye,tensile load test,zinc-coated" Designation: C135.3-2001 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transmission and Distribution Title: IEEE Standard for Zinc-Coated Ferrous Lag Screws for Overhead Line Construction Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Nov 06, 2001 Technical Contact: Ronald J Oedemann, Phone:610-941-1783, Email:ronald.oedemann@peco-energy.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Mar 20, 1997, BD APP: Jun 14, 2001 Project Scope: This proposed standard shall cover the basic dimensional and performance requirements for zinc-coated ferrous lag screws. Project Purpose: A standard is required for the fetter drive and gimlet point type lag screws used for pole line construction. Abstract: " Zinc-coated steel lag screws of the fetter drive, gimlet point, and twist drive typescommonly used in overhead line construction are covered in this standard. " Key Words: "Cold bend test, fetter drive, gimlet point, lag screws, twist drive, zinc-coated." Designation: C135.7 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transmission and Distribution Title: Standard for Zinc-Coated Spool Type Secondary Racks for Overhead Line Construction Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Ronald J Oedemann, Phone:610-941-1783, Email:ronald.oedemann@peco-energy.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 20, 1997 Project Scope: This standard will cover the basic dimensional and performance requirements for the zinc-coated spool type secondary racks commonly used for overhead line construction. Project Purpose: There is a need for a standard for the pole-mounted secondary racks used to support wire for overhead lines. Designation: PC135.11 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transmission and Distribution Title: Standard for Zinc-coated Ferrous Guy Attachments, Wrap and Formed Guy Hooks, Guy Strain Plates, and Pole Eye Plates for Overhead Line Construction Status: New Standard Project Technical Contact: Robert C Peters, Phone:610-775-2003, Email:Rcpenginrg@cs.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 15, 2006 Project Scope: This standard specifies the dimensional, strength, and testing requirements for zinc-coated, ferrous guy attachments, wrap and formed guy hooks, guy strain plates and pole eye plates used in overhead line construction. Project Purpose: This standard specifies the material and basic dimensional, strength, and testing requirements for essential hardware used in the construction of overhead power lines. Designation: C135.11 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transmission and Distribution Title: Standard for Zinc-Coated Ferrous Guy Attachments, Wrap and Wire Hooks, Guy Strain Plates and Pole Eye Plates Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Ronald J Oedemann, Phone:610-941-1783, Email:ronald.oedemann@peco-energy.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 10, 1996 Project Scope: This standard will cover the dimensional, strength, and testing requirements for zinc coated ferrous guy attachments, wrap and formed guy hooks, guy strain plates and pole eye plates used in overhead line construction. Project Purpose: This standard is needed for the material to meet the basic dimensional, strength, and testing rquirements. Designation: C135.14 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transmission and Distribution Title: Standard for Staples with Rolled or Slash Points for Overhead Line Construction Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Ronald J Oedemann, Phone:610-941-1783, Email:ronald.oedemann@peco-energy.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 20, 1997 Project Scope: This standard will cover the dimensional and performance requirements for rolled or slash point ferrous, copper coated and aluminum coated staples used in overhead line construction. Project Purpose: A standard is needed for the staples used in constructing overhead lines. Designation: C135.20-1998 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transmission and Distribution Title: IEEE Standard for Zinc-Coated Ferrous Insulator Clevises for Overhead Line Construction Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: May 20, 1998 History: PAR APP: Dec 03, 1992, BD APP: Mar 19, 1998 Project Scope: This standard will cover the dimensional and performance requirements for zinc-coated ferrous insulator clevises used for overhead line construction. Project Purpose: There is a need for a standard for the clevises for spool-type insulators commonly used for supporting or dead-ending conductors for overhead line construction. Abstract: Zinc-coated ferrous clevises for spool-type insulators commonly used for supporting ordead-ending conductors in line construction are covered. The specifications for spool-type insula-tors used with these clevises are covered in ANSI C29.3-1986. Key Words: "clevis pin,dead-end loading,side loading,spool-type insulators,swinging insulator clevises,zinc-coated ferrous clevises" Designation: PC135.30 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transmission and Distribution Title: Standard for Ground Rod Electrode, Clamp & Coupling Specification Status: Revision Project Technical Contact: Robert C Peters, Phone:610-775-2003, Email:Rcpenginrg@cs.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 07, 2005 Project Scope: This standard provides requirements for materials, test, performance, and manufacture of ground rod electrodes, and threaded & threadless ground rod couplings. It applies to ground rod electrodes and ground rod couplings of copper or steel alloyed materials. Specifically included are ground rod electrodes of copper-coated steel, hot-dip galvanized steel and solid stainless steel for grounding applications. Project Purpose: This standard revises and expands requirements previously described in ANSI C135.30-1988, "ANSI American National Standard for Zinc-Coated Ferrous Ground Rods for Overhead or Underground Line Construction." The ANSI standard covered only zinc-coated (galvanized) ferrous ground rods. In addition, this new standard incorporates requirements from ANSI Approved/NEMA Standard GR-1-2001, "Grounding Rod Electrodes and Grounding Rod Electrode Couplings." The information has been updated to reflect current nationally accepted requirements in compliance with the 2002 publication of the NESC. It is intended that ground rod electrodes and ground rod couplings conforming to this standard will also conform to the requirements of the NESC (ANSI/IEEE C2- 2002, National Electrical Safety Code) and the NEC (ANSI/NFPA 70-2005, National Electrical Code, thus becoming truly a national standard. Designation: C135.61-1997 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transmission and Distribution Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2006 Title: IEEE Standard for the Testing of Overhead Transmission and Distribution Line Hardware Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Feb 16, 1998 History: PAR APP: Mar 21, 1996, BD APP: Sep 16, 1997, ANSI APP: Apr 26, 2007 Project Scope: This standard will cover the testing and acceptance requirements for overhead transmission and distribution line hardware. Project Purpose: A standard is needed for the testing and acceptance requirements for overhead line construction. Abstract: " Requirements for mechanically testing load-rated line hardware for use on transmissionand distribution facilities are described. Items specifically addressed in this standard include cle-vis and eye fittings, Y-clevis fittings, socket fittings, ball fittings, chain links, shackles, triangularand rectangular yoke plates, suspension clamps, and strain clamps. This standard is intended tocover routine acceptance testing. It is not intended for initial design tests. " Key Words: "acceptance testing, load-rated line hardware" Designation: PC135.62 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transmission and Distribution Title: Standard for Zinc-Coated Forged Anchor Shackles Status: New Standard Project Technical Contact: Robert C Peters, Phone:610-775-2003, Email:Rcpenginrg@cs.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. Project Scope: This standard covers the dimensional, strength, and testing requirements for zinc coated forged anchor shackles used in overhead line construction. Project Purpose: This standard is required to properly specify the manufacturing requirement of anchor shackles. This hardware is commonly used in the industry and this standard will provide an industry wide manufacturing standard. Designation: C135.62 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transmission and Distribution Title: Standard for Zinc-Coated Forged Anchor Shackles Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Ronald J Oedemann, Phone:610-941-1783, Email:ronald.oedemann@peco-energy.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 10, 1996 Project Scope: This standard covers the dimensional, strength, and testing requirements for zinc-coated forged anchor shackles used in overhead line construction. Project Purpose: This standard is needed for the material to meet the basic dimensional, strength, and testing requirements. Designation: C135.63-1998 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transmission and Distribution Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2006 Title: IEEE Standard for Shoulder Live Line Extension Links for Overhead Line Construction Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jun 18, 1998 History: PAR APP: Dec 03, 1992, BD APP: Mar 19, 1998, ANSI APP: Feb 05, 1999 Project Scope: This standard will cover the dimensional and strength requirements for shoulder live line extension links used for overhead line construction. Project Purpose: A need exists for a standard for the shoulder extension links used for overhead live line work. Abstract: Dimensions and strength requirements for shoulder live line extension links used in over-head transmission and distribution hardware are covered. Key Words: "ball,socket,eye,clevis,oval eye fitting" Designation: PC135.64 Sponsor: IEEE Power Engineering Society/Transmission and Distribution Title: Guide For Design Testing of Bolted Deadend Strain Clamps Status: New Standard Project Technical Contact: Robert C Peters, Phone:610-775-2003, Email:Rcpenginrg@cs.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 23, 2004 Project Scope: The scope of this project is to devise a guide to the acceptable testing practices and requirements for bolted clamping devices used for dead-ending electrical wire conductors onto a supporting structure. The guide will be limited to procedures to test and classify the capability of the deadending clamp. As these devices are not individually tested, production samples of the Device, as designed, are submitted to testing laboratories to prove that the design meets the use criteria. The Guide would direct this testing process. Project Purpose: There are no North American standards which apply to bolted deadending devices for wire used in the utility industry. A guide to the design testing of such devices brings needed uniformity to the capability of such devices. Designation: C136.1-1991 Sponsor: Accredited Standards Committee on Roadway Lighting Title: American National Standard for Roadway Lighting - Filament Lamps - Guide for Selection Status: Superseded **Available in C136 Collection only. History: ANSI APP: Aug 16, 1991 Abstract: This is a guide for the proper selection of filament lamps for use in roadway lighting equipment covered by the following American National Standards: C136.4 thru C136.7 and C136.11. Key Words: roadway lighting Designation: C136.1-1996 Sponsor: Accredited Standards Committee on Roadway Lighting Title: American National Standard for Roadway Lighting - Filament Lamps - Guide for Selection Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Nov 20, 2002. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **Copyright transferred to NEMA on 20 November 2002 History: ANSI APP: Sep 27, 1996 Key Words: filament, lamps Designation: C136.2-1985 Sponsor: Accredited Standards Committee on Roadway Lighting Title: American National Standard for Roadway Lighting - Luminaires - Voltage Classification Status: Superseded **Available in C136 Collection only. History: ANSI APP: Aug 30, 1985 Abstract: This standard covers three voltage classifications for luminaires used for roadway lighting. Key Words: C136, roadway lighting Designation: C136.2-1996 Sponsor: Accredited Standards Committee on Roadway Lighting Title: American National Standard for Roadway Lighting Equipment - Luminaires Voltage Classification Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Nov 20, 2002. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **Copyright transferred to NEMA on 20 November 2002. Revision of ANSI C136.2-1985. Publication type: Special Publication History: ANSI APP: Jul 16, 1996 Abstract: Three voltage classifications for luminaires used in roadway lighting are covered. General testing methods for determining the dielectric withstand and the transient voltage withstand are given. This standard applies to luminaire electrical insulation between ungrounded current-carrying members and noncurrent-carrying members that may be grounded by design or accident. Key Words: lighting equipment, luminaires, withstand voltage testing Designation: C136.3-1989 Sponsor: Accredited Standards Committee on Roadway Lighting Title: American National Standard for Roadway Lighting Equipment - Luminaire Attachments (Available in C136-1994 Collection only.) Status: Superseded **Available in C136 Collection only. History: ANSI APP: Jun 01, 1989 Key Words: C136, roadway lighting, lamps , lighting equipment, luminaire, attachements, roadway lighting eqi Designation: C136.3-1995 Sponsor: Accredited Standards Committee on Roadway Lighting Title: American National Standard for Roadway Lighting Equipment - Luminaire Attachments (Revision of ANSI C136.3-1989) Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Nov 20, 2002. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **Copyright transferred to NEMA on 20 November 2002. Revision of ANSI C136.3-1989. History: ANSI APP: Oct 27, 1995 Abstract: Attachment features of luminaires used in roadway lighting equipment are covered. The features covered apply to luminaries that are side- or post-top-mounted. Key Words: lamps, lighting equipment, luminaire attachment, luminaries, roadway lighting Designation: C136.4-1989 Sponsor: Accredited Standards Committee on Roadway Lighting Title: American National Standard for Roadway Lighting Equipment - Series Sockets and Series-Socket Receptacles (Only available in C136-1994 Collection only.) Status: Superseded History: ANSI APP: May 18, 1989 Key Words: C136, roadway lighting, lighting roadways, luminaires, lighting equipment, series sockets, sockets, socket receptacles, sockets Designation: C136.4-1995 Sponsor: Accredited Standards Committee on Roadway Lighting Title: American National Standard for Roadway Lighting Equipment - Series Sockets and Series-Socket Receptacles Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Nov 20, 2002. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **Reaffirmation of ANSI C136.4-1989. History: ANSI APP: Oct 16, 1995 Abstract: Equipment for luminaires for lighting roadways is covered in the following categories: series sockets having medium impact strength and intended for service at high temperatures, series sockets having high impact strength and intended for service at limited temperatures, and series-socket receptacles in the 5000 V classification. Key Words: lighting roadways, luminaires, sockets, series-socket receptacles, roadway lighting equipment Designation: C136.5-1969 Sponsor: Accredited Standards Committee on Roadway Lighting Title: American National Standard for Roadway Lighting Equipment - Film Cutouts (Available in C136-1994 Collection only.) Status: Superseded **Available in C136 Collection only. Reaffirmed by C136 Committee on 08/08/95 and now available as SH94326. History: ANSI APP: May 17, 1989 Key Words: C136, roadway lighting, film cutouts, lighting equipment, roadway lighting equ, series roadway light Designation: C136.5-1996 Sponsor: Accredited Standards Committee on Roadway Lighting Title: American National Standard for Roadway Lighting Equipment - Film Cutouts (Reaffirmation of C136.5-1969) Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Nov 20, 2002. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **Copyright transferred to NEMA on 20 November 2002. Reaffirmation of C136.5-1969. Publication type: Special Publication History: BD APP: Jan 12, 1996 Abstract: Operating and dimensional features of single-shot film cutouts used with series roadway lighting equipment and circuits are covered. The film cutouts function by dielectric breakdown and subsequent partial fusing of components. Key Words: film cutouts, lighnting equipment, roadway lighting, series roadway Designation: C136.6-1990 Sponsor: Accredited Standards Committee on Roadway Lighting Title: American National Standard for Roadway Lighting Equipment - Metal Heads and Reflector Assemblies - Mechanical and Optical Interchangeability Status: Superseded **Available in C136 Collection only. History: ANSI APP: Oct 04, 1990 Abstract: This standard covers dimensional features of luminaires with metal heads that permit mechanical and optical interchangeability of both head and reflector assemblies. The features covered in this standard apply to metal heads that are slipfitter mounted. The reflector assembly is of the latched collar type and may be part of an open or enclosed optical assembly. Key Words: roadway lighting Designation: C136.6-1997 Sponsor: Accredited Standards Committee on Roadway Lighting Title: American National Standard for Roadway Lighting Equipment—Metal Heads and Reflector Assemblies—Mechanical and Optical Interchangeability Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Nov 20, 2002. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **Revision of ANSI C136.6-1990. Publication type: Special Publication History: ANSI APP: May 20, 1997 Abstract: Dimensional features of luminaires with metal heads that permit mechanical and optical interchangeability of both head and reflector assemblies are covered. The features covered in this standard apply to metal heads that are slipfitter mounted. The reflector assembly is of the latched collar type and may be part of an open or enclosed optical assembly. Key Words: lighting, luminaires Designation: C136.9-1990 Sponsor: Accredited Standards Committee on Roadway Lighting Title: American National Standard for Roadway Lighting Equipment - Socket Support Assemblies for Metal Heads - Mechanical Interchangeability Status: Superseded **Available in C136 Collection only. History: ANSI APP: Oct 04, 1990 Abstract: The purpose of this standard is to permit mechanical interchangeability of the socket support assemblies. Key Words: roadway lighting Designation: C136.9-1997 Sponsor: Accredited Standards Committee on Roadway Lighting Title: American National Standard for Roadway Lighting Equipment - Socket Support Assemblies for Metal Heads - Mechanical Interchangeability Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Nov 20, 2002. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **Copyright transferred to NEMA on 20 November 2002. History: ANSI APP: Jan 30, 1997 Key Words: socket, support, metal, head Designation: C136.10-1988 Sponsor: Accredited Standards Committee on Roadway Lighting Title: American National Standard for Roadway Lighting Equipment - Locking-type Photocontrol Devices and Mating Receptacles-Physical and Electrical Interchangeability and Testing Status: Superseded **Available in C136 Collection only. History: ANSI APP: Jun 03, 1988 Key Words: C136, roadway lighting Designation: C136.10-1996 Sponsor: Accredited Standards Committee on Roadway Lighting Title: American National Standard for Roadway Lighting Equipment—Locking-Type Photocontrol Devices and Mating Receptacle Physical and Electrical Interchangeability and Testing Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Nov 20, 2002. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **Copyright transferred to NEMA on 20 November 2002. Revision of ANSI C136.10-1988. Publication type: Special Publication History: ANSI APP: Apr 08, 1996 Abstract: Equipment that may be physically and electrically interchanged to operate within established values is covered in this standard, such as locking-type photocontrol devices, locking-type mating receptacles, and shorting and nonshorting caps. Key Words: lighting equipment, locking type, photocontrol, mating receptacle, roadway lighting, lighting equipment Designation: C136.11-1988 Sponsor: Accredited Standards Committee on Roadway Lighting Title: American National Standard for Roadway Lighting Equipment - Multiple Sockets (Available in the C136-1994 Collection only.) Status: Superseded **Available in C136 Collection only. Revised by C136 08/31/94. History: ANSI APP: Jun 03, 1988 Key Words: C136, roadway lighting Designation: C136.11-1995 Sponsor: Accredited Standards Committee on Roadway Lighting Title: American National Standard for Roadway Lighting Equipment - Multiple Sockets Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Nov 20, 2002. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **Copyright transferred to NEMA on 20 November 2002. Revision of ANSI C136.11-1985. The 1985 version is available in the C136-1994 Collection only. Publication type: Special Publication Abstract: Medium and mogul multiple sockets as used in luminaires designed and intended for use in lighting roadways and other areas open to general use by the pubic are covered. This standard provides interchangeability of lamps, minimum safety standards for operating personnel, and minimum performance criteria. Key Words: lamps, luminaries, medium sockets, multiple sockets, mogul sockets, roadway lighting equipment Designation: C136.12-1985 Sponsor: Accredited Standards Committee on Roadway Lighting Title: American National Standard for Roadway Lighting Equipment - Mercury Lamps - Guide for Selection Status: Superseded **Available in C136 Collection only. History: ANSI APP: Mar 08, 1985 Key Words: C136, lamps, lighting, mercury lamps, roadway equipment, roadway lighting equ Designation: C136.12-1996 Sponsor: Accredited Standards Committee on Roadway Lighting Title: American National Standard for Roadway Lighting Equipment—Mercury Lamps—Guide for Selection Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Nov 20, 2002. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **Copyright transferred to NEMA on 20 November 2002. Revision of ANSI C136.12-1985. History: ANSI APP: Jan 12, 1996 Abstract: Methods for selecting mercury lamps that are recommended for use in roadway lighting equipment are given. Appropriate circuits and ballasts are also included. Key Words: mercury lamps, roadway lighting, roadway equipment Designation: C136.13-1987 Sponsor: Accredited Standards Committee on Roadway Lighting Title: American National Standard for Roadway Lighting - Metal Brackets for Wood Poles Status: Superseded **Available in C136 Collection only. Publication type: Special Publication History: ANSI APP: Dec 23, 1986 Abstract: This standard covers metal pipe, tubing, and structural brackets for wood poles, designed to support luminaires of generally spherical, ellipsoidal, or rectangular shapes used in roadway lighting. Key Words: roadway lighting Designation: C136.13-1997 Sponsor: Accredited Standards Committee on Roadway Lighting Title: American National Standard for Roadway Lighting - Metal Brackets for Wood Poles Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Nov 20, 2002. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **Copyright transferred to NEMA on 20 November 2002. Revision of C136.13-1987 History: ANSI APP: Apr 01, 1997 Designation: C136.14-1988 Sponsor: Accredited Standards Committee on Roadway Lighting Title: American National Standard for Roadway Lighting Equipment - Enclosed side-mounted Luminaires for Horizontal-burning high-intensity-discharge lamps Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Nov 20, 2002. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **Available in C136 Collection only. History: ANSI APP: Jan 29, 1988 Abstract: This standard covers dimensional, maintenance, and light distribution features that permit the interchange of enclosed side-mounted luminaires for horizontal-burning high-intensity-discharge lamps used in roadway lighting. Key Words: roadway lighting Designation: C136.14 Sponsor: Accredited Standards Committee on Roadway Lighting Title: American National Standard for Roadway Lighting Equipment - Enclosed side-mounted Luminaires for Horizontal-burning high-intensity-discharge lamps Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **Copyright transferred to NEMA on 20 November 2002. Key Words: luminaires, side, horizontal, discharge Designation: C136.15-1986 Sponsor: Accredited Standards Committee on Roadway Lighting Title: American National Standard for Roadway Lighting - High-intensity- Discharge and Low-Pressure-Sodium Lamps in Luminaires - Field Identification Status: Superseded **Available in C136 Collection only. History: ANSI APP: Aug 19, 1986 Abstract: This standard is intended to provide a simple, uniform method for identifying the type and wattage rating of a high- intensity-discharge or low-pressure-sodium lamp installed in a luminaire. Key Words: roadway lighting Designation: C136.15-1997 Sponsor: Accredited Standards Committee on Roadway Lighting Title: American National Standard for Roadway Lighting Equipment—High- Intensity-Discharge and Low-Pressure-Sodium Lamps in Luminaires—Field Identification Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Nov 20, 2002. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **Copyright transferred to NEMA on 20 November 2002. Revision of ANSI C136.15-1986. Publication type: Special Publication History: ANSI APP: Apr 01, 1997 Abstract: A simple, uniform method for identifying the type and wattage rating of a high-intensity-discharge or a low-pressure sodium lamp installed in a luminaire is provided. Key Words: lamp field identification, roadway lighting equipment Designation: C136.16-1990 Sponsor: Accredited Standards Committee on Roadway Lighting Title: ANSI Standard for Roadway Lighting - Enclosed Post Top-Mounted Luminaires Status: Superseded **Available in C136 Collection only. History: ANSI APP: Dec 06, 1989 Abstract: This standard covers dimensional, maintenance, and light distribution features that will permit interchange of post top- mounted luminaires whose center of mass is approximately over the mounting tenon. Key Words: roadway lighting Designation: C136.16-1997 Sponsor: Accredited Standards Committee on Roadway Lighting Title: American National Standard for Roadway Lighting Equipment - Enclosed Post Top-Mounted Luminaires Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Nov 20, 2002. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **Copyright transferred to NEMA on 20 November 2002. Revision of ANSI C136.16-1990. Publication type: Special Publication History: ANSI APP: Apr 01, 1997 Abstract: Dimensional, maintenance, and light distribution features that Key Words: "post top-mounted luminaires,roadway lighting equipment" Designation: C136.17-1985 Sponsor: Accredited Standards Committee on Roadway Lighting Title: ANSI Standard for Roadway Lighting- Enclosed Side-Mounted Luminaires for Horizontal-Burning High-Intensity Discharge Lamps - Mechanical Interchangeability of Refractors Status: Superseded **Available in C136 Collection only. History: ANSI APP: May 25, 1985 Abstract: This standard covers the dimensional features and the material of refractors as described in ANSI C136.14-1980. Key Words: roadway lighting Designation: C136.17-1997 Sponsor: Accredited Standards Committee on Roadway Lighting Title: American National Standard for Roadway Lighting Equipment—Enclosed Side- Mounted Luminaires for Horizontal-Burning High-Intensity-Discharge Lamps—Mechanical Interchangeability of Refractors Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Nov 20, 2002. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **Copyright transferred to NEMA on 20 November 2002. Publication type: Special Publication History: ANSI APP: Apr 30, 1997 Abstract: The dimensional features and the material of refractors as described in ANSI C136.14-1988, American National Standard for Roadway Lighting Equipment—Enclosed Side-Mounted Luminaires for Horizontal-Burning High-Intensity Discharge Lamps, are covered. Key Words: mechanical interchangeability, side-mounted luminaires, refractors Designation: C136.18-1987 Sponsor: Accredited Standards Committee on Roadway Lighting Title: ANSI Standard for Roadway Lighting - High-Mast Luminaires for Horizontal-or Vertical-Burning High-Intensity Discharge Lamps Status: Superseded **Available in C136 Collection only. History: ANSI APP: Dec 23, 1986 Abstract: This standard covers dimensional, maintenance, and light distribution features that permit the interchange of open or enclosed high-mast side-mounted luminaires for horizontal- or vertical-burning high-intensity-discharge lamps used in roadway lighting equipment. Key Words: roadway lighting Designation: C136.18-1999 Sponsor: Accredited Standards Committee on Roadway Lighting Title: ANSI Standard for Roadway Lighting - High-Mast Side-Mounted Luminaires for Horizontal-or Vertical-Burning High-Intensity Discharge Lamps Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Nov 20, 2002. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **Copyright transferred to NEMA on 20 November 2002. Publication type: Special Publication Abstract: " Physical, operational, maintenance, and light-distribution features that permit use ofhigh-mast luminaires in roadway applications when so specified are covered. It is not intended thatcompliance with this standard will permit interchangeability with existing roadway equipment with-out thorough engineering review and evaluation. " Key Words: High-Mast Luminaires, horizontal, veritical, discharge, Discharge Lamps Designation: C136.19-1987 Sponsor: Accredited Standards Committee on Roadway Lighting Title: ANSI Standard for Roadway Lighting - High-Pressure Sodium Lamps - Guide for Selection Status: Superseded **Available in C136 Collection only. History: ANSI APP: Dec 23, 1986 Abstract: This guide covers the selection of high-pressure sodium lamps recommended for use in roadway lighting equipment. Key Words: roadway lighting Designation: C136.19-1997 Sponsor: Accredited Standards Committee on Roadway Lighting Title: American National Standard for Roadway Lighting Equipment - High- Pressure Sodium Lamps - Guide for Selection Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Nov 20, 2002. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **Copyright transferred to NEMA on 20 November 2002. Publication type: Special Publication History: ANSI APP: Apr 01, 1997 Abstract: The selection of high-pressure sodium lamps recommended for use in roadway lighting equipment is covered. Key Words: lamps, luminaires, medium base, mogul base Designation: C136.20-1990 Sponsor: Accredited Standards Committee on Roadway Lighting Title: ANSI Standard for Roadway Lighting Equipment - Fiber-Reinforced Plastic (FPR) Lighting Poles Status: Superseded **Available in C136 Collection only. History: ANSI APP: Nov 13, 1989 Abstract: This standard applies to fiber-reinforced plastic (FRP) roadway lighting poles. It includes nomenclature, dimensional data, performance criteria, and some interchangeability features for standard poles s well as those poles that must meet breakaway requirements as described in Std Specifications for Structural Supports for Highway Signs, Luminaires, and Traffic Signals, AASHTO LTS-1-1975. Key Words: roadway lighting Designation: C136.20-1995 Sponsor: Accredited Standards Committee on Roadway Lighting Title: ANSI Standard for Roadway Lighting Equipment - Fiber-Reinforced Plastic (FPR) Lighting Poles Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Nov 20, 2002. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **Copyright transferred to NEMA on 20 November 2002. Key Words: fiber, reinforced, plastic, poles Designation: C136.21-1987 Sponsor: Accredited Standards Committee on Roadway Lighting Title: ANSI Standard for Roadway Lighting - Vertical Tenons Used with Post-Top- Mounted Luminaires Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Nov 20, 2002. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **Available in C136 Collection only. History: ANSI APP: Dec 23, 1986 Abstract: This standard covers the attachment features of vertical tenons on pole tops or brackets used in roadway lighting that permit the interchangeability of post-top-mounted luminaires. Key Words: roadway lighting Designation: C136.21 Sponsor: Accredited Standards Committee on Roadway Lighting Title: ANSI Standard for Roadway Lighting - Vertical Tenons Used with Post-Top- Mounted Luminaires Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **Copyright transferred to NEMA on 20 November 2002. Key Words: Lighting - Vertical Tenons, tenons, luminaire Designation: C136.22-1988 Sponsor: Accredited Standards Committee on Roadway Lighting Title: ANSI Standard for Roadway Lighting Equipment - Internal Labeling of Luminaires Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Nov 20, 2002. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **Available in C136 Collection only. History: ANSI APP: Jan 25, 1988 Abstract: This standard covers internal luminaire identification labels for all styles of luminaires used in roadway lighting. Key Words: roadway lighting Designation: C136.22 Sponsor: Accredited Standards Committee on Roadway Lighting Title: ANSI Standard for Roadway Lighting Equipment - Internal Labeling of Luminaires Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **Copyright transferred to NEMA on 20 November 2002. Key Words: luminaires,labeling,internal labeling Designation: C136.23-1997 Sponsor: Accredited Standards Committee on Roadway Lighting Title: American National Standard for Roadway Lighting–Enclosed Architectural Luminaires Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Nov 20, 2002. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **Copyright transferred to NEMA on 20 November 2002. Publication type: Special Publication History: ANSI APP: Jan 24, 1997 Abstract: Physical, operating, maintenance, and light distribution features that permit use of architectural luminaires in roadway applications when so specified are covered. Specific features for horizontal, pendant, and vertical architectural luminaires, together with various types of lamps to meet the individual needs of special architectural roadway lighting applications, are included. Key Words: architectural luminaires, lighting, luminaires, roadway lighting equipment Designation: C136.24-1994 Sponsor: Accredited Standards Committee on Roadway Lighting Title: Non-locking Type Photocontrols for Roadway Lighting Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Nov 20, 2002. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **Copyright transferred to NEMA on 20 November 2002. Designation: C136.25 Sponsor: Accredited Standards Committee on Roadway Lighting Title: HID Starter Receptacle for Roadway Lighting Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **Copyright transferred to NEMA on 20 November 2002. Designation: C136.26 Sponsor: Accredited Standards Committee on Roadway Lighting Title: Guide for Photocontrols and Luminaires for Roadway Lighting Trouble- Shooting Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **Copyright transferred to NEMA on 20 November 2002. Designation: C136.27-1996 Sponsor: Accredited Standards Committee on Roadway Lighting Title: American National Standard for Roadway Lighting Equipment–Tunnel Lighting Luminaires Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Nov 20, 2002. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **Copyright transferred to NEMA on 20 November 2002. Publication type: Special Publication History: ANSI APP: Apr 08, 1996 Abstract: Luminaires used for illuminating roadway tunnels are covered. The requirements in this standard are limited to general attributes of tunnel luminaires due to the wide variety of designs possible. Key Words: lamps, luminaires, roadway lighting, lighting equipment, tunnel lighting, tunnels Designation: C136.28 Sponsor: Accredited Standards Committee on Roadway Lighting Title: Load Testing for Photocontrols for Roadway Lighting Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **Copyright transferred to NEMA on 20 November 2002. Designation: C136.31-1999 Title: American National Standard for Roadway Lighting Equipment-Luminaire Vibration Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Nov 20, 2002. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **Copyright transferred to NEMA on 20 November 2002. Publication type: Special Publication Designation: C136.31 Sponsor: Accredited Standards Committee on Roadway Lighting Title: Guidelines for Pole and Luminaire Testing for Roadway LIghting Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **Copyright transferred to NEMA on 20 November 2002. Designation: C136.32-1999 Title: American National Standard for Roadway Lighting Equipment—Enclosed Setback Luminaries and Directional Floodlights for High-Intensity-Discharge Lamps Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Nov 20, 2002. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **Copyright transferred to NEMA on 20 November 2002. Publication type: Special Publication History: BD APP: Dec 15, 1999 (Ref. Std.: C136.32) Abstract: " Dimensional, maintenance, and electrical features that permit the interchange of similarstyle enclosed luminaires having the same light distribution classification or type for high-intensity-discharge lamps used in roadway lighting equipment are covered. Luminaires covered by this stan-dard are generally yoke, trunnion, or tenon mounted. " Key Words: "floodlights,high-intensity discharge lamp,luminaires,tenon mounted,trunnion,yoke" Designation: C136.32 Sponsor: Accredited Standards Committee on Roadway Lighting Title: Enclosed Setback Luminaires or Directional Floodlights for HID Lamps Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **Copyright transferred to NEMA on 20 November 2002. Designation: C136.33-1999 Title: American National Standard for Roadway Lighting Equipment—Plug-in Type Receptacle and Plug for High-Intensity-Discharge (HID) Lamp Ignitors Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Nov 20, 2002. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. Publication type: Special Publication Designation: C136.33 Sponsor: Accredited Standards Committee on Roadway Lighting Title: Plug-in Type Receptacle for HID Lamp Ignitors Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **Copyright transferred to NEMA on 20 November 2002. Project Scope: Covers the physical features, dimensions and electrical requirements of mating receptacles for plug-in type HID lamp ignitors used in readway luminaires. The receptacle shall provide electrical connections so that it may be used for either 55v or 100v high pressure sodium lamp ignitors, ieth 2-wire or 3-wire, and also be used for metal halide lamps required ignitors Key Words: plug-in, receptacle, ignitor, HID Designation: EMCT-2002 Title: Electromagnetic Compatibility Tutorial Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Aug 01, 2002 Designation: IEC 62142 Ed. 1 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Design Automation Title: Standard for Verilog® Register Transfer Level Synthesis Status: Approved Publication of IEEE Designation: IEC 62243 Ed. 1 Sponsor: SASB/SCC20-Test and Diagnosis for Electric Systems Title: Standard for Artificial Intelligence Exchange and Service Tie to All Test Environments (AI- ESTATE) Status: Approved Publication of IEEE Designation: IEC 62265 Ed. 1 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Design Automation Title: Standard for an Advanced Library Format (ALF) Describing Integrated Circuit (IC) Technology, Cells, and Blocks Status: Approved Publication of IEEE Designation: ISO/IEC 23026:2006(E)-2006 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee Title: Software Engineering---Recommended Practice for the Internet---Web Site Engineering, Web Site Management, and Web Site Life Cycle Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jun 01, 2006 **This standard is an adoption of IEEE Std 2001-2002. ISO/IEC 23026:2006(E) will replace (be sold instead of) IEEE Std 2001-2002. ISO/IEC 23026:2006(E) does not supersede IEEE Std 2001-2002. IEEE Std 2001-2002 is archived in SOL. Project Scope: This document defines recommended practices for World Wide Web page engineering for Intranet and Extranet environments, based on World Wide Web Consortium (W3C®) and related industry guidelines. This recommended practice does not address stylistic considerations or human-factors considerations in Web page design beyond limitations that reflect good engineering practice. Annex B contains topics which are not sufficiently mature or where there are not specific recommendations for inclusion in the current issue of this recommended practice. Project Purpose: This recommended practice is intended to provide guidance to Web page developers in Intranet (organizational internal), and Extranet (amongst a limited domain of organizational participants) Web environments on recommended practices for Web page engineering. The objective is to improve the productivity of Intranet/Extranet Web operations in terms of locating relevant information, and efficient development and maintenance practices. The 2002 revision of this recommended practice addresses items identified in Annex A of IEEE Std 2001-1999 [B14] which can be well-defined and to respond to emerging technology and changes in practice that have resulted in new material or changes to approved recommendations. Conformance to this recommended practice in developing and publishing a Web site provides a basis for a well-engineered Web site. Abstract: Recommended practices for World Wide Web page engineering for Intranet and Extranet environments, based on World Wide Web Consortium (W3C )and related industry guidelines, are defined in thsi recommended practice. This recommended practice does not address stylistic considerations or human-factors considerations in web page design beyond limitations that reflect good engineering practice Key Words: Extranet, Internet, Intranet, Web page, Web site, Web site engineering Web site life cycle, Web site management, well-engineered Web page, World Wide Web Designation: ITS-BK1 Title: Book 1—The Survey and Analysis of Existing Standards and those Under Development Applicable to the Needs of the Intelligent Transportation System (ITS) Short Range and Wide Area Wireless and Wireline Communications Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jun 19, 1998 Publication type: Special Publication Designation: ITS-BK2 Title: Book 2—The Survey and Analysis of Existing Standards and those Under Development Applicable to the Needs of the Intelligent Transportation System (ITS) Short Range and Wide Area Wireless and Wireline Communications Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jun 19, 1998 Publication type: Special Publication Designation: ITS-BK3 Title: Book 3—The Survey and Analysis of Existing Standards and those Under Development Applicable to the Needs of the Intelligent Transportation System (ITS) Short Range and Wide Area Wireless and Wireline Communications Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jun 19, 1998 Publication type: Special Publication Designation: ITS-BK4 Title: Book 4—The Survey and Analysis of Existing Standards and those Under Development Applicable to the Needs of the Intelligent Transportation System (ITS) Short Range and Wide Area Wireless and Wireline Communications Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jun 19, 1998 Publication type: Special Publication Designation: ITS-BK5 Title: Book 5—The Survey and Analysis of Existing Standards and those Under Development Applicable to the Needs of the Intelligent Transportation System (ITS) Short Range and Wide Area Wireless and Wireline Communications Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jun 19, 1998 Publication type: Special Publication Designation: ITS-BK6 Title: Book 6—The Survey and Analysis of Existing Standards and those Under Development Applicable to the Needs of the Intelligent Transportation System (ITS) Short Range and Wide Area Wireless and Wireline Communications Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jun 19, 1998 Publication type: Special Publication Designation: J-STD-016 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee Title: Standard for Information Technology - Software Development and Documentation Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. **This project was previously known as P1498. Technical Contact: Paul R Croll, Phone:540-644-6224, Email:pcroll@csc.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 16, 1997 Project Scope: Definition of the performance requirements an acquirer and a supplier are to achieve in the development, operation, and maintenance of a software system. Definition of requirements for an organization for managing, controlling, and improving a software life-cycle process. To provide a continuation reference for organizations that have invested in software processes that are a legacy of prior military standards. An important difference from the military standards would be the mode application. The standard would be oriented toward voluntary compliance rather than contractual imposition and suitable on application in the following circumstances: For use in continuing MIL-STD-498 projects; by enterprises that have implemented organization processes based on MIL-STD- 498 or one of its predessors; By projects continuing the use of documentation structure specified in MIL-STD-498 Project Purpose: Revision of EIA/IEEE J-STD-016 Interim Standard. IEEE/EIA std 12207.0 is the "strategic" standard for software life cycle processes in the U.S. Adapted from ISO-IEC 12207, it provides a basis for organization-wide adoption of software processes suitable for both commercial and definse projects for either domestic or international customers. The implementation of enterprise-level processes may require the investment of time and resources. In the short term, a commercial standard is needed to provide organizations the option to adopt a standard more closely related to their currently implemented processes, e.g., DOD-STD-2167A and MIL-STD-498, and to provide an easy transition to project-level conformance and require less investment than the organization-level emphasis of 12207.0. Designation: J-STD-016-1995 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee Title: Standard for Information Technology—Software Life Cycle Processes—Software Development—Acquirer-Supplier Agreement (Issued for Trial Use) Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 18, 2007. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **Joint std with EIA. Formerly P1498. Publication type: Special Publication History: BD APP: Sep 21, 1995 (Ref. Std.: 1498) Abstract: This standard defines a set of software development activities and resulting software products. It provides a framework for software development planning and engineering. It is also intended to merge commercial and Government software development requirements within the framework of the software life cycle process requirements of the Electronic Industries Association (EIA), Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers (IEEE) and International Organization for Standardization (ISO). The term "software development" is used as an inclusive term encompassing new development, modification, reuse, reengineering, maintenance, and all other processes or activities resulting in software products. Key Words: builds incremental development, database, joint technical management reviews, operational concept, reusable software, risk management, security privacy protection, software configuration management, software development, software documentation, software implementation, software management indicators, software product evaluation, software quality assurance, software requirements definitions, software safety, software maintenance, software testing, software unit, tailoring Designation: N13.4-1971 Sponsor: Accredited Standards Committee N42/Radiation Instrumentation Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1983 Title: American National Standard for the Specification of Portable X- or Gamma-Radiation Survey Instruments Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Oct 18, 1991. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. Technical Contact: Louis Costrell, Phone:301-975-5608, Email:louis.costrell@nist.gov **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: ANSI APP: Dec 09, 1971 Designation: N42.4-1971 Sponsor: Accredited Standards Committee N42/Radiation Instrumentation Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1991 Title: American National Standard for High Voltage Connectors for Nuclear Instruments Status: Approved Publication of IEEE Technical Contact: Louis Costrell, Phone:301-975-5608, Email:louis.costrell@nist.gov **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: ANSI APP: Dec 09, 1971 Abstract: Coaxial high-voltage connectors on nuclear instruments for dc applications up to 5000 V and ac applications up to 3500 V rms at 60 Hz are covered. The connectors may also be used at higher frequencies provided the operating voltage is appropriately reduced to provide for interchangeability of safe high-voltage connectors in nuclear instrument applications. The connectors are safe in that the pin and socket contacts are well and securely recessed in the connector housing so that hand or body contact of the unmated connector with rated voltage applied will not result in electrical shock. Key Words: Nuclear measurements, Connectors Designation: N42.5-1965 Sponsor: Accredited Standards Committee N42/Radiation Instrumentation Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1991 Title: American National Standard for Bases for GM Counter Tubes Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jan 30, 1981 **N42.5 and N42.6 are sold together as one publication. History: ANSI APP: Nov 09, 1977 Abstract: This document contains two standards. ANSI N42.5 specifies bases for Geiger-Mueller counter tubes. ANSI N42.6 specifies interrelating mechanical and electrical properties so that quartz-fiber exposure meters may be used with any charger. Characteristics peculiar to these devices but not affecting the interrelationship between chargers and exposure meters are omitted. Designation: N42.6-1980 Sponsor: Accredited Standards Committee N42/Radiation Instrumentation Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1991 Title: American National Standard Interrelationship of Quartz-Fiber Electrometer Type Exposure Meters and Companion Exposure Meter Chargers Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jan 30, 1981 **N42.5 and N42.6 are sold together as one publication. History: ANSI APP: Feb 15, 1978 Abstract: This document contains two standards. ANSI N42.5 specifies bases for Geiger-Mueller counter tubes. ANSI N42.6 specifies interrelating mechanical and electrical properties so that quartz-fiber exposure meters may be used with any charger. Characteristics peculiar to these devices but not affecting the interrelationship between chargers and exposure meters are omitted. Designation: PN42.6 Title: Interrelationship of Quartz-Fiber Electrometer Type Dosimeters and Companion Dosimeter Chargers Status: New Standard Project Designation: N42.12-1995 Sponsor: Accredited Standards Committee N42/Radiation Instrumentation Title: American National Standard Calibration and Usage of Thallium-Activated Sodium Iodide Detector Systems for Assay of Radionuclides Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jan 26, 1995 Technical Contact: Louis Costrell, Phone:301-975-5608, Email:louis.costrell@nist.gov **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: ANSI APP: Dec 08, 1994 Abstract: This standard establishes methods for performance testing, calibration, and usage of NaI(Tl) detector systems for the measurement of gamma ray emission rates of radionuclides; the assay for radioactivity; and the determination of gamma ray energies and intensities. It covers both energy calibration and efficiency calibration. Key Words: efficiency calibration, energy calibration, gamma-ray energy, radioactivity, radionuclides Designation: N42.12-1980 Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1985 Title: American National Standard Calibration and Usage of Sodium Iodide Detector Systems Status: Superseded History: ANSI APP: Apr 28, 1980 Abstract: Methods are established for performance testing, calibration, and use of sodium iodide detector systems for the measurement of gamma-ray emission rates of radionuclides, assay for radioactivity, and the determination of gamma-ray energies. Both energy calibration and efficiency calibration are covered. Three techniques are considered: total spectrum counting, which employs a system that counts all events above a low-energy threshold; single-channel analyzer counting, which employs a system with a counting window that establishes upper and lower energy boundaries; and multichannel analyzer counting, which employs a system utilizing multiple counting windows. Designation: N42.13-2004 Sponsor: Accredited Standards Committee N42/Radiation Instrumentation Title: American National Standard Calibration and Usage of "Dose Calibrator" Ionization Chambers for the Assay of Radionuclides Status: Approved Publication of IEEE **Reaffirmed in IEEE (ANSI N42.13-1986), new standard in ANSI History: ANSI APP: Dec 02, 2004 Designation: N42.13-1986 Sponsor: Accredited Standards Committee N42/Radiation Instrumentation Title: American National Standard Calibration and Usage of "Dose Calibrator" Ionization Chambers for the Assay of Radionuclides Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Apr 28, 1986 Technical Contact: Louis Costrell, Phone:301-975-5608, Email:louis.costrell@nist.gov **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: ANSI APP: Apr 30, 1985 Abstract: A technique for the quantification of the activity of identified radionuclides, using any of a variety of ionization chambers currently available for this purpose, is presented. Application of the standard is limited to instruments that incorporate well-type ionization chambers as detectors. The method provides measurements that are accurate to within plus or minus 10% and reproducible to within plus or minus 5%. The standard is also intended to ensure continuing performance of the apparatus within these specifications. Key Words: Radioactive materials, Ionization chambers Designation: N42.14-1999 Title: American National Standard for Calibration and use of germanium spectrometers for the measurement of gamma-ray emission rates of radionuclides Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jun 01, 1999 Publication type: International Publication Technical Contact: Louis Costrell, Phone:301-975-5608, Email:louis.costrell@nist.gov **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: ANSI APP: May 12, 1999 Abstract: " Methods for the calibration and use of germanium spectrometers for the measurementof gamma-ray energies and emission rates over the energy range from 59 keV to approximately3000 keV, and for the calculation of source activities from these measurements, are established.Minimum requirements for automated peak finding are stated. Methods for measuring the full-energy peak efficiency with calibrated sources are given. Performance tests that ascertain the prop-er functioning of the Ge spectrometer and evaluate the limitations of the algorithms used for locatingand fitting single and multiple peaks are described. Methods for the measurement of, and thecorrection for pulse pileup are suggested. Techniques are recommended for the inspection of spec-tral-analysis results for large errors resulting from summing of cascade gamma rays in the detector.Suggestions are provided for the establishment of data libraries for radionuclide identification, de-cay corrections, and the conversion of gamma-ray rates to decay rates. " Key Words: N42.14-1998_body.f5 Designation: N42.14-1991 Sponsor: Accredited Standards Committee N42/Radiation Instrumentation Title: American National Standard Calibration and Use of Germanium Spectrometers for the Measurement of Gamma-Ray Emission Rates of Radionuclides Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Oct 30, 1991 **Rev of N42.14-1978 (R1985) Technical Contact: Louis Costrell, Phone:301-975-5608, Email:louis.costrell@nist.gov **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: ANSI APP: May 12, 1991 Abstract: Methods for calibration and use of germanium detectors for the measurement of gamma-ray emission rates of radionuclides are established. The energy and full-energy peak efficiency calibration as well as the determination of gamma-ray energies in the 0.06 to 2  MeV energy region are covered. The procedures are designed to yield gamma-ray emission rates with an uncertainty of ý  3%. They apply primarily to measurements that do not involve overlapping peaks and in which peak-to-continuum considerations are not important. Key Words: calibration, cascade, summing, decay, rates, gammaray, emission, germanium, spectrometers, radionuclides, spectrometers, measurement Designation: N42.14-1978 Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1985 Title: American National Standard Calibration and Usage of Germanium Detectors for Measurement of Gamma-Ray Emission of Radionuclides Status: Superseded Abstract: Revised as N42.14DA Designation: N42.15-1997 Sponsor: Accredited Standards Committee N42/Radiation Instrumentation Title: American National Standard Check Sources for and Verification of Liquid- Scintillation Counting Systems Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Nov 20, 1997 **Revision of ANSI Stds N42.15-1990 and N42.16-1986. Publication type: Special Publication Technical Contact: Louis Costrell, Phone:301-975-5608, Email:louis.costrell@nist.gov **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: ANSI APP: Sep 29, 1997 Abstract: Tests and procedures to ensure that a liquid-scintillation counting system is producing reliable data are provided for designers and users. This standard does not cover the calculation of sample activity for quenched unknown samples, sample preparation, efficiency correlation (quench correction) procedures, or identification of unknown radionuclides. Key Words: calculation of sample activity, liquid-scintillation counting systems, quenched unknown samples Designation: N42.15-1990 Title: Performance Verification of Liquid-Scintillation Counting Systems, American National Standard Status: Superseded **Revision of N42.15-1980. History: ANSI APP: Apr 23, 1990 Abstract: This standard provides designers and users with tests and procedures to assure that a liquid-scintillation counting system is producing reliable data. This standard does not cover the calculation of sample activity for quenched unknown samples, sample preparation, efficiency correlation, (quench correction) procedures, or identification of unknown radionuclides. Key Words: Quenched unknown samples, Liquid-scintillation counting , Calculation on sample activity Designation: N42.15-1980 Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1985 Title: American National Standard Performance Verification of Liquid- Scintillation Counting System Status: Superseded History: ANSI APP: Apr 23, 1990 Designation: N42.16-1986 Title: American National Standard Specifications for Sealed Radioactive Check Sources Used in Liquid-Scintillation Counters Status: Superseded **Revised with ANSI N42.15-1990. Revision known as ANSI N42.15-1997. History: ANSI APP: Sep 18, 1985 Abstract: Specifications are given for carbon 14, tritium, and background check sources in toluene-based scintillators. Use of these materials is sufficient to verify the stability of counting efficiency and background of liquid-scintillation counting systems as outlined in ANSI N42.15-1980. This standard specifies the solvent, the organic scintillator solutes, the purging gas, the radioactive material, and the container appropriate for preparation of check sources. Key Words: Tritium, Scintillation counters, Radiation materials, Carbon materials Designation: N42.17a-2003 Title: American National Standard Performance Specifications for Health Physics Instrumentation-Portable Instrumentation for Use in Normal Environmental Conditions Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Apr 29, 2004 Abstract: "ANSI N42.17A-2003, American National Standard for Performance Specifications for Health Physics Instrumentation-Portable Instrumentation for Use in Normal Environmental Conditions" Key Words: "health physics, instrumentation, normal environment, portable survey, survey" Designation: N42.17a-1989 Sponsor: Accredited Standards Committee N42/Radiation Instrumentation Title: American National Standard Performance Specifications for Health Physics Instrumentation - Portable Instrumentation for Use in Normal Environmental Conditions Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Nov 13, 1989 Technical Contact: Louis Costrell, Phone:301-975-5608, Email:louis.costrell@nist.gov **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: ANSI APP: Mar 17, 1989 Abstract: Minimum acceptable performance criteria for health physics instrumentation for use in ionizing radiation fields are established. Included are testing methods to establish the acceptability of each type of instrumentation. This standard does not specify which instruments or systems are required, nor does it consider the number of specific applications of such instruments. Key Words: Testing, Radiation detectors Designation: N42.17B-1989 Sponsor: Accredited Standards Committee N42/Radiation Instrumentation Title: Performance Specifications for Health Physics Instrumentation - Occupational Airborne Radioactivity Monitoring Instrumentation, American National Standard Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Mar 28, 1990 Technical Contact: Louis Costrell, Phone:301-975-5608, Email:louis.costrell@nist.gov **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: ANSI APP: Sep 07, 1989 Abstract: This standard describes the minimum acceptable performance criteria for instrumentation used to monitor occupational exposure to airborne radioactive materials. Included in this standard are testing methods to establish the acceptability of each air monitor. Tests involve air sampling capability; power, electronic, and alarm capabilities; radiation and interfering responses; and environmental factors including temperature, humidity, and ambient pressure. Key Words: Radiation detectors, Air Pollution Designation: N42.17C-1989 Sponsor: Accredited Standards Committee N42/Radiation Instrumentation Title: Performance Specifications for Health Physics Instrumentation—Portable Instrumentation for Use in Extreme Environmental Conditions, American National Standard Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Mar 28, 1990 Technical Contact: Louis Costrell, Phone:301-975-5608, Email:louis.costrell@nist.gov **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: ANSI APP: Sep 07, 1989 Abstract: IEEE Std N42.17C-1989 American National Standard Performance Specifications for Health Physics InstrumentationPortable Instrumentation for Use in Extreme Environmental Conditions Key Words: "ANSI N42.17C-1989 American National Standard Performance Specifications for Health Physics InstrumentationPortable Instrumentation for Use in Extreme Environmental Conditions, describes the minimum acceptable performance criteria for health physics instrumentation for use under extreme environmental conditions for monitoring ionizing radiation fields. This standard supplements the basic performance specifications for portable health physics instrumentation presented in ANSI N42.17A-1989. Include" Designation: N42.18-2004 Sponsor: Accredited Standards Committee N42/Radiation Instrumentation Title: American National Standard Specification and Performance of On-Site Instrumentation for Continuously Monitoring Radioactivity in Effluents Status: Approved Publication of IEEE **Reaffirmed in IEEE (ANSI N42.18-1980), new standard in ANSI History: ANSI APP: Dec 02, 2004 Designation: N42.18-1980 Sponsor: Accredited Standards Committee N42/Radiation Instrumentation Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1991 Title: Specification and Performance of On-Site Instrumentation for Continuously Monitoring Radioactivity in Effluents, American National Standard Status: Approved Publication of IEEE Technical Contact: Louis Costrell, Phone:301-975-5608, Email:louis.costrell@nist.gov **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: ANSI APP: Mar 19, 1991 Abstract: Installed instrumentation for measuring the quantity or rate, or both, of release of radionuclides in the effluent streams, and to provide documentation useful for scientific and legal purposes, is covered. Recommendations for the selection of instrumentation are provided. This standard applies to continuous monitors that measure normal releases, detect inadvertent releases, show general trends, and annunciate radiation levels that have exceeded predetermined values. Key Words: Water pollution, Radiation detectors, Air Pollution Designation: N42.20-2004 Sponsor: Accredited Standards Committee N42/Radiation Instrumentation Title: American Standard Performance Criteria for Active Personnel Radiation Monitors Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Feb 02, 2004 Publication type: Special Publication History: ANSI APP: Aug 22, 2003 Designation: N42.20-1995 Sponsor: Accredited Standards Committee N42/Radiation Instrumentation Title: ANSI Performance Criteria for Active Personnel Radiation Monitors Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jun 20, 1995 Publication type: Special Publication Technical Contact: Louis Costrell, Phone:301-975-5608, Email:louis.costrell@nist.gov **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: ANSI APP: Mar 10, 1995 Abstract: This standard provides performance and design criteria for monitors that are worn on the trunk of the body to measure the personal dose equivalent or the dose equivalent rate from external sources of ionizing radiation. Key Words: design criteria, ionizing radiation, performance criteria, radiation monitors, radiation instrumentation, personnel radiation monitors Designation: N42.21 Title: Instrumentation for measurement of activity of radon and radon daughters in air Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Designation: N42.22-1995 Sponsor: Accredited Standards Committee N42/Radiation Instrumentation Title: American National Standard Traceability of Radioactive Sources to NIST and Associated Instrument Quality Control Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Nov 01, 1995 Publication type: Special Publication Technical Contact: Louis Costrell, Phone:301-975-5608, Email:louis.costrell@nist.gov **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: ANSI APP: Aug 24, 1995 Abstract: A mechanism for manufacturers to estabilish traceability of radionuclide sources that are certified for radionuclide activity; concentration; or alpha, beta, x-, or gamma-ray emission rate to the National Institute of Standards and Technology (NIST) is described. Key Words: NIST, quality assurance, radio activity, radionuclide sources, traceability, radiation instrumentation, instrument quality control Designation: N42.23-1996 Sponsor: Accredited Standards Committee N42/Radiation Instrumentation Title: American National Standard Measurement and Associated Instrumentation Quality Assurance for Radioassay Laboratories Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: May 27, 1997 Publication type: Special Publication Technical Contact: Louis Costrell, Phone:301-975-5608, Email:louis.costrell@nist.gov **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: ANSI APP: Jul 16, 1996 Abstract: A framework that can be used to create a national or an organizational NIST-traceable measurement quality assurance (MQA) program that will optimize the quality of radioassays performed by service laboratories is presented. This standard serves as a guide for MQA programs developed for specialized sectors of the radioassay laboratory community, i.e., bioassay, routine environmental monitoring, environmental restoration and waste management, radiopharmaceuticals, nuclear power radiochemistry, and other areas involved in radioassays. Key Words: laboratory, measurement quality assurance, quality assurance, quality control, radiation instrumentation, radioactivity, radioassay laboratory, radioassays, radiometrology Designation: PN42.24 Title: Radiation Instrumentation - Specification and Performance Characteristics of Personal Dosimeters for Dose Equivalent and Dose Equiv. Rate for X, Gamma, & Beta Radiations for Standard Tissue Depths Status: New Standard Project Designation: N42.25-1997 Sponsor: Accredited Standards Committee N42/Radiation Instrumentation Title: American National Standard Calibration and Usage of Alpha/Beta Proportional Counters Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Sep 25, 1997 Publication type: Special Publication Technical Contact: Louis Costrell, Phone:301-975-5608, Email:louis.costrell@nist.gov **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: ANSI APP: Jan 06, 1997 Abstract: This standard establishes methods for the calibration and use of gas proportional counters with and without active guard detectors. This standard also establishes methods for measuring the alpha and beta counting plateau, crosstalk factors, background, alpha and beta efficiency from prepared standards, correction factors for samples whose self-attenuation or mass differs from that of the standard, and calculation of the sample activities together with their random and total uncertainties. Correction for pulse pileup due to high count rate is also discussed. Although many principles articulated in this standard apply to the counting of radionuclides emitting a maximum beta energy below 100 keV as well, the counting of these low-energy beta emitters requires a higher degree of attention to detail in sample preparation, instrument calibration, and measurement correction factors than addressed in this standard. Therefore, this standard is intended for measuring radionuclides with maximum beta energies above 100 keV. Key Words: alpha/beta proportional counters, calibration Designation: N42.26-1996 Sponsor: Accredited Standards Committee N42/Radiation Instrumentation Title: Radiation Protection Instrumentation—Monitoring Equipment—Personal Warning Devices for X and Gamma Radiations Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Sep 04, 1997 **[Adoption of IEC 1344 (1996)] This is a one page slipsheet to the IEC std and will not be available through the IEEE. You can order it through ANSI. Publication type: Special Publication Technical Contact: Louis Costrell, Phone:301-975-5608, Email:louis.costrell@nist.gov **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: ANSI APP: Jun 03, 1997 Designation: N42.27-1999 Sponsor: Accredited Standards Committee N42/Radiation Instrumentation Title: American National Standard for Determination of Uniformity of Solid Gamma-Emitting Flood Sources Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: May 28, 1999 Publication type: Special Publication Technical Contact: Louis Costrell, Phone:301-975-5608, Email:louis.costrell@nist.gov **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: ANSI APP: May 12, 1999 Abstract: " Minimum informational requirements for a Test and Measurement Report for flood sourc-es used with scintillation cameras are provided. It is not intended to specify the means by whichsuch information is obtained although it does place requirements and limitations on the methodol-ogy. In addition, it is not intended to cover the use of the source in the determination of the operatingcharacteristics or correction factors for a scintillation camera. " Key Words: N42.27-1999_body.f5 Designation: N42.28-2002 Sponsor: Accredited Standards Committee N42/Radiation Instrumentation Title: American National Standard Calibration of Germanium Detectors for In- Situ Gamma-Ray Measurements Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Feb 26, 2004 Publication type: Special Publication History: ANSI APP: Sep 06, 2002 Abstract: The need for accurately measuring radioactivity in-situ for a variety of detector characterization techniques requires that performance criteria for efficiency calibration be developed, and such a technique is described in this standard. Key Words: calibration, gamma-ray, germanium detectors, in-situ Designation: N42.30-2002 Sponsor: Accredited Standards Committee N42/Radiation Instrumentation Title: American National Standard for Performance Specification for Tritium Monitors Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Nov 25, 2002 Publication type: Special Publication History: ANSI APP: Sep 25, 2002 Abstract: "ANSI N42.30-2002, American National Standard for Performance Specification for Tritium Monitors" Key Words: "airborne tritium, monitors, radioactivity, tritium" Designation: N42.31-2003 Sponsor: Accredited Standards Committee N42/Radiation Instrumentation Title: AAmerican National Standard for Measurement Procedures for Resolution and Efficiency of Wide-Bandgap Semiconductor Detectors of Ionizing Radiation Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Aug 20, 2003 Publication type: Special Publication History: ANSI APP: Feb 20, 2003 Project Scope: This standard applies to wide-bandgap semiconductor radiation detectors, such as cadmium telluride (CdTe), cadmium-zinc-telluride (CdZnTe, referred to herein as CZT), and mercuric iodide (HgI2) used in the detection and measurement of ionizing radiation at room temperature; gamma rays, X- rays, and charged particles are covered. The measurement procedures described herein apply primarily to detector elements having planar, hemispherical, or other geometries in which charge carriers of both polarities contribute to the output signal. When the devices are an integral part of a system, it may not be possible for a user to make tests on the detector alone. In this instance, tests on the detector element must be established by mutual agreement between the manufacturer and the user. Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to establish terminology and test procedures that have the same meaning to both manufacturers and users. Not all tests described in this standard are mandatory, but those used to specify performance shall be made in accordance with the procedures described herein. (Use of the word "shall" indicates a mandatory requirement, "must" a physical one, and "should" means "recommended.") Abstract: Standard measurement and test procedures are established for wide-bandgap semiconductor detectors such as cadmium telluride (CdTe), cadmium-zinc-telluride (CdZnTe), and mercuric iodide (HgI2) that can be used at room temperature for the detection and quantitative characterization of gamma-rays, X-rays, and charged particles. Standard terminology and descriptions of the principal features of the detectors are included. Included in this standard is an annex on interfering electromagnetic noise, which is a factor in such measurements. Key Words: cadmium telluride, cadmium zinc telluride, CdTe, charged particle, CZT, electron-hole pair, gamma rays, HgI, ionizing radiation, ion pair, MCA, mercuric iodide, multichannel analyzer, semiconductor detector, X-ray Designation: N42.32-2006 Title: American National Standard Performance Criteria for Alarming Personal Radiation Detectors for Homeland Security Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jan 22, 2007 **Revision to ANSI N42.32-2003. History: BD APP: Aug 28, 2006 Project Scope: This standard describes design and performance criteria along with testing methods for evaluating the performance of instruments for homeland security that are pocket-sized and worn on the body for the purpose of rapid detection of radioactive materials. These instruments are used for detection of photon-emitting, and optionally neutron-emitting, radioactive substances for the purposes of detection, interdiction, and prevention. The performance criteria contained in this standard are meant to provide a means for verifying the capability of these instruments to reliably detect significant changes above background levels of radiation and alert the user to these changes. This standard does not apply to instruments that are primarily intended to provide a measurement of dose equivalent, or dose equivalent rate. However, devices that comply with this standard can provide an approximate value of exposure rate. Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to specify performance criteria and test methods used to evaluate selfreading, alarming, radiation detection instruments that are pocket-sized, worn on the body, and used to detect the presence of ionizing radiation. Abstract: Performance specifications, design criteria, and testing methods are provided for the evaluation of radiation detection instruments that are pocket-sized and carried on the body. Key Words: alarming, design criteria, performance specifications, personal radiation detectors, pocket-sized, radiation, radiation detection, radiation instrumentation Designation: N42.32-2003 Sponsor: Accredited Standards Committee N42/Radiation Instrumentation Title: American National Standard Performance Criteria for Alarming Personal Radiation Detectors for Homeland Security Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jan 30, 2004 Publication type: Special Publication Abstract: "ANSI N42.32-2003, American National Standard Performance Criteria for Alarming Personal Radiation Detectors for Homeland Security" Key Words: alarming,design criteria,performance specifications,pocket- sized,personal radiationdetectors,radiation,radiation detection,radiation instrumentation Designation: N42.33-2006 Title: American National Standard for Portable Radiation Detection Instrumentation for Homeland Security Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jan 22, 2007 History: BD APP: Aug 28, 2006 Project Scope: radiation detection instruments. These instruments are used for detection of photon-emitting radioactive materials and quantification of photon exposure rates. Instruments are used for the purposes of detection, interdiction, and prevention. This standard does not apply to instruments that are primarily intended to provide a measurement of dose equivalent, or dose equivalent rate. Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to specify technical performance requirements and performance testing requirements for those purchasing and using portable radiation detectors for Homeland Security applications. Abstract: Design criteria, performance requirements, and performance tests for portable radiation survey instruments are described in this standard. Key Words: design criteria, performance requirements, performance tests, portable radiation detectors Designation: N42.33-2003 Sponsor: Accredited Standards Committee N42/Radiation Instrumentation Title: Americal National Standard for Portable Radiation Detection Instrumentation for Homeland Security Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jan 30, 2004 Publication type: Special Publication Abstract: "ANSI N42.33-2003, American National Standard for Portable Radiation Detection Instrumentation for Homeland Security" Key Words: "design criteria,performance requirements,performance tests,portable radiationdetectors" Designation: N42.34-2006 Title: American National Standard Performance Criteria for Hand-held Instruments for the Detection and Indentification of Radionuclides Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jan 22, 2007 History: BD APP: Aug 28, 2006 Project Scope: This standard specifies general requirements and test procedures, radiation response requirements, and electrical, mechanical, and environmental requirements. Successful completion of the tests described in this standard should not be construed as an ability to identify all radionuclides in all environments. Project Purpose: This standard addresses instruments that can be used for homeland security applications to detect and identify radionuclides, for gamma-ray exposure rate measurement, and for indication of neutron radiation. Abstract: The performance requirements for hand-held radionuclide identifying instruments are described in this standard. The requirements stated are based on instruments used in support of efforts associated with the U.S. Department of Homeland Security. Key Words: radionuclide identifiers, restrictive mode, routine mode Designation: N42.34-2004 Sponsor: Accredited Standards Committee N42/Radiation Instrumentation Title: American National Standard Performance Criteria for Hand-held Instruments for the Detection and Indentification of Radionuclides Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jan 30, 2004 Publication type: Special Publication Designation: N42.35-2006 Title: American National Standard Evaluation and Performance of Radiation Detection Portal Monitors for Use in Homeland Security Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jan 22, 2007 History: BD APP: Aug 28, 2006 Project Scope: This standard provides the testing and evaluation criteria for installed radiation detection portal monitors that detect radioactive materials (without identification capabilities). These systems are used to provide monitoring of people, packages, containers, and vehicles to detect illicit radioactive material transportation. Portal monitors are used for detection of photon- and neutron-emitting radioactive substances for the purposes of detection, interdiction, and prevention. Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to specify performance criteria and test methods used to evaluate installed radiation detection portal monitors for use in U.S Homeland Security. Abstract: The performance requirements for portal monitor instruments are described in this standard. The requirements stated are based on instruments used in support of efforts associated with the United States Department of Homeland Security. Key Words: homeland security, instrument test, portal monitors, radiation detectors Designation: N42.35-2004 Sponsor: Accredited Standards Committee N42/Radiation Instrumentation Title: American National Standard Evaluation and Performance of Radiation Detection Portal Monitors for Use in Homeland Security Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Feb 11, 2004 Publication type: Special Publication Abstract: "ANSI N42.35-2004, American National Standard for Evaluation and Performance of Radiation Detection Portal Monitors for Use in Homeland Security" Key Words: "homeland security,instrument test,portal monitors,radiation detectors" Designation: N42.37-2006 Sponsor: Accredited Standards Committee N42/Radiation Instrumentation Title: American National Standard for Training Requirements for Homeland Security Purposes Using Radiation Detection Instrumentation for Interdiction and Prevention Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Apr 12, 2007 Project Scope: The scope of this standard describes requirements for training in the use of personal radiation detectors (see ANSI N42.321), portable radiation detection instruments (see ANSI N42.33), portable radionuclide identifiers (see ANSI N42.34), and portal radiation monitors (see ANSI N42.35). Other types of radiation detectors may be included in revisions of this standard as new equipment is developed. This standard provides training requirements for three identified and defined levels of training. Students who successfully complete training at the minimum requirements of this standard shall have a demonstrated competency appropriate for that training level. This includes a general understanding and background of the principles of ionizing radiation, radiation effects, and radiation detection. The individual user organizations should develop training programs with content specific to their organizations and requirements. Training for incident manager or incident commander and response post- identification of a radiation source are beyond the scope of this standard. Project Purpose: This standard establishes minimum requirements and provides recommendations and guidelines for training users in basic radiation detection and the proper use of radiation detection instrumentation for homeland security interdiction and prevention applications. Reference to response in this document is only for preevent preparations. This standard does not cover mission-specific procedures and protocols. This training is intended primarily for organizations involved in detection and interdiction efforts, including law enforcement, transit police, private sector security personnel, the U.S. Postal Service, and private shippers. Abstract: Training requirements for homeland security purposes using radiation detection instrumentation for interdiction and prevention are described. Key Words: homeland security, interdiction and prevention, radiation detection instruments, training Designation: N42.38-2006 Title: American National Standard Performance Criteria for Spectroscopy-Based Portal Monitors Used for Homeland Security Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jan 22, 2007 History: BD APP: Aug 28, 2006 Project Scope: This standard specifies the operational and performance requirements for spectroscopy-based portal monitors used in U.S. Homeland Security applications. Spectroscopy-based portal monitors have the ability to detect radioactivity and identify radionuclides that may be present in or on persons, vehicles, or containers through the use of gamma spectroscopy techniques. Performance requirements for those portal monitors that do not provide information about the specific radionuclide present are addressed by ANSI N42.35. Operational requirements established by this standard include radiation detection and radionuclide identification, and those requirements associated with the expected electrical, mechanical, and environmental conditions when a monitor is deployed. The test methods described in this standard provide a means to ensure that a monitor meets the requirements stated. Successful completion of the tests described in this standard should not be construed as an ability to successfully detect and identify all radionuclides in all environments. This standard does not address portal monitors that may have the ability to reduce the effects caused by the presence of naturally occurring radioactive material (NORM) without the ability to identify specific radionuclides (see ANSI N42.35). Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to specify the performance criteria and test methods for spectroscopy-based portal monitors used for Homeland Security. Abstract: The performance requirements for radionuclide identifying portal monitors, also referred to as spectroscopic portal monitors, are described in this standard. The requirements stated are based on monitors used in support of efforts associated with the U.S. Department of Homeland Security. Key Words: gamma spectroscopy, homeland security, instrument test, portal monitors, radiation detectors, radionuclide identification Designation: N42.42-2006 Title: American National Standard Data Format Standard for Radiation Detectors Used for Homeland Security Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Mar 23, 2007 History: BD APP: Nov 03, 2006 Project Scope: This standard specifies the data format that shall be used for both required and optional data available at the output of radiation instruments for U.S. Homeland Security applications. The performance requirements for these types of instruments are described in other standards, such as ANSI N42.321, ANSI N42.33, ANSI N42.34, ANSI N42.35, and ANSI N42.38. Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to facilitate manufacturer- independent transfer of information from radiation measurement instruments to a standard file format for use in U.S. Homeland Security applications. The goal is to enable interpretation of data without reference to manufacturers’ documentation. It specifies the format of data provided by radiation instruments used for homeland security. The purpose of this data is for analysis and storage of the radiation measurements. The data may consist of raw or unprocessed data, analysis results, device parameters or settings, or other measurements needed or applicable to the further analysis or to verify the quality of the results produced by the instrument. This standard does not address instrument control, data transmission protocols, or the physical media used for communications. Abstract: This standard specifies the data format that shall be used for both required and optional data to be made available by radiation instruments for U.S. Homeland Security applications. The performance for these types of instruments is described in other standards, such as ANSI N42.32, ANSI N42.33, ANSI N42.34, ANSI N42.35, and ANSI N42.38. Key Words: data format, DHS standards, homeland security, radiation detectors Designation: N42.43-2006 Sponsor: Accredited Standards Committee N42/Radiation Instrumentation Title: American National Standard Performance Criteria for Mobile and Transportable Radiation Monitors Used for Homeland Security Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Apr 23, 2007 Project Scope: This standard specifies the operational and performance requirements for transportable and/or mobile radiation monitors used in homeland security applications. Transportable radiation monitors are designed to be transported to a location and used for a specific task or for a specified period of time; they do not require permanent mounting platforms. Transportable monitors may be mounted to a vehicle such as a trailer, and are only used when the vehicle is stationary. Mobile monitors are those systems that are typically in operation on a platform that is in motion but that can also be used while stationary. These monitors may be mounted in vehicles, including water craft, towed systems, or those monitors mounted to cranes. Mobile monitors can also be those that are used while being carried by a person such as a backpack. Operational requirements established by this standard include radiation detection and radionuclide identification (if used), and those requirements associated with the expected electrical, mechanical, and environmental conditions while in transit and when deployed. The tests described in this standard provide a means to ensure that a monitor meets the requirements stated. Successful completion of the radiation tests described in this standard should not be construed as an ability to successfully detect and identify all radionuclides in all environments. Other than backpack units, this standard does not cover instruments that are hand-carried during use, or those instruments addressed by ANSI N42.32, ANSI N42.33, ANSI N42.34, ANSI N42.35, and ANSI N42.38.1 This standard addresses instruments used within the United States, but can be used as a basis for use elsewhere. Project Purpose: This standard specifies the performance criteria and tests for transportable and/or mobile radiation monitors used for homeland security. Abstract: The operational and performance requirements for transportable and/or mobile radiation monitors used in homeland security applications are specified in this standard. Transportable radiation monitors are designed to be transported to a location and used for a specific task or for a specified period of time and do not require permanent mounting platforms. Mobile monitors are those systems that are typically in operation on a platform that is in motion. This standard also addresses radiation detection systems that can be carried on a person such as backpack-type systems. Key Words: mobile radiation monitors, transportable radiation monitors Designation: N317-1980 Sponsor: Accredited Standards Committee N42/Radiation Instrumentation Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1991 Title: American National Standard Performance Criteria for Instrumentation Used for Inplant Plutonium Monitoring Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jul 28, 1980 Technical Contact: Louis Costrell, Phone:301-975-5608, Email:louis.costrell@nist.gov **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: ANSI APP: Nov 08, 1978 Abstract: Performance criteria are defined, and plutonium radiation is characterized. Thespecifications apply to plutonium handling and storage facilities, excluding reactors and irradiated fuel reprocessing facilities. This standard does not apply to the construction of specific instruments, nor does it specify instrumentation to be employed for each survey to be conducted, other than in generic terms. It does not define specifications for personnel dosimeters, effluent monitoring systems, or instruments needed in bioassay programs, nor does it define those requirements that may be needed to monitor emergency conditions. Key Words: Radiation detectors, Plutonium Designation: N320-1979 Sponsor: Accredited Standards Committee N42/Radiation Instrumentation Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1985 Title: American National Standard Performance Specifications for Reactor Emergency Radiological Monitoring Instrumentation Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jul 20, 1979 Technical Contact: Louis Costrell, Phone:301-975-5608, Email:louis.costrell@nist.gov **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: ANSI APP: Dec 06, 1978 Abstract: The essential performance parameters and general placement for monitoring the release of radionuclides associated with a postulated serious accident at a reactor facility are defined for various types of instrumentation. The predominant consideration in the assessment of radiation emergencies is the measurement of fission products made promptly enough to permit timely emergency decisions. This standard does not specify which of the instruments or systems are required, nor does it consider the number or specific locations of such instruments. This standard also does not address single failure criteria associated with nuclear safety instrumentation. Key Words: N320-1979bk Designation: PN320 Sponsor: Accredited Standards Committee N42/Radiation Instrumentation Title: Performance Specifications for Reactor Emergency Radiological Monitoring Instrumentation Status: Revision Project Technical Contact: Louis Costrell, Phone:301-975-5608, Email:louis.costrell@nist.gov **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. Designation: N322-1997 Sponsor: Accredited Standards Committee N42/Radiation Instrumentation Title: American National Standard Inspection,Test, Construction, and Performance Requirements for Direct Reading Electrostatic/Electroscope Type Dosimeters Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Sep 17, 1997 **Revision of ANSI N322-1977. Publication type: Special Publication Technical Contact: Louis Costrell, Phone:301-975-5608, Email:louis.costrell@nist.gov **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: ANSI APP: Feb 06, 1997 Abstract: Inspection, test, construction and performance requirements for direct reading electrostatic/electroscope type dosimeters designed to measure the personal dose equivalent or ambient exposure delivered by external sources of ionizing radiation (X-rays or gamma rays) are given. Key Words: dose equivalent, environmental monitoring, exposure, ionizing radiation, personnel dosimeter, radiation dosimeter, radiation instrumentation, specifications Designation: N322-1977 Sponsor: Accredited Standards Committee N42/Radiation Instrumentation Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1991 Title: American National Standard Inspection and Test Specifications for Direct and Indirect Reading Quartz Fiber Pocket Dosimeters Status: Superseded Abstract: The procedures to be used by manufacturers in testing direct and indirect reading quartz fiber pocket dosimeters for measuring X-ray and gamma-ray exposure are defined. The standard covers equipment requirements, test requirements, inspection for workmanship, charging and reading, physical tests, tests of radiation response under standard and extreme environmental conditions, and energy dependence and geometrical considerations. The intent is to ensure that each dosimeter meets the requisite standards of performance and workmanship as specified in ANSI N13.5-1972, Performance Specifications for Direct Reading and Indirect Reading Pocket Dosimeters for X and Gamma Radiation, and conforms to the certification for that model provided to the user. The user is encouraged to perform certain of the inspections and tests at intervals considered appropriate for the specific applications. Key Words: X-ray detectors, Gamma-ray detectors Designation: N323-1978 Sponsor: Accredited Standards Committee N42/Radiation Instrumentation Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1983 Title: American National Standard Radiation Protection Instrumentation Test and Calibration Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: May 26, 1978 Technical Contact: Louis Costrell, Phone:301-975-5608, Email:louis.costrell@nist.gov **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: ANSI APP: Sep 13, 1977 Abstract: Calibration methods for portable (hand-carried) radiation protection instruments used for detection and measurement of levels of ionizing radiation fields or levels of radioactive surface contamination are established. Included are conditions, equipment, and techniques for calibration as well as the degree of precision and accuracy required. Alpha, beta, photon, and neutron radiation is considered. Passive integrating dosimetric devices such as film, thermoluminescent, and chemical dosimeters are not covered, although the basic principles and intent may apply to them as well as to nonportable radiation detection instrumentation in general. Key Words: X-ray detectors, Neutron detectors, Gamma-ray detectors, Beta-ray detectors, Alpha-particle detectors Designation: N323A-1997 Sponsor: Accredited Standards Committee N42/Radiation Instrumentation Title: Radiation Protection Instrumentation Test and Calibration Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Dec 31, 1997 Publication type: Special Publication Technical Contact: Louis Costrell, Phone:301-975-5608, Email:louis.costrell@nist.gov **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: ANSI APP: Apr 03, 1997 Abstract: Specific requirements are established for portable radiation protection instruments usedfor detection and measurement of levels of ionizing radiation fields or levels of radioactive surfacecontamination. Key Words: BODY Designation: N323B-2003 Sponsor: Accredited Standards Committee N42/Radiation Instrumentation Title: American National Standard for Radiation Protection Instrumentation Test and Calibration, Portable Survey Instrumentation for Near Background Operation Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Feb 06, 2004 Publication type: Special Publication Abstract: "ANSI N323B-2003, American National Standard for Radiation Protection Instrumentation Test and Calibration, Portable Survey Instrumentation for Near Background Operation" Key Words: "instrumentation, near background, portable survey, radiation" Designation: N323D-2002 Sponsor: Accredited Standards Committee N42/Radiation Instrumentation Title: American National Standard for Installed Radiation Protection Instrumentation Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jan 27, 2003 Publication type: Special Publication History: ANSI APP: Sep 03, 2002 Abstract: Requirements for installed instruments that measure dose, dose rate, and equivalent dose or dose rate and for installed instruments that detect or measure radioactive contamination are established. Key Words: dose, dose equivalent, dose rate, installed instrumentation, instrumentation radiation, radiation protection Designation: N449.1-1978 Sponsor: Accredited Standards Committee N42/Radiation Instrumentation Title: American National Standard Procedures for Periodic Inspection of Cobalt- 60 and Cesium-137 Teletherapy Equipment Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Mar 30, 1978 Technical Contact: Louis Costrell, Phone:301-975-5608, Email:louis.costrell@nist.gov **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: ANSI APP: Apr 07, 1977 Abstract: Procedures for the inspection of cobalt-60 and cesium-137 teletherapy equipment are suggested. Their purpose is to enable users to identify and quantify malfunctions or maladjustments of the safety and radiation-defining components. Methods and equipment are listed for each procedure. Key Words: Inspection, Biomedical radiation application Designation: P280-1985 Sponsor: SASB/SCC14-Quantities Units and Letter Symbols Title: This standard has been renumbered. Please see 260.2 Status: Superseded Designation: SI 10-2002 Sponsor: SASB/SCC14-Quantities Units and Letter Symbols Title: IEEE/ASTM Standard for Use of the International System of Units (SI): The Modern Metric System Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Dec 30, 2002 **Joint IEEE/ASTM standard. Supersedes SI 10-1997. ASTM to submit document to ANSI. Technical Contact: Bruce Barrow, Phone:301-493-4374, Email:b.barrow@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Mar 21, 2002, BD APP: Jul 26, 2002 Project Scope: This document is the primary American National Standard for use of the International System of units (SI). It includes information on SI, a limited list of units recognized for use with SI, and a list of conversion factors, together with general guidance on style and usage. The scope from the previous PAR was as follows: "Prepare the primary standard on metric practice for use in the United States. The word "primary" implies that other metric standards in the U.S. should be consistent with this document." Project Purpose: The purpose of the standard is to give guidance on the use of SI. A revision is required to bring the standard into line with current international recommendations. Designation: SI 10-1997 Sponsor: SASB/SCC14-Quantities Units and Letter Symbols Title: Standard for Use of the International System of Units (SI): The Modern Metric System Status: Superseded **Revision and redesignation of ANSI/IEEE Std 268-1992 and ASTM E 380. Superseded by IEEE/ASTM SI 10-2002. History: PAR APP: Mar 17, 1994, BD APP: Mar 20, 1997, ANSI APP: Apr 01, 1997 (Ref. Std.: 268) Project Scope: Prepare the primary standard on metric practice for use in the United States. The word "primary" implies that other metric standards in the US should be consistent with this document. Project Purpose: The United States is alone among developed nations in not having fully adopted the metric system. Large sectors of government, industry, and the technical and scientific professions are, however, in the process of converting. A standard is needed to guide the process. In 1976 ASTM and IEEE jointly produced a common document, which was widely accepted as the primary American National Standard on the subject. In later years, however, the two societies have produced separate standards, which have diverged somewhat. This project is attempting to re-consolidate IEEE Std 268 and ASTM E380; the product will be submitted to ANSI. Abstract: Guidance for the use of the modern metric system is given. Known as the International System of Units (abbreviated SI), the system is intended as a basis for worldwide standardization of measurement units. Information is included on SI, a list of units recognized for use with SI, and a list of conversion factors, together with general guidance on proper style and usage. Key Words: conversion factors, international system, metric practice, metric system, rounding, SI, Système International d'Unités Designation: TR 1550-1999-1999 Title: EPRI/UCA Common Application Service Models (CASM) and Mapping to MMS Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Nov 15, 1999 Designation: TR 1550-1999-1999 Title: EPRI/UCA Generic Object Models for Substation and Feeder Equipment (GOMSFE) Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Nov 15, 1999 Designation: TR 1550-1999-1999 Title: EPRI/UCA Introduction to UCA Version 2.0 Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Nov 15, 1999 Designation: TR 1550-1999-1999 Title: EPRI/UCA UCA™ Profiles Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Nov 15, 1999 Designation: Y14.15-1966 Sponsor: IEEE-SA Standards Board Title: Electrical and Electronics Diagrams Status: Superseded **This ANSI standard is being revised as P915(PAR was withdrawn Sept 95). Contact ASME to purchase this edition. Designation: Y32.9-1972 Sponsor: IEEE-SA Standards Board Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1989 Title: Graphic Symbols for Electrical Wiring and Layout Diagrams Used in Architecture and Building Construction Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Nov 01, 1972 **Conrad Muller is deceased. For technical queries, please call +1-732-562- 3806. History: ANSI APP: Jun 21, 1972 (Ref. Std.: 42) Abstract: Y32.9-1972bk Key Words: Y32.9-1972bk Designation: Y32.9 Sponsor: IEEE-SA Standards Board Title: Graphic Symbols for Electrical Wiring and Layout Diagrams Used in Architecture and Building Construction Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Conrad R Muller **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jun 13, 1985 (Ref. Std.: 42)